From a83104dec8e5ab3cf485bc94d698796c01ef7efa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michael Parmeley Date: Sat, 1 Feb 2020 15:31:54 -0600 Subject: [PATCH] Bugfix 2.0.x (#1) MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit * Don't test certain changes * Reset runout.ran_out on resume (#16230) * Step timing cleanup and rounding fix (#16258) * Add MRR_ESPA/_ESPE (ESP32) boards (#16238) * Add Ender-5 Pro config (#16221) * Add FLYBOARD (STM32F407ZG) (#16257) * Fix STM32 flush of TX (used by UBL) (#16197) * Flash leveling (for some STM32) (#16174) * Some ESP32 patches (#16297) * MKS SGen-L pins EEBF or EFBF scheme (#16296) * Add Rumba32 support for PIO (#16202) * MKS Robin 2 (STM32F407ZE) base support (#16270) * Update Czech language (#16305) * Sync SKR E3 configs (#16301) * Add NOZZLE_AS_PROBE (no probe offsets) (#15929) * Update README with status badge, etc. * Split up HAL items * Update mfpub for current MarlinDocumentation * Fix Max7219 with 256 or more cels * Fix games menu back item, titles * Update comments re: NOZZLE_AS_PROBE * Fix min limit for acc, feed, jerk (#16416) * Improve Renkforce configs (#16417) * Permit ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE on more STM32 (#16412) * Improve STEVAL_3DP001V1 and future STEVAL_* support (#16404) * MKS Robin ILI9328 TFT support (#16401) * Disable PIDTEMPBED for SKR Mini E3 (#16396) * Return from loop() on non-AVR boards (#16390) * Refactor TMC-related macros and sanity checks (#16384) * Add FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE (#16372) * Fix some DOGM warnings (#16363) * Fix warnings in stepper.cpp (#16364) * Fix PrintrBoard build (ignore TMC libraries) (#16346) (In future try to get Teensy processors better supported by `TMCStepper`.) * Clean up trailing whitespace * PWM pin not needed for Neopixel brightness / submenu (#16345) * Misc patches preceding DGUS PR * Fix Visual Micro "Arduino IDE for Visual Studio" support (#16418) * Update Russian language (#16426) * STM32F1: Fix misleading indent / nullptr on FSMC (#16431) * Z-offset edit precision based on value limits (#16425) * Add Ender-5 leadscrew README (#16424) * Add motherboard BIGTREE_SKR_V1.4_TURBO (#16374) * Enable MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION for BIBO (#16435) * Touch UI: Fix UBL mesh value editing (#16432) * Sidewinder X1 Config Updates (#16315) * Add Leapfrog Xeed 2015 support (#16400) * Improve JGAurora A1/A5S touch buttons (#16394) * Standardize drivers.h values, add class indirection (#16448) * Update Russian language (#16440) * BTT002: Add runout, PLR, and RGB pins (#16442) * Pins debugging AVR serial pins (#16437) * Fix MIN_PROBE_EDGE bug in default ABL G29 (#16367) * Temporary CI fix for STM32 * Use a default monitor_speed of 250000 * MSG_WATCH => MSG_INFO_SCREEN * Add EVNOVO (Artillery) Genius config (#16320) * Fixed Creality CR-20 Pro configuration example (#16332) * FYSETC F6 v1.4 board support (#16321) * Add example configs. Expand custom menu. (#16286) - Anet E10 - Geeetech D200 - Geeetech M201 - JGAurora Magic - MakerFarm Pegasus 12 * Fix Ender-2 display pins, add BTN_ENC (#16349) * Update and fix DGUS (#16317) * Fix serials available on SKR Pro 1.1 (#16439) * Fix daily date bump action * Action to check PRs * Update maintainer funding links * Skip build tests on forks * Update git helper usage * Fix EEPROM error with EXTRUDERS == 0 (#16464) * Fix M115 cap with EXTRUDERS == 0 (#16459) * Add option to invert joystick axes (#16466) * Update Russian language (#16461) * Fix permyriad progress bar (#16460) * Improve French language (UBL) (#16453) * Followup to EEPROM patch (#16470) * Remove extra UBL map edit menu item (#16451) * Fix unused var warning (#16467) * Update U20 config to help UBL toggle (#16471) * Move auto_build.py to 'vscode' folder * Fix MKS_SGEN sanity check (#16501) * Fix EEPROM array size bug (#16475) * Fix SKR Pro BLTouch conflicting timers (#16499) * Provide some missing Arduino macros (#16497) * Fix Change Filament menu item with runout (#16485) * Fix LCD for Tevo Tornado (#16474) * Update workflow skip condition * Add menu item Tune > Advance K (#16488) * Extend SERIAL_CHAR to take multiple arguments * Code style and comment tweaks * Correct ESP32 CPU speed in README (#16472) * Add ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC for finer G2/G3 arcs (#16510) * Fix compile error w/out LCD (#16502) * Add Probe Offsets menu (#16444) * Fix Probe Offset XY edit items (et Français) (#16523) * Update Russian language (#16522) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-10) * Prevent Z misaligment on tool change (#16518) * Update Italian language (#16527) * ESP3d integration for ESP32 (#16515) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-11) * Migrate actions to default (2.0.x) branch * Only constrain motion on homed axes (#16533) Co-authored-by: Scott Lahteine * Fix probeless delta build (#16537) * Use RECIPROCAL macro (not _RECIP) (#16530) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-12) * Restore test_builds action to bugfix * Update auto_build.py paths for Atom/Sublime * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-13) * Add GTM32 (STM32F103VET6) environment (#16454) * Power options formatting * Geeetech G2Pro configuration (#16553) * Fix Linux upload path detection (#16514) * Add SERVO, TONE timers to variant for better STEVAL_3DP001V1 support (#16538) * Clean up whitespace * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-14) * Improved STMicro L64XX stepper driver support (#16452) * Make lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel exportable * Fix PLR cancel with ExtUI (#16556) * Bring MP_SCARA config up to date * Fix Fysetc S6 FLASH_PAGE_SIZE and test build (#16560) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-15) * Update more configs * Move configurations to a separate repo * Fix build error with unsupported reset flags (#16562) * Steval_3DP001V1 timers, analog inputs, etc. (#16565) * Use Flash EEPROM on BTT002 (#16558) * Get test configs from GitHub * Fix typo * Nikon IR support for time lapse photos (#16539) * Adjustable ADC debounce delay (#16264) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-16) * STM32 RODATA LENGTH (#16580) * Fix I2C address of MCP4728 on LPC176x (#16578) * Fix GTM32 environment (to prevent a crash) * Fix some warnings, Melzi pins * Move macros to stepper/indirection * Fix TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE bugs (#16540) * ESP32 HAL: Fix random pauses during prints (#16548) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-17) * STM32 soft SPI. STEVAL_3DP001V1 SD read. M906 tweaks. (#16579) * Clean up HAL ADC, old test scripts * Adjust GTM32 build flags (#16582) * Shared SPI sanity check (#16581) * More CI test updates * Update FYSETC S6 pins (#16559) * PINDA v2 temperature sensor / compensation (#16293) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-18) * Allow RRW Keypad with any LCD * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-19) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-20) * Fix M112 with Emergency Parser * Simplify TMC monitor code * Updates for L64XX * Function-like macros * Use bool in pin compare * Patch for _STEP_INIT * Simplify a drivers.h macro (#16589) * SAMD51: ADC for probe temperature compensation (#16596) * Update FYSETC S6 Peripheral Pins (#16593) * Update BTT002 pins (#16591) * Reset shutdown timer on M85 (#16587) * AVR sanity check for MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS with SW Serial (#16421) * STEVAL_3DP001V1: Easier Serial2 (for WIFI interface) (#16599) * Fix Greek language string (#16601) * Quad Z stepper support (#16277) * LPC1768: Allow I2C master channel override (#16584) * Move steps/mm out of slim menus (#16603) * Fix CHAMBER_MAXTEMP security margin (#16600) * L64xx M906 Fix status variable, formatting (#16597) * Provide methods for M420 + MBL (#16602) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-21) * Fix STM401/4xx/STM32F7xx timers, STEVAL_3DP001V1 warning (#16621) * Override for LPC1768 u8g/digipot I2C master ID (#16622) * Release UI on G26 priming timeout (#16449) * Add HMS434 V15 ATSAM board (#16620) * Tweak some config spacing * G12 defaults per tool. Event G-code for post-toolchange (#16554) * Arc segment radius scaling (#16551) * Update mfdoc, mfpub * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-22) * Tweak mfpub stashing * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-23) * Enable use of latest TMCStepper on MKS Robin Nano (#16652) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-24) * Convert chars only for enabled languages * Extra debugging for leveling on/off * Bring configs and drivers.h up to date * Duet Smart Effector support (#16641) * BigTreeTech GTR V1.0 / Support 8 extruders, heaters, temp sensors, fans (#16595) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-26) * Fix DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU recursive call (#16656) * Fix MKS Base + Digipot compile error (#16636) * Add ESP3DLib idletask entry point (#16658) * Fix Serial defines for M43 on AVR (#16649) * Fix HOMING_BACKOFF_MM for DELTA (#16657) * Clean up PID language defines * More 8 extruder defines * Update Slovak language (#16646) * Fix M43 timer report on AVR (#16645) * Fix Spanish (swapped BLTouch strings) (#16637) * SKR 1.3 sensorless endstops hack (#16659) * Fix PID F menu label * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-27) * Preserve CWD for write/remove file (#16667) * Rename some temperature members * Fix Trigorilla 1.4 limit switches See #16612 * Fix serial port redirection (index ≠ port num) (#16687) * G60/G61 Position Save/Restore (#16557) * Remove extraneous G60/G61 lines * Fix Manual Bed Leveling with multiple extruders (#16688) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-28) * Prevent SD access from resetting ESP32 (#16690) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-29) * Fix Toolchange (!no_move) return to status (#16699) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-30) * Cleanup of old includes, add comments * Fix HAS_FAN macro (#16717) * Fix probe temp calibration (#16718) * Support for E4d@BOX mainboard (#16716) * Fix missing string for M48 build (#16708) * Fix G60/G61 slots > 8 and compile error (#16715) * Move L64XX index_to_axis to progmem (#16697) * Refactor heater watch, job timer auto-start (#16725) * Auto assign DIAG pins for multi-endstop (#16723) * Tweak G60/G61 slots * Fix compile error in SdVolume on ESP32 (#16728) * Simultaneous use of rotary encoder and touch buttons (#16729) * Set up DIAG endstops for BTT SKR 1.4 / 1.4 Turbo (#16727) * Extend RX/TX pins for up to 8 extruders * Fix up, improve endstop pin auto-assignment Followup for #16723 * (21) PT100 for MCUs with 3.3v logic (#16731) * [cron] Bump distribution date (2020-01-31) * Add sanity-check for new Advanced Pause option Followup to #16372 * Include macros for delta ABC * Update Russian language (#16745) * Fix BTT SKR 1.4 extra endstop pins (#16738) * Option for Trigorilla 1.4 with add-on endstops board (#16737) * Consistent M112 with Emergency Parser (#16747) * Improve mfadd helper script - Use the original branch name if none is supplied - Set the remote tracking to the source - Accept User/Branch or User:Branch syntax * Clean up i2c encoder, sanitize serial * Misc cleanup, whitespace * Encapsulate probe as singleton class (#16751) * G34 automatic point assignment (#16473) * Fix Temperature::over_autostart_threshold (#16749) * Update Russian language (#16750) * Fix CURRENT_STEP_DOWN compile error * Drop obsolete SD special char handling See #14035 * Probe singleton patch Followup to #16751 * Fix RGB / Neopixel white color bug See #16752 * Suppress a compile warning * More 8-extruder fixups Co-authored-by: Scott Lahteine Co-authored-by: Tanguy Pruvot Co-authored-by: Jason Smith Co-authored-by: Luc <8822552+luc-github@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: thisiskeithb <13375512+thisiskeithb@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: FLYmaker <49380822+FLYmaker@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: randellhodges Co-authored-by: ferengi82 Co-authored-by: Luu Lac <45380455+shitcreek@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: petrzjunior Co-authored-by: InsanityAutomation <38436470+InsanityAutomation@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Giuliano Zaro <3684609+GMagician@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Dirk O. Kaar <19971886+dok-net@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Pascal de Bruijn Co-authored-by: Bob Kuhn Co-authored-by: Alexander Gavrilenko Co-authored-by: swilkens Co-authored-by: Lino Barreca Co-authored-by: rado79 <51396577+rado79@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Acenotass <44540957+Acenotass@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: ellensp Co-authored-by: Walt Sorensen Co-authored-by: yedey Co-authored-by: George Fu Co-authored-by: Vertabreaker Co-authored-by: greppp Co-authored-by: Jamie Co-authored-by: Justin Co-authored-by: ManuelMcLure Co-authored-by: 0r31 <37673727+0r31@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Alejandro Aguilera Co-authored-by: meponderR <33591888+meponderR@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Mehdi Beyk Mohamadi Co-authored-by: FlyingSamson <59110786+FlyingSamson@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Ryan V1 <55478432+V1EngineeringInc@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: David Klasinc Co-authored-by: gjdodd <31553294+gjdodd@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Dennis <16547088+soligen2010@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: felixstorm Co-authored-by: vivian-ng Co-authored-by: tompe-proj <59094873+tompe-proj@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: MaukCC Co-authored-by: Ryan Co-authored-by: Artur Petrzak Co-authored-by: yangwenxiong <46896566+yangwenxiong@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Roman Moravčík Co-authored-by: Robby Candra Co-authored-by: Hans007a <32525735+Hans007a@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Neskik Co-authored-by: Mauro Co-authored-by: Radek Pietruszewski Co-authored-by: chgi Co-authored-by: Robert Stein Co-authored-by: rebel1 <453277+rebel1@users.noreply.github.com> --- .circleci/config.yml | 274 -- .github/FUNDING.yml | 4 +- .github/workflows/test-builds.yml | 103 + .travis.yml | 82 - Marlin/Configuration.h | 103 +- Marlin/Configuration_adv.h | 645 +++- Marlin/Makefile | 9 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL.h | 2 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h | 42 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp | 29 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h | 20 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h | 102 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.h | 19 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h | 6 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h | 15 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h | 35 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp | 2 +- .../dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h | 6 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h | 4 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/compiler.h | 4 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp | 9 + .../src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c | 2 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.c | 5 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp | 43 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h | 62 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h | 14 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h | 6 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp | 10 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h | 8 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp | 7 +- .../HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_impl.cpp | 63 + .../HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_spiffs.cpp | 106 - Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.cpp | 8 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.h | 8 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog.h | 12 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp | 9 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h | 13 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h | 4 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h | 78 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_SPI.cpp | 14 +- .../src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h | 16 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h | 20 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h | 44 + .../include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c | 46 +- .../include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h | 20 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c | 70 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h | 56 + .../HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h | 45 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/timers.h | 2 +- ...CD_I2C_routines.c => LCD_I2C_routines.cpp} | 77 +- .../HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h | 4 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h | 4 +- .../u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp | 2 - ...LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp under construction | 254 -- .../u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp | 2 +- .../u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp | 44 +- .../HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py | 32 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp | 3 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.cpp | 80 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.h | 47 +- .../src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h | 45 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h | 6 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/timers.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp | 38 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h | 55 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp | 269 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.cpp | 23 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.h | 6 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SoftwareSerial.cpp | 395 ++ Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SoftwareSerial.h | 119 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h | 6 + .../HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_flash.cpp | 265 ++ .../HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp | 25 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.cpp | 100 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.h | 98 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp | 29 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h | 60 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SPI.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.h | 4 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py | 0 .../dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp | 15 +- .../src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h | 6 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio.h | 39 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h | 5 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/onboard_sd.cpp | 4 +- .../HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp | 70 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.cpp | 6 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.h | 22 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h | 61 +- .../HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp | 2 +- .../HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h | 6 + .../src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h | 4 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.h | 1 + .../src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h | 4 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/timers.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h | 1 + .../HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h | 6 + .../src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h | 4 + Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/timers.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h | 23 +- Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp | 77 +- Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h | 7 + Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp | 5 +- Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/unwinder.h | 2 +- Marlin/src/Marlin.h | 377 -- Marlin/src/{Marlin.cpp => MarlinCore.cpp} | 228 +- Marlin/src/MarlinCore.h | 124 + Marlin/src/core/boards.h | 99 +- Marlin/src/core/debug_out.h | 51 +- Marlin/src/core/drivers.h | 103 +- Marlin/src/core/language.h | 31 +- Marlin/src/core/macros.h | 177 +- Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp | 14 +- Marlin/src/core/serial.h | 96 +- Marlin/src/core/types.h | 9 +- Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp | 76 +- Marlin/src/core/utility.h | 6 +- Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.cpp | 40 +- Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp | 16 +- Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.h | 2 +- Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp | 13 +- Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp | 6 +- Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp | 130 +- .../src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/feature/binary_protocol.h | 4 +- Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.cpp | 83 + Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.h | 41 + Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp | 8 +- Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp | 53 +- Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h | 18 + Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp | 2 +- .../src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp | 10 +- Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.h | 3 +- Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.cpp | 17 +- Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.h | 3 + Marlin/src/feature/joystick.cpp | 29 +- Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.h | 3 +- Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h | 2 +- Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp | 32 +- Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp | 44 +- Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp | 87 +- Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h | 23 +- .../src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.cpp | 223 ++ Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.h | 116 + Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp | 22 +- Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h | 10 +- Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/feature/runout.h | 2 +- Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.h | 1 + Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp | 192 +- Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h | 22 +- Marlin/src/feature/twibus.h | 2 +- Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.cpp | 137 + Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.h | 41 + Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp | 12 +- Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp | 13 +- Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/M420.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp | 95 +- Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp | 129 +- Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G33.cpp | 35 +- Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp | 141 +- Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp | 20 +- Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G76_M871.cpp | 407 ++ Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp | 25 +- Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M425.cpp | 6 +- Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M48.cpp | 22 +- Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M665.cpp | 2 - Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp | 35 +- Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp | 7 +- Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp | 12 +- Marlin/src/gcode/config/M220.cpp | 18 +- Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp | 3 +- Marlin/src/gcode/config/M301.cpp | 13 +- Marlin/src/gcode/config/M304.cpp | 7 + Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/gcode/config/M672.cpp | 99 + Marlin/src/gcode/config/M92.cpp | 14 +- Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp | 14 +- Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp | 35 +- Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp | 12 +- Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp | 7 +- Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp | 136 +- Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp | 340 +- Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp | 530 ++- Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp | 52 +- Marlin/src/gcode/feature/cancel/M486.cpp | 57 + .../src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp | 15 +- Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G60.cpp | 59 + Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G61.cpp | 71 + Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp | 3 +- Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp | 28 +- Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp | 11 +- Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp | 10 +- .../src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp | 50 +- Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp | 127 +- Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h | 39 +- Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G92.cpp | 23 +- Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp | 57 +- Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/gcode/host/M119.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/host/M16.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M0_M1.cpp | 13 +- Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M73.cpp | 3 + Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp | 20 +- Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/motion/M290.cpp | 29 +- Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp | 17 +- Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp | 9 +- Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G31_G32.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M401_M402.cpp | 6 +- Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp | 49 +- Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp | 46 +- Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M23.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp | 12 +- Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M28_M29.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp | 11 +- Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp | 6 +- Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp | 36 +- Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp | 13 +- Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp | 13 +- Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp | 7 + Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h | 20 +- Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h | 14 +- Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h | 1000 +++-- Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfigPre.h | 3 +- Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h | 463 ++- Marlin/src/inc/Version.h | 2 +- Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/lcdprint_hd44780.cpp | 601 +-- Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp | 102 +- Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h | 163 +- Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/lcdprint_u8g.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp | 581 +-- .../lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp | 30 +- .../src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.h | 2 +- .../lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp | 4 +- ...8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp | 405 +- .../lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.cpp | 155 +- Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h | 2 +- .../dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.cpp | 2 +- .../extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp | 925 +++-- .../lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h | 77 +- .../lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h | 158 +- .../lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.cpp | 476 +++ .../lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.h | 290 ++ .../lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.cpp | 476 +++ .../lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.h | 289 ++ ...on.cpp => DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.cpp} | 125 +- .../lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.h | 280 ++ .../archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp | 4 +- .../archim2-flash/flash_storage.h | 2 +- .../archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp | 4 +- .../archim2-flash/media_file_reader.h | 0 .../{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/compat.h | 0 .../{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/config.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/LICENSE.txt | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/README.md | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h | 2 +- .../ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp | 10 +- .../ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/basic/constants.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/basic/display_list.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/basic/ftdi_basic.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft800.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft810.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h | 2 +- .../ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.cpp | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h | 5 +- .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/bitmap_info.h | 0 .../extended/command_processor.cpp | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h | 2 +- .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp | 12 +- .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.cpp | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/ftdi_extended.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/grid_layout.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/polygon.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h | 12 +- .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.cpp | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_list.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp | 3 +- .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.cpp | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.cpp | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/README.txt | 0 .../extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.cpp | 0 .../extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.h | 0 .../unicode/font_bitmaps/romfont_31.pbm | Bin .../western_char_set_bitmap_31.png | Bin .../western_char_set_bitmap_31.svg | 0 .../extended/unicode/font_size_t.cpp | 0 .../extended/unicode/font_size_t.h | 0 .../extended/unicode/standard_char_set.cpp | 0 .../extended/unicode/standard_char_set.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.cpp | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.h | 0 .../extended/unicode/western_char_set.cpp | 0 .../extended/unicode/western_char_set.h | 0 .../unicode/western_char_set_bitmap_31.h | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extras/bitmap2cpp.py | 0 .../ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h | 15 +- .../ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h | 11 +- .../ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py | 16 +- .../ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h | 0 .../language/language.cpp | 2 +- .../language/language.h | 2 - .../ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language_en.h | 164 + .../marlin_events.cpp | 30 +- .../pin_mappings.h | 8 +- .../screens/about_screen.cpp | 55 +- .../screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp | 196 +- .../screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp | 4 +- .../screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp | 32 +- .../base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp | 20 +- .../screens/base_screen.cpp | 4 +- .../screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp | 84 +- .../screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp | 12 +- .../screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp | 8 +- .../screens/bio_main_menu.cpp | 26 +- .../screens/bio_printer_ui_landscape.h | 59 + .../screens/bio_printer_ui_portrait.h} | 25 +- .../screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp | 4 +- .../screens/bio_status_screen.cpp | 243 +- .../screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp | 30 +- .../screens/boot_screen.cpp | 36 +- .../screens/case_light_screen.cpp | 62 + .../screens/change_filament_screen.cpp | 84 +- .../confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp | 6 +- .../confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp | 8 +- .../confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp | 10 +- .../confirm_start_print_dialog_box.cpp | 10 +- .../confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp | 4 +- .../screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp | 16 +- .../screens/developer_menu.cpp | 4 +- .../screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp | 10 +- .../screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp | 14 +- .../screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp | 70 +- .../screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp | 10 +- .../screens/filament_menu.cpp | 60 +- .../screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp | 15 +- .../screens/files_screen.cpp | 10 +- .../screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp | 46 +- .../screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp | 20 +- .../screens/jerk_screen.cpp | 16 +- .../screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp | 8 +- .../screens/kill_screen.cpp | 8 +- .../screens/language_menu.cpp | 4 +- .../screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp | 16 +- .../screens/lock_screen.cpp | 12 +- .../screens/main_menu.cpp | 107 +- .../screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp | 25 +- .../screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp | 25 +- .../screens/media_player_screen.cpp | 4 +- .../screens/move_axis_screen.cpp | 24 +- .../screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp | 16 +- .../screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp | 53 +- .../screens/preheat_timer_screen.cpp | 115 + .../screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp | 8 +- .../screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp | 8 +- .../screens/screen_data.h | 10 +- .../screens/screens.cpp | 14 +- .../screens/screens.h | 42 +- .../screens/spinner_dialog_box.cpp | 6 +- .../screens/statistics_screen.cpp | 19 +- .../screens/status_screen.cpp | 22 +- .../stepper_bump_sensitivity_screen.cpp | 12 +- .../screens/stepper_current_screen.cpp | 24 +- .../screens/steps_screen.cpp | 24 +- .../screens/stress_test_screen.cpp | 7 +- .../screens/string_format.cpp | 16 +- .../screens/string_format.h | 0 .../screens/temperature_screen.cpp | 75 +- .../screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp | 8 +- .../screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp | 4 +- .../screens/tune_menu.cpp | 130 +- .../screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp | 4 +- .../screens/z_offset_screen.cpp | 10 +- .../theme/bitmaps.h | 0 .../theme/colors.h | 38 +- .../theme/fonts.h | 0 .../theme/marlin_bootscreen_landscape.h | 39 + .../theme/marlin_bootscreen_portrait.h | 39 + .../theme/sounds.cpp | 4 +- .../theme/sounds.h | 0 .../theme/theme.h | 0 .../lib/lulzbot/language/language_de.h | 78 - .../lib/lulzbot/language/language_en.h | 232 -- .../lib/lulzbot/language/language_fr.h | 84 - .../lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_landscape.h | 43 - .../lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_portrait.h | 43 - Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp | 89 +- Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h | 25 +- Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp | 93 +- Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp | 24 +- Marlin/src/lcd/extui_malyan_lcd.cpp | 6 +- Marlin/src/lcd/fontutils.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h | 94 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h | 78 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h | 90 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h | 243 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h | 70 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h | 181 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h | 92 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el_gr.h | 120 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h | 214 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h | 151 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h | 115 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h | 55 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h | 288 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h | 85 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h | 64 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h | 206 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp_kana.h | 84 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h | 45 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h | 90 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h | 203 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h | 78 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt_br.h | 116 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h | 294 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h | 206 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h | 41 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h | 135 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h | 132 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_vi.h | 191 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h | 150 +- Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h | 149 +- Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.cpp | 63 + Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h | 30 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp | 83 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h | 547 +-- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_addon.h | 33 + Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp | 319 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_corners.cpp | 42 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp | 30 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_cancelobject.cpp | 74 + Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp | 47 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp | 82 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp | 34 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp | 206 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp | 8 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp | 71 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp | 5 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp | 105 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_media.cpp | 46 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp | 89 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.cpp | 32 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_motion.cpp | 137 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_service.cpp | 82 - Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp | 152 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp | 35 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp | 161 +- Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp | 28 +- Marlin/src/lcd/thermistornames.h | 6 +- Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp | 235 +- Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h | 101 +- Marlin/src/libs/L6470/000_l6470_read_me.md | 105 - Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp | 796 ---- Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h | 72 - Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.cpp | 908 +++++ Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h | 139 + Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/README.md | 98 + Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp | 18 +- Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h | 7 +- Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.cpp | 12 +- Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.h | 1 + Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp | 712 ++-- Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp | 41 +- Marlin/src/module/delta.h | 17 +- Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp | 132 +- Marlin/src/module/endstops.h | 14 +- Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp | 329 +- Marlin/src/module/motion.h | 51 +- Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp | 265 +- Marlin/src/module/planner.h | 4 +- Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp | 125 +- Marlin/src/module/probe.h | 206 +- Marlin/src/module/scara.cpp | 106 +- Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp | 618 +-- Marlin/src/module/stepper.h | 78 +- Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.cpp | 143 - Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.h | 176 - Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.cpp | 213 ++ Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.h | 364 ++ Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.cpp | 18 + Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.h | 52 +- Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.h | 806 +++- Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.cpp | 122 +- Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.h | 102 +- Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp | 645 ++-- Marlin/src/module/temperature.h | 138 +- Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_21.h | 77 + Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_332.h | 50 + Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_666.h | 0 Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_99.h | 72 +- Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h | 108 +- Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp | 29 +- Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_E4D.h | 90 + Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h | 103 + Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h | 155 + Marlin/src/pins/linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h | 20 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h | 8 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h | 6 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h | 6 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR.h | 112 + ...BIGTREE_SKR_V1.1.h => pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h} | 49 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h | 353 ++ ...BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h => pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h} | 193 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_GMARSH_X6_REV1.h | 9 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h | 15 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SGEN_L.h | 126 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_RAMPS_RE_ARM.h | 23 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h | 8 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h | 14 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI.h | 8 +- .../pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI.h | 2 +- .../pins/lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h | 30 + .../src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_MINI.h | 6 +- .../src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_REMIX.h | 12 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_MKS_SGEN.h | 6 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h | 16 +- Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h | 17 +- Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h | 23 + Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h | 23 + Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h | 25 +- Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_EINSTART-S.h | 0 Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3.h | 8 +- Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h | 115 + Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h | 12 +- Marlin/src/pins/pins.h | 503 ++- Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h | 88 +- Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h | 295 +- Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_EINSY_RETRO.h | 24 +- Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h | 64 +- Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h | 50 + Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L_V2.h | 89 + Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h | 37 +- Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h | 26 +- Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h | 0 Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RL200.h | 10 +- Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RUMBA.h | 6 +- Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TANGO.h | 51 + Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h | 9 + Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TT_OSCAR.h | 3 + Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h | 18 + Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ARCHIM2.h | 8 +- Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h | 97 + Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RADDS.h | 18 +- Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_ANET_10.h | 12 +- .../src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h | 18 +- Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h | 12 +- Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h | 12 +- .../src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h | 101 +- Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h | 140 +- ...E_BTT002_V1.0.h => pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h} | 123 +- Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h | 391 ++ ...REE_SKR_E3_DIP.h => pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h} | 35 +- ...E_SKR_MINI_E3.h => pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h} | 70 +- .../pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0.h | 37 + .../pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2.h | 130 +- ...R_MINI_V1_1.h => pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h} | 25 +- ...SKR_PRO_V1.1.h => pins_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1.h} | 17 +- Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FLYF407ZG.h | 242 ++ .../src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h | 2 + Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_S6.h | 256 ++ ...{pins_STM32F4.h => pins_GENERIC_STM32F4.h} | 14 +- Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_MINI.h | 230 ++ Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_MINI_A30.h | 230 ++ Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h | 12 +- Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_REV_B.h | 232 ++ Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h | 5 +- Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_K.h | 12 +- Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_X.h | 12 +- Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h | 1 + Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h | 11 +- Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN2.h | 102 + Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h | 18 +- Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE3.h | 153 + Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h | 19 +- Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h | 19 +- Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h | 274 ++ Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL.h | 150 - Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h | 350 ++ Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_VAKE403D.h | 194 + Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_5DPRINT.h | 0 .../src/pins/teensy2/pins_PRINTRBOARD_REVF.h | 12 +- Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_TEENSYLU.h | 0 Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp | 12 +- Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp | 170 +- Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h | 5 +- .../sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.cpp | 2 +- README.md | 71 +- buildroot/bin/backup_ramps | 7 - buildroot/bin/build_marlin | 8 - buildroot/bin/build_marlin_fail | 4 - buildroot/bin/build_marlin_pio | 3 - buildroot/bin/build_marlin_teensy35 | 3 - buildroot/bin/env_backup | 14 - buildroot/bin/env_clean | 12 - buildroot/bin/env_restore | 26 - buildroot/bin/opt_disable | 12 +- buildroot/bin/opt_enable | 12 +- buildroot/bin/opt_set | 9 +- buildroot/bin/pins_set | 3 +- buildroot/bin/restore_configs | 12 +- buildroot/bin/update_defaults | 3 - buildroot/bin/use_example_configs | 20 +- .../PlatformIO/boards/BigTree_Btt002.json | 6 +- .../PlatformIO/boards/BigTree_SKR_Pro.json | 6 +- .../share/PlatformIO/boards/FLYF407ZG.json | 65 + .../PlatformIO/boards/STEVAL_STM32F401VE.json | 65 + .../share/PlatformIO/boards/fysetc_s6.json | 35 + .../ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_256K.ld | 14 + .../ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_512K.ld | 14 + .../ldscripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.ld | 14 + .../share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/chitu_f103.ld | 14 + .../PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld | 2 +- ...2F103RC_SKR_MINI.ld => mks_robin_lite3.ld} | 2 +- .../PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld | 2 +- .../PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_pro.ld | 14 + .../PlatformIO/scripts/STEVAL__F401XX.py | 11 + .../scripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.py | 16 +- .../PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_fysetc.py | 1 - .../scripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.py | 12 + .../PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103VE_longer.py | 12 +- .../share/PlatformIO/scripts/chitu_crypt.py | 125 + ...ack_stm32f407vet6.py => fysetc_STM32S6.py} | 26 + .../scripts/generic_create_variant.py | 2 - .../jgaurora_a5s_a1_with_bootloader.py | 11 +- .../share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin.py | 10 +- .../PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_lite.py | 11 +- .../PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_lite3.py | 40 + .../PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_mini.py | 11 +- .../PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_nano.py | 11 +- .../share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_pro.py | 39 + .../variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/PeripheralPins.c | 340 ++ .../PinNamesVar.h | 0 .../variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/hal_conf_extra.h | 52 + .../ldscript.ld | 3 - .../variant.cpp | 0 .../variant.h | 17 +- .../BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PeripheralPins.c | 372 ++ .../BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PinNamesVar.h | 50 + .../BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/hal_conf_extra.h | 52 + .../variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/ldscript.ld | 204 + .../variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.cpp | 260 ++ .../variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.h | 317 ++ .../PeripheralPins.c | 234 +- .../variants/FLY_F407ZG/PinNamesVar.h | 50 + .../variants/FLY_F407ZG/ldscript.ld | 207 + .../variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.cpp | 210 ++ .../PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.h | 238 ++ .../variants/FYSETC_S6/PeripheralPins.c | 361 ++ .../variants/FYSETC_S6/PinNamesVar.h | 30 + .../PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/ldscript.ld | 187 + .../PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.cpp | 201 + .../PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.h | 182 + .../variants/MARLIN_F407VE/PeripheralPins.c | 204 +- ...stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h => hal_conf_custom.h} | 109 +- .../variants/MARLIN_F407VE/ldscript.ld | 52 +- .../variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.cpp | 84 +- .../variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.h | 150 +- .../variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PeripheralPins.c | 274 ++ .../variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PinNamesVar.h | 33 + .../variants/STEVAL_F401VE/hal_conf_custom.h | 496 +++ .../variants/STEVAL_F401VE/ldscript.ld | 187 + .../variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.cpp | 310 ++ .../variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.h | 327 ++ buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py | 1300 ------- buildroot/share/git/mfadd | 20 +- buildroot/share/git/mfdoc | 6 +- buildroot/share/git/mffp | 6 +- buildroot/share/git/mfinfo | 10 +- buildroot/share/git/mfnew | 6 +- buildroot/share/git/mfpr | 4 +- buildroot/share/git/mfpub | 79 +- buildroot/share/git/mfqp | 4 +- buildroot/share/git/mfrb | 4 +- buildroot/share/git/mftest | 1 + .../pin_interrupt_test/pin_interrupt_test.ino | 2 +- .../share/scripts/createSpeedLookupTable.py | 2 +- .../share/scripts/findMissingTranslations.sh | 4 +- .../auto_build_sublime_menu/Main.sublime-menu | 16 +- buildroot/share/tests/DUE-tests | 14 +- ...{fysetc_f6_13-tests => FYSETC_F6_13-tests} | 0 buildroot/share/tests/FYSETC_S6-tests | 15 + buildroot/share/tests/LPC1768-tests | 7 +- buildroot/share/tests/LPC1769-tests | 10 +- .../share/tests/STM32F103RC_bigtree-tests | 6 +- .../share/tests/STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB-tests | 6 +- .../share/tests/STM32F103RE_bigtree-tests | 19 + .../share/tests/STM32F103RE_bigtree_USB-tests | 19 + buildroot/share/tests/esp32-tests | 4 +- buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560-tests | 123 +- buildroot/share/tests/rambo-tests | 16 + buildroot/share/tests/run_tests | 15 +- buildroot/share/tests/teensy31-tests | 2 - buildroot/share/tests/teensy35-tests | 9 +- .../share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/.gitignore | 2 - .../vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/.vscodeignore | 9 - .../share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/README.md | 40 - .../share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/extension.js | 44 - .../vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/AB_icon.png | Bin 4596 -> 0 bytes .../vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/AB_menu.png | Bin 19994 -> 0 bytes .../AutoBuildMarlin/img/Activity_bar.png | Bin 35925 -> 0 bytes .../vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/B_small.png | Bin 4694 -> 0 bytes .../vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/C_small.png | Bin 4664 -> 0 bytes .../vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/T_small.png | Bin 5038 -> 0 bytes .../vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/U_small.png | Bin 4297 -> 0 bytes .../share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/logo.svg | 111 - .../vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/package-lock.json | 3323 ----------------- .../share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/package.json | 117 - .../vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/AB.svg | 23 - .../AutoBuildMarlin/resources/B48x48_dark.svg | 26 - .../resources/B48x48_light.svg | 26 - .../AutoBuildMarlin/resources/C48x48_dark.svg | 24 - .../resources/C48x48_light.svg | 25 - .../AutoBuildMarlin/resources/T48x48_dark.svg | 53 - .../resources/T48x48_light.svg | 53 - .../AutoBuildMarlin/resources/U48x48_dark.svg | 26 - .../resources/U48x48_light.svg | 26 - .../vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/tsconfig.json | 12 - buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py | 1303 +++++++ buildroot/share/{atom => vscode}/avrdude.conf | 0 .../share/{atom => vscode}/avrdude_5.10_linux | Bin .../share/{atom => vscode}/avrdude_5.10_macOS | Bin .../share/{atom => vscode}/avrdude_linux.conf | 0 .../share/{atom => vscode}/avrdude_macOS.conf | 0 .../create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py | 8 +- .../create_custom_upload_command_DFU.py | 0 config/README.md | 3 + config/default/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- config/default/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h | 2240 ----------- .../3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md | 3 - .../ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h | 2195 ----------- .../ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/_Bootscreen.h | 86 - .../ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h | 2210 ----------- .../ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/_Bootscreen.h | 86 - .../AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h | 2229 ----------- .../AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h | 2310 ------------ .../Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h | 2789 -------------- .../Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h | 77 - config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h | 2309 ------------ .../examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h | 2788 -------------- config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h | 77 - .../AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt | 15 - .../AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h | 2220 ----------- .../AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h | 2211 ----------- config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h | 2211 ----------- .../examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h | 2324 ------------ config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Anet/A6/_Statusscreen.h | 56 - config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h | 2237 ----------- config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Anet/A8/_Statusscreen.h | 56 - config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h | 2220 ----------- .../examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Anet/A8plus/_Statusscreen.h | 66 - config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h | 2221 ----------- config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Anet/E16/_Bootscreen.h | 73 - config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h | 83 - .../examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h | 193 - config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h | 2219 ----------- .../examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h | 2210 ----------- config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h | 2788 -------------- config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h | 2197 ----------- .../examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h | 2792 -------------- config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md | 29 - config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h | 101 - config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h | 2197 ----------- config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h | 2208 ----------- config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h | 101 - .../examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h | 2219 ----------- .../Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h | 2787 -------------- config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h | 56 - .../examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h | 66 - .../examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h | 2210 ----------- .../Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h | 56 - .../examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h | 74 - .../Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h | 2212 ----------- .../Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h | 56 - .../Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h | 2228 ----------- .../Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h | 56 - .../Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h | 74 - .../Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h | 2212 ----------- .../Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h | 72 - .../examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h | 2212 ----------- .../Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h | 2219 ----------- .../Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h | 2213 ----------- .../Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md | 33 - .../examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h | 97 - .../examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h | 66 - .../examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h | 2213 ----------- .../Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h | 97 - .../examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h | 62 - .../examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h | 2219 ----------- .../Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h | 2212 ----------- .../Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h | 96 - .../examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h | 61 - .../Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h | 2214 ----------- .../Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h | 93 - config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h | 2219 ----------- .../examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md | 152 - config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration.h | 2220 ----------- .../FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration.h | 2220 ----------- .../Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration.h | 2220 ----------- .../Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration.h | 2222 ----------- .../Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration.h | 2220 ----------- .../FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration.h | 2215 ----------- .../examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h | 2191 ----------- .../examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Felix/DUAL/README.md | 60 - config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration.h | 2191 ----------- .../examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Felix/Single/README.md | 60 - .../FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h | 2200 ----------- .../FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h | 2783 -------------- .../FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt | 157 - .../FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h | 2228 ----------- .../FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h | 2792 -------------- .../examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h | 2327 ------------ .../Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h | 2788 -------------- config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h | 94 - .../examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h | 75 - .../examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h | 2262 ----------- .../Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h | 2793 -------------- .../examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h | 102 - .../examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h | 74 - .../examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h | 2252 ----------- .../Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h | 2793 -------------- config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h | 102 - .../examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h | 74 - config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h | 2194 ----------- .../examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h | 2194 ----------- .../Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h | 2196 ----------- .../Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h | 2233 ----------- .../Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h | 2216 ----------- .../Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h | 2783 -------------- .../Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h | 2230 ----------- .../Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/README.md | 54 - .../Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h | 2229 ----------- .../Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/README.md | 54 - .../Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/HMS434/Configuration.h | 2190 ----------- config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h | 2749 -------------- .../examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h | 2213 ----------- .../Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h | 2204 ----------- .../examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h | 2789 -------------- config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h | 2221 ----------- .../examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md | 39 - config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h | 2204 ----------- .../examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h | 2789 -------------- config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h | 2777 -------------- config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h | 81 - config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h | 2250 ----------- .../examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md | 55 - config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h | 71 - config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h | 2219 ----------- .../examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- config/examples/Malyan/M200/README.md | 33 - .../Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h | 2213 ----------- config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/README.md | 15 - .../Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h | 2213 ----------- .../Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/README.md | 15 - config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h | 2218 ----------- config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h | 2785 -------------- config/examples/Mks/Sbase/README.txt | 38 - .../Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h | 2214 ----------- .../examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h | 2258 ----------- .../RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h | 2218 ----------- config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../STM32/STM32F103RE/Configuration.h | 2211 ----------- config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h | 2211 ----------- config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h | 2240 ----------- .../examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration.h | 2214 ----------- .../Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/_Bootscreen.h | 83 - .../Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h | 2207 ----------- .../Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h | 80 - .../Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration.h | 2199 ----------- .../Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration.h | 2199 ----------- .../V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/_Bootscreen.h | 85 - config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h | 2265 ----------- config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h | 2213 ----------- .../examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h | 2230 ----------- .../Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h | 2220 ----------- .../UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h | 2218 ----------- .../examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h | 82 - .../examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h | 2207 ----------- .../Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h | 2797 -------------- config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md | 20 - .../Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h | 2210 ----------- .../K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/README.md | 15 - .../K8400/Single-head/Configuration.h | 2210 ----------- .../K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../Velleman/K8400/Single-head/README.md | 15 - .../examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h | 2228 ----------- .../WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md | 72 - .../Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h | 2222 ----------- .../Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- .../Duplicator i3 2.1/Chippy_Bootscreen.h | 74 - .../Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration.h | 2227 ----------- .../Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h | 2718 -------------- .../Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/README.md | 21 - .../Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/_Bootscreen.h | 72 - .../Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/_Bootscreen.h | 53 - .../examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h | 2209 ----------- .../delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h | 2395 ------------ .../delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- .../examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md | 50 - .../Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg | Bin 94933 -> 0 bytes .../Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg | Bin 51853 -> 0 bytes .../delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration.h | 2304 ------------ .../Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h | 2774 -------------- .../delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/_Bootscreen.h | 35 - .../Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration.h | 2315 ------------ .../Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h | 2774 -------------- .../Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/_Bootscreen.h | 35 - .../FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h | 2323 ------------ .../FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- .../delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h | 2322 ------------ .../delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- .../delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h | 2322 ------------ .../FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- .../Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h | 2311 ------------ .../Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- .../delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h | 2338 ------------ .../examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h | 2310 ------------ .../delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- .../RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md | 34 - .../delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h | 2314 ------------ .../Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h | 2310 ------------ .../delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- .../delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h | 2312 ------------ .../delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- .../examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h | 2312 ------------ config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md | 5 - .../examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h | 2313 ------------ .../delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h | 2786 -------------- config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md | 21 - .../examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h | 2236 ----------- .../gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- .../examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h | 101 - config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h | 2212 ----------- config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h | 2204 ----------- .../tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h | 2784 -------------- config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h | 2214 ----------- config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h | 2785 -------------- platformio.ini | 743 ++-- process-palette.json | 16 +- 1073 files changed, 35780 insertions(+), 594555 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 .circleci/config.yml create mode 100644 .github/workflows/test-builds.yml delete mode 100644 .travis.yml create mode 100644 Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_impl.cpp delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_spiffs.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c create mode 100644 Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h rename Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/{LCD_I2C_routines.c => LCD_I2C_routines.cpp} (69%) delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp under construction mode change 100644 => 100755 Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py create mode 100644 Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SoftwareSerial.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SoftwareSerial.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_flash.cpp mode change 100644 => 100755 Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/Marlin.h rename Marlin/src/{Marlin.cpp => MarlinCore.cpp} (86%) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/MarlinCore.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G76_M871.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/gcode/config/M672.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/gcode/feature/cancel/M486.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G60.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G61.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.h rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/{DGUSDisplayDefinition.cpp => DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.cpp} (55%) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.h rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp (99%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/archim2-flash/flash_storage.h (98%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp (97%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/compat.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/config.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/LICENSE.txt (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/README.md (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h (98%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp (98%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/constants.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/display_list.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/ftdi_basic.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft800.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft810.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h (97%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.cpp (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h (97%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/bitmap_info.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.cpp (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h (99%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp (92%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.cpp (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/ftdi_extended.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/grid_layout.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/polygon.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h (89%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.cpp (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_list.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp (97%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.cpp (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.cpp (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/README.txt (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.cpp (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/romfont_31.pbm (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.png (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.svg (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.cpp (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.cpp (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.cpp (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.cpp (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set_bitmap_31.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/bitmap2cpp.py (100%) mode change 100755 => 100644 rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h (88%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h (98%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py (96%) mode change 100755 => 100644 rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/language/language.cpp (97%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/language/language.h (96%) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language_en.h rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/marlin_events.cpp (82%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/pin_mappings.h (96%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/about_screen.cpp (73%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp (56%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp (97%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp (71%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp (97%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/base_screen.cpp (97%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp (74%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp (88%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp (91%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/bio_main_menu.cpp (78%) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_landscape.h rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot/screens/bio_printer_ui.h => ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_portrait.h} (98%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp (98%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/bio_status_screen.cpp (56%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp (84%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/boot_screen.cpp (82%) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/case_light_screen.cpp rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/change_filament_screen.cpp (81%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp (94%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp (91%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp (89%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/confirm_start_print_dialog_box.cpp (89%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp (97%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp (83%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/developer_menu.cpp (98%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp (92%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp (86%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp (62%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp (89%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/filament_menu.cpp (68%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp (85%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/files_screen.cpp (98%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp (82%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp (92%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/jerk_screen.cpp (82%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp (91%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/kill_screen.cpp (92%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/language_menu.cpp (96%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp (82%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/lock_screen.cpp (95%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/main_menu.cpp (67%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp (77%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp (77%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/media_player_screen.cpp (98%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/move_axis_screen.cpp (83%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp (82%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp (59%) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/preheat_timer_screen.cpp rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp (92%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp (93%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/screen_data.h (93%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/screens.cpp (93%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/screens.h (95%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/spinner_dialog_box.cpp (95%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/statistics_screen.cpp (76%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/status_screen.cpp (97%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/stepper_bump_sensitivity_screen.cpp (85%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/stepper_current_screen.cpp (77%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/steps_screen.cpp (76%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/stress_test_screen.cpp (96%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/string_format.cpp (90%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/string_format.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/temperature_screen.cpp (55%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp (92%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp (98%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/tune_menu.cpp (71%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp (98%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/screens/z_offset_screen.cpp (87%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/theme/bitmaps.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/theme/colors.h (81%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/theme/fonts.h (100%) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_landscape.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_portrait.h rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/theme/sounds.cpp (99%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/theme/sounds.h (100%) rename Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/{lulzbot => ftdi_eve_touch_ui}/theme/theme.h (100%) delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_de.h delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_en.h delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_fr.h delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_landscape.h delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_portrait.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_addon.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_cancelobject.cpp delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_service.cpp delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/libs/L6470/000_l6470_read_me.md delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/README.md delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.cpp delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_21.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_332.h mode change 100755 => 100644 Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_666.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_E4D.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR.h rename Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/{pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.1.h => pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h} (87%) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h rename Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/{pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h => pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h} (68%) mode change 100755 => 100644 Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h mode change 100755 => 100644 Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_EINSTART-S.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L_V2.h mode change 100755 => 100644 Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TANGO.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h rename Marlin/src/pins/stm32/{pins_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1.0.h => pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h} (72%) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h rename Marlin/src/pins/stm32/{pins_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP.h => pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h} (82%) rename Marlin/src/pins/stm32/{pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3.h => pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h} (65%) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0.h rename Marlin/src/pins/stm32/{pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h => pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h} (93%) rename Marlin/src/pins/stm32/{pins_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1.1.h => pins_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1.h} (96%) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FLYF407ZG.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_S6.h rename Marlin/src/pins/stm32/{pins_STM32F4.h => pins_GENERIC_STM32F4.h} (95%) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_MINI.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_MINI_A30.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_REV_B.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN2.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE3.h mode change 100755 => 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h mode change 100755 => 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_VAKE403D.h mode change 100755 => 100644 Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_5DPRINT.h mode change 100755 => 100644 Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_TEENSYLU.h delete mode 100755 buildroot/bin/backup_ramps delete mode 100755 buildroot/bin/build_marlin delete mode 100755 buildroot/bin/build_marlin_fail delete mode 100755 buildroot/bin/build_marlin_pio delete mode 100755 buildroot/bin/build_marlin_teensy35 delete mode 100755 buildroot/bin/env_backup delete mode 100755 buildroot/bin/env_clean delete mode 100755 buildroot/bin/env_restore delete mode 100755 buildroot/bin/update_defaults create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/FLYF407ZG.json create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/STEVAL_STM32F401VE.json create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/fysetc_s6.json create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_256K.ld create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_512K.ld create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.ld create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/chitu_f103.ld rename buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/{STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.ld => mks_robin_lite3.ld} (85%) create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_pro.ld create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STEVAL__F401XX.py create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.py create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/chitu_crypt.py rename buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/{black_stm32f407vet6.py => fysetc_STM32S6.py} (52%) create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_lite3.py create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_pro.py create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/PeripheralPins.c rename buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/{BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X => BIGTREE_BTT002}/PinNamesVar.h (100%) create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/hal_conf_extra.h rename buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/{BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X => BIGTREE_BTT002}/ldscript.ld (99%) rename buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/{BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X => BIGTREE_BTT002}/variant.cpp (100%) rename buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/{BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X => BIGTREE_BTT002}/variant.h (96%) create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PeripheralPins.c create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PinNamesVar.h create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/hal_conf_extra.h create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/ldscript.ld create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.cpp create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.h rename buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/{BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X => FLY_F407ZG}/PeripheralPins.c (61%) create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/PinNamesVar.h create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/ldscript.ld create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.cpp create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.h create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/PeripheralPins.c create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/PinNamesVar.h create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/ldscript.ld create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.cpp create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.h rename buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/{stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h => hal_conf_custom.h} (83%) create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PeripheralPins.c create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PinNamesVar.h create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/hal_conf_custom.h create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/ldscript.ld create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.cpp create mode 100644 buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.h delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py rename buildroot/share/tests/{fysetc_f6_13-tests => FYSETC_F6_13-tests} (100%) create mode 100644 buildroot/share/tests/FYSETC_S6-tests create mode 100644 buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RE_bigtree-tests create mode 100644 buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RE_bigtree_USB-tests delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/.gitignore delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/.vscodeignore delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/README.md delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/extension.js delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/AB_icon.png delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/AB_menu.png delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/Activity_bar.png delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/B_small.png delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/C_small.png delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/T_small.png delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/U_small.png delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/logo.svg delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/package-lock.json delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/package.json delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/AB.svg delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/B48x48_dark.svg delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/B48x48_light.svg delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/C48x48_dark.svg delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/C48x48_light.svg delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/T48x48_dark.svg delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/T48x48_light.svg delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/U48x48_dark.svg delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/U48x48_light.svg delete mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/tsconfig.json create mode 100644 buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py rename buildroot/share/{atom => vscode}/avrdude.conf (100%) rename buildroot/share/{atom => vscode}/avrdude_5.10_linux (100%) rename buildroot/share/{atom => vscode}/avrdude_5.10_macOS (100%) rename buildroot/share/{atom => vscode}/avrdude_linux.conf (100%) rename buildroot/share/{atom => vscode}/avrdude_macOS.conf (100%) rename buildroot/share/{atom => vscode}/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py (94%) rename buildroot/share/{atom => vscode}/create_custom_upload_command_DFU.py (100%) create mode 100644 config/README.md delete mode 100644 config/default/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/default/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt delete mode 100644 config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/Anet/A6/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/Anet/A8/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/Anet/A8plus/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/E16/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Felix/DUAL/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Felix/Single/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt delete mode 100644 config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/HMS434/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Malyan/M200/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Mks/Sbase/README.txt delete mode 100644 config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/STM32/STM32F103RE/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Chippy_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md delete mode 100644 config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/.circleci/config.yml b/.circleci/config.yml deleted file mode 100644 index d474f034ba2b..000000000000 --- a/.circleci/config.yml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,274 +0,0 @@ -# Python CircleCI 2.0 configuration file -# -# Check https://circleci.com/docs/2.0/language-python/ for more details -# -version: 2 -jobs: - build: - docker: - # specify the version you desire here - # use `-browsers` prefix for selenium tests, e.g. `3.6.1-browsers` - - image: circleci/python:2.7.13 - - # Specify service dependencies here if necessary - # CircleCI maintains a library of pre-built images - # documented at https://circleci.com/docs/2.0/circleci-images/ - # - image: circleci/postgres:9.4 - environment: - TEST_PLATFORM: "-e megaatmega2560" - - working_directory: ~/Marlin - - steps: - - checkout - - - restore_cache: - paths: - - ~/.platformio - - ~/Marlin/.piolibdeps - keys: - - v1-dependencies-{{ checksum "~/Marlin/platformio.ini" }} - # fallback to using the latest cache if no exact match is found - - v1-dependencies- - - - run: - name: install dependencies - command: | - sudo pip install -U platformio - - # run tests! - - run: - name: run tests - command: | - # - # - # Fetch the tag information for the current branch - ls -la - git fetch origin --tags - # - # Publish the buildroot script folder - chmod +x buildroot/bin/* - export PATH=`pwd`/buildroot/bin/:${PATH} - - # Generate custom version include - generate_version ./Marlin/ - cat ./Marlin/Version.h - # - # Back up pins_RAMPS.h - # - backup_ramps - - env_backup - - ################################# - # Build all sample configurations - ################################# - - echo testing megaatmega2560 targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e megaatmega2560" - echo use_example_configs adafruit/ST7565 - use_example_configs adafruit/ST7565 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs BQ/Hephestos - use_example_configs BQ/Hephestos - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs BQ/Hephestos_2 - use_example_configs BQ/Hephestos_2 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs BQ/WITBOX - use_example_configs BQ/WITBOX - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs AliExpress/CL-260 - use_example_configs AliExpress/CL-260 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - #echo use_example_configs Cartesio - #use_example_configs Cartesio - #build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - #restore_configs - echo use_example_configs delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate - use_example_configs delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini - use_example_configs delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs delta/generic - use_example_configs delta/generic - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs delta/kossel_mini - use_example_configs delta/kossel_mini - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs delta/kossel_xl - use_example_configs delta/kossel_xl - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Felix - use_example_configs Felix - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Felix/DUAL - use_example_configs Felix/DUAL - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs FolgerTech/i3-2020 - use_example_configs FolgerTech/i3-2020 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs gCreate/gMax1.5+ - use_example_configs gCreate/gMax1.5+ - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Geeetech/GT2560 - use_example_configs Geeetech/GT2560 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - #echo use_example_configs Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560 - #use_example_configs Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560 - #build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - #restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Infitary/i3-M508 - use_example_configs Infitary/i3-M508 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - use_example_configs Malyan/M200 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Micromake/C1/basic - use_example_configs Micromake/C1/basic - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Micromake/C1/enhanced - use_example_configs Micromake/C1/enhanced - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs RepRapWorld/Megatronics - use_example_configs RepRapWorld/Megatronics - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs RigidBot - use_example_configs RigidBot - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs SCARA - use_example_configs SCARA - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Velleman/K8200 - use_example_configs Velleman/K8200 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Velleman/K8400/Dual-head - use_example_configs Velleman/K8400/Dual-head - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Velleman/K8400 - use_example_configs Velleman/K8400 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Wanhao/Duplicator6 - use_example_configs Wanhao/Duplicator6 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - # Requires manual load of https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster - #use_example_configs wt150 - #build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - #restore_configs - echo testing melzi targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e melzi" - echo use_example_configs Anet/A6 - use_example_configs Anet/A6 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Anet/A8 - use_example_configs Anet/A8 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Creality/CR-10 - use_example_configs Creality/CR-10 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Malyan/M150 - use_example_configs Malyan/M150 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs Sanguinololu - use_example_configs Sanguinololu - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs TinyBoy2 - use_example_configs TinyBoy2 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - - echo testing rambo targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e rambo" - echo use_example_configs AlephObjects/TAZ4 - use_example_configs AlephObjects/TAZ4 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - - echo testing at90usb1286_* targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e at90usb1286_dfu" - #echo se_example_configs delta/kossel_pro - #use_example_configs delta/kossel_pro - #build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - #restore_configs - echo use_example_configs makibox - use_example_configs makibox - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - - echo testing sanguino_atmega644p targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e sanguino_atmega644p" - echo use_example_configs tvrrug/Round2 - use_example_configs tvrrug/Round2 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - - echo testing LPC1768 targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e LPC1768" - echo use_example_configs Mks/Sbase - use_example_configs Mks/Sbase - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo testing STM32F1 targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e STM32F103RE" - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs STM32/STM32F103RE - use_example_configs STM32/STM32F103RE - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - echo use_example_configs STM32/stm32f103ret6 - use_example_configs STM32/stm32f103ret6 - build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - restore_configs - - echo testing DUE targets... - export TEST_PLATFORM="-e DUE" - #echo use_example_configs UltiMachine/Archim2 - #use_example_configs UltiMachine/Archim2 - #build_marlin_pio ./ ${TEST_PLATFORM} - #restore_configs - - # - # Remove temp files from dependencies tree prior to caching - rm -rf ~/Marlin/.piolibdeps/_tmp_* - - # - # Restore the environment - # - env_restore - - - save_cache: - paths: - - ~/.platformio - - ~/Marlin/.piolibdeps - key: v1-dependencies-{{ checksum "~/Marlin/platformio.ini" }} diff --git a/.github/FUNDING.yml b/.github/FUNDING.yml index 946acca2d7f4..70734d4972cc 100644 --- a/.github/FUNDING.yml +++ b/.github/FUNDING.yml @@ -1 +1,3 @@ -custom: http://www.thinkyhead.com/donate-to-marlin +github: [thinkyhead] +patreon: thinkyhead +custom: ["http://www.thinkyhead.com/donate-to-marlin"] diff --git a/.github/workflows/test-builds.yml b/.github/workflows/test-builds.yml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..301165fcd0ba --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/test-builds.yml @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# +# test-builds.yml +# Do test builds to catch compile errors +# + +name: CI + +on: + pull_request: + branches: + - bugfix-2.0.x + - dev-2.1.x + paths-ignore: + - config/** + - data/** + - docs/** + - '**/*.md' + +jobs: + test_builds: + + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + + strategy: + matrix: + test-platform: + # Base Environments + + - DUE + - esp32 + - linux_native + - megaatmega2560 + - teensy31 + - teensy35 + + # Extended AVR Environments + + - FYSETC_F6_13 + - megaatmega1280 + - rambo + - sanguino_atmega1284p + - sanguino_atmega644p + + # Extended STM32 Environments + + - STM32F103RC_bigtree + - STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB + - STM32F103RE_bigtree + - STM32F103RE_bigtree_USB + - STM32F103RC_fysetc + - jgaurora_a5s_a1 + - STM32F103VE_longer + - STM32F407VE_black + - BIGTREE_SKR_PRO + - mks_robin + - ARMED + - FYSETC_S6 + + # Put lengthy tests last + + - LPC1768 + - LPC1769 + + # STM32 with non-STM framework. both broken for now. they should use HAL_STM32 which is working. + + #- STM32F4 + #- STM32F7 + + # Non-working environment tests + + #- BIGTREE_BTT002 + #- at90usb1286_cdc + #- at90usb1286_dfu + #- STM32F103CB_malyan + #- mks_robin_lite + #- mks_robin_mini + #- mks_robin_nano + #- SAMD51_grandcentral_m4 + + steps: + + - name: Select Python 3.7 + uses: actions/setup-python@v1 + with: + python-version: '3.7' # Version range or exact version of a Python version to use, using semvers version range syntax. + architecture: 'x64' # optional x64 or x86. Defaults to x64 if not specified + + - name: Install PlatformIO + run: | + pip install -U https://github.com/platformio/platformio-core/archive/master.zip + platformio update + + - name: Check out the PR + uses: actions/checkout@v2 + + - name: Run ${{ matrix.test-platform }} Tests + run: | + # Inline tests script + [[ "$GITHUB_REPOSITORY" == "MarlinFirmware/Marlin" ]] || exit 0 + chmod +x buildroot/bin/* + chmod +x buildroot/share/tests/* + export PATH=./buildroot/bin/:./buildroot/share/tests/:${PATH} + run_tests . ${{ matrix.test-platform }} diff --git a/.travis.yml b/.travis.yml deleted file mode 100644 index d3acf40cbfae..000000000000 --- a/.travis.yml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -dist: bionic -sudo: false - -language: python -python: - - "3.7" - -notifications: - email: false - -env: - # Base Environments - - TEST_PLATFORM="DUE" - - TEST_PLATFORM="esp32" - - TEST_PLATFORM="linux_native" - - TEST_PLATFORM="megaatmega2560" - - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103RE" - - TEST_PLATFORM="teensy31" - - TEST_PLATFORM="teensy35" - - # Extended AVR Environments - - TEST_PLATFORM="fysetc_f6_13" - - TEST_PLATFORM="megaatmega1280" - - TEST_PLATFORM="rambo" - - TEST_PLATFORM="sanguino_atmega1284p" - - TEST_PLATFORM="sanguino_atmega644p" - - # Extended STM32 Environments - - TEST_PLATFORM="ARMED" - - TEST_PLATFORM="BIGTREE_BTT002" - - TEST_PLATFORM="BIGTREE_SKR_PRO" - - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103RC_bigtree" - - TEST_PLATFORM="jgaurora_a5s_a1" - - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103VE_longer" - - TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F407VE_black" - - TEST_PLATFORM="mks_robin" - - # Put lengthy tests last - - TEST_PLATFORM="LPC1768" - - TEST_PLATFORM="LPC1769" - - # Non-working environment tests - #- TEST_PLATFORM="at90usb1286_cdc" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="at90usb1286_dfu" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103CB_malyan" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="mks_robin_lite" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="mks_robin_mini" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="mks_robin_nano" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="SAMD51_grandcentral_m4" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103RC_bigtree" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F103RC_fysetc" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F4" - #- TEST_PLATFORM="STM32F7" - -before_install: - # - # Fetch the tag information for the current branch - - git fetch origin --tags - # - # Publish the buildroot script folder - - chmod +x ${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR}/buildroot/bin/* - - chmod +x ${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR}/buildroot/share/tests/* - - export PATH=${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR}/buildroot/bin/:${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR}/buildroot/share/tests/:${PATH} - -install: - #- pip install -U platformio - - pip install -U https://github.com/platformio/platformio-core/archive/master.zip - -before_script: - # Update PlatformIO packages - - platformio update - # - # Change current working directory to the build dir - - cd ${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR} - # - # Generate custom version include - - generate_version ${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR}/Marlin/ - - cat ${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR}/Marlin/Version.h - # -script: - - run_tests ${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR} ${TEST_PLATFORM} diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration.h b/Marlin/Configuration.h index 155605f609fb..550ea354676f 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration.h @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ // @section extruder // This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] +// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] #define EXTRUDERS 1 // Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. @@ -325,13 +325,14 @@ //#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) + #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX, 'true' for X-Box - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 + //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin + //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power + #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN @@ -352,13 +353,15 @@ * * Temperature sensors available: * + * -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1) + * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1) * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 * 0 : not used * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) + * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for MEGA) + * 332 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table for DUE) * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! @@ -376,7 +379,8 @@ * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x + * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 5v excitation (AVR) + * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v excitation (STM32 \ LPC176x....) * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup @@ -409,7 +413,10 @@ #define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 // Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 @@ -437,6 +444,8 @@ #define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 #define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 #define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 #define BED_MINTEMP 5 // Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. @@ -448,6 +457,8 @@ #define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 +#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 #define BED_MAXTEMP 150 //=========================================================================== @@ -652,12 +663,13 @@ * * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, + * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, + * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] */ //#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 @@ -666,12 +678,15 @@ //#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 //#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. @@ -714,14 +729,14 @@ /** * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } /** * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ #define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } @@ -734,7 +749,7 @@ * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] + * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ #define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } @@ -853,6 +868,12 @@ */ //#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE +/** + * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive + * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. + */ +//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE + /** * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. */ @@ -895,6 +916,13 @@ #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS #endif +// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J +// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity. +//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR +#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) + #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin +#endif + // // For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. // @@ -921,7 +949,8 @@ */ #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges +// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but +// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 // X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes @@ -1031,6 +1060,8 @@ #define INVERT_E3_DIR false #define INVERT_E4_DIR false #define INVERT_E5_DIR false +#define INVERT_E6_DIR false +#define INVERT_E7_DIR false // @section homing @@ -1416,11 +1447,6 @@ #define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. #define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - // // G20/G21 Inch mode support // @@ -1511,9 +1537,10 @@ // Default number of triangles #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } + // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } + // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } + #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } // Circular pattern radius #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 @@ -1767,7 +1794,7 @@ // // Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html // //#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 @@ -1934,20 +1961,26 @@ // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support // https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ // -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight +//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. // // Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html // // This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. // (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) // //#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY +// +// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 +// +//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + // // ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller // @@ -1959,7 +1992,7 @@ // // AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html +// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html // //#define AZSMZ_12864 @@ -2016,9 +2049,11 @@ //============================================================================= // -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS +// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.) // -//#define DGUS_LCD +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC +//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY // // Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers @@ -2026,10 +2061,10 @@ //#define MALYAN_LCD // -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays +// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays // See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. // -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE // // Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h index 426f64ba05e9..9a979f2528f7 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -78,6 +78,18 @@ #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor + #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C + #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#endif + #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C @@ -165,28 +177,28 @@ * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. */ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius /** * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius #endif /** * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. */ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds + #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius /** * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds + #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius #endif #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) @@ -197,6 +209,56 @@ #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 #endif + + /** + * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. + * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. + * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value + * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. + * + * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) + * --------------------------------------------------------------------- + * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: + * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 + * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. + * + * Example: + * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 + * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 + * + * Fan-speed dependent compensation + * -------------------------------- + * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). + * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. + * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature + * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. + * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% + * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. + * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. + * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in + * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED + */ + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) + // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. + // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. + // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. + + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + + #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 + + #else + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) + #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner + #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + #endif + #endif #endif /** @@ -290,6 +352,9 @@ // before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) //#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 +// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. +//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 + /** * PWM Fan Scaling * @@ -315,7 +380,7 @@ * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] * Set this to your desired frequency. * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers + * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. * @@ -426,7 +491,7 @@ //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif #endif @@ -436,27 +501,28 @@ //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif #endif -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 +// +// For Z set the number of stepper drivers +// +#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many + +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 + //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif #endif #endif @@ -602,11 +668,37 @@ */ //#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } + // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] + // If not defined, probe limits will be used. + // Override with 'M422 S X Y' + //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } + + /** + * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. + * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S X Y' + * + * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) + * | | 2 | + * | 1 2 | | + * | | 1 | + * + * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | + * | | 3 | | 3 | + * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | + * + * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | + * | | | | | + * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | + * + */ + #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY + //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 + #endif // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. + // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3) //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to @@ -614,23 +706,16 @@ // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 + // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case + // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! #endif - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 + #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment + #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this + #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? #endif // @section motion @@ -753,7 +838,7 @@ // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - // Define pin which is read during calibration + // Define the pin to read during calibration #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin @@ -902,9 +987,16 @@ // Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage //#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) +// Show the E position (filament used) during printing +//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL + +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS + //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits + //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation + //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time + #endif #endif #if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS @@ -950,6 +1042,8 @@ */ //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss + //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate @@ -1182,9 +1276,47 @@ #endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD // -// Lulzbot Touch UI +// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays +// +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #define DGUS_SERIAL_PORT 2 + #define DGUS_BAUDRATE 115200 + + #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 + //#define DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) + + #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates + #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Duration to display the boot screen + + #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing + #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + //#define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for UI_FYSETC + #else + #define DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY + #endif + + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 + #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS + #endif + + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 + #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping + #endif + #endif +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD + +// +// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) // -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) // Display board used //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) @@ -1262,6 +1394,9 @@ // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG + + // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) + //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU #endif // @@ -1276,6 +1411,13 @@ //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan #endif +// +// ADC Button Debounce +// +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // (ms) Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast +#endif + // @section safety /** @@ -1306,7 +1448,8 @@ //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. + #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) @@ -1372,7 +1515,8 @@ * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. + * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are + * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed. * * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over @@ -1417,18 +1561,57 @@ #endif +/** + * Thermal Probe Compensation + * Probe measurements are adjusted to compensate for temperature distortion. + * Use G76 to calibrate this feature. Use M871 to set values manually. + * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. + */ +#if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED + // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures + #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + + // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually + #ifdef PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + // Max temperature that can be reached by heated bed. + // This is required only for the calibration process. + #define PTC_MAX_BED_TEMP 110 + + // Park position to wait for probe cooldown + #define PTC_PARK_POS_X 0.0F + #define PTC_PARK_POS_Y 0.0F + #define PTC_PARK_POS_Z 100.0F + + // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature + #define PTC_PROBE_POS_X 90.0F + #define PTC_PROBE_POS_Y 100.0F + + // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature + // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually + //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION + #endif +#endif + // @section extras +// +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +// +//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes + // // G2/G3 Arc Support // -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes #if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes + #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min + #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle + //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) + #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections + //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles + //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes #endif // Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. @@ -1482,12 +1665,12 @@ /** * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver + * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers + * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver + * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver + * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver + * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver + * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver * * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ @@ -1625,6 +1808,9 @@ // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change + #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) + //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // G-code to run after tool-change is complete + #endif // Retract and prime filament on tool-change //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP @@ -1685,9 +1871,10 @@ //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. + #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. @@ -1752,6 +1939,12 @@ #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 @@ -1788,6 +1981,18 @@ #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 + #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #endif + #endif // TMC26X // @section tmc_smart @@ -1814,94 +2019,123 @@ #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... + #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. + #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing + #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 + #define X_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define X2_CURRENT 800 + #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT + #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y_CURRENT 800 + #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT + #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y2_CURRENT 800 + #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT + #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z_CURRENT 800 + #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT + #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z2_CURRENT 800 + #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT + #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z3_CURRENT 800 + #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT + #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + #define Z4_CURRENT 800 + #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E0_CURRENT 800 + #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E1_CURRENT 800 + #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E2_CURRENT 800 + #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E3_CURRENT 800 + #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E4_CURRENT 800 + #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E5_CURRENT 800 + #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_CURRENT 800 + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_CURRENT 800 + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 16 + #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 #endif /** @@ -1921,6 +2155,8 @@ //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 + //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 /** * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). @@ -1951,12 +2187,15 @@ #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + #define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 /** * Software enable @@ -2026,12 +2265,15 @@ #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 + #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 /** * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. @@ -2095,20 +2337,20 @@ * * Example: * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ + * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ + * stepperY.intpol(0); \ * } */ #define TMC_ADV() { } #endif // HAS_TRINAMIC -// @section L6470 +// @section L64XX /** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options + * L64XX Stepper Driver options * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. + * Arduino-L6470 library (0.8.0 or higher) is required. * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 * * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file @@ -2116,114 +2358,160 @@ * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) + * ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(Q) where Q is 1 to enable and 0 to reset */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info +#if HAS_L64XX - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif + //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 + #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down + #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down + // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current + #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 + #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI + #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + #define Z4_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + #define E6_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 + #endif + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + #define E7_MICROSTEPS 128 + #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 + #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 + #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 + #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 + #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 #endif /** @@ -2235,7 +2523,7 @@ * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 + * I4 - Z4 or E4 * I5 - E5 * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds @@ -2249,7 +2537,15 @@ //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR #endif -#endif // L6470 +#endif // HAS_L64XX + +// @section i2cbus + +// +// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control +// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. +// +//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 /** * TWI/I2C BUS @@ -2279,10 +2575,10 @@ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello */ -// @section i2cbus - //#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#endif // @section extras @@ -2311,6 +2607,20 @@ // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) + + /** + * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. + * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. + * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. + * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) + * + * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq + * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 + */ + //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation + #endif #endif /** @@ -2553,6 +2863,13 @@ //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT #endif +/** + * Cancel Objects + * + * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects + */ +//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS + /** * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. @@ -2643,7 +2960,11 @@ #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: + //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed + //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed + + // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } @@ -2698,12 +3019,15 @@ /** * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) +//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent +//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) + +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) + //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates + //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host #endif /** @@ -2775,9 +3099,14 @@ // @section develop -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ +// +// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage +// +//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER + +// +// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe +// //#define PINS_DEBUGGING // Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands diff --git a/Marlin/Makefile b/Marlin/Makefile index d765fc19da99..1a9bb2208798 100644 --- a/Marlin/Makefile +++ b/Marlin/Makefile @@ -92,6 +92,9 @@ U8GLIB ?= 1 # this defines whether to include the Trinamic TMCStepper library TMC ?= 1 +# this defines whether to include the AdaFruit NeoPixel library +NEOPIXEL ?= 0 + ############ # Try to automatically determine whether RELOC_WORKAROUND is needed based # on GCC versions: @@ -185,7 +188,7 @@ else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1109) else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1110) # zrib V2.0 control board (Chinese knock off RAMPS replica) else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1111) -# Bigtreetech or BIQU KFB2.0 +# BigTreeTech or BIQU KFB2.0 else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1112) # Felix 2.0+ Electronics Board (RAMPS like) else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1113) @@ -255,6 +258,10 @@ else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1143) else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1144) # ADIMLab Gantry v2 else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1145) +# BIQU Tango V1 +else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1146) +# MKS GEN L V2 +else ifeq ($(HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD),1147) # # RAMBo and derivatives diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL.h index cecdd8b67b12..5ad13931106d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL.h @@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ #include HAL_PATH(.,HAL.h) +#define HAL_ADC_RANGE _BV(HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION) + inline void watchdog_refresh() { #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) HAL_watchdog_refresh(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h index 246353677fff..5c10ad08e438 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "math.h" #ifdef USBCON - #include "HardwareSerial.h" + #include #else #define HardwareSerial_h // Hack to prevent HardwareSerial.h header inclusion #include "MarlinSerial.h" @@ -38,6 +38,14 @@ #include #include +#ifndef pgm_read_ptr + // Compatibility for avr-libc 1.8.0-4.1 included with Ubuntu for + // Windows Subsystem for Linux on Windows 10 as of 10/18/2019 + #define pgm_read_ptr_far(address_long) (void*)__ELPM_word((uint32_t)(address_long)) + #define pgm_read_ptr_near(address_short) (void*)__LPM_word((uint16_t)(address_short)) + #define pgm_read_ptr(address_short) pgm_read_ptr_near(address_short) +#endif + // ------------------------ // Defines // ------------------------ @@ -83,24 +91,37 @@ typedef int8_t pin_t; #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #else #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3" + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif #define MYSERIAL0 customizedSerial1 #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3" + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #define MYSERIAL1 customizedSerial2 + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if !WITHIN(DGUS_SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3) + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #endif + #define DGUS_SERIAL internalDgusSerial + + #define DGUS_SERIAL_GET_TX_BUFFER_FREE DGUS_SERIAL.get_tx_buffer_free +#endif + // ------------------------ // Public functions // ------------------------ @@ -337,9 +358,9 @@ void TIMER0_COMPB_vect_bottom() // ADC #ifdef DIDR2 - #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) do{ if (pin < 8) SBI(DIDR0, pin); else SBI(DIDR2, pin & 0x07); }while(0) + #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(ind) do{ if (ind < 8) SBI(DIDR0, ind); else SBI(DIDR2, ind & 0x07); }while(0) #else - #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) do{ SBI(DIDR0, pin); }while(0) + #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(ind) SBI(DIDR0, ind); #endif inline void HAL_adc_init() { @@ -350,13 +371,14 @@ inline void HAL_adc_init() { #endif } -#define SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(pin) ADMUX = _BV(REFS0) | (pin & 0x07); SBI(ADCSRA, ADSC) +#define SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(ch) ADMUX = _BV(REFS0) | (ch & 0x07); SBI(ADCSRA, ADSC) #ifdef MUX5 - #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) if (pin > 7) ADCSRB = _BV(MUX5); else ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(pin) + #define HAL_START_ADC(ch) if (ch > 7) ADCSRB = _BV(MUX5); else ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(ch) #else - #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(pin) + #define HAL_START_ADC(ch) ADCSRB = 0; SET_ADMUX_ADCSRA(ch) #endif +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() ADC #define HAL_ADC_READY() !TEST(ADCSRA, ADSC) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp index 3502aa6b0c36..691dab91033d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.cpp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ #if !defined(USBCON) && (defined(UBRRH) || defined(UBRR0H) || defined(UBRR1H) || defined(UBRR2H) || defined(UBRR3H)) #include "MarlinSerial.h" - #include "../../Marlin.h" + #include "../../MarlinCore.h" template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_r MarlinSerial::rx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } }; template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_t MarlinSerial::tx_buffer = { 0 }; @@ -757,6 +757,33 @@ #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + + template + typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_pos_t MarlinSerial::get_tx_buffer_free() { + const ring_buffer_pos_t t = tx_buffer.tail, // next byte to send. + h = tx_buffer.head; // next pos for queue. + int ret = t - h - 1; + if (ret < 0) ret += Cfg::TX_SIZE + 1; + return ret; + } + + ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,DGUS_SERIAL_PORT,_RX_vect)) { + MarlinSerial>::store_rxd_char(); + } + + ISR(SERIAL_REGNAME(USART,DGUS_SERIAL_PORT,_UDRE_vect)) { + MarlinSerial>::_tx_udr_empty_irq(); + } + + // Preinstantiate + template class MarlinSerial>; + + // Instantiate + MarlinSerial> internalDgusSerial; + +#endif + // For AT90USB targets use the UART for BT interfacing #if defined(USBCON) && ENABLED(BLUETOOTH) HardwareSerial bluetoothSerial; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h index 7560d880e314..d2b3ff155800 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/MarlinSerial.h @@ -217,6 +217,9 @@ static ring_buffer_pos_t available(); static void write(const uint8_t c); static void flushTX(); + #ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + static ring_buffer_pos_t get_tx_buffer_free(); + #endif FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t dropped() { return Cfg::DROPPED_RX ? rx_dropped_bytes : 0; } FORCE_INLINE static uint8_t buffer_overruns() { return Cfg::RX_OVERRUNS ? rx_buffer_overruns : 0; } @@ -292,6 +295,23 @@ extern MarlinSerial> internalSerial; #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + template + struct MarlinInternalSerialCfg { + static constexpr int PORT = serial; + static constexpr unsigned int RX_SIZE = 128; + static constexpr unsigned int TX_SIZE = 48; + static constexpr bool XONOFF = false; + static constexpr bool EMERGENCYPARSER = false; + static constexpr bool DROPPED_RX = false; + static constexpr bool RX_OVERRUNS = bDGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS; + static constexpr bool RX_FRAMING_ERRORS = false; + static constexpr bool MAX_RX_QUEUED = false; + }; + + extern MarlinSerial> internalDgusSerial; +#endif + // Use the UART for Bluetooth in AT90USB configurations #if defined(USBCON) && ENABLED(BLUETOOTH) extern HardwareSerial bluetoothSerial; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h index b80fee610d59..7053d4b0a1de 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -46,39 +46,55 @@ void endstop_ISR() { endstops.update(); } /** * Patch for pins_arduino.h (...\Arduino\hardware\arduino\avr\variants\mega\pins_arduino.h) * - * These macros for the Arduino MEGA do not include the two connected pins on Port J (D13, D14). + * These macros for the Arduino MEGA do not include the two connected pins on Port J (D14, D15). * So we extend them here because these are the normal pins for Y_MIN and Y_MAX on RAMPS. * There are more PCI-enabled processor pins on Port J, but they are not connected to Arduino MEGA. */ #if defined(ARDUINO_AVR_MEGA2560) || defined(ARDUINO_AVR_MEGA) + + #define digitalPinHasPCICR(p) (WITHIN(p, 10, 15) || WITHIN(p, 50, 53) || WITHIN(p, 62, 69)) + #undef digitalPinToPCICR - #define digitalPinToPCICR(p) ( WITHIN(p, 10, 15) || \ - WITHIN(p, 50, 53) || \ - WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? &PCICR : nullptr ) + #define digitalPinToPCICR(p) (digitalPinHasPCICR(p) ? (&PCICR) : nullptr) + #undef digitalPinToPCICRbit - #define digitalPinToPCICRbit(p) ( WITHIN(p, 10, 13) || WITHIN(p, 50, 53) ? 0 : \ - WITHIN(p, 14, 15) ? 1 : \ - WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? 2 : \ - 0 ) + #define digitalPinToPCICRbit(p) (WITHIN(p, 10, 13) || WITHIN(p, 50, 53) ? 0 : \ + WITHIN(p, 14, 15) ? 1 : \ + WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? 2 : \ + 0) + #undef digitalPinToPCMSK - #define digitalPinToPCMSK(p) ( WITHIN(p, 10, 13) || WITHIN(p, 50, 53) ? &PCMSK0 : \ - WITHIN(p, 14, 15) ? &PCMSK1 : \ - WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? &PCMSK2 : \ - nullptr ) + #define digitalPinToPCMSK(p) (WITHIN(p, 10, 13) || WITHIN(p, 50, 53) ? (&PCMSK0) : \ + WITHIN(p, 14, 15) ? (&PCMSK1) : \ + WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? (&PCMSK2) : \ + nullptr) + #undef digitalPinToPCMSKbit - #define digitalPinToPCMSKbit(p) ( WITHIN(p, 10, 13) ? ((p) - 6) : \ - (p) == 14 || (p) == 51 ? 2 : \ - (p) == 15 || (p) == 52 ? 1 : \ - (p) == 50 ? 3 : \ - (p) == 53 ? 0 : \ - WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? ((p) - 62) : \ - 0 ) + #define digitalPinToPCMSKbit(p) (WITHIN(p, 10, 13) ? ((p) - 6) : \ + (p) == 14 || (p) == 51 ? 2 : \ + (p) == 15 || (p) == 52 ? 1 : \ + (p) == 50 ? 3 : \ + (p) == 53 ? 0 : \ + WITHIN(p, 62, 69) ? ((p) - 62) : \ + 0) + +#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega164A__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega164P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega324A__) || \ + defined(__AVR_ATmega324P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega324PA__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega324PB__) || \ + defined(__AVR_ATmega644A__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1284__) || \ + defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__) + + #define digitalPinHasPCICR(p) WITHIN(p, 0, NUM_DIGITAL_PINS) + +#else + + #error "Unsupported AVR variant!" + #endif // Install Pin change interrupt for a pin. Can be called multiple times. void pciSetup(const int8_t pin) { - if (digitalPinToPCMSK(pin) != nullptr) { + if (digitalPinHasPCICR(pin)) { SBI(*digitalPinToPCMSK(pin), digitalPinToPCMSKbit(pin)); // enable pin SBI(PCIFR, digitalPinToPCICRbit(pin)); // clear any outstanding interrupt SBI(PCICR, digitalPinToPCICRbit(pin)); // enable interrupt for the group @@ -108,7 +124,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(X_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(X_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(X_MAX_PIN), "X_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(X_MAX_PIN), "X_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(X_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -116,7 +132,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(X_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(X_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(X_MIN_PIN), "X_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(X_MIN_PIN), "X_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(X_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -124,7 +140,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Y_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Y_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Y_MAX_PIN), "Y_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Y_MAX_PIN), "Y_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Y_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -132,7 +148,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Y_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Y_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Y_MIN_PIN), "Y_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Y_MIN_PIN), "Y_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Y_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -140,7 +156,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z_MAX_PIN), "Z_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z_MAX_PIN), "Z_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -148,7 +164,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z_MIN_PIN), "Z_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z_MIN_PIN), "Z_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -156,7 +172,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(X2_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(X2_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(X2_MAX_PIN), "X2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(X2_MAX_PIN), "X2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(X2_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -164,7 +180,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(X2_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(X2_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(X2_MIN_PIN), "X2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(X2_MIN_PIN), "X2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(X2_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -172,7 +188,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Y2_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Y2_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Y2_MAX_PIN), "Y2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Y2_MAX_PIN), "Y2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Y2_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -180,7 +196,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Y2_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Y2_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Y2_MIN_PIN), "Y2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Y2_MIN_PIN), "Y2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Y2_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -188,7 +204,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z2_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z2_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z2_MAX_PIN), "Z2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z2_MAX_PIN), "Z2_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z2_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -196,7 +212,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z2_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z2_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z2_MIN_PIN), "Z2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z2_MIN_PIN), "Z2_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z2_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -204,7 +220,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z3_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z3_MAX_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z3_MAX_PIN), "Z3_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z3_MAX_PIN), "Z3_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z3_MAX_PIN); #endif #endif @@ -212,15 +228,31 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z3_MIN_PIN), "Z3_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z3_MIN_PIN), "Z3_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #else + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z4_MAX_PIN), "Z4_MAX_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + pciSetup(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #else + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z4_MIN_PIN), "Z4_MIN_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + pciSetup(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #if (digitalPinToInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) != NOT_AN_INTERRUPT) _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #else - static_assert(digitalPinToPCICR(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN), "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); + static_assert(digitalPinHasPCICR(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN), "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN is not interrupt-capable"); pciSetup(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.h index 501a7cdf0616..a36bf468a099 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio.h @@ -279,14 +279,25 @@ enum ClockSource2 : char { */ // Determine which harware PWMs are already in use +#define _PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (P == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN) #if PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (P == CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN || P == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (_PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) || P == CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN) #else - #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (P == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) _PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) #endif -#if ANY_PIN(FAN, FAN1, FAN2) - #if PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) +#if ANY_PIN(FAN, FAN1, FAN2, FAN3, FAN4, FAN5, FAN6, FAN7) + #if PIN_EXISTS(FAN7) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN || P == FAN5_PIN || P == FAN6_PIN || P == FAN7_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN6) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN || P == FAN5_PIN || P == FAN6_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN5) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN || P == FAN5_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN4) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN || P == FAN4_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN3) + #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN || P == FAN3_PIN) + #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN) #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN0_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h index 93fadf20a58f..a9b0af5b9959 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ * Checks for FAST PWM */ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) && (ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP) && defined(TCCR2)) - #error "USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP does not apply to devices with a single output TIMER2" + #error "USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP does not apply to devices with a single output TIMER2" #endif /** @@ -59,3 +59,7 @@ #if HAS_TRINAMIC && ENABLED(ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE) #error "TMCStepper includes SoftwareSerial.h which is incompatible with ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE. Disable ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE to continue." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL && ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) + #error "MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS causes performance issues when used with SoftwareSerial-connected drivers. Disable MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS or use hardware serial to continue." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h index e4738e0332e9..0787076fb7e8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug.h @@ -26,7 +26,10 @@ #define NUMBER_PINS_TOTAL NUM_DIGITAL_PINS +#define AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY_PLUS_70 MB(BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE, MINIRAMBO, SCOOVO_X9H) + #if AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY + // Working with Teensyduino extension so need to re-define some things #include "pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h" // Can't use the "digitalPinToPort" function from the Teensyduino type IDEs @@ -35,7 +38,9 @@ #define digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToBitMask(p) #define digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToPort_Teensy(p) #define GET_PINMODE(pin) (*portModeRegister(pin) & digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(pin)) + #elif AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY_PLUS_70 // So we can access/display all the pins on boards using more than 70 + #include "pinsDebug_plus_70.h" #define digitalPinToTimer_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToTimer_plus_70(p) #define digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToBitMask_plus_70(p) @@ -43,11 +48,13 @@ bool GET_PINMODE(int8_t pin) {return *portModeRegister(digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(pin)) & digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(pin); } #else + #define digitalPinToTimer_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToTimer(p) #define digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToBitMask(p) #define digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(p) digitalPinToPort(p) bool GET_PINMODE(int8_t pin) {return *portModeRegister(digitalPinToPort_DEBUG(pin)) & digitalPinToBitMask_DEBUG(pin); } #define GET_ARRAY_PIN(p) pgm_read_byte(&pin_array[p].pin) + #endif #define VALID_PIN(pin) (pin >= 0 && pin < NUM_DIGITAL_PINS ? 1 : 0) @@ -224,11 +231,10 @@ static void err_is_interrupt() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" compare interrupt enabled" static void err_prob_interrupt() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" overflow interrupt enabled"); } static void print_is_also_tied() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" is also tied to this pin"); SERIAL_ECHO_SP(14); } -void com_print(uint8_t N, uint8_t Z) { +inline void com_print(const uint8_t N, const uint8_t Z) { const uint8_t *TCCRA = (uint8_t*)TCCR_A(N); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" COM"); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + N); - SERIAL_CHAR('A' + Z); + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + N, Z); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(": ", int((*TCCRA >> (6 - Z * 2)) & 0x03)); } @@ -240,8 +246,7 @@ void timer_prefix(uint8_t T, char L, uint8_t N) { // T - timer L - pwm N - if (N == 4) WGM |= ((*TCCRB & _BV(WGM_3)) >> 1); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" TIMER"); - SERIAL_CHAR(T + '0'); - SERIAL_CHAR(L); + SERIAL_CHAR(T + '0', L); SERIAL_ECHO_SP(3); if (N == 3) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.cpp index 63a503196631..c7d487ebd14a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/watchdog.cpp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #include "watchdog.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // Initialize watchdog with 8s timeout, if possible. Otherwise, make it 4s. void watchdog_init() { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp index 130779896d3c..2d2eb3b9ffa7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.cpp @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ int freeMemory() { // ADC // ------------------------ -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { - HAL_adc_result = analogRead(adc_pin); +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t ch) { + HAL_adc_result = analogRead(ch); } uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result() { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h index 54ade88e7581..b5bac8956841 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ // Define MYSERIAL0/1 before MarlinSerial includes! #if SERIAL_PORT == -1 - #define MYSERIAL0 Serial1 + #define MYSERIAL0 customizedSerial1 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 0 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 @@ -56,9 +56,8 @@ #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different from SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." - #endif - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 - #define MYSERIAL1 Serial1 + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #define MYSERIAL1 customizedSerial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 @@ -75,6 +74,27 @@ #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different from SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL internalDgusSerial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial3 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." + #endif +#endif + + #include "MarlinSerial.h" #include "MarlinSerialUSB.h" @@ -128,15 +148,16 @@ extern uint16_t HAL_adc_result; // result of last ADC conversion #define analogInputToDigitalPin(p) ((p < 12u) ? (p) + 54u : -1) #endif -#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) +#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(ch) inline void HAL_adc_init() {}//todo -#define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_START_ADC(ch) HAL_adc_start_conversion(ch) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin); +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t ch); uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(); // diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp index 35763a5ec713..3524ae86901f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ } // all the others - static uint32_t spiDelayCyclesX4 = (F_CPU) / 1000000; // 4uS => 125khz + static uint32_t spiDelayCyclesX4 = (F_CPU) / 1000000; // 4µs => 125khz static uint8_t spiTransferX(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0 int bits = 8; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp index 7b88b6d43e14..83a9c64faeb0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerial.cpp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #include "MarlinSerial.h" #include "InterruptVectors.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_r MarlinSerial::rx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } }; template typename MarlinSerial::ring_buffer_t MarlinSerial::tx_buffer = { 0 }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp index 5e5a4e5fc185..2501bab78ec3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/dogm/u8g_com_HAL_DUE_shared_hw_spi.cpp @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ #include -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" void spiBegin(); void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h index daa2b3c15e9c..14adc0c1cdcc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -77,6 +77,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h index a8d51edfab04..44bf8e4473eb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -55,3 +55,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/compiler.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/compiler.h index 7719c129c307..33df080e2f89 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/compiler.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/compiler.h @@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ typedef struct #define ENABLE 1 #ifndef __cplusplus #ifndef __bool_true_false_are_defined -#define false 0 -#define true 1 +#define false (1==0) +#define true (1==1) #endif #endif #ifndef PASS diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp index b85a2b09a154..ea2936359d81 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp @@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ void sd_mmc_spi_mem_init() { } Ctrl_status sd_mmc_spi_test_unit_ready() { + #ifdef DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC + return CTRL_NO_PRESENT; + #endif if (!IS_SD_INSERTED() || IS_SD_PRINTING() || IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() || !card.isMounted()) return CTRL_NO_PRESENT; return CTRL_GOOD; @@ -55,6 +58,9 @@ uint8_t sector_buf[SD_MMC_BLOCK_SIZE]; // #define DEBUG_MMC Ctrl_status sd_mmc_spi_usb_read_10(uint32_t addr, uint16_t nb_sector) { + #ifdef DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC + return CTRL_NO_PRESENT; + #endif if (!IS_SD_INSERTED() || IS_SD_PRINTING() || IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() || !card.isMounted()) return CTRL_NO_PRESENT; @@ -92,6 +98,9 @@ Ctrl_status sd_mmc_spi_usb_read_10(uint32_t addr, uint16_t nb_sector) { } Ctrl_status sd_mmc_spi_usb_write_10(uint32_t addr, uint16_t nb_sector) { + #ifdef DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC + return CTRL_NO_PRESENT; + #endif if (!IS_SD_INSERTED() || IS_SD_PRINTING() || IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() || !card.isMounted()) return CTRL_NO_PRESENT; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c index 9bac29276c75..2a10190c7eca 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/uotghs_device_due.c @@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ static void udd_ctrl_in_sent(void) // The IN data don't must be written in endpoint 0 DPRAM during // a next setup reception in same endpoint 0 DPRAM. // Thereby, an OUT ZLP reception must check before IN data write - // and if no OUT ZLP is recevied the data must be written quickly (800us) + // and if no OUT ZLP is received the data must be written quickly (800µs) // before an eventually ZLP OUT and SETUP reception flags = cpu_irq_save(); if (Is_udd_out_received(0)) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.c index b735858018df..29d02faef703 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.c +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/usb_task.c @@ -45,11 +45,12 @@ #ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM -#include "conf_usb.h" -#include "udc.h" #include #include +#include "conf_usb.h" +#include "udc.h" + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) static volatile bool main_b_msc_enable = false; #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.cpp index 1f51b75c18e1..dd80f8c71397 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/watchdog.cpp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "watchdog.h" // Override Arduino runtime to either config or disable the watchdog diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp index 81567eeede8f..3a011e00e1c2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp @@ -30,10 +30,6 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if EITHER(EEPROM_SETTINGS, WEBSUPPORT) - #include "spiffs.h" -#endif - #if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) #include #include "wifi.h" @@ -41,6 +37,7 @@ #include "ota.h" #endif #if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT) + #include "spiffs.h" #include "web.h" #endif #endif @@ -78,21 +75,32 @@ volatile int numPWMUsed = 0, // Public functions // ------------------------ -void HAL_init() { - i2s_init(); -} +#if ENABLED(WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND) + + bool wifi_custom_command(char * const command_ptr) { + #if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + return esp3dlib.parse(command_ptr); + #else + UNUSED(command_ptr); + return false; + #endif + } + +#endif + +void HAL_init() { i2s_init(); } void HAL_init_board() { - #if EITHER(EEPROM_SETTINGS, WEBSUPPORT) - spiffs_init(); - #endif - #if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) + #if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + esp3dlib.init(); + #elif ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) wifi_init(); #if ENABLED(OTASUPPORT) OTA_init(); #endif #if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT) + spiffs_init(); web_init(); #endif server.begin(); @@ -100,9 +108,12 @@ void HAL_init_board() { } void HAL_idletask() { - #if ENABLED(OTASUPPORT) + #if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, OTASUPPORT) OTA_handle(); #endif + #if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + esp3dlib.idletask(); + #endif } void HAL_clear_reset_source() { } @@ -161,6 +172,12 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 adc1_set_attenuation(get_channel(TEMP_5_PIN), ADC_ATTEN_11db); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + adc2_set_attenuation(get_channel(TEMP_6_PIN), ADC_ATTEN_11db); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + adc3_set_attenuation(get_channel(TEMP_7_PIN), ADC_ATTEN_11db); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED adc1_set_attenuation(get_channel(TEMP_BED_PIN), ADC_ATTEN_11db); #endif @@ -183,7 +200,7 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { } } -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(uint8_t adc_pin) { +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { const adc1_channel_t chan = get_channel(adc_pin); uint32_t mv; esp_adc_cal_get_voltage((adc_channel_t)chan, &characteristics[attenuations[chan]], &mv); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h index 0736ff3c590f..c4528f7520c0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h @@ -36,7 +36,14 @@ #include "timers.h" -#include "WebSocketSerial.h" +#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) + #include "WebSocketSerial.h" +#endif + +#if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + #include "esp3dlib.h" +#endif + #include "FlushableHardwareSerial.h" // ------------------------ @@ -47,9 +54,13 @@ extern portMUX_TYPE spinlock; #define MYSERIAL0 flushableSerial -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) +#if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + #if ENABLED(ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + #define MYSERIAL1 Serial2Socket + #else + #define MYSERIAL1 webSocketSerial + #endif #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #define MYSERIAL1 webSocketSerial #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif @@ -60,7 +71,6 @@ extern portMUX_TYPE spinlock; #define ENABLE_ISRS() if (spinlock.owner != portMUX_FREE_VAL) portEXIT_CRITICAL(&spinlock) #define DISABLE_ISRS() portENTER_CRITICAL(&spinlock) - // Fix bug in pgm_read_ptr #undef pgm_read_ptr #define pgm_read_ptr(addr) (*(addr)) @@ -111,10 +121,11 @@ void eeprom_update_block (const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n); void HAL_adc_init(); #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(uint8_t adc_pin); +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin); #define GET_PIN_MAP_PIN(index) index #define GET_PIN_MAP_INDEX(pin) pin @@ -126,3 +137,44 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(uint8_t adc_pin); void HAL_idletask(); void HAL_init(); void HAL_init_board(); + +// +// Delay in cycles (used by DELAY_NS / DELAY_US) +// +FORCE_INLINE static void DELAY_CYCLES(uint32_t x) { + unsigned long start, ccount, stop; + + /** + * It's important to care for race conditions (and overflows) here. + * Race condition example: If `stop` calculates to being close to the upper boundary of + * `uint32_t` and if at the same time a longer loop interruption kicks in (e.g. due to other + * FreeRTOS tasks or interrupts), `ccount` might overflow (and therefore be below `stop` again) + * without the loop ever being able to notice that `ccount` had already been above `stop` once + * (and that therefore the number of cycles to delay has already passed). + * As DELAY_CYCLES (through DELAY_NS / DELAY_US) is used by software SPI bit banging to drive + * LCDs and therefore might be called very, very often, this seemingly improbable situation did + * actually happen in reality. It resulted in apparently random print pauses of ~17.9 seconds + * (0x100000000 / 240 MHz) or multiples thereof, essentially ruining the current print by causing + * large blobs of filament. + */ + + __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (start) ); + stop = start + x; + ccount = start; + + if (stop >= start) { + // no overflow, so only loop while in between start and stop: + // 0x00000000 -----------------start****stop-- 0xffffffff + while (ccount >= start && ccount < stop) { + __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (ccount) ); + } + } + else { + // stop did overflow, so only loop while outside of stop and start: + // 0x00000000 **stop-------------------start** 0xffffffff + while (ccount >= start || ccount < stop) { + __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (ccount) ); + } + } + +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.cpp index 3c3b8fa704bf..c80c29a4ebe1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/Servo.cpp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Servo::Servo() { int8_t Servo::attach(const int inPin) { if (channel >= CHANNEL_MAX_NUM) return -1; - if (pin > 0) pin = inPin; + if (inPin > 0) pin = inPin; ledcSetup(channel, 50, 16); // channel X, 50 Hz, 16-bit depth ledcAttachPin(pin, channel); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h index 9590271b0102..3d22c4d1b296 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h @@ -23,16 +23,18 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "Stream.h" +#include -#ifndef RX_BUFFER_SIZE - #define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 -#endif #ifndef TX_BUFFER_SIZE #define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 #endif -#if TX_BUFFER_SIZE <= 0 - #error "TX_BUFFER_SIZE is required for the WebSocket." +#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) + #ifndef RX_BUFFER_SIZE + #define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 + #endif + #if TX_BUFFER_SIZE <= 0 + #error "TX_BUFFER_SIZE is required for the WebSocket." + #endif #endif typedef uint16_t ring_buffer_pos_t; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h index 31a3e4d6678f..fff53ce60fe6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -72,6 +72,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp index 1f7c508cf1c4..7a94e1594d7f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/i2s.cpp @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ #include "i2s.h" #include "../shared/Marduino.h" -#include "driver/periph_ctrl.h" -#include "rom/lldesc.h" -#include "soc/i2s_struct.h" -#include "freertos/queue.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include #include "../../module/stepper.h" #define DMA_BUF_COUNT 8 // number of DMA buffers to store data @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ int i2s_init() { * * fwclk = fbclk / 32 * - * for fwclk = 250kHz (4uS pulse time) + * for fwclk = 250kHz (4µS pulse time) * N = 10 * M = 20 */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h index 9c62a353e780..ff9d7342dd83 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -28,3 +28,11 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif + +#if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) + #error "Only enable one WiFi option, either WIFISUPPORT or ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp index 98ea3b5eb7ea..781854aa8be9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp @@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(OTASUPPORT) +#if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, OTASUPPORT) #include #include #include #include -#include "driver/timer.h" +#include void OTA_init() { ArduinoOTA @@ -67,6 +67,5 @@ void OTA_handle() { ArduinoOTA.handle(); } -#endif // OTASUPPORT - +#endif // WIFISUPPORT && OTASUPPORT #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_impl.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_impl.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a65a4301a0e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_impl.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) + +#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" +#include "EEPROM.h" + +#define EEPROM_SIZE 4096 + +bool PersistentStore::access_start() { + return EEPROM.begin(EEPROM_SIZE); +} + +bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { + EEPROM.end(); + return true; +} + +bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc) { + for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) { + EEPROM.write(pos++, value[i]); + crc16(crc, &value[i], 1); + } + return false; +} + +bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool writing/*=true*/) { + for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) { + uint8_t c = EEPROM.read(pos++); + if (writing) value[i] = c; + crc16(crc, &c, 1); + } + return false; +} + +size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return EEPROM_SIZE; } + +#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS +#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_spiffs.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_spiffs.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 5227da356860..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/persistent_store_spiffs.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - -#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" - -#include -#include -#include "spiffs.h" - -#define HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE 4096 -#define HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_FILE_PATH "/eeprom.dat" - -File eeprom_file; - -bool PersistentStore::access_start() { - if (spiffs_initialized) { - eeprom_file = SPIFFS.open(HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_FILE_PATH, "r+"); - - size_t file_size = eeprom_file.size(); - if (file_size < HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE) { - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("SPIFFS EEPROM settings file " HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_FILE_PATH " is too small or did not exist, expanding."); - SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" file size: ", file_size, ", required size: ", HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE); - - // mode r+ does not allow to expand the file (at least on ESP32 SPIFFS9, so we close, reopen "a", append, close, reopen "r+" - eeprom_file.close(); - - eeprom_file = SPIFFS.open(HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_FILE_PATH, "a"); - for (size_t i = eeprom_file.size(); i < HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE; i++) - eeprom_file.write(0xFF); - eeprom_file.close(); - - eeprom_file = SPIFFS.open(HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_FILE_PATH, "r+"); - file_size = eeprom_file.size(); - if (file_size < HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE) { - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG("Failed to expand " HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_FILE_PATH " to required size. SPIFFS partition full?"); - SERIAL_ERROR_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" file size: ", file_size, ", required size: ", HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE); - SERIAL_ERROR_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" SPIFFS used bytes: ", SPIFFS.usedBytes(), ", total bytes: ", SPIFFS.totalBytes()); - } - } - return true; - } - return false; -} - -bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { - eeprom_file.close(); - return true; -} - -bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc) { - if (!eeprom_file.seek(pos)) return true; // return true for any error - if (eeprom_file.write(value, size) != size) return true; - - crc16(crc, value, size); - pos += size; - - return false; -} - -bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool writing/*=true*/) { - if (!eeprom_file.seek(pos)) return true; // return true for any error - - if (writing) { - if (eeprom_file.read(value, size) != size) return true; - crc16(crc, value, size); - } - else { - uint8_t tmp[size]; - if (eeprom_file.read(tmp, size) != size) return true; - crc16(crc, tmp, size); - } - - pos += size; - - return false; -} - -size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return HAL_ESP32_EEPROM_SIZE; } - -#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS -#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp index a3e1bd8a255f..b76d3810fa00 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/spiffs.cpp @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if EITHER(WEBSUPPORT, EEPROM_SETTINGS) +#if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, WEBSUPPORT) #include "../../core/serial.h" @@ -40,5 +40,5 @@ void spiffs_init() { SERIAL_ERROR_MSG("SPIFFS mount failed"); } -#endif // WEBSUPPORT +#endif // WIFISUPPORT && WEBSUPPORT #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.cpp index 79a79e37cdf2..543889760e04 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.cpp @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ #ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 #include -#include "esp_types.h" -#include "soc/timer_group_struct.h" -#include "driver/periph_ctrl.h" -#include "driver/timer.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include #include "HAL.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.h index 4b01f4ba7c45..325ab4098bbe 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/timers.h @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #pragma once #include -#include "driver/timer.h" +#include // Includes needed to get I2S_STEPPER_STREAM. Note that pins.h // is included in case this header is being included early. @@ -47,12 +47,12 @@ typedef uint64_t hal_timer_t; #if ENABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM) #define STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE 1 - #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE 250000 // 250khz, 4us pulses of i2s word clock + #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE 250000 // 250khz, 4µs pulses of i2s word clock #define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000000) // stepper timer ticks per µs // wrong would be 0.25 #else #define STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE 40 - #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE (HAL_TIMER_RATE / STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE) // frequency of stepper timer, 2MHz - #define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000000) // stepper timer ticks per µs + #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE ((HAL_TIMER_RATE) / (STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE)) // frequency of stepper timer, 2MHz + #define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000000) // stepper timer ticks per µs #endif #define STEP_TIMER_MIN_INTERVAL 8 // minimum time in µs between stepper interrupts diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog.h index 6647ecefe660..9fb39ff9a59b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/watchdog.h @@ -21,8 +21,18 @@ */ #pragma once +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + + esp_err_t esp_task_wdt_reset(); + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } +#endif + // Initialize watchdog with a 4 second interrupt time void watchdog_init(); // Reset watchdog. -inline void HAL_watchdog_refresh() {} +inline void HAL_watchdog_refresh() { esp_task_wdt_reset(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp index c593fc024216..6cb2145831df 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp @@ -22,13 +22,12 @@ #ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 -#include -#undef DISABLED // esp32-hal-gpio.h - #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT) +#if BOTH(WIFISUPPORT, WEBSUPPORT) +#undef DISABLED // esp32-hal-gpio.h +#include #include "wifi.h" AsyncEventSource events("/events"); // event source (Server-Sent events) @@ -43,5 +42,5 @@ void web_init() { server.onNotFound(onNotFound); } -#endif // WEBSUPPORT +#endif // WIFISUPPORT && WEBSUPPORT #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp index 316f6b452a4b..a10b1629a043 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { } -void HAL_adc_enable_channel(int ch) { +void HAL_adc_enable_channel(const uint8_t ch) { } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h index 5bd283e5c1a6..63aa8fa11f9b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h @@ -87,14 +87,15 @@ int freeMemory(); #pragma GCC diagnostic pop // ADC -#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) HAL_adc_enable_channel(pin) -#define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) -#define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_get_result() -#define HAL_ADC_READY() true +#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(ch) HAL_adc_enable_channel(ch) +#define HAL_START_ADC(ch) HAL_adc_start_conversion(ch) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 +#define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_get_result() +#define HAL_ADC_READY() true void HAL_adc_init(); -void HAL_adc_enable_channel(int pin); -void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin); +void HAL_adc_enable_channel(const uint8_t ch); +void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t ch); uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(); // Reset source diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h index 776fa2f1393d..3b18dec730a0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -33,3 +33,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp index 2607ecfb4634..4da55c2f3d53 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp @@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ #include "watchdog.h" #endif +uint32_t HAL_adc_reading = 0; + // U8glib required functions extern "C" void u8g_xMicroDelay(uint16_t val) { DELAY_US(val); @@ -61,7 +63,7 @@ int freeMemory() { // return dval if not found or not a valid pin. int16_t PARSED_PIN_INDEX(const char code, const int16_t dval) { const uint16_t val = (uint16_t)parser.intval(code, -1), port = val / 100, pin = val % 100; - const int16_t ind = (port < ((NUM_DIGITAL_PINS) >> 5) && pin < 32) ? GET_PIN_MAP_INDEX((port << 5) | pin) : -2; + const int16_t ind = (port < ((NUM_DIGITAL_PINS) >> 5) && pin < 32) ? ((port << 5) | pin) : -2; return ind > -1 ? ind : dval; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h index 7ea6d288be92..69247dfd9b2a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h @@ -61,10 +61,6 @@ extern "C" volatile uint32_t _millis; #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(750) #endif -#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3" -#endif - #if SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 UsbSerial #elif SERIAL_PORT == 0 @@ -75,16 +71,14 @@ extern "C" volatile uint32_t _millis; #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 3 #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial3 +#else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3" - #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 UsbSerial #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial @@ -94,11 +88,34 @@ extern "C" volatile uint32_t _millis; #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial3 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL UsbSerial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial3 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." + #endif +#endif + // // Interrupts // @@ -131,12 +148,43 @@ int freeMemory(); // K = 6, 565 samples, 500Hz sample rate, 1.13s convergence on full range step // Memory usage per ADC channel (bytes): 4 (32 Bytes for 8 channels) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 12 // 15 bit maximum, raw temperature is stored as int16_t +#define HAL_ADC_FILTERED // Disable oversampling done in Marlin as ADC values already filtered in HAL + using FilteredADC = LPC176x::ADC; -#define HAL_adc_init() FilteredADC::init() +extern uint32_t HAL_adc_reading; +[[gnu::always_inline]] inline void HAL_start_adc(const pin_t pin) { + HAL_adc_reading = FilteredADC::read(pin) >> (16 - HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION); // returns 16bit value, reduce to required bits +} +[[gnu::always_inline]] inline uint16_t HAL_read_adc() { + return HAL_adc_reading; +} + +#define HAL_adc_init() #define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) FilteredADC::enable_channel(pin) -#define HAL_START_ADC(pin) FilteredADC::start_conversion(pin) -#define HAL_READ_ADC() FilteredADC::get_result() -#define HAL_ADC_READY() FilteredADC::finished_conversion() +#define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_start_adc(pin) +#define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_read_adc() +#define HAL_ADC_READY() (true) + +// Test whether the pin is valid +constexpr bool VALID_PIN(const pin_t pin) { + return LPC176x::pin_is_valid(pin); +} + +// Get the analog index for a digital pin +constexpr int8_t DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(const pin_t pin) { + return (LPC176x::pin_is_valid(pin) && LPC176x::pin_has_adc(pin)) ? pin : -1; +} + +// Return the index of a pin number +constexpr int16_t GET_PIN_MAP_INDEX(const pin_t pin) { + return LPC176x::pin_index(pin); +} + +// Get the pin number at the given index +constexpr pin_t GET_PIN_MAP_PIN(const int16_t index) { + return LPC176x::pin_index(index); +} // Parse a G-code word into a pin index int16_t PARSED_PIN_INDEX(const char code, const int16_t dval); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_SPI.cpp index 5652db988b9c..5f32c7874d02 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ // ------------------------ #if ENABLED(LPC_SOFTWARE_SPI) - #include "SoftwareSPI.h" + #include // Software SPI @@ -125,18 +125,18 @@ PinCfg.Funcnum = 2; PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0; PinCfg.Pinmode = 0; - PinCfg.Pinnum = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(SCK_PIN); - PinCfg.Portnum = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(SCK_PIN); + PinCfg.Pinnum = LPC176x::pin_bit(SCK_PIN); + PinCfg.Portnum = LPC176x::pin_port(SCK_PIN); PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); SET_OUTPUT(SCK_PIN); - PinCfg.Pinnum = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(MISO_PIN); - PinCfg.Portnum = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(MISO_PIN); + PinCfg.Pinnum = LPC176x::pin_bit(MISO_PIN); + PinCfg.Portnum = LPC176x::pin_port(MISO_PIN); PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); SET_INPUT(MISO_PIN); - PinCfg.Pinnum = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(MOSI_PIN); - PinCfg.Portnum = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(MOSI_PIN); + PinCfg.Pinnum = LPC176x::pin_bit(MOSI_PIN); + PinCfg.Portnum = LPC176x::pin_port(MOSI_PIN); PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); SET_OUTPUT(MOSI_PIN); // divide PCLK by 2 for SSP0 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h index 53e4b1580998..fc09189d3296 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ void endstop_ISR() { endstops.update(); } void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #define _ATTACH(P) attachInterrupt(digitalPinToInterrupt(P), endstop_ISR, CHANGE) + #define LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(pin) ((pin >> 0x5 & 0x7) == 0 || (pin >> 0x5 & 0x7) == 2) + #if HAS_X_MAX #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(X_MAX_PIN) #error "X_MAX_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." @@ -91,7 +93,7 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { _ATTACH(Z2_MIN_PIN); #endif #if HAS_Z3_MAX - #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z3_MIN_PIN) + #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z3_MAX_PIN) #error "Z3_MIN_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." #endif _ATTACH(Z3_MAX_PIN); @@ -102,6 +104,18 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #endif _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z4_MAX_PIN) + #error "Z4_MIN_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." + #endif + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z4_MIN_PIN) + #error "Z4_MIN_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." + #endif + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #if !LPC1768_PIN_INTERRUPT_M(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN is not INTERRUPT-capable." diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp index 1cc2032778d6..6c7de9bb1d5e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ #include void set_pwm_frequency(const pin_t pin, int f_desired) { - pwm_set_frequency(pin, f_desired); + LPC176x::pwm_set_frequency(pin, f_desired); } void set_pwm_duty(const pin_t pin, const uint16_t v, const uint16_t v_size/*=255*/, const bool invert/*=false*/) { - pwm_write_ratio(pin, invert ? 1.0f - (float)v / v_size : (float)v / v_size); + LPC176x::pwm_write_ratio(pin, invert ? 1.0f - (float)v / v_size : (float)v / v_size); } #endif // FAST_PWM_FAN || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h index a00a4946c165..8b90ec20d30c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h @@ -37,19 +37,19 @@ #define PWM_PIN(P) true // all pins are PWM capable -#define LPC_PIN(pin) gpio_pin(pin) -#define LPC_GPIO(port) gpio_port(port) +#define LPC_PIN(pin) LPC176x::gpio_pin(pin) +#define LPC_GPIO(port) LPC176x::gpio_port(port) -#define SET_DIR_INPUT(IO) gpio_set_input(IO) -#define SET_DIR_OUTPUT(IO) gpio_set_output(IO) +#define SET_DIR_INPUT(IO) LPC176x::gpio_set_input(IO) +#define SET_DIR_OUTPUT(IO) LPC176x::gpio_set_output(IO) #define SET_MODE(IO, mode) pinMode(IO, mode) -#define WRITE_PIN_SET(IO) gpio_set(IO) -#define WRITE_PIN_CLR(IO) gpio_clear(IO) +#define WRITE_PIN_SET(IO) LPC176x::gpio_set(IO) +#define WRITE_PIN_CLR(IO) LPC176x::gpio_clear(IO) -#define READ_PIN(IO) gpio_get(IO) -#define WRITE_PIN(IO,V) gpio_set(IO, V) +#define READ_PIN(IO) LPC176x::gpio_get(IO) +#define WRITE_PIN(IO,V) LPC176x::gpio_set(IO, V) /** * Magic I/O routines @@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ #define _PULLDOWN(IO,V) pinMode(IO, (V) ? INPUT_PULLDOWN : INPUT) /// check if pin is an input -#define _IS_INPUT(IO) (!gpio_get_dir(IO)) +#define _IS_INPUT(IO) (!LPC176x::gpio_get_dir(IO)) /// check if pin is an output -#define _IS_OUTPUT(IO) (gpio_get_dir(IO)) +#define _IS_OUTPUT(IO) (LPC176x::gpio_get_dir(IO)) /// Read a pin wrapper #define READ(IO) _READ(IO) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h index 6223e006df45..ffc70b3452d8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -21,6 +21,46 @@ */ #pragma once +#if PIO_PLATFORM_VERSION < 1001 + #error "nxplpc-arduino-lpc176x package is out of date, Please update the PlatformIO platforms, frameworks and libraries. You may need to remove the platform and let it reinstall automatically." +#endif +#if PIO_FRAMEWORK_VERSION < 2002 + #error "framework-arduino-lpc176x package is out of date, Please update the PlatformIO platforms, frameworks and libraries." +#endif + +/** + * Detect an old pins file by checking for old ADC pins values. + */ +#define _OLD_TEMP_PIN(P) PIN_EXISTS(P) && _CAT(P,_PIN) <= 7 && _CAT(P,_PIN) != 2 && _CAT(P,_PIN) != 3 +#if _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_BED) + #error "TEMP_BED_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_0) + #error "TEMP_0_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_1) + #error "TEMP_1_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_2) + #error "TEMP_2_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_3) + #error "TEMP_3_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_4) + #error "TEMP_4_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_5) + #error "TEMP_5_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_6) + #error "TEMP_6_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#elif _OLD_TEMP_PIN(TEMP_7) + #error "TEMP_7_PIN must be defined using the Pn_nn or Pn_nn_An format. (See the included pins files)." +#endif +#undef _OLD_TEMP_PIN + +/** + * Because PWM hardware channels all share the same frequency, along with the + * fallback software channels, FAST_PWM_FAN is incompatible with Servos. + */ +#if NUM_SERVOS > 0 && ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) + #error "BLTOUCH and Servos are incompatible with FAST_PWM_FAN on LPC176x boards." +#endif + /** * Test LPC176x-specific configuration values for errors at compile-time. */ @@ -32,3 +72,7 @@ #if IS_RE_ARM_BOARD && ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) && HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) && DISABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) #error "Re-ARM with REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER and TMC2130 require TMC_USE_SW_SPI" #endif + +#if ENABLED(BAUD_RATE_GCODE) + #error "BAUD_RATE_GCODE is not yet supported on LPC176x." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c index 3ad1aff01719..dd83c7a97193 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c @@ -20,8 +20,10 @@ * */ -// adapted from I2C/master/master.c example -// https://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~pcc/MCP/HAPR-Course-web/CMSIS/examples/html/master_8c_source.html +/** + * digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.c + * Adapted from https://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~pcc/MCP/HAPR-Course-web/CMSIS/examples/html/master_8c_source.html + */ #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 @@ -29,12 +31,12 @@ #if MB(MKS_SBASE) -#include "digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h" - #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif +#include "digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h" + // These two routines are exact copies of the lpc17xx_i2c.c routines. Couldn't link to // to the lpc17xx_i2c.c routines so had to copy them into this file & rename them. @@ -60,7 +62,6 @@ static void _I2C_Stop(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) { I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; } -PINSEL_CFG_Type PinCfg; I2C_M_SETUP_Type transferMCfg; #define I2C_status (LPC_I2C1->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK) @@ -89,41 +90,6 @@ uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_start(uint8_t sla) { // send slave address and write bi return 1; } -void digipot_mcp4451_init() { - /** - * Init I2C pin connect - */ - PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0; - PinCfg.Pinmode = 0; - #if USEDI2CDEV_M == 0 - PinCfg.Funcnum = 1; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 27; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA0 / D57 AUX-1 - PinCfg.Pinnum = 28; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL0 / D58 AUX-1 - #elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 1 - PinCfg.Funcnum = 3; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 0; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA1 / D20 SCA - PinCfg.Pinnum = 1; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL1 / D21 SCL - #elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 2 - PinCfg.Funcnum = 2; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 10; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA2 / D38 X_ENABLE_PIN - PinCfg.Pinnum = 11; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL2 / D55 X_DIR_PIN - #endif - // Initialize I2C peripheral - I2C_Init(I2CDEV_M, 400000); // hardwired to 400KHz bit rate, 100KHz is the other option - - // Enable Master I2C operation - I2C_Cmd(I2CDEV_M, I2C_MASTER_MODE, ENABLE); -} - uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_send_byte(uint8_t data) { LPC_I2C1->I2DAT = data & I2C_I2DAT_BITMASK; // transmit data LPC_I2C1->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h index d7e4b0dc7a43..db6715e2b67e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h @@ -21,20 +21,10 @@ */ #pragma once -// adapted from I2C/master/master.c example -// https://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~pcc/MCP/HAPR-Course-web/CMSIS/examples/html/master_8c_source.html - -#define USEDI2CDEV_M 1 // use I2C1 controller - -#if USEDI2CDEV_M == 0 - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C0 -#elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 1 - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C1 -#elif USEDI2CDEV_M == 2 - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C2 -#else - #error "Master I2C device not defined!" -#endif +/** + * digipot_mcp4451_I2C_routines.h + * Adapted from https://www-users.cs.york.ac.uk/~pcc/MCP/HAPR-Course-web/CMSIS/examples/html/master_8c_source.html + */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { @@ -43,9 +33,9 @@ #include #include #include +#include "i2c_util.h" uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_start(uint8_t sla); -void digipot_mcp4451_init(); uint8_t digipot_mcp4451_send_byte(uint8_t data); #ifdef __cplusplus diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f3dc6d230818 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.c + */ + +#ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 + +#include "i2c_util.h" + +#define U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST 16 // from u8g.h + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +void configure_i2c(const uint8_t clock_option) { + /** + * Init I2C pin connect + */ + PINSEL_CFG_Type PinCfg; + PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0; + PinCfg.Pinmode = 0; + PinCfg.Portnum = 0; + #if I2C_MASTER_ID == 0 + PinCfg.Funcnum = 1; + PinCfg.Pinnum = 27; // SDA0 / D57 AUX-1 ... SCL0 / D58 AUX-1 + #elif I2C_MASTER_ID == 1 + PinCfg.Funcnum = 3; + PinCfg.Pinnum = 0; // SDA1 / D20 SCA ... SCL1 / D21 SCL + #elif I2C_MASTER_ID == 2 + PinCfg.Funcnum = 2; + PinCfg.Pinnum = 10; // SDA2 / D38 X_ENABLE_PIN ... SCL2 / D55 X_DIR_PIN + #endif + PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); + PinCfg.Pinnum += 1; + PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); + + // Initialize I2C peripheral + I2C_Init(I2CDEV_M, (clock_option & U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST) ? 400000: 100000); // LCD data rates + + // Enable Master I2C operation + I2C_Cmd(I2CDEV_M, I2C_MASTER_MODE, ENABLE); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } +#endif + +#endif // TARGET_LPC1768 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1ca3fc184452 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * HAL_LPC1768/include/i2c_util.h + */ + +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#ifndef I2C_MASTER_ID + #define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 +#endif + +#if I2C_MASTER_ID == 0 + #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C0 +#elif I2C_MASTER_ID == 1 + #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C1 +#elif I2C_MASTER_ID == 2 + #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C2 +#else + #error "Master I2C device not defined!" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +void configure_i2c(const uint8_t clock_option); + +#ifdef __cplusplus + } +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp index dac7d7a3a93a..3de02022eb65 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) extern "C" { - #include "lpc17xx_iap.h" + #include } #define SECTOR_START(sector) ((sector < 16) ? (sector * 0x1000) : ((sector - 14) * 0x8000)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h index e39f2d245307..133cd11be26e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h @@ -33,52 +33,21 @@ #define PRINT_PORT(p) #define GET_ARRAY_PIN(p) pin_array[p].pin #define PRINT_ARRAY_NAME(x) do{ sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%-" STRINGIFY(MAX_NAME_LENGTH) "s"), pin_array[x].name); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer); }while(0) -#define PRINT_PIN(p) do{ sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%d.%02d"), LPC1768_PIN_PORT(p), LPC1768_PIN_PIN(p)); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer); }while(0) +#define PRINT_PIN(p) do{ sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%d.%02d"), LPC176x::pin_port(p), LPC176x::pin_bit(p)); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer); }while(0) #define MULTI_NAME_PAD 16 // space needed to be pretty if not first name assigned to a pin // pins that will cause hang/reset/disconnect in M43 Toggle and Watch utilities -// uses pin index #ifndef M43_NEVER_TOUCH - #define M43_NEVER_TOUCH(Q) ((Q) == 29 || (Q) == 30 || (Q) == 73) // USB pins + #define M43_NEVER_TOUCH(Q) ((Q) == P0_29 || (Q) == P0_30 || (Q) == P2_09) // USB pins #endif -// active ADC function/mode/code values for PINSEL registers -constexpr int8_t ADC_pin_mode(pin_t pin) { - return (LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 0 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 2 ? 2 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 0 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 3 ? 2 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 0 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 23 ? 1 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 0 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 24 ? 1 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 0 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 25 ? 1 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 0 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 26 ? 1 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 1 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 30 ? 3 : - LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) == 1 && LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) == 31 ? 3 : -1); -} - -int8_t get_pin_mode(pin_t pin) { - if (!VALID_PIN(pin)) return -1; - uint8_t pin_port = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin); - uint8_t pin_port_pin = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin); - //get appropriate PINSEL register - volatile uint32_t * pinsel_reg = (pin_port == 0 && pin_port_pin <= 15) ? &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL0 : - (pin_port == 0) ? &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL1 : - (pin_port == 1 && pin_port_pin <= 15) ? &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL2 : - pin_port == 1 ? &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL3 : - pin_port == 2 ? &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL4 : - pin_port == 3 ? &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL7 : &LPC_PINCON->PINSEL9; - uint8_t pinsel_start_bit = pin_port_pin > 15 ? 2 * (pin_port_pin - 16) : 2 * pin_port_pin; - int8_t pin_mode = (int8_t) ((*pinsel_reg >> pinsel_start_bit) & 0x3); - return pin_mode; -} - -bool GET_PINMODE(pin_t pin) { - int8_t pin_mode = get_pin_mode(pin); - if (pin_mode == -1 || pin_mode == ADC_pin_mode(pin)) // found an invalid pin or active analog pin +bool GET_PINMODE(const pin_t pin) { + if (!LPC176x::pin_is_valid(pin) || LPC176x::pin_adc_enabled(pin)) // found an invalid pin or active analog pin return false; - uint32_t * FIO_reg[5] PROGMEM = {(uint32_t*) 0x2009C000,(uint32_t*) 0x2009C020,(uint32_t*) 0x2009C040,(uint32_t*) 0x2009C060,(uint32_t*) 0x2009C080}; - return ((*FIO_reg[LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin)] >> LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) & 1) != 0); //input/output state + return LPC176x::gpio_direction(pin); } -bool GET_ARRAY_IS_DIGITAL(pin_t pin) { - return (!IS_ANALOG(pin) || get_pin_mode(pin) != ADC_pin_mode(pin)); +bool GET_ARRAY_IS_DIGITAL(const pin_t pin) { + return (!LPC176x::pin_has_adc(pin) || !LPC176x::pin_adc_enabled(pin)); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/timers.h index 73ea728af17e..5f4e06265eab 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/timers.h @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ typedef uint32_t hal_timer_t; #define HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX 0xFFFFFFFF -#define HAL_TIMER_RATE ((SystemCoreClock) / 4) // frequency of timers peripherals +#define HAL_TIMER_RATE ((F_CPU) / 4) // frequency of timers peripherals #define STEP_TIMER_NUM 0 // Timer Index for Stepper #define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 1 // Timer Index for Temperature diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.c b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.cpp similarity index 69% rename from Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.c rename to Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.cpp index dc81396b092a..360cce7f662f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.c +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.cpp @@ -25,22 +25,21 @@ #ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 +#include "../include/i2c_util.h" +#include "../../../core/millis_t.h" + +extern int millis(); + #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif -#include -#include -#include - -#include "../../../core/millis_t.h" - ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // These two routines are exact copies of the lpc17xx_i2c.c routines. Couldn't link to // to the lpc17xx_i2c.c routines so had to copy them into this file & rename them. -static uint32_t _I2C_Start (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) { +static uint32_t _I2C_Start(LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) { // Reset STA, STO, SI I2Cx->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STOC|I2C_I2CONCLR_STAC; @@ -64,30 +63,16 @@ static void _I2C_Stop (LPC_I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) { ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#define U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST 16 // from u8g.h - -#define USEDI2CDEV_M 1 - #define I2CDEV_S_ADDR 0x78 // from SSD1306 //actual address is 0x3C - shift left 1 with LSB set to 0 to indicate write #define BUFFER_SIZE 0x1 // only do single byte transfers with LCDs -#if (USEDI2CDEV_M == 0) - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C0 -#elif (USEDI2CDEV_M == 1) - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C1 -#elif (USEDI2CDEV_M == 2) - #define I2CDEV_M LPC_I2C2 -#else - #error "Master I2C device not defined!" -#endif - -PINSEL_CFG_Type PinCfg; I2C_M_SETUP_Type transferMCfg; #define I2C_status (LPC_I2C1->I2STAT & I2C_STAT_CODE_BITMASK) -uint8_t u8g_i2c_start(uint8_t sla) { // send slave address and write bit +// Send slave address and write bit +uint8_t u8g_i2c_start(const uint8_t sla) { // Sometimes TX data ACK or NAK status is returned. That mean the start state didn't // happen which means only the value of the slave address was send. Keep looping until // the slave address and write bit are actually sent. @@ -111,54 +96,18 @@ uint8_t u8g_i2c_start(uint8_t sla) { // send slave address and write bit return 1; } -void u8g_i2c_init(uint8_t clock_option) { - - /** - * Init I2C pin connect - */ - PinCfg.OpenDrain = 0; - PinCfg.Pinmode = 0; - #if ((USEDI2CDEV_M == 0)) - PinCfg.Funcnum = 1; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 27; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA0 / D57 AUX-1 - PinCfg.Pinnum = 28; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL0 / D58 AUX-1 - #endif - #if ((USEDI2CDEV_M == 1)) - PinCfg.Funcnum = 3; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 0; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA1 / D20 SCA - PinCfg.Pinnum = 1; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL1 / D21 SCL - #endif - #if ((USEDI2CDEV_M == 2)) - PinCfg.Funcnum = 2; - PinCfg.Pinnum = 10; - PinCfg.Portnum = 0; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SDA2 / D38 X_ENABLE_PIN - PinCfg.Pinnum = 11; - PINSEL_ConfigPin(&PinCfg); // SCL2 / D55 X_DIR_PIN - #endif - // Initialize I2C peripheral - I2C_Init(I2CDEV_M, (clock_option & U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST) ? 400000: 100000); // LCD data rates - - // Enable Master I2C operation - I2C_Cmd(I2CDEV_M, I2C_MASTER_MODE, ENABLE); - - u8g_i2c_start(0); // send slave address and write bit +void u8g_i2c_init(const uint8_t clock_option) { + configure_i2c(clock_option); + u8g_i2c_start(0); // Send slave address and write bit } -volatile extern millis_t _millis; uint8_t u8g_i2c_send_byte(uint8_t data) { #define I2C_TIMEOUT 3 LPC_I2C1->I2DAT = data & I2C_I2DAT_BITMASK; // transmit data LPC_I2C1->I2CONSET = I2C_I2CONSET_AA; LPC_I2C1->I2CONCLR = I2C_I2CONCLR_SIC; - const millis_t timeout = _millis + I2C_TIMEOUT; - while ((I2C_status != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_ACK) && (I2C_status != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_NACK) && PENDING(_millis, timeout)); // wait for xmit to finish + const millis_t timeout = millis() + I2C_TIMEOUT; + while ((I2C_status != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_ACK) && (I2C_status != I2C_I2STAT_M_TX_DAT_NACK) && PENDING(millis(), timeout)); // wait for xmit to finish // had hangs with SH1106 so added time out - have seen temporary screen corruption when this happens return 1; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h index 9dd594cd9ef7..85ca067441ec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_I2C_routines.h @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ */ #pragma once -void u8g_i2c_init(uint8_t options); -uint8_t u8g_i2c_wait(uint8_t mask, uint8_t pos); +void u8g_i2c_init(const uint8_t clock_options); +//uint8_t u8g_i2c_wait(uint8_t mask, uint8_t pos); uint8_t u8g_i2c_start(uint8_t sla); uint8_t u8g_i2c_send_byte(uint8_t data); void u8g_i2c_stop(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h index 8806e8747704..314e20b43f83 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/LCD_delay.h @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ * * These are based on the LPC1768 routines. * - * Couldn't just call exact copies because the overhead resulted in the - * one microsecond delay being about 4uS. + * Couldn't just call exact copies because the overhead + * results in a one microsecond delay taking about 4µS. */ #ifdef __cplusplus diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp index b624b24d35ac..d19e66d41562 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp @@ -86,8 +86,6 @@ #define I2C_CMD_MODE 0x000 #define I2C_DATA_MODE 0x040 -//#define U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST 16 - uint8_t u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence(u8g_t *u8g) { /* are we requested to set the a0 state? */ if (u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] == 0) return 1; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp under construction b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp under construction deleted file mode 100644 index 0222c62280e1..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c.cpp under construction +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Based on U8G2 code - u8x8_byte.c - * - * Universal 8bit Graphics Library (https://github.com/olikraus/u8g2/) - * - * Copyright (c) 2016, olikraus@gmail.com - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * - * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list - * of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * - * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this - * list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other - * materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND - * CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, - * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF - * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR - * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, - * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; - * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, - * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) - * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF - * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - */ - -/** - * Software i2c, - * ignores ACK response (which is anyway not provided by some displays) - * also does not allow reading from the device - */ - -#ifdef TARGET_LPC1768 - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -#include - -//void pinMode(int16_t pin, uint8_t mode); -//void digitalWrite(int16_t pin, uint8_t pin_status); - - -#define I2C_SLA (0x3C*2) -//#define I2C_CMD_MODE 0x080 -#define I2C_CMD_MODE 0x000 -#define I2C_DATA_MODE 0x040 - -//static uint8_t I2C_speed; // 3 - 400KHz, 13 - 100KHz -//#define SPEED_400KHz 3 -//#define SPEED_100KHz 13 - -// #define U8G_I2C_OPT_FAST 16 - -uint8_t SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C, SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C, SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C, SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C; - -#define SPI_SPEED 2 //20: 200KHz 5:750KHz 2:3-4MHz - -uint8_t u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(uint8_t data) { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 9; i++) { // 1 extra bit for the ack/nak - - if (val & 0x80) - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < SPI_SPEED; j++) { - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - } - else - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < SPI_SPEED; j++) { - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - } - - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < SPI_SPEED; j++) { - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - } - - for (uint8_t j = 0; j < SPI_SPEED; j++) { - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - } - val <<= 1; - } - return 1; -} - - -uint8_t u8g_i2c_start_sw(uint8_t sla) { // assert start condition and then send slave address with write bit - /* send the start condition, both lines go from 1 to 0 */ - - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - DELAY_US(2); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - DELAY_US(2); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOSET = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - DELAY_US(2); - LPC_GPIO(SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - DELAY_US(2); - LPC_GPIO(SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C)->FIOCLR = LPC_PIN(SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C); - - u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(I2C_SLA); // send slave address with write bit -} - - -void u8g_i2c_stop_sw() { } - -void u8g_i2c_init_sw(uint8_t clock_option) { u8g_i2c_start(0); } // send slave address and write bit - -uint8_t u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence_sw(u8g_t *u8g) { - /* are we requested to set the a0 state? */ - if (u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] == 0) return 1; - - /* setup bus, might be a repeated start */ - if (u8g_i2c_start(I2C_SLA) == 0) return 0; - if (u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0_STATE] == 0) { - if (u8g_i2c_send_byte(I2C_CMD_MODE) == 0) return 0; - } - else if (u8g_i2c_send_byte(I2C_DATA_MODE) == 0) return 0; - - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 0; - - return 1; -} - -uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_sw_i2c_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, void *arg_ptr) { - switch (msg) { - case U8G_COM_MSG_INIT: - - #define LPC1768_PIN_PORT(pin) ((uint8_t)((pin >> 5) & 0b111)) - #define LPC1768_PIN_PIN(pin) ((uint8_t)(pin & 0b11111)) - SCL_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SCL]); - SCL_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SCL]); - SDA_pin_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C = LPC1768_PIN_PIN(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SDA]); - SDA_port_HAL_LPC1768_sw_I2C = LPC1768_PIN_PORT(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SDA]); - // As defined by Arduino INPUT(0x0), OUTPUT(0x1), INPUT_PULLUP(0x2) - #define OUTPUT 0x1 - u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_SCL); - u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_SDA); - if (U8G_PIN_NONE != u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_CS]) u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_CS); - if (U8G_PIN_NONE != u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0]) u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_A0); - if (U8G_PIN_NONE != u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_RESET]) u8g_SetPIOutput(u8g, U8G_PI_RESET); - - //u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_SCL, HIGH); - //u8g_com_arduino_digital_write(u8g, U8G_PI_SDA, HIGH); - //u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0_STATE] = 0; /* initial RS state: unknown mode */ - - u8g_i2c_init_sw(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_I2C_OPTION]); - u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence_sw(u8g); - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_STOP: break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_RESET: break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_CHIP_SELECT: - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0_STATE] = 0; - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; /* force a0 to set again, also forces start condition */ - if (arg_val == 0) { - /* disable chip, send stop condition */ - u8g_i2c_stop_sw(); - } - else { - /* enable, do nothing: any byte writing will trigger the i2c start */ - } - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_BYTE: - //u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; - //if (u8g_com_arduino_ssd_start_sequence(u8g) == 0) - // return u8g_i2c_stop(), 0; - if (u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(arg_val) == 0) - return u8g_i2c_stop_sw(), 0; - // u8g_i2c_stop(); - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_SEQ: { - //u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; - if (u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence_sw(u8g) == 0) - return u8g_i2c_stop_sw(), 0; - - uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)arg_ptr; - while (arg_val > 0) { - if (u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(*ptr++) == 0) - return u8g_i2c_stop_sw(), 0; - arg_val--; - } - } - // u8g_i2c_stop(); - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_WRITE_SEQ_P: { - //u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; - if (u8g_com_ssd_I2C_start_sequence_sw(u8g) == 0) - return u8g_i2c_stop_sw(), 0; - - uint8_t *ptr = (uint8_t *)arg_ptr; - while (arg_val > 0) { - if (u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(u8g_pgm_read(ptr)) == 0) return 0; - ptr++; - arg_val--; - } - } - // u8g_i2c_stop(); - break; - - case U8G_COM_MSG_ADDRESS: /* define cmd (arg_val = 0) or data mode (arg_val = 1) */ - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0_STATE] = arg_val; - u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_SET_A0] = 1; /* force a0 to set again */ - u8g_i2c_start_sw(0); // send slave address and write bit - u8g_i2c_send_byte_sw(arg_val ? 0x40 : 0x80); // Write to ? Graphics DRAM mode : Command mode - break; - } - return 1; -} - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -#endif // TARGET_LPC1768 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp index 59414e896b1e..0a1bd84875cf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) #include -#include "SoftwareSPI.h" +#include #include "../../shared/Delay.h" #undef SPI_SPEED diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp index e243d4001367..7b6557148ada 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi.cpp @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && DISABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) -#include "SoftwareSPI.h" +#include #undef SPI_SPEED #define SPI_SPEED 2 // About 2 MHz @@ -75,25 +75,25 @@ uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_0(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, const pin_t sck for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) { if (spi_speed == 0) { - gpio_set(mosi_pin, !!(b & 0x80)); - gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); + LPC176x::gpio_set(mosi_pin, !!(b & 0x80)); + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); b <<= 1; - if (miso_pin >= 0 && gpio_get(miso_pin)) b |= 1; - gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); + if (miso_pin >= 0 && LPC176x::gpio_get(miso_pin)) b |= 1; + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); } else { const uint8_t state = (b & 0x80) ? HIGH : LOW; for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++) - gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); + LPC176x::gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed + (miso_pin >= 0 ? 0 : 1); j++) - gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); b <<= 1; - if (miso_pin >= 0 && gpio_get(miso_pin)) b |= 1; + if (miso_pin >= 0 && LPC176x::gpio_get(miso_pin)) b |= 1; for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++) - gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); } } @@ -105,23 +105,23 @@ uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_3(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, const pin_t sck for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) { const uint8_t state = (b & 0x80) ? HIGH : LOW; if (spi_speed == 0) { - gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); - gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); - gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); // need some setup time - gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); + LPC176x::gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); + LPC176x::gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); // need some setup time + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); } else { for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed + (miso_pin >= 0 ? 0 : 1); j++) - gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, LOW); for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++) - gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); + LPC176x::gpio_set(mosi_pin, state); for (uint8_t j = 0; j < spi_speed; j++) - gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); + LPC176x::gpio_set(sck_pin, HIGH); } b <<= 1; - if (miso_pin >= 0 && gpio_get(miso_pin)) b |= 1; + if (miso_pin >= 0 && LPC176x::gpio_get(miso_pin)) b |= 1; } return b; @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ uint8_t swSpiTransfer_mode_3(uint8_t b, const uint8_t spi_speed, const pin_t sck static uint8_t SPI_speed = 0; static void u8g_sw_spi_HAL_LPC1768_shift_out(uint8_t dataPin, uint8_t clockPin, uint8_t val) { - #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864, MKS_MINI_12864) swSpiTransfer_mode_3(val, SPI_speed, clockPin, -1, dataPin); #else swSpiTransfer_mode_0(val, SPI_speed, clockPin, -1, dataPin); @@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ uint8_t u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_sw_spi_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, break; case U8G_COM_MSG_CHIP_SELECT: - #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) // LCD SPI is running mode 3 while SD card is running mode 0 - if (arg_val) { // SCK idle state needs to be set to the proper idle state before - // the next chip select goes active - u8g_SetPILevel(u8g, U8G_PI_SCK, 1); // Set SCK to mode 3 idle state before CS goes active + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864, MKS_MINI_12864) // LCD SPI is running mode 3 while SD card is running mode 0 + if (arg_val) { // SCK idle state needs to be set to the proper idle state before + // the next chip select goes active + u8g_SetPILevel(u8g, U8G_PI_SCK, 1); // Set SCK to mode 3 idle state before CS goes active u8g_SetPILevel(u8g, U8G_PI_CS, LOW); } else { diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py old mode 100644 new mode 100755 index 44e0f09ad01a..79c5d43eaa84 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py @@ -9,7 +9,9 @@ target_drive = "REARM" import os +import getpass import platform + current_OS = platform.system() Import("env") @@ -31,9 +33,11 @@ def print_error(e): # import subprocess # typical result (string): 'Drives: C:\ D:\ E:\ F:\ G:\ H:\ I:\ J:\ K:\ L:\ M:\ Y:\ Z:\' - driveStr = subprocess.check_output("fsutil fsinfo drives") + driveStr = str(subprocess.check_output("fsutil fsinfo drives")) # typical result (string): 'C:\ D:\ E:\ F:\ G:\ H:\ I:\ J:\ K:\ L:\ M:\ Y:\ Z:\' - driveStr = driveStr.strip().lstrip('Drives: ') + # driveStr = driveStr.strip().lstrip('Drives: ') <- Doesn't work in other Languages as English. In German is "Drives:" = "Laufwerke:" + FirstFound = driveStr.find(':',0,-1) # Find the first ":" and + driveStr = driveStr[FirstFound + 1 : -1] # truncate to the rest # typical result (array of stings): ['C:\\', 'D:\\', 'E:\\', 'F:\\', # 'G:\\', 'H:\\', 'I:\\', 'J:\\', 'K:\\', 'L:\\', 'M:\\', 'Y:\\', 'Z:\\'] drives = driveStr.split() @@ -44,7 +48,7 @@ def print_error(e): for drive in drives: final_drive_name = drive.strip().rstrip('\\') # typical result (string): 'C:' try: - volume_info = subprocess.check_output('cmd /C dir ' + final_drive_name, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT) + volume_info = str(subprocess.check_output('cmd /C dir ' + final_drive_name, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT)) except Exception as e: continue else: @@ -75,28 +79,26 @@ def print_error(e): upload_disk = 'Disk not found' target_file_found = False target_drive_found = False - medias = os.listdir('/media') # - for media in medias: - drives = os.listdir('/media/' + media) # - if target_drive in drives and target_file_found == False: # set upload if not found target file yet - target_drive_found = True - upload_disk = '/media/' + media + '/' + target_drive + '/' + drives = os.listdir(os.path.join(os.sep, 'media', getpass.getuser())) + if target_drive in drives: # If target drive is found, use it. + target_drive_found = True + upload_disk = os.path.join(os.sep, 'media', getpass.getuser(), target_drive) + os.sep + else: for drive in drives: try: - files = os.listdir('/media/' + media + '/' + drive) + files = os.listdir(os.path.join(os.sep, 'media', getpass.getuser(), drive)) except: continue else: if target_filename in files: - if target_file_found == False: - upload_disk = '/media/' + media + '/' + drive + '/' - target_file_found = True - + upload_disk = os.path.join(os.sep, 'media', getpass.getuser(), drive) + os.sep + target_file_found = True + break # # set upload_port to drive if found # - if target_file_found == True or target_drive_found == True: + if target_file_found or target_drive_found: env.Replace( UPLOAD_FLAGS="-P$UPLOAD_PORT", UPLOAD_PORT=upload_disk diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp index f122bf99849f..f9518cd25c82 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/watchdog.cpp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) -#include "lpc17xx_wdt.h" +#include #include "watchdog.h" void watchdog_init() { @@ -68,5 +68,4 @@ bool watchdog_timed_out() { return TEST(WDT_ReadTimeOutFlag(), 0); } void watchdog_clear_timeout_flag() { WDT_ClrTimeOutFlag(); } #endif // USE_WATCHDOG - #endif // TARGET_LPC1768 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.cpp index 1d7521270f67..6074e4bbd615 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.cpp @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ #ifdef __SAMD51__ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "Adafruit_ZeroDMA.h" -#include "wiring_private.h" +#include +#include // ------------------------ // Local defines @@ -59,6 +59,21 @@ #else #define GET_TEMP_5_ADC() -1 #endif +#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + #define GET_TEMP_6_ADC() PIN_TO_ADC(TEMP_6_PIN) +#else + #define GET_TEMP_6_ADC() -1 +#endif +#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + #define GET_TEMP_7_ADC() PIN_TO_ADC(TEMP_7_PIN) +#else + #define GET_TEMP_7_ADC() -1 +#endif +#if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + #define GET_PROBE_ADC() PIN_TO_ADC(TEMP_PROBE_PIN) +#else + #define GET_PROBE_ADC() -1 +#endif #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED #define GET_BED_ADC() PIN_TO_ADC(TEMP_BED_PIN) #else @@ -80,12 +95,15 @@ #define GET_BUTTONS_ADC() -1 #endif -#define IS_ADC_REQUIRED(n) (GET_TEMP_0_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_1_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_2_ADC() == n \ - || GET_TEMP_3_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_4_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == n \ - || GET_BED_ADC() == n \ - || GET_CHAMBER_ADC() == n \ - || GET_FILAMENT_WIDTH_ADC() == n \ - || GET_BUTTONS_ADC() == n) +#define IS_ADC_REQUIRED(n) ( \ + GET_TEMP_0_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_1_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_2_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_3_ADC() == n \ + || GET_TEMP_4_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == n || GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == n \ + || GET_PROBE_ADC() == n \ + || GET_BED_ADC() == n \ + || GET_CHAMBER_ADC() == n \ + || GET_FILAMENT_WIDTH_ADC() == n \ + || GET_BUTTONS_ADC() == n \ +) #define ADC0_IS_REQUIRED IS_ADC_REQUIRED(0) #define ADC1_IS_REQUIRED IS_ADC_REQUIRED(1) @@ -145,6 +163,15 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_result; #if GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == 0 TEMP_5_PIN, #endif + #if GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == 0 + TEMP_6_PIN, + #endif + #if GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == 0 + TEMP_7_PIN, + #endif + #if GET_PROBE_ADC() == 0 + TEMP_PROBE_PIN, + #endif #if GET_BED_ADC() == 0 TEMP_BED_PIN, #endif @@ -176,6 +203,15 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_result; #if GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == 1 TEMP_5_PIN, #endif + #if GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == 1 + TEMP_6_PIN, + #endif + #if GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == 1 + TEMP_7_PIN, + #endif + #if GET_PROBE_ADC() == 1 + TEMP_PROBE_PIN, + #endif #if GET_BED_ADC() == 1 TEMP_BED_PIN, #endif @@ -215,6 +251,15 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_result; #if GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == 0 { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_5_PIN) }, #endif + #if GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == 0 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_6_PIN) }, + #endif + #if GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == 0 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_7_PIN) }, + #endif + #if GET_PROBE_ADC() == 0 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_PROBE_PIN) }, + #endif #if GET_BED_ADC() == 0 { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_BED_PIN) }, #endif @@ -255,6 +300,15 @@ uint16_t HAL_adc_result; #if GET_TEMP_5_ADC() == 1 { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_5_PIN) }, #endif + #if GET_TEMP_6_ADC() == 1 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_6_PIN) }, + #endif + #if GET_TEMP_7_ADC() == 1 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_7_PIN) }, + #endif + #if GET_PROBE_ADC() == 1 + { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_PROBE_PIN) }, + #endif #if GET_BED_ADC() == 1 { PIN_TO_INPUTCTRL(TEMP_BED_PIN) }, #endif @@ -426,7 +480,7 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { memset(HAL_adc_results, 0xFF, sizeof(HAL_adc_results)); // Fill result with invalid values for (uint8_t pi = 0; pi < COUNT(adc_pins); ++pi) - pinPeripheral(adc_pins[pi], PIO_ANALOG); + pinPeripheral(adc_pins[pi], PIO_ANALOG); for (uint8_t ai = FIRST_ADC; ai <= LAST_ADC; ++ai) { Adc* adc = ((Adc*[])ADC_INSTS)[ai]; @@ -442,9 +496,11 @@ void HAL_adc_init() { // Preloaded data (fixed for all ADC instances hence not loaded by DMA) adc->REFCTRL.bit.REFSEL = ADC_REFCTRL_REFSEL_AREFA_Val; // VRefA pin SYNC(adc->SYNCBUSY.bit.REFCTRL); - adc->CTRLB.bit.RESSEL = ADC_CTRLB_RESSEL_10BIT_Val; + adc->CTRLB.bit.RESSEL = ADC_CTRLB_RESSEL_12BIT_Val; SYNC(adc->SYNCBUSY.bit.CTRLB); adc->SAMPCTRL.bit.SAMPLEN = (6 - 1); // Sampling clocks + adc->AVGCTRL.reg = ADC_AVGCTRL_SAMPLENUM_16 | ADC_AVGCTRL_ADJRES(4); // 16 Accumulated conversions and shift 4 to get oversampled 12 bits result + SYNC(adc->SYNCBUSY.bit.AVGCTRL); // Registers loaded by DMA adc->DSEQCTRL.bit.INPUTCTRL = true; @@ -469,8 +525,4 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { HAL_adc_result = 0xFFFF; } -uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result() { - return HAL_adc_result; -} - #endif // __SAMD51__ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.h index 3489a4d285f9..37437cb758e9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/HAL.h @@ -33,11 +33,9 @@ #include "MarlinSerial_AGCM4.h" // Serial ports - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3" - #endif // MYSERIAL0 required before MarlinSerial includes! + #if SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial #elif SERIAL_PORT == 0 @@ -46,18 +44,16 @@ #define MYSERIAL0 Serial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 2 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial3 - #else + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 3 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial4 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 3) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3" - #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial1 @@ -65,13 +61,36 @@ #define MYSERIAL1 Serial2 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial3 - #else + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial4 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." #endif + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif + #ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial3 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial4 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3. Please update your configuration." + #endif + #endif + #endif // ADAFRUIT_GRAND_CENTRAL_M4 typedef int8_t pin_t; @@ -109,12 +128,14 @@ extern uint16_t HAL_adc_result; // result of last ADC conversion void HAL_adc_init(); +#define HAL_ADC_FILTERED // Disable oversampling done in Marlin as ADC values already filtered in HAL +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 12 #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin); -uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(); +inline uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result() { return HAL_adc_result; } // // Pin Map diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h index 1f66e02e3129..4f6b61a0d1e2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -98,6 +98,16 @@ #else #define MATCH_Z3_MIN_EILINE(P) false #endif +#if HAS_Z4_MAX + #define MATCH_Z4_MAX_EILINE(P) MATCH_EILINE(P, Z4_MAX_PIN) +#else + #define MATCH_Z4_MAX_EILINE(P) false +#endif +#if HAS_Z4_MIN + #define MATCH_Z4_MIN_EILINE(P) MATCH_EILINE(P, Z4_MIN_PIN) +#else + #define MATCH_Z4_MIN_EILINE(P) false +#endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #define MATCH_Z_MIN_PROBE_EILINE(P) MATCH_EILINE(P, Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) #else @@ -109,6 +119,7 @@ && !MATCH_Z_MAX_EILINE(P) && !MATCH_Z_MIN_EILINE(P) \ && !MATCH_Z2_MAX_EILINE(P) && !MATCH_Z2_MIN_EILINE(P) \ && !MATCH_Z3_MAX_EILINE(P) && !MATCH_Z3_MIN_EILINE(P) \ + && !MATCH_Z4_MAX_EILINE(P) && !MATCH_Z4_MIN_EILINE(P) \ && !MATCH_Z_MIN_PROBE_EILINE(P)) // One ISR for all EXT-Interrupts @@ -117,67 +128,79 @@ void endstop_ISR() { endstops.update(); } void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_X_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(X_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "X_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "X_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(X_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_X_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(X_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "X_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "X_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(X_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Y_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Y_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Y_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Y_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Y_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Y_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Y_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Y_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Y_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Y_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z2_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z2_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z2_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z2_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z2_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z2_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z2_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z2_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z2_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z2_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z3_MAX #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z3_MAX_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z3_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z3_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z3_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z3_MIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z3_MIN_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z3_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z3_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z4_MAX_PIN) + #error "Z4_MAX_PIN has no EXTINT line available." + #endif + attachInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z4_MIN_PIN) + #error "Z4_MIN_PIN has no EXTINT line available." + #endif + attachInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #if !AVAILABLE_EILINE(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) - static_assert(false, "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN has no EXTINT line available."); + #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN has no EXTINT line available." #endif attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h index 0f27d8bf355c..0c1e83115eb7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #endif #if ENABLED(SDIO_SUPPORT) - #error "SDIO_SUPPORT is not supported." + #error "SDIO_SUPPORT is not supported on SAMD51." #endif #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) @@ -46,3 +46,7 @@ #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && NONE(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) #warning "Did you activate the SmartEEPROM? See https://github.com/GMagician/SAMD51-SmartEEprom-Activator" #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/timers.cpp index 63902c3c5e26..24340439669d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_SAMD51/timers.cpp @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { SYNC(tc->COUNT32.SYNCBUSY.bit.CTRLB); // Set compare value - tc->COUNT32.COUNT.reg = tc->COUNT32.CC[0].reg = HAL_TIMER_RATE / frequency; + tc->COUNT32.COUNT.reg = tc->COUNT32.CC[0].reg = (HAL_TIMER_RATE) / frequency; // And start timer tc->COUNT32.CTRLA.bit.ENABLE = true; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp index edc161a5d387..4d3693164d14 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.cpp @@ -28,11 +28,15 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #include "../shared/Delay.h" +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #include "SoftwareSerial.h" +#endif + #if ENABLED(SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION) #if STM32F7xx - #include "stm32f7xx_ll_pwr.h" + #include #elif STM32F4xx - #include "stm32f4xx_ll_pwr.h" + #include #else #error "SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION is currently only supported for STM32F4xx and STM32F7xx" #endif @@ -82,16 +86,36 @@ void HAL_init() { // Wait until backup regulator is initialized while (!LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_BRR()); #endif // EEPROM_EMULATED_SRAM + + #if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + SoftwareSerial::setInterruptPriority(SWSERIAL_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO, 0); + #endif } void HAL_clear_reset_source() { __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_RESET_FLAGS(); } uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source() { - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST) != RESET) return RST_WATCHDOG; - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) != RESET) return RST_SOFTWARE; - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PINRST) != RESET) return RST_EXTERNAL; - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PORRST) != RESET) return RST_POWER_ON; - return 0; + return + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST // Some sources may not exist... + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST) ? RST_WATCHDOG : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_IWDG1RST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_IWDG1RST) ? RST_WATCHDOG : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_IWDG2RST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_IWDG2RST) ? RST_WATCHDOG : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_SFTRST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) ? RST_SOFTWARE : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_PINRST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PINRST) ? RST_EXTERNAL : + #endif + #ifdef RCC_FLAG_PORRST + RESET != __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PORRST) ? RST_POWER_ON : + #endif + 0 + ; } void _delay_ms(const int delay_ms) { delay(delay_ms); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h index dae75d42f204..995c7144f33a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h @@ -44,13 +44,8 @@ // ------------------------ #if SERIAL_PORT == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" -#endif - -#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 6) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6" -#endif -#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #error "SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." +#elif SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUSB #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial1 @@ -64,20 +59,17 @@ #define MYSERIAL0 Serial5 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 6 #define MYSERIAL0 Serial6 +#else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" - #endif - - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 6) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 6" + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUSB #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial1 @@ -91,11 +83,41 @@ #define MYSERIAL1 Serial5 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 6 #define MYSERIAL1 Serial6 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." #endif #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUSB + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial3 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 4 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial4 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 5 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial5 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 6 + #define DGUS_SERIAL Serial6 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." + #endif + + #define DGUS_SERIAL_GET_TX_BUFFER_FREE DGUS_SERIAL.availableForWrite +#endif + #include "timers.h" /** @@ -188,6 +210,7 @@ void eeprom_update_block(const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n); inline void HAL_adc_init() {} #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp index 45bd26d720b9..de45c8948e13 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_SPI.cpp @@ -37,114 +37,193 @@ static SPISettings spiConfig; // ------------------------ #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI) + // ------------------------ // Software SPI // ------------------------ - #error "Software SPI not supported for STM32. Use Hardware SPI." -#else + #include "../shared/Delay.h" -// ------------------------ -// Hardware SPI -// ------------------------ + void spiBegin(void) { + OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH); + OUT_WRITE(SCK_PIN, HIGH); + SET_INPUT(MISO_PIN); + OUT_WRITE(MOSI_PIN, HIGH); + } -/** - * VGPV SPI speed start and PCLK2/2, by default 108/2 = 54Mhz - */ + static uint16_t delay_STM32_soft_spi; + + void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) { + // Use datarates Marlin uses + switch (spiRate) { + case SPI_FULL_SPEED: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 125; break; // desired: 8,000,000 actual: ~1.1M + case SPI_HALF_SPEED: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 125; break; // desired: 4,000,000 actual: ~1.1M + case SPI_QUARTER_SPEED:delay_STM32_soft_spi = 250; break; // desired: 2,000,000 actual: ~890K + case SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 500; break; // desired: 1,000,000 actual: ~590K + case SPI_SPEED_5: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 1000; break; // desired: 500,000 actual: ~360K + case SPI_SPEED_6: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 2000; break; // desired: 250,000 actual: ~210K + default: delay_STM32_soft_spi = 4000; break; // desired: 125,000 actual: ~123K + } + SPI.begin(); + } -/** - * @brief Begin SPI port setup - * - * @return Nothing - * - * @details Only configures SS pin since stm32duino creates and initialize the SPI object - */ -void spiBegin() { - #if !PIN_EXISTS(SS) - #error "SS_PIN not defined!" - #endif - - OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH); -} - -/** Configure SPI for specified SPI speed */ -void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) { - // Use datarates Marlin uses - uint32_t clock; - switch (spiRate) { - case SPI_FULL_SPEED: clock = 20000000; break; // 13.9mhz=20000000 6.75mhz=10000000 3.38mhz=5000000 .833mhz=1000000 - case SPI_HALF_SPEED: clock = 5000000; break; - case SPI_QUARTER_SPEED: clock = 2500000; break; - case SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED: clock = 1250000; break; - case SPI_SPEED_5: clock = 625000; break; - case SPI_SPEED_6: clock = 300000; break; - default: - clock = 4000000; // Default from the SPI library + // Begin SPI transaction, set clock, bit order, data mode + void spiBeginTransaction(uint32_t spiClock, uint8_t bitOrder, uint8_t dataMode) { /* do nothing */ } + + uint8_t HAL_SPI_STM32_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 3 + for (uint8_t bits = 8; bits--;) { + WRITE(SCK_PIN, LOW); + WRITE(MOSI_PIN, b & 0x80); + + DELAY_NS(delay_STM32_soft_spi); + WRITE(SCK_PIN, HIGH); + DELAY_NS(delay_STM32_soft_spi); + + b <<= 1; // little setup time + b |= (READ(MISO_PIN) != 0); + } + DELAY_NS(125); + return b; } - spiConfig = SPISettings(clock, MSBFIRST, SPI_MODE0); - SPI.begin(); -} + // Soft SPI receive byte + uint8_t spiRec() { + DISABLE_ISRS(); // No interrupts during byte receive + const uint8_t data = HAL_SPI_STM32_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(0xFF); + ENABLE_ISRS(); // Enable interrupts + return data; + } -/** - * @brief Receives a single byte from the SPI port. - * - * @return Byte received - * - * @details - */ -uint8_t spiRec() { - SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); - uint8_t returnByte = SPI.transfer(0xFF); - SPI.endTransaction(); - return returnByte; -} + // Soft SPI read data + void spiRead(uint8_t *buf, uint16_t nbyte) { + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) + buf[i] = spiRec(); + } -/** - * @brief Receives a number of bytes from the SPI port to a buffer - * - * @param buf Pointer to starting address of buffer to write to. - * @param nbyte Number of bytes to receive. - * @return Nothing - * - * @details Uses DMA - */ -void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) { - if (nbyte == 0) return; - memset(buf, 0xFF, nbyte); - SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); - SPI.transfer(buf, nbyte); - SPI.endTransaction(); -} + // Soft SPI send byte + void spiSend(uint8_t data) { + DISABLE_ISRS(); // No interrupts during byte send + HAL_SPI_STM32_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(data); // Don't care what is received + ENABLE_ISRS(); // Enable interrupts + } -/** - * @brief Sends a single byte on SPI port - * - * @param b Byte to send - * - * @details - */ -void spiSend(uint8_t b) { - SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); - SPI.transfer(b); - SPI.endTransaction(); -} + // Soft SPI send block + void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t *buf) { + spiSend(token); + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 512; i++) + spiSend(buf[i]); + } -/** - * @brief Write token and then write from 512 byte buffer to SPI (for SD card) - * - * @param buf Pointer with buffer start address - * @return Nothing - * - * @details Use DMA - */ -void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) { - uint8_t rxBuf[512]; - SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); - SPI.transfer(token); - SPI.transfer((uint8_t*)buf, &rxBuf, 512); - SPI.endTransaction(); -} +#else + + // ------------------------ + // Hardware SPI + // ------------------------ + + /** + * VGPV SPI speed start and PCLK2/2, by default 108/2 = 54Mhz + */ + + /** + * @brief Begin SPI port setup + * + * @return Nothing + * + * @details Only configures SS pin since stm32duino creates and initialize the SPI object + */ + void spiBegin() { + #if !PIN_EXISTS(SS) + #error "SS_PIN not defined!" + #endif + + OUT_WRITE(SS_PIN, HIGH); + } + + // Configure SPI for specified SPI speed + void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) { + // Use datarates Marlin uses + uint32_t clock; + switch (spiRate) { + case SPI_FULL_SPEED: clock = 20000000; break; // 13.9mhz=20000000 6.75mhz=10000000 3.38mhz=5000000 .833mhz=1000000 + case SPI_HALF_SPEED: clock = 5000000; break; + case SPI_QUARTER_SPEED: clock = 2500000; break; + case SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED: clock = 1250000; break; + case SPI_SPEED_5: clock = 625000; break; + case SPI_SPEED_6: clock = 300000; break; + default: + clock = 4000000; // Default from the SPI library + } + spiConfig = SPISettings(clock, MSBFIRST, SPI_MODE0); + + #if ENABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + SPI.setMISO(MISO_PIN); + SPI.setMOSI(MOSI_PIN); + SPI.setSCLK(SCK_PIN); + SPI.setSSEL(SS_PIN); + #endif + + SPI.begin(); + } + + /** + * @brief Receives a single byte from the SPI port. + * + * @return Byte received + * + * @details + */ + uint8_t spiRec() { + SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); + uint8_t returnByte = SPI.transfer(0xFF); + SPI.endTransaction(); + return returnByte; + } + + /** + * @brief Receive a number of bytes from the SPI port to a buffer + * + * @param buf Pointer to starting address of buffer to write to. + * @param nbyte Number of bytes to receive. + * @return Nothing + * + * @details Uses DMA + */ + void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) { + if (nbyte == 0) return; + memset(buf, 0xFF, nbyte); + SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); + SPI.transfer(buf, nbyte); + SPI.endTransaction(); + } + + /** + * @brief Send a single byte on SPI port + * + * @param b Byte to send + * + * @details + */ + void spiSend(uint8_t b) { + SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); + SPI.transfer(b); + SPI.endTransaction(); + } + + /** + * @brief Write token and then write from 512 byte buffer to SPI (for SD card) + * + * @param buf Pointer with buffer start address + * @return Nothing + * + * @details Use DMA + */ + void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) { + uint8_t rxBuf[512]; + SPI.beginTransaction(spiConfig); + SPI.transfer(token); + SPI.transfer((uint8_t*)buf, &rxBuf, 512); + SPI.endTransaction(); + } #endif // SOFTWARE_SPI diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.cpp index 2882f071ac67..9af8ba618484 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.cpp @@ -28,25 +28,30 @@ #include "Servo.h" -uint8_t servoPin[MAX_SERVOS] = { 0 }; +static uint_fast8_t servoCount = 0; +constexpr millis_t servoDelay[] = SERVO_DELAY; +static_assert(COUNT(servoDelay) == NUM_SERVOS, "SERVO_DELAY must be an array NUM_SERVOS long."); + +libServo::libServo() +: delay(servoDelay[servoCount++]) +{} int8_t libServo::attach(const int pin) { - if (servoIndex >= MAX_SERVOS) return -1; - if (pin > 0) servoPin[servoIndex] = pin; - return super::attach(servoPin[servoIndex]); + if (servoCount >= MAX_SERVOS) return -1; + if (pin > 0) servo_pin = pin; + return super::attach(servo_pin); } int8_t libServo::attach(const int pin, const int min, const int max) { - if (pin > 0) servoPin[servoIndex] = pin; - return super::attach(servoPin[servoIndex], min, max); + if (servoCount >= MAX_SERVOS) return -1; + if (pin > 0) servo_pin = pin; + return super::attach(servo_pin, min, max); } void libServo::move(const int value) { - constexpr uint16_t servo_delay[] = SERVO_DELAY; - static_assert(COUNT(servo_delay) == NUM_SERVOS, "SERVO_DELAY must be an array NUM_SERVOS long."); if (attach(0) >= 0) { write(value); - safe_delay(servo_delay[servoIndex]); + safe_delay(delay); #if ENABLED(DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE) detach(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.h index 592f3a0662d0..ec4b6be131d2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/Servo.h @@ -27,11 +27,13 @@ // Inherit and expand on the official library class libServo : public Servo { public: + libServo(); int8_t attach(const int pin); int8_t attach(const int pin, const int min, const int max); void move(const int value); private: typedef Servo super; - uint16_t min_ticks, max_ticks; - uint8_t servoIndex; // index into the channel data for this servo + + int servo_pin = 0; + millis_t delay = 0; }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SoftwareSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SoftwareSerial.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f6363aa1cf7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SoftwareSerial.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,395 @@ +/* + * SoftwareSerial.cpp (formerly NewSoftSerial.cpp) + * + * Multi-instance software serial library for Arduino/Wiring + * -- Interrupt-driven receive and other improvements by ladyada + * (http://ladyada.net) + * -- Tuning, circular buffer, derivation from class Print/Stream, + * multi-instance support, porting to 8MHz processors, + * various optimizations, PROGMEM delay tables, inverse logic and + * direct port writing by Mikal Hart (http://www.arduiniana.org) + * -- Pin change interrupt macros by Paul Stoffregen (http://www.pjrc.com) + * -- 20MHz processor support by Garrett Mace (http://www.macetech.com) + * -- ATmega1280/2560 support by Brett Hagman (http://www.roguerobotics.com/) + * -- STM32 support by Armin van der Togt + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * The latest version of this library can always be found at + * http://arduiniana.org. + */ + +// +// Includes +// +#if defined(PLATFORMIO) && defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) && !defined(STM32GENERIC) + +#include "SoftwareSerial.h" +#include "timers.h" + +#define OVERSAMPLE 3 // in RX, Timer will generate interruption OVERSAMPLE time during a bit. Thus OVERSAMPLE ticks in a bit. (interrupt not synchonized with edge). + +// defined in bit-periods +#define HALFDUPLEX_SWITCH_DELAY 5 +// It's best to define TIMER_SERIAL in variant.h. If not defined, we choose one here +// The order is based on (lack of) features and compare channels, we choose the simplest available +// because we only need an update interrupt +#if !defined(TIMER_SERIAL) +#if defined (TIM18_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM18 +#elif defined (TIM7_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM7 +#elif defined (TIM6_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM6 +#elif defined (TIM22_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM22 +#elif defined (TIM21_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM21 +#elif defined (TIM17_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM17 +#elif defined (TIM16_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM16 +#elif defined (TIM15_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM15 +#elif defined (TIM14_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM14 +#elif defined (TIM13_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM13 +#elif defined (TIM11_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM11 +#elif defined (TIM10_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM10 +#elif defined (TIM12_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM12 +#elif defined (TIM19_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM19 +#elif defined (TIM9_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM9 +#elif defined (TIM5_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM5 +#elif defined (TIM4_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM4 +#elif defined (TIM3_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM3 +#elif defined (TIM2_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM2 +#elif defined (TIM20_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM20 +#elif defined (TIM8_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM8 +#elif defined (TIM1_BASE) +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM1 +#else +#error No suitable timer found for SoftwareSerial, define TIMER_SERIAL in variant.h +#endif +#endif +// +// Statics +// +HardwareTimer SoftwareSerial::timer(TIMER_SERIAL); +const IRQn_Type SoftwareSerial::timer_interrupt_number = static_cast(getTimerUpIrq(TIMER_SERIAL)); +uint32_t SoftwareSerial::timer_interrupt_priority = NVIC_EncodePriority(NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(), TIM_IRQ_PRIO, TIM_IRQ_SUBPRIO); +SoftwareSerial *SoftwareSerial::active_listener = nullptr; +SoftwareSerial *volatile SoftwareSerial::active_out = nullptr; +SoftwareSerial *volatile SoftwareSerial::active_in = nullptr; +int32_t SoftwareSerial::tx_tick_cnt = 0; // OVERSAMPLE ticks needed for a bit +int32_t volatile SoftwareSerial::rx_tick_cnt = 0; // OVERSAMPLE ticks needed for a bit +uint32_t SoftwareSerial::tx_buffer = 0; +int32_t SoftwareSerial::tx_bit_cnt = 0; +uint32_t SoftwareSerial::rx_buffer = 0; +int32_t SoftwareSerial::rx_bit_cnt = -1; // rx_bit_cnt = -1 : waiting for start bit +uint32_t SoftwareSerial::cur_speed = 0; + +void SoftwareSerial::setInterruptPriority(uint32_t preemptPriority, uint32_t subPriority) { + timer_interrupt_priority = NVIC_EncodePriority(NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(), preemptPriority, subPriority); +} + +// +// Private methods +// + +void SoftwareSerial::setSpeed(uint32_t speed) { + if (speed != cur_speed) { + timer.pause(); + if (speed != 0) { + // Disable the timer + uint32_t clock_rate, cmp_value; + // Get timer clock + clock_rate = timer.getTimerClkFreq(); + int pre = 1; + // Calculate prescale an compare value + do { + cmp_value = clock_rate / (speed * OVERSAMPLE); + if (cmp_value >= UINT16_MAX) { + clock_rate /= 2; + pre *= 2; + } + } while (cmp_value >= UINT16_MAX); + timer.setPrescaleFactor(pre); + timer.setOverflow(cmp_value); + timer.setCount(0); + timer.attachInterrupt(&handleInterrupt); + timer.resume(); + NVIC_SetPriority(timer_interrupt_number, timer_interrupt_priority); + } + else + timer.detachInterrupt(); + cur_speed = speed; + } +} + +// This function sets the current object as the "listening" +// one and returns true if it replaces another +bool SoftwareSerial::listen() { + if (active_listener != this) { + // wait for any transmit to complete as we may change speed + while (active_out); + active_listener->stopListening(); + rx_tick_cnt = 1; // 1 : next interrupt will decrease rx_tick_cnt to 0 which means RX pin level will be considered. + rx_bit_cnt = -1; // rx_bit_cnt = -1 : waiting for start bit + setSpeed(_speed); + active_listener = this; + if (!_half_duplex) active_in = this; + return true; + } + return false; +} + +// Stop listening. Returns true if we were actually listening. +bool SoftwareSerial::stopListening() { + if (active_listener == this) { + // wait for any output to complete + while (active_out); + if (_half_duplex) setRXTX(false); + active_listener = nullptr; + active_in = nullptr; + // turn off ints + setSpeed(0); + return true; + } + return false; +} + +inline void SoftwareSerial::setTX() { + if (_inverse_logic) + LL_GPIO_ResetOutputPin(_transmitPinPort, _transmitPinNumber); + else + LL_GPIO_SetOutputPin(_transmitPinPort, _transmitPinNumber); + pinMode(_transmitPin, OUTPUT); +} + +inline void SoftwareSerial::setRX() { + pinMode(_receivePin, _inverse_logic ? INPUT_PULLDOWN : INPUT_PULLUP); // pullup for normal logic! +} + +inline void SoftwareSerial::setRXTX(bool input) { + if (_half_duplex) { + if (input) { + if (active_in != this) { + setRX(); + rx_bit_cnt = -1; // rx_bit_cnt = -1 : waiting for start bit + rx_tick_cnt = 2; // 2 : next interrupt will be discarded. 2 interrupts required to consider RX pin level + active_in = this; + } + } + else { + if (active_in == this) { + setTX(); + active_in = nullptr; + } + } + } +} + +inline void SoftwareSerial::send() { + if (--tx_tick_cnt <= 0) { // if tx_tick_cnt > 0 interrupt is discarded. Only when tx_tick_cnt reaches 0 is TX pin set. + if (tx_bit_cnt++ < 10) { // tx_bit_cnt < 10 transmission is not finished (10 = 1 start +8 bits + 1 stop) + // Send data (including start and stop bits) + if (tx_buffer & 1) + LL_GPIO_SetOutputPin(_transmitPinPort, _transmitPinNumber); + else + LL_GPIO_ResetOutputPin(_transmitPinPort, _transmitPinNumber); + tx_buffer >>= 1; + tx_tick_cnt = OVERSAMPLE; // Wait OVERSAMPLE ticks to send next bit + } + else { // Transmission finished + tx_tick_cnt = 1; + if (_output_pending) { + active_out = nullptr; + + // In half-duplex mode wait HALFDUPLEX_SWITCH_DELAY bit-periods after the byte has + // been transmitted before allowing the switch to RX mode + } + else if (tx_bit_cnt > 10 + OVERSAMPLE * HALFDUPLEX_SWITCH_DELAY) { + if (_half_duplex && active_listener == this) setRXTX(true); + active_out = nullptr; + } + } + } +} + +// +// The receive routine called by the interrupt handler +// +inline void SoftwareSerial::recv() { + if (--rx_tick_cnt <= 0) { // if rx_tick_cnt > 0 interrupt is discarded. Only when rx_tick_cnt reaches 0 is RX pin considered + bool inbit = LL_GPIO_IsInputPinSet(_receivePinPort, _receivePinNumber) ^ _inverse_logic; + if (rx_bit_cnt == -1) { // rx_bit_cnt = -1 : waiting for start bit + if (!inbit) { + // got start bit + rx_bit_cnt = 0; // rx_bit_cnt == 0 : start bit received + rx_tick_cnt = OVERSAMPLE + 1; // Wait 1 bit (OVERSAMPLE ticks) + 1 tick in order to sample RX pin in the middle of the edge (and not too close to the edge) + rx_buffer = 0; + } + else + rx_tick_cnt = 1; // Waiting for start bit, but wrong level. Wait for next Interrupt to check RX pin level + } + else if (rx_bit_cnt >= 8) { // rx_bit_cnt >= 8 : waiting for stop bit + if (inbit) { + // Stop-bit read complete. Add to buffer. + uint8_t next = (_receive_buffer_tail + 1) % _SS_MAX_RX_BUFF; + if (next != _receive_buffer_head) { + // save new data in buffer: tail points to byte destination + _receive_buffer[_receive_buffer_tail] = rx_buffer; // save new byte + _receive_buffer_tail = next; + } + else // rx_bit_cnt = x with x = [0..7] correspond to new bit x received + _buffer_overflow = true; + } + // Full trame received. Restart waiting for start bit at next interrupt + rx_tick_cnt = 1; + rx_bit_cnt = -1; + } + else { + // data bits + rx_buffer >>= 1; + if (inbit) rx_buffer |= 0x80; + rx_bit_cnt++; // Prepare for next bit + rx_tick_cnt = OVERSAMPLE; // Wait OVERSAMPLE ticks before sampling next bit + } + } +} + +// +// Interrupt handling +// + +/* static */ +inline void SoftwareSerial::handleInterrupt(HardwareTimer*) { + if (active_in) active_in->recv(); + if (active_out) active_out->send(); +} + +// +// Constructor +// +SoftwareSerial::SoftwareSerial(uint16_t receivePin, uint16_t transmitPin, bool inverse_logic /* = false */) : + _receivePin(receivePin), + _transmitPin(transmitPin), + _receivePinPort(digitalPinToPort(receivePin)), + _receivePinNumber(STM_LL_GPIO_PIN(digitalPinToPinName(receivePin))), + _transmitPinPort(digitalPinToPort(transmitPin)), + _transmitPinNumber(STM_LL_GPIO_PIN(digitalPinToPinName(transmitPin))), + _speed(0), + _buffer_overflow(false), + _inverse_logic(inverse_logic), + _half_duplex(receivePin == transmitPin), + _output_pending(0), + _receive_buffer_tail(0), + _receive_buffer_head(0) +{ + if ((receivePin < NUM_DIGITAL_PINS) || (transmitPin < NUM_DIGITAL_PINS)) { + /* Enable GPIO clock for tx and rx pin*/ + set_GPIO_Port_Clock(STM_PORT(digitalPinToPinName(transmitPin))); + set_GPIO_Port_Clock(STM_PORT(digitalPinToPinName(receivePin))); + } + else + _Error_Handler("ERROR: invalid pin number\n", -1); +} + +// +// Destructor +// +SoftwareSerial::~SoftwareSerial() { end(); } + +// +// Public methods +// + +void SoftwareSerial::begin(long speed) { + #ifdef FORCE_BAUD_RATE + speed = FORCE_BAUD_RATE; + #endif + _speed = speed; + if (!_half_duplex) { + setTX(); + setRX(); + listen(); + } + else + setTX(); +} + +void SoftwareSerial::end() { + stopListening(); +} + +// Read data from buffer +int SoftwareSerial::read() { + // Empty buffer? + if (_receive_buffer_head == _receive_buffer_tail) return -1; + + // Read from "head" + uint8_t d = _receive_buffer[_receive_buffer_head]; // grab next byte + _receive_buffer_head = (_receive_buffer_head + 1) % _SS_MAX_RX_BUFF; + return d; +} + +int SoftwareSerial::available() { + return (_receive_buffer_tail + _SS_MAX_RX_BUFF - _receive_buffer_head) % _SS_MAX_RX_BUFF; +} + +size_t SoftwareSerial::write(uint8_t b) { + // wait for previous transmit to complete + _output_pending = 1; + while (active_out) { /* nada */ } + // add start and stop bits. + tx_buffer = b << 1 | 0x200; + if (_inverse_logic) tx_buffer = ~tx_buffer; + tx_bit_cnt = 0; + tx_tick_cnt = OVERSAMPLE; + setSpeed(_speed); + if (_half_duplex) setRXTX(false); + _output_pending = 0; + // make us active + active_out = this; + return 1; +} + +void SoftwareSerial::flush() { + noInterrupts(); + _receive_buffer_head = _receive_buffer_tail = 0; + interrupts(); +} + +int SoftwareSerial::peek() { + // Empty buffer? + if (_receive_buffer_head == _receive_buffer_tail) return -1; + + // Read from "head" + return _receive_buffer[_receive_buffer_head]; +} + +#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SoftwareSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SoftwareSerial.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3799701cfe5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SoftwareSerial.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +/** + * SoftwareSerial.h (formerly NewSoftSerial.h) + * + * Multi-instance software serial library for Arduino/Wiring + * -- Interrupt-driven receive and other improvements by ladyada + * (http://ladyada.net) + * -- Tuning, circular buffer, derivation from class Print/Stream, + * multi-instance support, porting to 8MHz processors, + * various optimizations, PROGMEM delay tables, inverse logic and + * direct port writing by Mikal Hart (http://www.arduiniana.org) + * -- Pin change interrupt macros by Paul Stoffregen (http://www.pjrc.com) + * -- 20MHz processor support by Garrett Mace (http://www.macetech.com) + * -- ATmega1280/2560 support by Brett Hagman (http://www.roguerobotics.com/) + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + * + * The latest version of this library can always be found at + * http://arduiniana.org. + */ + +#ifndef SOFTWARESERIAL_H +#define SOFTWARESERIAL_H + +#include + +/****************************************************************************** + * Definitions + ******************************************************************************/ + +#define _SS_MAX_RX_BUFF 64 // RX buffer size + +class SoftwareSerial : public Stream { + private: + // per object data + uint16_t _receivePin; + uint16_t _transmitPin; + GPIO_TypeDef *_receivePinPort; + uint32_t _receivePinNumber; + GPIO_TypeDef *_transmitPinPort; + uint32_t _transmitPinNumber; + uint32_t _speed; + + uint16_t _buffer_overflow: 1; + uint16_t _inverse_logic: 1; + uint16_t _half_duplex: 1; + uint16_t _output_pending: 1; + + unsigned char _receive_buffer[_SS_MAX_RX_BUFF]; + volatile uint8_t _receive_buffer_tail; + volatile uint8_t _receive_buffer_head; + + uint32_t delta_start = 0; + + // static data + static bool initialised; + static HardwareTimer timer; + static const IRQn_Type timer_interrupt_number; + static uint32_t timer_interrupt_priority; + static SoftwareSerial *active_listener; + static SoftwareSerial *volatile active_out; + static SoftwareSerial *volatile active_in; + static int32_t tx_tick_cnt; + static volatile int32_t rx_tick_cnt; + static uint32_t tx_buffer; + static int32_t tx_bit_cnt; + static uint32_t rx_buffer; + static int32_t rx_bit_cnt; + static uint32_t cur_speed; + + // private methods + void send(); + void recv(); + void setTX(); + void setRX(); + void setSpeed(uint32_t speed); + void setRXTX(bool input); + static void handleInterrupt(HardwareTimer *timer); + + public: + // public methods + + SoftwareSerial(uint16_t receivePin, uint16_t transmitPin, bool inverse_logic = false); + virtual ~SoftwareSerial(); + void begin(long speed); + bool listen(); + void end(); + bool isListening() { return active_listener == this; } + bool stopListening(); + bool overflow() { + bool ret = _buffer_overflow; + if (ret) _buffer_overflow = false; + return ret; + } + int peek(); + + virtual size_t write(uint8_t byte); + virtual int read(); + virtual int available(); + virtual void flush(); + operator bool() { return true; } + + static void setInterruptPriority(uint32_t preemptPriority, uint32_t subPriority); + + using Print::write; +}; + +#endif // SOFTWARESERIAL_H diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h index d0aa731e890d..96fa444668b1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -58,6 +58,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN attachInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + attachInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + attachInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_flash.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_flash.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0242b78aeb7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_flash.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com + * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com + * Copyright (c) 2016 Victor Perez victor_pv@hotmail.com + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#if defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) && !defined(STM32GENERIC) + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if BOTH(EEPROM_SETTINGS, FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) + +#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" + + +// Only STM32F4 can support wear leveling at this time +#ifndef STM32F4xx + #undef FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING +#endif + +/** + * The STM32 HAL supports chips that deal with "pages" and some with "sectors" and some that + * even have multiple "banks" of flash. + * + * This code is a bit of a mashup of + * framework-arduinoststm32/cores/arduino/stm32/stm32_eeprom.c + * hal/hal_lpc1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp + * + * This has only be written against those that use a single "sector" design. + * + * Those that deal with "pages" could be made to work. Looking at the STM32F07 for example, there are + * 128 "pages", each 2kB in size. If we continued with our EEPROM being 4Kb, we'd always need to operate + * on 2 of these pages. Each write, we'd use 2 different pages from a pool of pages until we are done. + */ + +#if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING) + + #include "stm32_def.h" + + #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(EEPROM_CHITCHAT) + #include "src/core/debug_out.h" + + #ifndef EEPROM_SIZE + #define EEPROM_SIZE 0x1000 // 4kB + #endif + + #ifndef FLASH_SECTOR + #define FLASH_SECTOR (FLASH_SECTOR_TOTAL - 1) + #endif + #ifndef FLASH_UNIT_SIZE + #define FLASH_UNIT_SIZE 0x20000 // 128kB + #endif + + #define FLASH_ADDRESS_START (FLASH_END - ((FLASH_SECTOR_TOTAL - FLASH_SECTOR) * FLASH_UNIT_SIZE) + 1) + #define FLASH_ADDRESS_END (FLASH_ADDRESS_START + FLASH_UNIT_SIZE - 1) + + #define EEPROM_SLOTS (FLASH_UNIT_SIZE/EEPROM_SIZE) + #define SLOT_ADDRESS(slot) (FLASH_ADDRESS_START + (slot * EEPROM_SIZE)) + + #define UNLOCK_FLASH() if (!flash_unlocked) { \ + HAL_FLASH_Unlock(); \ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | \ + FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR); \ + flash_unlocked = true; \ + } + #define LOCK_FLASH() if (flash_unlocked) { HAL_FLASH_Lock(); flash_unlocked = false; } + + #define EMPTY_UINT32 ((uint32_t)-1) + #define EMPTY_UINT8 ((uint8_t)-1) + + static uint8_t ram_eeprom[EEPROM_SIZE] __attribute__((aligned(4))) = {0}; + static int current_slot = -1; + + static_assert(0 == EEPROM_SIZE % 4, "EEPROM_SIZE must be a multiple of 4"); // Ensure copying as uint32_t is safe + static_assert(0 == FLASH_UNIT_SIZE % EEPROM_SIZE, "EEPROM_SIZE must divide evenly into your FLASH_UNIT_SIZE"); + static_assert(FLASH_UNIT_SIZE >= EEPROM_SIZE, "FLASH_UNIT_SIZE must be greater than or equal to your EEPROM_SIZE"); + static_assert(IS_FLASH_SECTOR(FLASH_SECTOR), "FLASH_SECTOR is invalid"); + static_assert(IS_POWER_OF_2(FLASH_UNIT_SIZE), "FLASH_UNIT_SIZE should be a power of 2, please check your chip's spec sheet"); + +#endif + +static bool eeprom_data_written = false; + +bool PersistentStore::access_start() { + + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING) + + if (current_slot == -1 || eeprom_data_written) { + // This must be the first time since power on that we have accessed the storage, or someone + // loaded and called write_data and never called access_finish. + // Lets go looking for the slot that holds our configuration. + if (eeprom_data_written) DEBUG_ECHOLN("Dangling EEPROM write_data"); + uint32_t address = FLASH_ADDRESS_START; + while (address <= FLASH_ADDRESS_END) { + uint32_t address_value = (*(__IO uint32_t*)address); + if (address_value != EMPTY_UINT32) { + current_slot = (address - FLASH_ADDRESS_START) / EEPROM_SIZE; + break; + } + address += sizeof(uint32_t); + } + if (current_slot == -1) { + // We didn't find anything, so we'll just intialize to empty + for (int i = 0; i < EEPROM_SIZE; i++) ram_eeprom[i] = EMPTY_UINT8; + current_slot = EEPROM_SLOTS; + } + else { + // load current settings + uint8_t *eeprom_data = (uint8_t *)SLOT_ADDRESS(current_slot); + for (int i = 0; i < EEPROM_SIZE; i++) ram_eeprom[i] = eeprom_data[i]; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM loaded from slot ", current_slot, "."); + } + eeprom_data_written = false; + } + + #else + eeprom_buffer_fill(); + #endif + + return true; +} + +bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { + + if (eeprom_data_written) { + + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING) + + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + bool flash_unlocked = false; + + if (--current_slot < 0) { + // all slots have been used, erase everything and start again + + FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef EraseInitStruct; + uint32_t SectorError = 0; + + EraseInitStruct.TypeErase = FLASH_TYPEERASE_SECTORS; + EraseInitStruct.VoltageRange = FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3; + EraseInitStruct.Sector = FLASH_SECTOR; + EraseInitStruct.NbSectors = 1; + + current_slot = EEPROM_SLOTS - 1; + UNLOCK_FLASH(); + + status = HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(&EraseInitStruct, &SectorError); + if (status != HAL_OK) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("HAL_FLASHEx_Erase=", status); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("GetError=", HAL_FLASH_GetError()); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("SectorError=", SectorError); + LOCK_FLASH(); + return false; + } + } + + UNLOCK_FLASH(); + + uint32_t offset = 0; + uint32_t address = SLOT_ADDRESS(current_slot); + uint32_t address_end = address + EEPROM_SIZE; + uint32_t data = 0; + + bool success = true; + + while (address < address_end) { + memcpy(&data, ram_eeprom + offset, sizeof(uint32_t)); + status = HAL_FLASH_Program(FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD, address, data); + if (status == HAL_OK) { + address += sizeof(uint32_t); + offset += sizeof(uint32_t); + } + else { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("HAL_FLASH_Program=", status); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("GetError=", HAL_FLASH_GetError()); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("address=", address); + success = false; + break; + } + } + + LOCK_FLASH(); + + if (success) { + eeprom_data_written = false; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("EEPROM saved to slot ", current_slot, "."); + } + + return success; + + #else + eeprom_buffer_flush(); + eeprom_data_written = false; + #endif + } + + return true; +} + +bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc) { + while (size--) { + uint8_t v = *value; + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING) + if (v != ram_eeprom[pos]) { + ram_eeprom[pos] = v; + eeprom_data_written = true; + } + #else + if (v != eeprom_buffered_read_byte(pos)) { + eeprom_buffered_write_byte(pos, v); + eeprom_data_written = true; + } + #endif + crc16(crc, &v, 1); + pos++; + value++; + } + return false; +} + +bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool writing/*=true*/) { + do { + const uint8_t c = ( + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING) + ram_eeprom[pos] + #else + eeprom_buffered_read_byte(pos) + #endif + ); + if (writing) *value = c; + crc16(crc, &c, 1); + pos++; + value++; + } while (--size); + return false; +} + +size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { + return ( + #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_LEVELING) + EEPROM_SIZE + #else + E2END + 1 + #endif + ); +} + +#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS && FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp index c94bce3b650e..44f01cb88f09 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp @@ -24,29 +24,15 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && ANY(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION, SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION, SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && ANY(SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION, SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) #include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h" -#if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - #include - static bool eeprom_data_written = false; -#endif - bool PersistentStore::access_start() { - #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - eeprom_buffer_fill(); - #endif return true; } bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { - #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - if (eeprom_data_written) { - eeprom_buffer_flush(); - eeprom_data_written = false; - } - #endif return true; } @@ -66,8 +52,6 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui return true; } } - #elif ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - eeprom_buffered_write_byte(pos, v); #else *(__IO uint8_t *)(BKPSRAM_BASE + (uint8_t * const)pos) = v; #endif @@ -76,9 +60,6 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui pos++; value++; }; - #if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - eeprom_data_written = true; - #endif return false; } @@ -89,8 +70,6 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t const uint8_t c = ( #if EITHER(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM) eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)pos) - #elif ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION) - eeprom_buffered_read_byte(pos) #else (*(__IO uint8_t *)(BKPSRAM_BASE + ((uint8_t*)pos))) #endif @@ -114,5 +93,5 @@ size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { ); } -#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS && (FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION || SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION || SPI_EEPROM || I2C_EEPROM) +#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS && (SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION || SPI_EEPROM || I2C_EEPROM) #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.cpp index 51f84e657fa6..c2a4cbdc0e2d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.cpp @@ -32,62 +32,108 @@ #define NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS 2 +#define __TIMER_DEV(X) TIM##X +#define _TIMER_DEV(X) __TIMER_DEV(X) +#define STEP_TIMER_DEV _TIMER_DEV(STEP_TIMER) +#define TEMP_TIMER_DEV _TIMER_DEV(TEMP_TIMER) + // ------------------------ // Private Variables // ------------------------ -stm32_timer_t TimerHandle[NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS]; +HardwareTimer *timer_instance[NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS] = { NULL }; +bool timer_enabled[NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS] = { false }; // ------------------------ // Public functions // ------------------------ -bool timers_initialized[NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS] = { false }; - +// frequency is in Hertz void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { + if (!HAL_timer_initialized(timer_num)) { + switch (timer_num) { + case STEP_TIMER_NUM: // STEPPER TIMER - use a 32bit timer if possible + timer_instance[timer_num] = new HardwareTimer(STEP_TIMER_DEV); + /* Set the prescaler to the final desired value. + * This will change the effective ISR callback frequency but when + * HAL_timer_start(timer_num=0) is called in the core for the first time + * the real frequency isn't important as long as, after boot, the ISR + * gets called with the correct prescaler and count register. So here + * we set the prescaler to the correct, final value and ignore the frequency + * asked. We will call back the ISR in 1 second to start at full speed. + * + * The proper fix, however, would be a correct initialization OR a + * HAL_timer_change(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) + * which changes the prescaler when an IRQ frequency change is needed + * (for example when steppers are turned on) + */ + timer_instance[timer_num]->setPrescaleFactor(STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE); //the -1 is done internally + timer_instance[timer_num]->setOverflow(_MIN(hal_timer_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX), (HAL_TIMER_RATE) / (STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE) /* /frequency */), TICK_FORMAT); + break; + case TEMP_TIMER_NUM: // TEMP TIMER - any available 16bit timer + timer_instance[timer_num] = new HardwareTimer(TEMP_TIMER_DEV); + // The prescale factor is computed automatically for HERTZ_FORMAT + timer_instance[timer_num]->setOverflow(frequency, HERTZ_FORMAT); + break; + } + + HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(timer_num); - if (!timers_initialized[timer_num]) { - uint32_t step_prescaler = STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE - 1, - temp_prescaler = TEMP_TIMER_PRESCALE - 1; + /* + * Initializes (and unfortunately starts) the timer. + * This is needed to set correct IRQ priority at the moment but causes + * no harm since every call to HAL_timer_start() is actually followed by + * a call to HAL_timer_enable_interrupt() which means that there isn't + * a case in which you want the timer to run without a callback. + */ + timer_instance[timer_num]->resume(); // First call to resume() MUST follow the attachInterrupt() + + // This is fixed in Arduino_Core_STM32 1.8. + // These calls can be removed and replaced with + // timer_instance[timer_num]->setInterruptPriority switch (timer_num) { case STEP_TIMER_NUM: - // STEPPER TIMER - use a 32bit timer if possible - TimerHandle[timer_num].timer = STEP_TIMER_DEV; - TimerHandle[timer_num].irqHandle = Step_Handler; - TimerHandleInit(&TimerHandle[timer_num], (((HAL_TIMER_RATE) / step_prescaler) / frequency) - 1, step_prescaler); HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(STEP_TIMER_IRQ_NAME, STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO, 0); break; - case TEMP_TIMER_NUM: - // TEMP TIMER - any available 16bit Timer - TimerHandle[timer_num].timer = TEMP_TIMER_DEV; - TimerHandle[timer_num].irqHandle = Temp_Handler; - TimerHandleInit(&TimerHandle[timer_num], (((HAL_TIMER_RATE) / temp_prescaler) / frequency) - 1, temp_prescaler); HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_NAME, TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO, 0); break; } - timers_initialized[timer_num] = true; } } void HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) { - const IRQn_Type IRQ_Id = IRQn_Type(getTimerIrq(TimerHandle[timer_num].timer)); - HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQ_Id); + if (HAL_timer_initialized(timer_num) && !timer_enabled[timer_num]) { + timer_enabled[timer_num] = true; + switch (timer_num) { + case STEP_TIMER_NUM: + timer_instance[timer_num]->attachInterrupt(Step_Handler); + break; + case TEMP_TIMER_NUM: + timer_instance[timer_num]->attachInterrupt(Temp_Handler); + break; + } + } } void HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) { - const IRQn_Type IRQ_Id = IRQn_Type(getTimerIrq(TimerHandle[timer_num].timer)); - HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQ_Id); - - // We NEED memory barriers to ensure Interrupts are actually disabled! - // ( https://dzone.com/articles/nvic-disabling-interrupts-on-arm-cortex-m-and-the ) - __DSB(); - __ISB(); + if (HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(timer_num)) { + timer_instance[timer_num]->detachInterrupt(); + timer_enabled[timer_num] = false; + } } bool HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(const uint8_t timer_num) { - const uint32_t IRQ_Id = getTimerIrq(TimerHandle[timer_num].timer); - return NVIC->ISER[IRQ_Id >> 5] & _BV32(IRQ_Id & 0x1F); + return HAL_timer_initialized(timer_num) && timer_enabled[timer_num]; +} + +// Only for use within the HAL +TIM_TypeDef * HAL_timer_device(const uint8_t timer_num) { + switch (timer_num) { + case STEP_TIMER_NUM: return STEP_TIMER_DEV; + case TEMP_TIMER_NUM: return TEMP_TIMER_DEV; + } + return nullptr; } #endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 && !STM32GENERIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.h index aefe880b4e63..f1dce173e48b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/timers.h @@ -57,36 +57,63 @@ #define TEMP_TIMER 2 #endif -#elif defined(STM32F4xx) || defined(STM32F7xx) +#elif defined(STM32F401xC) || defined(STM32F401xE) - #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU/2) // frequency of timer peripherals + #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU / 2) // frequency of timer peripherals #ifndef STEP_TIMER - #define STEP_TIMER 5 + #define STEP_TIMER 9 #endif #ifndef TEMP_TIMER - #define TEMP_TIMER 7 + #define TEMP_TIMER 10 #endif +#elif defined(STM32F4xx) + + #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU / 2) // frequency of timer peripherals + + #ifndef STEP_TIMER + #define STEP_TIMER 6 // STM32F401 has no TIM6, TIM7, or TIM8 + #endif + + #ifndef TEMP_TIMER + #define TEMP_TIMER 14 // TIM7 is consumed by Software Serial if used. + #endif + +#elif defined(STM32F7xx) + + #define HAL_TIMER_RATE (F_CPU / 2) // frequency of timer peripherals + + #ifndef STEP_TIMER + #define STEP_TIMER 6 // the RIGHT timer! + #endif + + #ifndef TEMP_TIMER + #define TEMP_TIMER 14 + #endif + +#endif + +#ifndef SWSERIAL_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO + #define SWSERIAL_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 1 #endif #ifndef STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO - #define STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 1 + #define STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 2 #endif #ifndef TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO - #define TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 2 + #define TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 14 // 14 = after hardware ISRs #endif #define STEP_TIMER_NUM 0 // index of timer to use for stepper #define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 1 // index of timer to use for temperature #define PULSE_TIMER_NUM STEP_TIMER_NUM -#define TEMP_TIMER_RATE 72000 // 72 Khz -#define TEMP_TIMER_PRESCALE ((HAL_TIMER_RATE)/(TEMP_TIMER_RATE)) -#define TEMP_TIMER_FREQUENCY 1000 +#define TEMP_TIMER_FREQUENCY 1000 // Temperature::isr() is expected to be called at around 1kHz +// TODO: get rid of manual rate/prescale/ticks/cycles taken for procedures in stepper.cpp #define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE 2000000 // 2 Mhz #define STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE ((HAL_TIMER_RATE)/(STEPPER_TIMER_RATE)) #define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000000) // stepper timer ticks per µs @@ -95,17 +122,6 @@ #define PULSE_TIMER_PRESCALE STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE #define PULSE_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US -#define __TIMER_DEV(X) TIM##X -#define _TIMER_DEV(X) __TIMER_DEV(X) -#define STEP_TIMER_DEV _TIMER_DEV(STEP_TIMER) -#define TEMP_TIMER_DEV _TIMER_DEV(TEMP_TIMER) - -#define __TIMER_CALLBACK(X) TIM##X##_IRQHandler -#define _TIMER_CALLBACK(X) __TIMER_CALLBACK(X) - -#define STEP_TIMER_CALLBACK _TIMER_CALLBACK(STEP_TIMER) -#define TEMP_TIMER_CALLBACK _TIMER_CALLBACK(TEMP_TIMER) - #define __TIMER_IRQ_NAME(X) TIM##X##_IRQn #define _TIMER_IRQ_NAME(X) __TIMER_IRQ_NAME(X) @@ -119,22 +135,16 @@ #define ENABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM) #define DISABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM) -extern void Step_Handler(stimer_t *htim); -extern void Temp_Handler(stimer_t *htim); -#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() void Step_Handler(stimer_t *htim) -#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() void Temp_Handler(stimer_t *htim) - -// ------------------------ -// Types -// ------------------------ - -typedef stimer_t stm32_timer_t; +extern void Step_Handler(HardwareTimer *htim); +extern void Temp_Handler(HardwareTimer *htim); +#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() void Step_Handler(HardwareTimer *htim) +#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() void Temp_Handler(HardwareTimer *htim) // ------------------------ // Public Variables // ------------------------ -extern stm32_timer_t TimerHandle[]; +extern HardwareTimer *timer_instance[]; // ------------------------ // Public functions @@ -145,18 +155,26 @@ void HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num); void HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num); bool HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(const uint8_t timer_num); -FORCE_INLINE static uint32_t HAL_timer_get_count(const uint8_t timer_num) { - return __HAL_TIM_GET_COUNTER(&TimerHandle[timer_num].handle); -} +//TIM_TypeDef* HAL_timer_device(const uint8_t timer_num); no need to be public for now. not public = not used externally -FORCE_INLINE static void HAL_timer_set_compare(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t compare) { - __HAL_TIM_SET_AUTORELOAD(&TimerHandle[timer_num].handle, compare); - if (HAL_timer_get_count(timer_num) >= compare) - TimerHandle[timer_num].handle.Instance->EGR |= TIM_EGR_UG; // Generate an immediate update interrupt +// FORCE_INLINE because these are used in performance-critical situations +FORCE_INLINE bool HAL_timer_initialized(const uint8_t timer_num) { + return timer_instance[timer_num] != NULL; +} +FORCE_INLINE static hal_timer_t HAL_timer_get_count(const uint8_t timer_num) { + return HAL_timer_initialized(timer_num) ? timer_instance[timer_num]->getCount() : 0; } -FORCE_INLINE static hal_timer_t HAL_timer_get_compare(const uint8_t timer_num) { - return __HAL_TIM_GET_AUTORELOAD(&TimerHandle[timer_num].handle); +// NOTE: Method name may be misleading. +// STM32 has an Auto-Reload Register (ARR) as opposed to a "compare" register +FORCE_INLINE static void HAL_timer_set_compare(const uint8_t timer_num, const hal_timer_t overflow) { + if (HAL_timer_initialized(timer_num)) { + timer_instance[timer_num]->setOverflow(overflow + 1, TICK_FORMAT); // Value decremented by setOverflow() + // wiki: "force all registers (Autoreload, prescaler, compare) to be taken into account" + // So, if the new overflow value is less than the count it will trigger a rollover interrupt. + if (overflow < timer_instance[timer_num]->getCount()) // Added 'if' here because reports say it won't boot without it + timer_instance[timer_num]->refresh(); + } } #define HAL_timer_isr_prologue(TIMER_NUM) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp index cba41dd3c2fd..0db0371caee2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp @@ -118,9 +118,18 @@ const uint8_t adc_pins[] = { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 TEMP_5_PIN, #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + TEMP_6_PIN, + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + TEMP_7_PIN, + #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) FILWIDTH_PIN, #endif + #if ENABLED(ADC_KEYPAD) + ADC_KEYPAD_PIN, + #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X JOY_X_PIN, #endif @@ -157,9 +166,18 @@ enum TEMP_PINS : char { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 TEMP_5, #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + TEMP_6, + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + TEMP_7, + #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) FILWIDTH, #endif + #if ENABLED(ADC_KEYPAD) + ADC_KEY, + #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X JOY_X, #endif @@ -272,7 +290,7 @@ extern "C" { // return free memory between end of heap (or end bss) and whatever is current /* -#include "wirish/syscalls.c" +#include //extern caddr_t _sbrk(int incr); #ifndef CONFIG_HEAP_END extern char _lm_heap_end; @@ -340,6 +358,12 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 case TEMP_5_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_5; break; #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + case TEMP_6_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_6; break; + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + case TEMP_7_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_7; break; + #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X case JOY_X_PIN: pin_index = JOY_X; break; #endif @@ -352,6 +376,9 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) case FILWIDTH_PIN: pin_index = FILWIDTH; break; #endif + #if ENABLED(ADC_KEYPAD) + case ADC_KEYPAD_PIN: pin_index = ADC_KEY; break; + #endif } HAL_adc_result = (HAL_adc_results[(int)pin_index] >> 2) & 0x3FF; // shift to get 10 bits only. } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h index f1017c82dfdb..4d2ff2a0a3af 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h @@ -51,6 +51,14 @@ // Defines // ------------------------ +#ifndef STM32_FLASH_SIZE + #ifdef MCU_STM32F103RE + #define STM32_FLASH_SIZE 512 + #else + #define STM32_FLASH_SIZE 256 + #endif +#endif + #ifdef SERIAL_USB #ifndef USE_USB_COMPOSITE #define UsbSerial Serial @@ -70,13 +78,10 @@ #define MSerial5 Serial4 #endif -#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 5) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 5" -#endif -#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 +#if SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #error "SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." +#elif SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 UsbSerial -#elif SERIAL_PORT == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial1 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 2 @@ -87,19 +92,17 @@ #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial4 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 5 #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial5 +#else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 5. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 5) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 5" + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 UsbSerial - #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial1 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 @@ -110,11 +113,39 @@ #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial4 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 5 #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial5 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 5. Please update your configuration." #endif + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL + #if DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL UsbSerial + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial3 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 4 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial4 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 5 + #define DGUS_SERIAL MSerial5 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 5. Please update your configuration." + #endif +#endif + + // Set interrupt grouping for this MCU void HAL_init(); #define HAL_IDLETASK 1 @@ -238,6 +269,7 @@ void eeprom_update_block(const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n); void HAL_adc_init(); #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SPI.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SPI.cpp index 101b42a53afc..8eb8f9aa88c9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SPI.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SPI.cpp @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ static const spi_pins* dev_to_spi_pins(spi_dev *dev); static void configure_gpios(spi_dev *dev, bool as_master); static spi_baud_rate determine_baud_rate(spi_dev *dev, uint32_t freq); -#if (BOARD_NR_SPI >= 3) && !defined(STM32_HIGH_DENSITY) +#if BOARD_NR_SPI >= 3 && !defined(STM32_HIGH_DENSITY) #error "The SPI library is misconfigured: 3 SPI ports only available on high density STM32 devices" #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.h index 0692b7e9f303..330d7d632d16 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SoftwareSerial.h @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ #include -#define SW_SERIAL_PLACEHOLDER 1 +#ifndef HAVE_SW_SERIAL + #define SW_SERIAL_PLACEHOLDER 1 +#endif class SoftwareSerial { public: diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py old mode 100644 new mode 100755 diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp index 9d569772faed..a16b379b3077 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/dogm/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ void LCD_IO_Init(uint8_t cs, uint8_t rs); void LCD_IO_WriteData(uint16_t RegValue); void LCD_IO_WriteReg(uint16_t Reg); +uint16_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue); uint32_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue, uint8_t ReadSize); #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC void LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(uint16_t data, uint32_t count); @@ -79,8 +80,11 @@ uint8_t u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc_fn(u8g_t *u8g, uint8_t msg, uint8_t arg_val, voi LCD_IO_Init(u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_CS], u8g->pin_list[U8G_PI_A0]); u8g_Delay(50); - if (arg_ptr) - *((uint32_t *)arg_ptr) = LCD_IO_ReadData(LCD_READ_ID, 3); + if (arg_ptr) { + *((uint32_t *)arg_ptr) = LCD_IO_ReadData(0x0000); + if (*((uint32_t *)arg_ptr) == 0) + *((uint32_t *)arg_ptr) = (LCD_READ_ID << 24) | LCD_IO_ReadData(LCD_READ_ID, 3); + } isCommand = 0; break; @@ -265,6 +269,13 @@ void LCD_IO_WriteReg(uint16_t Reg) { __DSB(); } +uint16_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue) { + LCD->REG = RegValue; + __DSB(); + + return LCD->RAM; +} + uint32_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue, uint8_t ReadSize) { volatile uint32_t data; LCD->REG = RegValue; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h index d043b3b8dbf7..9c18ee35ae02 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -82,6 +82,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #endif #if HAS_Z3_MIN attachInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + attachInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + attachInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio.h index 463d951c1eab..3aafb9de3960 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio.h @@ -29,32 +29,33 @@ #include -#define READ(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->IDR & (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) ? HIGH : LOW) -#define WRITE(IO,V) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->BSRR = (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) << ((V) ? 0 : 16)) -#define TOGGLE(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->ODR = PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->ODR ^ (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit)) +#define READ(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->IDR & (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) ? HIGH : LOW) +#define WRITE(IO,V) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->BSRR = (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) << ((V) ? 0 : 16)) +#define TOGGLE(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->ODR = PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->ODR ^ (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit)) -#define _GET_MODE(IO) gpio_get_mode(PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) -#define _SET_MODE(IO,M) gpio_set_mode(PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit, M) -#define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_OUTPUT_PP) -#define _SET_OUTPUT_OD(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_OUTPUT_OD) +#define _GET_MODE(IO) gpio_get_mode(PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) +#define _SET_MODE(IO,M) gpio_set_mode(PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit, M) +#define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_OUTPUT_PP) +#define _SET_OUTPUT_OD(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_OUTPUT_OD) -#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) do{ _SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0) -#define OUT_WRITE_OD(IO,V) do{ _SET_OUTPUT_OD(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0) +#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) do{ _SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0) +#define OUT_WRITE_OD(IO,V) do{ _SET_OUTPUT_OD(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0) -#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_INPUT_FLOATING) -#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_INPUT_PU) -#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) OUT_WRITE(IO, LOW) -#define SET_PWM(IO) pinMode(IO, PWM) // do{ gpio_set_mode(PIN_MAP[pin].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[pin].gpio_bit, GPIO_AF_OUTPUT_PP); timer_set_mode(PIN_MAP[pin].timer_device, PIN_MAP[pin].timer_channel, TIMER_PWM); }while(0) -#define SET_PWM_OD(IO) pinMode(IO, PWM_OPEN_DRAIN) +#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_INPUT_FLOATING) +#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_INPUT_PU) +#define SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_INPUT_PD) +#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) OUT_WRITE(IO, LOW) +#define SET_PWM(IO) pinMode(IO, PWM) // do{ gpio_set_mode(PIN_MAP[pin].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[pin].gpio_bit, GPIO_AF_OUTPUT_PP); timer_set_mode(PIN_MAP[pin].timer_device, PIN_MAP[pin].timer_channel, TIMER_PWM); }while(0) +#define SET_PWM_OD(IO) pinMode(IO, PWM_OPEN_DRAIN) -#define IS_INPUT(IO) (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_FLOATING || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_ANALOG || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PU || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PD) -#define IS_OUTPUT(IO) (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_OUTPUT_PP || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_OUTPUT_OD) +#define IS_INPUT(IO) (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_FLOATING || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_ANALOG || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PU || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PD) +#define IS_OUTPUT(IO) (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_OUTPUT_PP || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_OUTPUT_OD) -#define PWM_PIN(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].timer_device != nullptr) +#define PWM_PIN(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].timer_device != nullptr) // digitalRead/Write wrappers -#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO) -#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V) +#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO) +#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V) // // Pins Definitions diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h index f356c0da0784..7673d8673ac6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -36,3 +36,8 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if !defined(HAVE_SW_SERIAL) && TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #warning "With TMC2208/9 consider using SoftwareSerialM with HAVE_SW_SERIAL and appropriate SS_TIMER." + #error "Missing SoftwareSerial implementation." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/onboard_sd.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/onboard_sd.cpp index 6e9432896d8c..c5b4f34cd22d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/onboard_sd.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/onboard_sd.cpp @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #define SPI_CLOCK_MAX SPI_BAUD_PCLK_DIV_2 #endif -#define CS_LOW() {WRITE(ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN, LOW);} /* Set OnBoardSPI cs low */ -#define CS_HIGH() {WRITE(ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN, HIGH);} /* Set OnBoardSPI cs high */ +#define CS_LOW() WRITE(ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN, LOW) /* Set OnBoardSPI cs low */ +#define CS_HIGH() WRITE(ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN, HIGH) /* Set OnBoardSPI cs high */ #define FCLK_FAST() ONBOARD_SD_SPI.setClockDivider(SPI_CLOCK_MAX) #define FCLK_SLOW() ONBOARD_SD_SPI.setClockDivider(SPI_BAUD_PCLK_DIV_256) diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp index 8097a284870c..bbca1cb3912d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp @@ -40,53 +40,73 @@ #include // Store settings in the last two pages -// Flash pages must be erased before writing, so keep track. -bool firstWrite = false; +#define EEPROM_SIZE (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE * 2) +#define ACCESS_FINISHED(TF) do{ FLASH_Lock(); eeprom_dirty = false; return TF; }while(0) + +static uint8_t ram_eeprom[EEPROM_SIZE] __attribute__((aligned(4))) = {0}; +static bool eeprom_dirty = false; bool PersistentStore::access_start() { - firstWrite = true; + const uint32_t* source = reinterpret_cast(EEPROM_PAGE0_BASE); + uint32_t* destination = reinterpret_cast(ram_eeprom); + + static_assert(0 == EEPROM_SIZE % 4, "EEPROM_SIZE is corrupted. (Must be a multiple of 4.)"); // Ensure copying as uint32_t is safe + constexpr size_t eeprom_size_u32 = EEPROM_SIZE / 4; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < eeprom_size_u32; ++i, ++destination, ++source) + *destination = *source; + + eeprom_dirty = false; return true; } bool PersistentStore::access_finish() { - FLASH_Lock(); - firstWrite = false; - return true; -} -bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc) { - FLASH_Status status; + if (eeprom_dirty) { + FLASH_Status status; - if (firstWrite) { + // Instead of erasing all (both) pages, maybe in the loop we check what page we are in, and if the + // data has changed in that page. We then erase the first time we "detect" a change. In theory, if + // nothing changed in a page, we wouldn't need to erase/write it. + // Or, instead of checking at this point, turn eeprom_dirty into an array of bool the size of number + // of pages. Inside write_data, we set the flag to true at that time if something in that + // page changes...either way, something to look at later. FLASH_Unlock(); + status = FLASH_ErasePage(EEPROM_PAGE0_BASE); - if (status != FLASH_COMPLETE) return true; + if (status != FLASH_COMPLETE) ACCESS_FINISHED(true); status = FLASH_ErasePage(EEPROM_PAGE1_BASE); - if (status != FLASH_COMPLETE) return true; - firstWrite = false; - } + if (status != FLASH_COMPLETE) ACCESS_FINISHED(true); + + const uint16_t *source = reinterpret_cast(ram_eeprom); + for (size_t i = 0; i < EEPROM_SIZE; i += 2, ++source) { + if (FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(EEPROM_PAGE0_BASE + i, *source) != FLASH_COMPLETE) + ACCESS_FINISHED(false); + } - for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) { - if (FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(EEPROM_PAGE0_BASE + (pos + i) * 2, value[i]) != FLASH_COMPLETE) - return true; + ACCESS_FINISHED(true); } + return true; +} + +bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, uint16_t *crc) { + for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) ram_eeprom[pos + i] = value[i]; + eeprom_dirty = true; crc16(crc, value, size); pos += size; - return false; + return false; // return true for any error } bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, const size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool writing/*=true*/) { - for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) { - uint8_t v = *(uint16_t *)(EEPROM_PAGE0_BASE + (pos + i) * 2); - if (writing) value[i] = v; - crc16(crc, &v, 1); - } + const uint8_t * const buff = writing ? &value[0] : &ram_eeprom[pos]; + if (writing) for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) value[i] = ram_eeprom[pos + i]; + crc16(crc, buff, size); pos += size; - return false; + return false; // return true for any error } -size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return size_t(E2END + 1); } +size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return EEPROM_SIZE; } #endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS && EEPROM FLASH #endif // __STM32F1__ diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.cpp index a1f5f1e45367..051f0323c6bd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.cpp @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { case 3: irq_num = NVIC_TIMER3; break; case 4: irq_num = NVIC_TIMER4; break; case 5: irq_num = NVIC_TIMER5; break; - #if ENABLED(STM32_HIGH_DENSITY) + #ifdef STM32_HIGH_DENSITY // 6 & 7 are basic timers, avoid them case 8: irq_num = NVIC_TIMER8_CC; break; #endif @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { timer_set_prescaler(STEP_TIMER_DEV, (uint16_t)(STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE - 1)); timer_set_reload(STEP_TIMER_DEV, 0xFFFF); timer_oc_set_mode(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN, TIMER_OC_MODE_FROZEN, TIMER_OC_NO_PRELOAD); // no output pin change - timer_set_compare(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN, _MIN(hal_timer_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX), (STEPPER_TIMER_RATE / frequency))); + timer_set_compare(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN, _MIN(hal_timer_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX), (STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / frequency)); timer_no_ARR_preload_ARPE(STEP_TIMER_DEV); // Need to be sure no preload on ARR register timer_attach_interrupt(STEP_TIMER_DEV, STEP_TIMER_CHAN, stepTC_Handler); nvic_irq_set_priority(irq_num, STEP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO); @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { timer_set_count(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, 0); timer_set_prescaler(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, (uint16_t)(TEMP_TIMER_PRESCALE - 1)); timer_set_reload(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, 0xFFFF); - timer_set_compare(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, TEMP_TIMER_CHAN, _MIN(hal_timer_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX), ((F_CPU / TEMP_TIMER_PRESCALE) / frequency))); + timer_set_compare(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, TEMP_TIMER_CHAN, _MIN(hal_timer_t(HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX), (F_CPU) / (TEMP_TIMER_PRESCALE) / frequency)); timer_attach_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_DEV, TEMP_TIMER_CHAN, tempTC_Handler); nvic_irq_set_priority(irq_num, TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO); timer_generate_update(TEMP_TIMER_DEV); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.h index aba619fd10b8..d5d02a3dc65c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/timers.h @@ -47,6 +47,20 @@ typedef uint16_t hal_timer_t; #define STEP_TIMER_CHAN 1 // Channel of the timer to use for compare and interrupts #define TEMP_TIMER_CHAN 1 // Channel of the timer to use for compare and interrupts +/** + * Note: Timers may be used by platforms and libraries + * + * FAN PWMs: + * With FAN_SOFT_PWM disabled the Temperature class uses + * FANx_PIN timers to generate FAN PWM signals. + * + * Speaker: + * When SPEAKER is enabled, one timer is allocated by maple/tone.cpp. + * - If BEEPER_PIN has a timer channel (and USE_PIN_TIMER is + * defined in tone.cpp) it uses the pin's own timer. + * - Otherwise it uses Timer 8 on boards with STM32_HIGH_DENSITY + * or Timer 4 on other boards. + */ #if defined(MCU_STM32F103CB) || defined(MCU_STM32F103C8) #define STEP_TIMER_NUM 4 // For C8/CB boards, use timer 4 #else @@ -56,9 +70,13 @@ typedef uint16_t hal_timer_t; //#define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 4 // 2->4, Timer 2 for Stepper Current PWM #define PULSE_TIMER_NUM STEP_TIMER_NUM -#if MB(BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3, BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP, BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2, MKS_ROBIN_LITE) +#if MB(BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0, BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP, BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2, MKS_ROBIN_LITE) // SKR Mini E3 boards use PA8 as FAN_PIN, so TIMER 1 is used for Fan PWM. - #define SERVO0_TIMER_NUM 8 + #ifdef STM32_HIGH_DENSITY + #define SERVO0_TIMER_NUM 8 // tone.cpp uses Timer 4 + #else + #define SERVO0_TIMER_NUM 3 // tone.cpp uses Timer 8 + #endif #else #define SERVO0_TIMER_NUM 1 // SERVO0 or BLTOUCH #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.cpp index 7ed6e2c10ff2..e24483f642e2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.cpp @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ extern "C" { // return free memory between end of heap (or end bss) and whatever is current /* -#include "wirish/syscalls.c" +#include //extern caddr_t _sbrk(int incr); #ifndef CONFIG_HEAP_END extern char _lm_heap_end; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h index d4ca01e02264..41b445d65e23 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/HAL.h @@ -24,16 +24,15 @@ #define CPU_32_BIT +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + #include "../shared/Marduino.h" #include "../shared/math_32bit.h" #include "../shared/HAL_SPI.h" #include "fastio.h" -#include "watchdog.h" - #include "timers.h" - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" +#include "watchdog.h" #include @@ -45,17 +44,12 @@ // Defines // ------------------------ -//Serial override +// Serial override //extern HalSerial usb_serial; #if defined(STM32F4) && SERIAL_PORT == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" -#endif - -#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 6) - #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6" -#endif -#if SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #error "SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." +#elif SERIAL_PORT == -1 #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUSB #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUART1 @@ -69,19 +63,16 @@ #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUART5 #elif SERIAL_PORT == 6 #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUART6 +#else + #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." #endif #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 #if defined(STM32F4) && SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 - #error "Serial port 0 does not exist" - #endif - #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 6) - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 6" + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT - #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT" - #endif - #define NUM_SERIAL 2 - #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1 #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUSB #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUART1 @@ -95,11 +86,40 @@ #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUART5 #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 6 #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUART6 + #else + #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." #endif + #define NUM_SERIAL 2 #else #define NUM_SERIAL 1 #endif +#ifdef DGUS_SERIAL_PORT + #if defined(STM32F4) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 0 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT cannot be 0. (Port 0 does not exist.) Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT. Please update your configuration." + #elif defined(SERIAL_PORT_2) && DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == SERIAL_PORT_2 + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be different than SERIAL_PORT_2. Please update your configuration." + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == -1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUSB + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART1 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART2 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART3 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 4 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART4 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 5 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART5 + #elif DGUS_SERIAL_PORT == 6 + #define DGUS_SERIAL SerialUART6 + #else + #error "DGUS_SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 6. Please update your configuration." + #endif +#endif + /** * TODO: review this to return 1 for pins that are not analog input */ @@ -208,6 +228,7 @@ void eeprom_update_block (const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n); inline void HAL_adc_init() {} #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_result #define HAL_ADC_READY() true diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp index 3117321ac710..b03045902935 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #include "TMC2660.h" #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../../../module/printcounter.h" #include "../../../libs/duration_t.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h index d0aa731e890d..96fa444668b1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -58,6 +58,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN attachInterrupt(Z3_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + attachInterrupt(Z4_MAX_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + attachInterrupt(Z4_MIN_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN attachInterrupt(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN, endstop_ISR, CHANGE); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h index 7b8d29aa7dcf..c647ea0c039b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -35,3 +35,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.cpp index e51af618c958..900d1ef6a6fa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32_F4_F7/watchdog.cpp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ //Error_Handler(); } else { - #if PIN_EXISTS(LED) && !ENABLED(PINS_DEBUGGING) + #if PIN_EXISTS(LED) && DISABLED(PINS_DEBUGGING) TOGGLE(LED_PIN); // heartbeat indicator #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.h index e2df8df86b51..684afa58f466 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL.h @@ -109,6 +109,7 @@ extern "C" { void HAL_adc_init(); #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_get_result() #define HAL_ADC_READY() true diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h index 389d27824eef..b680a1a44532 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -32,3 +32,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/timers.cpp index 1ae4bcf4f027..e4ccf33a4bb0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/timers.cpp @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { FTM0_SC = 0x00; // Set this to zero before changing the modulus FTM0_CNT = 0x0000; // Reset the count to zero FTM0_MOD = 0xFFFF; // max modulus = 65535 - FTM0_C0V = FTM0_TIMER_RATE / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value + FTM0_C0V = (FTM0_TIMER_RATE) / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value FTM0_SC = (FTM_SC_CLKS(0b1) & FTM_SC_CLKS_MASK) | (FTM_SC_PS(FTM0_TIMER_PRESCALE_BITS) & FTM_SC_PS_MASK); // Bus clock 60MHz divided by prescaler 8 FTM0_C0SC = FTM_CSC_CHIE | FTM_CSC_MSA | FTM_CSC_ELSA; break; @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { FTM1_SC = 0x00; // Set this to zero before changing the modulus FTM1_CNT = 0x0000; // Reset the count to zero FTM1_MOD = 0xFFFF; // max modulus = 65535 - FTM1_C0V = FTM1_TIMER_RATE / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value 65535 + FTM1_C0V = (FTM1_TIMER_RATE) / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value 65535 FTM1_SC = (FTM_SC_CLKS(0b1) & FTM_SC_CLKS_MASK) | (FTM_SC_PS(FTM1_TIMER_PRESCALE_BITS) & FTM_SC_PS_MASK); // Bus clock 60MHz divided by prescaler 4 FTM1_C0SC = FTM_CSC_CHIE | FTM_CSC_MSA | FTM_CSC_ELSA; break; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp index 584894479229..34d2354637b3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.cpp @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ extern "C" { } void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) { - uint16_t pin = pin2sc1a[adc_pin]; + const uint16_t pin = pin2sc1a[adc_pin]; if (pin == 0xFF) { // Digital only HAL_adc_select = -1; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h index 9fc4ff663372..97763bf205bf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ extern "C" { void HAL_adc_init(); #define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin) +#define HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION 10 #define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_get_result() #define HAL_ADC_READY() true diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h index 3862f2b5b897..2b7169641b55 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/endstop_interrupts.h @@ -76,6 +76,12 @@ void setup_endstop_interrupts() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN _ATTACH(Z3_MIN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + _ATTACH(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + _ATTACH(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN _ATTACH(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h index 6a126b683ebc..5cb2cbfc8c41 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -32,3 +32,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform." #endif + +#if TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL + #error "TMC220x Software Serial is not supported on this platform." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/timers.cpp index 6ee61182080b..6bbc16dcb55e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/timers.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/timers.cpp @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { FTM0_SC = 0x00; // Set this to zero before changing the modulus FTM0_CNT = 0x0000; // Reset the count to zero FTM0_MOD = 0xFFFF; // max modulus = 65535 - FTM0_C0V = FTM0_TIMER_RATE / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value + FTM0_C0V = (FTM0_TIMER_RATE) / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value FTM0_SC = (FTM_SC_CLKS(0b1) & FTM_SC_CLKS_MASK) | (FTM_SC_PS(FTM0_TIMER_PRESCALE_BITS) & FTM_SC_PS_MASK); // Bus clock 60MHz divided by prescaler 8 FTM0_C0SC = FTM_CSC_CHIE | FTM_CSC_MSA | FTM_CSC_ELSA; break; @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) { FTM1_SC = 0x00; // Set this to zero before changing the modulus FTM1_CNT = 0x0000; // Reset the count to zero FTM1_MOD = 0xFFFF; // max modulus = 65535 - FTM1_C0V = FTM1_TIMER_RATE / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value 65535 + FTM1_C0V = (FTM1_TIMER_RATE) / frequency; // Initial FTM Channel 0 compare value 65535 FTM1_SC = (FTM_SC_CLKS(0b1) & FTM_SC_CLKS_MASK) | (FTM_SC_PS(FTM1_TIMER_PRESCALE_BITS) & FTM_SC_PS_MASK); // Bus clock 60MHz divided by prescaler 4 FTM1_C0SC = FTM_CSC_CHIE | FTM_CSC_MSA | FTM_CSC_ELSA; break; diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h index b3f8f246fbcb..4ba14d9681a3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h @@ -36,14 +36,15 @@ #if __CORTEX_M == 7 - // Cortex-M7 can use the cycle counter of the DWT unit + // Cortex-M3 through M7 can use the cycle counter of the DWT unit // http://www.anthonyvh.com/2017/05/18/cortex_m-cycle_counter/ FORCE_INLINE static void enableCycleCounter() { CoreDebug->DEMCR |= CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Msk; - // Unlock DWT. - DWT->LAR = 0xC5ACCE55; + #if __CORTEX_M == 7 + DWT->LAR = 0xC5ACCE55; // Unlock DWT on the M7 + #endif DWT->CYCCNT = 0; DWT->CTRL |= DWT_CTRL_CYCCNTENA_Msk; @@ -144,21 +145,7 @@ } #undef nop -#elif defined(ESP32) - - FORCE_INLINE static void DELAY_CYCLES(uint32_t x) { - unsigned long ccount, stop; - - __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (ccount) ); - - stop = ccount + x; // This can overflow - - while (ccount < stop) { // This doesn't deal with overflows - __asm__ __volatile__ ( "rsr %0, ccount" : "=a" (ccount) ); - } - } - -#elif defined(__PLAT_LINUX__) +#elif defined(__PLAT_LINUX__) || defined(ESP32) // specified inside platform diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp index 936acc7ce899..e740a171d8a6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#if HAS_L64XX #include "Delay.h" #include "../../core/serial.h" -#include "../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#include "../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" // Make sure GCC optimizes this file. // Note that this line triggers a bug in GCC which is fixed by casting. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #pragma GCC optimize (3) // run at ~4Mhz -uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_0(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0 +inline uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_0(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0 for (uint8_t bits = 8; bits--;) { WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, b & 0x80); b <<= 1; // little setup time @@ -56,39 +56,60 @@ uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_0(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 0 return b; } -uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 3 +inline uint8_t L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t b) { // using Mode 3 for (uint8_t bits = 8; bits--;) { WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN, LOW); WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, b & 0x80); DELAY_NS(125); // 10 cycles @ 84mhz - WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN, HIGH); + DELAY_NS(125); // Need more delay for fast CPUs b <<= 1; // little setup time b |= (READ(L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN) != 0); } - - DELAY_NS(125); // 10 cycles @ 84mhz + DELAY_NS(125); // 10 cycles @ 84mhz return b; } /** - * The following are weak-linked and defined as do-nothing - * functions by the L6470-Arduino library. They must be - * defined by the client (Marlin) to provide an SPI interface. + * L64XX methods for SPI init and transfer */ +void L64XX_Marlin::spi_init() { + OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); + OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN, HIGH); + OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, HIGH); + SET_INPUT(L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN); + + #if PIN_EXISTS(L6470_BUSY) + SET_INPUT(L6470_BUSY_PIN); + #endif -uint8_t L6470_transfer(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin, const uint8_t chain_position) { + OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, HIGH); +} + +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::transfer_single(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin) { + // First device in chain has data sent last + extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, LOW); + + DISABLE_ISRS(); // Disable interrupts during SPI transfer (can't allow partial command to chips) + const uint8_t data_out = L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(data); + ENABLE_ISRS(); // Enable interrupts + + extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, HIGH); + return data_out; +} + +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::transfer_chain(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin, uint8_t chain_position) { uint8_t data_out = 0; // first device in chain has data sent last extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, LOW); - for (uint8_t i = L6470::chain[0]; (i >= 1) && !spi_abort; i--) { // stop sending data if spi_abort is active - DISABLE_ISRS(); // disable interrupts during SPI transfer (can't allow partial command to chips) - uint8_t temp = L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t(i == chain_position ? data : dSPIN_NOP)); - ENABLE_ISRS(); // enable interrupts + for (uint8_t i = L64XX::chain[0]; !L64xxManager.spi_abort && i >= 1; i--) { // Send data unless aborted + DISABLE_ISRS(); // Disable interrupts during SPI transfer (can't allow partial command to chips) + const uint8_t temp = L6470_SpiTransfer_Mode_3(uint8_t(i == chain_position ? data : dSPIN_NOP)); + ENABLE_ISRS(); // Enable interrupts if (i == chain_position) data_out = temp; } @@ -96,11 +117,14 @@ uint8_t L6470_transfer(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin, const uint8_t chain_positio return data_out; } -void L6470_transfer(uint8_t L6470_buf[], const uint8_t length) { - // first device in chain has data sent last +/** + * Platform-supplied L6470 buffer transfer method + */ +void L64XX_Marlin::transfer(uint8_t L6470_buf[], const uint8_t length) { + // First device in chain has its data sent last - if (spi_active) { // interrupted SPI transfer so need to - WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); // guarantee min high of 650nS + if (spi_active) { // Interrupted SPI transfer so need to + WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); // guarantee min high of 650ns DELAY_US(1); } @@ -110,19 +134,6 @@ void L6470_transfer(uint8_t L6470_buf[], const uint8_t length) { WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); } -void L6470_spi_init() { - OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN, HIGH); - OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN, HIGH); - OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, HIGH); - SET_INPUT(L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN); - - #if PIN_EXISTS(L6470_BUSY) - SET_INPUT(L6470_BUSY_PIN); - #endif - - OUT_WRITE(L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN, HIGH); -} - #pragma GCC reset_options -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h index afbd7d3443aa..c82bdbee7d81 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/MarlinSerial.h @@ -28,6 +28,13 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" constexpr bool + #if HAS_DGUS_LCD + bDGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS = (false + #if ENABLED(DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS) + || true + #endif + ), + #endif bSERIAL_XON_XOFF = (false #if ENABLED(SERIAL_XON_XOFF) || true diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp index fc265615d043..dab39682551e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/backtrace.cpp @@ -20,10 +20,9 @@ * */ -#include "backtrace.h" - #if defined(__arm__) || defined(__thumb__) +#include "backtrace.h" #include "unwinder.h" #include "unwmemaccess.h" @@ -36,7 +35,7 @@ static bool UnwReportOut(void* ctx, const UnwReport* bte) { (*p)++; - SERIAL_CHAR('#'); SERIAL_PRINT(*p,DEC); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" : "); + SERIAL_CHAR('#'); SERIAL_PRINT(*p, DEC); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" : "); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(bte->name ? bte->name : "unknown"); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("@0x"); SERIAL_PRINT(bte->function, HEX); SERIAL_CHAR('+'); SERIAL_PRINT(bte->address - bte->function,DEC); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" PC:"); SERIAL_PRINT(bte->address,HEX); SERIAL_CHAR('\n'); diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/unwinder.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/unwinder.h index 604854ad0fb3..cae137951372 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/unwinder.h +++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/backtrace/unwinder.h @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ typedef struct { * link register (i.e. not a normal register) and the stack pointer value * supplied. * - * -If the program was compiled with -funwind-tables , it will use them to + * -If the program was compiled with -funwind-tables it will use them to * perform the traceback. Otherwise, brute force will be employed * -If the program was compiled with -mpoke-function-name, then you will * get function names in the traceback. Otherwise, you will not. diff --git a/Marlin/src/Marlin.h b/Marlin/src/Marlin.h deleted file mode 100644 index 391c453e010f..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/Marlin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,377 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#include "inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#ifdef DEBUG_GCODE_PARSER - #include "gcode/parser.h" -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - #include "libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" - extern uint8_t axis_known_position; -#endif - -void stop(); - -void idle( - #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - bool no_stepper_sleep = false // pass true to keep steppers from disabling on timeout - #endif -); - -void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue=false); - -// -// X, Y, Z Stepper enable / disable -// -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperX; - #define X_enable NOOP - #define X_disable stepperX.free() -#elif HAS_X_ENABLE - #define X_enable X_ENABLE_WRITE( X_ENABLE_ON) - #define X_disable X_ENABLE_WRITE(!X_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define X_enable NOOP - #define X_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperX2; - #define X2_enable NOOP - #define X2_disable stepperX2.free() -#elif HAS_X2_ENABLE - #define X2_enable X2_ENABLE_WRITE( X_ENABLE_ON) - #define X2_disable X2_ENABLE_WRITE(!X_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define X2_enable NOOP - #define X2_disable NOOP -#endif - -#define enable_X() do{ X_enable; X2_enable; }while(0) -#define disable_X() do{ X_disable; X2_disable; CBI(axis_known_position, X_AXIS); }while(0) - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperY; - #define Y_enable NOOP - #define Y_disable stepperY.free() -#elif HAS_Y_ENABLE - #define Y_enable Y_ENABLE_WRITE( Y_ENABLE_ON) - #define Y_disable Y_ENABLE_WRITE(!Y_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Y_enable NOOP - #define Y_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperY2; - #define Y2_enable NOOP - #define Y2_disable stepperY2.free() -#elif HAS_Y2_ENABLE - #define Y2_enable Y2_ENABLE_WRITE( Y_ENABLE_ON) - #define Y2_disable Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(!Y_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Y2_enable NOOP - #define Y2_disable NOOP -#endif - -#define enable_Y() do{ Y_enable; Y2_enable; }while(0) -#define disable_Y() do{ Y_disable; Y2_disable; CBI(axis_known_position, Y_AXIS); }while(0) - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ; - #define Z_enable NOOP - #define Z_disable stepperZ.free() -#elif HAS_Z_ENABLE - #define Z_enable Z_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) - #define Z_disable Z_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Z_enable NOOP - #define Z_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ2; - #define Z2_enable NOOP - #define Z2_disable stepperZ2.free() -#elif HAS_Z2_ENABLE - #define Z2_enable Z2_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) - #define Z2_disable Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Z2_enable NOOP - #define Z2_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ3; - #define Z3_enable NOOP - #define Z3_disable stepperZ3.free() -#elif HAS_Z3_ENABLE - #define Z3_enable Z3_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) - #define Z3_disable Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define Z3_enable NOOP - #define Z3_disable NOOP -#endif - -#define enable_Z() do{ Z_enable; Z2_enable; Z3_enable; }while(0) -#define disable_Z() do{ Z_disable; Z2_disable; Z3_disable; CBI(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS); }while(0) - -// -// Extruder Stepper enable / disable -// - -// define the individual enables/disables -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE0; - #define E0_enable NOOP - #define E0_disable do{ stepperE0.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif HAS_E0_ENABLE - #define E0_enable E0_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E0_disable E0_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E0_enable NOOP - #define E0_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE1; - #define E1_enable NOOP - #define E1_disable do{ stepperE1.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE - #define E1_enable E1_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E1_disable E1_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E1_enable NOOP - #define E1_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE2; - #define E2_enable NOOP - #define E2_disable do{ stepperE2.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE - #define E2_enable E2_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E2_disable E2_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E2_enable NOOP - #define E2_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE3; - #define E3_enable NOOP - #define E3_disable do{ stepperE3.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE - #define E3_enable E3_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E3_disable E3_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E3_enable NOOP - #define E3_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE4; - #define E4_enable NOOP - #define E4_disable do{ stepperE4.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE - #define E4_enable E4_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E4_disable E4_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E4_enable NOOP - #define E4_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE5; - #define E5_enable NOOP - #define E5_disable do{ stepperE5.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) -#elif E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE - #define E5_enable E5_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) - #define E5_disable E5_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) -#else - #define E5_enable NOOP - #define E5_disable NOOP -#endif - -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - - /** - * Mixing steppers synchronize their enable (and direction) together - */ - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable; E1_enable; E2_enable; E3_enable; E4_enable; E5_enable; } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable; E1_disable; E2_disable; E3_disable; E4_disable; E5_disable; } - #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable; E1_enable; E2_enable; E3_enable; E4_enable; } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable; E1_disable; E2_disable; E3_disable; E4_disable; } - #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable; E1_enable; E2_enable; E3_enable; } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable; E1_disable; E2_disable; E3_disable; } - #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable; E1_enable; E2_enable; } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable; E1_disable; E2_disable; } - #else - #define enable_E0() { E0_enable; E1_enable; } - #define disable_E0() { E0_disable; E1_disable; } - #endif - #define enable_E1() NOOP - #define disable_E1() NOOP - #define enable_E2() NOOP - #define disable_E2() NOOP - #define enable_E3() NOOP - #define disable_E3() NOOP - #define enable_E4() NOOP - #define disable_E4() NOOP - #define enable_E5() NOOP - #define disable_E5() NOOP - -#else // !MIXING_EXTRUDER - - #if HAS_E0_ENABLE - #define enable_E0() E0_enable - #define disable_E0() E0_disable - #else - #define enable_E0() NOOP - #define disable_E0() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE - #define enable_E1() E1_enable - #define disable_E1() E1_disable - #else - #define enable_E1() NOOP - #define disable_E1() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE - #define enable_E2() E2_enable - #define disable_E2() E2_disable - #else - #define enable_E2() NOOP - #define disable_E2() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE - #define enable_E3() E3_enable - #define disable_E3() E3_disable - #else - #define enable_E3() NOOP - #define disable_E3() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE - #define enable_E4() E4_enable - #define disable_E4() E4_disable - #else - #define enable_E4() NOOP - #define disable_E4() NOOP - #endif - - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE - #define enable_E5() E5_enable - #define disable_E5() E5_disable - #else - #define enable_E5() NOOP - #define disable_E5() NOOP - #endif - -#endif // !MIXING_EXTRUDER - -#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) - #include "feature/twibus.h" - extern TWIBus i2c; -#endif - -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - extern uint8_t G38_move; // Flag to tell the ISR that G38 is in progress, and the type - extern bool G38_did_trigger; // Flag from the ISR to indicate the endstop changed -#endif - -/** - * The axis order in all axis related arrays is X, Y, Z, E - */ -void enable_e_steppers(); -void enable_all_steppers(); -void disable_e_stepper(const uint8_t e); -void disable_e_steppers(); -void disable_all_steppers(); - -void kill(PGM_P const lcd_error=nullptr, PGM_P const lcd_component=nullptr, const bool steppers_off=false); -void minkill(const bool steppers_off=false); - -void quickstop_stepper(); - -extern bool Running; -inline bool IsRunning() { return Running; } -inline bool IsStopped() { return !Running; } - -bool printingIsActive(); -bool printingIsPaused(); - -extern bool wait_for_heatup; - -#if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE - extern bool wait_for_user; -#endif - -#if HAS_AUTO_REPORTING || ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) - extern bool suspend_auto_report; -#endif - -// Inactivity shutdown timer -extern millis_t max_inactive_time, stepper_inactive_time; - -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - extern uint8_t controllerfan_speed; -#endif - -#if HAS_POWER_SWITCH - extern bool powersupply_on; - #define PSU_PIN_ON() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = true; }while(0) - #define PSU_PIN_OFF() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, !PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = false; }while(0) - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ON() powerManager.power_on() - #define PSU_OFF() powerManager.power_off() - #else - #define PSU_ON() PSU_PIN_ON() - #define PSU_OFF() PSU_PIN_OFF() - #endif -#endif - -bool pin_is_protected(const pin_t pin); -void protected_pin_err(); - -#if HAS_SUICIDE - inline void suicide() { OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, LOW); } -#endif - -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - void event_probe_recover(); - void event_probe_failure(); -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp b/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.cpp similarity index 86% rename from Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp rename to Marlin/src/MarlinCore.cpp index f130221821b7..f571480ff699 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.cpp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ * - https://github.com/grbl/grbl */ -#include "Marlin.h" +#include "MarlinCore.h" #include "core/utility.h" #include "lcd/ultralcd.h" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ #include "feature/I2CPositionEncoder.h" #endif -#if HAS_TRINAMIC && DISABLED(PS_DEFAULT_OFF) +#if HAS_TRINAMIC && DISABLED(PSU_DEFAULT_OFF) #include "feature/tmc_util.h" #endif @@ -145,6 +145,10 @@ #include "feature/power_loss_recovery.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + #include "feature/cancel_object.h" +#endif + #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR #include "feature/runout.h" #endif @@ -173,10 +177,21 @@ #include "feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h" #endif -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - #include "libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#if HAS_L64XX + #include "libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #endif +const char NUL_STR[] PROGMEM = "", + M112_KILL_STR[] PROGMEM = "M112 Shutdown", + G28_STR[] PROGMEM = "G28", + M21_STR[] PROGMEM = "M21", + M23_STR[] PROGMEM = "M23 %s", + M24_STR[] PROGMEM = "M24", + SP_X_STR[] PROGMEM = " X", + SP_Y_STR[] PROGMEM = " Y", + SP_Z_STR[] PROGMEM = " Z", + SP_E_STR[] PROGMEM = " E"; + bool Running = true; // For M109 and M190, this flag may be cleared (by M108) to exit the wait loop @@ -217,10 +232,10 @@ void setup_killpin() { void setup_powerhold() { #if HAS_SUICIDE - OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, HIGH); + OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, !SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING); #endif - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH - #if ENABLED(PS_DEFAULT_OFF) + #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + #if ENABLED(PSU_DEFAULT_OFF) powersupply_on = true; PSU_OFF(); #else powersupply_on = false; PSU_ON(); @@ -276,38 +291,36 @@ void quickstop_stepper() { } void enable_e_steppers() { - enable_E0(); enable_E1(); enable_E2(); enable_E3(); enable_E4(); enable_E5(); + #define _ENA_E(N) ENABLE_AXIS_E##N(); + REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _ENA_E) } void enable_all_steppers() { #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) powerManager.power_on(); #endif - enable_X(); - enable_Y(); - enable_Z(); + ENABLE_AXIS_X(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); enable_e_steppers(); } void disable_e_steppers() { - disable_E0(); disable_E1(); disable_E2(); disable_E3(); disable_E4(); disable_E5(); + #define _DIS_E(N) DISABLE_AXIS_E##N(); + REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _DIS_E) } void disable_e_stepper(const uint8_t e) { + #define _CASE_DIS_E(N) case N: DISABLE_AXIS_E##N(); break; switch (e) { - case 0: disable_E0(); break; - case 1: disable_E1(); break; - case 2: disable_E2(); break; - case 3: disable_E3(); break; - case 4: disable_E4(); break; - case 5: disable_E5(); break; + REPEAT(EXTRUDERS, _CASE_DIS_E) } } void disable_all_steppers() { - disable_X(); - disable_Y(); - disable_Z(); + DISABLE_AXIS_X(); + DISABLE_AXIS_Y(); + DISABLE_AXIS_Z(); disable_e_steppers(); } @@ -342,20 +355,67 @@ void disable_all_steppers() { #endif +#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + #include "feature/pause.h" +#else + constexpr bool did_pause_print = false; +#endif + /** * Printing is active when the print job timer is running */ bool printingIsActive() { - return print_job_timer.isRunning() || IS_SD_PRINTING(); + return !did_pause_print && (print_job_timer.isRunning() || IS_SD_PRINTING()); } /** * Printing is paused according to SD or host indicators */ bool printingIsPaused() { - return print_job_timer.isPaused() || IS_SD_PAUSED(); + return did_pause_print || print_job_timer.isPaused() || IS_SD_PAUSED(); } +void startOrResumeJob() { + if (!printingIsPaused()) { + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + cancelable.reset(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + e_move_accumulator = 0; + #endif + #if BOTH(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY, USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME) + ui.reset_remaining_time(); + #endif + } + print_job_timer.start(); +} + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + + void abortSDPrinting() { + card.stopSDPrint( + #if SD_RESORT + true + #endif + ); + queue.clear(); + quickstop_stepper(); + print_job_timer.stop(); + #if DISABLED(SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN) + thermalManager.disable_all_heaters(); + #endif + thermalManager.zero_fan_speeds(); + wait_for_heatup = false; + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + recovery.purge(); + #endif + #ifdef EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP + queue.inject_P(PSTR(EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP)); + #endif + } + +#endif + /** * Manage several activities: * - Check for Filament Runout @@ -401,13 +461,13 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { if (!already_shutdown_steppers) { already_shutdown_steppers = true; // L6470 SPI will consume 99% of free time without this #if ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_X) - disable_X(); + DISABLE_AXIS_X(); #endif #if ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y) - disable_Y(); + DISABLE_AXIS_Y(); #endif #if ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z) - disable_Z(); + DISABLE_AXIS_Z(); #endif #if ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_E) disable_e_steppers(); @@ -461,7 +521,7 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { if (ELAPSED(ms, next_home_key_ms)) { next_home_key_ms = ms + HOME_DEBOUNCE_DELAY; LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_AUTO_HOME); - queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("G28")); + queue.enqueue_now_P(G28_STR); } } #endif @@ -482,35 +542,25 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) bool oldstatus; switch (active_extruder) { - default: oldstatus = E0_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E0(); break; + default: oldstatus = E0_ENABLE_READ(); ENABLE_AXIS_E0(); break; #if E_STEPPERS > 1 - case 2: case 3: oldstatus = E1_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E1(); break; + case 2: case 3: oldstatus = E1_ENABLE_READ(); ENABLE_AXIS_E1(); break; #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - case 4: case 5: oldstatus = E2_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E2(); break; + case 4: case 5: oldstatus = E2_ENABLE_READ(); ENABLE_AXIS_E2(); break; + #if E_STEPPERS > 3 + case 6: case 7: oldstatus = E3_ENABLE_READ(); ENABLE_AXIS_E3(); break; + #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 #endif // E_STEPPERS > 1 } #else // !SWITCHING_EXTRUDER bool oldstatus; switch (active_extruder) { - default: oldstatus = E0_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E0(); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 1 - case 1: oldstatus = E1_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E1(); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - case 2: oldstatus = E2_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E2(); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - case 3: oldstatus = E3_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E3(); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - case 4: oldstatus = E4_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E4(); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - case 5: oldstatus = E5_ENABLE_READ(); enable_E5(); break; - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 1 + default: + #define _CASE_EN(N) case N: oldstatus = E##N##_ENABLE_READ(); ENABLE_AXIS_E##N(); break; + REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _CASE_EN); } - #endif // !SWITCHING_EXTRUDER + #endif const float olde = current_position.e; current_position.e += EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE; @@ -531,22 +581,8 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { } #else // !SWITCHING_EXTRUDER switch (active_extruder) { - case 0: E0_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 1 - case 1: E1_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - case 2: E2_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - case 3: E3_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - case 4: E4_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - case 5: E5_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 1 + #define _CASE_RESTORE(N) case N: E##N##_ENABLE_WRITE(oldstatus); break; + REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _CASE_RESTORE); } #endif // !SWITCHING_EXTRUDER @@ -569,11 +605,11 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { #endif #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - monitor_tmc_driver(); + monitor_tmc_drivers(); #endif #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - L6470.monitor_driver(); + L64xxManager.monitor_driver(); #endif // Limit check_axes_activity frequency to 10Hz @@ -586,7 +622,7 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) { #if PIN_EXISTS(FET_SAFETY) static millis_t FET_next; if (ELAPSED(ms, FET_next)) { - FET_next = ms + FET_SAFETY_DELAY; // 2uS pulse every FET_SAFETY_DELAY mS + FET_next = ms + FET_SAFETY_DELAY; // 2µs pulse every FET_SAFETY_DELAY mS OUT_WRITE(FET_SAFETY_PIN, !FET_SAFETY_INVERTED); DELAY_US(2); WRITE(FET_SAFETY_PIN, FET_SAFETY_INVERTED); @@ -692,7 +728,7 @@ void kill(PGM_P const lcd_error/*=nullptr*/, PGM_P const lcd_component/*=nullptr SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_KILLED); #if HAS_DISPLAY - ui.kill_screen(lcd_error ?: GET_TEXT(MSG_KILLED), lcd_component); + ui.kill_screen(lcd_error ?: GET_TEXT(MSG_KILLED), lcd_component ?: NUL_STR); #else UNUSED(lcd_error); UNUSED(lcd_component); @@ -721,7 +757,7 @@ void minkill(const bool steppers_off/*=false*/) { // Power off all steppers (for M112) or just the E steppers steppers_off ? disable_all_steppers() : disable_e_steppers(); - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH + #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) PSU_OFF(); #endif @@ -790,8 +826,12 @@ void setup() { HAL_init(); - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - L6470.init(); // setup SPI and then init chips + #if HAS_L64XX + L64xxManager.init(); // Set up SPI, init drivers + #endif + + #if ENABLED(SMART_EFFECTOR) && PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, LOW); // Put Smart Effector into NORMAL mode #endif #if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) @@ -901,8 +941,6 @@ void setup() { #endif ui.init(); - ui.reset_status(); - #if HAS_SPI_LCD && ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) ui.show_bootscreen(); #endif @@ -931,6 +969,8 @@ void setup() { print_job_timer.init(); // Initial setup of print job timer + ui.reset_status(); // Print startup message after print statistics are loaded + endstops.init(); // Init endstops and pullups stepper.init(); // Init stepper. This enables interrupts! @@ -940,7 +980,7 @@ void setup() { #endif #if HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE - servo_probe_init(); + probe.servo_probe_init(); #endif #if HAS_PHOTOGRAPH @@ -1078,7 +1118,7 @@ void setup() { host_action_prompt_end(); #endif - #if HAS_TRINAMIC && DISABLED(PS_DEFAULT_OFF) + #if HAS_TRINAMIC && DISABLED(PSU_DEFAULT_OFF) test_tmc_connection(true, true, true, true); #endif @@ -1096,40 +1136,22 @@ void setup() { * - Call inactivity manager */ void loop() { + do { - for (;;) { - - idle(); // Do an idle first so boot is slightly faster + idle(); #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - card.checkautostart(); - - if (card.flag.abort_sd_printing) { - card.stopSDPrint( - #if SD_RESORT - true - #endif - ); - queue.clear(); - quickstop_stepper(); - print_job_timer.stop(); - #if DISABLED(SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN) - thermalManager.disable_all_heaters(); - #endif - thermalManager.zero_fan_speeds(); - wait_for_heatup = false; - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - card.removeJobRecoveryFile(); - #endif - #ifdef EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP - queue.inject_P(PSTR(EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP)); - #endif - } - - #endif // SDSUPPORT + if (card.flag.abort_sd_printing) abortSDPrinting(); + #endif queue.advance(); + endstops.event_handler(); - } + + } while (false // Return to caller for best compatibility + #ifdef __AVR__ + || true // Loop forever on slower (AVR) boards + #endif + ); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.h b/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b7f1460ff880 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/MarlinCore.h @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include "inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#ifdef DEBUG_GCODE_PARSER + #include "gcode/parser.h" +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#if HAS_L64XX + #include "libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" + extern uint8_t axis_known_position; +#endif + +void stop(); + +void idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + bool no_stepper_sleep = false // pass true to keep steppers from disabling on timeout + #endif +); + +void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue=false); + +#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) + #include "feature/twibus.h" + extern TWIBus i2c; +#endif + +#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) + extern uint8_t G38_move; // Flag to tell the ISR that G38 is in progress, and the type + extern bool G38_did_trigger; // Flag from the ISR to indicate the endstop changed +#endif + +/** + * The axis order in all axis related arrays is X, Y, Z, E + */ +void enable_e_steppers(); +void enable_all_steppers(); +void disable_e_stepper(const uint8_t e); +void disable_e_steppers(); +void disable_all_steppers(); + +void kill(PGM_P const lcd_error=nullptr, PGM_P const lcd_component=nullptr, const bool steppers_off=false); +void minkill(const bool steppers_off=false); + +void quickstop_stepper(); + +extern bool Running; +inline bool IsRunning() { return Running; } +inline bool IsStopped() { return !Running; } + +bool printingIsActive(); +bool printingIsPaused(); +void startOrResumeJob(); + +extern bool wait_for_heatup; + +#if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE + extern bool wait_for_user; +#endif + +#if HAS_AUTO_REPORTING || ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) + extern bool suspend_auto_report; +#endif + +// Inactivity shutdown timer +extern millis_t max_inactive_time, stepper_inactive_time; + +#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) + extern uint8_t controllerfan_speed; +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + extern bool powersupply_on; + #define PSU_PIN_ON() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = true; }while(0) + #define PSU_PIN_OFF() do{ OUT_WRITE(PS_ON_PIN, !PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH); powersupply_on = false; }while(0) + #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #define PSU_ON() powerManager.power_on() + #define PSU_OFF() powerManager.power_off() + #else + #define PSU_ON() PSU_PIN_ON() + #define PSU_OFF() PSU_PIN_OFF() + #endif +#endif + +bool pin_is_protected(const pin_t pin); +void protected_pin_err(); + +#if HAS_SUICIDE + inline void suicide() { OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING); } +#endif + +#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) + void event_probe_recover(); + void event_probe_failure(); +#endif + +extern const char NUL_STR[], M112_KILL_STR[], G28_STR[], M21_STR[], M23_STR[], M24_STR[], + SP_X_STR[], SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[], SP_E_STR[]; diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/boards.h b/Marlin/src/core/boards.h index 939cf5f75651..f4ada7aaf489 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/boards.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/boards.h @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ #define BOARD_MKS_BASE_HEROIC 1108 // MKS BASE 1.0 with Heroic HR4982 stepper drivers #define BOARD_MKS_GEN_13 1109 // MKS GEN v1.3 or 1.4 #define BOARD_MKS_GEN_L 1110 // MKS GEN L -#define BOARD_KFB_2 1111 // Bigtreetech or BIQU KFB2.0 +#define BOARD_KFB_2 1111 // BigTreeTech or BIQU KFB2.0 #define BOARD_ZRIB_V20 1112 // zrib V2.0 control board (Chinese knock off RAMPS replica) #define BOARD_FELIX2 1113 // Felix 2.0+ Electronics Board (RAMPS like) #define BOARD_RIGIDBOARD 1114 // Invent-A-Part RigidBoard @@ -90,15 +90,18 @@ #define BOARD_RAMPS_ENDER_4 1134 // Creality: Ender-4, CR-8 #define BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY 1135 // Creality: CR10S, CR20, CR-X #define BOARD_RAMPS_DAGOMA 1136 // Dagoma F5 -#define BOARD_FYSETC_F6_13 1137 // FYSETC F6 -#define BOARD_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS 1138 // Wanhao Duplicator i3 Plus -#define BOARD_VORON 1139 // VORON Design -#define BOARD_TRONXY_V3_1_0 1140 // Tronxy TRONXY-V3-1.0 -#define BOARD_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES 1141 // Z-Bolt X Series -#define BOARD_TT_OSCAR 1142 // TT OSCAR -#define BOARD_OVERLORD 1143 // Overlord/Overlord Pro -#define BOARD_HJC2560C_REV1 1144 // ADIMLab Gantry v1 -#define BOARD_HJC2560C_REV2 1145 // ADIMLab Gantry v2 +#define BOARD_FYSETC_F6_13 1137 // FYSETC F6 1.3 +#define BOARD_FYSETC_F6_14 1138 // FYSETC F6 1.4 +#define BOARD_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS 1139 // Wanhao Duplicator i3 Plus +#define BOARD_VORON 1140 // VORON Design +#define BOARD_TRONXY_V3_1_0 1141 // Tronxy TRONXY-V3-1.0 +#define BOARD_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES 1142 // Z-Bolt X Series +#define BOARD_TT_OSCAR 1143 // TT OSCAR +#define BOARD_OVERLORD 1144 // Overlord/Overlord Pro +#define BOARD_HJC2560C_REV1 1145 // ADIMLab Gantry v1 +#define BOARD_HJC2560C_REV2 1146 // ADIMLab Gantry v2 +#define BOARD_TANGO 1147 // BIQU Tango V1 +#define BOARD_MKS_GEN_L_V2 1148 // MKS GEN L V2 // // RAMBo and derivatives @@ -136,6 +139,7 @@ #define BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20 1318 // Geeetech GT2560 Rev B for A20(M/D) #define BOARD_EINSTART_S 1319 // Einstart retrofit #define BOARD_WANHAO_ONEPLUS 1320 // Wanhao 0ne+ i3 Mini +#define BOARD_LEAPFROG_XEED2015 1321 // Leapfrog Xeed 2015 // // ATmega1281, ATmega2561 @@ -199,21 +203,28 @@ #define BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_SF 2004 // Re-ARM with RAMPS 1.4 (Power outputs: Spindle, Controller Fan) #define BOARD_MKS_SBASE 2005 // MKS-Sbase (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) #define BOARD_AZSMZ_MINI 2006 // AZSMZ Mini -#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_GT 2007 // Azteeg X5 GT (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_BIQU_BQ111_A4 2008 // BIQU BQ111-A4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed) -#define BOARD_SELENA_COMPACT 2009 // Selena Compact (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed0, Bed1, Fan0, Fan1) -#define BOARD_COHESION3D_REMIX 2010 // Cohesion3D ReMix -#define BOARD_COHESION3D_MINI 2011 // Cohesion3D Mini -#define BOARD_SMOOTHIEBOARD 2012 // Smoothieboard -#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 2013 // Azteeg X5 Mini Wifi (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1 2014 // BIGTREE SKR_V1.1 (Power outputs: Hotend0,Hotend1, Fan, Bed) -#define BOARD_BIQU_B300_V1_0 2015 // BIQU B300_V1.0 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Fan, Bed, SPI Driver) -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3 2016 // BIGTREE SKR_V1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) -#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI 2017 // Azteeg X5 Mini (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN 2018 // MKS-SGen (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN_L 2019 // MKS-SGen-L (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) -#define BOARD_TH3D_EZBOARD 2020 // TH3D EZBoard v1.0 -#define BOARD_GMARSH_X6_REV1 2021 // GMARSH X6 board, revision 1 prototype +#define BOARD_BIQU_BQ111_A4 2007 // BIQU BQ111-A4 (Power outputs: Hotend, Fan, Bed) +#define BOARD_SELENA_COMPACT 2008 // Selena Compact (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed0, Bed1, Fan0, Fan1) +#define BOARD_BIQU_B300_V1_0 2009 // BIQU B300_V1.0 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Fan, Bed, SPI Driver) +#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN_L 2010 // MKS-SGen-L (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_GMARSH_X6_REV1 2011 // GMARSH X6 board, revision 1 prototype +#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1 2012 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.1 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) +#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3 2013 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.3 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) +#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4 2014 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.4 (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) + +// +// LPC1769 ARM Cortex M3 +// + +#define BOARD_MKS_SGEN 2500 // MKS-SGen (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_GT 2501 // Azteeg X5 GT (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI 2502 // Azteeg X5 Mini (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 2503 // Azteeg X5 Mini Wifi (Power outputs: Hotend0, Bed, Fan) +#define BOARD_COHESION3D_REMIX 2504 // Cohesion3D ReMix +#define BOARD_COHESION3D_MINI 2505 // Cohesion3D Mini +#define BOARD_SMOOTHIEBOARD 2506 // Smoothieboard +#define BOARD_TH3D_EZBOARD 2507 // TH3D EZBoard v1.0 +#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4_TURBO 2508 // BigTreeTech SKR v1.4 TURBO (Power outputs: Hotend0, Hotend1, Fan, Bed) // // SAM3X8E ARM Cortex M3 @@ -245,6 +256,7 @@ #define BOARD_ARCHIM1 3023 // UltiMachine Archim1 (with DRV8825 drivers) #define BOARD_ARCHIM2 3024 // UltiMachine Archim2 (with TMC2130 drivers) #define BOARD_ALLIGATOR 3025 // Alligator Board R2 +#define BOARD_CNCONTROLS_15D 3026 // Cartesio CN Controls V15 on DUE // // SAM3X8C ARM Cortex M3 @@ -267,15 +279,21 @@ #define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_MINI 4007 // MKS Robin Mini (STM32F103VET6) #define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO 4008 // MKS Robin Nano (STM32F103VET6) #define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_LITE 4009 // MKS Robin Lite/Lite2 (STM32F103RCT6) -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1 4010 // BigTreeTech SKR Mini v1.1 (STM32F103RC) -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 4011 // BigTreeTech SKR Mini E3 (STM32F103RC) -#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP 4012 // BigTreeTech SKR E3 DIP V1.0 (STM32F103RC) -#define BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2 4013 // BigTreeTech SKR Mini E3 V1.2 (STM32F103RC) -#define BOARD_JGAURORA_A5S_A1 4014 // JGAurora A5S A1 (STM32F103ZET6) -#define BOARD_FYSETC_AIO_II 4015 // FYSETC AIO_II -#define BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH 4016 // FYSETC Cheetah -#define BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12 4017 // FYSETC Cheetah V1.2 -#define BOARD_LONGER3D_LK 4018 // Alfawise U20/U20+/U30 (Longer3D LK1/2) / STM32F103VET6 +#define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_LITE3 4010 // MKS Robin Lite3 (STM32F103RCT6) +#define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_PRO 4011 // MKS Robin Pro (STM32F103ZET6) +#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1 4012 // BigTreeTech SKR Mini v1.1 (STM32F103RC) +#define BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0 4013 // BigTreeTech SKR Mini E3 (STM32F103RC) +#define BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2 4014 // BigTreeTech SKR Mini E3 V1.2 (STM32F103RC) +#define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP 4015 // BigTreeTech SKR E3 DIP V1.0 (STM32F103RC / STM32F103RE) +#define BOARD_JGAURORA_A5S_A1 4016 // JGAurora A5S A1 (STM32F103ZET6) +#define BOARD_FYSETC_AIO_II 4017 // FYSETC AIO_II +#define BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH 4018 // FYSETC Cheetah +#define BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12 4019 // FYSETC Cheetah V1.2 +#define BOARD_LONGER3D_LK 4020 // Alfawise U20/U20+/U30 (Longer3D LK1/2) / STM32F103VET6 +#define BOARD_GTM32_MINI 4021 // STM32F103VET6 controller +#define BOARD_GTM32_MINI_A30 4022 // STM32F103VET6 controller +#define BOARD_GTM32_REV_B 4023 // STM32F103VET6 controller + // // ARM Cortex-M4F @@ -289,16 +307,20 @@ // #define BOARD_BEAST 4200 // STM32F4xxVxT6 Libmaple-based STM32F4 controller -#define BOARD_STM32F4 4201 // STM32 STM32GENERIC-based STM32F4 controller +#define BOARD_GENERIC_STM32F4 4201 // STM32 STM32GENERIC-based STM32F4 controller #define BOARD_ARMED 4202 // Arm'ed STM32F4-based controller #define BOARD_RUMBA32 4203 // RUMBA32 STM32F4-based controller #define BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407VE 4204 // BLACK_STM32F407VE #define BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407ZE 4205 // BLACK_STM32F407ZE -#define BOARD_STEVAL 4206 // STEVAL-3DP001V1 3D PRINTER BOARD +#define BOARD_STEVAL_3DP001V1 4206 // STEVAL-3DP001V1 3D PRINTER BOARD #define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1_1 4207 // BigTreeTech SKR Pro v1.1 (STM32F407ZG) #define BOARD_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1_0 4208 // BigTreeTech BTT002 v1.0 (STM32F407VE) #define BOARD_LERDGE_K 4209 // Lerdge K (STM32F407ZG) #define BOARD_LERDGE_X 4210 // Lerdge X (STM32F407VE) +#define BOARD_VAKE403D 4211 // VAkE 403D (STM32F446VET6) +#define BOARD_FYSETC_S6 4212 // FYSETC S6 board +#define BOARD_FLYF407ZG 4213 // FLYF407ZG board (STM32F407ZG) +#define BOARD_MKS_ROBIN2 4214 // MKS_ROBIN2 (STM32F407ZE) // // ARM Cortex M7 @@ -310,7 +332,10 @@ // // Espressif ESP32 WiFi // -#define BOARD_ESPRESSIF_ESP32 6000 +#define BOARD_ESPRESSIF_ESP32 6000 // Generic ESP32 +#define BOARD_MRR_ESPA 6001 +#define BOARD_MRR_ESPE 6002 +#define BOARD_E4D_BOX 6003 // E4d@BOX // // Simulations diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/debug_out.h b/Marlin/src/core/debug_out.h index 7eb93a702001..07bdad7ff2c1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/debug_out.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/debug_out.h @@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ * along with this program. If not, see . * */ -#pragma once // // Serial aliases for debugging. @@ -37,9 +36,13 @@ #undef DEBUG_ECHOPGM #undef DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM #undef DEBUG_ECHOPAIR +#undef DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_P #undef DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F +#undef DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F_P #undef DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR +#undef DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_P #undef DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F +#undef DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P #undef DEBUG_ECHO_MSG #undef DEBUG_ERROR_MSG #undef DEBUG_EOL @@ -58,9 +61,13 @@ #define DEBUG_ECHOPGM SERIAL_ECHOPGM #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR SERIAL_ECHOPAIR + #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_P SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F + #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F_P SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F_P #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_P SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P #define DEBUG_ECHO_MSG SERIAL_ECHO_MSG #define DEBUG_ERROR_MSG SERIAL_ERROR_MSG #define DEBUG_EOL SERIAL_EOL @@ -68,25 +75,29 @@ #define DEBUG_XYZ SERIAL_XYZ #define DEBUG_DELAY(ms) serial_delay(ms) #else - #define DEBUG_PRINT_P(P) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHO_START() NOOP - #define DEBUG_ERROR_START() NOOP - #define DEBUG_CHAR(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHO(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHO_F(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOLN(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOPGM(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ECHO_MSG(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_ERROR_MSG(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_EOL() NOOP - #define DEBUG_POS(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_XYZ(...) NOOP - #define DEBUG_DELAY(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_PRINT_P(P) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHO_START() NOOP + #define DEBUG_ERROR_START() NOOP + #define DEBUG_CHAR(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHO(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHO_F(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOLN(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOPGM(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_P(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F_P(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_P(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ECHO_MSG(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_ERROR_MSG(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_EOL() NOOP + #define DEBUG_POS(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_XYZ(...) NOOP + #define DEBUG_DELAY(...) NOOP #endif #undef DEBUG_OUT diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h b/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h index 005ffb7da522..a89578f529bc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/drivers.h @@ -23,30 +23,33 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#define _A4988 0x001 -#define _A5984 0x002 -#define _DRV8825 0x003 -#define _LV8729 0x004 -#define _L6470 0x105 -#define _TB6560 0x006 -#define _TB6600 0x007 -#define _TMC2100 0x008 -#define _TMC2130 2130 -#define _TMC2130_STANDALONE 0x009 -#define _TMC2160 2160 -#define _TMC2160_STANDALONE 2161 -#define _TMC2208 2208 -#define _TMC2208_STANDALONE 0x00A -#define _TMC2209 2209 -#define _TMC2209_STANDALONE 0x00D -#define _TMC26X 0x10B -#define _TMC26X_STANDALONE 0x00B -#define _TMC2660 2660 -#define _TMC2660_STANDALONE 0x00C -#define _TMC5130 5130 -#define _TMC5130_STANDALONE 5131 -#define _TMC5160 5160 -#define _TMC5160_STANDALONE 5161 +#define _A4988 0x4988 +#define _A5984 0x5984 +#define _DRV8825 0x8825 +#define _LV8729 0x8729 +#define _L6470 0x6470 +#define _L6474 0x6474 +#define _L6480 0x6480 +#define _POWERSTEP01 0xF00D +#define _TB6560 0x6560 +#define _TB6600 0x6600 +#define _TMC2100 0x2100 +#define _TMC2130 0x2130A +#define _TMC2130_STANDALONE 0x2130B +#define _TMC2160 0x2160A +#define _TMC2160_STANDALONE 0x2160B +#define _TMC2208 0x2208A +#define _TMC2208_STANDALONE 0x2208B +#define _TMC2209 0x2209A +#define _TMC2209_STANDALONE 0x2209B +#define _TMC26X 0x2600A +#define _TMC26X_STANDALONE 0x2600B +#define _TMC2660 0x2660A +#define _TMC2660_STANDALONE 0x2660B +#define _TMC5130 0x5130A +#define _TMC5130_STANDALONE 0x5130B +#define _TMC5160 0x5160A +#define _TMC5160_STANDALONE 0x5160B #define _DRIVER_ID(V) _CAT(_, V) #define _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,T) (_DRIVER_ID(A##_DRIVER_TYPE) == _CAT(_, T)) @@ -54,26 +57,35 @@ #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X,T) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y,T) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z,T) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) (EITHER(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X2,T)) +#if EITHER(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(X2,T) +#else + #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) false +#endif #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(T) (ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Y2,T)) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) (Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z2,T)) -#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(T) (ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z3,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) (NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z2,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(T) (NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z3,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(T) (NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(Z4,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(T) (E_STEPPERS > 0 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E0,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(T) (E_STEPPERS > 1 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E1,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(T) (E_STEPPERS > 2 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E2,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(T) (E_STEPPERS > 3 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E3,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(T) (E_STEPPERS > 4 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E4,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(T) (E_STEPPERS > 5 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E5,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(T) (E_STEPPERS > 6 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E6,T)) +#define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(T) (E_STEPPERS > 7 && _AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(E7,T)) #define AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,T) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(T) #define HAS_E_DRIVER(T) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(T) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(T) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(T) ) + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(T) \ + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(T) ) #define HAS_DRIVER(T) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(T) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(T) \ - || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(T) \ + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(T) \ + || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(T) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(T) \ || HAS_E_DRIVER(T) ) // Test for supported TMC drivers that require advanced configuration @@ -86,6 +98,18 @@ || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130) \ || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160) ) +#define HAS_TRINAMIC_STANDALONE ( HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160_STANDALONE) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160_STANDALONE) ) + +#define HAS_TMCX1X0 ( HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160) \ + || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160)) + #define HAS_TMC220x (HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209)) #define AXIS_IS_TMC(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) \ @@ -107,6 +131,8 @@ #define AXIS_HAS_UART(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2208) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) ) +#define AXIS_HAS_SW_SERIAL(A) ((AXIS_HAS_UART(A) && !defined(A##_HARDWARE_SERIAL))) + #define AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(A) ( AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2130) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2160) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC2209) \ @@ -121,6 +147,20 @@ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5130) \ || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE(A,TMC5160) ) +#define ANY_AXIS_HAS(T) ( AXIS_HAS_##T(X) || AXIS_HAS_##T(X2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(Y) || AXIS_HAS_##T(Y2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(Z) || AXIS_HAS_##T(Z2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(Z3) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(E0) || AXIS_HAS_##T(E1) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(E2) || AXIS_HAS_##T(E3) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(E4) || AXIS_HAS_##T(E5) \ + || AXIS_HAS_##T(E6) || AXIS_HAS_##T(E7) ) + +#define HAS_STEALTHCHOP ANY_AXIS_HAS(STEALTHCHOP) +#define HAS_STALLGUARD ANY_AXIS_HAS(STALLGUARD) +#define TMC_HAS_SPI ANY_AXIS_HAS(SPI) +#define TMC_HAS_SW_SERIAL ANY_AXIS_HAS(SW_SERIAL) + // // Stretching 'drivers.h' to include LPC/SAMD51 SD options // @@ -129,3 +169,8 @@ #define _SDCARD_CUSTOM_CABLE 3 #define _SDCARD_ID(V) _CAT(_SDCARD_, V) #define SD_CONNECTION_IS(V) (_SDCARD_ID(SDCARD_CONNECTION) == _SDCARD_ID(V)) + +#define HAS_L64XX (HAS_DRIVER(L6470) || HAS_DRIVER(L6474) || HAS_DRIVER(L6480) || HAS_DRIVER(POWERSTEP01)) +#define HAS_L64XX_NOT_L6474 (HAS_L64XX && !HAS_DRIVER(L6474)) + +#define AXIS_IS_L64XX(A) (AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(L6470) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(L6474) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(L6480) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##A(POWERSTEP01)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/language.h b/Marlin/src/core/language.h index df3092fd9959..ecafd49a8298 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/language.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/language.h @@ -195,6 +195,8 @@ #define MSG_Z2_MAX "z2_max" #define MSG_Z3_MIN "z3_min" #define MSG_Z3_MAX "z3_max" +#define MSG_Z4_MIN "z4_min" +#define MSG_Z4_MAX "z4_max" #define MSG_Z_PROBE "z_probe" #define MSG_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR "filament" #define MSG_PROBE_OFFSET "Probe Offset" @@ -220,6 +222,10 @@ #define MSG_SOFT_MIN " Min: " #define MSG_SOFT_MAX " Max: " +#define MSG_SAVED_POS "Position saved" +#define MSG_RESTORING_POS "Restoring position" +#define MSG_INVALID_POS_SLOT "Invalid slot. Total: " + #define MSG_SD_CANT_OPEN_SUBDIR "Cannot open subdir " #define MSG_SD_INIT_FAIL "SD init fail" #define MSG_SD_VOL_INIT_FAIL "volume.init failed" @@ -252,15 +258,15 @@ #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_INSERT_M108 "Insert filament and send M108" #define MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_WAIT_M108 "Send M108 to resume" -#define MSG_STOP_BLTOUCH "STOP called because of BLTouch error - restart with M999" -#define MSG_STOP_UNHOMED "STOP called because of unhomed error - restart with M999" -#define MSG_KILL_INACTIVE_TIME "KILL caused by too much inactive time - current command: " -#define MSG_KILL_BUTTON "KILL caused by KILL button/pin" +#define MSG_STOP_BLTOUCH "!! STOP called because of BLTouch error - restart with M999" +#define MSG_STOP_UNHOMED "!! STOP called because of unhomed error - restart with M999" +#define MSG_KILL_INACTIVE_TIME "!! KILL caused by too much inactive time - current command: " +#define MSG_KILL_BUTTON "!! KILL caused by KILL button/pin" // temperature.cpp strings -#define MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE "PID Autotune" -#define MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_START MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE " start" -#define MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FAILED MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE " failed!" +#define MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_PREFIX "PID Autotune" +#define MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_START MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_PREFIX " start" +#define MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FAILED MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_PREFIX " failed!" #define MSG_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FAILED " Bad extruder number" #define MSG_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FAILED " Temperature too high" #define MSG_PID_TIMEOUT MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FAILED " timeout" @@ -275,7 +281,7 @@ #define MSG_KI " Ki: " #define MSG_KD " Kd: " #define MSG_AT " @:" -#define MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FINISHED MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE " finished! Put the last Kp, Ki and Kd constants from below into Configuration.h" +#define MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FINISHED MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_PREFIX " finished! Put the last Kp, Ki and Kd constants from below into Configuration.h" #define MSG_PID_DEBUG " PID_DEBUG " #define MSG_PID_DEBUG_INPUT ": Input " #define MSG_PID_DEBUG_OUTPUT " Output " @@ -333,6 +339,7 @@ #define MSG_Y2 "Y2" #define MSG_Z2 "Z2" #define MSG_Z3 "Z3" +#define MSG_Z4 "Z4" #define LCD_STR_A MSG_A #define LCD_STR_B MSG_B @@ -349,19 +356,25 @@ * */ #if ENABLED(NUMBER_TOOLS_FROM_0) + #define LCD_FIRST_TOOL '0' #define LCD_STR_N0 "0" #define LCD_STR_N1 "1" #define LCD_STR_N2 "2" #define LCD_STR_N3 "3" #define LCD_STR_N4 "4" #define LCD_STR_N5 "5" + #define LCD_STR_N6 "6" + #define LCD_STR_N7 "7" #else + #define LCD_FIRST_TOOL '1' #define LCD_STR_N0 "1" #define LCD_STR_N1 "2" #define LCD_STR_N2 "3" #define LCD_STR_N3 "4" #define LCD_STR_N4 "5" #define LCD_STR_N5 "6" + #define LCD_STR_N6 "7" + #define LCD_STR_N7 "8" #endif #define LCD_STR_E0 "E" LCD_STR_N0 @@ -370,6 +383,8 @@ #define LCD_STR_E3 "E" LCD_STR_N3 #define LCD_STR_E4 "E" LCD_STR_N4 #define LCD_STR_E5 "E" LCD_STR_N5 +#define LCD_STR_E6 "E" LCD_STR_N6 +#define LCD_STR_E7 "E" LCD_STR_N7 #include "multi_language.h" // Allow multiple languages diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/macros.h b/Marlin/src/core/macros.h index b93bae79f602..e83aa409b96a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/macros.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/macros.h @@ -29,12 +29,23 @@ #define _AXIS(A) (A##_AXIS) -#define _XMIN_ 100 -#define _YMIN_ 200 -#define _ZMIN_ 300 -#define _XMAX_ 101 -#define _YMAX_ 201 -#define _ZMAX_ 301 +#define _XMIN_ 100 +#define _YMIN_ 200 +#define _ZMIN_ 300 +#define _XMAX_ 101 +#define _YMAX_ 201 +#define _ZMAX_ 301 +#define _XDIAG_ 102 +#define _YDIAG_ 202 +#define _ZDIAG_ 302 +#define _E0DIAG_ 400 +#define _E1DIAG_ 401 +#define _E2DIAG_ 402 +#define _E3DIAG_ 403 +#define _E4DIAG_ 404 +#define _E5DIAG_ 405 +#define _E6DIAG_ 406 +#define _E7DIAG_ 407 #define _FORCE_INLINE_ __attribute__((__always_inline__)) __inline__ #define FORCE_INLINE __attribute__((always_inline)) inline @@ -165,6 +176,7 @@ // Macros to support option testing #define _CAT(a,V...) a##V +#define CAT(a,V...) _CAT(a,V) #define SWITCH_ENABLED_false 0 #define SWITCH_ENABLED_true 1 #define SWITCH_ENABLED_0 0 @@ -229,32 +241,6 @@ #define _JOIN_1(O) (O) #define JOIN_N(N,C,V...) (DO(JOIN,C,LIST_N(N,V))) -// Macros for adding -#define INC_0 1 -#define INC_1 2 -#define INC_2 3 -#define INC_3 4 -#define INC_4 5 -#define INC_5 6 -#define INC_6 7 -#define INC_7 8 -#define INC_8 9 -#define INCREMENT_(n) INC_##n -#define INCREMENT(n) INCREMENT_(n) - -// Macros for subtracting -#define DEC_1 0 -#define DEC_2 1 -#define DEC_3 2 -#define DEC_4 3 -#define DEC_5 4 -#define DEC_6 5 -#define DEC_7 6 -#define DEC_8 7 -#define DEC_9 8 -#define DECREMENT_(n) DEC_##n -#define DECREMENT(n) DECREMENT_(n) - #define NOOP (void(0)) #define CEILING(x,y) (((x) + (y) - 1) / (y)) @@ -276,10 +262,11 @@ // // Maths macros that can be overridden by HAL // +#define ACOS(x) acosf(x) #define ATAN2(y, x) atan2f(y, x) #define POW(x, y) powf(x, y) #define SQRT(x) sqrtf(x) -#define RSQRT(x) (1 / sqrtf(x)) +#define RSQRT(x) (1.0f / sqrtf(x)) #define CEIL(x) ceilf(x) #define FLOOR(x) floorf(x) #define LROUND(x) lroundf(x) @@ -346,3 +333,127 @@ #define _MAX(V...) _MAX_N(NUM_ARGS(V), V) #endif + +// Macros for adding +#define INC_0 1 +#define INC_1 2 +#define INC_2 3 +#define INC_3 4 +#define INC_4 5 +#define INC_5 6 +#define INC_6 7 +#define INC_7 8 +#define INC_8 9 +#define INCREMENT_(n) INC_##n +#define INCREMENT(n) INCREMENT_(n) + +#define ADD0(N) N +#define ADD1(N) INCREMENT_(N) +#define ADD2(N) ADD1(ADD1(N)) +#define ADD3(N) ADD1(ADD2(N)) +#define ADD4(N) ADD2(ADD2(N)) +#define ADD5(N) ADD2(ADD3(N)) +#define ADD6(N) ADD3(ADD3(N)) +#define ADD7(N) ADD3(ADD4(N)) +#define ADD8(N) ADD4(ADD4(N)) +#define ADD9(N) ADD4(ADD5(N)) +#define ADD10(N) ADD5(ADD5(N)) + +// Macros for subtracting +#define DEC_0 0 +#define DEC_1 0 +#define DEC_2 1 +#define DEC_3 2 +#define DEC_4 3 +#define DEC_5 4 +#define DEC_6 5 +#define DEC_7 6 +#define DEC_8 7 +#define DEC_9 8 +#define DECREMENT_(n) DEC_##n +#define DECREMENT(n) DECREMENT_(n) + +#define SUB0(N) N +#define SUB1(N) DECREMENT_(N) +#define SUB2(N) SUB1(SUB1(N)) +#define SUB3(N) SUB1(SUB2(N)) +#define SUB4(N) SUB2(SUB2(N)) +#define SUB5(N) SUB2(SUB3(N)) +#define SUB6(N) SUB3(SUB3(N)) +#define SUB7(N) SUB3(SUB4(N)) +#define SUB8(N) SUB4(SUB4(N)) +#define SUB9(N) SUB4(SUB5(N)) +#define SUB10(N) SUB5(SUB5(N)) + +// +// Primitives supporting precompiler REPEAT +// +#define FIRST(a,...) a +#define SECOND(a,b,...) b + +// Defer expansion +#define EMPTY() +#define DEFER(M) M EMPTY() +#define DEFER2(M) M EMPTY EMPTY()() +#define DEFER3(M) M EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY()()() +#define DEFER4(M) M EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY EMPTY()()()() + +// Force define expansion +#define EVAL(V...) EVAL16(V) +#define EVAL1024(V...) EVAL512(EVAL512(V)) +#define EVAL512(V...) EVAL256(EVAL256(V)) +#define EVAL256(V...) EVAL128(EVAL128(V)) +#define EVAL128(V...) EVAL64(EVAL64(V)) +#define EVAL64(V...) EVAL32(EVAL32(V)) +#define EVAL32(V...) EVAL16(EVAL16(V)) +#define EVAL16(V...) EVAL8(EVAL8(V)) +#define EVAL8(V...) EVAL4(EVAL4(V)) +#define EVAL4(V...) EVAL2(EVAL2(V)) +#define EVAL2(V...) EVAL1(EVAL1(V)) +#define EVAL1(V...) V + +#define IS_PROBE(V...) SECOND(V, 0) // Get the second item passed, or 0 +#define PROBE() ~, 1 // Second item will be 1 if this is passed +#define _NOT_0 PROBE() +#define NOT(x) IS_PROBE(_CAT(_NOT_, x)) // NOT('0') gets '1'. Anything else gets '0'. +#define _BOOL(x) NOT(NOT(x)) // NOT('0') gets '0'. Anything else gets '1'. + +#define IF_ELSE(TF) _IF_ELSE(_BOOL(TF)) +#define _IF_ELSE(TF) _CAT(_IF_, TF) + +#define _IF_1(V...) V _IF_1_ELSE +#define _IF_0(...) _IF_0_ELSE + +#define _IF_1_ELSE(...) +#define _IF_0_ELSE(V...) V + +#define HAS_ARGS(V...) _BOOL(FIRST(_END_OF_ARGUMENTS_ V)()) +#define _END_OF_ARGUMENTS_() 0 + +// +// REPEAT core macros. Recurse N times with ascending I. +// + +// Call OP(I) N times with ascending counter. +#define _REPEAT(_RPT_I,_RPT_N,_RPT_OP) \ + _RPT_OP(_RPT_I) \ + IF_ELSE(SUB1(_RPT_N)) \ + ( DEFER2(__REPEAT)()(ADD1(_RPT_I),SUB1(_RPT_N),_RPT_OP) ) \ + ( /* Do nothing */ ) +#define __REPEAT() _REPEAT + +// Call OP(I, ...) N times with ascending counter. +#define _REPEAT2(_RPT_I,_RPT_N,_RPT_OP,V...) \ + _RPT_OP(_RPT_I,V) \ + IF_ELSE(SUB1(_RPT_N)) \ + ( DEFER2(__REPEAT2)()(ADD1(_RPT_I),SUB1(_RPT_N),_RPT_OP,V) ) \ + ( /* Do nothing */ ) +#define __REPEAT2() _REPEAT2 + +// Repeat a macro passing S...N-1. +#define REPEAT_S(S,N,OP) EVAL(_REPEAT(S,SUB##S(N),OP)) +#define REPEAT(N,OP) REPEAT_S(0,N,OP) + +// Repeat a macro passing 0...N-1 plus additional arguments. +#define REPEAT2_S(S,N,OP,V...) EVAL(_REPEAT2(S,SUB##S(N),OP,V)) +#define REPEAT2(N,OP,V...) REPEAT2_S(0,N,OP,V) diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp b/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp index 2369c3acbf7c..2c37d681eeda 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/core/serial.cpp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ static const char errormagic[] PROGMEM = "Error:"; static const char echomagic[] PROGMEM = "echo:"; #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 - int8_t serial_port_index = SERIAL_PORT; + int8_t serial_port_index = 0; #endif void serialprintPGM(PGM_P str) { @@ -58,17 +58,17 @@ void serialprint_onoff(const bool onoff) { serialprintPGM(onoff ? PSTR(MSG_ON) : void serialprintln_onoff(const bool onoff) { serialprint_onoff(onoff); SERIAL_EOL(); } void serialprint_truefalse(const bool tf) { serialprintPGM(tf ? PSTR("true") : PSTR("false")); } -void print_bin(const uint16_t val) { - uint16_t mask = 0x8000; +void print_bin(uint16_t val) { for (uint8_t i = 16; i--;) { - if (i && !(i % 4)) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR((val & mask) ? '1' : '0'); - mask >>= 1; + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + TEST(val, i)); + if (!(i & 0x3) && i) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); } } +extern const char SP_X_STR[], SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[]; + void print_xyz(const float &x, const float &y, const float &z, PGM_P const prefix/*=nullptr*/, PGM_P const suffix/*=nullptr*/) { serialprintPGM(prefix); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" " MSG_X, x, " " MSG_Y, y, " " MSG_Z, z); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, x, SP_Y_STR, y, SP_Z_STR, z); if (suffix) serialprintPGM(suffix); else SERIAL_EOL(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/serial.h b/Marlin/src/core/serial.h index f4c2570ca7fa..1e1eb8c62381 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/serial.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/serial.h @@ -66,7 +66,6 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags; #define PORT_REDIRECT(p) _PORT_REDIRECT(1,p) #define PORT_RESTORE() _PORT_RESTORE(1) -#define SERIAL_CHAR(x) SERIAL_OUT(write, x) #define SERIAL_ECHO(x) SERIAL_OUT(print, x) #define SERIAL_ECHO_F(V...) SERIAL_OUT(print, V) #define SERIAL_ECHOLN(x) SERIAL_OUT(println, x) @@ -75,7 +74,7 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags; #define SERIAL_PRINTF(V...) SERIAL_OUT(printf, V) #define SERIAL_FLUSH() SERIAL_OUT(flush) -#ifdef __STM32F1__ +#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 #define SERIAL_FLUSHTX() SERIAL_OUT(flush) #elif TX_BUFFER_SIZE > 0 #define SERIAL_FLUSHTX() SERIAL_OUT(flushTX) @@ -83,7 +82,23 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags; #define SERIAL_FLUSHTX() #endif -// Print up to 12 pairs of values +// Print up to 10 chars from a list +#define __CHAR_N(N,V...) _CHAR_##N(V) +#define _CHAR_N(N,V...) __CHAR_N(N,V) +#define _CHAR_1(c) SERIAL_OUT(write, c) +#define _CHAR_2(a,b) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_1(b); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_3(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_2(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_4(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_3(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_5(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_4(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_6(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_5(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_7(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_6(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_8(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_7(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_9(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_8(V); }while(0) +#define _CHAR_10(a,V...) do{ _CHAR_1(a); _CHAR_9(V); }while(0) + +#define SERIAL_CHAR(V...) _CHAR_N(NUM_ARGS(V),V) + +// Print up to 12 pairs of values. Odd elements auto-wrapped in PSTR(). #define __SEP_N(N,V...) _SEP_##N(V) #define _SEP_N(N,V...) __SEP_N(N,V) #define _SEP_1(PRE) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(PRE) @@ -113,6 +128,36 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags; #define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(V...) _SEP_N(NUM_ARGS(V),V) +// Print up to 12 pairs of values. Odd elements must be PSTR pointers. +#define __SEP_N_P(N,V...) _SEP_##N##_P(V) +#define _SEP_N_P(N,V...) __SEP_N_P(N,V) +#define _SEP_1_P(PRE) serialprintPGM(PRE) +#define _SEP_2_P(PRE,V) serial_echopair_PGM(PRE,V) +#define _SEP_3_P(a,b,c) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); serialprintPGM(c); }while(0) +#define _SEP_4_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_2_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_5_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_3_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_6_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_4_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_7_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_5_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_8_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_6_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_9_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_7_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_10_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_8_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_11_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_9_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_12_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_10_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_13_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_11_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_14_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_12_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_15_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_13_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_16_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_14_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_17_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_15_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_18_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_16_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_19_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_17_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_20_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_18_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_21_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_19_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_22_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_20_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_23_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_21_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SEP_24_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SEP_22_P(V); }while(0) + +#define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(V...) _SEP_N_P(NUM_ARGS(V),V) + // Print up to 12 pairs of values followed by newline #define __SELP_N(N,V...) _SELP_##N(V) #define _SELP_N(N,V...) __SELP_N(N,V) @@ -139,10 +184,40 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags; #define _SELP_21(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_19(V); }while(0) #define _SELP_22(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_20(V); }while(0) #define _SELP_23(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_21(V); }while(0) -#define _SELP_24(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_22(V); }while(0) // Use up two, pass the rest up +#define _SELP_24(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2(a,b); _SELP_22(V); }while(0) // Eat two args, pass the rest up #define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(V...) _SELP_N(NUM_ARGS(V),V) +// Print up to 12 pairs of values followed by newline +#define __SELP_N_P(N,V...) _SELP_##N##_P(V) +#define _SELP_N_P(N,V...) __SELP_N_P(N,V) +#define _SELP_1_P(PRE) serialprintPGM(PRE) +#define _SELP_2_P(PRE,V) do{ serial_echopair_PGM(PRE,V); SERIAL_EOL(); }while(0) +#define _SELP_3_P(a,b,c) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); serialprintPGM(c); }while(0) +#define _SELP_4_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_2_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_5_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_3_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_6_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_4_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_7_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_5_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_8_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_6_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_9_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_7_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_10_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_8_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_11_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_9_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_12_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_10_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_13_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_11_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_14_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_12_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_15_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_13_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_16_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_14_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_17_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_15_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_18_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_16_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_19_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_17_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_20_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_18_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_21_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_19_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_22_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_20_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_23_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_21_P(V); }while(0) +#define _SELP_24_P(a,b,V...) do{ _SEP_2_P(a,b); _SELP_22_P(V); }while(0) // Eat two args, pass the rest up + +#define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(V...) _SELP_N_P(NUM_ARGS(V),V) + // Print up to 20 comma-separated pairs of values #define __SLST_N(N,V...) _SLST_##N(V) #define _SLST_N(N,V...) __SLST_N(N,V) @@ -165,15 +240,20 @@ extern uint8_t marlin_debug_flags; #define _SLST_17(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_15(V); }while(0) #define _SLST_18(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_16(V); }while(0) #define _SLST_19(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_17(V); }while(0) -#define _SLST_20(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_18(V); }while(0) // Use up two, pass the rest up +#define _SLST_20(a,b,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHO(a); _SEP_2(", ",b); _SLST_18(V); }while(0) // Eat two args, pass the rest up #define SERIAL_ECHOLIST(pre,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHOPGM(pre); _SLST_N(NUM_ARGS(V),V); }while(0) #define SERIAL_ECHOLIST_N(N,V...) _SLST_N(N,LIST_N(N,V)) -#define SERIAL_ECHOPGM(S) (serialprintPGM(PSTR(S))) -#define SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(S) (serialprintPGM(PSTR(S "\n"))) +#define SERIAL_ECHO_P(P) (serialprintPGM(P)) + +#define SERIAL_ECHOPGM(S) (SERIAL_ECHO_P(PSTR(S))) +#define SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(S) (SERIAL_ECHO_P(PSTR(S "\n"))) + +#define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F_P(P,V...) do{ serialprintPGM(P); SERIAL_ECHO_F(V); }while(0) +#define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F_P(V); SERIAL_EOL(); }while(0) -#define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(S,V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHOPGM(S); SERIAL_ECHO_F(V); }while(0) +#define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(S,V...) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F_P(PSTR(S),V) #define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(V...) do{ SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(V); SERIAL_EOL(); }while(0) #define SERIAL_ECHO_START() serial_echo_start() diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/types.h b/Marlin/src/core/types.h index 567b35c8b901..97ce5af5ee64 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/types.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/types.h @@ -26,6 +26,9 @@ #include "millis_t.h" +class __FlashStringHelper; +typedef const __FlashStringHelper *progmem_str; + // // Enumerated axis indices // @@ -40,11 +43,7 @@ enum AxisEnum : uint8_t { E_AXIS = 3, X_HEAD = 4, Y_HEAD = 5, Z_HEAD = 6, E0_AXIS = 3, - E1_AXIS = 4, - E2_AXIS = 5, - E3_AXIS = 6, - E4_AXIS = 7, - E5_AXIS = 8, + E1_AXIS, E2_AXIS, E3_AXIS, E4_AXIS, E5_AXIS, E6_AXIS, E7_AXIS, ALL_AXES = 0xFE, NO_AXIS = 0xFF }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp b/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp index ca8cd67ccf9a..14f7aa708324 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/core/utility.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "utility.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" void safe_delay(millis_t ms) { @@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ void safe_delay(millis_t ms) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Probe: " #if ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) "PROBE_MANUALLY" + #elif ENABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) + "NOZZLE_AS_PROBE" #elif ENABLED(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE) "FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE" #elif ENABLED(BLTOUCH) @@ -79,40 +81,49 @@ void safe_delay(millis_t ms) { ); #if HAS_BED_PROBE - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Probe Offset X", probe_offset.x, " Y", probe_offset.y, " Z", probe_offset.z); - if (probe_offset.x > 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Right"); - else if (probe_offset.x < 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Left"); - else if (probe_offset.y != 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Middle"); - else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Aligned With"); - if (probe_offset.y > 0) { - #if IS_SCARA - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Distal"); - #else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Back"); - #endif - } - else if (probe_offset.y < 0) { - #if IS_SCARA - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Proximal"); - #else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Front"); - #endif - } - else if (probe_offset.x != 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Center"); + #if !HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Probe Offset X0 Y0 Z", probe.offset.z, " ("); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(PSTR("Probe Offset X"), probe.offset_xy.x, SP_Y_STR, probe.offset_xy.y, SP_Z_STR, probe.offset.z); + if (probe.offset_xy.x > 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Right"); + else if (probe.offset_xy.x < 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Left"); + else if (probe.offset_xy.y != 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Middle"); + else + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" (Aligned With"); + + if (probe.offset_xy.y > 0) { + #if IS_SCARA + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Distal"); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Back"); + #endif + } + else if (probe.offset_xy.y < 0) { + #if IS_SCARA + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Proximal"); + #else + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Front"); + #endif + } + else if (probe.offset_xy.x != 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("-Center"); + + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" & "); - if (probe_offset.z < 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" & Below"); - else if (probe_offset.z > 0) - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" & Above"); + #endif + + if (probe.offset.z < 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Below"); + else if (probe.offset.z > 0) + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Above"); else - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" & Same Z as"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Same Z as"); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Nozzle)"); + #endif #if HAS_ABL_OR_UBL @@ -137,8 +148,7 @@ void safe_delay(millis_t ms) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("ABL Adjustment X"); LOOP_XYZ(a) { float v = planner.get_axis_position_mm(AxisEnum(a)) - current_position[a]; - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR('X' + char(a)); + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', 'X' + char(a)); if (v > 0) SERIAL_CHAR('+'); SERIAL_ECHO(v); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/utility.h b/Marlin/src/core/utility.h index 2956f9289250..f430da50d6a0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/utility.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/utility.h @@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ inline void serial_delay(const millis_t ms) { void unmark(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { CBI(bits[y], x); } void mark(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { SBI(bits[y], x); } bool marked(const uint8_t x, const uint8_t y) { return TEST(bits[y], x); } - inline void unmark(const xy_int8_t &xy) { unmark(xy.y, xy.x); } - inline void mark(const xy_int8_t &xy) { mark(xy.y, xy.x); } - inline bool marked(const xy_int8_t &xy) { return marked(xy.y, xy.x); } + inline void unmark(const xy_int8_t &xy) { unmark(xy.x, xy.y); } + inline void mark(const xy_int8_t &xy) { mark(xy.x, xy.y); } + inline bool marked(const xy_int8_t &xy) { return marked(xy.x, xy.y); } }; typedef FlagBits MeshFlags; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.cpp index c3b182c72a0f..07f3aa21415d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/I2CPositionEncoder.cpp @@ -162,15 +162,17 @@ void I2CPositionEncoder::update() { if (errIdx == 0) { // In order to correct for "error" but avoid correcting for noise and non-skips // it must be > threshold and have a difference average of < 10 and be < 2000 steps - if (ABS(error) > threshold * planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[encoderAxis] && - diffSum < 10 * (I2CPE_ERR_ARRAY_SIZE - 1) && ABS(error) < 2000) { // Check for persistent error (skip) + if (ABS(error) > threshold * planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[encoderAxis] + && diffSum < 10 * (I2CPE_ERR_ARRAY_SIZE - 1) + && ABS(error) < 2000 + ) { // Check for persistent error (skip) errPrst[errPrstIdx++] = error; // Error must persist for I2CPE_ERR_PRST_ARRAY_SIZE error cycles. This also serves to improve the average accuracy if (errPrstIdx >= I2CPE_ERR_PRST_ARRAY_SIZE) { float sumP = 0; LOOP_L_N(i, I2CPE_ERR_PRST_ARRAY_SIZE) sumP += errPrst[i]; const int32_t errorP = int32_t(sumP * RECIPROCAL(I2CPE_ERR_PRST_ARRAY_SIZE)); SERIAL_ECHO(axis_codes[encoderAxis]); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" - err detected: ", errorP * planner.steps_to_mm[encoderAxis], "mm; correcting!"); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" : CORRECT ERR ", errorP * planner.steps_to_mm[encoderAxis], "mm"); babystep.add_steps(encoderAxis, -LROUND(errorP)); errPrstIdx = 0; } @@ -189,7 +191,8 @@ void I2CPositionEncoder::update() { if (ABS(error) > I2CPE_ERR_CNT_THRESH * planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[encoderAxis]) { const millis_t ms = millis(); if (ELAPSED(ms, nextErrorCountTime)) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Large error on ", axis_codes[encoderAxis], " axis. error: ", (int)error, "; diffSum: ", diffSum); + SERIAL_ECHO(axis_codes[encoderAxis]); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" : LARGE ERR ", int(error), "; diffSum=", diffSum); errorCount++; nextErrorCountTime = ms + I2CPE_ERR_CNT_DEBOUNCE_MS; } @@ -243,17 +246,14 @@ bool I2CPositionEncoder::passes_test(const bool report) { } float I2CPositionEncoder::get_axis_error_mm(const bool report) { - float target, actual, error; - - target = planner.get_axis_position_mm(encoderAxis); - actual = mm_from_count(position); - error = actual - target; - - if (ABS(error) > 10000) error = 0; // ? + const float target = planner.get_axis_position_mm(encoderAxis), + actual = mm_from_count(position), + diff = actual - target, + error = ABS(diff) > 10000 ? 0 : diff; // Huge error is a bad reading if (report) { SERIAL_ECHO(axis_codes[encoderAxis]); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" axis target: ", target, ", actual: ", actual, ", error : ",error); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" axis target=", target, "mm; actual=", actual, "mm; err=", error, "mm"); } return error; @@ -278,21 +278,25 @@ int32_t I2CPositionEncoder::get_axis_error_steps(const bool report) { //convert both 'ticks' into same units / base encoderCountInStepperTicksScaled = LROUND((stepperTicksPerUnit * encoderTicks) / encoderTicksPerUnit); - int32_t target = stepper.position(encoderAxis), - error = (encoderCountInStepperTicksScaled - target); + const int32_t target = stepper.position(encoderAxis); + int32_t error = encoderCountInStepperTicksScaled - target; //suppress discontinuities (might be caused by bad I2C readings...?) const bool suppressOutput = (ABS(error - errorPrev) > 100); + errorPrev = error; + if (report) { SERIAL_ECHO(axis_codes[encoderAxis]); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" axis target: ", target, ", actual: ", encoderCountInStepperTicksScaled, ", error : ", error); - if (suppressOutput) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Discontinuity detected, suppressing error."); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" axis target=", target, "; actual=", encoderCountInStepperTicksScaled, "; err=", error); } - errorPrev = error; + if (suppressOutput) { + if (report) SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Discontinuity. Suppressing error."); + error = 0; + } - return (suppressOutput ? 0 : error); + return error; } int32_t I2CPositionEncoder::get_raw_count() { diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp index 9ba67d6caac3..63013057bce5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/Max7219_Debug_LEDs.cpp @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ #include "../module/planner.h" #include "../module/stepper.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../HAL/shared/Delay.h" #define HAS_SIDE_BY_SIDE (ENABLED(MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE) && MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS > 1) @@ -455,15 +455,19 @@ void Max7219::register_setup() { #ifdef MAX7219_INIT_TEST #if MAX7219_INIT_TEST == 2 + #define MAX7219_LEDS (MAX7219_X_LEDS * MAX7219_Y_LEDS) + void Max7219::spiral(const bool on, const uint16_t del) { - constexpr int8_t way[] = { 1, 0, 0, 1, -1, 0, 0, -1 }; + constexpr int8_t way[][2] = { { 1, 0 }, { 0, 1 }, { -1, 0 }, { 0, -1 } }; int8_t px = 0, py = 0, dir = 0; - for (uint8_t i = MAX7219_X_LEDS * MAX7219_Y_LEDS; i--;) { + for (IF<(MAX7219_LEDS > 255), uint16_t, uint8_t>::type i = MAX7219_LEDS; i--;) { led_set(px, py, on); delay(del); - const int8_t x = px + way[dir], y = py + way[dir + 1]; - if (!WITHIN(x, 0, MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) || !WITHIN(y, 0, MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) || BIT_7219(x, y) == on) dir = (dir + 2) & 0x7; - px += way[dir]; py += way[dir + 1]; + const int8_t x = px + way[dir][0], y = py + way[dir][1]; + if (!WITHIN(x, 0, MAX7219_X_LEDS - 1) || !WITHIN(y, 0, MAX7219_Y_LEDS - 1) || BIT_7219(x, y) == on) + dir = (dir + 1) & 0x3; + px += way[dir][0]; + py += way[dir][1]; } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp index 1fc24991101e..0b08f8ae4167 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/babystep.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) #include "babystep.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../module/planner.h" #include "../module/stepper.h" @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ void Babystep::add_steps(const AxisEnum axis, const int16_t distance) { #endif #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE) - #define BSA_ENABLE(AXIS) do{ switch (AXIS) { case X_AXIS: enable_X(); break; case Y_AXIS: enable_Y(); break; case Z_AXIS: enable_Z(); break; default: break; } }while(0) + #define BSA_ENABLE(AXIS) do{ switch (AXIS) { case X_AXIS: ENABLE_AXIS_X(); break; case Y_AXIS: ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); break; case Z_AXIS: ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); break; default: break; } }while(0) #else #define BSA_ENABLE(AXIS) NOOP #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.cpp index 82e0a5f14f50..354e8482a562 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/baricuda.cpp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ * */ -#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" +#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" #if ENABLED(BARICUDA) diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.cpp index d5c5532ad45d..738a9526f698 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.cpp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #include "../../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" #endif -xy_int_t bilinear_grid_spacing, bilinear_start; +xy_pos_t bilinear_grid_spacing, bilinear_start; xy_float_t bilinear_grid_factor; bed_mesh_t z_values; @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ void print_bilinear_leveling_grid() { #define ABL_TEMP_POINTS_X (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X + 2) #define ABL_TEMP_POINTS_Y (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y + 2) float z_values_virt[ABL_GRID_POINTS_VIRT_X][ABL_GRID_POINTS_VIRT_Y]; - xy_int_t bilinear_grid_spacing_virt; + xy_pos_t bilinear_grid_spacing_virt; xy_float_t bilinear_grid_factor_virt; void print_bilinear_leveling_grid_virt() { diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.h b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.h index 84ab853f8f8e..15e988fe0a76 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/abl/abl.h @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -extern xy_int_t bilinear_grid_spacing, bilinear_start; +extern xy_pos_t bilinear_grid_spacing, bilinear_start; extern xy_float_t bilinear_grid_factor; extern bed_mesh_t z_values; float bilinear_z_offset(const xy_pos_t &raw); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp index ef8cfd345536..9aa3ae0a57c0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.cpp @@ -86,14 +86,18 @@ void set_bed_leveling_enabled(const bool enable/*=true*/) { #endif if (planner.leveling_active) { // leveling from on to off + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Leveling ON", current_position); // change unleveled current_position to physical current_position without moving steppers. planner.apply_leveling(current_position); planner.leveling_active = false; // disable only AFTER calling apply_leveling + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("...Now OFF", current_position); } else { // leveling from off to on + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("Leveling OFF", current_position); planner.leveling_active = true; // enable BEFORE calling unapply_leveling, otherwise ignored // change physical current_position to unleveled current_position without moving steppers. planner.unapply_leveling(current_position); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("...Now ON", current_position); } sync_plan_position(); @@ -180,7 +184,7 @@ void reset_bed_level() { #endif for (uint8_t y = 0; y < sy; y++) { #ifdef SCAD_MESH_OUTPUT - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ["); // open sub-array + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" ["); // open sub-array #else if (y < 10) SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_ECHO(int(y)); @@ -207,14 +211,13 @@ void reset_bed_level() { #endif } #ifdef SCAD_MESH_OUTPUT - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(']'); // close sub-array + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', ']'); // close sub-array if (y < sy - 1) SERIAL_CHAR(','); #endif SERIAL_EOL(); } #ifdef SCAD_MESH_OUTPUT - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("];"); // close 2D array + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("];"); // close 2D array #endif SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -244,7 +247,7 @@ void reset_bed_level() { current_position = pos; #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - ui.wait_for_bl_move = false; + ui.wait_for_move = false; #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp index 259ee1096619..8327b468a7e3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl.cpp @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ if (!isnan(z_values[x][y])) { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M421 I", int(x), " J", int(y)); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z", z_values[x][y], 4); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(SP_Z_STR, z_values[x][y], 4); serial_delay(75); // Prevent Printrun from exploding } } @@ -173,10 +173,10 @@ serialprintPGM(csv ? PSTR("CSV:\n") : PSTR("LCD:\n")); } - // Add XY probe offset from extruder because probe_at_point() subtracts them when + // Add XY probe offset from extruder because probe.probe_at_point() subtracts them when // moving to the XY position to be measured. This ensures better agreement between // the current Z position after G28 and the mesh values. - const xy_int8_t curr = closest_indexes(xy_pos_t(current_position) + xy_pos_t(probe_offset)); + const xy_int8_t curr = closest_indexes(xy_pos_t(current_position) + probe.offset_xy); if (!lcd) SERIAL_EOL(); for (int8_t j = GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1; j >= 0; j--) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp index 69c3d2d99755..693a4b9b2389 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_G29.cpp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "../bedlevel.h" - #include "../../../Marlin.h" + #include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../../HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h" #include "../../../libs/hex_print_routines.h" #include "../../../module/configuration_store.h" @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ } z_values[cpos.x][cpos.y] = NAN; #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(closest, 0); + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(cpos, 0.0f); #endif cnt++; } @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ SERIAL_ECHO(g29_pos.y); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(").\n"); } - const xy_pos_t near = g29_pos + probe_offset; + const xy_pos_t near = g29_pos + probe.offset_xy; probe_entire_mesh(near, parser.seen('T'), parser.seen('E'), parser.seen('U')); report_current_position(); @@ -468,6 +468,7 @@ do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); if (parser.seen('C') && !xy_seen) { + /** * Use a good default location for the path. * The flipped > and < operators in these comparisons is intentional. @@ -479,8 +480,8 @@ #if IS_KINEMATIC X_HOME_POS, Y_HOME_POS #else - probe_offset.x > 0 ? X_BED_SIZE : 0, - probe_offset.y < 0 ? Y_BED_SIZE : 0 + probe.offset_xy.x > 0 ? X_BED_SIZE : 0, + probe.offset_xy.y < 0 ? Y_BED_SIZE : 0 #endif ); } @@ -541,7 +542,7 @@ else { z_values[cpos.x][cpos.y] = g29_constant; #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(closest, g29_constant); + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(cpos, g29_constant); #endif } } @@ -741,13 +742,13 @@ * This attempts to fill in locations closest to the nozzle's start location first. */ void unified_bed_leveling::probe_entire_mesh(const xy_pos_t &near, const bool do_ubl_mesh_map, const bool stow_probe, const bool do_furthest) { + probe.deploy(); // Deploy before ui.capture() to allow for PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW + #if HAS_LCD_MENU ui.capture(); #endif save_ubl_active_state_and_disable(); // No bed level correction so only raw data is obtained - DEPLOY_PROBE(); - uint8_t count = GRID_MAX_POINTS; mesh_index_pair best; @@ -764,10 +765,10 @@ if (ui.button_pressed()) { ui.quick_feedback(false); // Preserve button state for click-and-hold SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\nMesh only partially populated.\n"); - STOW_PROBE(); ui.wait_for_release(); ui.quick_feedback(); ui.release(); + probe.stow(); // Release UI before stow to allow for PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW return restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave(); } #endif @@ -777,30 +778,36 @@ : find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(INVALID, near, true); if (best.pos.x >= 0) { // mesh point found and is reachable by probe - const float measured_z = probe_at_point( + const float measured_z = probe.probe_at_point( best.meshpos(), stow_probe ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level ); z_values[best.pos.x][best.pos.y] = measured_z; #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(best, measured_z); + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(best.pos, measured_z); #endif } SERIAL_FLUSH(); // Prevent host M105 buffer overrun. } while (best.pos.x >= 0 && --count); - STOW_PROBE(); + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.release(); + #endif + probe.stow(); // Release UI during stow to allow for PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.capture(); + #endif #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING - move_z_after_probing(); + probe.move_z_after_probing(); #endif restore_ubl_active_state_and_leave(); do_blocking_move_to_xy( - constrain(near.x - probe_offset.x, MESH_MIN_X, MESH_MAX_X), - constrain(near.y - probe_offset.y, MESH_MIN_Y, MESH_MAX_Y) + constrain(near.x - probe.offset_xy.x, MESH_MIN_X, MESH_MAX_X), + constrain(near.y - probe.offset_xy.y, MESH_MIN_Y, MESH_MAX_Y) ); } @@ -849,7 +856,9 @@ static void echo_and_take_a_measurement() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" and take a measurement."); } float unified_bed_leveling::measure_business_card_thickness(float in_height) { - ui.capture(); + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.capture(); + #endif save_ubl_active_state_and_disable(); // Disable bed level correction for probing do_blocking_move_to(0.5f * (MESH_MAX_X - (MESH_MIN_X)), 0.5f * (MESH_MAX_Y - (MESH_MIN_Y)), in_height); @@ -888,8 +897,9 @@ } void unified_bed_leveling::manually_probe_remaining_mesh(const xy_pos_t &pos, const float &z_clearance, const float &thick, const bool do_ubl_mesh_map) { - - ui.capture(); + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.capture(); + #endif save_ubl_active_state_and_disable(); // No bed level correction so only raw data is obtained do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(current_position, z_clearance); @@ -897,7 +907,7 @@ ui.return_to_status(); mesh_index_pair location; - xy_int8_t &lpos = location.pos; + const xy_int8_t &lpos = location.pos; do { location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(INVALID, pos); // It doesn't matter if the probe can't reach the NAN location. This is a manual probe. @@ -917,7 +927,9 @@ do_blocking_move_to_z(z_clearance); KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); - ui.capture(); + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.capture(); + #endif if (do_ubl_mesh_map) display_map(g29_map_type); // show user where we're probing @@ -984,8 +996,9 @@ save_ubl_active_state_and_disable(); LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH); - ui.capture(); // Take over control of the LCD encoder - + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.capture(); // Take over control of the LCD encoder + #endif do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(pos, Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); // Move to the given XY with probe clearance #if ENABLED(UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z) @@ -993,7 +1006,7 @@ #endif MeshFlags done_flags{0}; - xy_int8_t &lpos = location.pos; + const xy_int8_t &lpos = location.pos; do { location = find_closest_mesh_point_of_type(SET_IN_BITMAP, pos, false, &done_flags); @@ -1281,7 +1294,7 @@ closest.distance = -99999.9f; // Get the reference position, either nozzle or probe - const xy_pos_t ref = probe_relative ? pos + probe_offset : pos; + const xy_pos_t ref = probe_relative ? pos + probe.offset_xy : pos; float best_so_far = 99999.99f; @@ -1335,7 +1348,7 @@ if (!isnan(v2)) { z_values[x][y] = v1 < v2 ? v1 : v1 + v1 - v2; #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, z_values[pos.x][pos.y]); + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(x, y, z_values[x][y]); #endif return true; } @@ -1380,22 +1393,13 @@ #include "../../../libs/vector_3.h" void unified_bed_leveling::tilt_mesh_based_on_probed_grid(const bool do_3_pt_leveling) { - const float x_min = probe_min_x(), x_max = probe_max_x(), - y_min = probe_min_y(), y_max = probe_max_y(), + const float x_min = probe.min_x(), x_max = probe.max_x(), + y_min = probe.min_y(), y_max = probe.max_y(), dx = (x_max - x_min) / (g29_grid_size - 1), dy = (y_max - y_min) / (g29_grid_size - 1); - const vector_3 points[3] = { - #if ENABLED(HAS_FIXED_3POINT) - { PROBE_PT_1_X, PROBE_PT_1_Y, 0 }, - { PROBE_PT_2_X, PROBE_PT_2_Y, 0 }, - { PROBE_PT_3_X, PROBE_PT_3_Y, 0 } - #else - { x_min, y_min, 0 }, - { x_max, y_min, 0 }, - { (x_max - x_min) / 2, y_max, 0 } - #endif - }; + xy_float_t points[3]; + probe.get_three_points(points); float measured_z; bool abort_flag = false; @@ -1413,7 +1417,7 @@ ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " 1/3"), GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH)); #endif - measured_z = probe_at_point(points[0], PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level); + measured_z = probe.probe_at_point(points[0], PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level); if (isnan(measured_z)) abort_flag = true; else { @@ -1434,7 +1438,7 @@ ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " 2/3"), GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH)); #endif - measured_z = probe_at_point(points[1], PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level); + measured_z = probe.probe_at_point(points[1], PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level); #ifdef VALIDATE_MESH_TILT z2 = measured_z; #endif @@ -1456,7 +1460,7 @@ ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " 3/3"), GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH)); #endif - measured_z = probe_at_point(points[2], PROBE_PT_STOW, g29_verbose_level); + measured_z = probe.probe_at_point(points[2], PROBE_PT_STOW, g29_verbose_level); #ifdef VALIDATE_MESH_TILT z3 = measured_z; #endif @@ -1472,9 +1476,9 @@ } } - STOW_PROBE(); + probe.stow(); #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING - move_z_after_probing(); + probe.move_z_after_probing(); #endif if (abort_flag) { @@ -1500,24 +1504,26 @@ ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " %i/%i"), GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH), point_num, total_points); #endif - measured_z = probe_at_point(rpos, parser.seen('E') ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level); // TODO: Needs error handling + measured_z = probe.probe_at_point(rpos, parser.seen('E') ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_RAISE, g29_verbose_level); // TODO: Needs error handling abort_flag = isnan(measured_z); - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { - const xy_pos_t lpos = rpos.asLogical(); - DEBUG_CHAR('('); - DEBUG_ECHO_F(rpos.x, 7); - DEBUG_CHAR(','); - DEBUG_ECHO_F(rpos.y, 7); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(") logical: (", lpos.x, 7); - DEBUG_CHAR(','); - DEBUG_ECHO_F(lpos.y, 7); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(") measured: ", measured_z, 7); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(" correction: ", get_z_correction(rpos), 7); - } + #if ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { + const xy_pos_t lpos = rpos.asLogical(); + DEBUG_CHAR('('); + DEBUG_ECHO_F(rpos.x, 7); + DEBUG_CHAR(','); + DEBUG_ECHO_F(rpos.y, 7); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(") logical: (", lpos.x, 7); + DEBUG_CHAR(','); + DEBUG_ECHO_F(lpos.y, 7); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(") measured: ", measured_z, 7); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(" correction: ", get_z_correction(rpos), 7); + } + #endif - measured_z -= get_z_correction(rpos) /* + probe_offset.z */ ; + measured_z -= get_z_correction(rpos) /* + probe.offset.z */ ; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" final >>>---> ", measured_z, 7); @@ -1534,9 +1540,9 @@ zig_zag ^= true; } } - STOW_PROBE(); + probe.stow(); #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING - move_z_after_probing(); + probe.move_z_after_probing(); #endif if (abort_flag || finish_incremental_LSF(&lsf_results)) { @@ -1623,7 +1629,7 @@ auto debug_pt = [](PGM_P const pre, const xy_pos_t &pos, const float &zadd) { d_from(); serialprintPGM(pre); DEBUG_ECHO_F(normed(pos, zadd), 6); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z error: ", zadd - get_z_correction(pos), 6); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z error = ", zadd - get_z_correction(pos), 6); }; debug_pt(PSTR("1st point: "), probe_pt[0], normal.z * z1); debug_pt(PSTR("2nd point: "), probe_pt[1], normal.z * z2); @@ -1632,7 +1638,7 @@ DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("0 : ", normed(safe_homing_xy, 0), 6); d_from(); DEBUG_ECHOPGM("safe home with Z="); DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("mesh value ", normed(safe_homing_xy, get_z_correction(safe_homing_xy)), 6); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" Z error: (", Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT, ",", Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" Z error = (", Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT, ",", Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT); DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(") = ", get_z_correction(safe_homing_xy), 6); #endif } // DEBUGGING(LEVELING) @@ -1722,7 +1728,7 @@ adjust_mesh_to_mean(g29_c_flag, g29_constant); #if HAS_BED_PROBE - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Probe Offset M851 Z", probe_offset.z, 7); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Probe Offset M851 Z", probe.offset.z, 7); #endif SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("MESH_MIN_X " STRINGIFY(MESH_MIN_X) "=", MESH_MIN_X); serial_delay(50); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp index a0d5518c451a..f464d0fd6ff2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/bedlevel/ubl/ubl_motion.cpp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #include "../../../module/delta.h" #endif -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include #if !UBL_SEGMENTED diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/binary_protocol.h b/Marlin/src/feature/binary_protocol.h index c558a3eeae11..8e69ab7a752b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/binary_protocol.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/binary_protocol.h @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class SDFileTransferProtocol { static bool file_open(char* filename) { if (!dummy_transfer) { card.mount(); - card.openFile(filename, false); + card.openFileWrite(filename); if (!card.isFileOpen()) return false; } transfer_active = true; @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ class BinaryStream { uint8_t protocol() { return (meta >> 4) & 0xF; } uint8_t type() { return meta & 0xF; } void reset() { token = 0; sync = 0; meta = 0; size = 0; checksum = 0; } - uint8_t data[1]; + uint8_t data[2]; }; union Footer { diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a066815e85e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + +#include "cancel_object.h" +#include "../gcode/gcode.h" +#include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" + +CancelObject cancelable; + +int8_t CancelObject::object_count, // = 0 + CancelObject::active_object = -1; +uint32_t CancelObject::canceled; // = 0x0000 +bool CancelObject::skipping; // = false + +void CancelObject::set_active_object(const int8_t obj) { + active_object = obj; + if (WITHIN(obj, 0, 31)) { + if (obj >= object_count) object_count = obj + 1; + skipping = TEST(canceled, obj); + } + else + skipping = false; + + #if HAS_DISPLAY + if (active_object >= 0) + ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " %i"), GET_TEXT(MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT), int(active_object + 1)); + else + ui.reset_status(); + #endif +} + +void CancelObject::cancel_object(const int8_t obj) { + if (WITHIN(obj, 0, 31)) { + SBI(canceled, obj); + if (obj == active_object) skipping = true; + } +} + +void CancelObject::uncancel_object(const int8_t obj) { + if (WITHIN(obj, 0, 31)) { + CBI(canceled, obj); + if (obj == active_object) skipping = false; + } +} + +void CancelObject::report() { + if (active_object >= 0) { + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Active Object: ", int(active_object)); + } + + if (canceled) { + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Canceled:"); + for (int i = 0; i < object_count; i++) + if (TEST(canceled, i)) { SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_ECHO(i); } + SERIAL_EOL(); + } +} + +#endif // CANCEL_OBJECTS diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.h b/Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f32283b46dd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/cancel_object.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include + +class CancelObject { +public: + static bool skipping; + static int8_t object_count, active_object; + static uint32_t canceled; + static void set_active_object(const int8_t obj); + static void cancel_object(const int8_t obj); + static void uncancel_object(const int8_t obj); + static void report(); + static inline bool is_canceled(const int8_t obj) { return TEST(canceled, obj); } + static inline void clear_active_object() { set_active_object(-1); } + static inline void cancel_active_object() { cancel_object(active_object); } + static inline void reset() { canceled = 0x0000; object_count = 0; clear_active_object(); } +}; + +extern CancelObject cancelable; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp index 8c58d8452abd..740dd7183a88 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/caselight.cpp @@ -58,7 +58,9 @@ void update_case_light() { if (case_light_arg_flag && case_light_on) case_light_brightness = case_light_brightness_sav; // restore last brightens if this is an S1 argument - const uint8_t i = case_light_on ? case_light_brightness : 0, n10ct = INVERT_CASE_LIGHT ? 255 - i : i; + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) || DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) + const uint8_t i = case_light_on ? case_light_brightness : 0, n10ct = INVERT_CASE_LIGHT ? 255 - i : i; + #endif #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) @@ -71,13 +73,13 @@ void update_case_light() { #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) if (PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN)) - analogWrite(pin_t(CASE_LIGHT_PIN), + analogWrite(pin_t(CASE_LIGHT_PIN), ( #if CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM == 255 n10ct #else map(n10ct, 0, 255, 0, CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM) #endif - ); + )); else #endif { diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp index 1a458a2a5574..57b552f9b0cf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/controllerfan.cpp @@ -36,43 +36,32 @@ void controllerfan_update() { if (ELAPSED(ms, nextMotorCheck)) { nextMotorCheck = ms + 2500UL; // Not a time critical function, so only check every 2.5s - const bool xory = X_ENABLE_READ() == X_ENABLE_ON || Y_ENABLE_READ() == Y_ENABLE_ON; + const bool xory = X_ENABLE_READ() == bool(X_ENABLE_ON) || Y_ENABLE_READ() == bool(Y_ENABLE_ON); // If any of the drivers or the bed are enabled... - if (xory || Z_ENABLE_READ() == Z_ENABLE_ON + if (xory || Z_ENABLE_READ() == bool(Z_ENABLE_ON) #if HAS_HEATED_BED || thermalManager.temp_bed.soft_pwm_amount > 0 #endif - #if HAS_X2_ENABLE - || X2_ENABLE_READ() == X_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE - || Y2_ENABLE_READ() == Y_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE - || Z2_ENABLE_READ() == Z_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE - || Z3_ENABLE_READ() == Z_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if E_STEPPERS - || E0_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 1 - || E1_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - || E2_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - || E3_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - || E4_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - || E5_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 1 - #endif // E_STEPPERS + #if HAS_X2_ENABLE + || X2_ENABLE_READ() == bool(X_ENABLE_ON) + #endif + #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE + || Y2_ENABLE_READ() == bool(Y_ENABLE_ON) + #endif + #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE + || Z2_ENABLE_READ() == bool(Z_ENABLE_ON) + #endif + #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE + || Z3_ENABLE_READ() == bool(Z_ENABLE_ON) + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_ENABLE + || Z4_ENABLE_READ() == bool(Z_ENABLE_ON) + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS + #define _OR_ENABLED_E(N) || E##N##_ENABLE_READ() == bool(E_ENABLE_ON) + REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _OR_ENABLED_E) + #endif ) { lastMotorOn = ms; //... set time to NOW so the fan will turn on } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.cpp index eb3a67de2a67..a07dc071dd43 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_dac084s085.cpp @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ #include "dac_dac084s085.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../module/stepper.h" #include "../../HAL/shared/Delay.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp index 19f8d5f64302..9efb9943a713 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.cpp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ xyze_uint_t mcp4728_values; */ void mcp4728_init() { Wire.begin(); - Wire.requestFrom(int(DAC_DEV_ADDRESS), 24); + Wire.requestFrom(I2C_ADDRESS(DAC_DEV_ADDRESS), 24); while (Wire.available()) { char deviceID = Wire.read(), hiByte = Wire.read(), diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h index 92e28ffb2bab..f25310f7cae7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/dac_mcp4728.h @@ -29,6 +29,24 @@ #include +/** + * The following three macros are only used in this piece of code related to mcp4728. + * They are defined in the standard Arduino framework but could be undefined in 32 bits Arduino frameworks. + * (For instance not defined in Arduino lpc176x framework) + * So we have to define them if needed. + */ +#ifndef word + #define word(h, l) ((uint8_t) ((h << 8) | l)) +#endif + +#ifndef lowByte + #define lowByte(w) ((uint8_t) ((w) & 0xff)) +#endif + +#ifndef highByte + #define highByte(w) ((uint8_t) ((w) >> 8)) +#endif + #define defaultVDD DAC_STEPPER_MAX //was 5000 but differs with internal Vref #define BASE_ADDR 0x60 #define RESET 0b00000110 diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp index 565b62a3921b..320e88c69c7c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/dac/stepper_dac.cpp @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ void dac_current_percent(uint8_t channel, float val) { void dac_current_raw(uint8_t channel, uint16_t val) { if (!dac_present) return; - NOMORE(val, DAC_STEPPER_MAX); + NOMORE(val, uint16_t(DAC_STEPPER_MAX)); mcp4728_analogWrite(dac_order[channel], val); mcp4728_simpleCommand(UPDATE); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp index b04406f4be7f..48b4d154be2a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/digipot/digipot_mcp4451.cpp @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ static byte current_to_wiper(const float current) { return byte(CEIL(float((DIGIPOT_I2C_FACTOR * current)))); } -static void i2c_send(const byte addr, const byte a, const byte b) { +static void digipot_i2c_send(const byte addr, const byte a, const byte b) { #if MB(MKS_SBASE) digipot_mcp4451_start(addr); digipot_mcp4451_send_byte(a); @@ -67,17 +67,17 @@ void digipot_i2c_set_current(const uint8_t channel, const float current) { const byte addr = channel < 4 ? DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A : DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B; // channel 0-3 vs 4-7 // Initial setup - i2c_send(addr, 0x40, 0xFF); - i2c_send(addr, 0xA0, 0xFF); + digipot_i2c_send(addr, 0x40, 0xFF); + digipot_i2c_send(addr, 0xA0, 0xFF); // Set actual wiper value byte addresses[4] = { 0x00, 0x10, 0x60, 0x70 }; - i2c_send(addr, addresses[channel & 0x3], current_to_wiper(_MIN(float(_MAX(current, 0)), DIGIPOT_I2C_MAX_CURRENT))); + digipot_i2c_send(addr, addresses[channel & 0x3], current_to_wiper(_MIN(float(_MAX(current, 0)), DIGIPOT_I2C_MAX_CURRENT))); } void digipot_i2c_init() { #if MB(MKS_SBASE) - digipot_mcp4451_init(); + configure_i2c(16); // Setting clock_option to 16 ensure the I2C bus is initialized at 400kHz #else Wire.begin(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.h b/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.h index 74671b295b64..7255428fdf5d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/filwidth.h @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #include "../module/planner.h" +#include "../module/thermistor/thermistors.h" class FilamentWidthSensor { public: @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ class FilamentWidthSensor { } // Convert raw measurement to mm - static inline float raw_to_mm(const uint16_t v) { return v * 5.0f * RECIPROCAL(16383.0f); } + static inline float raw_to_mm(const uint16_t v) { return v * 5.0f * RECIPROCAL(float(MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE)); } static inline float raw_to_mm() { return raw_to_mm(raw); } // A scaled reading is ready diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.cpp index b39b0fbc3c2f..30ec8bfb1d50 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.cpp @@ -64,12 +64,20 @@ void host_action(const char * const pstr, const bool eol) { #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + const char CONTINUE_STR[] PROGMEM = "Continue"; + #if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE extern bool wait_for_user; #endif PromptReason host_prompt_reason = PROMPT_NOT_DEFINED; + void host_action_notify(const char * const message) { + host_action(PSTR("notification "), false); + serialprintPGM(message); + SERIAL_EOL(); + } + void host_action_prompt(const char * const ptype, const bool eol=true) { host_action(PSTR("prompt_"), false); serialprintPGM(ptype); @@ -102,8 +110,8 @@ void host_action(const char * const pstr, const bool eol) { void host_response_handler(const uint8_t response) { #ifdef DEBUG_HOST_ACTIONS - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("M86 Handle Reason: ", host_prompt_reason); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("M86 Handle Response: ", response); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("M876 Handle Reason: ", host_prompt_reason); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("M876 Handle Response: ", response); #endif const char *msg = PSTR("UNKNOWN STATE"); const PromptReason hpr = host_prompt_reason; @@ -126,7 +134,7 @@ void host_action(const char * const pstr, const bool eol) { host_action_prompt_button(PSTR("DisableRunout")); else { host_prompt_reason = PROMPT_FILAMENT_RUNOUT; - host_action_prompt_button(PSTR("Continue")); + host_action_prompt_button(CONTINUE_STR); } host_action_prompt_show(); } @@ -151,7 +159,8 @@ void host_action(const char * const pstr, const bool eol) { case PROMPT_PAUSE_RESUME: msg = PSTR("LCD_PAUSE_RESUME"); #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - queue.inject_P(PSTR("M24")); + extern const char M24_STR[]; + queue.inject_P(M24_STR); #endif break; case PROMPT_INFO: diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.h b/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.h index 7477b6e6dff5..57af59eb2e4e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/host_actions.h @@ -46,6 +46,8 @@ void host_action(const char * const pstr, const bool eol=true); #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + extern const char CONTINUE_STR[]; + enum PromptReason : uint8_t { PROMPT_NOT_DEFINED, PROMPT_FILAMENT_RUNOUT, @@ -58,6 +60,7 @@ void host_action(const char * const pstr, const bool eol=true); extern PromptReason host_prompt_reason; void host_response_handler(const uint8_t response); + void host_action_notify(const char * const message); void host_action_prompt_begin(const char * const pstr, const bool eol=true); void host_action_prompt_button(const char * const pstr); void host_action_prompt_end(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.cpp index 7ae3f1389e01..acf6c13a10af 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/joystick.cpp @@ -42,25 +42,40 @@ Joystick joystick; #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X temp_info_t Joystick::x; // = { 0 } + #if ENABLED(INVERT_JOY_X) + #define JOY_X(N) (16383 - (N)) + #else + #define JOY_X(N) (N) + #endif #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Y temp_info_t Joystick::y; // = { 0 } + #if ENABLED(INVERT_JOY_Y) + #define JOY_Y(N) (16383 - (N)) + #else + #define JOY_Y(N) (N) + #endif #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Z temp_info_t Joystick::z; // = { 0 } + #if ENABLED(INVERT_JOY_Z) + #define JOY_Z(N) (16383 - (N)) + #else + #define JOY_Z(N) (N) + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(JOYSTICK_DEBUG) void Joystick::report() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Joystick"); #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", x.raw); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, JOY_X(x.raw)); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Y - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", y.raw); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, JOY_Y(y.raw)); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Z - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", z.raw); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, JOY_Z(z.raw)); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_EN SERIAL_ECHO_TERNARY(READ(JOY_EN_PIN), " EN=", "HIGH (dis", "LOW (en", "abled)"); @@ -91,15 +106,15 @@ Joystick joystick; #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X static constexpr int16_t joy_x_limits[4] = JOY_X_LIMITS; - _normalize_joy(norm_jog.x, x.raw, joy_x_limits); + _normalize_joy(norm_jog.x, JOY_X(x.raw), joy_x_limits); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Y static constexpr int16_t joy_y_limits[4] = JOY_Y_LIMITS; - _normalize_joy(norm_jog.y, y.raw, joy_y_limits); + _normalize_joy(norm_jog.y, JOY_Y(y.raw), joy_y_limits); #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_Z static constexpr int16_t joy_z_limits[4] = JOY_Z_LIMITS; - _normalize_joy(norm_jog.z, z.raw, joy_z_limits); + _normalize_joy(norm_jog.z, JOY_Z(z.raw), joy_z_limits); #endif } @@ -148,7 +163,7 @@ Joystick joystick; float hypot2 = 0; LOOP_XYZ(i) if (norm_jog[i]) { move_dist[i] = seg_time * norm_jog[i] * - #if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) MMM_TO_MMS(manual_feedrate_mm_m[i]); #else planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[i]; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.h index 14a50cb06f26..443ecdcbca5c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/leds.h @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ #include "neopixel.h" #endif +// A white component can be passed #define HAS_WHITE_LED EITHER(RGBW_LED, NEOPIXEL_LED) /** @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ typedef struct LEDColor { #define LEDColorBlue() LEDColor( 0, 0, 255) #define LEDColorIndigo() LEDColor( 0, 255, 255) #define LEDColorViolet() LEDColor(255, 0, 255) -#if HAS_WHITE_LED +#if HAS_WHITE_LED && DISABLED(RGB_LED) #define LEDColorWhite() LEDColor( 0, 0, 0, 255) #else #define LEDColorWhite() LEDColor(255, 255, 255) diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h index f59d6c699c19..07ad653fd0f3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ class PrinterEventLEDs { #endif #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND || HAS_HEATED_BED - static inline void onHeatingDone() { leds.set_color(LEDColorWhite()); } + static inline void onHeatingDone() { leds.set_white(); } static inline void onPidTuningDone(LEDColor c) { leds.set_color(c); } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp index 07f1d7d1b2d0..6a2f148ea394 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/pause.cpp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../gcode/gcode.h" #include "../module/motion.h" #include "../module/planner.h" @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ bool load_filament(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_l host_action_prompt_begin(PSTR("Load Filament T"), false); SERIAL_CHAR(tool); SERIAL_EOL(); - host_action_prompt_button(PSTR("Continue")); + host_action_prompt_button(CONTINUE_STR); host_action_prompt_show(); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ bool load_filament(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_l wait_for_user = true; #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Filament Purge Running..."), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Filament Purge Running..."), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("Filament Purge Running...")); @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ bool load_filament(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_l host_action_prompt_button(PSTR("DisableRunout")); else { host_prompt_reason = PROMPT_FILAMENT_RUNOUT; - host_action_prompt_button(PSTR("Continue")); + host_action_prompt_button(CONTINUE_STR); } host_action_prompt_show(); #endif @@ -345,14 +345,14 @@ bool unload_filament(const float &unload_length, const bool show_lcd/*=false*/, #endif // Retract filament - do_pause_e_move(-(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH) * mix_multiplier, (PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE) * mix_multiplier); + do_pause_e_move(-(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT) * mix_multiplier, (PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE) * mix_multiplier); // Wait for filament to cool - safe_delay(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY); + safe_delay(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY); // Quickly purge - do_pause_e_move((FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH + FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH) * mix_multiplier, - planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS] * mix_multiplier); + do_pause_e_move((FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT + FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH) * mix_multiplier, + (FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE) * mix_multiplier); // Unload filament #if FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL > 0 @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ bool pause_print(const float &retract, const xyz_pos_t &park_point, const float #endif if (unload_length) // Unload the filament - unload_filament(unload_length, show_lcd); + unload_filament(unload_length, show_lcd, PAUSE_MODE_CHANGE_FILAMENT); #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) active_extruder = saved_ext; @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ void wait_for_confirmation(const bool is_reload/*=false*/, const int8_t max_beep KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); wait_for_user = true; // LCD click or M108 will clear this #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Nozzle Parked"), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Nozzle Parked"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("Nozzle Parked")); @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ void wait_for_confirmation(const bool is_reload/*=false*/, const int8_t max_beep #endif // Re-enable the heaters if they timed out - HOTEND_LOOP() thermalManager.reset_heater_idle_timer(e); + HOTEND_LOOP() thermalManager.reset_hotend_idle_timer(e); // Wait for the heaters to reach the target temperatures ensure_safe_temperature(); @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ void wait_for_confirmation(const bool is_reload/*=false*/, const int8_t max_beep HOTEND_LOOP() thermalManager.hotend_idle[e].start(nozzle_timeout); #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Reheat Done"), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Reheat Done"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("Reheat finished.")); @@ -633,11 +633,11 @@ void resume_print(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_le bool nozzle_timed_out = false; HOTEND_LOOP() { nozzle_timed_out |= thermalManager.hotend_idle[e].timed_out; - thermalManager.reset_heater_idle_timer(e); + thermalManager.reset_hotend_idle_timer(e); } if (nozzle_timed_out || thermalManager.hotEnoughToExtrude(active_extruder)) // Load the new filament - load_filament(slow_load_length, fast_load_length, purge_length, max_beep_count, true, nozzle_timed_out, PAUSE_MODE_PAUSE_PRINT DXC_PASS); + load_filament(slow_load_length, fast_load_length, purge_length, max_beep_count, true, nozzle_timed_out, PAUSE_MODE_SAME DXC_PASS); #if HAS_LCD_MENU lcd_pause_show_message(PAUSE_MESSAGE_RESUME); @@ -694,6 +694,10 @@ void resume_print(const float &slow_load_length/*=0*/, const float &fast_load_le thermalManager.set_fans_paused(false); #endif + #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR + runout.reset(); + #endif + // Resume the print job timer if it was running if (print_job_timer.isPaused()) print_job_timer.start(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp index 777c7a052eae..4a61f8a412f1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/power.cpp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #include "power.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" #include "../module/stepper/indirection.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" Power powerManager; @@ -59,33 +59,19 @@ bool Power::is_power_needed() { #if HAS_HEATED_BED || thermalManager.temp_bed.soft_pwm_amount > 0 #endif - #if HAS_X2_ENABLE - || X2_ENABLE_READ() == X_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE - || Y2_ENABLE_READ() == Y_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE - || Z2_ENABLE_READ() == Z_ENABLE_ON - #endif - #if E_STEPPERS - || E0_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 1 - || E1_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - || E2_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - || E3_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - || E4_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - || E5_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 1 - #endif // E_STEPPERS + #if HAS_X2_ENABLE + || X2_ENABLE_READ() == X_ENABLE_ON + #endif + #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE + || Y2_ENABLE_READ() == Y_ENABLE_ON + #endif + #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE + || Z2_ENABLE_READ() == Z_ENABLE_ON + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS + #define _OR_ENABLED_E(N) || E##N##_ENABLE_READ() == E_ENABLE_ON + REPEAT(E_STEPPERS, _OR_ENABLED_E) + #endif ) return true; HOTEND_LOOP() if (thermalManager.degTargetHotend(e) > 0) return true; @@ -123,7 +109,7 @@ void Power::power_on() { PSU_PIN_ON(); #if HAS_TRINAMIC - delay(100); // Wait for power to settle + delay(PSU_POWERUP_DELAY); // Wait for power to settle restore_stepper_drivers(); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp index 99f8d5dc4a4b..0cf0fc5885f4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.cpp @@ -65,6 +65,9 @@ PrintJobRecovery recovery; #ifndef POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN #define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 0 #endif +#ifndef POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE + #define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 +#endif /** * Clear the recovery info @@ -183,6 +186,15 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::save(const bool force/*=false*/, const bool save_queue/*= info.active_extruder = active_extruder; #endif + #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + info.volumetric_enabled = parser.volumetric_enabled; + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (int8_t e = 0; e < EXTRUDERS; e++) info.filament_size[e] = planner.filament_size[e]; + #else + if (parser.volumetric_enabled) info.filament_size = planner.filament_size[active_extruder]; + #endif + #endif + #if EXTRUDERS HOTEND_LOOP() info.target_temperature[e] = thermalManager.temp_hotend[e].target; #endif @@ -226,10 +238,34 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::save(const bool force/*=false*/, const bool save_queue/*= } #if PIN_EXISTS(POWER_LOSS) + void PrintJobRecovery::_outage() { - save(true); + #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY) + static bool lock = false; + if (lock) return; // No re-entrance from idle() during raise_z() + lock = true; + #endif + if (IS_SD_PRINTING()) save(true); + #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY) + raise_z(); + #endif + kill(GET_TEXT(MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY)); } + + #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY) + + void PrintJobRecovery::raise_z() { + // Disable all heaters to reduce power loss + thermalManager.disable_all_heaters(); + quickstop_stepper(); + // Raise Z axis + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR("G91\nG0 Z" STRINGIFY(POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE))); + planner.synchronize(); + } + + #endif + #endif /** @@ -251,8 +287,6 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::write() { */ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() { - #define RECOVERY_ZRAISE 2 - const uint32_t resume_sdpos = info.sdpos; // Get here before the stepper ISR overwrites it #if HAS_LEVELING @@ -263,15 +297,27 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() { // Reset E, raise Z, home XY... gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR("G92.9 E0" #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 - // If Z homing goes to max, reset E and home all - "\nG28R0" + + // If Z homing goes to max, just reset E and home all + "\n" + "G28R0" #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) "S" #endif - #else + + #else // "G92.9 E0 ..." + // Set Z to 0, raise Z by RECOVERY_ZRAISE, and Home (XY only for Cartesian) // with no raise. (Only do simulated homing in Marlin Dev Mode.) - "Z0\nG1Z" STRINGIFY(RECOVERY_ZRAISE) "\nG28R0" + #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY) + "Z" STRINGIFY(POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE) // Z-axis was already raised at outage + #else + "Z0\n" // Set Z=0 + "G1Z" STRINGIFY(POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE) // Raise Z + #endif + "\n" + + "G28R0" #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) "S" #elif !IS_KINEMATIC @@ -291,6 +337,27 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() { gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); #endif + // Recover volumetric extrusion state + #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (int8_t e = 0; e < EXTRUDERS; e++) { + dtostrf(info.filament_size[e], 1, 3, str_1); + sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M200 T%i D%s"), e, str_1); + gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); + } + if (!info.volumetric_enabled) { + sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M200 T%i D0"), info.active_extruder); + gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); + } + #else + if (info.volumetric_enabled) { + dtostrf(info.filament_size, 1, 3, str_1); + sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M200 D%s"), str_1); + gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); + } + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED const int16_t bt = info.target_temperature_bed; if (bt) { @@ -327,9 +394,10 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() { // Restore retract and hop state #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) for (uint8_t e = 0; e < EXTRUDERS; e++) { - if (info.retract[e] != 0.0) + if (info.retract[e] != 0.0) { fwretract.current_retract[e] = info.retract[e]; fwretract.retracted[e] = true; + } } fwretract.current_hop = info.retract_hop; #endif @@ -406,7 +474,8 @@ void PrintJobRecovery::resume() { // Resume the SD file from the last position char *fn = info.sd_filename; - sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M23 %s"), fn); + extern const char M23_STR[]; + sprintf_P(cmd, M23_STR, fn); gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M24 S%ld T%ld"), resume_sdpos, info.print_job_elapsed); gcode.process_subcommands_now(cmd); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h index 9f947701e30e..24e24e9e20a6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/power_loss_recovery.h @@ -59,6 +59,15 @@ typedef struct { uint8_t active_extruder; #endif + #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) + bool volumetric_enabled; + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + float filament_size[EXTRUDERS]; + #else + float filament_size; + #endif + #endif + #if HOTENDS int16_t target_temperature[HOTENDS]; #endif @@ -139,14 +148,16 @@ class PrintJobRecovery { static void enable(const bool onoff); static void changed(); - static void check(); - static void resume(); - static inline bool exists() { return card.jobRecoverFileExists(); } static inline void open(const bool read) { card.openJobRecoveryFile(read); } static inline void close() { file.close(); } + static void check(); + static void resume(); static void purge(); + + static inline void cancel() { purge(); card.autostart_index = 0; } + static void load(); static void save(const bool force= #if ENABLED(SAVE_EACH_CMD_MODE) @@ -159,7 +170,7 @@ class PrintJobRecovery { #if PIN_EXISTS(POWER_LOSS) static inline void outage() { - if (enabled && IS_SD_PRINTING() && READ(POWER_LOSS_PIN) == POWER_LOSS_STATE) + if (enabled && READ(POWER_LOSS_PIN) == POWER_LOSS_STATE) _outage(); } #endif @@ -175,6 +186,10 @@ class PrintJobRecovery { private: static void write(); + #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY) + static void raise_z(); + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(POWER_LOSS) static void _outage(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5d266e1d3cad --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + +#include "probe_temp_compensation.h" +#include + +ProbeTempComp temp_comp; + +int16_t ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_probe[ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].measurements], // = {0} + ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_bed[ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_BED].measurements]; // = {0} + +#if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + int16_t ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_ext[ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_EXT].measurements]; // = {0} +#endif + +int16_t *ProbeTempComp::sensor_z_offsets[TSI_COUNT] = { + ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_probe, ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_bed + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + , ProbeTempComp::z_offsets_ext + #endif +}; + +const temp_calib_t ProbeTempComp::cali_info[TSI_COUNT] = { + ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE], ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_BED] + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + , ProbeTempComp::cali_info_init[TSI_EXT] + #endif +}; + +uint8_t ProbeTempComp::calib_idx; // = 0 +float ProbeTempComp::init_measurement; // = 0.0 + +void ProbeTempComp::clear_offsets(const TempSensorID tsi) { + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < cali_info[tsi].measurements; ++i) + sensor_z_offsets[tsi][i] = 0; + calib_idx = 0; +} + +bool ProbeTempComp::set_offset(const TempSensorID tsi, const uint8_t idx, const int16_t offset) { + if (idx >= cali_info[tsi].measurements) return false; + sensor_z_offsets[tsi][idx] = offset; + return true; +} + +void ProbeTempComp::print_offsets() { + for (uint8_t s = 0; s < TSI_COUNT; s++) { + float temp = cali_info[s].start_temp; + for (int16_t i = -1; i < cali_info[s].measurements; ++i) { + serialprintPGM(s == TSI_BED ? PSTR("Bed") : + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + s == TSI_EXT ? PSTR("Extruder") : + #endif + PSTR("Probe") + ); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( + " temp: ", temp, + "C; Offset: ", i < 0 ? 0.0f : sensor_z_offsets[s][i], " um" + ); + temp += cali_info[s].temp_res; + } + } +} + +void ProbeTempComp::prepare_new_calibration(const float &init_meas_z) { + calib_idx = 0; + init_measurement = init_meas_z; +} + +void ProbeTempComp::push_back_new_measurement(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &meas_z) { + switch (tsi) { + case TSI_PROBE: + case TSI_BED: + //case TSI_EXT: + if (calib_idx >= cali_info[tsi].measurements) return; + sensor_z_offsets[tsi][calib_idx++] = static_cast(meas_z * 1000.0f - init_measurement * 1000.0f); + default: break; + } +} + +bool ProbeTempComp::finish_calibration(const TempSensorID tsi) { + if (tsi != TSI_PROBE && tsi != TSI_BED) return false; + + if (calib_idx < 3) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Insufficient measurements (min. 3)."); + clear_offsets(tsi); + return false; + } + + const uint8_t measurements = cali_info[tsi].measurements; + const float start_temp = cali_info[tsi].start_temp, + res_temp = cali_info[tsi].temp_res; + int16_t * const data = sensor_z_offsets[tsi]; + + // Extrapolate + float k, d; + if (calib_idx < measurements) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Got ", calib_idx, " measurements. "); + if (linear_regression(tsi, k, d)) { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Applying linear extrapolation"); + calib_idx--; + for (; calib_idx < measurements; ++calib_idx) { + const float temp = start_temp + float(calib_idx) * res_temp; + data[calib_idx] = static_cast(k * temp + d); + } + } + else { + // Simply use the last measured value for higher temperatures + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Failed to extrapolate"); + const int16_t last_val = data[calib_idx]; + for (; calib_idx < measurements; ++calib_idx) + data[calib_idx] = last_val; + } + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" for higher temperatures."); + } + + // Sanity check + for (calib_idx = 0; calib_idx < measurements; ++calib_idx) { + // Restrict the max. offset + if (abs(data[calib_idx]) > 2000) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Invalid Z-offset detected (0-2)."); + clear_offsets(tsi); + return false; + } + // Restrict the max. offset difference between two probings + if (calib_idx > 0 && abs(data[calib_idx - 1] - data[calib_idx]) > 800) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Invalid Z-offset between two probings detected (0-0.8)."); + clear_offsets(TSI_PROBE); + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +void ProbeTempComp::compensate_measurement(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &temp, float &meas_z) { + if (WITHIN(temp, cali_info[tsi].start_temp, cali_info[tsi].end_temp)) + meas_z -= get_offset_for_temperature(tsi, temp); +} + +float ProbeTempComp::get_offset_for_temperature(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &temp) { + + const uint8_t measurements = cali_info[tsi].measurements; + const float start_temp = cali_info[tsi].start_temp, + end_temp = cali_info[tsi].end_temp, + res_temp = cali_info[tsi].temp_res; + const int16_t * const data = sensor_z_offsets[tsi]; + + if (temp <= start_temp) return 0.0f; + if (temp >= end_temp) return static_cast(data[measurements - 1]) / 1000.0f; + + // Linear interpolation + int16_t val1 = 0, val2 = data[0]; + uint8_t idx = 0; + float meas_temp = start_temp + res_temp; + while (meas_temp < temp) { + if (++idx >= measurements) return static_cast(val2) / 1000.0f; + meas_temp += res_temp; + val1 = val2; + val2 = data[idx]; + } + const float factor = (meas_temp - temp) / static_cast(res_temp); + return (static_cast(val2) - static_cast(val2 - val1) * factor) / 1000.0f; +} + +bool ProbeTempComp::linear_regression(const TempSensorID tsi, float &k, float &d) { + if (tsi != TSI_PROBE && tsi != TSI_BED) return false; + + if (!WITHIN(calib_idx, 2, cali_info[tsi].measurements)) return false; + + const float start_temp = cali_info[tsi].start_temp, + res_temp = cali_info[tsi].temp_res; + const int16_t * const data = sensor_z_offsets[tsi]; + + float sum_x = start_temp, + sum_x2 = sq(start_temp), + sum_xy = 0, sum_y = 0; + + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < calib_idx; ++i) { + const float xi = start_temp + (i + 1) * res_temp, + yi = static_cast(data[i]); + sum_x += xi; + sum_x2 += sq(xi); + sum_xy += xi * yi; + sum_y += yi; + } + + const float denom = static_cast(calib_idx + 1) * sum_x2 - sq(sum_x); + if (fabs(denom) <= 10e-5) { + // Singularity - unable to solve + k = d = 0.0; + return false; + } + + k = (static_cast(calib_idx + 1) * sum_xy - sum_x * sum_y) / denom; + d = (sum_y - k * sum_x) / static_cast(calib_idx + 1); + + return true; +} + +#endif // PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.h b/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..91f652980b16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/probe_temp_compensation.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +enum TempSensorID : uint8_t { + TSI_PROBE, + TSI_BED, + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + TSI_EXT, + #endif + TSI_COUNT +}; + +typedef struct { + uint8_t measurements; // Max. number of measurements to be stored (35 - 80°C) + float temp_res, // Resolution in °C between measurements + start_temp, // Base measurement; z-offset == 0 + end_temp; +} temp_calib_t; + +/** + * Probe temperature compensation implementation. + * Z-probes like the P.I.N.D.A V2 allow for compensation of + * measurement errors/shifts due to changed temperature. + */ +class ProbeTempComp { + public: + + static constexpr temp_calib_t cali_info_init[TSI_COUNT] = { + { 10, 5, 30, 30 + 10 * 5 }, // Probe + { 10, 5, 60, 60 + 10 * 5 }, // Bed + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + { 20, 5, 180, 180 + 5 * 20 } // Extruder + #endif + }; + static const temp_calib_t cali_info[TSI_COUNT]; + + // Where to park nozzle to wait for probe cooldown + static constexpr xyz_pos_t park_point = { PTC_PARK_POS_X, PTC_PARK_POS_Y, PTC_PARK_POS_Z }; + + static constexpr int max_bed_temp = PTC_MAX_BED_TEMP, // Max temperature to avoid heating errors + + // XY coordinates of nozzle for probing the bed + measure_point_x = PTC_PROBE_POS_X, // X-coordinate to probe + measure_point_y = PTC_PROBE_POS_Y, // Y-coordinate to probe + //measure_point_x = 12.0f, // X-coordinate to probe on MK52 magnetic heatbed + //measure_point_y = 7.3f, // Y-coordinate to probe on MK52 magnetic heatbed + + probe_calib_bed_temp = max_bed_temp, // Bed temperature while calibrating probe + bed_calib_probe_temp = 30; // Probe temperature while calibrating bed + + static int16_t *sensor_z_offsets[TSI_COUNT], + z_offsets_probe[cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].measurements], // (µm) + z_offsets_bed[cali_info_init[TSI_BED].measurements]; // (µm) + + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + static int16_t z_offsets_ext[cali_info_init[TSI_EXT].measurements]; // (µm) + #endif + + static inline void reset_index() { calib_idx = 0; }; + static inline uint8_t get_index() { return calib_idx; } + static void clear_offsets(const TempSensorID tsi); + static inline void clear_all_offsets() { + clear_offsets(TSI_BED); + clear_offsets(TSI_PROBE); + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + clear_offsets(TSI_EXT); + #endif + } + static bool set_offset(const TempSensorID tsi, const uint8_t idx, const int16_t offset); + static void print_offsets(); + static void prepare_new_calibration(const float &init_meas_z); + static void push_back_new_measurement(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &meas_z); + static bool finish_calibration(const TempSensorID tsi); + static void compensate_measurement(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &temp, float &meas_z); + + private: + static uint8_t calib_idx; + + /** + * Base value. Temperature compensation values will be deltas + * to this value, set at first probe. + */ + static float init_measurement; + + static float get_offset_for_temperature(const TempSensorID tsi, const float &temp); + + /** + * Fit a linear function in measured temperature offsets + * to allow generating values of higher temperatures. + */ + static bool linear_regression(const TempSensorID tsi, float &k, float &d); +}; + +extern ProbeTempComp temp_comp; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp index 66b3877f0c42..d96cbf972080 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.cpp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ MMU2 mmu2; #include "../../module/temperature.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../module/stepper/indirection.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) #include "../../feature/host_actions.h" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ volatile int8_t MMU2::finda = 1; volatile bool MMU2::finda_runout_valid; int16_t MMU2::version = -1, MMU2::buildnr = -1; millis_t MMU2::last_request, MMU2::next_P0_request; -char MMU2::rx_buffer[16], MMU2::tx_buffer[16]; +char MMU2::rx_buffer[MMU_RX_SIZE], MMU2::tx_buffer[MMU_TX_SIZE]; #if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ void MMU2::tool_change(uint8_t index) { if (index != extruder) { - disable_E0(); + DISABLE_AXIS_E0(); ui.status_printf_P(0, GET_TEXT(MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT), int(index + 1)); command(MMU_CMD_T0 + index); @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ void MMU2::tool_change(uint8_t index) { extruder = index; //filament change is finished active_extruder = 0; - enable_E0(); + ENABLE_AXIS_E0(); SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_ACTIVE_EXTRUDER, int(extruder)); @@ -497,13 +497,13 @@ void MMU2::tool_change(const char* special) { case 'x': { planner.synchronize(); uint8_t index = mmu2_choose_filament(); - disable_E0(); + DISABLE_AXIS_E0(); command(MMU_CMD_T0 + index); manage_response(true, true); command(MMU_CMD_C0); mmu_loop(); - enable_E0(); + ENABLE_AXIS_E0(); extruder = index; active_extruder = 0; } break; @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() { LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT); - enable_E0(); + ENABLE_AXIS_E0(); current_position.e -= MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED; line_to_current_position(2500 / 60); planner.synchronize(); @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() { BUZZ(200, 404); wait_for_user = true; #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("MMU2 Eject Recover"), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("MMU2 Eject Recover"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("MMU2 Eject Recover")); @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() { BUZZ(200, 404); - disable_E0(); + DISABLE_AXIS_E0(); return true; } @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() { void MMU2::execute_extruder_sequence(const E_Step * sequence, int steps) { planner.synchronize(); - enable_E0(); + ENABLE_AXIS_E0(); const E_Step* step = sequence; @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ void MMU2::filament_runout() { step++; } - disable_E0(); + DISABLE_AXIS_E0(); } #endif // HAS_LCD_MENU && MMU2_MENUS diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h b/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h index e102481c1959..9628c4be7f5b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/prusa_MMU2/mmu2.h @@ -27,6 +27,14 @@ #include "../runout.h" #endif +#if SERIAL_USB + #define MMU_RX_SIZE 256 + #define MMU_TX_SIZE 256 +#else + #define MMU_RX_SIZE 16 + #define MMU_TX_SIZE 16 +#endif + struct E_Step; class MMU2 { @@ -79,7 +87,7 @@ class MMU2 { static volatile bool finda_runout_valid; static int16_t version, buildnr; static millis_t last_request, next_P0_request; - static char rx_buffer[16], tx_buffer[16]; + static char rx_buffer[MMU_RX_SIZE], tx_buffer[MMU_TX_SIZE]; static inline void set_runout_valid(const bool valid) { finda_runout_valid = valid; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp index 6b8905c3b995..700854ad2d9f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.cpp @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ void FilamentSensorBase::filament_present(const uint8_t extruder) { // // Filament Runout event handler // -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" #if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h index 4fed18e359f8..d49fb77fe308 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/runout.h @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ class FilamentSensorBase { if (change) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Motion detected:"); for (uint8_t e = 0; e < NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS; e++) - if (TEST(change, e)) { SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_CHAR('0' + e); } + if (TEST(change, e)) SERIAL_CHAR(' ', '0' + e); SERIAL_EOL(); } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.h b/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.h index 80b57be314b2..26d7c301b4ee 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/spindle_laser.h @@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ class SpindleLaser { public: static cutter_power_t power; + static inline uint8_t powerPercent(const uint8_t pp) { return ui8_to_percent(pp); } // for display static void init(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp index 618fdd81f5e6..84b5c2db7b79 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if HAS_TRINAMIC #include "tmc_util.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../module/printcounter.h" @@ -265,10 +265,34 @@ SERIAL_CHAR('\t'); } + #if CURRENT_STEP_DOWN > 0 + + template + void step_current_down(TMC &st) { + if (st.isEnabled()) { + const uint16_t I_rms = st.getMilliamps() - (CURRENT_STEP_DOWN); + if (I_rms > 50) { + st.rms_current(I_rms); + #if ENABLED(REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE) + st.printLabel(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" current decreased to ", I_rms); + #endif + } + } + } + + #else + + #define step_current_down(...) + + #endif + template - void monitor_tmc_driver(TMC &st, const bool need_update_error_counters, const bool need_debug_reporting) { + bool monitor_tmc_driver(TMC &st, const bool need_update_error_counters, const bool need_debug_reporting) { TMC_driver_data data = get_driver_data(st); - if (data.drv_status == 0xFFFFFFFF || data.drv_status == 0x0) return; + if (data.drv_status == 0xFFFFFFFF || data.drv_status == 0x0) return false; + + bool should_step_down = false; if (need_update_error_counters) { if (data.is_ot /* | data.s2ga | data.s2gb*/) st.error_count++; @@ -288,16 +312,8 @@ #if CURRENT_STEP_DOWN > 0 // Decrease current if is_otpw is true and driver is enabled and there's been more than 4 warnings - if (data.is_otpw && st.otpw_count > 4) { - uint16_t I_rms = st.getMilliamps(); - if (st.isEnabled() && I_rms > 100) { - st.rms_current(I_rms - (CURRENT_STEP_DOWN)); - #if ENABLED(REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE) - st.printLabel(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" current decreased to ", st.getMilliamps()); - #endif - } - } + if (data.is_otpw && st.otpw_count > 4 && st.isEnabled()) + should_step_down = true; #endif if (data.is_otpw) { @@ -308,64 +324,120 @@ } #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG) - if (need_debug_reporting) - report_polled_driver_data(st, data); + if (need_debug_reporting) report_polled_driver_data(st, data); #endif + + return should_step_down; } - void monitor_tmc_driver() { - static millis_t next_poll = 0; + void monitor_tmc_drivers() { const millis_t ms = millis(); - bool need_update_error_counters = ELAPSED(ms, next_poll); - bool need_debug_reporting = false; - if (need_update_error_counters) - next_poll = ms + MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS_INTERVAL_MS; + + // Poll TMC drivers at the configured interval + static millis_t next_poll = 0; + const bool need_update_error_counters = ELAPSED(ms, next_poll); + if (need_update_error_counters) next_poll = ms + MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS_INTERVAL_MS; + + // Also poll at intervals for debugging #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG) static millis_t next_debug_reporting = 0; - if (report_tmc_status_interval && ELAPSED(ms, next_debug_reporting)) { - need_debug_reporting = true; - next_debug_reporting = ms + report_tmc_status_interval; - } + const bool need_debug_reporting = report_tmc_status_interval && ELAPSED(ms, next_debug_reporting); + if (need_debug_reporting) next_debug_reporting = ms + report_tmc_status_interval; + #else + constexpr bool need_debug_reporting = false; #endif + if (need_update_error_counters || need_debug_reporting) { - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperX, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperY, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperX2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperY2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + { + bool result = false; + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperX, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperX2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + if (result) { + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + step_current_down(stepperX); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + step_current_down(stepperX2); + #endif + } + } #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + { + bool result = false; + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperY, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperY2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + if (result) { + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + step_current_down(stepperY); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + step_current_down(stepperY2); + #endif + } + } #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ3, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + { + bool result = false; + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ3, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + if (monitor_tmc_driver(stepperZ4, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting)) result = true; + #endif + if (result) { + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + step_current_down(stepperZ); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + step_current_down(stepperZ2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + step_current_down(stepperZ3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + step_current_down(stepperZ4); + #endif + } + } #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE0, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE0, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE1, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE1, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE2, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE3, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE3, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE4, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE4, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE5, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); + (void)monitor_tmc_driver(stepperE5, need_update_error_counters, need_debug_reporting); #endif #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG) @@ -686,6 +758,9 @@ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) tmc_status(stepperZ3, i); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + tmc_status(stepperZ4, i); + #endif } if (print_e) { @@ -741,6 +816,9 @@ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) tmc_parse_drv_status(stepperZ3, i); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + tmc_parse_drv_status(stepperZ4, i); + #endif } if (print_e) { @@ -916,6 +994,9 @@ #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) tmc_get_registers(stepperZ3, i); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + tmc_get_registers(stepperZ4, i); + #endif } if (print_e) { @@ -967,7 +1048,7 @@ #if USE_SENSORLESS bool tmc_enable_stallguard(TMC2130Stepper &st) { - bool stealthchop_was_enabled = st.en_pwm_mode(); + const bool stealthchop_was_enabled = st.en_pwm_mode(); st.TCOOLTHRS(0xFFFFF); st.en_pwm_mode(false); @@ -983,9 +1064,10 @@ bool tmc_enable_stallguard(TMC2209Stepper &st) { st.TCOOLTHRS(0xFFFFF); - return true; + return !st.en_spreadCycle(); } - void tmc_disable_stallguard(TMC2209Stepper &st, const bool restore_stealth _UNUSED) { + void tmc_disable_stallguard(TMC2209Stepper &st, const bool restore_stealth) { + st.en_spreadCycle(!restore_stealth); st.TCOOLTHRS(0); } @@ -1021,6 +1103,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) SET_CS_PIN(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z4) + SET_CS_PIN(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E0) SET_CS_PIN(E0); #endif @@ -1095,6 +1180,9 @@ void test_tmc_connection(const bool test_x, const bool test_y, const bool test_z #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) axis_connection += test_connection(stepperZ3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + axis_connection += test_connection(stepperZ4); + #endif } if (test_e) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h index e0c9170ae5bd..a6d4447d45d2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tmc_util.h @@ -29,22 +29,6 @@ #include #include "../module/planner.h" -#define TMC_X_LABEL 'X', '0' -#define TMC_Y_LABEL 'Y', '0' -#define TMC_Z_LABEL 'Z', '0' - -#define TMC_X2_LABEL 'X', '2' -#define TMC_Y2_LABEL 'Y', '2' -#define TMC_Z2_LABEL 'Z', '2' -#define TMC_Z3_LABEL 'Z', '3' - -#define TMC_E0_LABEL 'E', '0' -#define TMC_E1_LABEL 'E', '1' -#define TMC_E2_LABEL 'E', '2' -#define TMC_E3_LABEL 'E', '3' -#define TMC_E4_LABEL 'E', '4' -#define TMC_E5_LABEL 'E', '5' - #define CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V { 3, -1, 1 } #define CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V { 4, 1, 1 } #define CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V { 4, 2, 1 } @@ -169,7 +153,7 @@ template class TMCMarlin : public TMC2208Stepper, public TMCStorage { public: TMCMarlin(Stream * SerialPort, const float RS, const uint8_t) : - TMC2208Stepper(SerialPort, RS, /*has_rx=*/true) + TMC2208Stepper(SerialPort, RS) {} TMCMarlin(const uint16_t RX, const uint16_t TX, const float RS, const uint8_t, const bool has_rx=true) : TMC2208Stepper(RX, TX, RS, has_rx) @@ -345,7 +329,7 @@ void tmc_print_current(TMC &st) { } #endif -void monitor_tmc_driver(); +void monitor_tmc_drivers(); void test_tmc_connection(const bool test_x, const bool test_y, const bool test_z, const bool test_e); #if ENABLED(TMC_DEBUG) @@ -366,7 +350,7 @@ void test_tmc_connection(const bool test_x, const bool test_y, const bool test_z #if USE_SENSORLESS // Track enabled status of stealthChop and only re-enable where applicable - struct sensorless_t { bool x, y, z, x2, y2, z2, z3; }; + struct sensorless_t { bool x, y, z, x2, y2, z2, z3, z4; }; #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) extern millis_t sg_guard_period; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.h b/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.h index cc4047637458..211711ba8519 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/twibus.h @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ class TWIBus { * @brief Internal buffer * @details A fixed buffer. TWI commands can be no longer than this. */ - char buffer[TWIBUS_BUFFER_SIZE]; + uint8_t buffer[TWIBUS_BUFFER_SIZE]; public: diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0e2b7cef2ada --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * feature/z_stepper_align.cpp + */ + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + +#include "z_stepper_align.h" +#include "../module/probe.h" + +ZStepperAlign z_stepper_align; + +xy_pos_t ZStepperAlign::xy[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS]; + +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + xy_pos_t ZStepperAlign::stepper_xy[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS]; +#endif + +void ZStepperAlign::reset_to_default() { + #ifdef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY + + constexpr xy_pos_t xy_init[] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY; + static_assert(COUNT(xy_init) == NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS, + "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY requires " + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + "four {X,Y} entries (Z, Z2, Z3, and Z4)." + #elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 + "three {X,Y} entries (Z, Z2, and Z3)." + #else + "two {X,Y} entries (Z and Z2)." + #endif + ); + + constexpr xyz_pos_t dpo = NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET; + + #define LTEST(N) (xy_init[N].x >= _MAX(X_MIN_BED + MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT, X_MIN_POS + dpo.x) - 0.00001f) + #define RTEST(N) (xy_init[N].x <= _MIN(X_MAX_BED - MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT, X_MAX_POS + dpo.x) + 0.00001f) + #define FTEST(N) (xy_init[N].y >= _MAX(Y_MIN_BED + MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT, Y_MIN_POS + dpo.y) - 0.00001f) + #define BTEST(N) (xy_init[N].y <= _MIN(Y_MAX_BED - MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK, Y_MAX_POS + dpo.y) + 0.00001f) + + static_assert(LTEST(0) && RTEST(0), "The 1st Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY X is unreachable with the default probe X offset."); + static_assert(FTEST(0) && BTEST(0), "The 1st Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY Y is unreachable with the default probe Y offset."); + static_assert(LTEST(1) && RTEST(1), "The 2nd Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY X is unreachable with the default probe X offset."); + static_assert(FTEST(1) && BTEST(1), "The 2nd Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY Y is unreachable with the default probe Y offset."); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + static_assert(LTEST(2) && RTEST(2), "The 3rd Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY X is unreachable with the default probe X offset."); + static_assert(FTEST(2) && BTEST(2), "The 3rd Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY Y is unreachable with the default probe Y offset."); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + static_assert(LTEST(3) && RTEST(3), "The 4th Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY X is unreachable with the default probe X offset."); + static_assert(FTEST(3) && BTEST(3), "The 4th Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY Y is unreachable with the default probe Y offset."); + #endif + #endif + + #else // !defined(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY) + + const xy_pos_t xy_init[] = { + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 // First probe point... + #if !Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION + { probe.min_x(), probe.min_y() }, // SW + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 1 + { probe.min_x(), probe.max_y() }, // NW + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 2 + { probe.max_x(), probe.max_y() }, // NE + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 3 + { probe.max_x(), probe.min_y() }, // SE + #else + #error "Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION must be from 0 to 3 (first point SW, NW, NE, SE)." + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 // 3 more points... + #if !Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION + { probe.min_x(), probe.max_y() }, { probe.max_x(), probe.max_y() }, { probe.max_x(), probe.min_y() } // SW + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 1 + { probe.max_x(), probe.max_y() }, { probe.max_x(), probe.min_y() }, { probe.min_x(), probe.min_y() } // NW + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 2 + { probe.max_x(), probe.min_y() }, { probe.min_x(), probe.min_y() }, { probe.min_x(), probe.max_y() } // NE + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 3 + { probe.min_x(), probe.min_y() }, { probe.min_x(), probe.max_y() }, { probe.max_x(), probe.max_y() } // SE + #endif + #elif !Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION // or 2 more points... + { probe.max_x(), probe.min_y() }, { X_CENTER, probe.max_y() } // SW + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 1 + { probe.min_x(), probe.min_y() }, { probe.max_x(), Y_CENTER } // NW + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 2 + { probe.min_x(), probe.max_y() }, { X_CENTER, probe.min_y() } // NE + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION == 3 + { probe.max_x(), probe.max_y() }, { probe.min_x(), Y_CENTER } // SE + #endif + #elif Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION + { X_CENTER, probe.min_y() }, { X_CENTER, probe.max_y() } + #else + { probe.min_x(), Y_CENTER }, { probe.max_x(), Y_CENTER } + #endif + }; + + #endif // !defined(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY) + + COPY(xy, xy_init); + + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + constexpr xy_pos_t stepper_xy_init[] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY; + static_assert( + COUNT(stepper_xy_init) == NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS, + "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY requires " + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + "four {X,Y} entries (Z, Z2, Z3, and Z4)." + #elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 + "three {X,Y} entries (Z, Z2, and Z3)." + #endif + ); + COPY(stepper_xy, stepper_xy_init); + #endif +} + +#endif // Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.h b/Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8b31ac4bded9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/z_stepper_align.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * feature/z_stepper_align.h + */ + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +class ZStepperAlign { + public: + static xy_pos_t xy[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS]; + + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + static xy_pos_t stepper_xy[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS]; + #endif + + static void reset_to_default(); +}; + +extern ZStepperAlign z_stepper_align; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp index 467b71059c48..7b580b666f1a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G26.cpp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ #include "../../gcode/gcode.h" #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../module/stepper.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" @@ -418,13 +418,12 @@ inline bool turn_on_heaters() { inline bool prime_nozzle() { const feedRate_t fr_slow_e = planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS] / 15.0f; - #if HAS_LCD_MENU + #if HAS_LCD_MENU && DISABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) // ui.button_pressed issue with touchscreen #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) float Total_Prime = 0.0; #endif if (g26_prime_flag == -1) { // The user wants to control how much filament gets purged - ui.capture(); ui.set_status_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME), 99); ui.chirp(); @@ -438,7 +437,10 @@ inline bool prime_nozzle() { destination.e += 0.25; #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) Total_Prime += 0.25; - if (Total_Prime >= EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH) return G26_ERR; + if (Total_Prime >= EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH) { + ui.release(); + return G26_ERR; + } #endif prepare_internal_move_to_destination(fr_slow_e); destination = current_position; @@ -705,7 +707,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G26() { if (location.valid()) { const xy_pos_t circle = _GET_MESH_POS(location.pos); - // If this mesh location is outside the printable_radius, skip it. + // If this mesh location is outside the printable radius, skip it. if (!position_is_reachable(circle)) continue; // Determine where to start and end the circle, diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp index 424e5a6995f9..bd6715e29d93 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/G42.cpp @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ #if HAS_MESH #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for IsRunning() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for IsRunning() #include "../../module/motion.h" -#include "../../module/probe.h" // for probe_offset +#include "../../module/probe.h" // for probe.offset #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" /** @@ -45,20 +45,21 @@ void GcodeSuite::G42() { return; } + // Move to current_position, as modified by I, J, P parameters destination = current_position; if (hasI) destination.x = _GET_MESH_X(ix); if (hasJ) destination.y = _GET_MESH_Y(iy); - #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET if (parser.boolval('P')) { - if (hasI) destination.x -= probe_offset.x; - if (hasJ) destination.y -= probe_offset.y; + if (hasI) destination.x -= probe.offset_xy.x; + if (hasJ) destination.y -= probe.offset_xy.y; } #endif const feedRate_t fval = parser.linearval('F'), - fr_mm_s = fval > 0 ? MMM_TO_MMS(fval) : 0.0f; + fr_mm_s = MMM_TO_MMS(fval > 0 ? fval : 0.0f); // SCARA kinematic has "safe" XY raw moves #if IS_SCARA diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/M420.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/M420.cpp index 9e4de215ed6f..70f80465e3f4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/M420.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/M420.cpp @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M420() { #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) if (parser.intval('S') == 2) { + const float x_min = probe.min_x(), x_max = probe.max_x(), + y_min = probe.min_y(), y_max = probe.max_y(); #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - const float x_min = probe_min_x(), x_max = probe_max_x(), - y_min = probe_min_y(), y_max = probe_max_y(); bilinear_start.set(x_min, y_min); bilinear_grid_spacing.set((x_max - x_min) / (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - 1), (y_max - y_min) / (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - 1)); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp index 9ca621d7cde6..ff0581886a70 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/abl/G29.cpp @@ -36,6 +36,11 @@ #include "../../../module/probe.h" #include "../../queue.h" +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + #include "../../../feature/probe_temp_compensation.h" + #include "../../../module/temperature.h" +#endif + #if HAS_DISPLAY #include "../../../lcd/ultralcd.h" #endif @@ -228,7 +233,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { ABL_VAR xy_int8_t meshCount; #endif - ABL_VAR xy_int_t probe_position_lf, probe_position_rb; + ABL_VAR xy_pos_t probe_position_lf, probe_position_rb; ABL_VAR xy_float_t gridSpacing = { 0, 0 }; #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) @@ -263,20 +268,8 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { int constexpr abl_points = 3; // used to show total points #endif - // Probe at 3 arbitrary points - const float x_min = probe_min_x(), x_max = probe_max_x(), y_min = probe_min_y(), y_max = probe_max_y(); - - ABL_VAR vector_3 points[3] = { - #if ENABLED(HAS_FIXED_3POINT) - { PROBE_PT_1_X, PROBE_PT_1_Y, 0 }, - { PROBE_PT_2_X, PROBE_PT_2_Y, 0 }, - { PROBE_PT_3_X, PROBE_PT_3_Y, 0 } - #else - { x_min, y_min, 0 }, - { x_max, y_min, 0 }, - { (x_max - x_min) / 2, y_max, 0 } - #endif - }; + vector_3 points[3]; + probe.get_three_points(points); #endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT @@ -399,8 +392,8 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { xy_probe_feedrate_mm_s = MMM_TO_MMS(parser.linearval('S', XY_PROBE_SPEED)); - const float x_min = probe_min_x(), x_max = probe_max_x(), - y_min = probe_min_y(), y_max = probe_max_y(); + const float x_min = probe.min_x(), x_max = probe.max_x(), + y_min = probe.min_y(), y_max = probe.max_y(); if (parser.seen('H')) { const int16_t size = (int16_t)parser.value_linear_units(); @@ -415,12 +408,12 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { } else { probe_position_lf.set( - parser.seenval('L') ? (int)RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : _MAX(X_CENTER - (X_BED_SIZE) / 2, x_min), - parser.seenval('F') ? (int)RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : _MAX(Y_CENTER - (Y_BED_SIZE) / 2, y_min) + parser.seenval('L') ? RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : x_min, + parser.seenval('F') ? RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : y_min ); probe_position_rb.set( - parser.seenval('R') ? (int)RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : _MIN(probe_position_lf.x + X_BED_SIZE, x_max), - parser.seenval('B') ? (int)RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : _MIN(probe_position_lf.y + Y_BED_SIZE, y_max) + parser.seenval('R') ? RAW_X_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : x_max, + parser.seenval('B') ? RAW_Y_POSITION(parser.value_linear_units()) : y_max ); } @@ -459,7 +452,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { #if HAS_BED_PROBE // Deploy the probe. Probe will raise if needed. - if (DEPLOY_PROBE()) { + if (probe.deploy()) { set_bed_leveling_enabled(abl_should_enable); G29_RETURN(false); } @@ -477,7 +470,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { reset_bed_level(); // Initialize a grid with the given dimensions - bilinear_grid_spacing = gridSpacing.asInt(); + bilinear_grid_spacing = gridSpacing; bilinear_start = probe_position_lf; // Can't re-enable (on error) until the new grid is written @@ -515,7 +508,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { set_bed_leveling_enabled(abl_should_enable); g29_in_progress = false; #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - ui.wait_for_bl_move = false; + ui.wait_for_move = false; #endif } @@ -572,7 +565,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(meshCount, newz); #endif - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Save X", meshCount.x, " Y", meshCount.y, " Z", measured_z + zoffset); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("Save X"), meshCount.x, SP_Y_STR, meshCount.y, SP_Z_STR, measured_z + zoffset); #endif } @@ -595,10 +588,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { if (zig) PR_INNER_VAR = (PR_INNER_END - 1) - PR_INNER_VAR; - const xy_pos_t base = probe_position_lf.asFloat() + gridSpacing * meshCount.asFloat(); - - probePos.set(FLOOR(base.x + (base.x < 0 ? 0 : 0.5)), - FLOOR(base.y + (base.y < 0 ? 0 : 0.5))); + probePos = probe_position_lf + gridSpacing * meshCount.asFloat(); #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) indexIntoAB[meshCount.x][meshCount.y] = abl_probe_index; @@ -686,15 +676,15 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { int8_t inStart, inStop, inInc; - if (zig) { // away from origin - inStart = 0; - inStop = PR_INNER_END; - inInc = 1; + if (zig) { // Zig away from origin + inStart = 0; // Left or front + inStop = PR_INNER_END; // Right or back + inInc = 1; // Zig right } - else { // towards origin - inStart = PR_INNER_END - 1; - inStop = -1; - inInc = -1; + else { // Zag towards origin + inStart = PR_INNER_END - 1; // Right or back + inStop = -1; // Left or front + inInc = -1; // Zag left } zig ^= true; // zag @@ -706,10 +696,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { // Inner loop is X with PROBE_Y_FIRST disabled for (PR_INNER_VAR = inStart; PR_INNER_VAR != inStop; pt_index++, PR_INNER_VAR += inInc) { - const xy_pos_t base = probe_position_lf.asFloat() + gridSpacing * meshCount.asFloat(); - - probePos.set(FLOOR(base.x + (base.x < 0 ? 0 : 0.5)), - FLOOR(base.y + (base.y < 0 ? 0 : 0.5))); + probePos = probe_position_lf + gridSpacing * meshCount.asFloat(); #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) indexIntoAB[meshCount.x][meshCount.y] = ++abl_probe_index; // 0... @@ -725,13 +712,21 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " %i/%i"), GET_TEXT(MSG_PROBING_MESH), int(pt_index), int(GRID_MAX_POINTS)); #endif - measured_z = faux ? 0.001 * random(-100, 101) : probe_at_point(probePos, raise_after, verbose_level); + measured_z = faux ? 0.001f * random(-100, 101) : probe.probe_at_point(probePos, raise_after, verbose_level); if (isnan(measured_z)) { set_bed_leveling_enabled(abl_should_enable); break; // Breaks out of both loops } + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + temp_comp.compensate_measurement(TSI_BED, thermalManager.degBed(), measured_z); + temp_comp.compensate_measurement(TSI_PROBE, thermalManager.degProbe(), measured_z); + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + temp_comp.compensate_measurement(TSI_EXT, thermalManager.degHotend(), measured_z); + #endif + #endif + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) mean += measured_z; @@ -746,7 +741,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { z_values[meshCount.x][meshCount.y] = measured_z + zoffset; #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(meshCount.x, meshCount.y, z_values[meshCount.x][meshCount.y]); + ExtUI::onMeshUpdate(meshCount, z_values[meshCount.x][meshCount.y]); #endif #endif @@ -764,12 +759,12 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { if (verbose_level) SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Probing point ", int(i), "/3."); #if HAS_DISPLAY - ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT" %i/3"), GET_TEXT(MSG_PROBING_MESH)), int(i); + ui.status_printf_P(0, PSTR(S_FMT " %i/3"), GET_TEXT(MSG_PROBING_MESH), int(i)); #endif // Retain the last probe position probePos = points[i]; - measured_z = faux ? 0.001 * random(-100, 101) : probe_at_point(probePos, raise_after, verbose_level); + measured_z = faux ? 0.001 * random(-100, 101) : probe.probe_at_point(probePos, raise_after, verbose_level); if (isnan(measured_z)) { set_bed_leveling_enabled(abl_should_enable); break; @@ -793,7 +788,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { #endif // Stow the probe. No raise for FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE. - if (STOW_PROBE()) { + if (probe.stow()) { set_bed_leveling_enabled(abl_should_enable); measured_z = NAN; } @@ -815,7 +810,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { #if ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) g29_in_progress = false; #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - ui.wait_for_bl_move = false; + ui.wait_for_move = false; #endif #endif @@ -928,8 +923,8 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { planner.force_unapply_leveling(converted); // use conversion machinery // Use the last measured distance to the bed, if possible - if ( NEAR(current_position.x, probePos.x - probe_offset.x) - && NEAR(current_position.y, probePos.y - probe_offset.y) + if ( NEAR(current_position.x, probePos.x - probe.offset_xy.x) + && NEAR(current_position.y, probePos.y - probe.offset_xy.y) ) { const float simple_z = current_position.z - measured_z; if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Probed Z", simple_z, " Matrix Z", converted.z, " Discrepancy ", simple_z - converted.z); @@ -969,7 +964,7 @@ G29_TYPE GcodeSuite::G29() { sync_plan_position(); #if HAS_BED_PROBE && defined(Z_AFTER_PROBING) - move_z_after_probing(); + probe.move_z_after_probing(); #endif #ifdef Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp index 944e8d3a69bf..92d95f169b6f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/bedlevel/mbl/G29.cpp @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G29() { case MeshStart: mbl.reset(); mbl_probe_index = 0; - if (!ui.wait_for_bl_move) { + if (!ui.wait_for_move) { queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28\nG29 S2")); return; } @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G29() { #endif #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - ui.wait_for_bl_move = false; + ui.wait_for_move = false; #endif } break; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp index 8fcb74abc527..0b29fbc4d6bb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G28.cpp @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) // set L6470 absolute position registers to counts - #include "../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#if HAS_L64XX // set L6470 absolute position registers to counts + #include "../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #endif #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ destination.set(safe_homing_xy, current_position.z); #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE - destination -= probe_offset; + destination -= probe.offset_xy; #endif if (position_is_reachable(destination)) { @@ -162,6 +162,33 @@ #endif // Z_SAFE_HOMING +#if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) + + slow_homing_t begin_slow_homing() { + slow_homing_t slow_homing{0}; + slow_homing.acceleration.set(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS], + planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS]); + planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS] = 100; + planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS] = 100; + #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK + slow_homing.jerk_xy = planner.max_jerk; + planner.max_jerk.set(0, 0); + #endif + planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); + return slow_homing; + } + + void end_slow_homing(const slow_homing_t &slow_homing) { + planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS] = slow_homing.acceleration.x; + planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS] = slow_homing.acceleration.y; + #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK + planner.max_jerk = slow_homing.jerk_xy; + #endif + planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); + } + +#endif // IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY + /** * G28: Home all axes according to settings * @@ -203,6 +230,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { } #endif + // Home (O)nly if position is unknown if (!homing_needed() && parser.boolval('O')) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("> homing not needed, skip\n<<< G28"); return; @@ -229,18 +257,37 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { workspace_plane = PLANE_XY; #endif - #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) - slow_homing_t slow_homing{0}; - slow_homing.acceleration.set(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS], - planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS]); - planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS] = 100; - planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS] = 100; - #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK - slow_homing.jerk_xy = planner.max_jerk; - planner.max_jerk.set(0, 0); + #define HAS_CURRENT_HOME(N) (defined(N##_CURRENT_HOME) && N##_CURRENT_HOME != N##_CURRENT) + #define HAS_HOMING_CURRENT (HAS_CURRENT_HOME(X) || HAS_CURRENT_HOME(X2) || HAS_CURRENT_HOME(Y) || HAS_CURRENT_HOME(Y2)) + + #if HAS_HOMING_CURRENT + auto debug_current = [](const char * const s, const int16_t a, const int16_t b){ + DEBUG_ECHO(s); DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" current: ", a, " -> ", b); + }; + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(X) + const int16_t tmc_save_current_X = stepperX.getMilliamps(); + stepperX.rms_current(X_CURRENT_HOME); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) debug_current("X", tmc_save_current_X, X_CURRENT_HOME); + #endif + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(X2) + const int16_t tmc_save_current_X2 = stepperX2.getMilliamps(); + stepperX2.rms_current(X2_CURRENT_HOME); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) debug_current("X2", tmc_save_current_X2, X2_CURRENT_HOME); #endif + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(Y) + const int16_t tmc_save_current_Y = stepperY.getMilliamps(); + stepperY.rms_current(Y_CURRENT_HOME); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) debug_current("Y", tmc_save_current_Y, Y_CURRENT_HOME); + #endif + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(Y2) + const int16_t tmc_save_current_Y2 = stepperY2.getMilliamps(); + stepperY2.rms_current(Y2_CURRENT_HOME); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) debug_current("Y2", tmc_save_current_Y2, Y2_CURRENT_HOME); + #endif + #endif - planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); + #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) + slow_homing_t slow_homing = begin_slow_homing(); #endif // Always home with tool 0 active @@ -264,6 +311,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { home_delta(); UNUSED(always_home_all); + #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) + end_slow_homing(slow_homing); + #endif + #else // NOT DELTA const bool homeX = parser.seen('X'), homeY = parser.seen('Y'), homeZ = parser.seen('Z'), @@ -287,7 +338,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { if (z_homing_height && (doX || doY)) { // Raise Z before homing any other axes and z is not already high enough (never lower z) - destination.z = z_homing_height; + destination.z = z_homing_height + (TEST(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS) ? 0.0f : current_position.z); if (destination.z > current_position.z) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Raise Z (before homing) to ", destination.z); do_blocking_move_to_z(destination.z); @@ -348,6 +399,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { if (doY) homeaxis(Y_AXIS); #endif + #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) + end_slow_homing(slow_homing); + #endif + // Home Z last if homing towards the bed #if Z_HOME_DIR < 0 if (doZ) { @@ -361,7 +416,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { #endif #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE && defined(Z_AFTER_PROBING) - move_z_after_probing(); + probe.move_z_after_probing(); #endif } // doZ @@ -381,6 +436,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { if (dxc_is_duplicating()) { + #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) + slow_homing = begin_slow_homing(); + #endif + // Always home the 2nd (right) extruder first active_extruder = 1; homeaxis(X_AXIS); @@ -397,10 +456,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { delayed_move_time = 0; active_extruder_parked = true; extruder_duplication_enabled = IDEX_saved_duplication_state; - extruder_duplication_enabled = false; - dual_x_carriage_mode = IDEX_saved_mode; stepper.set_directions(); + + #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) + end_slow_homing(slow_homing); + #endif } #endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE @@ -433,13 +494,20 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { tool_change(old_tool_index, NO_FETCH); #endif - #if ENABLED(IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY) - planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS] = slow_homing.acceleration.x; - planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS] = slow_homing.acceleration.y; - #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK - planner.max_jerk = slow_homing.jerk_xy; + #if HAS_HOMING_CURRENT + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Restore driver current..."); + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(X) + stepperX.rms_current(tmc_save_current_X); + #endif + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(X2) + stepperX2.rms_current(tmc_save_current_X2); + #endif + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(Y) + stepperY.rms_current(tmc_save_current_Y); + #endif + #if HAS_CURRENT_HOME(Y2) + stepperY2.rms_current(tmc_save_current_Y2); #endif - planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); #endif ui.refresh(); @@ -458,11 +526,18 @@ void GcodeSuite::G28(const bool always_home_all) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("<<< G28"); - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX // Set L6470 absolute position registers to counts - for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L6470::chain[0]; j++) { - const uint8_t cv = L6470::chain[j]; - L6470.set_param(cv, L6470_ABS_POS, stepper.position((AxisEnum)L6470.axis_xref[cv])); + // constexpr *might* move this to PROGMEM. + // If not, this will need a PROGMEM directive and an accessor. + static constexpr AxisEnum L64XX_axis_xref[MAX_L64XX] = { + X_AXIS, Y_AXIS, Z_AXIS, + X_AXIS, Y_AXIS, Z_AXIS, Z_AXIS, + E_AXIS, E_AXIS, E_AXIS, E_AXIS, E_AXIS, E_AXIS + }; + for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L64XX::chain[0]; j++) { + const uint8_t cv = L64XX::chain[j]; + L64xxManager.set_param((L64XX_axis_t)cv, L6470_ABS_POS, stepper.position(L64XX_axis_xref[cv])); } #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G33.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G33.cpp index f961302fb53a..bfcf9153ea1c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G33.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G33.cpp @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ void ac_cleanup( do_blocking_move_to_z(delta_clip_start_height); #endif #if HAS_BED_PROBE - STOW_PROBE(); + probe.stow(); #endif restore_feedrate_and_scaling(); #if HOTENDS > 1 @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ static float std_dev_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], const bool _0p_cal, const bool */ static float calibration_probe(const xy_pos_t &xy, const bool stow) { #if HAS_BED_PROBE - return probe_at_point(xy, stow ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_RAISE, 0, false); + return probe.probe_at_point(xy, stow ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_RAISE, 0, true); #else UNUSED(stow); return lcd_probe_pt(xy); @@ -222,6 +222,8 @@ static bool probe_calibration_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], const int8_t probe_poi if (!_0p_calibration) { + const float dcr = delta_calibration_radius(); + if (!_7p_no_intermediates && !_7p_4_intermediates && !_7p_11_intermediates) { // probe the center const xy_pos_t center{0}; z_pt[CEN] += calibration_probe(center, stow_after_each); @@ -233,7 +235,7 @@ static bool probe_calibration_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], const int8_t probe_poi steps = _7p_9_center ? _4P_STEP / 3.0f : _7p_6_center ? _7P_STEP : _4P_STEP; I_LOOP_CAL_PT(rad, start, steps) { const float a = RADIANS(210 + (360 / NPP) * (rad - 1)), - r = delta_calibration_radius * 0.1; + r = dcr * 0.1; const xy_pos_t vec = { cos(a), sin(a) }; z_pt[CEN] += calibration_probe(vec * r, stow_after_each); if (isnan(z_pt[CEN])) return false; @@ -257,7 +259,7 @@ static bool probe_calibration_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], const int8_t probe_poi const int8_t offset = _7p_9_center ? 2 : 0; for (int8_t circle = 0; circle <= offset; circle++) { const float a = RADIANS(210 + (360 / NPP) * (rad - 1)), - r = delta_calibration_radius * (1 - 0.1 * (zig_zag ? offset - circle : circle)), + r = dcr * (1 - 0.1 * (zig_zag ? offset - circle : circle)), interpol = FMOD(rad, 1); const xy_pos_t vec = { cos(a), sin(a) }; const float z_temp = calibration_probe(vec * r, stow_after_each); @@ -287,9 +289,10 @@ static bool probe_calibration_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], const int8_t probe_poi static void reverse_kinematics_probe_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], abc_float_t mm_at_pt_axis[NPP + 1]) { xyz_pos_t pos{0}; + const float dcr = delta_calibration_radius(); LOOP_CAL_ALL(rad) { const float a = RADIANS(210 + (360 / NPP) * (rad - 1)), - r = (rad == CEN ? 0.0f : delta_calibration_radius); + r = (rad == CEN ? 0.0f : dcr); pos.set(cos(a) * r, sin(a) * r, z_pt[rad]); inverse_kinematics(pos); mm_at_pt_axis[rad] = delta; @@ -297,7 +300,7 @@ static void reverse_kinematics_probe_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], abc_float_t mm_ } static void forward_kinematics_probe_points(abc_float_t mm_at_pt_axis[NPP + 1], float z_pt[NPP + 1]) { - const float r_quot = delta_calibration_radius / delta_radius; + const float r_quot = delta_calibration_radius() / delta_radius; #define ZPP(N,I,A) (((1.0f + r_quot * (N)) / 3.0f) * mm_at_pt_axis[I].A) #define Z00(I, A) ZPP( 0, I, A) @@ -338,7 +341,7 @@ static void calc_kinematics_diff_probe_points(float z_pt[NPP + 1], abc_float_t d } static float auto_tune_h() { - const float r_quot = delta_calibration_radius / delta_radius; + const float r_quot = delta_calibration_radius() / delta_radius; return RECIPROCAL(r_quot / (2.0f / 3.0f)); // (2/3)/CR } @@ -436,7 +439,6 @@ void GcodeSuite::G33() { _opposite_results = (_4p_calibration && !towers_set) || probe_points >= 3, _endstop_results = probe_points != 1 && probe_points != -1 && probe_points != 0, _angle_results = probe_points >= 3 && towers_set; - static const char save_message[] PROGMEM = "Save with M500 and/or copy to Configuration.h"; int8_t iterations = 0; float test_precision, zero_std_dev = (verbose_level ? 999.0f : 0.0f), // 0.0 in dry-run mode : forced end @@ -450,12 +452,13 @@ void GcodeSuite::G33() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("G33 Auto Calibrate"); + const float dcr = delta_calibration_radius(); + if (!_1p_calibration && !_0p_calibration) { // test if the outer radius is reachable LOOP_CAL_RAD(axis) { - const float a = RADIANS(210 + (360 / NPP) * (axis - 1)), - r = delta_calibration_radius; - if (!position_is_reachable(cos(a) * r, sin(a) * r)) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(M665 B)ed radius implausible."); + const float a = RADIANS(210 + (360 / NPP) * (axis - 1)); + if (!position_is_reachable(cos(a) * dcr, sin(a) * dcr)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?Bed calibration radius implausible."); return; } } @@ -522,12 +525,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::G33() { #define Z0(I) ZP(0, I) // calculate factors - const float cr_old = delta_calibration_radius; - if (_7p_9_center) delta_calibration_radius *= 0.9f; + if (_7p_9_center) calibration_radius_factor = 0.9f; h_factor = auto_tune_h(); r_factor = auto_tune_r(); a_factor = auto_tune_a(); - delta_calibration_radius = cr_old; + calibration_radius_factor = 1.0f; switch (probe_points) { case 0: @@ -622,8 +624,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G33() { sprintf_P(&mess[15], PSTR("%03i.x"), (int)LROUND(zero_std_dev_min)); ui.set_status(mess); print_calibration_settings(_endstop_results, _angle_results); - serialprintPGM(save_message); - SERIAL_EOL(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Save with M500 and/or copy to Configuration.h"); } else { // !end iterations char mess[15]; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp index 4bb37d2f8593..4532da8f8ca6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G34_M422.cpp @@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) +#include "../../feature/z_stepper_align.h" + #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../module/stepper.h" @@ -45,35 +47,14 @@ #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) #include "../../core/debug_out.h" -// Sanity-check the count of Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY points -constexpr xy_pos_t sanity_arr_z_align[] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY; -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_z_align) >= Z_STEPPER_COUNT, - "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY requires at least three {X,Y} entries (Z, Z2, Z3, ...)." - ); -#else - static_assert(COUNT(sanity_arr_z_align) == Z_STEPPER_COUNT, - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY requires three {X,Y} entries (Z, Z2, and Z3)." - #else - "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY requires two {X,Y} entries (Z and Z2)." - #endif - ); -#endif - -static xy_pos_t z_auto_align_pos[Z_STEPPER_COUNT] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY; - -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - static xy_pos_t z_stepper_pos[] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY; -#endif - -#define G34_PROBE_COUNT COUNT(z_auto_align_pos) - inline void set_all_z_lock(const bool lock) { stepper.set_z_lock(lock); stepper.set_z2_lock(lock); - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 stepper.set_z3_lock(lock); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + stepper.set_z4_lock(lock); + #endif #endif } @@ -92,6 +73,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { do { // break out on error + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Alignment not supported for over 3 steppers"); + break; + #endif + const int8_t z_auto_align_iterations = parser.intval('I', Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS); if (!WITHIN(z_auto_align_iterations, 1, 30)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(I)teration out of bounds (1-30)."); @@ -154,12 +140,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { // Compute a worst-case clearance height to probe from. After the first // iteration this will be re-calculated based on the actual bed position float z_probe = Z_BASIC_CLEARANCE + (G34_MAX_GRADE) * 0.01f * ( - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - SQRT(_MAX(HYPOT2(z_auto_align_pos[0].x - z_auto_align_pos[0].y, z_auto_align_pos[1].x - z_auto_align_pos[1].y), - HYPOT2(z_auto_align_pos[1].x - z_auto_align_pos[1].y, z_auto_align_pos[2].x - z_auto_align_pos[2].y), - HYPOT2(z_auto_align_pos[2].x - z_auto_align_pos[2].y, z_auto_align_pos[0].x - z_auto_align_pos[0].y))) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 + SQRT(_MAX(HYPOT2(z_stepper_align.xy[0].x - z_stepper_align.xy[0].y, z_stepper_align.xy[1].x - z_stepper_align.xy[1].y), + HYPOT2(z_stepper_align.xy[1].x - z_stepper_align.xy[1].y, z_stepper_align.xy[2].x - z_stepper_align.xy[2].y), + HYPOT2(z_stepper_align.xy[2].x - z_stepper_align.xy[2].y, z_stepper_align.xy[0].x - z_stepper_align.xy[0].y))) #else - HYPOT(z_auto_align_pos[0].x - z_auto_align_pos[0].y, z_auto_align_pos[1].x - z_auto_align_pos[1].y) + HYPOT(z_stepper_align.xy[0].x - z_stepper_align.xy[0].y, z_stepper_align.xy[1].x - z_stepper_align.xy[1].y) #endif ); @@ -169,32 +155,40 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { // Move the Z coordinate realm towards the positive - dirty trick current_position.z -= z_probe * 0.5f; - float last_z_align_move[Z_STEPPER_COUNT] = ARRAY_N(Z_STEPPER_COUNT, 10000.0f, 10000.0f, 10000.0f), - z_measured[G34_PROBE_COUNT] = { 0 }, + float last_z_align_move[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS] = ARRAY_N(NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS, 10000.0f, 10000.0f, 10000.0f), + z_measured[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS] = { 0 }, z_maxdiff = 0.0f, amplification = z_auto_align_amplification; uint8_t iteration; bool err_break = false; + + #if DISABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + bool adjustment_reverse = false; + #endif + for (iteration = 0; iteration < z_auto_align_iterations; ++iteration) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("> probing all positions."); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("\nITERATION: ", int(iteration + 1)); // Initialize minimum value - float z_measured_min = 100000.0f, + float z_measured_min = 100000.0f, z_measured_max = -100000.0f; // Probe all positions (one per Z-Stepper) - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < G34_PROBE_COUNT; ++i) { + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS; ++i) { // iteration odd/even --> downward / upward stepper sequence - const uint8_t iprobe = (iteration & 1) ? G34_PROBE_COUNT - 1 - i : i; + const uint8_t iprobe = (iteration & 1) ? NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS - 1 - i : i; // Safe clearance even on an incline if (iteration == 0 || i > 0) do_blocking_move_to_z(z_probe); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("Probing X"), z_stepper_align.xy[iprobe].x, SP_Y_STR, z_stepper_align.xy[iprobe].y); + // Probe a Z height for each stepper. - const float z_probed_height = probe_at_point(z_auto_align_pos[i], raise_after, 0, true); + const float z_probed_height = probe.probe_at_point(z_stepper_align.xy[iprobe], raise_after, 0, true); if (isnan(z_probed_height)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Probing failed."); err_break = true; @@ -233,15 +227,15 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { // This allows the actual adjustment logic to be shared by both algorithms. linear_fit_data lfd; incremental_LSF_reset(&lfd); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < G34_PROBE_COUNT; ++i) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("PROBEPT_", int(i + 1), ": ", z_measured[i]); - incremental_LSF(&lfd, z_auto_align_pos[i], z_measured[i]); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS; ++i) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("PROBEPT_", i + '1', ": ", z_measured[i]); + incremental_LSF(&lfd, z_stepper_align.xy[i], z_measured[i]); } finish_incremental_LSF(&lfd); z_measured_min = 100000.0f; - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Z_STEPPER_COUNT; ++i) { - z_measured[i] = -(lfd.A * z_stepper_pos[i].x + lfd.B * z_stepper_pos[i].y); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS; ++i) { + z_measured[i] = -(lfd.A * z_stepper_align.stepper_xy[i].x + lfd.B * z_stepper_align.stepper_xy[i].y); z_measured_min = _MIN(z_measured_min, z_measured[i]); } @@ -250,7 +244,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("\n" "DIFFERENCE Z1-Z2=", ABS(z_measured[0] - z_measured[1]) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 , " Z2-Z3=", ABS(z_measured[1] - z_measured[2]) , " Z3-Z1=", ABS(z_measured[2] - z_measured[0]) #endif @@ -261,21 +255,25 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { bool success_break = true; // Correct the individual stepper offsets - for (uint8_t zstepper = 0; zstepper < Z_STEPPER_COUNT; ++zstepper) { + for (uint8_t zstepper = 0; zstepper < NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS; ++zstepper) { // Calculate current stepper move - const float z_align_move = z_measured[zstepper] - z_measured_min, - z_align_abs = ABS(z_align_move); + float z_align_move = z_measured[zstepper] - z_measured_min; + const float z_align_abs = ABS(z_align_move); #if DISABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) // Optimize one iteration's correction based on the first measurements - if (z_align_abs > 0.0f) amplification = iteration == 1 ? _MIN(last_z_align_move[zstepper] / z_align_abs, 2.0f) : z_auto_align_amplification; + if (z_align_abs) amplification = (iteration == 1) ? _MIN(last_z_align_move[zstepper] / z_align_abs, 2.0f) : z_auto_align_amplification; #endif // Check for less accuracy compared to last move - if (last_z_align_move[zstepper] < z_align_abs - 1.0) { + if (last_z_align_move[zstepper] < z_align_abs * 0.7f) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Decreasing accuracy detected."); - err_break = true; - break; + #if DISABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + adjustment_reverse = !adjustment_reverse; + #else + err_break = true; + break; + #endif } // Remember the alignment for the next iteration @@ -291,11 +289,18 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { switch (zstepper) { case 0: stepper.set_z_lock(false); break; case 1: stepper.set_z2_lock(false); break; - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 case 2: stepper.set_z3_lock(false); break; #endif } + #if DISABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + // Decreasing accuracy was detected so move was inverted. + // Will match reversed Z steppers on dual steppers. Triple will need more work to map. + if (adjustment_reverse) + z_align_move = -z_align_move; + #endif + // Do a move to correct part of the misalignment for the current stepper do_blocking_move_to_z(amplification * z_align_move + current_position.z); } // for (zstepper) @@ -333,9 +338,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { // After this operation the z position needs correction set_axis_is_not_at_home(Z_AXIS); - // Stow the probe, as the last call to probe_at_point(...) left + // Stow the probe, as the last call to probe.probe_at_point(...) left // the probe deployed if it was successful. - STOW_PROBE(); + probe.stow(); // Home Z after the alignment procedure process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR("G28 Z")); @@ -360,12 +365,13 @@ void GcodeSuite::G34() { * Y : Y position to set (Unchanged if omitted) */ void GcodeSuite::M422() { + if (!parser.seen_any()) { - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < G34_PROBE_COUNT; ++i) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("M422 S", i + 1, " X", z_auto_align_pos[i].x, " Y", z_auto_align_pos[i].y); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS; ++i) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("M422 S"), i + '1', SP_X_STR, z_stepper_align.xy[i].x, SP_Y_STR, z_stepper_align.xy[i].y); #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Z_STEPPER_COUNT; ++i) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("M422 W", i + 1, " X", z_stepper_pos[i].x, " Y", z_stepper_pos[i].y); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS; ++i) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("M422 W"), i + '1', SP_X_STR, z_stepper_align.stepper_xy[i].x, SP_Y_STR, z_stepper_align.stepper_xy[i].y); #endif return; } @@ -381,16 +387,31 @@ void GcodeSuite::M422() { xy_pos_t *pos_dest = ( #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - !is_probe_point ? z_stepper_pos : + !is_probe_point ? z_stepper_align.stepper_xy : #endif - z_auto_align_pos + z_stepper_align.xy ); + if (!is_probe_point + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + && !parser.seen('W') + #endif + ) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM( + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + "?(S) or (W) is required." + #else + "?(S) is required." + #endif + ); + return; + } + // Get the Probe Position Index or Z Stepper Index int8_t position_index; if (is_probe_point) { position_index = parser.intval('S') - 1; - if (!WITHIN(position_index, 0, int8_t(G34_PROBE_COUNT) - 1)) { + if (!WITHIN(position_index, 0, int8_t(NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - 1)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(S) Z-ProbePosition index invalid."); return; } @@ -398,7 +419,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M422() { else { #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) position_index = parser.intval('W') - 1; - if (!WITHIN(position_index, 0, Z_STEPPER_COUNT - 1)) { + if (!WITHIN(position_index, 0, NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS - 1)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("?(W) Z-Stepper index invalid."); return; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp index 2b2c16657dec..28a3276dfd39 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G425.cpp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ * */ -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) @@ -326,12 +326,12 @@ inline void probe_sides(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty) { inline void report_measured_center(const measurements_t &m) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Center:"); #if HAS_X_CENTER - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" X", m.obj_center.x); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, m.obj_center.x); #endif #if HAS_Y_CENTER - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Y", m.obj_center.y); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, m.obj_center.y); #endif - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Z", m.obj_center.z); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, m.obj_center.z); SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -358,12 +358,12 @@ inline void probe_sides(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty) { SERIAL_ECHO(int(active_extruder)); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Positional Error:"); #if HAS_X_CENTER - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" X", m.pos_error.x); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, m.pos_error.x); #endif #if HAS_Y_CENTER - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Y", m.pos_error.y); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, m.pos_error.y); #endif - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Z", m.pos_error.z); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, m.pos_error.z); SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -371,10 +371,10 @@ inline void probe_sides(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Nozzle Tip Outer Dimensions:"); #if HAS_X_CENTER || HAS_Y_CENTER #if HAS_X_CENTER - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" X", m.nozzle_outer_dimension.x); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, m.nozzle_outer_dimension.x); #endif #if HAS_Y_CENTER - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Y", m.nozzle_outer_dimension.y); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, m.nozzle_outer_dimension.y); #endif #else UNUSED(m); @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ inline void probe_sides(measurements_t &m, const float uncertainty) { // inline void report_hotend_offsets() { for (uint8_t e = 1; e < HOTENDS; e++) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("T", int(e), " Hotend Offset X", hotend_offset[e].x, " Y", hotend_offset[e].y, " Z", hotend_offset[e].z); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("T"), int(e), PSTR(" Hotend Offset X"), hotend_offset[e].x, SP_Y_STR, hotend_offset[e].y, SP_Z_STR, hotend_offset[e].z); } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G76_M871.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G76_M871.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b94b56fd93f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/G76_M871.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,407 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * G76_M871.cpp - Temperature calibration/compensation for z-probing + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + +#include "../gcode.h" +#include "../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../module/planner.h" +#include "../../module/probe.h" +#include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" +#include "../../module/temperature.h" +#include "../../module/probe.h" +#include "../../feature/probe_temp_compensation.h" + +/** + * G76: calibrate probe and/or bed temperature offsets + * Notes: + * - When calibrating probe, bed temperature is held constant. + * Compensation values are deltas to first probe measurement at probe temp. = 30°C. + * - When calibrating bed, probe temperature is held constant. + * Compensation values are deltas to first probe measurement at bed temp. = 60°C. + * - The hotend will not be heated at any time. + * - On my Prusa MK3S clone I put a piece of paper between the probe and the hotend + * so the hotend fan would not cool my probe constantly. Alternativly you could just + * make sure the fan is not running while running the calibration process. + * + * Probe calibration: + * - Moves probe to cooldown point. + * - Heats up bed to 100°C. + * - Moves probe to probing point (1mm above heatbed). + * - Waits until probe reaches target temperature (30°C). + * - Does a z-probing (=base value) and increases target temperature by 5°C. + * - Waits until probe reaches increased target temperature. + * - Does a z-probing (delta to base value will be a compensation value) and increases target temperature by 5°C. + * - Repeats last two steps until max. temperature reached or timeout (i.e. probe does not heat up any further). + * - Compensation values of higher temperatures will be extrapolated (using linear regression first). + * While this is not exact by any means it is still better than simply using the last compensation value. + * + * Bed calibration: + * - Moves probe to cooldown point. + * - Heats up bed to 60°C. + * - Moves probe to probing point (1mm above heatbed). + * - Waits until probe reaches target temperature (30°C). + * - Does a z-probing (=base value) and increases bed temperature by 5°C. + * - Moves probe to cooldown point. + * - Waits until probe is below 30°C and bed has reached target temperature. + * - Moves probe to probing point and waits until it reaches target temperature (30°C). + * - Does a z-probing (delta to base value will be a compensation value) and increases bed temperature by 5°C. + * - Repeats last four points until max. bed temperature reached (110°C) or timeout. + * - Compensation values of higher temperatures will be extrapolated (using linear regression first). + * While this is not exact by any means it is still better than simply using the last compensation value. + * + * G76 [B | P] + * - no flag - Both calibration procedures will be run. + * - `B` - Run bed temperature calibration. + * - `P` - Run probe temperature calibration. + */ +void GcodeSuite::G76() { + // Check if heated bed is available and z-homing is done with probe + #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 0 || !(HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE) + return; + #endif + + #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) + // Make sure any BLTouch error condition is cleared + bltouch_command(BLTOUCH_RESET, BLTOUCH_RESET_DELAY); + set_bltouch_deployed(false); + #endif + + bool do_bed_cal = parser.boolval('B'), + do_probe_cal = parser.boolval('P'); + if (!do_bed_cal && !do_probe_cal) + do_bed_cal = do_probe_cal = true; + + // Synchronize with planner + planner.synchronize(); + + // Report temperatures every second and handle heating timeouts + millis_t next_temp_report = millis() + 1000; + + if (do_bed_cal || do_probe_cal) { + // Ensure park position is reachable + if (!position_is_reachable(ProbeTempComp::park_point.x, ProbeTempComp::park_point.y) + || !(WITHIN(ProbeTempComp::park_point.z, Z_MIN_POS - 0.001f, Z_MAX_POS + 0.001f)) + ) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Park position unreachable - aborting."); + return; + } + // Ensure probe position is reachable + destination.set( + temp_comp.measure_point_x - probe.offset_xy.x, + temp_comp.measure_point_y - probe.offset_xy.y + ); + if (!position_is_reachable_by_probe(destination)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Probe position unreachable - aborting."); + return; + } + + G28(true); + } + + /****************************************** + * Calibrate bed temperature offsets + ******************************************/ + + if (do_bed_cal) { + + uint16_t target_bed = temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_BED].start_temp, + target_probe = temp_comp.bed_calib_probe_temp; + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Waiting for printer to cool down."); + while (thermalManager.degBed() > target_bed + || thermalManager.degProbe() > target_probe + ) { + idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + true + #endif + ); + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, next_temp_report)) { + thermalManager.print_heater_states(active_extruder); + next_temp_report = ms + 1000; + } + } + + // Disable leveling so it won't mess with us + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(false); + #endif + + bool timeout = false; + while (true) { + thermalManager.setTargetBed(target_bed); + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Target Bed: ", target_bed, "; Probe: ", target_probe); + + // Park nozzle + do_blocking_move_to(ProbeTempComp::park_point.x, ProbeTempComp::park_point.y, ProbeTempComp::park_point.z); + + // Wait for heatbed to reach target temp and probe to cool below target temp + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Waiting for bed and probe to reach target temp."); + const millis_t probe_timeout_ms = millis() + 900UL * 1000UL; + while (fabs(thermalManager.degBed() - float(target_bed)) > 0.1 || thermalManager.degProbe() > target_probe) { + idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + true + #endif + ); + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, next_temp_report)) { + thermalManager.print_heater_states(active_extruder); + next_temp_report = ms + 1000; + } + if (ELAPSED(ms, probe_timeout_ms)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Bed heating timeout."); + timeout = true; + break; + } + } + + if (timeout) break; + + // Move probe to probing point and wait for probe to reach target temp + destination.set(temp_comp.measure_point_x, temp_comp.measure_point_y, 0.5); + do_blocking_move_to(destination.x, destination.y, destination.z); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Waiting for probe heating."); + while (thermalManager.degProbe() < target_probe) { + idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + true + #endif + ); + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, next_temp_report)) { + thermalManager.print_heater_states(active_extruder); + next_temp_report = ms + 1000; + } + } + + // Raise nozzle before probing + destination.z = 5.0; + do_blocking_move_to_z(destination.z); + + // Do a single probe + remember_feedrate_scaling_off(); + const float measured_z = probe.probe_at_point( + destination.x + probe.offset_xy.x, + destination.y + probe.offset_xy.y, + PROBE_PT_NONE + ); + restore_feedrate_and_scaling(); + + if (isnan(measured_z)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Received NAN measurement - aborting."); + break; + } + else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Measured: ", measured_z); + + if (target_bed == temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_BED].start_temp) + temp_comp.prepare_new_calibration(measured_z); + else + temp_comp.push_back_new_measurement(TSI_BED, measured_z); + + target_bed += temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_BED].temp_res; + if (target_bed > temp_comp.max_bed_temp) break; + } + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Retrieved measurements: ", temp_comp.get_index()); + if (temp_comp.finish_calibration(TSI_BED)) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Successfully calibrated bed."); + else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Failed to calibrated bed - reset calibration values."); + + // Cleanup + thermalManager.setTargetBed(0); + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(true); + #endif + } // do_bed_cal + + /******************************************** + * Calibrate probe temperature offsets + ********************************************/ + + if (do_probe_cal) { + + // Park nozzle + do_blocking_move_to(ProbeTempComp::park_point.x, ProbeTempComp::park_point.y, ProbeTempComp::park_point.z); + + // Initialize temperatures + uint16_t target_bed = temp_comp.probe_calib_bed_temp, + target_probe = temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].start_temp; + thermalManager.setTargetBed(target_bed); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Waiting for bed and probe temperature."); + while (fabs(thermalManager.degBed() - float(target_bed)) > 0.1f + || thermalManager.degProbe() > target_probe + ) { + idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + true + #endif + ); + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, next_temp_report)) { + thermalManager.print_heater_states(active_extruder); + next_temp_report = ms + 1000; + } + } + + // Disable leveling so it won't mess with us + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(false); + #endif + + bool timeout = false; + while (true) { + // Move probe to probing point and wait for it to reach target temperature + destination.set(temp_comp.measure_point_x, temp_comp.measure_point_y, 0.5); + do_blocking_move_to(destination); + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( + "Bed temp: ", target_bed, + "; Probe temp: ", target_probe, + " Waiting for probe heating." + ); + + const millis_t probe_timeout_ms = millis() + 900UL * 1000UL; + while (thermalManager.degProbe() < target_probe) { + idle( + #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) + true + #endif + ); + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, next_temp_report)) { + thermalManager.print_heater_states(active_extruder); + next_temp_report = ms + 1000; + } + if (ELAPSED(ms, probe_timeout_ms)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Probe heating aborted due to timeout."); + timeout = true; + break; + } + } + + if (timeout) break; + + // Raise nozzle before probing + destination.z = 5.0; + do_blocking_move_to_z(destination.z); + + // Do a single probe + remember_feedrate_scaling_off(); + const float measured_z = probe.probe_at_point( + destination.x + probe.offset_xy.x, + destination.y + probe.offset_xy.y, + PROBE_PT_NONE + ); + restore_feedrate_and_scaling(); + + if (isnan(measured_z)) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Received NAN measurement - aborting."); + break; + } + else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F("Measured: ", measured_z); + + if (target_probe == temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].start_temp) + temp_comp.prepare_new_calibration(measured_z); + else + temp_comp.push_back_new_measurement(TSI_PROBE, measured_z); + + target_probe += temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].temp_res; + if (target_probe > temp_comp.cali_info_init[TSI_PROBE].end_temp) break; + } + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Retrieved measurements: ", temp_comp.get_index()); + if (temp_comp.finish_calibration(TSI_PROBE)) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Successfully calibrated probe."); + else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Failed to calibrated probe."); + + // Cleanup + thermalManager.setTargetBed(0); + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(true); + #endif + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Final compensation values:"); + temp_comp.print_offsets(); + } // do_probe_cal +} + +/** + * M871: Report / reset temperature compensation offsets. + * Note: This does not affect values in EEPROM until M500. + * + * M871 [ R | B | P | E ] + * + * No Parameters - Print current offset values. + * + * Select only one of these flags: + * R - Reset all offsets to zero (i.e., disable compensation). + * B - Manually set offset for bed + * P - Manually set offset for probe + * E - Manually set offset for extruder + * + * With B, P, or E: + * I[index] - Index in the array + * V[value] - Adjustment in µm + */ +void GcodeSuite::M871() { + + if (parser.seen('R')) { + // Reset z-probe offsets to factory defaults + temp_comp.clear_all_offsets(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Offsets reset to default."); + } + else if (parser.seen("BPE")) { + if (!parser.seenval('V')) return; + const int16_t val = parser.value_int(); + if (!parser.seenval('I')) return; + const int16_t idx = parser.value_int(); + const TempSensorID mod = (parser.seen('B') ? TSI_BED : + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + parser.seen('E') ? TSI_EXT : + #endif + TSI_PROBE + ); + if (idx > 0 && temp_comp.set_offset(mod, idx - 1, val)) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Set value: ", val); + else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Invalid index. Failed to set value (note: value at index 0 is constant)."); + + } + else // Print current Z-probe adjustments. Note: Values in EEPROM might differ. + temp_comp.print_offsets(); +} + +#endif // PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp index a6f4f8f5d2e7..a77583c6e1ec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M100.cpp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #include "../queue.h" #include "../../libs/hex_print_routines.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for idle() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for idle() /** * M100 Free Memory Watcher @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ * Also, there are two support functions that can be called from a developer's C code. * * uint16_t check_for_free_memory_corruption(PGM_P const free_memory_start); - * void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, char *start, char *end); + * void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, const char * const start, const char * const end); * * Initial version by Roxy-3D */ @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ inline int32_t count_test_bytes(const char * const start_free_memory) { // Start and end the dump on a nice 16 byte boundary // (even though the values are not 16-byte aligned). // - start_free_memory = (char*)((ptr_int_t)((uint32_t)start_free_memory & 0xFFFFFFF0)); // Align to 16-byte boundary - end_free_memory = (char*)((ptr_int_t)((uint32_t)end_free_memory | 0x0000000F)); // Align end_free_memory to the 15th byte (at or above end_free_memory) + start_free_memory = (char*)(ptr_int_t(uint32_t(start_free_memory) & ~0xFUL)); // Align to 16-byte boundary + end_free_memory = (char*)(ptr_int_t(uint32_t(end_free_memory) | 0xFUL)); // Align end_free_memory to the 15th byte (at or above end_free_memory) // Dump command main loop while (start_free_memory < end_free_memory) { @@ -177,15 +177,16 @@ inline int32_t count_test_bytes(const char * const start_free_memory) { } } - void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, char *start, char *end) { + void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, const char * const start, const char * const end) { serialprintPGM(title); SERIAL_EOL(); // // Round the start and end locations to produce full lines of output // - start = (char*)((ptr_int_t)((uint32_t)start & 0xFFFFFFF0)); // Align to 16-byte boundary - end = (char*)((ptr_int_t)((uint32_t)end | 0x0000000F)); // Align end_free_memory to the 15th byte (at or above end_free_memory) - dump_free_memory(start, end); + dump_free_memory( + (char*)(ptr_int_t(uint32_t(start) & ~0xFUL)), // Align to 16-byte boundary + (char*)(ptr_int_t(uint32_t(end) | 0xFUL)) // Align end_free_memory to the 15th byte (at or above end_free_memory) + ); } #endif // M100_FREE_MEMORY_DUMPER @@ -211,7 +212,7 @@ inline int check_for_free_memory_corruption(PGM_P const title) { // idle(); serial_delay(20); #if ENABLED(M100_FREE_MEMORY_DUMPER) - M100_dump_routine(PSTR(" Memory corruption detected with end_free_memory 3) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Moving inward: X", next_pos.x, " Y", next_pos.y); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("Moving inward: X"), next_pos.x, SP_Y_STR, next_pos.y); } #endif if (verbose_level > 3) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Going to: X", next_pos.x, " Y", next_pos.y); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("Going to: X"), next_pos.x, SP_Y_STR, next_pos.y); do_blocking_move_to_xy(next_pos); } // n_legs loop } // n_legs // Probe a single point - sample_set[n] = probe_at_point(probe_pos, raise_after, 0); + sample_set[n] = probe.probe_at_point(probe_pos, raise_after, 0); // Break the loop if the probe fails probing_good = !isnan(sample_set[n]); @@ -234,7 +238,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M48() { } // n_samples loop } - STOW_PROBE(); + probe.stow(); if (probing_good) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Finished!"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M665.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M665.cpp index 1b37fa8bb6b5..6234265b3d20 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M665.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M665.cpp @@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ * L = diagonal rod * R = delta radius * S = segments per second - * B = delta calibration radius * X = Alpha (Tower 1) angle trim * Y = Beta (Tower 2) angle trim * Z = Gamma (Tower 3) angle trim @@ -47,7 +46,6 @@ if (parser.seen('L')) delta_diagonal_rod = parser.value_linear_units(); if (parser.seen('R')) delta_radius = parser.value_linear_units(); if (parser.seen('S')) delta_segments_per_second = parser.value_float(); - if (parser.seen('B')) delta_calibration_radius = parser.value_float(); if (parser.seen('X')) delta_tower_angle_trim.a = parser.value_float(); if (parser.seen('Y')) delta_tower_angle_trim.b = parser.value_float(); if (parser.seen('Z')) delta_tower_angle_trim.c = parser.value_float(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp index 3b55fb770d14..ea429875c580 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/calibrate/M666.cpp @@ -57,10 +57,11 @@ * M666: Set Dual Endstops offsets for X, Y, and/or Z. * With no parameters report current offsets. * - * For Triple Z Endstops: + * For Triple / Quad Z Endstops: * Set Z2 Only: M666 S2 Z * Set Z3 Only: M666 S3 Z - * Set Both: M666 Z + * Set Z4 Only: M666 S4 Z + * Set All: M666 Z */ void GcodeSuite::M666() { #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) @@ -69,15 +70,20 @@ #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) if (parser.seenval('Y')) endstops.y2_endstop_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) if (parser.seenval('Z')) { - const float z_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); - const int ind = parser.intval('S'); - if (!ind || ind == 2) endstops.z2_endstop_adj = z_adj; - if (!ind || ind == 3) endstops.z3_endstop_adj = z_adj; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + const float z_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); + const int ind = parser.intval('S'); + if (!ind || ind == 2) endstops.z2_endstop_adj = z_adj; + if (!ind || ind == 3) endstops.z3_endstop_adj = z_adj; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + if (!ind || ind == 4) endstops.z4_endstop_adj = z_adj; + #endif + #else + endstops.z2_endstop_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); + #endif } - #elif Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS - if (parser.seen('Z')) endstops.z2_endstop_adj = parser.value_linear_units(); #endif if (!parser.seen("XYZ")) { SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Dual Endstop Adjustment (mm): "); @@ -87,11 +93,14 @@ #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y2:", endstops.y2_endstop_adj); #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z2:", endstops.z2_endstop_adj); - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z3:", endstops.z3_endstop_adj); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z3:", endstops.z3_endstop_adj); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z4:", endstops.z4_endstop_adj); + #endif + #endif #endif SERIAL_EOL(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp index aeeb38c91313..14ddb1efc257 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M200-M205.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) @@ -41,8 +41,9 @@ // setting any extruder filament size disables volumetric on the assumption that // slicers either generate in extruder values as cubic mm or as as filament feeds // for all extruders - if ( (parser.volumetric_enabled = (parser.value_linear_units() != 0)) ) - planner.set_filament_size(target_extruder, parser.value_linear_units()); + const float dval = parser.value_linear_units(); + if ( (parser.volumetric_enabled = (dval != 0)) ) + planner.set_filament_size(target_extruder, dval); } planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp index ade8c280f75f..57178950cb40 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M217.cpp @@ -27,18 +27,22 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/tool_change.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for SP_X_STR, etc. + +extern const char SP_X_STR[], SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[]; + void M217_report(const bool eeprom=false) { #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) serialprintPGM(eeprom ? PSTR(" M217") : PSTR("Toolchange:")); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" S", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.swap_length)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" E", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.extra_prime)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_E_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.extra_prime)); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" P", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.prime_speed)); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" R", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.retract_speed)); #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.change_point.x)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.change_point.y)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.change_point.x)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.change_point.y)); #endif #else @@ -47,7 +51,7 @@ void M217_report(const bool eeprom=false) { #endif - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.z_raise)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(toolchange_settings.z_raise)); SERIAL_EOL(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M220.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M220.cpp index 50939b279b08..3710a30ab9cf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M220.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M220.cpp @@ -24,11 +24,23 @@ #include "../../module/motion.h" /** - * M220: Set speed percentage factor, aka "Feed Rate" (M220 S95) + * M220: Set speed percentage factor, aka "Feed Rate" + * + * Parameters + * S : Set the feed rate percentage factor + * + * With PRUSA_MMU2... + * B : Flag to back up the current factor + * R : Flag to restore the last-saved factor */ void GcodeSuite::M220() { - if (parser.seenval('S')) - feedrate_percentage = parser.value_int(); + #if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) + static int16_t backup_feedrate_percentage = 100; + if (parser.seen('B')) backup_feedrate_percentage = feedrate_percentage; + if (parser.seen('R')) feedrate_percentage = backup_feedrate_percentage; + #endif + + if (parser.seenval('S')) feedrate_percentage = parser.value_int(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp index 116ce776b2ea..a7a48c373030 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M221.cpp @@ -39,8 +39,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M221() { } else { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_CHAR('E'); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + target_extruder); + SERIAL_CHAR('E', '0' + target_extruder); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Flow: ", planner.flow_percentage[target_extruder]); SERIAL_CHAR('%'); SERIAL_EOL(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M301.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M301.cpp index 25a15d772869..0449293bf537 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M301.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M301.cpp @@ -38,6 +38,10 @@ * * C[float] Kc term * L[int] LPQ length + * + * With PID_FAN_SCALING: + * + * F[float] Kf term */ void GcodeSuite::M301() { @@ -56,6 +60,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M301() { NOLESS(thermalManager.lpq_len, 0); #endif + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + if (parser.seen('F')) PID_PARAM(Kf, e) = parser.value_float(); + #endif + thermalManager.updatePID(); SERIAL_ECHO_START(); #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) @@ -65,9 +73,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::M301() { " i:", unscalePID_i(PID_PARAM(Ki, e)), " d:", unscalePID_d(PID_PARAM(Kd, e))); #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - //Kc does not have scaling applied above, or in resetting defaults SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" c:", PID_PARAM(Kc, e)); #endif + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" f:", PID_PARAM(Kf, e)); + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); } else diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M304.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M304.cpp index 3048c228d5e8..6510bc03f6ec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M304.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M304.cpp @@ -27,6 +27,13 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/temperature.h" +/** + * M304 - Set and/or Report the current Bed PID values + * + * P - Set the P value + * I - Set the I value + * D - Set the D value + */ void GcodeSuite::M304() { if (parser.seen('P')) thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp = parser.value_float(); if (parser.seen('I')) thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki = scalePID_i(parser.value_float()); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp index 0fd213886d10..5937b4c72116 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M43.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PINS_DEBUGGING) #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for pin_is_protected +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for pin_is_protected #include "../../pins/pinsDebug.h" #include "../../module/endstops.h" @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M43() { KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); wait_for_user = true; #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("M43 Wait Called"), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("M43 Wait Called"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("M43 Wait Called")); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M672.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M672.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ca4b028dc7da --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M672.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(SMART_EFFECTOR) && PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + +#include "../gcode.h" +#include "../../HAL/shared/Delay.h" +#include "../parser.h" + +/** + * M672 - Set/reset Duet Smart Effector sensitivity + * + * One of these is required: + * S - 0-255 + * R - Flag to reset sensitivity to default + */ + +/** + * The Marlin format for the M672 command is different than shown in the Duet Smart Effector + * documentation https://duet3d.dozuki.com/Wiki/Smart_effector_and_carriage_adapters_for_delta_printer + * + * To set custom sensitivity: + * Duet: M672 S105:aaa:bbb + * Marlin: M672 Saaa + * + * (where aaa is the desired sensitivity and bbb is 255 - aaa). + * + * Revert sensitivity to factory settings: + * Duet: M672 S105:131:131 + * Marlin: M672 R + */ + +#define M672_PROGBYTE 105 // magic byte to start programming custom sensitivity +#define M672_ERASEBYTE 131 // magic byte to clear custom sensitivity + +// +// Smart Effector byte send protocol: +// +// 0 0 1 0 ... always 0010 +// b7 b6 b5 b4 ~b4 ... hi bits, NOT last bit +// b3 b2 b1 b0 ~b0 ... lo bits, NOT last bit +// +void M672_send(uint8_t b) { // bit rate requirement: 1KHz +/- 30% + for (uint8_t bits = 0; bits < 14; bits++) { + switch (bits) { + default: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, !!(b & 0x80)); b <<= 1; break; } // send bit, shift next into place + case 7: + case 12: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, !!(b & 0x80)); break; } // send bit. no shift + case 8: + case 13: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, !(b & 0x80)); b <<= 1; break; } // send inverted previous bit + case 0: case 1: // 00 + case 3: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, LOW); break; } // 0010 + case 2: { OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, HIGH); break; } // 001 + } + DELAY_US(1000); + } +} + +void GcodeSuite::M672() { + if (parser.seen('R')) { + M672_send(M672_ERASEBYTE); + M672_send(M672_ERASEBYTE); + } + else if (parser.seenval('S')) { + const int8_t M672_sensitivity = parser.value_byte(); + M672_send(M672_PROGBYTE); + M672_send(M672_sensitivity); + M672_send(255 - M672_sensitivity); + } + else { + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("!'S' or 'R' parameter required."); + return; + } + + OUT_WRITE(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN, LOW); // Keep Smart Effector in NORMAL mode +} + +#endif // SMART_EFFECTOR && SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M92.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M92.cpp index 622eb83b771d..212b6f83b7e6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M92.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/config/M92.cpp @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ void report_M92(const bool echo=true, const int8_t e=-1) { if (echo) SERIAL_ECHO_START(); else SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M92 X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS]), - " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS]), - " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(PSTR(" M92 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS]), + SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS]), + SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS])); #if DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS])); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_E_STR, VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS])); #endif SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ void report_M92(const bool echo=true, const int8_t e=-1) { for (uint8_t i = 0; i < E_STEPPERS; i++) { if (e >= 0 && i != e) continue; if (echo) SERIAL_ECHO_START(); else SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M92 T", (int)i, - " E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(i)])); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR(" M92 T"), (int)i, + SP_E_STR, VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(i)])); } #endif @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M92() { const float value = parser.value_per_axis_units((AxisEnum)(E_AXIS_N(target_extruder))); if (value < 20) { float factor = planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(target_extruder)] / value; // increase e constants if M92 E14 is given for netfab. - #if HAS_CLASSIC_E_JERK + #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK && HAS_CLASSIC_E_JERK planner.max_jerk.e *= factor; #endif planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(target_extruder)] *= factor; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp index 50feb8276f51..606a39d51cee 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M108_M112_M410.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if DISABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for wait_for_heatup, kill, quickstop_stepper +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for wait_for_heatup, kill, quickstop_stepper /** * M108: Stop the waiting for heaters in M109, M190, M303. Does not affect the target temperature. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M108() { * M112: Full Shutdown */ void GcodeSuite::M112() { - kill(PSTR("M112 Shutdown"), nullptr, true); + kill(M112_KILL_STR, nullptr, true); } /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp index de6eab4f7422..4908a64ecbc7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M17_M18_M84.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for stepper_inactive_time, disable_e_steppers +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for stepper_inactive_time, disable_e_steppers #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" #include "../../module/stepper.h" @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ */ void GcodeSuite::M17() { if (parser.seen("XYZE")) { - if (parser.seen('X')) enable_X(); - if (parser.seen('Y')) enable_Y(); - if (parser.seen('Z')) enable_Z(); + if (parser.seen('X')) ENABLE_AXIS_X(); + if (parser.seen('Y')) ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); + if (parser.seen('Z')) ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); #if HAS_E_STEPPER_ENABLE if (parser.seen('E')) enable_e_steppers(); #endif @@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M18_M84() { else { if (parser.seen("XYZE")) { planner.synchronize(); - if (parser.seen('X')) disable_X(); - if (parser.seen('Y')) disable_Y(); - if (parser.seen('Z')) disable_Z(); + if (parser.seen('X')) DISABLE_AXIS_X(); + if (parser.seen('Y')) DISABLE_AXIS_Y(); + if (parser.seen('Z')) DISABLE_AXIS_Z(); #if HAS_E_STEPPER_ENABLE if (parser.seen('E')) disable_e_steppers(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp index 5bcf55b2f74e..3dbc5984f9ad 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M226.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for pin_is_protected and idle() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for pin_is_protected and idle() #include "../../module/stepper.h" /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp index 0ee2ef70790f..1ee03f890538 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M42.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for pin_is_protected +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for pin_is_protected #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if FAN_COUNT > 0 @@ -47,23 +47,38 @@ void GcodeSuite::M42() { const pin_t pin = GET_PIN_MAP_PIN(pin_index); - if (!parser.boolval('I') && pin_is_protected(pin)) return protected_pin_err(); - - pinMode(pin, OUTPUT); - extDigitalWrite(pin, pin_status); - analogWrite(pin, pin_status); - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 switch (pin) { #if HAS_FAN0 - case FAN0_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[0] = pin_status; break; + case FAN0_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[0] = pin_status; return; #endif #if HAS_FAN1 - case FAN1_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[1] = pin_status; break; + case FAN1_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[1] = pin_status; return; #endif #if HAS_FAN2 - case FAN2_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[2] = pin_status; break; + case FAN2_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[2] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + case FAN3_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[3] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + case FAN4_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[4] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + case FAN5_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[5] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + case FAN6_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[6] = pin_status; return; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + case FAN7_PIN: thermalManager.fan_speed[7] = pin_status; return; #endif } #endif + + if (!parser.boolval('I') && pin_is_protected(pin)) return protected_pin_err(); + + pinMode(pin, OUTPUT); + extDigitalWrite(pin, pin_status); + analogWrite(pin, pin_status); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp index d7880358c402..d2b395e8d808 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M80_M81.cpp @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ #endif #if HAS_SUICIDE - #include "../../Marlin.h" + #include "../../MarlinCore.h" #endif -#if HAS_POWER_SWITCH +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) #include "../../feature/power.h" @@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ * a print without suicide... */ #if HAS_SUICIDE - OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, HIGH); + OUT_WRITE(SUICIDE_PIN, !SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING); #endif #if DISABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - delay(100); // Wait for power to settle + delay(PSU_POWERUP_DELAY); // Wait for power to settle restore_stepper_drivers(); #endif @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ #endif } -#endif // HAS_POWER_SWITCH +#endif // ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) /** * M81: Turn off Power, including Power Supply, if there is one. @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M81() { #if HAS_SUICIDE suicide(); - #elif HAS_POWER_SWITCH + #elif ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) PSU_OFF(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp index bc5a91c375c2..403c0c59ac42 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M85.cpp @@ -21,13 +21,16 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for max_inactive_time +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for max_inactive_time /** * M85: Set inactivity shutdown timer with parameter S. To disable set zero (default) */ void GcodeSuite::M85() { - if (parser.seen('S')) max_inactive_time = parser.value_millis_from_seconds(); + if (parser.seen('S')) { + reset_stepper_timeout(); + max_inactive_time = parser.value_millis_from_seconds(); + } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp index 2972e086d101..ac46311067b1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M999.cpp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" // for lcd_reset_alert_level -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for Running +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for Running #include "../queue.h" // for flush_and_request_resend /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp index 1fbb72aacf3a..f3d8d0b60f43 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M122.cpp @@ -22,36 +22,64 @@ #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#if HAS_L64XX #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#include "../../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #include "../../../module/stepper/indirection.h" -inline void echo_yes_no(const bool yes) { serialprintPGM(yes ? PSTR(" YES") : PSTR(" NO ")); } +void echo_yes_no(const bool yes); -void L6470_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const uint8_t axis) { - if (L6470.spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred - L6470.say_axis(axis); +inline void L6470_say_status(const L64XX_axis_t axis) { + if (L64xxManager.spi_abort) return; + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; + L64xxManager.get_status(axis); + L64xxManager.say_axis(axis); #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) char temp_buf[20]; - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" status: %4x "), status); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" status: %4x "), sh.STATUS_AXIS_RAW); SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); - print_bin(status); + print_bin(sh.STATUS_AXIS_RAW); + switch (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: serialprintPGM(PSTR(" L6470")); break; + case L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT: serialprintPGM(PSTR(" L6474")); break; + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: serialprintPGM(PSTR(" L6480/powerSTEP01")); break; + } #endif SERIAL_ECHOPGM("\n...OUTPUT: "); - serialprintPGM(status & STATUS_HIZ ? PSTR("OFF") : PSTR("ON ")); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" BUSY: "); echo_yes_no(!(status & STATUS_BUSY)); + serialprintPGM(sh.STATUS_AXIS & STATUS_HIZ ? PSTR("OFF") : PSTR("ON ")); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" BUSY: "); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & STATUS_BUSY) == 0); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" DIR: "); - serialprintPGM((((status & STATUS_DIR) >> 4) ^ L6470.index_to_dir[axis]) ? PSTR("FORWARD") : PSTR("REVERSE")); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Last Command: "); - if (status & STATUS_WRONG_CMD) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("IN"); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("VALID "); - serialprintPGM(status & STATUS_NOTPERF_CMD ? PSTR("Not PERFORMED") : PSTR("COMPLETED ")); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\n...THERMAL: ", !(status & STATUS_TH_SD) ? "SHUTDOWN" : !(status & STATUS_TH_WRN) ? "WARNING " : "OK "); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" OVERCURRENT:"); echo_yes_no(!(status & STATUS_OCD)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STALL:"); echo_yes_no(!(status & STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A) || !(status & STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STEP-CLOCK MODE:"); echo_yes_no(status & STATUS_SCK_MOD); + serialprintPGM((((sh.STATUS_AXIS & STATUS_DIR) >> 4) ^ L64xxManager.index_to_dir[axis]) ? PSTR("FORWARD") : PSTR("REVERSE")); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT) { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Last Command: "); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("VALID"); + else SERIAL_ECHOPGM("ERROR"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("\n...THERMAL: "); + switch ((sh.STATUS_AXIS & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN)) >> 11) { + case 0: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("DEVICE SHUTDOWN"); break; + case 1: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("BRIDGE SHUTDOWN"); break; + case 2: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("WARNING "); break; + case 3: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("OK "); break; + } + } + else { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Last Command: "); + if (!(sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD)) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("IN"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("VALID "); + serialprintPGM(sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD ? PSTR("COMPLETED ") : PSTR("Not PERFORMED")); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\n...THERMAL: ", !(sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD) ? "SHUTDOWN " : !(sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN) ? "WARNING " : "OK "); + } + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" OVERCURRENT:"); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD) == 0); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STALL:"); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A) == 0 || (sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B) == 0); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STEP-CLOCK MODE:"); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_SCK_MOD) != 0); + } + else { + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" STALL: NA " + " STEP-CLOCK MODE: NA" + " UNDER VOLTAGE LOCKOUT: "); echo_yes_no((sh.STATUS_AXIS & sh.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO) == 0); + } SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -59,57 +87,59 @@ void L6470_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const uint8_t axis) { * M122: Debug L6470 drivers */ void GcodeSuite::M122() { - - L6470.spi_active = true; // let set_directions() know we're in the middle of a series of SPI transfers - - #define L6470_SAY_STATUS(Q) L6470_status_decode(stepper##Q.getStatus(), Q) + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + L64xxManager.spi_active = true; // Tell set_directions() a series of SPI transfers is underway //if (parser.seen('S')) - // tmc_set_report_interval(parser.value_bool()); + // tmc_set_report_interval(parser.value_bool()); //else - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(X); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + L6470_say_status(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + L6470_say_status(X2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(X2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + L6470_say_status(Y); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Y); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + L6470_say_status(Y2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Y2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + L6470_say_status(Z); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Z); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + L6470_say_status(Z2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Z2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + L6470_say_status(Z3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(Z3); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + L6470_say_status(Z4); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E0); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + L6470_say_status(E0); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E1); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + L6470_say_status(E1); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + L6470_say_status(E2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E3); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + L6470_say_status(E3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E4); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + L6470_say_status(E4); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - L6470_SAY_STATUS(E5); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + L6470_say_status(E5); #endif - L6470.spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags - L6470.spi_abort = false; + L64xxManager.spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags + L64xxManager.spi_abort = false; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); } -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp index 143a6fea8dff..5d8d7e8d3429 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M906.cpp @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#if HAS_L64XX #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#include "../../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #include "../../../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../../../module/planner.h" @@ -37,22 +37,18 @@ * M906: report or set KVAL_HOLD which sets the maximum effective voltage provided by the * PWMs to the steppers * - * J - select which driver(s) to monitor on multi-driver axis - * 0 - (default) monitor all drivers on the axis or E0 + * On L6474 this sets the TVAL register (same address). + * + * I - select which driver(s) to change on multi-driver axis + * 0 - (default) all drivers on the axis or E0 * 1 - monitor only X, Y, Z or E1 * 2 - monitor only X2, Y2, Z2 or E2 * 3 - monitor only Z3 or E3 - * 4 - monitor only E4 + * 4 - monitor only Z4 or E4 * 5 - monitor only E5 - * Xxxx, Yxxx, Zxxx, Exxx - axis to be monitored with displacement - * xxx (1-255) is distance moved on either side of current position - * - * I - over current threshold - * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified - * - * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (optional) - * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified - * + * Xxxx, Yxxx, Zxxx, Exxx - axis to change (optional) + * L6474 - current in mA (4A max) + * All others - 0-255 */ /** @@ -81,149 +77,225 @@ * KVAL_DEC * Vs compensation (if enabled) */ +void L64XX_report_current(L64XX &motor, const L64XX_axis_t axis) { -void L6470_report_current(L6470 &motor, const uint8_t axis) { - if (L6470.spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred - const uint16_t status = motor.getStatus() ; - const uint8_t overcurrent_threshold = (uint8_t)motor.GetParam(L6470_OCD_TH), - stall_threshold = (uint8_t)motor.GetParam(L6470_STALL_TH), - motor_status = (status & (STATUS_MOT_STATUS)) >> 13, - adc_out = motor.GetParam(L6470_ADC_OUT), - adc_out_limited = constrain(adc_out, 8, 24); - const float comp_coef = 1600.0f / adc_out_limited; - const int microsteps = _BV(motor.GetParam(L6470_STEP_MODE) & 0x07); - char temp_buf[80]; - L6470.say_axis(axis); - #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" status: %4x "), status); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - print_bin(status); - #endif - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("\n...OverCurrent Threshold: %2d (%4d mA)"), overcurrent_threshold, (overcurrent_threshold + 1) * 375); - SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); - - char numstr[11]; - dtostrf((stall_threshold + 1) * 31.25, 1, 2, numstr); - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" Stall Threshold: %2d (%s mA)"), stall_threshold, numstr); - SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); - - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Motor Status: "); - const char * const stat_str; - switch (motor_status) { - default: - case 0: stat_str = PSTR("stopped"); break; - case 1: stat_str = PSTR("accelerating"); break; - case 2: stat_str = PSTR("decelerating"); break; - case 3: stat_str = PSTR("at constant speed"); break; - } - serialprintPGM(stat_str); - SERIAL_EOL(); - - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...microsteps: ", microsteps); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" ADC_OUT: ", adc_out); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Vs_compensation: "); - serialprintPGM((motor.GetParam(L6470_CONFIG) & CONFIG_EN_VSCOMP) ? PSTR("ENABLED ") : PSTR("DISABLED")); - - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Compensation coefficient: ", dtostrf(comp_coef * 0.01f, 7, 2, numstr)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...KVAL_HOLD: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" KVAL_RUN : ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" KVAL_ACC: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC)); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" KVAL_DEC: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" V motor max = "); - float val; - PGM_P suf; - switch (motor_status) { - case 0: - val = motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD); - suf = PSTR("(KVAL_HOLD)"); - break; - case 1: - val = motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN); - suf = PSTR("(KVAL_RUN)"); - break; - case 2: - val = motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC); - suf = PSTR("(KVAL_ACC)"); + if (L64xxManager.spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred + + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; + const uint16_t status = L64xxManager.get_status(axis); //also populates shadow structure + const uint8_t OverCurrent_Threshold = uint8_t(motor.GetParam(L6470_OCD_TH)); + + auto say_axis_status = [](const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint16_t status) { + L64xxManager.say_axis(axis); + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + char tmp[10]; + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%4x "), status); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" status: ", tmp); + print_bin(status); + #else + UNUSED(status); + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); + }; + + char temp_buf[10]; + + switch (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: // L6470 + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6480 & powerstep01 + const uint16_t Stall_Threshold = (uint8_t)motor.GetParam(L6470_STALL_TH), + motor_status = (status & (STATUS_MOT_STATUS)) >> 5, + L6470_ADC_out = motor.GetParam(L6470_ADC_OUT), + L6470_ADC_out_limited = constrain(L6470_ADC_out, 8, 24); + const float comp_coef = 1600.0f / L6470_ADC_out_limited; + const uint16_t MicroSteps = _BV(motor.GetParam(L6470_STEP_MODE) & 0x07); + + say_axis_status(axis, sh.STATUS_AXIS_RAW); + + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("...OverCurrent Threshold: "); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("%2d ("), OverCurrent_Threshold); + SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + SERIAL_ECHO((OverCurrent_Threshold + 1) * motor.OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" mA)"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Stall Threshold: "); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("%2d ("), Stall_Threshold); + SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + SERIAL_ECHO((Stall_Threshold + 1) * motor.STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" mA)"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Motor Status: "); + switch (motor_status) { + case 0: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("stopped"); break; + case 1: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("accelerating"); break; + case 2: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("decelerating"); break; + case 3: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("at constant speed"); break; + } + SERIAL_EOL(); + + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...MicroSteps: ", MicroSteps, + " ADC_OUT: ", L6470_ADC_out); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Vs_compensation: "); + serialprintPGM((motor.GetParam(sh.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG) & CONFIG_EN_VSCOMP) ? PSTR("ENABLED ") : PSTR("DISABLED")); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Compensation coefficient: ~", comp_coef * 0.01f); + + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...KVAL_HOLD: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD), + " KVAL_RUN : ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN), + " KVAL_ACC: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC), + " KVAL_DEC: ", motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC), + " V motor max = "); + switch (motor_status) { + case 0: SERIAL_ECHO(motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD) * 100 / 256); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("% (KVAL_HOLD)"); break; + case 1: SERIAL_ECHO(motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN) * 100 / 256); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("% (KVAL_RUN)"); break; + case 2: SERIAL_ECHO(motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC) * 100 / 256); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("% (KVAL_ACC)"); break; + case 3: SERIAL_ECHO(motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC) * 100 / 256); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("% (KVAL_HOLD)"); break; + } + SERIAL_EOL(); + + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("...SLEW RATE: "); + switch (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + switch ((motor.GetParam(sh.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG) & CONFIG_POW_SR) >> CONFIG_POW_SR_BIT) { + case 0: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("320V/uS") ; break; } + case 1: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("75V/uS") ; break; } + case 2: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("110V/uS") ; break; } + case 3: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("260V/uS") ; break; } + } + break; + } + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + switch (motor.GetParam(L6470_GATECFG1) & CONFIG1_SR ) { + case CONFIG1_SR_220V_us: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("220V/uS") ; break; } + case CONFIG1_SR_400V_us: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("400V/uS") ; break; } + case CONFIG1_SR_520V_us: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("520V/uS") ; break; } + case CONFIG1_SR_980V_us: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("980V/uS") ; break; } + default: { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("unknown") ; break; } + } + } + } + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); break; - case 3: - val = motor.GetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC); - suf = PSTR("(KVAL_DEC)"); + } + + case L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6474 + const uint16_t L6470_ADC_out = motor.GetParam(L6470_ADC_OUT) & 0x1F, + L6474_TVAL_val = motor.GetParam(L6474_TVAL) & 0x7F; + + say_axis_status(axis, sh.STATUS_AXIS_RAW); + + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("...OverCurrent Threshold: "); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("%2d ("), OverCurrent_Threshold); + SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + SERIAL_ECHO((OverCurrent_Threshold + 1) * motor.OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" mA)"); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" TVAL: "); + sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR("%2d ("), L6474_TVAL_val); + SERIAL_ECHO(temp_buf); + SERIAL_ECHO((L6474_TVAL_val + 1) * motor.STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" mA) Motor Status: NA"); + + const uint16_t MicroSteps = _BV(motor.GetParam(L6470_STEP_MODE) & 0x07); //NOMORE(MicroSteps, 16); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("...MicroSteps: ", MicroSteps, + " ADC_OUT: ", L6470_ADC_out); + + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(" Vs_compensation: NA\n"); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("...KVAL_HOLD: NA" + " KVAL_RUN : NA" + " KVAL_ACC: NA" + " KVAL_DEC: NA" + " V motor max = NA"); + + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("...SLEW RATE: "); + switch ((motor.GetParam(sh.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG) & CONFIG_POW_SR) >> CONFIG_POW_SR_BIT) { + case 0: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("320V/uS") ; break; + case 1: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("75V/uS") ; break; + case 2: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("110V/uS") ; break; + case 3: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("260V/uS") ; break; + default: DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("slew rate: ", (motor.GetParam(sh.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG) & CONFIG_POW_SR) >> CONFIG_POW_SR_BIT); break; + } + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); + SERIAL_EOL(); break; + } } - SERIAL_ECHO(dtostrf(val * 100 / 256, 10, 2, numstr)); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("%% "); - serialprintPGM(suf); - SERIAL_EOL(); } void GcodeSuite::M906() { - #define L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Q) stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD, value) + + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + + #define L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Q) (AXIS_IS_L64XX(Q) ? stepper##Q.setTVALCurrent(value) : stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD, uint8_t(value))) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("M906"); - bool report_current = true; + uint8_t report_current = true; - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); #endif - LOOP_XYZE(i) if (uint8_t value = parser.byteval(axis_codes[i])) { + LOOP_XYZE(i) if (uint16_t value = parser.intval(axis_codes[i])) { report_current = false; if (planner.has_blocks_queued() || planner.cleaning_buffer_counter) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("!Can't set KVAL_HOLD with steppers moving"); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted. Can't set KVAL_HOLD while steppers are moving."); return; } switch (i) { case X_AXIS: - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) if (index == 0) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(X); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) if (index == 1) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(X2); #endif break; case Y_AXIS: - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) if (index == 0) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Y); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) if (index == 1) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Y2); #endif break; case Z_AXIS: - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) if (index == 0) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Z); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) if (index == 1) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Z2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) if (index == 2) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(L6470) + if (index == 3) L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(Z4); + #endif break; case E_AXIS: { const int8_t target_extruder = get_target_extruder_from_command(); if (target_extruder < 0) return; switch (target_extruder) { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) case 0: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E0); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) case 1: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E1); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) case 2: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E2); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) case 3: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E3); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) case 4: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E4); break; #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) case 5: L6470_SET_KVAL_HOLD(E5); break; #endif } @@ -232,53 +304,57 @@ void GcodeSuite::M906() { } if (report_current) { - #define L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Q) L6470_report_current(stepper##Q, Q) + #define L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Q) L64XX_report_current(stepper##Q, Q) - L6470.spi_active = true; // let set_directions() know we're in the middle of a series of SPI transfers + L64xxManager.spi_active = true; // Tell set_directions() a series of SPI transfers is underway - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(X); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(X2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(X2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Y); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Y); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Y2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Y2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Z); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Z); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Z2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Z2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Z3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(Z3); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(Z4); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E0); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E0); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E1); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E1); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E2); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E3); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E4); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E4); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - L6470_REPORT_CURRENT(E5); + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + L64XX_REPORT_CURRENT(E5); #endif - L6470.spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags - L6470.spi_abort = false; + L64xxManager.spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags + L64xxManager.spi_abort = false; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); } } -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp index 2077e937b995..9eb097ad49cb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/L6470/M916-918.cpp @@ -20,41 +20,33 @@ * */ +// +// NOTE: All tests assume each axis uses matching driver chips. +// + #include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#if HAS_L64XX #include "../../gcode.h" #include "../../../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../../../module/planner.h" -#include "../../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#include "../../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) #include "../../../core/debug_out.h" -static void jiggle_axis(const char axis_char, const float &min, const float &max, const feedRate_t &fr_mm_m) { - char gcode_string[30], str1[11], str2[11]; - - // Turn the motor(s) both directions - sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %c%s F%s"), axis_char, dtostrf(min, 1, 3, str1), dtostrf(rate, 1, 3, str2)); - process_subcommands_now(gcode_string); - - sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %c%s F%s"), axis_char, dtostrf(max, 1, 3, str1), str2); - process_subcommands_now(gcode_string); - - planner.synchronize(); -} - /** * - * M916: Increase KVAL_HOLD until thermal warning - * + * M916: increase KVAL_HOLD until get thermal warning + * NOTE - on L6474 it is TVAL that is used * * J - select which driver(s) to monitor on multi-driver axis * 0 - (default) monitor all drivers on the axis or E0 * 1 - monitor only X, Y, Z, E1 * 2 - monitor only X2, Y2, Z2, E2 * 3 - monitor only Z3, E3 + * 4 - monitor only Z4, E4 * * Xxxx, Yxxx, Zxxx, Exxx - axis to be monitored with displacement * xxx (1-255) is distance moved on either side of current position @@ -62,8 +54,14 @@ static void jiggle_axis(const char axis_char, const float &min, const float &max * F - feedrate * optional - will use default max feedrate from configuration.h if not specified * - * K - starting value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) - * optional - will use & report current value from driver if not specified + * T - current (mA) setting for TVAL (0 - 4A in 31.25mA increments, rounds down) - L6474 only + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (ignored for L6474) + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * D - time (in seconds) to run each setting of KVAL_HOLD/TVAL + * optional - defaults to zero (runs each setting once) * */ @@ -77,80 +75,115 @@ void GcodeSuite::M916() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("M916"); - // Variables used by L6470_get_user_input function - some may not be used - char axis_mon[3][3] = { " ", " ", " " }; // list of Axes to be monitored - uint8_t axis_index[3]; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + + // Variables used by L64xxManager.get_user_input function - some may not be used + char axis_mon[3][3] = { {" "}, {" "}, {" "} }; // list of Axes to be monitored + L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3]; uint16_t axis_status[3]; uint8_t driver_count = 1; float position_max; float position_min; - feedRate_t final_fr_mm_m; + float final_feedrate; uint8_t kval_hold; - uint8_t ocd_th_val = 0; - uint8_t stall_th_val = 0; + uint8_t OCD_TH_val = 0; + uint8_t STALL_TH_val = 0; uint16_t over_current_threshold; - constexpr bool over_current_flag = false; // M916 doesn't play with the overcurrent thresholds + constexpr uint8_t over_current_flag = false; // M916 doesn't play with the overcurrent thresholds + + #define DRIVER_TYPE_L6474(Q) AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_##Q(L6474) uint8_t j; // general purpose counter - if (L6470.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_fr_mm_m, kval_hold, over_current_flag, ocd_th_val, stall_th_val, over_current_threshold)) + if (L64xxManager.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_feedrate, kval_hold, over_current_flag, OCD_TH_val, STALL_TH_val, over_current_threshold)) return; // quit if invalid user input - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("feedrate = ", final_fr_mm_m); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("feedrate = ", final_feedrate); - planner.synchronize(); // Wait for moves to finish + planner.synchronize(); // wait for all current movement commands to complete + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.get_status(axis_index[j]); // Clear out error flags + L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j]); // clear out any pre-existing error flags + char temp_axis_string[] = " "; + temp_axis_string[0] = axis_mon[0][0]; // need to have a string for use within sprintf format section + char gcode_string[80]; uint16_t status_composite = 0; + uint16_t M91x_counter = kval_hold; + uint16_t M91x_counter_max; + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { + M91x_counter_max = 128; // TVAL is 7 bits + LIMIT(M91x_counter, 0U, 127U); + } + else + M91x_counter_max = 256; // KVAL_HOLD is 8 bits + + uint8_t M91x_delay_s = parser.byteval('D'); // get delay in seconds + millis_t M91x_delay_ms = M91x_delay_s * 60 * 1000; + millis_t M91x_delay_end; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n."); do { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("kval_hold = ", kval_hold); // set & report KVAL_HOLD for this run + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("TVAL current (mA) = ", (M91x_counter + 1) * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); // report TVAL current for this run + else + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("kval_hold = ", M91x_counter); // report KVAL_HOLD for this run for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, M91x_counter); //set KVAL_HOLD or TVAL (same register address) - // Turn the motor(s) both directions - jiggle_axis(axis_mon[0][0], position_min, position_max, final_fr_mm_m); + M91x_delay_end = millis() + M91x_delay_ms; + do { + // turn the motor(s) both directions + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_min), uint16_t(final_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); - status_composite = 0; // clear out the old bits + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_max), uint16_t(final_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - axis_status[j] = (~L6470.get_status(axis_index[j])) & L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low - status_composite |= axis_status[j] ; - } + // get the status after the motors have stopped + planner.synchronize(); + + status_composite = 0; // clear out the old bits - if (status_composite && (status_composite & STATUS_UVLO)) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted (Undervoltage lockout active)"); for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); + axis_status[j] = (~L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j])) & sh.L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low + status_composite |= axis_status[j] ; } - return; - } - // increment KVAL_HOLD if not yet at thermal warning/shutdown - if (!(status_composite & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD))) - kval_hold++; + if (status_composite) break; + } while (millis() < M91x_delay_end); - } while (!(status_composite & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD)) && kval_hold); // exit when kval_hold == 0 (rolls over) + if (status_composite) break; - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(".\n.\nThermal warning/shutdown "); - if ((status_composite & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD))) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("has occurred"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); + M91x_counter++; + + } while (!(status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD)) && (M91x_counter < M91x_counter_max)); + + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); + + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + if (status_composite) { + L64xxManager.error_status_decode(status_composite, axis_index[0], + sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); } - } + #endif + + if ((status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD))) + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\nTest completed normally - Thermal warning/shutdown has occurred"); + else if (status_composite) + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\nTest completed abnormally - non-thermal error has occured"); else - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("(Unable to get)"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\nTest completed normally - Unable to get to thermal warning/shutdown"); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); } /** @@ -159,8 +192,8 @@ void GcodeSuite::M916() { * * Decrease OCD current until overcurrent error * Increase OCD until overcurrent error goes away - * Decrease stall threshold until stall - * Increase stall until stall error goes away + * Decrease stall threshold until stall (not done on L6474) + * Increase stall until stall error goes away (not done on L6474) * * J - select which driver(s) to monitor on multi-driver axis * 0 - (default) monitor all drivers on the axis or E0 @@ -176,7 +209,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M916() { * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified * if there are multiple drivers on the axis then all will be set the same * - * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) + * T - current (mA) setting for TVAL (0 - 4A in 31.25mA increments, rounds down) - L6474 only + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (ignored for L6474) * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified * */ @@ -184,66 +220,85 @@ void GcodeSuite::M917() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("M917"); - char axis_mon[3][3] = { " ", " ", " " }; // list of axes to be monitored - uint8_t axis_index[3]; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + + char axis_mon[3][3] = { {" "}, {" "}, {" "} }; // list of Axes to be monitored + L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3]; uint16_t axis_status[3]; uint8_t driver_count = 1; float position_max; float position_min; - feedRate_t final_fr_mm_m; + float final_feedrate; uint8_t kval_hold; - uint8_t ocd_th_val = 0; - uint8_t stall_th_val = 0; + uint8_t OCD_TH_val = 0; + uint8_t STALL_TH_val = 0; uint16_t over_current_threshold; - constexpr bool over_current_flag = true; + constexpr uint8_t over_current_flag = true; uint8_t j; // general purpose counter - if (L6470.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_fr_mm_m, kval_hold, over_current_flag, ocd_th_val, stall_th_val, over_current_threshold)) + if (L64xxManager.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_feedrate, kval_hold, over_current_flag, OCD_TH_val, STALL_TH_val, over_current_threshold)) return; // quit if invalid user input - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("feedrate = ", final_fr_mm_m); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("feedrate = ", final_feedrate); - planner.synchronize(); // Wait for moves to finish + planner.synchronize(); // wait for all current movement commands to complete + + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.get_status(axis_index[j]); // Clear out error flags + L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j]); // clear error flags + char temp_axis_string[] = " "; + temp_axis_string[0] = axis_mon[0][0]; // need a sprintf format string + char gcode_string[80]; uint16_t status_composite = 0; - uint8_t test_phase = 0; - // 0 - decreasing OCD - exit when OCD warning occurs (ignore STALL) - // 1 - increasing OCD - exit when OCD warning stops (ignore STALL) - - // 2 - OCD finalized - decreasing STALL - exit when STALL warning happens - // 3 - OCD finalized - increasing STALL - exit when STALL warning stop - // 4 - all testing completed - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(".\n.\n.\nover_current threshold : ", (ocd_th_val + 1) * 375); // first status display - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (OCD_TH: : ", ocd_th_val); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(") Stall threshold: ", (stall_th_val + 1) * 31.25); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (STALL_TH: ", stall_th_val); + uint8_t test_phase = 0; // 0 - decreasing OCD - exit when OCD warning occurs (ignore STALL) + // 1 - increasing OCD - exit when OCD warning stops (ignore STALL) + // 2 - OCD finalized - decreasing STALL - exit when STALL warning happens + // 3 - OCD finalized - increasing STALL - exit when STALL warning stop + // 4 - all testing completed + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(".\n.\n.\nover_current threshold : ", (OCD_TH_val + 1) * 375); // first status display + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (OCD_TH: : ", OCD_TH_val); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(") Stall threshold: ", (STALL_TH_val + 1) * 31.25); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (STALL_TH: ", STALL_TH_val); + } DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(")"); do { - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("STALL threshold : ", (stall_th_val + 1) * 31.25); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" OCD threshold : ", (ocd_th_val + 1) * 375); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("STALL threshold : ", (STALL_TH_val + 1) * 31.25); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" OCD threshold : ", (OCD_TH_val + 1) * 375); - jiggle_axis(axis_mon[0][0], position_min, position_max, final_fr_mm_m); + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_min), uint16_t(final_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); + + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_max), uint16_t(final_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); + + planner.synchronize(); status_composite = 0; // clear out the old bits for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - axis_status[j] = (~L6470.get_status(axis_index[j])) & L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low + axis_status[j] = (~L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j])) & sh.L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low status_composite |= axis_status[j]; } - if (status_composite && (status_composite & STATUS_UVLO)) { + if (status_composite && (status_composite & sh.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted (Undervoltage lockout active)"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); - } + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + if (j) DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); + L64xxManager.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j], + sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT); + } + #endif return; } - if (status_composite & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD)) { + if (status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("thermal problem - waiting for chip(s) to cool down "); uint16_t status_composite_temp = 0; uint8_t k = 0; @@ -251,118 +306,136 @@ void GcodeSuite::M917() { k++; if (!(k % 4)) { kval_hold *= 0.95; - L6470_EOL(); + DEBUG_EOL(); DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Lowering KVAL_HOLD by about 5% to ", kval_hold); for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); } DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); - reset_stepper_timeout(); // reset_stepper_timeout to keep steppers powered - watchdog_refresh(); + gcode.reset_stepper_timeout(); // reset_stepper_timeout to keep steppers powered + watchdog_refresh();; // beat the dog safe_delay(5000); status_composite_temp = 0; for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - axis_status[j] = (~L6470.get_status(axis_index[j])) & L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low + axis_status[j] = (~L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j])) & sh.L6470_ERROR_MASK; // bits of interest are all active low status_composite_temp |= axis_status[j]; } } - while (status_composite_temp & (STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD)); - L6470_EOL(); + while (status_composite_temp & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD)); + DEBUG_EOL(); } - if (status_composite & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B | STATUS_OCD)) { + if (status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B | sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD)) { switch (test_phase) { case 0: { - if (status_composite & STATUS_OCD) { + if (status_composite & sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD) { // phase 0 with OCD warning - time to go to next phase - if (ocd_th_val >=15) { - ocd_th_val = 15; // limit to max + if (OCD_TH_val >= sh.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX) { + OCD_TH_val = sh.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX; // limit to max test_phase = 2; // at highest value so skip phase 1 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0A OCD at highest - skip to 2"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0A OCD at highest - skip to 2"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD at highest - OCD finalized"); } else { - ocd_th_val++; // normal exit to next phase + OCD_TH_val++; // normal exit to next phase test_phase = 1; // setup for first pass of phase 1 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0B - inc OCD & go to 1"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0B - inc OCD & go to 1"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("inc OCD"); } } else { // phase 0 without OCD warning - keep on decrementing if can - if (ocd_th_val) { - ocd_th_val--; // try lower value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0C - dec OCD"); + if (OCD_TH_val) { + OCD_TH_val--; // try lower value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0C - dec OCD"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("dec OCD"); } else { test_phase = 2; // at lowest value without warning so skip phase 1 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0D - OCD at latest - go to 2"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E0D - OCD at latest - go to 2"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); } } } break; case 1: { - if (status_composite & STATUS_OCD) { + if (status_composite & sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD) { // phase 1 with OCD warning - increment if can - if (ocd_th_val >= 15) { - ocd_th_val = 15; // limit to max + if (OCD_TH_val >= sh.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX) { + OCD_TH_val = sh.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX; // limit to max test_phase = 2; // at highest value so go to next phase - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1A - OCD at max - go to 2"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1A - OCD at max - go to 2"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); } else { - ocd_th_val++; // try a higher value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1B - inc OCD"); + OCD_TH_val++; // try a higher value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1B - inc OCD"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("inc OCD"); } } else { // phase 1 without OCD warning - normal exit to phase 2 test_phase = 2; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1C - no OCD warning - go to 1"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E1C - no OCD warning - go to 1"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); } } break; case 2: { - if (status_composite & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)) { + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // skip all STALL_TH steps if L6474 + test_phase = 4; + break; + } + if (status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B)) { // phase 2 with stall warning - time to go to next phase - if (stall_th_val >= 127) { - stall_th_val = 127; // limit to max - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2A - STALL warning, STALL at max, quit"); + if (STALL_TH_val >= 127) { + STALL_TH_val = 127; // limit to max + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2A - STALL warning, STALL at max, quit"); DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished - STALL at maximum value but still have stall warning"); test_phase = 4; } else { test_phase = 3; // normal exit to next phase (found failing value of STALL) - stall_th_val++; // setup for first pass of phase 3 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2B - INC - STALL warning, inc Stall, go to 3"); + STALL_TH_val++; // setup for first pass of phase 3 + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2B - INC - STALL warning, inc Stall, go to 3"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("inc Stall"); } } else { // phase 2 without stall warning - decrement if can - if (stall_th_val) { - stall_th_val--; // try a lower value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2C - no STALL, dec STALL"); + if (STALL_TH_val) { + STALL_TH_val--; // try a lower value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2C - no STALL, dec STALL"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("dec STALL"); } else { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished - STALL at lowest value but still do NOT have stall warning"); test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2D - no STALL, at lowest so quit"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E2D - no STALL, at lowest so quit"); } } } break; case 3: { - if (status_composite & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)) { + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // skip all STALL_TH steps if L6474 + test_phase = 4; + break; + } + if (status_composite & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B)) { // phase 3 with stall warning - increment if can - if (stall_th_val >= 127) { - stall_th_val = 127; // limit to max + if (STALL_TH_val >= 127) { + STALL_TH_val = 127; // limit to max DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished - STALL at maximum value but still have stall warning"); test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3A - STALL, at max so quit"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3A - STALL, at max so quit"); } else { - stall_th_val++; // still looking for passing value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3B - STALL, inc stall"); + STALL_TH_val++; // still looking for passing value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3B - STALL, inc stall"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("inc stall"); } } else { //phase 3 without stall warning but have OCD warning DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Hardware problem - OCD warning without STALL warning"); test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3C - not STALLED, hardware problem (quit)"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC E3C - not STALLED, hardware problem (quit)"); } } break; @@ -372,58 +445,81 @@ void GcodeSuite::M917() { else { switch (test_phase) { case 0: { // phase 0 without OCD warning - keep on decrementing if can - if (ocd_th_val) { - ocd_th_val--; // try lower value - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N0A - DEC OCD"); + if (OCD_TH_val) { + OCD_TH_val--; // try lower value + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N0A - DEC OCD"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("DEC OCD"); } else { test_phase = 2; // at lowest value without warning so skip phase 1 - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N0B - OCD at lowest (go to phase 2)"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N0B - OCD at lowest (go to phase 2)"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); } } break; - case 1: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N1 (go directly to 2)"); // phase 1 without OCD warning - drop directly to phase 2 + case 1: //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N1 (go directly to 2)"); // phase 1 without OCD warning - drop directly to phase 2 + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD finalized"); case 2: { // phase 2 without stall warning - keep on decrementing if can - if (stall_th_val) { - stall_th_val--; // try a lower value (stay in phase 2) - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N2B - dec STALL"); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // skip all STALL_TH steps if L6474 + test_phase = 4; + break; + } + if (STALL_TH_val) { + STALL_TH_val--; // try a lower value (stay in phase 2) + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N2B - dec STALL"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("dec STALL"); } else { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished - STALL at lowest value but still no stall warning"); test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N2C - STALL at lowest (quit)"); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N2C - STALL at lowest (quit)"); } } break; - case 3: { test_phase = 4; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N3 - finished!"); + case 3: { + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // skip all STALL_TH steps if L6474 + test_phase = 4; + break; + } + test_phase = 4; + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("LOGIC N3 - finished!"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("finished!"); } break; // phase 3 without any warnings - desired exit } // } // end of status checks if (test_phase != 4) { for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { // update threshold(s) - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, ocd_th_val); - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, stall_th_val); - if (L6470.get_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH) != ocd_th_val) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD mismatch"); - if (L6470.get_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH) != stall_th_val) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("STALL mismatch"); + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val); + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val); + if (L64xxManager.get_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH) != OCD_TH_val) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("OCD mismatch"); + if ((L64xxManager.get_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH) != STALL_TH_val) && (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT != L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("STALL mismatch"); } } } while (test_phase != 4); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); if (status_composite) { + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + if (j) DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); + L64xxManager.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j], + sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT); + } + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); + #endif DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Completed with errors"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); - } } else DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Completed with no errors"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("."); -} // M917 + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); +} /** * @@ -439,7 +535,13 @@ void GcodeSuite::M917() { * I - over current threshold * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified * - * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (optional) + * T - current (mA) setting for TVAL (0 - 4A in 31.25mA increments, rounds down) - L6474 only + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * K - value for KVAL_HOLD (0 - 255) (ignored for L6474) + * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified + * + * M - value for microsteps (1 - 128) (optional) * optional - will report current value from driver if not specified * */ @@ -447,83 +549,109 @@ void GcodeSuite::M918() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("M918"); - char axis_mon[3][3] = { " ", " ", " " }; // List of axes to monitor - uint8_t axis_index[3]; + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(true); // Keep monitor_driver() from stealing status + + char axis_mon[3][3] = { {" "}, {" "}, {" "} }; // list of Axes to be monitored + L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3]; uint16_t axis_status[3]; uint8_t driver_count = 1; float position_max, position_min; - feedRate_t final_fr_mm_m; + float final_feedrate; uint8_t kval_hold; - uint8_t ocd_th_val = 0; - uint8_t stall_th_val = 0; + uint8_t OCD_TH_val = 0; + uint8_t STALL_TH_val = 0; uint16_t over_current_threshold; - constexpr bool over_current_flag = true; + constexpr uint8_t over_current_flag = true; + + const L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t &sh = L64xxManager.shadow; uint8_t j; // general purpose counter - if (L6470.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_fr_mm_m, kval_hold, over_current_flag, ocd_th_val, stall_th_val, over_current_threshold)) + if (L64xxManager.get_user_input(driver_count, axis_index, axis_mon, position_max, position_min, final_feedrate, kval_hold, over_current_flag, OCD_TH_val, STALL_TH_val, over_current_threshold)) return; // quit if invalid user input + L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[0]); // populate shadow array + uint8_t m_steps = parser.byteval('M'); - LIMIT(m_steps, 0, 128); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("M = ", m_steps); - - int8_t m_bits = -1; - if (m_steps > 85) m_bits = 7; // 128 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 42) m_bits = 6; // 64 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 22) m_bits = 5; // 32 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 12) m_bits = 4; // 16 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 5) m_bits = 3; // 8 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps > 2) m_bits = 2; // 4 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps == 2) m_bits = 1; // 2 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps == 1) m_bits = 0; // 1 (no synch output) - else if (m_steps == 0) m_bits = 7; // 128 (no synch output) - - if (m_bits >= 0) { - const int micros = _BV(m_bits); - if (micros < 100) { DEBUG_CHAR(' '); if (micros < 10) DEBUG_CHAR(' '); } - DEBUG_ECHO(micros); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" uSTEPS"); + + if (m_steps != 0) { + LIMIT(m_steps, 1, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT ? 16 : 128); // L6474 + + uint8_t stepVal; + for (stepVal = 0; stepVal < 8; stepVal++) { // convert to L64xx register value + if (m_steps == 1) break; + m_steps >>= 1; + } + + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) + stepVal |= 0x98; // NO SYNC + else + stepVal |= (!SYNC_EN) | SYNC_SEL_1 | stepVal; + + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], dSPIN_HARD_HIZ, 0); // can't write STEP register if stepper being powered + // results in an extra NOOP being sent (data 00) + L64xxManager.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STEP_MODE, stepVal); // set microsteps + } } + m_steps = L64xxManager.get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_STEP_MODE) & 0x07; // get microsteps - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STEP_MODE, m_bits); // set microsteps + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Microsteps = ", _BV(m_steps)); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("target (maximum) feedrate = ", final_feedrate); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("target (maximum) feedrate = ", final_fr_mm_m); + const float feedrate_inc = final_feedrate / 10, // Start at 1/10 of max & go up by 1/10 per step + fr_limit = final_feedrate * 0.99f; // Rounding-safe comparison value + float current_feedrate = 0; - planner.synchronize(); // Wait for moves to finish + planner.synchronize(); // Wait for moves to complete for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - L6470.get_status(axis_index[j]); // Clear all error flags + L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j]); // Clear error flags + char temp_axis_string[2] = " "; + temp_axis_string[0] = axis_mon[0][0]; // Need a sprintf format string + //temp_axis_string[1] = '\n'; + + char gcode_string[80]; uint16_t status_composite = 0; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\n."); // Make the feedrate prints easier to see + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(".\n.\n."); // Make feedrate outputs easier to read + + do { + current_feedrate += feedrate_inc; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("...feedrate = ", current_feedrate); - constexpr uint8_t iterations = 10; - for (uint8_t i = 1; i <= iterations; i++) { - const feedRate_t fr_mm_m = i * final_fr_mm_m / iterations; - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("...feedrate = ", fr_mm_m); + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_min), uint16_t(current_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); - jiggle_axis(axis_mon[0][0], position_min, position_max, fr_mm_m); + sprintf_P(gcode_string, PSTR("G0 %s%03d F%03d"), temp_axis_string, uint16_t(position_max), uint16_t(current_feedrate)); + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(gcode_string); + + planner.synchronize(); for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - axis_status[j] = (~L6470.get_status(axis_index[j])) & 0x0800; // bits of interest are all active low + axis_status[j] = (~L64xxManager.get_status(axis_index[j])) & 0x0800; // Bits of interest are all active LOW status_composite |= axis_status[j]; } - if (status_composite) break; // quit if any errors flags are raised - } + if (status_composite) break; // Break on any error + } while (current_feedrate < fr_limit); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Completed with errors"); + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Completed with "); if (status_composite) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("errors"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); - L6470.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j]); - } + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + if (j) DEBUG_ECHOPGM("..."); + L64xxManager.error_status_decode(axis_status[j], axis_index[j], + sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, + sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD, sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT); + } + #endif } else DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("no errors"); -} // M918 + L64xxManager.pause_monitor(false); +} -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp index 6fb68d454e65..147dfccf0599 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/camera/M240.cpp @@ -31,6 +31,10 @@ millis_t chdk_timeout; // = 0 #endif +#if defined(PHOTO_POSITION) && PHOTO_DELAY_MS > 0 + #include "../../../MarlinCore.h" // for idle() +#endif + #ifdef PHOTO_RETRACT_MM #define _PHOTO_RETRACT_MM (PHOTO_RETRACT_MM + 0) @@ -58,11 +62,44 @@ #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(PHOTOGRAPH) - constexpr uint8_t NUM_PULSES = 16; - constexpr float PULSE_LENGTH = 0.01524; - inline void set_photo_pin(const uint8_t state) { WRITE(PHOTOGRAPH_PIN, state); _delay_ms(PULSE_LENGTH); } - inline void tweak_photo_pin() { set_photo_pin(HIGH); set_photo_pin(LOW); } - inline void spin_photo_pin() { for (uint8_t i = NUM_PULSES; i--;) tweak_photo_pin(); } + + FORCE_INLINE void set_photo_pin(const uint8_t state) { + constexpr uint32_t pulse_length = ( + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US + #else + 15 // 15.24 from _delay_ms(0.01524) + #endif + ); + WRITE(PHOTOGRAPH_PIN, state); + delayMicroseconds(pulse_length); + } + + FORCE_INLINE void tweak_photo_pin() { set_photo_pin(HIGH); set_photo_pin(LOW); } + + #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US + + inline void pulse_photo_pin(const uint32_t duration, const uint8_t state) { + if (state) { + for (const uint32_t stop = micros() + duration; micros() < stop;) + tweak_photo_pin(); + } + else + delayMicroseconds(duration); + } + + inline void spin_photo_pin() { + static constexpr uint32_t sequence[] = PHOTO_PULSES_US; + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < COUNT(sequence); i++) + pulse_photo_pin(sequence[i], !(i & 1)); + } + + #else + + constexpr uint8_t NUM_PULSES = 16; + inline void spin_photo_pin() { for (uint8_t i = NUM_PULSES; i--;) tweak_photo_pin(); } + + #endif #endif /** @@ -148,7 +185,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M240() { #if PIN_EXISTS(CHDK) OUT_WRITE(CHDK_PIN, HIGH); - chdk_timeout = millis() + PHOTO_SWITCH_MS; + chdk_timeout = millis() + parser.intval('D', PHOTO_SWITCH_MS); #elif HAS_PHOTOGRAPH @@ -160,7 +197,8 @@ void GcodeSuite::M240() { #ifdef PHOTO_POSITION #if PHOTO_DELAY_MS > 0 - safe_delay(parser.intval('P', PHOTO_DELAY_MS)); + const millis_t timeout = millis() + parser.intval('P', PHOTO_DELAY_MS); + while (PENDING(millis(), timeout)) idle(); #endif do_blocking_move_to(old_pos, fr_mm_s); #ifdef PHOTO_RETRACT_MM diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/cancel/M486.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/cancel/M486.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2fcb4840f6e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/cancel/M486.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + +#include "../../gcode.h" +#include "../../../feature/cancel_object.h" + +/** + * M486: A simple interface to cancel objects + * + * T[count] : Reset objects and/or set the count + * S : Start an object with the given index + * P : Cancel the object with the given index + * U : Un-cancel object with the given index + * C : Cancel the current object (the last index given by S) + * S-1 : Start a non-object like a brim or purge tower that should always print + */ +void GcodeSuite::M486() { + + if (parser.seen('T')) { + cancelable.reset(); + cancelable.object_count = parser.intval('T', 1); + } + + if (parser.seen('S')) + cancelable.set_active_object(parser.value_int()); + + if (parser.seen('C')) cancelable.cancel_active_object(); + + if (parser.seen('P')) cancelable.cancel_object(parser.value_int()); + + if (parser.seen('U')) cancelable.uncancel_object(parser.value_int()); +} + +#endif // CANCEL_OBJECTS diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp index 5b58416b4313..36cac7857c03 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/filwidth/M404-M407.cpp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include "../../../feature/filwidth.h" #include "../../../module/planner.h" #include "../../../module/temperature.h" -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../gcode.h" /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp index 48ab48959a4c..05fa2d346657 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/i2c/M260_M261.cpp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../Marlin.h" // for i2c +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" // for i2c /** * M260: Send data to a I2C slave device diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp index 05654d389acc..cc0a46836645 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M163-M165.cpp @@ -79,20 +79,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M164() { // Get mixing parameters from the GCode // The total "must" be 1.0 (but it will be normalized) // If no mix factors are given, the old mix is preserved - const char mixing_codes[] = { 'A', 'B' - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 - , 'C' - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 - , 'D' - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 - , 'H' - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 - , 'I' - #endif // MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 - }; + const char mixing_codes[] = { LIST_N(MIXING_STEPPERS, 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'H', 'I') }; uint8_t mix_bits = 0; MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(i) { if (parser.seenval(mixing_codes[i])) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp index 8b74182cde4e..cb3541eb8fd0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/mixing/M166.cpp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ inline void echo_mix() { inline void echo_zt(const int t, const float &z) { mixer.update_mix_from_vtool(t); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", z, " T", t); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, z, PSTR(" T"), t); echo_mix(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G60.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G60.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..50db01d73c4d --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G60.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if SAVED_POSITIONS + +#include "../../../core/language.h" +#include "../../gcode.h" +#include "../../../module/motion.h" + +#define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(SAVED_POSITIONS_DEBUG) +#include "../../../core/debug_out.h" + +/** + * G60: Save current position + * + * S - Memory slot # (0-based) to save into (default 0) + */ +void GcodeSuite::G60() { + const uint8_t slot = parser.byteval('S'); + + if (slot >= SAVED_POSITIONS) { + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_INVALID_POS_SLOT STRINGIFY(SAVED_POSITIONS)); + return; + } + + stored_position[slot] = current_position; + SBI(saved_slots[slot >> 3], slot & 0x07); + + #if ENABLED(SAVED_POSITIONS_DEBUG) + const xyze_pos_t &pos = stored_position[slot]; + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(MSG_SAVED_POS " S", slot); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F(" : X", pos.x); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR_F_P(SP_Y_STR, pos.y); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(SP_Z_STR, pos.z); + #endif +} + +#endif // SAVED_POSITIONS diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G61.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G61.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..df6345df0f64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/G61.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if SAVED_POSITIONS + +#include "../../../core/language.h" +#include "../../../module/planner.h" +#include "../../gcode.h" +#include "../../../module/motion.h" + +/** + * G61: Return to saved position + * + * F - Feedrate (optional) for the move back. + * S - Slot # (0-based) to restore from (default 0). + * X Y Z - Axes to restore. At least one is required. + */ +void GcodeSuite::G61(void) { + + const uint8_t slot = parser.byteval('S'); + + #if SAVED_POSITIONS < 256 + if (slot >= SAVED_POSITIONS) { + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_INVALID_POS_SLOT STRINGIFY(SAVED_POSITIONS)); + return; + } + #endif + + // No saved position? No axes being restored? + if (!TEST(saved_slots[slot >> 3], slot & 0x07) || !parser.seen("XYZ")) return; + + // Apply any given feedrate over 0.0 + const float fr = parser.linearval('F'); + if (fr > 0.0) feedrate_mm_s = MMM_TO_MMS(fr); + + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(MSG_RESTORING_POS " S", int(slot)); + LOOP_XYZ(i) { + destination[i] = parser.seen(axis_codes[i]) + ? stored_position[slot][i] + parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)i) + : current_position[i]; + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', axis_codes[i]); + SERIAL_ECHO_F(destination[i]); + } + SERIAL_EOL(); + + // Move to the saved position + prepare_move_to_destination(); +} + +#endif // SAVED_POSITIONS diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp index b4bab7e86a26..325b748aa9d2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M701_M702.cpp @@ -25,9 +25,10 @@ #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) #include "../../gcode.h" -#include "../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../../module/motion.h" #include "../../../module/temperature.h" +#include "../../../feature/pause.h" #if EXTRUDERS > 1 #include "../../../module/tool_change.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp index c454a34c05e3..b85dc84c43d3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/powerloss/M1000.cpp @@ -28,6 +28,9 @@ #include "../../../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" #include "../../../module/motion.h" #include "../../../lcd/ultralcd.h" +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #include "../../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" +#endif #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) #include "../../../core/debug_out.h" @@ -44,6 +47,10 @@ inline void plr_error(PGM_P const prefix) { #endif } +#if HAS_LCD_MENU + void lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel(); +#endif + /** * M1000: Resume from power-loss (undocumented) * - With 'S' go to the Resume/Cancel menu @@ -52,8 +59,25 @@ inline void plr_error(PGM_P const prefix) { void GcodeSuite::M1000() { if (recovery.valid()) { - if (parser.seen('S')) - ui.goto_screen(menu_job_recovery); + if (parser.seen('S')) { + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + ui.goto_screen(menu_job_recovery); + #elif ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPowerLossResume(); + #else + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("Resume requires LCD."); + #endif + } + else if (parser.seen('C')) { + #if HAS_LCD_MENU + lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel(); + #else + recovery.cancel(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::onPrintTimerStopped(); + #endif + } else recovery.resume(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp index e8239838d79c..7fddac0d79aa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M569.cpp @@ -44,7 +44,10 @@ void tmc_set_stealthChop(TMC &st, const bool enable) { static void set_stealth_status(const bool enable, const int8_t target_extruder) { #define TMC_SET_STEALTH(Q) tmc_set_stealthChop(stepper##Q, enable) - #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) \ + || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); #endif @@ -76,6 +79,9 @@ static void set_stealth_status(const bool enable, const int8_t target_extruder) #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) if (index == 2) TMC_SET_STEALTH(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + if (index == 3) TMC_SET_STEALTH(Z4); + #endif break; case E_AXIS: { if (target_extruder < 0) return; @@ -128,6 +134,9 @@ static void say_stealth_status() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) TMC_SAY_STEALTH_STATUS(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + TMC_SAY_STEALTH_STATUS(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) TMC_SAY_STEALTH_STATUS(E0); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp index 072f7ba1fdd7..365988594c5b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M906.cpp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ * Z[current] - Set mA current for Z driver(s) * E[current] - Set mA current for E driver(s) * - * I[index] - Axis sub-index (Omit or 0 for X, Y, Z; 1 for X2, Y2, Z2; 2 for Z3.) + * I[index] - Axis sub-index (Omit or 0 for X, Y, Z; 1 for X2, Y2, Z2; 2 for Z3; 3 for Z4.) * T[index] - Extruder index (Zero-based. Omit for E0 only.) * * With no parameters report driver currents. @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M906() { bool report = true; - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); #endif @@ -81,6 +81,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M906() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) if (index == 2) TMC_SET_CURRENT(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + if (index == 3) TMC_SET_CURRENT(Z4); + #endif break; case E_AXIS: { const int8_t target_extruder = get_target_extruder_from_command(); @@ -131,6 +134,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M906() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) TMC_SAY_CURRENT(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + TMC_SAY_CURRENT(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) TMC_SAY_CURRENT(E0); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp index feb891544d08..578deac844f1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/feature/trinamic/M911-M914.cpp @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ #define M91x_SOME_X (M91x_USE(X) || M91x_USE(X2)) #define M91x_SOME_Y (M91x_USE(Y) || M91x_USE(Y2)) - #define M91x_SOME_Z (M91x_USE(Z) || M91x_USE(Z2) || M91x_USE(Z3)) - #define M91x_SOME_E (M91x_USE_E(0) || M91x_USE_E(1) || M91x_USE_E(2) || M91x_USE_E(3) || M91x_USE_E(4) || M91x_USE_E(5)) + #define M91x_SOME_Z (M91x_USE(Z) || M91x_USE(Z2) || M91x_USE(Z3) || M91x_USE(Z4)) + #define M91x_SOME_E (M91x_USE_E(0) || M91x_USE_E(1) || M91x_USE_E(2) || M91x_USE_E(3) || M91x_USE_E(4) || M91x_USE_E(5) || M91x_USE_E(6) || M91x_USE_E(7)) #if !M91x_SOME_X && !M91x_SOME_Y && !M91x_SOME_Z && !M91x_SOME_E #error "MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS requires at least one TMC2130, 2160, 2208, 2209, 2660, 5130, or 5160." @@ -70,6 +70,9 @@ #if M91x_USE(Z3) tmc_report_otpw(stepperZ3); #endif + #if M91x_USE(Z4) + tmc_report_otpw(stepperZ4); + #endif #if M91x_USE_E(0) tmc_report_otpw(stepperE0); #endif @@ -88,11 +91,17 @@ #if M91x_USE_E(5) tmc_report_otpw(stepperE5); #endif + #if M91x_USE_E(6) + tmc_report_otpw(stepperE6); + #endif + #if M91x_USE_E(7) + tmc_report_otpw(stepperE7); + #endif } /** * M912: Clear TMC stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn flag held by the library - * Specify one or more axes with X, Y, Z, X1, Y1, Z1, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3 and E[index]. + * Specify one or more axes with X, Y, Z, X1, Y1, Z1, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4 and E[index]. * If no axes are given, clear all. * * Examples: @@ -160,6 +169,9 @@ #if M91x_USE(Z3) if (hasNone || zval == 3 || (hasZ && zval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperZ3); #endif + #if M91x_USE(Z4) + if (hasNone || zval == 4 || (hasZ && zval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperZ4); + #endif #endif #if M91x_SOME_E @@ -182,6 +194,12 @@ #if M91x_USE_E(5) if (hasNone || eval == 5 || (hasE && eval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperE5); #endif + #if M91x_USE_E(6) + if (hasNone || eval == 6 || (hasE && eval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperE6); + #endif + #if M91x_USE_E(7) + if (hasNone || eval == 7 || (hasE && eval < 0)) tmc_clear_otpw(stepperE7); + #endif #endif } @@ -198,7 +216,7 @@ #define TMC_SET_PWMTHRS_E(E) stepperE##E.set_pwm_thrs(value) bool report = true; - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) const uint8_t index = parser.byteval('I'); #endif LOOP_XYZE(i) if (int32_t value = parser.longval(axis_codes[i])) { @@ -230,6 +248,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) if (index == 0 || index == 3) TMC_SET_PWMTHRS(Z,Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + if (index == 0 || index == 4) TMC_SET_PWMTHRS(Z,Z4); + #endif break; case E_AXIS: { #if E_STEPPERS @@ -254,6 +275,12 @@ #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) case 5: TMC_SET_PWMTHRS_E(5); break; #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + case 6: TMC_SET_PWMTHRS_E(6); break; + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + case 7: TMC_SET_PWMTHRS_E(7); break; + #endif } #endif // E_STEPPERS } break; @@ -282,6 +309,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS(Z,Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS(Z,Z4); + #endif #if E_STEPPERS && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS_E(0); #endif @@ -300,6 +330,12 @@ #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS_E(5); #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS_E(6); + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + TMC_SAY_PWMTHRS_E(7); + #endif } } #endif // HYBRID_THRESHOLD @@ -347,6 +383,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) if (index == 0 || index == 3) stepperZ3.homing_threshold(value); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + if (index == 0 || index == 4) stepperZ4.homing_threshold(value); + #endif break; #endif } @@ -379,6 +418,9 @@ #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) tmc_print_sgt(stepperZ3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + tmc_print_sgt(stepperZ4); + #endif #endif } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp index cced238ddce8..0c0ab4c24c61 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp @@ -28,6 +28,10 @@ #include "gcode.h" GcodeSuite gcode; +#if ENABLED(WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND) + extern bool wifi_custom_command(char * const command_ptr); +#endif + #include "parser.h" #include "queue.h" #include "../module/motion.h" @@ -45,7 +49,11 @@ GcodeSuite gcode; #include "../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" #endif -#include "../Marlin.h" // for idle() and suspend_auto_report +#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + #include "../feature/cancel_object.h" +#endif + +#include "../MarlinCore.h" // for idle() and suspend_auto_report millis_t GcodeSuite::previous_move_ms; @@ -114,15 +122,34 @@ int8_t GcodeSuite::get_target_e_stepper_from_command() { */ void GcodeSuite::get_destination_from_command() { xyze_bool_t seen = { false, false, false, false }; - LOOP_XYZE(i) { + + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + const bool &skip_move = cancelable.skipping; + #else + constexpr bool skip_move = false; + #endif + + // Get new XYZ position, whether absolute or relative + LOOP_XYZ(i) { if ( (seen[i] = parser.seenval(axis_codes[i])) ) { const float v = parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)i); - destination[i] = axis_is_relative(AxisEnum(i)) ? current_position[i] + v : (i == E_AXIS) ? v : LOGICAL_TO_NATIVE(v, i); + if (skip_move) + destination[i] = current_position[i]; + else + destination[i] = axis_is_relative(AxisEnum(i)) ? current_position[i] + v : LOGICAL_TO_NATIVE(v, i); } else destination[i] = current_position[i]; } + // Get new E position, whether absolute or relative + if ( (seen.e = parser.seenval('E')) ) { + const float v = parser.value_axis_units(E_AXIS); + destination.e = axis_is_relative(E_AXIS) ? current_position.e + v : v; + } + else + destination.e = current_position.e; + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) && !PIN_EXISTS(POWER_LOSS) // Only update power loss recovery on moves with E if (recovery.enabled && IS_SD_PRINTING() && seen.e && (seen.x || seen.y)) @@ -133,7 +160,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::get_destination_from_command() { feedrate_mm_s = parser.value_feedrate(); #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - if (!DEBUGGING(DRYRUN)) + if (!DEBUGGING(DRYRUN) && !skip_move) print_job_timer.incFilamentUsed(destination.e - current_position.e); #endif @@ -186,7 +213,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::dwell(millis_t time) { // Placeholders for non-migrated codes // #if ENABLED(M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER) - extern void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, char *start, char *end); + extern void M100_dump_routine(PGM_P const title, const char * const start, const char * const end); #endif /** @@ -287,13 +314,22 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { #endif #if ENABLED(CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS) - case 53: G53(); break; - case 54: G54(); break; - case 55: G55(); break; - case 56: G56(); break; - case 57: G57(); break; - case 58: G58(); break; - case 59: G59(); break; + case 53: G53(); break; // G53: (prefix) Apply native workspace + case 54: G54(); break; // G54: Switch to Workspace 1 + case 55: G55(); break; // G55: Switch to Workspace 2 + case 56: G56(); break; // G56: Switch to Workspace 3 + case 57: G57(); break; // G57: Switch to Workspace 4 + case 58: G58(); break; // G58: Switch to Workspace 5 + case 59: G59(); break; // G59.0 - G59.3: Switch to Workspace 6-9 + #endif + + #if SAVED_POSITIONS + case 60: G60(); break; // G60: save current position + case 61: G61(); break; // G61: Apply/restore saved coordinates. + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + case 76: G76(); break; // G76: Calibrate first layer compensation values #endif #if ENABLED(GCODE_MOTION_MODES) @@ -322,6 +358,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { break; case 'M': switch (parser.codenum) { + #if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE case 0: // M0: Unconditional stop - Wait for user button press on LCD case 1: M0_M1(); break; // M1: Conditional stop - Wait for user button press on LCD @@ -471,7 +508,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { #endif #endif // BARICUDA - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH + #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) case 80: M80(); break; // M80: Turn on Power Supply #endif case 81: M81(); break; // M81: Turn off Power, including Power Supply, if possible @@ -530,14 +567,6 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 206: M206(); break; // M206: Set home offsets #endif - #if ENABLED(DELTA) - case 665: M665(); break; // M665: Set delta configurations - #endif - - #if ANY(DELTA, X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - case 666: M666(); break; // M666: Set delta or dual endstop adjustment - #endif - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) case 207: M207(); break; // M207: Set Retract Length, Feedrate, and Z lift case 208: M208(); break; // M208: Set Recover (unretract) Additional Length and Feedrate @@ -667,6 +696,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 428: M428(); break; // M428: Apply current_position to home_offset #endif + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + case 486: M486(); break; // M486: Identify and cancel objects + #endif + case 500: M500(); break; // M500: Store settings in EEPROM case 501: M501(); break; // M501: Read settings from EEPROM case 502: M502(); break; // M502: Revert to default settings @@ -678,7 +711,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - case 524: M524(); break; // M524: Abort the current SD print job + case 524: M524(); break; // M524: Abort the current SD print job #endif #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT) @@ -689,14 +722,6 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 575: M575(); break; // M575: Set serial baudrate #endif - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - case 851: M851(); break; // M851: Set Z Probe Z Offset - #endif - - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE) - case 852: M852(); break; // M852: Set Skew factors - #endif - #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) case 600: M600(); break; // M600: Pause for Filament Change case 603: M603(); break; // M603: Configure Filament Change @@ -706,21 +731,41 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 605: M605(); break; // M605: Set Dual X Carriage movement mode #endif + #if ENABLED(DELTA) + case 665: M665(); break; // M665: Set delta configurations + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DELTA) || HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS + case 666: M666(); break; // M666: Set delta or multiple endstop adjustment + #endif + + #if ENABLED(SMART_EFFECTOR) && PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + case 672: M672(); break; // M672: Set/clear Duet Smart Effector sensitivity + #endif + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) case 701: M701(); break; // M701: Load Filament case 702: M702(); break; // M702: Unload Filament #endif - #if ENABLED(MAX7219_GCODE) - case 7219: M7219(); break; // M7219: Set LEDs, columns, and rows - #endif - #if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) case 810: case 811: case 812: case 813: case 814: case 815: case 816: case 817: case 818: case 819: M810_819(); break; // M810-M819: Define/execute G-code macro #endif + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + case 851: M851(); break; // M851: Set Z Probe Z Offset + #endif + + #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE) + case 852: M852(); break; // M852: Set Skew factors + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + case 871: M871(); break; // M871: Print/reset/clear first layer temperature offset values + #endif + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) case 900: M900(); break; // M900: Set advance K factor. #endif @@ -754,7 +799,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { #endif #endif - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX case 122: M122(); break; // M122: Report status case 906: M906(); break; // M906: Set or get motor drive level case 916: M916(); break; // M916: L6470 tuning: Increase drive level until thermal warning @@ -807,13 +852,21 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 1000: M1000(); break; // M1000: Resume from power-loss #endif + #if ENABLED(MAX7219_GCODE) + case 7219: M7219(); break; // M7219: Set LEDs, columns, and rows + #endif + default: parser.unknown_command_error(); break; } break; case 'T': T(parser.codenum); break; // Tn: Tool Change - default: parser.unknown_command_error(); + default: + #if ENABLED(WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND) + if (wifi_custom_command(parser.command_ptr)) break; + #endif + parser.unknown_command_error(); } if (!no_ok) queue.ok_to_send(); @@ -837,7 +890,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_next_command() { SERIAL_ECHOLN(current_command); #if ENABLED(M100_FREE_MEMORY_DUMPER) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("slot:", queue.index_r); - M100_dump_routine(PSTR(" Command Queue:"), queue.command_buffer, queue.command_buffer + sizeof(queue.command_buffer)); + M100_dump_routine(PSTR(" Command Queue:"), &queue.command_buffer[0][0], &queue.command_buffer[BUFSIZE - 1][MAX_CMD_SIZE - 1]); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h index 9d2b11a07b64..5bbc5e862cff 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h @@ -67,6 +67,9 @@ * G34 - Z Stepper automatic alignment using probe: I T A (Requires Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) * G38 - Probe in any direction using the Z_MIN_PROBE (Requires G38_PROBE_TARGET) * G42 - Coordinated move to a mesh point (Requires MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BLINEAR, or AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + * G60 - Save current position. (Requires SAVED_POSITIONS) + * G61 - Apply/restore saved coordinates. (Requires SAVED_POSITIONS) + * G76 - Calibrate first layer temperature offsets. (Requires PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) * G80 - Cancel current motion mode (Requires GCODE_MOTION_MODES) * G90 - Use Absolute Coordinates * G91 - Use Relative Coordinates @@ -177,6 +180,7 @@ * M217 - Set filament swap parameters: "M217 S P R". (Requires SINGLENOZZLE) * M218 - Set/get a tool offset: "M218 T X Y". (Requires 2 or more extruders) * M220 - Set Feedrate Percentage: "M220 S" (i.e., "FR" on the LCD) + * Use "M220 B" to back up the Feedrate Percentage and "M220 R" to restore it. (Requires PRUSA_MMU2) * M221 - Set Flow Percentage: "M221 S" * M226 - Wait until a pin is in a given state: "M226 P S" * M240 - Trigger a camera to take a photograph. (Requires PHOTO_GCODE) @@ -213,6 +217,7 @@ * M422 - Set Z Stepper automatic alignment position using probe. X Y A (Requires Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) * M425 - Enable/Disable and tune backlash correction. (Requires BACKLASH_COMPENSATION and BACKLASH_GCODE) * M428 - Set the home_offset based on the current_position. Nearest edge applies. (Disabled by NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS or DELTA) + * M486 - Identify and cancel objects. (Requires CANCEL_OBJECTS) * M500 - Store parameters in EEPROM. (Requires EEPROM_SETTINGS) * M501 - Restore parameters from EEPROM. (Requires EEPROM_SETTINGS) * M502 - Revert to the default "factory settings". ** Does not write them to EEPROM! ** @@ -225,7 +230,8 @@ * M603 - Configure filament change: "M603 T U L". (Requires ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) * M605 - Set Dual X-Carriage movement mode: "M605 S [X] [R]". (Requires DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) * M665 - Set delta configurations: "M665 H L R S B X Y Z (Requires DELTA) - * M666 - Set/get offsets for delta (Requires DELTA) or dual endstops (Requires [XYZ]_DUAL_ENDSTOPS). + * M666 - Set/get offsets for delta (Requires DELTA) or dual endstops. (Requires [XYZ]_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + * M672 - Set/Reset Duet Smart Effector's sensitivity. (Requires SMART_EFFECTOR and SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN) * M701 - Load filament (Requires FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) * M702 - Unload filament (Requires FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) * M810-M819 - Define/execute a G-code macro (Requires GCODE_MACROS) @@ -241,6 +247,7 @@ * M867 - Enable/disable or toggle error correction for position encoder modules. * M868 - Report or set position encoder module error correction threshold. * M869 - Report position encoder module error. + * M871 - Print/reset/clear first layer temperature offset values. (Requires PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) * M876 - Handle Prompt Response. (Requires HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT and not EMERGENCY_PARSER) * M900 - Get or Set Linear Advance K-factor. (Requires LIN_ADVANCE) * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. (Requires at least one _DRIVER_TYPE defined as TMC2130/2160/5130/5160/2208/2209/2660 or L6470) @@ -339,7 +346,10 @@ class GcodeSuite { static void process_subcommands_now_P(PGM_P pgcode); static void process_subcommands_now(char * gcode); - static inline void home_all_axes() { process_subcommands_now_P(PSTR("G28")); } + static inline void home_all_axes() { + extern const char G28_STR[]; + process_subcommands_now_P(G28_STR); + } #if ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE) /** @@ -459,6 +469,15 @@ class GcodeSuite { static void G59(); #endif + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + static void G76(); + #endif + + #if SAVED_POSITIONS + static void G60(); + static void G61(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(GCODE_MOTION_MODES) static void G80(); #endif @@ -548,7 +567,7 @@ class GcodeSuite { static void M78(); #endif - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH + #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) static void M80(); #endif @@ -796,6 +815,10 @@ class GcodeSuite { static void M428(); #endif + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + static void M486(); + #endif + static void M500(); static void M501(); static void M502(); @@ -835,6 +858,10 @@ class GcodeSuite { static void M666(); #endif + #if ENABLED(SMART_EFFECTOR) && PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + static void M672(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) static void M701(); static void M702(); @@ -865,6 +892,10 @@ class GcodeSuite { FORCE_INLINE static void M869() { I2CPEM.M869(); } #endif + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + static void M871(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) static void M900(); #endif @@ -887,7 +918,7 @@ class GcodeSuite { #endif #endif - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX static void M122(); static void M906(); static void M916(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G92.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G92.cpp index 65ad06fe2c5b..2f69654b0e5c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G92.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/geometry/G92.cpp @@ -33,12 +33,7 @@ */ void GcodeSuite::G92() { - bool didE = false; - #if IS_SCARA || !HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - bool didXYZ = false; - #else - constexpr bool didXYZ = false; - #endif + bool sync_E = false, sync_XYZ = false; #if USE_GCODE_SUBCODES const uint8_t subcode_G92 = parser.subcode; @@ -64,11 +59,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::G92() { LOOP_XYZE(i) { if (parser.seenval(axis_codes[i])) { current_position[i] = parser.value_axis_units((AxisEnum)i); - #if IS_SCARA || !HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - if (i == E_AXIS) didE = true; else didXYZ = true; - #elif HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - if (i == E_AXIS) didE = true; - #endif + if (i == E_AXIS) sync_E = true; else sync_XYZ = true; } } } break; @@ -81,12 +72,12 @@ void GcodeSuite::G92() { d = v - current_position[i]; if (!NEAR_ZERO(d)) { #if IS_SCARA || !HAS_POSITION_SHIFT - if (i == E_AXIS) didE = true; else didXYZ = true; + if (i == E_AXIS) sync_E = true; else sync_XYZ = true; current_position[i] = v; // Without workspaces revert to Marlin 1.0 behavior #elif HAS_POSITION_SHIFT if (i == E_AXIS) { - didE = true; - current_position.e = v; // When using coordinate spaces, only E is set directly + sync_E = true; + current_position.e = v; // When using coordinate spaces, only E is set directly } else { position_shift[i] += d; // Other axes simply offset the coordinate space @@ -105,8 +96,8 @@ void GcodeSuite::G92() { coordinate_system[active_coordinate_system] = position_shift; #endif - if (didXYZ) sync_plan_position(); - else if (didE) sync_plan_position_e(); + if (sync_XYZ) sync_plan_position(); + else if (sync_E) sync_plan_position_e(); report_current_position(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp index 8b65f2983ac0..dabb14afcf69 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M114.cpp @@ -28,10 +28,8 @@ #if ENABLED(M114_DETAIL) - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - //C:\Users\bobku\Documents\GitHub\Marlin-Bob-2\Marlin\src\gcode\host\M114.cpp - //C:\Users\bobku\Documents\GitHub\Marlin-Bob-2\Marlin\src\module\bob_L6470.cpp - #include "../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" + #if HAS_L64XX + #include "../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) #include "../../core/debug_out.h" #endif @@ -39,9 +37,7 @@ void report_xyze(const xyze_pos_t &pos, const uint8_t n=4, const uint8_t precision=3) { char str[12]; for (uint8_t a = 0; a < n; a++) { - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[a]); - SERIAL_CHAR(':'); + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', axis_codes[a], ':'); SERIAL_ECHO(dtostrf(pos[a], 1, precision, str)); } SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -50,9 +46,7 @@ void report_xyz(const xyz_pos_t &pos, const uint8_t precision=3) { char str[12]; for (uint8_t a = X_AXIS; a <= Z_AXIS; a++) { - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[a]); - SERIAL_CHAR(':'); + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', axis_codes[a], ':'); SERIAL_ECHO(dtostrf(pos[a], 1, precision, str)); } SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -92,13 +86,13 @@ planner.synchronize(); - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #if HAS_L64XX char temp_buf[80]; int32_t temp; //#define ABS_POS_SIGN_MASK 0b1111 1111 1110 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 #define ABS_POS_SIGN_MASK 0b11111111111000000000000000000000 #define REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Q) do{ \ - L6470.say_axis(Q, false); \ + L64xxManager.say_axis(Q, false); \ temp = L6470_GETPARAM(L6470_ABS_POS,Q); \ if (temp & ABS_POS_SIGN_MASK) temp |= ABS_POS_SIGN_MASK; \ sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(":%8ld "), temp); \ @@ -106,53 +100,54 @@ }while(0) DEBUG_ECHOPGM("\nL6470:"); - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(X); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(X2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Y); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Y2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Z); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Z2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Z3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E0); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E1); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E2); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E3); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E4); #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) REPORT_ABSOLUTE_POS(E5); #endif SERIAL_EOL(); - #endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) + #endif // HAS_L64XX SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Stepper:"); LOOP_XYZE(i) { - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[i]); - SERIAL_CHAR(':'); + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', axis_codes[i], ':'); SERIAL_ECHO(stepper.position((AxisEnum)i)); } SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -188,6 +183,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M114() { report_current_position_detail(); return; } + if (parser.seen('E')) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Count E:", stepper.position(E_AXIS)); + return; + } #endif planner.synchronize(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp index eb32119ef9cc..6d3cf36d52d8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M115.cpp @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M115() { // SOFTWARE_POWER (M80, M81) cap_line(PSTR("SOFTWARE_POWER") - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH + #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) , true #endif ); @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M115() { // THERMAL_PROTECTION cap_line(PSTR("THERMAL_PROTECTION") - #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) && (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) || !HAS_HEATED_BED) && (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) || !HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER) + #if (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) || !EXTRUDERS) && (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) || !HAS_HEATED_BED) && (ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) || !HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER) , true #endif ); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M119.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M119.cpp index ec7dde7fcca8..a13fa67b7946 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M119.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M119.cpp @@ -28,6 +28,6 @@ */ void GcodeSuite::M119() { - endstops.M119(); + endstops.report_states(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M16.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M16.cpp index 921915501165..0a076a7a47b5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M16.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M16.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #if ENABLED(EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK) #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" /** * M16: Expected Printer Check diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp index e3360ac95d85..057b010e7259 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/host/M876.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "../../feature/host_actions.h" #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" /** * M876: Handle Prompt Response diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M0_M1.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M0_M1.cpp index aca149abdc7b..6a6d00ed3411 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M0_M1.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M0_M1.cpp @@ -20,12 +20,14 @@ * */ -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" #if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../module/stepper.h" +#include "../../module/planner.h" + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if HAS_LCD_MENU #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" @@ -35,8 +37,6 @@ #include "../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" #endif -#include "../../sd/cardreader.h" - #if HAS_LEDS_OFF_FLAG #include "../../feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h" #endif @@ -98,10 +98,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M0_M1() { wait_for_user = true; #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("M0/1 Break Called"), PSTR("Continue")); - #endif - #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("M0/1 Break Called")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("M0/1 Break Called"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif if (ms > 0) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M73.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M73.cpp index 1699c6a86035..14d4d63813e5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M73.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/lcd/M73.cpp @@ -43,6 +43,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M73() { ? parser.value_float() * (PROGRESS_SCALE) : parser.value_byte() ); + #if BOTH(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY, USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME) + if (parser.seen('R')) ui.set_remaining_time(60 * parser.value_ulong()); + #endif } #endif // LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp index 36bc29026ef7..4dd13ca0171c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G0_G1.cpp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #if BOTH(FWRETRACT, FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) #include "../../feature/fwretract.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp index 6fecbdc0cced..c915cc334e40 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G2_G3.cpp @@ -103,7 +103,18 @@ void plan_arc( mm_of_travel = linear_travel ? HYPOT(flat_mm, linear_travel) : ABS(flat_mm); if (mm_of_travel < 0.001f) return; - uint16_t segments = FLOOR(mm_of_travel / (MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT)); + const feedRate_t scaled_fr_mm_s = MMS_SCALED(feedrate_mm_s); + + #ifdef ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R + float seg_length = MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT * radius; + LIMIT(seg_length, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT, ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R); + #elif ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC + float seg_length = scaled_fr_mm_s * RECIPROCAL(ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC); + NOLESS(seg_length, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT); + #else + constexpr float seg_length = MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT; + #endif + uint16_t segments = FLOOR(mm_of_travel / seg_length); NOLESS(segments, min_segments); /** @@ -146,10 +157,9 @@ void plan_arc( // Initialize the extruder axis raw.e = current_position.e; - const feedRate_t scaled_fr_mm_s = MMS_SCALED(feedrate_mm_s); #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) - const float inv_duration = scaled_fr_mm_s / MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT; + const float inv_duration = scaled_fr_mm_s / seg_length; #endif millis_t next_idle_ms = millis() + 200UL; @@ -206,7 +216,7 @@ void plan_arc( planner.apply_leveling(raw); #endif - if (!planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT + if (!planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, seg_length #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) , inv_duration #endif @@ -226,7 +236,7 @@ void plan_arc( planner.apply_leveling(raw); #endif - planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT + planner.buffer_line(raw, scaled_fr_mm_s, active_extruder, seg_length #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) , inv_duration #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp index 7125532e9b9a..03dd496c587a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/G5.cpp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ */ #include "../gcode.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for IsRunning() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for IsRunning() /** * G5: Cubic B-spline diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/M290.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/M290.cpp index 7bf274a18d54..7d66ae655537 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/M290.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/motion/M290.cpp @@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ && active_extruder == 0 #endif ) { - probe_offset.z += offs; + probe.offset.z += offs; SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_PROBE_OFFSET MSG_Z ": ", probe_offset.z); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_PROBE_OFFSET MSG_Z ": ", probe.offset.z); } else { #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) @@ -98,17 +98,21 @@ void GcodeSuite::M290() { SERIAL_ECHO_START(); #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_PROBE_OFFSET " " MSG_Z, probe_offset.z); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_PROBE_OFFSET " " MSG_Z, probe.offset.z); #endif #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Hotend ", int(active_extruder), "Offset" + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR("Hotend "), int(active_extruder) #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) - " X", hotend_offset[active_extruder].x, - " Y", hotend_offset[active_extruder].y, + , PSTR("Offset X"), hotend_offset[active_extruder].x + , SP_Y_STR, hotend_offset[active_extruder].y + , SP_Z_STR + #else + , PSTR("Offset Z") #endif - " Z", hotend_offset[active_extruder].z + , hotend_offset[active_extruder].z ); } #endif @@ -119,12 +123,15 @@ void GcodeSuite::M290() { #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Babystep" + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) - " X", babystep.axis_total[X_AXIS], - " Y", babystep.axis_total[Y_AXIS], + PSTR("Babystep X"), babystep.axis_total[X_AXIS] + , SP_Y_STR, babystep.axis_total[Y_AXIS] + , SP_Z_STR + #else + PSTR("Babystep Z") #endif - " Z", babystep.axis_total[Z_AXIS] + , babystep.axis_total[BS_TODO_AXIS(Z_AXIS)] ); } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp index 8d70c64cc8a1..e5ce7beb1bee 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/parser.cpp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "parser.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 #include "queue.h" @@ -138,7 +138,9 @@ void GCodeParser::parse(char *p) { switch (letter) { case 'G': case 'M': case 'T': - + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + case 'O': + #endif // Skip spaces to get the numeric part while (*p == ' ') p++; @@ -230,7 +232,14 @@ void GCodeParser::parse(char *p) { case 23: case 28: case 30: case 117: case 118: case 928: string_arg = p; return; default: break; } - +/* + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + if (letter == 'O') switch (codenum) { + case 1: string_arg = p; return; + default: break; + } + #endif +*/ #if ENABLED(DEBUG_GCODE_PARSER) const bool debug = codenum == 800; #endif @@ -337,7 +346,7 @@ void GCodeParser::unknown_command_error() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(")"); #if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" args: { "); - for (char c = 'A'; c <= 'Z'; ++c) if (seen(c)) { SERIAL_CHAR(c); SERIAL_CHAR(' '); } + for (char c = 'A'; c <= 'Z'; ++c) if (seen(c)) SERIAL_CHAR(c, ' '); SERIAL_CHAR('}'); #else SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" args: { ", command_args, " }"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp index e91e3e9d8ba8..e31f1fb272bd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G30.cpp @@ -39,8 +39,9 @@ * E Engage the probe for each probe (default 1) */ void GcodeSuite::G30() { - const xy_pos_t pos = { parser.linearval('X', current_position.x + probe_offset.x), - parser.linearval('Y', current_position.y + probe_offset.y) }; + + const xy_pos_t pos = { parser.linearval('X', current_position.x + probe.offset_xy.x), + parser.linearval('Y', current_position.y + probe.offset_xy.y) }; if (!position_is_reachable_by_probe(pos)) return; @@ -52,14 +53,14 @@ void GcodeSuite::G30() { remember_feedrate_scaling_off(); const ProbePtRaise raise_after = parser.boolval('E', true) ? PROBE_PT_STOW : PROBE_PT_NONE; - const float measured_z = probe_at_point(pos, raise_after, 1); + const float measured_z = probe.probe_at_point(pos, raise_after, 1); if (!isnan(measured_z)) SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Bed X: ", FIXFLOAT(pos.x), " Y: ", FIXFLOAT(pos.y), " Z: ", FIXFLOAT(measured_z)); restore_feedrate_and_scaling(); #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING - if (raise_after == PROBE_PT_STOW) move_z_after_probing(); + if (raise_after == PROBE_PT_STOW) probe.move_z_after_probing(); #endif report_current_position(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G31_G32.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G31_G32.cpp index 06c3c3adf1a1..cd71f28d732a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G31_G32.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/G31_G32.cpp @@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ /** * G31: Deploy the Z probe */ -void GcodeSuite::G31() { DEPLOY_PROBE(); } +void GcodeSuite::G31() { probe.deploy(); } /** * G32: Stow the Z probe */ -void GcodeSuite::G32() { STOW_PROBE(); } +void GcodeSuite::G32() { probe.stow(); } #endif // Z_PROBE_SLED diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M401_M402.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M401_M402.cpp index aa63a7ea7138..55851f3046bb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M401_M402.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M401_M402.cpp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ * M401: Deploy and activate the Z probe */ void GcodeSuite::M401() { - DEPLOY_PROBE(); + probe.deploy(); report_current_position(); } @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M401() { * M402: Deactivate and stow the Z probe */ void GcodeSuite::M402() { - STOW_PROBE(); + probe.stow(); #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING - move_z_after_probing(); + probe.move_z_after_probing(); #endif report_current_position(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp index 19f96eecd29f..2c26ebd2a62a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/probe/M851.cpp @@ -28,6 +28,8 @@ #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" #include "../../module/probe.h" +extern const char SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[]; + /** * M851: Set the nozzle-to-probe offsets in current units */ @@ -35,32 +37,49 @@ void GcodeSuite::M851() { // Show usage with no parameters if (!parser.seen("XYZ")) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_PROBE_OFFSET " X", probe_offset.x, " Y", probe_offset.y, " Z", probe_offset.z); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + PSTR(MSG_PROBE_OFFSET " X"), probe.offset_xy.x, SP_Y_STR, probe.offset_xy.y, SP_Z_STR + #else + PSTR(MSG_PROBE_OFFSET " X0 Y0 Z") + #endif + , probe.offset.z + ); return; } - xyz_pos_t offs = probe_offset; + // Start with current offsets and modify + xyz_pos_t offs = probe.offset; + // Assume no errors bool ok = true; if (parser.seenval('X')) { const float x = parser.value_float(); - if (WITHIN(x, -(X_BED_SIZE), X_BED_SIZE)) - offs.x = x; - else { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?X out of range (-", int(X_BED_SIZE), " to ", int(X_BED_SIZE), ")"); - ok = false; - } + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + if (WITHIN(x, -(X_BED_SIZE), X_BED_SIZE)) + offs.x = x; + else { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?X out of range (-", int(X_BED_SIZE), " to ", int(X_BED_SIZE), ")"); + ok = false; + } + #else + if (x) SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?X must be 0 (NOZZLE_AS_PROBE)."); // ...but let 'ok' stay true + #endif } if (parser.seenval('Y')) { const float y = parser.value_float(); - if (WITHIN(y, -(Y_BED_SIZE), Y_BED_SIZE)) - offs.y = y; - else { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?Y out of range (-", int(Y_BED_SIZE), " to ", int(Y_BED_SIZE), ")"); - ok = false; - } + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + if (WITHIN(y, -(Y_BED_SIZE), Y_BED_SIZE)) + offs.y = y; + else { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?Y out of range (-", int(Y_BED_SIZE), " to ", int(Y_BED_SIZE), ")"); + ok = false; + } + #else + if (y) SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("?Y must be 0 (NOZZLE_AS_PROBE)."); // ...but let 'ok' stay true + #endif } if (parser.seenval('Z')) { @@ -74,7 +93,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M851() { } // Save the new offsets - if (ok) probe_offset = offs; + if (ok) probe.offset = offs; } #endif // HAS_BED_PROBE diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp index a9bd714c1e38..b9b4d1bd9648 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.cpp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ GCodeQueue queue; #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../module/planner.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) #include "../feature/leds/printer_event_leds.h" @@ -191,7 +191,6 @@ bool GCodeQueue::process_injected_command() { // Execute command if non-blank if (i) { parser.parse(cmd); - PORT_REDIRECT(SERIAL_PORT); gcode.process_parsed_command(); } return true; @@ -243,7 +242,7 @@ void GCodeQueue::ok_to_send() { #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 const int16_t pn = port[index_r]; if (pn < 0) return; - PORT_REDIRECT(pn); + PORT_REDIRECT(pn); // Reply to the serial port that sent the command #endif if (!send_ok[index_r]) return; SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_OK); @@ -267,9 +266,9 @@ void GCodeQueue::ok_to_send() { */ void GCodeQueue::flush_and_request_resend() { #if NUM_SERIAL > 1 - const int16_t p = port[index_r]; - if (p < 0) return; - PORT_REDIRECT(p); + const int16_t pn = port[index_r]; + if (pn < 0) return; + PORT_REDIRECT(pn); // Reply to the serial port that sent the command #endif SERIAL_FLUSH(); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_RESEND); @@ -296,14 +295,14 @@ inline int read_serial(const uint8_t index) { } } -void GCodeQueue::gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t port) { - PORT_REDIRECT(port); +void GCodeQueue::gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t pn) { + PORT_REDIRECT(pn); // Reply to the serial port that sent the command SERIAL_ERROR_START(); serialprintPGM(err); SERIAL_ECHOLN(last_N); - while (read_serial(port) != -1); // clear out the RX buffer + while (read_serial(pn) != -1); // Clear out the RX buffer flush_and_request_resend(); - serial_count[port] = 0; + serial_count[pn] = 0; } FORCE_INLINE bool is_M29(const char * const cmd) { // matches "M29" & "M29 ", but not "M290", etc @@ -440,7 +439,7 @@ void GCodeQueue::get_serial_commands() { wait_for_user = false; #endif } - if (strcmp(command, "M112") == 0) kill(); + if (strcmp(command, "M112") == 0) kill(M112_KILL_STR, nullptr, true); if (strcmp(command, "M410") == 0) quickstop_stepper(); #endif @@ -492,8 +491,7 @@ void GCodeQueue::get_serial_commands() { * can also interrupt buffering. */ inline void GCodeQueue::get_sdcard_commands() { - static bool stop_buffering = false, - sd_comment_mode = false + static bool sd_comment_mode = false #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) , sd_comment_paren_mode = false #endif @@ -501,29 +499,13 @@ void GCodeQueue::get_serial_commands() { if (!IS_SD_PRINTING()) return; - /** - * '#' stops reading from SD to the buffer prematurely, so procedural - * macro calls are possible. If it occurs, stop_buffering is triggered - * and the buffer is run dry; this character _can_ occur in serial com - * due to checksums, however, no checksums are used in SD printing. - */ - - if (length == 0) stop_buffering = false; - uint16_t sd_count = 0; bool card_eof = card.eof(); - while (length < BUFSIZE && !card_eof && !stop_buffering) { + while (length < BUFSIZE && !card_eof) { const int16_t n = card.get(); char sd_char = (char)n; card_eof = card.eof(); - if (card_eof || n == -1 - || sd_char == '\n' || sd_char == '\r' - || ((sd_char == '#' || sd_char == ':') && !sd_comment_mode - #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) - && !sd_comment_paren_mode - #endif - ) - ) { + if (card_eof || n == -1 || sd_char == '\n' || sd_char == '\r') { if (card_eof) { card.printingHasFinished(); @@ -549,8 +531,6 @@ void GCodeQueue::get_serial_commands() { else if (n == -1) SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_SD_ERR_READ); - if (sd_char == '#') stop_buffering = true; - sd_comment_mode = false; // for new command #if ENABLED(PAREN_COMMENTS) sd_comment_paren_mode = false; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h index 173cadc68ebc..d7f30d1bac93 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/queue.h @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ class GCodeQueue { */ static bool enqueue_one(const char* cmd); - static void gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t port); + static void gcode_line_error(PGM_P const err, const int8_t pn); }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp index 0e6f51b6280e..6fd8306e07e9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/scara/M360-M364.cpp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/scara.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for IsRunning() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for IsRunning() inline bool SCARA_move_to_cal(const uint8_t delta_a, const uint8_t delta_b) { if (IsRunning()) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M23.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M23.cpp index f170345c57ad..7dd4ad9203ab 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M23.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M23.cpp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M23() { // Simplify3D includes the size, so zero out all spaces (#7227) for (char *fn = parser.string_arg; *fn; ++fn) if (*fn == ' ') *fn = '\0'; - card.openFile(parser.string_arg, true); + card.openFileRead(parser.string_arg); #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) ui.set_progress(0); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp index 154a4f7c557a..d68031c0c920 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M24_M25.cpp @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ #include "../../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" #endif +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for startOrResumeJob + /** * M24: Start or Resume SD Print */ @@ -54,14 +56,14 @@ void GcodeSuite::M24() { #if ENABLED(PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE) if (did_pause_print) { - resume_print(); + resume_print(); // will call print_job_timer.start() return; } #endif if (card.isFileOpen()) { - card.startFileprint(); - print_job_timer.start(); + card.startFileprint(); // SD card will now be read for commands + startOrResumeJob(); // Start (or resume) the print job timer #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) recovery.prepare(); #endif @@ -84,6 +86,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M24() { */ void GcodeSuite::M25() { + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + if (recovery.enabled) recovery.save(true, false); + #endif + // Set initial pause flag to prevent more commands from landing in the queue while we try to pause #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) if (IS_SD_PRINTING()) card.pauseSDPrint(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M28_M29.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M28_M29.cpp index e23b0b4a146f..c64ce7bb8639 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M28_M29.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M28_M29.cpp @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::M28() { #endif } else - card.openFile(p, false); + card.openFileWrite(p); #else - card.openFile(parser.string_arg, false); + card.openFileWrite(parser.string_arg); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp index 7e838fe2f59b..2eb0717a4a72 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/sdcard/M32.cpp @@ -26,8 +26,9 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../sd/cardreader.h" -#include "../../module/printcounter.h" -#include "../../module/planner.h" +#include "../../module/planner.h" // for synchronize() + +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for startOrResumeJob /** * M32: Select file and start SD Print @@ -43,16 +44,16 @@ void GcodeSuite::M32() { if (IS_SD_PRINTING()) planner.synchronize(); if (card.isMounted()) { - const bool call_procedure = parser.boolval('P'); + const uint8_t call_procedure = parser.boolval('P'); - card.openFile(parser.string_arg, true, call_procedure); + card.openFileRead(parser.string_arg, call_procedure); if (parser.seenval('S')) card.setIndex(parser.value_long()); card.startFileprint(); // Procedure calls count as normal print time. - if (!call_procedure) print_job_timer.start(); + if (!call_procedure) startOrResumeJob(); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp index 85d36daa9b85..6891a44df536 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/stats/M75-M78.cpp @@ -24,11 +24,13 @@ #include "../../module/printcounter.h" #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for startOrResumeJob + /** * M75: Start print timer */ void GcodeSuite::M75() { - print_job_timer.start(); + startOrResumeJob(); } /** @@ -42,7 +44,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M76() { * M77: Stop print timer */ void GcodeSuite::M77() { - print_job_timer.stop(); + print_job_timer.stop(); } #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp index 86da46a89e34..8dbb3af235b1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp @@ -20,6 +20,12 @@ * */ +/** + * gcode/temperature/M104_M109.cpp + * + * Hotend target temperature control + */ + #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" #if EXTRUDERS @@ -29,10 +35,14 @@ #include "../../module/motion.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" + +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for startOrResumeJob, etc. #if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) #include "../../module/printcounter.h" + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + #include "../../feature/cancel_object.h" + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) @@ -69,14 +79,11 @@ void GcodeSuite::M104() { #if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) /** * Stop the timer at the end of print. Start is managed by 'heat and wait' M109. - * We use half EXTRUDE_MINTEMP here to allow nozzles to be put into hot - * standby mode, for instance in a dual extruder setup, without affecting - * the running print timer. + * Hotends use EXTRUDE_MINTEMP / 2 to allow nozzles to be put into hot standby + * mode, for instance in a dual extruder setup, without affecting the running + * print timer. */ - if (temp <= (EXTRUDE_MINTEMP) / 2) { - print_job_timer.stop(); - ui.reset_status(); - } + thermalManager.check_timer_autostart(false, true); #endif } @@ -86,8 +93,10 @@ void GcodeSuite::M104() { } /** - * M109: Sxxx Wait for extruder(s) to reach temperature. Waits only when heating. - * Rxxx Wait for extruder(s) to reach temperature. Waits when heating and cooling. + * M109: Sxxx Wait for hotend(s) to reach temperature. Waits only when heating. + * Rxxx Wait for hotend(s) to reach temperature. Waits when heating and cooling. + * + * With PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART also start the job timer on heating and stop it if turned off. */ void GcodeSuite::M109() { @@ -121,12 +130,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M109() { * standby mode, (e.g., in a dual extruder setup) without affecting * the running print timer. */ - if (parser.value_celsius() <= (EXTRUDE_MINTEMP) / 2) { - print_job_timer.stop(); - ui.reset_status(); - } - else - print_job_timer.start(); + thermalManager.check_timer_autostart(true, true); #endif #if HAS_DISPLAY diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp index 8d7c4fe0d10e..f5c3d3683299 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp @@ -20,6 +20,12 @@ * */ +/** + * gcode/temperature/M140_M190.cpp + * + * Bed target temperature control + */ + #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if HAS_HEATED_BED @@ -37,7 +43,7 @@ #include "../../feature/leds/leds.h" #endif -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for wait_for_heatup and idle() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for wait_for_heatup, idle, startOrResumeJob /** * M140: Set bed temperature @@ -50,6 +56,8 @@ void GcodeSuite::M140() { /** * M190: Sxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. Waits only when heating * Rxxx Wait for bed current temp to reach target temp. Waits when heating and cooling + * + * With PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART also start the job timer on heating. */ void GcodeSuite::M190() { if (DEBUGGING(DRYRUN)) return; @@ -58,8 +66,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M190() { if (no_wait_for_cooling || parser.seenval('R')) { thermalManager.setTargetBed(parser.value_celsius()); #if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) - if (parser.value_celsius() > BED_MINTEMP) - print_job_timer.start(); + thermalManager.check_timer_autostart(true, false); #endif } else return; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp index eef546649caf..3c9934659940 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp @@ -20,6 +20,12 @@ * */ +/** + * gcode/temperature/M141_M191.cpp + * + * Chamber target temperature control + */ + #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER @@ -38,7 +44,7 @@ #include "../../feature/leds/leds.h" #endif -#include "../../Marlin.h" // for wait_for_heatup and idle() +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for wait_for_heatup, idle, startOrResumeJob /** * M141: Set chamber temperature @@ -59,15 +65,14 @@ void GcodeSuite::M191() { if (no_wait_for_cooling || parser.seenval('R')) { thermalManager.setTargetChamber(parser.value_celsius()); #if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) - if (parser.value_celsius() > BED_MINTEMP) - print_job_timer.start(); + thermalManager.check_timer_autostart(true, false); #endif } else return; const bool is_heating = thermalManager.isHeatingChamber(); if (is_heating || !no_wait_for_cooling) { - lcd_setstatusPGM(is_heating ? GET_TEXT(MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING) : GET_TEXT(MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING)); + ui.set_status_P(is_heating ? GET_TEXT(MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING) : GET_TEXT(MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING)); thermalManager.wait_for_chamber(false); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp index 2765dc64b414..e8f5f604f71c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M303.cpp @@ -27,6 +27,10 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/temperature.h" +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #include "../../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" +#endif + /** * M303: PID relay autotune * @@ -49,6 +53,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M303() { const heater_ind_t e = (heater_ind_t)parser.intval('E'); if (!WITHIN(e, SI, EI)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM); + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM); + #endif return; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h index 42965a14f293..c372960b2f44 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_LCD.h @@ -110,17 +110,17 @@ #define IS_RRD_SC #define IS_U8GLIB_SSD1306 -#elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) +#elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) #define MINIPANEL -#elif ANY(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X, FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) +#elif ANY(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X, FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1, FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1) #define FYSETC_MINI_12864 #define DOGLCD #define IS_ULTIPANEL #define LED_COLORS_REDUCE_GREEN - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH && EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) && EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) #define LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT 10000 #endif @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ #ifndef STD_ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define STD_ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 + #define STD_ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 #else #define STD_ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 5 #endif @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ #endif // Extensible UI serial touch screens. (See src/lcd/extensible_ui) -#if ANY(MALYAN_LCD, DGUS_LCD, LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ANY(MALYAN_LCD, DGUS_LCD, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #define IS_EXTUI #define EXTENSIBLE_UI #endif @@ -359,6 +359,7 @@ #define HAS_CHARACTER_LCD (HAS_SPI_LCD && !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD) #define HAS_LCD_MENU (ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) && DISABLED(NO_LCD_MENUS)) #define HAS_ADC_BUTTONS ENABLED(ADC_KEYPAD) +#define HAS_DGUS_LCD ANY(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN, DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) /** * Extruders have some combination of stepper motors and hotends @@ -416,7 +417,6 @@ #if EITHER(SINGLENOZZLE, MIXING_EXTRUDER) // One hotend, one thermistor, no XY offset #undef HOTENDS #define HOTENDS 1 - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT #undef HOTEND_OFFSET_X #undef HOTEND_OFFSET_Y #endif @@ -497,10 +497,11 @@ /** * Set flags for enabled probes */ -#define HAS_BED_PROBE (HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE || ANY(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, TOUCH_MI_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, SOLENOID_PROBE, SENSORLESS_PROBING, RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)) +#define HAS_BED_PROBE (HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE || ANY(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, NOZZLE_AS_PROBE, TOUCH_MI_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, SOLENOID_PROBE, SENSORLESS_PROBING, RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)) #define PROBE_SELECTED (HAS_BED_PROBE || EITHER(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING)) #if HAS_BED_PROBE + #define HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET DISABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) #define HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN DISABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN) #define HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE (Z_HOME_DIR < 0 && !HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN) #ifndef Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT @@ -525,6 +526,7 @@ #define GRID_MAX_POINTS ((GRID_MAX_POINTS_X) * (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y)) #endif +#define HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS ANY(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #define HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) #define HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE ANY(EXTENSIBLE_UI, NEWPANEL, EMERGENCY_PARSER) #define HAS_COLOR_LEDS ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) @@ -534,10 +536,6 @@ #define HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS (ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) && (SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 || SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 > 0 || SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 > 0)) #define HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) -#define Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS EITHER(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) -#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS EITHER(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) -#define HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS (EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) - #define HAS_GAMES ANY(MARLIN_BRICKOUT, MARLIN_INVADERS, MARLIN_SNAKE, MARLIN_MAZE) #define HAS_GAME_MENU (1 < ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) + ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) + ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) + ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h index 01b27f2c1700..7ac2d167ada8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ #undef TEMP_SENSOR_3 #undef TEMP_SENSOR_4 #undef TEMP_SENSOR_5 + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_6 + #undef TEMP_SENSOR_7 #undef FWRETRACT #undef PIDTEMP #undef AUTOTEMP @@ -54,6 +56,11 @@ #undef SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES #endif +// Multiple Z steppers +#ifndef NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS + #define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 +#endif + #define HAS_CUTTER EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) #if !defined(__AVR__) || !defined(USBCON) @@ -129,9 +136,14 @@ #endif // Extensible UI pin mapping for RepRapDiscount -#define TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && ANY(AO_EXP1_PINMAP, AO_EXP2_PINMAP, CR10_TFT_PINMAP) +#define TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && ANY(AO_EXP1_PINMAP, AO_EXP2_PINMAP, CR10_TFT_PINMAP) // Poll-based jogging for joystick and other devices #if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) #define POLL_JOG #endif + +// G60/G61 Position Save +#if SAVED_POSITIONS > 256 + #error "SAVED_POSITIONS must be an integer from 0 to 256." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h index a782d45904fd..85d2557f9390 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -26,12 +26,9 @@ * Defines that depend on configuration but are not editable. */ -#define AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY_PLUS_70 ( \ - MB(BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D) \ - || MB(MIGHTYBOARD_REVE) \ - || MB(MINIRAMBO) \ - || MB(SCOOVO_X9H) \ -) +#ifdef GITHUB_ACTIONS + // Extras for CI testing +#endif #ifdef TEENSYDUINO #undef max @@ -44,7 +41,7 @@ #endif #define HAS_CLASSIC_JERK (ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) || IS_KINEMATIC) -#define HAS_CLASSIC_E_JERK (HAS_CLASSIC_JERK && DISABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)) +#define HAS_CLASSIC_E_JERK (ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) || DISABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)) /** * Axis lengths and center @@ -132,10 +129,12 @@ /** * SCARA cannot use SLOWDOWN and requires QUICKHOME + * Printable radius assumes joints can fully extend */ #if IS_SCARA #undef SLOWDOWN #define QUICK_HOME + #define SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS (SCARA_LINKAGE_1 + SCARA_LINKAGE_2) #endif /** @@ -257,10 +256,13 @@ #elif ENABLED(AZSMZ_12864) #define _LCD_CONTRAST_MIN 120 #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 190 -#elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) +#elif ENABLED(MKS_LCD12864B) + #define _LCD_CONTRAST_MIN 120 + #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 205 +#elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) #define _LCD_CONTRAST_MIN 120 #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 195 -#elif ANY(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X, FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) +#elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 220 #elif ENABLED(ULTI_CONTROLLER) #define _LCD_CONTRAST_INIT 127 @@ -319,41 +321,46 @@ #endif /** - * Power Supply Control + * Power Supply */ #ifndef PSU_NAME - #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #if PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH - #define PSU_NAME "XBox" // X-Box 360 (203W) - #else - #define PSU_NAME "ATX" // ATX style - #endif + #if DISABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + #define PSU_NAME "Generic" // No control + #elif PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH + #define PSU_NAME "XBox" // X-Box 360 (203W) #else - #define PSU_NAME "Generic" // No control + #define PSU_NAME "ATX" // ATX style #endif #endif -#define HAS_POWER_SWITCH (ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) && PIN_EXISTS(PS_ON)) +#if !defined(PSU_POWERUP_DELAY) && ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + #define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 100 +#endif /** * Temp Sensor defines */ -#define ANY_TEMP_SENSOR_IS(n) (TEMP_SENSOR_0 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_1 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_2 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_3 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_4 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_5 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_BED == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == (n)) +#define ANY_TEMP_SENSOR_IS(n) (TEMP_SENSOR_0 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_1 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_2 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_3 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_4 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_5 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_6 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_7 == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_BED == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == (n) || TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == (n)) #define HAS_USER_THERMISTORS ANY_TEMP_SENSOR_IS(1000) -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -4 - #define HEATER_0_USES_AD8495 -#elif TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -3 - #define HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675 - #define MAX6675_IS_MAX31855 - #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMIN -270 - #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMAX 1800 -#elif TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -2 +#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -5 || TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -3 || TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -2 #define HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675 - #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMIN 0 - #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMAX 1024 + #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -3 + #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMIN -270 + #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMAX 1800 + #else + #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMIN 0 + #define HEATER_0_MAX6675_TMAX 1024 + #endif + #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -5 + #define MAX6675_IS_MAX31865 + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -3 + #define MAX6675_IS_MAX31855 + #endif +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -4 + #define HEATER_0_USES_AD8495 #elif TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1 #define HEATER_0_USES_AD595 #elif TEMP_SENSOR_0 > 0 @@ -367,22 +374,26 @@ #undef HEATER_0_MAXTEMP #endif -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -4 - #define HEATER_1_USES_AD8495 -#elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -3 - #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -2 - #error "If MAX31855 Thermocouple (-3) is used for TEMP_SENSOR_1 then TEMP_SENSOR_0 must match." - #endif +#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -5 || TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -3 || TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -2 #define HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675 - #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMIN -270 - #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMAX 1800 -#elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -2 - #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -3 - #error "If MAX31855 Thermocouple (-3) is used for TEMP_SENSOR_0 then TEMP_SENSOR_1 must match." + #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -3 + #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMIN -270 + #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMAX 1800 + #else + #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMIN 0 + #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMAX 1024 + #endif + #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 != TEMP_SENSOR_0 + #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -5 + #error "If MAX31865 Thermocouple (-5) is used for TEMP_SENSOR_1 then TEMP_SENSOR_0 must match." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -3 + #error "If MAX31855 Thermocouple (-3) is used for TEMP_SENSOR_1 then TEMP_SENSOR_0 must match." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -2 + #error "If MAX6675 Thermocouple (-2) is used for TEMP_SENSOR_1 then TEMP_SENSOR_0 must match." + #endif #endif - #define HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675 - #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMIN 0 - #define HEATER_1_MAX6675_TMAX 1024 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -4 + #define HEATER_1_USES_AD8495 #elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -1 #define HEATER_1_USES_AD595 #elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 > 0 @@ -472,6 +483,44 @@ #undef HEATER_5_MAXTEMP #endif +#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == -4 + #define HEATER_6_USES_AD8495 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 == -3 + #error "MAX31855 Thermocouples (-3) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_6." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 == -2 + #error "MAX6675 Thermocouples (-2) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_6." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 == -1 + #define HEATER_6_USES_AD595 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 > 0 + #define THERMISTOR_HEATER_6 TEMP_SENSOR_6 + #define HEATER_6_USES_THERMISTOR + #if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 + #define HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR + #endif +#else + #undef HEATER_6_MINTEMP + #undef HEATER_6_MAXTEMP +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == -4 + #define HEATER_7_USES_AD8495 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 == -3 + #error "MAX31855 Thermocouples (-3) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_7." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 == -2 + #error "MAX7775 Thermocouples (-2) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_7." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 == -1 + #define HEATER_7_USES_AD595 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 > 0 + #define THERMISTOR_HEATER_7 TEMP_SENSOR_7 + #define HEATER_7_USES_THERMISTOR + #if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 + #define HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR + #endif +#else + #undef HEATER_7_MINTEMP + #undef HEATER_7_MAXTEMP +#endif + #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -4 #define HEATER_BED_USES_AD8495 #elif TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -3 @@ -510,7 +559,25 @@ #undef CHAMBER_MAXTEMP #endif -#define HOTEND_USES_THERMISTOR ANY(HEATER_0_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_1_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_2_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_3_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_4_USES_THERMISTOR) +#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == -4 + #define HEATER_PROBE_USES_AD8495 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == -3 + #error "MAX31855 Thermocouples (-3) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == -2 + #error "MAX6675 Thermocouples (-2) not supported for TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == -1 + #define HEATER_PROBE_USES_AD595 +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE > 0 + #define THERMISTORPROBE TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE + #define PROBE_USES_THERMISTOR + #if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000 + #define PROBE_USER_THERMISTOR + #endif +#endif + +#define HOTEND_USES_THERMISTOR ANY( \ + HEATER_0_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_1_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_2_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_3_USES_THERMISTOR, \ + HEATER_4_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_5_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_6_USES_THERMISTOR, HEATER_7_USES_THERMISTOR ) /** * Default hotend offsets, if not defined @@ -545,8 +612,6 @@ * Preserve this ordering when adding new drivers. */ -#define TRINAMICS (HAS_TRINAMIC || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2208_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160_STANDALONE) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160_STANDALONE)) - #ifndef MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY #if HAS_DRIVER(TB6560) #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 15000 @@ -560,7 +625,7 @@ #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 400 #elif HAS_DRIVER(A4988) #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 200 - #elif TRINAMICS + #elif HAS_TRINAMIC || HAS_TRINAMIC_STANDALONE #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 20 #else #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 0 // Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire @@ -580,10 +645,10 @@ #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 #elif HAS_DRIVER(A4988) || HAS_DRIVER(A5984) #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 1 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) - #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 #elif TRINAMICS #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) + #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 #else #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 #endif @@ -594,14 +659,14 @@ #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 15000 #elif HAS_DRIVER(TB6600) #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 150000 - #elif HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) - #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 200000 #elif HAS_DRIVER(DRV8825) #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - #elif TRINAMICS - #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 400000 #elif HAS_DRIVER(A4988) #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 500000 + #elif HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) + #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 1000000 + #elif TRINAMICS + #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 5000000 #else #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 #endif @@ -614,55 +679,114 @@ #if X_HOME_DIR > 0 #if X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN #else #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif + #ifndef X2_MAX_PIN + #if X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define X2_MAX_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #else #if X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define X2_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN #else #define X2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif + #ifndef X2_MIN_PIN + #if X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define X2_MIN_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define X2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif #endif -// Is an endstop plug used for the X2 endstop? -#define IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) - /** * Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS endstop reassignment */ @@ -670,167 +794,454 @@ #if Y_HOME_DIR > 0 #if Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN #else #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif + #ifndef Y2_MAX_PIN + #if Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Y2_MAX_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #else #if Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Y2_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN #else #define Y2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif + #ifndef Y2_MIN_PIN + #if Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Y2_MIN_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define Y2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif #endif -// Is an endstop plug used for the Y2 endstop or the bed probe? -#define IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) - /** - * Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS endstop reassignment + * Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS endstop reassignment */ -#if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 #if Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN #else #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif + #ifndef Z2_MAX_PIN + #if Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Z2_MAX_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #else #if Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z2_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN #else #define Z2_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif + #ifndef Z2_MIN_PIN + #if Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Z2_MIN_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif -#endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 - #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 + #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #else + #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif + #ifndef Z3_MAX_PIN + #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Z3_MAX_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #else + #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #else + #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif + #ifndef Z3_MIN_PIN + #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Z3_MIN_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false - #else - #if Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - #define Z3_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #endif + + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if Z_HOME_DIR > 0 + #if Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #else + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif + #ifndef Z4_MAX_PIN + #if Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Z4_MAX_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #else - #define Z3_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #if Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING + #else + #define Z4_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false + #endif + #ifndef Z4_MIN_PIN + #if Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN X_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN X_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Y_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Y_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Z_MIN_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Z_MAX_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XDIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YDIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZDIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E0DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E0_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E1DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E1_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E2DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E2_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E3DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E3_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E4DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E4_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E5DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E5_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E6DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E6_DIAG_PIN + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _E7DIAG_ + #define Z4_MIN_PIN E7_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #endif + #define Z4_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif - #define Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false #endif -#endif -// Is an endstop plug used for the Z2 endstop or the bed probe? -#define IS_Z2_OR_PROBE(A,M) ( \ - (Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS && Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) \ - || (HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN && Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN == A##_##M##_PIN ) ) - -// Is an endstop plug used for the Z3 endstop or the bed probe? -#define IS_Z3_OR_PROBE(A,M) ( \ - (ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) && Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) \ - || (HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN && Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN == A##_##M##_PIN ) ) +#endif // Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS /** * Set ENDSTOPPULLUPS for active endstop switches @@ -920,6 +1331,11 @@ #define HAS_Z3_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(Z3_STEP)) #define HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MS1)) +#define HAS_Z4_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_ENABLE) || (ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4))) +#define HAS_Z4_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_DIR)) +#define HAS_Z4_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_STEP)) +#define HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS1)) + // Extruder steppers and solenoids #define HAS_E0_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(E0_ENABLE) || (ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E0))) #define HAS_E0_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(E0_DIR)) @@ -957,13 +1373,20 @@ #define HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS1)) #define HAS_SOLENOID_5 (PIN_EXISTS(SOL5)) +#define HAS_E6_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(E6_ENABLE) || (ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E6))) +#define HAS_E6_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(E6_DIR)) +#define HAS_E6_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(E6_STEP)) +#define HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS1)) +#define HAS_SOLENOID_6 (PIN_EXISTS(SOL6)) + +#define HAS_E7_ENABLE (PIN_EXISTS(E7_ENABLE) || (ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E7))) +#define HAS_E7_DIR (PIN_EXISTS(E7_DIR)) +#define HAS_E7_STEP (PIN_EXISTS(E7_STEP)) +#define HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS (PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS1)) +#define HAS_SOLENOID_7 (PIN_EXISTS(SOL7)) + // Trinamic Stepper Drivers #if HAS_TRINAMIC - #define HAS_TMCX1X0 (HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2160) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5130) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC5160)) - #define TMC_HAS_SPI (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660)) - #define HAS_STALLGUARD (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209) || HAS_DRIVER(TMC2660)) - #define HAS_STEALTHCHOP (HAS_TMCX1X0 || HAS_TMC220x) - #define STEALTHCHOP_ENABLED ANY(STEALTHCHOP_XY, STEALTHCHOP_Z, STEALTHCHOP_E) #define USE_SENSORLESS EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) // Disable Z axis sensorless homing if a probe is used to home the Z axis @@ -977,6 +1400,7 @@ #define Z_SENSORLESS (AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z) && defined(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY)) #define Z2_SENSORLESS (AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z2) && defined(Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY)) #define Z3_SENSORLESS (AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) && defined(Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY)) + #define Z4_SENSORLESS (AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) && defined(Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY)) #if ENABLED(SPI_ENDSTOPS) #define X_SPI_SENSORLESS X_SENSORLESS #define Y_SPI_SENSORLESS Y_SENSORLESS @@ -989,8 +1413,19 @@ && E0_ENABLE_PIN != Y_ENABLE_PIN && E1_ENABLE_PIN != Y_ENABLE_PIN ) \ ) +// // Endstops and bed probe -#define _HAS_STOP(A,M) (PIN_EXISTS(A##_##M) && !IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z2_OR_PROBE(A,M)) +// + +// Is an endstop plug used for extra Z endstops or the probe? +#define IS_PROBE_PIN(A,M) (HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN && Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN == P) +#define IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && X2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) +#define IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && Y2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) +#define IS_Z2_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) +#define IS_Z3_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) +#define IS_Z4_ENDSTOP(A,M) (ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _##A##M##_) + +#define _HAS_STOP(A,M) (PIN_EXISTS(A##_##M) && !IS_PROBE_PIN(A,M) && !IS_X2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Y2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z2_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z3_ENDSTOP(A,M) && !IS_Z4_ENDSTOP(A,M)) #define HAS_X_MIN _HAS_STOP(X,MIN) #define HAS_X_MAX _HAS_STOP(X,MAX) #define HAS_Y_MIN _HAS_STOP(Y,MIN) @@ -1005,24 +1440,31 @@ #define HAS_Z2_MAX (PIN_EXISTS(Z2_MAX)) #define HAS_Z3_MIN (PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MIN)) #define HAS_Z3_MAX (PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MAX)) +#define HAS_Z4_MIN (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MIN)) +#define HAS_Z4_MAX (PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MAX)) #define HAS_Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN (HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN && PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN_PROBE)) #define HAS_CALIBRATION_PIN (PIN_EXISTS(CALIBRATION)) +// // ADC Temp Sensors (Thermistor or Thermocouple with amplifier ADC interface) +// #define HAS_ADC_TEST(P) (PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_##P) && TEMP_SENSOR_##P != 0 && DISABLED(HEATER_##P##_USES_MAX6675)) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 HAS_ADC_TEST(0) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 HAS_ADC_TEST(1) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_2 HAS_ADC_TEST(2) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_3 HAS_ADC_TEST(3) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_4 HAS_ADC_TEST(4) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 HAS_ADC_TEST(5) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED HAS_ADC_TEST(BED) -#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_CHAMBER HAS_ADC_TEST(CHAMBER) - -#define HAS_TEMP_HOTEND (HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 || ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675)) -#define HAS_TEMP_BED HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED -#define HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER HAS_TEMP_ADC_CHAMBER -#define HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER (HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_CHAMBER)) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 HAS_ADC_TEST(0) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 HAS_ADC_TEST(1) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_2 HAS_ADC_TEST(2) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_3 HAS_ADC_TEST(3) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_4 HAS_ADC_TEST(4) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 HAS_ADC_TEST(5) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 HAS_ADC_TEST(6) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 HAS_ADC_TEST(7) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED HAS_ADC_TEST(BED) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_PROBE HAS_ADC_TEST(PROBE) +#define HAS_TEMP_ADC_CHAMBER HAS_ADC_TEST(CHAMBER) + +#define HAS_TEMP_HOTEND ((HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 || ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675)) && HOTENDS) +#define HAS_TEMP_BED HAS_TEMP_ADC_BED +#define HAS_TEMP_PROBE HAS_TEMP_ADC_PROBE +#define HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER HAS_TEMP_ADC_CHAMBER #if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) #define HAS_JOY_ADC_X PIN_EXISTS(JOY_X) @@ -1032,22 +1474,21 @@ #endif // Heaters -#define HAS_HEATER_0 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_0)) -#define HAS_HEATER_1 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_1)) -#define HAS_HEATER_2 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_2)) -#define HAS_HEATER_3 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_3)) -#define HAS_HEATER_4 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_4)) -#define HAS_HEATER_5 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_5)) -#define HAS_HEATER_BED (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_BED)) +#define HAS_HEATER_0 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_0)) +#define HAS_HEATER_1 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_1)) +#define HAS_HEATER_2 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_2)) +#define HAS_HEATER_3 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_3)) +#define HAS_HEATER_4 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_4)) +#define HAS_HEATER_5 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_5)) +#define HAS_HEATER_6 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_6)) +#define HAS_HEATER_7 (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_7)) +#define HAS_HEATER_BED (PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_BED)) // Shorthand for common combinations #define HAS_HEATED_BED (HAS_TEMP_BED && HAS_HEATER_BED) #define BED_OR_CHAMBER (HAS_HEATED_BED || HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER) -#define HAS_TEMP_SENSOR (HAS_TEMP_HOTEND || BED_OR_CHAMBER) - -#if !HAS_TEMP_SENSOR - #undef AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES -#endif +#define HAS_TEMP_SENSOR (HAS_TEMP_HOTEND || BED_OR_CHAMBER || HAS_TEMP_PROBE) +#define HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER (HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_CHAMBER)) // PID heating #if !HAS_HEATED_BED @@ -1069,12 +1510,18 @@ #define HAS_AUTO_FAN_3 (HOTENDS > 3 && PIN_EXISTS(E3_AUTO_FAN)) #define HAS_AUTO_FAN_4 (HOTENDS > 4 && PIN_EXISTS(E4_AUTO_FAN)) #define HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 (HOTENDS > 5 && PIN_EXISTS(E5_AUTO_FAN)) +#define HAS_AUTO_FAN_6 (HOTENDS > 6 && PIN_EXISTS(E6_AUTO_FAN)) +#define HAS_AUTO_FAN_7 (HOTENDS > 7 && PIN_EXISTS(E7_AUTO_FAN)) #define HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN (HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && PIN_EXISTS(CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN)) -#define HAS_AUTO_FAN (HAS_AUTO_FAN_0 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_1 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_2 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_3 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_4 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 || HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN) +#define HAS_AUTO_FAN (HAS_AUTO_FAN_0 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_1 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_2 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_3 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_4 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_6 || HAS_AUTO_FAN_7 || HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN) #define _FANOVERLAP(A,B) (A##_AUTO_FAN_PIN == E##B##_AUTO_FAN_PIN) #if HAS_AUTO_FAN - #define AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E (_FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,0) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,1) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,2) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,3) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,4) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,5)) + #define AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E (_FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,0) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,1) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,2) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,3) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,4) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,5) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,6) || _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,7)) +#endif + +#if !HAS_TEMP_SENSOR + #undef AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES #endif #if !HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN || AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E @@ -1083,8 +1530,14 @@ // Other fans #define HAS_FAN0 (PIN_EXISTS(FAN)) -#define HAS_FAN1 (PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) && CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN && E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN1_PIN) -#define HAS_FAN2 (PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) && CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN && E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN2_PIN) +#define _HAS_FAN(P) (PIN_EXISTS(FAN##P) && CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN && E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN != FAN##P##_PIN) +#define HAS_FAN1 _HAS_FAN(1) +#define HAS_FAN2 _HAS_FAN(2) +#define HAS_FAN3 _HAS_FAN(3) +#define HAS_FAN4 _HAS_FAN(4) +#define HAS_FAN5 _HAS_FAN(5) +#define HAS_FAN6 _HAS_FAN(6) +#define HAS_FAN7 _HAS_FAN(7) #define HAS_CONTROLLER_FAN (PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN)) // Servos @@ -1121,7 +1574,9 @@ #define HAS_DIGIPOTSS (PIN_EXISTS(DIGIPOTSS)) #define HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM ANY_PIN(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_X, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Y, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z, MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E) -#define HAS_MICROSTEPS (HAS_X_MICROSTEPS || HAS_X2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Y_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Y2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS) +#define HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS (HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS) +#define HAS_SOME_E_MICROSTEPS (HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS || HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS) +#define HAS_MICROSTEPS (HAS_X_MICROSTEPS || HAS_X2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Y_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Y2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_SOME_E_MICROSTEPS) #if HAS_MICROSTEPS @@ -1195,26 +1650,27 @@ #if HAS_HEATER_0 && !defined(HEATER_0_INVERTING) #define HEATER_0_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_1 && !defined(HEATER_1_INVERTING) #define HEATER_1_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_2 && !defined(HEATER_2_INVERTING) #define HEATER_2_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_3 && !defined(HEATER_3_INVERTING) #define HEATER_3_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_4 && !defined(HEATER_4_INVERTING) #define HEATER_4_INVERTING false #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_5 && !defined(HEATER_5_INVERTING) #define HEATER_5_INVERTING false #endif +#if HAS_HEATER_6 && !defined(HEATER_6_INVERTING) + #define HEATER_6_INVERTING false +#endif +#if HAS_HEATER_7 && !defined(HEATER_7_INVERTING) + #define HEATER_7_INVERTING false +#endif /** * Helper Macros for heaters and extruder fan @@ -1231,6 +1687,12 @@ #define WRITE_HEATER_4(v) WRITE(HEATER_4_PIN, (v) ^ HEATER_4_INVERTING) #if HOTENDS > 5 #define WRITE_HEATER_5(v) WRITE(HEATER_5_PIN, (v) ^ HEATER_5_INVERTING) + #if HOTENDS > 6 + #define WRITE_HEATER_6(v) WRITE(HEATER_6_PIN, (v) ^ HEATER_6_INVERTING) + #if HOTENDS > 7 + #define WRITE_HEATER_7(v) WRITE(HEATER_7_PIN, (v) ^ HEATER_7_INVERTING) + #endif // HOTENDS > 7 + #endif // HOTENDS > 6 #endif // HOTENDS > 5 #endif // HOTENDS > 4 #endif // HOTENDS > 3 @@ -1282,7 +1744,17 @@ #define FAN_INVERTING false #endif -#if HAS_FAN2 +#if HAS_FAN7 + #define FAN_COUNT 8 +#elif HAS_FAN6 + #define FAN_COUNT 7 +#elif HAS_FAN5 + #define FAN_COUNT 6 +#elif HAS_FAN4 + #define FAN_COUNT 5 +#elif HAS_FAN3 + #define FAN_COUNT 4 +#elif HAS_FAN2 #define FAN_COUNT 3 #elif HAS_FAN1 #define FAN_COUNT 2 @@ -1304,8 +1776,15 @@ /** * MIN/MAX fan PWM scaling */ +#ifndef FAN_OFF_PWM + #define FAN_OFF_PWM 0 +#endif #ifndef FAN_MIN_PWM - #define FAN_MIN_PWM 0 + #if FAN_OFF_PWM > 0 + #define FAN_MIN_PWM (FAN_OFF_PWM + 1) + #else + #define FAN_MIN_PWM 0 + #endif #endif #ifndef FAN_MAX_PWM #define FAN_MAX_PWM 255 @@ -1316,6 +1795,8 @@ #error "FAN_MAX_PWM must be a value from 0 to 255." #elif FAN_MIN_PWM > FAN_MAX_PWM #error "FAN_MIN_PWM must be less than or equal to FAN_MAX_PWM." +#elif FAN_OFF_PWM > FAN_MIN_PWM + #error "FAN_OFF_PWM must be less than or equal to FAN_MIN_PWM." #endif /** @@ -1356,6 +1837,9 @@ #define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 #endif #endif + #ifndef NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET + #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } + #endif #else #undef NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET #endif @@ -1411,6 +1895,7 @@ #define PLANNER_LEVELING (HAS_LEVELING && DISABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)) #define HAS_PROBING_PROCEDURE (HAS_ABL_OR_UBL || ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST)) #define HAS_POSITION_MODIFIERS (ENABLED(FWRETRACT) || HAS_LEVELING || ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)) +#define NEEDS_THREE_PROBE_POINTS EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) #undef LCD_BED_LEVELING @@ -1447,41 +1932,41 @@ #endif /** - * Bed Probing rectangular bounds - * These can be further constrained in code for Delta and SCARA + * Bed Probing bounds */ + #ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 #endif -#ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT - #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif -#ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT - #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif -#ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT - #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif -#ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK - #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif -#ifndef NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET - #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } +#if IS_KINEMATIC + #undef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT + #undef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT + #undef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT + #undef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT 0 + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT 0 + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT 0 + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK 0 +#else + #ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE + #endif + #ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE + #endif + #ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE + #endif + #ifndef MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK + #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(DELTA) /** * Delta radius/rod trimmers/angle trimmers */ - #define _PROBE_RADIUS (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) - #ifndef DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS - #ifdef NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - _MAX(ABS(nozzle_to_probe_offset.x), ABS(nozzle_to_probe_offset.y), ABS(MIN_PROBE_EDGE))) - #else - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS _PROBE_RADIUS - #endif - #endif #ifndef DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0, 0, 0 } #endif @@ -1494,24 +1979,6 @@ #ifndef DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0, 0, 0 } #endif - - // Probing points may be verified at compile time within the radius - // using static_assert(HYPOT2(X2-X1,Y2-Y1)<=sq(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS),"bad probe point!") - // so that may be added to SanityCheck.h in the future. - #define PROBE_X_MIN (X_CENTER - (_PROBE_RADIUS)) - #define PROBE_Y_MIN (Y_CENTER - (_PROBE_RADIUS)) - #define PROBE_X_MAX (X_CENTER + _PROBE_RADIUS) - #define PROBE_Y_MAX (Y_CENTER + _PROBE_RADIUS) - -#elif IS_SCARA - - #define SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS (SCARA_LINKAGE_1 + SCARA_LINKAGE_2) - #define _PROBE_RADIUS (SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) - #define PROBE_X_MIN (X_CENTER - (SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) + MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT) - #define PROBE_Y_MIN (Y_CENTER - (SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) + MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT) - #define PROBE_X_MAX (X_CENTER + SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT)) - #define PROBE_Y_MAX (Y_CENTER + SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK)) - #endif #if ENABLED(SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES) && !defined(LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH) @@ -1521,7 +1988,7 @@ /** * Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area. */ -#if HAS_LEVELING +#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) #if IS_KINEMATIC // Probing points may be verified at compile time within the radius // using static_assert(HYPOT2(X2-X1,Y2-Y1)<=sq(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS),"bad probe point!") @@ -1532,17 +1999,10 @@ #define _MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET)) #else // Boundaries for Cartesian probing based on set limits - #if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define _MESH_MIN_X (_MAX(X_MIN_BED + MESH_INSET, X_MIN_POS)) // UBL is careful not to probe off the bed. It does not - #define _MESH_MIN_Y (_MAX(Y_MIN_BED + MESH_INSET, Y_MIN_POS)) // need NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET in the mesh dimensions - #define _MESH_MAX_X (_MIN(X_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET), X_MAX_POS)) - #define _MESH_MAX_Y (_MIN(Y_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET), Y_MAX_POS)) - #else - #define _MESH_MIN_X (_MAX(X_MIN_BED + MESH_INSET, X_MIN_POS + nozzle_to_probe_offset.x)) - #define _MESH_MIN_Y (_MAX(Y_MIN_BED + MESH_INSET, Y_MIN_POS + nozzle_to_probe_offset.y)) - #define _MESH_MAX_X (_MIN(X_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET), X_MAX_POS + nozzle_to_probe_offset.x)) - #define _MESH_MAX_Y (_MIN(Y_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET), Y_MAX_POS + nozzle_to_probe_offset.y)) - #endif + #define _MESH_MIN_X (_MAX(X_MIN_BED + MESH_INSET, X_MIN_POS)) // UBL is careful not to probe off the bed. It does not + #define _MESH_MIN_Y (_MAX(Y_MIN_BED + MESH_INSET, Y_MIN_POS)) // need NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET in the mesh dimensions + #define _MESH_MAX_X (_MIN(X_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET), X_MAX_POS)) + #define _MESH_MAX_Y (_MIN(Y_MAX_BED - (MESH_INSET), Y_MAX_POS)) #endif // These may be overridden in Configuration.h if a smaller area is desired @@ -1558,39 +2018,15 @@ #ifndef MESH_MAX_Y #define MESH_MAX_Y _MESH_MAX_Y #endif - -#endif // MESH_BED_LEVELING || AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL - -#if ALL(PROBE_PT_1_X, PROBE_PT_2_X, PROBE_PT_3_X, PROBE_PT_1_Y, PROBE_PT_2_Y, PROBE_PT_3_Y) - #define HAS_FIXED_3POINT; +#else + #undef MESH_MIN_X + #undef MESH_MIN_Y + #undef MESH_MAX_X + #undef MESH_MAX_Y #endif -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) && IS_KINEMATIC - #define HAS_FIXED_3POINT - #define SIN0 0.0 - #define SIN120 0.866025 - #define SIN240 -0.866025 - #define COS0 1.0 - #define COS120 -0.5 - #define COS240 -0.5 - #ifndef PROBE_PT_1_X - #define PROBE_PT_1_X (X_CENTER + (_PROBE_RADIUS) * COS0) - #endif - #ifndef PROBE_PT_1_Y - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y (Y_CENTER + (_PROBE_RADIUS) * SIN0) - #endif - #ifndef PROBE_PT_2_X - #define PROBE_PT_2_X (X_CENTER + (_PROBE_RADIUS) * COS120) - #endif - #ifndef PROBE_PT_2_Y - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y (Y_CENTER + (_PROBE_RADIUS) * SIN120) - #endif - #ifndef PROBE_PT_3_X - #define PROBE_PT_3_X (X_CENTER + (_PROBE_RADIUS) * COS240) - #endif - #ifndef PROBE_PT_3_Y - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y (Y_CENTER + (_PROBE_RADIUS) * SIN240) - #endif +#if (defined(PROBE_PT_1_X) && defined(PROBE_PT_2_X) && defined(PROBE_PT_3_X) && defined(PROBE_PT_1_Y) && defined(PROBE_PT_2_Y) && defined(PROBE_PT_3_Y)) + #define HAS_FIXED_3POINT #endif /** @@ -1760,14 +2196,6 @@ // If platform requires early initialization of watchdog to properly boot #define EARLY_WATCHDOG (ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) && defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define Z_STEPPER_COUNT 3 -#elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define Z_STEPPER_COUNT 2 -#else - #define Z_STEPPER_COUNT 1 -#endif - #if HAS_SPI_LCD // Get LCD character width/height, which may be overridden by pins, configs, etc. #ifndef LCD_WIDTH diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfigPre.h b/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfigPre.h index a7dea37a95d6..e11f171c6efd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfigPre.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/MarlinConfigPre.h @@ -36,10 +36,9 @@ #include "../core/macros.h" #include "../../Configuration.h" - #ifdef CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE #if defined(__has_include) - #if __has_include(CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE) + #if __has_include(XSTR(../../CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE)) #include XSTR(../../CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE) #endif #else diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h index 5379f23e68d6..ea66232ff2e3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -229,6 +229,8 @@ #error "LCD_PIN_RESET is now LCD_RESET_PIN. Please update your pins definitions." #elif defined(EXTRUDER_0_AUTO_FAN_PIN) || defined(EXTRUDER_1_AUTO_FAN_PIN) || defined(EXTRUDER_2_AUTO_FAN_PIN) || defined(EXTRUDER_3_AUTO_FAN_PIN) #error "EXTRUDER_[0123]_AUTO_FAN_PIN is now E[0123]_AUTO_FAN_PIN. Please update your Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(PID_FAN_SCALING) && FAN_COUNT <= 0 + #error "PID_FAN_SCALING needs at least one fan enabled." #elif defined(min_software_endstops) || defined(max_software_endstops) #error "(min|max)_software_endstops are now (MIN|MAX)_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS. Please update your configuration." #elif ENABLED(Z_PROBE_SLED) && defined(SLED_PIN) @@ -245,6 +247,8 @@ #error "NEOPIXEL_RGBW_LED is now NEOPIXEL_LED. Please update your configuration." #elif ENABLED(DELTA) && defined(DELTA_PROBEABLE_RADIUS) #error "Remove DELTA_PROBEABLE_RADIUS and use MIN_PROBE_EDGE to inset the probe area instead." +#elif ENABLED(DELTA) && defined(DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS) + #error "Remove DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS and use MIN_PROBE_EDGE to inset the probe area instead." #elif defined(UBL_MESH_INSET) #error "UBL_MESH_INSET is now just MESH_INSET. Please update your configuration." #elif defined(UBL_MESH_MIN_X) || defined(UBL_MESH_MIN_Y) || defined(UBL_MESH_MAX_X) || defined(UBL_MESH_MAX_Y) @@ -290,19 +294,19 @@ #elif defined(HAVE_L6470DRIVER) #error "HAVE_L6470DRIVER is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE L6470. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_TMC) || defined(X2_IS_TMC) || defined(Y_IS_TMC) || defined(Y2_IS_TMC) || defined(Z_IS_TMC) || defined(Z2_IS_TMC) || defined(Z3_IS_TMC) \ - || defined(E0_IS_TMC) || defined(E1_IS_TMC) || defined(E2_IS_TMC) || defined(E3_IS_TMC) || defined(E4_IS_TMC) || defined(E5_IS_TMC) + || defined(E0_IS_TMC) || defined(E1_IS_TMC) || defined(E2_IS_TMC) || defined(E3_IS_TMC) || defined(E4_IS_TMC) || defined(E5_IS_TMC) || defined(E6_IS_TMC) || defined(E7_IS_TMC) #error "[AXIS]_IS_TMC is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC26X. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_TMC26X) || defined(X2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Y_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Y2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Z_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Z2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(Z3_IS_TMC26X) \ - || defined(E0_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E1_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E3_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E4_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E5_IS_TMC26X) + || defined(E0_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E1_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E2_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E3_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E4_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E5_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E6_IS_TMC26X) || defined(E7_IS_TMC26X) #error "[AXIS]_IS_TMC26X is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC26X. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_TMC2130) || defined(X2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Y_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Y2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Z_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Z2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(Z3_IS_TMC2130) \ - || defined(E0_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E1_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E3_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E4_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E5_IS_TMC2130) + || defined(E0_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E1_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E2_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E3_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E4_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E5_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E6_IS_TMC2130) || defined(E7_IS_TMC2130) #error "[AXIS]_IS_TMC2130 is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_TMC2208) || defined(X2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Y_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Y2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Z_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Z2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(Z3_IS_TMC2208) \ - || defined(E0_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E1_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E3_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E4_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E5_IS_TMC2208) + || defined(E0_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E1_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E2_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E3_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E4_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E5_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E6_IS_TMC2208) || defined(E7_IS_TMC2208) #error "[AXIS]_IS_TMC2208 is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(X_IS_L6470) || defined(X2_IS_L6470) || defined(Y_IS_L6470) || defined(Y2_IS_L6470) || defined(Z_IS_L6470) || defined(Z2_IS_L6470) || defined(Z3_IS_L6470) \ - || defined(E0_IS_L6470) || defined(E1_IS_L6470) || defined(E2_IS_L6470) || defined(E3_IS_L6470) || defined(E4_IS_L6470) || defined(E5_IS_L6470) + || defined(E0_IS_L6470) || defined(E1_IS_L6470) || defined(E2_IS_L6470) || defined(E3_IS_L6470) || defined(E4_IS_L6470) || defined(E5_IS_L6470) || defined(E6_IS_L6470) || defined(E7_IS_L6470) #error "[AXIS]_IS_L6470 is now [AXIS]_DRIVER_TYPE L6470. Please update your Configuration.h." #elif defined(AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL) #error "AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL is now MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS. Please update your configuration." @@ -408,42 +412,44 @@ #error "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X and Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y are now combined as Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY. Please update your Configuration_adv.h." #elif defined(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) #error "JUNCTION_DEVIATION is no longer required. (See CLASSIC_JERK). Please remove it from Configuration.h." +#elif defined(BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR) + #error "BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR is now BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_[XY|Z]. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) + #error "LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI is now TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE. Please update your configuration." +#elif defined(PS_DEFAULT_OFF) + #error "PS_DEFAULT_OFF is now PSU_DEFAULT_OFF. Please update your configuration." +#elif defined(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH) + #error "FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH is now FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY) + #error "FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY is now FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE) + #error "HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE is now obsolete. Please remove it from Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(DGUS_LCD) + #error "DGUS_LCD is now DGUS_LCD_UI_(ORIGIN|FYSETC|HIPRECY). Please update your configuration." +#elif defined(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT) + #error "X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT is now X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT) + #error "Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT is now Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT) + #error "Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT is now Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2) || defined(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3) + #error "Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT[23] is now Z[23]_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2) || defined(Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3) || defined(Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT4) + #error "Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT[234] is now Z[234]_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #error "Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS is now NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS with a value of 2. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #error "Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS is now NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS with a value of 3. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_QUAD_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #error "Z_QUAD_STEPPER_DRIVERS is now NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS with a value of 4. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #error "Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is now Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #error "Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS is now Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS. Please update Configuration_adv.h." +#elif defined(Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS) + #error "Z_QUAD_ENDSTOPS is now Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS. Please update Configuration_adv.h." #endif -#define BOARD_MKS_13 -1000 -#define BOARD_TRIGORILLA -1001 -#define BOARD_RURAMPS4D -1002 -#define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2 -1003 -#define BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 -1004 -#define BOARD_STM32F1R -1005 -#define BOARD_STM32F103R -1006 -#define BOARD_ESP32 -1007 -#if MB(MKS_13) - #error "BOARD_MKS_13 has been renamed BOARD_MKS_GEN_13. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(TRIGORILLA) - #error "BOARD_TRIGORILLA has been renamed BOARD_TRIGORILLA_13. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(RURAMPS4D) - #error "BOARD_RURAMPS4D has been renamed BOARD_RURAMPS4D_11. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(FORMBOT_TREX2) - #error "FORMBOT_TREX2 has been renamed BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(BIQU_SKR_V1_1) - #error "BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 has been renamed BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(STM32F1R) - #error "BOARD_STM32F1R has been renamed BOARD_STM32F103RE. Please update your configuration." -#elif MB(STM32F103R) - #error "BOARD_STM32F103R has been renamed BOARD_STM32F103RE. Please update your configuration." -#elif MOTHERBOARD == BOARD_ESP32 - #error "BOARD_ESP32 has been renamed BOARD_ESPRESSIF_ESP32. Please update your configuration." -#endif -#undef BOARD_MKS_13 -#undef BOARD_TRIGORILLA -#undef BOARD_RURAMPS4D -#undef BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2 -#undef BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 -#undef BOARD_STM32F1R -#undef BOARD_STM32F103R -#undef BOARD_ESP32 - /** * Marlin release, version and default string */ @@ -489,22 +495,27 @@ #endif /** - * Dual / Triple Stepper Drivers + * Multiple Stepper Drivers Per Axis */ -#if BOTH(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE is not compatible with X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS." -#elif ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && !(HAS_X2_ENABLE && HAS_X2_STEP && HAS_X2_DIR) - #error "X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires X2 pins (and an extra E plug)." -#elif ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && !(HAS_Y2_ENABLE && HAS_Y2_STEP && HAS_Y2_DIR) - #error "Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires Y2 pins (and an extra E plug)." -#elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #error "Please select either Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS or Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, not both." - #elif !(HAS_Z2_ENABLE && HAS_Z2_STEP && HAS_Z2_DIR) - #error "Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires Z2 pins (and an extra E plug)." +#define GOOD_AXIS_PINS(A) (HAS_##A##_ENABLE && HAS_##A##_STEP && HAS_##A##_DIR) +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) + #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE is not compatible with X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS." + #elif !GOOD_AXIS_PINS(X) + #error "X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires X2 pins to be defined." #endif -#elif ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && !(HAS_Z2_ENABLE && HAS_Z2_STEP && HAS_Z2_DIR && HAS_Z3_ENABLE && HAS_Z3_STEP && HAS_Z3_DIR) - #error "Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires Z3 pins (and two extra E plugs)." +#endif + +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && !GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Y) + #error "Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS requires Y2 pins to be defined." +#elif !WITHIN(NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS, 1, 4) + #error "NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS must be an integer from 1 to 4." +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 2 && !GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z2) + #error "If NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS is 2, you must define stepper pins for Z2." +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 && !(GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z2) && GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z3)) + #error "If NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS is 3, you must define stepper pins for Z2 and Z3." +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 && !(GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z2) && GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z3) && GOOD_AXIS_PINS(Z4)) + #error "If NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS is 4, you must define stepper pins for Z2, Z3, and Z4." #endif /** @@ -596,8 +607,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS /** * Custom Boot and Status screens */ -#if EITHER(SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN, CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE) && !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #error "Graphical LCD is required for SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN and CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE." +#if ENABLED(SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN) && !(HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD || ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)) + #error "SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN requires Graphical LCD or TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE." +#elif ENABLED(CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE) && !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #error "CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE requires a Graphical LCD." #endif /** @@ -705,14 +718,16 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) #if !HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE #error "ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE currently requires an LCD controller or EMERGENCY_PARSER." + #elif DISABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) + #error "ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE." + #elif !defined(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE) + #error "ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE requires FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE. Please add it to Configuration_adv.h." #elif ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) #error "EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT is incompatible with ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE." #elif ENABLED(PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE) && NONE(SDSUPPORT, NEWPANEL, EMERGENCY_PARSER) #error "PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE requires SDSUPPORT, EMERGENCY_PARSER, or an LCD controller." #elif ENABLED(HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE) && DISABLED(PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT) #error "HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE requires PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT." - #elif DISABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - #error "ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE." #elif ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) && FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH > EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH #error "FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH must be less than or equal to EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH." #elif ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) && FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH > EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH @@ -739,12 +754,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS */ #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - #if EXTRUDERS > 6 - #error "Marlin supports a maximum of 6 EXTRUDERS." - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) - #error "EXTRUDERS must be 1 with TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT." + #if EXTRUDERS > 8 + #error "Marlin supports a maximum of 8 EXTRUDERS." #endif #if ENABLED(HEATERS_PARALLEL) @@ -1038,6 +1049,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT on DELTA requires AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR or AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL." #elif ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) && !(HAS_BED_PROBE || HAS_LCD_MENU) #error "DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION requires a probe or LCD Controller." + #elif ENABLED(DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) && !HAS_LCD_MENU + #error "DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU requires an LCD Controller." #elif ABL_GRID #if (GRID_MAX_POINTS_X & 1) == 0 || (GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y & 1) == 0 #error "DELTA requires GRID_MAX_POINTS_X and GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y to be odd numbers." @@ -1064,6 +1077,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #if 1 < 0 \ + ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) \ + ENABLED(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE) \ + + ENABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) \ + (HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE && DISABLED(BLTOUCH)) \ + ENABLED(BLTOUCH) \ + ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) \ @@ -1072,7 +1086,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS + ENABLED(Z_PROBE_SLED) \ + ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) \ + ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING) - #error "Please enable only one probe option: PROBE_MANUALLY, SENSORLESS_PROBING, BLTOUCH, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, TOUCH_MI_PROBE, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or Z Servo." + #error "Please enable only one probe option: PROBE_MANUALLY, SENSORLESS_PROBING, BLTOUCH, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, NOZZLE_AS_PROBE, TOUCH_MI_PROBE, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or Z Servo." #endif #if HAS_BED_PROBE @@ -1117,7 +1131,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) #if BLTOUCH_DELAY < 200 #error "BLTOUCH_DELAY less than 200 is unsafe and is not supported." - #elif DISABLED(BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE) && NONE(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE) + #elif DISABLED(BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE) && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE) #error "BLTOUCH without BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE requires ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN or ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE." #endif #endif @@ -1168,6 +1182,20 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN must be defined if Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN is not enabled." #endif + #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) + constexpr float sanity_nozzle_to_probe_offset[] = NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET; + static_assert(sanity_nozzle_to_probe_offset[0] == 0.0 && sanity_nozzle_to_probe_offset[1] == 0.0, + "NOZZLE_AS_PROBE requires the X,Y offsets in NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET to be 0,0."); + #endif + + #if DISABLED(NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE must be >= 0."); + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK must be >= 0."); + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT must be >= 0."); + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT must be >= 0."); + static_assert(MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT >= 0, "MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT must be >= 0."); + #endif + /** * Make sure Z raise values are set */ @@ -1203,11 +1231,11 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS * Require some kind of probe for bed leveling and probe testing */ #if HAS_ABL_NOT_UBL && !PROBE_SELECTED - #error "Auto Bed Leveling requires one of these: PROBE_MANUALLY, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, BLTOUCH, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or a Z Servo." + #error "Auto Bed Leveling requires one of these: PROBE_MANUALLY, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, NOZZLE_AS_PROBE, BLTOUCH, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or a Z Servo." #endif #if ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST) - #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST requires a probe: FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, BLTOUCH, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or Z Servo." + #error "Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST requires a probe: FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, NOZZLE_AS_PROBE, BLTOUCH, SOLENOID_PROBE, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY, Z_PROBE_SLED, or Z Servo." #endif #endif @@ -1394,7 +1422,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE requires 2 (or more) extruders." #elif CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_XZ #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE cannot be used with COREXY, COREYX, COREXZ, or COREZX." - #elif !(HAS_X2_ENABLE && HAS_X2_STEP && HAS_X2_DIR) + #elif !GOOD_AXIS_PINS(X2) #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE requires X2 stepper pins to be defined." #elif !HAS_X_MAX #error "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE requires USE_XMAX_PLUG and an X Max Endstop." @@ -1405,6 +1433,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #endif #endif +#undef GOOD_AXIS_PINS + /** * Make sure auto fan pins don't conflict with the fan pin */ @@ -1466,6 +1496,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 1000 requires HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and HOTEND4_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." #elif ENABLED(HEATER_5_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND5_BETA)) #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 1000 requires HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and HOTEND5_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." +#elif ENABLED(HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND6_BETA)) + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 1000 requires HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and HOTEND6_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." +#elif ENABLED(HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(HOTEND7_BETA)) + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 1000 requires HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and HOTEND7_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." #elif ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(BED_BETA)) #error "TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1000 requires BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS and BED_BETA in Configuration_adv.h." #elif ENABLED(HEATER_CHAMBER_USER_THERMISTOR) && !(defined(CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS) && defined(CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS) && defined(CHAMBER_BETA)) @@ -1501,6 +1535,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_1 is required with 2 or more HOTENDS." #elif !ANY_PIN(TEMP_1, MAX6675_SS2) #error "TEMP_1_PIN not defined for this board." + #elif ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) + #error "HOTENDS must be 1 with TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT." #endif #if HOTENDS > 2 #if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 0 @@ -1534,13 +1570,45 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #elif !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_5) #error "TEMP_5_PIN not defined for this board." #endif + #if HOTENDS > 6 + #if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 is required with 6 HOTENDS." + #elif !HAS_HEATER_6 + #error "HEATER_6_PIN not defined for this board." + #elif !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_6) + #error "TEMP_6_PIN not defined for this board." + #endif + #if HOTENDS > 7 + #if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 is required with 7 HOTENDS." + #elif !HAS_HEATER_7 + #error "HEATER_7_PIN not defined for this board." + #elif !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_7) + #error "TEMP_7_PIN not defined for this board." + #endif + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 7 HOTENDS." + #endif + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 6 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 6 HOTENDS." + #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 5 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 5 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 5 HOTENDS." #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_4 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 shouldn't be set with only 4 HOTENDS." #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 4 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 4 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 4 HOTENDS." #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_3 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_3 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." @@ -1548,6 +1616,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 3 HOTENDS." #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_2 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_2 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." @@ -1557,6 +1629,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." + #elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 2 HOTENDS." #endif #elif TEMP_SENSOR_1 != 0 && DISABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) #error "TEMP_SENSOR_1 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." @@ -1568,6 +1644,20 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TEMP_SENSOR_4 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." #elif TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 #error "TEMP_SENSOR_5 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_6 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." +#elif TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_7 shouldn't be set with only 1 HOTEND." +#endif + +#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE + #if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_PROBE) + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE requires TEMP_PROBE_PIN." + #elif !HAS_TEMP_ADC_PROBE + #error "TEMP_PROBE_PIN must be an ADC pin." + #elif !ENABLED(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE) + #error "TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE shouldn't be set without FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE." + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) && TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 0 @@ -1591,7 +1681,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS /** * LED Backlight Timeout */ -#if defined(LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT) && !(EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) && HAS_POWER_SWITCH) +#if defined(LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT) && !(ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) && EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1)) #error "LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT requires a FYSETC Mini Panel and a Power Switch." #endif @@ -1640,6 +1730,16 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #if !(PIN_EXISTS(E5_STEP, E5_DIR) && HAS_E5_ENABLE) #error "E5_STEP_PIN, E5_DIR_PIN, or E5_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 + #if !(PIN_EXISTS(E6_STEP, E6_DIR) && HAS_E6_ENABLE) + #error "E6_STEP_PIN, E6_DIR_PIN, or E6_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 + #if !(PIN_EXISTS(E7_STEP, E7_DIR) && HAS_E7_ENABLE) + #error "E7_STEP_PIN, E7_DIR_PIN, or E7_ENABLE_PIN not defined for this board." + #endif + #endif // E_STEPPERS > 7 + #endif // E_STEPPERS > 6 #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 @@ -1684,7 +1784,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "Enable USE_ZMAX_PLUG when homing Z to MAX." #endif -// Dual endstops requirements +// Dual/multiple endstops requirements #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) #if !X2_USE_ENDSTOP #error "You must set X2_USE_ENDSTOP with X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS." @@ -1727,9 +1827,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." #endif #endif -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + +#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #if !Z2_USE_ENDSTOP - #error "You must set Z2_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS." + #error "You must set Z2_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS when NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2." #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) @@ -1745,47 +1846,45 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #elif !HAS_Z2_MIN && !HAS_Z2_MAX #error "Z2_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" #elif ENABLED(DELTA) - #error "Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." + #error "Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #if !Z3_USE_ENDSTOP + #error "You must set Z3_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS when NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_XMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMAX_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_YMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMIN_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_YMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMAX_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_ZMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMIN_." + #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_ZMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMAX_." + #elif !HAS_Z3_MIN && !HAS_Z3_MAX + #error "Z3_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" + #endif #endif -#endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #if !Z2_USE_ENDSTOP - #error "You must set Z2_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_XMAX_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMAX_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_YMIN_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMIN_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_YMAX_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMAX_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_ZMIN_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMIN_." - #elif Z2_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_ZMAX_PLUG is required when Z2_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMAX_." - #elif !HAS_Z2_MIN && !HAS_Z2_MAX - #error "Z2_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" - #elif ENABLED(DELTA) - #error "Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." - #endif - #if !Z3_USE_ENDSTOP - #error "You must set Z3_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_XMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMAX_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_YMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMIN_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_YMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMAX_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) - #error "USE_ZMIN_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMIN_." - #elif Z3_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) - #error "USE_ZMAX_PLUG is required when Z3_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMAX_." - #elif !HAS_Z3_MIN && !HAS_Z3_MAX - #error "Z3_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" - #elif ENABLED(DELTA) - #error "Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS is not compatible with DELTA." + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if !Z4_USE_ENDSTOP + #error "You must set Z4_USE_ENDSTOP with Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS when NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_XMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_XMIN_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMIN_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _XMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_XMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_XMAX_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _XMAX_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_YMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_YMIN_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMIN_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _YMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_YMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_YMAX_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _YMAX_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMIN_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMIN_PLUG) + #error "USE_ZMIN_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMIN_." + #elif Z4_USE_ENDSTOP == _ZMAX_ && DISABLED(USE_ZMAX_PLUG) + #error "USE_ZMAX_PLUG is required when Z4_USE_ENDSTOP is _ZMAX_." + #elif !HAS_Z4_MIN && !HAS_Z4_MAX + #error "Z4_USE_ENDSTOP has been assigned to a nonexistent endstop!" + #endif #endif #endif @@ -1869,8 +1968,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS + (ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) && DISABLED(IS_RRD_FG_SC)) \ + (ENABLED(ULTRA_LCD) && DISABLED(IS_ULTRA_LCD)) \ + (ENABLED(U8GLIB_SSD1306) && DISABLED(IS_U8GLIB_SSD1306)) \ - + (ENABLED(MINIPANEL) && DISABLED(MKS_MINI_12864)) \ - + (ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) && DISABLED(IS_RRW_KEYPAD)) \ + + (ENABLED(MINIPANEL) && DISABLED(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY)) \ + (ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) && DISABLED(IS_EXTUI)) \ + (ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) && DISABLED(IS_ULTIPANEL)) \ + ENABLED(RADDS_DISPLAY) \ @@ -1898,10 +1996,12 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS + ENABLED(LCD_FOR_MELZI) \ + ENABLED(ULTI_CONTROLLER) \ + ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) \ + + ENABLED(ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) \ + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X) \ + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2) \ + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) \ + ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) \ + + ENABLED(FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1) \ + ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) \ + ENABLED(ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD) \ + ENABLED(AZSMZ_12864) \ @@ -1912,9 +2012,11 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS + ENABLED(MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) \ + ENABLED(U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART) \ + ENABLED(OVERLORD_OLED) \ - + ENABLED(DGUS_LCD) \ + + ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN) \ + + ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) \ + + ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) \ + ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) \ - + ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) \ + + ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) \ + ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) #error "Please select no more than one LCD controller option." #endif @@ -1939,7 +2041,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS /** * Check existing CS pins against enabled TMC SPI drivers. */ -#define INVALID_TMC_SPI(ST) (AXIS_HAS_SPI && !PIN_EXISTS(ST##_CS)) +#define INVALID_TMC_SPI(ST) (AXIS_HAS_SPI(ST) && !PIN_EXISTS(ST##_CS)) #if INVALID_TMC_SPI(X) #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on X requires X_CS_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(X2) @@ -1966,6 +2068,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E4 requires E4_CS_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E5) #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E5 requires E5_CS_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E6) + #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E6 requires E6_CS_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_SPI(E7) + #error "An SPI driven TMC driver on E7 requires E7_CS_PIN." #endif #undef INVALID_TMC_SPI @@ -1999,6 +2105,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E4 requires E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E4_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." #elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E5) #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E5 requires E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E5_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E6) + #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E6 requires E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E6_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." +#elif INVALID_TMC_UART(E7) + #error "TMC2208 or TMC2209 on E7 requires E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL or E7_SERIAL_(RX|TX)_PIN." #endif #undef INVALID_TMC_UART @@ -2032,35 +2142,15 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E4); #elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC2209) INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E5); +#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC2209) + INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E6); +#elif AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC2209) + INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS(E7); #endif #undef INVALID_TMC_ADDRESS -/** - * TMC2208/2209 software UART and ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS both use pin change interrupts (PCI) - */ -#if HAS_TMC220x && !defined(TARGET_LPC1768) && ENABLED(ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE) && !( \ - defined(X_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL) ) - #error "Select hardware UART for TMC2208 to use both TMC2208 and ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE." -#endif - -/** - * TMC2208/2209 software UART is only supported on AVR, LPC, STM32F1 and STM32F4 - */ -#if HAS_TMC220x && !defined(__AVR__) && !defined(TARGET_LPC1768) && !defined(TARGET_STM32F1) && !defined(TARGET_STM32F4) && !( \ - defined(X_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL ) || defined(Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL) || defined(E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL) \ - || defined(E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL) ) - #error "TMC2208 Software Serial is supported only on AVR, LPC1768, STM32F1 and STM32F4 platforms." +#if ENABLED(DELTA) && (ENABLED(STEALTHCHOP_XY) != ENABLED(STEALTHCHOP_Z)) + #error "STEALTHCHOP_XY and STEALTHCHOP_Z must be the same on DELTA." #endif #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) @@ -2077,17 +2167,17 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #if ENABLED(DELTA) && !BOTH(STEALTHCHOP_XY, STEALTHCHOP_Z) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING on DELTA currently requires STEALTHCHOP_XY and STEALTHCHOP_Z." - #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR < 0 && DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN) + #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR < 0 && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN (or ENDSTOPPULLUPS) when homing to X_MIN." - #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR > 0 && DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX) + #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR > 0 && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX (or ENDSTOPPULLUPS) when homing to X_MAX." - #elif Y_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR < 0 && DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN) + #elif Y_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR < 0 && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN (or ENDSTOPPULLUPS) when homing to Y_MIN." - #elif Y_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR > 0 && DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX) + #elif Y_SENSORLESS && Y_HOME_DIR > 0 && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX (or ENDSTOPPULLUPS) when homing to Y_MAX." - #elif Z_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR < 0 && DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN) + #elif Z_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR < 0 && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN (or ENDSTOPPULLUPS) when homing to Z_MIN." - #elif Z_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR > 0 && DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX) + #elif Z_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR > 0 && NONE(ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUPS, ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX) #error "SENSORLESS_HOMING requires ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX (or ENDSTOPPULLUPS) when homing to Z_MAX." #elif X_SENSORLESS && X_HOME_DIR < 0 && X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING != X_ENDSTOP_INVERTING #if X_ENDSTOP_INVERTING @@ -2165,7 +2255,7 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "STEALTHCHOP requires TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, or TMC5160 stepper drivers." #endif -#define IN_CHAIN(A) (A##_CHAIN_POS > 0) +#define IN_CHAIN(A) ((A##_CHAIN_POS > 0) && !HAS_L64XX) // TMC SPI Chaining #if IN_CHAIN(X) || IN_CHAIN(Y) || IN_CHAIN(Z) || IN_CHAIN(X2) || IN_CHAIN(Y2) || IN_CHAIN(Z2) || IN_CHAIN(Z3) || IN_CHAIN(E0) || IN_CHAIN(E1) || IN_CHAIN(E2) || IN_CHAIN(E3) || IN_CHAIN(E4) || IN_CHAIN(E5) #if (IN_CHAIN(X) && !PIN_EXISTS(X_CS) ) || (IN_CHAIN(Y) && !PIN_EXISTS(Y_CS) ) \ @@ -2174,7 +2264,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS || (IN_CHAIN(Z3) && !PIN_EXISTS(Z3_CS)) || (IN_CHAIN(E0) && !PIN_EXISTS(E0_CS)) \ || (IN_CHAIN(E1) && !PIN_EXISTS(E1_CS)) || (IN_CHAIN(E2) && !PIN_EXISTS(E2_CS)) \ || (IN_CHAIN(E3) && !PIN_EXISTS(E3_CS)) || (IN_CHAIN(E4) && !PIN_EXISTS(E4_CS)) \ - || (IN_CHAIN(E5) && !PIN_EXISTS(E5_CS)) + || (IN_CHAIN(E5) && !PIN_EXISTS(E5_CS)) || (IN_CHAIN(E6) && !PIN_EXISTS(E6_CS)) \ + || (IN_CHAIN(E7) && !PIN_EXISTS(E7_CS)) #error "All chained TMC drivers need a CS pin." #else #if IN_CHAIN(X) @@ -2203,6 +2294,10 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #define CS_COMPARE E4_CS_PIN #elif IN_CHAIN(E5) #define CS_COMPARE E5_CS_PIN + #elif IN_CHAIN(E6) + #define CS_COMPARE E6_CS_PIN + #elif IN_CHAIN(E7) + #define CS_COMPARE E7_CS_PIN #endif #if (IN_CHAIN(X) && X_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) || (IN_CHAIN(Y) && Y_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ || (IN_CHAIN(Z) && Z_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) || (IN_CHAIN(X2) && X2_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ @@ -2210,7 +2305,8 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS || (IN_CHAIN(Z3) && Z3_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) || (IN_CHAIN(E0) && E0_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ || (IN_CHAIN(E1) && E1_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) || (IN_CHAIN(E2) && E2_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ || (IN_CHAIN(E3) && E3_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) || (IN_CHAIN(E4) && E4_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ - || (IN_CHAIN(E5) && E5_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) + || (IN_CHAIN(E5) && E5_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) || (IN_CHAIN(E6) && E6_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) \ + || (IN_CHAIN(E7) && E7_CS_PIN != CS_COMPARE) #error "All chained TMC drivers must use the same CS pin." #endif #endif @@ -2218,10 +2314,6 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #endif #undef IN_CHAIN -#if ENABLED(DELTA) && (ENABLED(STEALTHCHOP_XY) != ENABLED(STEALTHCHOP_Z)) - #error "STEALTHCHOP_XY and STEALTHCHOP_Z must be the same on DELTA." -#endif - /** * Digipot requirement */ @@ -2330,29 +2422,18 @@ static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) #endif #endif -#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) && DISABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #error "POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY currently requires an LCD Controller." +#if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY) && !PIN_EXISTS(POWER_LOSS) + #error "BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY requires a POWER_LOSS_PIN." #endif #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - - #if !Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS - #error "Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN requires Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS or Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS." + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS <= 1 + #error "Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN requires NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS greater than 1." #elif !HAS_BED_PROBE #error "Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN requires a Z-bed probe." + #elif ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS != 3 + #error "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS requires NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to be 3." #endif - - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - #if DISABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #error "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS requires Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS." - #endif - constexpr float sanity_arr_screw_xy[][2] = Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY; - static_assert( - COUNT(sanity_arr_screw_xy) == Z_STEPPER_COUNT, - "Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY requires three {X,Y} entries (one per Z stepper)." - ); - #endif - #endif #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) && DISABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) @@ -2467,8 +2548,14 @@ static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) /** * Ensure this option is set intentionally */ -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) && !defined(PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH) - #error "PSU_CONTROL requires PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH to be defined as 'true' or 'false'." +#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) + #ifndef PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH + #error "PSU_CONTROL requires PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH to be defined as 'true' or 'false'." + #elif !PIN_EXISTS(PS_ON) + #error "PSU_CONTROL requires PS_ON_PIN." + #endif +#elif ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) + #error "AUTO_POWER_CONTROL requires PSU_CONTROL." #endif #if HAS_CUTTER @@ -2512,12 +2599,26 @@ static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E5_AUTO_FAN) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E6_AUTO_FAN) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(E7_AUTO_FAN) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN1) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN1_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN2) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN2_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN3) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN3_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN4) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN4_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN5) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN5_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN6) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN6_PIN." + #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(FAN7) + #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with FAN7_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(CONTROLLERFAN) #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN conflicts with CONTROLLERFAN_PIN." #elif _PIN_CONFLICT(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY) @@ -2538,3 +2639,15 @@ static_assert( _ARR_TEST(3,0) && _ARR_TEST(3,1) && _ARR_TEST(3,2) #error "SHOW_REMAINING_TIME currently requires a Graphical LCD." #endif #endif + +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS && defined(ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY) && !WITHIN(ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY, 16, 255) + #error "ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY must be an integer from 16 to 255." +#endif + +/** + * Check to make sure MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS isn't enabled + * on boards where TMC drivers share the SPI bus with SD. + */ +#if TMC_HAS_SPI && ALL(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS, SDSUPPORT, USES_SHARED_SPI) + #error "MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS and SDSUPPORT cannot be used together on boards with shared SPI." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h index 9c623b6a1fc5..89b5d02c6352 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Version.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ * version was tagged. */ #ifndef STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE - #define STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE "2019-10-16" + #define STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE "2020-01-31" #endif /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/lcdprint_hd44780.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/lcdprint_hd44780.cpp index af1fa56460bb..a1258a3b1035 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/lcdprint_hd44780.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/lcdprint_hd44780.cpp @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ #if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD #include "../ultralcd.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "ultralcd_HD44780.h" @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_device[] PROGMEM = { {IV('カ'), 0xB6, 0}, {IV('ガ'), 0xB6, 0xDE}, {IV('キ'), 0xB7, 0}, - {IV('ギ'), 0xB7, 0xDE}, // + {IV('ギ'), 0xB7, 0xDE}, {IV('ク'), 0xB8, 0}, {IV('グ'), 0xB8, 0xDE}, {IV('ケ'), 0xB9, 0}, @@ -416,6 +416,7 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_device[] PROGMEM = { {IV('⎭'), 0x17, 0}, {IV('⎰'), 0x18, 0}, {IV('⎱'), 0x19, 0}, + {IV('⎲'), 0x12, 0}, {IV('⎳'), 0x13, 0}, @@ -488,119 +489,124 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_device[] PROGMEM = { {IV('¾'), 0xF3, 0}, // 00BE {IV('¿'), 0xCD, 0}, // 00BF - {IV('Ё'), 0xA2, 0}, // 0401 - {IV('А'), 'A', 0}, // 0410 - {IV('Б'), 0xA0, 0}, - {IV('В'), 'B', 0}, - {IV('Г'), 0xA1, 0}, - {IV('Д'), 0xE0, 0}, - {IV('Е'), 'E', 0}, - {IV('Ж'), 0xA3, 0}, - {IV('З'), 0xA4, 0}, - {IV('И'), 0xA5, 0}, - {IV('Й'), 0xA6, 0}, - {IV('К'), 'K', 0}, - {IV('Л'), 0xA7, 0}, - {IV('М'), 'M', 0}, - {IV('Н'), 'H', 0}, - {IV('О'), 'O', 0}, - {IV('П'), 0xA8, 0}, - {IV('Р'), 'P', 0}, - {IV('С'), 'C', 0}, - {IV('Т'), 'T', 0}, - {IV('У'), 0xA9, 0}, - {IV('Ф'), 0xAA, 0}, - {IV('Х'), 'X', 0}, - {IV('Ц'), 0xE1, 0}, - {IV('Ч'), 0xAB, 0}, - {IV('Ш'), 0xAC, 0}, - {IV('Щ'), 0xE2, 0}, - {IV('Ъ'), 0xAD, 0}, - {IV('Ы'), 0xAE, 0}, - {IV('Ь'), 'b', 0}, - {IV('Э'), 0xAF, 0}, - {IV('Ю'), 0xB0, 0}, - {IV('Я'), 0xB1, 0}, - {IV('а'), 'a', 0}, - - {IV('б'), 0xB2, 0}, - {IV('в'), 0xB3, 0}, - {IV('г'), 0xB4, 0}, - {IV('д'), 0xE3, 0}, - {IV('е'), 'e', 0}, - {IV('ж'), 0xB6, 0}, - {IV('з'), 0xB7, 0}, - {IV('и'), 0xB8, 0}, - {IV('й'), 0xB9, 0}, - {IV('к'), 0xBA, 0}, //клмноп - {IV('л'), 0xBB, 0}, - {IV('м'), 0xBC, 0}, - {IV('н'), 0xBD, 0}, - {IV('о'), 'o', 0}, - {IV('п'), 0xBE, 0}, - {IV('р'), 'p', 0}, - {IV('с'), 'c', 0}, - {IV('т'), 0xBF, 0}, - - {IV('у'), 'y', 0}, - {IV('ф'), 0xE4, 0}, - {IV('х'), 'x', 0}, - {IV('ц'), 0xE5, 0}, - {IV('ч'), 0xC0, 0}, - {IV('ш'), 0xC1, 0}, - {IV('щ'), 0xE6, 0}, - {IV('ъ'), 0xC2, 0}, - {IV('ы'), 0xC3, 0}, - {IV('ь'), 0xC4, 0}, - {IV('э'), 0xC5, 0}, - {IV('ю'), 0xC6, 0}, - {IV('я'), 0xC7, 0}, // 044F - {IV('ё'), 0xB5, 0}, // 0451 - //{IV(''), 0xC8, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xC9, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCA, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCB, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCC, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCD, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xCE, 0}, - - //{IV(''), 0xD0, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD1, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD2, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD3, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD4, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD5, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD6, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD7, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xD8, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDB, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDC, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDD, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDE, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xDF, 0}, - - //{IV(''), 0xE7, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xE8, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xE9, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEA, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEB, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEC, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xED, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEE, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xEF, 0}, - - //{IV(''), 0xF4, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF5, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF6, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF7, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF8, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xF9, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFA, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFB, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFC, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFD, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFE, 0}, - //{IV(''), 0xFF, 0}, + #if ENABLED(DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_5) + + // Map Cyrillic to HD44780 extended CYRILLIC where possible + {IV('Ё'), 0xA2, 0}, // 0401 + {IV('А'), 'A', 0}, // 0410 + {IV('Б'), 0xA0, 0}, + {IV('В'), 'B', 0}, + {IV('Г'), 0xA1, 0}, + {IV('Д'), 0xE0, 0}, + {IV('Е'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('Ж'), 0xA3, 0}, + {IV('З'), 0xA4, 0}, + {IV('И'), 0xA5, 0}, + {IV('Й'), 0xA6, 0}, + {IV('К'), 'K', 0}, + {IV('Л'), 0xA7, 0}, + {IV('М'), 'M', 0}, + {IV('Н'), 'H', 0}, + {IV('О'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('П'), 0xA8, 0}, + {IV('Р'), 'P', 0}, + {IV('С'), 'C', 0}, + {IV('Т'), 'T', 0}, + {IV('У'), 0xA9, 0}, + {IV('Ф'), 0xAA, 0}, + {IV('Х'), 'X', 0}, + {IV('Ц'), 0xE1, 0}, + {IV('Ч'), 0xAB, 0}, + {IV('Ш'), 0xAC, 0}, + {IV('Щ'), 0xE2, 0}, + {IV('Ъ'), 0xAD, 0}, + {IV('Ы'), 0xAE, 0}, + {IV('Ь'), 'b', 0}, + {IV('Э'), 0xAF, 0}, + {IV('Ю'), 0xB0, 0}, + {IV('Я'), 0xB1, 0}, + {IV('а'), 'a', 0}, + + {IV('б'), 0xB2, 0}, + {IV('в'), 0xB3, 0}, + {IV('г'), 0xB4, 0}, + {IV('д'), 0xE3, 0}, + {IV('е'), 'e', 0}, + {IV('ж'), 0xB6, 0}, + {IV('з'), 0xB7, 0}, + {IV('и'), 0xB8, 0}, + {IV('й'), 0xB9, 0}, + {IV('к'), 0xBA, 0}, //клмноп + {IV('л'), 0xBB, 0}, + {IV('м'), 0xBC, 0}, + {IV('н'), 0xBD, 0}, + {IV('о'), 'o', 0}, + {IV('п'), 0xBE, 0}, + {IV('р'), 'p', 0}, + {IV('с'), 'c', 0}, + {IV('т'), 0xBF, 0}, + + {IV('у'), 'y', 0}, + {IV('ф'), 0xE4, 0}, + {IV('х'), 'x', 0}, + {IV('ц'), 0xE5, 0}, + {IV('ч'), 0xC0, 0}, + {IV('ш'), 0xC1, 0}, + {IV('щ'), 0xE6, 0}, + {IV('ъ'), 0xC2, 0}, + {IV('ы'), 0xC3, 0}, + {IV('ь'), 0xC4, 0}, + {IV('э'), 0xC5, 0}, + {IV('ю'), 0xC6, 0}, + {IV('я'), 0xC7, 0}, // 044F + {IV('ё'), 0xB5, 0}, // 0451 + //{IV(''), 0xC8, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xC9, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCA, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCB, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCC, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCD, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xCE, 0}, + + //{IV(''), 0xD0, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD1, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD2, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD3, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD4, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD5, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD6, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD7, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xD8, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDB, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDC, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDD, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDE, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xDF, 0}, + + //{IV(''), 0xE7, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xE8, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xE9, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEA, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEB, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEC, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xED, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEE, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xEF, 0}, + + //{IV(''), 0xF4, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF5, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF6, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF7, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF8, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xF9, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFA, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFB, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFC, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFD, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFE, 0}, + //{IV(''), 0xFF, 0}, + + #endif {IV('↑'), 0xD9, 0}, // 2191 ←↑→↓ {IV('↓'), 0xDA, 0}, // 2193 @@ -613,7 +619,7 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_common[] PROGMEM = { {IV('¢'), 'c', 0}, // A2 {IV('°'), 0x09, 0}, // B0 Marlin special: '°' LCD_STR_DEGREE (0x09) - // map WESTERN code to the plain ASCII + // Map WESTERN code to plain ASCII {IV('Á'), 'A', 0}, // C1 {IV('Â'), 'A', 0}, // C2 {IV('Ã'), 'A', 0}, // C3 @@ -697,147 +703,228 @@ static const hd44780_charmap_t g_hd44780_charmap_common[] PROGMEM = { {IV('ˣ'), 'x', 0}, // 02E3 - {IV('΄'), '\'', 0}, // 0384 - {IV('΅'), '\'', 0}, // 0385 - {IV('Ά'), 'A', 0}, // 0386 - {IV('·'), '.', 0}, // 0387 - {IV('Έ'), 'E', 0}, // 0388 - {IV('Ή'), 'H', 0}, // 0389 - {IV('Ί'), 'I', 0}, // 038A - {IV('Ό'), 'O', 0}, // 038C - {IV('Ύ'), 'Y', 0}, // 038E - {IV('Ώ'), 'O', 0}, // 038F - {IV('ΐ'), 'i', 0}, // 0390 - {IV('Α'), 'A', 0}, // 0391 - {IV('Β'), 'B', 0}, // 0392 - {IV('Γ'), 'T', 0}, // 0393, Gamma - {IV('Δ'), '4', 0}, // 0394, Delta, ◿ - {IV('Ε'), 'E', 0}, // 0395 - {IV('Ζ'), 'Z', 0}, // 0396 - {IV('Η'), 'H', 0}, // 0397 - {IV('Θ'), '0', 0}, // 0398, Theta - {IV('Ι'), 'I', 0}, // 0399 - {IV('Κ'), 'K', 0}, // 039A - {IV('Λ'), '^', 0}, // 039B, Lambda - {IV('Μ'), 'M', 0}, // 039C - {IV('Ν'), 'N', 0}, // 039D - {IV('Ξ'), '3', 0}, // 039E, Xi - {IV('Ο'), 'O', 0}, // 039F - {IV('Π'), 'n', 0}, // 03A0, Pi - {IV('Ρ'), 'P', 0}, // 03A1 - {IV('Σ'), 'E', 0}, // 03A3, Sigma - {IV('Τ'), 'T', 0}, // 03A4 - {IV('Υ'), 'Y', 0}, // 03A5, Upsilon - {IV('Φ'), 'p', 0}, // 03A6, Phi - {IV('Χ'), 'X', 0}, // 03A7 - {IV('Ψ'), 'P', 0}, // 03A8, Psi - {IV('Ω'), 'O', 0}, // 03A9, Omega - {IV('Ϊ'), 'I', 0}, // 03AA - {IV('Ϋ'), 'Y', 0}, // 03AB - {IV('ά'), 'a', 0}, // 03AC - {IV('έ'), 'e', 0}, // 03AD - {IV('ή'), 'n', 0}, // 03AE - {IV('ί'), 'i', 0}, // 03AF - {IV('ΰ'), 'v', 0}, // 03B0 - {IV('α'), 'a', 0}, // 03B1, alpha - {IV('β'), 'B', 0}, // 03B2, beta - {IV('γ'), 'v', 0}, // 03B3, gamma - {IV('δ'), 'd', 0}, // 03B4, delta - {IV('ε'), 'e', 0}, // 03B5, epsilon - {IV('ζ'), 'Z', 0}, // 03B6, zeta - {IV('η'), 'n', 0}, // 03B7, eta - {IV('θ'), '0', 0}, // 03B8, theta - {IV('ι'), 'i', 0}, // 03B9, lota - {IV('κ'), 'k', 0}, // 03BA, kappa - {IV('λ'), 'L', 0}, // 03BB, lambda - {IV('μ'), 'u', 0}, // 03BC, mu - {IV('ν'), 'v', 0}, // 03BD, nu - {IV('ξ'), 'e', 0}, // 03BE, xi - {IV('ο'), 'o', 0}, // 03BF - {IV('π'), 'n', 0}, // 03C0, pi - {IV('ρ'), 'p', 0}, // 03C1, rho - {IV('ς'), 'c', 0}, // 03C2 - {IV('σ'), 'o', 0}, // 03C3, sigma - {IV('τ'), 't', 0}, // 03C4, tau - {IV('υ'), 'v', 0}, // 03C5, upsilon - {IV('φ'), 'p', 0}, // 03C6 - {IV('χ'), 'X', 0}, // 03C7, chi - {IV('ψ'), 'W', 0}, // 03C8, psi - {IV('ω'), 'w', 0}, // 03C9, omega - {IV('ϊ'), 'i', 0}, // 03CA - {IV('ϋ'), 'v', 0}, // 03CB - {IV('ό'), 'o', 0}, // 03CC - {IV('ύ'), 'v', 0}, // 03CD - {IV('ώ'), 'w', 0}, // 03CE - - // map CYRILLIC code to the plain ASCII - {IV('Ё'), 'E', 0}, // 0401 - {IV('А'), 'A', 0}, // 0410 - {IV('Б'), 'b', 0}, // 0411 - {IV('В'), 'B', 0}, // 0412 - {IV('Г'), 'T', 0}, // 0413 - {IV('Д'), 'Q', 0}, // 0414 - {IV('Е'), 'E', 0}, // 0415 - {IV('Ж'), '*', 0}, // 0416 - {IV('З'), 'E', 0}, // 0417 - {IV('И'), 'N', 0}, // 0418 - {IV('Й'), 'N', 0}, // 0419 - {IV('К'), 'K', 0}, // 041A - {IV('Л'), 'T', 0}, // 041B - {IV('М'), 'M', 0}, // 041C - {IV('Н'), 'H', 0}, // 041D - {IV('О'), 'O', 0}, // 041E - {IV('П'), 'n', 0}, // 041F - {IV('Р'), 'P', 0}, // 0420 - {IV('С'), 'C', 0}, // 0421 - {IV('Т'), 'T', 0}, // 0422 - {IV('У'), 'Y', 0}, - {IV('Ф'), 'o', 0}, - {IV('Х'), 'X', 0}, - {IV('Ц'), 'U', 0}, - {IV('Ч'), 'y', 0}, - {IV('Ш'), 'W', 0}, - {IV('Щ'), 'W', 0}, - {IV('Ъ'), 'b', 0}, - {IV('Ы'), 'b', '|'}, - {IV('Ь'), 'b'}, - {IV('Э'), 'e'}, - {IV('Ю'), '|', 'O'}, - {IV('Я'), '9', '|'}, // 042F - - {IV('а'), 'a', 0}, // 0430 - {IV('б'), '6', 0}, // 0431 - {IV('в'), 'B', 0}, // 0432, - {IV('г'), 'r', 0}, // 0433 - {IV('д'), 'a', 0}, // 0434, - {IV('е'), 'e', 0}, // 0435 - {IV('ж'), '*', 0}, // 0436 - {IV('з'), 'e', 0}, // 0437, - {IV('и'), 'u', 0}, // 0438 - {IV('й'), 'u', 0}, // 0439, - {IV('к'), 'k', 0}, // 043A - {IV('л'), 'n', 0}, - {IV('м'), 'm', 0}, - {IV('н'), 'H', 0}, - {IV('о'), 'o', 0}, - {IV('п'), 'n', 0}, - {IV('р'), 'p', 0}, - {IV('с'), 'c', 0}, - {IV('т'), 't', 0}, - {IV('у'), 'y', 0}, - {IV('ф'), 'q', 'p'}, - {IV('х'), 'x', 0}, - {IV('ц'), 'u', 0}, - {IV('ч'), 'y', 0}, - {IV('ш'), 'w', 0}, - {IV('щ'), 'w', 0}, - {IV('ъ'), 'b', 0}, - {IV('ы'), 'b', '|'}, - {IV('ь'), 'b', 0}, - {IV('э'), 'e', 0}, - {IV('ю'), '|', 'o'}, - {IV('я'), 'g', 0}, // 044F - {IV('ё'), 'e', 0}, // 0451 + #if ENABLED(DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_VI) + + // Map Vietnamese phonetics + + //{IV('à'), 'a', 0}, {IV('À'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ạ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ạ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ả'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ả'), 'A', 0}, + //{IV('ã'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ã'), 'A', 0}, + //{IV('á'), 'á', 0}, {IV('Á'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('Ạ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ă'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ă'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ằ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ằ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ẳ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ẳ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ẵ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ẵ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ắ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ắ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ặ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ặ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('â'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Â'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ầ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ầ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ẩ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ẩ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ẫ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ẫ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ấ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ấ'), 'A', 0}, + {IV('ậ'), 'a', 0}, {IV('Ậ'), 'A', 0}, + //{IV('đ'), 'd', 0}, + {IV('Đ'), 'D', 0}, + {IV('e'), 'e', 0}, {IV('E'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('è'), 'e', 0}, {IV('È'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ẻ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ẻ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ẽ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ẽ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('é'), 'e', 0}, {IV('É'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ẹ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ẹ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ê'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ê'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ề'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ề'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ể'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ể'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ễ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ễ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ế'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ế'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('ệ'), 'e', 0}, {IV('Ệ'), 'E', 0}, + {IV('i'), 'i', 0}, {IV('I'), 'I', 0}, + //{IV('ì'), 'ì', 0}, {IV('Ì'), 'Ì', 0}, + {IV('ỉ'), 'ỉ', 0}, {IV('Ỉ'), 'Ỉ', 0}, + {IV('ĩ'), 'ĩ', 0}, {IV('Ĩ'), 'Ĩ', 0}, + {IV('í'), 'í', 0}, {IV('Í'), 'Í', 0}, + {IV('ị'), 'ị', 0}, {IV('Ị'), 'Ị', 0}, + {IV('o'), 'o', 0}, {IV('O'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ò'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ò'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ỏ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ỏ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('õ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Õ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ó'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ó'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ọ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ọ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ô'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ô'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ồ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ồ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ổ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ổ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ỗ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ỗ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ố'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ố'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ộ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ộ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ơ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ơ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ờ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ờ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ở'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ở'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ỡ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ỡ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ớ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ớ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ợ'), 'o', 0}, {IV('Ợ'), 'O', 0}, + {IV('ù'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ù'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ủ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ủ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ũ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ũ'), 'U', 0}, + //{IV('ú'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ú'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ụ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ụ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ư'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ư'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ừ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ừ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ử'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ử'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ữ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ữ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ứ'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ứ'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('ự'), 'u', 0}, {IV('Ự'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('y'), 'y', 0}, {IV('Y'), 'Y', 0}, + + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_GREEK) + + {IV('΄'), '\'', 0}, // 0384 + {IV('΅'), '\'', 0}, // 0385 + {IV('Ά'), 'A', 0}, // 0386 + {IV('·'), '.', 0}, // 0387 + {IV('Έ'), 'E', 0}, // 0388 + {IV('Ή'), 'H', 0}, // 0389 + {IV('Ί'), 'I', 0}, // 038A + {IV('Ό'), 'O', 0}, // 038C + {IV('Ύ'), 'Y', 0}, // 038E + {IV('Ώ'), 'O', 0}, // 038F + {IV('ΐ'), 'i', 0}, // 0390 + {IV('Α'), 'A', 0}, // 0391 + {IV('Β'), 'B', 0}, // 0392 + {IV('Γ'), 'T', 0}, // 0393, Gamma + {IV('Δ'), '4', 0}, // 0394, Delta, ◿ + {IV('Ε'), 'E', 0}, // 0395 + {IV('Ζ'), 'Z', 0}, // 0396 + {IV('Η'), 'H', 0}, // 0397 + {IV('Θ'), '0', 0}, // 0398, Theta + {IV('Ι'), 'I', 0}, // 0399 + {IV('Κ'), 'K', 0}, // 039A + {IV('Λ'), '^', 0}, // 039B, Lambda + {IV('Μ'), 'M', 0}, // 039C + {IV('Ν'), 'N', 0}, // 039D + {IV('Ξ'), '3', 0}, // 039E, Xi + {IV('Ο'), 'O', 0}, // 039F + {IV('Π'), 'n', 0}, // 03A0, Pi + {IV('Ρ'), 'P', 0}, // 03A1 + {IV('Σ'), 'E', 0}, // 03A3, Sigma + {IV('Τ'), 'T', 0}, // 03A4 + {IV('Υ'), 'Y', 0}, // 03A5, Upsilon + {IV('Φ'), 'p', 0}, // 03A6, Phi + {IV('Χ'), 'X', 0}, // 03A7 + {IV('Ψ'), 'P', 0}, // 03A8, Psi + {IV('Ω'), 'O', 0}, // 03A9, Omega + {IV('Ϊ'), 'I', 0}, // 03AA + {IV('Ϋ'), 'Y', 0}, // 03AB + {IV('ά'), 'a', 0}, // 03AC + {IV('έ'), 'e', 0}, // 03AD + {IV('ή'), 'n', 0}, // 03AE + {IV('ί'), 'i', 0}, // 03AF + {IV('ΰ'), 'v', 0}, // 03B0 + {IV('α'), 'a', 0}, // 03B1, alpha + {IV('β'), 'B', 0}, // 03B2, beta + {IV('γ'), 'v', 0}, // 03B3, gamma + {IV('δ'), 'd', 0}, // 03B4, delta + {IV('ε'), 'e', 0}, // 03B5, epsilon + {IV('ζ'), 'Z', 0}, // 03B6, zeta + {IV('η'), 'n', 0}, // 03B7, eta + {IV('θ'), '0', 0}, // 03B8, theta + {IV('ι'), 'i', 0}, // 03B9, lota + {IV('κ'), 'k', 0}, // 03BA, kappa + {IV('λ'), 'L', 0}, // 03BB, lambda + {IV('μ'), 'u', 0}, // 03BC, mu + {IV('ν'), 'v', 0}, // 03BD, nu + {IV('ξ'), 'e', 0}, // 03BE, xi + {IV('ο'), 'o', 0}, // 03BF + {IV('π'), 'n', 0}, // 03C0, pi + {IV('ρ'), 'p', 0}, // 03C1, rho + {IV('ς'), 'c', 0}, // 03C2 + {IV('σ'), 'o', 0}, // 03C3, sigma + {IV('τ'), 't', 0}, // 03C4, tau + {IV('υ'), 'v', 0}, // 03C5, upsilon + {IV('φ'), 'p', 0}, // 03C6 + {IV('χ'), 'X', 0}, // 03C7, chi + {IV('ψ'), 'W', 0}, // 03C8, psi + {IV('ω'), 'w', 0}, // 03C9, omega + {IV('ϊ'), 'i', 0}, // 03CA + {IV('ϋ'), 'v', 0}, // 03CB + {IV('ό'), 'o', 0}, // 03CC + {IV('ύ'), 'v', 0}, // 03CD + {IV('ώ'), 'w', 0}, // 03CE + + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DISPLAY_CHARSET_ISO10646_5) + // Map CYRILLIC code to plain ASCII + {IV('Ё'), 'E', 0}, // 0401 + {IV('А'), 'A', 0}, // 0410 + {IV('Б'), 'b', 0}, // 0411 + {IV('В'), 'B', 0}, // 0412 + {IV('Г'), 'T', 0}, // 0413 + {IV('Д'), 'Q', 0}, // 0414 + {IV('Е'), 'E', 0}, // 0415 + {IV('Ж'), '*', 0}, // 0416 + {IV('З'), 'E', 0}, // 0417 + {IV('И'), 'N', 0}, // 0418 + {IV('Й'), 'N', 0}, // 0419 + {IV('К'), 'K', 0}, // 041A + {IV('Л'), 'T', 0}, // 041B + {IV('М'), 'M', 0}, // 041C + {IV('Н'), 'H', 0}, // 041D + {IV('О'), 'O', 0}, // 041E + {IV('П'), 'n', 0}, // 041F + {IV('Р'), 'P', 0}, // 0420 + {IV('С'), 'C', 0}, // 0421 + {IV('Т'), 'T', 0}, // 0422 + {IV('У'), 'Y', 0}, + {IV('Ф'), 'o', 0}, + {IV('Х'), 'X', 0}, + {IV('Ц'), 'U', 0}, + {IV('Ч'), 'y', 0}, + {IV('Ш'), 'W', 0}, + {IV('Щ'), 'W', 0}, + {IV('Ъ'), 'b', 0}, + {IV('Ы'), 'b', '|'}, + {IV('Ь'), 'b'}, + {IV('Э'), 'e'}, + {IV('Ю'), '|', 'O'}, + {IV('Я'), '9', '|'}, // 042F + + {IV('а'), 'a', 0}, // 0430 + {IV('б'), '6', 0}, // 0431 + {IV('в'), 'B', 0}, // 0432, + {IV('г'), 'r', 0}, // 0433 + {IV('д'), 'a', 0}, // 0434, + {IV('е'), 'e', 0}, // 0435 + {IV('ж'), '*', 0}, // 0436 + {IV('з'), 'e', 0}, // 0437, + {IV('и'), 'u', 0}, // 0438 + {IV('й'), 'u', 0}, // 0439, + {IV('к'), 'k', 0}, // 043A + {IV('л'), 'n', 0}, + {IV('м'), 'm', 0}, + {IV('н'), 'H', 0}, + {IV('о'), 'o', 0}, + {IV('п'), 'n', 0}, + {IV('р'), 'p', 0}, + {IV('с'), 'c', 0}, + {IV('т'), 't', 0}, + {IV('у'), 'y', 0}, + {IV('ф'), 'q', 'p'}, + {IV('х'), 'x', 0}, + {IV('ц'), 'u', 0}, + {IV('ч'), 'y', 0}, + {IV('ш'), 'w', 0}, + {IV('щ'), 'w', 0}, + {IV('ъ'), 'b', 0}, + {IV('ы'), 'b', '|'}, + {IV('ь'), 'b', 0}, + {IV('э'), 'e', 0}, + {IV('ю'), '|', 'o'}, + {IV('я'), 'g', 0}, // 044F + {IV('ё'), 'e', 0}, // 0451 + #endif {IV('•'), '.', 0}, // 2022 · {IV('℞'), 'P', 'x'}, // 211E ℞ Pt ASCII 158 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp index 83b218aec305..bf57f1dfc259 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/HD44780/ultralcd_HD44780.cpp @@ -111,6 +111,12 @@ static void createChar_P(const char c, const byte * const ptr) { #define LCD_STR_PROGRESS "\x03\x04\x05" #endif +#if ENABLED(LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER) + void MarlinUI::buzz(const long duration, const uint16_t freq) { + lcd.buzz(duration, freq); + } +#endif + void MarlinUI::set_custom_characters(const HD44780CharSet screen_charset/*=CHARSET_INFO*/) { #if NONE(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR, SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) UNUSED(screen_charset); @@ -464,7 +470,8 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { lcd.clear(); } // Show the Marlin logo and short build version // After a delay show the website URL // - logo_lines(PSTR("")); + extern const char NUL_STR[]; + logo_lines(NUL_STR); CENTER_OR_SCROLL(SHORT_BUILD_VERSION, 1500); CENTER_OR_SCROLL(MARLIN_WEBSITE_URL, 1500); #ifdef STRING_SPLASH_LINE3 @@ -815,14 +822,28 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { sprintf_P(mixer_messages, PSTR("%s %d;%d%% "), mix_label, int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1])); lcd_put_u8str(mixer_messages); - #else + #else // !DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER - xy_pos_t lpos = current_position; toLogical(lpos); - _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, ftostr4sign(lpos.x), blink); - lcd_put_wchar(' '); - _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ftostr4sign(lpos.y), blink); + if (true + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + && !printingIsActive() + #endif + ) { + xy_pos_t lpos = current_position; toLogical(lpos); + _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, ftostr4sign(lpos.x), blink); + lcd_put_wchar(' '); + _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ftostr4sign(lpos.y), blink); + } + else { + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + char tmp[20]; + const uint8_t escale = e_move_accumulator >= 100000.0f ? 10 : 1; // After 100m switch to cm + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("E %ld%cm "), uint32_t(_MAX(e_move_accumulator, 0.0f)) / escale, escale == 10 ? 'c' : 'm'); // 1234567mm + lcd_put_u8str(tmp); + #endif + } - #endif + #endif // !DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER #endif // HOTENDS <= 2 && (HOTENDS <= 1 || !HAS_HEATED_BED) @@ -977,49 +998,55 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #endif // ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE - void draw_menu_item_static(const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t style/*=SS_DEFAULT*/, const char * const valstr/*=nullptr*/) { + // Draw a static item with no left-right margin required. Centered by default. + void MenuItem_static::draw(const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t style/*=SS_DEFAULT*/, const char * const valstr/*=nullptr*/) { int8_t n = LCD_WIDTH; lcd_moveto(0, row); if ((style & SS_CENTER) && !valstr) { int8_t pad = (LCD_WIDTH - utf8_strlen_P(pstr)) / 2; while (--pad >= 0) { lcd_put_wchar(' '); n--; } } - n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, n); + n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, itemIndex, n); if (valstr) n -= lcd_put_u8str_max(valstr, n); for (; n > 0; --n) lcd_put_wchar(' '); } - void draw_menu_item(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P pstr, const char pre_char, const char post_char) { - uint8_t n = LCD_WIDTH - 2; + // Draw a generic menu item with pre_char (if selected) and post_char + void MenuItemBase::_draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char pre_char, const char post_char) { lcd_put_wchar(0, row, sel ? pre_char : ' '); - n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, n); + uint8_t n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, itemIndex, LCD_WIDTH - 2); for (; n; --n) lcd_put_wchar(' '); lcd_put_wchar(post_char); } - void _draw_menu_item_edit(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P pstr, const char* const data, const bool pgm) { - uint8_t n = LCD_WIDTH - 2 - (pgm ? utf8_strlen_P(data) : utf8_strlen(data)); + // Draw a menu item with a (potentially) editable value + void MenuEditItemBase::draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data, const bool pgm) { + const uint8_t vlen = data ? (pgm ? utf8_strlen_P(data) : utf8_strlen(data)) : 0; lcd_put_wchar(0, row, sel ? LCD_STR_ARROW_RIGHT[0] : ' '); - n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, n); - lcd_put_wchar(':'); - for (; n; --n) lcd_put_wchar(' '); - if (pgm) lcd_put_u8str_P(data); else lcd_put_u8str(data); + uint8_t n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, itemIndex, LCD_WIDTH - 2 - vlen); + if (vlen) { + lcd_put_wchar(':'); + for (; n; --n) lcd_put_wchar(' '); + if (pgm) lcd_put_u8str_P(data); else lcd_put_u8str(data); + } } - void draw_edit_screen(PGM_P const pstr, const char* const value/*=nullptr*/) { + // Low-level draw_edit_screen can be used to draw an edit screen from anyplace + void MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(PGM_P const pstr, const char* const value/*=nullptr*/) { ui.encoder_direction_normal(); - lcd_put_u8str_P(0, 1, pstr); + uint8_t n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(0, 1, pstr, itemIndex, LCD_WIDTH - 1); if (value != nullptr) { lcd_put_wchar(':'); int len = utf8_strlen(value); - const lcd_uint_t valrow = (utf8_strlen_P(pstr) + 1 + len + 1) > (LCD_WIDTH - 2) ? 2 : 1; // Value on the next row if it won't fit - lcd_put_wchar((LCD_WIDTH - 1) - (len + 1), valrow, ' '); // Right-justified, padded, add a leading space + const lcd_uint_t valrow = (n < len + 1) ? 2 : 1; // Value on the next row if it won't fit + lcd_put_wchar((LCD_WIDTH - 1) - (len + 1), valrow, ' '); // Right-justified, padded, leading space lcd_put_u8str(value); } } - void draw_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, const bool yesno, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string, PGM_P const suff) { + // The Select Screen presents a prompt and two "buttons" + void MenuItem_confirm::draw_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, const bool yesno, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string/*=nullptr*/, PGM_P const suff/*=nullptr*/) { ui.draw_select_screen_prompt(pref, string, suff); SETCURSOR(0, LCD_HEIGHT - 1); lcd_put_wchar(yesno ? ' ' : '['); lcd_put_u8str_P(no); lcd_put_wchar(yesno ? ' ' : ']'); @@ -1029,9 +1056,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - void draw_sd_menu_item(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard, const bool isDir) { - UNUSED(pstr); - + void MenuItem_sdbase::draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const, CardReader &theCard, const bool isDir) { lcd_put_wchar(0, row, sel ? LCD_STR_ARROW_RIGHT[0] : ' '); constexpr uint8_t maxlen = LCD_WIDTH - 2; uint8_t n = maxlen - lcd_put_u8str_max(ui.scrolled_filename(theCard, maxlen, row, sel), maxlen); @@ -1039,7 +1064,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { lcd_put_wchar(isDir ? LCD_STR_FOLDER[0] : ' '); } - #endif // SDSUPPORT + #endif #if ENABLED(LCD_HAS_STATUS_INDICATORS) @@ -1048,9 +1073,13 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { static uint8_t ledsprev = 0; uint8_t leds = 0; - if (thermalManager.degTargetBed() > 0) leds |= LED_A; + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + if (thermalManager.degTargetBed() > 0) leds |= LED_A; + #endif - if (thermalManager.degTargetHotend(0) > 0) leds |= LED_B; + #if HOTENDS + if (thermalManager.degTargetHotend(0) > 0) leds |= LED_B; + #endif #if FAN_COUNT > 0 if (0 @@ -1063,6 +1092,21 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #if HAS_FAN2 || thermalManager.fan_speed[2] #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[3] + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[4] + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[5] + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[6] + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + || thermalManager.fan_speed[7] + #endif ) leds |= LED_C; #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h index d0de7da976e2..fbc7a8128a72 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/dogm_Statusscreen.h @@ -598,6 +598,105 @@ #endif // !STATUS_HEATERS_WIDTH && !STATUS_HOTEND1_WIDTH +// LASER / SPINDLE +#if !STATUS_CUTTER_WIDTH && HAS_CUTTER + #define STATUS_CUTTER_WIDTH 24 + #define STATUS_CUTTER_X 80 + #if ENABLED(LASER_FEATURE) + #ifdef STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM + const unsigned char status_cutter_on_bmp[] PROGMEM = { + B00000000,B00100100,B00000000, + B00000000,B01100110,B00000000, + B00000000,B11000011,B00000000, + B00000001,B10011001,B10000000, + B00000011,B00100100,B11000000, + B00000000,B01000010,B00000000, + B00000000,B01000010,B00000000, + B00000011,B00100100,B11000000, + B00000001,B10011001,B10000000, + B00000000,B11000011,B00000000, + B00000000,B01100110,B00000000, + B00000000,B00100100,B00000000 + }; + const unsigned char status_cutter_bmp[] PROGMEM = { + B00000000,B00100100,B00000000, + B00000000,B01100110,B00000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, + B00000001,B00000000,B10000000, + B00000011,B00000000,B11000000, + B00000000,B00011000,B00000000, + B00000000,B00011000,B00000000, + B00000011,B00000000,B11000000, + B00000001,B00000000,B10000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, + B00000000,B01100110,B00000000, + B00000000,B00100100,B00000000 + }; + #else + const unsigned char status_cutter_bmp[] PROGMEM = { + B00000000,B00100100,B00000000, + B00000000,B01100110,B00000000, + B00000000,B11000011,B00000000, + B00000001,B10000001,B10000000, + B00000011,B00000000,B11000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, + B00000011,B00000000,B11000000, + B00000001,B10000001,B10000000, + B00000000,B11000011,B00000000, + B00000000,B01100110,B00000000, + B00000000,B00100100,B00000000 + }; + #endif + #else + #ifdef STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM + const unsigned char status_cutter_on_bmp[] PROGMEM = { + B00000001,B11111110,B10000000, + B00000000,B11000000,B00000000, + B00000001,B10000000,B10000000, + B00000001,B00000000,B10000000, + B00000001,B11111100,B10000000, + B00000000,B11100000,B00000000, + B00000001,B11000000,B10000000, + B00000000,B10000001,B00000000, + B00000000,B01111010,B00000000, + B00000000,B00110100,B00000000, + B00000000,B00011000,B00000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 + }; + const unsigned char status_cutter_bmp[] PROGMEM = { + B00000001,B11111110,B10000000, + B00000000,B11000000,B00000000, + B00000001,B10000000,B10000000, + B00000001,B00000000,B10000000, + B00000001,B11111100,B10000000, + B00000000,B11100000,B00000000, + B00000001,B11000000,B10000000, + B00000000,B10000001,B00000000, + B00000000,B01111010,B00000000, + B00000000,B00110100,B00000000, + B00000000,B00011000,B00000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 + }; + #else + const unsigned char status_cutter_bmp[] PROGMEM = { + B00000001,B11000010,B10000000, + B00000001,B00011100,B10000000, + B00000000,B11100001,B00000000, + B00000001,B00001110,B10000000, + B00000001,B01110000,B10000000, + B00000000,B10000111,B10000000, + B00000001,B00111111,B10000000, + B00000000,B11111111,B00000000, + B00000000,B01111110,B00000000, + B00000000,B00111100,B00000000, + B00000000,B00011000,B00000000, + B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 + }; + #endif + #endif +#endif // LASER / SPINDLE + // // Default Status Screen Bed bitmaps // @@ -1269,7 +1368,7 @@ #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 #endif #ifndef STATUS_LOGO_Y - #define STATUS_LOGO_Y _MIN(0, 10 - (STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT) / 2) + #define STATUS_LOGO_Y _MIN(0U, (10 - (STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT) / 2)) #endif #ifndef STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT #define STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT (sizeof(status_logo_bmp) / (STATUS_LOGO_BYTEWIDTH)) @@ -1462,7 +1561,53 @@ #else // HOTENDS == 0 - //#error "Incomplete status header" + #define STATUS_HOTEND_TEXT_X(N) 0 + #define STATUS_HEATERS_Y 0 + +#endif + +// +// Cutter Bitmap Properties +// +#ifndef STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH + #define STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH BW(STATUS_CUTTER_WIDTH) +#endif +#if STATUS_CUTTER_WIDTH + + #ifndef STATUS_CUTTER_X + #define STATUS_CUTTER_X (LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH + STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH) * 8) + #endif + + #ifndef STATUS_CUTTER_HEIGHT + #ifdef STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM + #define STATUS_CUTTER_HEIGHT(S) ((S) ? sizeof(status_cutter_on_bmp) / (STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH) : sizeof(status_cutter_bmp) / (STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH)) + #else + #define STATUS_CUTTER_HEIGHT(S) (sizeof(status_cutter_bmp) / (STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH)) + #endif + #endif + + #ifndef STATUS_CUTTER_Y + #define STATUS_CUTTER_Y(S) 4 + #endif + + #ifndef STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_X + #define STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_X (STATUS_CUTTER_X -1) + #endif + + #ifndef STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_Y + #define STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_Y 28 + #endif + + static_assert( + sizeof(status_cutter_bmp) == (STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH) * (STATUS_CUTTER_HEIGHT(0)), + "Status cutter bitmap (status_cutter_bmp) dimensions don't match data." + ); + #ifdef STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM + static_assert( + sizeof(status_cutter_on_bmp) == (STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH) * (STATUS_CUTTER_HEIGHT(1)), + "Status cutter bitmap (status_cutter_on_bmp) dimensions don't match data." + ); + #endif #endif @@ -1581,3 +1726,17 @@ #endif #endif #endif + +#define DO_DRAW_LOGO (STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH && ENABLED(CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE)) +#define DO_DRAW_HOTENDS (HOTENDS > 0) +#define DO_DRAW_CUTTER (HAS_CUTTER) +#define DO_DRAW_BED (HAS_HEATED_BED && STATUS_BED_WIDTH && HOTENDS <= 4) +#define DO_DRAW_CHAMBER (HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && STATUS_CHAMBER_WIDTH && HOTENDS <= 4) +#define DO_DRAW_FAN (HAS_FAN0 && STATUS_FAN_WIDTH && HOTENDS <= 4 && defined(STATUS_FAN_FRAMES)) + +#define ANIM_HOTEND (HOTENDS && ENABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)) +#define ANIM_BED (DO_DRAW_BED && ENABLED(STATUS_BED_ANIM)) +#define ANIM_CHAMBER (DO_DRAW_CHAMBER && ENABLED(STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM)) +#define ANIM_CUTTER (DO_DRAW_CUTTER && ENABLED(STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM)) + +#define ANIM_HBCC (ANIM_HOTEND || ANIM_BED || ANIM_CHAMBER || ANIM_CUTTER) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/lcdprint_u8g.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/lcdprint_u8g.cpp index 0ad5e998ab1b..c9a55a16e3b4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/lcdprint_u8g.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/lcdprint_u8g.cpp @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ #include "ultralcd_DOGM.h" #include "../ultralcd.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../fontutils.h" #include "u8g_fontutf8.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp index e5ff034132e9..8774b72e4f0f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_DOGM.cpp @@ -44,6 +44,10 @@ #include "../../gcode/parser.h" #endif +#if HAS_CUTTER + #include "../../feature/spindle_laser.h" +#endif + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) #include "../../sd/cardreader.h" #endif @@ -63,51 +67,45 @@ #define EXTRAS_BASELINE (40 + INFO_FONT_ASCENT) #define STATUS_BASELINE (LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT - INFO_FONT_DESCENT) -#define DO_DRAW_LOGO (STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH && ENABLED(CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE)) -#define DO_DRAW_BED (HAS_HEATED_BED && STATUS_BED_WIDTH && HOTENDS <= 4) -#define DO_DRAW_CHAMBER (HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER && STATUS_CHAMBER_WIDTH && HOTENDS <= 4) -#define DO_DRAW_FAN (HAS_FAN0 && STATUS_FAN_WIDTH && HOTENDS <= 4 && defined(STATUS_FAN_FRAMES)) - -#define ANIM_HOTEND (HOTENDS && ENABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)) -#define ANIM_BED (DO_DRAW_BED && ENABLED(STATUS_BED_ANIM)) -#define ANIM_CHAMBER (DO_DRAW_CHAMBER && ENABLED(STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM)) - -#define ANIM_HBC (ANIM_HOTEND || ANIM_BED || ANIM_CHAMBER) - -#if ANIM_HBC - uint8_t heat_bits; +#if ANIM_HBCC + enum HeatBits : uint8_t { + HEATBIT_HOTEND, + HEATBIT_BED = HOTENDS, + HEATBIT_CHAMBER, + HEATBIT_CUTTER + }; + IF<(HEATBIT_CUTTER > 7), uint16_t, uint8_t>::type heat_bits; #endif + #if ANIM_HOTEND - #define HOTEND_ALT(N) TEST(heat_bits, N) + #define HOTEND_ALT(N) TEST(heat_bits, HEATBIT_HOTEND + N) #else #define HOTEND_ALT(N) false #endif #if ANIM_BED - #define BED_ALT() TEST(heat_bits, 7) + #define BED_ALT() TEST(heat_bits, HEATBIT_BED) #else #define BED_ALT() false #endif #if ANIM_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_ALT() TEST(heat_bits, 6) + #define CHAMBER_ALT() TEST(heat_bits, HEATBIT_CHAMBER) #else #define CHAMBER_ALT() false #endif +#if ANIM_CUTTER + #define CUTTER_ALT(N) TEST(heat_bits, HEATBIT_CUTTER) +#else + #define CUTTER_ALT() false +#endif -#if HOTENDS +#if DO_DRAW_HOTENDS #define MAX_HOTEND_DRAW _MIN(HOTENDS, ((LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (STATUS_LOGO_BYTEWIDTH + STATUS_FAN_BYTEWIDTH) * 8) / (STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE))) + #define STATUS_HEATERS_BOT (STATUS_HEATERS_Y + STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 1) #endif -#define STATUS_HEATERS_BOT (STATUS_HEATERS_Y + STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 1) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_X 54 #define PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH (LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - PROGRESS_BAR_X) -#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - #define SHOW_ON_STATE READ(X_MIN_PIN) -#else - #define SHOW_ON_STATE false -#endif - FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, const uint8_t ty) { const char *str = i16tostr3(temp); const uint8_t len = str[0] != ' ' ? 3 : str[1] != ' ' ? 2 : 1; @@ -115,95 +113,68 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_centered_temp(const int16_t temp, const uint8_t tx, cons lcd_put_wchar(LCD_STR_DEGREE[0]); } -FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const heater_ind_t heater, const bool blink) { - #if !HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - UNUSED(blink); - #endif - - #if DO_DRAW_BED && DISABLED(STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS) || (HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS) && HOTENDS <= 4) - const bool isBed = heater < 0; - #define IFBED(A,B) (isBed ? (A) : (B)) - #else - #define IFBED(A,B) (B) - #endif - - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - constexpr bool isHeat = true; - #else - const bool isHeat = IFBED(BED_ALT(), HOTEND_ALT(heater)); - #endif +#if DO_DRAW_HOTENDS - #ifndef STATUS_HOTEND_TEXT_X - #define STATUS_HOTEND_TEXT_X(N) 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_Y 0 - #endif + // Draw hotend bitmap with current and target temperatures + FORCE_INLINE void _draw_hotend_status(const heater_ind_t heater, const bool blink) { + #if !HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER + UNUSED(blink); + #endif - const uint8_t tx = IFBED(STATUS_BED_TEXT_X, STATUS_HOTEND_TEXT_X(heater)); + const bool isHeat = HOTEND_ALT(heater); - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - const float temp = 20 + (millis() >> 8) % IFBED(100, 200), - target = IFBED(100, 200); - #else - const float temp = IFBED(thermalManager.degBed(), thermalManager.degHotend(heater)), - target = IFBED(thermalManager.degTargetBed(), thermalManager.degTargetHotend(heater)); - #endif + const uint8_t tx = STATUS_HOTEND_TEXT_X(heater); - #if DISABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATIC_HOTEND true - #define HOTEND_DOT isHeat - #else - #define STATIC_HOTEND false - #define HOTEND_DOT false - #endif + const float temp = thermalManager.degHotend(heater), + target = thermalManager.degTargetHotend(heater); - #if DO_DRAW_BED && DISABLED(STATUS_BED_ANIM) - #define STATIC_BED true - #define BED_DOT isHeat - #else - #define STATIC_BED false - #define BED_DOT false - #endif + #if DISABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) + #define STATIC_HOTEND true + #define HOTEND_DOT isHeat + #else + #define STATIC_HOTEND false + #define HOTEND_DOT false + #endif - #if ANIM_HOTEND && BOTH(STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED, STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS) - #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend_b_bmp - #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend_a_bmp - #elif ANIM_HOTEND && DISABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED) && ENABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS) - #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend_a_bmp - #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend_b_bmp - #elif ANIM_HOTEND && ENABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED) - #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_b_bmp - #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_a_bmp - #else - #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_a_bmp - #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_b_bmp - #endif + #if ANIM_HOTEND && BOTH(STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED, STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS) + #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend_b_bmp + #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend_a_bmp + #elif ANIM_HOTEND && DISABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED) && ENABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS) + #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend_a_bmp + #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend_b_bmp + #elif ANIM_HOTEND && ENABLED(STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED) + #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_b_bmp + #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_a_bmp + #else + #define OFF_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_a_bmp + #define ON_BMP(N) status_hotend##N##_b_bmp + #endif - #if STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS > 1 - static const unsigned char* const status_hotend_gfx[STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS] PROGMEM = ARRAY_N(STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS, OFF_BMP(1), OFF_BMP(2), OFF_BMP(3), OFF_BMP(4), OFF_BMP(5), OFF_BMP(6)); - #if ANIM_HOTEND - static const unsigned char* const status_hotend_on_gfx[STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS] PROGMEM = ARRAY_N(STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS, ON_BMP(1), ON_BMP(2), ON_BMP(3), ON_BMP(4), ON_BMP(5), ON_BMP(6)); - #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) (unsigned char*)pgm_read_ptr((S) ? &status_hotend_on_gfx[(N) % (STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS)] : &status_hotend_gfx[(N) % (STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS)]) + #if STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS > 1 + static const unsigned char* const status_hotend_gfx[STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS] PROGMEM = ARRAY_N(STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS, OFF_BMP(1), OFF_BMP(2), OFF_BMP(3), OFF_BMP(4), OFF_BMP(5), OFF_BMP(6)); + #if ANIM_HOTEND + static const unsigned char* const status_hotend_on_gfx[STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS] PROGMEM = ARRAY_N(STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS, ON_BMP(1), ON_BMP(2), ON_BMP(3), ON_BMP(4), ON_BMP(5), ON_BMP(6)); + #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) (unsigned char*)pgm_read_ptr((S) ? &status_hotend_on_gfx[(N) % (STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS)] : &status_hotend_gfx[(N) % (STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS)]) + #else + #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) (unsigned char*)pgm_read_ptr(&status_hotend_gfx[(N) % (STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS)]) + #endif + #elif ANIM_HOTEND + #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) ((S) ? ON_BMP() : OFF_BMP()) #else - #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) (unsigned char*)pgm_read_ptr(&status_hotend_gfx[(N) % (STATUS_HOTEND_BITMAPS)]) + #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) status_hotend_a_bmp #endif - #elif ANIM_HOTEND - #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) ((S) ? ON_BMP() : OFF_BMP()) - #else - #define HOTEND_BITMAP(N,S) status_hotend_a_bmp - #endif - if (PAGE_CONTAINS(STATUS_HEATERS_Y, STATUS_HEATERS_BOT)) { + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(STATUS_HEATERS_Y, STATUS_HEATERS_BOT)) { - #define BAR_TALL (STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 2) + #define BAR_TALL (STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 2) - const float prop = target - 20, - perc = prop > 0 && temp >= 20 ? (temp - 20) / prop : 0; - uint8_t tall = uint8_t(perc * BAR_TALL + 0.5f); - NOMORE(tall, BAR_TALL); + const float prop = target - 20, + perc = prop > 0 && temp >= 20 ? (temp - 20) / prop : 0; + uint8_t tall = uint8_t(perc * BAR_TALL + 0.5f); + NOMORE(tall, BAR_TALL); - #if ANIM_HOTEND - // Draw hotend bitmap, either whole or split by the heating percent - if (IFBED(0, 1)) { + #if ANIM_HOTEND + // Draw hotend bitmap, either whole or split by the heating percent const uint8_t hx = STATUS_HOTEND_X(heater), bw = STATUS_HOTEND_BYTEWIDTH(heater); #if ENABLED(STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT) @@ -215,79 +186,130 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const heater_ind_t heater, const bool blin else #endif u8g.drawBitmapP(hx, STATUS_HEATERS_Y, bw, STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT, HOTEND_BITMAP(heater, isHeat)); - } - #endif + #endif - // Draw a heating progress bar, if specified - #if DO_DRAW_BED && ENABLED(STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT) + // Draw a heating progress bar, if specified + #if DO_DRAW_BED && ENABLED(STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT) - if (IFBED(true, STATIC_HOTEND) && isHeat) { - const uint8_t bx = IFBED(STATUS_BED_X + STATUS_BED_WIDTH - 1, STATUS_HOTEND_X(heater) + STATUS_HOTEND_WIDTH(heater)) + 1; - u8g.drawFrame(bx, STATUS_HEATERS_Y, 3, STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT); - if (tall) { - const uint8_t ph = STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 1 - tall; - if (PAGE_OVER(STATUS_HEATERS_Y + ph)) - u8g.drawVLine(bx + 1, STATUS_HEATERS_Y + ph, tall); + if (STATIC_HOTEND && isHeat) { + const uint8_t bx = STATUS_HOTEND_X(heater) + STATUS_HOTEND_WIDTH(heater) + 1; + u8g.drawFrame(bx, STATUS_HEATERS_Y, 3, STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT); + if (tall) { + const uint8_t ph = STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 1 - tall; + if (PAGE_OVER(STATUS_HEATERS_Y + ph)) + u8g.drawVLine(bx + 1, STATUS_HEATERS_Y + ph, tall); + } } - } + #endif + + } // PAGE_CONTAINS + + if (PAGE_UNDER(7)) { + #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER + const bool dodraw = (blink || !thermalManager.hotend_idle[heater].timed_out); + #else + constexpr bool dodraw = true; + #endif + if (dodraw) _draw_centered_temp(target + 0.5, tx, 7); + } + + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(28 - INFO_FONT_ASCENT, 28 - 1)) + _draw_centered_temp(temp + 0.5f, tx, 28); + + if (STATIC_HOTEND && HOTEND_DOT && PAGE_CONTAINS(17, 19)) { + u8g.setColorIndex(0); // set to white on black + u8g.drawBox(tx, 20 - 3, 2, 2); + u8g.setColorIndex(1); // restore black on white + } + + } + +#endif // DO_DRAW_HOTENDS + +#if DO_DRAW_BED + + // Draw bed bitmap with current and target temperatures + FORCE_INLINE void _draw_bed_status(const bool blink) { + #if !HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER + UNUSED(blink); #endif - } // PAGE_CONTAINS + const uint8_t tx = STATUS_BED_TEXT_X; - if (PAGE_UNDER(7)) { - #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - const bool is_idle = IFBED(thermalManager.bed_idle.timed_out, thermalManager.hotend_idle[heater].timed_out), - dodraw = (blink || !is_idle); + const float temp = thermalManager.degBed(), + target = thermalManager.degTargetBed(); + + #if ENABLED(STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT) || (DO_DRAW_BED && DISABLED(STATUS_BED_ANIM)) + const bool isHeat = BED_ALT(); + #endif + + #if DO_DRAW_BED && DISABLED(STATUS_BED_ANIM) + #define STATIC_BED true + #define BED_DOT isHeat #else - constexpr bool dodraw = true; + #define STATIC_BED false + #define BED_DOT false #endif - if (dodraw) _draw_centered_temp(target + 0.5, tx, 7); - } - if (PAGE_CONTAINS(28 - INFO_FONT_ASCENT, 28 - 1)) - _draw_centered_temp(temp + 0.5f, tx, 28); + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(STATUS_HEATERS_Y, STATUS_HEATERS_BOT)) { - if (IFBED(STATIC_BED && BED_DOT, STATIC_HOTEND && HOTEND_DOT) && PAGE_CONTAINS(17, 19)) { - u8g.setColorIndex(0); // set to white on black - u8g.drawBox(tx, IFBED(20-2, 20-3), 2, 2); - u8g.setColorIndex(1); // restore black on white - } + #define BAR_TALL (STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 2) -} + const float prop = target - 20, + perc = prop > 0 && temp >= 20 ? (temp - 20) / prop : 0; + uint8_t tall = uint8_t(perc * BAR_TALL + 0.5f); + NOMORE(tall, BAR_TALL); -#if DO_DRAW_CHAMBER + // Draw a heating progress bar, if specified + #if ENABLED(STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT) + + if (isHeat) { + const uint8_t bx = STATUS_BED_X + STATUS_BED_WIDTH; + u8g.drawFrame(bx, STATUS_HEATERS_Y, 3, STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT); + if (tall) { + const uint8_t ph = STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT - 1 - tall; + if (PAGE_OVER(STATUS_HEATERS_Y + ph)) + u8g.drawVLine(bx + 1, STATUS_HEATERS_Y + ph, tall); + } + } - FORCE_INLINE void _draw_chamber_status(const bool blink) { - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - const float temp = 10 + (millis() >> 8) % CHAMBER_MAXTEMP, - target = CHAMBER_MAXTEMP; - #else - const float temp = thermalManager.degChamber(); - #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - const float target = thermalManager.degTargetChamber(); #endif - #endif - #if !HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - UNUSED(blink); - #endif + } // PAGE_CONTAINS if (PAGE_UNDER(7)) { #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - const bool is_idle = false, // thermalManager.chamber_idle.timed_out, - dodraw = (blink || !is_idle); + const bool dodraw = (blink || !thermalManager.bed_idle.timed_out); #else constexpr bool dodraw = true; #endif - #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - if (dodraw) _draw_centered_temp(target + 0.5, STATUS_CHAMBER_TEXT_X, 7); - #else - UNUSED(dodraw); - #endif + if (dodraw) _draw_centered_temp(target + 0.5, tx, 7); } + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(28 - INFO_FONT_ASCENT, 28 - 1)) - _draw_centered_temp(temp + 0.5f, STATUS_CHAMBER_TEXT_X, 28); + _draw_centered_temp(temp + 0.5f, tx, 28); + + if (STATIC_BED && BED_DOT && PAGE_CONTAINS(17, 19)) { + u8g.setColorIndex(0); // set to white on black + u8g.drawBox(tx, 20 - 2, 2, 2); + u8g.setColorIndex(1); // restore black on white + } + + } + +#endif // DO_DRAW_BED + +#if DO_DRAW_CHAMBER + + FORCE_INLINE void _draw_chamber_status() { + #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER + if (PAGE_UNDER(7)) + _draw_centered_temp(thermalManager.degTargetChamber() + 0.5f, STATUS_CHAMBER_TEXT_X, 7); + #endif + + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(28 - INFO_FONT_ASCENT, 28 - 1)) + _draw_centered_temp(thermalManager.degChamber() + 0.5f, STATUS_CHAMBER_TEXT_X, 28); } #endif // DO_DRAW_CHAMBER @@ -298,8 +320,14 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_heater_status(const heater_ind_t heater, const bool blin // Homed and known, display constantly. // FORCE_INLINE void _draw_axis_value(const AxisEnum axis, const char *value, const bool blink) { - const uint8_t offs = (XYZ_SPACING) * axis; - lcd_put_wchar(X_LABEL_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE, 'X' + axis); + const AxisEnum a = ( + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + axis == E_AXIS ? X_AXIS : + #endif + axis + ); + const uint8_t offs = (XYZ_SPACING) * a; + lcd_put_wchar(X_LABEL_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE, axis_codes[axis]); lcd_moveto(X_VALUE_POS + offs, XYZ_BASELINE); if (blink) lcd_put_u8str(value); @@ -317,61 +345,80 @@ FORCE_INLINE void _draw_axis_value(const AxisEnum axis, const char *value, const } } -#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - uint16_t count_renders = 0; - uint32_t total_cycles = 0; -#endif - void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - if (first_page) count_renders++; - #endif - - static char xstring[5], ystring[5], zstring[8]; + static char xstring[5 + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + + 7 + #endif + ], ystring[5], zstring[8]; #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY) static char wstring[5], mstring[4]; #endif #if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS #if DISABLED(DOGM_SD_PERCENT) - #define _SD_DURATION_X(len) (PROGRESS_BAR_X + (PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH) / 2 - (len) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH) / 2) + #define _SD_INFO_X(len) (PROGRESS_BAR_X + (PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH) / 2 - (len) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH) / 2) #else - #define _SD_DURATION_X(len) (LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (len) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH)) + #define _SD_INFO_X(len) (LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (len) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH)) #endif - static uint8_t progress_bar_solid_width = 0, lastProgress = 0; #if ENABLED(DOGM_SD_PERCENT) static char progress_string[5]; #endif - static uint8_t lastElapsed = 0, elapsed_x_pos = 0; + static uint8_t lastElapsed = 0xFF, lastProgress = 0xFF; + static u8g_uint_t elapsed_x_pos = 0, progress_bar_solid_width = 0; static char elapsed_string[16]; #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - #define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME_PREFIX 'E' - static uint8_t estimation_x_pos = 0; + static u8g_uint_t estimation_x_pos = 0; static char estimation_string[10]; + #if BOTH(DOGM_SD_PERCENT, ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY) + static u8g_uint_t progress_x_pos = 0; + static uint8_t progress_state = 0; + static bool prev_blink = 0; + #endif #endif #endif + const bool showxy = (true + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + && !printingIsActive() + #endif + ); + // At the first page, generate new display values if (first_page) { - #if ANIM_HBC + #if ANIM_HBCC uint8_t new_bits = 0; #if ANIM_HOTEND - HOTEND_LOOP() if (thermalManager.isHeatingHotend(e) ^ SHOW_ON_STATE) SBI(new_bits, e); + HOTEND_LOOP() if (thermalManager.isHeatingHotend(e)) SBI(new_bits, HEATBIT_HOTEND + e); #endif #if ANIM_BED - if (thermalManager.isHeatingBed() ^ SHOW_ON_STATE) SBI(new_bits, 7); + if (thermalManager.isHeatingBed()) SBI(new_bits, HEATBIT_BED); #endif #if DO_DRAW_CHAMBER && HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - if (thermalManager.isHeatingChamber() ^ SHOW_ON_STATE) SBI(new_bits, 6); + if (thermalManager.isHeatingChamber()) SBI(new_bits, HEATBIT_CHAMBER); + #endif + #if ANIM_CUTTER + if (cutter.enabled()) SBI(new_bits, HEATBIT_CUTTER); #endif heat_bits = new_bits; #endif + const xyz_pos_t lpos = current_position.asLogical(); - strcpy(xstring, ftostr4sign(lpos.x)); - strcpy(ystring, ftostr4sign(lpos.y)); - strcpy(zstring, ftostr52sp( lpos.z)); + strcpy(zstring, ftostr52sp(lpos.z)); + + if (showxy) { + strcpy(xstring, ftostr4sign(lpos.x)); + strcpy(ystring, ftostr4sign(lpos.y)); + } + else { + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + const uint8_t escale = e_move_accumulator >= 100000.0f ? 10 : 1; // After 100m switch to cm + sprintf_P(xstring, PSTR("%ld%cm"), uint32_t(_MAX(e_move_accumulator, 0.0f)) / escale, escale == 10 ? 'c' : 'm'); // 1234567mm + #endif + } + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY) strcpy(wstring, ftostr12ns(filwidth.measured_mm)); strcpy(mstring, i16tostr3(planner.volumetric_percent(parser.volumetric_enabled))); @@ -388,19 +435,31 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { ; duration_t elapsed = print_job_timer.duration(); const uint8_t p = progress & 0xFF, ev = elapsed.value & 0xFF; - if (progress > 1 && p != lastProgress) { + if (p != lastProgress) { lastProgress = p; - progress_bar_solid_width = uint8_t((PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH - 2) * progress / (PROGRESS_SCALE) * 0.01f); + progress_bar_solid_width = u8g_uint_t((PROGRESS_BAR_WIDTH - 2) * (progress / (PROGRESS_SCALE)) * 0.01f); #if ENABLED(DOGM_SD_PERCENT) - strcpy(progress_string, ( - #if ENABLED(PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS) - permyriadtostr4(progress) - #else - ui8tostr3(progress / (PROGRESS_SCALE)) + if (progress == 0) { + progress_string[0] = '\0'; + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + estimation_string[0] = '\0'; + estimation_x_pos = _SD_INFO_X(0); #endif - )); + } + else { + strcpy(progress_string, ( + #if ENABLED(PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS) + permyriadtostr4(progress) + #else + ui8tostr3(progress / (PROGRESS_SCALE)) + #endif + )); + } + #if BOTH(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME, ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY) // Tri-state progress display mode + progress_x_pos = _SD_INFO_X(strlen(progress_string) + 1); + #endif #endif } @@ -408,14 +467,30 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { lastElapsed = ev; const bool has_days = (elapsed.value >= 60*60*24L); const uint8_t len = elapsed.toDigital(elapsed_string, has_days); - elapsed_x_pos = _SD_DURATION_X(len); + elapsed_x_pos = _SD_INFO_X(len); #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) if (!(ev & 0x3)) { - duration_t estimation = elapsed.value * (100 * (PROGRESS_SCALE) - progress) / progress; - const bool has_days = (estimation.value >= 60*60*24L); - const uint8_t len = estimation.toDigital(estimation_string, has_days); - estimation_x_pos = _SD_DURATION_X(len + 1); + uint32_t timeval = (0 + #if BOTH(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY, USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME) + + get_remaining_time() + #endif + ); + if (!timeval && progress > 0) timeval = elapsed.value * (100 * (PROGRESS_SCALE) - progress) / progress; + if (!timeval) { + estimation_string[0] = '\0'; + estimation_x_pos = _SD_INFO_X(0); + } + else { + duration_t estimation = timeval; + const bool has_days = (estimation.value >= 60*60*24L); + const uint8_t len = estimation.toDigital(estimation_string, has_days); + estimation_x_pos = _SD_INFO_X(len + #if !BOTH(DOGM_SD_PERCENT, ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY) + + 1 + #endif + ); + } } #endif } @@ -427,10 +502,6 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { // Status Menu Font set_font(FONT_STATUSMENU); - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - TCNT5 = 0; - #endif - #if DO_DRAW_LOGO if (PAGE_CONTAINS(STATUS_LOGO_Y, STATUS_LOGO_Y + STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT - 1)) u8g.drawBitmapP(STATUS_LOGO_X, STATUS_LOGO_Y, STATUS_LOGO_BYTEWIDTH, STATUS_LOGO_HEIGHT, status_logo_bmp); @@ -442,6 +513,18 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { u8g.drawBitmapP(STATUS_HEATERS_X, STATUS_HEATERS_Y, STATUS_HEATERS_BYTEWIDTH, STATUS_HEATERS_HEIGHT, status_heaters_bmp); #endif + #if DO_DRAW_CUTTER + #if ANIM_CUTTER + #define CUTTER_BITMAP(S) ((S) ? status_cutter_on_bmp : status_cutter_bmp) + #else + #define CUTTER_BITMAP(S) status_cutter_bmp + #endif + const uint8_t cuttery = STATUS_CUTTER_Y(CUTTER_ALT()), + cutterh = STATUS_CUTTER_HEIGHT(CUTTER_ALT()); + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(cuttery, cuttery + cutterh - 1)) + u8g.drawBitmapP(STATUS_CUTTER_X, cuttery, STATUS_CUTTER_BYTEWIDTH, cutterh, CUTTER_BITMAP(CUTTER_ALT())); + #endif + #if DO_DRAW_BED && DISABLED(STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS) #if ANIM_BED #define BED_BITMAP(S) ((S) ? status_bed_on_bmp : status_bed_bmp) @@ -495,18 +578,27 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { // if (PAGE_UNDER(6 + 1 + 12 + 1 + 6 + 1)) { // Extruders - #if HOTENDS + #if DO_DRAW_HOTENDS for (uint8_t e = 0; e < MAX_HOTEND_DRAW; ++e) - _draw_heater_status((heater_ind_t)e, blink); + _draw_hotend_status((heater_ind_t)e, blink); + #endif + + // Laser / Spindle + #if DO_DRAW_CUTTER + if (cutter.power && PAGE_CONTAINS(STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_Y - INFO_FONT_ASCENT, STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_Y - 1)) { + lcd_put_u8str(STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_X, STATUS_CUTTER_TEXT_Y, i16tostr3(cutter.powerPercent(cutter.power))); + lcd_put_wchar('%'); + } #endif - // Heated bed - #if DO_DRAW_BED && DISABLED(STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS) || (HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS) && HOTENDS <= 4) - _draw_heater_status(H_BED, blink); + // Heated Bed + #if DO_DRAW_BED + _draw_bed_status(blink); #endif + // Heated Chamber #if DO_DRAW_CHAMBER - _draw_chamber_status(blink); + _draw_chamber_status(); #endif // Fan, if a bitmap was provided @@ -528,10 +620,6 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #endif } - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - total_cycles += TCNT5; - #endif - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) // // SD Card Symbol @@ -563,33 +651,57 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { if (PAGE_CONTAINS(50, 51)) // 50-51 (or just 50) u8g.drawBox(PROGRESS_BAR_X + 1, 50, progress_bar_solid_width, 2); - // - // SD Percent Complete - // - - #if ENABLED(DOGM_SD_PERCENT) - if (progress_string[0] != '\0') - if (PAGE_CONTAINS(41, 48)) { - // Percent complete - lcd_put_u8str(55, 48, progress_string); - lcd_put_wchar('%'); - } - #endif + if (PAGE_CONTAINS(EXTRAS_BASELINE - INFO_FONT_ASCENT, EXTRAS_BASELINE - 1)) { - // - // Elapsed Time - // + #if ALL(DOGM_SD_PERCENT, SHOW_REMAINING_TIME, ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY) - if (PAGE_CONTAINS(EXTRAS_BASELINE - INFO_FONT_ASCENT, EXTRAS_BASELINE - 1)) { + if (prev_blink != blink) { + prev_blink = blink; + if (++progress_state >= 3) progress_state = 0; + } - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - if (blink && (estimation_string[0] != '\0')) { - lcd_put_wchar(estimation_x_pos, EXTRAS_BASELINE, SHOW_REMAINING_TIME_PREFIX); - lcd_put_u8str(estimation_string); + if (progress_state == 0) { + if (progress_string[0]) { + lcd_put_u8str(progress_x_pos, EXTRAS_BASELINE, progress_string); + lcd_put_wchar('%'); + } } - else - #endif + else if (progress_state == 2 && estimation_string[0]) { + lcd_put_u8str(PROGRESS_BAR_X, EXTRAS_BASELINE, "R:"); + lcd_put_u8str(estimation_x_pos, EXTRAS_BASELINE, estimation_string); + } + else if (elapsed_string[0]) { + lcd_put_u8str(PROGRESS_BAR_X, EXTRAS_BASELINE, "E:"); lcd_put_u8str(elapsed_x_pos, EXTRAS_BASELINE, elapsed_string); + } + + #else // !DOGM_SD_PERCENT || !SHOW_REMAINING_TIME || !ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY + + // + // SD Percent Complete + // + + #if ENABLED(DOGM_SD_PERCENT) + if (progress_string[0]) { + lcd_put_u8str(55, 48, progress_string); // Percent complete + lcd_put_wchar('%'); + } + #endif + + // + // Elapsed Time + // + + #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) + if (blink && estimation_string[0]) { + lcd_put_wchar(estimation_x_pos, EXTRAS_BASELINE, 'R'); + lcd_put_u8str(estimation_string); + } + else + #endif + lcd_put_u8str(elapsed_x_pos, EXTRAS_BASELINE, elapsed_string); + + #endif // !DOGM_SD_PERCENT || !SHOW_REMAINING_TIME || !ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY } #endif // HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS @@ -642,8 +754,14 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #else - _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, xstring, blink); - _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ystring, blink); + if (showxy) { + _draw_axis_value(X_AXIS, xstring, blink); + _draw_axis_value(Y_AXIS, ystring, blink); + } + else { + _draw_axis_value(E_AXIS, xstring, true); + lcd_put_u8str_P(PSTR(" ")); + } #endif @@ -706,17 +824,6 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { void MarlinUI::draw_status_message(const bool blink) { - #if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE) - if (PAGE_CONTAINS(64-8, 64-1)) { - lcd_put_int(total_cycles); - lcd_put_wchar('/'); - lcd_put_int(count_renders); - lcd_put_wchar('='); - lcd_put_int(int(total_cycles / count_renders)); - return; - } - #endif - // Get the UTF8 character count of the string uint8_t slen = utf8_strlen(status_message); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp index 7308201dc5b6..f5931917ae08 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.cpp @@ -59,6 +59,10 @@ #include "../../sd/cardreader.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + #include "../../MarlinCore.h" // for printingIsActive +#endif + #define TEXT_MODE_LCD_WIDTH 16 #define BUFFER_WIDTH 256 @@ -660,7 +664,7 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::draw_status_message() { #endif } -void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::draw_position(const xyz_pos_t &pos, const bool position_known) { +void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::draw_position(const xyze_pos_t &pos, const bool position_known) { char str[7]; set_ddram_address(DDRAM_LINE_4); begin_data(); @@ -668,11 +672,25 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::draw_position(const xyz_pos_t &pos, const bool p // If position is unknown, flash the labels. const unsigned char alt_label = position_known ? 0 : (ui.get_blink() ? ' ' : 0); - write_byte(alt_label ? alt_label : 'X'); - write_str(dtostrf(pos.x, -4, 0, str), 4); + if (true + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + && !printingIsActive() + #endif + ) { + write_byte(alt_label ? alt_label : 'X'); + write_str(dtostrf(pos.x, -4, 0, str), 4); - write_byte(alt_label ? alt_label : 'Y'); - write_str(dtostrf(pos.y, -4, 0, str), 4); + write_byte(alt_label ? alt_label : 'Y'); + write_str(dtostrf(pos.y, -4, 0, str), 4); + } + else { + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + char tmp[15]; + const uint8_t escale = e_move_accumulator >= 100000.0f ? 10 : 1; // After 100m switch to cm + sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("E%-7ld%cm "), uint32_t(_MAX(e_move_accumulator, 0.0f)) / escale, escale == 10 ? 'c' : 'm'); // 1234567mm + write_str(tmp); + #endif + } write_byte(alt_label ? alt_label : 'Z'); write_str(dtostrf(pos.z, -5, 1, str), 5); @@ -894,7 +912,7 @@ void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::on_exit() { ncs(); } -// This is called prior to the KILL screen to +// Called prior to the KILL screen to // clear the screen, preventing a garbled display. void ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen::clear_text_buffer() { cs(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.h index 754c9933e7ce..bc18c43f107f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/status_screen_lite_ST7920.h @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ class ST7920_Lite_Status_Screen { static void draw_print_time(const duration_t &elapsed); static void draw_feedrate_percentage(const uint16_t percentage); static void draw_status_message(); - static void draw_position(const xyz_pos_t &pos, bool position_known = true); + static void draw_position(const xyze_pos_t &pos, bool position_known = true); static bool indicators_changed(); static bool position_changed(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp index 1b9a80f9d2a7..87094eb804e0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL.cpp @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ static const uint8_t u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_init_seq[] PROGMEM = { 0x038, // 8 Bit interface (DL=1), basic instruction set (RE=0) 0x00C, // display on, cursor & blink off; 0x08: all off - 0x006, // Entry mode: Cursor move to right ,DDRAM address counter (AC) plus 1, no shift + 0x006, // Entry mode: Cursor move to right, DDRAM address counter (AC) plus 1, no shift 0x002, // disable scroll, enable CGRAM adress 0x001, // clear RAM, needs 1.6 ms U8G_ESC_DLY(100), // delay 100 ms @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ u8g_dev_t u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_sw_spi = { u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_f U8G_PB_DEV(u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_hw_spi, LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH, LCD_PIXEL_HEIGHT, PAGE_HEIGHT, u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_fn, U8G_COM_ST7920_HAL_HW_SPI); u8g_dev_t u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_hw_spi = { u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_fn, &u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_pb, U8G_COM_ST7920_HAL_HW_SPI }; -#if NONE(__AVR__, ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) || defined(U8G_HAL_LINKS) +#if NONE(__AVR__, ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32, ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32) || defined(U8G_HAL_LINKS) // Also use this device for HAL version of rrd class. This results in the same device being used // for the ST7920 for HAL systems no matter what is selected in ultralcd_impl_DOGM.h. u8g_dev_t u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_rrd_sw_spi = { u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_fn, &u8g_dev_st7920_128x64_HAL_4x_pb, U8G_COM_ST7920_HAL_SW_SPI }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp index 8c1dfa3ffeba..39e0c43cdd28 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp @@ -65,6 +65,8 @@ #include #if ENABLED(LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC) + extern void LCD_IO_WriteReg(uint16_t Reg); + extern void LCD_IO_WriteData(uint16_t RegValue); extern void LCD_IO_WriteSequence(uint16_t *data, uint16_t length); extern void LCD_IO_WriteSequence_Async(uint16_t *data, uint16_t length); extern void LCD_IO_WaitSequence_Async(); @@ -80,10 +82,6 @@ #define X_HI (X_LO + 2 * WIDTH - 1) #define Y_HI (Y_LO + 2 * HEIGHT - 1) -#define LCD_COLUMN 0x2A /* Colomn address register */ -#define LCD_ROW 0x2B /* Row address register */ -#define LCD_WRITE_RAM 0x2C - // see https://ee-programming-notepad.blogspot.com/2016/10/16-bit-color-generator-picker.html #define COLOR_BLACK 0x0000 // #000000 @@ -133,113 +131,254 @@ static uint32_t lcd_id = 0; -#define U8G_ESC_DATA(x) (uint8_t)(x >> 8), (uint8_t)(x & 0xFF) +#define ST7789V_CASET 0x2A /* Column address register */ +#define ST7789V_RASET 0x2B /* Row address register */ +#define ST7789V_WRITE_RAM 0x2C /* Write data to GRAM */ -static const uint8_t page_first_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(X_LO), U8G_ESC_DATA(X_HI), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(Y_LO), U8G_ESC_DATA(Y_HI), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END -}; -static const uint8_t clear_screen_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, U8G_ESC_DATA(LCD_FULL_PIXEL_WIDTH), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, U8G_ESC_DATA(LCD_FULL_PIXEL_HEIGHT), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END -}; +/* Mind the mess: with landscape screen orientation 'Horizontal' is Y and 'Vertical' is X */ +#define ILI9328_HASET 0x20 /* Horizontal GRAM address register (0-255) */ +#define ILI9328_VASET 0x21 /* Vertical GRAM address register (0-511)*/ +#define ILI9328_WRITE_RAM 0x22 /* Write data to GRAM */ -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) +#define ILI9328_HASTART 0x50 /* Horizontal address start position (0-255) */ +#define ILI9328_HAEND 0x51 /* Horizontal address end position (0-255) */ +#define ILI9328_VASTART 0x52 /* Vertical address start position (0-511) */ +#define ILI9328_VAEND 0x53 /* Vertical address end position (0-511) */ - static const uint8_t separation_line_sequence_left[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(10), U8G_ESC_DATA(159), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(170), U8G_ESC_DATA(173), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; - static const uint8_t separation_line_sequence_right[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(160), U8G_ESC_DATA(309), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(170), U8G_ESC_DATA(173), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; +static void setWindow_ili9328(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint16_t Xmin, uint16_t Ymin, uint16_t Xmax, uint16_t Ymax) { + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_HASTART); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymin); + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_HAEND); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymax); + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_VASTART); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmin); + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_VAEND); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmax); + + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_HASET); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymin); + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_VASET); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmin); + + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ILI9328_WRITE_RAM); + #else + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); + + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_HASTART); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Ymin); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_HAEND); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Ymax); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_VASTART); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Xmin); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_VAEND); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Xmax); + + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_HASET); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Ymin); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_VASET); + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&Xmin); + + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ILI9328_WRITE_RAM); + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + #endif +} - static const uint8_t buttonD_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(14), U8G_ESC_DATA(77), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(185), U8G_ESC_DATA(224), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; +static void setWindow_st7789v(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint16_t Xmin, uint16_t Ymin, uint16_t Xmax, uint16_t Ymax) { + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ST7789V_CASET); + LCD_IO_WriteData((Xmin >> 8) & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmin & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData((Xmax >> 8) & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Xmax & 0xFF); + + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ST7789V_RASET); + LCD_IO_WriteData((Ymin >> 8) & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymin & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData((Ymax >> 8) & 0xFF); + LCD_IO_WriteData(Ymax & 0xFF); + + LCD_IO_WriteReg(ST7789V_WRITE_RAM); + #else + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ST7789V_CASET); u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, (Xmin >> 8) & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, Xmin & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, (Xmax >> 8) & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, Xmax & 0xFF); + + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ST7789V_RASET); u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, (Ymin >> 8) & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, Ymin & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, (Ymax >> 8) & 0xFF); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, Ymax & 0xFF); + + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, ST7789V_WRITE_RAM); u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + #endif +} - static const uint8_t buttonA_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(90), U8G_ESC_DATA(153), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(185), U8G_ESC_DATA(224), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; +static void setWindow_none(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint16_t Xmin, uint16_t Ymin, uint16_t Xmax, uint16_t Ymax) {} +void (*setWindow)(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, uint16_t Xmin, uint16_t Ymin, uint16_t Xmax, uint16_t Ymax) = setWindow_none; - static const uint8_t buttonB_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(166), U8G_ESC_DATA(229), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(185), U8G_ESC_DATA(224), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; - static const uint8_t buttonC_sequence[] = { - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(242), U8G_ESC_DATA(305), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), U8G_ESC_DATA(185), U8G_ESC_DATA(224), - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_WRITE_RAM, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), - U8G_ESC_END - }; +#define ESC_REG(x) 0xFFFF, 0x00FF & (uint16_t)x +#define ESC_DELAY(x) 0xFFFF, 0x8000 | (x & 0x7FFF) +#define ESC_END 0xFFFF, 0x7FFF +#define ESC_FFFF 0xFFFF, 0xFFFF +#ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + void writeEscSequence(const uint16_t *sequence) { + uint16_t data; + for (;;) { + data = *sequence++; + if (data != 0xFFFF) { + LCD_IO_WriteData(data); + continue; + } + data = *sequence++; + if (data == 0x7FFF) return; + if (data == 0xFFFF) { + LCD_IO_WriteData(data); + } else if (data & 0x8000) { + delay(data & 0x7FFF); + } else if ((data & 0xFF00) == 0) { + LCD_IO_WriteReg(data); + } + } + } +#else + void writeEscSequence8(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, const uint16_t *sequence) { + uint16_t data; + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + for (;;) { + data = *sequence++; + if (data != 0xFFFF) { + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, data & 0xFF); + continue; + } + data = *sequence++; + if (data == 0x7FFF) return; + if (data == 0xFFFF) { + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, data & 0xFF); + } else if (data & 0x8000) { + delay(data & 0x7FFF); + } else if ((data & 0xFF00) == 0) { + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, data & 0xFF); + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + } + } + } + + void writeEscSequence16(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, const uint16_t *sequence) { + uint16_t data; + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 0); + for (;;) { + data = *sequence++; + if (data != 0xFFFF) { + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&data); + continue; + } + data = *sequence++; + if (data == 0x7FFF) return; + if (data == 0xFFFF) { + u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 2, (uint8_t *)&data); + } else if (data & 0x8000) { + delay(data & 0x7FFF); + } else if ((data & 0xFF00) == 0) { + u8g_WriteByte(u8g, dev, data & 0xFF); + } + } + u8g_SetAddress(u8g, dev, 1); + } #endif -static const uint8_t st7789v_init_sequence[] = { // 0x8552 - ST7789V - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), - 0x10, - U8G_ESC_DLY(10), - 0x01, - U8G_ESC_DLY(100), U8G_ESC_DLY(100), - 0x11, - U8G_ESC_DLY(120), - 0x36, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xA0, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x3A, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x05, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x3F, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xEF, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xB2, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x33, 0x33, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xB7, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x35, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xBB, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x1F, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC0, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x2C, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC2, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x01, 0xC3, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC4, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x20, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC6, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x0F, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xD0, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xA4, 0xA1, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xE0, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xD0, 0x08, 0x11, 0x08, 0x0C, 0x15, 0x39, 0x33, 0x50, 0x36, 0x13, 0x14, 0x29, 0x2D, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xE1, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xD0, 0x08, 0x10, 0x08, 0x06, 0x06, 0x39, 0x44, 0x51, 0x0B, 0x16, 0x14, 0x2F, 0x31, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x29, 0x11, 0x35, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, - U8G_ESC_END +static const uint16_t st7789v_init[] = { + ESC_REG(0x0010), ESC_DELAY(10), + ESC_REG(0x0001), ESC_DELAY(200), + ESC_REG(0x0011), ESC_DELAY(120), + ESC_REG(0x0036), 0x00A0, + ESC_REG(0x003A), 0x0055, + ESC_REG(0x002A), 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0001, 0x003F, + ESC_REG(0x002B), 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x00EF, + ESC_REG(0x00B2), 0x000C, 0x000C, 0x0000, 0x0033, 0x0033, + ESC_REG(0x00B7), 0x0035, + ESC_REG(0x00BB), 0x001F, + ESC_REG(0x00C0), 0x002C, + ESC_REG(0x00C2), 0x0001, 0x00C3, + ESC_REG(0x00C4), 0x0020, + ESC_REG(0x00C6), 0x000F, + ESC_REG(0x00D0), 0x00A4, 0x00A1, + ESC_REG(0x0029), + ESC_REG(0x0011), + ESC_END }; -static const uint8_t ili9341_init_sequence[] = { // 0x9341 - ILI9341 - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), - 0x10, - U8G_ESC_DLY(10), - 0x01, - U8G_ESC_DLY(100), U8G_ESC_DLY(100), - 0x36, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0xE8, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x3A, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x55, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_COLUMN, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x3F, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), LCD_ROW, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xEF, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC5, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x3E, 0x28, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC7, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x86, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xB1, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x00, 0x18, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC0, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x23, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0xC1, U8G_ESC_ADR(1), 0x10, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x29, - U8G_ESC_ADR(0), 0x11, - U8G_ESC_DLY(100), - U8G_ESC_END +static const uint16_t ili9328_init[] = { + ESC_REG(0x0001), 0x0100, + ESC_REG(0x0002), 0x0400, + ESC_REG(0x0003), 0x1038, + ESC_REG(0x0004), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0008), 0x0202, + ESC_REG(0x0009), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x000A), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x000C), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x000D), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x000F), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0010), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0011), 0x0007, + ESC_REG(0x0012), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0013), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0007), 0x0001, + ESC_DELAY(200), + ESC_REG(0x0010), 0x1690, + ESC_REG(0x0011), 0x0227, + ESC_DELAY(50), + ESC_REG(0x0012), 0x008C, + ESC_DELAY(50), + ESC_REG(0x0013), 0x1500, + ESC_REG(0x0029), 0x0004, + ESC_REG(0x002B), 0x000D, + ESC_DELAY(50), + ESC_REG(0x0050), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0051), 0x00EF, + ESC_REG(0x0052), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0053), 0x013F, + ESC_REG(0x0020), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0021), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0060), 0x2700, + ESC_REG(0x0061), 0x0001, + ESC_REG(0x006A), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0080), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0081), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0082), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0083), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0084), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0085), 0x0000, + ESC_REG(0x0090), 0x0010, + ESC_REG(0x0092), 0x0600, + ESC_REG(0x0007), 0x0133, + ESC_REG(0x0022), + ESC_END +}; + +static const uint16_t ili9341_init[] = { + ESC_REG(0x0010), ESC_DELAY(10), + ESC_REG(0x0001), ESC_DELAY(200), + ESC_REG(0x0036), 0x00E8, + ESC_REG(0x003A), 0x0055, + ESC_REG(0x002A), 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0001, 0x003F, + ESC_REG(0x002B), 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x00EF, + ESC_REG(0x00C5), 0x003E, 0x0028, + ESC_REG(0x00C7), 0x0086, + ESC_REG(0x00B1), 0x0000, 0x0018, + ESC_REG(0x00C0), 0x0023, + ESC_REG(0x00C1), 0x0010, + ESC_REG(0x0029), + ESC_REG(0x0011), + ESC_DELAY(100), + ESC_END }; #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) @@ -439,23 +578,55 @@ uint8_t u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64_fn(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, u switch (msg) { case U8G_DEV_MSG_INIT: dev->com_fn(u8g, U8G_COM_MSG_INIT, U8G_SPI_CLK_CYCLE_NONE, &lcd_id); - if (lcd_id == 0x040404) return 0; // No connected display on FSMC - if (lcd_id == 0xFFFFFF) return 0; // No connected display on SPI - if ((lcd_id & 0xFFFF) == 0x8552) // ST7789V - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, st7789v_init_sequence); - if ((lcd_id & 0xFFFF) == 0x9341) // ILI9341 - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, ili9341_init_sequence); + switch(lcd_id & 0xFFFF) { + case 0x8552: // ST7789V + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + writeEscSequence(st7789v_init); + #else + writeEscSequence8(u8g, dev, st7789v_init); + #endif + setWindow = setWindow_st7789v; + break; + case 0x9328: // ILI9328 + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + writeEscSequence(ili9328_init); + #else + writeEscSequence16(u8g, dev, ili9328_init); + #endif + setWindow = setWindow_ili9328; + break; + case 0x9341: // ILI9341 + #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC + writeEscSequence(ili9341_init); + #else + writeEscSequence8(u8g, dev, ili9341_init); + #endif + setWindow = setWindow_st7789v; + break; + case 0x0404: // No connected display on FSMC + lcd_id = 0; + return 0; + case 0xFFFF: // No connected display on SPI + lcd_id = 0; + return 0; + default: + if (lcd_id && 0xFF000000) + setWindow = setWindow_st7789v; + else + setWindow = setWindow_ili9328; + break; + } if (preinit) { preinit = false; return u8g_dev_pb8v1_base_fn(u8g, dev, msg, arg); } - // Clear Screen Sequence - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, clear_screen_sequence); + // Clear Screen + setWindow(u8g, dev, 0, 0, LCD_FULL_PIXEL_WIDTH - 1, LCD_FULL_PIXEL_HEIGHT - 1); #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC - LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR, (320*240)); + LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR, LCD_FULL_PIXEL_WIDTH * LCD_FULL_PIXEL_HEIGHT); #else memset2(buffer, TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR, 160); for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 960; i++) @@ -465,31 +636,25 @@ uint8_t u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64_fn(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, u // bottom line and buttons #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + setWindow(u8g, dev, 10, 170, 309, 171); #ifdef LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, separation_line_sequence_left); - LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_DISABLED_COLOR, 300); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, separation_line_sequence_right); - LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_DISABLED_COLOR, 300); + LCD_IO_WriteMultiple(TFT_DISABLED_COLOR, 600); #else memset2(buffer, TFT_DISABLED_COLOR, 150); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, separation_line_sequence_left); - for (uint8_t i = 4; i--;) - u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 150, (uint8_t *)buffer); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, separation_line_sequence_right); - for (uint8_t i = 4; i--;) + for (uint8_t i = 8; i--;) u8g_WriteSequence(u8g, dev, 150, (uint8_t *)buffer); #endif - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, buttonD_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, 14, 185, 77, 224); drawImage(buttonD, u8g, dev, 32, 20, TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, buttonA_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, 90, 185, 153, 224); drawImage(buttonA, u8g, dev, 32, 20, TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, buttonB_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, 166, 185, 229, 224); drawImage(buttonB, u8g, dev, 32, 20, TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR); - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, buttonC_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, 242, 185, 305, 224); drawImage(buttonC, u8g, dev, 32, 20, TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR); #endif // TOUCH_BUTTONS @@ -499,7 +664,7 @@ uint8_t u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64_fn(u8g_t *u8g, u8g_dev_t *dev, u case U8G_DEV_MSG_PAGE_FIRST: page = 0; - u8g_WriteEscSeqP(u8g, dev, page_first_sequence); + setWindow(u8g, dev, X_LO, Y_LO, X_HI, Y_HI); break; case U8G_DEV_MSG_PAGE_NEXT: diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp index 1e12ba84d0ee..cd41373ab45c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ static const uint8_t u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_init_seq[] PROGMEM = { static const uint8_t u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL_data_start[] PROGMEM = { U8G_ESC_ADR(0), // instruction mode U8G_ESC_CS(1), // enable chip - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + #if EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) UC1701_START_LINE(0), // set display start line to 0 UC1701_ADC_REVERSE(0), // ADC set to reverse UC1701_OUT_MODE(1), // common output mode diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.cpp index 9f08643e761c..ae9614d67744 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.cpp @@ -244,48 +244,51 @@ bool MarlinUI::detected() { return true; } // Initialize or re-initialize the LCD void MarlinUI::init_lcd() { + #if DISABLED(MKS_LCD12864B) - #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_BACKLIGHT) - OUT_WRITE(LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN, ( - #if ENABLED(DELAYED_BACKLIGHT_INIT) - LOW // Illuminate after reset - #else - HIGH // Illuminate right away + #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_BACKLIGHT) + OUT_WRITE(LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN, ( + #if ENABLED(DELAYED_BACKLIGHT_INIT) + LOW // Illuminate after reset + #else + HIGH // Illuminate right away + #endif + )); + #endif + + #if EITHER(MKS_12864OLED, MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) + SET_OUTPUT(LCD_PINS_DC); + #ifndef LCD_RESET_PIN + #define LCD_RESET_PIN LCD_PINS_RS #endif - )); - #endif + #endif - #if EITHER(MKS_12864OLED, MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) - SET_OUTPUT(LCD_PINS_DC); - #ifndef LCD_RESET_PIN - #define LCD_RESET_PIN LCD_PINS_RS + #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_RESET) + // Perform a clean hardware reset with needed delays + OUT_WRITE(LCD_RESET_PIN, LOW); + _delay_ms(5); + WRITE(LCD_RESET_PIN, HIGH); + _delay_ms(5); + u8g.begin(); #endif - #endif - #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_RESET) - // Perform a clean hardware reset with needed delays - OUT_WRITE(LCD_RESET_PIN, LOW); - _delay_ms(5); - WRITE(LCD_RESET_PIN, HIGH); - _delay_ms(5); - u8g.begin(); - #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_BACKLIGHT) && ENABLED(DELAYED_BACKLIGHT_INIT) + WRITE(LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN, HIGH); + #endif - #if PIN_EXISTS(LCD_BACKLIGHT) && ENABLED(DELAYED_BACKLIGHT_INIT) - WRITE(LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN, HIGH); - #endif + #if HAS_LCD_CONTRAST + refresh_contrast(); + #endif - #if HAS_LCD_CONTRAST - refresh_contrast(); - #endif + #if ENABLED(LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90) + u8g.setRot90(); + #elif ENABLED(LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180) + u8g.setRot180(); + #elif ENABLED(LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270) + u8g.setRot270(); + #endif - #if ENABLED(LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90) - u8g.setRot90(); - #elif ENABLED(LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180) - u8g.setRot180(); - #elif ENABLED(LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270) - u8g.setRot270(); - #endif + #endif // !MKS_LCD12864B uxg_SetUtf8Fonts(g_fontinfo, COUNT(g_fontinfo)); } @@ -363,7 +366,7 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop } // Draw a static line of text in the same idiom as a menu item - void draw_menu_item_static(const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t style/*=SS_DEFAULT*/, const char * const valstr/*=nullptr*/) { + void MenuItem_static::draw(const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t style/*=SS_DEFAULT*/, const char * const valstr/*=nullptr*/) { if (mark_as_selected(row, style & SS_INVERT)) { @@ -373,19 +376,16 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop int8_t pad = (LCD_WIDTH - utf8_strlen_P(pstr)) / 2; while (--pad >= 0) { lcd_put_wchar(' '); n--; } } - n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, n); + n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, itemIndex, LCD_WIDTH) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH); if (valstr) n -= lcd_put_u8str_max(valstr, n); while (n > MENU_FONT_WIDTH) n -= lcd_put_wchar(' '); } } // Draw a generic menu item - void draw_menu_item(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char pre_char, const char post_char) { - UNUSED(pre_char); - + void MenuItemBase::_draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char, const char post_char) { if (mark_as_selected(row, sel)) { - u8g_uint_t n = (LCD_WIDTH - 2) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH); - n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, n); + u8g_uint_t n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, itemIndex, LCD_WIDTH - 2) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH); while (n > MENU_FONT_WIDTH) n -= lcd_put_wchar(' '); lcd_put_wchar(LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (MENU_FONT_WIDTH), row_y2, post_char); lcd_put_wchar(' '); @@ -393,19 +393,20 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop } // Draw a menu item with an editable value - void _draw_menu_item_edit(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data, const bool pgm) { + void MenuEditItemBase::draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data, const bool pgm) { if (mark_as_selected(row, sel)) { const uint8_t vallen = (pgm ? utf8_strlen_P(data) : utf8_strlen((char*)data)); - u8g_uint_t n = (LCD_WIDTH - 2 - vallen) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH); - n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, n); - lcd_put_wchar(':'); - while (n > MENU_FONT_WIDTH) n -= lcd_put_wchar(' '); - lcd_moveto(LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (MENU_FONT_WIDTH) * vallen, row_y2); - if (pgm) lcd_put_u8str_P(data); else lcd_put_u8str((char*)data); + u8g_uint_t n = lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, itemIndex, LCD_WIDTH - 2 - vallen) * (MENU_FONT_WIDTH); + if (vallen) { + lcd_put_wchar(':'); + while (n > MENU_FONT_WIDTH) n -= lcd_put_wchar(' '); + lcd_moveto(LCD_PIXEL_WIDTH - (MENU_FONT_WIDTH) * vallen, row_y2); + if (pgm) lcd_put_u8str_P(data); else lcd_put_u8str((char*)data); + } } } - void draw_edit_screen(PGM_P const pstr, const char* const value/*=nullptr*/) { + void MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(PGM_P const pstr, const char* const value/*=nullptr*/) { ui.encoder_direction_normal(); const u8g_uint_t labellen = utf8_strlen_P(pstr), vallen = utf8_strlen(value); @@ -437,7 +438,7 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop // Assume the label is alpha-numeric (with a descender) bool onpage = PAGE_CONTAINS(baseline - (EDIT_FONT_ASCENT - 1), baseline + EDIT_FONT_DESCENT); - if (onpage) lcd_put_u8str_P(0, baseline, pstr); + if (onpage) lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(0, baseline, pstr, itemIndex); // If a value is included, print a colon, then print the value right-justified if (value != nullptr) { @@ -466,7 +467,7 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop if (inv) u8g.setColorIndex(1); } - void draw_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, const bool yesno, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string, PGM_P const suff) { + void MenuItem_confirm::draw_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, const bool yesno, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string/*=nullptr*/, PGM_P const suff/*=nullptr*/) { ui.draw_select_screen_prompt(pref, string, suff); draw_boxed_string(1, LCD_HEIGHT - 1, no, !yesno); draw_boxed_string(LCD_WIDTH - (utf8_strlen_P(yes) + 1), LCD_HEIGHT - 1, yes, yesno); @@ -474,9 +475,7 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - void draw_sd_menu_item(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard, const bool isDir) { - UNUSED(pstr); - + void MenuItem_sdbase::draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const, CardReader &theCard, const bool isDir) { if (mark_as_selected(row, sel)) { if (isDir) lcd_put_wchar(LCD_STR_FOLDER[0]); constexpr uint8_t maxlen = LCD_WIDTH - 1; @@ -578,20 +577,20 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop #if EITHER(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY, MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY) const unsigned char cw_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000001,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00001111,B00000111,B10000000, - B00001110,B00000001,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11000000, + B00000000,B11111110,B00000000, + B00000011,B11111111,B10000000, + B00000111,B11000111,B11000000, + B00000111,B00000001,B11100000, B00000000,B00000000,B11100000, - B00001000,B00000000,B11100000, - B00011100,B00000000,B11100000, - B00111110,B00000000,B11100000, - B01111111,B00000000,B11100000, - B00011100,B00000000,B11100000, + B00000000,B00000000,B11110000, + B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, + B00000100,B00000000,B01110000, + B00001110,B00000000,B01110000, + B00011111,B00000000,B01110000, + B00111111,B10000000,B11110000, B00001110,B00000000,B11100000, - B00001110,B00000001,B11000000, - B00000111,B10000011,B11000000, + B00001111,B00000001,B11100000, + B00000111,B11000111,B11000000, B00000011,B11111111,B10000000, B00000000,B11111110,B00000000 }; @@ -599,20 +598,20 @@ void MarlinUI::clear_lcd() { } // Automatically cleared by Picture Loop const unsigned char ccw_bmp[] PROGMEM = { B00000000,B11111110,B00000000, B00000011,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000111,B10000011,B11000000, - B00001110,B00000001,B11000000, + B00000111,B11000111,B11000000, + B00001111,B00000001,B11100000, B00001110,B00000000,B11100000, - B00011100,B00000000,B11100000, - B01111111,B00000000,B11100000, - B00111110,B00000000,B11100000, - B00011100,B00000000,B11100000, - B00001000,B00000000,B11100000, + B00111111,B10000000,B11110000, + B00011111,B00000000,B01110000, + B00001110,B00000000,B01110000, + B00000100,B00000000,B01110000, + B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, + B00000000,B00000000,B11110000, B00000000,B00000000,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11000000, - B00001110,B00000001,B11000000, - B00001111,B00000111,B10000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000001,B11111100,B00000000 + B00000111,B00000001,B11100000, + B00000111,B11000111,B11000000, + B00000011,B11111111,B10000000, + B00000000,B11111110,B00000000 }; const unsigned char up_arrow_bmp[] PROGMEM = { diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h index 8ff2dbc85b91..576de494853d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ #define U8G_CLASS U8GLIB_MINI12864_2X_HAL // 4 stripes -#elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) +#elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) // The MKS_MINI_12864 V1/V2 aren't exact copies of the MiniPanel. // Panel management is in u8g_dev_uc1701_mini12864_HAL.cpp with diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.cpp index 218718514653..8c4d1cf297c3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dogm/ultralcd_st7920_u8glib_rrd_AVR.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if !defined(U8G_HAL_LINKS) && ANY(__AVR__, ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32) +#if !defined(U8G_HAL_LINKS) && ANY(__AVR__, ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32, ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32) #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp index c6692941252c..0807ca9a99e4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.cpp @@ -24,7 +24,11 @@ #include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD) +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD + +#if HOTENDS > 2 + #error "More than 2 hotends not implemented on the Display UI design." +#endif #include "DGUSDisplay.h" #include "DGUSVPVariable.h" @@ -32,7 +36,7 @@ #include "../../ui_api.h" -#include "../../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../../../module/temperature.h" #include "../../../../module/motion.h" #include "../../../../gcode/queue.h" @@ -40,6 +44,9 @@ #include "../../../../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../../../../libs/duration_t.h" #include "../../../../module/printcounter.h" +#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + #include "../../../../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" +#endif // Preamble... 2 Bytes, usually 0x5A 0xA5, but configurable constexpr uint8_t DGUS_HEADER1 = 0x5A; @@ -52,6 +59,16 @@ constexpr uint8_t DGUS_CMD_READVAR = 0x83; bool dguslcd_local_debug; // = false; #endif +#if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + typedef struct { + ExtUI::extruder_t extruder; // which extruder to operate + uint8_t action; // load or unload + bool heated; // heating done ? + float purge_length; // the length to extrude before unload, prevent filament jam + } filament_data_t; + static filament_data_t filament_data; +#endif + uint16_t DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ConfirmVP; #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) @@ -77,67 +94,7 @@ uint8_t DGUSDisplay::rx_datagram_len = 0; bool DGUSDisplay::Initialized = false; bool DGUSDisplay::no_reentrance = false; -#if DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - typedef uint16_t r_ring_buffer_pos_t; -#else - typedef uint8_t r_ring_buffer_pos_t; -#endif - -#if DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - typedef uint16_t t_ring_buffer_pos_t; -#else - typedef uint8_t t_ring_buffer_pos_t; -#endif - -class DGUSSerial { -public: - DGUSSerial(); - ~DGUSSerial(); - - r_ring_buffer_pos_t available(); - t_ring_buffer_pos_t GetTxBufferFree(); - void write(const uint8_t c); - - int read(); - - // ISR for Rx - void store_rxd_char(); - // ISR for Tx (UDRE vector) - void tx_udr_empty_irq(); - - inline volatile bool is_rx_overrun() { - return dgus_rx_overrun; - } - - inline void reset_rx_overun() { - dgus_rx_overrun = false; - } - -private: - r_ring_buffer_pos_t atomic_read_rx_head(); - void atomic_set_rx_tail(r_ring_buffer_pos_t value); - r_ring_buffer_pos_t atomic_read_rx_tail(); - - volatile bool dgus_rx_overrun = false; - - struct ring_buffer_r { - volatile r_ring_buffer_pos_t head, tail; - unsigned char buffer[DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE]; - } rx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } }; - - struct ring_buffer_t { - volatile t_ring_buffer_pos_t head, tail; - unsigned char buffer[DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE]; - } tx_buffer = { 0, 0, { 0 } }; - - #if DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - volatile bool rx_tail_value_not_stable = false; - volatile uint16_t rx_tail_value_backup = 0; - #endif - -}; - -static DGUSSerial dgusserial; +#define dgusserial DGUS_SERIAL // endianness swap uint16_t swap16(const uint16_t value) { return (value & 0xffU) << 8U | (value >> 8U); } @@ -226,25 +183,11 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable // It is using a hex display for that: It expects BSD coded data in the format xxyyzz void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { duration_t elapsed = print_job_timer.duration(); - - uint8_t days = elapsed.day(), - hours = elapsed.hour() % 24, - minutes = elapsed.minute() % 60, - seconds = elapsed.second() % 60; - - char buf[14], *p = buf; // that two extra bytes saves us some flash... - - if (days) { *p++ = days / 10 + '0'; *p++ = days % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 'd'; } - *p++ = hours / 10 + '0'; *p++ = hours % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 'h'; - *p++ = minutes / 10 + '0'; *p++ = minutes % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 'm'; - *p++ = seconds / 10 + '0'; *p++ = seconds % 10 + '0'; *p++ = 's'; - *p = '\0'; - + char buf[32]; + elapsed.toString(buf); dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(VP_PrintTime, buf, var.size, true); } - - // Send an uint8_t between 0 and 100 to a variable scale to 0..255 void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { if (var.memadr) { @@ -269,6 +212,103 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable dgusdisplay.WriteVariablePGM(var.VP, tmp, var.size, true); } +#if HAS_PID_HEATING + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + float value = *(float *)var.memadr; + float valuesend = 0; + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_PID_P: valuesend = value; break; + case VP_E0_PID_I: valuesend = unscalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_E0_PID_D: valuesend = unscalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_PID_P: valuesend = value; break; + case VP_E1_PID_I: valuesend = unscalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_E1_PID_D: valuesend = unscalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + case VP_BED_PID_P: valuesend = value; break; + case VP_BED_PID_I: valuesend = unscalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_BED_PID_D: valuesend = unscalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + } + + valuesend *= cpow(10, 1); + union { int16_t i; char lb[2]; } endian; + + char tmp[2]; + endian.i = valuesend; + tmp[0] = endian.lb[1]; + tmp[1] = endian.lb[0]; + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, tmp, 2); + } +#endif + +#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + + // Send the accumulate print time to the display. + // It is using a hex display for that: It expects BSD coded data in the format xxyyzz + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + printStatistics state = print_job_timer.getStats(); + char buf[21]; + duration_t elapsed = state.printTime; + elapsed.toString(buf); + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(VP_PrintAccTime, buf, var.size, true); + } + + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + printStatistics state = print_job_timer.getStats(); + char buf[21]; + sprintf_P(buf, PSTR("%u"), state.totalPrints); + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(VP_PrintsTotal, buf, var.size, true); + } + +#endif + +// Send fan status value to the display. +#if FAN_COUNT > 0 + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + if (var.memadr) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay ", var.VP); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", *(uint8_t *)var.memadr); + uint16_t data_to_send = 0; + if (*(uint8_t *) var.memadr) data_to_send = 1; + data_to_send = swap16(data_to_send); + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, data_to_send); + } + } +#endif + +// Send heater status value to the display. +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + if (var.memadr) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay ", var.VP); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", *(int16_t *)var.memadr); + uint16_t data_to_send = 0; + if (*(int16_t *) var.memadr) data_to_send = 1; + data_to_send = swap16(data_to_send); + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, data_to_send); + } +} + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + // In FYSETC UI design there are 10 statuses to loop + static uint16_t period = 0; + static uint16_t index = 0; + //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay ", var.VP); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", swap16(index)); + if (period++ > DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD) { + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, swap16(index)); + //DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" data ", swap16(index)); + if (++index >= DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS) index = 0; + period = 0; + } + } +#endif + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { @@ -289,26 +329,19 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable // Don't let the user in the dark why there is no reaction. if (!ExtUI::isMediaInserted()) { - setstatusmessagePGM(GET_TEXT(MSG_NO_MEDIA)); - return; + setstatusmessagePGM(GET_TEXT(MSG_NO_MEDIA)); + return; } if (card.flag.abort_sd_printing) { - setstatusmessagePGM(GET_TEXT(MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING)); - return; + setstatusmessagePGM(GET_TEXT(MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING)); + return; } } void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist(DGUS_VP_Variable& var, void *val_ptr) { auto old_top = top_file; - int16_t scroll = (int16_t)swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); - if (scroll == 0) { - if (!filelist.isAtRootDir()) { - filelist.upDir(); - top_file = 0; - ForceCompleteUpdate(); - } - } - else { + const int16_t scroll = (int16_t)swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + if (scroll) { top_file += scroll; DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("new topfile calculated:", top_file); if (top_file < 0) { @@ -322,6 +355,11 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable } DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("new topfile adjusted:", top_file); } + else if (!filelist.isAtRootDir()) { + filelist.upDir(); + top_file = 0; + ForceCompleteUpdate(); + } if (old_top != top_file) ForceCompleteUpdate(); } @@ -337,6 +375,11 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable return; } + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME) + // Send print filename + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(VP_SD_Print_Filename, filelist.filename(), VP_SD_FileName_LEN, true); + #endif + // Setup Confirmation screen file_to_print = touched_nr; HandleUserConfirmationPopUp(VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm, nullptr, PSTR("Print file"), filelist.filename(), PSTR("from SD Card?"), true, true, false, true); @@ -344,8 +387,14 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { if (!filelist.seek(file_to_print)) return; - ExtUI::printFile(filelist.filename()); - ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS); + ExtUI::printFile(filelist.shortFilename()); + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen( + #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN) + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS + #else + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION + #endif + ); } void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { @@ -368,6 +417,11 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN); } + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + if (!ExtUI::isPrintingFromMedia()) return; // avoid race condition when user stays in this menu and printer finishes. + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE); + } + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename(DGUS_VP_Variable& var) { uint16_t target_line = (var.VP - VP_SD_FileName0) / VP_SD_FileName_LEN; if (target_line > DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN) return; @@ -456,7 +510,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va UpdateNewScreen(target); #ifdef DEBUG_DGUSLCD - if (!DGUSLCD_FindScreenVPMapList(target)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("WARNING: No screen Mapping found for ", x); + if (!DGUSLCD_FindScreenVPMapList(target)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("WARNING: No screen Mapping found for ", target); #endif } @@ -502,10 +556,10 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, voi uint8_t target_extruder; switch (var.VP) { default: return; - #if (HOTENDS >= 1) + #if HOTENDS >= 1 case VP_Flowrate_E0: target_extruder = 0; break; #endif - #if (HOTENDS >= 2) + #if HOTENDS >= 2 case VP_Flowrate_E1: target_extruder = 1; break; #endif } @@ -519,7 +573,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, voi } void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualMove"); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualExtrude"); int16_t movevalue = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); float target = movevalue * 0.01f; @@ -540,14 +594,27 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void skipVP = var.VP; } +#if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMoveOption(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualMoveOption"); + *(uint16_t*)var.memadr = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + } +#endif + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleManualMove"); int16_t movevalue = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + const uint16_t choice = *(uint16_t*)var.memadr; + movevalue = movevalue > 0 ? choice : -choice; + #endif char axiscode; unsigned int speed = 1500; //FIXME: get default feedrate for manual moves, dont hardcode. switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + case VP_MOVE_X: axiscode = 'X'; if (!ExtUI::canMove(ExtUI::axis_t::X)) goto cannotmove; @@ -568,8 +635,6 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va axiscode = '\0'; movevalue = 0; // ignore value sent from display, this VP is _ONLY_ for homing. break; - - default: return; } if (!movevalue) { @@ -578,7 +643,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va char buf[6] = "G28 X"; buf[4] = axiscode; //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle(); + queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" ✓"); ScreenHandler.ForceCompleteUpdate(); return; @@ -589,7 +654,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va bool old_relative_mode = relative_mode; if (!relative_mode) { //DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" G91"); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command("G91")) idle(); + queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("G91")); //DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" ✓ "); } char buf[32]; // G1 X9999.99 F12345 @@ -600,18 +665,18 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va int16_t fraction = ABS(movevalue) % 100; snprintf_P(buf, 32, PSTR("G0 %c%s%d.%02d F%d"), axiscode, sign, value, fraction, speed); //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle(); + queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" ✓ "); if (backup_speed != speed) { snprintf_P(buf, 32, PSTR("G0 F%d"), backup_speed); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle(); + queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf); } //while (!enqueue_and_echo_command(buf)) idle(); //DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" ✓ "); if (!old_relative_mode) { //DEBUG_ECHOPGM("G90"); - while (!enqueue_and_echo_command("G90")) idle(); + queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("G90")); //DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" ✓ "); } } @@ -625,6 +690,390 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *va return; } +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleMotorLockUnlock(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleMotorLockUnlock"); + + char buf[4]; + const int16_t lock = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + strcpy_P(buf, lock ? PSTR("M18") : PSTR("M17")); + + //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", buf); + queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); +} + +#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePowerLossRecovery(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + uint16_t value = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + if (value) { + queue.inject_P(PSTR("M1000")); + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION); + } + else { + recovery.cancel(); + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS); + } + } + +#endif + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleSettings(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleSettings"); + uint16_t value = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + switch (value) { + default: break; + case 1: + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + print_job_timer.initStats(); + #endif + queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("M502\nM500")); + break; + case 2: queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("M501")); break; + case 3: queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("M500")); break; + } +} + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleStepPerMMChanged"); + + uint16_t value_raw = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("value_raw:", value_raw); + float value = (float)value_raw/10; + ExtUI::axis_t axis; + switch (var.VP) { + case VP_X_STEP_PER_MM: axis = ExtUI::axis_t::X; break; + case VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM: axis = ExtUI::axis_t::Y; break; + case VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM: axis = ExtUI::axis_t::Z; break; + default: return; + } + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("value:", value); + ExtUI::setAxisSteps_per_mm(value, axis); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("value_set:", ExtUI::getAxisSteps_per_mm(axis)); + ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel + return; +} + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged"); + + uint16_t value_raw = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("value_raw:", value_raw); + float value = (float)value_raw/10; + ExtUI::extruder_t extruder; + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM: extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E0; break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM: extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E1; break; + #endif + } + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("value:", value); + ExtUI::setAxisSteps_per_mm(value,extruder); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("value_set:", ExtUI::getAxisSteps_per_mm(extruder)); + ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel + return; +} + +#if HAS_PID_HEATING + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + uint16_t rawvalue = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("V1:", rawvalue); + float value = (float)rawvalue / 10; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("V2:", value); + float newvalue = 0; + + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_PID_P: newvalue = value; break; + case VP_E0_PID_I: newvalue = scalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_E0_PID_D: newvalue = scalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_PID_P: newvalue = value; break; + case VP_E1_PID_I: newvalue = scalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_E1_PID_D: newvalue = scalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + case VP_BED_PID_P: newvalue = value; break; + case VP_BED_PID_I: newvalue = scalePID_i(value); break; + case VP_BED_PID_D: newvalue = scalePID_d(value); break; + #endif + } + + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F("V3:", newvalue); + *(float *)var.memadr = newvalue; + ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel + } + + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandlePIDAutotune"); + + char buf[32] = {0}; + + switch (var.VP) { + default: break; + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0: // Autotune Extruder 0 + sprintf(buf, "M303 E%d C5 S210 U1", ExtUI::extruder_t::E0); + break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1: + sprintf(buf, "M303 E%d C5 S210 U1", ExtUI::extruder_t::E1); + break; + #endif + #endif + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + case VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED: + sprintf(buf, "M303 E-1 C5 S70 U1"); + break; + #endif + } + + if (buf[0]) queue.enqueue_one_now(buf); + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + sendinfoscreen(PSTR("PID is autotuning"), PSTR("please wait"), NUL_STR, NUL_STR, true, true, true, true); + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING); + #endif + } +#endif + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleProbeOffsetZChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleProbeOffsetZChanged"); + + uint16_t value = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr)/100; + ExtUI::setZOffset_mm(value); + ScreenHandler.skipVP = var.VP; // don't overwrite value the next update time as the display might autoincrement in parallel + return; +} + +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleLiveAdjustZ(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleLiveAdjustZ"); + + int16_t flag = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + int16_t steps = flag ? -20 : 20; + ExtUI::smartAdjustAxis_steps(steps,ExtUI::axis_t::Z,true); + ScreenHandler.ForceCompleteUpdate(); + return; + } +#endif + +#if FAN_COUNT + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFanControl(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleFanControl"); + *(uint8_t*)var.memadr = *(uint8_t*)var.memadr > 0 ? 0 : 255; + } +#endif + +void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleHeaterControl"); + + uint8_t preheat_temp = 0; + switch (var.VP) { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_CONTROL: + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_CONTROL: + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 3 + case VP_E2_CONTROL: + #endif + preheat_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND; + break; + + case VP_BED_CONTROL: + preheat_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED; + break; + } + + *(int16_t*)var.memadr = *(int16_t*)var.memadr > 0 ? 0 : preheat_temp; +} + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePreheat(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandlePreheat"); + + uint8_t e_temp = 0; + uint8_t bed_temp = 0; + const uint16_t preheat_option = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + switch (preheat_option) { + case 0: // Preheat PLA + #if defined(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + case 1: // Preheat ABS + #if defined(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + case 2: // Preheat PET + #if defined(PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_3_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_3_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + case 3: // Preheat FLEX + #if defined(PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_4_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_4_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + case 7: // Custom preheat + break; + case 9: // Cool down + e_temp = 0; + bed_temp = 0; + break; + default: + #if defined(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) && defined(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) + e_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND; + bed_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED; + #endif + break; + } + + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT: + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, 0); + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + thermalManager.setTargetBed(bed_temp); + #endif + break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_BED_PREHEAT: + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, 1); + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + thermalManager.setTargetBed(bed_temp); + #endif + break; + #endif + } + + // Go to the preheat screen to show the heating progress + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT); + } +#endif + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleFilamentOption"); + + uint8_t e_temp = 0; + filament_data.heated = false; + uint16_t preheat_option = swap16(*(uint16_t*)val_ptr); + if (preheat_option <= 8) // Load filament type + filament_data.action = 1; + else if (preheat_option >= 10) { // Unload filament type + preheat_option -= 10; + filament_data.action = 2; + filament_data.purge_length = DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH; + } + else // Cancel filament operation + filament_data.action = 0; + + switch (preheat_option) { + case 0: // Load PLA + #ifdef PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND + e_temp = PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND; + #endif + break; + case 1: // Load ABS + #if ENABLED(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) + e_temp = PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND; + #endif + break; + case 2: // Load PET + #ifdef PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND + e_temp = PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND; + #endif + break; + case 3: // Load FLEX + #ifdef PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND + e_temp = PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND; + #endif + break; + case 9: // Cool down + default: + e_temp = 0; + break; + } + + if (filament_data.action == 0) { // Go back to utility screen + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, ExtUI::extruder_t::E0); + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, ExtUI::extruder_t::E1); + #endif + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_UTILITY); + } + else { // Go to the preheat screen to show the heating progress + switch (var.VP) { + default: return; + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + case VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD: + filament_data.extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E0; + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, filament_data.extruder); + break; + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + case VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD: + filament_data.extruder = ExtUI::extruder_t::E1; + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(e_temp, filament_data.extruder); + break; + #endif + } + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING); + } + } + + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("HandleFilamentLoadUnload"); + if (filament_data.action <= 0) return; + + // If we close to the target temperature, we can start load or unload the filament + if (thermalManager.hotEnoughToExtrude(filament_data.extruder) && \ + thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(filament_data.extruder)) { + float movevalue = DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME; + + if (filament_data.action == 1) { // load filament + if (!filament_data.heated) { + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING); + filament_data.heated = true; + } + movevalue = ExtUI::getAxisPosition_mm(filament_data.extruder)+movevalue; + } + else { // unload filament + if (!filament_data.heated) { + GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING); + filament_data.heated = true; + } + // Before unloading extrude to prevent jamming + if (filament_data.purge_length >= 0) { + movevalue = ExtUI::getAxisPosition_mm(filament_data.extruder) + movevalue; + filament_data.purge_length -= movevalue; + } + else + movevalue = ExtUI::getAxisPosition_mm(filament_data.extruder) - movevalue; + } + ExtUI::setAxisPosition_mm(movevalue, filament_data.extruder); + } + } +#endif + void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateNewScreen(DGUSLCD_Screens newscreen, bool popup) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("SetNewScreen: ", newscreen); @@ -655,7 +1104,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateScreenVPData() { return; // nothing to do, likely a bug or boring screen. } - // Round-Robbin updating of all VPs. + // Round-robin updating of all VPs. VPList += update_ptr; bool sent_one = false; @@ -669,15 +1118,12 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateScreenVPData() { return; // Screen completed. } - if (VP == skipVP) { - skipVP = 0; - continue; - } + if (VP == skipVP) { skipVP = 0; continue; } DGUS_VP_Variable rcpy; if (populate_VPVar(VP, &rcpy)) { uint8_t expected_tx = 6 + rcpy.size; // expected overhead is 6 bytes + payload. - // Send the VP to the display, but try to avoid overruning the Tx Buffer. + // Send the VP to the display, but try to avoid overrunning the Tx Buffer. // But send at least one VP, to avoid getting stalled. if (rcpy.send_to_display_handler && (!sent_one || expected_tx <= dgusdisplay.GetFreeTxBuffer())) { //DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" calling handler for ", rcpy.VP); @@ -697,7 +1143,7 @@ void DGUSScreenVariableHandler::UpdateScreenVPData() { } void DGUSDisplay::loop() { - // protection against recursion… ProcessRx() might call indirectly idle() when trying to injecting gcode commands if the queue is full. + // protect against recursion… ProcessRx() may indirectly call idle() when injecting gcode commands. if (!no_reentrance) { no_reentrance = true; ProcessRx(); @@ -706,18 +1152,25 @@ void DGUSDisplay::loop() { } void DGUSDisplay::InitDisplay() { - RequestScreen( - #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT - #else - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN + dgusserial.begin(DGUS_BAUDRATE); + + if (true + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + && !recovery.valid() #endif - ); + ) + RequestScreen( + #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT + #else + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN + #endif + ); } void DGUSDisplay::WriteVariable(uint16_t adr, const void* values, uint8_t valueslen, bool isstr) { const char* myvalues = static_cast(values); - bool strend = myvalues ? false : true; + bool strend = !myvalues; WriteHeader(adr, DGUS_CMD_WRITEVAR, valueslen); while (valueslen--) { char x; @@ -732,7 +1185,7 @@ void DGUSDisplay::WriteVariable(uint16_t adr, const void* values, uint8_t values void DGUSDisplay::WriteVariablePGM(uint16_t adr, const void* values, uint8_t valueslen, bool isstr) { const char* myvalues = static_cast(values); - bool strend = myvalues ? false : true; + bool strend = !myvalues; WriteHeader(adr, DGUS_CMD_WRITEVAR, valueslen); while (valueslen--) { char x; @@ -763,6 +1216,9 @@ bool DGUSScreenVariableHandler::loop() { #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) static bool booted = false; + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + if (!booted && recovery.valid()) booted = true; + #endif if (!booted && ELAPSED(ms, BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT)) { booted = true; GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN); @@ -779,13 +1235,16 @@ void DGUSDisplay::RequestScreen(DGUSLCD_Screens screen) { void DGUSDisplay::ProcessRx() { - if (!dgusserial.available() && dgusserial.is_rx_overrun()) { - // if we've got an overrun, but reset the flag only when we've emptied the buffer - // We want to extract as many as valid datagrams possible... - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("OVFL"); - rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE; - dgusserial.reset_rx_overun(); - } + #if ENABLED(DGUS_SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS) + if (!dgusserial.available() && dgusserial.buffer_overruns()) { + // Overrun, but reset the flag only when the buffer is empty + // We want to extract as many as valid datagrams possible... + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("OVFL"); + rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE; + //dgusserial.reset_rx_overun(); + dgusserial.flush(); + } + #endif uint8_t receivedbyte; while (dgusserial.available()) { @@ -805,8 +1264,7 @@ void DGUSDisplay::ProcessRx() { case DGUS_HEADER2_SEEN: // Waiting for the length byte rx_datagram_len = dgusserial.read(); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (", rx_datagram_len); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(") "); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" (", rx_datagram_len, ") "); // Telegram min len is 3 (command and one word of payload) rx_datagram_state = WITHIN(rx_datagram_len, 3, DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE) ? DGUS_WAIT_TELEGRAM : DGUS_IDLE; @@ -864,13 +1322,13 @@ void DGUSDisplay::ProcessRx() { break; } - // discard what we do not understand. + // discard anything else rx_datagram_state = DGUS_IDLE; } } } -size_t DGUSDisplay::GetFreeTxBuffer() { return dgusserial.GetTxBufferFree(); } +size_t DGUSDisplay::GetFreeTxBuffer() { return DGUS_SERIAL_GET_TX_BUFFER_FREE(); } void DGUSDisplay::WriteHeader(uint16_t adr, uint8_t cmd, uint8_t payloadlen) { dgusserial.write(DGUS_HEADER1); @@ -885,210 +1343,7 @@ void DGUSDisplay::WritePGM(const char str[], uint8_t len) { while (len--) dgusserial.write(pgm_read_byte(str++)); } -// Serial implementation stolen from MarlinSerial.cpp -- but functinality reduced to our use case -// (no XON/XOFF, no Emergency Parser, no error statistics, no support to send from interrupts ...) - -// Define all UART registers -#define _TNAME(X,Y,Z) X##Y##Z -#define TNAME(X,Y,Z) _TNAME(X,Y,Z) -#define DGUS_SERIAL_RX_VECT TNAME(USART,DGUS_SER_PORT,_RX_vect) -#define DGUS_SERIAL_UDRE_VECT TNAME(USART,DGUS_SER_PORT,_UDRE_vect) -#define DGUS_UCSRxA TNAME(UCSR,DGUS_SER_PORT,A) -#define DGUS_UCSRxB TNAME(UCSR,DGUS_SER_PORT,B) -#define DGUS_UCSRxC TNAME(UCSR,DGUS_SER_PORT,C) -#define DGUS_UBRRxH TNAME(UBRR,DGUS_SER_PORT,H) -#define DGUS_UBRRxL TNAME(UBRR,DGUS_SER_PORT,L) -#define DGUS_UDRx TNAME(UDR,DGUS_SER_PORT,) - -#define U2Xx TNAME(U2X,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define RXENx TNAME(RXEN,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define TXENx TNAME(TXEN,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define TXCx TNAME(TXC,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define RXCIEx TNAME(RXCIE,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define UDRIEx TNAME(UDRIE,DGUS_SER_PORT,) -#define UDREx TNAME(UDRE,DGUS_SER_PORT,) - // A SW memory barrier, to ensure GCC does not overoptimize loops #define sw_barrier() asm volatile("": : :"memory"); -DGUSSerial::DGUSSerial() { - // Initialize UART - DGUS_UCSRxA = 1 << U2Xx; - const uint16_t baud_setting = (F_CPU / 4 / DGUS_BAUDRATE - 1) / 2; - DGUS_UBRRxH = baud_setting >> 8; - DGUS_UBRRxL = baud_setting; - DGUS_UCSRxC = 0x06; - DGUS_UCSRxB = 1 << RXCIEx | 1 << TXENx | 1 << RXENx; // Enable TX,RX and the RX interrupts. -} - -DGUSSerial::~DGUSSerial() { DGUS_UCSRxB = 0; } - -// "Atomically" read the RX head index value without disabling interrupts: -// This MUST be called with RX interrupts enabled, and CAN'T be called -// from the RX ISR itself! -FORCE_INLINE r_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::atomic_read_rx_head() { - #if RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - // Keep reading until 2 consecutive reads return the same value, - // meaning there was no update in-between caused by an interrupt. - // This works because serial RX interrupts happen at a slower rate - // than successive reads of a variable, so 2 consecutive reads with - // the same value means no interrupt updated it. - r_ring_buffer_pos_t vold, vnew = rx_buffer.head; - sw_barrier(); - do { - vold = vnew; - vnew = rx_buffer.head; - sw_barrier(); - } while (vold != vnew); - return vnew; - #else - // With an 8bit index, reads are always atomic. No need for special handling - return rx_buffer.head; - #endif -} - -// Set RX tail index, taking into account the RX ISR could interrupt -// the write to this variable in the middle - So a backup strategy -// is used to ensure reads of the correct values. -// -Must NOT be called from the RX ISR - -FORCE_INLINE void DGUSSerial::atomic_set_rx_tail(r_ring_buffer_pos_t value) { - #if RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - // Store the new value in the backup - rx_tail_value_backup = value; - sw_barrier(); - // Flag we are about to change the true value - rx_tail_value_not_stable = true; - sw_barrier(); - // Store the new value - rx_buffer.tail = value; - sw_barrier(); - // Signal the new value is completely stored into the value - rx_tail_value_not_stable = false; - sw_barrier(); - #else - rx_buffer.tail = value; - #endif -} - -// Get the RX tail index, taking into account the read could be -// interrupting in the middle of the update of that index value -// -Called from the RX ISR - -FORCE_INLINE r_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::atomic_read_rx_tail() { - #if RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256 - // If the true index is being modified, return the backup value - if (rx_tail_value_not_stable) return rx_tail_value_backup; - #endif - // The true index is stable, return it - return rx_buffer.tail; -} - -// (called with RX interrupts disabled) -FORCE_INLINE void DGUSSerial::store_rxd_char() { - // Get the tail - Nothing can alter its value while this ISR is executing, but there's - // a chance that this ISR interrupted the main process while it was updating the index. - // The backup mechanism ensures the correct value is always returned. - const r_ring_buffer_pos_t t = atomic_read_rx_tail(); - - // Get the head pointer - This ISR is the only one that modifies its value, so it's safe to read here - r_ring_buffer_pos_t h = rx_buffer.head; - - // Get the next element - r_ring_buffer_pos_t i = (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (h + 1) & (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); - - // Read the character from the USART - uint8_t c = DGUS_UDRx; - - // If the character is to be stored at the index just before the tail - // (such that the head would advance to the current tail), the RX FIFO is - // full, so don't write the character or advance the head. - if (i != t) { - rx_buffer.buffer[h] = c; - h = i; - } - else - dgus_rx_overrun = true; - - // Store the new head value - The main loop will retry until the value is stable - rx_buffer.head = h; -} - -// (called with TX irqs disabled) -FORCE_INLINE void DGUSSerial::tx_udr_empty_irq() { - // Read positions - uint8_t t = tx_buffer.tail; - const uint8_t h = tx_buffer.head; - // If nothing to transmit, just disable TX interrupts. This could - // happen as the result of the non atomicity of the disabling of RX - // interrupts that could end reenabling TX interrupts as a side effect. - if (h == t) { - CBI(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx); // (Non-atomic, could be reenabled by the main program, but eventually this will succeed) - return; - } - - // There is something to TX, Send the next byte - const uint8_t c = tx_buffer.buffer[t]; - t = (t + 1) & (DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); - DGUS_UDRx = c; - tx_buffer.tail = t; - - // Clear the TXC bit (by writing a one to its bit location). - // Ensures flush() won't return until the bytes are actually written/ - SBI(DGUS_UCSRxA, TXCx); - - // Disable interrupts if there is nothing to transmit following this byte - if (h == t) CBI(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx); -} - -r_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::available() { - const r_ring_buffer_pos_t h = atomic_read_rx_head(), t = rx_buffer.tail; - return (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE + h - t) & (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); -} - -int DGUSSerial::read() { - const r_ring_buffer_pos_t h = atomic_read_rx_head(); - - // Read the tail. Main thread owns it, so it is safe to directly read it - r_ring_buffer_pos_t t = rx_buffer.tail; - - // If nothing to read, return now - if (h == t) return -1; - - // Get the next char - const int v = rx_buffer.buffer[t]; - t = (r_ring_buffer_pos_t) (t + 1) & (DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); - - // Advance tail - Making sure the RX ISR will always get an stable value, even - // if it interrupts the writing of the value of that variable in the middle. - atomic_set_rx_tail(t); - return v; -} - -void DGUSSerial::write(const uint8_t c) { - // are we currently tranmitting? If not, we can just place the byte in UDR. - if (!TEST(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx) && TEST(DGUS_UCSRxA, UDREx)) { - DGUS_UDRx = c; - SBI(DGUS_UCSRxA, TXCx); - return; - } - - const uint8_t i = (tx_buffer.head + 1) & (DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); - while (i == tx_buffer.tail) sw_barrier(); - - // Store new char. head is always safe to move - tx_buffer.buffer[tx_buffer.head] = c; - tx_buffer.head = i; - SBI(DGUS_UCSRxB, UDRIEx); // Enable Interrupts to finish off. -} - -t_ring_buffer_pos_t DGUSSerial::GetTxBufferFree() { - const t_ring_buffer_pos_t t = tx_buffer.tail, // next byte to send. - h = tx_buffer.head; // next pos for queue. - int ret = t - h - 1; - if (ret < 0) ret += DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE + 1; - return ret; -} - -ISR(DGUS_SERIAL_UDRE_VECT) { dgusserial.tx_udr_empty_irq(); } -ISR(DGUS_SERIAL_RX_VECT) { dgusserial.store_rxd_char(); } - -#endif // DGUS_LCD +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h index 46d451a1d9bf..698f825c5d93 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#include "../../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "DGUSVPVariable.h" enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t; @@ -116,10 +116,52 @@ class DGUSScreenVariableHandler { static void HandleTemperatureChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); // Hook for "Change Flowrate" static void HandleFlowRateChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + // Hook for manual move option + static void HandleManualMoveOption(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif // Hook for manual move. static void HandleManualMove(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); // Hook for manual extrude. static void HandleManualExtrude(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + // Hook for motor lock and unlook + static void HandleMotorLockUnlock(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + // Hook for power loss recovery. + static void HandlePowerLossRecovery(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + // Hook for settings + static void HandleSettings(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + static void HandleStepPerMMChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + static void HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + // Hook for "Change this temperature PID para" + static void HandleTemperaturePIDChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + // Hook for PID autotune + static void HandlePIDAutotune(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + // Hook for "Change probe offset z" + static void HandleProbeOffsetZChanged(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + // Hook for live z adjust action + static void HandleLiveAdjustZ(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + // Hook for fan control + static void HandleFanControl(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + // Hook for heater control + static void HandleHeaterControl(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + // Hook for preheat + static void HandlePreheat(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + // Hook for filament load and unload filament option + static void HandleFilamentOption(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + // Hook for filament load and unload + static void HandleFilamentLoadUnload(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) // Callback for VP "Display wants to change screen when there is a SD card" @@ -134,6 +176,8 @@ class DGUSScreenVariableHandler { static void DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); /// User confirmed the abort action static void DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); + /// User hit the tune button + static void DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); /// Send a single filename to the display. static void DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); /// Marlin informed us that a new SD has been inserted. @@ -164,8 +208,20 @@ class DGUSScreenVariableHandler { static void DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); static void DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); static void DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + static void DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); static void DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); static void DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + static void DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + static void DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + static void DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #endif + static void DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + static void DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var); + #endif /// Send a value from 0..100 to a variable with a range from 0..255 static void DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8(DGUS_VP_Variable &var, void *val_ptr); @@ -199,6 +255,25 @@ class DGUSScreenVariableHandler { } } + /// Send a float value to the display. + /// Display will get a 2-byte integer scaled to the number of digits: + /// Tell the display the number of digits and it cheats by displaying a dot between... + template + static void DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay(DGUS_VP_Variable &var) { + if (var.memadr) { + float f = *(float *)var.memadr; + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" >> ", f, 6); + f *= cpow(10, decimals); + union { int16_t i; char lb[2]; } endian; + + char tmp[2]; + endian.i = f; + tmp[0] = endian.lb[1]; + tmp[1] = endian.lb[0]; + dgusdisplay.WriteVariable(var.VP, tmp, 2); + } + } + /// Force an update of all VP on the current screen. static inline void ForceCompleteUpdate() { update_ptr = 0; ScreenComplete = false; } /// Has all VPs sent to the screen diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h index f90cfa948b60..b79ea2cff632 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h @@ -38,155 +38,13 @@ struct VPMapping { extern const struct VPMapping VPMap[]; -enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t { - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT = 0, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN = 10, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE = 20, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS = 30, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2 = 32, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE = 40, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE=42, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FANANDFEEDRATE = 44, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLOWRATES = 46, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST = 50, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION = 52, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM = 240, - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL = 250, ///< Kill Screen. Must always be 250 (to be able to display "Error wrong LCD Version") - DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP = 252, ///< special target, popup screen will also return this code to say "return to previous screen" - DGUSLDC_SCREEN_UNUSED = 255 -}; - -// Display Memory layout used (T5UID) -// Except system variables this is arbitrary, just to organize stuff.... - -// 0x0000 .. 0x0FFF -- System variables and reserved by the display -// 0x1000 .. 0x1FFF -- Variables to never change location, regardless of UI Version -// 0x2000 .. 0x2FFF -- Controls (VPs that will trigger some action) -// 0x3000 .. 0x4FFF -- Marlin Data to be displayed -// 0x5000 .. -- SPs (if we want to modify display elements, e.g change color or like) -- currently unused - -// As there is plenty of space (at least most displays have >8k RAM), we do not pack them too tight, -// so that we can keep variables nicely together in the address space. - -// UI Version always on 0x1000...0x1002 so that the firmware can check this and bail out. -constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MAJOR = 0x1000; // Major -- incremented when incompatible -constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MINOR = 0x1001; // Minor -- incremented on new features, but compatible -constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_PATCH = 0x1002; // Patch -- fixed which do not change functionality. -constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_FLAVOUR = 0x1010; // lets reserve 16 bytes here to determine if UI is suitable for this Marlin. tbd. - -// Storage space for the Killscreen messages. 0x1100 - 0x1200 . Reused for the popup. -constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR1 = 0x1100; -constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR1_LEN = 0x20; // might be more place for it... -constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR2 = 0x1140; -constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR2_LEN = 0x20; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR3 = 0x1180; -constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR3_LEN = 0x20; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR4 = 0x11C0; -constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR4_LEN = 0x20; - -// Screenchange request for screens that only make sense when printer is idle. -// e.g movement is only allowed if printer is not printing. -// Marlin must confirm by setting the screen manually. -constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK = 0x2000; -constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE = 0x2001; // Key-Return button to new menu pressed. Data contains target screen in low byte and info in high byte. -constexpr uint16_t VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF = 0x2002; // Turn all heaters off. Value arbitrary ;)= -constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD = 0x2003; // "Print" Button touched -- go only there if there is an SD Card. - -constexpr uint16_t VP_CONFIRMED = 0x2010; // OK on confirm screen. - -// Buttons on the SD-Card File listing. -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ScrollEvent = 0x2020; // Data: 0 for "up a directory", numbers are the amount to scroll, e.g -1 one up, 1 one down -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelected = 0x2022; // Number of file field selected. -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm = 0x2024; // (This is a virtual VP and emulated by the Confirm Screen when a file has been confirmed) - -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort = 0x2026; // Resume(Data=0), Pause(Data=1), Abort(Data=2) SD Card prints -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed = 0x2028; // Abort print confirmation (virtual, will be injected by the confirm dialog) - -// Controls for movement (we can't use the incremental / decremental feature of the display at this feature works only with 16 bit values -// (which would limit us to 655.35mm, which is likely not a problem for common setups, but i don't want to rule out hangprinters support) -// A word about the coding: The VP will be per axis and the return code will be an signed 16 bit value in 0.01 mm resolution, telling us -// the relative travel amount t he user wants to do. So eg. if the display sends us VP=2100 with value 100, the user wants us to move X by +1 mm. -constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_X = 0x2100; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Y = 0x2102; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Z = 0x2104; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E0 = 0x2110; -constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E1 = 0x2112; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E2 = 0x2114; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E3 = 0x2116; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E4 = 0x2118; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E5 = 0x211A; -constexpr uint16_t VP_HOME_ALL = 0x2120; - -// Firmware version on the boot screen. -constexpr uint16_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION = 0x3000; -constexpr uint8_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN = 16; // there is more space on the display, if needed. - -// Place for status messages. -constexpr uint16_t VP_M117 = 0x3020; -constexpr uint8_t VP_M117_LEN = 0x20; - -// Temperatures. -constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Is = 0x3060; // 4 Byte Integer -constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Set = 0x3062; // 2 Byte Integer -constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Is = 0x3064; // 4 Byte Integer - -// reserved to support up to 6 Extruders: -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Set = 0x3066; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Is = 0x3068; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Set = 0x306A; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Is = 0x306C; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Set = 0x306E; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3070; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3072; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3074; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3076; // 2 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3078; // 4 Byte Integer -//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x307A; // 2 Byte Integer - -constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Is = 0x3080; // 4 Byte Integer -constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Set = 0x3082; // 2 Byte Integer - -constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E0 = 0x3090; // 2 Byte Integer -constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E1 = 0x3092; // 2 Byte Integer - -// reserved for up to 6 Extruders: -//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E2 = 0x3094; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E3 = 0x3096; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E4 = 0x3098; -//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E5 = 0x309A; - -constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan_Percentage = 0x3100; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) -constexpr uint16_t VP_Feedrate_Percentage = 0x3102; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) -constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintProgress_Percentage = 0x3104; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) - -constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime = 0x3106; -constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime_LEN = 10; - -// Actual Position -constexpr uint16_t VP_XPos = 0x3110; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy -constexpr uint16_t VP_YPos = 0x3112; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy -constexpr uint16_t VP_ZPos = 0x3114; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy - -constexpr uint16_t VP_EPos = 0x3120; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy - -// SDCard File Listing -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName_LEN = 32; // LEN is shared for all entries. -constexpr uint16_t DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN = 5; // FIXME move that info to the display and read it from there. -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName0 = 0x3200; -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName1 = 0x3220; -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName2 = 0x3240; -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName3 = 0x3260; -constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName4 = 0x3280; - -// SPs for certain variables... -// located at 0x5000 and up -// Not used yet! -// This can be used e.g to make controls / data display invisible -constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Is = 0x5000; -constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Set = 0x5010; -constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Is = 0x5020; -constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Is = 0x5030; -constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Set = 0x5040; - // List of VPs handled by Marlin / The Display. extern const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[]; + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN) + #include "DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.h" +#elif ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + #include "DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.h" +#elif ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + #include "DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.h" +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4522617d801e --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/* DGUS VPs changed by George Fu in 2019 for Marlin */ + +#include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC) + +#include "DGUSDisplayDefinition.h" +#include "DGUSDisplay.h" + +#include "../../../../module/temperature.h" +#include "../../../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../../../module/planner.h" + +#include "../../ui_api.h" +#include "../../../ultralcd.h" + +#if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + uint16_t distanceToMove = 0.1; +#endif + +const uint16_t VPList_Boot[] PROGMEM = { + VP_MARLIN_VERSION, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Main[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded. */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, VP_E0_STATUS, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, VP_BED_STATUS, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, VP_FAN0_STATUS, + #endif + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Temp[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #endif + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status2[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_Flowrate_E0, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_Flowrate_E1, + #endif + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + VP_PrintTime, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Preheat[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualMove[] PROGMEM = { + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualExtrude[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + VP_EPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FanAndFeedrate[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_Fan0_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_FlowRates[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Flowrate_E0, VP_Flowrate_E1, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Filament_heating[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Filament_load_unload[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SDFileList[] PROGMEM = { + VP_SD_FileName0, VP_SD_FileName1, VP_SD_FileName2, VP_SD_FileName3, VP_SD_FileName4, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_PrintManipulation[] PROGMEM = { + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, VP_PrintTime, + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #if FAN_COUNT > 1 + VP_Fan1_Percentage, + #endif + #endif + VP_Flowrate_E0, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SDPrintTune[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, VP_Flowrate_E0, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, VP_Flowrate_E1, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_StepPerMM[] PROGMEM = { + VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, + VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, + VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDE0[] PROGMEM = { + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VP_E0_PID_P, + VP_E0_PID_I, + VP_E0_PID_D, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDBED[] PROGMEM = { + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VP_BED_PID_P, + VP_BED_PID_I, + VP_BED_PID_D, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Infos[] PROGMEM = { + VP_MARLIN_VERSION, + VP_PrintTime, + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VP_PrintAccTime, + VP_PrintsTotal, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDTuningWaiting[] PROGMEM = { + VP_WAITING_STATUS, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FLCPreheat[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FLCPrinting[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const struct VPMapping VPMap[] PROGMEM = { + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT, VPList_Boot }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN, VPList_Main }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE, VPList_Temp }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS, VPList_Status }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2, VPList_Status2 }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT, VPList_Preheat }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE, VPList_ManualMove }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE, VPList_ManualExtrude }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING, VPList_Filament_heating }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING, VPList_Filament_load_unload }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING, VPList_Filament_load_unload }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION, VPList_SD_PrintManipulation }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST, VPList_SDFileList }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE, VPList_SDPrintTune }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING, VPList_PIDTuningWaiting }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PREHEAT, VPList_FLCPreheat }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PRINTING, VPList_FLCPrinting }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STEPPERMM, VPList_StepPerMM }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_E, VPList_PIDE0 }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_BED, VPList_PIDBED }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_INFOS, VPList_Infos }, + { 0 , nullptr } // List is terminated with an nullptr as table entry. +}; + +const char MarlinVersion[] PROGMEM = SHORT_BUILD_VERSION; + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable for common use cases. +#define VPHELPER(VPADR, VPADRVAR, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=sizeof(VPADRVAR), \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable when the sizeo of the var cannot be determined automaticalyl (eg. a string) +#define VPHELPER_STR(VPADR, VPADRVAR, STRLEN, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=STRLEN, \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { + // Helper to detect touch events + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfIdle, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_CONFIRMED, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenConfirmedOK, nullptr), + + VPHELPER(VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleAllHeatersOff, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_OPTION, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMoveOption, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #else + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleMotorLockUnlock, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + VPHELPER(VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePowerLossRecovery, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_SETTINGS, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleSettings, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(SINGLE_Z_CALIBRATION) + VPHELPER(VP_Z_CALIBRATE, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleZCalibration, nullptr), + #endif + + #if ENABLED(FIRST_LAYER_CAL) + VPHELPER(VP_Z_FIRST_LAYER_CAL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFirstLayerCal, nullptr), + #endif + + { .VP = VP_MARLIN_VERSION, .memadr = (void*)MarlinVersion, .size = VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + // M117 LCD String (We don't need the string in memory but "just" push it to the display on demand, hence the nullptr + { .VP = VP_M117, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_M117_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay }, + + // Temperature Data + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E0, &planner.flow_percentage[ExtUI::extruder_t::E0], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_EPos, &destination.e, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePreheat, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload), + #endif + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].celsius, nullptr, DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E1, &planner.flow_percentage[ExtUI::extruder_t::E1], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload), + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Is, &thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Set, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + + // Fan Data + #if FAN_COUNT + #define FAN_VPHELPER(N) \ + VPHELPER(VP_Fan##N##_Percentage, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_CONTROL, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFanControl, nullptr), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_STATUS, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay), + REPEAT(FAN_COUNT, FAN_VPHELPER) + #endif + + // Feedrate + VPHELPER(VP_Feedrate_Percentage, &feedrate_percentage, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SetValueDirectly, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), + + // Position Data + VPHELPER(VP_XPos, ¤t_position.x, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_YPos, ¤t_position.y, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_ZPos, ¤t_position.z, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + + // Print Progress + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + VPHELPER(VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, &ui.progress_override, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + #endif + + // Print Time + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintTime, nullptr, VP_PrintTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintAccTime, nullptr, VP_PrintAccTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintsTotal, nullptr, VP_PrintsTotal_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay), + #endif + + VPHELPER(VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(0)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(1)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + + // SDCard File listing. + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ScrollEvent, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelected, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_FileSelected, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint, nullptr), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName0, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName1, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName2, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName3, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName4, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_Setting, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune, nullptr), + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, &probe.offset.z, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleProbeOffsetZChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<2>), + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleLiveAdjustZ, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + VPHELPER(VP_WAITING_STATUS, nullptr, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay), + #endif + + // Messages for the User, shared by the popup and the kill screen. They cant be autouploaded as we do not buffer content. + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR1, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR1_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR2, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR2_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR3, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR3_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR4, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR4_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + + VPHELPER(0, 0, 0, 0) // must be last entry. +}; + +#endif // DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ca465697f3f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionFYSETC.h @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t { + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT = 0, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2 = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE = 10, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT = 18, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POWER_LOSS = 100, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE = 192, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_UTILITY = 120, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING = 146, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING = 148, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING = 158, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE = 160, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST = 71, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION = 73, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE = 75, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PREHEAT = 94, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PRINTING = 96, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STEPPERMM = 212, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_E = 214, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_BED = 218, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_INFOS = 30, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM = 240, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL = 250, ///< Kill Screen. Must always be 250 (to be able to display "Error wrong LCD Version") + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING = 251, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP = 252, ///< special target, popup screen will also return this code to say "return to previous screen" + DGUSLDC_SCREEN_UNUSED = 255 +}; + +// Display Memory layout used (T5UID) +// Except system variables this is arbitrary, just to organize stuff.... + +// 0x0000 .. 0x0FFF -- System variables and reserved by the display +// 0x1000 .. 0x1FFF -- Variables to never change location, regardless of UI Version +// 0x2000 .. 0x2FFF -- Controls (VPs that will trigger some action) +// 0x3000 .. 0x4FFF -- Marlin Data to be displayed +// 0x5000 .. -- SPs (if we want to modify display elements, e.g change color or like) -- currently unused + +// As there is plenty of space (at least most displays have >8k RAM), we do not pack them too tight, +// so that we can keep variables nicely together in the address space. + +// UI Version always on 0x1000...0x1002 so that the firmware can check this and bail out. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MAJOR = 0x1000; // Major -- incremented when incompatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MINOR = 0x1001; // Minor -- incremented on new features, but compatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_PATCH = 0x1002; // Patch -- fixed which do not change functionality. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_FLAVOUR = 0x1010; // lets reserve 16 bytes here to determine if UI is suitable for this Marlin. tbd. + +// Storage space for the Killscreen messages. 0x1100 - 0x1200 . Reused for the popup. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR1 = 0x1100; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR1_LEN = 0x20; // might be more place for it... +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR2 = 0x1140; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR2_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR3 = 0x1180; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR3_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR4 = 0x11C0; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR4_LEN = 0x20; + +// Screenchange request for screens that only make sense when printer is idle. +// e.g movement is only allowed if printer is not printing. +// Marlin must confirm by setting the screen manually. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK = 0x2000; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE = 0x2001; // Key-Return button to new menu pressed. Data contains target screen in low byte and info in high byte. +constexpr uint16_t VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF = 0x2002; // Turn all heaters off. Value arbitrary ;)= +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD = 0x2003; // "Print" Button touched -- go only there if there is an SD Card. + +constexpr uint16_t VP_CONFIRMED = 0x2010; // OK on confirm screen. + +// Buttons on the SD-Card File listing. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ScrollEvent = 0x2020; // Data: 0 for "up a directory", numbers are the amount to scroll, e.g -1 one up, 1 one down +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelected = 0x2022; // Number of file field selected. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm = 0x2024; // (This is a virtual VP and emulated by the Confirm Screen when a file has been confirmed) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort = 0x2026; // Resume(Data=0), Pause(Data=1), Abort(Data=2) SD Card prints +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed = 0x2028; // Abort print confirmation (virtual, will be injected by the confirm dialog) +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Setting = 0x2040; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ = 0x2050; // Data: 0 down, 1 up + +// Controls for movement (we can't use the incremental / decremental feature of the display at this feature works only with 16 bit values +// (which would limit us to 655.35mm, which is likely not a problem for common setups, but i don't want to rule out hangprinters support) +// A word about the coding: The VP will be per axis and the return code will be an signed 16 bit value in 0.01 mm resolution, telling us +// the relative travel amount t he user wants to do. So eg. if the display sends us VP=2100 with value 100, the user wants us to move X by +1 mm. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_X = 0x2100; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Y = 0x2102; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Z = 0x2104; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E0 = 0x2110; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E1 = 0x2112; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E2 = 0x2114; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E3 = 0x2116; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E4 = 0x2118; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E5 = 0x211A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_HOME_ALL = 0x2120; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK = 0x2130; + +// Power loss recovery +constexpr uint16_t VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY = 0x2180; + +// Fan Control Buttons , switch between "off" and "on" +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_CONTROL = 0x2200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_CONTROL = 0x2202; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_CONTROL = 0x2204; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_CONTROL = 0x2206; + +// Heater Control Buttons , triged between "cool down" and "heat PLA" state +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_CONTROL = 0x2210; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_CONTROL = 0x2212; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_CONTROL = 0x2214; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_CONTROL = 0x2216; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_CONTROL = 0x2218; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_CONTROL = 0x221A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_CONTROL = 0x221C; + +// Preheat +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2222; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2224; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2226; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2228; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_BED_PREHEAT = 0x222A; + +// Filament load and unload +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2302; + +// Settings store , reset +constexpr uint16_t VP_SETTINGS = 0x2400; + +// PID autotune +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0 = 0x2410; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1 = 0x2412; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E2 = 0x2414; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E3 = 0x2416; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E4 = 0x2418; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E5 = 0x241A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED = 0x2420; + +// Calibrate Z +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_CALIBRATE = 0x2430; + +// First layer cal +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_FIRST_LAYER_CAL = 0x2500; // Data: 0 - Cancel first layer cal progress, >0 filament type have loaded + +// Firmware version on the boot screen. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION = 0x3000; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN = 16; // there is more space on the display, if needed. + +// Place for status messages. +constexpr uint16_t VP_M117 = 0x3020; +constexpr uint8_t VP_M117_LEN = 0x20; + +// Temperatures. +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Is = 0x3060; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Set = 0x3062; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Is = 0x3064; // 4 Byte Integer + +// reserved to support up to 6 Extruders: +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Set = 0x3066; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Is = 0x3068; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Set = 0x306A; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Is = 0x306C; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Set = 0x306E; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3070; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3072; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3074; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3076; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3078; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x307A; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Is = 0x3080; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Set = 0x3082; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E0 = 0x3090; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E1 = 0x3092; // 2 Byte Integer + +// reserved for up to 6 Extruders: +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E2 = 0x3094; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E3 = 0x3096; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E4 = 0x3098; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E5 = 0x309A; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan0_Percentage = 0x3100; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan1_Percentage = 0x3102; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan2_Percentage = 0x3104; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan3_Percentage = 0x3106; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Feedrate_Percentage = 0x3108; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +// Actual Position +constexpr uint16_t VP_XPos = 0x3110; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_YPos = 0x3112; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_ZPos = 0x3114; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_EPos = 0x3120; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintProgress_Percentage = 0x3130; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime = 0x3140; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime = 0x3160; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal = 0x3180; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal_LEN = 16; + +// SDCard File Listing +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName_LEN = 32; // LEN is shared for all entries. +constexpr uint16_t DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN = 5; // FIXME move that info to the display and read it from there. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName0 = 0x3200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName1 = 0x3220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName2 = 0x3240; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName3 = 0x3260; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName4 = 0x3280; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ = 0x32A0; // +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Filename = 0x32C0; + +// Fan status +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_STATUS = 0x3300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_STATUS = 0x3302; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_STATUS = 0x3304; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_STATUS = 0x3306; + +// Heater status +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STATUS = 0x3310; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STATUS = 0x3312; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STATUS = 0x3314; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STATUS = 0x3316; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STATUS = 0x3318; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STATUS = 0x331A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_STATUS = 0x331C; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_OPTION = 0x3400; + +// Step per mm +constexpr uint16_t VP_X_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3600; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +//constexpr uint16_t VP_X2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3602; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3604; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Y2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3606; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3608; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Z2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x360A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3610; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3612; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3614; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3616; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3618; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STEP_PER_MM = 0x361A; + +// PIDs +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_P = 0x3700; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_I = 0x3702; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_D = 0x3704; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_P = 0x3710; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_I = 0x3712; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_D = 0x3714; + +// Wating screen status +constexpr uint16_t VP_WAITING_STATUS = 0x3800; + +// SPs for certain variables... +// located at 0x5000 and up +// Not used yet! +// This can be used e.g to make controls / data display invisible +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Is = 0x5000; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Set = 0x5010; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Is = 0x5020; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Is = 0x5030; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Set = 0x5040; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0a6d9933c601 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/* DGUS VPs changed by George Fu in 2019 for Marlin */ + +#include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) + +#include "DGUSDisplayDefinition.h" +#include "DGUSDisplay.h" + +#include "../../../../module/temperature.h" +#include "../../../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../../../module/planner.h" + +#include "../../ui_api.h" +#include "../../../ultralcd.h" + +#if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + uint16_t distanceToMove = 0.1; +#endif + +const uint16_t VPList_Boot[] PROGMEM = { + VP_MARLIN_VERSION, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Main[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded. */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, VP_E0_STATUS, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, VP_BED_STATUS, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, VP_FAN0_STATUS, + #endif + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Temp[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #endif + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Status2[] PROGMEM = { + /* VP_M117, for completeness, but it cannot be auto-uploaded */ + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_Flowrate_E0, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_Flowrate_E1, + #endif + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, + VP_PrintTime, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Preheat[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualMove[] PROGMEM = { + VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_ManualExtrude[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + VP_EPos, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FanAndFeedrate[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_Fan0_Percentage, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_FlowRates[] PROGMEM = { + VP_Flowrate_E0, VP_Flowrate_E1, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Filament_heating[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Filament_load_unload[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SDFileList[] PROGMEM = { + VP_SD_FileName0, VP_SD_FileName1, VP_SD_FileName2, VP_SD_FileName3, VP_SD_FileName4, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SD_PrintManipulation[] PROGMEM = { + VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, VP_PrintTime, + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #if FAN_COUNT > 1 + VP_Fan1_Percentage, + #endif + #endif + VP_Flowrate_E0, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_SDPrintTune[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + VP_Fan0_Percentage, + #endif + VP_Flowrate_E0, + VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_StepPerMM[] PROGMEM = { + VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, + VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, + VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDE0[] PROGMEM = { + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VP_E0_PID_P, + VP_E0_PID_I, + VP_E0_PID_D, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDBED[] PROGMEM = { + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VP_BED_PID_P, + VP_BED_PID_I, + VP_BED_PID_D, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_Infos[] PROGMEM = { + VP_MARLIN_VERSION, + VP_PrintTime, + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VP_PrintAccTime, + VP_PrintsTotal, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_PIDTuningWaiting[] PROGMEM = { + VP_WAITING_STATUS, + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FLCPreheat[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const uint16_t VPList_FLCPrinting[] PROGMEM = { + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, + #endif + 0x0000 +}; + +const struct VPMapping VPMap[] PROGMEM = { + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT, VPList_Boot }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN, VPList_Main }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE, VPList_Temp }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS, VPList_Status }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2, VPList_Status2 }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT, VPList_Preheat }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE, VPList_ManualMove }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE, VPList_ManualExtrude }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING, VPList_Filament_heating }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING, VPList_Filament_load_unload }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING, VPList_Filament_load_unload }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION, VPList_SD_PrintManipulation }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST, VPList_SDFileList }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE, VPList_SDPrintTune }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING, VPList_PIDTuningWaiting }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PREHEAT, VPList_FLCPreheat }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PRINTING, VPList_FLCPrinting }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STEPPERMM, VPList_StepPerMM }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_E, VPList_PIDE0 }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_BED, VPList_PIDBED }, + { DGUSLCD_SCREEN_INFOS, VPList_Infos }, + { 0 , nullptr } // List is terminated with an nullptr as table entry. +}; + +const char MarlinVersion[] PROGMEM = SHORT_BUILD_VERSION; + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable for common use cases. +#define VPHELPER(VPADR, VPADRVAR, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=sizeof(VPADRVAR), \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +// Helper to define a DGUS_VP_Variable when the sizeo of the var cannot be determined automaticalyl (eg. a string) +#define VPHELPER_STR(VPADR, VPADRVAR, STRLEN, RXFPTR, TXFPTR ) { .VP=VPADR, .memadr=VPADRVAR, .size=STRLEN, \ + .set_by_display_handler = RXFPTR, .send_to_display_handler = TXFPTR } + +const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { + // Helper to detect touch events + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfIdle, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_CONFIRMED, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenConfirmedOK, nullptr), + + VPHELPER(VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleAllHeatersOff, nullptr), + + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_OPTION, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMoveOption, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #else + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleMotorLockUnlock, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + VPHELPER(VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePowerLossRecovery, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_SETTINGS, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleSettings, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(SINGLE_Z_CALIBRATION) + VPHELPER(VP_Z_CALIBRATE, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleZCalibration, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(FIRST_LAYER_CAL) + VPHELPER(VP_Z_FIRST_LAYER_CAL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFirstLayerCal, nullptr), + #endif + + { .VP = VP_MARLIN_VERSION, .memadr = (void*)MarlinVersion, .size = VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + // M117 LCD String (We don't need the string in memory but "just" push it to the display on demand, hence the nullptr + { .VP = VP_M117, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_M117_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplay }, + + // Temperature Data + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E0_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E0, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_EPos, &destination.e, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePreheat, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload), + #endif + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].celsius, nullptr, DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E1, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Is, &thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Set, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + + // Fan Data + #if FAN_COUNT + #define FAN_VPHELPER(N) \ + VPHELPER(VP_Fan##N##_Percentage, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_CONTROL, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFanControl, nullptr), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_STATUS, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay), + REPEAT(FAN_COUNT, FAN_VPHELPER) + #endif + + // Feedrate + VPHELPER(VP_Feedrate_Percentage, &feedrate_percentage, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SetValueDirectly, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), + + // Position Data + VPHELPER(VP_XPos, ¤t_position.x, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_YPos, ¤t_position.y, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + VPHELPER(VP_ZPos, ¤t_position.z, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), + + // Print Progress + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + VPHELPER(VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, &ui.progress_override, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), + #endif + + // Print Time + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintTime, nullptr, VP_PrintTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay ), + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintAccTime, nullptr, VP_PrintAccTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintsTotal, nullptr, VP_PrintsTotal_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay ), + #endif + + VPHELPER(VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(0)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(1)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + + // SDCard File listing. + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ScrollEvent, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ScrollFilelist, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelected, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_FileSelected, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_StartPrint, nullptr), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName0, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName1, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName2, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName3, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName4, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_Setting, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune, nullptr), + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, &probe.offset.z, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleProbeOffsetZChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<2>), + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleLiveAdjustZ, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + VPHELPER(VP_WAITING_STATUS, nullptr, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay), + #endif + + // Messages for the User, shared by the popup and the kill screen. They cant be autouploaded as we do not buffer content. + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR1, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR1_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR2, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR2_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR3, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR3_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + { .VP = VP_MSGSTR4, .memadr = nullptr, .size = VP_MSGSTR4_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler = &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, + + VPHELPER(0, 0, 0, 0) // must be last entry. +}; + +#endif // DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..776b78f11ada --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionHIPRECY.h @@ -0,0 +1,289 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t { + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT = 160, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2 = 1, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POWER_LOSS = 17, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE = 40, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE = 86, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT = 48, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_UTILITY = 70, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING = 80, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING = 76, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING = 82, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE = 84, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST = 3, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION = 7, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE = 9, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PREHEAT = 94, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLC_PRINTING = 96, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STEPPERMM = 122, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_E = 126, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PID_BED = 128, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_INFOS = 131, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM = 240, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL = 250, ///< Kill Screen. Must always be 250 (to be able to display "Error wrong LCD Version") + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING = 251, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP = 252, ///< special target, popup screen will also return this code to say "return to previous screen" + DGUSLDC_SCREEN_UNUSED = 255 +}; + +// Display Memory layout used (T5UID) +// Except system variables this is arbitrary, just to organize stuff.... + +// 0x0000 .. 0x0FFF -- System variables and reserved by the display +// 0x1000 .. 0x1FFF -- Variables to never change location, regardless of UI Version +// 0x2000 .. 0x2FFF -- Controls (VPs that will trigger some action) +// 0x3000 .. 0x4FFF -- Marlin Data to be displayed +// 0x5000 .. -- SPs (if we want to modify display elements, e.g change color or like) -- currently unused + +// As there is plenty of space (at least most displays have >8k RAM), we do not pack them too tight, +// so that we can keep variables nicely together in the address space. + +// UI Version always on 0x1000...0x1002 so that the firmware can check this and bail out. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MAJOR = 0x1000; // Major -- incremented when incompatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MINOR = 0x1001; // Minor -- incremented on new features, but compatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_PATCH = 0x1002; // Patch -- fixed which do not change functionality. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_FLAVOUR = 0x1010; // lets reserve 16 bytes here to determine if UI is suitable for this Marlin. tbd. + +// Storage space for the Killscreen messages. 0x1100 - 0x1200 . Reused for the popup. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR1 = 0x1100; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR1_LEN = 0x20; // might be more place for it... +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR2 = 0x1140; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR2_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR3 = 0x1180; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR3_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR4 = 0x11C0; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR4_LEN = 0x20; + +// Screenchange request for screens that only make sense when printer is idle. +// e.g movement is only allowed if printer is not printing. +// Marlin must confirm by setting the screen manually. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK = 0x2000; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE = 0x2001; // Key-Return button to new menu pressed. Data contains target screen in low byte and info in high byte. +constexpr uint16_t VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF = 0x2002; // Turn all heaters off. Value arbitrary ;)= +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD = 0x2003; // "Print" Button touched -- go only there if there is an SD Card. + +constexpr uint16_t VP_CONFIRMED = 0x2010; // OK on confirm screen. + +// Buttons on the SD-Card File listing. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ScrollEvent = 0x2020; // Data: 0 for "up a directory", numbers are the amount to scroll, e.g -1 one up, 1 one down +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelected = 0x2022; // Number of file field selected. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm = 0x2024; // (This is a virtual VP and emulated by the Confirm Screen when a file has been confirmed) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort = 0x2026; // Resume(Data=0), Pause(Data=1), Abort(Data=2) SD Card prints +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed = 0x2028; // Abort print confirmation (virtual, will be injected by the confirm dialog) +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Setting = 0x2040; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ = 0x2050; // Data: 0 down, 1 up + +// Controls for movement (we can't use the incremental / decremental feature of the display at this feature works only with 16 bit values +// (which would limit us to 655.35mm, which is likely not a problem for common setups, but i don't want to rule out hangprinters support) +// A word about the coding: The VP will be per axis and the return code will be an signed 16 bit value in 0.01 mm resolution, telling us +// the relative travel amount t he user wants to do. So eg. if the display sends us VP=2100 with value 100, the user wants us to move X by +1 mm. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_X = 0x2100; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Y = 0x2102; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Z = 0x2104; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E0 = 0x2110; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E1 = 0x2112; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E2 = 0x2114; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E3 = 0x2116; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E4 = 0x2118; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E5 = 0x211A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_HOME_ALL = 0x2120; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK = 0x2130; + +// Power loss recovery +constexpr uint16_t VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY = 0x2180; + +// Fan Control Buttons , switch between "off" and "on" +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_CONTROL = 0x2200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_CONTROL = 0x2202; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_CONTROL = 0x2204; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_CONTROL = 0x2206; + +// Heater Control Buttons , triged between "cool down" and "heat PLA" state +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_CONTROL = 0x2210; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_CONTROL = 0x2212; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_CONTROL = 0x2214; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_CONTROL = 0x2216; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_CONTROL = 0x2218; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_CONTROL = 0x221A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_CONTROL = 0x221C; + +// Preheat +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2220; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2222; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2224; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2226; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2228; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_BED_PREHEAT = 0x222A; + +// Filament load and unload +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2300; + +// Settings store , reset +constexpr uint16_t VP_SETTINGS = 0x2400; + +// PID autotune +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0 = 0x2410; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1 = 0x2412; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E2 = 0x2414; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E3 = 0x2416; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E4 = 0x2418; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E5 = 0x241A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED = 0x2420; + +// Calibrate Z +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_CALIBRATE = 0x2430; + +// First layer cal +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_FIRST_LAYER_CAL = 0x2500; // Data: 0 - Cancel first layer cal progress, >0 filament type have loaded + +// Firmware version on the boot screen. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION = 0x3000; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN = 16; // there is more space on the display, if needed. + +// Place for status messages. +constexpr uint16_t VP_M117 = 0x3020; +constexpr uint8_t VP_M117_LEN = 0x20; + +// Temperatures. +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Is = 0x3060; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Set = 0x3062; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Is = 0x3064; // 4 Byte Integer + +// reserved to support up to 6 Extruders: +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Set = 0x3066; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Is = 0x3068; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Set = 0x306A; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Is = 0x306C; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Set = 0x306E; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3070; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3072; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3074; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3076; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3078; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x307A; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Is = 0x3080; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Set = 0x3082; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E0 = 0x3090; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E1 = 0x3092; // 2 Byte Integer + +// reserved for up to 6 Extruders: +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E2 = 0x3094; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E3 = 0x3096; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E4 = 0x3098; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E5 = 0x309A; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan0_Percentage = 0x3100; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan1_Percentage = 0x3102; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan2_Percentage = 0x3104; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan3_Percentage = 0x3106; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_Feedrate_Percentage = 0x3108; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +// Actual Position +constexpr uint16_t VP_XPos = 0x3110; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_YPos = 0x3112; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_ZPos = 0x3114; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_EPos = 0x3120; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintProgress_Percentage = 0x3130; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime = 0x3140; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime = 0x3160; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal = 0x3180; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal_LEN = 16; + +// SDCard File Listing +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName_LEN = 32; // LEN is shared for all entries. +constexpr uint16_t DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN = 5; // FIXME move that info to the display and read it from there. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName0 = 0x3200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName1 = 0x3220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName2 = 0x3240; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName3 = 0x3260; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName4 = 0x3280; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ = 0x32A0; // + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Filename = 0x32C0; // +// Fan status +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_STATUS = 0x3300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_STATUS = 0x3302; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_STATUS = 0x3304; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_STATUS = 0x3306; + +// Heater status +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STATUS = 0x3310; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STATUS = 0x3312; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STATUS = 0x3314; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STATUS = 0x3316; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STATUS = 0x3318; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STATUS = 0x331A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_STATUS = 0x331C; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_OPTION = 0x3400; + +// Step per mm +constexpr uint16_t VP_X_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3600; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +//constexpr uint16_t VP_X2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3602; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3604; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Y2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3606; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3608; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Z2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x360A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3610; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3612; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3614; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3616; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3618; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STEP_PER_MM = 0x361A; + +// PIDs +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_P = 0x3700; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_I = 0x3702; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_D = 0x3704; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_P = 0x3710; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_I = 0x3712; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_D = 0x3714; + +// Wating screen status +constexpr uint16_t VP_WAITING_STATUS = 0x3800; + +// SPs for certain variables... +// located at 0x5000 and up +// Not used yet! +// This can be used e.g to make controls / data display invisible +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Is = 0x5000; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Set = 0x5010; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Is = 0x5020; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Is = 0x5030; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Set = 0x5040; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.cpp similarity index 55% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.cpp index de15d545977f..4d877b6b7244 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.cpp @@ -24,16 +24,21 @@ #include "../../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD) +#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN) #include "DGUSDisplayDefinition.h" #include "DGUSDisplay.h" #include "../../../../module/temperature.h" #include "../../../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../../../module/planner.h" #include "../../../ultralcd.h" +#if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + uint16_t distanceToMove = 0.1; +#endif + const uint16_t VPList_Boot[] PROGMEM = { VP_MARLIN_VERSION, 0x0000 @@ -49,7 +54,7 @@ const uint16_t VPList_Temp[] PROGMEM = { VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, #endif #if HOTENDS >= 2 - VP_T_E1_I, VP_T_E1_S, + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, @@ -63,16 +68,16 @@ const uint16_t VPList_Status[] PROGMEM = { VP_T_E0_Is, VP_T_E0_Set, #endif #if HOTENDS >= 2 - VP_T_E1_I, VP_T_E1_S, + VP_T_E1_Is, VP_T_E1_Set, #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED VP_T_Bed_Is, VP_T_Bed_Set, #endif #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - VP_Fan_Percentage, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, #endif VP_XPos, VP_YPos, VP_ZPos, - VP_Fan_Percentage, + VP_Fan0_Percentage, VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, 0x0000 @@ -102,7 +107,7 @@ const uint16_t VPList_ManualExtrude[] PROGMEM = { }; const uint16_t VPList_FanAndFeedrate[] PROGMEM = { - VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_Fan_Percentage, + VP_Feedrate_Percentage, VP_Fan0_Percentage, 0x0000 }; @@ -150,15 +155,33 @@ const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { // Helper to detect touch events VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHook, nullptr), VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfIdle, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + VPHELPER(VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenChangeHookIfSD, nullptr), + #endif VPHELPER(VP_CONFIRMED, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::ScreenConfirmedOK, nullptr), VPHELPER(VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleAllHeatersOff, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), - VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_OPTION, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMoveOption, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DUGS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION) + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, &distanceToMove, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #else + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_X, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Y, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_Z, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_HOME_ALL, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualMove, nullptr), + #endif + + VPHELPER(VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleMotorLockUnlock, nullptr), + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + VPHELPER(VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePowerLossRecovery, nullptr), + #endif + VPHELPER(VP_SETTINGS, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleSettings, nullptr), { .VP = VP_MARLIN_VERSION, .memadr = (void*)MarlinVersion, .size = VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN, .set_by_display_handler = nullptr, .send_to_display_handler =&DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendStringToDisplayPGM }, // M117 LCD String (We don't need the string in memory but "just" push it to the display on demand, hence the nullptr @@ -171,39 +194,82 @@ const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E0, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), VPHELPER(VP_EPos, &destination.e, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(DGUS_PREHEAT_UI) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePreheat, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_E0_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif + #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) + VPHELPER(VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentOption, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFilamentLoadUnload), + #endif #endif #if HOTENDS >= 2 - VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_I, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].celsius, nullptr, DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), - VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_S, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Is, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].celsius, nullptr, DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), + VPHELPER(VP_T_E1_Set, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), VPHELPER(VP_Flowrate_E1, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFlowRateChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), VPHELPER(VP_MOVE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleManualExtrude, nullptr), - #endif - #if HOTENDS >= 3 - #error More than 2 Hotends currently not implemented on the Display UI design. + VPHELPER(VP_E1_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[1].target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) + VPHELPER(VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandlePIDAutotune, nullptr), + #endif #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Is, &thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<0>), VPHELPER(VP_T_Bed_Set, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperatureChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_CONTROL, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleHeaterControl, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_STATUS, &thermalManager.temp_bed.target, nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendHeaterStatusToDisplay), + #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_P, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_I, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + VPHELPER(VP_BED_PID_D, &thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleTemperaturePIDChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendTemperaturePID), + #endif #endif - // Fan Data. - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - VPHELPER(VP_Fan_Percentage, &thermalManager.fan_speed[0], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay), + // Fan Data + #if FAN_COUNT + #define FAN_VPHELPER(N) \ + VPHELPER(VP_Fan##N##_Percentage, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_PercentageToUint8, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPercentageToDisplay), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_CONTROL, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleFanControl, nullptr), \ + VPHELPER(VP_FAN##N##_STATUS, &thermalManager.fan_speed[N], nullptr, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFanStatusToDisplay), + REPEAT(FAN_COUNT, FAN_VPHELPER) #endif - // Feedrate. + // Feedrate VPHELPER(VP_Feedrate_Percentage, &feedrate_percentage, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SetValueDirectly, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), - // Position Data. + // Position Data VPHELPER(VP_XPos, ¤t_position.x, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), VPHELPER(VP_YPos, ¤t_position.y, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), VPHELPER(VP_ZPos, ¤t_position.z, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsLongValueToDisplay<2>), - // Print Progress. - VPHELPER(VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, &ui.progress_override, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), + // Print Progress + #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) + VPHELPER(VP_PrintProgress_Percentage, &ui.progress_override, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWordValueToDisplay ), + #endif // Print Time VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintTime, nullptr, VP_PrintTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintTimeToDisplay ), + #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintAccTime, nullptr, VP_PrintAccTime_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintAccTimeToDisplay ), + VPHELPER_STR(VP_PrintsTotal, nullptr, VP_PrintsTotal_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendPrintsTotalToDisplay ), + #endif + + VPHELPER(VP_X_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + VPHELPER(VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #if HOTENDS >= 1 + VPHELPER(VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(0)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif + #if HOTENDS >= 2 + VPHELPER(VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(1)], DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleStepPerMMExtruderChanged, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<1>), + #endif // SDCard File listing. #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) @@ -217,6 +283,17 @@ const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { VPHELPER_STR(VP_SD_FileName4, nullptr, VP_SD_FileName_LEN, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_SendFilename ), VPHELPER(VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ResumePauseAbort, nullptr), VPHELPER(VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_ReallyAbort, nullptr), + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_Setting, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SD_PrintTune, nullptr), + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ, &probe.offset.z, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleProbeOffsetZChanged, &DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendFloatAsIntValueToDisplay<2>), + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + VPHELPER(VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::HandleLiveAdjustZ, nullptr), + #endif + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) + VPHELPER(VP_WAITING_STATUS, nullptr, nullptr, DGUSScreenVariableHandler::DGUSLCD_SendWaitingStatusToDisplay), #endif // Messages for the User, shared by the popup and the kill screen. They cant be autouploaded as we do not buffer content. @@ -228,4 +305,4 @@ const struct DGUS_VP_Variable ListOfVP[] PROGMEM = { VPHELPER(0, 0, 0, 0) // must be last entry. }; -#endif // DGUS_LCD +#endif // DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7c7636309456 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinitionOrigin.h @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +enum DGUSLCD_Screens : uint8_t { + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_BOOT = 0, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN = 10, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_TEMPERATURE = 20, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS = 30, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_STATUS2 = 32, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALMOVE = 40, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MANUALEXTRUDE=42, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FANANDFEEDRATE = 44, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FLOWRATES = 46, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDFILELIST = 50, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTMANIPULATION = 52, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POWER_LOSS = 100, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_PREHEAT=120, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_UTILITY=110, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_HEATING=146, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_LOADING=148, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_FILAMENT_UNLOADING=158, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_SDPRINTTUNE = 170, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_CONFIRM = 240, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL = 250, ///< Kill Screen. Must always be 250 (to be able to display "Error wrong LCD Version") + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_WAITING = 251, + DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POPUP = 252, ///< special target, popup screen will also return this code to say "return to previous screen" + DGUSLDC_SCREEN_UNUSED = 255 +}; + +// Display Memory layout used (T5UID) +// Except system variables this is arbitrary, just to organize stuff.... + +// 0x0000 .. 0x0FFF -- System variables and reserved by the display +// 0x1000 .. 0x1FFF -- Variables to never change location, regardless of UI Version +// 0x2000 .. 0x2FFF -- Controls (VPs that will trigger some action) +// 0x3000 .. 0x4FFF -- Marlin Data to be displayed +// 0x5000 .. -- SPs (if we want to modify display elements, e.g change color or like) -- currently unused + +// As there is plenty of space (at least most displays have >8k RAM), we do not pack them too tight, +// so that we can keep variables nicely together in the address space. + +// UI Version always on 0x1000...0x1002 so that the firmware can check this and bail out. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MAJOR = 0x1000; // Major -- incremented when incompatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_MINOR = 0x1001; // Minor -- incremented on new features, but compatible +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_VERSION_PATCH = 0x1002; // Patch -- fixed which do not change functionality. +constexpr uint16_t VP_UI_FLAVOUR = 0x1010; // lets reserve 16 bytes here to determine if UI is suitable for this Marlin. tbd. + +// Storage space for the Killscreen messages. 0x1100 - 0x1200 . Reused for the popup. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR1 = 0x1100; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR1_LEN = 0x20; // might be more place for it... +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR2 = 0x1140; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR2_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR3 = 0x1180; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR3_LEN = 0x20; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MSGSTR4 = 0x11C0; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MSGSTR4_LEN = 0x20; + +// Screenchange request for screens that only make sense when printer is idle. +// e.g movement is only allowed if printer is not printing. +// Marlin must confirm by setting the screen manually. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_ASK = 0x2000; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE = 0x2001; // Key-Return button to new menu pressed. Data contains target screen in low byte and info in high byte. +constexpr uint16_t VP_TEMP_ALL_OFF = 0x2002; // Turn all heaters off. Value arbitrary ;)= +constexpr uint16_t VP_SCREENCHANGE_WHENSD = 0x2003; // "Print" Button touched -- go only there if there is an SD Card. + +constexpr uint16_t VP_CONFIRMED = 0x2010; // OK on confirm screen. + +// Buttons on the SD-Card File listing. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ScrollEvent = 0x2020; // Data: 0 for "up a directory", numbers are the amount to scroll, e.g -1 one up, 1 one down +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelected = 0x2022; // Number of file field selected. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileSelectConfirm = 0x2024; // (This is a virtual VP and emulated by the Confirm Screen when a file has been confirmed) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_ResumePauseAbort = 0x2026; // Resume(Data=0), Pause(Data=1), Abort(Data=2) SD Card prints +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_AbortPrintConfirmed = 0x2028; // Abort print confirmation (virtual, will be injected by the confirm dialog) +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Setting = 0x2040; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_LiveAdjustZ = 0x2050; // Data: 0 down, 1 up + +// Controls for movement (we can't use the incremental / decremental feature of the display at this feature works only with 16 bit values +// (which would limit us to 655.35mm, which is likely not a problem for common setups, but i don't want to rule out hangprinters support) +// A word about the coding: The VP will be per axis and the return code will be an signed 16 bit value in 0.01 mm resolution, telling us +// the relative travel amount t he user wants to do. So eg. if the display sends us VP=2100 with value 100, the user wants us to move X by +1 mm. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_X = 0x2100; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Y = 0x2102; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_Z = 0x2104; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E0 = 0x2110; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E1 = 0x2112; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E2 = 0x2114; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E3 = 0x2116; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E4 = 0x2118; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_E5 = 0x211A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_HOME_ALL = 0x2120; +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOTOR_LOCK_UNLOK = 0x2130; + +// Power loss recovery +constexpr uint16_t VP_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY = 0x2180; + +// Fan Control Buttons , switch between "off" and "on" +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_CONTROL = 0x2200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_CONTROL = 0x2202; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_CONTROL = 0x2204; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_CONTROL = 0x2206; + +// Heater Control Buttons , triged between "cool down" and "heat PLA" state +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_CONTROL = 0x2210; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_CONTROL = 0x2212; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_CONTROL = 0x2214; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_CONTROL = 0x2216; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_CONTROL = 0x2218; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_CONTROL = 0x221A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_CONTROL = 0x221C; + +// Preheat +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_BED_PREHEAT = 0x2220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_BED_CONTROL = 0x2222; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_BED_CONTROL = 0x2224; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_BED_CONTROL = 0x2226; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_BED_CONTROL = 0x2228; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_BED_CONTROL = 0x222A; + +// Filament load and unload +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD = 0x2302; + +// Settings store , reset +constexpr uint16_t VP_SETTINGS = 0x2400; + +// PID autotune +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E0 = 0x2410; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E1 = 0x2412; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E2 = 0x2414; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E3 = 0x2416; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E4 = 0x2418; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_E5 = 0x241A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PID_AUTOTUNE_BED = 0x2420; + +// Firmware version on the boot screen. +constexpr uint16_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION = 0x3000; +constexpr uint8_t VP_MARLIN_VERSION_LEN = 16; // there is more space on the display, if needed. + +// Place for status messages. +constexpr uint16_t VP_M117 = 0x3020; +constexpr uint8_t VP_M117_LEN = 0x20; + +// Temperatures. +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Is = 0x3060; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E0_Set = 0x3062; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Is = 0x3064; // 4 Byte Integer + +// reserved to support up to 6 Extruders: +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E1_Set = 0x3066; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Is = 0x3068; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E2_Set = 0x306A; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Is = 0x306C; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E3_Set = 0x306E; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3070; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3072; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Is = 0x3074; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E4_Set = 0x3076; // 2 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Is = 0x3078; // 4 Byte Integer +//constexpr uint16_t VP_T_E5_Set = 0x307A; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Is = 0x3080; // 4 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_T_Bed_Set = 0x3082; // 2 Byte Integer + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E0 = 0x3090; // 2 Byte Integer +constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E1 = 0x3092; // 2 Byte Integer + +// reserved for up to 6 Extruders: +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E2 = 0x3094; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E3 = 0x3096; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E4 = 0x3098; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Flowrate_E5 = 0x309A; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan0_Percentage = 0x3100; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan1_Percentage = 0x33A2; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan2_Percentage = 0x33A4; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Fan3_Percentage = 0x33A6; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_Feedrate_Percentage = 0x3102; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintProgress_Percentage = 0x3104; // 2 Byte Integer (0..100) + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime = 0x3106; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintTime_LEN = 10; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime = 0x3160; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintAccTime_LEN = 32; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal = 0x3180; +constexpr uint16_t VP_PrintsTotal_LEN = 16; + +// Actual Position +constexpr uint16_t VP_XPos = 0x3110; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_YPos = 0x3112; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy +constexpr uint16_t VP_ZPos = 0x3114; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +constexpr uint16_t VP_EPos = 0x3120; // 4 Byte Fixed point number; format xxx.yy + +// SDCard File Listing +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName_LEN = 32; // LEN is shared for all entries. +constexpr uint16_t DGUS_SD_FILESPERSCREEN = 5; // FIXME move that info to the display and read it from there. +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName0 = 0x3200; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName1 = 0x3220; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName2 = 0x3240; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName3 = 0x3260; +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_FileName4 = 0x3280; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_ProbeOffsetZ = 0x32A0; // +constexpr uint16_t VP_SD_Print_Filename = 0x32C0; // + +// Fan status +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN0_STATUS = 0x3300; +constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN1_STATUS = 0x3302; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN2_STATUS = 0x3304; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_FAN3_STATUS = 0x3306; + +// Heater status +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STATUS = 0x3310; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STATUS = 0x3312; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STATUS = 0x3314; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STATUS = 0x3316; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STATUS = 0x3318; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STATUS = 0x331A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_STATUS = 0x331C; + +constexpr uint16_t VP_MOVE_OPTION = 0x3400; + +// Step per mm +constexpr uint16_t VP_X_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3600; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +//constexpr uint16_t VP_X2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3602; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Y_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3604; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Y2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3606; +constexpr uint16_t VP_Z_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3608; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_Z2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x360A; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3610; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E1_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3612; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E2_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3614; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E3_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3616; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E4_STEP_PER_MM = 0x3618; +//constexpr uint16_t VP_E5_STEP_PER_MM = 0x361A; + +// PIDs +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_P = 0x3700; // at the moment , 2 byte unsigned int , 0~1638.4 +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_I = 0x3702; +constexpr uint16_t VP_E0_PID_D = 0x3704; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_P = 0x3710; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_I = 0x3712; +constexpr uint16_t VP_BED_PID_D = 0x3714; + +// Wating screen status +constexpr uint16_t VP_WAITING_STATUS = 0x3800; + +// SPs for certain variables... +// located at 0x5000 and up +// Not used yet! +// This can be used e.g to make controls / data display invisible +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Is = 0x5000; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E0_Set = 0x5010; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_E1_Is = 0x5020; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Is = 0x5030; +constexpr uint16_t SP_T_Bed_Set = 0x5040; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp index 360f2562a156..c8cc6e8e9d67 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/flash_storage.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../compat.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "../ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h" @@ -556,4 +556,4 @@ bool UIFlashStorage::is_present = false; int16_t UIFlashStorage::BootMediaReader::read(void *, const size_t) {return -1;} int16_t UIFlashStorage::BootMediaReader::read(void *, void *, const size_t) {return -1;} #endif // SPI_FLASH_SS -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/flash_storage.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/flash_storage.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/flash_storage.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/flash_storage.h index d211f48b38d3..2917cb0b1e7b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/flash_storage.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/flash_storage.h @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ class UIFlashStorage : private SPIFlash { static void set_media_file_size(uint8_t slot, uint32_t size); static uint32_t get_media_file_size(uint8_t slot); - static constexpr uint32_t delimiter = 0x4C554C5A; // 'LULZ' + static constexpr uint32_t delimiter = 0x4D524C4E; // 'MRLN' public: enum error_t { SUCCESS, diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp index 82ceba0552e3..68886166c2d3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../compat.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "media_file_reader.h" #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) @@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ void MediaFileReader::rewind() {} int16_t MediaFileReader::read(void *, void *, size_t) {return 0;} #endif -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/archim2-flash/media_file_reader.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/compat.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/compat.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/compat.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/compat.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/config.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/config.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/config.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/config.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/LICENSE.txt b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/LICENSE.txt similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/LICENSE.txt rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/LICENSE.txt diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/README.md b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/README.md similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/README.md rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/README.md diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h index 85e12238f239..854b8897b375 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/boards.h @@ -179,5 +179,5 @@ #else - #error Unknown or no LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI board specified. To add a new board, modify "ftdi_eve_boards.h" + #error "Unknown or no TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE board specified. To add a new board, modify 'ftdi_eve_boards.h'." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp index 9a04c9e83568..f57d2d896a14 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.cpp @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ uint16_t CLCD::FontMetrics::get_text_width(progmem_str str, size_t n) const { /************************** HOST COMMAND FUNCTION *********************************/ void CLCD::host_cmd (unsigned char host_command, unsigned char byte2) { // Sends 24-Bit Host Command to LCD - if (host_command != ACTIVE) { + if (host_command != FTDI::ACTIVE) { host_command |= 0x40; } spi_ftdi_select(); @@ -1015,8 +1015,8 @@ template bool CLCD::CommandFifo::write(T data, uint16_t len) { if (Command_Space < (len + padding)) { #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEBUG) SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Waiting for ", len + padding, - " bytes in command queue, now free: ", Command_Space); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("Waiting for ", len + padding); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" bytes in command queue, now free: ", Command_Space); #endif do { Command_Space = mem_read_32(REG::CMDB_SPACE) & 0x0FFF; @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ void CLCD::init() { host_cmd(CLKINT, 0); } - host_cmd(ACTIVE, 0); // Activate the System Clock + host_cmd(FTDI::ACTIVE, 0); // Activate the System Clock /* read the device-id until it returns 0x7c or times out, should take less than 150ms */ uint8_t counter; @@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ void CLCD::default_display_orientation() { #endif } #elif ANY(TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT, TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED) - #error PORTRAIT or MIRRORED orientation not supported on the FT800 + #error "PORTRAIT or MIRRORED orientation not supported on the FT800." #elif ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_INVERTED) mem_write_32(REG::ROTATE, 1); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/commands.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/constants.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/constants.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/constants.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/constants.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/display_list.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/display_list.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/display_list.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/display_list.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/ftdi_basic.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/ftdi_basic.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/ftdi_basic.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/ftdi_basic.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft800.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft800.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft800.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft800.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft810.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft810.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft810.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/registers_ft810.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h index c7fb0c37fc09..471530cadf83 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/resolutions.h @@ -124,5 +124,5 @@ } #else - #error Unknown or no LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI display resolution specified. To add a display resolution, modify "ftdi_eve_resolutions.h" + #error "Unknown or no TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE display resolution specified. To add a display resolution, modify 'ftdi_eve_resolutions.h'." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/basic/spi.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h index 18d0a5a1a83e..ef2b23a3a2b0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/compat.h @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #ifdef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ // Marlin will define the I/O functions for us - #if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #define FTDI_BASIC #define FTDI_EXTENDED #endif @@ -197,6 +197,7 @@ #define SERIAL_ECHO_START() #define SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(str) Serial.println(F(str)) #define SERIAL_ECHOPGM(str) Serial.print(F(str)) + #define SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(str) Serial.println(str) #define SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(str, val) {Serial.print(F(str)); Serial.println(val);} #define SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(str, val) {Serial.print(F(str)); Serial.print(val);} @@ -209,7 +210,9 @@ #define ENABLED(b) _CAT(SWITCH_ENABLED_, b) #define DISABLED(b) !ENABLED(b) #define ANY(A,B) (ENABLED(A) || ENABLED(B)) + #define EITHER(A,B) (ENABLED(A) || ENABLED(B)) #define BOTH(A,B) (ENABLED(A) && ENABLED(B)) + #define NONE(A,B) (DISABLED(A) && DISABLED(B)) // Remove compiler warning on an unused variable #ifndef UNUSED diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/bitmap_info.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/bitmap_info.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/bitmap_info.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/bitmap_info.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h index a6c1f5c918b4..b045ca203abc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/command_processor.h @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ class CommandProcessor : public CLCD::CommandFifo { inline CommandProcessor& font (int16_t font) {_font = font; return *this;} - inline CommandProcessor& enabled (bool enabled) { + inline CommandProcessor& enabled (bool enabled=false) { if (enabled) _style &= ~STYLE_DISABLED; else diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp index 5e7377e1a077..9a55c55ae62a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.cpp @@ -129,15 +129,15 @@ bool DLCache::store(uint32_t num_bytes /* = 0*/) { // Not enough memory to cache the display list. #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEBUG) SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Not enough space in GRAM to cache display list, free space: ", free_space, - " Required: ", dl_size); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR ("Not enough space in GRAM to cache display list, free space: ", free_space); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Required: ", dl_size); #endif return false; } else { #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEBUG) SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Saving DL to RAMG cache, bytes: ", dl_size, - " Free space: ", free_space); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR ("Saving DL to RAMG cache, bytes: ", dl_size); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" Free space: ", free_space); #endif cmd.memcpy(dl_addr, MAP::RAM_DL, dl_size); cmd.execute(); @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ void DLCache::append() { cmd.execute(); wait_until_idle(); SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Appending to DL from RAMG cache, bytes: ", dl_size, - " REG_CMD_DL: ", CLCD::mem_read_32(REG::CMD_DL)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR ("Appending to DL from RAMG cache, bytes: ", dl_size); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" REG_CMD_DL: ", CLCD::mem_read_32(REG::CMD_DL)); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/dl_cache.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/event_loop.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/ftdi_extended.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/ftdi_extended.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/ftdi_extended.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/ftdi_extended.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/grid_layout.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/grid_layout.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/grid_layout.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/grid_layout.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/polygon.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/polygon.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/polygon.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/polygon.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h similarity index 89% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h index e31c69e60503..fde505287340 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/rgb_t.h @@ -31,25 +31,25 @@ constexpr float _hsl_fmod(float x, float y) { return x - int(x/y)*y; } -constexpr float _hsl_c(int, float S, float L) { +constexpr float _hsl_c(float, float S, float L) { return (1.0f - fabs(2*L-1.0f)) * S; } -constexpr float _hsl_x(int H, float S, float L) { - return _hsl_c(H,S,L) * (1.0f - fabs(_hsl_fmod(float(H)/60, 2) - 1)); +constexpr float _hsl_x(float H, float S, float L) { + return _hsl_c(H,S,L) * (1.0f - fabs(_hsl_fmod(H/60, 2) - 1)); } -constexpr float _hsl_m(int H, float S, float L) { +constexpr float _hsl_m(float H, float S, float L) { return L - _hsl_c(H,S,L)/2; } -constexpr float _hsl_rgb(int H, float S, float L, float r, float g, float b) { +constexpr float _hsl_rgb(float H, float S, float L, float r, float g, float b) { return ((uint32_t((r + _hsl_m(H,S,L))*255+0.5) << 16) | (uint32_t((g + _hsl_m(H,S,L))*255+0.5) << 8) | (uint32_t((b + _hsl_m(H,S,L))*255+0.5) << 0)); } -constexpr uint32_t hsl_to_rgb(int H, float S, float L) { +constexpr uint32_t hsl_to_rgb(float H, float S, float L) { return (H < 60) ? _hsl_rgb(H,S,L,_hsl_c(H,S,L), _hsl_x(H,S,L), 0) : (H < 120) ? _hsl_rgb(H,S,L,_hsl_x(H,S,L), _hsl_c(H,S,L), 0) : (H < 180) ? _hsl_rgb(H,S,L, 0, _hsl_c(H,S,L), _hsl_x(H,S,L)) : diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/screen_types.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_list.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_list.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_list.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_list.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp index 0011d69118af..a6d84dde5fab 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.cpp @@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ namespace FTDI { #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEBUG) SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Playing note ", int(note), ", instrument ", int(effect)); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR ("Playing note ", int(note)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(", instrument ", int(effect)); #endif // Play the note diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/sound_player.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/text_box.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/tiny_timer.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/README.txt b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/README.txt similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/README.txt rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/README.txt diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/romfont_31.pbm b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/romfont_31.pbm similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/romfont_31.pbm rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/romfont_31.pbm diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.png b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.png similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.png rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.png diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.svg b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.svg similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.svg rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_bitmaps/western_char_set_bitmap_31.svg diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/font_size_t.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/standard_char_set.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/unicode.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.cpp similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set_bitmap_31.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set_bitmap_31.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set_bitmap_31.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extended/unicode/western_char_set_bitmap_31.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/bitmap2cpp.py b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/bitmap2cpp.py old mode 100755 new mode 100644 similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/bitmap2cpp.py rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/bitmap2cpp.py diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h similarity index 88% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h index 412da5b36104..da6a2bc32593 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h @@ -23,10 +23,11 @@ /* This function draws a circular progress "ring" */ -void draw_circular_progress(CommandProcessor& cmd, int x, int y, int w, int h, uint8_t percent, uint32_t bgcolor, uint32_t fgcolor, float rim = 0.3) { +void draw_circular_progress(CommandProcessor& cmd, int x, int y, int w, int h, float percent, char *text, uint32_t bgcolor, uint32_t fgcolor) { using namespace FTDI; - const float a = float(percent)/100.0*2.0*PI; + const float rim = 0.3; + const float a = percent/100.0*2.0*PI; const float a1 = min(PI/2, a); const float a2 = min(PI/2, a-a1); const float a3 = min(PI/2, a-a1-a2); @@ -90,11 +91,15 @@ void draw_circular_progress(CommandProcessor& cmd, int x, int y, int w, int h, u cmd.cmd(RESTORE_CONTEXT()); // Draw the text - char str[5]; - sprintf(str,"%d\%%",percent); cmd.cmd(SAVE_CONTEXT()); cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(fgcolor)); - cmd.text(x,y,w,h,str, OPT_CENTERX | OPT_CENTERY); + cmd.text(x,y,w,h,text, OPT_CENTERX | OPT_CENTERY); cmd.cmd(RESTORE_CONTEXT()); } + +void draw_circular_progress(CommandProcessor& cmd, int x, int y, int w, int h, float percent, uint32_t bgcolor, uint32_t fgcolor) { + char str[5]; + sprintf(str,"%d\%%",int(percent)); + draw_circular_progress(cmd, x, y, w, h, percent, str, bgcolor, fgcolor); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h index 52146510c50a..9f531146e130 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h @@ -53,9 +53,10 @@ */ class PolyReader { - private: + public: typedef uint16_t type_t; + private: static constexpr type_t eol = 0xFFFF; const type_t *p, *top, *end; @@ -321,10 +322,10 @@ class GenericPolyUI { int16_t x_max = INT16_MIN; int16_t y_max = INT16_MIN; for(r.start(); r.has_more(); r.next()) { - x_min = min(x_min, r.x); - x_max = max(x_max, r.x); - y_min = min(y_min, r.y); - y_max = max(y_max, r.y); + x_min = min(x_min, int16_t(r.x)); + x_max = max(x_max, int16_t(r.x)); + y_min = min(y_min, int16_t(r.y)); + y_max = max(y_max, int16_t(r.y)); } x = x_min; y = y_min; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py old mode 100755 new mode 100644 similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py index 6a8d074916db..2778f94d9850 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/extras/svg2cpp.py @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ ****************************************************************************/ /** - * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.pl" + * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.py" * * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the @@ -101,10 +101,11 @@ def path_finished(self, id): pass def write(self): - print("constexpr float x_min = %f;\n" % self.x_min) - print("constexpr float x_max = %f;\n" % self.x_max) - print("constexpr float y_min = %f;\n" % self.y_min) - print("constexpr float y_max = %f;\n" % self.y_max) + print("constexpr float x_min = %f;" % self.x_min) + print("constexpr float x_max = %f;" % self.x_max) + print("constexpr float y_min = %f;" % self.y_min) + print("constexpr float y_max = %f;" % self.y_max) + print() def from_svg_view_box(self, svg): s = re.search(']+>', svg); @@ -118,6 +119,7 @@ def from_svg_view_box(self, svg): return True return False +# op class WriteDataStructure: def __init__(self, bounding_box): self.bounds = bounding_box @@ -126,7 +128,7 @@ def reset(self, ): self.hex_words = [] def push(self, value): - self.hex_words.append("0x%04X" % value) + self.hex_words.append("0x%04X" % (0xFFFF & int(value))) def command(self, type, x, y): if type == "M": @@ -138,7 +140,7 @@ def command(self, type, x, y): def path_finished(self, id): if self.hex_words and self.hex_words[0] == "0xFFFF": self.hex_words.pop(0) - print("const PROGMEM uint16_t", id + "[] = {" + ", ".join (self.hex_words) + "};\n") + print("const PROGMEM uint16_t", id + "[] = {" + ", ".join (self.hex_words) + "};") self.hex_words = [] class Parser: diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.cpp index 5d33fc850ff1..624c58576c30 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.cpp @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ ****************************************************************************/ -#include "../../../../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../../../../MarlinCore.h" #include "language.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.h similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.h index fb66e6d77e9f..54f843993312 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language.h @@ -21,5 +21,3 @@ #pragma once #include "language_en.h" -#include "language_de.h" -#include "language_fr.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language_en.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language_en.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e59e1d9468cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/language/language_en.h @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/***************** + * language_en.h * + *****************/ + +/**************************************************************************** + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#pragma once + +#include "language.h" + +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT) + #define COPYRIGHT_SIGN u8"©" +#else + #define COPYRIGHT_SIGN u8"(c)" +#endif + +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS) + #define SUPERSCRIPT_TWO u8"²" +#else + #define SUPERSCRIPT_TWO u8"^2" +#endif + +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) + #define DEGREE_SIGN u8"°" +#else + #define DEGREE_SIGN u8" " +#endif + +namespace Language_en { + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_OKAY = u8"Okay"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_MENU = u8"Menu"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_MEDIA = u8"Media"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_OPEN = u8"Open"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CLEAN_NOZZLE = u8"Clean Nozzle"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_X = u8"Vmax X"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_Y = u8"Vmax Y"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_Z = u8"Vmax Z"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCEL_PRINTING = u8"Printing"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCEL_TRAVEL = u8"Travel"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCEL_RETRACT = u8"Retraction"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_X = u8"Amax X"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_Y = u8"Amax Y"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_Z = u8"Amax Z"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_X = u8"X"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_Y = u8"Y"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_Z = u8"Z"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_E = u8"E"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_E1 = u8"E1"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_E2 = u8"E2"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_E3 = u8"E3"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_E4 = u8"E4"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AXIS_ALL = u8"All"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME = u8"Home"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_STARTING = u8"Print starting"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_FINISHED = u8"Print finished"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ERROR = u8"Print error"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ABOUT_TOUCH_PANEL_1 = u8"Color Touch Panel"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ABOUT_TOUCH_PANEL_2 = u8"Portions " COPYRIGHT_SIGN " 2019 Aleph Objects, Inc.\n" + "Portions " COPYRIGHT_SIGN " 2019 Cocoa Press"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FIRMWARE_FOR_TOOLHEAD = u8"Firmware for toolhead:\n%s\n\n"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_1 = u8"Runout 1"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_2 = u8"Runout 2"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISPLAY_MENU = u8"Display"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTERFACE_SETTINGS = u8"Interface Settings"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEASURE_AUTOMATICALLY = u8"Measure automatically"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_H_OFFSET = u8"H Offset"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_V_OFFSET = u8"V Offset"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCH_SCREEN = u8"Touch Screen"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CALIBRATE = u8"Calibrate"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_MILLIAMP = u8"mA"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_MM = u8"mm"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_MM_S = u8"mm/s"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_MM_S2 = u8"mm/s" SUPERSCRIPT_TWO; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_STEP_MM = u8"st/mm"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_PERCENT = u8"%"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNITS_C = DEGREE_SIGN u8"C"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MATERIAL_PLA = u8"PLA"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MATERIAL_ABS = u8"ABS"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MATERIAL_HIGH_TEMP = u8"High"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDLE = u8"idle"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_MAXIMUM = u8"Set Maximum"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_SPEED = u8"Print Speed"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE = u8"Linear Advance"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K = u8"K"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K1 = u8"K E1"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K2 = u8"K E2"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K3 = u8"K E3"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K4 = u8"K E4"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NUDGE_NOZZLE = u8"Nudge Nozzle"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADJUST_BOTH_NOZZLES = u8"Adjust Both Nozzles"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SHOW_OFFSETS = u8"Show Offsets"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INCREMENT = u8"Increment"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERASE_FLASH_WARNING = u8"Are you sure? SPI flash will be erased."; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERASING = u8"Erasing..."; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERASED = u8"SPI flash erased"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CALIBRATION_WARNING = u8"For best results, unload the filament and clean the hotend prior to starting calibration. Continue?"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT_CONFIRMATION = u8"Start printing %s?"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ABORT_WARNING = u8"Are you sure you want to cancel the print?"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDER_SELECTION = u8"Extruder Selection"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CURRENT_TEMPERATURE = u8"Current Temp"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REMOVAL_TEMPERATURE = u8"Removal Temp"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CAUTION = u8"Caution:"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOT = u8"Hot!"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = u8"Unload/Retract"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_FILAMENT = u8"Load/Extruder"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOMENTARY = u8"Momentary"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTINUOUS = u8"Continuous"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PLEASE_WAIT = u8"Please wait..."; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_MENU = u8"Print Menu"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FINE_MOTION = u8"Fine motion"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENABLE_MEDIA = u8"Enable Media"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INSERT_MEDIA = u8"Insert Media..."; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_BRIGHTNESS = u8"LCD brightness"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SOUND_VOLUME = u8"Sound volume"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SCREEN_LOCK = u8"Screen lock"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BOOT_SCREEN = u8"Boot screen"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTERFACE_SOUNDS = u8"Interface Sounds"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CLICK_SOUNDS = u8"Click sounds"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EEPROM_RESTORED = u8"Settings restored from backup"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EEPROM_RESET = u8"Settings restored to default"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EEPROM_SAVED = u8"Settings saved!"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EEPROM_SAVE_PROMPT = u8"Do you wish to save these settings as defaults?"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EEPROM_RESET_WARNING = u8"Are you sure? Customizations will be lost."; + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PASSCODE_REJECTED = u8"Wrong passcode!"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PASSCODE_ACCEPTED = u8"Passcode accepted!"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PASSCODE_SELECT = u8"Select Passcode:"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PASSCODE_REQUEST = u8"Enter Passcode:"; + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCH_CALIBRATION_START = u8"Release to begin screen calibration"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCH_CALIBRATION_PROMPT = u8"Touch the dots to calibrate"; + + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_TO_HOME = u8"Move to Home"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RAISE_PLUNGER = u8"Raise Plunger"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_XY_AXIS = u8"Release X and Y Axis"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOLEVEL_X_AXIS = u8"Auto-level X Axis"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_TEMPERATURE = u8"Bed Temperature"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_XYZ_WARNING = u8"About to move to home position. Ensure the top and the bed of the printer are clear.\n\nContinue?"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_E_WARNING = u8"About to re-home plunger and auto-level. Remove syringe prior to proceeding.\n\nContinue?"; + #endif + + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZONE_1 = u8"Zone 1:"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZONE_2 = u8"Zone 2:"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZONE_3 = u8"Zone 3:"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_FINISHED = u8"Preheat finished"; + #endif +}; // namespace Language_en diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/marlin_events.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/marlin_events.cpp similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/marlin_events.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/marlin_events.cpp index e61033ee3a81..aabc5ef27ae0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/marlin_events.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/marlin_events.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "compat.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens/screens.h" @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void onConfigurationStoreWritten(bool success) { - #ifdef LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE + #ifdef ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE if (success && InterfaceSettingsScreen::backupEEPROM()) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Made backup of EEPROM to SPI Flash"); } @@ -127,9 +127,31 @@ namespace ExtUI { } #if HAS_LEVELING && HAS_MESH - void onMeshUpdate(const uint8_t, const uint8_t, const float) { + void onMeshUpdate(const int8_t, const int8_t, const float) { } #endif + + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + void OnPidTuning(const result_t rst) { + // Called for temperature PID tuning result + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("OnPidTuning:", rst); + switch (rst) { + case PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM: + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(MSG_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM); + break; + case PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH: + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(MSG_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + break; + case PID_TUNING_TIMEOUT: + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(MSG_PID_TIMEOUT); + break; + case PID_DONE: + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FINISHED); + break; + } + GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen); + } + #endif // HAS_PID_HEATING } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/pin_mappings.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/pin_mappings.h similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/pin_mappings.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/pin_mappings.h index c2818570f1ba..d474644b8c75 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/pin_mappings.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/pin_mappings.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #ifdef CR10_TFT_PINMAP #ifndef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ - #error This pin mapping requires Marlin. + #error "This pin mapping requires Marlin." #endif #define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ #ifdef AO_EXP1_DEPRECATED_PINMAP #ifndef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ - #error This pin mapping requires Marlin. + #error "This pin mapping requires Marlin." #endif #define CLCD_MOD_RESET LCD_PINS_D4 @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ #ifdef AO_EXP1_PINMAP #ifndef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ - #error This pin mapping requires Marlin. + #error "This pin mapping requires Marlin." #endif #define CLCD_MOD_RESET LCD_PINS_ENABLE @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ #ifdef AO_EXP2_PINMAP #ifndef __MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ - #error This pin mapping requires Marlin. + #error "This pin mapping requires Marlin." #endif #define CLCD_SPI_CS BTN_EN1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/about_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/about_screen.cpp similarity index 73% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/about_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/about_screen.cpp index 612f91446482..afd4402fc109 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/about_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/about_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -45,47 +45,50 @@ void AboutScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) .tag(0); - draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(4,1), F( - #ifdef LULZBOT_LCD_MACHINE_NAME - LULZBOT_LCD_MACHINE_NAME - #else - GET_TEXT_F(COLOR_TOUCH_PANEL) - #endif - ), OPT_CENTER, font_xlarge); - - #ifdef LULZBOT_LCD_TOOLHEAD_NAME - char about_str[ - strlen_P(GET_TEXT(FIRMWARE_FOR_TOOLHEAD)) + - strlen_P(LULZBOT_LCD_TOOLHEAD_NAME) + - strlen_P(GET_TEXT(ABOUT_ALEPH_OBJECTS)) + 1]; - - sprintf_P(about_str, GET_TEXT(FIRMWARE_FOR_TOOLHEAD), LULZBOT_LCD_TOOLHEAD_NAME); - strcat_P(about_str, GET_TEXT(ABOUT_ALEPH_OBJECTS)); + draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(4,1), + #ifdef CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME + F(CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME) + #else + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ABOUT_TOUCH_PANEL_1) + #endif + , OPT_CENTER, font_xlarge + ); + + #ifdef TOOLHEAD_NAME + char about_str[ + strlen_P(GET_TEXT(FIRMWARE_FOR_TOOLHEAD)) + + strlen_P(TOOLHEAD_NAME) + + strlen_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_ABOUT_TOUCH_PANEL_2)) + 1 + ]; + + sprintf_P(about_str, GET_TEXT(MSG_FIRMWARE_FOR_TOOLHEAD), TOOLHEAD_NAME); + strcat_P (about_str, GET_TEXT(MSG_ABOUT_TOUCH_PANEL_2)); #endif cmd.tag(2); draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(4,3), - #ifdef LULZBOT_LCD_TOOLHEAD_NAME - about_str - #else - GET_TEXT_F(ABOUT_ALEPH_OBJECTS) - #endif - , OPT_CENTER, font_medium); + #ifdef TOOLHEAD_NAME + about_str + #else + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ABOUT_TOUCH_PANEL_2) + #endif + , OPT_CENTER, font_medium + ); cmd.tag(0); draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(4,2), progmem_str(getFirmwareName_str()), OPT_CENTER, font_medium); - cmd.font(font_medium).colors(action_btn).tag(1).button(BTN_POS(2,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(OKAY)); + cmd.font(font_medium).colors(action_btn).tag(1).button(BTN_POS(2,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BUTTON_OKAY)); } bool AboutScreen::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: GOTO_PREVIOUS(); return true; -#if ENABLED(DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) case 2: GOTO_SCREEN(DeveloperMenu); return true; #endif default: return false; } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp similarity index 56% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp index 7168b803c557..b2fc2790a0c2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/advanced_settings_menu.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && !defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && !defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" @@ -42,110 +42,121 @@ void AdvancedSettingsMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { cmd.colors(normal_btn) .font(Theme::font_medium) #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - #define GRID_ROWS 9 + #define GRID_ROWS 10 #define GRID_COLS 2 - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(2) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) - .enabled(1) - .tag(3) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(STEPS_PER_MM)) - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(13).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MOTOR_CURRENT)) - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(14).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(HOME_SENSE)) - #if HOTENDS > 1 - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(TOOL_OFFSETS)) - #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(11).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(FILAMENT)) - .tag(12).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(ENDSTOPS)) - .tag(15).button( BTN_POS(2,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(DISPLAY_MENU)) - .tag(9) .button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) - .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(RESTORE_DEFAULTS)) - .tag(5) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(VELOCITY)) - .tag(6) .button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(ACCELERATION)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(2) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(16).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CASE_LIGHT)) + .tag(3) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_STEPS_PER_MM)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_TRINAMIC + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(13).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TMC_CURRENT)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_TRINAMIC + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(14).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS)) + .enabled( + #if HOTENDS > 1 + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_OFFSETS_MENU)) + .enabled( + #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(11).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)) + .tag(12).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS)) + .tag(15).button( BTN_POS(2,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_DISPLAY_MENU)) + .tag(9) .button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) + .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE)) + .tag(5) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VELOCITY)) + .tag(6) .button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCELERATION)) #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(JUNC_DEVIATION)) + .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION)) #else - .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(JERK)) + .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JERK)) #endif - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACKLASH)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACKLASH)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,10), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #undef GRID_COLS #undef GRID_ROWS #else #define GRID_ROWS 6 #define GRID_COLS 3 - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(2) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,2), GET_TEXT_F(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) - .enabled(1) - .tag(3) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(STEPS_PER_MM)) - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(13).button( BTN_POS(3,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MOTOR_CURRENT)) - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(14).button( BTN_POS(3,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(HOME_SENSE)) - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACKLASH)) - #if HOTENDS > 1 + .enabled( + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(2) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(16).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CASE_LIGHT)) .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(TOOL_OFFSETS)) - .tag(12).button( BTN_POS(3,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(ENDSTOPS)) - .tag(5) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(VELOCITY)) - .tag(6) .button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(ACCELERATION)) + .tag(3) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_STEPS_PER_MM)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_TRINAMIC + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(13).button( BTN_POS(3,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TMC_CURRENT)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_TRINAMIC + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(14).button( BTN_POS(3,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACKLASH)) + .enabled( + #if HOTENDS > 1 + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_OFFSETS_MENU)) + .tag(12).button( BTN_POS(3,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS)) + .tag(5) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VELOCITY)) + .tag(6) .button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCELERATION)) #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(JUNC_DEVIATION)) + .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION)) #else - .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(JERK)) + .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JERK)) #endif - .tag(11).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(FILAMENT)) - .tag(15).button( BTN_POS(3,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(DISPLAY_MENU)) - .tag(9) .button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) - .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(RESTORE_DEFAULTS)) + .tag(11).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)) + .tag(15).button( BTN_POS(3,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_DISPLAY_MENU)) + .tag(9) .button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) + .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #endif } } @@ -183,9 +194,12 @@ bool AdvancedSettingsMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { case 14: GOTO_SCREEN(StepperBumpSensitivityScreen); break; #endif case 15: GOTO_SCREEN(DisplayTuningScreen); break; + #if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + case 16: GOTO_SCREEN(CaseLightScreen); break; + #endif default: return false; } return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp index dfc119601084..17750c02ec02 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/alert_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ template void AlertDialogBox::show(const progmem_str); template void AlertDialogBox::showError(const char *); template void AlertDialogBox::showError(const progmem_str); -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp similarity index 71% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp index 111eb19d9fa9..0d6b97d46aba 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/backlash_compensation_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, BACKLASH_GCODE) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, BACKLASH_GCODE) #include "screens.h" @@ -32,17 +32,19 @@ using namespace Theme; void BacklashCompensationScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.precision(2).units( GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_MM)); - w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(BACKLASH)); - w.color(x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_X), getAxisBacklash_mm(X)); - w.color(y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Y), getAxisBacklash_mm(Y)); - w.color(z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Z), getAxisBacklash_mm(Z)); + w.precision(2).units( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACKLASH)); + w.color(x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), getAxisBacklash_mm(X)); + w.color(y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), getAxisBacklash_mm(Y)); + w.color(z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), getAxisBacklash_mm(Z)); #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - w.button(12, GET_TEXT_F(MEASURE_AUTOMATICALLY)); + w.button(12, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MEASURE_AUTOMATICALLY)); #endif - w.color(other).adjuster(8, GET_TEXT_F(SMOOTHING), getBacklashSmoothing_mm()); - w.precision(0).units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_PERCENT)) - .adjuster(10, GET_TEXT_F(CORRECTION), getBacklashCorrection_percent()); + #ifdef BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM + w.color(other).adjuster(8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING), getBacklashSmoothing_mm()); + #endif + w.precision(0).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_PERCENT)) + .adjuster(10, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION), getBacklashCorrection_percent()); w.precision(2).increments(); } @@ -55,12 +57,14 @@ bool BacklashCompensationScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { case 5: UI_INCREMENT(AxisBacklash_mm, Y); break; case 6: UI_DECREMENT(AxisBacklash_mm, Z); break; case 7: UI_INCREMENT(AxisBacklash_mm, Z); break; - case 8: UI_DECREMENT(BacklashSmoothing_mm); break; - case 9: UI_INCREMENT(BacklashSmoothing_mm); break; + #ifdef BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM + case 8: UI_DECREMENT(BacklashSmoothing_mm); break; + case 9: UI_INCREMENT(BacklashSmoothing_mm); break; + #endif case 10: UI_DECREMENT_BY(BacklashCorrection_percent, increment*100); break; case 11: UI_INCREMENT_BY(BacklashCorrection_percent, increment*100); break; #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - case 12: GOTO_SCREEN(ConfirmAutoCalibrationDialogBox); return true; + case 12: GOTO_SCREEN(ConfirmAutoCalibrationDialogBox); return true; #endif default: return false; @@ -69,4 +73,4 @@ bool BacklashCompensationScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp index c8c500669bc5..97e399a4030b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/base_numeric_adjustment_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::widgets_t(draw_mode_t what) : _what(what #else BTN_POS(15,7), BTN_SIZE(4,1), #endif - GET_TEXT_F(BACK), true, true + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK), true, true ); _line = 1; @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ void BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::increments() { #else BTN_POS(15, 1), BTN_SIZE(4,1), #endif - GET_TEXT_F(INCREMENT) + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INCREMENT) ); } @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ void BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::toggle(uint8_t tag, progmem_str lab #else BTN_POS(10,_line), BTN_SIZE(4,1), #endif - GET_TEXT_F(NO), GET_TEXT_F(YES), value + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES), value ); } @@ -341,14 +341,14 @@ void BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::widgets_t::home_buttons(uint8_t tag) { if (_what & BACKGROUND) { _button_style(cmd, TEXT_LABEL); cmd.font(font_small) - .text(BTN_POS(1, _line), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(HOME)); + .text(BTN_POS(1, _line), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HOME)); } cmd.font(LAYOUT_FONT); - _button(cmd, tag+0, BTN_POS(5,_line), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_X)); - _button(cmd, tag+1, BTN_POS(7,_line), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Y)); - _button(cmd, tag+2, BTN_POS(9,_line), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Z)); - _button(cmd, tag+3, BTN_POS(11,_line), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_ALL)); + _button(cmd, tag+0, BTN_POS(5,_line), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X)); + _button(cmd, tag+1, BTN_POS(7,_line), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y)); + _button(cmd, tag+2, BTN_POS(9,_line), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z)); + _button(cmd, tag+3, BTN_POS(11,_line), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_ALL)); _line++; } @@ -381,4 +381,4 @@ float BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::getIncrement() { } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/base_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/base_screen.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/base_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/base_screen.cpp index c0c7212a2278..77cadabcd778 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/base_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/base_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -87,4 +87,4 @@ void BaseScreen::reset_menu_timeout() { uint32_t BaseScreen::last_interaction; #endif -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp similarity index 74% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp index 86382b674e7f..c2cbf70ae293 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_advanced_settings.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" @@ -43,52 +43,52 @@ void AdvancedSettingsMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { #define GRID_ROWS 9 #define GRID_COLS 2 - .tag(2) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(DISPLAY_MENU)) - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(3) .button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MOTOR_CURRENT)) - #if HAS_TRINAMIC - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(HOME_SENSE)) - .tag(5) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(ENDSTOPS)) - #if HOTENDS > 1 - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(6) .button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(TOOL_OFFSETS)) + .tag(2) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_DISPLAY_MENU)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_TRINAMIC + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(3) .button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TMC_CURRENT)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_TRINAMIC + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TMC_HOMING_THRS)) + .tag(5) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS)) + .enabled( + #if HOTENDS > 1 + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(6) .button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_OFFSETS_MENU)) - .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(STEPS_PER_MM)) - .tag(8) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(VELOCITY)) - .tag(9) .button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(ACCELERATION)) + .tag(7) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_STEPS_PER_MM)) + .tag(8) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VELOCITY)) + .tag(9) .button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCELERATION)) #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - .tag(10) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(JUNC_DEVIATION)) - #else - .tag(10) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(JERK)) - #endif - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(11) .button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACKLASH)) - #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - .enabled(1) + .tag(10) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION)) #else - .enabled(0) + .tag(10) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JERK)) #endif - .tag(12) .button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(LINEAR_ADVANCE)) - .tag(13) .button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) - .tag(14) .button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(RESTORE_DEFAULTS)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(11) .button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACKLASH)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(12) .button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE)) + .tag(13) .button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) + .tag(14) .button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1). button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(1). button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #undef GRID_COLS #undef GRID_ROWS } @@ -134,4 +134,4 @@ bool AdvancedSettingsMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp similarity index 88% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp index fb36e977c488..a3254bae9ae4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_confirm_home_e.cpp @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" using namespace FTDI; void BioConfirmHomeE::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(HOME_E_WARNING)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HOME_E_WARNING)); drawYesNoButtons(1); } @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ bool BioConfirmHomeE::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F( - "G112\n" - LULZBOT_AXIS_LEVELING_COMMANDS "\n" - LULZBOT_PARK_AND_RELEASE_COMMANDS + "G28 E\n" + AXIS_LEVELING_COMMANDS "\n" + PARK_AND_RELEASE_COMMANDS )); current_screen.forget(); break; @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ bool BioConfirmHomeE::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { } return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp index 43ed1f4baaac..883a446b3ea9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_confirm_home_xyz.cpp @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" using namespace FTDI; void BioConfirmHomeXYZ::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(HOME_XYZ_WARNING)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HOME_XYZ_WARNING)); drawYesNoButtons(1); } @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ bool BioConfirmHomeXYZ::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { case 1: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F( "G28\n" - LULZBOT_PARK_AND_RELEASE_COMMANDS + PARK_AND_RELEASE_COMMANDS )); current_screen.forget(); break; @@ -50,4 +50,4 @@ bool BioConfirmHomeXYZ::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { } return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_main_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_main_menu.cpp similarity index 78% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_main_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_main_menu.cpp index 448cc2920754..40ed8479ee64 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_main_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_main_menu.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" @@ -43,19 +43,19 @@ void MainMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { if (what & FOREGROUND) { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) - .font(font_large).text( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MAIN_MENU)) + .font(font_large).text( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MAIN)) .colors(normal_btn) .font(font_medium) - .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MOVE_TO_HOME)) - .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(RAISE_PLUNGER)) - .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(RELEASE_XY_AXIS)) - .tag(5).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(AUTOLEVEL_X_AXIS)) - .tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(BED_TEMPERATURE)) - .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) - .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(ADVANCED_SETTINGS)) - .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(ABOUT_PRINTER)) + .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOVE_TO_HOME)) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RAISE_PLUNGER)) + .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RELEASE_XY_AXIS)) + .tag(5).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AUTOLEVEL_X_AXIS)) + .tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BED_TEMPERATURE)) + .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) + .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS)) + .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INFO_MENU)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,10), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,10), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); } #undef GRID_COLS @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ bool MainMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { case 2: GOTO_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeXYZ); break; case 3: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(e_homed ? F("G0 E0 F120") : F("G112")); break; case 4: StatusScreen::unlockMotors(); break; - case 5: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F(LULZBOT_AXIS_LEVELING_COMMANDS)); break; + case 5: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F(AXIS_LEVELING_COMMANDS)); break; case 6: GOTO_SCREEN(TemperatureScreen); break; case 7: GOTO_SCREEN(InterfaceSettingsScreen); break; case 8: GOTO_SCREEN(AdvancedSettingsMenu); break; @@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ bool MainMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_landscape.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_landscape.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1c7c02093d0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_landscape.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ + +/**************************************************************************** + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.py" + * + * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to + * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the + * start of a new closed path. + */ + +#pragma once + +constexpr float x_min = 0.000000; +constexpr float x_max = 480.000000; +constexpr float y_min = 0.000000; +constexpr float y_max = 272.000000; + +const PROGMEM uint16_t z_neg[] = {0x7950, 0x51EA, 0x824E, 0x51EA, 0x824E, 0x71E2, 0x86CD, 0x71E2, 0x7DCF, 0x81DF, 0x74D1, 0x71E2, 0x7950, 0x71E2, 0x7950, 0x51EA}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t z_pos[] = {0x7950, 0x41EE, 0x824E, 0x41EE, 0x824E, 0x21F5, 0x86CD, 0x21F5, 0x7DCF, 0x11F9, 0x74D0, 0x21F5, 0x7950, 0x21F5, 0x7950, 0x41EE}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t y_neg[] = {0x3479, 0x56CF, 0x3EC6, 0x56CF, 0x3747, 0x7281, 0x3C6D, 0x7281, 0x2E61, 0x8059, 0x27D4, 0x7281, 0x2CFA, 0x7281, 0x3479, 0x56CF}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t y_pos[] = {0x3BF9, 0x3B1D, 0x4645, 0x3B1D, 0x4DC4, 0x1F6B, 0x52EB, 0x1F6B, 0x4C5E, 0x1192, 0x3E52, 0x1F6B, 0x4378, 0x1F6B, 0x3BF9, 0x3B1D}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t x_neg[] = {0x350E, 0x4209, 0x314E, 0x4FE2, 0x1CB5, 0x4FE2, 0x1AD6, 0x56CF, 0x1449, 0x48F6, 0x2255, 0x3B1D, 0x2075, 0x4209, 0x350E, 0x4209}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t x_pos[] = {0x498C, 0x4209, 0x45CC, 0x4FE2, 0x5A65, 0x4FE2, 0x5885, 0x56CF, 0x6691, 0x48F6, 0x6004, 0x3B1D, 0x5E25, 0x4209, 0x498C, 0x4209}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t syringe_fluid[] = {0xB4E9, 0x78BE, 0xBB12, 0x7C44, 0xBDE3, 0x7C44, 0xC426, 0x78BE, 0xC426, 0x250D, 0xB4E9, 0x250D, 0xB4E9, 0x78BE}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t syringe[] = {0xB8AD, 0x6BB1, 0xB8AD, 0x6E0C, 0xBE02, 0x6E0C, 0xBE02, 0x6BB1, 0xFFFF, 0xB8AD, 0x6248, 0xB8AD, 0x64A2, 0xBE02, 0x64A2, 0xBE02, 0x6248, 0xFFFF, 0xB8AD, 0x58DF, 0xB8AD, 0x5B39, 0xBE02, 0x5B39, 0xBE02, 0x58DF, 0xFFFF, 0xB8AD, 0x4F75, 0xB8AD, 0x51D0, 0xBE02, 0x51D0, 0xBE02, 0x4F75, 0xFFFF, 0xB8AD, 0x460C, 0xB8AD, 0x4866, 0xBE02, 0x4866, 0xBE02, 0x460C, 0xFFFF, 0xB8AD, 0x3CA3, 0xB8AD, 0x3EFD, 0xBE02, 0x3EFD, 0xBE02, 0x3CA3, 0xFFFF, 0xB8AD, 0x3339, 0xB8AD, 0x3594, 0xBE02, 0x3594, 0xBE02, 0x3339, 0xFFFF, 0xB396, 0x110A, 0xB396, 0x1818, 0xB995, 0x1818, 0xB995, 0x22AD, 0xB396, 0x22AD, 0xB396, 0x7ADA, 0xB995, 0x7E61, 0xB995, 0x88F5, 0xBB95, 0x88F5, 0xBB95, 0xA8B4, 0xBD94, 0xAC3B, 0xBD94, 0x88F5, 0xBF94, 0x88F5, 0xBF94, 0x7E61, 0xC593, 0x7ADA, 0xC593, 0x22AD, 0xBF94, 0x22AD, 0xBF94, 0x1818, 0xC593, 0x1818, 0xC593, 0x110A, 0xFFFF, 0xBB95, 0x1818, 0xBD94, 0x1818, 0xBD94, 0x22AD, 0xBB95, 0x22AD, 0xBB95, 0x1818, 0xFFFF, 0xB596, 0x2634, 0xC393, 0x2634, 0xC393, 0x7753, 0xBD94, 0x7ADA, 0xBB95, 0x7ADA, 0xB596, 0x7753, 0xB596, 0x2634}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t syringe_outline[] = {0xB396, 0x110A, 0xB396, 0x1818, 0xB995, 0x1818, 0xB995, 0x22AD, 0xB396, 0x22AD, 0xB396, 0x7ADA, 0xB995, 0x7E61, 0xB995, 0x88F5, 0xBB95, 0x88F5, 0xBB95, 0xA8B4, 0xBD94, 0xAC3B, 0xBD94, 0x88F5, 0xBF94, 0x88F5, 0xBF94, 0x7E61, 0xC593, 0x7ADA, 0xC593, 0x22AD, 0xBF94, 0x22AD, 0xBF94, 0x1818, 0xC593, 0x1818, 0xC593, 0x110A, 0xB396, 0x110A}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t padlock[] = {0x3FE3, 0x2A04, 0x3D34, 0x2AF9, 0x3AFF, 0x2D93, 0x397D, 0x316D, 0x38E8, 0x3626, 0x38E8, 0x3A14, 0x39B3, 0x3C8F, 0x3B50, 0x3C8F, 0x3C1C, 0x3A14, 0x3C1C, 0x363C, 0x3C6B, 0x33A9, 0x3D3A, 0x3193, 0x3E6C, 0x302D, 0x3FE3, 0x2FAA, 0x415A, 0x302D, 0x428C, 0x3192, 0x435B, 0x33A8, 0x43AB, 0x363C, 0x43AB, 0x4492, 0x38C3, 0x4492, 0x3741, 0x45AC, 0x36A1, 0x4856, 0x36A1, 0x5C41, 0x3741, 0x5EEC, 0x38C3, 0x6005, 0x4703, 0x6005, 0x4886, 0x5EEC, 0x4925, 0x5C41, 0x4925, 0x4856, 0x4886, 0x45AC, 0x4703, 0x4492, 0x46DE, 0x362B, 0x4649, 0x316D, 0x44C7, 0x2D92, 0x4292, 0x2AF9}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t home_z[] = {0x80BB, 0x2B43, 0x712C, 0x46B9, 0x750F, 0x46B9, 0x750F, 0x622F, 0x7CD7, 0x622F, 0x7CD7, 0x5474, 0x849F, 0x5474, 0x849F, 0x622F, 0x8C67, 0x622F, 0x8C67, 0x46B9, 0x904B, 0x46B9, 0x8A48, 0x3C1D, 0x8A48, 0x2ECD, 0x8664, 0x2ECD, 0x8664, 0x3540}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t usb_btn[] = {0x0558, 0xC0D6, 0x3BDB, 0xC0D6, 0x3BDB, 0xF431, 0x0558, 0xF431, 0x0558, 0xC0D6}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t menu_btn[] = {0x416B, 0xC0D6, 0x77EE, 0xC0D6, 0x77EE, 0xF431, 0x416B, 0xF431, 0x416B, 0xC0D6}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t e_pos[] = {0xE04E, 0x5E7B, 0xE94C, 0x5E7B, 0xE94C, 0x7E74, 0xEDCB, 0x7E74, 0xE4CD, 0x8E70, 0xDBCF, 0x7E74, 0xE04E, 0x7E74, 0xE04E, 0x5E7B}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t e_neg[] = {0xE04E, 0x4E7F, 0xE94C, 0x4E7F, 0xE94C, 0x2E87, 0xEDCB, 0x2E87, 0xE4CD, 0x1E8A, 0xDBCF, 0x2E87, 0xE04E, 0x2E87, 0xE04E, 0x4E7F}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t home_e[] = {0xD705, 0x3885, 0xC775, 0x53FB, 0xCB59, 0x53FB, 0xCB59, 0x6F71, 0xD321, 0x6F71, 0xD321, 0x61B6, 0xDAE9, 0x61B6, 0xDAE9, 0x6F71, 0xE2B1, 0x6F71, 0xE2B1, 0x53FB, 0xE695, 0x53FB, 0xE092, 0x495F, 0xE092, 0x3C0E, 0xDCAE, 0x3C0E, 0xDCAE, 0x4281}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t fine_label[] = {0x0D92, 0x9444, 0x5211, 0x9444, 0x5211, 0xA9EA, 0x0D92, 0xA9EA}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t fine_toggle[] = {0x56E7, 0x9444, 0x8007, 0x9444, 0x8007, 0xA9EA, 0x56E7, 0xA9EA}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h1_temp[] = {0x9C2B, 0xDD3B, 0xBBDE, 0xDD3B, 0xBBDE, 0xFA57, 0x9C2B, 0xFA57}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h1_label[] = {0x9C2B, 0xBE8F, 0xBBDC, 0xBE8F, 0xBBDC, 0xDBAA, 0x9C2B, 0xDBAA}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h0_temp[] = {0x7BD0, 0xDD3B, 0x9B83, 0xDD3B, 0x9B83, 0xFA57, 0x7BD0, 0xFA57}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h0_label[] = {0x7BD0, 0xBE8F, 0x9B83, 0xBE8F, 0x9B83, 0xDBAA, 0x7BD0, 0xDBAA}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h2_temp[] = {0xBC86, 0xDD3B, 0xDC39, 0xDD3B, 0xDC39, 0xFA57, 0xBC86, 0xFA57}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h2_label[] = {0xBC86, 0xBE8F, 0xDC37, 0xBE8F, 0xDC37, 0xDBAA, 0xBC86, 0xDBAA}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h3_temp[] = {0xDCE2, 0xDD0D, 0xFC95, 0xDD0D, 0xFC95, 0xFA28, 0xDCE2, 0xFA28}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t h3_label[] = {0xDCE2, 0xBE60, 0xFC92, 0xBE60, 0xFC92, 0xDB7C, 0xDCE2, 0xDB7C}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t actual_temp[] = {0xCDF6, 0xD037, 0xF7CA, 0xD037, 0xF7CA, 0xF424, 0xCDF6, 0xF424}; +const PROGMEM uint16_t bed_icon[] = {0xCDF6, 0xA5CC, 0xF7CA, 0xA5CC, 0xF7CA, 0xC9B9, 0xCDF6, 0xC9B9}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_printer_ui.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_portrait.h similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_printer_ui.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_portrait.h index 6ff6c8a467a8..32f52f8e4660 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_printer_ui.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printer_ui_portrait.h @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ ****************************************************************************/ /** - * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.pl" + * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.py" * * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the @@ -25,51 +25,28 @@ #pragma once constexpr float x_min = 0.000000; - constexpr float x_max = 272.000000; - constexpr float y_min = 0.000000; - constexpr float y_max = 480.000000; const PROGMEM uint16_t z_neg[] = {0xC9B1, 0x96B3, 0xD990, 0x96B3, 0xD990, 0xA8D0, 0xE17F, 0xA8D0, 0xD1A0, 0xB1DF, 0xC1C2, 0xA8D0, 0xC9B1, 0xA8D0, 0xC9B1, 0x96B3}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t z_pos[] = {0xC9B1, 0x8DA4, 0xD990, 0x8DA4, 0xD990, 0x7B86, 0xE17F, 0x7B86, 0xD1A0, 0x7277, 0xC1C2, 0x7B86, 0xC9B1, 0x7B86, 0xC9B1, 0x8DA4}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t y_neg[] = {0x5037, 0x9979, 0x6264, 0x9979, 0x5529, 0xA92A, 0x5E3F, 0xA92A, 0x4575, 0xB103, 0x39E6, 0xA92A, 0x42FC, 0xA92A, 0x5037, 0x9979}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t y_pos[] = {0x5D72, 0x89C7, 0x6F9F, 0x89C7, 0x7CDA, 0x7A15, 0x85F0, 0x7A15, 0x7A61, 0x723D, 0x6197, 0x7A15, 0x6AAD, 0x7A15, 0x5D72, 0x89C7}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t x_neg[] = {0x513D, 0x8DB3, 0x4AA0, 0x958C, 0x2647, 0x958C, 0x22F8, 0x9979, 0x1769, 0x91A0, 0x3033, 0x89C7, 0x2CE4, 0x8DB3, 0x513D, 0x8DB3}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t x_pos[] = {0x7566, 0x8DB3, 0x6EC9, 0x958C, 0x9322, 0x958C, 0x8FD4, 0x9979, 0xA89E, 0x91A0, 0x9D0E, 0x89C7, 0x99C0, 0x8DB3, 0x7566, 0x8DB3}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t syringe_fluid[] = {0x7D1D, 0x4A0F, 0x87FC, 0x4C0E, 0x8CF4, 0x4C0E, 0x9801, 0x4A0F, 0x9801, 0x1AA2, 0x7D1D, 0x1AA2, 0x7D1D, 0x4A0F}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t syringe[] = {0x83C2, 0x42AA, 0x83C2, 0x43FF, 0x8D2C, 0x43FF, 0x8D2C, 0x42AA, 0xFFFF, 0x83C2, 0x3D54, 0x83C2, 0x3EAA, 0x8D2C, 0x3EAA, 0x8D2C, 0x3D54, 0xFFFF, 0x83C2, 0x37FF, 0x83C2, 0x3954, 0x8D2C, 0x3954, 0x8D2C, 0x37FF, 0xFFFF, 0x83C2, 0x32AA, 0x83C2, 0x33FF, 0x8D2C, 0x33FF, 0x8D2C, 0x32AA, 0xFFFF, 0x83C2, 0x2D54, 0x83C2, 0x2EAA, 0x8D2C, 0x2EAA, 0x8D2C, 0x2D54, 0xFFFF, 0x83C2, 0x27FF, 0x83C2, 0x2955, 0x8D2C, 0x2955, 0x8D2C, 0x27FF, 0xFFFF, 0x83C2, 0x22AA, 0x83C2, 0x23FF, 0x8D2C, 0x23FF, 0x8D2C, 0x22AA, 0xFFFF, 0x7AC7, 0x0F4B, 0x7AC7, 0x134A, 0x855B, 0x134A, 0x855B, 0x1949, 0x7AC7, 0x1949, 0x7AC7, 0x4B40, 0x855B, 0x4D40, 0x855B, 0x533F, 0x88E2, 0x533F, 0x88E2, 0x653C, 0x8C69, 0x673C, 0x8C69, 0x533F, 0x8FF0, 0x533F, 0x8FF0, 0x4D40, 0x9A85, 0x4B40, 0x9A85, 0x1949, 0x8FF0, 0x1949, 0x8FF0, 0x134A, 0x9A85, 0x134A, 0x9A85, 0x0F4B, 0xFFFF, 0x88E2, 0x134A, 0x8C69, 0x134A, 0x8C69, 0x1949, 0x88E2, 0x1949, 0x88E2, 0x134A, 0xFFFF, 0x7E4D, 0x1B49, 0x96FE, 0x1B49, 0x96FE, 0x4941, 0x8C69, 0x4B40, 0x88E2, 0x4B40, 0x7E4D, 0x4941, 0x7E4D, 0x1B49}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t syringe_outline[] = {0x7AC7, 0x0F4B, 0x7AC7, 0x134A, 0x855B, 0x134A, 0x855B, 0x1949, 0x7AC7, 0x1949, 0x7AC7, 0x4B40, 0x855B, 0x4D40, 0x855B, 0x533F, 0x88E2, 0x533F, 0x88E2, 0x653C, 0x8C69, 0x673C, 0x8C69, 0x533F, 0x8FF0, 0x533F, 0x8FF0, 0x4D40, 0x9A85, 0x4B40, 0x9A85, 0x1949, 0x8FF0, 0x1949, 0x8FF0, 0x134A, 0x9A85, 0x134A, 0x9A85, 0x0F4B, 0x7AC7, 0x0F4B}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t padlock[] = {0x645A, 0x8017, 0x5F9E, 0x80A1, 0x5BBA, 0x821B, 0x5911, 0x844A, 0x580A, 0x86F7, 0x580A, 0x8931, 0x5970, 0x8A98, 0x5C49, 0x8A98, 0x5DB0, 0x8931, 0x5DB0, 0x8703, 0x5E3C, 0x858E, 0x5FAA, 0x845F, 0x61C5, 0x8394, 0x645A, 0x834A, 0x66F0, 0x8394, 0x690C, 0x845F, 0x6A7A, 0x858D, 0x6B07, 0x8703, 0x6B07, 0x8F23, 0x57C8, 0x8F23, 0x551E, 0x8FC3, 0x5404, 0x9145, 0x5404, 0x9C8F, 0x551E, 0x9E11, 0x57C8, 0x9EB1, 0x70EE, 0x9EB1, 0x7398, 0x9E11, 0x74B2, 0x9C8F, 0x74B2, 0x9145, 0x7398, 0x8FC3, 0x70EE, 0x8F23, 0x70AC, 0x86FA, 0x6FA5, 0x844A, 0x6CFD, 0x821B, 0x6917, 0x80A1}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t home_z[] = {0xD6C9, 0x80CC, 0xBB53, 0x905B, 0xC231, 0x905B, 0xC231, 0x9FEB, 0xCFEC, 0x9FEB, 0xCFEC, 0x9823, 0xDDA7, 0x9823, 0xDDA7, 0x9FEB, 0xEB62, 0x9FEB, 0xEB62, 0x905B, 0xF240, 0x905B, 0xE7A3, 0x8A58, 0xE7A3, 0x82CD, 0xE0C6, 0x82CD, 0xE0C6, 0x8674}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t home_e[] = {0xB94F, 0x25AA, 0x9DD8, 0x353A, 0xA4B6, 0x353A, 0xA4B6, 0x44C9, 0xB271, 0x44C9, 0xB271, 0x3D02, 0xC02C, 0x3D02, 0xC02C, 0x44C9, 0xCDE7, 0x44C9, 0xCDE7, 0x353A, 0xD4C5, 0x353A, 0xCA28, 0x2F36, 0xCA28, 0x27AB, 0xC34B, 0x27AB, 0xC34B, 0x2B53}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t bed_icon[] = {0x1764, 0x2C4C, 0x6135, 0x2C4C, 0x6135, 0x40A8, 0x1764, 0x40A8}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t actual_temp[] = {0x1764, 0x466F, 0x6135, 0x466F, 0x6135, 0x5ACB, 0x1764, 0x5ACB}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t target_temp[] = {0x1764, 0x1228, 0x6135, 0x1228, 0x6135, 0x2684, 0x1764, 0x2684}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t fine_label[] = {0x1AA7, 0xC6D2, 0x9387, 0xC6D2, 0x9387, 0xD316, 0x1AA7, 0xD316}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t fine_toggle[] = {0x9C10, 0xC6D2, 0xE4A3, 0xC6D2, 0xE4A3, 0xD316, 0x9C10, 0xD316}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t usb_btn[] = {0x0B68, 0xE880, 0x7B1A, 0xE880, 0x7B1A, 0xF94B, 0x0B68, 0xF94B, 0x0B68, 0xE880}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t menu_btn[] = {0x84E3, 0xE880, 0xF495, 0xE880, 0xF495, 0xF94B, 0x84E3, 0xF94B, 0x84E3, 0xE880}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t e_pos[] = {0xC9B1, 0x3B2D, 0xD990, 0x3B2D, 0xD990, 0x4D4B, 0xE17F, 0x4D4B, 0xD1A0, 0x565A, 0xC1C2, 0x4D4B, 0xC9B1, 0x4D4B, 0xC9B1, 0x3B2D}; - const PROGMEM uint16_t e_neg[] = {0xC9B1, 0x321E, 0xD990, 0x321E, 0xD990, 0x2000, 0xE17F, 0x2000, 0xD1A0, 0x16F1, 0xC1C2, 0x2000, 0xC9B1, 0x2000, 0xC9B1, 0x321E}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp index 04d52498af5b..40130650867e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_printing_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" @@ -154,4 +154,4 @@ void BioPrintingDialogBox::show() { GOTO_SCREEN(BioPrintingDialogBox); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_status_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_status_screen.cpp similarity index 56% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_status_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_status_screen.cpp index cd709a2dc6c9..ec7f2bcffb47 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_status_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_status_screen.cpp @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ /**************************************************************************** * Written By Mark Pelletier 2017 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Cocoa Press * * * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * @@ -22,12 +23,17 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && ANY(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO, TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) #include "screens.h" #include "../ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h" -#include "bio_printer_ui.h" + +#ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + #include "bio_printer_ui_portrait.h" +#else + #include "bio_printer_ui_landscape.h" +#endif #define GRID_COLS 2 #define GRID_ROWS 9 @@ -64,22 +70,55 @@ void StatusScreen::draw_temperature(draw_mode_t what) { if (what & BACKGROUND) { cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_color)); - // Draw touch surfaces - ui.bounds(POLY(target_temp), x, y, h, v); - cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); - ui.bounds(POLY(actual_temp), x, y, h, v); - cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); - ui.bounds(POLY(bed_icon), x, y, h, v); - cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); - - // Draw bed icon - cmd.cmd(BITMAP_SOURCE(Bed_Heat_Icon_Info)) - .cmd(BITMAP_LAYOUT(Bed_Heat_Icon_Info)) - .cmd(BITMAP_SIZE (Bed_Heat_Icon_Info)) - .cmd(COLOR_RGB(shadow_rgb)) - .icon (x + 2, y + 2, h, v, Bed_Heat_Icon_Info, icon_scale * 2) - .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) - .icon (x, y, h, v, Bed_Heat_Icon_Info, icon_scale * 2); + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + // The LulzBot Bio shows the temperature for + // the bed. + + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + // Draw touch surfaces + ui.bounds(POLY(target_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); + ui.bounds(POLY(actual_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); + #else + ui.bounds(POLY(bed_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); + #endif + ui.bounds(POLY(bed_icon), x, y, h, v); + cmd.rectangle(x, y, h, v); + + // Draw bed icon + cmd.cmd(BITMAP_SOURCE(Bed_Heat_Icon_Info)) + .cmd(BITMAP_LAYOUT(Bed_Heat_Icon_Info)) + .cmd(BITMAP_SIZE (Bed_Heat_Icon_Info)) + .cmd(COLOR_RGB(shadow_rgb)) + .icon (x + 2, y + 2, h, v, Bed_Heat_Icon_Info, icon_scale * 2) + .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) + .icon (x, y, h, v, Bed_Heat_Icon_Info, icon_scale * 2); + #elif ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) && DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT) + // The CocoaPress shows the temperature for two + // heating zones, but has no bed temperature + + cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)); + cmd.font(font_medium); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h0_label), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZONE_1)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h1_label), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZONE_2)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h2_label), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZONE_3)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h3_label), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CHAMBER)); + #else + UNUSED(x); + UNUSED(y); + UNUSED(h); + UNUSED(v); + #endif #ifdef TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 load_utf8_bitmaps(cmd); // Restore font bitmap handles @@ -87,33 +126,88 @@ void StatusScreen::draw_temperature(draw_mode_t what) { } if (what & FOREGROUND) { - char bed_str[15]; - - cmd.font(font_xlarge) - .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)); - - if (!isHeaterIdle(BED) && getTargetTemp_celsius(BED) > 0) - format_temp(bed_str, getTargetTemp_celsius(BED)); - else - strcpy_P(bed_str, PSTR(MSG_BED)); - - ui.bounds(POLY(target_temp), x, y, h, v); - cmd.text(x, y, h, v, bed_str); - - format_temp(bed_str, getActualTemp_celsius(BED)); - ui.bounds(POLY(actual_temp), x, y, h, v); - cmd.text(x, y, h, v, bed_str); + char str[15]; + cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)); + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + cmd.font(font_medium); + + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + if (!isHeaterIdle(BED) && getTargetTemp_celsius(BED) > 0) + format_temp(str, getTargetTemp_celsius(BED)); + else + strcpy_P(str, GET_TEXT(MSG_BED)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(target_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); + + format_temp(str, getActualTemp_celsius(BED)); + ui.bounds(POLY(actual_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); + #else + if (!isHeaterIdle(BED) && getTargetTemp_celsius(BED) > 0) + format_temp_and_temp(str, getActualTemp_celsius(BED), getTargetTemp_celsius(BED)); + else + format_temp_and_idle(str, getActualTemp_celsius(BED)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(bed_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); + #endif + + #elif ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) && DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT) + // The CocoaPress shows the temperature for two + // heating zones, but has no bed temperature + + cmd.font(font_large); + + if (!isHeaterIdle(E0) && getTargetTemp_celsius(E0) > 0) + format_temp_and_temp(str, getActualTemp_celsius(E0), getTargetTemp_celsius(E0)); + else + format_temp_and_idle(str, getActualTemp_celsius(E0)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h0_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); + + if (!isHeaterIdle(E1) && getTargetTemp_celsius(E1) > 0) + format_temp_and_temp(str, getActualTemp_celsius(E1), getTargetTemp_celsius(E1)); + else + format_temp_and_idle(str, getActualTemp_celsius(E1)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h1_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); + + if (!isHeaterIdle(E2) && getTargetTemp_celsius(E2) > 0) + format_temp_and_temp(str, getActualTemp_celsius(E2), getTargetTemp_celsius(E2)); + else + format_temp_and_idle(str, getActualTemp_celsius(E2)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h2_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); + + if (!isHeaterIdle(CHAMBER) && getTargetTemp_celsius(CHAMBER) > 0) + format_temp_and_temp(str, getActualTemp_celsius(CHAMBER), getTargetTemp_celsius(CHAMBER)); + else + format_temp_and_idle(str, getActualTemp_celsius(CHAMBER)); + + ui.bounds(POLY(h3_temp), x, y, h, v); + cmd.text(x, y, h, v, str); + #else + UNUSED(str); + #endif } } void StatusScreen::draw_syringe(draw_mode_t what) { int16_t x, y, h, v; - #ifdef LULZBOT_E_TRAVEL_LIMIT - const float fill_level = 1.0 - min(1.0, max(0.0, getAxisPosition_mm(E0) / LULZBOT_E_TRAVEL_LIMIT)); + #ifdef E_MAX_POS + const float fill_level = 1.0 - min(1.0, max(0.0, getAxisPosition_mm(E0) / E_MAX_POS)); #else const float fill_level = 0.75; #endif - const bool e_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(E0); + const bool e_homed = (true + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + && isAxisPositionKnown(E0) + #endif + ); CommandProcessor cmd; PolyUI ui(cmd, what); @@ -143,8 +237,12 @@ void StatusScreen::draw_syringe(draw_mode_t what) { } void StatusScreen::draw_arrows(draw_mode_t what) { - const bool e_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(E0); - const bool z_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(Z); + const bool e_homed = (true + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + && isAxisPositionKnown(E0) + #endif + ); + const bool z_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(Z); CommandProcessor cmd; PolyUI ui(cmd, what); @@ -166,7 +264,9 @@ void StatusScreen::draw_arrows(draw_mode_t what) { } if ((what & BACKGROUND) || e_homed) { - ui.button(7, POLY(e_neg)); + #if DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + ui.button(7, POLY(e_neg)); + #endif ui.button(8, POLY(e_pos)); } } @@ -176,26 +276,35 @@ void StatusScreen::draw_fine_motion(draw_mode_t what) { CommandProcessor cmd; PolyUI ui(cmd, what); - cmd.font(font_medium) - .tag(16); + cmd.font( + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + font_medium + #else + font_small + #endif + ) + .tag(16); if (what & BACKGROUND) { - ui.bounds(POLY(fine_label), x, y, h, v); cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) - .text(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(FINE_MOTION)); + .text(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FINE_MOTION)); } if (what & FOREGROUND) { ui.bounds(POLY(fine_toggle), x, y, h, v); cmd.colors(ui_toggle) - .toggle2(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(NO), GET_TEXT_F(YES), fine_motion); + .toggle2(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES), fine_motion); } } void StatusScreen::draw_overlay_icons(draw_mode_t what) { - const bool e_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(E0); - const bool z_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(Z); + const bool e_homed = (true + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + && isAxisPositionKnown(E0) + #endif + ); + const bool z_homed = isAxisPositionKnown(Z); CommandProcessor cmd; PolyUI ui(cmd, what); @@ -211,22 +320,27 @@ void StatusScreen::draw_overlay_icons(draw_mode_t what) { } } -void StatusScreen::draw_buttons(draw_mode_t) { +void StatusScreen::draw_buttons(draw_mode_t what) { + int16_t x, y, h, v; + const bool has_media = isMediaInserted() && !isPrintingFromMedia(); CommandProcessor cmd; + PolyUI ui(cmd, what); + ui.bounds(POLY(usb_btn), x, y, h, v); cmd.font(font_medium) .colors(normal_btn) .enabled(has_media) .colors(has_media ? action_btn : normal_btn) - .tag(9).button(BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(1,1), + .tag(9).button(x, y, h, v, isPrintingFromMedia() ? - GET_TEXT_F(PRINTING) : - GET_TEXT_F(MEDIA) + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINTING) : + GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BUTTON_MEDIA) ); - cmd.colors(!has_media ? action_btn : normal_btn).tag(10).button(BTN_POS(2,9), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MENU)); + ui.bounds(POLY(menu_btn), x, y, h, v); + cmd.colors(!has_media ? action_btn : normal_btn).tag(10).button(x, y, h, v, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BUTTON_MENU)); } void StatusScreen::loadBitmaps() { @@ -280,7 +394,9 @@ bool StatusScreen::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { break; case 9: GOTO_SCREEN(FilesScreen); break; case 10: GOTO_SCREEN(MainMenu); break; - case 13: GOTO_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeE); break; + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + case 13: GOTO_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeE); break; + #endif case 14: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F("G28 Z")); break; case 15: GOTO_SCREEN(TemperatureScreen); break; case 16: fine_motion = !fine_motion; break; @@ -320,21 +436,32 @@ bool StatusScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { } void StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(progmem_str pstr) { - BioPrintingDialogBox::setStatusMessage(pstr); + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO + BioPrintingDialogBox::setStatusMessage(pstr); + #else + UNUSED(pstr); + #endif } void StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(const char * const str) { - BioPrintingDialogBox::setStatusMessage(str); + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO + BioPrintingDialogBox::setStatusMessage(str); + #else + UNUSED(str); + #endif } void StatusScreen::onIdle() { + reset_menu_timeout(); if (refresh_timer.elapsed(STATUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL)) { if (!EventLoop::is_touch_held()) onRefresh(); - if (isPrintingFromMedia()) - BioPrintingDialogBox::show(); + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO + if (isPrintingFromMedia()) + BioPrintingDialogBox::show(); + #endif refresh_timer.start(); } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp similarity index 84% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp index 4fa88253c806..27312c733fd7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/bio_tune_menu.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" @@ -41,25 +41,25 @@ void TuneMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) .tag(0) .font(font_large) - .text( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(PRINT_MENU)); + .text( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_MENU)); } if (what & FOREGROUND) { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.colors(normal_btn) .font(font_medium) - .enabled( isPrinting()).tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(PRINT_SPEED)) - .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(BED_TEMPERATURE)) - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - .enabled(true) - #else - .enabled(false) - #endif - .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(NUDGE_NOZZLE)) - .enabled(!isPrinting()).tag(5).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MOVE_TO_HOME)) - .enabled(!isPrinting()).tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(RAISE_PLUNGER)) - .enabled(!isPrinting()).tag(7).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(RELEASE_XY_AXIS)) - .colors(action_btn) .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .enabled( isPrinting()).tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_SPEED)) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BED_TEMPERATURE)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + true + #endif + ) + .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NUDGE_NOZZLE)) + .enabled(!isPrinting()).tag(5).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOVE_TO_HOME)) + .enabled(!isPrinting()).tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RAISE_PLUNGER)) + .enabled(!isPrinting()).tag(7).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RELEASE_XY_AXIS)) + .colors(action_btn) .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); } #undef GRID_COLS #undef GRID_ROWS @@ -80,4 +80,4 @@ bool TuneMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/boot_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/boot_screen.cpp similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/boot_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/boot_screen.cpp index 47a71f836de5..996c12cf23fd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/boot_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/boot_screen.cpp @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ /**************************************************************************** * Written By Mark Pelletier 2017 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Cocoa Press * * * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * @@ -22,17 +23,25 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "../ftdi_eve_lib/extras/poly_ui.h" #include "../archim2-flash/flash_storage.h" -#ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - #include "../theme/bootscreen_logo_portrait.h" +#ifdef SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + #include "../theme/_bootscreen_portrait.h" + #else + #include "../theme/_bootscreen_landscape.h" + #endif #else - #include "../theme/bootscreen_logo_landscape.h" + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + #include "../theme/marlin_bootscreen_portrait.h" + #else + #include "../theme/marlin_bootscreen_landscape.h" + #endif #endif using namespace FTDI; @@ -62,10 +71,11 @@ void BootScreen::onIdle() { GOTO_SCREEN(TouchCalibrationScreen); current_screen.forget(); PUSH_SCREEN(StatusScreen); + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(WELCOME_MSG)); } else { if (!UIFlashStorage::is_valid()) { StatusScreen::loadBitmaps(); - SpinnerDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(PLEASE_WAIT)); + SpinnerDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PLEASE_WAIT)); UIFlashStorage::format_flash(); SpinnerDialogBox::hide(); } @@ -79,7 +89,7 @@ void BootScreen::onIdle() { StatusScreen::loadBitmaps(); - #ifdef LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO GOTO_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeXYZ); current_screen.forget(); PUSH_SCREEN(StatusScreen); @@ -97,21 +107,15 @@ void BootScreen::onIdle() { void BootScreen::showSplashScreen() { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.cmd(CMD_DLSTART); - cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(logo_bg)); + cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(LOGO_BACKGROUND)); cmd.cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)); #define POLY(A) PolyUI::poly_reader_t(A, sizeof(A)/sizeof(A[0])) + #define LOGO_PAINT_PATH(rgb, path) cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(rgb)); ui.fill(POLY(path)); PolyUI ui(cmd); - cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(logo_fg)); - ui.fill(POLY(logo_green)); - cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(logo_stroke)); - ui.fill(POLY(logo_black)); - ui.fill(POLY(logo_type)); - ui.fill(POLY(logo_mark)); - cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(0xFFFFFF)); - ui.fill(POLY(logo_white)); + LOGO_PAINT_PATHS cmd.cmd(DL::DL_DISPLAY); cmd.cmd(CMD_SWAP); @@ -120,4 +124,4 @@ void BootScreen::showSplashScreen() { ExtUI::delay_ms(2500); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/case_light_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/case_light_screen.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b82149c85959 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/case_light_screen.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/************************* + * case_light_screen.cpp * + *************************/ + +/**************************************************************************** + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Cocoa Press * + * * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#include "../config.h" + +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + +#include "screens.h" + +using namespace FTDI; +using namespace ExtUI; +using namespace Theme; + +void CaseLightScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { + widgets_t w(what); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CASE_LIGHT)); + w.toggle( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LEDS), getCaseLightState()); + #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) + w.precision(0).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_PERCENT)) + .adjuster(10, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS), getCaseLightBrightness_percent()); + w.precision(0).increments(); + #endif +} + +bool CaseLightScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { + using namespace ExtUI; + #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) + const float increment = getIncrement(); + #endif + switch (tag) { + case 2: setCaseLightState(!getCaseLightState()); break; + #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) + case 10: UI_DECREMENT(CaseLightBrightness_percent); break; + case 11: UI_INCREMENT(CaseLightBrightness_percent); break; + #endif + default: + return false; + } + + SaveSettingsDialogBox::settingsChanged(); + return true; +} + +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/change_filament_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/change_filament_screen.cpp similarity index 81% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/change_filament_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/change_filament_screen.cpp index c08be39fff74..2d1e0d66272f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/change_filament_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/change_filament_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ void ChangeFilamentScreen::onEntry() { screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.t_tag = 0; screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.repeat_tag = 0; screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.saved_extruder = getActiveTool(); + #if FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH > 0 + screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.need_purge = true; + #endif } void ChangeFilamentScreen::onExit() { @@ -114,14 +117,14 @@ void ChangeFilamentScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { #else .font(font_medium) #endif - .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(EXTRUDER_SELECTION)) + .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EXTRUDER_SELECTION)) #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT .text(BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(1,1), F("")) #else - .text(BTN_POS(3,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(CURRENT_TEMPERATURE)) + .text(BTN_POS(3,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CURRENT_TEMPERATURE)) .font(font_small) #endif - .text(BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(REMOVAL_TEMPERATURE)); + .text(BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_REMOVAL_TEMPERATURE)); drawTempGradient(BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,3)); } @@ -154,12 +157,12 @@ void ChangeFilamentScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { const bool t_ok = getActualTemp_celsius(e) > getSoftenTemp() - 10; if (screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.t_tag && !t_ok) { - cmd.text(BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(HEATING)); + cmd.text(BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HEATING)); } else if (getActualTemp_celsius(e) > 100) { cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(0xFF0000)) - .text(BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(CAUTION)) + .text(BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CAUTION)) .colors(normal_btn) - .text(BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(HOT)); + .text(BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HOT)); } #define TOG_STYLE(A) colors(A ? action_btn : normal_btn) @@ -192,21 +195,24 @@ void ChangeFilamentScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { const bool tog8 = screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.repeat_tag == 8; - #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - cmd.font(font_large); - #else - cmd.font(font_small); - #endif + cmd.font( + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + font_large + #else + font_small + #endif + ); + { char str[30]; - format_temp_and_material(str, LOW_TEMP, GET_TEXT(MATERIAL_PLA)); + format_temp_and_material(str, LOW_TEMP, GET_TEXT(MSG_MATERIAL_PLA)); cmd.tag(2) .TOG_STYLE(tog2) .button (BTN_POS(2,6), BTN_SIZE(1,1), str); - format_temp_and_material(str, MED_TEMP, GET_TEXT(MATERIAL_ABS)); + format_temp_and_material(str, MED_TEMP, GET_TEXT(MSG_MATERIAL_ABS)); cmd.tag(3) .TOG_STYLE(tog3) .button (BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), str); - format_temp_and_material(str, HIGH_TEMP, GET_TEXT(MATERIAL_HIGH_TEMP)); + format_temp_and_material(str, HIGH_TEMP, GET_TEXT(MSG_MATERIAL_HIGH_TEMP)); cmd.tag(4) .TOG_STYLE(tog4) .button (BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), str); } cmd.colors(normal_btn) @@ -221,23 +227,23 @@ void ChangeFilamentScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { .cmd(COLOR_RGB(t_ok ? bg_text_enabled : bg_text_disabled)) #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT .font(font_large) - .tag(0) .text (BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(UNLOAD_FILAMENT)) - .text (BTN_POS(2,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(LOAD_FILAMENT)) - .tag(5) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MOMENTARY)) - .tag(6) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(2,9), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MOMENTARY)) - .tag(7).TOG_STYLE(tog7).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(1,10), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(CONTINUOUS)) - .tag(8).TOG_STYLE(tog8).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(2,10), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(CONTINUOUS)) - .tag(1).colors(action_btn) .button (BTN_POS(1,11), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(0) .text (BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNLOAD_FILAMENT)) + .text (BTN_POS(2,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LOAD_FILAMENT)) + .tag(5) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOMENTARY)) + .tag(6) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(2,9), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOMENTARY)) + .tag(7).TOG_STYLE(tog7).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(1,10), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CONTINUOUS)) + .tag(8).TOG_STYLE(tog8).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(2,10), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CONTINUOUS)) + .tag(1).colors(action_btn) .button (BTN_POS(1,11), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #else .font(font_small) - .tag(0) .text (BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(UNLOAD_FILAMENT)) - .text (BTN_POS(4,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(LOAD_FILAMENT)) - .tag(5) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(3,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MOMENTARY)) - .tag(6) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(4,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MOMENTARY)) - .tag(7).TOG_STYLE(tog7).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(3,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(CONTINUOUS)) - .tag(8).TOG_STYLE(tog8).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(4,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(CONTINUOUS)) + .tag(0) .text (BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNLOAD_FILAMENT)) + .text (BTN_POS(4,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LOAD_FILAMENT)) + .tag(5) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(3,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOMENTARY)) + .tag(6) .enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(4,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOMENTARY)) + .tag(7).TOG_STYLE(tog7).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(3,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CONTINUOUS)) + .tag(8).TOG_STYLE(tog8).enabled(t_ok).button (BTN_POS(4,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CONTINUOUS)) .font(font_medium) - .tag(1).colors(action_btn) .button (BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(1).colors(action_btn) .button (BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #endif } #undef GRID_COLS @@ -262,10 +268,24 @@ ExtUI::extruder_t ChangeFilamentScreen::getExtruder() { } } +void ChangeFilamentScreen::doPurge() { + #if FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH > 0 + constexpr float purge_distance_mm = FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH; + if (screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.need_purge) { + screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.need_purge = false; + MoveAxisScreen::setManualFeedrate(getExtruder(), purge_distance_mm); + ExtUI::setAxisPosition_mm(ExtUI::getAxisPosition_mm(getExtruder()) + purge_distance_mm, getExtruder()); + } + #endif +} + bool ChangeFilamentScreen::onTouchStart(uint8_t tag) { // Make the Momentary and Continuous buttons slightly more responsive switch (tag) { case 5: case 6: case 7: case 8: + #if FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH > 0 + if (tag == 5 || tag == 7) doPurge(); + #endif return ChangeFilamentScreen::onTouchHeld(tag); default: return false; @@ -295,6 +315,9 @@ bool ChangeFilamentScreen::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.e_tag = tag; screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.t_tag = 0; screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.repeat_tag = 0; + #if FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH > 0 + screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.need_purge = true; + #endif setActiveTool(getExtruder(), true); break; case 15: GOTO_SCREEN(TemperatureScreen); break; @@ -318,6 +341,7 @@ bool ChangeFilamentScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { } void ChangeFilamentScreen::onIdle() { + reset_menu_timeout(); if (screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.repeat_tag) onTouchHeld(screen_data.ChangeFilamentScreen.repeat_tag); if (refresh_timer.elapsed(STATUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL)) { onRefresh(); @@ -326,4 +350,4 @@ void ChangeFilamentScreen::onIdle() { BaseScreen::onIdle(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 94% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp index 61eae8767785..933894259e73 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_abort_print_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" using namespace ExtUI; void ConfirmAbortPrintDialogBox::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(ABORT_WARNING)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ABORT_WARNING)); drawYesNoButtons(); } @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ bool ConfirmAbortPrintDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp index 5ca63a5d076a..deae90fe9307 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_auto_calibration_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, CALIBRATION_GCODE) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, CALIBRATION_GCODE) #include "screens.h" @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ using namespace ExtUI; using namespace Theme; void ConfirmAutoCalibrationDialogBox::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(CALIBRATION_WARNING)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CALIBRATION_WARNING)); drawYesNoButtons(); } @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ bool ConfirmAutoCalibrationDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen); - injectCommands_P(PSTR(LULZBOT_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS)); + injectCommands_P(PSTR(CALIBRATION_COMMANDS)); return true; default: return DialogBoxBaseClass::onTouchEnd(tag); } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 89% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp index f7000f1b4f84..1e16546003bb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_erase_flash_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) #include "screens.h" @@ -31,17 +31,17 @@ using namespace FTDI; void ConfirmEraseFlashDialogBox::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(ERASE_FLASH_WARNING)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ERASE_FLASH_WARNING)); drawYesNoButtons(); } bool ConfirmEraseFlashDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: - SpinnerDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(ERASING)); + SpinnerDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ERASING)); UIFlashStorage::format_flash(); SpinnerDialogBox::hide(); - AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(ERASED)); + AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ERASED)); // Remove ConfirmEraseFlashDialogBox from the stack // so the alert box doesn't return to me. current_screen.forget(); @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ bool ConfirmEraseFlashDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_start_print_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_start_print_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 89% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_start_print_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_start_print_dialog_box.cpp index 952b029308b8..5c691cb9a1d0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_start_print_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_start_print_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ void ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox::onEntry() { void ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { const char *filename = getLongFilename(); - char buffer[strlen_P(GET_TEXT(START_PRINT_CONFIRMATION)) + strlen(filename) + 1]; - sprintf_P(buffer, GET_TEXT(START_PRINT_CONFIRMATION), filename); + char buffer[strlen_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_START_PRINT_CONFIRMATION)) + strlen(filename) + 1]; + sprintf_P(buffer, GET_TEXT(MSG_START_PRINT_CONFIRMATION), filename); drawMessage((const char *)buffer); drawYesNoButtons(1); } @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ bool ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: printFile(getShortFilename()); - StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(PRINT_STARTING)); + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_STARTING)); GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen); return true; case 2: GOTO_PREVIOUS(); return true; @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ void ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox::show(uint8_t file_index) { GOTO_SCREEN(ConfirmStartPrintDialogBox); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp similarity index 97% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp index 82f92de21c0c..cc132064ecae 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/confirm_user_request_alert_box.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@ void ConfirmUserRequestAlertBox::hide() { if (AT_SCREEN(ConfirmUserRequestAlertBox)) GOTO_PREVIOUS(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp similarity index 83% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp index 544bf1527e29..21be095f963e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/default_acceleration_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -33,14 +33,14 @@ using namespace Theme; void DefaultAccelerationScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(0); - w.units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_MM_S2)); - w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(ACCELERATION)); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM_S2)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCELERATION)); w.color(other); - w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(ACCEL_PRINTING), getPrintingAcceleration_mm_s2() ); - w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(ACCEL_TRAVEL), getTravelAcceleration_mm_s2() ); - w.adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(ACCEL_RETRACT), getRetractAcceleration_mm_s2() ); + w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCEL_PRINTING), getPrintingAcceleration_mm_s2() ); + w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCEL_TRAVEL), getTravelAcceleration_mm_s2() ); + w.adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCEL_RETRACT), getRetractAcceleration_mm_s2() ); w.increments(); - w.button( 8, GET_TEXT_F(SET_MAXIMUM)); + w.button( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SET_MAXIMUM)); } bool DefaultAccelerationScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { @@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ bool DefaultAccelerationScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/developer_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/developer_menu.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/developer_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/developer_menu.cpp index 1743a1f796f7..b3b674ebd311 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/developer_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/developer_menu.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) #include "screens.h" @@ -147,4 +147,4 @@ bool DeveloperMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp index f31ad5c88153..7f3a27e9e8fd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/dialog_box_base_class.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -50,14 +50,14 @@ template void DialogBoxBaseClass::drawMessage(progmem_str, int16_t font); void DialogBoxBaseClass::drawYesNoButtons(uint8_t default_btn) { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.font(font_medium) - .colors(default_btn == 1 ? action_btn : normal_btn).tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(YES)) - .colors(default_btn == 2 ? action_btn : normal_btn).tag(2).button( BTN_POS(2,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(NO)); + .colors(default_btn == 1 ? action_btn : normal_btn).tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES)) + .colors(default_btn == 2 ? action_btn : normal_btn).tag(2).button( BTN_POS(2,8), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO)); } void DialogBoxBaseClass::drawOkayButton() { CommandProcessor cmd; cmd.font(font_medium) - .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(OKAY)); + .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BUTTON_OKAY)); } void DialogBoxBaseClass::drawButton(const progmem_str label) { @@ -84,4 +84,4 @@ void DialogBoxBaseClass::onIdle() { reset_menu_timeout(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp similarity index 86% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp index 4d33dce648f0..b449634b1a1a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/display_tuning_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ void DisplayTuningScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(0, BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::DEFAULT_LOWEST); w.units(F("")); - w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(DISPLAY_MENU)); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_DISPLAY_MENU)); w.color(other); - w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(H_OFFSET), CLCD::mem_read_16(CLCD::REG::HOFFSET) ); - w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(V_OFFSET), CLCD::mem_read_16(CLCD::REG::VOFFSET) ); + w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_H_OFFSET), CLCD::mem_read_16(CLCD::REG::HOFFSET) ); + w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_V_OFFSET), CLCD::mem_read_16(CLCD::REG::VOFFSET) ); w.increments(); - w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(TOUCH_SCREEN)); - w.button(6, GET_TEXT_F(CALIBRATE)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TOUCH_SCREEN)); + w.button(6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CALIBRATE)); } bool DisplayTuningScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { @@ -58,4 +58,4 @@ bool DisplayTuningScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp similarity index 62% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp index 05dccf96f3e8..9901bbf45b0e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/endstop_state_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -32,12 +32,10 @@ using namespace ExtUI; void EndstopStatesScreen::onEntry() { BaseScreen::onEntry(); - enable_emi_pins(true); } void EndstopStatesScreen::onExit() { BaseScreen::onExit(); - enable_emi_pins(false); } void EndstopStatesScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { @@ -51,60 +49,62 @@ void EndstopStatesScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { #define GRID_COLS 6 #define PIN_BTN(X,Y,PIN,LABEL) button(BTN_POS(X,Y), BTN_SIZE(2,1), LABEL) - #define PIN_ENABLED(LABEL,PIN,INV,X,Y) cmd.enabled(1).colors(READ(PIN##_PIN) != INV ? action_btn : normal_btn).PIN_BTN(X,Y,PIN,LABEL); - #define PIN_DISABLED(LABEL,PIN,INV,X,Y) cmd.enabled(0).PIN_BTN(X,Y,PIN,LABEL); - - #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - cmd.font(font_large) - #else - cmd.font(font_medium) - #endif - .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(6,1), GET_TEXT_F(ENDSTOPS)) - .font(font_tiny); + #define PIN_ENABLED(X,Y,LABEL,PIN,INV) cmd.enabled(1).colors(READ(PIN##_PIN) != INV ? action_btn : normal_btn).PIN_BTN(X,Y,PIN,LABEL); + #define PIN_DISABLED(X,Y,LABEL,PIN) cmd.enabled(0).PIN_BTN(X,Y,PIN,LABEL); + + cmd.font( + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT + font_large + #else + font_medium + #endif + ) + .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(6,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS)) + .font(font_tiny); #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MAX) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXT_F(X_MAX), X_MAX,X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,1,2) + PIN_ENABLED (1, 2, PSTR(MSG_X_MAX), X_MAX, X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXT_F(X_MAX),X_MAX,X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,1,2) + PIN_DISABLED(1, 2, PSTR(MSG_X_MAX), X_MAX) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MAX) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXT_F(Y_MAX),Y_MAX,Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,3,2) + PIN_ENABLED (3, 2, PSTR(MSG_Y_MAX), Y_MAX, Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXT_F(Y_MAX),Y_MAX,Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,3,2) + PIN_DISABLED(3, 2, PSTR(MSG_Y_MAX), Y_MAX) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MAX) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXT_F(Z_MAX),Z_MAX,Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,5,2) + PIN_ENABLED (5, 2, PSTR(MSG_Z_MAX), Z_MAX, Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXT_F(Z_MAX),Z_MAX,Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,5,2) + PIN_DISABLED(5, 2, PSTR(MSG_Z_MAX), Z_MAX) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MIN) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXT_F(X_MIN),X_MIN,X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,1,3) + PIN_ENABLED (1, 3, PSTR(MSG_X_MIN), X_MIN, X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXT_F(X_MIN),X_MIN,X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,1,3) + PIN_DISABLED(1, 3, PSTR(MSG_X_MIN), X_MIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MIN) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXT_F(Y_MIN),Y_MIN,Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,3,3) + PIN_ENABLED (3, 3, PSTR(MSG_Y_MIN), Y_MIN, Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXT_F(Y_MIN),Y_MIN,Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,3,3) + PIN_DISABLED(3, 3, PSTR(MSG_Y_MIN), Y_MIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXT_F(Z_MIN),Z_MIN,Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,5,3) + PIN_ENABLED (5, 3, PSTR(MSG_Z_MIN), Z_MIN, Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXT_F(Z_MIN),Z_MIN,Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,5,3) + PIN_DISABLED(5, 3, PSTR(MSG_Z_MIN), Z_MIN) #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) && PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXT_F(RUNOUT_1),FIL_RUNOUT, FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING,1,4) + PIN_ENABLED (1, 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_1), FIL_RUNOUT, FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXT_F(RUNOUT_1),FIL_RUNOUT, FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING,1,4) + PIN_DISABLED(1, 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_1), FIL_RUNOUT) #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) && PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT2) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXT_F(RUNOUT_2),FIL_RUNOUT2,FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING,3,4) + PIN_ENABLED (3, 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_2), FIL_RUNOUT2, FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXT_F(RUNOUT_2),FIL_RUNOUT2,FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING,3,4) + PIN_DISABLED(3, 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_2), FIL_RUNOUT2) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN_PROBE) - PIN_ENABLED (GET_TEXT_F(Z_PROBE),Z_MIN_PROBE,Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,5,4) + PIN_ENABLED (5, 4, PSTR(MSG_Z_PROBE), Z_MIN_PROBE, Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING) #else - PIN_DISABLED(GET_TEXT_F(Z_PROBE),Z_MIN_PROBE,Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING,5,4) + PIN_DISABLED(5, 4, PSTR(MSG_Z_PROBE), Z_MIN_PROBE) #endif #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS @@ -112,16 +112,16 @@ void EndstopStatesScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { #define EDGE_R 30 cmd.cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) .font(font_small) - .text (BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(SOFT_ENDSTOPS), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text (BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) .colors(ui_toggle) - .tag(2).toggle2(BTN_POS(4,5), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(NO), GET_TEXT_F(YES), getSoftEndstopState()); + .tag(2).toggle2(BTN_POS(4,5), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES), getSoftEndstopState()); #undef EDGE_R #define EDGE_R 0 #endif cmd.font(font_medium) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(6,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(6,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #undef GRID_COLS #undef GRID_ROWS } @@ -149,4 +149,4 @@ void EndstopStatesScreen::onIdle() { BaseScreen::onIdle(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp similarity index 89% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp index 6ad7ef88aac9..bd8e648e1125 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/feedrate_percent_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ using namespace ExtUI; void FeedratePercentScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.precision(0).units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_PERCENT)); + w.precision(0).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_PERCENT)); - w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(PRINT_SPEED)); - w.adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(SPEED), getFeedrate_percent()); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_SPEED)); + w.adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SPEED), getFeedrate_percent()); w.increments(); } @@ -49,4 +49,4 @@ bool FeedratePercentScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/filament_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/filament_menu.cpp similarity index 68% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/filament_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/filament_menu.cpp index a7fe2bff5530..3972a14ef98a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/filament_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/filament_menu.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && ANY(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && ANY(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) #include "screens.h" @@ -44,43 +44,43 @@ void FilamentMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT #define GRID_ROWS 9 #define GRID_COLS 2 - .text ( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(FILAMENT)) + .text ( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)) .font(font_medium).colors(normal_btn) - #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(RUNOUT_SENSOR)) - #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(LINEAR_ADVANCE)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #undef GRID_COLS #undef GRID_ROWS #else #define GRID_ROWS 6 #define GRID_COLS 3 - .text ( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(FILAMENT)) + .text ( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)) .font(font_medium).colors(normal_btn) - #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(RUNOUT_SENSOR)) - #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(LINEAR_ADVANCE)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(3,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #endif } } @@ -99,4 +99,4 @@ bool FilamentMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp similarity index 85% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp index fe67a7cdbad7..9830123abbad 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/filament_runout_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) #include "screens.h" @@ -32,15 +32,16 @@ using namespace Theme; void FilamentRunoutScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(FILAMENT)); - w.toggle( 2, GET_TEXT_F(RUNOUT_SENSOR), getFilamentRunoutEnabled()); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)); + w.toggle( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR), getFilamentRunoutEnabled()); #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(DETECTION_THRESHOLD)); - w.units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_MM)); + extern const char NUL_STR[]; + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM)); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); w.precision(0); w.color(e_axis); - w.adjuster( 10, GET_TEXT_F(DISTANCE), getFilamentRunoutDistance_mm(), getFilamentRunoutEnabled()); + w.adjuster( 10, progmem_str(NUL_STR), getFilamentRunoutDistance_mm(), getFilamentRunoutEnabled()); w.increments(); #endif } @@ -62,4 +63,4 @@ bool FilamentRunoutScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/files_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/files_screen.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/files_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/files_screen.cpp index d0bb97ad6246..d32ec4d07f3b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/files_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/files_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -167,13 +167,13 @@ void FilesScreen::drawFooter() { cmd.colors(normal_btn) .font(font_medium) .colors(has_selection ? normal_btn : action_btn) - .tag(back_tag).button( BTN_POS(4,y), BTN_SIZE(3,h), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)) + .tag(back_tag).button( BTN_POS(4,y), BTN_SIZE(3,h), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)) .enabled(has_selection) .colors(has_selection ? action_btn : normal_btn); if (screen_data.FilesScreen.flags.is_dir) { - cmd.tag(244).button( BTN_POS(1, y), BTN_SIZE(3,h), GET_TEXT_F(OPEN_DIR)); + cmd.tag(244).button( BTN_POS(1, y), BTN_SIZE(3,h), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BUTTON_OPEN)); } else { - cmd.tag(243).button( BTN_POS(1, y), BTN_SIZE(3,h), GET_TEXT_F(PRINT_FILE)); + cmd.tag(243).button( BTN_POS(1, y), BTN_SIZE(3,h), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BUTTON_PRINT)); } } @@ -261,4 +261,4 @@ void FilesScreen::onIdle() { #endif } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp index 16c355d45744..61875c52f1f3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/interface_settings_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -69,15 +69,15 @@ void InterfaceSettingsScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) .tag(0) .font(font_medium) - .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) + .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SETTINGS)) #undef EDGE_R #define EDGE_R 30 .font(font_small) .tag(0) - .text(BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(LCD_BRIGHTNESS), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) - .text(BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(SOUND_VOLUME), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) - .text(BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(SCREEN_LOCK), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY); - cmd.text(BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(BOOT_SCREEN), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY); + .text(BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LCD_BRIGHTNESS), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text(BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SOUND_VOLUME), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text(BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SCREEN_LOCK), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY); + cmd.text(BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BOOT_SCREEN), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY); #undef EDGE_R } @@ -94,19 +94,19 @@ void InterfaceSettingsScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { .tag(2).slider(BTN_POS(3,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), screen_data.InterfaceSettingsScreen.brightness, 128) .tag(3).slider(BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), screen_data.InterfaceSettingsScreen.volume, 0xFF) .colors(ui_toggle) - .tag(4).toggle2(BTN_POS(3,4), BTN_SIZE(w,1), GET_TEXT_F(NO), GET_TEXT_F(YES), LockScreen::is_enabled()) - .tag(5).toggle2(BTN_POS(3,5), BTN_SIZE(w,1), GET_TEXT_F(NO), GET_TEXT_F(YES), UIData::animations_enabled()) + .tag(4).toggle2(BTN_POS(3,4), BTN_SIZE(w,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES), LockScreen::is_enabled()) + .tag(5).toggle2(BTN_POS(3,5), BTN_SIZE(w,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES), UIData::animations_enabled()) #undef EDGE_R #define EDGE_R 0 #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT .colors(normal_btn) - .tag(6).button (BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(INTERFACE_SOUNDS)) + .tag(6).button (BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SOUNDS)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button (BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(1).button (BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #else - .tag(6).button (BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(INTERFACE_SOUNDS)) + .tag(6).button (BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SOUNDS)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button (BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(1).button (BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #endif } } @@ -246,40 +246,40 @@ void InterfaceSettingsScreen::loadSettings(const char *buff) { for(uint8_t i = 0; i < InterfaceSoundsScreen::NUM_EVENTS; i++) InterfaceSoundsScreen::event_sounds[i] = eeprom.event_sounds[i]; - #if ENABLED(DEVELOPER_SCREENS) + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) StressTestScreen::startupCheck(); #endif } -#ifdef LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE +#ifdef ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE #include "../../../../../HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h" bool restoreEEPROM() { - uint8_t data[LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE]; + uint8_t data[ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE]; - bool success = UIFlashStorage::read_config_data(data, LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE); + bool success = UIFlashStorage::read_config_data(data, ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE); if (success) - success = persistentStore.write_data(0, data, LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE) == PERSISTENT_STORE_SUCCESS; + success = persistentStore.write_data(0, data, ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE) == PERSISTENT_STORE_SUCCESS; if (success) - StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(EEPROM_RESTORED)); + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EEPROM_RESTORED)); else - StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(EEPROM_RESET)); + StatusScreen::setStatusMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EEPROM_RESET)); return success; } bool InterfaceSettingsScreen::backupEEPROM() { - uint8_t data[LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE]; + uint8_t data[ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE]; - if (persistentStore.read_data(0, data, LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE) != PERSISTENT_STORE_SUCCESS) + if (persistentStore.read_data(0, data, ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE) != PERSISTENT_STORE_SUCCESS) return false; - UIFlashStorage::write_config_data(data, LULZBOT_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE); + UIFlashStorage::write_config_data(data, ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE); return true; } #endif -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp index 819a4519a86b..57f520e8abd1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/interface_sounds_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -71,15 +71,15 @@ void InterfaceSoundsScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { #define GRID_ROWS 9 .font(font_medium) - .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(INTERFACE_SOUNDS)) + .text(BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INTERFACE_SOUNDS)) #undef EDGE_R #define EDGE_R 30 .font(font_small) - .tag(0).text (BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(SOUND_VOLUME), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) - .text (BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(CLICK_SOUNDS), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) - .text (BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(PRINT_STARTING), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) - .text (BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(PRINT_FINISHED), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) - .text (BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(PRINT_ERROR), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY); + .tag(0).text (BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SOUND_VOLUME), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text (BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CLICK_SOUNDS), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text (BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_STARTING), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text (BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_FINISHED), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY) + .text (BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_ERROR), OPT_RIGHTX | OPT_CENTERY); #undef EDGE_R } @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ void InterfaceSoundsScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { #define EDGE_R 30 .tag(2).slider (BTN_POS(3,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), screen_data.InterfaceSettingsScreen.volume, 0xFF) .colors(ui_toggle) - .tag(3).toggle2 (BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(w,1), GET_TEXT_F(NO), GET_TEXT_F(YES), UIData::touch_sounds_enabled()) + .tag(3).toggle2 (BTN_POS(3,3), BTN_SIZE(w,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NO), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_YES), UIData::touch_sounds_enabled()) #undef EDGE_R .colors(normal_btn) #define EDGE_R 0 @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ void InterfaceSoundsScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { .tag(5).button (BTN_POS(3,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), getSoundSelection(PRINTING_FINISHED)) .tag(6).button (BTN_POS(3,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), getSoundSelection(PRINTING_FAILED)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button (BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(1).button (BTN_POS(1,9), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); } } @@ -157,4 +157,4 @@ void InterfaceSoundsScreen::onIdle() { BaseScreen::onIdle(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/jerk_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/jerk_screen.cpp similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/jerk_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/jerk_screen.cpp index 22f5ddbf913f..c208014cc75b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/jerk_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/jerk_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, CLASSIC_JERK) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, CLASSIC_JERK) #include "screens.h" @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ void JerkScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(1); - w.units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_MM_S)); - w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(JERK)); - w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_X), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(X) ); - w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Y), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(Y) ); - w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Z), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(Z) ); - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(E0) ); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM_S)); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JERK)); + w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(X) ); + w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(Y) ); + w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(Z) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E), getAxisMaxJerk_mm_s(E0) ); w.increments(); } @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ bool JerkScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI && CLASSIC_JERK +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE && CLASSIC_JERK diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp similarity index 91% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp index 617cdd251091..034ac15c42e7 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/junction_deviation_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) #include "screens.h" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ using namespace Theme; void JunctionDeviationScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(2); - w.units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_MM)); - w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(JUNC_DEVIATION)); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION)); w.color(other) .adjuster( 2, F(""), getJunctionDeviation_mm() ); w.increments(); } @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ bool JunctionDeviationScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI && !CLASSIC_JERK +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE && !CLASSIC_JERK diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/kill_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/kill_screen.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/kill_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/kill_screen.cpp index 853491032ec8..9c27ae6af5f0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/kill_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/kill_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ void KillScreen::show(const char *message) { cmd.font(Theme::font_large) .cmd(COLOR_RGB(Theme::bg_text_enabled)) .text(BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(4,1), message) - .text(BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(PRINTER_HALTED)) - .text(BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(PLEASE_RESET)); + .text(BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HALTED)) + .text(BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(4,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PLEASE_RESET)); #undef GRID_COLS #undef GRID_ROWS @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ void KillScreen::show(const char *message) { InterfaceSoundsScreen::playEventSound(InterfaceSoundsScreen::PRINTING_FAILED, PLAY_SYNCHRONOUS); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/language_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/language_menu.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/language_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/language_menu.cpp index d077ae19fe53..8906a14cf0f4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/language_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/language_menu.cpp @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #include "../config.h" #include "../language/language.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && NUM_LANGUAGES > 1 +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && NUM_LANGUAGES > 1 #include "screens.h" @@ -63,4 +63,4 @@ bool LanguageMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { return false; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp index f24ff9fc6757..0e35b4547581 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/linear_advance_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, LIN_ADVANCE) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, LIN_ADVANCE) #include "screens.h" @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ using namespace Theme; void LinearAdvanceScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(2, DEFAULT_LOWEST).color(e_axis); - w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(LINEAR_ADVANCE)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE)); #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(LINEAR_ADVANCE_K), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E0) ); + w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E0) ); #else - w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(LINEAR_ADVANCE_K1), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E0) ); - w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(LINEAR_ADVANCE_K2), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E1) ); + w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K1), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E0) ); + w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K2), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E1) ); #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - w.adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(LINEAR_ADVANCE_K3), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E2) ); + w.adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K3), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E2) ); #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(LINEAR_ADVANCE_K4), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E3) ); + w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_LINEAR_ADVANCE_K4), getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(E3) ); #endif #endif #endif @@ -74,4 +74,4 @@ bool LinearAdvanceScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/lock_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/lock_screen.cpp similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/lock_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/lock_screen.cpp index 13b42b8cee59..f012a2218b55 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/lock_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/lock_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -66,16 +66,16 @@ void LockScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { progmem_str message; switch (message_style()) { case 'w': - message = GET_TEXT_F(PASSCODE_REJECTED); + message = GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PASSCODE_REJECTED); break; case 'g': - message = GET_TEXT_F(PASSCODE_ACCEPTED); + message = GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PASSCODE_ACCEPTED); break; default: if (passcode == 0) { - message = GET_TEXT_F(PASSCODE_SELECT); + message = GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PASSCODE_SELECT); } else { - message = GET_TEXT_F(PASSCODE_REQUEST); + message = GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PASSCODE_REQUEST); } } message_style() = '\0'; // Terminate the string. @@ -211,4 +211,4 @@ void LockScreen::enable() { GOTO_SCREEN(LockScreen); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/main_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/main_menu.cpp similarity index 67% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/main_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/main_menu.cpp index 23c4415c817a..016996e26579 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/main_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/main_menu.cpp @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ /**************************************************************************** * Written By Mark Pelletier 2017 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Cocoa Press * * * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * @@ -22,7 +23,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && !defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && !defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" @@ -43,53 +44,71 @@ void MainMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT #define GRID_ROWS 8 #define GRID_COLS 2 - .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(AUTO_HOME)) - #ifdef NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(CLEAN_NOZZLE)) - .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MOVE_AXIS)) - .tag(5).button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MOTORS_OFF)) - .tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(TEMPERATURE)) - .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(CHANGE_FILAMENT)) - .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(ADVANCED_SETTINGS)) - #ifdef PRINTCOUNTER - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(PRINTER_STATISTICS)) - .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(ABOUT_PRINTER)) + .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AUTO_HOME)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CLEAN_NOZZLE)) + .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOVE_AXIS)) + .tag(5).button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS)) + .tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TEMPERATURE)) + .enabled( + #if NONE(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO, TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE)) + .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS)) + .enabled( + #ifdef PRINTCOUNTER + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU)) + .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INFO_MENU)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #undef GRID_COLS #undef GRID_ROWS #else #define GRID_ROWS 5 #define GRID_COLS 2 - .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(AUTO_HOME)) - #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - .enabled(1) + .tag(2).button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AUTO_HOME)) + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PREHEAT_1)) #else - .enabled(0) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CLEAN_NOZZLE)) #endif - .tag(3).button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(CLEAN_NOZZLE)) - .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MOVE_AXIS)) - .tag(5).button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MOTORS_OFF)) - .tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(TEMPERATURE)) - .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(CHANGE_FILAMENT)) - .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(ADVANCED_SETTINGS)) - #ifdef PRINTCOUNTER - .enabled(1) + .tag(4).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOVE_AXIS)) + .tag(5).button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS)) + .tag(6).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TEMPERATURE)) + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CASE_LIGHT)) #else - .enabled(0) + .enabled( + #if DISABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(7).button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE)) #endif - .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(PRINTER_STATISTICS)) - .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(ABOUT_PRINTER)) + .tag(8).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS)) + .enabled( + #ifdef PRINTCOUNTER + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU)) + .tag(10).button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_INFO_MENU)) .colors(action_btn) - .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #undef GRID_COLS #undef GRID_ROWS #endif @@ -100,15 +119,21 @@ bool MainMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { using namespace ExtUI; switch (tag) { - case 1: GOTO_PREVIOUS(); break; + case 1: SaveSettingsDialogBox::promptToSaveSettings(); break; case 2: SpinnerDialogBox::enqueueAndWait_P(F("G28")); break; - #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - case 3: injectCommands_P(PSTR("G12")); GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen); break; + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + case 3: GOTO_SCREEN(PreheatTimerScreen); break; + #elif ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) + case 3: injectCommands_P(PSTR("G12")); GOTO_SCREEN(StatusScreen); break; #endif case 4: GOTO_SCREEN(MoveAxisScreen); break; case 5: injectCommands_P(PSTR("M84")); break; case 6: GOTO_SCREEN(TemperatureScreen); break; + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + case 7: GOTO_SCREEN(CaseLightScreen); break; + #else case 7: GOTO_SCREEN(ChangeFilamentScreen); break; + #endif case 8: GOTO_SCREEN(AdvancedSettingsMenu); break; #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) case 9: GOTO_SCREEN(StatisticsScreen); break; @@ -120,4 +145,4 @@ bool MainMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp similarity index 77% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp index 2a4569244d5d..8f7af4b81eda 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/max_acceleration_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -33,21 +33,22 @@ using namespace Theme; void MaxAccelerationScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(0); - w.units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_MM_S2)); - w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(ACCELERATION)); - w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(AMAX_X), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(X) ); - w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(AMAX_Y), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(Y) ); - w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(AMAX_Z), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(Z) ); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM_S2)); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ACCELERATION)); + w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AMAX_X), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(X) ); + w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AMAX_Y), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(Y) ); + w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AMAX_Z), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(Z) ); #if EXTRUDERS == 1 || DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(AMAX_E0), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AMAX_E), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E0) ); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(AMAX_E0), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E0) ); - w.color(e_axis).adjuster(10, GET_TEXT_F(AMAX_E1), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E1) ); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AMAX_E)); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 8, F(LCD_STR_E0), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster(10, F(LCD_STR_E1), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E1) ); #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster(12, GET_TEXT_F(AMAX_E2), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E2) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster(12, F(LCD_STR_E2), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E2) ); #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster(14, GET_TEXT_F(AMAX_E3), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E3) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster(14, F(LCD_STR_E3), getAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(E3) ); #endif #endif w.increments(); @@ -82,4 +83,4 @@ bool MaxAccelerationScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp similarity index 77% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp index 8e5861ae0de4..864f6b735d1f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/max_velocity_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -34,21 +34,22 @@ void MaxVelocityScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { using namespace ExtUI; widgets_t w(what); w.precision(0); - w.units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_MM_S)); - w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(VELOCITY)); - w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(VMAX_X), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(X) ); - w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(VMAX_Y), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(Y) ); - w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(VMAX_Z), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(Z) ); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM_S)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VELOCITY)); + w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VMAX_X), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(X) ); + w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VMAX_Y), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(Y) ); + w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VMAX_Z), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(Z) ); #if EXTRUDERS == 1 || DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(VMAX_E1), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VMAX_E), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E0) ); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(VMAX_E1), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E0) ); - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 10, GET_TEXT_F(VMAX_E2), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E1) ); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_VMAX_E)); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, F(LCD_STR_E0), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 10, F(LCD_STR_E1), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E1) ); #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 12, GET_TEXT_F(VMAX_E3), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E2) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 12, F(LCD_STR_E2), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E2) ); #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 14, GET_TEXT_F(VMAX_E4), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E3) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 14, F(LCD_STR_E3), getAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(E3) ); #endif #endif w.increments(); @@ -84,4 +85,4 @@ bool MaxVelocityScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/media_player_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/media_player_screen.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/media_player_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/media_player_screen.cpp index 1043dde9c7b2..95a4e6b44ade 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/media_player_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/media_player_screen.cpp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ * ffmpeg -i video.avi -i silence.wav -c copy -map 0:v:0 -map 1:a:0 startup.avi */ -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -165,4 +165,4 @@ void MediaPlayerScreen::playStream(void *obj, media_streamer_func_t *data_stream #endif // FTDI_API_LEVEL >= 810 } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/move_axis_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/move_axis_screen.cpp similarity index 83% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/move_axis_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/move_axis_screen.cpp index 5bc6f31df71e..8513c79f8457 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/move_axis_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/move_axis_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -45,24 +45,24 @@ void MoveAxisScreen::onEntry() { void MoveAxisScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(1); - w.units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_MM)); - w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MOVE_AXIS)); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MOVE_AXIS)); w.home_buttons(20); - w.color(Theme::x_axis).adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_X), getAxisPosition_mm(X), canMove(X)); - w.color(Theme::y_axis).adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Y), getAxisPosition_mm(Y), canMove(Y)); - w.color(Theme::z_axis).adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Z), getAxisPosition_mm(Z), canMove(Z)); + w.color(Theme::x_axis).adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), getAxisPosition_mm(X), canMove(X)); + w.color(Theme::y_axis).adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), getAxisPosition_mm(Y), canMove(Y)); + w.color(Theme::z_axis).adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), getAxisPosition_mm(Z), canMove(Z)); w.color(Theme::e_axis); #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[0], canMove(E0)); + w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[0], canMove(E0)); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E1), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[0], canMove(E0)); - w.adjuster( 10, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E2), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[1], canMove(E1)); + w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E1), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[0], canMove(E0)); + w.adjuster( 10, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E2), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[1], canMove(E1)); #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - w.adjuster( 12, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E3), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[2], canMove(E2)); + w.adjuster( 12, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E3), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[2], canMove(E2)); #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - w.adjuster( 14, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E4), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[3], canMove(E3)); + w.adjuster( 14, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E4), screen_data.MoveAxisScreen.e_rel[3], canMove(E3)); #endif #endif w.increments(); @@ -130,4 +130,4 @@ void MoveAxisScreen::onIdle() { BaseScreen::onIdle(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp index eb29588b2373..ae224e9c1135 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nozzle_offsets_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && HOTENDS > 1 +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && HOTENDS > 1 #include "screens.h" @@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ void NozzleOffsetScreen::onEntry() { void NozzleOffsetScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.precision(2).units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_MM)); + w.precision(2).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); - w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(TOOL_OFFSETS)); - w.color(Theme::x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_X), ExtUI::getNozzleOffset_mm(X, E1)); - w.color(Theme::y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Y), ExtUI::getNozzleOffset_mm(Y, E1)); - w.color(Theme::z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Z), ExtUI::getNozzleOffset_mm(Z, E1)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_OFFSETS_MENU)); + w.color(Theme::x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), ExtUI::getNozzleOffset_mm(X, E1)); + w.color(Theme::y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), ExtUI::getNozzleOffset_mm(Y, E1)); + w.color(Theme::z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), ExtUI::getNozzleOffset_mm(Z, E1)); #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - w.button(8, GET_TEXT_F(MEASURE_AUTOMATICALLY), !isPrinting()); + w.button(8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_MEASURE_AUTOMATICALLY), !isPrinting()); #endif w.increments(); } @@ -70,4 +70,4 @@ bool NozzleOffsetScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp similarity index 59% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp index e86e66b9c219..d9910ffa0420 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/nudge_nozzle_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, BABYSTEPPING) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, BABYSTEPPING) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ void NudgeNozzleScreen::onEntry() { void NudgeNozzleScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.precision(2, BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::DEFAULT_MIDRANGE).units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_MM)); + w.precision(2, BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::DEFAULT_MIDRANGE).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); - w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(NUDGE_NOZZLE)); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NUDGE_NOZZLE)); #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) - w.color(x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_X), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x / getAxisSteps_per_mm(X)); - w.color(y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Y), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y / getAxisSteps_per_mm(Y)); + w.color(x_axis).adjuster(2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x / getAxisSteps_per_mm(X)); + w.color(y_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y / getAxisSteps_per_mm(Y)); #endif - w.color(z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Z), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z / getAxisSteps_per_mm(Z)); + w.color(z_axis).adjuster(6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z / getAxisSteps_per_mm(Z)); w.increments(); #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - w.toggle (8, GET_TEXT_F(ADJUST_BOTH_NOZZLES), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles); + w.toggle(8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ADJUST_BOTH_NOZZLES), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles); #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 1 || HAS_BED_PROBE - w.toggle (9, GET_TEXT_F(SHOW_OFFSETS), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets); + w.toggle(9, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_SHOW_OFFSETS), screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets); if (screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets) { char str[19]; @@ -68,39 +68,38 @@ void NudgeNozzleScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { #if HAS_BED_PROBE dtostrf(getZOffset_mm(), 4, 2, str); strcat(str, " "); - strcat_P(str, GET_TEXT(UNITS_MM)); - w.text_field (0, GET_TEXT_F(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), str); + strcat_P(str, GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_MM)); + w.text_field(0, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), str); #endif - #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + #if HOTENDS > 1 format_position(str, getNozzleOffset_mm(X, E1), getNozzleOffset_mm(Y, E1), getNozzleOffset_mm(Z, E1)); - w.text_field (0, GET_TEXT_F(TOOL_OFFSETS), str); + w.text_field(0, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_OFFSETS_MENU), str); #endif } #endif } bool NudgeNozzleScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { - const float inc = getIncrement(); + const float inc = getIncrement(); #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - const bool link = screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles; + const bool link = screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles; #else constexpr bool link = true; #endif int16_t steps; switch (tag) { - case 2: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, X); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, X, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x -= steps; break; - case 3: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, X); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, X, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x += steps; break; - case 4: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Y); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, Y, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y -= steps; break; - case 5: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Y); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, Y, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y += steps; break; - case 6: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Z); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, Z, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z -= steps; break; - case 7: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Z); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, Z, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z += steps; break; + case 2: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, X); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, X, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x -= steps; break; + case 3: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, X); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, X, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.x += steps; break; + case 4: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Y); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, Y, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y -= steps; break; + case 5: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Y); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, Y, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.y += steps; break; + case 6: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Z); smartAdjustAxis_steps(-steps, Z, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z -= steps; break; + case 7: steps = mmToWholeSteps(inc, Z); smartAdjustAxis_steps( steps, Z, link); screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.rel.z += steps; break; #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - case 8: screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles = !link; break; + case 8: screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.link_nozzles = !link; break; #endif - case 9: screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets = !screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets; break; - default: - return false; + case 9: screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets = !screen_data.NudgeNozzleScreen.show_offsets; break; + default: return false; } #if EXTRUDERS > 1 || HAS_BED_PROBE SaveSettingsDialogBox::settingsChanged(); @@ -112,13 +111,13 @@ bool NudgeNozzleScreen::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { if (tag == 1) { SaveSettingsDialogBox::promptToSaveSettings(); return true; - } else { - return BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::onTouchEnd(tag); } + else + return BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::onTouchEnd(tag); } void NudgeNozzleScreen::onIdle() { reset_menu_timeout(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/preheat_timer_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/preheat_timer_screen.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0a24c3008204 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/preheat_timer_screen.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/**************************** + * preheat_timer_screen.cpp * + ****************************/ + +/**************************************************************************** + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Cocoa Press * + * * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +#include "../config.h" + +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && defined(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + +#include "screens.h" +#include "screen_data.h" + +#include "../ftdi_eve_lib/extras/circular_progress.h" + +using namespace FTDI; +using namespace ExtUI; +using namespace Theme; + +#define GRID_COLS 2 +#define GRID_ROWS 5 + +void PreheatTimerScreen::draw_message(draw_mode_t what) { + if (what & BACKGROUND) { + CommandProcessor cmd; + cmd.cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(bg_color)) + .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)) + .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)) + .tag(0); + draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_HEATING), OPT_CENTER, font_large); + } +} + +uint16_t PreheatTimerScreen::secondsRemaining() { + const uint32_t elapsed_sec = (millis() - screen_data.PreheatTimerScreen.start_ms) / 1000; + return (COCOA_PRESS_PREHEAT_SECONDS > elapsed_sec) ? COCOA_PRESS_PREHEAT_SECONDS - elapsed_sec : 0; +} + +void PreheatTimerScreen::draw_time_remaining(draw_mode_t what) { + if (what & FOREGROUND) { + const uint16_t elapsed_sec = secondsRemaining(); + const uint8_t min = elapsed_sec / 60, + sec = elapsed_sec % 60; + + char str[10]; + sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%02d:%02d"), min, sec); + + CommandProcessor cmd; + cmd.font(font_xlarge); + draw_circular_progress(cmd, BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,5), float(secondsRemaining()) * 100 / COCOA_PRESS_PREHEAT_SECONDS, str, theme_dark, theme_darkest); + } +} + +void PreheatTimerScreen::draw_interaction_buttons(draw_mode_t what) { + if (what & FOREGROUND) { + CommandProcessor cmd; + cmd.colors(normal_btn) + .font(font_medium) + .tag(1).button( BTN_POS(2,5), BTN_SIZE(1,1), F("Cancel")); + } +} + +void PreheatTimerScreen::onEntry() { + screen_data.PreheatTimerScreen.start_ms = millis(); + #ifdef COCOA_PRESS_PREHEAT_SCRIPT + injectCommands_P(PSTR(COCOA_PRESS_PREHEAT_SCRIPT)); + #endif +} + +void PreheatTimerScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { + draw_message(what); + draw_time_remaining(what); + draw_interaction_buttons(what); +} + +bool PreheatTimerScreen::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { + switch (tag) { + case 1: GOTO_PREVIOUS(); return true; + default: break; + } + return false; +} + +void PreheatTimerScreen::onIdle() { + if (secondsRemaining() == 0) { + AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PREHEAT_FINISHED)); + // Remove SaveSettingsDialogBox from the stack + // so the alert box doesn't return to me. + current_screen.forget(); + } + + reset_menu_timeout(); + if (refresh_timer.elapsed(STATUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL)) { + onRefresh(); + refresh_timer.start(); + } + BaseScreen::onIdle(); +} + +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp index 4c91e628f729..a5fe95490f74 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/restore_failsafe_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" using namespace ExtUI; void RestoreFailsafeDialogBox::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(EEPROM_RESET_WARNING)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EEPROM_RESET_WARNING)); drawYesNoButtons(); } @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ bool RestoreFailsafeDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: ExtUI::injectCommands_P(PSTR("M502")); - AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(EEPROM_RESET)); + AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EEPROM_RESET)); // Remove RestoreFailsafeDialogBox from the stack // so the alert box doesn't return to it. current_screen.forget(); @@ -48,4 +48,4 @@ bool RestoreFailsafeDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp index e2c8a81e3016..5ffe20cce1e9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/save_settings_dialog_box.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ using namespace ExtUI; bool SaveSettingsDialogBox::needs_save = false; void SaveSettingsDialogBox::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { - drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(EEPROM_SAVE_PROMPT)); + drawMessage(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EEPROM_SAVE_PROMPT)); drawYesNoButtons(); } @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ bool SaveSettingsDialogBox::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 1: injectCommands_P(PSTR("M500")); - AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(EEPROM_SAVED)); + AlertDialogBox::show(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_EEPROM_SAVED)); // Remove SaveSettingsDialogBox from the stack // so the alert box doesn't return to me. current_screen.forget(); @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ void SaveSettingsDialogBox::promptToSaveSettings() { } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screen_data.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screen_data.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screen_data.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screen_data.h index 65d6889a6ada..6e2cb97a984a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screen_data.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screen_data.h @@ -39,6 +39,9 @@ union screen_data_t { struct { uint8_t e_tag, t_tag, repeat_tag; ExtUI::extruder_t saved_extruder; + #if FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH > 0 + bool need_purge; + #endif } ChangeFilamentScreen; struct { struct { @@ -57,12 +60,17 @@ union screen_data_t { struct base_numeric_adjustment_t placeholder; float e_rel[ExtUI::extruderCount]; } MoveAxisScreen; -#if ENABLED(DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) struct { uint32_t next_watchdog_trigger; const char* message; } StressTestScreen; #endif +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + struct { + uint32_t start_ms; + } PreheatTimerScreen; +#endif #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) struct { struct base_numeric_adjustment_t placeholder; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screens.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.cpp similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screens.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.cpp index 42eb8317c992..bc9280005400 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screens.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -80,6 +80,9 @@ SCREEN_TABLE { #else DECL_SCREEN(JerkScreen), #endif +#if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + DECL_SCREEN(CaseLightScreen), +#endif #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) DECL_SCREEN(FilamentMenu), #endif @@ -96,12 +99,15 @@ SCREEN_TABLE { DECL_SCREEN(LockScreen), DECL_SCREEN(FilesScreen), DECL_SCREEN(EndstopStatesScreen), -#ifdef LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) DECL_SCREEN(BioPrintingDialogBox), DECL_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeXYZ), DECL_SCREEN(BioConfirmHomeE), #endif -#if ENABLED(DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + DECL_SCREEN(PreheatTimerScreen), +#endif +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) DECL_SCREEN(DeveloperMenu), DECL_SCREEN(ConfirmEraseFlashDialogBox), DECL_SCREEN(WidgetsScreen), @@ -114,4 +120,4 @@ SCREEN_TABLE { SCREEN_TABLE_POST -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screens.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screens.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.h index a781564644b3..176c8145e34e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/screens.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/screens.h @@ -60,6 +60,9 @@ enum { #else JERK_SCREEN_CACHE, #endif +#if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + CASE_LIGHT_SCREEN_CACHE, +#endif #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) FILAMENT_MENU_CACHE, #endif @@ -69,8 +72,11 @@ enum { #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCREEN_CACHE, #endif -#ifdef LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) PRINTING_SCREEN_CACHE, +#endif +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) + PREHEAT_TIMER_SCREEN_CACHE, #endif CHANGE_FILAMENT_SCREEN_CACHE, INTERFACE_SETTINGS_SCREEN_CACHE, @@ -226,7 +232,7 @@ class SpinnerDialogBox : public DialogBoxBaseClass, public CachedScreen { private: static void draw_axis_position(draw_mode_t); @@ -273,7 +279,9 @@ class StatusScreen : public BaseScreen, public CachedScreen { private: static void draw_status_message(draw_mode_t, const char * const); @@ -305,6 +313,23 @@ class StatusScreen : public BaseScreen, public CachedScreen { + private: + static uint16_t secondsRemaining(); + + static void draw_message(draw_mode_t); + static void draw_time_remaining(draw_mode_t); + static void draw_interaction_buttons(draw_mode_t); + public: + static void onRedraw(draw_mode_t); + + static void onEntry(); + static void onIdle(); + static bool onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag); + }; +#endif + class MainMenu : public BaseScreen, public CachedScreen { public: static void onRedraw(draw_mode_t); @@ -343,6 +368,7 @@ class ChangeFilamentScreen : public BaseScreen, public CachedScreen { + public: + static void onRedraw(draw_mode_t); + static bool onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag); + }; +#endif + #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) class FilamentMenu : public BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen, public CachedScreen { public: @@ -597,7 +631,7 @@ class InterfaceSettingsScreen : public BaseScreen, public CachedScreen 1 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E1), getAxisCurrent_mA(E0) ); - w.color(e_axis).adjuster(10, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E2), getAxisCurrent_mA(E1) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E1), getAxisCurrent_mA(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster(10, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E2), getAxisCurrent_mA(E1) ); #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster(12, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E3), getAxisCurrent_mA(E2) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster(12, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E3), getAxisCurrent_mA(E2) ); #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - w.color(e_axis).adjuster(14, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E4), getAxisCurrent_mA(E3) ); + w.color(e_axis).adjuster(14, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E4), getAxisCurrent_mA(E3) ); #endif #endif w.increments(); @@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ bool StepperCurrentScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/steps_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/steps_screen.cpp similarity index 76% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/steps_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/steps_screen.cpp index a265070ff8e8..f47707f96547 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/steps_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/steps_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -33,21 +33,21 @@ using namespace Theme; void StepsScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); w.precision(0); - w.units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_STEP_MM)); - w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(STEPS_PER_MM)); - w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_X), getAxisSteps_per_mm(X) ); - w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Y), getAxisSteps_per_mm(Y) ); - w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_Z), getAxisSteps_per_mm(Z) ); + w.units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_STEP_MM)); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_STEPS_PER_MM)); + w.color(x_axis) .adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_X), getAxisSteps_per_mm(X) ); + w.color(y_axis) .adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Y), getAxisSteps_per_mm(Y) ); + w.color(z_axis) .adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_Z), getAxisSteps_per_mm(Z) ); #if EXTRUDERS == 1 || DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E0) ); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E1), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E0) ); - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster(10, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E2), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E1) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E1), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E0) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster(10, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E2), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E1) ); #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster(12, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E3), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E2) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster(12, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E3), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E2) ); #endif #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - w.color(e_axis) .adjuster(14, GET_TEXT_F(AXIS_E4), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E3) ); + w.color(e_axis) .adjuster(14, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_AXIS_E4), getAxisSteps_per_mm(E3) ); #endif #endif w.increments(); @@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ bool StepsScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/stress_test_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/stress_test_screen.cpp similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/stress_test_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/stress_test_screen.cpp index 76d9fb2a9cf6..b5e9263efa53 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/stress_test_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/stress_test_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) #include "screens.h" #include "screen_data.h" @@ -121,7 +121,8 @@ void StressTestScreen::onIdle() { if (!commandsInQueue()) { if (!isPositionKnown()) { - injectCommands_P(PSTR("G28")); + extern const char G28_STR[]; + injectCommands_P(G28_STR); } else { injectCommands_P(PSTR( "G0 X100 Y100 Z100 F6000\n" @@ -148,4 +149,4 @@ void StressTestScreen::onIdle() { BaseScreen::onIdle(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/string_format.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/string_format.cpp similarity index 90% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/string_format.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/string_format.cpp index 56ae3cb7767d..ca4fdad3ce61 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/string_format.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/string_format.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -34,28 +34,28 @@ * Formats a temperature string (e.g. "100°C") */ void format_temp(char *str, float t1) { - sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d" S_FMT), ROUND(t1), GET_TEXT(UNITS_C)); + sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d" S_FMT), ROUND(t1), GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_C)); } /** * Formats a temperature string for an idle heater (e.g. "100 °C / idle") */ void format_temp_and_idle(char *str, float t1) { - sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d" S_FMT " / " S_FMT), ROUND(t1), GET_TEXT(UNITS_C), GET_TEXT(TEMP_IDLE)); + sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d" S_FMT " / " S_FMT), ROUND(t1), GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_C), GET_TEXT(MSG_IDLE)); } /** * Formats a temperature string for an active heater (e.g. "100 / 200°C") */ void format_temp_and_temp(char *str, float t1, float t2) { - sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d / %3d" S_FMT), ROUND(t1), ROUND(t2), GET_TEXT(UNITS_C)); + sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d / %3d" S_FMT), ROUND(t1), ROUND(t2), GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_C)); } /** * Formats a temperature string for a material (e.g. "100°C (PLA)") */ void format_temp_and_material(char *str, float t1, const char *material) { - sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d" S_FMT " (" S_FMT ")"), ROUND(t1), GET_TEXT(UNITS_C), material); + sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%3d" S_FMT " (" S_FMT ")"), ROUND(t1), GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_C), material); } /** @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ void format_temp_and_material(char *str, float t1, const char *material) { void format_position(char *str, float p) { dtostrf(p, 5, 1, str); strcat_P(str, PSTR(" ")); - strcat_P(str, GET_TEXT(UNITS_MM)); + strcat_P(str, GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_MM)); } /** @@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ void format_position(char *str, float x, float y, float z) { dtostrf(x, 4, 2, num1); dtostrf(y, 4, 2, num2); dtostrf(z, 4, 2, num3); - sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%s; %s; %s " S_FMT), num1, num2, num3, GET_TEXT(UNITS_MM)); + sprintf_P(str, PSTR("%s; %s; %s " S_FMT), num1, num2, num3, GET_TEXT(MSG_UNITS_MM)); } #pragma GCC diagnostic pop -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/string_format.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/string_format.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/string_format.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/string_format.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/temperature_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/temperature_screen.cpp similarity index 55% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/temperature_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/temperature_screen.cpp index 5796b6585b41..81cde5a34120 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/temperature_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/temperature_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -32,29 +32,37 @@ using namespace ExtUI; void TemperatureScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.precision(0).color(temp).units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_C)); - w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(TEMPERATURE)); - w.button(30, GET_TEXT_F(COOLDOWN)); - #ifndef LULZBOT_DISABLE_TOOLHEAD_HEATER + #if TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING == 10 + w.precision(1) + #else + w.precision(0) + #endif + .color(temp).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_C)); + w.heading(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TEMPERATURE)); + w.button(30, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_COOLDOWN)); + #ifndef NO_TOOLHEAD_HEATER_GCODE #if HOTENDS == 1 - w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(HOTEND), getTargetTemp_celsius(E0)); + w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NOZZLE), getTargetTemp_celsius(E0)); #else - w.adjuster( 2, GET_TEXT_F(HOTEND1), getTargetTemp_celsius(E0)); - w.adjuster( 4, GET_TEXT_F(HOTEND2), getTargetTemp_celsius(E1)); + w.adjuster( 2, F(LCD_STR_E0), getTargetTemp_celsius(E0)); + w.adjuster( 4, F(LCD_STR_E1), getTargetTemp_celsius(E1)); #if HOTENDS > 2 - w.adjuster( 6, GET_TEXT_F(HOTEND3), getTargetTemp_celsius(E2)); + w.adjuster( 6, F(LCD_STR_E2), getTargetTemp_celsius(E2)); #endif #if HOTENDS > 3 - w.adjuster( 8, GET_TEXT_F(HOTEND4), getTargetTemp_celsius(E3)); + w.adjuster( 8, F(LCD_STR_E3), getTargetTemp_celsius(E3)); #endif #endif #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED - w.adjuster( 20, GET_TEXT_F(BED), getTargetTemp_celsius(BED)); + w.adjuster( 20, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BED), getTargetTemp_celsius(BED)); + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER + w.adjuster( 22, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_CHAMBER), getTargetTemp_celsius(CHAMBER)); #endif #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - w.color(fan_speed).units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_PERCENT)); - w.adjuster( 10, GET_TEXT_F(FAN_SPEED), getTargetFan_percent(FAN0)); + w.color(fan_speed).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_PERCENT)); + w.adjuster( 10, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FAN_SPEED), getTargetFan_percent(FAN0)); #endif w.increments(); } @@ -64,40 +72,37 @@ bool TemperatureScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { switch (tag) { case 20: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, BED); break; case 21: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, BED); break; - #ifndef LULZBOT_DISABLE_TOOLHEAD_HEATER - case 2: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E0); break; - case 3: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E0); break; + case 22: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, CHAMBER); break; + case 23: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, CHAMBER); break; + #ifndef NO_TOOLHEAD_HEATER_GCODE + case 2: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E0); break; + case 3: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E0); break; #endif #if HOTENDS > 1 - case 4: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E1); break; - case 5: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E1); break; + case 4: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E1); break; + case 5: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E1); break; #endif #if HOTENDS > 2 - case 6: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E2); break; - case 7: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E2); break; + case 6: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E2); break; + case 7: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E2); break; #endif #if HOTENDS > 3 - case 8: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E3); break; - case 9: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E3); break; + case 8: UI_DECREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E3); break; + case 9: UI_INCREMENT(TargetTemp_celsius, E3); break; #endif #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - case 10: UI_DECREMENT(TargetFan_percent, FAN0); break; - case 11: UI_INCREMENT(TargetFan_percent, FAN0); break; + case 10: UI_DECREMENT(TargetFan_percent, FAN0); break; + case 11: UI_INCREMENT(TargetFan_percent, FAN0); break; #endif case 30: - setTargetTemp_celsius(0,E0); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - setTargetTemp_celsius(0,E1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - setTargetTemp_celsius(0,E2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - setTargetTemp_celsius(0,E4); - #endif - #endif - #endif + #define _HOTEND_OFF(N) setTargetTemp_celsius(0,E##N); + REPEAT(HOTENDS, _HOTEND_OFF); #if HAS_HEATED_BED setTargetTemp_celsius(0,BED); #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER + setTargetTemp_celsius(0,CHAMBER); + #endif #if FAN_COUNT > 0 setTargetFan_percent(0,FAN0); #endif @@ -108,4 +113,4 @@ bool TemperatureScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp similarity index 92% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp index d4e64667b66c..b6c5ecae3d85 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/touch_calibration_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "screens.h" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ void TouchCalibrationScreen::onEntry() { .cmd(CLEAR_COLOR_RGB(bg_color)) .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)) .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)); - draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,16), GET_TEXT_F(TOUCH_CALIBRATION_START), OPT_CENTER, font_large); + draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,16), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TOUCH_CALIBRATION_START), OPT_CENTER, font_large); cmd.cmd(DL::DL_DISPLAY) .cmd(CMD_SWAP) .execute(); @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ void TouchCalibrationScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { .cmd(CLEAR(true,true,true)) .cmd(COLOR_RGB(bg_text_enabled)); - draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,16), GET_TEXT_F(TOUCH_CALIBRATION_PROMPT), OPT_CENTER, font_large); + draw_text_box(cmd, BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(4,16), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TOUCH_CALIBRATION_PROMPT), OPT_CENTER, font_large); cmd.cmd(CMD_CALIBRATE); } @@ -86,4 +86,4 @@ void TouchCalibrationScreen::onIdle() { } } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp index c5d3b5f4b3da..4d7477b300ad 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/touch_registers_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) #include "screens.h" @@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ void TouchRegistersScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/tune_menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/tune_menu.cpp similarity index 71% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/tune_menu.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/tune_menu.cpp index 6cb8a27ba05d..8b4f0942fb4a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/tune_menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/tune_menu.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && !defined(LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && !defined(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO) #include "screens.h" @@ -51,79 +51,79 @@ void TuneMenu::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { cmd.colors(normal_btn) .font(font_medium) #ifdef TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - .tag(2).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(TEMPERATURE)) - .tag(3).enabled(!isPrinting()).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(CHANGE_FILAMENT)) - #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(FILAMENT)) + .tag(2).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TEMPERATURE)) + .tag(3).enabled(!isPrinting()).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE)) + .enabled( + #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)) #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - .tag(4).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(NUDGE_NOZZLE)) + .tag(4).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NUDGE_NOZZLE)) #else - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) #endif - .tag(5).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(PRINT_SPEED)) + .tag(5).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,5), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_SPEED)) .tag(isPrintingFromMediaPaused() ? 7 : 6) - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - .enabled(isPrintingFromMedia()) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), isPrintingFromMediaPaused() ? GET_TEXT_F(RESUME_PRINT) : GET_TEXT_F(PAUSE_PRINT)) - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - .enabled(isPrintingFromMedia()) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(8) .button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(STOP_PRINT)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + isPrintingFromMedia() + #endif + ) + .button( BTN_POS(1,6), BTN_SIZE(2,1), isPrintingFromMediaPaused() ? GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RESUME_PRINT) : GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + isPrintingFromMedia() + #endif + ) + .tag(8) .button( BTN_POS(1,7), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_STOP_PRINT)) .tag(1).colors(action_btn) - .button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .button( BTN_POS(1,8), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #else // TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - .tag(2).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(TEMPERATURE)) - .tag(3).enabled(!isPrinting()).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(CHANGE_FILAMENT)) - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif + .tag(2).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(1,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_TEMPERATURE)) + .tag(3).enabled(!isPrinting()).button( BTN_POS(1,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) + isPrintingFromMedia() + #endif + ) #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(NUDGE_NOZZLE)) + .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(2,1), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_NUDGE_NOZZLE)) #else - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) + .enabled( + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + isPrintingFromMedia() + #endif + ) + .tag(4) .button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(2,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)) #endif - .tag(5).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(PRINT_SPEED)) + .tag(5).enabled(1) .button( BTN_POS(2,2), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PRINT_SPEED)) .tag(isPrintingFromMediaPaused() ? 7 : 6) - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - .enabled(isPrintingFromMedia()) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), isPrintingFromMediaPaused() ? GET_TEXT_F(RESUME_PRINT) : GET_TEXT_F(PAUSE_PRINT)) - #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - .enabled(isPrintingFromMedia()) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(8). button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(STOP_PRINT)) - #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) || ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - .enabled(1) - #else - .enabled(0) - #endif - .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(FILAMENT)) - .tag(1).colors(action_btn) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(BACK)); + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + isPrintingFromMedia() + #endif + ) + .button( BTN_POS(1,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), isPrintingFromMediaPaused() ? GET_TEXT_F(MSG_RESUME_PRINT) : GET_TEXT_F(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT)) + .enabled( + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + isPrintingFromMedia() + #endif + ) + .tag(8). button( BTN_POS(2,3), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_STOP_PRINT)) + .enabled( + #if ANY(LIN_ADVANCE, FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) + 1 + #endif + ) + .tag(9).button( BTN_POS(1,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_FILAMENT)) + .tag(1).colors(action_btn) .button( BTN_POS(2,4), BTN_SIZE(1,1), GET_TEXT_F(MSG_BACK)); #endif } #undef GRID_COLS @@ -161,4 +161,4 @@ bool TuneMenu::onTouchEnd(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp similarity index 98% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp index a3244bfe8514..b77cb5143e46 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/widget_demo_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if BOTH(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI, DEVELOPER_SCREENS) +#if BOTH(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU) #include "screens.h" @@ -155,4 +155,4 @@ void WidgetsScreen::onIdle() { BaseScreen::onIdle(); } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI && DEVELOPER_SCREENS +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE && TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/z_offset_screen.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/z_offset_screen.cpp similarity index 87% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/z_offset_screen.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/z_offset_screen.cpp index acdee1a656d1..65a2ad0e8ec1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/screens/z_offset_screen.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/screens/z_offset_screen.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../config.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) && HAS_BED_PROBE +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) && HAS_BED_PROBE #include "screens.h" @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ using namespace Theme; void ZOffsetScreen::onRedraw(draw_mode_t what) { widgets_t w(what); - w.precision(2, BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::DEFAULT_MIDRANGE).units(GET_TEXT_F(UNITS_MM)); + w.precision(2, BaseNumericAdjustmentScreen::DEFAULT_MIDRANGE).units(GET_TEXT_F(MSG_UNITS_MM)); - w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)); - w.color(z_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), getZOffset_mm()); + w.heading( GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET)); + w.color(z_axis).adjuster(4, GET_TEXT_F(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), getZOffset_mm()); w.increments(); } @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ bool ZOffsetScreen::onTouchHeld(uint8_t tag) { return true; } -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI && HAS_BED_PROBE +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE && HAS_BED_PROBE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bitmaps.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/bitmaps.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bitmaps.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/bitmaps.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/colors.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/colors.h similarity index 81% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/colors.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/colors.h index 055719d99b76..933e91db80fd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/colors.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/colors.h @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ /**************************************************************************** * Written By Mark Pelletier 2017 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2018 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * + * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Cocoa Press * * * * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * @@ -23,16 +24,16 @@ #pragma once namespace Theme { - #ifdef LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO // The Lulzbot Bio uses the color PANTONE 2175C on the case silkscreen. // This translates to HSL(208°, 100%, 39%) as an accent color on the GUI. constexpr int accent_hue = 208; constexpr float accent_sat = 0.5; - constexpr uint32_t logo_bg = 0xffffff; - constexpr uint32_t logo_fg = 0xffffff; - constexpr uint32_t logo_stroke = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, 1.0, 0.39); + constexpr uint32_t logo_bg_rgb = 0xffffff; + constexpr uint32_t logo_fill_rgb = 0xffffff; + constexpr uint32_t logo_stroke_rgb = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, 1.0, 0.39); #else // The Lulzbot logo uses the color PANTONE 382c. // This translates to HSL(68°, 68%, 52%) as an accent color on the GUI. @@ -40,19 +41,28 @@ namespace Theme { constexpr int accent_hue = 68; constexpr float accent_sat = 0.68; - constexpr uint32_t logo_bg = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, 0.77, 0.64); - constexpr uint32_t logo_fg = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, 0.68, 0.52); // Lulzbot Green - constexpr uint32_t logo_stroke = 0x000000; + constexpr uint32_t logo_bg_rgb = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, 0.77, 0.64); + constexpr uint32_t logo_fill_rgb = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, 0.68, 0.52); // Lulzbot Green + constexpr uint32_t logo_stroke_rgb = 0x000000; #endif // Shades of accent color - constexpr uint32_t accent_color_1 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.26); // Darkest - constexpr uint32_t accent_color_2 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.39); - constexpr uint32_t accent_color_3 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.52); - constexpr uint32_t accent_color_4 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.65); - constexpr uint32_t accent_color_5 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.78); - constexpr uint32_t accent_color_6 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.91); // Lightest + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_1 = hsl_to_rgb(12.8,0.597,0.263); // Darkest + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_2 = hsl_to_rgb(12.8,0.597,0.263); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_3 = hsl_to_rgb( 9.6,0.664,0.443); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_4 = hsl_to_rgb(16.3,0.873,0.537); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_5 = hsl_to_rgb(23.0,0.889,0.539); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_6 = hsl_to_rgb(23.0,0.889,0.539); // Lightest + #else + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_1 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.26); // Darkest + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_2 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.39); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_3 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.52); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_4 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.65); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_5 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.78); + constexpr uint32_t accent_color_6 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, accent_sat, 0.91); // Lightest + #endif // Shades of gray @@ -65,7 +75,7 @@ namespace Theme { constexpr uint32_t gray_color_5 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, gray_sat, 0.78); constexpr uint32_t gray_color_6 = hsl_to_rgb(accent_hue, gray_sat, 0.91); // Lightest - #ifndef LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI + #if NONE(TOUCH_UI_LULZBOT_BIO, TOUCH_UI_COCOA_PRESS) // Lulzbot TAZ Pro constexpr uint32_t theme_darkest = gray_color_1; constexpr uint32_t theme_dark = gray_color_2; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/fonts.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/fonts.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/fonts.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/fonts.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_landscape.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_landscape.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5e01f0471c6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_landscape.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + +/**************************************************************************** + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.py" + * + * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to + * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the + * start of a new closed path. + */ + +#pragma once + +constexpr float x_min = 0.000000; +constexpr float x_max = 480.000000; +constexpr float y_min = 0.000000; +constexpr float y_max = 272.000000; + +const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_fill[] = {0x419D, 0x546F, 0x3D05, 0x5615, 0x3942, 0x5A92, 0x36B7, 0x6136, 0x35C8, 0x6950, 0x35C8, 0x96B0, 0x36B7, 0x9ECA, 0x3942, 0xA56E, 0x3D05, 0xA9EB, 0x419D, 0xAB91, 0xBE60, 0xAB91, 0xC2F8, 0xA9EB, 0xC6BB, 0xA56E, 0xC946, 0x9ECA, 0xCA35, 0x96B0, 0xCA32, 0x546C, 0x419D, 0x546F}; + +const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_stroke[] = {0xADF3, 0x546C, 0x419D, 0x546F, 0x3D05, 0x5615, 0x3942, 0x5A92, 0x36B7, 0x6136, 0x35C8, 0x6950, 0x35C8, 0x96B0, 0x36B7, 0x9ECA, 0x3942, 0xA56E, 0x3D05, 0xA9EB, 0x419D, 0xAB91, 0xBE60, 0xAB91, 0xC2F8, 0xA9EB, 0xC6BB, 0xA56E, 0xC946, 0x9ECA, 0xCA35, 0x96B0, 0xCA32, 0x546C, 0xADF3, 0x546C, 0xFFFF, 0x419D, 0x5913, 0xB08C, 0x5913, 0xC794, 0x8250, 0xC794, 0x96B0, 0xC6DA, 0x9CFF, 0xC4E1, 0xA229, 0xC1F4, 0xA5A5, 0xBE60, 0xA6ED, 0x419D, 0xA6ED, 0x3E09, 0xA5A5, 0x3B1C, 0xA229, 0x3923, 0x9CFF, 0x3869, 0x96B0, 0x3869, 0x6950, 0x3923, 0x6301, 0x3B1C, 0x5DD7, 0x3E09, 0x5A5B, 0x419D, 0x5913, 0xFFFF, 0xAC7A, 0x8620, 0xAC7A, 0x9373, 0xA767, 0x9373, 0xA767, 0x75CB, 0xA1C6, 0x75CB, 0xA1C6, 0x9373, 0xA1C6, 0x9C8E, 0xA767, 0x9C8E, 0xAC7A, 0x9C8E, 0xB21C, 0x9C8E, 0xB21C, 0x9373, 0xB21C, 0x85E7, 0xB350, 0x8093, 0xB65F, 0x7E86, 0xB9D5, 0x8165, 0xBA83, 0x85E7, 0xBA83, 0x9C8E, 0xBEFE, 0x9C8E, 0xC024, 0x99E1, 0xC024, 0x8620, 0xBF7B, 0x7F22, 0xBD8F, 0x79A9, 0xBA7E, 0x7617, 0xB65F, 0x74D0, 0xB24F, 0x7622, 0xAF30, 0x79C6, 0xAD2F, 0x7F43, 0xAC7A, 0x8620, 0xAC7A, 0x8620, 0xAC7A, 0x8620, 0xFFFF, 0x8179, 0x9C8E, 0x7CE9, 0x9C8E, 0x7747, 0x9C8E, 0x7747, 0x92EC, 0x7747, 0x8949, 0x75A2, 0x81A3, 0x71A6, 0x7E73, 0x6DAB, 0x818B, 0x6C05, 0x88FC, 0x6DAF, 0x9019, 0x71C7, 0x92EC, 0x7505, 0x92EC, 0x7505, 0x9C8E, 0x7118, 0x9C8E, 0x6CD3, 0x9B06, 0x696B, 0x96D6, 0x6729, 0x909E, 0x6658, 0x88FC, 0x672D, 0x8133, 0x6980, 0x7AC7, 0x6D13, 0x766C, 0x71A6, 0x74D0, 0x7632, 0x766D, 0x79C2, 0x7AD1, 0x7C14, 0x8153, 0x7CE9, 0x8949, 0x7CE9, 0x92EC, 0x8179, 0x92EC, 0x8179, 0x8620, 0x822E, 0x7F43, 0x842E, 0x79C6, 0x874E, 0x7622, 0x8B5E, 0x74D0, 0x8F7C, 0x7617, 0x928E, 0x79A9, 0x9479, 0x7F22, 0x9523, 0x8620, 0x9523, 0x87DB, 0x8F81, 0x87DB, 0x8F81, 0x85E7, 0x8ED4, 0x8165, 0x8B5E, 0x7E86, 0x884F, 0x8093, 0x871A, 0x85E7, 0x871A, 0x92EC, 0x871A, 0x9C8F, 0x8179, 0x9C8F, 0x8179, 0x9C8E, 0x8179, 0x9C8E, 0xFFFF, 0x6515, 0x79DB, 0x644C, 0x7281, 0x6218, 0x6C86, 0x5EB2, 0x6882, 0x5A56, 0x670A, 0x55D9, 0x68E0, 0x5272, 0x6DD0, 0x4F0B, 0x68E0, 0x4A8E, 0x670A, 0x4638, 0x6882, 0x42D5, 0x6C86, 0x40A2, 0x7281, 0x3FD9, 0x79DB, 0x3FD9, 0x9AC9, 0x40E4, 0x9C8E, 0x456F, 0x9C8E, 0x456F, 0x79B5, 0x46D4, 0x735D, 0x4A8E, 0x70C0, 0x4E3E, 0x735D, 0x4FA1, 0x79B5, 0x4FA1, 0x9C8E, 0x554D, 0x9C8E, 0x554D, 0x79B5, 0x56A7, 0x735D, 0x5A56, 0x70C0, 0x5E0C, 0x735D, 0x5F74, 0x79B5, 0x5F74, 0x9C8E, 0x6515, 0x9C8E, 0x6515, 0x79DB, 0x6515, 0x79DB, 0x6515, 0x79DB, 0xFFFF, 0x9672, 0x8C4C, 0x9714, 0x9379, 0x98F5, 0x98D2, 0x9C0B, 0x9BF4, 0xA04C, 0x9C7B, 0xA04C, 0x9373, 0x9D2B, 0x920C, 0x9C1E, 0x8C4C, 0x9C1E, 0x648E, 0x9672, 0x648E, 0x9672, 0x8C4C, 0x9672, 0x8C4C, 0x9672, 0x8C4C, 0xFFFF, 0xA767, 0x7194, 0xA767, 0x6C02, 0xA692, 0x687A, 0xA496, 0x670A, 0xA291, 0x687A, 0xA1BB, 0x6C02, 0xA1BB, 0x7194, 0xA767, 0x7194, 0xA767, 0x7194, 0xA767, 0x7194}; + +#define LOGO_BACKGROUND logo_bg_rgb +#define LOGO_PAINT_PATHS \ + LOGO_PAINT_PATH(logo_stroke_rgb, logo_stroke) \ + LOGO_PAINT_PATH(logo_fill_rgb, logo_fill) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_portrait.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_portrait.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a5af7a14cd9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/marlin_bootscreen_portrait.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + +/**************************************************************************** + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * + * (at your option) any later version. * + * * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * + * GNU General Public License for more details. * + * * + * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * + * location: . * + ****************************************************************************/ + +/** + * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.py" + * + * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to + * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the + * start of a new closed path. + */ + +#pragma once + +constexpr float x_min = 0.000000; +constexpr float x_max = 272.000000; +constexpr float y_min = 0.000000; +constexpr float y_max = 480.000000; + +const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_fill[] = {0x3C19, 0x70C5, 0x371A, 0x7159, 0x3302, 0x72EA, 0x303D, 0x753C, 0x2F39, 0x7811, 0x2F39, 0x87ED, 0x303D, 0x8AC2, 0x3302, 0x8D14, 0x371A, 0x8EA5, 0x3C19, 0x8F39, 0xC3E4, 0x8F39, 0xC8E3, 0x8EA5, 0xCCFB, 0x8D14, 0xCFC0, 0x8AC2, 0xD0C4, 0x87ED, 0xD0C0, 0x70C4, 0x3C19, 0x70C5}; + +const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_stroke[] = {0x3C19, 0x70C5, 0x371A, 0x7159, 0x3302, 0x72EA, 0x303D, 0x753C, 0x2F39, 0x7811, 0x2F39, 0x87ED, 0x303D, 0x8AC2, 0x3302, 0x8D14, 0x371A, 0x8EA5, 0x3C19, 0x8F39, 0xC3E4, 0x8F39, 0xC8E3, 0x8EA5, 0xCCFB, 0x8D14, 0xCFC0, 0x8AC2, 0xD0C4, 0x87ED, 0xD0C0, 0x70C4, 0x3C19, 0x70C5, 0xFFFF, 0x3C19, 0x7264, 0xB4D6, 0x7264, 0xCDE7, 0x80CE, 0xCDE7, 0x87ED, 0xCD1D, 0x8A21, 0xCAF7, 0x8BEF, 0xC7C8, 0x8D27, 0xC3E4, 0x8D9A, 0x3C19, 0x8D9A, 0x3835, 0x8D27, 0x3506, 0x8BEF, 0x32E0, 0x8A21, 0x3216, 0x87ED, 0x3216, 0x7811, 0x32E0, 0x75DD, 0x3506, 0x740F, 0x3835, 0x72D7, 0x3C19, 0x7264, 0xFFFF, 0xB069, 0x8223, 0xB069, 0x86CB, 0xAAE2, 0x86CB, 0xAAE2, 0x7C6E, 0xA4C2, 0x7C6E, 0xA4C2, 0x86CB, 0xA4C2, 0x89FA, 0xAAE2, 0x89FA, 0xB069, 0x89FA, 0xB689, 0x89FA, 0xB689, 0x86CB, 0xB689, 0x820F, 0xB7D9, 0x8033, 0xBB2E, 0x7F7B, 0xBEF2, 0x807C, 0xBFAE, 0x820F, 0xBFAE, 0x89FA, 0xC48F, 0x89FA, 0xC5CF, 0x890A, 0xC5CF, 0x8223, 0xC517, 0x7FB2, 0xC300, 0x7DC8, 0xBFA9, 0x7C88, 0xBB2E, 0x7C16, 0xB6C1, 0x7C8C, 0xB35B, 0x7DD2, 0xB12D, 0x7FBD, 0xB069, 0x8223, 0xB069, 0x8223, 0xB069, 0x8223, 0xFFFF, 0x819B, 0x89FA, 0x7CA3, 0x89FA, 0x7682, 0x89FA, 0x7682, 0x869C, 0x7682, 0x833E, 0x74B7, 0x8092, 0x7062, 0x7F74, 0x6C0C, 0x8089, 0x6A41, 0x8323, 0x6C10, 0x859F, 0x7085, 0x869C, 0x740C, 0x869C, 0x740C, 0x89FA, 0x6FC7, 0x89FA, 0x6B21, 0x8971, 0x676C, 0x87FA, 0x64F8, 0x85CE, 0x6414, 0x8323, 0x64FC, 0x806A, 0x6784, 0x7E2C, 0x6B67, 0x7CA6, 0x7062, 0x7C16, 0x7555, 0x7CA6, 0x7935, 0x7E2F, 0x7BBC, 0x8076, 0x7CA3, 0x833E, 0x7CA3, 0x869C, 0x819A, 0x869C, 0x819A, 0x8223, 0x825F, 0x7FBD, 0x848D, 0x7DD2, 0x87F3, 0x7C8C, 0x8C60, 0x7C16, 0x90DB, 0x7C88, 0x9432, 0x7DC8, 0x9648, 0x7FB2, 0x9701, 0x8223, 0x9701, 0x82BE, 0x90E0, 0x82BE, 0x90E0, 0x820F, 0x9024, 0x807C, 0x8C60, 0x7F7B, 0x890B, 0x8033, 0x87BB, 0x820F, 0x87BB, 0x869C, 0x87BB, 0x89FA, 0x819B, 0x89FA, 0x819B, 0x89FA, 0x819B, 0x89FA, 0xFFFF, 0x62B5, 0x7DD9, 0x61DA, 0x7B47, 0x5F73, 0x7931, 0x5BC1, 0x77C9, 0x5702, 0x7746, 0x521F, 0x77EA, 0x4E6B, 0x79A4, 0x4AB8, 0x77EA, 0x45D5, 0x7746, 0x411D, 0x77C9, 0x3D6E, 0x7931, 0x3B09, 0x7B47, 0x3A2E, 0x7DD9, 0x3A2E, 0x895C, 0x3B51, 0x89FA, 0x4043, 0x89FA, 0x4043, 0x7DCC, 0x41C6, 0x7B95, 0x45D5, 0x7AAB, 0x49D9, 0x7B95, 0x4B5B, 0x7DCC, 0x4B5B, 0x89FA, 0x5188, 0x89FA, 0x5188, 0x7DCC, 0x52FF, 0x7B95, 0x5702, 0x7AAB, 0x5B0C, 0x7B95, 0x5C94, 0x7DCC, 0x5C94, 0x89FA, 0x62B5, 0x89FA, 0x62B5, 0x7DD9, 0x62B5, 0x7DD9, 0x62B5, 0x7DD9, 0xFFFF, 0x986E, 0x844B, 0x991E, 0x86CD, 0x9B2A, 0x88AC, 0x9E85, 0x89C4, 0xA327, 0x89F3, 0xA327, 0x86CB, 0x9FBF, 0x864E, 0x9E9A, 0x844B, 0x9E9A, 0x7668, 0x986E, 0x7668, 0x986E, 0x844B, 0x986E, 0x844B, 0x986E, 0x844B, 0xFFFF, 0xAAE2, 0x7AF5, 0xAAE2, 0x7902, 0xA9FB, 0x77C7, 0xA7D2, 0x7746, 0xA59F, 0x77C7, 0xA4B6, 0x7902, 0xA4B6, 0x7AF5, 0xAAE2, 0x7AF5, 0xAAE2, 0x7AF5, 0xAAE2, 0x7AF5}; + +#define LOGO_BACKGROUND logo_bg_rgb +#define LOGO_PAINT_PATHS \ + LOGO_PAINT_PATH(logo_stroke_rgb, logo_stroke) \ + LOGO_PAINT_PATH(logo_fill_rgb, logo_fill) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/sounds.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/sounds.cpp similarity index 99% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/sounds.cpp rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/sounds.cpp index 163f7160c783..e08373390f8d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/sounds.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/sounds.cpp @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include "../compat.h" -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #include "../ftdi_eve_lib/ftdi_eve_lib.h" @@ -407,4 +407,4 @@ const SoundList::list_t SoundList::list[] = { const uint8_t SoundList::n = N_ELEMENTS(SoundList::list); -#endif // LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI +#endif // TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/sounds.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/sounds.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/sounds.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/sounds.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/theme.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/theme.h similarity index 100% rename from Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/theme.h rename to Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/ftdi_eve_touch_ui/theme/theme.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_de.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_de.h deleted file mode 100644 index f00c50591e9b..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_de.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -/***************** - * language_de.h * - *****************/ - -/**************************************************************************** - * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * - * * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * - * (at your option) any later version. * - * * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * - * GNU General Public License for more details. * - * * - * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * - * location: . * - ****************************************************************************/ - -#pragma once - -namespace Language_de { - using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English - - PROGMEM Language_Str YES = u8"JA"; - PROGMEM Language_Str NO = u8"NEIN"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BACK = u8"Zurück"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str MOVE_AXIS = u8"Achsen bewegen"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOTORS_OFF = u8"Motoren deaktivieren"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TEMPERATURE = u8"Temperatur"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CHANGE_FILAMENT = u8"Filament wechseln"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ADVANCED_SETTINGS = u8"Erw. Einstellungen"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ABOUT_PRINTER = u8"Über den Drucker"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTER_STATISTICS = u8"Drucker-Statistik"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = u8"Sondenversatz Z"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TOOL_OFFSETS = u8"Werkzeugversätze"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VELOCITY = u8"Geschwindigkeit"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCELERATION = u8"Beschleunigung"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_PRINTING = u8"Beschleunigung"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_TRAVEL = u8"A Einzug"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_RETRACT = u8"A Leerfahrt"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BACKLASH = u8"Spiel"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SMOOTHING = u8"Glätten"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CORRECTION = u8"Korrektur"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ENDSTOPS = u8"Endstopp"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SOFT_ENDSTOPS = u8"Software-Endstopp"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RESTORE_DEFAULTS = u8"Standardwerte laden"; - - - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND = u8"Düse"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND1 = u8"Düse 1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND2 = u8"Düse 2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND3 = u8"Düse 3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND4 = u8"Düse 4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BED = u8"Bett"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_ALL = u8"Alle"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str FAN_SPEED = u8"Lüfter"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_FILE = u8"Drucken"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str RESUME_PRINT = u8"SD-Druck fortsetzen"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PAUSE_PRINT = u8"SD-Druck pausieren"; - PROGMEM Language_Str STOP_PRINT = u8"SD-Druck abbrechen"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_COUNT = u8"Gesamte Drucke"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = u8"Komplette Drucke"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_TIME = u8"Gesamte Druckzeit"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = u8"Längste Druckzeit"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = u8"Gesamt Extrudiert"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTER_HALTED = u8"DRUCKER GESTOPPT"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PLEASE_RESET = u8"Bitte neustarten"; -}; // namespace Language_de diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_en.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_en.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1485b0838ea6..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_en.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,232 +0,0 @@ -/***************** - * language_en.h * - *****************/ - -/**************************************************************************** - * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * - * * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * - * (at your option) any later version. * - * * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * - * GNU General Public License for more details. * - * * - * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * - * location: . * - ****************************************************************************/ - -#pragma once - -#include "language.h" - -namespace Language_en { - PROGMEM Language_Str YES = u8"Yes"; - PROGMEM Language_Str NO = u8"No"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BACK = u8"Back"; - PROGMEM Language_Str OKAY = u8"Okay"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MENU = u8"Menu"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MEDIA = u8"Media"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str AUTO_HOME = u8"Auto Home"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CLEAN_NOZZLE = u8"Clean Nozzle"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOVE_AXIS = u8"Move Axis"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOTORS_OFF = u8"Motors Off"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TEMPERATURE = u8"Temperature"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CHANGE_FILAMENT = u8"Change Filament"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ADVANCED_SETTINGS = u8"Advanced Settings"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ABOUT_PRINTER = u8"About Printer"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTER_STATISTICS = u8"Printer Statistics"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = u8"Z Offset"; - PROGMEM Language_Str STEPS_PER_MM = u8"Steps/mm"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TOOL_OFFSETS = u8"Tool Offsets"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VELOCITY = u8"Velocity"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_X = u8"Vmax X"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_Y = u8"Vmax Y"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_Z = u8"Vmax Z"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_E1 = u8"Vmax E1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_E2 = u8"Vmax E2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_E3 = u8"Vmax E3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VMAX_E4 = u8"Vmax E4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCELERATION = u8"Acceleration"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_PRINTING = u8"Printing"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_TRAVEL = u8"Travel"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_RETRACT = u8"Retraction"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_X = u8"Amax X"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_Y = u8"Amax Y"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_Z = u8"Amax Z"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_E1 = u8"Amax E1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_E2 = u8"Amax E2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_E3 = u8"Amax E3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AMAX_E4 = u8"Amax E4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str JERK = u8"Jerk"; - PROGMEM Language_Str JUNC_DEVIATION = u8"Junc Dev"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BACKLASH = u8"Backlash"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SMOOTHING = u8"Smoothing"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CORRECTION = u8"Correction"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOTOR_CURRENT = u8"Currents"; - PROGMEM Language_Str FILAMENT = u8"Filament"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ENDSTOPS = u8"Endstops"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SOFT_ENDSTOPS = u8"Soft Endstops"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RESTORE_DEFAULTS = u8"Restore Defaults"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND = u8"Hot End"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND1 = u8"Hot End 1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND2 = u8"Hot End 2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND3 = u8"Hot End 3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND4 = u8"Hot End 4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BED = u8"Bed"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_X = u8"X"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_Y = u8"Y"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_Z = u8"Z"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_E = u8"E"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_E1 = u8"E1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_E2 = u8"E2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_E3 = u8"E3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_E4 = u8"E4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_ALL = u8"All"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOME = u8"Home"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str FAN_SPEED = u8"Fan Speed"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RUNOUT_SENSOR = u8"Runout Sensor"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str OPEN_DIR = u8"Open"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_FILE = u8"Print"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str RESUME_PRINT = u8"Resume Print"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PAUSE_PRINT = u8"Pause Print"; - PROGMEM Language_Str STOP_PRINT = u8"Stop Print"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_STARTING = u8"Print starting"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_FINISHED = u8"Print finished"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_ERROR = u8"Print error"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_COUNT = u8"Print Count"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = u8"Total Prints"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_TIME = u8"Total Print Time"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = u8"Longest Print"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = u8"Filament Used"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTER_HALTED = u8"PRINTER HALTED"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PLEASE_RESET = u8"Please reset"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str COLOR_TOUCH_PANEL = u8"Color Touch Panel"; - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT) - PROGMEM Language_Str ABOUT_ALEPH_OBJECTS = u8"© 2019 Aleph Objects, Inc.\n\nwww.lulzbot.com"; - #else - PROGMEM Language_Str ABOUT_ALEPH_OBJECTS = u8"(C) 2019 Aleph Objects, Inc.\n\nwww.lulzbot.com"; - #endif - - PROGMEM Language_Str FIRMWARE_FOR_TOOLHEAD = u8"Firmware for toolhead:\n%s\n\n"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str HOME_SENSE = u8"Home Sense"; - PROGMEM Language_Str X_MAX = u8"X Max"; - PROGMEM Language_Str X_MIN = u8"X Min"; - PROGMEM Language_Str Y_MAX = u8"Y Max"; - PROGMEM Language_Str Y_MIN = u8"Y Min"; - PROGMEM Language_Str Z_MAX = u8"Z Max"; - PROGMEM Language_Str Z_MIN = u8"Z Min"; - PROGMEM Language_Str Z_PROBE = u8"Z Probe"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RUNOUT_1 = u8"Runout 1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RUNOUT_2 = u8"Runout 2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str DISPLAY_MENU = u8"Display"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INTERFACE_SETTINGS = u8"Interface Settings"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MEASURE_AUTOMATICALLY = u8"Measure automatically"; - PROGMEM Language_Str H_OFFSET = u8"H Offset"; - PROGMEM Language_Str V_OFFSET = u8"V Offset"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TOUCH_SCREEN = u8"Touch Screen"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CALIBRATE = u8"Calibrate"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_MILLIAMP = u8"mA"; - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_MM = u8"mm"; - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_MM_S = u8"mm/s"; - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_MM_S2 = u8"mm/s²"; - #else - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_MM_S2 = u8"mm/s^2"; - #endif - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_STEP_MM = u8"st/mm"; - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_PERCENT = u8"%"; - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_C = u8"°C"; - #else - PROGMEM Language_Str UNITS_C = u8" C"; - #endif - PROGMEM Language_Str MATERIAL_PLA = u8"PLA"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MATERIAL_ABS = u8"ABS"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MATERIAL_HIGH_TEMP = u8"High"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TEMP_IDLE = u8"idle"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTING = u8"Printing"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SET_MAXIMUM = u8"Set Maximum"; - PROGMEM Language_Str DETECTION_THRESHOLD = u8"Detection Threshold"; - PROGMEM Language_Str DISTANCE = u8"Distance"; - PROGMEM Language_Str COOLDOWN = u8"Cooldown (All Off)"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_SPEED = u8"Print Speed"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SPEED = u8"Speed"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LINEAR_ADVANCE = u8"Linear Advance"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LINEAR_ADVANCE_K = u8"K"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LINEAR_ADVANCE_K1 = u8"K E1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LINEAR_ADVANCE_K2 = u8"K E2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LINEAR_ADVANCE_K3 = u8"K E3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LINEAR_ADVANCE_K4 = u8"K E4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str NUDGE_NOZZLE = u8"Nudge Nozzle"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ADJUST_BOTH_NOZZLES = u8"Adjust Both Nozzles"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SHOW_OFFSETS = u8"Show Offsets"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INCREMENT = u8"Increment"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ERASE_FLASH_WARNING = u8"Are you sure? SPI flash will be erased."; - PROGMEM Language_Str ERASING = u8"Erasing..."; - PROGMEM Language_Str ERASED = u8"SPI flash erased"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CALIBRATION_WARNING = u8"For best results, unload the filament and clean the hotend prior to starting calibration. Continue?"; - PROGMEM Language_Str START_PRINT_CONFIRMATION = u8"Start printing %s?"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ABORT_WARNING = u8"Are you sure you want to cancel the print?"; - PROGMEM Language_Str EXTRUDER_SELECTION = u8"Extruder Selection"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CURRENT_TEMPERATURE = u8"Current Temp"; - PROGMEM Language_Str REMOVAL_TEMPERATURE = u8"Removal Temp"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HEATING = u8"Heating"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CAUTION = u8"Caution:"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOT = u8"Hot!"; - PROGMEM Language_Str UNLOAD_FILAMENT = u8"Unload"; - PROGMEM Language_Str LOAD_FILAMENT = u8"Load/Extruder"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOMENTARY = u8"Momentary"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CONTINUOUS = u8"Continuous"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PLEASE_WAIT = u8"Please wait..."; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_MENU = u8"Print Menu"; - PROGMEM Language_Str FINE_MOTION = u8"Fine motion"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ENABLE_MEDIA = u8"Enable Media"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INSERT_MEDIA = u8"Insert Media..."; - PROGMEM Language_Str LCD_BRIGHTNESS = u8"LCD brightness"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SOUND_VOLUME = u8"Sound volume"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SCREEN_LOCK = u8"Screen lock"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BOOT_SCREEN = u8"Boot screen"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INTERFACE_SOUNDS = u8"Interface Sounds"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CLICK_SOUNDS = u8"Click sounds"; - PROGMEM Language_Str EEPROM_RESTORED = u8"Settings restored from backup"; - PROGMEM Language_Str EEPROM_RESET = u8"Settings restored to default"; - PROGMEM Language_Str EEPROM_SAVED = u8"Settings saved!"; - PROGMEM Language_Str EEPROM_SAVE_PROMPT = u8"Do you wish to save these settings as defaults?"; - PROGMEM Language_Str EEPROM_RESET_WARNING = u8"Are you sure? Customizations will be lost."; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PASSCODE_REJECTED = u8"Wrong passcode!"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PASSCODE_ACCEPTED = u8"Passcode accepted!"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PASSCODE_SELECT = u8"Select Passcode:"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PASSCODE_REQUEST = u8"Enter Passcode:"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str TOUCH_CALIBRATION_START = u8"Release to begin screen calibration"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TOUCH_CALIBRATION_PROMPT = u8"Touch the dots to calibrate"; - - #ifdef LULZBOT_USE_BIOPRINTER_UI - PROGMEM Language_Str MAIN_MENU = u8"Main Menu"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOVE_TO_HOME = u8"Move To Home"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RAISE_PLUNGER = u8"Raise Plunger"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RELEASE_XY_AXIS = u8"Release X and Y Axis"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AUTOLEVEL_X_AXIS = u8"Auto-level X Axis"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BED_TEMPERATURE = u8"Bed Temperature"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOME_XYZ_WARNING = u8"About to move to home position. Ensure the top and the bed of the printer are clear.\n\nContinue?"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOME_E_WARNING = u8"About to re-home plunger and auto-level. Remove syringe prior to proceeding.\n\nContinue?"; - #endif -}; // namespace Language_en diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_fr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_fr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 64582219ced6..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/language/language_fr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -/***************** - * language_fr.h * - *****************/ - -/**************************************************************************** - * Written By Marcio Teixeira 2019 - Aleph Objects, Inc. * - * * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * - * (at your option) any later version. * - * * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * - * GNU General Public License for more details. * - * * - * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * - * location: . * - ****************************************************************************/ - -#pragma once - -namespace Language_fr { - using namespace Language_en; // Inherit undefined strings from English - - PROGMEM Language_Str YES = u8"oui"; - PROGMEM Language_Str NO = u8"non"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BACK = u8"Retour"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str AUTO_HOME = u8"Origine auto"; - //PROGMEM Language_Str CLEAN_NOZZLE = u8"Clean Nozzle"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOVE_AXIS = u8"Déplacer un axe"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOTORS_OFF = u8"Arrêter moteurs"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TEMPERATURE = u8"Température"; - PROGMEM Language_Str CHANGE_FILAMENT = u8"Changer filament"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ADVANCED_SETTINGS = u8"Config. avancée"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ABOUT_PRINTER = u8"Infos imprimante"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTER_STATISTICS = u8"Stats. imprimante"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = u8"Décalage Z"; - PROGMEM Language_Str STEPS_PER_MM = u8"Pas/mm"; - PROGMEM Language_Str TOOL_OFFSETS = u8"Offsets Outil"; - PROGMEM Language_Str VELOCITY = u8"Vélocité"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCELERATION = u8"Accélération"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_PRINTING = u8"A impr."; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_TRAVEL = u8"A dépl."; - PROGMEM Language_Str ACCEL_RETRACT = u8"A retrait"; - PROGMEM Language_Str JUNC_DEVIATION = u8"Déviat. jonct."; - //PROGMEM Language_Str BACKLASH = u8"Backlash"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SMOOTHING = u8"Lissage"; - PROGMEM Language_Str MOTOR_CURRENT = u8"Courant"; - PROGMEM Language_Str ENDSTOPS = u8"Butées"; - PROGMEM Language_Str SOFT_ENDSTOPS = u8"Butées SW"; - PROGMEM Language_Str RESTORE_DEFAULTS = u8"Restaurer défauts"; - - - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND = u8"Buse"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND1 = u8"Buse 1"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND2 = u8"Buse 2"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND3 = u8"Buse 3"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOTEND4 = u8"Buse 4"; - PROGMEM Language_Str BED = u8"Lit"; - PROGMEM Language_Str AXIS_ALL = u8"Tous"; - PROGMEM Language_Str HOME = u8"Origine"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str FAN_SPEED = u8"Vitesse ventil."; - PROGMEM Language_Str RUNOUT_SENSOR = u8"Capteur fil."; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINT_FILE = u8"Imprimer"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str RESUME_PRINT = u8"Reprendre impr."; - PROGMEM Language_Str PAUSE_PRINT = u8"Pause impression"; - PROGMEM Language_Str STOP_PRINT = u8"Arrêter impr."; - - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_COUNT = u8"Nbre impressions"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_COMPLETED_PRINTS = u8"Terminées"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_TIME = u8"Tps impr. total"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = u8"Impr. la + longue"; - PROGMEM Language_Str INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = u8"Total filament"; - - PROGMEM Language_Str PRINTER_HALTED = u8"IMPR. STOPPÉE"; - PROGMEM Language_Str PLEASE_RESET = u8"Redémarrer SVP"; -}; // namespace Language_fr diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_landscape.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_landscape.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8593c14e8b41..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_landscape.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ - -/**************************************************************************** - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * - * (at your option) any later version. * - * * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * - * GNU General Public License for more details. * - * * - * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * - * location: . * - ****************************************************************************/ - -/** - * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.pl" - * - * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to - * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the - * start of a new closed path. - */ - -#pragma once - -constexpr float x_min = 0.000000; - -constexpr float x_max = 480.000000; - -constexpr float y_min = 0.000000; - -constexpr float y_max = 272.000000; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_green[] = {0x7E30, 0x2358, 0x4C02, 0xBCAA, 0xB05C, 0xBCAA}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_mark[] = {0xB1F2, 0xD5EE, 0xB146, 0xD62A, 0xB0B5, 0xD6D9, 0xB052, 0xD7DC, 0xB030, 0xD90B, 0xB052, 0xDA38, 0xB0B5, 0xDB3A, 0xB146, 0xDBE9, 0xB1F2, 0xDC22, 0xB29E, 0xDBE9, 0xB330, 0xDB3A, 0xB392, 0xDA3A, 0xB3B4, 0xD90B, 0xB392, 0xD7D9, 0xB330, 0xD6D9, 0xB29E, 0xD62A, 0xFFFF, 0xB1F2, 0xD56F, 0xB2B9, 0xD5B3, 0xB362, 0xD67F, 0xB3D4, 0xD7A9, 0xB3FB, 0xD90B, 0xB3D4, 0xDA68, 0xB362, 0xDB91, 0xB2B9, 0xDC5E, 0xB1F2, 0xDCA2, 0xB12B, 0xDC5E, 0xB082, 0xDB91, 0xB00E, 0xDA68, 0xAFE9, 0xD90B, 0xB00E, 0xD7A9, 0xB082, 0xD67F, 0xB12B, 0xD5B3, 0xFFFF, 0xB1DF, 0xD770, 0xB188, 0xD770, 0xB188, 0xD8C7, 0xB1DF, 0xD8C7, 0xB24A, 0xD8A2, 0xB269, 0xD81D, 0xB24A, 0xD798, 0xFFFF, 0xB1E3, 0xD6F0, 0xB29C, 0xD73A, 0xB2D9, 0xD81A, 0xB2B4, 0xD8CD, 0xB24C, 0xD925, 0xB274, 0xD960, 0xB2AD, 0xD9EB, 0xB30D, 0xDAFE, 0xB294, 0xDAFE, 0xB23A, 0xD9FC, 0xB1F7, 0xD966, 0xB1B6, 0xD944, 0xB188, 0xD944, 0xB188, 0xDAFE, 0xB11C, 0xDAFE, 0xB11C, 0xD6F0}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_type[] = {0xB05D, 0xC9B7, 0xB042, 0xCA2D, 0xAFFF, 0xCA5F, 0xAD38, 0xCA5F, 0xACF5, 0xCA8B, 0xACD9, 0xCAFE, 0xACD9, 0xDBFC, 0xACC0, 0xDC74, 0xAC7F, 0xDCA5, 0xA9C8, 0xDCA5, 0xA984, 0xDC74, 0xA969, 0xDBFC, 0xA969, 0xCAFE, 0xA950, 0xCA8B, 0xA90F, 0xCA60, 0xA649, 0xCA60, 0xA605, 0xCA2E, 0xA5EA, 0xC9B8, 0xA5EA, 0xC52A, 0xA649, 0xC482, 0xAFFF, 0xC482, 0xB042, 0xC4B3, 0xB05D, 0xC52A, 0xFFFF, 0x99EB, 0xD6D1, 0x9E82, 0xD6D1, 0x9E82, 0xCA60, 0x99EB, 0xCA60, 0xFFFF, 0xA1D0, 0xC7F5, 0xA1EB, 0xC88B, 0xA1F8, 0xC92A, 0xA1F8, 0xD7FD, 0xA1EB, 0xD89C, 0xA1D0, 0xD933, 0xA004, 0xDC5E, 0x9FAC, 0xDC93, 0x9F50, 0xDCA5, 0x991E, 0xDCA5, 0x98C4, 0xDC93, 0x986F, 0xDC5E, 0x96A3, 0xD933, 0x9685, 0xD89C, 0x967B, 0xD7FD, 0x967B, 0xC92A, 0x9685, 0xC88B, 0x96A3, 0xC7F5, 0x986F, 0xC4C9, 0x98C4, 0xC498, 0x991E, 0xC482, 0x9F50, 0xC482, 0x9FAC, 0xC498, 0xA004, 0xC4C9, 0xFFFF, 0x8928, 0xD75F, 0x8E6A, 0xD75F, 0x8E6A, 0xD2AE, 0x8928, 0xD2AE, 0x8928, 0xD75F, 0xFFFF, 0x8928, 0xCE0F, 0x8E6A, 0xCE0F, 0x8E6A, 0xC9C0, 0x8928, 0xC9C0, 0xFFFF, 0x9162, 0xC7F5, 0x917D, 0xC88F, 0x918A, 0xC932, 0x918A, 0xCD06, 0x9178, 0xCDA1, 0x914D, 0xCE2A, 0x9077, 0xD00F, 0x9060, 0xD094, 0x907C, 0xD10F, 0x9149, 0xD2C9, 0x9176, 0xD352, 0x918A, 0xD3EC, 0x918A, 0xD7FD, 0x917D, 0xD89C, 0x9162, 0xD933, 0x8F96, 0xDC5E, 0x8F3E, 0xDC93, 0x8EE2, 0xDCA5, 0x866C, 0xDCA5, 0x860D, 0xDBFC, 0x860D, 0xC52A, 0x8628, 0xC4B3, 0x866C, 0xC482, 0x8EE2, 0xC482, 0x8F3E, 0xC498, 0x8F96, 0xC4C9, 0xFFFF, 0x80FE, 0xC983, 0x80E9, 0xCA19, 0x80BD, 0xCA9D, 0x7A63, 0xD73B, 0x809F, 0xD73B, 0x80E2, 0xD76C, 0x80FE, 0xD7E3, 0x80FE, 0xDBFC, 0x80E2, 0xDC74, 0x809F, 0xDCA5, 0x76E9, 0xDCA5, 0x768A, 0xDBFC, 0x768A, 0xD7AD, 0x769B, 0xD713, 0x76C6, 0xD68B, 0x7D42, 0xC9EC, 0x7707, 0xC9EC, 0x76C4, 0xC9BB, 0x76A8, 0xC945, 0x76A8, 0xC52A, 0x76C4, 0xC4B3, 0x7707, 0xC482, 0x809F, 0xC482, 0x80E2, 0xC4B3, 0x80FE, 0xC52A, 0xFFFF, 0x725C, 0xD6C8, 0x729D, 0xD6F9, 0x72B6, 0xD770, 0x72B6, 0xDBFC, 0x729D, 0xDC74, 0x725C, 0xDCA5, 0x69EB, 0xDCA5, 0x698C, 0xDBFC, 0x698C, 0xC52A, 0x69EB, 0xC482, 0x6C9D, 0xC482, 0x6CFD, 0xC52A, 0x6CFD, 0xD62A, 0x6D18, 0xD69C, 0x6D5B, 0xD6C8, 0xFFFF, 0x6466, 0xC4B3, 0x6482, 0xC52A, 0x6482, 0xD818, 0x647D, 0xD818, 0x6473, 0xD8AE, 0x645A, 0xD933, 0x628E, 0xDC5E, 0x6236, 0xDC93, 0x61D9, 0xDCA5, 0x5BA8, 0xDCA5, 0x5B4E, 0xDC93, 0x5AF9, 0xDC5E, 0x592D, 0xD933, 0x590F, 0xD89C, 0x5905, 0xD7FD, 0x5905, 0xC52A, 0x5921, 0xC4B3, 0x5964, 0xC482, 0x5C16, 0xC482, 0x5C5A, 0xC4B3, 0x5C76, 0xC52A, 0x5C76, 0xD62A, 0x5C91, 0xD6A0, 0x5CD4, 0xD6D1, 0x60B3, 0xD6D1, 0x60F4, 0xD6A0, 0x610D, 0xD62A, 0x610D, 0xC52A, 0x6128, 0xC4B3, 0x616C, 0xC482, 0x6423, 0xC482, 0xFFFF, 0x54D2, 0xD6C8, 0x5513, 0xD6F9, 0x552C, 0xD770, 0x552C, 0xDBFD, 0x5513, 0xDC74, 0x54D2, 0xDCA5, 0x4C62, 0xDCA5, 0x4C02, 0xDBFD, 0x4C02, 0xC52A, 0x4C62, 0xC482, 0x4F14, 0xC482, 0x4F73, 0xC52A, 0x4F73, 0xD62A, 0x4F8E, 0xD69C, 0x4FD2, 0xD6C8}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_black[] = {0x7E30, 0x37DF, 0x842F, 0x4A34, 0x7830, 0x4A34, 0xFFFF, 0x7E30, 0x336E, 0x7602, 0x4C6C, 0x865E, 0x4C6C, 0x7E30, 0x336E, 0xFFFF, 0x5C26, 0xA020, 0x6225, 0xB275, 0x5626, 0xB275, 0xFFFF, 0x5C26, 0x9BAF, 0x53F8, 0xB4AE, 0x6453, 0xB4AE, 0xFFFF, 0xA02A, 0xA020, 0xA629, 0xB275, 0x9A2A, 0xB275, 0xFFFF, 0xA02A, 0x9BAF, 0x97FC, 0xB4AE, 0xA857, 0xB4AE, 0xFFFF, 0x7E2E, 0x5CEA, 0x7DB3, 0x5D3D, 0x7D3E, 0x5EF3, 0x7C7D, 0x613A, 0x7B56, 0x6244, 0x7A14, 0x61C8, 0x7903, 0x5FEC, 0x7850, 0x5E78, 0x77CE, 0x5E60, 0x7764, 0x5EE8, 0x7734, 0x60C6, 0x76D0, 0x6353, 0x75DA, 0x64DA, 0x7490, 0x64F7, 0x733F, 0x639E, 0x7258, 0x6281, 0x71D6, 0x62A5, 0x7184, 0x6359, 0x71A0, 0x6545, 0x71A3, 0x67F2, 0x70EF, 0x69DB, 0x6FB4, 0x6A8D, 0x6E36, 0x69CC, 0x6D27, 0x6913, 0x6CAF, 0x6970, 0x6C7A, 0x6A43, 0x6CE3, 0x6C21, 0x6D50, 0x6EC4, 0x6CEB, 0x70EF, 0x6BD5, 0x722C, 0x6A51, 0x7225, 0x693A, 0x71F5, 0x68D4, 0x7286, 0x68C0, 0x736A, 0x6961, 0x7502, 0x6A24, 0x7756, 0x6A13, 0x799D, 0x6936, 0x7B4C, 0x67C3, 0x7BFC, 0x66B4, 0x7C51, 0x6667, 0x7D0B, 0x6674, 0x7DF1, 0x6747, 0x7F2D, 0x6855, 0x810F, 0x689A, 0x8349, 0x6803, 0x8550, 0x66B9, 0x86A5, 0x65C0, 0x8773, 0x6592, 0x884B, 0x65C0, 0x8922, 0x66B9, 0x89F3, 0x6803, 0x8B47, 0x689A, 0x8D4F, 0x6854, 0x8F89, 0x6745, 0x916A, 0x6673, 0x92A5, 0x6665, 0x938B, 0x66B2, 0x9446, 0x67C1, 0x949C, 0x6933, 0x954B, 0x6A11, 0x96FC, 0x6A21, 0x9943, 0x695E, 0x9B96, 0x68BC, 0x9D2E, 0x68D0, 0x9E13, 0x6936, 0x9EA3, 0x6A4E, 0x9E74, 0x6BD1, 0x9E6D, 0x6CE7, 0x9FAA, 0x6D4C, 0xA1D6, 0x6CDE, 0xA479, 0x6C75, 0xA657, 0x6CAA, 0xA72A, 0x6D21, 0xA788, 0x6E31, 0xA6CF, 0x6FAF, 0xA60E, 0x70EA, 0xA6C1, 0x719D, 0xA8AC, 0x7199, 0xAB57, 0x717D, 0xAD44, 0x71D0, 0xADF8, 0x7251, 0xAE1C, 0x7339, 0xACFF, 0x748A, 0xABA7, 0x75D4, 0xABC5, 0x76C9, 0xAD4D, 0x772D, 0xAFDA, 0x775D, 0xB1B9, 0x77C7, 0xB240, 0x7848, 0xB228, 0x78FC, 0xB0B5, 0x7A0D, 0xAED8, 0x7B50, 0xAE5F, 0x7C76, 0xAF69, 0x7D37, 0xB1B0, 0x7DAC, 0xB366, 0x7E26, 0xB3BA, 0x7EA0, 0xB367, 0x7F16, 0xB1B0, 0x7FD7, 0xAF69, 0x80FE, 0xAE60, 0x8240, 0xAEDB, 0x8351, 0xB0B8, 0x8404, 0xB22B, 0x8486, 0xB244, 0x84F0, 0xB1BD, 0x8521, 0xAFDE, 0x8584, 0xAD51, 0x867A, 0xABC9, 0x87C4, 0xABAD, 0x8915, 0xAD05, 0x89FD, 0xAE22, 0x8A7D, 0xADFF, 0x8AD0, 0xAD4C, 0x8AB5, 0xAB5E, 0x8AB1, 0xA8B2, 0x8B65, 0xA6C8, 0x8CA0, 0xA616, 0x8E1E, 0xA6D9, 0x8F2D, 0xA792, 0x8FA5, 0xA733, 0x8FDA, 0xA661, 0x8F71, 0xA481, 0x8F04, 0xA1DF, 0x8F69, 0x9FB4, 0x907F, 0x9E78, 0x9203, 0x9E7E, 0x931A, 0x9EB0, 0x9380, 0x9E1E, 0x9394, 0x9D3A, 0x92F3, 0x9BA1, 0x9230, 0x994E, 0x9241, 0x9707, 0x931F, 0x9557, 0x9491, 0x94A7, 0x95A0, 0x9452, 0x95ED, 0x9398, 0x95DF, 0x92B3, 0x950D, 0x9176, 0x93FF, 0x8F94, 0x93BA, 0x8D5A, 0x9451, 0x8B53, 0x959B, 0x89FF, 0x9693, 0x8930, 0x96C3, 0x8859, 0x9693, 0x8781, 0x959B, 0x86B2, 0x9451, 0x855C, 0x93BA, 0x8355, 0x9400, 0x811B, 0x950F, 0x7F3A, 0x95E1, 0x7DFF, 0x95EF, 0x7D19, 0x95A2, 0x7C5E, 0x9493, 0x7C09, 0x9321, 0x7B58, 0x9243, 0x79A7, 0x9233, 0x7760, 0x92F6, 0x750D, 0x9397, 0x7375, 0x9383, 0x7291, 0x931E, 0x7200, 0x9207, 0x7230, 0x9083, 0x7236, 0x8F6D, 0x70F9, 0x8F08, 0x6ECE, 0x8F76, 0x6C2C, 0x8FDF, 0x6A4D, 0x8FAA, 0x697A, 0x8F33, 0x691C, 0x8E23, 0x69D5, 0x8CA5, 0x6A96, 0x8B6A, 0x69E3, 0x8AB7, 0x67F9, 0x8ABB, 0x654C, 0x8AD6, 0x635F, 0x8A84, 0x62AB, 0x8A03, 0x6287, 0x891C, 0x63A5, 0x87CA, 0x64FC, 0x8680, 0x64DF, 0x858B, 0x6358, 0x8527, 0x60CA, 0x84F7, 0x5EEB, 0x848E, 0x5E62, 0x840B, 0x5E7B, 0x8358, 0x5FEE, 0x8247, 0x61CB, 0x8104, 0x6246, 0x7FDE, 0x613B, 0x7F1E, 0x5EF4, 0x7EA8, 0x5D3E, 0x7E2E, 0x5CEA, 0x7E2E, 0x5CEA, 0xFFFF, 0x7E2F, 0x627C, 0x7F09, 0x631B, 0x7F64, 0x649C, 0x7F09, 0x661D, 0x7E2F, 0x66BC, 0x7D55, 0x661D, 0x7CFB, 0x649C, 0x7D55, 0x631B, 0x7E2F, 0x627C, 0x7E2F, 0x627C, 0xFFFF, 0x7E2A, 0x689C, 0x81B4, 0x6938, 0x850D, 0x6B02, 0x8823, 0x6DEA, 0x8AE0, 0x71E3, 0x8D2D, 0x76DC, 0x8ED1, 0x7C60, 0x8FCE, 0x8242, 0x9022, 0x8852, 0x8FCD, 0x8E62, 0x8ED1, 0x9443, 0x8D2C, 0x99C7, 0x8ADF, 0x9EC0, 0x8822, 0xA2BA, 0x850D, 0xA5A2, 0x81B3, 0xA76C, 0x7E2A, 0xA807, 0x7AA0, 0xA76C, 0x7747, 0xA5A2, 0x7431, 0xA2BA, 0x7174, 0x9EC0, 0x6F34, 0x99EB, 0x6D8E, 0x947A, 0x6C8B, 0x8E91, 0x6C32, 0x8852, 0x6C8A, 0x8214, 0x6D8D, 0x7C2B, 0x6F33, 0x76BA, 0x7174, 0x71E4, 0x7431, 0x6DEA, 0x7747, 0x6B02, 0x7AA0, 0x6938, 0x7E2A, 0x689C, 0x7E2A, 0x689C, 0xFFFF, 0x7E2A, 0x69AA, 0x7AD3, 0x6A3B, 0x779F, 0x6BE9, 0x748F, 0x6EC1, 0x71E0, 0x72A3, 0x6FA7, 0x7771, 0x6E11, 0x7CC6, 0x6D1D, 0x8276, 0x6CCB, 0x8852, 0x6D1D, 0x8E2F, 0x6E11, 0x93DE, 0x6FA7, 0x9933, 0x71E0, 0x9E02, 0x748F, 0xA1E3, 0x779F, 0xA4BC, 0x7AD3, 0xA669, 0x7E2A, 0xA6F9, 0x7E2A, 0xA6F9, 0x8180, 0xA669, 0x84B5, 0xA4BC, 0x87C4, 0xA1E3, 0x8A73, 0x9E01, 0x8CA7, 0x9944, 0x8E44, 0x93DE, 0x8F37, 0x8E36, 0x8F89, 0x8852, 0x8F37, 0x826E, 0x8E44, 0x7CC6, 0x8CA7, 0x7760, 0x8A74, 0x72A3, 0x87C4, 0x6EC1, 0x84B5, 0x6BE9, 0x8180, 0x6A3B, 0x7E2A, 0x69AA, 0x7E2A, 0x69AA, 0xFFFF, 0x7E71, 0x6BAF, 0x7E6A, 0x6F39, 0x7DE7, 0x6F3A, 0x7DDE, 0x6BB1, 0x7E71, 0x6BAF, 0x7E71, 0x6BAF, 0xFFFF, 0x802D, 0x6BE7, 0x80C0, 0x6C0B, 0x806E, 0x6F89, 0x7FEE, 0x6F69, 0xFFFF, 0x7C22, 0x6BE9, 0x7C62, 0x6F6C, 0x7BE2, 0x6F8C, 0x7B90, 0x6C0E, 0x7C22, 0x6BE9, 0x7C22, 0x6BE9, 0xFFFF, 0x8272, 0x6CB0, 0x8300, 0x6CFA, 0x8268, 0x705B, 0x81EC, 0x701B, 0xFFFF, 0x79DD, 0x6CB4, 0x7A65, 0x701E, 0x79E8, 0x705E, 0x794F, 0x6CFE, 0x79DD, 0x6CB4, 0x79DD, 0x6CB4, 0xFFFF, 0x6FDC, 0x6CEB, 0x70B6, 0x6D8C, 0x7110, 0x6F0D, 0x70B6, 0x708E, 0x6FDC, 0x712D, 0x6F02, 0x708E, 0x6EA8, 0x6F0C, 0x6F02, 0x6D8A, 0x6FDC, 0x6CEB, 0x6FDC, 0x6CEB, 0xFFFF, 0x8C82, 0x6CEF, 0x8D5C, 0x6D8E, 0x8DB6, 0x6F0F, 0x8D5C, 0x7091, 0x8C82, 0x7131, 0x8BA8, 0x7091, 0x8B4E, 0x6F10, 0x8BA8, 0x6D90, 0x8C82, 0x6CEF, 0x8C82, 0x6CEF, 0xFFFF, 0x84A1, 0x6E0A, 0x8528, 0x6E76, 0x844B, 0x71A8, 0x83D5, 0x7149, 0x84A1, 0x6E0A, 0xFFFF, 0x77AF, 0x6E0F, 0x787A, 0x714F, 0x7804, 0x71AD, 0x7727, 0x6E7B, 0x77AF, 0x6E0F, 0x77AF, 0x6E0F, 0xFFFF, 0x86AF, 0x6FEE, 0x872B, 0x707A, 0x860F, 0x736D, 0x85A1, 0x72F1, 0x86AF, 0x6FEE, 0xFFFF, 0x75A0, 0x6FF3, 0x76AE, 0x72F6, 0x7640, 0x7372, 0x7523, 0x7081, 0x75A0, 0x6FF3, 0x75A0, 0x6FF3, 0xFFFF, 0x7E2A, 0x7132, 0x8330, 0x72F1, 0x876F, 0x77F6, 0x8A47, 0x7F75, 0x8B45, 0x8852, 0x8A47, 0x912F, 0x876F, 0x98AF, 0x8330, 0x9DB3, 0x7E2A, 0x9F72, 0x7924, 0x9DB3, 0x74E5, 0x98AF, 0x720D, 0x912F, 0x710F, 0x8852, 0x720C, 0x7F75, 0x74E5, 0x77F7, 0x7924, 0x72F1, 0x7E2A, 0x7132, 0x7E2A, 0x7132, 0xFFFF, 0x7E2A, 0x7240, 0x795F, 0x73EB, 0x7551, 0x78B5, 0x729A, 0x7FDD, 0x71A8, 0x8852, 0x729A, 0x90C8, 0x7551, 0x97EF, 0x795F, 0x9CB9, 0x7E2A, 0x9E64, 0x82F5, 0x9CBA, 0x8703, 0x97EF, 0x89BA, 0x90C8, 0x8AAC, 0x8852, 0x89BA, 0x7FDD, 0x8703, 0x78B5, 0x82F5, 0x73EB, 0x7E2A, 0x7240, 0x7E2A, 0x7240, 0xFFFF, 0x8892, 0x7253, 0x88FF, 0x72FC, 0x87A9, 0x759E, 0x874B, 0x750F, 0x87EB, 0x73AD, 0xFFFF, 0x73BF, 0x7258, 0x7509, 0x750F, 0x74A6, 0x75A5, 0x734F, 0x7305, 0x73BF, 0x7258, 0x73BF, 0x7258, 0xFFFF, 0x8A3B, 0x7525, 0x8A9C, 0x75EC, 0x8912, 0x7831, 0x88BE, 0x7784, 0xFFFF, 0x7215, 0x752F, 0x7393, 0x778C, 0x7340, 0x7836, 0x7337, 0x7847, 0x72A7, 0x775B, 0x71B4, 0x75F5, 0x71B6, 0x75F0, 0x7215, 0x752F, 0x7215, 0x752F, 0xFFFF, 0x8BA7, 0x785E, 0x8BF8, 0x793B, 0x8A43, 0x7B17, 0x89FC, 0x7A56, 0xFFFF, 0x70AA, 0x7867, 0x7254, 0x7A5F, 0x720E, 0x7B20, 0x7059, 0x7943, 0x70AA, 0x7867, 0x70AA, 0x7867, 0xFFFF, 0x8CCD, 0x7BEB, 0x8D0A, 0x7CDA, 0x8B34, 0x7E44, 0x8AFE, 0x7D72, 0x8CCD, 0x7BEB, 0xFFFF, 0x6F84, 0x7BF4, 0x7154, 0x7D7B, 0x711D, 0x7E4C, 0x6F47, 0x7CE3, 0x6F84, 0x7BF4, 0x6F84, 0x7BF4, 0xFFFF, 0x8DA6, 0x7FB9, 0x8DD0, 0x80B5, 0x8BE0, 0x81A3, 0x8BBC, 0x80C8, 0xFFFF, 0x6EAB, 0x7FC2, 0x7096, 0x80D0, 0x7071, 0x81AB, 0x6E82, 0x80BD, 0x6EAB, 0x7FC2, 0x6EAB, 0x7FC2, 0xFFFF, 0x8E2E, 0x83B2, 0x8E44, 0x84B6, 0x8C46, 0x8528, 0x8C33, 0x8445, 0xFFFF, 0x6E24, 0x83BC, 0x701F, 0x844B, 0x700D, 0x852D, 0x6E0F, 0x84BF, 0x6E24, 0x83BC, 0x6E24, 0x83BC, 0xFFFF, 0x69ED, 0x862F, 0x6AC7, 0x86CE, 0x6B22, 0x884F, 0x6AC7, 0x89D0, 0x69ED, 0x8A6F, 0x69EC, 0x8A6F, 0x6913, 0x89CF, 0x68B9, 0x884E, 0x6913, 0x86CE, 0x69ED, 0x862F, 0x69ED, 0x862F, 0xFFFF, 0x926F, 0x8634, 0x9349, 0x86D2, 0x93A3, 0x8852, 0x93A3, 0x8855, 0x9349, 0x89D5, 0x926F, 0x8A75, 0x9195, 0x89D6, 0x913A, 0x8855, 0x9194, 0x86D4, 0x926F, 0x8634, 0x926F, 0x8634, 0xFFFF, 0x8E64, 0x87C3, 0x8E64, 0x88CA, 0x8C63, 0x88BB, 0x8C63, 0x87D7, 0xFFFF, 0x6DF1, 0x87CB, 0x6FF2, 0x87DC, 0x6FF2, 0x88C2, 0x6DF1, 0x88D2, 0x6DF1, 0x87CB, 0x6DF1, 0x87CB, 0xFFFF, 0x8C48, 0x8B69, 0x8E45, 0x8BD8, 0x8E31, 0x8CD9, 0x8C36, 0x8C4D, 0x8C48, 0x8B69, 0x8C48, 0x8B69, 0xFFFF, 0x700D, 0x8B6F, 0x7020, 0x8C52, 0x6E25, 0x8CE3, 0x6E10, 0x8BDF, 0xFFFF, 0x8BE4, 0x8EEC, 0x8DD4, 0x8FDA, 0x8DAA, 0x90D4, 0x8BC1, 0x8FC9, 0x8BE4, 0x8EEC, 0x8BE4, 0x8EEC, 0xFFFF, 0x7072, 0x8EF4, 0x7096, 0x8FCF, 0x6EAC, 0x90DD, 0x6E82, 0x8FE1, 0xFFFF, 0x8B39, 0x924D, 0x8D10, 0x93B4, 0x8CD3, 0x94A3, 0x8B04, 0x931C, 0x8B39, 0x924D, 0x8B39, 0x924D, 0xFFFF, 0x711E, 0x9255, 0x7154, 0x9326, 0x6F84, 0x94AB, 0x6F47, 0x93BC, 0xFFFF, 0x8A49, 0x9578, 0x8BFE, 0x9754, 0x8BAE, 0x9830, 0x8A03, 0x9639, 0x8A49, 0x9578, 0x8A49, 0x9578, 0xFFFF, 0x720E, 0x9582, 0x7254, 0x9643, 0x70A9, 0x983A, 0x7059, 0x975C, 0x720E, 0x9582, 0xFFFF, 0x733E, 0x986A, 0x7393, 0x9916, 0x7215, 0x9B75, 0x71B4, 0x9AAF, 0xFFFF, 0x8914, 0x986E, 0x8AA6, 0x9AA3, 0x8AA2, 0x9AAB, 0x8A44, 0x9B6B, 0x88C5, 0x990F, 0x8914, 0x986E, 0x8914, 0x986E, 0xFFFF, 0x87B2, 0x9AF6, 0x890A, 0x9D97, 0x889B, 0x9E43, 0x8750, 0x9B8E, 0x87B2, 0x9AF6, 0x87B2, 0x9AF6, 0xFFFF, 0x74A6, 0x9AFD, 0x7509, 0x9B94, 0x7514, 0x9BA4, 0x73C9, 0x9E57, 0x73C2, 0x9E4F, 0x7350, 0x9D9F, 0xFFFF, 0x8619, 0x9D2B, 0x8737, 0xA01B, 0x86B9, 0xA0A9, 0x85AB, 0x9DA7, 0x8619, 0x9D2B, 0x8619, 0x9D2B, 0xFFFF, 0x764A, 0x9D3C, 0x76B8, 0x9DB7, 0x75AB, 0xA0BC, 0x752F, 0xA02F, 0xFFFF, 0x8456, 0x9EF1, 0x8533, 0xA222, 0x84AC, 0xA28F, 0x83DF, 0x9F50, 0x8456, 0x9EF1, 0x8456, 0x9EF1, 0xFFFF, 0x780E, 0x9F00, 0x7885, 0x9F5E, 0x77B9, 0xA29E, 0x7732, 0xA233, 0xFFFF, 0x6FD5, 0x9F77, 0x70AF, 0xA018, 0x70B4, 0xA021, 0x70B9, 0xA02A, 0x7114, 0xA1AA, 0x70BA, 0xA32C, 0x6FDF, 0xA3CB, 0x6F05, 0xA32D, 0x6F02, 0xA326, 0x6EFA, 0xA319, 0x6EFB, 0xA319, 0x6EA0, 0xA197, 0x6EFB, 0xA016, 0x6FD5, 0x9F77, 0x6FD5, 0x9F77, 0xFFFF, 0x8C85, 0x9F7B, 0x8D5F, 0xA01B, 0x8DBA, 0xA19C, 0x8D60, 0xA31D, 0x8C85, 0xA3BC, 0x8BAC, 0xA31D, 0x8B51, 0xA19C, 0x8BAB, 0xA01B, 0x8C85, 0x9F7B, 0x8C85, 0x9F7B, 0xFFFF, 0x8272, 0xA041, 0x830C, 0xA3A2, 0x827E, 0xA3EB, 0x81F5, 0xA082, 0x8272, 0xA041, 0x8272, 0xA041, 0xFFFF, 0x79F2, 0xA04C, 0x7A6F, 0xA08B, 0x79E9, 0xA3F6, 0x795A, 0xA3AE, 0xFFFF, 0x8079, 0xA115, 0x80CB, 0xA493, 0x8039, 0xA4B8, 0x7FF7, 0xA136, 0x8079, 0xA115, 0x8079, 0xA115, 0xFFFF, 0x7BEC, 0xA11B, 0x7C6C, 0xA13A, 0x7C2E, 0xA4BE, 0x7B9C, 0xA499, 0x7BEC, 0xA11B, 0xFFFF, 0x7E73, 0xA169, 0x7E7E, 0xA4F2, 0x7DEA, 0xA4F3, 0x7DF1, 0xA169, 0x7E73, 0xA169, 0x7E73, 0xA169, 0xFFFF, 0x7E34, 0xA9F6, 0x7F0E, 0xAA93, 0x7F69, 0xAC14, 0x7F0F, 0xAD96, 0x7E35, 0xAE37, 0x7D5A, 0xAD98, 0x7CFF, 0xAC16, 0x7D59, 0xAA95, 0x7E34, 0xA9F6, 0x7E34, 0xA9F6, 0xFFFF, 0x7E30, 0x2358, 0x4C02, 0xBCAA, 0xB05C, 0xBCAA, 0xFFFF, 0x7E30, 0x2C0E, 0x8A08, 0x503F, 0x7258, 0x503F, 0xFFFF, 0x70E4, 0x54AE, 0x8B7C, 0x54AE, 0x9EBD, 0x8F88, 0x916B, 0xB83A, 0x6ACF, 0xB83A, 0x5D90, 0x8FBE, 0x70E4, 0x54AE, 0xFFFF, 0xA02A, 0x93E3, 0xAC0F, 0xB83A, 0x9446, 0xB83A, 0xFFFF, 0x5C23, 0x941A, 0x67F5, 0xB83A, 0x5050, 0xB83A, 0x5C23, 0x941A}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_white[] = {0x7E72, 0x6BAF, 0x7E6A, 0x6F39, 0x7DE7, 0x6F3A, 0x7DDE, 0x6BB1, 0x7E72, 0x6BAF, 0xFFFF, 0x802D, 0x6BE7, 0x80C0, 0x6C0B, 0x806E, 0x6F8A, 0x7FEE, 0x6F69, 0xFFFF, 0x7C22, 0x6BE9, 0x7C62, 0x6F6C, 0x7BE2, 0x6F8C, 0x7B90, 0x6C0E, 0x7C22, 0x6BE9, 0x7C22, 0x6BE9, 0xFFFF, 0x8272, 0x6CB0, 0x8300, 0x6CFA, 0x8268, 0x705B, 0x81EC, 0x701B, 0xFFFF, 0x79DD, 0x6CB4, 0x7A65, 0x701E, 0x79E8, 0x705E, 0x794F, 0x6CFE, 0x79DD, 0x6CB4, 0x79DD, 0x6CB4, 0xFFFF, 0x84A1, 0x6E0A, 0x8528, 0x6E76, 0x844B, 0x71A8, 0x83D6, 0x7149, 0xFFFF, 0x77AF, 0x6E0F, 0x787A, 0x714F, 0x7804, 0x71AD, 0x7727, 0x6E7B, 0x77AF, 0x6E0F, 0x77AF, 0x6E0F, 0xFFFF, 0x86AF, 0x6FEE, 0x872C, 0x707A, 0x860F, 0x736D, 0x85A1, 0x72F1, 0xFFFF, 0x75A0, 0x6FF3, 0x76AE, 0x72F6, 0x7641, 0x7372, 0x7523, 0x7081, 0x75A0, 0x6FF3, 0x75A0, 0x6FF3, 0xFFFF, 0x8892, 0x7253, 0x88FF, 0x72FC, 0x87A9, 0x759E, 0x874B, 0x750F, 0xFFFF, 0x73BF, 0x7258, 0x7509, 0x750F, 0x74A6, 0x75A5, 0x734F, 0x7305, 0x73BF, 0x7258, 0x73BF, 0x7258, 0xFFFF, 0x8A3B, 0x7525, 0x8A9C, 0x75EC, 0x8912, 0x7831, 0x88BE, 0x7784, 0xFFFF, 0x7215, 0x752F, 0x7393, 0x778C, 0x7340, 0x7836, 0x71B4, 0x75F5, 0x7215, 0x752F, 0xFFFF, 0x8BA7, 0x785E, 0x8BF8, 0x793B, 0x8A43, 0x7B17, 0x89FC, 0x7A56, 0xFFFF, 0x70AA, 0x7867, 0x7254, 0x7A5F, 0x720E, 0x7B20, 0x7059, 0x7943, 0x70AA, 0x7867, 0x70AA, 0x7867, 0xFFFF, 0x8CCD, 0x7BEB, 0x8D0A, 0x7CDA, 0x8B34, 0x7E44, 0x8AFE, 0x7D72, 0xFFFF, 0x6F84, 0x7BF4, 0x7154, 0x7D7B, 0x711D, 0x7E4C, 0x6F47, 0x7CE3, 0x6F84, 0x7BF4, 0x6F84, 0x7BF4, 0xFFFF, 0x8DA6, 0x7FB9, 0x8DD0, 0x80B5, 0x8BE0, 0x81A3, 0x8BBC, 0x80C8, 0xFFFF, 0x6EAB, 0x7FC3, 0x7096, 0x80D0, 0x7071, 0x81AB, 0x6E82, 0x80BD, 0x6EAB, 0x7FC3, 0x6EAB, 0x7FC3, 0xFFFF, 0x8E2E, 0x83B2, 0x8E44, 0x84B6, 0x8C46, 0x8528, 0x8C33, 0x8445, 0xFFFF, 0x6E24, 0x83BC, 0x701F, 0x844B, 0x700D, 0x852D, 0x6E0F, 0x84BF, 0x6E24, 0x83BC, 0x6E24, 0x83BC, 0xFFFF, 0x8E64, 0x87C3, 0x8E64, 0x88CA, 0x8C63, 0x88BB, 0x8C63, 0x87D7, 0xFFFF, 0x6DF1, 0x87CB, 0x6FF2, 0x87DC, 0x6FF2, 0x88C2, 0x6DF1, 0x88D3, 0x6DF1, 0x87CB, 0xFFFF, 0x8C48, 0x8B69, 0x8E45, 0x8BD8, 0x8E31, 0x8CD9, 0x8C36, 0x8C4D, 0x8C48, 0x8B69, 0x8C48, 0x8B69, 0xFFFF, 0x700D, 0x8B70, 0x7020, 0x8C52, 0x6E25, 0x8CE3, 0x6E10, 0x8BE0, 0xFFFF, 0x8BE4, 0x8EEC, 0x8DD4, 0x8FDA, 0x8DAA, 0x90D4, 0x8BC0, 0x8FC9, 0x8BE4, 0x8EEC, 0xFFFF, 0x7072, 0x8EF4, 0x7096, 0x8FD0, 0x6EAC, 0x90DD, 0x6E82, 0x8FE1, 0xFFFF, 0x8B39, 0x924D, 0x8D10, 0x93B4, 0x8CD3, 0x94A3, 0x8B04, 0x931D, 0x8B39, 0x924D, 0x8B39, 0x924D, 0xFFFF, 0x711E, 0x9255, 0x7154, 0x9326, 0x6F84, 0x94AB, 0x6F47, 0x93BC, 0xFFFF, 0x8A49, 0x9579, 0x8BFE, 0x9754, 0x8BAE, 0x9830, 0x8A03, 0x9639, 0x8A49, 0x9579, 0x8A49, 0x9579, 0xFFFF, 0x720E, 0x9582, 0x7254, 0x9644, 0x70A9, 0x983A, 0x7059, 0x975C, 0xFFFF, 0x733D, 0x986A, 0x7393, 0x9916, 0x7215, 0x9B75, 0x71B4, 0x9AAF, 0xFFFF, 0x8914, 0x986E, 0x8AA6, 0x9AA3, 0x8A44, 0x9B6B, 0x88C5, 0x990F, 0x8914, 0x986E, 0xFFFF, 0x87B2, 0x9AF6, 0x890A, 0x9D97, 0x889B, 0x9E43, 0x8750, 0x9B8E, 0x87B2, 0x9AF6, 0x87B2, 0x9AF6, 0xFFFF, 0x74A6, 0x9AFD, 0x7509, 0x9B94, 0x73C9, 0x9E57, 0x7350, 0x9DA0, 0xFFFF, 0x8619, 0x9D2B, 0x8737, 0xA01B, 0x86B9, 0xA0A9, 0x85AB, 0x9DA7, 0x8619, 0x9D2B, 0x8619, 0x9D2B, 0xFFFF, 0x764A, 0x9D3C, 0x76B8, 0x9DB7, 0x75AB, 0xA0BC, 0x752E, 0xA02F, 0xFFFF, 0x8455, 0x9EF1, 0x8533, 0xA222, 0x84AC, 0xA28F, 0x83DF, 0x9F50, 0x8455, 0x9EF1, 0x8455, 0x9EF1, 0xFFFF, 0x780E, 0x9F00, 0x7885, 0x9F5E, 0x77B9, 0xA29E, 0x7732, 0xA233, 0xFFFF, 0x8272, 0xA041, 0x830C, 0xA3A2, 0x827D, 0xA3EC, 0x81F5, 0xA082, 0x8272, 0xA041, 0x8272, 0xA041, 0xFFFF, 0x79F2, 0xA04D, 0x7A6E, 0xA08C, 0x79E9, 0xA3F6, 0x795A, 0xA3AE, 0xFFFF, 0x8079, 0xA115, 0x80CB, 0xA493, 0x8039, 0xA4B9, 0x7FF7, 0xA136, 0x8079, 0xA115, 0x8079, 0xA115, 0xFFFF, 0x7BEC, 0xA11B, 0x7C6C, 0xA13A, 0x7C2E, 0xA4BE, 0x7B9C, 0xA499, 0xFFFF, 0x7E73, 0xA169, 0x7E7E, 0xA4F2, 0x7DE9, 0xA4F3, 0x7DF1, 0xA169, 0x7E73, 0xA169, 0xFFFF, 0x7F6C, 0x7644, 0x801D, 0x768B, 0x8069, 0x76D5, 0x80AE, 0x7739, 0x8102, 0x785D, 0x80E7, 0x799A, 0x807D, 0x7A8F, 0x7FD8, 0x7B0A, 0x7FC8, 0x7AFB, 0x7FA3, 0x7ABE, 0x7FCB, 0x7A6B, 0x7FE9, 0x7A54, 0x803C, 0x7A0A, 0x8084, 0x7950, 0x8090, 0x787F, 0x8057, 0x77D1, 0x8021, 0x778E, 0x7FE8, 0x775E, 0x7F71, 0x773A, 0x7F02, 0x777C, 0x7ECF, 0x77C4, 0x7EAC, 0x780F, 0x7E89, 0x7880, 0x7E77, 0x78DA, 0x7E6F, 0x79A6, 0x7E7D, 0x79F6, 0x7E9C, 0x7A3A, 0x7F0C, 0x7AD3, 0x8002, 0x7C03, 0x8084, 0x7CC0, 0x80B8, 0x7D14, 0x80F6, 0x7D99, 0x8135, 0x7EE9, 0x812D, 0x8036, 0x8103, 0x8165, 0x80C6, 0x8280, 0x8087, 0x8371, 0x806C, 0x8452, 0x810C, 0x8410, 0x8154, 0x839E, 0x8206, 0x823F, 0x827D, 0x80B4, 0x8297, 0x8003, 0x82CD, 0x7E19, 0x82F5, 0x7CEB, 0x8303, 0x7CA0, 0x8342, 0x7BB3, 0x8375, 0x7B3F, 0x83B2, 0x7ADA, 0x843E, 0x7A4C, 0x84A1, 0x7A11, 0x84DA, 0x79F7, 0x8528, 0x7A0D, 0x8575, 0x7A3B, 0x8597, 0x7A59, 0x861A, 0x7B08, 0x8672, 0x7C1B, 0x8684, 0x7CB2, 0x8686, 0x7D50, 0x8636, 0x7E77, 0x8597, 0x7F10, 0x84E7, 0x7F24, 0x8442, 0x7EA8, 0x843C, 0x7E82, 0x8439, 0x7E27, 0x847D, 0x7E2E, 0x8498, 0x7E44, 0x84F4, 0x7E8C, 0x8582, 0x7E7E, 0x85FA, 0x7E0C, 0x8630, 0x7D40, 0x862E, 0x7CC4, 0x861C, 0x7C48, 0x85D5, 0x7B74, 0x8562, 0x7AE7, 0x851B, 0x7ABD, 0x84E1, 0x7AAF, 0x848E, 0x7AE2, 0x8456, 0x7B13, 0x83F8, 0x7B7B, 0x83CC, 0x7BCD, 0x83A8, 0x7C2E, 0x837D, 0x7CFD, 0x8365, 0x7EF1, 0x8367, 0x8074, 0x8361, 0x810D, 0x8303, 0x8341, 0x8266, 0x8533, 0x81A6, 0x8702, 0x81A4, 0x8710, 0x824F, 0x8671, 0x82F2, 0x8603, 0x83B0, 0x85C4, 0x8493, 0x860B, 0x84F8, 0x8689, 0x853B, 0x8727, 0x8575, 0x87EB, 0x85F2, 0x8982, 0x8655, 0x8ABA, 0x86A4, 0x8B6E, 0x86D5, 0x8BAE, 0x8702, 0x8BCD, 0x8779, 0x8BD7, 0x87BB, 0x8BBA, 0x8806, 0x8B7C, 0x8834, 0x8B3C, 0x8853, 0x8B04, 0x8887, 0x8A44, 0x8881, 0x8962, 0x8869, 0x88EC, 0x884A, 0x888D, 0x87EB, 0x8810, 0x876F, 0x880F, 0x86FC, 0x887C, 0x86BC, 0x892D, 0x86AF, 0x8955, 0x866E, 0x8955, 0x8665, 0x88F9, 0x86C0, 0x8806, 0x8756, 0x8771, 0x8806, 0x876F, 0x8899, 0x8824, 0x88C9, 0x88AB, 0x88E7, 0x8932, 0x88F5, 0x8A64, 0x88B1, 0x8B88, 0x8873, 0x8C00, 0x882B, 0x8C5B, 0x87DD, 0x8C9D, 0x8790, 0x8CC5, 0x86E1, 0x8CCB, 0x86A0, 0x8CA8, 0x8679, 0x8C86, 0x863A, 0x8C3E, 0x85C5, 0x8B6D, 0x853C, 0x8A3D, 0x847D, 0x8882, 0x8456, 0x8835, 0x8420, 0x8808, 0x83DF, 0x8820, 0x831F, 0x88EC, 0x825B, 0x8A2B, 0x8258, 0x8A47, 0x8323, 0x8BA0, 0x8399, 0x8CA6, 0x83F8, 0x8DF6, 0x8405, 0x8F9A, 0x83DE, 0x905F, 0x83A4, 0x9120, 0x833B, 0x929B, 0x82F3, 0x945E, 0x82FC, 0x9529, 0x8319, 0x9587, 0x8336, 0x95C0, 0x841E, 0x968C, 0x844B, 0x9688, 0x8482, 0x966F, 0x84E3, 0x9607, 0x852B, 0x955E, 0x8543, 0x94FA, 0x854B, 0x9497, 0x852F, 0x93EA, 0x84D7, 0x9378, 0x8463, 0x9357, 0x83F5, 0x9378, 0x83AE, 0x9352, 0x83BB, 0x92D5, 0x83EB, 0x92BA, 0x8461, 0x928C, 0x8501, 0x92C4, 0x8587, 0x937A, 0x85B9, 0x949F, 0x85AC, 0x9536, 0x8586, 0x95D3, 0x8538, 0x96A1, 0x84B0, 0x9749, 0x845E, 0x9778, 0x8401, 0x9786, 0x83A7, 0x975E, 0x835F, 0x9730, 0x82CB, 0x96A2, 0x8285, 0x962B, 0x825B, 0x95B6, 0x824F, 0x9579, 0x822A, 0x945A, 0x8233, 0x932B, 0x828E, 0x8FF7, 0x8201, 0x8E1D, 0x81D6, 0x8E1B, 0x80A8, 0x8E1A, 0x7D88, 0x9136, 0x7D81, 0x9352, 0x7E13, 0x9482, 0x7EE8, 0x960C, 0x7F4A, 0x970B, 0x7F69, 0x97B4, 0x7F6C, 0x983B, 0x7F63, 0x9881, 0x7F26, 0x9992, 0x7EEE, 0x9A13, 0x7EA6, 0x9A86, 0x7E66, 0x9ACC, 0x7E14, 0x9B05, 0x7D61, 0x9B0D, 0x7CC3, 0x9A88, 0x7C84, 0x9A22, 0x7C50, 0x99AA, 0x7C25, 0x987B, 0x7C63, 0x9759, 0x7CE5, 0x9694, 0x7D8C, 0x9653, 0x7DB0, 0x966C, 0x7DB1, 0x96DF, 0x7D0E, 0x971E, 0x7CAB, 0x97B5, 0x7C81, 0x9884, 0x7CA2, 0x9950, 0x7CCE, 0x99AC, 0x7D03, 0x99F6, 0x7D77, 0x9A4B, 0x7DF2, 0x9A35, 0x7E2F, 0x9A00, 0x7E59, 0x99C6, 0x7E64, 0x99B4, 0x7E97, 0x9944, 0x7EAE, 0x98F9, 0x7ECA, 0x9840, 0x7EC4, 0x97E8, 0x7EAF, 0x9796, 0x7E5B, 0x96EA, 0x7D73, 0x9597, 0x7C95, 0x9462, 0x7C76, 0x9426, 0x7C3D, 0x9397, 0x7C18, 0x92D4, 0x7C1D, 0x9165, 0x7C9A, 0x8F14, 0x7CE9, 0x8E19, 0x7CDA, 0x8E1F, 0x7A83, 0x8FB1, 0x7A47, 0x8FC2, 0x7960, 0x8FD1, 0x78E6, 0x8FA5, 0x787F, 0x8F77, 0x77CC, 0x8F40, 0x7777, 0x8F3D, 0x772A, 0x8F54, 0x768D, 0x8FBB, 0x7670, 0x8FDD, 0x7609, 0x9086, 0x75EE, 0x90E1, 0x75DF, 0x916F, 0x75DF, 0x91A2, 0x75FF, 0x9292, 0x767C, 0x933F, 0x7721, 0x9375, 0x77A0, 0x92F1, 0x779C, 0x90BF, 0x779F, 0x907F, 0x77A1, 0x9055, 0x77DC, 0x904C, 0x77ED, 0x9087, 0x783B, 0x91C9, 0x7809, 0x9369, 0x77B0, 0x9410, 0x7737, 0x9468, 0x7645, 0x9438, 0x7579, 0x933A, 0x753D, 0x9268, 0x752C, 0x9188, 0x7538, 0x90AB, 0x7557, 0x9012, 0x756A, 0x8FD4, 0x7617, 0x8E93, 0x7664, 0x8E4F, 0x76E5, 0x8DE6, 0x7760, 0x8DAC, 0x77DC, 0x8D9E, 0x78BE, 0x8DC4, 0x795C, 0x8DF1, 0x7988, 0x8DF0, 0x7A69, 0x8DA0, 0x7AB9, 0x8D58, 0x7B46, 0x8C9F, 0x7BB3, 0x8BD0, 0x7BB7, 0x8B31, 0x7AD6, 0x8B59, 0x7983, 0x8B9A, 0x791B, 0x8BAC, 0x7895, 0x8B9D, 0x780B, 0x8B35, 0x77A4, 0x8A6A, 0x7784, 0x89EC, 0x773F, 0x8886, 0x7724, 0x880F, 0x76DB, 0x86FD, 0x7673, 0x8607, 0x75E1, 0x859E, 0x7538, 0x85D5, 0x7502, 0x8614, 0x74DB, 0x8661, 0x74C1, 0x869C, 0x74A2, 0x87BB, 0x74B8, 0x885D, 0x74C3, 0x888C, 0x74DF, 0x88D2, 0x7574, 0x8936, 0x761A, 0x88D3, 0x7672, 0x87D7, 0x767D, 0x87BC, 0x76AE, 0x8795, 0x76CA, 0x87F9, 0x76A5, 0x88B8, 0x7656, 0x895A, 0x7578, 0x89EF, 0x74FD, 0x89D4, 0x748E, 0x895C, 0x7462, 0x88FE, 0x7441, 0x8876, 0x7427, 0x87D9, 0x744C, 0x862A, 0x7494, 0x8576, 0x74D8, 0x8513, 0x74FC, 0x84EE, 0x75E8, 0x848A, 0x76DA, 0x851A, 0x777B, 0x865A, 0x77EA, 0x87BE, 0x7847, 0x8903, 0x7873, 0x8975, 0x78A2, 0x89B1, 0x78D7, 0x89D9, 0x791D, 0x89F0, 0x79C7, 0x89AB, 0x7A2B, 0x8938, 0x7AA0, 0x8868, 0x7A67, 0x83FA, 0x79D6, 0x82A1, 0x795A, 0x80F5, 0x7937, 0x7FF7, 0x793A, 0x7EE4, 0x7950, 0x7E54, 0x7970, 0x7DD1, 0x798F, 0x7D44, 0x79B3, 0x7BEA, 0x79AD, 0x7B69, 0x7992, 0x7B0C, 0x7983, 0x7AE4, 0x7886, 0x79EC, 0x77A1, 0x7ACF, 0x7787, 0x7B52, 0x777B, 0x7BDB, 0x77B1, 0x7C9E, 0x7846, 0x7CE9, 0x78E3, 0x7CA0, 0x7917, 0x7CB1, 0x791B, 0x7D17, 0x78B7, 0x7D82, 0x784C, 0x7DB0, 0x776A, 0x7D66, 0x770C, 0x7CC6, 0x76E4, 0x7BEA, 0x76EB, 0x7B15, 0x7702, 0x7A7F, 0x7710, 0x7A4B, 0x77A2, 0x790A, 0x7891, 0x789F, 0x7973, 0x790B, 0x7A2C, 0x7A0F, 0x7A54, 0x7A76, 0x7A78, 0x7AEE, 0x7A8E, 0x7BF9, 0x7A65, 0x7DC1, 0x7A4A, 0x7EDC, 0x7A4B, 0x7F1B, 0x7A7F, 0x800B, 0x7AFA, 0x80FD, 0x7B72, 0x81A2, 0x7D4E, 0x80DA, 0x7F2C, 0x824D, 0x7FB6, 0x8175, 0x800C, 0x809F, 0x8045, 0x7FD2, 0x8056, 0x7F0C, 0x8037, 0x7E65, 0x8008, 0x7E02, 0x7F7E, 0x7D1D, 0x7E90, 0x7BCF, 0x7E13, 0x7B0A, 0x7DDC, 0x7A70, 0x7DC6, 0x79DB, 0x7DC9, 0x797D, 0x7DDB, 0x787C, 0x7E01, 0x77E5, 0x7E25, 0x7782, 0x7E5D, 0x7711, 0x7E85, 0x76D8, 0x7EBA, 0x7698, 0x7F6C, 0x7643}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_portrait.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_portrait.h deleted file mode 100644 index ef86082077af..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib/lulzbot/theme/bootscreen_logo_portrait.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ - -/**************************************************************************** - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify * - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or * - * (at your option) any later version. * - * * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * - * GNU General Public License for more details. * - * * - * To view a copy of the GNU General Public License, go to the following * - * location: . * - ****************************************************************************/ - -/** - * This file was auto-generated using "svg2cpp.pl" - * - * The encoding consists of x,y pairs with the min and max scaled to - * 0x0000 and 0xFFFE. A single 0xFFFF in the data stream indicates the - * start of a new closed path. - */ - -#pragma once - -constexpr float x_min = 0.000000; - -constexpr float x_max = 272.000000; - -constexpr float y_min = 0.000000; - -constexpr float y_max = 480.000000; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_green[] = {0x8048, 0x46D9, 0x27BC, 0x9DBA, 0xD8D3, 0x9DBA}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_mark[] = {0xDB9F, 0xAC0C, 0xDA6F, 0xAC2D, 0xD970, 0xAC91, 0xD8C0, 0xAD23, 0xD885, 0xADCF, 0xD8C0, 0xAE7A, 0xD970, 0xAF0C, 0xDA6F, 0xAF6F, 0xDB9F, 0xAF8F, 0xDCCE, 0xAF6F, 0xDDD0, 0xAF0C, 0xDE7D, 0xAE7B, 0xDEB9, 0xADCF, 0xDE7D, 0xAD22, 0xDDD0, 0xAC91, 0xDCCE, 0xAC2D, 0xFFFF, 0xDB9F, 0xABC3, 0xDCFE, 0xABEA, 0xDE28, 0xAC5E, 0xDEF1, 0xAD06, 0xDF36, 0xADCF, 0xDEF1, 0xAE95, 0xDE28, 0xAF3E, 0xDCFE, 0xAFB1, 0xDB9F, 0xAFD8, 0xDA3F, 0xAFB1, 0xD916, 0xAF3E, 0xD849, 0xAE95, 0xD808, 0xADCF, 0xD849, 0xAD06, 0xD916, 0xAC5E, 0xDA3F, 0xABEA, 0xFFFF, 0xDB7D, 0xACE6, 0xDAE4, 0xACE6, 0xDAE4, 0xADA9, 0xDB7D, 0xADA9, 0xDC3B, 0xAD94, 0xDC71, 0xAD48, 0xDC3B, 0xACFD, 0xFFFF, 0xDB85, 0xAC9E, 0xDCCB, 0xACC8, 0xDD37, 0xAD47, 0xDCF6, 0xADAC, 0xDC3E, 0xADDE, 0xDC85, 0xADFF, 0xDCE8, 0xAE4E, 0xDD92, 0xAEEA, 0xDCBD, 0xAEEA, 0xDC1E, 0xAE58, 0xDBA7, 0xAE03, 0xDB36, 0xADEF, 0xDAE4, 0xADEF, 0xDAE4, 0xAEEA, 0xDA26, 0xAEEA, 0xDA26, 0xAC9E}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_type[] = {0xD8D5, 0xA520, 0xD8A5, 0xA563, 0xD82E, 0xA57F, 0xD348, 0xA57F, 0xD2D1, 0xA598, 0xD2A0, 0xA5D9, 0xD2A0, 0xAF7A, 0xD274, 0xAFBE, 0xD202, 0xAFDA, 0xCD37, 0xAFDA, 0xCCBF, 0xAFBE, 0xCC8F, 0xAF7A, 0xCC8F, 0xA5D9, 0xCC63, 0xA598, 0xCBF1, 0xA57F, 0xC70B, 0xA57F, 0xC694, 0xA563, 0xC664, 0xA520, 0xC664, 0xA28C, 0xC70B, 0xA22C, 0xD82E, 0xA22C, 0xD8A5, 0xA248, 0xD8D5, 0xA28C, 0xFFFF, 0xB138, 0xAC8C, 0xB952, 0xAC8C, 0xB952, 0xA57F, 0xB138, 0xA57F, 0xFFFF, 0xBF27, 0xA421, 0xBF57, 0xA476, 0xBF6D, 0xA4D0, 0xBF6D, 0xAD36, 0xBF57, 0xAD90, 0xBF27, 0xADE6, 0xBBFA, 0xAFB2, 0xBB60, 0xAFCF, 0xBABD, 0xAFDA, 0xAFCE, 0xAFDA, 0xAF30, 0xAFCF, 0xAE9A, 0xAFB2, 0xAB6E, 0xADE6, 0xAB39, 0xAD90, 0xAB28, 0xAD36, 0xAB28, 0xA4D0, 0xAB39, 0xA476, 0xAB6E, 0xA421, 0xAE9A, 0xA255, 0xAF30, 0xA239, 0xAFCE, 0xA22C, 0xBABD, 0xA22C, 0xBB60, 0xA239, 0xBBFA, 0xA255, 0xFFFF, 0x93A4, 0xACDC, 0x9CEA, 0xACDC, 0x9CEA, 0xAA34, 0x93A4, 0xAA34, 0x93A4, 0xACDC, 0xFFFF, 0x93A4, 0xA796, 0x9CEA, 0xA796, 0x9CEA, 0xA525, 0x93A4, 0xA525, 0xFFFF, 0xA227, 0xA421, 0xA258, 0xA478, 0xA26E, 0xA4D5, 0xA26E, 0xA700, 0xA24F, 0xA757, 0xA204, 0xA7A5, 0xA089, 0xA8B8, 0xA061, 0xA903, 0xA092, 0xA949, 0xA1FC, 0xAA43, 0xA24B, 0xAA91, 0xA26E, 0xAAE8, 0xA26E, 0xAD36, 0xA258, 0xAD90, 0xA227, 0xADE6, 0x9EFC, 0xAFB2, 0x9E61, 0xAFCF, 0x9DBE, 0xAFDA, 0x8ED0, 0xAFDA, 0x8E28, 0xAF7A, 0x8E28, 0xA28C, 0x8E59, 0xA248, 0x8ED0, 0xA22C, 0x9DBE, 0xA22C, 0x9E61, 0xA239, 0x9EFC, 0xA255, 0xFFFF, 0x853C, 0xA502, 0x8517, 0xA557, 0x84C9, 0xA5A2, 0x7994, 0xACC8, 0x8494, 0xACC8, 0x850A, 0xACE4, 0x853C, 0xAD27, 0x853C, 0xAF7A, 0x850A, 0xAFBE, 0x8494, 0xAFDA, 0x7371, 0xAFDA, 0x72C9, 0xAF7A, 0x72C9, 0xAD09, 0x72E8, 0xACB2, 0x7333, 0xAC64, 0x7EA5, 0xA53E, 0x73A6, 0xA53E, 0x732F, 0xA522, 0x72FE, 0xA4DF, 0x72FE, 0xA28C, 0x732F, 0xA248, 0x73A6, 0xA22C, 0x8494, 0xA22C, 0x850A, 0xA248, 0x853C, 0xA28C, 0xFFFF, 0x6B68, 0xAC87, 0x6BDB, 0xACA3, 0x6C07, 0xACE6, 0x6C07, 0xAF7A, 0x6BDB, 0xAFBE, 0x6B68, 0xAFDA, 0x5C84, 0xAFDA, 0x5BDC, 0xAF7A, 0x5BDC, 0xA28C, 0x5C84, 0xA22C, 0x6146, 0xA22C, 0x61EE, 0xA28C, 0x61EE, 0xAC2D, 0x621E, 0xAC6E, 0x6295, 0xAC87, 0xFFFF, 0x52C6, 0xA248, 0x52F7, 0xA28C, 0x52F7, 0xAD45, 0x52EE, 0xAD45, 0x52DC, 0xAD9B, 0x52B1, 0xADE6, 0x4F85, 0xAFB2, 0x4EEA, 0xAFCF, 0x4E47, 0xAFDA, 0x4359, 0xAFDA, 0x42BA, 0xAFCF, 0x4224, 0xAFB2, 0x3EF8, 0xADE6, 0x3EC3, 0xAD90, 0x3EB2, 0xAD36, 0x3EB2, 0xA28C, 0x3EE2, 0xA248, 0x3F5A, 0xA22C, 0x441B, 0xA22C, 0x4493, 0xA248, 0x44C3, 0xA28C, 0x44C3, 0xAC2D, 0x44F4, 0xAC71, 0x456B, 0xAC8C, 0x4C3E, 0xAC8C, 0x4CB1, 0xAC71, 0x4CDD, 0xAC2D, 0x4CDD, 0xA28C, 0x4D0D, 0xA248, 0x4D85, 0xA22C, 0x524F, 0xA22C, 0xFFFF, 0x3748, 0xAC87, 0x37BB, 0xACA3, 0x37E7, 0xACE6, 0x37E7, 0xAF7A, 0x37BB, 0xAFBE, 0x3748, 0xAFDA, 0x2864, 0xAFDA, 0x27BC, 0xAF7A, 0x27BC, 0xA28C, 0x2864, 0xA22C, 0x2D26, 0xA22C, 0x2DCD, 0xA28C, 0x2DCD, 0xAC2D, 0x2DFE, 0xAC6E, 0x2E75, 0xAC87}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_black[] = {0x8048, 0x527A, 0x8ADE, 0x5CDE, 0x75B2, 0x5CDE, 0xFFFF, 0x8048, 0x4FF6, 0x71D9, 0x5E20, 0x8EB8, 0x5E20, 0x8048, 0x4FF6, 0xFFFF, 0x4436, 0x8D8E, 0x4ECC, 0x97F2, 0x39A0, 0x97F2, 0xFFFF, 0x4436, 0x8B0A, 0x35C8, 0x9934, 0x52A5, 0x9934, 0xFFFF, 0xBC3D, 0x8D8E, 0xC6D4, 0x97F2, 0xB1A7, 0x97F2, 0xFFFF, 0xBC3D, 0x8B0A, 0xADCE, 0x9934, 0xCAAC, 0x9934, 0xFFFF, 0x8045, 0x6778, 0x7F6D, 0x67A7, 0x7E9D, 0x689F, 0x7D49, 0x69EA, 0x7B41, 0x6A81, 0x7908, 0x6A3A, 0x7726, 0x692C, 0x75EA, 0x685A, 0x7505, 0x684C, 0x744A, 0x6899, 0x73F5, 0x69A8, 0x7345, 0x6B1A, 0x7193, 0x6BF8, 0x6F4D, 0x6C08, 0x6CFA, 0x6B45, 0x6B61, 0x6AA3, 0x6A7D, 0x6AB7, 0x69EB, 0x6B1D, 0x6A1D, 0x6C34, 0x6A22, 0x6DB8, 0x68E5, 0x6ECD, 0x66B9, 0x6F33, 0x6417, 0x6EC5, 0x6239, 0x6E5C, 0x6165, 0x6E91, 0x6108, 0x6F09, 0x61C1, 0x7018, 0x6282, 0x7196, 0x61CF, 0x72D1, 0x5FE5, 0x7384, 0x5D38, 0x7380, 0x5B4B, 0x7365, 0x5A97, 0x73B7, 0x5A74, 0x7438, 0x5B90, 0x7520, 0x5CE8, 0x7671, 0x5CCB, 0x77BB, 0x5B43, 0x78B0, 0x58B6, 0x7914, 0x56D7, 0x7944, 0x564F, 0x79AD, 0x5667, 0x7A2F, 0x57DA, 0x7AE3, 0x59B7, 0x7BF3, 0x5A31, 0x7D37, 0x5927, 0x7E5D, 0x56E0, 0x7F1E, 0x5529, 0x7F93, 0x54D7, 0x800D, 0x5529, 0x8087, 0x56E0, 0x80FD, 0x5926, 0x81BE, 0x5A30, 0x82E5, 0x59B5, 0x8428, 0x57D8, 0x8538, 0x5664, 0x85EB, 0x564C, 0x866D, 0x56D4, 0x86D7, 0x58B2, 0x8708, 0x5B3F, 0x876B, 0x5CC6, 0x8860, 0x5CE3, 0x89AA, 0x5B8B, 0x8AFC, 0x5A6D, 0x8BE3, 0x5A91, 0x8C65, 0x5B44, 0x8CB7, 0x5D32, 0x8C9C, 0x5FDE, 0x8C98, 0x61C7, 0x8D4B, 0x627A, 0x8E87, 0x61B9, 0x9005, 0x60FF, 0x9114, 0x615C, 0x918B, 0x622F, 0x91C0, 0x640E, 0x9158, 0x66B0, 0x90EA, 0x68DC, 0x9150, 0x6A18, 0x9266, 0x6A12, 0x93E9, 0x69E0, 0x9501, 0x6A72, 0x9567, 0x6B56, 0x957B, 0x6CEE, 0x94D9, 0x6F43, 0x9417, 0x7188, 0x9428, 0x7339, 0x9506, 0x73E9, 0x9678, 0x743E, 0x9787, 0x74F8, 0x97D4, 0x75DD, 0x97C6, 0x771A, 0x96F4, 0x78FB, 0x95E6, 0x7B35, 0x95A1, 0x7D3D, 0x9637, 0x7E91, 0x9782, 0x7F60, 0x987A, 0x8038, 0x98AA, 0x810F, 0x987B, 0x81DF, 0x9782, 0x8333, 0x9638, 0x853B, 0x95A1, 0x8775, 0x95E7, 0x8956, 0x96F5, 0x8A92, 0x97C8, 0x8B78, 0x97D6, 0x8C32, 0x9789, 0x8C88, 0x967A, 0x8D37, 0x9508, 0x8EE9, 0x942A, 0x912F, 0x941A, 0x9383, 0x94DD, 0x951B, 0x957F, 0x95FF, 0x956B, 0x9690, 0x9505, 0x9660, 0x93ED, 0x9659, 0x926A, 0x9797, 0x9154, 0x99C3, 0x90EF, 0x9C65, 0x915D, 0x9E43, 0x91C6, 0x9F17, 0x9191, 0x9F74, 0x9119, 0x9EBB, 0x900A, 0x9DFA, 0x8E8C, 0x9EAE, 0x8D51, 0xA098, 0x8C9E, 0xA345, 0x8CA2, 0xA531, 0x8CBE, 0xA5E5, 0x8C6B, 0xA609, 0x8BEA, 0xA4EC, 0x8B02, 0xA394, 0x89B1, 0xA3B2, 0x8867, 0xA53A, 0x8772, 0xA7C6, 0x870E, 0xA9A5, 0x86DE, 0xAA2D, 0x8675, 0xAA14, 0x85F2, 0xA8A2, 0x853F, 0xA6C5, 0x842E, 0xA64B, 0x82EB, 0xA755, 0x81C5, 0xA99C, 0x8104, 0xAB52, 0x808F, 0xABA6, 0x8015, 0xAB52, 0x7F9B, 0xA99C, 0x7F25, 0xA755, 0x7E64, 0xA64C, 0x7D3E, 0xA6C7, 0x7BFA, 0xA8A5, 0x7AEA, 0xAA18, 0x7A37, 0xAA31, 0x79B5, 0xA9A9, 0x794B, 0xA7CA, 0x791B, 0xA53C, 0x78B7, 0xA3B6, 0x77C1, 0xA39A, 0x7677, 0xA4F1, 0x7526, 0xA60E, 0x743F, 0xA5EB, 0x73BD, 0xA538, 0x736B, 0xA34B, 0x7387, 0xA09E, 0x738A, 0x9EB4, 0x72D6, 0x9E02, 0x719B, 0x9EC4, 0x701D, 0x9F7E, 0x6F0E, 0x9F20, 0x6E96, 0x9E4E, 0x6E61, 0x9C6E, 0x6ECA, 0x99CB, 0x6F37, 0x97A0, 0x6ED2, 0x9664, 0x6DBC, 0x966B, 0x6C38, 0x969B, 0x6B21, 0x960B, 0x6ABB, 0x9526, 0x6AA6, 0x938E, 0x6B48, 0x913B, 0x6C0B, 0x8EF4, 0x6BFA, 0x8D43, 0x6B1D, 0x8C94, 0x69AA, 0x8C3F, 0x689B, 0x8B85, 0x684D, 0x8A9E, 0x685C, 0x8962, 0x692E, 0x8781, 0x6A3C, 0x8546, 0x6A82, 0x833F, 0x69EA, 0x81EC, 0x68A0, 0x811C, 0x67A8, 0x8045, 0x6778, 0x8045, 0x6778, 0xFFFF, 0x8047, 0x6AA0, 0x81C8, 0x6AFA, 0x8268, 0x6BD5, 0x81C8, 0x6CAF, 0x8047, 0x6D09, 0x7EC6, 0x6CAF, 0x7E27, 0x6BD5, 0x7EC6, 0x6AFA, 0x8047, 0x6AA0, 0x8047, 0x6AA0, 0xFFFF, 0x803E, 0x6E19, 0x867C, 0x6E71, 0x8C65, 0x6F75, 0x91D7, 0x711B, 0x96AD, 0x735B, 0x9ABC, 0x762C, 0x9DA2, 0x794C, 0x9F5F, 0x7CA2, 0x9FF3, 0x8011, 0x9F5E, 0x8380, 0x9DA1, 0x86D5, 0x9ABA, 0x89F6, 0x96AB, 0x8CC7, 0x91D6, 0x8F08, 0x8C65, 0x90AD, 0x867C, 0x91B1, 0x803D, 0x9209, 0x7A00, 0x91B1, 0x7416, 0x90AD, 0x6EA6, 0x8F08, 0x69D0, 0x8CC7, 0x65D6, 0x8A0A, 0x62EE, 0x86F4, 0x6125, 0x839B, 0x6089, 0x8011, 0x6124, 0x7C88, 0x62ED, 0x792E, 0x65D6, 0x7619, 0x69CF, 0x735B, 0x6EA5, 0x711B, 0x7416, 0x6F75, 0x7A00, 0x6E71, 0x803E, 0x6E19, 0x803E, 0x6E19, 0xFFFF, 0x803E, 0x6EB2, 0x7A5A, 0x6F04, 0x74B2, 0x6FF8, 0x6F4B, 0x7194, 0x6A8F, 0x73C7, 0x66A2, 0x7681, 0x63D5, 0x7986, 0x6226, 0x7CBF, 0x6197, 0x8011, 0x6226, 0x8363, 0x63D5, 0x869C, 0x66A2, 0x89A2, 0x6A8F, 0x8C5B, 0x6F4B, 0x8E8E, 0x74B2, 0x902B, 0x7A5A, 0x911E, 0x803D, 0x9170, 0x803E, 0x9170, 0x8621, 0x911E, 0x8BCA, 0x902B, 0x9130, 0x8E8E, 0x95ED, 0x8C5B, 0x99CF, 0x89AB, 0x9CA7, 0x869C, 0x9E55, 0x8367, 0x9EE5, 0x8011, 0x9E55, 0x7CBB, 0x9CA7, 0x7986, 0x99CF, 0x7677, 0x95ED, 0x73C7, 0x9130, 0x7194, 0x8BCA, 0x6FF8, 0x8621, 0x6F04, 0x803E, 0x6EB2, 0x803E, 0x6EB2, 0xFFFF, 0x80BC, 0x6FD7, 0x80AF, 0x71D8, 0x7FC8, 0x71D9, 0x7FB7, 0x6FD8, 0x80BC, 0x6FD7, 0x80BC, 0x6FD7, 0xFFFF, 0x83CB, 0x6FF6, 0x84CD, 0x700B, 0x843E, 0x7206, 0x835B, 0x71F4, 0xFFFF, 0x7CA9, 0x6FF8, 0x7D1A, 0x71F5, 0x7C37, 0x7207, 0x7BA7, 0x700D, 0x7CA9, 0x6FF8, 0x7CA9, 0x6FF8, 0xFFFF, 0x87CD, 0x7068, 0x88C7, 0x7092, 0x87BA, 0x727C, 0x86DF, 0x7258, 0xFFFF, 0x78A8, 0x706B, 0x7997, 0x725A, 0x78BA, 0x727E, 0x77AD, 0x7095, 0x78A8, 0x706B, 0x78A8, 0x706B, 0xFFFF, 0x6700, 0x708A, 0x6880, 0x70E5, 0x6920, 0x71BF, 0x6880, 0x7299, 0x66FF, 0x72F4, 0x657F, 0x7299, 0x64E0, 0x71BF, 0x657F, 0x70E4, 0x6700, 0x708A, 0x6700, 0x708A, 0xFFFF, 0x998D, 0x708C, 0x9B0E, 0x70E6, 0x9BAE, 0x71C0, 0x9B0E, 0x729B, 0x998D, 0x72F6, 0x980D, 0x729B, 0x976E, 0x71C1, 0x980D, 0x70E7, 0x998D, 0x708C, 0x998D, 0x708C, 0xFFFF, 0x8BA7, 0x712C, 0x8C95, 0x716A, 0x8B10, 0x7339, 0x8A3F, 0x7303, 0x8BA7, 0x712C, 0xFFFF, 0x74CE, 0x712F, 0x7635, 0x7307, 0x7564, 0x733C, 0x73DE, 0x716D, 0x74CE, 0x712F, 0x74CE, 0x712F, 0xFFFF, 0x8F47, 0x723F, 0x9023, 0x728E, 0x8E2D, 0x743A, 0x8D6B, 0x73F4, 0x8F47, 0x723F, 0xFFFF, 0x712D, 0x7242, 0x7308, 0x73F7, 0x7248, 0x743D, 0x7050, 0x7292, 0x712D, 0x7242, 0x712D, 0x7242, 0xFFFF, 0x803E, 0x72F6, 0x891B, 0x73F4, 0x909A, 0x76CC, 0x959F, 0x7B0B, 0x975E, 0x8011, 0x959F, 0x8517, 0x909A, 0x8957, 0x891B, 0x8C2E, 0x803E, 0x8D2B, 0x7761, 0x8C2E, 0x6FE2, 0x8957, 0x6ADD, 0x8517, 0x691E, 0x8011, 0x6ADD, 0x7B0B, 0x6FE2, 0x76CC, 0x7761, 0x73F4, 0x803E, 0x72F6, 0x803E, 0x72F6, 0xFFFF, 0x803E, 0x738F, 0x77C8, 0x7481, 0x70A0, 0x7738, 0x6BD7, 0x7B46, 0x6A2C, 0x8011, 0x6BD7, 0x84DC, 0x70A1, 0x88EA, 0x77C9, 0x8BA1, 0x803E, 0x8C93, 0x88B4, 0x8BA1, 0x8FDB, 0x88EA, 0x94A5, 0x84DD, 0x9650, 0x8011, 0x94A5, 0x7B46, 0x8FDB, 0x7738, 0x88B4, 0x7481, 0x803E, 0x738F, 0x803E, 0x738F, 0xFFFF, 0x929B, 0x739A, 0x935C, 0x73FA, 0x9100, 0x7578, 0x905A, 0x7527, 0x9175, 0x745E, 0xFFFF, 0x6DDC, 0x739D, 0x7022, 0x7527, 0x6F74, 0x757C, 0x6D16, 0x73FF, 0x6DDC, 0x739D, 0x6DDC, 0x739D, 0xFFFF, 0x9589, 0x7533, 0x9634, 0x75A4, 0x937E, 0x76ED, 0x92E8, 0x768B, 0xFFFF, 0x6AEB, 0x7539, 0x6D8D, 0x7690, 0x6CFB, 0x76F0, 0x6CEC, 0x76FA, 0x6BED, 0x7674, 0x6A40, 0x75A9, 0x6A45, 0x75A7, 0x6AEB, 0x7539, 0x6AEB, 0x7539, 0xFFFF, 0x980B, 0x7707, 0x989A, 0x7784, 0x9597, 0x7892, 0x951A, 0x7825, 0xFFFF, 0x686A, 0x770C, 0x6B5B, 0x782A, 0x6ADF, 0x7897, 0x67DD, 0x7788, 0x686A, 0x770C, 0x686A, 0x770C, 0xFFFF, 0x9A12, 0x790A, 0x9A7E, 0x7991, 0x9740, 0x7A5E, 0x96E1, 0x79E8, 0x9A12, 0x790A, 0xFFFF, 0x6664, 0x790F, 0x6996, 0x79ED, 0x6937, 0x7A63, 0x65F9, 0x7996, 0x6664, 0x790F, 0x6664, 0x790F, 0xFFFF, 0x9B91, 0x7B32, 0x9BDB, 0x7BC1, 0x9870, 0x7C48, 0x9831, 0x7BCB, 0xFFFF, 0x64E6, 0x7B37, 0x6847, 0x7BD0, 0x6807, 0x7C4C, 0x649D, 0x7BC5, 0x64E6, 0x7B37, 0x64E6, 0x7B37, 0xFFFF, 0x9C82, 0x7D72, 0x9CA7, 0x7E06, 0x9925, 0x7E46, 0x9903, 0x7DC5, 0xFFFF, 0x63F7, 0x7D78, 0x6776, 0x7DC9, 0x6756, 0x7E49, 0x63D3, 0x7E0A, 0x63F7, 0x7D78, 0x63F7, 0x7D78, 0xFFFF, 0x5C87, 0x7EDB, 0x5E08, 0x7F35, 0x5EA8, 0x800F, 0x5E08, 0x80E9, 0x5C87, 0x8144, 0x5C85, 0x8144, 0x5B06, 0x80E9, 0x5A67, 0x800F, 0x5B06, 0x7F35, 0x5C87, 0x7EDB, 0x5C87, 0x7EDB, 0xFFFF, 0xA402, 0x7EDE, 0xA583, 0x7F38, 0xA623, 0x8011, 0xA623, 0x8013, 0xA583, 0x80EC, 0xA402, 0x8147, 0xA281, 0x80ED, 0xA1E2, 0x8013, 0xA281, 0x7F38, 0xA402, 0x7EDE, 0xA402, 0x7EDE, 0xFFFF, 0x9CE0, 0x7FC0, 0x9CE0, 0x8055, 0x9957, 0x804D, 0x9957, 0x7FCB, 0xFFFF, 0x639D, 0x7FC5, 0x6726, 0x7FCE, 0x6726, 0x8051, 0x639D, 0x805A, 0x639D, 0x7FC5, 0x639D, 0x7FC5, 0xFFFF, 0x9927, 0x81D1, 0x9CAA, 0x8210, 0x9C87, 0x82A2, 0x9907, 0x8252, 0x9927, 0x81D1, 0x9927, 0x81D1, 0xFFFF, 0x6757, 0x81D5, 0x6777, 0x8255, 0x63F9, 0x82A7, 0x63D4, 0x8214, 0xFFFF, 0x9877, 0x83CF, 0x9BE2, 0x8455, 0x9B99, 0x84E3, 0x9838, 0x844C, 0x9877, 0x83CF, 0x9877, 0x83CF, 0xFFFF, 0x6808, 0x83D3, 0x6848, 0x8450, 0x64E7, 0x84E8, 0x649E, 0x845A, 0xFFFF, 0x9749, 0x85B9, 0x9A88, 0x8684, 0x9A1D, 0x870C, 0x96EB, 0x862E, 0x9749, 0x85B9, 0x9749, 0x85B9, 0xFFFF, 0x6938, 0x85BD, 0x6997, 0x8634, 0x6665, 0x8710, 0x65F9, 0x8689, 0xFFFF, 0x95A2, 0x8785, 0x98A5, 0x8892, 0x9818, 0x890F, 0x9527, 0x87F2, 0x95A2, 0x8785, 0x95A2, 0x8785, 0xFFFF, 0x6ADF, 0x878A, 0x6B5B, 0x87F8, 0x686A, 0x8914, 0x67DC, 0x8897, 0x6ADF, 0x878A, 0xFFFF, 0x6CF7, 0x892F, 0x6D8D, 0x8991, 0x6AEB, 0x8AE9, 0x6A40, 0x8A79, 0xFFFF, 0x9380, 0x8932, 0x9645, 0x8A72, 0x963E, 0x8A77, 0x9599, 0x8AE3, 0x92F5, 0x898D, 0x9380, 0x8932, 0x9380, 0x8932, 0xFFFF, 0x9110, 0x8AA1, 0x936F, 0x8C1F, 0x92AA, 0x8C80, 0x9064, 0x8AF7, 0x9110, 0x8AA1, 0x9110, 0x8AA1, 0xFFFF, 0x6F73, 0x8AA5, 0x7021, 0x8AFB, 0x7035, 0x8B04, 0x6DED, 0x8C8B, 0x6DE1, 0x8C87, 0x6D17, 0x8C23, 0xFFFF, 0x8E3E, 0x8BE1, 0x9037, 0x8D8B, 0x8F59, 0x8DDC, 0x8D7C, 0x8C27, 0x8E3E, 0x8BE1, 0x8E3E, 0x8BE1, 0xFFFF, 0x7259, 0x8BEB, 0x731B, 0x8C31, 0x7140, 0x8DE7, 0x7064, 0x8D97, 0xFFFF, 0x8B21, 0x8CE3, 0x8CA9, 0x8EB2, 0x8BBA, 0x8EEF, 0x8A51, 0x8D18, 0x8B21, 0x8CE3, 0x8B21, 0x8CE3, 0xFFFF, 0x7576, 0x8CEB, 0x7648, 0x8D20, 0x74E0, 0x8EF8, 0x73F2, 0x8EBB, 0xFFFF, 0x66F3, 0x8D2F, 0x6874, 0x8D8A, 0x687D, 0x8D8F, 0x6886, 0x8D94, 0x6926, 0x8E6E, 0x6887, 0x8F48, 0x6705, 0x8FA2, 0x6584, 0x8F49, 0x657F, 0x8F45, 0x6570, 0x8F3E, 0x6573, 0x8F3E, 0x64D3, 0x8E63, 0x6573, 0x8D89, 0x66F3, 0x8D2F, 0x66F3, 0x8D2F, 0xFFFF, 0x9993, 0x8D31, 0x9B13, 0x8D8C, 0x9BB4, 0x8E66, 0x9B16, 0x8F40, 0x9993, 0x8F9A, 0x9814, 0x8F40, 0x9774, 0x8E66, 0x9812, 0x8D8C, 0x9993, 0x8D31, 0x9993, 0x8D31, 0xFFFF, 0x87CD, 0x8DA1, 0x88DC, 0x8F8B, 0x87E0, 0x8FB5, 0x86F0, 0x8DC6, 0x87CD, 0x8DA1, 0x87CD, 0x8DA1, 0xFFFF, 0x78CD, 0x8DA8, 0x79A8, 0x8DCB, 0x78BC, 0x8FBB, 0x77C1, 0x8F92, 0xFFFF, 0x8450, 0x8E19, 0x84E2, 0x9014, 0x83E0, 0x9029, 0x836C, 0x8E2C, 0x8450, 0x8E19, 0x8450, 0x8E19, 0xFFFF, 0x7C48, 0x8E1C, 0x7D2B, 0x8E2E, 0x7CBD, 0x902C, 0x7BBB, 0x9017, 0x7C48, 0x8E1C, 0xFFFF, 0x80BF, 0x8E49, 0x80D2, 0x904A, 0x7FCC, 0x904A, 0x7FD9, 0x8E49, 0x80BF, 0x8E49, 0x80BF, 0x8E49, 0xFFFF, 0x804F, 0x9321, 0x81D0, 0x937A, 0x8271, 0x9455, 0x81D1, 0x952F, 0x8051, 0x958A, 0x7ECF, 0x9530, 0x7E2F, 0x9456, 0x7ECE, 0x937B, 0x804F, 0x9321, 0x804F, 0x9321, 0xFFFF, 0x8048, 0x46D9, 0x27BC, 0x9DBA, 0xD8D3, 0x9DBA, 0xFFFF, 0x8048, 0x4BC9, 0x952E, 0x604A, 0x6B62, 0x604A, 0xFFFF, 0x68D2, 0x62CE, 0x97BF, 0x62CE, 0xB9BA, 0x8427, 0xA239, 0x9B36, 0x5E16, 0x9B36, 0x46B6, 0x8446, 0x68D2, 0x62CE, 0xFFFF, 0xBC3E, 0x869F, 0xD13B, 0x9B36, 0xA742, 0x9B36, 0xFFFF, 0x4431, 0x86BE, 0x590E, 0x9B36, 0x2F54, 0x9B36, 0x4431, 0x86BE}; - -const PROGMEM uint16_t logo_white[] = {0x80BC, 0x6FD7, 0x80AF, 0x71D8, 0x7FC8, 0x71D9, 0x7FB7, 0x6FD8, 0x80BC, 0x6FD7, 0xFFFF, 0x83CB, 0x6FF6, 0x84CD, 0x700B, 0x843E, 0x7206, 0x835B, 0x71F4, 0xFFFF, 0x7CA9, 0x6FF8, 0x7D1A, 0x71F5, 0x7C37, 0x7207, 0x7BA7, 0x700D, 0x7CA9, 0x6FF8, 0x7CA9, 0x6FF8, 0xFFFF, 0x87CD, 0x7068, 0x88C7, 0x7092, 0x87BA, 0x727C, 0x86DF, 0x7258, 0xFFFF, 0x78A8, 0x706B, 0x7997, 0x725A, 0x78BA, 0x727E, 0x77AD, 0x7095, 0x78A8, 0x706B, 0x78A8, 0x706B, 0xFFFF, 0x8BA7, 0x712C, 0x8C95, 0x716A, 0x8B10, 0x7339, 0x8A3F, 0x7303, 0xFFFF, 0x74CE, 0x712F, 0x7635, 0x7307, 0x7564, 0x733C, 0x73DE, 0x716D, 0x74CE, 0x712F, 0x74CE, 0x712F, 0xFFFF, 0x8F47, 0x723F, 0x9023, 0x728E, 0x8E2D, 0x743A, 0x8D6B, 0x73F4, 0xFFFF, 0x712D, 0x7242, 0x7309, 0x73F7, 0x7248, 0x743D, 0x7050, 0x7292, 0x712D, 0x7242, 0x712D, 0x7242, 0xFFFF, 0x929B, 0x739A, 0x935C, 0x73FA, 0x9100, 0x7578, 0x905A, 0x7527, 0xFFFF, 0x6DDC, 0x739D, 0x7022, 0x7527, 0x6F74, 0x757C, 0x6D16, 0x73FF, 0x6DDC, 0x739D, 0x6DDC, 0x739D, 0xFFFF, 0x9589, 0x7533, 0x9634, 0x75A4, 0x937E, 0x76ED, 0x92E8, 0x768B, 0xFFFF, 0x6AEB, 0x7539, 0x6D8D, 0x7690, 0x6CFB, 0x76F0, 0x6A40, 0x75A9, 0x6AEB, 0x7539, 0xFFFF, 0x980B, 0x7707, 0x989A, 0x7784, 0x9597, 0x7892, 0x951A, 0x7825, 0xFFFF, 0x686A, 0x770C, 0x6B5B, 0x782A, 0x6ADF, 0x7897, 0x67DD, 0x7788, 0x686A, 0x770C, 0x686A, 0x770C, 0xFFFF, 0x9A12, 0x790A, 0x9A7E, 0x7991, 0x9740, 0x7A5E, 0x96E1, 0x79E8, 0xFFFF, 0x6664, 0x790F, 0x6996, 0x79ED, 0x6937, 0x7A63, 0x65F9, 0x7996, 0x6664, 0x790F, 0x6664, 0x790F, 0xFFFF, 0x9B91, 0x7B32, 0x9BDB, 0x7BC1, 0x9870, 0x7C48, 0x9831, 0x7BCC, 0xFFFF, 0x64E6, 0x7B37, 0x6847, 0x7BD0, 0x6807, 0x7C4C, 0x649D, 0x7BC5, 0x64E6, 0x7B37, 0x64E6, 0x7B37, 0xFFFF, 0x9C82, 0x7D72, 0x9CA7, 0x7E06, 0x9925, 0x7E46, 0x9903, 0x7DC5, 0xFFFF, 0x63F7, 0x7D78, 0x6776, 0x7DC9, 0x6756, 0x7E49, 0x63D3, 0x7E0A, 0x63F7, 0x7D78, 0x63F7, 0x7D78, 0xFFFF, 0x9CE0, 0x7FC0, 0x9CE0, 0x8055, 0x9957, 0x804D, 0x9957, 0x7FCB, 0xFFFF, 0x639D, 0x7FC5, 0x6726, 0x7FCE, 0x6726, 0x8051, 0x639D, 0x805A, 0x639D, 0x7FC5, 0xFFFF, 0x9927, 0x81D1, 0x9CAA, 0x8210, 0x9C87, 0x82A2, 0x9907, 0x8252, 0x9927, 0x81D1, 0x9927, 0x81D1, 0xFFFF, 0x6757, 0x81D5, 0x6777, 0x8256, 0x63F9, 0x82A7, 0x63D4, 0x8214, 0xFFFF, 0x9877, 0x83CF, 0x9BE2, 0x8455, 0x9B99, 0x84E3, 0x9838, 0x844C, 0x9877, 0x83CF, 0xFFFF, 0x6808, 0x83D3, 0x6848, 0x8450, 0x64E7, 0x84E8, 0x649E, 0x845A, 0xFFFF, 0x9749, 0x85B9, 0x9A88, 0x8684, 0x9A1D, 0x870C, 0x96EB, 0x862E, 0x9749, 0x85B9, 0x9749, 0x85B9, 0xFFFF, 0x6938, 0x85BD, 0x6997, 0x8634, 0x6665, 0x8710, 0x65F9, 0x8689, 0xFFFF, 0x95A2, 0x8785, 0x98A5, 0x8892, 0x9818, 0x890F, 0x9527, 0x87F2, 0x95A2, 0x8785, 0x95A2, 0x8785, 0xFFFF, 0x6ADF, 0x878A, 0x6B5B, 0x87F8, 0x686A, 0x8915, 0x67DC, 0x8897, 0xFFFF, 0x6CF7, 0x8930, 0x6D8D, 0x8991, 0x6AEB, 0x8AE9, 0x6A40, 0x8A79, 0xFFFF, 0x9380, 0x8932, 0x9645, 0x8A72, 0x9599, 0x8AE3, 0x92F5, 0x898D, 0x9380, 0x8932, 0xFFFF, 0x9110, 0x8AA1, 0x936F, 0x8C1F, 0x92AA, 0x8C80, 0x9064, 0x8AF7, 0x9110, 0x8AA1, 0x9110, 0x8AA1, 0xFFFF, 0x6F73, 0x8AA5, 0x7021, 0x8AFB, 0x6DED, 0x8C8C, 0x6D17, 0x8C23, 0xFFFF, 0x8E3E, 0x8BE1, 0x9037, 0x8D8B, 0x8F59, 0x8DDC, 0x8D7C, 0x8C27, 0x8E3E, 0x8BE1, 0x8E3E, 0x8BE1, 0xFFFF, 0x7259, 0x8BEB, 0x731B, 0x8C31, 0x7140, 0x8DE7, 0x7064, 0x8D97, 0xFFFF, 0x8B21, 0x8CE3, 0x8CA9, 0x8EB2, 0x8BBA, 0x8EEF, 0x8A51, 0x8D18, 0x8B21, 0x8CE3, 0x8B21, 0x8CE3, 0xFFFF, 0x7576, 0x8CEB, 0x7648, 0x8D20, 0x74E0, 0x8EF8, 0x73F2, 0x8EBB, 0xFFFF, 0x87CD, 0x8DA1, 0x88DC, 0x8F8B, 0x87E0, 0x8FB5, 0x86F0, 0x8DC6, 0x87CD, 0x8DA1, 0x87CD, 0x8DA1, 0xFFFF, 0x78CC, 0x8DA8, 0x79A8, 0x8DCB, 0x78BC, 0x8FBB, 0x77C0, 0x8F92, 0xFFFF, 0x8450, 0x8E19, 0x84E2, 0x9014, 0x83E0, 0x9029, 0x836C, 0x8E2C, 0x8450, 0x8E19, 0x8450, 0x8E19, 0xFFFF, 0x7C48, 0x8E1C, 0x7D2B, 0x8E2E, 0x7CBD, 0x902C, 0x7BBB, 0x9017, 0xFFFF, 0x80BE, 0x8E49, 0x80D1, 0x904A, 0x7FCC, 0x904A, 0x7FD9, 0x8E49, 0x80BE, 0x8E49, 0xFFFF, 0x8276, 0x75D6, 0x83AF, 0x75FE, 0x8436, 0x7628, 0x84AE, 0x7661, 0x8542, 0x7706, 0x8512, 0x77BA, 0x8457, 0x7845, 0x8335, 0x788B, 0x8318, 0x7882, 0x82D8, 0x7860, 0x831E, 0x7830, 0x8353, 0x7823, 0x83E6, 0x77F9, 0x8464, 0x7790, 0x847A, 0x771A, 0x8415, 0x76B7, 0x83B6, 0x7691, 0x8351, 0x7676, 0x827F, 0x7662, 0x81BB, 0x7687, 0x8161, 0x76AF, 0x8123, 0x76DA, 0x80E5, 0x771A, 0x80C5, 0x774D, 0x80B8, 0x77C1, 0x80D1, 0x77EE, 0x8107, 0x7814, 0x81CC, 0x786B, 0x837F, 0x7918, 0x8464, 0x7983, 0x84C0, 0x79B2, 0x852D, 0x79FD, 0x859D, 0x7ABC, 0x858E, 0x7B79, 0x8545, 0x7C25, 0x84D9, 0x7CC5, 0x8469, 0x7D4D, 0x843B, 0x7DCD, 0x8555, 0x7DA8, 0x85D3, 0x7D67, 0x870D, 0x7CA0, 0x87E0, 0x7BC0, 0x880D, 0x7B5B, 0x886D, 0x7A46, 0x88B3, 0x799B, 0x88CC, 0x7970, 0x893A, 0x78EA, 0x8995, 0x78A8, 0x8A01, 0x786F, 0x8AF8, 0x781F, 0x8BA6, 0x77FD, 0x8C0C, 0x77EF, 0x8C96, 0x77FB, 0x8D1D, 0x7815, 0x8D59, 0x7826, 0x8E40, 0x7889, 0x8EDB, 0x7925, 0x8EFC, 0x797B, 0x8EFF, 0x79D4, 0x8E71, 0x7A7B, 0x8D58, 0x7AD2, 0x8C23, 0x7ADE, 0x8AFF, 0x7A97, 0x8AF5, 0x7A81, 0x8AEF, 0x7A4E, 0x8B68, 0x7A52, 0x8B96, 0x7A5F, 0x8C39, 0x7A87, 0x8D33, 0x7A7F, 0x8E07, 0x7A3F, 0x8E66, 0x79CB, 0x8E63, 0x7985, 0x8E43, 0x793F, 0x8DC6, 0x78C6, 0x8CFA, 0x7876, 0x8C7E, 0x785F, 0x8C18, 0x7857, 0x8B84, 0x7874, 0x8B22, 0x788F, 0x8A7D, 0x78CA, 0x8A2E, 0x78F9, 0x89F0, 0x7930, 0x89A3, 0x79A5, 0x8979, 0x7AC0, 0x897C, 0x7B9C, 0x8972, 0x7BF2, 0x88CC, 0x7D32, 0x87B7, 0x7E4C, 0x8665, 0x7F52, 0x8660, 0x7F5A, 0x878F, 0x7F01, 0x88AE, 0x7EC2, 0x89FD, 0x7E9E, 0x8B8D, 0x7EC6, 0x8C40, 0x7F0E, 0x8CB6, 0x7F68, 0x8D1D, 0x7FD7, 0x8DFA, 0x80BD, 0x8EA8, 0x816E, 0x8F34, 0x81D4, 0x8F8A, 0x81F9, 0x8FDA, 0x820A, 0x90AB, 0x820F, 0x9120, 0x81FF, 0x91A5, 0x81DC, 0x91F4, 0x81B8, 0x922C, 0x8198, 0x9288, 0x812B, 0x927D, 0x80AB, 0x9252, 0x8068, 0x921C, 0x8033, 0x9174, 0x7FEB, 0x9099, 0x7FEB, 0x8FCF, 0x8029, 0x8F5D, 0x808D, 0x8F47, 0x80A4, 0x8ED4, 0x80A4, 0x8EC5, 0x8070, 0x8F65, 0x7FE6, 0x906D, 0x7F92, 0x91A4, 0x7F90, 0x92A8, 0x7FF7, 0x92FC, 0x8043, 0x9331, 0x8090, 0x9349, 0x813D, 0x92D1, 0x81E3, 0x9264, 0x8227, 0x91E5, 0x825B, 0x915D, 0x8280, 0x90D3, 0x8296, 0x8FA0, 0x829A, 0x8F2C, 0x8286, 0x8EE7, 0x8273, 0x8E78, 0x824A, 0x8DA9, 0x81D4, 0x8CB9, 0x8127, 0x8B68, 0x802C, 0x8B22, 0x8001, 0x8AC3, 0x7FE7, 0x8A50, 0x7FF4, 0x88FD, 0x8068, 0x87A4, 0x811D, 0x879E, 0x812D, 0x8904, 0x81F1, 0x89D4, 0x8285, 0x8A7C, 0x8343, 0x8A94, 0x8431, 0x8A4E, 0x84A1, 0x89E8, 0x850E, 0x892F, 0x85E5, 0x88B0, 0x86E5, 0x88C0, 0x8757, 0x88F2, 0x878D, 0x8927, 0x87AD, 0x8ABF, 0x8821, 0x8B0E, 0x881E, 0x8B70, 0x8811, 0x8C1B, 0x87D6, 0x8C9B, 0x8776, 0x8CC4, 0x873D, 0x8CD3, 0x8705, 0x8CA2, 0x86A3, 0x8C06, 0x8662, 0x8B39, 0x864F, 0x8A77, 0x8662, 0x89F9, 0x864D, 0x8A10, 0x8606, 0x8A66, 0x85F7, 0x8B35, 0x85DC, 0x8C50, 0x85FD, 0x8D3C, 0x8663, 0x8D94, 0x870A, 0x8D7D, 0x875F, 0x8D3A, 0x87B8, 0x8CB1, 0x882D, 0x8BC1, 0x888C, 0x8B30, 0x88A7, 0x8A8D, 0x88AE, 0x89EE, 0x8898, 0x896E, 0x887E, 0x8869, 0x882D, 0x87EE, 0x87EA, 0x87A4, 0x87A8, 0x878E, 0x8785, 0x874D, 0x86E3, 0x875D, 0x8637, 0x87FD, 0x8466, 0x8705, 0x835A, 0x86B8, 0x8359, 0x84A4, 0x8358, 0x7F20, 0x851B, 0x7F13, 0x864D, 0x8016, 0x86F9, 0x818E, 0x87D8, 0x823B, 0x8869, 0x8272, 0x88C9, 0x8276, 0x8915, 0x8266, 0x893D, 0x81FB, 0x89D8, 0x8197, 0x8A21, 0x8119, 0x8A62, 0x80A7, 0x8A8A, 0x8016, 0x8AAA, 0x7EDC, 0x8AAE, 0x7DC5, 0x8A63, 0x7D55, 0x8A29, 0x7CFA, 0x89E5, 0x7CAD, 0x8939, 0x7D1B, 0x8895, 0x7E00, 0x8825, 0x7F27, 0x8800, 0x7F66, 0x880F, 0x7F69, 0x8850, 0x7E49, 0x8873, 0x7D9A, 0x88C9, 0x7D4F, 0x893E, 0x7D8B, 0x89B2, 0x7DD8, 0x89E6, 0x7E36, 0x8A10, 0x7F02, 0x8A40, 0x7FDB, 0x8A34, 0x8046, 0x8A16, 0x8091, 0x89F5, 0x80A5, 0x89EB, 0x80FE, 0x89AB, 0x8126, 0x8981, 0x8159, 0x8918, 0x814F, 0x88E6, 0x8128, 0x88B8, 0x8094, 0x8856, 0x7EFC, 0x8796, 0x7D74, 0x86E7, 0x7D3D, 0x86C5, 0x7CD8, 0x8674, 0x7C98, 0x8605, 0x7CA0, 0x8536, 0x7D7C, 0x83E6, 0x7E07, 0x8357, 0x7DED, 0x835B, 0x79CC, 0x843E, 0x7962, 0x8448, 0x77CB, 0x8450, 0x76F3, 0x8438, 0x763E, 0x841E, 0x7502, 0x83FE, 0x746C, 0x83FD, 0x73E4, 0x840A, 0x72CE, 0x8444, 0x729B, 0x8457, 0x71E6, 0x84B7, 0x71B5, 0x84EB, 0x719B, 0x853B, 0x719B, 0x8558, 0x71D4, 0x85E0, 0x72B0, 0x8642, 0x73D4, 0x8661, 0x74B3, 0x8616, 0x74AD, 0x84D7, 0x74B2, 0x84B3, 0x74B5, 0x849B, 0x751E, 0x8496, 0x753B, 0x84B8, 0x75C5, 0x856E, 0x756D, 0x865A, 0x74D0, 0x86B8, 0x73FA, 0x86EA, 0x7250, 0x86CF, 0x70E7, 0x863F, 0x707E, 0x85C8, 0x705F, 0x8549, 0x7075, 0x84CC, 0x70AC, 0x8475, 0x70CD, 0x8452, 0x71FF, 0x839C, 0x7287, 0x8376, 0x736A, 0x833A, 0x7443, 0x8319, 0x751E, 0x8311, 0x76AC, 0x8327, 0x77C4, 0x8341, 0x7810, 0x8340, 0x799F, 0x8313, 0x7A2A, 0x82EA, 0x7B24, 0x8281, 0x7BE4, 0x820C, 0x7BEC, 0x81B1, 0x7A5E, 0x81C8, 0x7809, 0x81ED, 0x7751, 0x81F8, 0x7664, 0x81EF, 0x7571, 0x81B4, 0x74BB, 0x8141, 0x7483, 0x80F9, 0x7408, 0x802F, 0x73D9, 0x7FEB, 0x7359, 0x7F50, 0x72A0, 0x7EC4, 0x719E, 0x7E89, 0x7074, 0x7EA8, 0x7015, 0x7ECC, 0x6FD0, 0x7EF8, 0x6FA3, 0x7F19, 0x6F6B, 0x7FBB, 0x6F93, 0x8017, 0x6FA7, 0x8032, 0x6FD7, 0x805A, 0x70DF, 0x8092, 0x7205, 0x805A, 0x729E, 0x7FCB, 0x72B3, 0x7FBC, 0x7309, 0x7FA6, 0x733B, 0x7FDE, 0x72F9, 0x804B, 0x726D, 0x80A7, 0x70E6, 0x80FB, 0x700D, 0x80EC, 0x6F48, 0x80A8, 0x6EFC, 0x8073, 0x6EC1, 0x8026, 0x6E93, 0x7FCC, 0x6ED4, 0x7ED8, 0x6F54, 0x7E72, 0x6FCB, 0x7E3A, 0x700B, 0x7E25, 0x71AB, 0x7DED, 0x7356, 0x7E3E, 0x7472, 0x7EF4, 0x7536, 0x7FBD, 0x75DA, 0x8075, 0x7628, 0x80B6, 0x767B, 0x80D8, 0x76D9, 0x80EF, 0x7755, 0x80FC, 0x7881, 0x80D5, 0x7931, 0x8093, 0x7A00, 0x801E, 0x799B, 0x7D9B, 0x789A, 0x7CD8, 0x77C0, 0x7BE5, 0x7783, 0x7B55, 0x7787, 0x7AB9, 0x77AE, 0x7A67, 0x77E6, 0x7A1D, 0x781E, 0x79CD, 0x785E, 0x7909, 0x7853, 0x78C0, 0x7823, 0x788B, 0x7808, 0x7875, 0x7649, 0x77E8, 0x74B6, 0x7869, 0x7488, 0x78B3, 0x7472, 0x7901, 0x74D2, 0x796F, 0x75D8, 0x799A, 0x76EE, 0x7971, 0x774A, 0x797A, 0x7751, 0x79B4, 0x76A0, 0x79F0, 0x75E4, 0x7A0A, 0x7454, 0x79E1, 0x73AF, 0x7986, 0x7369, 0x7909, 0x7374, 0x7891, 0x739D, 0x783C, 0x73B6, 0x781E, 0x74B7, 0x7768, 0x765D, 0x772C, 0x77ED, 0x7769, 0x7932, 0x77FC, 0x7979, 0x7836, 0x79B8, 0x787B, 0x79DF, 0x7912, 0x7998, 0x7A14, 0x7967, 0x7AB4, 0x796A, 0x7AD8, 0x79C5, 0x7B60, 0x7A9D, 0x7BE9, 0x7B72, 0x7C47, 0x7EBA, 0x7BD6, 0x8206, 0x7CA8, 0x82FA, 0x7C2E, 0x8391, 0x7BB4, 0x83F6, 0x7B40, 0x8413, 0x7AD0, 0x83DD, 0x7A71, 0x838A, 0x7A39, 0x8296, 0x79B7, 0x80F3, 0x78FA, 0x8016, 0x788A, 0x7FB4, 0x7833, 0x7F8D, 0x77DF, 0x7F92, 0x77A9, 0x7FB3, 0x7718, 0x7FF6, 0x76C2, 0x8036, 0x768A, 0x8097, 0x764A, 0x80DF, 0x762A, 0x813C, 0x7605, 0x8275, 0x75D5}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp index 83190438fd3a..0e0a1171ab9d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.cpp @@ -94,6 +94,10 @@ #include "../../feature/runout.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + #include "../../feature/caselight.h" +#endif + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) #include "../../feature/babystep.h" #endif @@ -167,7 +171,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { void enableHeater(const extruder_t extruder) { #if HOTENDS && HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - thermalManager.reset_heater_idle_timer(extruder - E0); + thermalManager.reset_hotend_idle_timer(extruder - E0); #else UNUSED(extruder); #endif @@ -186,7 +190,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { #endif default: #if HOTENDS - thermalManager.reset_heater_idle_timer(heater - H0); + thermalManager.reset_hotend_idle_timer(heater - H0); #endif break; } @@ -263,36 +267,42 @@ namespace ExtUI { #endif } + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING + #define GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(A) float(A)/TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING + #else + #define GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(A) A + #endif + float getActualTemp_celsius(const heater_t heater) { switch (heater) { #if HAS_HEATED_BED - case BED: return thermalManager.degBed(); + case BED: return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degBed()); #endif #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - case CHAMBER: return thermalManager.degChamber(); + case CHAMBER: return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degChamber()); #endif - default: return thermalManager.degHotend(heater - H0); + default: return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degHotend(heater - H0)); } } float getActualTemp_celsius(const extruder_t extruder) { - return thermalManager.degHotend(extruder - E0); + return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degHotend(extruder - E0)); } float getTargetTemp_celsius(const heater_t heater) { switch (heater) { #if HAS_HEATED_BED - case BED: return thermalManager.degTargetBed(); + case BED: return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degTargetBed()); #endif #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - case CHAMBER: return thermalManager.degTargetChamber(); + case CHAMBER: return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degTargetChamber()); #endif - default: return thermalManager.degTargetHotend(heater - H0); + default: return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degTargetHotend(heater - H0)); } } float getTargetTemp_celsius(const extruder_t extruder) { - return thermalManager.degTargetHotend(extruder - E0); + return GET_TEMP_ADJUSTMENT(thermalManager.degTargetHotend(extruder - E0)); } float getTargetFan_percent(const fan_t fan) { @@ -581,6 +591,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void setAxisMaxFeedrate_mm_s(const feedRate_t value, const extruder_t extruder) { + UNUSED_E(extruder); planner.set_max_feedrate(E_AXIS_N(extruder - E0), value); } @@ -598,6 +609,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void setAxisMaxAcceleration_mm_s2(const float value, const extruder_t extruder) { + UNUSED_E(extruder); planner.set_max_acceleration(E_AXIS_N(extruder - E0), value); } @@ -611,6 +623,22 @@ namespace ExtUI { #endif #endif + #if HAS_CASE_LIGHT + bool getCaseLightState() { return case_light_on; } + void setCaseLightState(const bool value) { + case_light_on = value; + update_case_light(); + } + + #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) + float getCaseLightBrightness_percent() { return ui8_to_percent(case_light_brightness); } + void setCaseLightBrightness_percent(const float value) { + case_light_brightness = map(constrain(value, 0, 100), 0, 100, 0, 255); + update_case_light(); + } + #endif + #endif + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) float getLinearAdvance_mm_mm_s(const extruder_t extruder) { return (extruder < EXTRUDERS) ? planner.extruder_advance_K[extruder - E0] : 0; @@ -655,12 +683,17 @@ namespace ExtUI { #endif feedRate_t getFeedrate_mm_s() { return feedrate_mm_s; } + int16_t getFlowPercentage(const extruder_t extr) { return planner.flow_percentage[extr]; } feedRate_t getMinFeedrate_mm_s() { return planner.settings.min_feedrate_mm_s; } feedRate_t getMinTravelFeedrate_mm_s() { return planner.settings.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s; } float getPrintingAcceleration_mm_s2() { return planner.settings.acceleration; } float getRetractAcceleration_mm_s2() { return planner.settings.retract_acceleration; } float getTravelAcceleration_mm_s2() { return planner.settings.travel_acceleration; } void setFeedrate_mm_s(const feedRate_t fr) { feedrate_mm_s = fr; } + void setFlow_percent(const int16_t flow, const extruder_t extr) { + planner.flow_percentage[extr] = flow; + planner.refresh_e_factor(extr); + } void setMinFeedrate_mm_s(const feedRate_t fr) { planner.settings.min_feedrate_mm_s = fr; } void setMinTravelFeedrate_mm_s(const feedRate_t fr) { planner.settings.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s = fr; } void setPrintingAcceleration_mm_s2(const float acc) { planner.settings.acceleration = acc; } @@ -700,7 +733,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { #if EXTRUDERS > 1 && (linked_nozzles || active_extruder == 0) #endif - ) probe_offset.z += mm; + ) probe.offset.z += mm; #else UNUSED(mm); #endif @@ -738,9 +771,9 @@ namespace ExtUI { float getZOffset_mm() { #if HAS_BED_PROBE - return probe_offset.z; + return probe.offset.z; #elif ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) - return babystep.axis_total[BS_TOTAL_AXIS(Z_AXIS) + 1]; + return (planner.steps_to_mm[Z_AXIS] * babystep.axis_total[BS_TODO_AXIS(Z_AXIS)]); #else return 0.0; #endif @@ -749,9 +782,9 @@ namespace ExtUI { void setZOffset_mm(const float value) { #if HAS_BED_PROBE if (WITHIN(value, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX)) - probe_offset.z = value; + probe.offset.z = value; #elif ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) - babystep.add_mm(Z_AXIS, (value - babystep.axis_total[BS_TOTAL_AXIS(Z_AXIS) + 1])); + babystep.add_mm(Z_AXIS, (value - getZOffset_mm())); #else UNUSED(value); #endif @@ -863,27 +896,38 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void setTargetTemp_celsius(float value, const heater_t heater) { + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING + value *= TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING; + #endif enableHeater(heater); + #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER + if (heater == CHAMBER) + thermalManager.setTargetChamber(LROUND(constrain(value, 0, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - 10))); + else + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED if (heater == BED) - thermalManager.setTargetBed(constrain(value, 0, BED_MAXTEMP - 10)); + thermalManager.setTargetBed(LROUND(constrain(value, 0, BED_MAXTEMP - 10))); else #endif { #if HOTENDS - static constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP); + static constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP, HEATER_6_MAXTEMP, HEATER_7_MAXTEMP); const int16_t e = heater - H0; - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(constrain(value, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15), e); + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(LROUND(constrain(value, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15)), e); #endif } } void setTargetTemp_celsius(float value, const extruder_t extruder) { + #ifdef TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING + value *= TOUCH_UI_LCD_TEMP_SCALING; + #endif #if HOTENDS - constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP); + constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP, HEATER_6_MAXTEMP, HEATER_7_MAXTEMP); const int16_t e = extruder - E0; enableHeater(extruder); - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(constrain(value, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15), e); + thermalManager.setTargetHotend(LROUND(constrain(value, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15)), e); #endif } @@ -908,6 +952,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void printFile(const char *filename) { + UNUSED(filename); IFSD(card.openAndPrintFile(filename), NOOP); } @@ -961,6 +1006,8 @@ namespace ExtUI { card.getfilename_sorted(nr); return card.filename[0] != '\0'; #else + UNUSED(pos); + UNUSED(skip_range_check); return false; #endif } @@ -1004,6 +1051,8 @@ namespace ExtUI { #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) card.cd(dirname); num_files = 0xFFFF; + #else + UNUSED(dirname); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h index d9291839497f..536da132c05a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h @@ -55,7 +55,8 @@ namespace ExtUI { enum axis_t : uint8_t { X, Y, Z }; enum extruder_t : uint8_t { E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5 }; enum heater_t : uint8_t { H0, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, BED, CHAMBER }; - enum fan_t : uint8_t { FAN0, FAN1, FAN2, FAN3, FAN4, FAN5 }; + enum fan_t : uint8_t { FAN0, FAN1, FAN2, FAN3, FAN4, FAN5, FAN6, FAN7 }; + enum result_t : uint8_t { PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM, PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH, PID_TUNING_TIMEOUT, PID_DONE }; constexpr uint8_t extruderCount = EXTRUDERS; constexpr uint8_t hotendCount = HOTENDS; @@ -126,6 +127,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { float getRetractAcceleration_mm_s2(); float getTravelAcceleration_mm_s2(); float getFeedrate_percent(); + int16_t getFlowPercentage(const extruder_t); uint8_t getProgress_percent(); uint32_t getProgress_seconds_elapsed(); @@ -137,8 +139,8 @@ namespace ExtUI { bed_mesh_t& getMeshArray(); float getMeshPoint(const xy_uint8_t &pos); void setMeshPoint(const xy_uint8_t &pos, const float zval); - void onMeshUpdate(const uint8_t xpos, const uint8_t ypos, const float zval); - inline void onMeshUpdate(const xy_uint8_t &pos, const float zval) { onMeshUpdate(pos.x, pos.y, zval); } + void onMeshUpdate(const int8_t xpos, const int8_t ypos, const float zval); + inline void onMeshUpdate(const xy_int8_t &pos, const float zval) { onMeshUpdate(pos.x, pos.y, zval); } #endif #endif @@ -172,6 +174,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { void setRetractAcceleration_mm_s2(const float); void setTravelAcceleration_mm_s2(const float); void setFeedrate_percent(const float); + void setFlow_percent(const int16_t, const extruder_t); void setUserConfirmed(); #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) @@ -231,6 +234,16 @@ namespace ExtUI { #endif #endif + #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) + bool getCaseLightState(); + void setCaseLightState(const bool); + + #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) + float getCaseLightBrightness_percent(); + void setCaseLightBrightness_percent(const float); + #endif + #endif + /** * Delay and timing routines * Should be used by the EXTENSIBLE_UI to safely pause or measure time @@ -306,6 +319,12 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onLoadSettings(const char *); void onConfigurationStoreWritten(bool success); void onConfigurationStoreRead(bool success); + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + void OnPowerLossResume(); + #endif + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + void OnPidTuning(const result_t rst); + #endif }; /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp index e57355bcd0e9..04b30acf83a5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_dgus_lcd.cpp @@ -28,12 +28,14 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD) +#if HAS_DGUS_LCD #include "extensible_ui/ui_api.h" #include "extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplay.h" #include "extensible_ui/lib/dgus/DGUSDisplayDefinition.h" +extern const char NUL_STR[]; + namespace ExtUI { void onStartup() { @@ -44,14 +46,26 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onIdle() { ScreenHandler.loop(); } void onPrinterKilled(PGM_P error, PGM_P component) { - ScreenHandler.sendinfoscreen(GET_TEXT(MSG_HALTED), error, PSTR(""), GET_TEXT(MSG_PLEASE_RESET), true, true, true, true); + ScreenHandler.sendinfoscreen(GET_TEXT(MSG_HALTED), error, NUL_STR, GET_TEXT(MSG_PLEASE_RESET), true, true, true, true); ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_KILL); while (!ScreenHandler.loop()); // Wait while anything is left to be sent } - void onMediaInserted() { ScreenHandler.SDCardInserted(); } - void onMediaError() { ScreenHandler.SDCardError(); } - void onMediaRemoved() { ScreenHandler.SDCardRemoved(); } + void onMediaInserted() { + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + ScreenHandler.SDCardInserted(); + #endif + } + void onMediaError() { + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + ScreenHandler.SDCardError(); + #endif + } + void onMediaRemoved() { + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + ScreenHandler.SDCardRemoved(); + #endif + } void onPlayTone(const uint16_t frequency, const uint16_t duration) {} void onPrintTimerStarted() {} @@ -74,8 +88,69 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onStatusChanged(const char * const msg) { ScreenHandler.setstatusmessage(msg); } void onFactoryReset() {} - void onLoadSettings() {} - void onStoreSettings() {} -} + void onStoreSettings(char *buff) { + // Called when saving to EEPROM (i.e. M500). If the ExtUI needs + // permanent data to be stored, it can write up to eeprom_data_size bytes + // into buff. + + // Example: + // static_assert(sizeof(myDataStruct) <= ExtUI::eeprom_data_size); + // memcpy(buff, &myDataStruct, sizeof(myDataStruct)); + } + + void onLoadSettings(const char *buff) { + // Called while loading settings from EEPROM. If the ExtUI + // needs to retrieve data, it should copy up to eeprom_data_size bytes + // from buff + + // Example: + // static_assert(sizeof(myDataStruct) <= ExtUI::eeprom_data_size); + // memcpy(&myDataStruct, buff, sizeof(myDataStruct)); + } + + void onConfigurationStoreWritten(bool success) { + // Called after the entire EEPROM has been written, + // whether successful or not. + } + + void onConfigurationStoreRead(bool success) { + // Called after the entire EEPROM has been read, + // whether successful or not. + } -#endif // DGUS_LCD + void onMeshUpdate(const int8_t xpos, const int8_t ypos, const float zval) { + // Called when any mesh points are updated + } + + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + void OnPowerLossResume() { + // Called on resume from power-loss + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_POWER_LOSS); + } + #endif + + + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + void OnPidTuning(const result_t rst) { + // Called for temperature PID tuning result + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("OnPidTuning:",rst); + switch(rst) { + case PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM: + ScreenHandler.setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(MSG_PID_BAD_EXTRUDER_NUM)); + break; + case PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH: + ScreenHandler.setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(MSG_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH)); + break; + case PID_TUNING_TIMEOUT: + ScreenHandler.setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(MSG_PID_TIMEOUT)); + break; + case PID_DONE: + ScreenHandler.setstatusmessagePGM(PSTR(MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FINISHED)); + break; + } + ScreenHandler.GotoScreen(DGUSLCD_SCREEN_MAIN); + } + #endif + +} +#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp index 9bdc0ddfe95e..5e65af73815e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_example.cpp @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { void onFactoryReset() {} void onStoreSettings(char *buff) { - // This is called when saving to EEPROM (i.e. M500). If the ExtUI needs + // Called when saving to EEPROM (i.e. M500). If the ExtUI needs // permanent data to be stored, it can write up to eeprom_data_size bytes // into buff. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void onLoadSettings(const char *buff) { - // This is called while loading settings from EEPROM. If the ExtUI + // Called while loading settings from EEPROM. If the ExtUI // needs to retrieve data, it should copy up to eeprom_data_size bytes // from buff @@ -80,18 +80,30 @@ namespace ExtUI { } void onConfigurationStoreWritten(bool success) { - // This is called after the entire EEPROM has been written, + // Called after the entire EEPROM has been written, // whether successful or not. } void onConfigurationStoreRead(bool success) { - // This is called after the entire EEPROM has been read, + // Called after the entire EEPROM has been read, // whether successful or not. } - void onMeshUpdate(const uint8_t xpos, const uint8_t ypos, const float zval) { - // This is called when any mesh points are updated + void onMeshUpdate(const int8_t xpos, const int8_t ypos, const float zval) { + // Called when any mesh points are updated } + + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) + void OnPowerLossResume() { + // Called on resume from power-loss + } + #endif + + #if HAS_PID_HEATING + void OnPidTuning(const result_t rst) { + // Called for temperature PID tuning result + } + #endif } #endif // EXTUI_EXAMPLE && EXTENSIBLE_UI diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_malyan_lcd.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_malyan_lcd.cpp index 0376ee8333a5..d5bc48347693 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_malyan_lcd.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/extui_malyan_lcd.cpp @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ void process_lcd_p_command(const char* command) { ExtUI::stopPrint(); write_to_lcd_P(PSTR("{SYS:STARTED}")); break; - case 'H': queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("G28")); break; // Home all axes + case 'H': queue.enqueue_now_P(G28_STR); break; // Home all axes default: { #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) // Print file 000 - a three digit number indicating which @@ -396,8 +396,8 @@ void update_usb_status(const bool forceUpdate) { // This is mildly different than stock, which // appears to use the usb discovery status. // This is more logical. - if (last_usb_connected_status != SerialUSB || forceUpdate) { - last_usb_connected_status = SerialUSB; + if (last_usb_connected_status != MYSERIAL0 || forceUpdate) { + last_usb_connected_status = MYSERIAL0; write_to_lcd_P(last_usb_connected_status ? PSTR("{R:UC}\r\n") : PSTR("{R:UD}\r\n")); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/fontutils.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/fontutils.cpp index fdccd082c33b..ffa6d0df70b8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/fontutils.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/fontutils.cpp @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ #if HAS_SPI_LCD #include "ultralcd.h" - #include "../Marlin.h" + #include "../MarlinCore.h" #endif #include "fontutils.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h index 45d19e85c1cc..c4fbbe1be65d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_an.h @@ -57,36 +57,16 @@ namespace Language_an { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Desfase aplicau"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Establir orichen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tot"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Base"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Conf"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Precal. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Boquilla ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tot"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Base"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Conf"); @@ -102,12 +82,7 @@ namespace Language_an { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mover Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mover Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrusor"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrusor *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mover %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Mover 1mm"); @@ -115,33 +90,16 @@ namespace Language_an { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocidat"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Base Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Boquilla"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Boquilla ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Base"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ixoriador"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Ixoriador 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Ixoriador 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Ixoriador 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ixoriador ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Fluxo"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Fluxo ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Control"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Temperatura Auto."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Trigar"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Trigar ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Trigar ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Trigar ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Trigar ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Trigar ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Trigar ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Trigar *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Aceleracion"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vel. viache min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Accel"); @@ -149,12 +107,7 @@ namespace Language_an { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Acel. max ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Acel. max ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Acel. max ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Acel. max ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Acel. max ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Acel. max ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Acel. max *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Acel. retrac."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Acel. Viaje"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Trangos/mm"); @@ -162,29 +115,19 @@ namespace Language_an { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" trangos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" trangos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E trangos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT(" trangos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT(" trangos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT(" trangos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT(" trangos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT(" trangos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT(" trangos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* trangos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Movimiento"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Dia."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contraste"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Alzar memoria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Cargar memoria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Restaurar memoria"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Tornar a cargar"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Informacion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Tornar a cargar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Informacion"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Achustar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausar impresion"); @@ -207,12 +150,7 @@ namespace Language_an { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("DesRet F"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Retraccion auto."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Cambear filamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Cambear filamento ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Cambear filamento ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Cambear filamento ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Cambear filamento ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Cambear filamento ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Cambear filamento ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Cambear filamento *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Encetan. tarcheta"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Cambiar tarcheta"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonda Z fuera"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h index 7d1bc7475191..19e0b90e52fe 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_bg.h @@ -47,36 +47,16 @@ namespace Language_bg { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Задай Начало"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Изходна точка"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Подгр. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Всички"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Подгр. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Легло"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Настройки ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Подгряване ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Дюза ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Подгр. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Всички"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Подгр. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Легло"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Настройки ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; @@ -92,12 +72,7 @@ namespace Language_bg { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Движение по Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Движение по Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Екструдер"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Екструдер ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Екструдер ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Екструдер ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Екструдер ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Екструдер ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Екструдер ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Екструдер *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Премести с %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Премести с 0.1mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Премести с 1mm"); @@ -105,24 +80,12 @@ namespace Language_bg { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Скорост"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Bed Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Дюза"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Дюза ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Дюза ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Легло"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Вентилатор"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Вентилатор 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Вентилатор 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Вентилатор 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Вентилатор ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Поток"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Поток ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Поток ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Поток ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Поток ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Поток ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Поток ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Поток ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Управление"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Минимум"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Максимум"); @@ -137,29 +100,19 @@ namespace Language_bg { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("стъпки/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("стъпки/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E стъпки/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT(" стъпки/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT(" стъпки/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT(" стъпки/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT(" стъпки/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT(" стъпки/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT(" стъпки/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* стъпки/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Температура"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Движение"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Нишка"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Диам. нишка"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Диам. нишка ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Диам. нишка ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Диам. нишка ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Диам. нишка ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Диам. нишка ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Диам. нишка ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Диам. нишка *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD контраст"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Запази в EPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Зареди от EPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Фабрични настройки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Обнови"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Преглед"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Преглед"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Действия"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Настройка"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Пауза"); @@ -182,12 +135,7 @@ namespace Language_bg { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("Възврат V"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Автоoткат"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Смяна нишка"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Смяна нишка ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Смяна нишка ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Смяна нишка ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Смяна нишка ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Смяна нишка ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Смяна нишка ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Смяна нишка *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Иниц. SD-Карта"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Смяна SD-Карта"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z-сондата е извадена"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h index 21d5329db3cb..d1cc0cf7bc07 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ca.h @@ -55,36 +55,16 @@ namespace Language_ca { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Decalatge aplicat"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Estableix origen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tot"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Llit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Conf."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Preescalfa ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tot"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Llit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Conf."); @@ -103,12 +83,7 @@ namespace Language_ca { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mou Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mou Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrusor"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrusor *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mou %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mou 0.1mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Mou 1mm"); @@ -116,35 +91,18 @@ namespace Language_ca { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocitat"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Llit Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Nozzle"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Nozzle ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Llit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. Ventilador"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Vel. Ventilador 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Vel. Ventilador 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Vel. Ventilador 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. Ventilador ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flux"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Flux ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Flux ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Flux ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Flux ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Flux ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Flux ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flux ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VViatge min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_A; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Accel. max ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Accel. max *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Accel. retracc"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Accel. Viatge"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Passos/mm"); @@ -152,29 +110,19 @@ namespace Language_ca { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("passos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("passos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Epassos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT("passos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT("passos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT("passos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT("passos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT("passos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT("passos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*passos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Moviment"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E en mm3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E en mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Diam. Fil."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Diam. Fil. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Diam. Fil. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Diam. Fil. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Diam. Fil. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Diam. Fil. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Diam. Fil. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Diam. Fil. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contrast de LCD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Desa memoria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Carrega memoria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Restaura valors"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Actualitza"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Pantalla Info."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Pantalla Info."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Prepara"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Ajusta"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausa impressio"); @@ -197,12 +145,7 @@ namespace Language_ca { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("DesRet V"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Auto retraccio"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Canvia filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Canvia filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Canvia filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Canvia filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Canvia filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Canvia filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Canvia filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Canvia filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Inicialitza SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Canvia SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonda Z fora"); @@ -261,7 +204,10 @@ namespace Language_ca { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Font alimentacio"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Força motor"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Write"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Repren impressió"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h index ebb8186e7686..6a65f094078c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_cz.h @@ -46,8 +46,14 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YES = _UxGT("ANO"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO = _UxGT("NE"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Zpět"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Karta vložena"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Karta vyjmuta"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING = _UxGT("Rušení..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Médium vloženo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Médium vyjmuto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("Médium uvolněno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_WAITING = _UxGT("Čekání na médium"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR = _UxGT("Chyba čtení média"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED = _UxGT("USB odstraněno"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED = _UxGT("Chyba USB"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Endstopy"); // max 8 znaku PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Soft Endstopy"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Hlavní nabídka"); @@ -75,36 +81,16 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Ofsety nastaveny"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Nastavit počátek"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" vše"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" podlož"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" nast"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" vše"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" podlož"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Zahřát ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" nast"); @@ -114,6 +100,10 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_OFF = _UxGT("Vypnout laser"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_ON = _UxGT("Zapnout laser"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("Výkon laseru"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_MENU = _UxGT("Vřeteno ovládání"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_OFF = _UxGT("Vřeteno vyp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_ON = _UxGT("Vřeteno zap"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_POWER = _UxGT("Vřeteno výkon"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE = _UxGT("Vřeteno opačně"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Zapnout napájení"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Vypnout napájení"); @@ -124,26 +114,32 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Vyrovnat podložku"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Vyrovnat rohy"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Další roh"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Editor sítě"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Upravit síť bodů"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Konec úprav sítě"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Měření bodu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Index X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Index Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Hodnota Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Vlastní příkazy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("M48 test sondy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("M48 bod"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Odchylka"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MENU = _UxGT("Režim IDEX"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Ofsety nástrojů"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK = _UxGT("Auto-Park"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplikace"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Zrcadlení"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Plná kontrola"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_X_OFFSET = _UxGT("2. tryska X"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Y_OFFSET = _UxGT("2. tryska Y"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("2. tryska Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2. tryska X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2. tryska Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2. tryska Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Provádím G29"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("UBL nástroje"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Vyrovnání bodu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Manuální síť bodů"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Vložte kartu, změřte"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Změřte"); @@ -170,6 +166,13 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Kontrola sítě ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Kontrola sítě ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Kontrola vlast. sítě"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26 zahřívání podl."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("G26 zařívání trysky"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME = _UxGT("Ruční zavedení..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH = _UxGT("Pevné zavední"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE = _UxGT("Done Priming"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_CANCELED = _UxGT("G26 Canceled"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_LEAVING = _UxGT("Leaving G26"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Pokračovat v síťi"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Síťové rovnání"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("3-bodové rovnání"); @@ -199,7 +202,8 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Nedostatek místa"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Ch.: Uložit UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Ch.: Obnovit UBL"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Konec Z-Offsetu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Z-ofset: "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Konec Z-ofsetu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("UBL Postupně"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1. Studená síť bodů"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2. Chytrá hustota"); @@ -234,12 +238,7 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Posunout Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Posunout Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrudér"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Extrudér ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Extrudér ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Extrudér ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Extrudér ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Extrudér ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Extrudér ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrudér *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Hotend je studený"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Posunout o %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Posunout o 0,1mm"); @@ -248,47 +247,48 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Rychlost"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Výška podl."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Tryska"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Tryska ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Tryska ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Tryska ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Tryska ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Tryska ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Tryska ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Tryska ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Podložka"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Komora"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Rychlost vent."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Rychlost vent. 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Rychlost vent. 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Rychlost vent. 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rychlost vent. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Ulož. vent. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Rychlost ex. vent."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Rychlost ex. vent. 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Rychlost ex. vent. 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Rychlost ex. vent. 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rychlost ex. vent. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Průtok"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Průtok ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Průtok ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Průtok ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Průtok ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Průtok ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Průtok ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Průtok ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Ovládaní"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fakt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" max"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" fakt"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Autoteplota"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Zap"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Vyp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID automatika"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID automatika *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Vybrat"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Vybrat ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Vybrat ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Vybrat ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Vybrat ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Vybrat ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Vybrat ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Vybrat *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Zrychl"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("-jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VC_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("-jerk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Ve-Jerk"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Odchylka spoje"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Rychlost"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_A = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vmax *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vmin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VTrav Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Akcelerace"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_A; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_B; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_C; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Amax *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-retrakt"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-přejezd"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Kroků/mm"); @@ -296,32 +296,17 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("kroků/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("kroků/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Ekroků/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT("kroků/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT("kroků/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT("kroků/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT("kroků/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT("kroků/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT("kroků/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*kroků/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Teplota"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Pohyb"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E na mm3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E na mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Prum."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Fil. Prum. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Fil. Prum. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Fil. Prum. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Fil. Prum. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Fil. Prum. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Fil. Prum. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Prum. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Vysunout mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Zavést mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K pro posun"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E0 = _UxGT("K pro posun ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E1 = _UxGT("K pro posun ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E2 = _UxGT("K pro posun ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E3 = _UxGT("K pro posun ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E4 = _UxGT("K pro posun ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E5 = _UxGT("K pro posun ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K pro posun *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Kontrast LCD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Uložit nastavení"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Načíst nastavení"); @@ -329,16 +314,26 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Inic. EEPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Aktualizace z SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Reset tiskárny"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Obnovit"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info obrazovka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Obnovit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info obrazovka"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Připrava tisku"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Doladění tisku"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Spustit tisk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_NEXT = _UxGT("Další"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_INIT = _UxGT("Inicializace"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_STOP = _UxGT("Stop"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PRINT = _UxGT("Tisk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Reset"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Zrušit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Hotovo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_BACK = _UxGT("Zpět"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PROCEED = _UxGT("Pokračovat"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pozastavit tisk"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Obnovit tisk"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Zastavit tisk"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT = _UxGT("Tisk objektu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT = _UxGT("Zrušit objekt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N = _UxGT("Zrušit objekt ="); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Obnova výpadku"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Tisknout z SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Žádná SD karta"); @@ -360,45 +355,43 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("AutoRetr."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("Délka retrakce"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH = _UxGT("Délka zavedení"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Výměna nástroje"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Zdvih Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Rychlost primár."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Rychlost retrak."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Tryska standby"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Vyměnit filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Vyměnit filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Vyměnit filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Vyměnit filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Vyměnit filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Vyměnit filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Vyměnit filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Vyměnit filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Zavést filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Zavést filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Zavést filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Zavést filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Zavést filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Zavést filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Zavést filament ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Vysunout filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Vysunout filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Vysunout filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Vysunout filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Vysunout filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Vysunout filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Zavést filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Vysunout filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Vysunout filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Vysunout vše"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Načíst SD kartu"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Vyměnit SD kartu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Načíst médium"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Vyměnit médium"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Vysunout médium"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonda Z mimo podl"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Faktor zkosení"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("BLTouch self-test"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("BLTouch reset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("BLTouch zasunout"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("BLTouch vysunout"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE = _UxGT("SW výsun BLTouch"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE = _UxGT("BLTouch 5V režim"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE = _UxGT("BLTouch OD režim"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("BLTouch zasunout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE = _UxGT("Uložit režim"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V = _UxGT("Nastavit 5V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD = _UxGT("Nastacit OD"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO = _UxGT("Vypsat nastavení"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE = _UxGT("VAROVANÍ: Špatné nastavení může způsobit škody! Pokračovat?"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE = _UxGT("TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT = _UxGT("Inic. TouchMI"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Test Z Ofsetu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE = _UxGT("Uložiy"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI = _UxGT("vysunout TouchMI"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Vysunout Z-sondu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Zasunout Z-sondu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Domů %s%s%s první"); @@ -410,9 +403,11 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Endstop abort"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Chyba zahřívání"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_BED = _UxGT("Chyba zahř.podl."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Chyba zahř.komory"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_REDUNDANT_TEMP = _UxGT("REDUND. TEPLOTA"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY = _UxGT("TEPLOTNÍ ÚNIK"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_BED = _UxGT("TEPL. ÚNIK PODL."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_THERMAL_RUNAWAY_CHAMBER = _UxGT("TEPL. ÚNIK KOMORA"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP = _UxGT("VYSOKÁ TEPLOTA"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MINTEMP = _UxGT("NÍZKA TEPLOTA"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERR_MAXTEMP_BED = _UxGT("VYS. TEPL. PODL."); @@ -437,6 +432,8 @@ namespace Language_cz { #else PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_COOLING = _UxGT("Chlazení podl."); #endif + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_HEATING = _UxGT("Zahřívání komory..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER_COOLING = _UxGT("Chlazení komory..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE = _UxGT("Delta Kalibrace"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_X = _UxGT("Kalibrovat X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE_Y = _UxGT("Kalibrovat Y"); @@ -462,8 +459,12 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Extrudéry"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Rychlost"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Protokol"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF = _UxGT("Sledování úniku: VYP"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON = _UxGT("Sledování úniku: ZAP"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Osvětlení"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Jas světla"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("NESPRÁVNÁ TISKÁRNA"); #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_COUNT = _UxGT("Počet tisků"); @@ -483,8 +484,12 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Teplota max"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Nap. zdroj"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Buzení motorů"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Motor %"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Uložit do EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC uložit EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("TMC CHYBA SPOJENÍ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("VÝMĚNA FILAMENTU"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("TISK POZASTAVEN"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("ZAVEDENÍ FILAMENTU"); @@ -494,6 +499,7 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Obnovit tisk"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Tryska: "); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR = _UxGT("Senzor filamentu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM = _UxGT("Délka mm senz.fil."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_HOMING_FAILED = _UxGT("Parkování selhalo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED = _UxGT("Kalibrace selhala"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M600_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("M600: Moc studený"); @@ -508,32 +514,19 @@ namespace Language_cz { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Zavést všechny"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Zavést do trysky"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vysunout filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Vysun. filament 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Vysun. filament 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Vysun. filament 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Vysun. filament 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Vysun. filament 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Vysun. filament ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vytáhnout filament"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Zavádění fil. %i..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vytahování fil. ..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vysouvání fil...."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Všechny"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Filament 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Filament 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Filament 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Filament 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Filament 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Resetovat MMU"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Resetování MMU..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Vytáhněte, klikněte"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Mix"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_1 = _UxGT("Komponenta 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_2 = _UxGT("Komponenta 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_3 = _UxGT("Komponenta 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_4 = _UxGT("Komponenta 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_5 = _UxGT("Komponenta 5"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_6 = _UxGT("Komponenta 6"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Komponenta ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Mixér"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Přechod"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Celý přechod"); @@ -560,13 +553,13 @@ namespace Language_cz { #endif PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_Z = _UxGT("Počáteční Z:"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_END_Z = _UxGT(" Koncové Z:"); + + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GAMES = _UxGT("Hry"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BRICKOUT = _UxGT("Brickout"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INVADERS = _UxGT("Invaders"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SNAKE = _UxGT("Sn4k3"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAZE = _UxGT("Bludiště"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Nesprávná tiskárna"); - #if LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 // Up to 3 lines allowed PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_PAUSE_WAITING = _UxGT(MSG_2_LINE("Stikněte tlačítko", "pro obnovení tisku")); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h index 98b47d75117a..67baf9d2178c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_da.h @@ -50,36 +50,16 @@ namespace Language_da { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Forsk. er nu aktiv"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Sæt origin"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end") - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" end ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Alle"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end") - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" end ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Alle"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Forvarm ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); @@ -100,18 +80,11 @@ namespace Language_da { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Hastighed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Plade Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Dyse"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Dyse ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Dyse ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Dyse ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Dyse ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Dyse ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Dyse ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Dyse ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Plade"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Blæser hastighed"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Blæser hastighed 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Blæser hastighed 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Blæser hastighed 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Blæser hastighed ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Kontrol"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = _UxGT(" \002 Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = _UxGT(" \002 Max"); @@ -120,31 +93,21 @@ namespace Language_da { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Til"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Fra"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Vælg"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Vælg ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Vælg ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Vælg ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Vælg ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Vælg ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Vælg ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Vælg *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-retract"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-rejse"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatur"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Bevægelse"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E i mm3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E i mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Dia."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD kontrast"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Gem i EEPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Hent fra EEPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Gendan failsafe"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Genopfrisk"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info skærm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info skærm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Forbered"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pause printet"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Forsæt printet"); @@ -166,12 +129,7 @@ namespace Language_da { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet V"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("AutoRetr."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Skift filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Skift filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Skift filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Skift filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Skift filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Skift filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Skift filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Skift filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Skift SD kort"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Probe udenfor plade"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("BLTouch Selv-Test"); @@ -218,7 +176,11 @@ namespace Language_da { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Strømfors."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Driv Styrke"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Driv %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driv %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driv %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driv %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driv %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Skriv"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Forsæt print"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h index 9fa894bb96e3..6d5b665dbf3b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h @@ -66,36 +66,16 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Homeversatz aktiv"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Setze Nullpunkte"); //"G92 X0 Y0 Z0" commented out in ultralcd.cpp PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärmen"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Alles Vorwärmen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bett Vorwärmen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Einstellungen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Vorwärmen") " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärmen"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Extr. Vorwärm. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Alles Vorwärmen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bett Vorwärmen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Einstellungen"); @@ -137,9 +117,9 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplizieren"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Spiegelkopie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("vollstä. Kontrolle"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_X_OFFSET = _UxGT("2. Düse X"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Y_OFFSET = _UxGT("2. Düse Y"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("2. Düse Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2. Düse X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2. Düse Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2. Düse Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("G29 ausführen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("UBL-Werkzeuge"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); @@ -240,12 +220,7 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Bewege Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Bewege Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Bewege Extruder"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Bewege Extruder ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Bewege Extruder ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Bewege Extruder ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Bewege Extruder ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Bewege Extruder ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Bewege Extruder ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Bewege Extruder *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Hotend zu kalt"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT(" %s mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT(" 0,1 mm"); @@ -254,29 +229,15 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Geschw."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Bett Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Düse"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Düse ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Düse ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Düse ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Düse ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Düse ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Düse ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Düse ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Bett"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Gehäuse"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Lüfter"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Lüfter 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Lüfter 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Lüfter 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Lüfter ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Geschw. Extralüfter"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Geschw. Extralüfter 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Geschw. Extralüfter 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Geschw. Extralüfter 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Geschw. Extralüfter ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flussrate"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Flussrate ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Flussrate ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Flussrate ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Flussrate ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Flussrate ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Flussrate ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flussrate ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Einstellungen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" max"); @@ -284,41 +245,8 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Auto Temperatur"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("an"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("aus"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E0 = _UxGT("PID P ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E1 = _UxGT("PID P ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E2 = _UxGT("PID P ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E3 = _UxGT("PID P ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E4 = _UxGT("PID P ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E5 = _UxGT("PID P ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E0 = _UxGT("PID I ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E1 = _UxGT("PID I ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E2 = _UxGT("PID I ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E3 = _UxGT("PID I ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E4 = _UxGT("PID I ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E5 = _UxGT("PID I ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E0 = _UxGT("PID D ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E1 = _UxGT("PID D ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E2 = _UxGT("PID D ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E3 = _UxGT("PID D ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E4 = _UxGT("PID D ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E5 = _UxGT("PID D ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E0 = _UxGT("PID C ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E1 = _UxGT("PID C ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E2 = _UxGT("PID C ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E3 = _UxGT("PID C ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E4 = _UxGT("PID C ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E5 = _UxGT("PID C ") LCD_STR_E5; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Auswählen"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Auswählen ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Auswählen ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Auswählen ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Auswählen ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Auswählen ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Auswählen ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Auswählen *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Beschleunigung"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Jerk"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V ") LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" Jerk"); @@ -331,12 +259,7 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("V max ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("V max ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("V max ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("V max ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("V max ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("V max ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("V max ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("V max ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("V max ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("V max *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("V min "); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("V min Leerfahrt"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Beschleunigung"); @@ -345,12 +268,7 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("A max ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("A max ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("A max ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("A max ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("A max ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("A max ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("A max ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("A max ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("A max ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("A max *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A Einzug"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A Leerfahrt"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Steps/mm"); @@ -358,32 +276,17 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" Steps/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" Steps/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = LCD_STR_E _UxGT(" Steps/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT(" Steps/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT(" Steps/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT(" Steps/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT(" Steps/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT(" Steps/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT(" Steps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* Steps/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatur"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Bewegung"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Filamentdurchmesser"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Filamentdurchmesser ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Filamentdurchmesser ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Filamentdurchmesser ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Filamentdurchmesser ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Filamentdurchmesser ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Filamentdurchmesser ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Filamentdurchmesser *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Entladen mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Laden mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Vorschubfaktor"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_E0 = _UxGT("Vorschubfaktor ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_E1 = _UxGT("Vorschubfaktor ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_E2 = _UxGT("Vorschubfaktor ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_E3 = _UxGT("Vorschubfaktor ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_E4 = _UxGT("Vorschubfaktor ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_E5 = _UxGT("Vorschubfaktor ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Vorschubfaktor *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD-Kontrast"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Konfig. speichern"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Konfig. laden"); @@ -392,7 +295,7 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("FW Update vom Medium"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Drucker neustarten"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Aktualisieren"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Vorbereitung"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Justierung"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Starte Druck"); @@ -434,25 +337,11 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Einzug-Geschwin."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Düsen-Standby"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Filament wechseln"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Filament wechseln ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Filament wechseln ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Filament wechseln ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Filament wechseln ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Filament wechseln ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Filament wechseln ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Filament wechseln *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Filament laden"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Filament laden ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Filament laden ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Filament laden ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Filament laden ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Filament laden ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Filament laden ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Filament entladen ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Filament entladen ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Filament entladen ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Filament entladen ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Filament entladen ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Filament entladen ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Filament laden *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Filament entladen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Filament entladen *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Alles entladen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Medium initial."); // Manually initialize the SD-card via user interface PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Medium getauscht"); // SD-card changed by user. For machines with no autocarddetect. Both send "M21" @@ -559,7 +448,10 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Max Temp"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Netzteil"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Motorleistung"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Treiber %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Treiber %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Treiber %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Treiber %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Treiber %"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("TMC Verbindungsfehler"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Werte speichern"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("FILAMENT WECHSEL"); @@ -586,32 +478,19 @@ namespace Language_de { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Lade alle"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Düse laden"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament auswerfen"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Filament 1 auswerfen"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Filament 2 auswerfen"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Filament 3 auswerfen"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Filament 4 auswerfen"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Filament 5 auswerfen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~ auswerfen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament entladen "); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Lade Fila. %i..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Fila. auswerfen..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Fila. entladen..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Alle"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Filament 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Filament 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Filament 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Filament 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Filament 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("setze MMU zurück"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("MMU zurücksetzen..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Entfernen, klicken"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Mix"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_1 = _UxGT("Komponente 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_2 = _UxGT("Komponente 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_3 = _UxGT("Komponente 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_4 = _UxGT("Komponente 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_5 = _UxGT("Komponente 5"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_6 = _UxGT("Komponente 6"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Komponente ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Mixer"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradient"); // equal Farbverlauf PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Volle Gradient"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h index a74c8da12f08..6ebae11576ff 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el.h @@ -55,36 +55,16 @@ namespace Language_el { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Εφαρμόστηκαν οι μετατοπίσεις"); //SHORTEN PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Ορισμός προέλευσης"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" όλα"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" bed"); //SHORTEN PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" επιβεβαίωση"); //SHORTEN PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" όλα"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" bed"); //SHORTEN PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" επιβεβαίωση"); //SHORTEN @@ -100,12 +80,7 @@ namespace Language_el { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση %s μμ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 0,1 μμ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 1 μμ"); @@ -113,24 +88,12 @@ namespace Language_el { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Επ. Εκτύπωσης Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Κλίνη"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Ροή"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Ροή ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Ροή ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Ροή ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Ροή ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Ροή ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Ροή ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Ροή ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Έλεγχος"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); @@ -147,12 +110,7 @@ namespace Language_el { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("V Μέγιστο *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("V Ελάχιστο"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vελάχ. μετατόπιση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Accel"); @@ -160,12 +118,7 @@ namespace Language_el { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Aμεγ *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Α-ανάσυρση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Α-μετατόπιση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Bήματα ανά μμ"); @@ -173,29 +126,19 @@ namespace Language_el { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα Ε ανά μμ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα * ανά μμ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Θερμοκρασία"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Κίνηση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Νήμα"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("Ε σε μμ3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("Ε σε μμ³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Κοντράστ LCD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Αποθήκευση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Φόρτωση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Επαναφορά ασφαλούς αντιγράφου"); //SHORTEN PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Ανανέωση"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Οθόνη πληροφόρησης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Οθόνη πληροφόρησης"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Προετοιμασία"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Συντονισμός"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Παύση εκτύπωσης"); @@ -218,12 +161,7 @@ namespace Language_el { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet V"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Αυτόματη ανάσυρση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Προετοιμασία κάρτας SD"); //SHORTEN PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Αλλαγή κάρτας SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Διερεύνηση Z εκτός Επ.Εκτύπωσης"); //SHORTEN diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el_gr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el_gr.h index e78a2290085e..c2acbf400a68 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el_gr.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_el_gr.h @@ -56,36 +56,16 @@ namespace Language_el_gr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Εφαρμόστηκαν οι μετατοπίσεις"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Ορισμός προέλευσης"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" όλα"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" κλίνη"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" επιβεβαίωση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" όλα"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" κλίνη"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Προθέρμανση ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" επιβεβαίωση"); @@ -101,12 +81,7 @@ namespace Language_el_gr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Εξωθητήρας *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση %s μμ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 0,1 μμ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Μετακίνηση 1 μμ"); @@ -114,24 +89,12 @@ namespace Language_el_gr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Κλίνη Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Ακροφύσιο ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Κλίνη"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ταχύτητα ανεμιστήρα ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Ροή"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Ροή ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Ροή ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Ροή ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Ροή ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Ροή ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Ροή ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Ροή ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Έλεγχος"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); @@ -139,34 +102,6 @@ namespace Language_el_gr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Αυτομ. ρύθμιση θερμοκρασίας"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Ενεργοποιημένο"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Απενεργοποιημένο"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E0 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E1 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E2 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E3 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E4 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E5 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E0 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E1 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E2 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E3 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E4 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E5 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E0 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E1 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E2 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E3 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E4 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E5 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E0 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E1 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E2 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E3 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E4 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E5 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E5; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Επιτάχυνση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Vαντίδραση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("Vαντίδραση ") LCD_STR_A; @@ -177,12 +112,7 @@ namespace Language_el_gr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Vμεγ ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vμεγ *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vελαχ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vελάχ. μετατόπιση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Accel"); @@ -190,12 +120,7 @@ namespace Language_el_gr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Aμεγ ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Aμεγ *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Α-ανάσυρση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Α-μετατόπιση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Bήματα ανά μμ"); @@ -203,29 +128,19 @@ namespace Language_el_gr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα Ε ανά μμ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα ") LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT(" ανά μμ"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("Bήματα * ανά μμ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Θερμοκρασία"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Κίνηση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Νήμα"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("Ε σε μμ3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("Ε σε μμ³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Διάμετρος νήματος *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Κοντράστ LCD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Αποθήκευση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Φόρτωση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Επαναφορά ασφαλούς αντιγράφου"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Ανανέωση"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Οθόνη πληροφόρησης"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Οθόνη πληροφόρησης"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Προετοιμασία"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Συντονισμός"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Παύση εκτύπωσης"); @@ -248,12 +163,7 @@ namespace Language_el_gr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet V"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Αυτόματη ανάσυρση"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Αλλαγή νήματος *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Προετοιμασία κάρτας SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Αλλαγή κάρτας SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Διερεύνηση Z εκτός κλίνης"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h index 2b813cea2a48..a0e54b5b31e3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h @@ -39,12 +39,6 @@ namespace Language_en { constexpr uint8_t CHARSIZE = 2; PROGMEM Language_Str LANGUAGE = _UxGT("English"); - #ifdef NOT_EXTENDED_ISO10646_1_5X7 - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUBED = _UxGT("^3"); - #else - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUBED = _UxGT("³"); - #endif - PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" Ready."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_YES = _UxGT("YES"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO = _UxGT("NO"); @@ -80,36 +74,16 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Offsets Applied"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Set Origin"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" All"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Conf"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" End ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" All"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preheat ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Conf"); @@ -150,9 +124,9 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplication"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Mirrored Copy"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Full Control"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_X_OFFSET = _UxGT("2nd Nozzle X"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Y_OFFSET = _UxGT("2nd Nozzle Y"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("2nd Nozzle Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2nd Nozzle X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2nd Nozzle Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2nd Nozzle Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Doing G29"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("UBL Tools"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); @@ -255,12 +229,7 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Move Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Move Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extruder"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extruder *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Hotend too cold"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Move %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Move 0.1mm"); @@ -269,29 +238,16 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Speed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Bed Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Nozzle"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Nozzle ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Bed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Enclosure"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Fan Speed"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Fan Speed 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Fan Speed 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Fan Speed 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Fan Speed ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Stored Fan ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Extra Fan Speed"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Extra Fan Speed 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Extra Fan Speed 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Extra Fan Speed 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Extra Fan Speed ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flow"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Flow ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Flow ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Flow ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Flow ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Flow ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Flow ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flow ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Control"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); @@ -299,48 +255,20 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Autotemp"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("On"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Off"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID = _UxGT("PID Autotune"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E0 = _UxGT("PID Autotune ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E1 = _UxGT("PID Autotune ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E2 = _UxGT("PID Autotune ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E3 = _UxGT("PID Autotune ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E4 = _UxGT("PID Autotune ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E5 = _UxGT("PID Autotune ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID Autotune"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID Autotune *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E0 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E1 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E2 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E3 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E4 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E5 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E = _UxGT("PID-P *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E0 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E1 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E2 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E3 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E4 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E5 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E = _UxGT("PID-I *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E0 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E1 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E2 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E3 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E4 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E5 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E = _UxGT("PID-D *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E0 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E1 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E2 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E3 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E4 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E5 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E = _UxGT("PID-C *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_F = _UxGT("PID-F"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_F_E = _UxGT("PID-F *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Select"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Select ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Select ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Select ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Select ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Select ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Select ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Select *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Accel"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Jerk"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-Jerk"); @@ -353,12 +281,7 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vmax *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vmin"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VTrav Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Acceleration"); @@ -366,12 +289,7 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Amax *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-Retract"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-Travel"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Steps/mm"); @@ -379,32 +297,17 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("steps/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("steps/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Esteps/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT("steps/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT("steps/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT("steps/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT("steps/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT("steps/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT("steps/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*steps/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperature"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Motion"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Dia."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Unload mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Load mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Advance K"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E0 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E1 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E2 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E3 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E4 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E5 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Advance K *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD Contrast"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Store Settings"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Load Settings"); @@ -413,7 +316,7 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Media Update"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Reset Printer"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Refresh"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info Screen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info Screen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Prepare"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Tune"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Start Print"); @@ -424,9 +327,14 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Reset"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Cancel"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Done"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_BACK = _UxGT("Back"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PROCEED = _UxGT("Proceed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pause Print"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Resume Print"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Stop Print"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT = _UxGT("Printing Object"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT = _UxGT("Cancel Object"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N = _UxGT("Cancel Object ="); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Outage Recovery"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Print from Media"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("No Media"); @@ -455,26 +363,11 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Retract Speed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Nozzle Standby"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Change Filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Change Filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Change Filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Change Filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Change Filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Change Filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Change Filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Change Filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Load Filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Load Filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Load Filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Load Filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Load Filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Load Filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Load Filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Load Filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Unload Filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Unload Filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Unload Filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Unload Filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Unload Filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Unload Filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Unload Filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Unload Filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Unload All"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Init. Media"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Change Media"); @@ -502,6 +395,9 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Deploy Z-Probe"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Stow Z-Probe"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Home %s%s%s First"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Probe Offsets"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("Probe X Offset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Probe Y Offset"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Probe Z Offset"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Babystep X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Babystep Y"); @@ -583,7 +479,10 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Max Temp"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("PSU"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Drive Strength"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("TMC CONNECTION ERROR"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Write"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("FILAMENT CHANGE"); @@ -610,32 +509,19 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Load All"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Load to Nozzle"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Eject Filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Eject Filament 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Eject Filament 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Eject Filament 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Eject Filament 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Eject Filament 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Eject Filament ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Unload Filament"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Loading Fil. %i..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Ejecting Fil. ..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Unloading Fil...."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("All"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Filament 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Filament 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Filament 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Filament 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Filament 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Reset MMU"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Resetting MMU..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Remove, click"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Mix"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_1 = _UxGT("Component 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_2 = _UxGT("Component 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_3 = _UxGT("Component 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_4 = _UxGT("Component 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_5 = _UxGT("Component 5"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_6 = _UxGT("Component 6"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Component ="); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Mixer"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradient"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Full Gradient"); @@ -707,3 +593,11 @@ namespace Language_en { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_CORRECTION = _UxGT("Correction"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACKLASH_SMOOTHING = _UxGT("Smoothing"); } + +#if FAN_COUNT == 1 + #define MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED MSG_FAN_SPEED + #define MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED +#else + #define MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED MSG_FAN_SPEED_N + #define MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h index 9c33add941b9..1a54244c1696 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_es.h @@ -72,36 +72,16 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Desfase aplicada"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Establecer origen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Todo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Cama"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ajuste"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Fin ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Todo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Cama"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Precalentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ajuste"); @@ -142,9 +122,9 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplicar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Copia Reflejada"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Control Total"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_X_OFFSET = _UxGT("2ª Boquilla X"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Y_OFFSET = _UxGT("2ª Boquilla Y"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("2ª Boquilla Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2ª Boquilla X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2ª Boquilla Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2ª Boquilla Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Hacer G29"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Herramientas UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Nivel.Cama.Uni.(UBL)"); @@ -247,12 +227,7 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mover Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mover Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrusor"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrusor *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Hotend muy frio"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mover %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm"); @@ -261,29 +236,15 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocidad"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Cama Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Boquilla"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Boquilla ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Boquilla ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Cama"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Recinto"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ventilador"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Ventilador 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Ventilador 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Ventilador 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ventilador ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. Ext. ventilador"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Vel. Ext. ventilador ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Vel. Ext. ventilador ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Vel. Ext. ventilador ") LCD_STR_N3; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. Ext. ventilador ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flujo"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Flujo ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Flujo ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Flujo ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Flujo ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Flujo ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Flujo ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flujo ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Control"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); @@ -292,12 +253,7 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Encender"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Apagar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Seleccionar"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Seleccionar ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Seleccionar ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Seleccionar ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Seleccionar ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Seleccionar ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Seleccionar ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Seleccionar *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Aceleración"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Velocidad"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vel. viaje min"); @@ -306,12 +262,7 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Acel. max") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Acel. max ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Acel. max ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Acel. max ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Acel. max ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Acel. max ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Acel. max ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Acel. max *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Acel. retrac."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Acel. Viaje"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Pasos/mm"); @@ -319,32 +270,17 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E pasos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* pasos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Movimiento"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filamento"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E en mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Dia."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Descarga mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Carga mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Avance K"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E0 = _UxGT("Avance K ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E1 = _UxGT("Avance K ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E2 = _UxGT("Avance K ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E3 = _UxGT("Avance K ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E4 = _UxGT("Avance K ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E5 = _UxGT("Avance K ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Avance K *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contraste LCD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Guardar EEPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Cargar EEPROM"); @@ -353,7 +289,7 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Actualizar SD/USB"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Resetear Impresora"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Recargar"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Pantalla de Inf."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Pantalla de Inf."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Ajustar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Iniciar impresión"); @@ -395,24 +331,11 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Vel. de retracción"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Colocar boquilla"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Cambiar filamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Cambiar filamento ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Cambiar filamento ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Cambiar filamento ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Cambiar filamento ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Cambiar filamento ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Cambiar filamento ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Cargar filamento ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Cargar filamento ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Cargar filamento ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Cargar filamento ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Cargar filamento ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Cargar filamento ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Descargar filamento ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Descargar filamento ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Descargar filamento ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Descargar filamento ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Descargar filamento ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Descargar filamento ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Cambiar filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Cargar filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Cargar filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Descargar filamento"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Descargar fil. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Descargar todo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Iniciar SD/USB"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Cambiar SD/USB"); @@ -422,8 +345,8 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Cmd: Auto-Prueba"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Cmd: Reiniciar"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Cmd: Bajar pistón"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Cmd: Subir pistón"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Cmd: Subir pistón"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Cmd: Bajar pistón"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Modo Software"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Modo 5V"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE = _UxGT("Cmd: Modo OD"); @@ -518,7 +441,10 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Temp. Máxima"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Fuente alimentación"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Fuerza de empuje"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("ERROR CONEX. TMC"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Escribe DAC EEPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("CAMBIAR FILAMENTO"); @@ -545,32 +471,19 @@ namespace Language_es { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Cargar Todo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Cargar hasta boqui."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Expulsar Filamento ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Descargar Filamento"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Cargando Fil. %i..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Expulsando Fil. ..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Descargando Fil...."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Todo"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Filamento 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Filamento 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Filamento 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Filamento 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Filamento 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filamento ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Reiniciar MMU"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Reiniciando MMU..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Retirar, y pulsar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Mezcla"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_1 = _UxGT("Componente 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_2 = _UxGT("Componente 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_3 = _UxGT("Componente 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_4 = _UxGT("Componente 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_5 = _UxGT("Componente 5"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_6 = _UxGT("Componente 6"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Componente ="); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Miezclador"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Degradado"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Degradado Total"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h index d9c8e2c220d3..1ef40626d6f3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_eu.h @@ -59,36 +59,16 @@ namespace Language_eu { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Offsetak ezarrita"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Hasiera ipini"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Guztia"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ohea"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ezarp."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Amaia ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Guztia"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ohea"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Berotu ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ezarp."); @@ -156,12 +136,7 @@ namespace Language_eu { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mugitu Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mugitu Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Estrusorea"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Estrusorea ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Estrusorea ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Estrusorea ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Estrusorea ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Estrusorea ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Estrusorea ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Estrusorea *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mugitu %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mugitu 0.1mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Mugitu 1mm"); @@ -169,40 +144,21 @@ namespace Language_eu { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Abiadura"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Z Ohea"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Pita"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Pita ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Pita ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Pita ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Pita ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Pita ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Pita ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Pita ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Ohea"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Haizagailu abiadura"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Haizagailu abiadura 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Haizagailu abiadura 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Haizagailu abiadura 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Haizagailu abiadura ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Haiz.gehig. abiadura"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Haiz.gehig. abiadura 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Haiz.gehig. abiadura 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Haiz.gehig. abiadura 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Haiz.gehig. abiadura ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Fluxua"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Fluxua ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Fluxua ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Fluxua ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Fluxua ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Fluxua ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Fluxua ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Fluxua ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Kontrola"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fakt"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Auto tenperatura"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Aukeratu"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Aukeratu ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Aukeratu ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Aukeratu ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Aukeratu ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Aukeratu ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Aukeratu ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Aukeratu *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Azelerazioa"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Astindua"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-astindua"); @@ -217,39 +173,24 @@ namespace Language_eu { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" pausoak/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" pausoak/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E pausoak/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT(" pausoak/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT(" pausoak/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT(" pausoak/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT(" pausoak/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT(" pausoak/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT(" pausoak/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* pausoak/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Tenperatura"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Mugimendua"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Harizpia"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E mm3-tan"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Hariz. Dia."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Hariz. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Hariz. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Hariz. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Hariz. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Hariz. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Hariz. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Hariz. Dia. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Deskargatu mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Kargatu mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K Aurrerapena"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E0 = _UxGT("K Aurrerapena ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E1 = _UxGT("K Aurrerapena ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E2 = _UxGT("K Aurrerapena ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E3 = _UxGT("K Aurrerapena ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E4 = _UxGT("K Aurrerapena ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E5 = _UxGT("K Aurrerapena ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K Aurrerapena *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD kontrastea"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Gorde memoria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Kargatu memoria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Larri. berriz."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("EEPROM-a hasieratu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Berriz kargatu"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Pantaila info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Pantaila info"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Prestatu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Doitu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausatu inprimak."); @@ -274,24 +215,11 @@ namespace Language_eu { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Atzera egin"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Aldatu harizpia"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Aldatu harizpia ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Aldatu harizpia ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Aldatu harizpia ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Aldatu harizpia ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Aldatu harizpia ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Aldatu harizpia ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Harizpia kargatu ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Harizpia kargatu ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Harizpia kargatu ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Harizpia kargatu ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Harizpia kargatu ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Harizpia kargatu ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Harizpia deskargatu ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Harizpia deskargatu ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Harizpia deskargatu ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Harizpia deskargatu ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Harizpia deskargatu ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Harizpia deskargatu ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Aldatu harizpia *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Harizpia kargatu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Harizpia kargatu *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Harizpia deskargatu"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Harizpia deskargatu *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Erabat deskargatu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Hasieratu SD-a"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Aldatu txartela"); @@ -367,7 +295,10 @@ namespace Language_eu { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Tenp. Maximoa"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Elikadura-iturria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Driver-aren potentzia"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Idatzi DAC EEPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("HARIZPIA ALDATU"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("HARIZPIA KARGATU"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h index 0b6385c21332..a9a65709a845 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fi.h @@ -46,36 +46,16 @@ namespace Language_fi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Aja referenssiin"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Aseta origo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Kaikki"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Alusta"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Esilämm. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" konf"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Esilämmitä ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT("Suutin ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Kaikki"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Esilä. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Alusta"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Esilämm. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" konf"); @@ -89,36 +69,19 @@ namespace Language_fi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Liikuta Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Liikuta Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extruder"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extruder *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Liikuta %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Liikuta 0.1mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Liikuta 1mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_10MM = _UxGT("Liikuta 10mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Nopeus"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Suutin"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Suutin ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Suutin ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Alusta"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Tuul. nopeus"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Tuul. nopeus 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Tuul. nopeus 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Tuul. nopeus 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Tuul. nopeus ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Virtaus"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Virtaus ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Virtaus ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Virtaus ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Virtaus ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Virtaus ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Virtaus ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Virtaus ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Kontrolli"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); @@ -136,7 +99,7 @@ namespace Language_fi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Lataa muistista"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Palauta oletus"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Päivitä"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Seuraa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Seuraa"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Valmistele"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Säädä"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Keskeytä tulostus"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h index a770fe46b84b..2d47744e49de 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_fr.h @@ -72,40 +72,20 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Décalages appliqués"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Régler origine"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" buse"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tout"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" lit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Régler préch. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Préchauffage ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" buse"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" buse ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tout"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" lit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Régler préch. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Préchauffage perso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Préchauf. perso"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Refroidir"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_MENU = _UxGT("Contrôle Laser"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("Puissance"); @@ -113,22 +93,22 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Allumer alim."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Eteindre alim."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Extrusion"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retrait"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RETRACT = _UxGT("Rétraction"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_AXIS = _UxGT("Déplacer un axe"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_LEVELING = _UxGT("Régler Niv. lit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Niveau du lit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Niveau des coins"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Coin suivant"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Edition Maillage"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Modifier maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Arrêt édit. maillage"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDITOR = _UxGT("Modif. maille"); // 13 car. max + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Modifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Modification arrêtée"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Mesure point"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Index X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Index Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Valeur Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Commandes perso"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Touche point"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_TILTING_MESH = _UxGT("Mesure point"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("Ecart sonde Z M48"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Ecart"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("Point M48"); @@ -138,11 +118,11 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Copie miroir"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Contrôle complet"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Offsets Outil"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_X_OFFSET = _UxGT("Buse 2 X"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Y_OFFSET = _UxGT("Buse 2 Y"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Buse 2 Z"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26 Chauffe lit"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("G26 Chauffe buse"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("Buse 2 X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("Buse 2 Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("Buse 2 Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_BED = _UxGT("G26: Chauffage du lit"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_HEATING_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Buse en chauffe..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_MANUAL_PRIME = _UxGT("Amorce manuelle..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_FIXED_LENGTH = _UxGT("Amorce longueur fixe"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_G26_PRIME_DONE = _UxGT("Amorce terminée"); @@ -162,60 +142,60 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Température lit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Température buse"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Température buse"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Editer maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Editer maille perso"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Réglage fin maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Terminer maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Créer maille perso"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Créer maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Créer maille ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Créer maille ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Créer maille froide"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Ajuster haut. maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Hauteur"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Valider maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Valider maille ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Valider maille ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Valider maille perso"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Continuer maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau par maille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Modifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Modif. grille perso"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Réglage fin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Terminer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Créer la grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Créer grille ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Créer grille ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Créer grille ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Mesure à froid"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Ajuster haut. couche"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Hauteur (x0.1mm)"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Vérifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Impr. grille ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Impr. grille ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Impr. grille ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH = _UxGT("Continuer grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau par mailles"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau à 3 points"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau grille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Maille de niveau"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Point latéral"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau par grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL = _UxGT("Effectuer mesures"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS = _UxGT("Points latéraux"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MAP_TYPE = _UxGT("Type de carte"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Voir maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Voir pour hôte"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Voir pour CSV"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Voir pour sauveg."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Voir info UBL"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Taux de remplissage"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Exporter grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Export pour hôte"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Export en CSV"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Export sauvegarde"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Infos debug UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Nombre de points"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Remplissage manuel"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Remplissage auto"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Maille remplissage"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Tout annuler"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Annuler le plus près"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Remplissage grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Tout effacer"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Effacer le + près"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Réglage fin (tous)"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Réglage fin (proche)"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Stockage maille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Réglage fin + près"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Stockage grille"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Slot mémoire"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Charger maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Sauver maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 Maille %i chargée"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 Maille %i enreg."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Charger la grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Stocker la grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("Grille %i chargée"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("Grille %i enreg."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Pas de mémoire"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Err: Enreg. UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_RESTORE_ERROR = _UxGT("Err: Ouvrir UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("Z-Offset: "); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_Z_OFFSET_STOPPED = _UxGT("Décal. Z arrêté"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("UBL Pas à pas"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Créer maille froide"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Remplissage auto"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Valider maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Réglage fin (tous)"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Valider maille"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Réglage fin (tous)"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Sauver maille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STEP_BY_STEP_MENU = _UxGT("Assistant UBL"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Mesure à froid"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Compléter auto."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Vérifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Réglage fin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Vérifier grille"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Réglage fin"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Stocker grille"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Contrôle LED"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Lumière"); @@ -242,12 +222,7 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Déplacer Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Déplacer Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrudeur"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Extrudeur ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Extrudeur ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Extrudeur ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Extrudeur ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Extrudeur ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Extrudeur ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrudeur *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Buse trop froide"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Déplacer %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Déplacer 0.1mm"); @@ -256,30 +231,17 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Vitesse"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Lit Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Buse"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Buse ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Buse ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Buse ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Buse ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Buse ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Buse ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Buse ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Lit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Caisson"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vitesse ventil."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Vitesse ventil. 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Vitesse ventil. 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Vitesse ventil. 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Extra V ventil."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Extra V ventil. 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Extra V ventil. 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Extra V ventil. 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vit. ventil. "); // 15 car. max + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vit. ventil. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Vit. enreg. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Extra ventil. "); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Extra ventil. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flux"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Flux ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Flux ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Flux ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Flux ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Flux ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Flux ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flux ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Contrôler"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); @@ -288,12 +250,7 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Marche"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Arrêt"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Sélectionner"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Sélectionner ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Sélectionner ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Sélectionner ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Sélectionner ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Sélectionner ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Sélectionner ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Sélectionner *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Accélération"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Jerk"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" jerk"); @@ -302,41 +259,26 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VE_JERK = _UxGT("Ve jerk"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VELOCITY = _UxGT("Vélocité"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JUNCTION_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Déviat. jonct."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("V dépl. min"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vmin course"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Accélération"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A retrait"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A dépl."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Acc.rétraction"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Acc.course"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Pas/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" pas/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" pas/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" pas/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E pas/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT(" pas/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT(" pas/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT(" pas/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT(" pas/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT(" pas/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT(" pas/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* pas/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Température"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Mouvement"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E en mm3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E en mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Diamètre fil."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Diamètre fil. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Diamètre fil. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Diamètre fil. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Diamètre fil. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Diamètre fil. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Diamètre fil. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Diamètre fil. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Retrait mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Charger mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Avance K"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E0 = _UxGT("Avance K ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E1 = _UxGT("Avance K ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E2 = _UxGT("Avance K ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E3 = _UxGT("Avance K ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E4 = _UxGT("Avance K ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E5 = _UxGT("Avance K ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Avance K *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contraste LCD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Enregistrer config."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Charger config."); @@ -345,7 +287,7 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("MaJ Firmware SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("RaZ imprimante"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Actualiser"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Surveiller"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Surveiller"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Préparer"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Régler"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Démarrer impression"); @@ -356,10 +298,15 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Reset"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Annuler"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Terminé"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_BACK = _UxGT("Retour"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PROCEED = _UxGT("Procéder"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pause impression"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Reprendre impr."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Arrêter impr."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Récupér. coupure"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT = _UxGT("Impression objet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT = _UxGT("Annuler objet"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N = _UxGT("Annuler objet ="); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Récup. coup."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Impression SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Pas de média"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Repos..."); @@ -370,43 +317,29 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Moteurs bloqués"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("KILLED"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("STOPPÉ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Retrait mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Ech. Retr. mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Retrait V"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT = _UxGT("Rétraction mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_SWAP = _UxGT("Ech. rétr. mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACTF = _UxGT("Vit. rétract°"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_ZHOP = _UxGT("Saut Z mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Rappel mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Ech. Rappel mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("Rappel V"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("Ech. Rappel V"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Retrait auto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Rét.reprise mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Ech.reprise mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("V.rét. reprise"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("V.éch. reprise"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Rétraction auto"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE = _UxGT("Changement outil"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOOL_CHANGE_ZLIFT = _UxGT("Augmenter Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Vitesse primaire"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Vitesse retrait"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Vitesse rétract°"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Attente buse"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("Distance retrait"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_SWAP_LENGTH = _UxGT("Longueur retrait"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH = _UxGT("Longueur de purge"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Changer filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Changer filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Changer filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Changer filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Changer filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Changer filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Changer filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Changer filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Charger filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Charger filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Charger filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Charger filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Charger filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Charger filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Charger filament ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Retrait filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Retrait filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Retrait filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Retrait filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Retrait filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Retrait filament ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Décharger tout"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Charger filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Retrait filament"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Retrait filament *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Retirer tout"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Charger le média"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Actualiser média"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Retirer le média"); @@ -432,6 +365,9 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Déployer Sonde Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Ranger Sonde Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Origine %s%s%s Premier"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Position sonde Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("Décalage X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Décalage Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Décalage Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL = _UxGT("Total"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ENDSTOP_ABORT = _UxGT("Butée abandon"); @@ -473,7 +409,7 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau linéaire"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau bilinéaire"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau lit unifié"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau maillage"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Niveau par grille"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Stats. imprimante"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Infos carte"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Thermistances"); @@ -503,7 +439,10 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Temp Max"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Alimentation"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Puiss. moteur "); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC EEPROM sauv."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("ERREUR CONNEXION TMC"); @@ -529,31 +468,18 @@ namespace Language_fr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Charger tous"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Charger dans buse"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Ejecter filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Ejecter fil. 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Ejecter fil. 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Ejecter fil. 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Ejecter fil. 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Ejecter fil. 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Ejecter fil. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Retrait filament"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Chargem. fil. %i..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Ejection fil..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Retrait fil...."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Tous"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Filament 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Filament 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Filament 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Filament 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Filament 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Réinit. MMU"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Réinit. MMU..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Retrait, click"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_1 = _UxGT("Composante 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_2 = _UxGT("Composante 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_3 = _UxGT("Composante 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_4 = _UxGT("Composante 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_5 = _UxGT("Composante 5"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_6 = _UxGT("Composante 6"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Composante ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Mixeur"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Dégradé"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Dégradé complet"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h index 554230ca359d..d6f6d941b6b2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_gl.h @@ -57,36 +57,16 @@ namespace Language_gl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Offsets fixados"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Fixar orixe"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Todo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Cama"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Prequentar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Todo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Cama"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preque. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); @@ -102,12 +82,7 @@ namespace Language_gl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mover Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mover Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrusor"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrusor *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mover %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Mover 1mm"); @@ -115,63 +90,36 @@ namespace Language_gl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocidade"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Cama Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Bico"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Bico ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Bico ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Bico ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Bico ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Bico ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Bico ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Bico ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Cama"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocidade vent."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Velocidade vent. 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Velocidade vent. 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Velocidade vent. 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Velocidade vent. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Fluxo"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Fluxo ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Fact"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Escolla"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Escolla ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Escolla ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Escolla ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Escolla ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Escolla ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Escolla ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Escolla *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Acel"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Pasos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_STEPS = LCD_STR_A _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E pasos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT(" pasos/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* pasos/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Movemento"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E en mm3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E en mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Diam. fil."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Diam. fil. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Diam. fil. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Diam. fil. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Diam. fil. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Diam. fil. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Diam. fil. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Diam. fil. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Constraste LCD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Gardar en memo."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Cargar de memo."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Cargar de firm."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Volver a cargar"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Monitorizacion"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Monitorizacion"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Axustar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausar impres."); @@ -194,12 +142,7 @@ namespace Language_gl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("Recuperacion V"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Retraccion auto."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Cambiar filamen."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Cambiar filamen. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Cambiar filamen. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Cambiar filamen. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Cambiar filamen. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Cambiar filamen. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Cambiar filamen. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Cambiar filamen. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Iniciando SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Cambiar SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonda-Z sen cama"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h index 06822b3ccfe3..65562204fc01 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_hr.h @@ -56,36 +56,16 @@ namespace Language_hr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Offsets postavljeni"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Postavi ishodište"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Sve"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dizna ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Sve"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Predgrij ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); @@ -104,40 +84,23 @@ namespace Language_hr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Brzina"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Bed Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Dizna"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Dizna ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Dizna ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Dizna ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Dizna ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Dizna ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Dizna ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Dizna ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Bed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Brzina ventilatora"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Brzina ventilatora 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Brzina ventilatora 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Brzina ventilatora 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Brzina ventilatora ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Odaberi"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Odaberi ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Odaberi ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Odaberi ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Odaberi ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Odaberi ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Odaberi ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Odaberi *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperature"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Gibanje"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Dia."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Kontrast LCD-a"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Pohrani u memoriju"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Učitaj memoriju"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Učitaj failsafe"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Osvježi"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info screen"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info screen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Pripremi"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pauziraj print"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Nastavi print"); @@ -148,12 +111,7 @@ namespace Language_hr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Print otkazan"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("ZAUSTAVLJEN. "); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Promijeni filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Promijeni filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Promijeni filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Promijeni filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Promijeni filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Promijeni filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Promijeni filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Promijeni filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Init. SD karticu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Promijeni SD karticu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD = _UxGT("Grijanje neuspješno"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h index 42784026f759..66b45f298700 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h @@ -72,36 +72,16 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Offset applicato"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Imposta Origine"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tutto"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Piatto"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Preriscalda ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ugello ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tutto"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Piatto"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Preris.") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" conf"); @@ -143,9 +123,9 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplicazione"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Copia speculare"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Pieno controllo"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_X_OFFSET = _UxGT("2° ugello X"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Y_OFFSET = _UxGT("2° ugello Y"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("2° ugello Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2° ugello X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2° ugello Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2° ugello Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("G29 in corso"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Strumenti UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); @@ -247,12 +227,7 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Muovi Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Muovi Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Estrusore"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Estrusore ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Estrusore ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Estrusore ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Estrusore ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Estrusore ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Estrusore ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Estrusore *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Ugello freddo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Muovi di %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Muovi di 0.1mm"); @@ -261,29 +236,16 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocità"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Piatto Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Ugello"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Ugello ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Ugello ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Ugello ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Ugello ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Ugello ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Ugello ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Ugello ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Piatto"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Camera"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. ventola"); // Max 15 characters - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Vel. ventola 1"); // Max 15 characters - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Vel. ventola 2"); // Max 15 characters - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Vel. ventola 3"); // Max 15 characters - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Extra vel.vent."); // Max 15 characters - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Extra v.vent. 1"); // Max 15 characters - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Extra v.vent. 2"); // Max 15 characters - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Extra v.vent. 3"); // Max 15 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. ventola"); // Max 15 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. ventola ~"); // Max 15 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Ventola mem. ~"); // Max 15 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Extra vel.vent."); // Max 15 characters + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Extra v.vent. ~"); // Max 15 characters PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flusso"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Flusso ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Flusso ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Flusso ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Flusso ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Flusso ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Flusso ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flusso ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Controllo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); @@ -291,48 +253,10 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Autotemp"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("On"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Off"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID = _UxGT("PID Autotune"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E0 = _UxGT("PID Autotune ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E1 = _UxGT("PID Autotune ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E2 = _UxGT("PID Autotune ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E3 = _UxGT("PID Autotune ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E4 = _UxGT("PID Autotune ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E5 = _UxGT("PID Autotune ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E0 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E1 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E2 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E3 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E4 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E5 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E0 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E1 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E2 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E3 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E4 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E5 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E0 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E1 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E2 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E3 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E4 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E5 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E0 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E1 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E2 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E3 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E4 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E5 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID Autotune"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID Autotune *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Seleziona"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Seleziona ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Seleziona ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Seleziona ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Seleziona ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Seleziona ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Seleziona ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Seleziona *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Accel"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Jerk"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-jerk"); @@ -345,12 +269,7 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vmax *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vmin"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VTrav min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Accelerazione"); @@ -358,12 +277,7 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Amax *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-Ritrazione"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-Spostamento"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Passi/mm"); @@ -371,32 +285,17 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("passi/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("passi/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Epassi/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT("passi/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT("passi/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT("passi/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT("passi/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT("passi/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT("passi/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*passi/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Movimento"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filamento"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Diam. filo"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Diam. filo ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Diam. filo ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Diam. filo ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Diam. filo ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Diam. filo ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Diam. filo ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Diam. filo *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Rimuovi mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Carica mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K Avanzamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E0 = _UxGT("K Avanzamento ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E1 = _UxGT("K Avanzamento ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E2 = _UxGT("K Avanzamento ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E3 = _UxGT("K Avanzamento ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E4 = _UxGT("K Avanzamento ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E5 = _UxGT("K Avanzamento ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K Avanzamento *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contrasto LCD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Salva impostazioni"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Carica impostazioni"); @@ -404,8 +303,8 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Inizializza EEPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Aggiorna media"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Resetta stampante"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Aggiorna"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Schermata info"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Aggiorna"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Schermata info"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Prepara"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Regola"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Avvia stampa"); @@ -416,9 +315,14 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Resetta"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Annulla"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Fatto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_BACK = _UxGT("Indietro"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PROCEED = _UxGT("Procedi"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausa stampa"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Riprendi stampa"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Arresta stampa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT = _UxGT("Stampa Oggetto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT = _UxGT("Cancella Oggetto"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N = _UxGT("Canc. Oggetto ="); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Ripresa da PowerLoss"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Stampa da media"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Media non presente"); @@ -447,26 +351,11 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Velocità retrazione"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Standby ugello"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Cambia filamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Cambia filamento ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Cambia filamento ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Cambia filamento ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Cambia filamento ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Cambia filamento ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Cambia filamento ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Cambia filamento *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Carica filamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Carica filamento ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Carica filamento ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Carica filamento ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Carica filamento ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Carica filamento ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Carica filamento ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Carica filamento *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Rimuovi filamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Rimuovi filamento ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Rimuovi filamento ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Rimuovi filamento ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Rimuovi filamento ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Rimuovi filamento ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Rimuovi filamento ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Rimuovi filamento *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Rimuovi tutto"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Inizializ. media"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Cambia media"); @@ -494,7 +383,10 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Ritrai BLTouch"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Ritrai Sonda-Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Home %s%s%s prima"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Offset sonda Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Offsets sonda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("Offset X sonda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Offset Y sonda"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Offset Z sonda"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Babystep X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Babystep Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Babystep Z"); @@ -571,7 +463,10 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Temp max"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Alimentatore"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Potenza Drive"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("ERR.CONNESSIONE TMC"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Scrivi DAC EEPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("CAMBIO FILAMENTO"); @@ -598,32 +493,19 @@ namespace Language_it { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Carica tutto"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Carica fino ugello"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Espelli filamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Espelli filam.1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Espelli filam.2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Espelli filam.3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Espelli filam.4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Espelli filam.5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Espelli filam.~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Scarica filamento"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Caric.fil. %i..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Esplus.filam. ..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Scaric.filam. ..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Tutto"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Filamento 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Filamento 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Filamento 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Filamento 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Filamento 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filamento ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Azzera MMU"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Azzeramento MMU..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Rimuovi, click"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Miscela"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_1 = _UxGT("Componente 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_2 = _UxGT("Componente 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_3 = _UxGT("Componente 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_4 = _UxGT("Componente 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_5 = _UxGT("Componente 5"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_6 = _UxGT("Componente 6"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Componente ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Miscelatore"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradiente"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradiente pieno"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp_kana.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp_kana.h index d9538c525159..81580b71ed39 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp_kana.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_jp_kana.h @@ -65,36 +65,16 @@ namespace Language_jp_kana { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("オフセットガテキヨウサレマシタ"); // "Offsets applied" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("キジュンセット"); // "Set origin" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ"); // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ") LCD_STR_N0; // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ") LCD_STR_N1; // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ") LCD_STR_N2; // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ") LCD_STR_N3; // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ") LCD_STR_N4; // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ") LCD_STR_N5; // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ~"); // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル"); // " Nozzle" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ") LCD_STR_N0; // " Nozzle" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ") LCD_STR_N1; // " Nozzle" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ") LCD_STR_N2; // " Nozzle" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ") LCD_STR_N3; // " Nozzle" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ") LCD_STR_N4; // " Nozzle" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ") LCD_STR_N5; // " Nozzle" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ~"); // " Nozzle" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" スベテヨネツ"); // " All" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ベッドヨネツ"); // " Bed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツセッテイ"); // " conf" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ"); // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ") LCD_STR_N0; // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ") LCD_STR_N1; // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ") LCD_STR_N2; // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ") LCD_STR_N3; // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ") LCD_STR_N4; // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ") LCD_STR_N5; // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツ ~"); // "Preheat " PREHEAT_1_LABEL PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル"); // " Nozzle" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ") LCD_STR_N0; // " Nozzle" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ") LCD_STR_N1; // " Nozzle" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ") LCD_STR_N2; // " Nozzle" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ") LCD_STR_N3; // " Nozzle" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ") LCD_STR_N4; // " Nozzle" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ") LCD_STR_N5; // " Nozzle" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツノズル ~"); // " Nozzle" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" スベテヨネツ"); // " All" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ベッドヨネツ"); // " Bed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ヨネツセッテイ"); // " conf" @@ -130,41 +110,8 @@ namespace Language_jp_kana { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("ジドウオンドセイギョ"); // "Autotemp" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("オン"); // "On" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("オフ"); // "Off" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E0 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E1 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E2 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E3 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E4 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E5 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E0 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E1 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E2 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E3 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E4 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E5 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E0 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E1 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E2 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E3 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E4 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E5 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E0 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E1 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E2 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E3 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E4 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E5 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E5; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("センタク"); // "Select" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("センタク ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("センタク ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("センタク ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("センタク ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("センタク ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("センタク ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("センタク *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("カソクド mm/s²"); // "Accel" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("ヤクドウ mm/s"); // "Jerk" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("ジク ヤクドウ mm/s") LCD_STR_A; // "Va-jerk" @@ -178,12 +125,7 @@ namespace Language_jp_kana { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") LCD_STR_A; // "Vmax B" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") LCD_STR_A; // "Vmax C" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") LCD_STR_A; // "Vmax E" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") LCD_STR_E0; // "Vmax E1" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") LCD_STR_E1; // "Vmax E2" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") LCD_STR_E2; // "Vmax E3" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") LCD_STR_E3; // "Vmax E4" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") LCD_STR_E4; // "Vmax E5" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド ") LCD_STR_E5; // "Vmax E6" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("サイダイオクリソクド *"); // "Vmax E1" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("サイショウオクリソクド"); // "Vmin" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("サイショウイドウソクド"); // "VTrav min" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("カソクド mm/s²"); // "Accel" @@ -195,18 +137,13 @@ namespace Language_jp_kana { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("フィラメント"); // "Filament" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("フィラメントチョッケイ"); // "Fil. Dia." - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("フィラメントチョッケイ ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("フィラメントチョッケイ ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("フィラメントチョッケイ ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("フィラメントチョッケイ ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("フィラメントチョッケイ ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("フィラメントチョッケイ ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("フィラメントチョッケイ *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCDコントラスト"); // "LCD contrast" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("EEPROMヘホゾン"); // "Store memory" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("EEPROMカラヨミコミ"); // "Load memory" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("セッテイリセット"); // "Restore failsafe" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("リフレッシュ"); // "Refresh" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("ジョウホウガメン"); // "Info screen" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("ジョウホウガメン"); // "Info screen" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("ジュンビセッテイ"); // "Prepare" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("チョウセイ"); // "Tune" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("イチジテイシ"); // "Pause print" @@ -278,7 +215,10 @@ namespace Language_jp_kana { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("セッテイサイコウオン"); // "Max Temp" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("デンゲンシュベツ"); // "Power Supply" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("モータークドウリョク"); // "Drive Strength" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("DACシュツリョク %"); // "Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X DACシュツリョク %"); // "X Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y DACシュツリョク %"); // "Y Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z DACシュツリョク %"); // "Z Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E DACシュツリョク %"); // "E Driver %" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("EEPROMヘホゾン"); // "Store memory" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("イチジテイシ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("プリントサイカイ"); // "Resume print" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h index 15173a93d5ae..7d33ccc5086e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h @@ -56,33 +56,13 @@ namespace Language_ko_KR { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT = _UxGT("다음 Point"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE = _UxGT("레벨링 완료!"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("예열하기 - ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 노즐 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Custom 예열"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("식히기"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("스위치 전원 켜기"); @@ -94,21 +74,12 @@ namespace Language_ko_KR { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("미러 사본"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("오토레벨링 하기"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("노즐"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("노즐 ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("노즐 ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("노즐 ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("노즐 ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("노즐 ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("노즐 ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("노즐 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("베드"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("펜 속도"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("펜 속도 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("펜 속도 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("펜 속도 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("펜 속도 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("엑스트라 펜 속도"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("엑스트라 펜 속도 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("엑스트라 펜 속도 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("엑스트라 펜 속도 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("엑스트라 펜 속도 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("온도"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("동작"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("설정 저장하기"); @@ -116,7 +87,7 @@ namespace Language_ko_KR { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("설정 되돌리기"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("EEPROM 초기화"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("새로고침"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("처음으로"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("처음으로"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("준비하기"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("일시정지"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("재시작"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h index 7555194eb8f9..1d9955c811f4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_nl.h @@ -60,36 +60,16 @@ namespace Language_nl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("H offset toegep."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Nulpunt instellen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverwarmen"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. aan"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Bed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" verw. conf"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverwarmen"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Einde ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. aan"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" voorverw. Bed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" verw. conf"); @@ -108,12 +88,7 @@ namespace Language_nl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Verplaats Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Verplaats Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extruder"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Extruder ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extruder *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Verplaats %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Verplaats 0.1mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Verplaats 1mm"); @@ -121,24 +96,12 @@ namespace Language_nl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Snelheid"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Bed Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Nozzle"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Nozzle ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Nozzle ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Bed"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Fan snelheid"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Fan snelheid 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Fan snelheid 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Fan snelheid 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Fan snelheid ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Flow"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Flow ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Flow ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Flow ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Flow ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Flow ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Flow ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Flow ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Control"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); @@ -147,37 +110,22 @@ namespace Language_nl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Aan"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Uit"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Selecteer"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Selecteer ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Selecteer ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Selecteer ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Selecteer ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Selecteer ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Selecteer ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Selecteer *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Versn"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatuur"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Beweging"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Advance K"); //accepted english dutch - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E0 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E0; //accepted english dutch - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E1 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E1; //accepted english dutch - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E2 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E2; //accepted english dutch - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E3 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E3; //accepted english dutch - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E4 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E4; //accepted english dutch - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E5 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E5; //accepted english dutch - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Advance K *"); //accepted english dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E in mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Dia."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Dia. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD contrast"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Geheugen opslaan"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Geheugen laden"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Noodstop reset"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Ververs"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info scherm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info scherm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Voorbereiden"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Afstellen"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Print pauzeren"); @@ -200,12 +148,7 @@ namespace Language_nl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("UnRet F"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("AutoRetr."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Verv. Filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Verv. Filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Verv. Filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Verv. Filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Verv. Filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Verv. Filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Verv. Filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Verv. Filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Init. SD kaart"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Verv. SD Kaart"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z probe uit. bed"); @@ -271,7 +214,10 @@ namespace Language_nl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("PSU"); //accepted English term in Dutch PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Motorstroom"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Driver %"); //accepted English term in Dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Driver %"); //accepted English term in Dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Driver %"); //accepted English term in Dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Driver %"); //accepted English term in Dutch + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Driver %"); //accepted English term in Dutch PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC Opslaan"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Hervat print"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE = _UxGT(" Nozzle: "); //accepeted English term diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h index 9e2810a885f9..972f5044b1bb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pl.h @@ -72,36 +72,16 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Poz. zerowa ust."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Ustaw punkt zero"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" wsz."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" stół"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ustaw."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Dysza ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" wsz."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" stół"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Rozgrzej ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ustaw."); @@ -142,9 +122,9 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplikowanie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Kopia lustrzana"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Pełne sterowanie"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_X_OFFSET = _UxGT("2ga dysza X"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Y_OFFSET = _UxGT("2ga dysza Y"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("2ga dysza Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2ga dysza X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2ga dysza Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2ga dysza Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Wykonywanie G29"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Narzędzia UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Unified Bed Leveling"); @@ -247,13 +227,8 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Przesuń w Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Przesuń w Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Ekstruzja (os E)"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Ekstruzja (os E) ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Ekstruzja (os E) ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Ekstruzja (os E) ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Ekstruzja (os E) ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Ekstruzja (os E) ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Ekstruzja (os E) ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Dysza za zimna"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Ekstruzja (os E) *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Dysza za zimna"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Przesuń co %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Przesuń co .1mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Przesuń co 1mm"); @@ -261,29 +236,15 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Predkość"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Stół Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Dysza"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Dysza ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Dysza ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Dysza ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Dysza ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Dysza ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Dysza ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Dysza ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Stół"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Obudowa"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Obudowa"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Obroty wiatraka"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Obroty wiatraka 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Obroty wiatraka 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Obroty wiatraka 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Obroty wiatraka ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Obroty dodatkowego wiatraka"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Obroty dodatkowego wiatraka 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Obroty dodatkowego wiatraka 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Obroty dodatkowego wiatraka 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Obroty dodatkowego wiatraka ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Przepływ"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Przepływ ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Przepływ ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Przepływ ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Przepływ ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Przepływ ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Przepływ ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Przepływ ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Ustawienia"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); @@ -291,49 +252,11 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Auto. temperatura"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Wł."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Wył."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID = _UxGT("PID Autostrojenie"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E0 = _UxGT("PID Autostrojenie ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E1 = _UxGT("PID Autostrojenie ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E2 = _UxGT("PID Autostrojenie ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E3 = _UxGT("PID Autostrojenie ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E4 = _UxGT("PID Autostrojenie ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E5 = _UxGT("PID Autostrojenie ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E0 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E1 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E2 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E3 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E4 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E5 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E0 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E1 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E2 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E3 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E4 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E5 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E0 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E1 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E2 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E3 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E4 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E5 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E0 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E1 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E2 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E3 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E4 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E5 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID Autostrojenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID Autostrojenie *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Wybierz"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Wybierz ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Wybierz ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Wybierz ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Wybierz ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Wybierz ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Wybierz ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Przyspieszenie"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Wybierz *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Przyspieszenie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Zryw"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("Zryw V") LCD_STR_A; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VB_JERK = _UxGT("Zryw V") LCD_STR_B; @@ -345,12 +268,7 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vmax *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vmin"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vskok min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Przyspieszenie (A)"); @@ -358,12 +276,7 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Amax *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-wycofanie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-przesuń."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("kroki/mm"); @@ -371,32 +284,17 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = _UxGT("kroki") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = _UxGT("kroki") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("krokiE/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = _UxGT("kroki ") LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = _UxGT("kroki ") LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = _UxGT("kroki ") LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = _UxGT("kroki ") LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = _UxGT("kroki ") LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = _UxGT("kroki ") LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT("/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("kroki */mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Ruch"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E w mm3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E w mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Śr. fil."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Śr. fil. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Śr. fil. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Śr. fil. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Śr. fil. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Śr. fil. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Śr. fil. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Śr. fil. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Wyładuj mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Załaduj mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Advance K"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E0 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E1 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E2 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E3 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E4 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E5 = _UxGT("Advance K ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Advance K *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Kontrast LCD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Zapisz w pamięci"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Wczytaj z pamięci"); @@ -405,7 +303,7 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Uaktualnij kartę"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Resetuj drukarkę"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Odswież"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Ekran główny"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Ekran główny"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Przygotuj"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Strojenie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Start wydruku"); @@ -419,14 +317,14 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Wstrzymaj druk"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Wznowienie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Stop"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Odzyskiwanie po awarii"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Odzyskiwanie po awarii"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Karta SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Brak karty"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Uśpij..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Oczekiwanie..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("Druk wstrzymany"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING = _UxGT("Drukowanie..."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Druk przerwany"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_ABORTED = _UxGT("Druk przerwany"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MOVE = _UxGT("Brak ruchu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("Ubity. "); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("Zatrzymany. "); @@ -446,30 +344,15 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Prędkość wycofania"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Dysza w oczekiwaniu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Zmień filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Zmień filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Zmień filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Zmień filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Zmień filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Zmień filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Zmień filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Zmień filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Załaduj Filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Załaduj Filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Załaduj Filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Załaduj Filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Załaduj Filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Załaduj Filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Załaduj Filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Załaduj Filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Wyładuj Filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Wyładuj Filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Wyładuj Filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Wyładuj Filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Wyładuj Filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Wyładuj Filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Wyładuj Filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Wyładuj Filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Wyładuj wszystkie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Inicjal. karty SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Zmiana karty SD"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Zwolnienie karty"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Zwolnienie karty"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sonda Z za stołem"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Współczynik skrzywienia"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); @@ -574,7 +457,10 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Max Temp"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Zasilacz"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Siła silnika"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Siła %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Siła %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Siła %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Siła %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Siła %"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("TMC BŁĄD POŁĄCZENIA"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Zapisz DAC EEPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("ZMIEŃ FILAMENT"); @@ -601,32 +487,19 @@ namespace Language_pl { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Załaduj wszystko"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Załaduj do dyszy"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Wysuń filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Wysuń filament 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Wysuń filament 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Wysuń filament 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Wysuń filament 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Wysuń filament 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Wysuń filament ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Wyładuj filament"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Ładowanie fil. %i..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Wysuwanie fil. ..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Wyładowywanie fil...."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Wszystko"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Filament 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Filament 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Filament 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Filament 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Filament 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Resetuj MMU"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Resetowanie MMU..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Usuń, kliknij"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Miks"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_1 = _UxGT("Komponent 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_2 = _UxGT("Komponent 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_3 = _UxGT("Komponent 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_4 = _UxGT("Komponent 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_5 = _UxGT("Komponent 5"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_6 = _UxGT("Komponent 6"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Komponent ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Mikser"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradient"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Pełny gradient"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h index 7f3288f15573..b96839e1f644 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt.h @@ -55,36 +55,16 @@ namespace Language_pt { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Offsets aplicados"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Definir origem"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Pre-aq. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tudo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Pre-aq. ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT("Base"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Definições ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bico ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Pre-aq. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tudo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Pre-aq. ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" ") LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT("Base"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Definições ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; @@ -98,12 +78,7 @@ namespace Language_pt { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mover Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mover Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mover %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Mover 1mm"); @@ -111,24 +86,12 @@ namespace Language_pt { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocidade"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Base Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Bico"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Bico ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Bico ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Base"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. ventoinha"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Vel. ventoinha 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Vel. ventoinha 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Vel. ventoinha 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. ventoinha ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Fluxo"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Fluxo ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Fluxo ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Controlo"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); @@ -140,29 +103,19 @@ namespace Language_pt { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" passo/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" passo/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E passo/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT(" passo/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT(" passo/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT(" passo/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT(" passo/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT(" passo/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT(" passo/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* passo/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Movimento"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E em mm3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E em mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Fil. Diam."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Fil. Diam. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Fil. Diam. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Fil. Diam. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Fil. Diam. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Fil. Diam. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Fil. Diam. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Fil. Diam. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contraste"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Guardar na memoria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Carregar da memoria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Rest. de emergen."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT(" Recarregar"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Monitorizar"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Monitorizar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Afinar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausar impressão"); @@ -185,12 +138,7 @@ namespace Language_pt { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT(" DesRet V"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT(" AutoRetr."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Trocar filamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Trocar filamento ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Trocar filamento ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Trocar filamento ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Trocar filamento ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Trocar filamento ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Trocar filamento ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Trocar filamento *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Inici. cartão SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Trocar cartão SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Sensor fora/base"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt_br.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt_br.h index 548ba4cd97da..93451bc9712e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt_br.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt_br.h @@ -63,36 +63,16 @@ namespace Language_pt_br { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Alteração aplicada"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Ajustar Origem"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Pre-aq.Todo ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Pre-aq.Mesa ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Ajustar ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Pre-aquecer ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Extrusora ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Pre-aq.Todo ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Pre-aq.Mesa ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Ajustar ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; @@ -119,9 +99,9 @@ namespace Language_pt_br { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplicação"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Cópia espelhada"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Controle Total"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_X_OFFSET = _UxGT("2o bico X"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Y_OFFSET = _UxGT("2o bico Y"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("2o bico Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2o bico X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2o bico Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2o bico Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Executando G29"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Ferramentas UBL"); @@ -215,12 +195,7 @@ namespace Language_pt_br { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Mover Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Mover Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Mover Extrusor *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Extrus. mto fria"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Mover %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Mover 0.1mm"); @@ -229,28 +204,14 @@ namespace Language_pt_br { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Velocidade"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Base Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Bocal"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Bocal ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Bocal ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Bocal ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Bocal ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Bocal ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Bocal ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Bocal ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Mesa"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Vel. Ventoinha"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Vel. Ventoinha 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Vel. Ventoinha 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Vel. Ventoinha 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Vel. Ventoinha ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("+Vel. Ventoinha"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("+Vel. Ventoinha 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("+Vel. Ventoinha 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("+Vel. Ventoinha 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("+Vel. Ventoinha ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Vazão"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Vazão ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Vazão ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Vazão ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Vazão ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Vazão ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Vazão ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Vazão ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Controle"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Máx"); @@ -259,12 +220,7 @@ namespace Language_pt_br { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Ligado"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Desligado"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Selecionar"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Selecionar ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Selecionar ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Selecionar ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Selecionar ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Selecionar ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Selecionar ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Selecionar *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Acel."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Arrancada"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("arrancada V") LCD_STR_A; @@ -282,32 +238,17 @@ namespace Language_pt_br { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = _UxGT("Passo ") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = _UxGT("Passo ") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT("/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Temperatura"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Movimento"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("Extrusão em mm3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("Extrusão em mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Diâmetro Fil."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Diâmetro Fil. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Diâmetro Fil. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Diâmetro Fil. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Diâmetro Fil. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Diâmetro Fil. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Diâmetro Fil. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Diâmetro Fil. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Descarr. mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Carregar mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("Avanço K"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E0 = _UxGT("Avanço K ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E1 = _UxGT("Avanço K ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E2 = _UxGT("Avanço K ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E3 = _UxGT("Avanço K ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E4 = _UxGT("Avanço K ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E5 = _UxGT("Avanço K ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("Avanço K *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Contraste"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Salvar Configuração"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Ler Configuração"); @@ -316,7 +257,7 @@ namespace Language_pt_br { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Atualiz. SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Resetar Impressora"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Atualização"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Informações"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Informações"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Preparar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Ajustar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pausar impressão"); @@ -348,24 +289,9 @@ namespace Language_pt_br { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Preparar Veloc."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Veloc. Retração"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Trocar Filamento"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Trocar Filamento ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Trocar Filamento ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Trocar Filamento ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Trocar Filamento ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Trocar Filamento ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Trocar Filamento ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Carregar Filamento ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Carregar Filamento ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Carregar Filamento ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Carregar Filamento ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Carregar Filamento ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Carregar Filamento ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Descarreg. Filamento ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Descarreg. Filamento ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Descarreg. Filamento ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Descarreg. Filamento ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Descarreg. Filamento ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Descarreg. Filamento ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Trocar Filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Carregar Filamento *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Descarreg. Filamento *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Descarregar Todos"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Iniciar SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Trocar SD"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h index f19b33dd0cf5..51875761bd76 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ru.h @@ -47,10 +47,10 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Другие настройки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONFIGURATION = _UxGT("Настройки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOSTART = _UxGT("Автостарт"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Выкл. двигатели"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DISABLE_STEPPERS = _UxGT("Выключить двигатели"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DEBUG_MENU = _UxGT("Меню отладки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST = _UxGT("Тест индикатора"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Авто парковка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME = _UxGT("Парковка XYZ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_X = _UxGT("Парковка X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y = _UxGT("Парковка Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTO_HOME_Z = _UxGT("Парковка Z"); @@ -63,40 +63,29 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Коррекции применены"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Запомнить ноль"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ") LCD_STR_N5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" всё"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" стол"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" настр."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" всё"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" стол"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" правка"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ") LCD_STR_N5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" всё"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" стол"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Преднагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" настр."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" сопло ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" всё"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" стол"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Нагрев ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" правка"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_COOLDOWN = _UxGT("Охлаждение"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_MENU = _UxGT("Управление лазером"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_OFF = _UxGT("Выключить лазер"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_ON = _UxGT("Включить лазер"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LASER_POWER = _UxGT("Мощность лазера"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_MENU = _UxGT("Шпиндель управление"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_OFF = _UxGT("Выключить шпиндель"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_ON = _UxGT("Включить шпиндель"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_POWER = _UxGT("Мощность шпинделя"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPINDLE_REVERSE = _UxGT("Инверсия шпинделя"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_ON = _UxGT("Включить питание"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF = _UxGT("Выключить питание"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRUDE = _UxGT("Экструзия"); @@ -107,44 +96,48 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEVEL_CORNERS = _UxGT("Выровнять углы"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NEXT_CORNER = _UxGT("Следующий угол"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDIT_MESH = _UxGT("Редактировать сетку"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Ред. сетки завершено"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EDITING_STOPPED = _UxGT("Правка сетки окончена"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PROBING_MESH = _UxGT("Точка сетки:"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_X = _UxGT("Индекс X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_Y = _UxGT("Индекс Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_EDIT_Z = _UxGT("Значение Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USER_MENU = _UxGT("Свои команды"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("Проверка датчика Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_TEST = _UxGT("Проверка Z-датчика"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_DEVIATION = _UxGT("Отклонение"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_M48_POINT = _UxGT("Измерение"); // TODO: IDEX Menu PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OFFSETS_MENU = _UxGT("Размещение сопел"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_X_OFFSET = _UxGT("2-е сопло X"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Y_OFFSET = _UxGT("2-е сопло Y"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("2-е сопло Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2-е сопло X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2-е сопло Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2-е сопло Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Выполняем G29"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Утилиты UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("Калибровка UBL"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Постр. сетку от руки"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Пост. шимм и измер."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_MESH = _UxGT("Правка сетки вручную"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT = _UxGT("Z-пробник и замеры"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_INSERT2 = _UxGT("Измерение"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("Удал. и измер. стол"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BC_REMOVE = _UxGT("Убрать и замер стола"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MOVING_TO_NEXT = _UxGT("Двигаемся дальше"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_ACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Активировать UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DEACTIVATE_MESH = _UxGT("Деактивировать UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_BED = _UxGT("Температура стола"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Bed Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BED_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Температура стола"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SET_TEMP_HOTEND = _UxGT("Температура сопла"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Hotend Temp"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_HOTEND_TEMP_CUSTOM = _UxGT("Температура сопла"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_EDIT = _UxGT("Редактор сеток"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Редакт. свою сетку"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Точная настр. сетки"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Ред. сетки завершено"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_EDIT_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Править свою сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_MESH = _UxGT("Точная правка сетки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DONE_EDITING_MESH = _UxGT("Правка сетки завершена"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_CUSTOM_MESH = _UxGT("Построить свою сетку"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Построить сетку"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Построить сетку ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_MESH_M2 = _UxGT("Построить сетку ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("Построить хол. сетку"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Устан. высоту сетки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST = _UxGT("Правка высоты сетки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Высота"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Проверить сетку"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M1 = _UxGT("Проверить сетку ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; @@ -160,17 +153,17 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP = _UxGT("Вывести карту сетки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST = _UxGT("Вывести на хост"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV = _UxGT("Вывести в CSV"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Забекапить сетку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP = _UxGT("Резервировать сетку"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL = _UxGT("Вывод информации UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT = _UxGT("Кол-во заполнителя"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN = _UxGT("Ручное заполнение"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("Умное заполнение"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FILLIN_MESH = _UxGT("Заполнить сетку"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL = _UxGT("Аннулировать всё"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Аннулир. ближ. точку"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Точная настр. всего"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Обнулить ближ. точку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("Точная правка всего"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST = _UxGT("Настр. ближ. точки"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Хранилище сетей"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("Хранилище сеток"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Слот памяти"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Загрузить сетку стола"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Сохранить сетку стола"); @@ -189,23 +182,23 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Точная настр. всего"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Сохранить сетку стола"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Настройки LED"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Подсветку"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Настройка подсветки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LEDS = _UxGT("Подсветка"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_PRESETS = _UxGT("Предустановки света"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Красный свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Оранжевый свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Жёлтый свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Зелёный свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Синий свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Индиго свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Фиолетовый свет"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Белый свет"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_RED = _UxGT("Красный"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_ORANGE = _UxGT("Оранжевый"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_YELLOW = _UxGT("Жёлтый"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_GREEN = _UxGT("Зелёный"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_BLUE = _UxGT("Синий"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_INDIGO = _UxGT("Индиго"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_VIOLET = _UxGT("Фиолетовый"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_WHITE = _UxGT("Белый"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_LEDS_DEFAULT = _UxGT("Свет по умолчанию"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Свои настр. света"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Интенсивн. красного"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Интенсивн. зелёного"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Интенсивн. синего"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Интенсивн. белого"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CUSTOM_LEDS = _UxGT("Свой цвет подсветки"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_R = _UxGT("Уровень красного"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_G = _UxGT("Уровень зелёного"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_B = _UxGT("Уровень синего"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INTENSITY_W = _UxGT("Уровень белого"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Яркость"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVING = _UxGT("Движемся..."); @@ -214,12 +207,8 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Движение по Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Движение по Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Экструдер"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Экструдер ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Экструдер ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Экструдер ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Экструдер ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Экструдер ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Экструдер ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Экструдер *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Сопло не нагрето"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Движение %sмм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Движение 0.1мм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Движение 1мм"); @@ -227,70 +216,25 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Скорость"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Z стола"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Сопло"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Сопло ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Сопло ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Сопло ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Сопло ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Сопло ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Сопло ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Сопло ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Стол"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Кулер"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Кулер 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Кулер 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Кулер 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Кулер ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Кулер доп."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Кулер доп. 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Кулер доп. 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Кулер доп. 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Кулер доп. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Поток"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Поток ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Поток ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Поток ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Поток ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Поток ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Поток ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Поток ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Настройки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Мин"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Макс"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FACTOR = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Фактор"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Автотемпература"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Вкл."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Выкл."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E0 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E1 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E2 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E3 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E4 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E5 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E0 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E1 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E2 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E3 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E4 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E5 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E0 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E1 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E2 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E3 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E4 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E5 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E0 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E1 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E2 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E3 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E4 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E5 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Вкл"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Выкл"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("Автонастройка"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("Автонастройка *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Выбор"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Выбор ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Выбор ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Выбор ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Выбор ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Выбор ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Выбор ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Выбор *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Ускорение"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Рывок"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-рывок"); @@ -302,12 +246,7 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vмакс *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vмин"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vпутеш. мин"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Ускорение"); @@ -315,12 +254,7 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Aмакс *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-втягивание"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-путеш."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Шаг/мм"); @@ -328,41 +262,26 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("шаг/мм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("шаг/мм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Eшаг/мм"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT("шаг/мм"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT("шаг/мм"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT("шаг/мм"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT("шаг/мм"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT("шаг/мм"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT("шаг/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*шаг/мм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Температура"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Движение"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Филамент"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E в мм3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E в мм³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Диаметр филамента"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Диаметр филамента ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Диаметр филамента ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Диаметр филамента ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Диаметр филамента ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Диаметр филамента ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Диаметр филамента ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Диаметр филамента *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Загрузка мм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Выгрузка мм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K продвижения"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E0 = _UxGT("K продвижения ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E1 = _UxGT("K продвижения ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E2 = _UxGT("K продвижения ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E3 = _UxGT("K продвижения ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E4 = _UxGT("K продвижения ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E5 = _UxGT("K продвижения ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K продвижения *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Контраст LCD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Сохранить настройки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Загрузить настройки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Вернуть настройки"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Инициализация EEPROM"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Изначальный EEPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Обновление прошивки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Сброс принтера"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Обновить"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Информационный экран"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Главный экран"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Подготовить"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Настроить"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Начало печати"); @@ -394,7 +313,7 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAP = _UxGT("Возврат смены мм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVERF = _UxGT("Возврат V"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("Возврат смены V"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Авто Втягивание"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("Автовтягивание"); // TODO: Filament Change Swap / Purge Length @@ -404,40 +323,28 @@ namespace Language_ru { // TODO: Singlenozzle, nozzle standby PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Смена филамента"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Смена филамента ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Смена филамента ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Смена филамента ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Смена филамента ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Смена филамента ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Смена филамента ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Смена филамента *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Загрузка филамента"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Загрузка филамента ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Загрузка филамента ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Загрузка филамента ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Загрузка филамента ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Загрузка филамента ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Загрузка филамента ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Выгрузка филамента ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Выгрузка филамента ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Выгрузка филамента ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Выгрузка филамента ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Выгрузка филамента ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Выгрузка филамента ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Загрузка филамента *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Выгрузка филамента *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Выгрузить всё"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Активировать SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Сменить SD карту"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Деактивировать SD"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z датчик вне стола"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z-датчик вне стола"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Фактор наклона"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTouch"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_SELFTEST = _UxGT("Тестирование BLTouch"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_RESET = _UxGT("Сброс BLTouch"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Установка BLTouch"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Набивка BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Опустить BLTouch"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW = _UxGT("Поднять BLTouch"); // TODO: TouchMI Probe, Manual deploy/stow PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Паркуй %s%s%s сначала"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Отступы Z-датчика"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("Смещение X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Смещение Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Смещение Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Микрошаг X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Микрошаг Y"); @@ -478,21 +385,23 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT = _UxGT("Высота"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DELTA_RADIUS = _UxGT("Радиус"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MENU = _UxGT("О принтере"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Инф. о принтере"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINTER_MENU = _UxGT("Данные принтера"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_3POINT_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка 3-х точек"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Линейная калибровка"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Билинейная калибр."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка линейная"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BILINEAR_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка билинейная"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LEVELING = _UxGT("Калибровка сетки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_STATS_MENU = _UxGT("Статистика принтера"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Информация о плате"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BOARD_MENU = _UxGT("Данные платы"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_THERMISTOR_MENU = _UxGT("Термисторы"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_EXTRUDERS = _UxGT("Экструдеры"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Бод"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_BAUDRATE = _UxGT("Скорость БОД"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PROTOCOL = _UxGT("Протокол"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_OFF = _UxGT("Контроль темп.: Выкл"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_RUNAWAY_ON = _UxGT("Контроль темп.: Вкл"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT = _UxGT("Подсветка корпуса"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CASE_LIGHT_BRIGHTNESS = _UxGT("Яркость подсветки"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXPECTED_PRINTER = _UxGT("Неверный принтер"); #if LCD_WIDTH >= 20 @@ -508,11 +417,14 @@ namespace Language_ru { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_LONGEST = _UxGT("Наидольшее"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PRINT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Выдавлено"); #endif - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Мин. Т"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Макс. Т"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP = _UxGT("Температура мин."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Температура макс"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("БП"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Сила привода"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Привод %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Привод %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Привод %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Привод %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Привод %"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Запись DAC EEPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("ПЕЧАТЬ НА ПАУЗЕ"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("ЗАГРУЗКА ФИЛАМЕНТА"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h index 176834a81148..b21e8d05bc0c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h @@ -75,36 +75,16 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Ofsety nastavené"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Nastaviť začiatok"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" všetko"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" podlož"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" nast."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" hotend ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" všetko"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" podlož"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Zahriať ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" nast."); @@ -145,9 +125,9 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Duplikácia"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Zrkadlená kópia"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Plná kontrola"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_X_OFFSET = _UxGT("2. tryska X"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Y_OFFSET = _UxGT("2. tryska Y"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("2. tryska Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2. tryska X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2. tryska Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2. tryska Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("Vykonávam G29"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("Nástroje UBL"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("UBL rovnanie"); @@ -220,9 +200,9 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_1_BUILD_COLD_MESH = _UxGT("1.Studená sieť bodov"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_2_SMART_FILLIN = _UxGT("2.Chytré vyplnenie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_3_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("3.Skontrolovať sieť"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Точная настр. всего"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_4_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("4.Upraviť všetky"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_5_VALIDATE_MESH_MENU = _UxGT("5.Skontrolovať sieť"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Точная настр. всего"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_6_FINE_TUNE_ALL = _UxGT("6.Upraviť všetky"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_7_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("7.Uložiť sieť bodov"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LED_CONTROL = _UxGT("Nastavenie LED"); @@ -250,12 +230,7 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Posunúť Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Posunúť Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Extrudér"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Extrudér ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Extrudér ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Extrudér ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Extrudér ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Extrudér ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Extrudér ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Extrudér *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Hotend je studený"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Posunúť o %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Posunúť o 0,1mm"); @@ -264,29 +239,16 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Rýchlosť"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Výška podl."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Tryska"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Tryska ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Tryska ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Tryska ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Tryska ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Tryska ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Tryska ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Tryska ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Podložka"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHAMBER = _UxGT("Komora"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Rýchlosť vent."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Rýchlosť vent. 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Rýchlosť vent. 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Rýchlosť vent. 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rýchlosť vent. ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORED_FAN_N = _UxGT("Ulož. vent. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Rýchlosť ex. vent."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Rýchlosť ex. vent. 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Rýchlosť ex. vent. 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Rýchlosť ex. vent. 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Rýchlosť ex. vent. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Prietok"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Prietok ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Prietok ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Prietok ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Prietok ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Prietok ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Prietok ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Prietok ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Ovládanie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); @@ -294,48 +256,10 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Auto-teplota"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Zap"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Vyp"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID = _UxGT("PID kalibrácia"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E0 = _UxGT("PID kalibrácia ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E1 = _UxGT("PID kalibrácia ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E2 = _UxGT("PID kalibrácia ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E3 = _UxGT("PID kalibrácia ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E4 = _UxGT("PID kalibrácia ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID_E5 = _UxGT("PID kalibrácia ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E0 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E1 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E2 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E3 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E4 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E5 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E0 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E1 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E2 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E3 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E4 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E5 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E0 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E1 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E2 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E3 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E4 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E5 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E0 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E1 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E2 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E3 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E4 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E5 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE = _UxGT("PID kalibrácia"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E = _UxGT("PID kalibrácia *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Vybrať"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Vybrať ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Vybrať ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Vybrať ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Vybrať ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Vybrať ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Vybrať ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Vybrať *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Zrýchlenie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Skok"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-skok"); @@ -348,12 +272,7 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Vmax ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vmax *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vmin"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("VPrej Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Akcelerácia"); @@ -361,12 +280,7 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Amax ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Amax *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-retrakt"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-prejazd"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Kroky/mm"); @@ -374,32 +288,17 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("krokov/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("krokov/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Ekrokov/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT("krokov/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT("krokov/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT("krokov/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT("krokov/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT("krokov/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT("krokov/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*krokov/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Teplota"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Pohyb"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filament"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E na mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Priem. fil."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Priem. fil. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Priem. fil. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Priem. fil. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Priem. fil. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Priem. fil. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Priem. fil. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Priem. fil. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Vysunúť mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Zaviesť mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K pre posun"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E0 = _UxGT("K pre posun ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E1 = _UxGT("K pre posun ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E2 = _UxGT("K pre posun ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E3 = _UxGT("K pre posun ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E4 = _UxGT("K pre posun ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E5 = _UxGT("K pre posun ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K pre posun *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Kontrast LCD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Uložiť nastavenie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Načítať nastavenie"); @@ -408,7 +307,7 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Aktualizovať z SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Reštart. tlačiar."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Obnoviť"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Info. obrazovka"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Info. obrazovka"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Príprava tlače"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Doladenie tlače"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_START_PRINT = _UxGT("Spustiť tlač"); @@ -419,9 +318,14 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_RESET = _UxGT("Vynulovať"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL = _UxGT("Zrušiť"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_DONE = _UxGT("Hotovo"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_BACK = _UxGT("Naspäť"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BUTTON_PROCEED = _UxGT("Pokračovať"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Pozastaviť tlač"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Obnoviť tlač"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Zastaviť tlač"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINTING_OBJECT = _UxGT("Tlačím objekt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT = _UxGT("Zrušiť objekt"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N = _UxGT("Zrušiť objekt ="); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Obnova po výp. nap."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("Tlačiť z SD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Žiadna SD karta"); @@ -450,26 +354,11 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Rýchl. retrakcie"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY = _UxGT("Záložná tryska"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Vymeniť filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Vymeniť filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Vymeniť filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Vymeniť filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Vymeniť filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Vymeniť filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Vymeniť filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Vymeniť filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Zaviesť filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Zaviesť filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Zaviesť filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Zaviesť filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Zaviesť filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Zaviesť filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Zaviesť filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Zaviesť filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Vysunúť všetko"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Načítať SD kartu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Vymeniť SD kartu"); @@ -491,13 +380,16 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE = _UxGT("POZOR: Zlé nastav. môže spôsobiť poškoden. Pokračovať?"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_PROBE = _UxGT("TouchMI"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_INIT = _UxGT("Inicializ. TouchMI"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Test ofsetu Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_ZTEST = _UxGT("Test Z ofsetu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TOUCHMI_SAVE = _UxGT("Uložiť"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY_TOUCHMI = _UxGT("Zasunúť TouchMI"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_DEPLOY = _UxGT("Zasunúť sondu Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MANUAL_STOW = _UxGT("Vysunúť sondu Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_FIRST = _UxGT("Najskôr os %s%s%s domov"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Ofset sondy Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Ofsety sondy Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET = _UxGT("X ofset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET = _UxGT("Y ofset"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET = _UxGT("Z ofset"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_X = _UxGT("Babystep X"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Y = _UxGT("Babystep Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BABYSTEP_Z = _UxGT("Babystep Z"); @@ -578,7 +470,10 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Teplota max"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Nap. zdroj"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Budenie motorov"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Motor %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Motor %"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ERROR_TMC = _UxGT("CHYBA KOMUNIKÁ. TMC"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Uložiť do EEPROM"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER = _UxGT("VÝMENA FILAMENTU"); @@ -605,32 +500,19 @@ namespace Language_sk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Zaviesť všetky"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Zaviesť po trysku"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Vysunúť filament ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vyňať filament"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_LOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Zavádzanie fil. %i..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECTING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vysúvanie fil. ..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_UNLOADING_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vysúvanie fil. ..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_ALL = _UxGT("Všetky"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0 = _UxGT("Filament 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1 = _UxGT("Filament 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2 = _UxGT("Filament 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3 = _UxGT("Filament 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4 = _UxGT("Filament 5"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N = _UxGT("Filament ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESET = _UxGT("Reštartovať MMU"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_RESETTING = _UxGT("Reštart MMU..."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MMU2_EJECT_RECOVER = _UxGT("Odstráňte, kliknite"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX = _UxGT("Mix"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_1 = _UxGT("Zložka 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_2 = _UxGT("Zložka 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_3 = _UxGT("Zložka 3"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_4 = _UxGT("Zložka 4"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_5 = _UxGT("Zložka 5"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_6 = _UxGT("Zložka 6"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N = _UxGT("Zložka ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIXER = _UxGT("Mixér"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Gradient"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FULL_GRADIENT = _UxGT("Plný gradient"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h index 8098fdd8722d..9278283a5ad6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_test.h @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ namespace Language_test { #if ENABLED(DISPLAYTEST) PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = _UxGT("Language TEST"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Display test"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Display test"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = STRG_OKTAL_b; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = STRG_OKTAL_c; #endif @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ namespace Language_test { #if ENABLED(WEST) PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = _UxGT("Language TEST"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("UTF8"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("ASCII"); @@ -152,16 +152,9 @@ namespace Language_test { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = STRG_OKTAL_7; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = STRG_OKTAL_8; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = STRG_OKTAL_8 " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = STRG_OKTAL_9; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = STRG_OKTAL_9; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = STRG_OKTAL_9; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = STRG_OKTAL_9; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = STRG_OKTAL_9; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = STRG_OKTAL_a; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = STRG_OKTAL_b; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = STRG_OKTAL_c; @@ -174,7 +167,7 @@ namespace Language_test { #if ENABLED(CYRIL) PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = _UxGT("Language TEST"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("UTF8"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("ASCII"); @@ -196,15 +189,8 @@ namespace Language_test { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = STRG_OKTAL_7; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = STRG_OKTAL_8; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = STRG_OKTAL_9; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = STRG_OKTAL_9; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = STRG_OKTAL_9; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = STRG_OKTAL_8 " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = STRG_OKTAL_9; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = STRG_OKTAL_a; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = STRG_OKTAL_b; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = STRG_OKTAL_c; @@ -217,7 +203,7 @@ namespace Language_test { #if ENABLED(KANA) PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = _UxGT("Language TEST"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("UTF8"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("ASCII"); @@ -239,15 +225,8 @@ namespace Language_test { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = STRG_OKTAL_7; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = STRG_OKTAL_8; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = STRG_OKTAL_8 " " LCD_STR_N5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = STRG_OKTAL_9; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = STRG_OKTAL_9; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = STRG_OKTAL_9; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = STRG_OKTAL_8 " ~"; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = STRG_OKTAL_9; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = STRG_OKTAL_a; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = STRG_OKTAL_b; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = STRG_OKTAL_c; diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h index 26ec1e35fec4..e68b62228d24 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h @@ -68,36 +68,16 @@ namespace Language_tr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Offset Tamam"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Sıfır Belirle"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tüm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tabla"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Ayarlar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Nozul ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tüm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tabla"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Ön Isınma ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Ayarlar"); @@ -123,9 +103,9 @@ namespace Language_tr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE = _UxGT("Kopyala"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY = _UxGT("Yansıtılmış kopya"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL = _UxGT("Tam Kontrol"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_X_OFFSET = _UxGT("2. nozul X"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Y_OFFSET = _UxGT("2. nozul Y"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_Z_OFFSET = _UxGT("2. nozul Z"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X = _UxGT("2. nozul X"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y = _UxGT("2. nozul Y"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z = _UxGT("2. nozul Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_DOING_G29 = _UxGT("G29 Çalışıyor"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_TOOLS = _UxGT("UBL Araçları"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LEVEL_BED = _UxGT("UBL Yatak Hizalama"); @@ -218,12 +198,7 @@ namespace Language_tr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Y Hareketi"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Z Hareketi"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Ekstruder"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Ekstruder ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Ekstruder ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Ekstruder ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Ekstruder ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Ekstruder ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Ekstruder ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Ekstruder *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Nozul Çok Soğuk"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("%smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("0.1mm"); @@ -232,28 +207,14 @@ namespace Language_tr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Hız"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Z Mesafesi"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Nozul"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Nozul ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Nozul ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Nozul ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Nozul ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Nozul ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Nozul ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Nozul ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Tabla"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Fan Hızı"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Fan Hızı 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Fan Hızı 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Fan Hızı 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Fan Hızı ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Ekstra Fan Hızı"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Ekstra Fan Hızı 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Ekstra Fan Hızı 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Ekstra Fan Hızı 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Ekstra Fan Hızı ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Akış"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Akış ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Akış ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Akış ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Akış ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Akış ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Akış ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Akış ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Kontrol"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Max"); @@ -262,12 +223,7 @@ namespace Language_tr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Açık"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Kapalı"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Seç"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Seç ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Seç ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Seç ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Seç ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Seç ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Seç ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Seç *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("İvme"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Sarsım"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-Sarsım"); @@ -280,12 +236,7 @@ namespace Language_tr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("HızVektör.max ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("HızVektör.max *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("HızVektör.min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("HV.gezinme min"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Ivme"); @@ -293,12 +244,7 @@ namespace Language_tr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Max. ivme ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Max. ivme ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Max. ivme ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Max. ivme ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Max. ivme ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Max. ivme ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Max. ivme ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Max. ivme ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Max. ivme ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Max. ivme *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("Ivme-geri çekme"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("Ivme-gezinme"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Adım/mm"); @@ -306,32 +252,17 @@ namespace Language_tr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT(" adım/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT(" adım/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("E adım/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT(" adım/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT(" adım/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT(" adım/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT(" adım/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT(" adım/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT(" adım/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("* adım/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Sıcaklık"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Hareket"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Filaman"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("Ekstrüzyon/mm³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Filaman Çapı"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Filaman Çapı ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Filaman Çapı ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Filaman Çapı ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Filaman Çapı ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Filaman Çapı ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Filaman Çapı ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Filaman Çapı *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Çıkart mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Yükle mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K İlerlet"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E0 = _UxGT("K İlerlet ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E1 = _UxGT("K İlerlet ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E2 = _UxGT("K İlerlet ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E3 = _UxGT("K İlerlet ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E4 = _UxGT("K İlerlet ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E5 = _UxGT("K İlerlet ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K İlerlet *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD Kontrast"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Hafızaya Al"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Hafızadan Yükle"); @@ -340,7 +271,7 @@ namespace Language_tr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("SD Güncellemesi"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Yazıcıyı Resetle"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Yenile"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Bilgi Ekranı"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Bilgi Ekranı"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Hazırlık"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Ayar"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Duraklat"); @@ -372,24 +303,11 @@ namespace Language_tr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Birincil Hız"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Geri Çekme Hızı"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Filaman Değiştir"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Filaman Değiştir ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Filaman Değiştir ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Filaman Değiştir ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Filaman Değiştir ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Filaman Değiştir ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Filaman Değiştir ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Filaman Yükle ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Filaman Yükle ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Filaman Yükle ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Filaman Yükle ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Filaman Yükle ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Filaman Yükle ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Filaman Çıkart ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Filaman Çıkart ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Filaman Çıkart ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Filaman Çıkart ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Filaman Çıkart ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Filaman Çıkart ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Filaman Değiştir *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Filaman Yükle"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Filaman Yükle *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Filaman Çıkart"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Filaman Çıkart *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Tümünü Çıkart"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("SD Kart Başlatılıyor"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("SD Kart Değiştir"); @@ -473,7 +391,10 @@ namespace Language_tr { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Max Sıc."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Güç Kaynağı"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Sürücü Gücü"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("Sürücü %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X Sürücü %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y Sürücü %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z Sürücü %"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E Sürücü %"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("DAC EEPROM Yaz"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("BASKI DURAKLATILDI"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("FILAMAN YüKLE"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h index 769d1c97efb8..f7234fb83f2d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_uk.h @@ -56,36 +56,16 @@ namespace Language_uk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Зміщення застос."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Встанов. початок"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Все"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Стіл"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" нал."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Сопло ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Все"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Стіл"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Нагрів ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" нал."); @@ -101,12 +81,7 @@ namespace Language_uk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Рух по Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Рух по Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Екструдер"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Екструдер ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Екструдер ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Екструдер ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Екструдер ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Екструдер ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Екструдер ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Екструдер *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("Рух по %smm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Рух по 0.1mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Рух по 1mm"); @@ -114,24 +89,12 @@ namespace Language_uk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Швидкість"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Z Столу"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Сопло"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Сопло ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Сопло ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Сопло ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Сопло ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Сопло ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Сопло ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Сопло ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Стіл"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Охолодж."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Охолодж. 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Охолодж. 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Охолодж. 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Охолодж. ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Потік"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Потік ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Потік ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Потік ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Потік ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Потік ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Потік ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Потік ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Налаштування"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Мін"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Макс"); @@ -139,41 +102,8 @@ namespace Language_uk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Автотемпер."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Увімк."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Вимк."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E0 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E1 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E2 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E3 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E4 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E5 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E0 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E1 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E2 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E3 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E4 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E5 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E0 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E1 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E2 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E3 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E4 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E5 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E0 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E1 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E2 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E3 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E4 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E5 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E5; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Вибрати"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Вибрати ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Вибрати ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Вибрати ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Вибрати ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Вибрати ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Вибрати ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Вибрати *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Приск."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Ривок"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("V") LCD_STR_A _UxGT("-ривок"); @@ -184,24 +114,14 @@ namespace Language_uk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vмакс") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vмакс") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vмакс") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Vмакс ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vмакс *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vмін"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vруху мін"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_A = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_A; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Aмакс ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Aмакс *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("A-втягув."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("A-руху"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Кроків/мм"); @@ -209,29 +129,19 @@ namespace Language_uk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("кроків/мм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("кроків/мм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("Eкроків/мм"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT("кроків/мм"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT("кроків/мм"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT("кроків/мм"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT("кроків/мм"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT("кроків/мм"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT("кроків/мм"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("*кроків/мм"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Температура"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Рух"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Волокно"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E в мм3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E в мм³"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Діам. волок."); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Діам. волок. ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Діам. волок. ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Діам. волок. ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Діам. волок. ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Діам. волок. ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Діам. волок. ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Діам. волок. *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("контраст LCD"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Зберегти в ПЗП"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Зчитати з ПЗП"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Відновити базові"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Поновити"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Інформація"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Інформація"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Підготувати"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Підлаштування"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Призупинити друк"); @@ -246,12 +156,7 @@ namespace Language_uk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_KILLED = _UxGT("ПЕРЕРВАНО. "); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOPPED = _UxGT("ЗУПИНЕНО. "); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Зміна волокна"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Зміна волокна ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Зміна волокна ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Зміна волокна ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Зміна волокна ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Зміна волокна ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Зміна волокна ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Зміна волокна *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Старт SD картки"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Заміна SD карти"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Z дет. не в межах"); @@ -310,7 +215,10 @@ namespace Language_uk { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Джерело жив."); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Сила мотору"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("% мотору"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X % мотору"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y % мотору"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z % мотору"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E % мотору"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Запис ЦАП на ПЗП"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME = _UxGT("Відновити друк"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_vi.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_vi.h index abb96a58a1cd..b5ecd019acf2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_vi.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_vi.h @@ -36,8 +36,14 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str WELCOME_MSG = MACHINE_NAME _UxGT(" Sẵn sàng."); // Ready PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BACK = _UxGT("Trở lại"); // Back - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SD_INSERTED = _UxGT("Thẻ được cắm vào"); // Card inserted - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SD_REMOVED = _UxGT("Thẻ được rút ra"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_ABORTING = _UxGT("Đang hủy bỏ..."); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_INSERTED = _UxGT("Phương tiện được cắm vào"); // Media inserted + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_REMOVED = _UxGT("Phương tiện được rút ra"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED = _UxGT("Phương tiện đã phát hành"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_WAITING = _UxGT("Chờ đợi phương tiện"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_READ_ERROR = _UxGT("Lỗi đọc phương tiện"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_REMOVED = _UxGT("USB được rút ra"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_USB_FAILED = _UxGT("USB khởi thất bại"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Công tắc"); // Endstops - công tắc hành trình PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_SOFT_ENDSTOPS = _UxGT("Công tắc mềm"); // soft Endstops PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAIN = _UxGT("Chính"); // Main @@ -60,37 +66,17 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS = _UxGT("Đặt bù đắp nhà"); // Set home offsets PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("Bù đắp được áp dụng"); // Offsets applied PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("Đặt nguồn gốc"); // Set origin - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" trước"); // Preheat - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ") LCD_STR_N0; // Preheat - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ") LCD_STR_N1; // Preheat - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ") LCD_STR_N2; // Preheat - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ") LCD_STR_N3; // Preheat - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ") LCD_STR_N4; // Preheat - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ") LCD_STR_N5; // Preheat + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" trước"); // Preheat + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ~"); // Preheat PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ") LCD_STR_N5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tất cả"); // all - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bàn"); // bed -- using vietnamese term for 'table' instead - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Cấu hình"); // conf - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" trước"); // Preheat - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ") LCD_STR_N0; // Preheat - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ") LCD_STR_N1; // Preheat - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ") LCD_STR_N2; // Preheat - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ") LCD_STR_N3; // Preheat - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ") LCD_STR_N4; // Preheat - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ") LCD_STR_N5; // Preheat + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ~"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Tất cả"); // all + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Bàn"); // bed -- using vietnamese term for 'table' instead + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" Cấu hình"); // conf + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" trước"); // Preheat + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" trước ~"); // Preheat PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Đầu ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Tất cả"); // all PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Bàn"); // bed -- using vietnamese term for 'table' instead PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("Làm nóng ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" Cấu hình"); // conf @@ -173,7 +159,7 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_STORAGE_SLOT = _UxGT("Khe nhớ"); // Memory Slot PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_LOAD_MESH = _UxGT("Tải lưới bàn"); // Load Bed Mesh PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_MESH = _UxGT("Lưu lưới bàn"); // Save Bed Mesh - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 %i lưới được nạp"); // Mesh %i loaded + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_LOADED = _UxGT("M117 %i lưới được nạp"); // Mesh %i loaded PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MESH_SAVED = _UxGT("M117 %i lưới đã lưu"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_STORAGE = _UxGT("Không lưu trữ"); // No Storage PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_UBL_SAVE_ERROR = _UxGT("Điều sai: Lưu UBL"); // Err: UBL Save @@ -213,12 +199,7 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("Di chuyển Y"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("Di chuyển Z"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("Máy đùn"); // Extruder - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("Máy đùn ") LCD_STR_E0; // Extruder - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("Máy đùn ") LCD_STR_E1; // Extruder - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("Máy đùn ") LCD_STR_E2; // Extruder - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("Máy đùn ") LCD_STR_E3; // Extruder - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("Máy đùn ") LCD_STR_E4; // Extruder - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("Máy đùn ") LCD_STR_E5; // Extruder + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("Máy đùn *"); // Extruder PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOTEND_TOO_COLD = _UxGT("Đầu nóng quá lạnh"); // Hotend too cold PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("Di chuyển 0.1mm"); // Move 0.1mm PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("Di chuyển 1mm"); // Move 1mm @@ -226,28 +207,14 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("Tốc độ"); // Speed PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("Z Bàn"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = _UxGT("Đầu phun"); // Nozzle - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = _UxGT("Đầu phun ") LCD_STR_N0; // Nozzle - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = _UxGT("Đầu phun ") LCD_STR_N1; // Nozzle - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = _UxGT("Đầu phun ") LCD_STR_N2; // Nozzle - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = _UxGT("Đầu phun ") LCD_STR_N3; // Nozzle - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = _UxGT("Đầu phun ") LCD_STR_N4; // Nozzle - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = _UxGT("Đầu phun ") LCD_STR_N5; // Nozzle + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = _UxGT("Đầu phun ~"); // Nozzle PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = _UxGT("Bàn"); // bed PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt"); // fan speed - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt 1"); // fan speed - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt 2"); // fan speed - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt 3"); // fan speed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt ~"); // fan speed PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt phụ"); // Extra fan speed - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt phụ 1"); // Extra fan speed - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt phụ 2"); // Extra fan speed - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt phụ 3"); // Extra fan speed + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("Tốc độ quạt phụ ~"); // Extra fan speed PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("Lưu Lượng"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("Lưu Lượng ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("Lưu Lượng ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("Lưu Lượng ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("Lưu Lượng ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("Lưu Lượng ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("Lưu Lượng ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("Lưu Lượng ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("Điều khiển"); // Control PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Đa"); // min PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" Thiểu"); @@ -255,41 +222,8 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("Nhiệt độ tự động"); // Autotemp PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("Bật"); // on PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("Tắt"); // off - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E0 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E1 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E2 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E3 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E4 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E5 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E0 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E1 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E2 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E3 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E4 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E5 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E0 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E1 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E2 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E3 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E4 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E5 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E0 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E1 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E2 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E3 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E4 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E5 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E5; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("Lựa"); // Select - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("Lựa ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("Lựa ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("Lựa ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("Lựa ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("Lựa ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("Lựa ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("Lựa *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("Tăng Tốc"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("Giật"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("Giật-V") LCD_STR_A; @@ -302,12 +236,7 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("Vđa") LCD_STR_B; // Vmax PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("Vđa") LCD_STR_C; // Vmax PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("Vđa") LCD_STR_E; // Vmax - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Vđa ") LCD_STR_E0; // Vmax - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Vđa ") LCD_STR_E1; // Vmax - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Vđa ") LCD_STR_E2; // Vmax - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Vđa ") LCD_STR_E3; // Vmax - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Vđa ") LCD_STR_E4; // Vmax - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Vđa ") LCD_STR_E5; // Vmax + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("Vđa *"); // Vmax PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("Vthiểu"); // Vmin PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("Vchuyển thiểu"); // VTrav min PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("Sự tăng tốc"); // Acceleration @@ -315,12 +244,7 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca") LCD_STR_B; // Amax PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca") LCD_STR_C; // Amax PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca") LCD_STR_E; // Amax - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca ") LCD_STR_E0; // Amax - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca ") LCD_STR_E1; // Amax - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca ") LCD_STR_E2; // Amax - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca ") LCD_STR_E3; // Amax - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca ") LCD_STR_E4; // Amax - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca ") LCD_STR_E5; // Amax + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("Tăng tốc ca *"); // Amax PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("TT-Rút"); // A-retract PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("TT-Chuyển"); // A-travel PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("Bước/mm"); // Steps @@ -328,49 +252,34 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = _UxGT("Bước") LCD_STR_B _UxGT("/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = _UxGT("Bước") LCD_STR_C _UxGT("/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("BướcE/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = _UxGT("Bước ") LCD_STR_E0 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = _UxGT("Bước ") LCD_STR_E1 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = _UxGT("Bước ") LCD_STR_E2 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = _UxGT("Bước ") LCD_STR_E3 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = _UxGT("Bước ") LCD_STR_E4 _UxGT("/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = _UxGT("Bước ") LCD_STR_E5 _UxGT("/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("Bước */mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("Nhiệt độ"); // Temperature PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("Chuyển động"); // Motion PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("Vật liệu in"); // dây nhựa PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("E bằng mm³"); // E in mm PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("Đường kính nhựa"); // Fil. Dai. - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("Đường kính nhựa ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("Đường kính nhựa ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("Đường kính nhựa ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("Đường kính nhựa ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("Đường kính nhựa ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("Đường kính nhựa ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("Đường kính nhựa *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("Dỡ mm"); // unload mm PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("Nạp mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K = _UxGT("K Cấp Cao"); // Advance K - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E0 = _UxGT("K Cấp Cao ") LCD_STR_E0; // Advance K - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E1 = _UxGT("K Cấp Cao ") LCD_STR_E1; // Advance K - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E2 = _UxGT("K Cấp Cao ") LCD_STR_E2; // Advance K - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E3 = _UxGT("K Cấp Cao ") LCD_STR_E3; // Advance K - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E4 = _UxGT("K Cấp Cao ") LCD_STR_E4; // Advance K - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E5 = _UxGT("K Cấp Cao ") LCD_STR_E5; // Advance K + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ADVANCE_K_E = _UxGT("K Cấp Cao *"); // Advance K PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("Độ tương phản LCD"); // LCD contrast PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STORE_EEPROM = _UxGT("Lưu các thiết lập"); // Store settings PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LOAD_EEPROM = _UxGT("Tải các cài đặt"); // Load settings PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("Khôi phục phòng hư"); // Restore failsafe PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("Khởi Tạo EEPROM"); // Initialize EEPROM - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SD_UPDATE = _UxGT("Cập Nhật SD"); // SD Update + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_UPDATE = _UxGT("Cập Nhật phương tiện"); // Update media PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESET_PRINTER = _UxGT("Bặt Lại Máy In"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Cập Nhật"); // Refresh - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("Màn Hình Thông Tin"); // Info screen + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("Cập Nhật"); // Refresh + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("Màn Hình Thông Tin"); // Info screen PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("Chuẩn bị"); // Prepare PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("Điều Chỉnh"); // Tune PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("Tạm dừng in"); // Pause print PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESUME_PRINT = _UxGT("Tiếp tục in"); // Resume print PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STOP_PRINT = _UxGT("Ngừng in"); // Stop print PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_OUTAGE_RECOVERY = _UxGT("Phục Hồi Mất Điện"); // Outage Recovery - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CARD_MENU = _UxGT("In từ SD"); // Print from SD - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_CARD = _UxGT("Không có thẻ SD"); // No SD card + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MEDIA_MENU = _UxGT("In từ phương tiện"); // Print from media + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NO_MEDIA = _UxGT("Không có phương tiện"); // No media PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DWELL = _UxGT("Ngủ..."); // Sleep PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_USERWAIT = _UxGT("Nhấn để tiếp tục..."); // Click to resume (same as 'continue') PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PRINT_PAUSED = _UxGT("In tạm dừng"); // print paused @@ -394,28 +303,15 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_PRIME_SPD = _UxGT("Tốc Độ Tuôn Ra"); // Prime Speed PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SINGLENOZZLE_RETRACT_SPD = _UxGT("Tốc Độ Rút Lại"); // Retract Speed PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("Thay dây nhựa"); // change filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("Thay dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E0; // change filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("Thay dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E1; // change filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("Thay dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E2; // change filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("Thay dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E3; // change filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("Thay dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E4; // change filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("Thay dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E5; // change filament + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("Thay dây nhựa *"); // change filament PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa"); // load filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E0; // load filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E1; // load filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E2; // load filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E3; // load filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E4; // load filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E5; // load filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("Dỡ dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E0; // unload filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("Dỡ dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E1; // unload filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("Dỡ dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E2; // unload filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("Dỡ dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E3; // unload filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("Dỡ dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E4; // unload filament - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("Dỡ dây nhựa ") LCD_STR_E5; // unload filament + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa *"); // load filament + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("Dỡ dây nhựa"); // unload filament + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("Dỡ dây nhựa *"); // unload filament PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("Dỡ tất cả"); // Unload All - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_SDCARD = _UxGT("Khởi tạo thẻ SD "); // Init. SD card - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_SDCARD = _UxGT("Thay thẻ SD"); // Change SD card + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("Khởi tạo phương tiện"); // Init. media + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Thay phương tiện"); // Change midea + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA = _UxGT("Phát hành phương tiện"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ZPROBE_OUT = _UxGT("Đầu Dò Z qua bàn"); // Z Probe past bed PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SKEW_FACTOR = _UxGT("Hệ số nghiêng"); // Skew Factor PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BLTOUCH = _UxGT("BLTOUCH"); // BLTouch @@ -494,7 +390,10 @@ namespace Language_vi { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("Nhiệt độ tối đa"); // Max temp PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("Bộ nguồn"); // PSU PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("Sức mạnh ổ đĩa"); // Drive Strength - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("% trình điều khiển"); // Driver % + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X % trình điều khiển"); // X Driver % + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y % trình điều khiển"); // Y Driver % + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z % trình điều khiển"); // Z Driver % + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E % trình điều khiển"); // E Driver % PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("Ghi DAC EEPROM"); // DAC EEPROM Write PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("In tạm dừng"); // PRINT PAUSED PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("Nạp dây nhựa"); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h index a9286b0f4814..4e730924e2c6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_CN.h @@ -57,36 +57,16 @@ namespace Language_zh_CN { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("偏移已启用"); //"Offsets applied" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("设置原点"); //"Set origin" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N0; //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N1; //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N2; //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N3; //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N4; //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N5; //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ~"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 全部"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " All" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 热床"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " Bed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 设置"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " conf" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N0; //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N1; //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N2; //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N3; //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N4; //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N5; //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ~"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 全部"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " All" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 热床"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " Bed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("预热 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 设置"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " conf" @@ -196,12 +176,7 @@ namespace Language_zh_CN { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("移动Y"); //"Move Y" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("移动Z"); //"Move Z" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("挤出机"); //"Extruder" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("挤出机 ") LCD_STR_E0; //"Extruder" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("挤出机 ") LCD_STR_E1; //"Extruder" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("挤出机 ") LCD_STR_E2; //"Extruder" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("挤出机 ") LCD_STR_E3; //"Extruder" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("挤出机 ") LCD_STR_E4; //"Extruder" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("挤出机 ") LCD_STR_E5; //"Extruder" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("挤出机 *"); //"Extruder" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("移动 %s mm"); //"Move 0.025mm" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("移动 0.1 mm"); //"Move 0.1mm" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("移动 1 mm"); //"Move 1mm" @@ -209,28 +184,14 @@ namespace Language_zh_CN { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("速率"); //"Speed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("热床Z"); //"Bed Z" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 喷嘴"); //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N0; //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N1; //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N2; //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N3; //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N4; //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ") LCD_STR_N5; //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 喷嘴 ~"); //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 热床"); //"Bed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("风扇速率"); //"Fan speed" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("风扇速率 1"); //"Fan speed" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("风扇速率 2"); //"Fan speed" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("风扇速率 3"); //"Fan speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("风扇速率 ~"); //"Fan speed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("额外风扇速率"); // "Extra fan speed" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("额外风扇速率 1"); // "Extra fan speed" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("额外风扇速率 2"); // "Extra fan speed" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("额外风扇速率 3"); // "Extra fan speed" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("额外风扇速率 ~"); // "Extra fan speed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("挤出速率"); //"Flow" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("挤出速率 ") LCD_STR_N0; //"Flow" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("挤出速率 ") LCD_STR_N1; //"Flow" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("挤出速率 ") LCD_STR_N2; //"Flow" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("挤出速率 ") LCD_STR_N3; //"Flow" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("挤出速率 ") LCD_STR_N4; //"Flow" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("挤出速率 ") LCD_STR_N5; //"Flow" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("挤出速率 ~"); //"Flow" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("控制"); //"Control" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 最小"); //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Min" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 最大"); //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Max" @@ -238,41 +199,8 @@ namespace Language_zh_CN { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("自动控温"); //"Autotemp" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("开"); //"On" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("关"); //"Off" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); //"PID-P" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E0 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E1 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E2 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E3 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E4 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E5 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); //"PID-I" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E0 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E1 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E2 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E3 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E4 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E5 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); //"PID-D" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E0 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E1 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E2 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E3 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E4 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E5 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); //"PID-C" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E0 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E1 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E2 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E3 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E4 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E5 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E5; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("选择"); //"Select" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("选择 ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("选择 ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("选择 ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("选择 ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("选择 ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("选择 ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("选择 *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("加速度"); //"Accel" acceleration PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("抖动速率"); // "Jerk" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("轴抖动速率") LCD_STR_A; //"Va-jerk" @@ -284,12 +212,7 @@ namespace Language_zh_CN { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("最大进料速率") LCD_STR_B; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("最大进料速率") LCD_STR_C; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("最大进料速率") LCD_STR_E; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("最大进料速率 ") LCD_STR_E0; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("最大进料速率 ") LCD_STR_E1; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("最大进料速率 ") LCD_STR_E2; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("最大进料速率 ") LCD_STR_E3; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("最大进料速率 ") LCD_STR_E4; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("最大进料速率 ") LCD_STR_E5; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("最大进料速率 *"); //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("最小进料速率"); //"Vmin" min_feedrate_mm_s PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("最小移动速率"); //"VTrav min" min_travel_feedrate_mm_s, (target) speed of the move PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("加速度"); // "Acceleration" @@ -297,12 +220,7 @@ namespace Language_zh_CN { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("最大打印加速度") LCD_STR_B; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("最大打印加速度") LCD_STR_C; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("最大打印加速度") LCD_STR_E; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("最大打印加速度 ") LCD_STR_E0; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("最大打印加速度 ") LCD_STR_E1; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("最大打印加速度 ") LCD_STR_E2; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("最大打印加速度 ") LCD_STR_E3; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("最大打印加速度 ") LCD_STR_E4; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("最大打印加速度 ") LCD_STR_E5; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("最大打印加速度 *"); //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("收进加速度"); //"A-retract" retract_acceleration, E acceleration in mm/s^2 for retracts PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("非打印移动加速度"); //"A-travel" travel_acceleration, X, Y, Z acceleration in mm/s^2 for travel (non printing) moves PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("轴步数/mm"); //"Steps/mm" axis_steps_per_mm, axis steps-per-unit G92 @@ -310,23 +228,13 @@ namespace Language_zh_CN { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("轴步数/mm"); //"Bsteps/mm" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("轴步数/mm"); //"Csteps/mm" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("挤出机步数/mm"); //"Esteps/mm" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = _UxGT("挤出机") LCD_STR_N0 _UxGT("步数/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = _UxGT("挤出机") LCD_STR_N1 _UxGT("步数/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = _UxGT("挤出机") LCD_STR_N2 _UxGT("步数/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = _UxGT("挤出机") LCD_STR_N3 _UxGT("步数/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = _UxGT("挤出机") LCD_STR_N4 _UxGT("步数/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = _UxGT("挤出机") LCD_STR_N5 _UxGT("步数/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("挤出机~步数/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("温度"); //"Temperature" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("运动"); //"Motion" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("丝料测容"); //"Filament" menu_advanced_filament PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("测容积mm³"); //"E in mm3" volumetric_enabled PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("丝料直径"); //"Fil. Dia." - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("丝料直径 ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("丝料直径 ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("丝料直径 ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("丝料直径 ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("丝料直径 ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("丝料直径 ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("丝料直径 *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("卸载 mm"); // "Unload mm" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("装载 mm"); // "Load mm" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD对比度"); //"LCD contrast" @@ -335,7 +243,7 @@ namespace Language_zh_CN { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("恢复安全值"); //"Restore failsafe" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("初始化设置"); // "Initialize EEPROM" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("刷新"); //"Refresh" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("信息屏"); //"Info screen" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("信息屏"); //"Info screen" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("准备"); //"Prepare" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("调整"); //"Tune" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("暂停打印"); //"Pause print" @@ -360,24 +268,11 @@ namespace Language_zh_CN { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); // "S UnRet V" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("自动抽回"); //"AutoRetr." autoretract_enabled, PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("更换丝料"); //"Change filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("更换丝料 ") LCD_STR_E0; //"Change filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("更换丝料 ") LCD_STR_E1; //"Change filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("更换丝料 ") LCD_STR_E2; //"Change filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("更换丝料 ") LCD_STR_E3; //"Change filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("更换丝料 ") LCD_STR_E4; //"Change filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("更换丝料 ") LCD_STR_E5; //"Change filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("装载丝料 ") LCD_STR_E0; // "Load filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("装载丝料 ") LCD_STR_E1; // "Load filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("装载丝料 ") LCD_STR_E2; // "Load filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("装载丝料 ") LCD_STR_E3; // "Load filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("装载丝料 ") LCD_STR_E4; // "Load filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("装载丝料 ") LCD_STR_E5; // "Load filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("卸载丝料 ") LCD_STR_E0; // "Unload filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("卸载丝料 ") LCD_STR_E1; // "Unload filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("卸载丝料 ") LCD_STR_E2; // "Unload filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("卸载丝料 ") LCD_STR_E3; // "Unload filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("卸载丝料 ") LCD_STR_E4; // "Unload filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("卸载丝料 ") LCD_STR_E5; // "Unload filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("更换丝料 *"); //"Change filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("装载丝料"); // "Load filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("装载丝料 *"); // "Load filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("卸载丝料"); // "Unload filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("卸载丝料 *"); // "Unload filament" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("卸载全部"); // "Unload All" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("初始化存储卡"); //"Init. SD card" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("更换存储卡"); //"Change SD card" @@ -456,7 +351,10 @@ namespace Language_zh_CN { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("最高温度"); //"Max Temp" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("电源供应"); //"Power Supply" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("驱动力度"); // "Drive Strength" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("驱动 %"); // "Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X 驱动 %"); // "X Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y 驱动 %"); // "Y Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z 驱动 %"); // "Z Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E 驱动 %"); // "E Driver %" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("保存驱动设置"); // "DAC EEPROM Write" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("打印已暂停"); // "PRINT PAUSED" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("装载丝料"); // "LOAD FILAMENT" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h index 051e71ccae71..f260836916f8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_zh_TW.h @@ -57,36 +57,16 @@ namespace Language_zh_TW { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_HOME_OFFSETS_APPLIED = _UxGT("偏移已啟用"); //"Offsets applied" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SET_ORIGIN = _UxGT("設置原點"); //"Set origin" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL; //"Preheat PREHEAT_1_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H0 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; //"Preheat PREHEAT_1_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H1 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; //"Preheat PREHEAT_1_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H2 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; //"Preheat PREHEAT_1_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H3 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; //"Preheat PREHEAT_1_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H4 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; //"Preheat PREHEAT_1_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H5 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; //"Preheat PREHEAT_1_LABEL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_H = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL " ~"; //"Preheat PREHEAT_1_LABEL" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E0 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N0; //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E1 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N1; //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E2 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N2; //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E3 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N3; //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E4 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N4; //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E5 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N5; //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_END_E = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ~"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " " PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 全部"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " All" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 熱床"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " Bed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_1_SETTINGS = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_1_LABEL _UxGT(" 設置"); //MSG_PREHEAT_1 " conf" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H0 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N0; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H1 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N1; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H2 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N2; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H3 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N3; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H4 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N4; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H5 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " " LCD_STR_N5; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_H = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL " ~"; //"Preheat PREHEAT_2_LABEL" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E0 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N0; //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E1 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N1; //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E2 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N2; //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E3 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N3; //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E4 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N4; //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E5 = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N5; //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_END_E = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ~"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " " PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 全部"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " All" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 熱床"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " Bed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREHEAT_2_SETTINGS = _UxGT("預熱 ") PREHEAT_2_LABEL _UxGT(" 設置"); //MSG_PREHEAT_2 " conf" @@ -196,12 +176,7 @@ namespace Language_zh_TW { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Y = _UxGT("移動Y"); //"Move Y" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z = _UxGT("移動Z"); //"Move Z" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E = _UxGT("擠出機"); //"Extruder" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E0 = _UxGT("擠出機 ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E1 = _UxGT("擠出機 ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E2 = _UxGT("擠出機 ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E3 = _UxGT("擠出機 ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E4 = _UxGT("擠出機 ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_E5 = _UxGT("擠出機 ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_EN = _UxGT("擠出機 *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_Z_DIST = _UxGT("移動 %s mm"); //"Move 0.025mm" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_01MM = _UxGT("移動 0.1 mm"); //"Move 0.1mm" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOVE_1MM = _UxGT("移動 1 mm"); //"Move 1mm" @@ -209,28 +184,14 @@ namespace Language_zh_TW { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SPEED = _UxGT("速率"); //"Speed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED_Z = _UxGT("熱床Z"); //"Bed Z" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 噴嘴"); //"Nozzle" 噴嘴 - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_0 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_1 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_2 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_3 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_4 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_5 = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ") LCD_STR_N5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_NOZZLE_N = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 噴嘴 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_BED = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 熱床"); //"Bed" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("風扇速率"); //"Fan speed" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("風扇速率 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("風扇速率 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("風扇速率 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("風扇速率 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED = _UxGT("額外風扇速率"); // "Extra fan speed" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 = _UxGT("額外風扇速率 1"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2 = _UxGT("額外風扇速率 2"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3 = _UxGT("額外風扇速率 3"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N = _UxGT("額外風扇速率 ~"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW = _UxGT("擠出速率"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_0 = _UxGT("擠出速率 ") LCD_STR_N0; //"Flow" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_1 = _UxGT("擠出速率 ") LCD_STR_N1; //"Flow" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_2 = _UxGT("擠出速率 ") LCD_STR_N2; //"Flow" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_3 = _UxGT("擠出速率 ") LCD_STR_N3; //"Flow" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_4 = _UxGT("擠出速率 ") LCD_STR_N4; //"Flow" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_5 = _UxGT("擠出速率 ") LCD_STR_N5; //"Flow" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FLOW_N = _UxGT("擠出速率 ~"); //"Flow" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL = _UxGT("控制"); //"Control" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MIN = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 最小"); //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Min" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MAX = " " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER _UxGT(" 最大"); //" " LCD_STR_THERMOMETER " Max" @@ -238,41 +199,8 @@ namespace Language_zh_TW { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTOTEMP = _UxGT("自動控溫"); //"Autotemp" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_ON = _UxGT("開"); //"On" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_LCD_OFF = _UxGT("關"); //"Off" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P = _UxGT("PID-P"); //"PID-P" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E0 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E1 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E2 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E3 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E4 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_P_E5 = _UxGT("PID-P ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I = _UxGT("PID-I"); //"PID-I" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E0 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E1 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E2 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E3 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E4 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_I_E5 = _UxGT("PID-I ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D = _UxGT("PID-D"); //"PID-D" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E0 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E1 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E2 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E3 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E4 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_D_E5 = _UxGT("PID-D ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C = _UxGT("PID-C"); //"PID-C" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E0 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E1 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E2 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E3 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E4 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PID_C_E5 = _UxGT("PID-C ") LCD_STR_E5; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT = _UxGT("選擇"); //"Select" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E0 = _UxGT("選擇 ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E1 = _UxGT("選擇 ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E2 = _UxGT("選擇 ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E3 = _UxGT("選擇 ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E4 = _UxGT("選擇 ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E5 = _UxGT("選擇 ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_SELECT_E = _UxGT("選擇 *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACC = _UxGT("加速度"); //"Accel" acceleration PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_JERK = _UxGT("抖動速率"); //"Jerk" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VA_JERK = _UxGT("軸抖動速率") LCD_STR_A; //"Va-jerk" @@ -284,12 +212,7 @@ namespace Language_zh_TW { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_B = _UxGT("最大進料速率") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_C = _UxGT("最大進料速率") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E = _UxGT("最大進料速率") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E0 = _UxGT("最大進料速率 ") LCD_STR_E0; //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E1 = _UxGT("最大進料速率 ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E2 = _UxGT("最大進料速率 ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E3 = _UxGT("最大進料速率 ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E4 = _UxGT("最大進料速率 ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_E5 = _UxGT("最大進料速率 ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMAX_EN = _UxGT("最大進料速率 *"); //"Vmax " max_feedrate_mm_s PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VMIN = _UxGT("最小進料速率"); //"Vmin" min_feedrate_mm_s PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VTRAV_MIN = _UxGT("最小移動速率"); //"VTrav min" min_travel_feedrate_mm_s, (target) speed of the move PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_ACCELERATION = _UxGT("加速度"); // "Acceleration" @@ -297,12 +220,7 @@ namespace Language_zh_TW { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_B = _UxGT("最大列印加速度") LCD_STR_B; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_C = _UxGT("最大列印加速度") LCD_STR_C; PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E = _UxGT("最大列印加速度") LCD_STR_E; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E0 = _UxGT("最大列印加速度 ") LCD_STR_E0; //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E1 = _UxGT("最大列印加速度 ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E2 = _UxGT("最大列印加速度 ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E3 = _UxGT("最大列印加速度 ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E4 = _UxGT("最大列印加速度 ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_E5 = _UxGT("最大列印加速度 ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AMAX_EN = _UxGT("最大列印加速度 *"); //"Amax " max_acceleration_mm_per_s2, acceleration in units/s^2 for print moves PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_RETRACT = _UxGT("回縮加速度"); //"A-retract" retract_acceleration, E acceleration in mm/s^2 for retracts PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_A_TRAVEL = _UxGT("非列印移動加速度"); //"A-travel" travel_acceleration, X, Y, Z acceleration in mm/s^2 for travel (non printing) moves PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_STEPS_PER_MM = _UxGT("軸步數/mm"); //"Steps/mm" axis_steps_per_mm, axis steps-per-unit G92 @@ -310,23 +228,13 @@ namespace Language_zh_TW { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_B_STEPS = LCD_STR_B _UxGT("軸步數/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_C_STEPS = LCD_STR_C _UxGT("軸步數/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E_STEPS = _UxGT("擠出機步數/mm"); //"Esteps/mm" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E0_STEPS = _UxGT("擠出機") LCD_STR_N0 _UxGT("步數/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E1_STEPS = _UxGT("擠出機") LCD_STR_N1 _UxGT("步數/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E2_STEPS = _UxGT("擠出機") LCD_STR_N2 _UxGT("步數/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E3_STEPS = _UxGT("擠出機") LCD_STR_N3 _UxGT("步數/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E4_STEPS = _UxGT("擠出機") LCD_STR_N4 _UxGT("步數/mm"); - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_E5_STEPS = _UxGT("擠出機") LCD_STR_N5 _UxGT("步數/mm"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_EN_STEPS = _UxGT("擠出機~步數/mm"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TEMPERATURE = _UxGT("溫度"); //"Temperature" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_MOTION = _UxGT("運作"); //"Motion" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT = _UxGT("絲料測容"); //"Filament" menu_control_volumetric PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED = _UxGT("測容積mm³"); //"E in mm3" volumetric_enabled PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM = _UxGT("絲料直徑"); //"Fil. Dia." - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E0 = _UxGT("絲料直徑 ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E1 = _UxGT("絲料直徑 ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E2 = _UxGT("絲料直徑 ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E3 = _UxGT("絲料直徑 ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E4 = _UxGT("絲料直徑 ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E5 = _UxGT("絲料直徑 ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E = _UxGT("絲料直徑 *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD = _UxGT("卸載 mm"); // "Unload mm" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD = _UxGT("装載 mm"); // "Load mm" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTRAST = _UxGT("LCD對比度"); //"LCD contrast" @@ -335,7 +243,7 @@ namespace Language_zh_TW { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE = _UxGT("恢復安全值"); //"Restore failsafe" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_EEPROM = _UxGT("初始化設置"); // "Initialize EEPROM" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_REFRESH = LCD_STR_REFRESH _UxGT("刷新"); //"Refresh" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_WATCH = _UxGT("資訊界面"); //"Info screen" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_SCREEN = _UxGT("資訊界面"); //"Info screen" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PREPARE = _UxGT("準備"); //"Prepare" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_TUNE = _UxGT("調整"); //"Tune" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_PAUSE_PRINT = _UxGT("暫停列印"); //"Pause print" @@ -360,25 +268,11 @@ namespace Language_zh_TW { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CONTROL_RETRACT_RECOVER_SWAPF = _UxGT("S UnRet V"); // "S UnRet V" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_AUTORETRACT = _UxGT("自動回縮"); //"AutoRetr." autoretract_enabled, PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE = _UxGT("更換絲料"); //"Change filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0 = _UxGT("更換絲料 ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1 = _UxGT("更換絲料 ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2 = _UxGT("更換絲料 ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3 = _UxGT("更換絲料 ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4 = _UxGT("更換絲料 ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5 = _UxGT("更換絲料 ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E = _UxGT("更換絲料 *"); PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD = _UxGT("裝載絲料"); // "Load filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("裝載絲料 ") LCD_STR_E0; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("裝載絲料 ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("裝載絲料 ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("裝載絲料 ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("裝載絲料 ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("裝載絲料 ") LCD_STR_E5; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0 = _UxGT("卸載絲料 ") LCD_STR_E0; // "Unload filament" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1 = _UxGT("卸載絲料 ") LCD_STR_E1; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2 = _UxGT("卸載絲料 ") LCD_STR_E2; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3 = _UxGT("卸載絲料 ") LCD_STR_E3; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4 = _UxGT("卸載絲料 ") LCD_STR_E4; - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5 = _UxGT("卸載絲料 ") LCD_STR_E5; + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E = _UxGT("裝載絲料 *"); + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD = _UxGT("卸載絲料"); // "Unload filament" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E = _UxGT("卸載絲料 *"); // "Unload filament" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL = _UxGT("卸載全部"); // "Unload All" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INIT_MEDIA = _UxGT("初始化記憶卡"); //"Init. SD card" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA = _UxGT("更換記憶卡"); //"Change SD card" @@ -457,7 +351,10 @@ namespace Language_zh_TW { PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP = _UxGT("最高溫度"); //"Max Temp" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_INFO_PSU = _UxGT("電源供應"); //"Power Supply" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH = _UxGT("驅動力度"); // "Drive Strength" - PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT = _UxGT("驅動 %"); // "Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_X = _UxGT("X 驅動 %"); // "X Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Y = _UxGT("Y 驅動 %"); // "Y Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_Z = _UxGT("Z 驅動 %"); // "Z Driver %" + PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_PERCENT_E = _UxGT("E 驅動 %"); // "E Driver %" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_DAC_EEPROM_WRITE = _UxGT("保存驅動設置"); // "DAC EEPROM Write" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_PAUSE = _UxGT("列印已暫停"); // "PRINT PAUSED" PROGMEM Language_Str MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER_LOAD = _UxGT("裝載絲料"); // "LOAD FILAMENT" diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9f28e14080dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * lcdprint.cpp + */ + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + +#include "lcdprint.h" +#include "../core/language.h" + +/** + * lcd_put_u8str_ind_P + * Print a string with an index substituted within it + */ +lcd_uint_t lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t ind, const lcd_uint_t maxlen/*=LCD_WIDTH*/) { + uint8_t *p = (uint8_t*)pstr; + lcd_uint_t n = maxlen; + for (; n; n--) { + wchar_t ch; + p = get_utf8_value_cb(p, read_byte_rom, &ch); + if (!ch) break; + if (ch == '=' || ch == '~' || ch == '*') { + if (ch == '*') { lcd_put_wchar('E'); n--; } + // lcd_put_int(ind); n--; if (ind >= 10) n--; + // if (ind >= 0) + { + lcd_put_wchar(ind + ((ch == '=') ? '0' : LCD_FIRST_TOOL)); + n--; + } + // else if (ind == -1) { PGM_P const b = GET_TEXT(MSG_BED); lcd_put_u8str_P(b); n -= utf8_strlen_P(b); } + // else if (ind == -2) { PGM_P const c = GET_TEXT(MSG_CHAMBER); lcd_put_u8str_P(c); n -= utf8_strlen_P(c); } + if (n) n -= lcd_put_u8str_max_P((PGM_P)p, n); + break; + } + lcd_put_wchar(ch); + } + return n; +} + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h index f35bc8169164..7128d79c5725 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ #include "fontutils.h" -#include "../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" +#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD #include "dogm/u8g_fontutf8.h" @@ -60,13 +60,31 @@ inline int lcd_put_u8str_max_P(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, PGM_P } void lcd_put_int(const int i); -inline void lcd_put_int(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, const int i) { lcd_moveto(col, row); lcd_put_int(i); } +inline void lcd_put_int(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, const int i) { + lcd_moveto(col, row); + lcd_put_int(i); +} -inline int lcd_put_u8str_P(PGM_P str) { return lcd_put_u8str_max_P(str, PIXEL_LEN_NOLIMIT); } -inline int lcd_put_u8str_P(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, PGM_P str) { lcd_moveto(col, row); return lcd_put_u8str_P(str); } +inline int lcd_put_u8str_P(PGM_P const pstr) { return lcd_put_u8str_max_P(pstr, PIXEL_LEN_NOLIMIT); } +inline int lcd_put_u8str_P(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, PGM_P const pstr) { + lcd_moveto(col, row); + return lcd_put_u8str_P(pstr); +} + +lcd_uint_t lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t ind, const lcd_uint_t maxlen=LCD_WIDTH); +inline lcd_uint_t lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t ind, const lcd_uint_t maxlen=LCD_WIDTH) { + lcd_moveto(col, row); + return lcd_put_u8str_ind_P(pstr, ind, maxlen); +} inline int lcd_put_u8str(const char* str) { return lcd_put_u8str_max(str, PIXEL_LEN_NOLIMIT); } -inline int lcd_put_u8str(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, PGM_P str) { lcd_moveto(col, row); return lcd_put_u8str(str); } +inline int lcd_put_u8str(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, PGM_P const str) { + lcd_moveto(col, row); + return lcd_put_u8str(str); +} inline int lcd_put_wchar(const wchar_t c) { return lcd_put_wchar_max(c, PIXEL_LEN_NOLIMIT); } -inline int lcd_put_wchar(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, const wchar_t c) { lcd_moveto(col, row); return lcd_put_wchar(c); } +inline int lcd_put_wchar(const lcd_uint_t col, const lcd_uint_t row, const wchar_t c) { + lcd_moveto(col, row); + return lcd_put_wchar(c); +} diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp index a953318bfaee..9c3cf057d6b3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,6 @@ #if HAS_LCD_MENU #include "menu.h" -#include "../ultralcd.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" #include "../../module/printcounter.h" @@ -65,15 +64,17 @@ typedef struct { } menuPosition; menuPosition screen_history[6]; uint8_t screen_history_depth = 0; -bool screen_changed; -// Value Editing -chimera_t editable; -PGM_P MenuEditItemBase::editLabel; -void* MenuEditItemBase::editValue; -int32_t MenuEditItemBase::minEditValue, MenuEditItemBase::maxEditValue; +uint8_t MenuItemBase::itemIndex; // Index number for draw and action +chimera_t editable; // Value Editing + +// Menu Edit Items +PGM_P MenuEditItemBase::editLabel; +void* MenuEditItemBase::editValue; +int32_t MenuEditItemBase::minEditValue, + MenuEditItemBase::maxEditValue; screenFunc_t MenuEditItemBase::callbackFunc; -bool MenuEditItemBase::liveEdit; +bool MenuEditItemBase::liveEdit; // Prevent recursion into screen handlers bool no_reentry = false; @@ -89,7 +90,7 @@ void MarlinUI::save_previous_screen() { screen_history[screen_history_depth++] = { currentScreen, encoderPosition, encoderTopLine, screen_items }; } -void MarlinUI::goto_previous_screen( +void MarlinUI::_goto_previous_screen( #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) const bool is_back/*=false*/ #endif @@ -122,17 +123,15 @@ void MenuItem_gcode::action(PGM_P const, PGM_P const pgcode) { queue.inject_P(pg /** * Functions for editing single values * - * The "DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM" macro generates the functions needed to edit a numerical value. + * The "DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM" macro generates the classes needed to edit a numerical value. * * The prerequisite is that in the header the type was already declared: * - * DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(int16_t, int3, i16tostr3, 1) + * DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(int16_t, int3, i16tostr3, 1) * - * For example, DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int3) expands into these functions: + * For example, DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int3) expands into: * - * bool MenuItem_int3::_edit(); - * void MenuItem_int3::edit(); // edit int16_t (interactively) - * void MenuItem_int3::action(PGM_P const pstr, int16_t * const ptr, const int16_t minValue, const int16_t maxValue, const screenFunc_t callback = null, const bool live = false); + * template class TMenuEditItem * * You can then use one of the menu macros to present the edit interface: * EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_SPEED, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) @@ -142,16 +141,16 @@ void MenuItem_gcode::action(PGM_P const, PGM_P const pgcode) { queue.inject_P(pg * * ...which calls: * MenuItem_int3::action(plabel, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) - * draw_menu_item_int3(encoderLine == _thisItemNr, _lcdLineNr, plabel, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) + * MenuItem_int3::draw(encoderLine == _thisItemNr, _lcdLineNr, plabel, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) */ -void MenuEditItemBase::edit(strfunc_t strfunc, loadfunc_t loadfunc) { +void MenuEditItemBase::edit_screen(strfunc_t strfunc, loadfunc_t loadfunc) { #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) ui.repeat_delay = BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT; #endif - if (int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) ui.encoderPosition = 0; - if (int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) > maxEditValue) ui.encoderPosition = maxEditValue; + if (int32_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) ui.encoderPosition = 0; + if (int32_t(ui.encoderPosition) > maxEditValue) ui.encoderPosition = maxEditValue; if (ui.should_draw()) - draw_edit_screen(editLabel, strfunc(ui.encoderPosition + minEditValue)); + draw_edit_screen(strfunc(ui.encoderPosition + minEditValue)); if (ui.lcd_clicked || (liveEdit && ui.should_draw())) { if (editValue != nullptr) loadfunc(editValue, ui.encoderPosition + minEditValue); if (callbackFunc && (liveEdit || ui.lcd_clicked)) (*callbackFunc)(); @@ -159,7 +158,17 @@ void MenuEditItemBase::edit(strfunc_t strfunc, loadfunc_t loadfunc) { } } -void MenuEditItemBase::init(PGM_P const el, void * const ev, const int32_t minv, const int32_t maxv, const uint16_t ep, const screenFunc_t cs, const screenFunc_t cb, const bool le) { +void MenuEditItemBase::goto_edit_screen( + PGM_P const el, // Edit label + void * const ev, // Edit value pointer + const int32_t minv, // Encoder minimum + const int32_t maxv, // Encoder maximum + const uint16_t ep, // Initial encoder value + const screenFunc_t cs, // MenuItem_type::draw_edit_screen => MenuEditItemBase::edit() + const screenFunc_t cb, // Callback after edit + const bool le // Flag to call cb() during editing +) { + ui.screen_changed = true; ui.save_previous_screen(); ui.refresh(); editLabel = el; @@ -172,6 +181,7 @@ void MenuEditItemBase::init(PGM_P const el, void * const ev, const int32_t minv, liveEdit = le; } +// TODO: Remove these but test build size with and without #define DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(NAME) template class TMenuEditItem DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(percent); // 100% right-justified @@ -188,13 +198,14 @@ DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float43); // 1.234 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float5); // 12345 right-justified DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float5_25); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float51); // 1234.5 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float41sign); // +123.4 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float51sign); // +1234.5 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float52sign); // +123.45 DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(long5); // 12345 right-justified DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(long5_25); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) -void MenuItem_bool::action(PGM_P pstr, bool *ptr, screenFunc_t callback) { - UNUSED(pstr); *ptr ^= true; ui.refresh(); +void MenuItem_bool::action(PGM_P const, bool * const ptr, screenFunc_t callback) { + *ptr ^= true; ui.refresh(); if (callback) (*callback)(); } @@ -202,7 +213,7 @@ void MenuItem_bool::action(PGM_P pstr, bool *ptr, screenFunc_t callback) { ///////////////// Menu Tree //////////////// //////////////////////////////////////////// -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" bool printer_busy() { return planner.movesplanned() || printingIsActive(); @@ -310,7 +321,7 @@ void MarlinUI::goto_screen(screenFunc_t screen, const uint16_t encoder/*=0*/, co static PGM_P sync_message; void MarlinUI::_synchronize() { - if (should_draw()) draw_menu_item_static(LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 ? 1 : 0, sync_message); + if (should_draw()) MenuItem_static::draw(LCD_HEIGHT >= 4, sync_message); if (no_reentry) return; // Make this the current handler till all moves are done no_reentry = true; @@ -341,10 +352,10 @@ void MarlinUI::synchronize(PGM_P const msg/*=nullptr*/) { void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu) { ui.encoder_direction_menus(); ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(false); - if (ui.encoderPosition > 0x8000) ui.encoderPosition = 0; + if (int32_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) ui.encoderPosition = 0; if (ui.first_page) { encoderLine = ui.encoderPosition / (ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM); - screen_changed = false; + ui.screen_changed = false; } if (screen_items > 0 && encoderLine >= screen_items - limit) { encoderLine = _MAX(0, screen_items - limit); @@ -391,11 +402,11 @@ void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu) { constexpr bool do_probe = true; #endif if (ui.encoderPosition) { - const int16_t babystep_increment = int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) * (BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR); + const int16_t babystep_increment = int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) * (BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z); ui.encoderPosition = 0; const float diff = planner.steps_to_mm[Z_AXIS] * babystep_increment, - new_probe_offset = probe_offset.z + diff, + new_probe_offset = probe.offset.z + diff, new_offs = #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) do_probe ? new_probe_offset : hotend_offset[active_extruder].z - diff @@ -407,7 +418,7 @@ void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu) { babystep.add_steps(Z_AXIS, babystep_increment); - if (do_probe) probe_offset.z = new_offs; + if (do_probe) probe.offset.z = new_offs; #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) else hotend_offset[active_extruder].z = new_offs; #endif @@ -418,13 +429,13 @@ void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu) { if (ui.should_draw()) { #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET) if (!do_probe) - draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_Z_OFFSET), ftostr43sign(hotend_offset[active_extruder].z)); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z), LCD_Z_OFFSET_FUNC(hotend_offset[active_extruder].z)); else #endif - draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), ftostr43sign(probe_offset.z)); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET), LCD_Z_OFFSET_FUNC(probe.offset.z)); #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY) - if (do_probe) _lcd_zoffset_overlay_gfx(probe_offset.z); + if (do_probe) _lcd_zoffset_overlay_gfx(probe.offset.z); #endif } } @@ -466,8 +477,7 @@ void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu) { void _lcd_draw_homing() { constexpr uint8_t line = (LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2; - if (ui.should_draw()) draw_menu_item_static(line, GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING)); - ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_NO_REDRAW); + if (ui.should_draw()) MenuItem_static::draw(line, GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_HOMING)); } #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) || (HAS_LEVELING && DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS)) @@ -487,7 +497,8 @@ bool MarlinUI::update_selection() { } return selection; } -void do_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string/*=nullptr*/, PGM_P const suff/*=nullptr*/) { + +void MenuItem_confirm::select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string/*=nullptr*/, PGM_P const suff/*=nullptr*/) { const bool ui_selection = ui.update_selection(), got_click = ui.use_click(); if (got_click || ui.should_draw()) { draw_select_screen(yes, no, ui_selection, pref, string, suff); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h index 175e8a8435ec..3e3dcdc12335 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu.h @@ -28,160 +28,156 @@ #include "limits.h" extern int8_t encoderLine, encoderTopLine, screen_items; -extern bool screen_changed; #if HOTENDS - constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP); + constexpr int16_t heater_maxtemp[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP, HEATER_6_MAXTEMP, HEATER_7_MAXTEMP); #endif void scroll_screen(const uint8_t limit, const bool is_menu); bool printer_busy(); -//////////////////////////////////////////// -////////// Menu Item Numeric Types ///////// -//////////////////////////////////////////// - -#define DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(TYPE, NAME, STRFUNC, SCALE) \ - struct MenuEditItemInfo_##NAME { \ - typedef TYPE type_t; \ - static constexpr float scale = SCALE; \ - static inline const char* strfunc(const float value) { return STRFUNC((TYPE) value); } \ - }; - -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint8_t, percent, ui8tostr4pct, 100.0/255); // 100% right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(int16_t, int3, i16tostr3, 1 ); // 123, -12 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(int16_t, int4, i16tostr4sign, 1 ); // 1234, -123 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(int8_t, int8, i8tostr3, 1 ); // 123, -12 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint8_t, uint8, ui8tostr3, 1 ); // 123 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_3, ui16tostr3, 1 ); // 123 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_4, ui16tostr4, 0.1 ); // 1234 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_5, ui16tostr5, 0.01 ); // 12345 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float3, ftostr3, 1 ); // 123 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float52, ftostr42_52, 100 ); // _2.34, 12.34, -2.34 or 123.45, -23.45 -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float43, ftostr43sign, 1000 ); // 1.234 -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float5, ftostr5rj, 1 ); // 12345 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float5_25, ftostr5rj, 0.04f ); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float51, ftostr51rj, 10 ); // 1234.5 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float51sign, ftostr51sign, 10 ); // +1234.5 -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(float, float52sign, ftostr52sign, 100 ); // +123.45 -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint32_t, long5, ftostr5rj, 0.01f ); // 12345 right-justified -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_TYPE(uint32_t, long5_25, ftostr5rj, 0.04f ); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) - -//////////////////////////////////////////// -///////// Menu Item Draw Functions ///////// -//////////////////////////////////////////// - typedef void (*selectFunc_t)(); -void draw_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, const bool yesno, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string, PGM_P const suff); -void do_select_screen(PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string=nullptr, PGM_P const suff=nullptr); -inline void do_select_screen_yn(selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string=nullptr, PGM_P const suff=nullptr) { - do_select_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_YES), GET_TEXT(MSG_NO), yesFunc, noFunc, pref, string, suff); -} #define SS_LEFT 0x00 #define SS_CENTER 0x01 #define SS_INVERT 0x02 #define SS_DEFAULT SS_CENTER -void draw_edit_screen(PGM_P const pstr, const char* const value=nullptr); -void draw_menu_item(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char pre_char, const char post_char); -void draw_menu_item_static(const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t style=SS_DEFAULT, const char * const valstr=nullptr); -void _draw_menu_item_edit(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data, const bool pgm); -FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_back(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr) { draw_menu_item(sel, row, pstr, LCD_STR_UPLEVEL[0], LCD_STR_UPLEVEL[0]); } -FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_edit(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data) { _draw_menu_item_edit(sel, row, pstr, data, false); } -FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_edit_P(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data) { _draw_menu_item_edit(sel, row, pstr, data, true); } -#define draw_menu_item_submenu(sel, row, pstr, data) draw_menu_item(sel, row, pstr, '>', LCD_STR_ARROW_RIGHT[0]) -#define draw_menu_item_gcode(sel, row, pstr, gcode) draw_menu_item(sel, row, pstr, '>', ' ') -#define draw_menu_item_function(sel, row, pstr, data) draw_menu_item(sel, row, pstr, '>', ' ') -#define DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT_GENERIC(VAL) draw_menu_item_edit(sel, row, pstr, VAL) -#define DRAW_BOOL_SETTING(sel, row, pstr, data) draw_menu_item_edit_P(sel, row, pstr, (*(data))?GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_ON):GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_OFF)) - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - class CardReader; - void draw_sd_menu_item(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard, const bool isDir); - FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_sdfile(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard) { draw_sd_menu_item(sel, row, pstr, theCard, false); } - FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_sdfolder(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard) { draw_sd_menu_item(sel, row, pstr, theCard, true); } -#endif - #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && EITHER(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY, MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY) void _lcd_zoffset_overlay_gfx(const float zvalue); #endif +#if Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN >= -9 && Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX <= 9 + #define LCD_Z_OFFSET_FUNC(N) ftostr54sign(N) + #define LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE float43 +#else + #define LCD_Z_OFFSET_FUNC(N) ftostr52sign(N) + #define LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE float52 +#endif + //////////////////////////////////////////// -/////// Edit Setting Draw Functions //////// +///////////// Base Menu Items ////////////// //////////////////////////////////////////// -#define _DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(TYPE, NAME, STRFUNC) \ - FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_##NAME (const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, TYPE * const data, ...) { \ - DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT_GENERIC(STRFUNC(*(data))); \ - } \ - FORCE_INLINE void draw_menu_item_accessor_##NAME (const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, PGM_P const, TYPE (*pget)(), void (*)(TYPE), ...) { \ - DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT_GENERIC(STRFUNC(pget())); \ - } \ - typedef void NAME##_void -#define DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(NAME) _DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(MenuEditItemInfo_##NAME::type_t, NAME, MenuEditItemInfo_##NAME::strfunc) - -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(percent); // 100% right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(int3); // 123, -12 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(int4); // 1234, -123 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(int8); // 123, -12 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint8); // 123 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint16_3); // 123 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint16_4); // 1234 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(uint16_5); // 12345 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float3); // 123 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float52); // _2.34, 12.34, -2.34 or 123.45, -23.45 -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float43); // 1.234 -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float5); // 12345 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float5_25); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float51); // _1234.5 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float51sign); // +1234.5 -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(float52sign); // +123.45 -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(long5); // 12345 right-justified -DEFINE_DRAW_MENU_ITEM_SETTING_EDIT(long5_25); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) - -#define draw_menu_item_bool(sel, row, pstr, data, ...) DRAW_BOOL_SETTING(sel, row, pstr, data) -#define draw_menu_item_accessor_bool(sel, row, pstr, pget, pset) DRAW_BOOL_SETTING(sel, row, pstr, data) +class MenuItemBase { + public: + // An index to interject in the item label and for + // use by the action + static uint8_t itemIndex; + + // Store the index of the item ahead of use by indexed items + FORCE_INLINE static void init(const uint8_t ind) { itemIndex = ind; } -//////////////////////////////////////////// -/////////////// Menu Actions /////////////// -//////////////////////////////////////////// + // Draw an item either selected (pre_char) or not (space) with post_char + static void _draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char pre_char, const char post_char); -class MenuItem_back { + // Draw an item either selected ('>') or not (space) with post_char + FORCE_INLINE static void _draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char post_char) { + _draw(sel, row, pstr, '>', post_char); + } +}; + +class MenuItem_static : public MenuItemBase { + public: + static void draw(const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t style=SS_DEFAULT, const char * const valstr=nullptr); +}; + +// CONFIRM_ITEM(LABEL,Y,N,FY,FN,V...), +// YESNO_ITEM(LABEL,FY,FN,V...) +class MenuItem_confirm : public MenuItemBase { public: - static inline void action(PGM_P const=nullptr) { - ui.goto_previous_screen( - #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - true - #endif - ); + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, ...) { + _draw(sel, row, pstr, '>', LCD_STR_ARROW_RIGHT[0]); + } + // Implemented for HD44780 and DOGM + // Draw the prompt, buttons, and state + static void draw_select_screen( + PGM_P const yes, // Right option label + PGM_P const no, // Left option label + const bool yesno, // Is "yes" selected? + PGM_P const pref, // Prompt prefix + const char * const string, // Prompt runtime string + PGM_P const suff // Prompt suffix + ); + static void select_screen( + PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, + selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, + PGM_P const pref, const char * const string=nullptr, PGM_P const suff=nullptr + ); + static inline void select_screen( + PGM_P const yes, PGM_P const no, + selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, + PGM_P const pref, const progmem_str string, PGM_P const suff=nullptr + ) { + char str[strlen_P((PGM_P)string) + 1]; + strcpy_P(str, (PGM_P)string); + select_screen(yes, no, yesFunc, noFunc, pref, str, suff); + } + // Shortcut for prompt with "NO"/ "YES" labels + FORCE_INLINE static void confirm_screen(selectFunc_t yesFunc, selectFunc_t noFunc, PGM_P const pref, const char * const string=nullptr, PGM_P const suff=nullptr) { + select_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_YES), GET_TEXT(MSG_NO), yesFunc, noFunc, pref, string, suff); } }; -class MenuItem_submenu { +// BACK_ITEM(LABEL) +class MenuItem_back : public MenuItemBase { public: + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr) { + _draw(sel, row, pstr, LCD_STR_UPLEVEL[0], LCD_STR_UPLEVEL[0]); + } + // Back Item action goes back one step in history + FORCE_INLINE static void action(PGM_P const=nullptr) { ui.go_back(); } +}; + +// SUBMENU(LABEL, screen_handler) +class MenuItem_submenu : public MenuItemBase { + public: + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, ...) { + _draw(sel, row, pstr, '>', LCD_STR_ARROW_RIGHT[0]); + } static inline void action(PGM_P const, const screenFunc_t func) { ui.save_previous_screen(); ui.goto_screen(func); } }; -class MenuItem_gcode { +// Any menu item that invokes an immediate action +class MenuItem_button : public MenuItemBase { + public: + // Button-y Items are selectable lines with no other indicator + static inline void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, ...) { + _draw(sel, row, pstr, '>', ' '); + } +}; + +// GCODES_ITEM(LABEL, GCODES) +class MenuItem_gcode : public MenuItem_button { public: + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, ...) { + _draw(sel, row, pstr, '>', ' '); + } static void action(PGM_P const, const char * const pgcode); + static inline void action(PGM_P const pstr, const uint8_t, const char * const pgcode) { action(pstr, pgcode); } }; -class MenuItem_function { +// ACTION_ITEM(LABEL, FUNC) +class MenuItem_function : public MenuItem_button { public: + //static inline void action(PGM_P const, const uint8_t, const menuAction_t func) { (*func)(); }; static inline void action(PGM_P const, const menuAction_t func) { (*func)(); }; }; +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + class CardReader; + class MenuItem_sdbase { + public: + // Implemented for HD44780 and DOGM + static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard, const bool isDir); + }; +#endif + //////////////////////////////////////////// -/////////// Menu Editing Actions /////////// +///////////// Edit Menu Items ////////////// //////////////////////////////////////////// -// // The Menu Edit shadow value -// Only one edit value is needed at a time -// - typedef union { bool state; float decimal; @@ -192,12 +188,15 @@ typedef union { uint16_t uint16; uint32_t uint32; } chimera_t; - extern chimera_t editable; -// Edit items use long integer encoder units -class MenuEditItemBase { +// Base class for Menu Edit Items +class MenuEditItemBase : public MenuItemBase { private: + // These values are statically constructed by init() via action() + // The action() method acts like the instantiator. The entire lifespan + // of a menu item is within its declaration, so all these values decompose + // into behavior and unused items get optimized out. static PGM_P editLabel; static void *editValue; static int32_t minEditValue, maxEditValue; // Encoder value range @@ -206,10 +205,31 @@ class MenuEditItemBase { protected: typedef const char* (*strfunc_t)(const int32_t); typedef void (*loadfunc_t)(void *, const int32_t); - static void init(PGM_P const el, void * const ev, const int32_t minv, const int32_t maxv, const uint16_t ep, const screenFunc_t cs, const screenFunc_t cb, const bool le); - static void edit(strfunc_t, loadfunc_t); + static void goto_edit_screen( + PGM_P const el, // Edit label + void * const ev, // Edit value pointer + const int32_t minv, // Encoder minimum + const int32_t maxv, // Encoder maximum + const uint16_t ep, // Initial encoder value + const screenFunc_t cs, // MenuItem_type::draw_edit_screen => MenuEditItemBase::edit() + const screenFunc_t cb, // Callback after edit + const bool le // Flag to call cb() during editing + ); + static void edit_screen(strfunc_t, loadfunc_t); // Edit value handler + public: + // Implemented for HD44780 and DOGM + // Draw the current item at specified row with edit data + static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const char* const data, const bool pgm=false); + + // Implemented for HD44780 and DOGM + // This low-level method is good to draw from anywhere + static void draw_edit_screen(PGM_P const pstr, const char* const value); + + // This method is for the current menu item + static inline void draw_edit_screen(const char* const value) { draw_edit_screen(editLabel, value); } }; +// Template for specific Menu Edit Item Types template class TMenuEditItem : MenuEditItemBase { private: @@ -219,6 +239,14 @@ class TMenuEditItem : MenuEditItemBase { static void load(void *ptr, const int32_t value) { *((type_t*)ptr) = unscale(value); } static const char* to_string(const int32_t value) { return NAME::strfunc(unscale(value)); } public: + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, type_t * const data, ...) { + MenuEditItemBase::draw(sel, row, pstr, NAME::strfunc(*(data))); + } + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, type_t (*pget)(), ...) { + MenuEditItemBase::draw(sel, row, pstr, NAME::strfunc(pget())); + } + // Edit screen for this type of item + static void edit_screen() { MenuEditItemBase::edit_screen(to_string, load); } static void action( PGM_P const pstr, // Edit label type_t * const ptr, // Value pointer @@ -230,35 +258,55 @@ class TMenuEditItem : MenuEditItemBase { // Make sure minv and maxv fit within int32_t const int32_t minv = _MAX(scale(minValue), INT32_MIN), maxv = _MIN(scale(maxValue), INT32_MAX); - init(pstr, ptr, minv, maxv - minv, scale(*ptr) - minv, edit, callback, live); + goto_edit_screen(pstr, ptr, minv, maxv - minv, scale(*ptr) - minv, + edit_screen, callback, live); } - static void edit() { MenuEditItemBase::edit(to_string, load); } }; -#define DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(NAME) typedef TMenuEditItem MenuItem_##NAME; - -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(percent); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int3); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int4); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(int8); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint8); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_3); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_4); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(uint16_5); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float3); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float52); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float43); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float5); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float5_25); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float51); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float51sign); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(float52sign); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(long5); -DECLARE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM(long5_25); - -class MenuItem_bool { +// Provide a set of Edit Item Types which encompass a primitive +// type, a string function, and a scale factor for edit and display. +// These items call the Edit Item draw method passing the prepared string. +#define DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(TYPE, NAME, STRFUNC, SCALE) \ + struct MenuEditItemInfo_##NAME { \ + typedef TYPE type_t; \ + static constexpr float scale = SCALE; \ + static inline const char* strfunc(const float value) { return STRFUNC((TYPE)value); } \ + }; \ + typedef TMenuEditItem MenuItem_##NAME + +// TYPE NAME STRFUNC SCALE +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(uint8_t, percent, ui8tostr4pct, 100.0/255); // 100% right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(int16_t, int3, i16tostr3, 1 ); // 123, -12 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(int16_t, int4, i16tostr4sign, 1 ); // 1234, -123 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(int8_t, int8, i8tostr3, 1 ); // 123, -12 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(uint8_t, uint8, ui8tostr3, 1 ); // 123 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_3, ui16tostr3, 1 ); // 123 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_4, ui16tostr4, 0.1 ); // 1234 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(uint16_t, uint16_5, ui16tostr5, 0.01 ); // 12345 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float, float3, ftostr3, 1 ); // 123 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float, float52, ftostr42_52, 100 ); // _2.34, 12.34, -2.34 or 123.45, -23.45 +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float, float43, ftostr43sign, 1000 ); // 1.234 +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float, float5, ftostr5rj, 1 ); // 12345 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float, float5_25, ftostr5rj, 0.04f ); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float, float51, ftostr51rj, 10 ); // 1234.5 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float, float41sign, ftostr41sign, 10 ); // +123.4 +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float, float51sign, ftostr51sign, 10 ); // +1234.5 +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(float, float52sign, ftostr52sign, 100 ); // +123.45 +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(uint32_t, long5, ftostr5rj, 0.01f ); // 12345 right-justified +DEFINE_MENU_EDIT_ITEM_TYPE(uint32_t, long5_25, ftostr5rj, 0.04f ); // 12345 right-justified (25 increment) + +class MenuItem_bool : public MenuEditItemBase { public: - static void action(PGM_P const pstr, bool* ptr, const screenFunc_t callbackFunc=nullptr); + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, const bool onoff) { + MenuEditItemBase::draw(sel, row, pstr, onoff ? GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_ON) : GET_TEXT(MSG_LCD_OFF), true); + } + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, bool * const data, ...) { + draw(sel, row, pstr, *data); + } + FORCE_INLINE static void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, PGM_P const, bool (*pget)(), ...) { + draw(sel, row, pstr, pget()); + } + static void action(PGM_P const pstr, bool * const ptr, const screenFunc_t callbackFunc=nullptr); }; //////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -273,8 +321,10 @@ class MenuItem_bool { * _menuLineNr is the menu item to draw and process * _thisItemNr is the index of each MENU_ITEM or STATIC_ITEM */ -#define SCREEN_OR_MENU_LOOP() \ +#define SCREEN_OR_MENU_LOOP(IS_MENU) \ + scroll_screen(IS_MENU ? 1 : LCD_HEIGHT, IS_MENU); \ int8_t _menuLineNr = encoderTopLine, _thisItemNr; \ + bool _skipStatic = IS_MENU; UNUSED(_thisItemNr); \ for (int8_t _lcdLineNr = 0; _lcdLineNr < LCD_HEIGHT; _lcdLineNr++, _menuLineNr++) { \ _thisItemNr = 0 @@ -285,24 +335,12 @@ class MenuItem_bool { * START_MENU Opening code for a screen with menu items. * Scroll as-needed to keep the selected line in view. */ -#define START_SCREEN() \ - scroll_screen(LCD_HEIGHT, false); \ - bool _skipStatic = false; \ - SCREEN_OR_MENU_LOOP() - -#define START_MENU() \ - scroll_screen(1, true); \ - bool _skipStatic = true; \ - SCREEN_OR_MENU_LOOP() - -#define END_SCREEN() \ - } \ - screen_items = _thisItemNr - -#define END_MENU() \ - } \ - screen_items = _thisItemNr; \ - UNUSED(_skipStatic) +#define START_SCREEN() SCREEN_OR_MENU_LOOP(false) +#define START_MENU() SCREEN_OR_MENU_LOOP(true) +#define NEXT_ITEM() (++_thisItemNr) +#define SKIP_ITEM() NEXT_ITEM() +#define END_SCREEN() } screen_items = _thisItemNr +#define END_MENU() END_SCREEN(); UNUSED(_skipStatic) #if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) #define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(F) (ui.encoderRateMultiplierEnabled = F) @@ -316,83 +354,156 @@ class MenuItem_bool { /** * MENU_ITEM generates draw & handler code for a menu item, potentially calling: * - * draw_menu_item_(sel, row, label, arg3...) + * MenuItem_::draw(sel, row, label, arg3...) * MenuItem_::action(arg3...) * * Examples: - * BACK_ITEM(MSG_WATCH) - * MENU_ITEM(back, MSG_WATCH) - * draw_menu_item_back(sel, row, GET_TEXT(MSG_WATCH)) - * MenuItem_back::action() + * BACK_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN) + * MenuItem_back::action(plabel, ...) + * MenuItem_back::draw(sel, row, plabel, ...) * * ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT, lcd_sdcard_pause) - * MENU_ITEM(function, MSG_PAUSE_PRINT, lcd_sdcard_pause) - * draw_menu_item_function(sel, row, GET_TEXT(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT), lcd_sdcard_pause) - * MenuItem_function::action(lcd_sdcard_pause) + * MenuItem_function::action(plabel, lcd_sdcard_pause) + * MenuItem_function::draw(sel, row, plabel, lcd_sdcard_pause) * * EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_SPEED, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) - * draw_menu_item_int3(sel, row, GET_TEXT(MSG_SPEED), &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) - * MenuItem_int3::action(GET_TEXT(MSG_SPEED), &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) - * + * MenuItem_int3::action(plabel, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) + * MenuItem_int3::draw(sel, row, plabel, &feedrate_percentage, 10, 999) */ -#define _MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, USE_MULTIPLIER, PLABEL, V...) do { \ - _skipStatic = false; \ - if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) { \ - PGM_P const plabel = PLABEL; \ - if (encoderLine == _thisItemNr && ui.use_click()) { \ - _MENU_ITEM_MULTIPLIER_CHECK(USE_MULTIPLIER); \ - MenuItem_##TYPE ::action(plabel, ##V); \ - if (screen_changed) return; \ - } \ - if (ui.should_draw()) \ - draw_menu_item_ ## TYPE \ - (encoderLine == _thisItemNr, _lcdLineNr, plabel, ##V); \ - } \ - ++_thisItemNr; \ + +#define _MENU_INNER_P(TYPE, USE_MULTIPLIER, PLABEL, V...) do { \ + PGM_P const plabel = PLABEL; \ + if (encoderLine == _thisItemNr && ui.use_click()) { \ + _MENU_ITEM_MULTIPLIER_CHECK(USE_MULTIPLIER); \ + MenuItem_##TYPE::action(plabel, ##V); \ + if (ui.screen_changed) return; \ + } \ + if (ui.should_draw()) \ + MenuItem_##TYPE::draw \ + (encoderLine == _thisItemNr, _lcdLineNr, plabel, ##V); \ +}while(0) + +#define _MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, V...) do { \ + _skipStatic = false; \ + if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) \ + _MENU_INNER_P(TYPE, ##V); \ + NEXT_ITEM(); \ +}while(0) + +// Indexed items set a global index value +#define _MENU_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, V...) do{ \ + _skipStatic = false; \ + if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) { \ + MenuItemBase::init(N); \ + _MENU_INNER_P(TYPE, ##V); \ + } \ + NEXT_ITEM(); \ }while(0) -// Used to print static text with no visible cursor. -// Parameters: label [, bool center [, bool invert [, char *value] ] ] -#define STATIC_ITEM_P(PLABEL, V...) do{ \ - if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) { \ - if (_skipStatic && encoderLine <= _thisItemNr) { \ - ui.encoderPosition += ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM; \ - ++encoderLine; \ - } \ - if (ui.should_draw()) \ - draw_menu_item_static(_lcdLineNr, PLABEL, ##V); \ - } \ - ++_thisItemNr; \ +// STATIC_ITEM draws a styled string with no highlight. +// Parameters: label [, style [, char *value] ] + +#define STATIC_ITEM_INNER_P(PLABEL, V...) do{ \ + if (_skipStatic && encoderLine <= _thisItemNr) { \ + ui.encoderPosition += ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM; \ + ++encoderLine; \ + } \ + if (ui.should_draw()) \ + MenuItem_static::draw(_lcdLineNr, PLABEL, ##V); \ +} while(0) + +#define STATIC_ITEM_P(PLABEL, V...) do{ \ + if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) \ + STATIC_ITEM_INNER_P(PLABEL, ##V); \ + NEXT_ITEM(); \ } while(0) -#define MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(X) do{ \ - if (ui.should_draw() && _menuLineNr == _thisItemNr - 1) { \ - SETCURSOR(X, _lcdLineNr) +#define STATIC_ITEM_N_P(PLABEL, N, V...) do{ \ + if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) { \ + MenuItemBase::init(N); \ + STATIC_ITEM_INNER_P(PLABEL, ##V); \ + } \ + NEXT_ITEM(); \ +}while(0) + +#define STATIC_ITEM(LABEL, V...) STATIC_ITEM_P( GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) +#define STATIC_ITEM_N(LABEL, N, V...) STATIC_ITEM_N_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, PLABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, false, PLABEL, ##V) +#define MENU_ITEM(TYPE, LABEL, V...) MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) -#define MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END() } }while(0) +#define MENU_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, PLABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, false, PLABEL, ##V) +#define MENU_ITEM_N(TYPE, N, LABEL, V...) MENU_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) -#define STATIC_ITEM(LABEL, V...) STATIC_ITEM_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) +#define BACK_ITEM(LABEL) MENU_ITEM(back, LABEL) -#define MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, PLABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, false, PLABEL, ##V) -#define MENU_ITEM(TYPE, LABEL, V...) MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) +#define ACTION_ITEM_P(PLABEL, ACTION) MENU_ITEM_P(function, PLABEL, ACTION) +#define ACTION_ITEM(LABEL, ACTION) ACTION_ITEM_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), ACTION) -#define EDIT_ITEM_P(TYPE, PLABEL, V...) MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, PLABEL, ##V) -#define EDIT_ITEM(TYPE, LABEL, V...) EDIT_ITEM_P(TYPE, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) +#define ACTION_ITEM_N_P(N, PLABEL, ACTION) MENU_ITEM_N_P(function, N, PLABEL, ACTION) +#define ACTION_ITEM_N(N, LABEL, ACTION) ACTION_ITEM_N_P(N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ACTION) -#define EDIT_ITEM_FAST_P(TYPE, PLABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, true, PLABEL, ##V) -#define EDIT_ITEM_FAST(TYPE, LABEL, V...) EDIT_ITEM_FAST_P(TYPE, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) +#define GCODES_ITEM_P(PLABEL, GCODES) MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, PLABEL, GCODES) +#define GCODES_ITEM(LABEL, GCODES) GCODES_ITEM_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), GCODES) -#define ACTION_ITEM_P(PLABEL, ACTION) MENU_ITEM_P(function, PLABEL, ACTION) -#define ACTION_ITEM(LABEL, ACTION) ACTION_ITEM_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), ACTION) +#define GCODES_ITEM_N_P(N, PLABEL, GCODES) MENU_ITEM_N_P(gcode, N, PLABEL, GCODES) +#define GCODES_ITEM_N(N, LABEL, GCODES) GCODES_ITEM_N_P(N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), GCODES) -#define GCODES_ITEM_P(PLABEL, GCODES) MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, PLABEL, GCODES) -#define GCODES_ITEM(LABEL, GCODES) GCODES_ITEM_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), GCODES) +#define SUBMENU_P(PLABEL, DEST) MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, PLABEL, DEST) +#define SUBMENU(LABEL, DEST) SUBMENU_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), DEST) -#define SUBMENU_P(PLABEL, DEST) MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, PLABEL, DEST) -#define SUBMENU(LABEL, DEST) SUBMENU_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), DEST) +#define SUBMENU_N_P(N, PLABEL, DEST) MENU_ITEM_N_P(submenu, N, PLABEL, DEST) +#define SUBMENU_N(N, LABEL, DEST) SUBMENU_N_P(N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), DEST) -#define BACK_ITEM(LABEL) MENU_ITEM(back, LABEL) -#define SKIP_ITEM() (_thisItemNr++) +#define EDIT_ITEM_P(TYPE, PLABEL, V...) MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, PLABEL, ##V) +#define EDIT_ITEM(TYPE, LABEL, V...) EDIT_ITEM_P(TYPE, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define EDIT_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, PLABEL, V...) MENU_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, PLABEL, ##V) +#define EDIT_ITEM_N(TYPE, N, LABEL, V...) EDIT_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define EDIT_ITEM_FAST_P(TYPE, PLABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_P(TYPE, true, PLABEL, ##V) +#define EDIT_ITEM_FAST(TYPE, LABEL, V...) EDIT_ITEM_FAST_P(TYPE, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N_P(TYPE, N, PLABEL, V...) _MENU_ITEM_N_P(TYPE, N, true, PLABEL, ##V) +#define EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(TYPE, N, LABEL, V...) EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N_P(TYPE, N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define _CONFIRM_ITEM_INNER_P(PLABEL, V...) do { \ + if (encoderLine == _thisItemNr && ui.use_click()) { \ + ui.goto_screen([]{MenuItem_confirm::select_screen(V);}); \ + return; \ + } \ + if (ui.should_draw()) MenuItem_confirm::draw \ + (encoderLine == _thisItemNr, _lcdLineNr, PLABEL, ##V); \ +}while(0) + +#define _CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PLABEL, V...) do { \ + _skipStatic = false; \ + if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) \ + _CONFIRM_ITEM_INNER_P(PLABEL, ##V); \ + NEXT_ITEM(); \ +}while(0) + +// Indexed items set a global index value +#define _CONFIRM_ITEM_N_P(N, V...) do{ \ + _skipStatic = false; \ + if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) { \ + MenuItemBase::init(N); \ + _CONFIRM_ITEM_INNER_P(TYPE, ##V); \ + } \ + NEXT_ITEM(); \ +}while(0) + +#define CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PLABEL,A,B,V...) _CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PLABEL, GET_TEXT(A), GET_TEXT(B), ##V) +#define CONFIRM_ITEM(LABEL, V...) CONFIRM_ITEM_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define YESNO_ITEM_P(PLABEL, V...) _CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PLABEL, ##V) +#define YESNO_ITEM(LABEL, V...) YESNO_ITEM_P(GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define CONFIRM_ITEM_N_P(N,PLABEL,A,B,V...) _CONFIRM_ITEM_N_P(N, PLABEL, GET_TEXT(A), GET_TEXT(B), ##V) +#define CONFIRM_ITEM_N(N,LABEL, V...) CONFIRM_ITEM_N_P(N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) + +#define YESNO_ITEM_N_P(N,PLABEL, V...) _CONFIRM_ITEM_N_P(N, PLABEL, ##V) +#define YESNO_ITEM_N(N,LABEL, V...) YESNO_ITEM_N_P(N, GET_TEXT(LABEL), ##V) //////////////////////////////////////////// /////////////// Menu Screens /////////////// @@ -432,6 +543,10 @@ void _lcd_draw_homing(); void lcd_enqueue_one_now_P(PGM_P const cmd); #endif +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && EITHER(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY, MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY) + void _lcd_zoffset_overlay_gfx(const float zvalue); +#endif + #if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) void _lcd_level_bed_corners(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_addon.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_addon.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e7553293a143 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_addon.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include "../lcdprint.h" +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #include "../dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h" +#endif + +#define MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(X) do{ \ + if (ui.should_draw() && _menuLineNr == _thisItemNr - 1) { \ + SETCURSOR(X, _lcdLineNr) + +#define MENU_ITEM_ADDON_END() } }while(0) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp index 3a8a76d98c97..471d1eeb9cef 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_advanced.cpp @@ -48,8 +48,13 @@ float lcd_runout_distance_mm; #endif +#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS) + #include "../../module/configuration_store.h" +#endif + void menu_tmc(); void menu_backlash(); +void menu_cancelobject(); #if ENABLED(DAC_STEPPER_CURRENT) @@ -60,7 +65,7 @@ void menu_backlash(); LOOP_XYZE(i) driverPercent[i] = dac_current_get_percent((AxisEnum)i); START_MENU(); BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); - #define EDIT_DAC_PERCENT(A) EDIT_ITEM(uint8, MSG_##A " " MSG_DAC_PERCENT, &driverPercent[_AXIS(A)], 0, 100, [](){ dac_current_set_percents(driverPercent); }) + #define EDIT_DAC_PERCENT(A) EDIT_ITEM(uint8, MSG_DAC_PERCENT_##A, &driverPercent[_AXIS(A)], 0, 100, []{ dac_current_set_percents(driverPercent); }) EDIT_DAC_PERCENT(X); EDIT_DAC_PERCENT(Y); EDIT_DAC_PERCENT(Z); @@ -109,48 +114,20 @@ void menu_backlash(); #if EXTRUDERS == 1 EDIT_ITEM(float52, MSG_ADVANCE_K, &planner.extruder_advance_K[0], 0, 999); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_ADVANCE_K(N) EDIT_ITEM(float52, MSG_ADVANCE_K_E##N, &planner.extruder_advance_K[N], 0, 999) - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(0); - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(1); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(5); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_N(float52, n, MSG_ADVANCE_K_E, &planner.extruder_advance_K[n], 0, 999); + #endif #endif #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_VOLUMETRIC_ENABLED, &parser.volumetric_enabled, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); if (parser.volumetric_enabled) { - #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float43, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM, &planner.filament_size[0], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); - #else // EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_FIL_DIAM(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float43, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E##N, &planner.filament_size[N], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float43, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM, &planner.filament_size[active_extruder], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); - EDIT_FIL_DIAM(0); - EDIT_FIL_DIAM(1); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - EDIT_FIL_DIAM(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - EDIT_FIL_DIAM(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - EDIT_FIL_DIAM(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - EDIT_FIL_DIAM(5); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float43, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM, &planner.filament_size[active_extruder], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float43, n, MSG_FILAMENT_DIAM_E, &planner.filament_size[n], 1.5f, 3.25f, planner.calculate_volumetric_multipliers); + #endif } #endif @@ -163,47 +140,17 @@ void menu_backlash(); #endif ; - #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD, &fc_settings[0].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); - #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E##N, &fc_settings[N].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD, &fc_settings[active_extruder].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); - EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(0); - EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(1); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - EDIT_FIL_UNLOAD(5); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_UNLOAD, &fc_settings[active_extruder].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float3, n, MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E, &fc_settings[n].unload_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); + #endif - #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD, &fc_settings[0].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); - #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_FIL_LOAD(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E##N, &fc_settings[N].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD, &fc_settings[active_extruder].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); - EDIT_FIL_LOAD(0); - EDIT_FIL_LOAD(1); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - EDIT_FIL_LOAD(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - EDIT_FIL_LOAD(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - EDIT_FIL_LOAD(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - EDIT_FIL_LOAD(5); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_FILAMENT_LOAD, &fc_settings[active_extruder].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float3, n, MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E, &fc_settings[n].load_length, 0, extrude_maxlength); + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) && FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM @@ -298,6 +245,12 @@ void menu_backlash(); DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(4); #if HOTENDS > 5 DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(5); + #if HOTENDS > 6 + DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(6); + #if HOTENDS > 7 + DEFINE_PIDTEMP_FUNCS(7); + #endif // HOTENDS > 7 + #endif // HOTENDS > 6 #endif // HOTENDS > 5 #endif // HOTENDS > 4 #endif // HOTENDS > 3 @@ -334,26 +287,26 @@ void menu_backlash(); // PID-P E5, PID-I E5, PID-D E5, PID-C E5, PID Autotune E5 // - #if EITHER(PID_EDIT_MENU, PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU) - #if HOTENDS > 1 && ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) - #define PID_LABEL(MSG,N) MSG##_E##N - #else - #define PID_LABEL(MSG,N) MSG - #endif - #endif - #if ENABLED(PID_EDIT_MENU) - #define _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N) \ + #define __PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N) \ raw_Ki = unscalePID_i(PID_PARAM(Ki, N)); \ raw_Kd = unscalePID_d(PID_PARAM(Kd, N)); \ - EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, PID_LABEL(MSG_PID_P,N), &PID_PARAM(Kp, N), 1, 9990); \ - EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, PID_LABEL(MSG_PID_I,N), &raw_Ki, 0.01f, 9990, [](){ copy_and_scalePID_i(N); }); \ - EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, PID_LABEL(MSG_PID_D,N), &raw_Kd, 1, 9990, [](){ copy_and_scalePID_d(N); }) + EDIT_ITEM_N(float52sign, N, MSG_PID_P_E, &PID_PARAM(Kp, N), 1, 9990); \ + EDIT_ITEM_N(float52sign, N, MSG_PID_I_E, &raw_Ki, 0.01f, 9990, []{ copy_and_scalePID_i(N); }); \ + EDIT_ITEM_N(float52sign, N, MSG_PID_D_E, &raw_Kd, 1, 9990, []{ copy_and_scalePID_d(N); }) #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + #define _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N) \ + __PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N); \ + EDIT_ITEM_N(float3, N, MSG_PID_C_E, &PID_PARAM(Kc, N), 1, 9990) + #else + #define _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N) __PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N) + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) #define _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N) \ _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N); \ - EDIT_ITEM(float3, PID_LABEL(MSG_PID_C,N), &PID_PARAM(Kc, N), 1, 9990) + EDIT_ITEM_N(float3, N, MSG_PID_F_E, &PID_PARAM(Kf, N), 1, 9990) #else #define _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N) _PID_BASE_MENU_ITEMS(N) #endif @@ -367,7 +320,7 @@ void menu_backlash(); #if ENABLED(PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU) #define PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N) \ _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N); \ - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, PID_LABEL(MSG_AUTOTUNE_PID,N), &autotune_temp[N], 150, heater_maxtemp[N] - 15, [](){ _lcd_autotune(N); }) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(int3, N, MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_E, &autotune_temp[N], 150, heater_maxtemp[N] - 15, []{ _lcd_autotune(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }) #else #define PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N) _PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(N) #endif @@ -383,6 +336,12 @@ void menu_backlash(); PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(4); #if HOTENDS > 5 PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(5); + #if HOTENDS > 6 + PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(6); + #if HOTENDS > 7 + PID_EDIT_MENU_ITEMS(7); + #endif // HOTENDS > 7 + #endif // HOTENDS > 6 #endif // HOTENDS > 5 #endif // HOTENDS > 4 #endif // HOTENDS > 3 @@ -431,25 +390,12 @@ void menu_backlash(); EDIT_VMAX(B); EDIT_VMAX(C); - #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - #define EDIT_VMAX_E(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_VMAX_E##N, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(N)], 1, max_fr_edit_scaled.e) + #if E_STEPPERS EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_VMAX_E, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 1, max_fr_edit_scaled.e); - EDIT_VMAX_E(0); - EDIT_VMAX_E(1); - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - EDIT_VMAX_E(2); - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - EDIT_VMAX_E(3); - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - EDIT_VMAX_E(4); - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - EDIT_VMAX_E(5); - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #elif E_STEPPERS - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_VMAX_E, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS], 1, max_fr_edit_scaled.e); + #endif + #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < E_STEPPERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float3, n, MSG_VMAX_EN, &planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(n)], 1, max_fr_edit_scaled.e); #endif // M205 S Min Feedrate @@ -492,31 +438,17 @@ void menu_backlash(); const xyze_ulong_t &max_accel_edit_scaled = max_accel_edit; #endif - #define EDIT_AMAX(Q,L) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(long5_25, MSG_AMAX_##Q, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[_AXIS(Q)], L, max_accel_edit_scaled[_AXIS(Q)], [](){ planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); }) - + #define EDIT_AMAX(Q,L) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(long5_25, MSG_AMAX_##Q, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[_AXIS(Q)], L, max_accel_edit_scaled[_AXIS(Q)], []{ planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); }) EDIT_AMAX(A,100); EDIT_AMAX(B,100); EDIT_AMAX(C, 10); #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - #define EDIT_AMAX_E(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(long5_25, MSG_AMAX_E##N, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(N)], 100, max_accel_edit_scaled.e, [](){ _reset_e_acceleration_rate(N); }) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(long5_25, MSG_AMAX_E, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 100, max_accel_edit_scaled.e, [](){ planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); }); - EDIT_AMAX_E(0); - EDIT_AMAX_E(1); - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - EDIT_AMAX_E(2); - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - EDIT_AMAX_E(3); - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - EDIT_AMAX_E(4); - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - EDIT_AMAX_E(5); - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(long5_25, MSG_AMAX_E, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 100, max_accel_edit_scaled.e, []{ planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); }); + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < E_STEPPERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(long5_25, n, MSG_AMAX_EN, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(n)], 100, max_accel_edit_scaled.e, []{ _reset_e_acceleration_rate(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); #elif E_STEPPERS - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(long5_25, MSG_AMAX_E, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS], 100, max_accel_edit_scaled.e, [](){ planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); }); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(long5_25, MSG_AMAX_E, &planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS], 100, max_accel_edit_scaled.e, []{ planner.reset_acceleration_rates(); }); #endif END_MENU(); @@ -560,62 +492,42 @@ void menu_backlash(); END_MENU(); } - // M92 Steps-per-mm - void menu_advanced_steps_per_mm() { - START_MENU(); - BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); - - #define EDIT_QSTEPS(Q) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_##Q##_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[_AXIS(Q)], 5, 9999, [](){ planner.refresh_positioning(); }) - EDIT_QSTEPS(A); - EDIT_QSTEPS(B); - EDIT_QSTEPS(C); + // M851 - Z Probe Offsets + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + void menu_probe_offsets() { + START_MENU(); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + EDIT_ITEM(float51sign, MSG_ZPROBE_XOFFSET, &probe.offset.x, -(X_BED_SIZE), X_BED_SIZE); + EDIT_ITEM(float51sign, MSG_ZPROBE_YOFFSET, &probe.offset.y, -(Y_BED_SIZE), Y_BED_SIZE); + #endif + EDIT_ITEM(LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe.offset.z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); + END_MENU(); + } + #endif - #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - #define EDIT_ESTEPS(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_E##N##_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(N)], 5, 9999, [](){ _planner_refresh_e_positioning(N); }) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_E_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 5, 9999, [](){ planner.refresh_positioning(); }); - EDIT_ESTEPS(0); - EDIT_ESTEPS(1); - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - EDIT_ESTEPS(2); - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - EDIT_ESTEPS(3); - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - EDIT_ESTEPS(4); - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - EDIT_ESTEPS(5); - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #elif E_STEPPERS - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_E_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS], 5, 9999, [](){ planner.refresh_positioning(); }); - #endif +#endif // !SLIM_LCD_MENUS - END_MENU(); - } +// M92 Steps-per-mm +void menu_advanced_steps_per_mm() { + START_MENU(); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_ADVANCED_SETTINGS); - #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - - #include "../../module/configuration_store.h" - - static void lcd_init_eeprom_confirm() { - do_select_screen( - GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_INIT), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), - []{ - const bool inited = settings.init_eeprom(); - #if HAS_BUZZER - ui.completion_feedback(inited); - #endif - UNUSED(inited); - }, - ui.goto_previous_screen, - GET_TEXT(MSG_INIT_EEPROM), nullptr, PSTR("?") - ); - } + #define EDIT_QSTEPS(Q) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_##Q##_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[_AXIS(Q)], 5, 9999, []{ planner.refresh_positioning(); }) + EDIT_QSTEPS(A); + EDIT_QSTEPS(B); + EDIT_QSTEPS(C); + #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_E_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(active_extruder)], 5, 9999, []{ planner.refresh_positioning(); }); + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < E_STEPPERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float51, n, MSG_EN_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS_N(n)], 5, 9999, []{ _planner_refresh_e_positioning(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + #elif E_STEPPERS + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_E_STEPS, &planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS], 5, 9999, []{ planner.refresh_positioning(); }); #endif -#endif // !SLIM_LCD_MENUS + END_MENU(); +} void menu_advanced_settings() { #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) && FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM @@ -630,7 +542,7 @@ void menu_advanced_settings() { // // Set Home Offsets // - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS, [](){ queue.inject_P(PSTR("M428")); ui.return_to_status(); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_SET_HOME_OFFSETS, []{ queue.inject_P(PSTR("M428")); ui.return_to_status(); }); #endif // M203 / M205 - Feedrate items @@ -642,16 +554,25 @@ void menu_advanced_settings() { // M205 - Max Jerk SUBMENU(MSG_JERK, menu_advanced_jerk); - if (!printer_busy()) { - // M92 - Steps Per mm - SUBMENU(MSG_STEPS_PER_MM, menu_advanced_steps_per_mm); - } + // M851 - Z Probe Offsets + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + if (!printer_busy()) + SUBMENU(MSG_ZPROBE_OFFSETS, menu_probe_offsets); + #endif #endif // !SLIM_LCD_MENUS + // M92 - Steps Per mm + if (!printer_busy()) + SUBMENU(MSG_STEPS_PER_MM, menu_advanced_steps_per_mm); + #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) SUBMENU(MSG_BACKLASH, menu_backlash); #endif + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + SUBMENU(MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT, []{ editable.int8 = -1; ui.goto_screen(menu_cancelobject); }); + #endif + #if ENABLED(DAC_STEPPER_CURRENT) SUBMENU(MSG_DRIVE_STRENGTH, menu_dac); #endif @@ -673,22 +594,9 @@ void menu_advanced_settings() { #if EXTRUDERS == 1 EDIT_ITEM(float52, MSG_ADVANCE_K, &planner.extruder_advance_K[0], 0, 999); #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 - #define EDIT_ADVANCE_K(N) EDIT_ITEM(float52, MSG_ADVANCE_K_E##N, &planner.extruder_advance_K[N], 0, 999) - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(0); - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(1); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - EDIT_ADVANCE_K(5); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < E_STEPPERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_N(float52, n, MSG_ADVANCE_K_E, &planner.extruder_advance_K[n], 0, 999); + #endif #endif // M540 S - Abort on endstop hit when SD printing @@ -713,7 +621,18 @@ void menu_advanced_settings() { #endif #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS) - SUBMENU(MSG_INIT_EEPROM, lcd_init_eeprom_confirm); + CONFIRM_ITEM(MSG_INIT_EEPROM, + MSG_BUTTON_INIT, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, + []{ + const bool inited = settings.init_eeprom(); + #if HAS_BUZZER + ui.completion_feedback(inited); + #endif + UNUSED(inited); + }, + ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_INIT_EEPROM), (PGM_P)nullptr, PSTR("?") + ); #endif END_MENU(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_corners.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_corners.cpp index ac2a68fb362a..a7fffb1e02ed 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_corners.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_corners.cpp @@ -84,31 +84,29 @@ static inline void _lcd_goto_next_corner() { ) bed_corner = 0; } -static inline void menu_level_bed_corners() { - do_select_screen( - GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_NEXT), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_DONE), - _lcd_goto_next_corner, - []{ - #if HAS_LEVELING - set_bed_leveling_enabled(leveling_was_active); - #endif - ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer(); - }, - GET_TEXT( - #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CENTER_TOO) - MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT - #else - MSG_NEXT_CORNER - #endif - ), nullptr, PSTR("?") - ); -} - static inline void _lcd_level_bed_corners_homing() { _lcd_draw_homing(); if (all_axes_homed()) { bed_corner = 0; - ui.goto_screen(menu_level_bed_corners); + ui.goto_screen([]{ + MenuItem_confirm::select_screen( + GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_NEXT), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_DONE), + _lcd_goto_next_corner, + []{ + #if HAS_LEVELING + set_bed_leveling_enabled(leveling_was_active); + #endif + ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer(); + }, + GET_TEXT( + #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CENTER_TOO) + MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT + #else + MSG_NEXT_CORNER + #endif + ), (PGM_P)nullptr, PSTR("?") + ); + }); ui.set_selection(true); _lcd_goto_next_corner(); } @@ -118,7 +116,7 @@ void _lcd_level_bed_corners() { ui.defer_status_screen(); if (!all_axes_known()) { set_all_unhomed(); - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); + queue.inject_P(G28_STR); } // Disable leveling so the planner won't mess with us diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp index 1318e2307e45..d16d4670a808 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_bed_leveling.cpp @@ -56,8 +56,6 @@ #endif ); - bool MarlinUI::wait_for_bl_move; // = false - // // Bed leveling is done. Wait for G29 to complete. // A flag is used so that this can release control @@ -70,7 +68,7 @@ // ** This blocks the command queue! ** // void _lcd_level_bed_done() { - if (!ui.wait_for_bl_move) { + if (!ui.wait_for_move) { #if MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT > 0 && DISABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) // Display "Done" screen and wait for moves to complete line_to_z(MANUAL_PROBE_HEIGHT); @@ -81,7 +79,7 @@ ui.completion_feedback(); #endif } - if (ui.should_draw()) draw_menu_item_static(LCD_HEIGHT >= 4 ? 1 : 0, GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE)); + if (ui.should_draw()) MenuItem_static::draw(LCD_HEIGHT >= 4, GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_DONE)); ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT); } @@ -103,7 +101,7 @@ // // The last G29 records the point and enables bed leveling // - ui.wait_for_bl_move = true; + ui.wait_for_move = true; ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_done); #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) queue.inject_P(PSTR("G29 S2")); @@ -121,7 +119,7 @@ // Encoder knob or keypad buttons adjust the Z position // if (ui.encoderPosition) { - const float z = current_position.z + float(int16_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * (MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP); + const float z = current_position.z + float(int32_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * (MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP); line_to_z(constrain(z, -(LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE) * 0.5f, (LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE) * 0.5f)); ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT); ui.encoderPosition = 0; @@ -132,7 +130,7 @@ // if (ui.should_draw()) { const float v = current_position.z; - draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_Z), ftostr43sign(v + (v < 0 ? -0.0001f : 0.0001f), '+')); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_Z), ftostr43sign(v + (v < 0 ? -0.0001f : 0.0001f), '+')); } } @@ -142,11 +140,11 @@ void _lcd_level_bed_moving() { if (ui.should_draw()) { char msg[10]; - sprintf_P(msg, PSTR("%i / %u"), (int)(manual_probe_index + 1), total_probe_points); - draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT), msg); + sprintf_P(msg, PSTR("%i / %u"), int(manual_probe_index + 1), total_probe_points); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_NEXT_POINT), msg); } ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_NO_REDRAW); - if (!ui.wait_for_bl_move) ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_get_z); + if (!ui.wait_for_move) ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_get_z); } // @@ -156,7 +154,7 @@ ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_moving); // G29 Records Z, moves, and signals when it pauses - ui.wait_for_bl_move = true; + ui.wait_for_move = true; #if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) queue.inject_P(manual_probe_index ? PSTR("G29 S2") : PSTR("G29 S1")); #elif ENABLED(PROBE_MANUALLY) @@ -169,7 +167,7 @@ // Move to the first probe position // void _lcd_level_bed_homing_done() { - if (ui.should_draw()) draw_edit_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING)); + if (ui.should_draw()) MenuItem_static::draw(1, GET_TEXT(MSG_LEVEL_BED_WAITING)); if (ui.use_click()) { manual_probe_index = 0; _lcd_level_goto_next_point(); @@ -195,7 +193,7 @@ ui.defer_status_screen(); set_all_unhomed(); ui.goto_screen(_lcd_level_bed_homing); - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); + queue.inject_P(G28_STR); } #endif // PROBE_MANUALLY || MESH_BED_LEVELING @@ -241,7 +239,7 @@ void menu_bed_leveling() { // Auto Home if not using manual probing #if NONE(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING) - if (!is_homed) GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME, PSTR("G28")); + if (!is_homed) GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME, G28_STR); #endif // Level Bed @@ -268,7 +266,7 @@ void menu_bed_leveling() { #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) // Shadow for editing the fade height editable.decimal = planner.z_fade_height; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT, &editable.decimal, 0, 100, [](){ set_z_fade_height(editable.decimal); }); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT, &editable.decimal, 0, 100, []{ set_z_fade_height(editable.decimal); }); #endif // @@ -281,7 +279,7 @@ void menu_bed_leveling() { #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) SUBMENU(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset); #elif HAS_BED_PROBE - EDIT_ITEM(float52, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe_offset.z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); + EDIT_ITEM(LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe.offset.z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); #endif #if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_cancelobject.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_cancelobject.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..162578a0c4e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_cancelobject.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +// +// Cancel Object Menu +// + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + +#include "menu.h" +#include "menu_addon.h" + +#include "../../feature/cancel_object.h" + +static void lcd_cancel_object_confirm() { + const int8_t v = MenuItemBase::itemIndex; + const char item_num[] = { + ' ', + char((v > 9) ? '0' + (v / 10) : ' '), + char('0' + (v % 10)), + '\0' + }; + MenuItem_confirm::confirm_screen( + []{ + cancelable.cancel_object(MenuItemBase::itemIndex - 1); + #if HAS_BUZZER + ui.completion_feedback(); + #endif + ui.goto_previous_screen(); + }, + ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT), item_num, PSTR("?") + ); +} + +void menu_cancelobject() { + START_MENU(); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); + + // Draw cancelable items in a loop + int8_t a = cancelable.active_object; + for (int8_t i = -1; i < cancelable.object_count; i++) { + if (i == a) continue; + int8_t j = i < 0 ? a : i; + if (!cancelable.is_canceled(j)) + SUBMENU_N(j, MSG_CANCEL_OBJECT_N, lcd_cancel_object_confirm); + if (i < 0) SKIP_ITEM(); + } + + END_MENU(); +} + +#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU && CANCEL_OBJECTS diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp index 62f6f45ce5d0..31d46816e9b9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ void menu_advanced_settings(); bar_percent += (int8_t)ui.encoderPosition; LIMIT(bar_percent, 0, 100); ui.encoderPosition = 0; - draw_menu_item_static(0, GET_TEXT(MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST), SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); + MenuItem_static::draw(0, GET_TEXT(MSG_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST), SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); lcd_put_int((LCD_WIDTH) / 2 - 2, LCD_HEIGHT - 2, bar_percent); lcd_put_wchar('%'); lcd_moveto(0, LCD_HEIGHT - 1); ui.draw_progress_bar(bar_percent); } @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ void menu_advanced_settings(); auto _recalc_offsets = []{ if (active_extruder && all_axes_known()) { // For the 2nd extruder re-home so the next tool-change gets the new offsets. - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); // In future, we can babystep the 2nd extruder (if active), making homing unnecessary. + queue.inject_P(G28_STR); // In future, we can babystep the 2nd extruder (if active), making homing unnecessary. active_extruder = 0; } }; @@ -138,12 +138,12 @@ void menu_advanced_settings(); START_MENU(); BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONFIGURATION); #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_X_OFFSET, &hotend_offset[1].x, float(X2_HOME_POS - 25), float(X2_HOME_POS + 25), _recalc_offsets); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float51, MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X, &hotend_offset[1].x, float(X2_HOME_POS - 25), float(X2_HOME_POS + 25), _recalc_offsets); #else - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float52sign, MSG_X_OFFSET, &hotend_offset[1].x, -99.0, 99.0, _recalc_offsets); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float41sign, MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_X, &hotend_offset[1].x, -99.0, 99.0, _recalc_offsets); #endif - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float52sign, MSG_Y_OFFSET, &hotend_offset[1].y, -99.0, 99.0, _recalc_offsets); - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float52sign, MSG_Z_OFFSET, &hotend_offset[1].z, Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT, 10.0, _recalc_offsets); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float41sign, MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Y, &hotend_offset[1].y, -99.0, 99.0, _recalc_offsets); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float41sign, MSG_HOTEND_OFFSET_Z, &hotend_offset[1].z, Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT, 10.0, _recalc_offsets); #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) ACTION_ITEM(MSG_STORE_EEPROM, lcd_store_settings); #endif @@ -202,19 +202,11 @@ void menu_advanced_settings(); ACTION_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_STOW, bltouch._stow); ACTION_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_SW_MODE, bltouch._set_SW_mode); #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU) - SUBMENU(MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE, []{ - do_select_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), bltouch._set_5V_mode, ui.goto_previous_screen, GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); - }); - SUBMENU(MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE, []{ - do_select_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), bltouch._set_OD_mode, ui.goto_previous_screen, GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); - }); + CONFIRM_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE, MSG_BLTOUCH_5V_MODE, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, bltouch._set_5V_mode, ui.goto_previous_screen, GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); + CONFIRM_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE, MSG_BLTOUCH_OD_MODE, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, bltouch._set_OD_mode, ui.goto_previous_screen, GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); ACTION_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE, bltouch._mode_store); - SUBMENU(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V, []{ - do_select_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), bltouch.mode_conv_5V, ui.goto_previous_screen, GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); - }); - SUBMENU(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD, []{ - do_select_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), bltouch.mode_conv_OD, ui.goto_previous_screen, GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); - }); + CONFIRM_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_5V, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, bltouch.mode_conv_5V, ui.goto_previous_screen, GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); + CONFIRM_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD, MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_STORE_OD, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, bltouch.mode_conv_OD, ui.goto_previous_screen, GET_TEXT(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_CHANGE)); ACTION_ITEM(MSG_BLTOUCH_MODE_ECHO, bltouch_report); #endif END_MENU(); @@ -285,8 +277,10 @@ void menu_advanced_settings(); #if DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS) void _menu_configuration_preheat_settings(const uint8_t material) { - #define MINTEMP_ALL _MIN(LIST_N(HOTENDS, HEATER_0_MINTEMP, HEATER_1_MINTEMP, HEATER_2_MINTEMP, HEATER_3_MINTEMP, HEATER_4_MINTEMP, HEATER_5_MINTEMP), 999) - #define MAXTEMP_ALL _MAX(LIST_N(HOTENDS, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP, HEATER_1_MAXTEMP, HEATER_2_MAXTEMP, HEATER_3_MAXTEMP, HEATER_4_MAXTEMP, HEATER_5_MAXTEMP), 0) + #define _MINTEMP_ITEM(N) HEATER_##N##_MINTEMP, + #define _MAXTEMP_ITEM(N) HEATER_##N##_MAXTEMP, + #define MINTEMP_ALL _MIN(REPEAT(HOTENDS, _MINTEMP_ITEM) 999) + #define MAXTEMP_ALL _MAX(REPEAT(HOTENDS, _MAXTEMP_ITEM) 0) START_MENU(); BACK_ITEM(MSG_CONFIGURATION); EDIT_ITEM(percent, MSG_FAN_SPEED, &ui.preheat_fan_speed[material], 0, 255); @@ -323,14 +317,11 @@ void menu_configuration() { #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) SUBMENU(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset); #elif HAS_BED_PROBE - EDIT_ITEM(float52, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe_offset.z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); + EDIT_ITEM(LCD_Z_OFFSET_TYPE, MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, &probe.offset.z, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX); #endif const bool busy = printer_busy(); if (!busy) { - // - // Delta Calibration - // #if EITHER(DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU, DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) SUBMENU(MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE, menu_delta_calibrate); #endif @@ -364,7 +355,11 @@ void menu_configuration() { // #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_MENU) #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS) - if (PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN)) + if (true + #if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) + && PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN) + #endif + ) SUBMENU(MSG_CASE_LIGHT, menu_case_light); else #endif @@ -399,7 +394,7 @@ void menu_configuration() { #endif if (!busy) - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE, [](){ + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_RESTORE_FAILSAFE, []{ settings.reset(); #if HAS_BUZZER ui.completion_feedback(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp index 81b324114aad..8d50a1b25d8c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_custom.cpp @@ -50,20 +50,82 @@ void _lcd_user_gcode(PGM_P const cmd) { void menu_user() { START_MENU(); BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); - #if defined(USER_DESC_1) && defined(USER_GCODE_1) - ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(USER_DESC_1), [](){ _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_1 _DONE_SCRIPT)); }); + #define HAS_USER_ITEM(N) (defined(USER_DESC_##N) && defined(USER_GCODE_##N)) + #define USER_ITEM(N) ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(USER_DESC_##N), []{ _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_##N _DONE_SCRIPT)); }); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(1) + USER_ITEM(1); #endif - #if defined(USER_DESC_2) && defined(USER_GCODE_2) - ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(USER_DESC_2), [](){ _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_2 _DONE_SCRIPT)); }); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(2) + USER_ITEM(2); #endif - #if defined(USER_DESC_3) && defined(USER_GCODE_3) - ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(USER_DESC_3), [](){ _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_3 _DONE_SCRIPT)); }); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(3) + USER_ITEM(3); #endif - #if defined(USER_DESC_4) && defined(USER_GCODE_4) - ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(USER_DESC_4), [](){ _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_4 _DONE_SCRIPT)); }); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(4) + USER_ITEM(4); #endif - #if defined(USER_DESC_5) && defined(USER_GCODE_5) - ACTION_ITEM_P(PSTR(USER_DESC_5), [](){ _lcd_user_gcode(PSTR(USER_GCODE_5 _DONE_SCRIPT)); }); + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(5) + USER_ITEM(5); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(6) + USER_ITEM(6); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(7) + USER_ITEM(7); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(8) + USER_ITEM(8); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(9) + USER_ITEM(9); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(10) + USER_ITEM(10); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(11) + USER_ITEM(11); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(12) + USER_ITEM(12); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(13) + USER_ITEM(13); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(14) + USER_ITEM(14); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(15) + USER_ITEM(15); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(16) + USER_ITEM(16); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(17) + USER_ITEM(17); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(18) + USER_ITEM(18); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(19) + USER_ITEM(19); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(20) + USER_ITEM(20); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(21) + USER_ITEM(21); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(22) + USER_ITEM(22); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(23) + USER_ITEM(23); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(24) + USER_ITEM(24); + #endif + #if HAS_USER_ITEM(25) + USER_ITEM(25); #endif END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp index 38e94c09081c..e26a0966c2cb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_delta_calibrate.cpp @@ -41,23 +41,31 @@ #endif void _man_probe_pt(const xy_pos_t &xy) { - do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(xy, Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); - ui.synchronize(); - move_menu_scale = _MAX(PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP, MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT / float(DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT)); - ui.goto_screen(lcd_move_z); + if (!ui.wait_for_move) { + ui.wait_for_move = true; + do_blocking_move_to_xy_z(xy, Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES); + ui.wait_for_move = false; + ui.synchronize(); + move_menu_scale = _MAX(PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP, MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT / float(DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT)); + ui.goto_screen(lcd_move_z); + } } #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) #include "../../gcode/gcode.h" + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + #include "../../feature/host_actions.h" // for host_prompt_do + #endif + float lcd_probe_pt(const xy_pos_t &xy) { _man_probe_pt(xy); KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); ui.defer_status_screen(); wait_for_user = true; #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Delta Calibration in progress"), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Delta Calibration in progress"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("Delta Calibration in progress")); @@ -79,13 +87,13 @@ void _man_probe_pt(const xy_pos_t &xy) { } void _lcd_delta_calibrate_home() { - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); + queue.inject_P(G28_STR); ui.goto_screen(_lcd_calibrate_homing); } void _goto_tower_a(const float &a) { xy_pos_t tower_vec = { cos(RADIANS(a)), sin(RADIANS(a)) }; - _man_probe_pt(tower_vec * delta_calibration_radius); + _man_probe_pt(tower_vec * delta_calibration_radius()); } void _goto_tower_x() { _goto_tower_a(210); } void _goto_tower_y() { _goto_tower_a(330); } @@ -105,14 +113,14 @@ void lcd_delta_settings() { BACK_ITEM(MSG_DELTA_CALIBRATE); EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, MSG_DELTA_HEIGHT, &delta_height, delta_height - 10, delta_height + 10, _recalc_delta_settings); #define EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ(LABEL,N) EDIT_ITEM_P(float43, PSTR(LABEL), &delta_endstop_adj.N, -5, 5, _recalc_delta_settings) - EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ("Ex",a); - EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ("Ey",b); - EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ("Ez",c); + EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ("Ex", a); + EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ("Ey", b); + EDIT_ENDSTOP_ADJ("Ez", c); EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, MSG_DELTA_RADIUS, &delta_radius, delta_radius - 5, delta_radius + 5, _recalc_delta_settings); #define EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM(LABEL,N) EDIT_ITEM_P(float43, PSTR(LABEL), &delta_tower_angle_trim.N, -5, 5, _recalc_delta_settings) - EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM("Tx",a); - EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM("Ty",b); - EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM("Tz",c); + EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM("Tx", a); + EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM("Ty", b); + EDIT_ANGLE_TRIM("Tz", c); EDIT_ITEM(float52sign, MSG_DELTA_DIAG_ROD, &delta_diagonal_rod, delta_diagonal_rod - 5, delta_diagonal_rod + 5, _recalc_delta_settings); END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp index e32e93d23cff..5248cbbab1aa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_filament.cpp @@ -84,9 +84,9 @@ void _menu_temp_filament_op(const PauseMode mode, const int8_t extruder) { START_MENU(); if (LCD_HEIGHT >= 4) STATIC_ITEM_P(change_filament_header(mode), SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); BACK_ITEM(MSG_BACK); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1, [](){ _change_filament_temp(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0]); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2, [](){ _change_filament_temp(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1]); }); - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[_change_filament_temp_extruder].target, EXTRUDE_MINTEMP, heater_maxtemp[extruder] - 15, [](){ + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1, []{ _change_filament_temp(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[0]); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2, []{ _change_filament_temp(ui.preheat_hotend_temp[1]); }); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_PREHEAT_CUSTOM, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[_change_filament_temp_extruder].target, EXTRUDE_MINTEMP, heater_maxtemp[extruder] - 15, []{ _change_filament_temp(thermalManager.temp_hotend[_change_filament_temp_extruder].target); }); END_MENU(); @@ -107,155 +107,86 @@ void _menu_temp_filament_op(const PauseMode mode, const int8_t extruder) { // Change filament #if E_STEPPERS == 1 - PGM_P const msg0 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE); + PGM_P const msg = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE); if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(active_extruder)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg0, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PauseMode(editable.int8), 0); }); + SUBMENU_P(msg, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_CHANGE_FILAMENT, 0); }); else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg0, PSTR("M600 B0")); + GCODES_ITEM_P(msg, PSTR("M600 B0")); #else - PGM_P const msg0 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E0); - PGM_P const msg1 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E1); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(0)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg0, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PauseMode(editable.int8), 0); }); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg0, PSTR("M600 B0 T0")); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(1)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg1, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PauseMode(editable.int8), 1); }); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg1, PSTR("M600 B0 T1")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - PGM_P const msg2 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E2); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(2)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg2, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PauseMode(editable.int8), 2); }); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg2, PSTR("M600 B0 T2")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - PGM_P const msg3 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E3); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(3)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg3, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PauseMode(editable.int8), 3); }); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg3, PSTR("M600 B0 T3")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - PGM_P const msg4 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E4); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(4)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg4, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PauseMode(editable.int8), 4); }); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg4, PSTR("M600 B0 T4")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - PGM_P const msg5 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E5); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(5)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg5, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PauseMode(editable.int8), 5); }); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg5, PSTR("M600 B0 T5")); - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS == 1 + PGM_P const msg = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE_E); + for (uint8_t s = 0; s < E_STEPPERS; s++) { + if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(s)) + SUBMENU_N_P(s, msg, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_CHANGE_FILAMENT, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + else { + ACTION_ITEM_N_P(s, msg, []{ + char cmd[13]; + sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M600 B0 T%i"), int(MenuItemBase::itemIndex)); + lcd_enqueue_one_now(cmd); + }); + } + } + #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES) if (!printer_busy()) { // Load filament #if E_STEPPERS == 1 - PGM_P const msg0 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD); + PGM_P const msg_load = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD); if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(active_extruder)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg0, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 0); }); + SUBMENU_P(msg_load, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 0); }); else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg0, PSTR("M701")); + GCODES_ITEM_P(msg_load, PSTR("M701")); #else - PGM_P const msg0 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E0); - PGM_P const msg1 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E1); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(0)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg0, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 0); }); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg0, PSTR("M701 T0")); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(1)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg1, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 1); }); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg1, PSTR("M701 T1")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - PGM_P const msg2 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E2); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(2)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg2, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 2); }); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg2, PSTR("M701 T2")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - PGM_P const msg3 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E3); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(3)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg3, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 3); }); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg3, PSTR("M701 T3")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - PGM_P const msg4 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E4); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(4)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg4, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 4); }); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg4, PSTR("M701 T4")); - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - PGM_P const msg5 = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E5); - if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(5)) - MENU_ITEM_P(submenu, msg5, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, 5); }); - else - MENU_ITEM_P(gcode, msg5, PSTR("M701 T5")); - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS == 1 + PGM_P const msg_load = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTLOAD_E); + for (uint8_t s = 0; s < E_STEPPERS; s++) { + if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(s)) + SUBMENU_N_P(s, msg_load, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_LOAD_FILAMENT, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + else { + ACTION_ITEM_N_P(s, msg_load, []{ + char cmd[12]; + sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M701 T%i"), int(MenuItemBase::itemIndex)); + lcd_enqueue_one_now(cmd); + }); + } + } + #endif // Unload filament #if E_STEPPERS == 1 - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(active_extruder)) - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD, PSTR("M702")); + PGM_P const msg_unload = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD); + if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(active_extruder)) + SUBMENU_P(msg_unload, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 0); }); else - SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 0); }); + GCODES_ITEM_P(msg_unload, PSTR("M702")); #else #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS) - if (JOIN_N(E_STEPPERS, &&, - thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(0), - thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(1), - thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(2), - thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(3), - thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(4), - thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(5)) - ) GCODES_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL, PSTR("M702")); - else - SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, -1); }); - #endif - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(0)) - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0, PSTR("M702 T0")); - else - SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E0, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 0); }); - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(1)) - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1, PSTR("M702 T1")); - else - SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E1, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 1); }); - #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(2)) - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2, PSTR("M702 T2")); + { + bool too_cold = false; + for (uint8_t s = 0; s < E_STEPPERS; s++) { + if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(s)) { + too_cold = true; break; + } + } + if (!too_cold) + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL, PSTR("M702")); else - SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E2, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 2); }); - #if E_STEPPERS > 3 - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(3)) - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3, PSTR("M702 T3")); - else - SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E3, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 3); }); - #if E_STEPPERS > 4 - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(4)) - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4, PSTR("M702 T4")); - else - SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E4, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 4); }); - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(5)) - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5, PSTR("M702 T5")); - else - SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E5, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, 5); }); - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 5 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 4 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 3 - #endif // E_STEPPERS > 2 - #endif // E_STEPPERS == 1 - } + SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_ALL, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, -1); }); + } + #endif + PGM_P const msg_unload = GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENTUNLOAD_E); + for (uint8_t s = 0; s < E_STEPPERS; s++) { + if (thermalManager.targetTooColdToExtrude(s)) + SUBMENU_N_P(s, msg_unload, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + else { + ACTION_ITEM_N_P(s, msg_unload, []{ + char cmd[12]; + sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M702 T%i"), int(MenuItemBase::itemIndex)); + lcd_enqueue_one_now(cmd); + }); + } + } + #endif + } // !printer_busy #endif END_MENU(); @@ -281,7 +212,7 @@ static PGM_P pause_header() { #define HOTEND_STATUS_ITEM() do { \ if (_menuLineNr == _thisItemNr) { \ if (ui.should_draw()) { \ - draw_menu_item_static(_lcdLineNr, GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE), SS_INVERT); \ + MenuItem_static::draw(_lcdLineNr, GET_TEXT(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE), SS_INVERT); \ ui.draw_hotend_status(_lcdLineNr, hotend_status_extruder); \ } \ if (_skipStatic && encoderLine <= _thisItemNr) { \ @@ -298,13 +229,12 @@ void menu_pause_option() { #if LCD_HEIGHT > 2 STATIC_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_HEADER); #endif - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE, [](){ pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_EXTRUDE_MORE; }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_PURGE, []{ pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_EXTRUDE_MORE; }); #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR if (runout.filament_ran_out) EDIT_ITEM(bool, MSG_RUNOUT_SENSOR, &runout.enabled, runout.reset); - else #endif - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME, [](){ pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_RESUME_PRINT; }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_OPTION_RESUME, []{ pause_menu_response = PAUSE_RESPONSE_RESUME_PRINT; }); END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp index 4f9748dc126d..68ccc39aff8d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_game.cpp @@ -29,7 +29,13 @@ void menu_game() { START_MENU(); - BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); + BACK_ITEM( + #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) + MSG_INFO_MENU + #else + MSG_MAIN + #endif + ); #if ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) SUBMENU(MSG_BRICKOUT, brickout.enter_game); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp index 5ef6bbfc4656..5bbc8ce7dc93 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_info.cpp @@ -45,11 +45,7 @@ // About Printer > Printer Stats // void menu_info_stats() { - if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen( - #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - true - #endif - ); + if (ui.use_click()) return ui.go_back(); char buffer[21]; // For macro usage @@ -97,11 +93,7 @@ // About Printer > Thermistors // void menu_info_thermistors() { - if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen( - #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - true - #endif - ); + if (ui.use_click()) return ui.go_back(); char buffer[21]; // For macro usage @@ -160,6 +152,24 @@ void menu_info_thermistors() { VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_5_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); #endif + #if TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 + #undef THERMISTOR_ID + #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_6 + #include "../thermistornames.h" + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(LCD_STR_E6 ": " THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_6_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_6_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + #endif + + #if TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 + #undef THERMISTOR_ID + #define THERMISTOR_ID TEMP_SENSOR_7 + #include "../thermistornames.h" + STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(LCD_STR_E7 ": " THERMISTOR_NAME), SS_INVERT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MIN_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_7_MINTEMP), SS_LEFT); + VALUE_ITEM_P(MSG_INFO_MAX_TEMP, STRINGIFY(HEATER_7_MAXTEMP), SS_LEFT); + #endif + #if EXTRUDERS { STATIC_ITEM( @@ -218,11 +228,7 @@ void menu_info_thermistors() { // About Printer > Board Info // void menu_info_board() { - if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen( - #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - true - #endif - ); + if (ui.use_click()) return ui.go_back(); char buffer[21]; // For macro usage @@ -257,11 +263,7 @@ void menu_info_board() { #else void menu_info_printer() { - if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen( - #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - true - #endif - ); + if (ui.use_click()) return ui.go_back(); START_SCREEN(); STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(MSG_MARLIN), SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); // Marlin STATIC_ITEM_P(PSTR(SHORT_BUILD_VERSION)); // x.x.x-Branch @@ -318,19 +320,22 @@ void menu_info() { SKIP_ITEM(); SKIP_ITEM(); #endif - SUBMENU(MSG_GAMES, ( - #if HAS_GAME_MENU - menu_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) - brickout.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) - invaders.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) - snake.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE) - maze.enter_game - #endif - )); + // Game sub-menu or the individual game + { + SUBMENU( + #if HAS_GAME_MENU + MSG_GAMES, menu_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) + MSG_BRICKOUT, brickout.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) + MSG_INVADERS, invaders.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) + MSG_SNAKE, snake.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE) + MSG_MAZE, maze.enter_game + #endif + ); + } #endif END_MENU(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp index 0b0b0409219e..1ac69aff7549 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_job_recovery.cpp @@ -38,9 +38,8 @@ static void lcd_power_loss_recovery_resume() { queue.inject_P(PSTR("M1000")); } -static void lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel() { - card.removeJobRecoveryFile(); - card.autostart_index = 0; +void lcd_power_loss_recovery_cancel() { + recovery.cancel(); ui.return_to_status(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp index 86d64bf8bb4e..85beddb6dc0d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_main.cpp @@ -42,12 +42,6 @@ #define MACHINE_CAN_STOP (EITHER(SDSUPPORT, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) || defined(ACTION_ON_CANCEL)) #define MACHINE_CAN_PAUSE (ANY(SDSUPPORT, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE) || defined(ACTION_ON_PAUSE)) -#if MACHINE_CAN_STOP - void menu_abort_confirm() { - do_select_screen(GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_STOP), GET_TEXT(MSG_BACK), ui.abort_print, ui.goto_previous_screen, GET_TEXT(MSG_STOP_PRINT), nullptr, PSTR("?")); - } -#endif // MACHINE_CAN_STOP - #if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) #include "../../lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.h" #endif @@ -83,21 +77,11 @@ void menu_configuration(); void menu_mixer(); #endif -#if HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS - #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 - void menu_service1(); - #endif - #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 > 0 - void menu_service2(); - #endif - #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 > 0 - void menu_service3(); - #endif -#endif +extern const char M21_STR[]; void menu_main() { START_MENU(); - BACK_ITEM(MSG_WATCH); + BACK_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN); const bool busy = printingIsActive() #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) @@ -111,12 +95,22 @@ void menu_main() { ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT, ui.pause_print); #endif #if MACHINE_CAN_STOP - SUBMENU(MSG_STOP_PRINT, menu_abort_confirm); + SUBMENU(MSG_STOP_PRINT, []{ + MenuItem_confirm::select_screen( + GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_STOP), GET_TEXT(MSG_BACK), + ui.abort_print, ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_STOP_PRINT), (PGM_P)nullptr, PSTR("?") + ); + }); #endif SUBMENU(MSG_TUNE, menu_tune); } else { + #if !HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL && ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + + // *** IF THIS SECTION IS CHANGED, REPRODUCE BELOW *** + // // Autostart // @@ -129,7 +123,7 @@ void menu_main() { SUBMENU(MSG_MEDIA_MENU, menu_media); MENU_ITEM(gcode, #if PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) - MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA, PSTR("M21") + MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA, M21_STR #else MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA, PSTR("M22") #endif @@ -140,10 +134,11 @@ void menu_main() { #if PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) ACTION_ITEM(MSG_NO_MEDIA, nullptr); #else - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_INIT_MEDIA, PSTR("M21")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_INIT_MEDIA, M21_STR); ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED, nullptr); #endif } + #endif // !HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL && SDSUPPORT #if MACHINE_CAN_PAUSE @@ -182,7 +177,7 @@ void menu_main() { if (thermalManager.targetHotEnoughToExtrude(active_extruder)) GCODES_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE, PSTR("M600 B0")); else - SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE, [](){ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_CHANGE_FILAMENT, 0); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE, []{ _menu_temp_filament_op(PAUSE_MODE_CHANGE_FILAMENT, 0); }); #else SUBMENU(MSG_FILAMENTCHANGE, menu_change_filament); #endif @@ -199,7 +194,7 @@ void menu_main() { // // Switch power on/off // - #if HAS_POWER_SWITCH + #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) if (powersupply_on) GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SWITCH_PS_OFF, PSTR("M81")); else @@ -207,6 +202,9 @@ void menu_main() { #endif #if HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL && ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + + // *** IF THIS SECTION IS CHANGED, REPRODUCE ABOVE *** + // // Autostart // @@ -218,7 +216,7 @@ void menu_main() { if (!card_open) { MENU_ITEM(gcode, #if PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) - MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA, PSTR("M21") + MSG_CHANGE_MEDIA, M21_STR #else MSG_RELEASE_MEDIA, PSTR("M22") #endif @@ -230,21 +228,42 @@ void menu_main() { #if PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) ACTION_ITEM(MSG_NO_MEDIA, nullptr); #else - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_INIT_MEDIA, PSTR("M21")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_INIT_MEDIA, M21_STR); ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MEDIA_RELEASED, nullptr); #endif } + #endif // HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL && SDSUPPORT #if HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS + static auto _service_reset = [](const int index) { + print_job_timer.resetServiceInterval(index); + #if HAS_BUZZER + ui.completion_feedback(); + #endif + ui.reset_status(); + ui.return_to_status(); + }; #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 - SUBMENU_P(PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_1), menu_service1); + CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_1), + MSG_BUTTON_RESET, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, + []{ _service_reset(1); }, ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_SERVICE_RESET), F(SERVICE_NAME_1), PSTR("?") + ); #endif #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 > 0 - SUBMENU_P(PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_2), menu_service2); + CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_2), + MSG_BUTTON_RESET, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, + []{ _service_reset(2); }, ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_SERVICE_RESET), F(SERVICE_NAME_2), PSTR("?") + ); #endif #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 > 0 - SUBMENU_P(PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_3), menu_service3); + CONFIRM_ITEM_P(PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_3), + MSG_BUTTON_RESET, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, + []{ _service_reset(3); }, ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_SERVICE_RESET), F(SERVICE_NAME_3), PSTR("?") + ); #endif #endif @@ -252,20 +271,24 @@ void menu_main() { #if ENABLED(GAMES_EASTER_EGG) SKIP_ITEM(); SKIP_ITEM(); + SKIP_ITEM(); #endif - SUBMENU(MSG_GAMES, ( - #if HAS_GAME_MENU - menu_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) - brickout.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) - invaders.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) - snake.enter_game - #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE) - maze.enter_game - #endif - )); + // Game sub-menu or the individual game + { + SUBMENU( + #if HAS_GAME_MENU + MSG_GAMES, menu_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_BRICKOUT) + MSG_BRICKOUT, brickout.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_INVADERS) + MSG_INVADERS, invaders.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_SNAKE) + MSG_SNAKE, snake.enter_game + #elif ENABLED(MARLIN_MAZE) + MSG_MAZE, maze.enter_game + #endif + ); + } #endif END_MENU(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_media.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_media.cpp index 11c57da605f8..a12c8b79bbc9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_media.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_media.cpp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ void lcd_sd_updir() { ui.encoderPosition = card.cdup() ? ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM : 0; encoderTopLine = 0; - screen_changed = true; + ui.screen_changed = true; ui.refresh(); } @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ void lcd_sd_updir() { // safe_delay(50); // ui.synchronize(); // ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_CALL_REDRAW_NEXT); - // ui.drawing_screen = screen_changed = true; + // ui.drawing_screen = ui.screen_changed = true; //#endif goto_screen(menu_media, sd_encoder_position, sd_top_line, sd_items); @@ -72,24 +72,11 @@ inline void sdcard_start_selected_file() { ui.reset_status(); } -#if ENABLED(SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START) - - void menu_sd_confirm() { - char * const longest = card.longest_filename(); - char buffer[strlen(longest) + 2]; - buffer[0] = ' '; - strcpy(buffer + 1, longest); - do_select_screen( - GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_PRINT), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), - sdcard_start_selected_file, ui.goto_previous_screen, - GET_TEXT(MSG_START_PRINT), buffer, PSTR("?") - ); - } - -#endif - -class MenuItem_sdfile { +class MenuItem_sdfile : public MenuItem_sdbase { public: + static inline void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard) { + MenuItem_sdbase::draw(sel, row, pstr, theCard, false); + } static void action(PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &) { #if ENABLED(SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE) // Save menu state for the selected file @@ -98,7 +85,17 @@ class MenuItem_sdfile { sd_items = screen_items; #endif #if ENABLED(SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START) - MenuItem_submenu::action(pstr, menu_sd_confirm); + MenuItem_submenu::action(pstr, []{ + char * const longest = card.longest_filename(); + char buffer[strlen(longest) + 2]; + buffer[0] = ' '; + strcpy(buffer + 1, longest); + MenuItem_confirm::select_screen( + GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_PRINT), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), + sdcard_start_selected_file, ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_START_PRINT), buffer, PSTR("?") + ); + }); #else sdcard_start_selected_file(); UNUSED(pstr); @@ -106,13 +103,16 @@ class MenuItem_sdfile { } }; -class MenuItem_sdfolder { +class MenuItem_sdfolder : public MenuItem_sdbase { public: + static inline void draw(const bool sel, const uint8_t row, PGM_P const pstr, CardReader &theCard) { + MenuItem_sdbase::draw(sel, row, pstr, theCard, true); + } static void action(PGM_P const, CardReader &theCard) { card.cd(theCard.filename); encoderTopLine = 0; ui.encoderPosition = 2 * (ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM); - screen_changed = true; + ui.screen_changed = true; #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD ui.drawing_screen = false; #endif @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ void menu_media() { BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); if (card.flag.workDirIsRoot) { #if !PIN_EXISTS(SD_DETECT) - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_REFRESH, [](){ encoderTopLine = 0; card.mount(); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_REFRESH, []{ encoderTopLine = 0; card.mount(); }); #endif } else if (card.isMounted()) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp index ab93c9996574..51e24d935834 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mixer.cpp @@ -29,11 +29,9 @@ #if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) #include "menu.h" -#include "../../feature/mixing.h" +#include "menu_addon.h" -#include "../dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h" -#include "../ultralcd.h" -#include "../lcdprint.h" +#include "../../feature/mixing.h" #define CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING !DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER @@ -43,7 +41,7 @@ ui.defer_status_screen(); ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(true); if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) { - mixer.gradient.start_z += float(int16_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * 0.1; + mixer.gradient.start_z += float(int32_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * 0.1; ui.encoderPosition = 0; NOLESS(mixer.gradient.start_z, 0); NOMORE(mixer.gradient.start_z, Z_MAX_POS); @@ -68,7 +66,7 @@ ui.defer_status_screen(); ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(true); if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) { - mixer.gradient.end_z += float(int16_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * 0.1; + mixer.gradient.end_z += float(int32_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * 0.1; ui.encoderPosition = 0; NOLESS(mixer.gradient.end_z, 0); NOMORE(mixer.gradient.end_z, Z_MAX_POS); @@ -124,12 +122,10 @@ static uint8_t v_index; #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER void _lcd_draw_mix(const uint8_t y) { - char tmp[10]; // "100%_100%" - SETCURSOR(2, y); - lcd_put_u8str_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_MIX)); - SETCURSOR(LCD_WIDTH - 9, y); + char tmp[20]; // "100%_100%" sprintf_P(tmp, PSTR("%3d%% %3d%%"), int(mixer.mix[0]), int(mixer.mix[1])); - lcd_put_u8str(tmp); + SETCURSOR(2, y); lcd_put_u8str_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_MIX)); + SETCURSOR_RJ(9, y); lcd_put_u8str(tmp); } #endif @@ -160,34 +156,11 @@ void _lcd_mixer_select_vtool() { void lcd_mixer_mix_edit() { - #if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING - - #define EDIT_COLOR(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float52, MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_##N, &mixer.collector[N-1], 0, 10); - - START_MENU(); - BACK_ITEM(MSG_MIXER); - EDIT_COLOR(1); - EDIT_COLOR(2); - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 - EDIT_COLOR(3); - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 - EDIT_COLOR(4); - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 - EDIT_COLOR(5); - #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 - EDIT_COLOR(6); - #endif - #endif - #endif - #endif - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_CYCLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_cycle_mix); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL, _lcd_mixer_commit_vtool); - END_MENU(); - - #elif DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER + #if DUAL_MIXING_EXTRUDER && !CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING + // Adjust 2-channel mix from the encoder if (ui.encoderPosition != 0) { - mixer.mix[0] += int16_t(ui.encoderPosition); + mixer.mix[0] += int32_t(ui.encoderPosition); ui.encoderPosition = 0; if (mixer.mix[0] < 0) mixer.mix[0] += 101; if (mixer.mix[0] > 100) mixer.mix[0] -= 101; @@ -195,6 +168,7 @@ void lcd_mixer_mix_edit() { } _lcd_draw_mix((LCD_HEIGHT - 1) / 2); + // Click to commit the change if (ui.lcd_clicked) { mixer.update_vtool_from_mix(); ui.goto_previous_screen(); @@ -204,6 +178,17 @@ void lcd_mixer_mix_edit() { START_MENU(); BACK_ITEM(MSG_MIXER); + + #if CHANNEL_MIX_EDITING + + for (uint8_t n = 1; n <= MIXING_STEPPERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(float52, n, MSG_MIX_COMPONENT_N, &mixer.collector[n-1], 0, 10); + + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_CYCLE_MIX, _lcd_mixer_cycle_mix); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_COMMIT_VTOOL, _lcd_mixer_commit_vtool); + + #endif + END_MENU(); #endif @@ -249,22 +234,6 @@ void lcd_mixer_mix_edit() { } #endif -// -// Reset All V-Tools -// -void menu_mixer_vtools_reset_confirm() { - do_select_screen( - GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_RESET), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), - []{ - mixer.reset_vtools(); - LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_VTOOLS_RESET); - ui.return_to_status(); - }, - ui.goto_previous_screen, - GET_TEXT(MSG_RESET_VTOOLS), nullptr, PSTR("?") - ); -} - void menu_mixer() { START_MENU(); BACK_ITEM(MSG_MAIN); @@ -291,7 +260,19 @@ void menu_mixer() { SUBMENU(MSG_MIX, _lcd_goto_mix_edit); #endif - SUBMENU(MSG_RESET_VTOOLS, menu_mixer_vtools_reset_confirm); + // + // Reset All V-Tools + // + CONFIRM_ITEM(MSG_RESET_VTOOLS, + MSG_BUTTON_RESET, MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL, + []{ + mixer.reset_vtools(); + LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_VTOOLS_RESET); + ui.return_to_status(); + }, + ui.goto_previous_screen, + GET_TEXT(MSG_RESET_VTOOLS), (PGM_P)nullptr, PSTR("?") + ); #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) { diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.cpp index aa6eb27ea14d..ad3d649ee43d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_mmu2.cpp @@ -63,22 +63,14 @@ void menu_mmu2_load_filament() { START_MENU(); BACK_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_MENU); ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_ALL, action_mmu2_load_all); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0, [](){ _mmu2_load_filament(0); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1, [](){ _mmu2_load_filament(1); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2, [](){ _mmu2_load_filament(2); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3, [](){ _mmu2_load_filament(3); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4, [](){ _mmu2_load_filament(4); }); + LOOP_L_N(i, 5) ACTION_ITEM_N(i, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N, []{ _mmu2_load_filament(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); END_MENU(); } void menu_mmu2_load_to_nozzle() { START_MENU(); BACK_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_MENU); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0, [](){ action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle(0); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1, [](){ action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle(1); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2, [](){ action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle(2); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3, [](){ action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle(3); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4, [](){ action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle(4); }); + LOOP_L_N(i, 5) ACTION_ITEM_N(i, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N, []{ action_mmu2_load_filament_to_nozzle(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); END_MENU(); } @@ -104,11 +96,7 @@ void action_mmu2_unload_filament() { void menu_mmu2_eject_filament() { START_MENU(); BACK_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_MENU); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0, [](){ _mmu2_eject_filament(0); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1, [](){ _mmu2_eject_filament(1); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2, [](){ _mmu2_eject_filament(2); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3, [](){ _mmu2_eject_filament(3); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4, [](){ _mmu2_eject_filament(4); }); + LOOP_L_N(i, 5) ACTION_ITEM_N(i, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N, []{ _mmu2_eject_filament(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); END_MENU(); } @@ -146,11 +134,7 @@ void menu_mmu2_choose_filament() { #if LCD_HEIGHT > 2 STATIC_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_CHOOSE_FILAMENT_HEADER, SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); #endif - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT0, [](){ action_mmu2_choose(0); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT1, [](){ action_mmu2_choose(1); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT2, [](){ action_mmu2_choose(2); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT3, [](){ action_mmu2_choose(3); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT4, [](){ action_mmu2_choose(4); }); + LOOP_L_N(i, 5) ACTION_ITEM_N(i, MSG_MMU2_FILAMENT_N, []{ action_mmu2_choose(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); END_MENU(); } @@ -164,10 +148,10 @@ void menu_mmu2_pause() { #if LCD_HEIGHT > 2 STATIC_ITEM(MSG_FILAMENT_CHANGE_HEADER, SS_CENTER|SS_INVERT); #endif - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_RESUME, [](){ mmuMenuWait = false; }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, [](){ mmu2.unload(); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT, [](){ mmu2.load_filament(currentTool); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE, [](){ mmu2.load_filament_to_nozzle(currentTool); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_RESUME, []{ mmuMenuWait = false; }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_UNLOAD_FILAMENT, []{ mmu2.unload(); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_LOAD_FILAMENT, []{ mmu2.load_filament(currentTool); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE, []{ mmu2.load_filament_to_nozzle(currentTool); }); END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_motion.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_motion.cpp index 99342dd2d635..cb1527cf8122 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_motion.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_motion.cpp @@ -29,12 +29,7 @@ #if HAS_LCD_MENU #include "menu.h" - -#include "../lcdprint.h" - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #include "../dogm/ultralcd_DOGM.h" -#endif +#include "menu_addon.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" @@ -79,7 +74,7 @@ inline void manual_move_to_current(AxisEnum axis // "Motion" > "Move Axis" submenu // -static void _lcd_move_xyz(PGM_P name, AxisEnum axis) { +static void _lcd_move_xyz(PGM_P const name, const AxisEnum axis) { if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer(); if (ui.encoderPosition && !ui.processing_manual_move) { @@ -127,16 +122,16 @@ static void _lcd_move_xyz(PGM_P name, AxisEnum axis) { #endif // Get the new position - const float diff = float(int16_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * move_menu_scale; + const float diff = float(int32_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * move_menu_scale; #if IS_KINEMATIC manual_move_offset += diff; - if (int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) + if (int32_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) NOLESS(manual_move_offset, min - current_position[axis]); else NOMORE(manual_move_offset, max - current_position[axis]); #else current_position[axis] += diff; - if (int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) + if (int32_t(ui.encoderPosition) < 0) NOLESS(current_position[axis], min); else NOMORE(current_position[axis], max); @@ -152,7 +147,7 @@ static void _lcd_move_xyz(PGM_P name, AxisEnum axis) { + manual_move_offset #endif , axis); - draw_edit_screen(name, move_menu_scale >= 0.1f ? ftostr41sign(pos) : ftostr43sign(pos)); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(name, move_menu_scale >= 0.1f ? ftostr41sign(pos) : ftostr43sign(pos)); } } void lcd_move_x() { _lcd_move_xyz(GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_X), X_AXIS); } @@ -169,7 +164,7 @@ void lcd_move_z() { _lcd_move_xyz(GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_Z), Z_AXIS); } if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer(); if (ui.encoderPosition) { if (!ui.processing_manual_move) { - const float diff = float(int16_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * move_menu_scale; + const float diff = float(int32_t(ui.encoderPosition)) * move_menu_scale; #if IS_KINEMATIC manual_move_offset += diff; #else @@ -185,35 +180,27 @@ void lcd_move_z() { _lcd_move_xyz(GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_Z), Z_AXIS); } ui.encoderPosition = 0; } if (ui.should_draw()) { - PGM_P pos_label = GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_E); #if E_MANUAL > 1 - switch (eindex) { - default: pos_label = GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_E0); break; - case 1: pos_label = GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_E1); break; - #if E_MANUAL > 2 - case 2: pos_label = GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_E2); break; - #if E_MANUAL > 3 - case 3: pos_label = GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_E3); break; - #if E_MANUAL > 4 - case 4: pos_label = GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_E4); break; - #if E_MANUAL > 5 - case 5: pos_label = GET_TEXT(MSG_MOVE_E5); break; - #endif // E_MANUAL > 5 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 4 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 3 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 2 - } - #endif // E_MANUAL > 1 - - draw_edit_screen(pos_label, ftostr41sign(current_position.e - #if IS_KINEMATIC - + manual_move_offset - #endif - #if ENABLED(MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE) - - manual_move_e_origin - #endif - )); - } + MenuItemBase::init(eindex); + #endif + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen( + GET_TEXT( + #if E_MANUAL > 1 + MSG_MOVE_EN + #else + MSG_MOVE_E + #endif + ), + ftostr41sign(current_position.e + #if IS_KINEMATIC + + manual_move_offset + #endif + #if ENABLED(MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE) + - manual_move_e_origin + #endif + ) + ); + } // should_draw } #endif // E_MANUAL @@ -257,11 +244,12 @@ void _menu_move_distance(const AxisEnum axis, const screenFunc_t func, const int #endif { BACK_ITEM(MSG_MOVE_AXIS); - SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_10MM, [](){ _goto_manual_move(10); }); - SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_1MM, [](){ _goto_manual_move( 1); }); - SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_01MM, [](){ _goto_manual_move( 0.1f); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_10MM, []{ _goto_manual_move(10); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_1MM, []{ _goto_manual_move( 1); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_01MM, []{ _goto_manual_move( 0.1f); }); if (axis == Z_AXIS && (SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE) > 0.0f && (SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE) < 0.1f) { - SUBMENU_P(PSTR(""), []{ _goto_manual_move(float(SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE)); }); + extern const char NUL_STR[]; + SUBMENU_P(NUL_STR, []{ _goto_manual_move(float(SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE)); }); MENU_ITEM_ADDON_START(0); char tmp[20], numstr[10]; // Determine digits needed right of decimal @@ -297,61 +285,61 @@ void menu_move() { true #endif ) { - SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_X, [](){ _menu_move_distance(X_AXIS, lcd_move_x); }); - SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_Y, [](){ _menu_move_distance(Y_AXIS, lcd_move_y); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_X, []{ _menu_move_distance(X_AXIS, lcd_move_x); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_Y, []{ _menu_move_distance(Y_AXIS, lcd_move_y); }); } #if ENABLED(DELTA) else - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_FREE_XY, [](){ line_to_z(delta_clip_start_height); ui.synchronize(); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_FREE_XY, []{ line_to_z(delta_clip_start_height); ui.synchronize(); }); #endif - SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_Z, [](){ _menu_move_distance(Z_AXIS, lcd_move_z); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_Z, []{ _menu_move_distance(Z_AXIS, lcd_move_z); }); } else - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME, PSTR("G28")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME, G28_STR); #if ANY(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER, SWITCHING_NOZZLE, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) #if EXTRUDERS >= 4 switch (active_extruder) { - case 0: GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SELECT_E1, PSTR("T1")); break; - case 1: GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SELECT_E0, PSTR("T0")); break; - case 2: GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SELECT_E3, PSTR("T3")); break; - case 3: GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SELECT_E2, PSTR("T2")); break; + case 0: GCODES_ITEM_N(1, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T1")); break; + case 1: GCODES_ITEM_N(0, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T0")); break; + case 2: GCODES_ITEM_N(3, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T3")); break; + case 3: GCODES_ITEM_N(2, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T2")); break; #if EXTRUDERS == 6 - case 4: GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SELECT_E5, PSTR("T5")); break; - case 5: GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SELECT_E4, PSTR("T4")); break; + case 4: GCODES_ITEM_N(5, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T5")); break; + case 5: GCODES_ITEM_N(4, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T4")); break; #endif } #elif EXTRUDERS == 3 if (active_extruder < 2) { if (active_extruder) - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SELECT_E0, PSTR("T0")); + GCODES_ITEM_N(0, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T0")); else - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SELECT_E1, PSTR("T1")); + GCODES_ITEM_N(1, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T1")); } #else if (active_extruder) - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SELECT_E0, PSTR("T0")); + GCODES_ITEM_N(0, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T0")); else - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SELECT_E1, PSTR("T1")); + GCODES_ITEM_N(1, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T1")); #endif #elif ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) if (active_extruder) - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SELECT_E0, PSTR("T0")); + GCODES_ITEM_N(0, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T0")); else - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_SELECT_E1, PSTR("T1")); + GCODES_ITEM_N(1, MSG_SELECT_E, PSTR("T1")); #endif #if E_MANUAL // The current extruder - SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_E, [](){ _menu_move_distance(E_AXIS, [](){ lcd_move_e(); }, -1); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_E, []{ _menu_move_distance(E_AXIS, []{ lcd_move_e(); }, -1); }); - #define SUBMENU_MOVE_E(N) SUBMENU(MSG_MOVE_E##N, [](){ _menu_move_distance(E_AXIS, [](){ lcd_move_e(N); }, N); }); + #define SUBMENU_MOVE_E(N) SUBMENU_N(N, MSG_MOVE_EN, []{ _menu_move_distance(E_AXIS, []{ lcd_move_e(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); #if EITHER(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER, SWITCHING_NOZZLE) @@ -362,25 +350,10 @@ void menu_move() { SUBMENU_MOVE_E(2); #endif - #else + #elif E_MANUAL > 1 // Independent extruders with one E-stepper per hotend - #if E_MANUAL > 1 - SUBMENU_MOVE_E(0); - SUBMENU_MOVE_E(1); - #if E_MANUAL > 2 - SUBMENU_MOVE_E(2); - #if E_MANUAL > 3 - SUBMENU_MOVE_E(3); - #if E_MANUAL > 4 - SUBMENU_MOVE_E(4); - #if E_MANUAL > 5 - SUBMENU_MOVE_E(5); - #endif // E_MANUAL > 5 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 4 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 3 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 2 - #endif // E_MANUAL > 1 + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < E_MANUAL; n++) SUBMENU_MOVE_E(n); #endif @@ -414,7 +387,7 @@ void menu_motion() { // // Auto Home // - GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME, PSTR("G28")); + GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME, G28_STR); #if ENABLED(INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU) GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME_X, PSTR("G28 X")); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_AUTO_HOME_Y, PSTR("G28 Y")); @@ -450,7 +423,7 @@ void menu_motion() { } #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) editable.decimal = planner.z_fade_height; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT, &editable.decimal, 0, 100, [](){ set_z_fade_height(editable.decimal); }); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT, &editable.decimal, 0, 100, []{ set_z_fade_height(editable.decimal); }); #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_service.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_service.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 0d305d0281e1..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_service.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -// -// Service Menus -// - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU && HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS - -#include "menu.h" -#include "../../module/printcounter.h" - -inline void _service_reset(const int index) { - print_job_timer.resetServiceInterval(index); - #if HAS_BUZZER - ui.completion_feedback(); - #endif - ui.reset_status(); - ui.return_to_status(); -} - -#if SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 - void menu_service1() { - char sram[30]; - strncpy_P(sram, PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_1), 29); - do_select_screen( - GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_RESET), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), - []{ _service_reset(1); }, - ui.goto_previous_screen, - GET_TEXT(MSG_SERVICE_RESET), sram, PSTR("?") - ); - } -#endif - -#if SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 > 0 - void menu_service2() { - char sram[30]; - strncpy_P(sram, PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_2), 29); - do_select_screen( - GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_RESET), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), - []{ _service_reset(2); }, - ui.goto_previous_screen, - GET_TEXT(MSG_SERVICE_RESET), sram, PSTR("?") - ); - } -#endif - -#if SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 > 0 - void menu_service3() { - char sram[30]; - strncpy_P(sram, PSTR(SERVICE_NAME_3), 29); - do_select_screen( - GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_RESET), GET_TEXT(MSG_BUTTON_CANCEL), - []{ _service_reset(3); }, - ui.goto_previous_screen, - GET_TEXT(MSG_SERVICE_RESET), sram, PSTR("?") - ); - } -#endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU && HAS_SERVICE_INTERVALS diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp index 0d9d16bffe3e..d2483b9d3f4f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_temperature.cpp @@ -87,14 +87,14 @@ void _lcd_preheat(const int16_t endnum, const int16_t temph, const int16_t tempb #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND || HAS_HEATED_BED #define _PREHEAT_ITEMS(M,N) do{ \ - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_##M##_H##N, [](){ _preheat_both(M-1, N); }); \ - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_##M##_END_E##N, [](){ _preheat_end(M-1, N); }); \ + ACTION_ITEM_N(N, MSG_PREHEAT_##M##_H, []{ _preheat_both(M-1, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); \ + ACTION_ITEM_N(N, MSG_PREHEAT_##M##_END_E, []{ _preheat_end(M-1, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); \ }while(0) #if HAS_HEATED_BED #define PREHEAT_ITEMS(M,N) _PREHEAT_ITEMS(M,N) #else #define PREHEAT_ITEMS(M,N) \ - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_##M##_H##N, [](){ _preheat_end(M-1, N); }) + ACTION_ITEM_N(N, MSG_PREHEAT_##M##_H, []{ _preheat_end(M-1, MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }) #endif void menu_preheat_m1() { @@ -102,28 +102,16 @@ void _lcd_preheat(const int16_t endnum, const int16_t temph, const int16_t tempb BACK_ITEM(MSG_TEMPERATURE); #if HOTENDS == 1 #if HAS_HEATED_BED - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1, [](){ _preheat_both(0, 0); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1_END, [](){ _preheat_end(0, 0); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1, []{ _preheat_both(0, 0); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1_END, []{ _preheat_end(0, 0); }); #else - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1, [](){ _preheat_end(0, 0); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1, []{ _preheat_end(0, 0); }); #endif #elif HOTENDS > 1 #if HAS_HEATED_BED _PREHEAT_ITEMS(1,0); #endif - PREHEAT_ITEMS(1,1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - PREHEAT_ITEMS(1,2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - PREHEAT_ITEMS(1,3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - PREHEAT_ITEMS(1,4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - PREHEAT_ITEMS(1,5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 + for (uint8_t n = 1; n < HOTENDS; n++) PREHEAT_ITEMS(1,n); ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1_ALL, []() { #if HAS_HEATED_BED _preheat_bed(0); @@ -132,7 +120,7 @@ void _lcd_preheat(const int16_t endnum, const int16_t temph, const int16_t tempb }); #endif // HOTENDS > 1 #if HAS_HEATED_BED - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY, [](){ _preheat_bed(0); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1_BEDONLY, []{ _preheat_bed(0); }); #endif END_MENU(); } @@ -142,28 +130,16 @@ void _lcd_preheat(const int16_t endnum, const int16_t temph, const int16_t tempb BACK_ITEM(MSG_TEMPERATURE); #if HOTENDS == 1 #if HAS_HEATED_BED - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2, [](){ _preheat_both(1, 0); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2_END, [](){ _preheat_end(1, 0); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2, []{ _preheat_both(1, 0); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2_END, []{ _preheat_end(1, 0); }); #else - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2, [](){ _preheat_end(1, 0); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2, []{ _preheat_end(1, 0); }); #endif #elif HOTENDS > 1 #if HAS_HEATED_BED _PREHEAT_ITEMS(2,0); #endif - PREHEAT_ITEMS(2,1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - PREHEAT_ITEMS(2,2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - PREHEAT_ITEMS(2,3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - PREHEAT_ITEMS(2,4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - PREHEAT_ITEMS(2,5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 + for (uint8_t n = 1; n < HOTENDS; n++) PREHEAT_ITEMS(2,n); ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2_ALL, []() { #if HAS_HEATED_BED _preheat_bed(1); @@ -172,7 +148,7 @@ void _lcd_preheat(const int16_t endnum, const int16_t temph, const int16_t tempb }); #endif // HOTENDS > 1 #if HAS_HEATED_BED - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY, [](){ _preheat_bed(1); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2_BEDONLY, []{ _preheat_bed(1); }); #endif END_MENU(); } @@ -194,24 +170,11 @@ void menu_temperature() { // Nozzle [1-5]: // #if HOTENDS == 1 - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_NOZZLE, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15, [](){ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(0); }); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_NOZZLE, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(0); }); #elif HOTENDS > 1 - #define EDIT_TARGET(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_NOZZLE_##N, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[N].target, 0, HEATER_##N##_MAXTEMP - 15, [](){ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(N); }) - EDIT_TARGET(0); - EDIT_TARGET(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - EDIT_TARGET(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - EDIT_TARGET(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - EDIT_TARGET(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - EDIT_TARGET(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 + HOTEND_LOOP() + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(int3, e, MSG_NOZZLE_N, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[e].target, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + #endif #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(uint16_3, MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY, &singlenozzle_temp[active_extruder ? 0 : 1], 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15); @@ -228,34 +191,79 @@ void menu_temperature() { // Chamber: // #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_CHAMBER, &thermalManager.temp_chamber.target, 0, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - 5, thermalManager.start_watching_chamber); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_CHAMBER, &thermalManager.temp_chamber.target, 0, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - 10, thermalManager.start_watching_chamber); #endif // // Fan Speed: // #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + + auto on_fan_update = []{ + thermalManager.set_fan_speed(MenuItemBase::itemIndex, editable.uint8); + }; + + #if HAS_FAN1 || HAS_FAN2 || HAS_FAN3 || HAS_FAN4 || HAS_FAN5 || HAS_FAN6 || HAS_FAN7 + auto fan_edit_items = [&](const uint8_t f) { + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[f]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_FAN_SPEED_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); + #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[f], 3, 255); + #endif + }; + #endif + + #define SNFAN(N) (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && !HAS_FAN##N && EXTRUDERS > N) + #if SNFAN(1) || SNFAN(2) || SNFAN(3) || SNFAN(4) || SNFAN(5) || SNFAN(6) || SNFAN(7) + auto singlenozzle_item = [&](const uint8_t f) { + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[f]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_STORED_FAN_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); + }; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN0 editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[0]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_FAN_SPEED_1, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, [](){ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(0, editable.uint8); }); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 0, MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[0], 3, 255); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 0, MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[0], 3, 255); #endif #endif - #if HAS_FAN1 || (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 1) - editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[1]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_FAN_SPEED_2, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, [](){ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(1, editable.uint8); }); - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[1], 3, 255); - #endif + #if HAS_FAN1 + fan_edit_items(1); + #elif SNFAN(1) + singlenozzle_item(1); #endif - #if HAS_FAN2 || (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 2) - editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[2]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_FAN_SPEED_3, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, [](){ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(2, editable.uint8); }); - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[2], 3, 255); - #endif + #if HAS_FAN2 + fan_edit_items(2); + #elif SNFAN(2) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + fan_edit_items(3); + #elif SNFAN(3) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + fan_edit_items(4); + #elif SNFAN(4) + singlenozzle_item(1); #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + fan_edit_items(5); + #elif SNFAN(5) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + fan_edit_items(6); + #elif SNFAN(6) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + fan_edit_items(7); + #elif SNFAN(7) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND @@ -263,12 +271,12 @@ void menu_temperature() { // // Preheat for Material 1 and 2 // - #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_2 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_3 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_4 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 || HAS_HEATED_BED + #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_2 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_3 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_4 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_5 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_6 != 0 || TEMP_SENSOR_7 != 0 || HAS_HEATED_BED SUBMENU(MSG_PREHEAT_1, menu_preheat_m1); SUBMENU(MSG_PREHEAT_2, menu_preheat_m2); #else - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1, [](){ _preheat_end(0, 0); }); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2, [](){ _preheat_end(1, 0); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_1, []{ _preheat_end(0, 0); }); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_PREHEAT_2, []{ _preheat_end(1, 0); }); #endif // diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp index ee74b9517140..ff6a50ccfc5c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tmc.cpp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #include "../../module/stepper/indirection.h" #include "../../feature/tmc_util.h" -#define TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(ST,MSG) EDIT_ITEM_P(uint16_4, PSTR(MSG), &stepper##ST.val_mA, 100, 3000, [](){ stepper##ST.refresh_stepper_current(); }) +#define TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(ST,MSG) EDIT_ITEM_P(uint16_4, PSTR(MSG), &stepper##ST.val_mA, 100, 3000, []{ stepper##ST.refresh_stepper_current(); }) void menu_tmc_current() { START_MENU(); @@ -58,6 +58,9 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Z3, MSG_Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(Z4, MSG_Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E0, LCD_STR_E0); #endif @@ -76,12 +79,18 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E5, LCD_STR_E5); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E6, LCD_STR_E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_I_RMS(E7, LCD_STR_E7); + #endif END_MENU(); } #if ENABLED(HYBRID_THRESHOLD) - #define TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(ST, MSG) EDIT_ITEM_P(uint8, PSTR(MSG), &stepper##ST.stored.hybrid_thrs, 0, 255, [](){ stepper##ST.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); }); + #define TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(ST, MSG) EDIT_ITEM_P(uint8, PSTR(MSG), &stepper##ST.stored.hybrid_thrs, 0, 255, []{ stepper##ST.refresh_hybrid_thrs(); }); void menu_tmc_hybrid_thrs() { START_MENU(); @@ -107,6 +116,9 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Z3, MSG_Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(Z4, MSG_Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E0, LCD_STR_E0); #endif @@ -125,6 +137,12 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E5, LCD_STR_E5); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E6, LCD_STR_E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + TMC_EDIT_STORED_HYBRID_THRS(E7, LCD_STR_E7); + #endif END_MENU(); } @@ -132,7 +150,7 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) - #define TMC_EDIT_STORED_SGT(ST) EDIT_ITEM_P(int4, PSTR(MSG_##ST), &stepper##ST.stored.homing_thrs, stepper##ST.sgt_min, stepper##ST.sgt_max, [](){ stepper##ST.refresh_homing_thrs(); }); + #define TMC_EDIT_STORED_SGT(ST) EDIT_ITEM_P(int4, PSTR(MSG_##ST), &stepper##ST.stored.homing_thrs, stepper##ST.sgt_min, stepper##ST.sgt_max, []{ stepper##ST.refresh_homing_thrs(); }); void menu_tmc_homing_thrs() { START_MENU(); @@ -156,7 +174,7 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP - #define TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(ST, MSG) EDIT_ITEM_P(bool, PSTR(MSG), &stepper##ST.stored.stealthChop_enabled, [](){ stepper##ST.refresh_stepping_mode(); }) + #define TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(ST, MSG) EDIT_ITEM_P(bool, PSTR(MSG), &stepper##ST.stored.stealthChop_enabled, []{ stepper##ST.refresh_stepping_mode(); }) void menu_tmc_step_mode() { START_MENU(); @@ -183,6 +201,9 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Z3, MSG_Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(Z4, MSG_Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E0, LCD_STR_E0); #endif @@ -201,6 +222,12 @@ void menu_tmc_current() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E5, LCD_STR_E5); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E6, LCD_STR_E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + TMC_EDIT_STEP_MODE(E7, LCD_STR_E7); + #endif END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp index e89d18995c28..1610c2d5eb2c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_tune.cpp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #include "../../module/motion.h" #include "../../module/planner.h" #include "../../module/temperature.h" -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #if HAS_LEVELING #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" @@ -53,14 +53,19 @@ void _lcd_babystep(const AxisEnum axis, PGM_P const msg) { if (ui.use_click()) return ui.goto_previous_screen_no_defer(); if (ui.encoderPosition) { - const int16_t steps = int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) * (BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR); + const int16_t steps = int16_t(ui.encoderPosition) * ( + #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) + axis != Z_AXIS ? BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY : + #endif + BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z + ); ui.encoderPosition = 0; ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_REDRAW_NOW); babystep.add_steps(axis, steps); } if (ui.should_draw()) { const float spm = planner.steps_to_mm[axis]; - draw_edit_screen(msg, ftostr54sign(spm * babystep.accum)); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(msg, LCD_Z_OFFSET_FUNC(spm * babystep.accum)); #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL) const bool in_view = (true #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD @@ -76,7 +81,7 @@ #endif lcd_put_u8str_P(GET_TEXT(MSG_BABYSTEP_TOTAL)); lcd_put_wchar(':'); - lcd_put_u8str(ftostr54sign(spm * babystep.axis_total[BS_TOTAL_AXIS(axis)])); + lcd_put_u8str(LCD_Z_OFFSET_FUNC(spm * babystep.axis_total[BS_TOTAL_AXIS(axis)])); } #endif } @@ -121,24 +126,11 @@ void menu_tune() { // Nozzle [1-4]: // #if HOTENDS == 1 - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_NOZZLE, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15, [](){ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(0); }); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_NOZZLE, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target, 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(0); }); #elif HOTENDS > 1 - #define EDIT_NOZZLE(N) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(int3, MSG_NOZZLE_##N, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[N].target, 0, HEATER_##N##_MAXTEMP - 15, [](){ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(N); }) - EDIT_NOZZLE(0); - EDIT_NOZZLE(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - EDIT_NOZZLE(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - EDIT_NOZZLE(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - EDIT_NOZZLE(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - EDIT_NOZZLE(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 + HOTEND_LOOP() + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(int3, e, MSG_NOZZLE_N, &thermalManager.temp_hotend[e].target, 0, heater_maxtemp[e] - 15, []{ thermalManager.start_watching_hotend(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + #endif #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) EDIT_ITEM_FAST(uint16_3, MSG_NOZZLE_STANDBY, &singlenozzle_temp[active_extruder ? 0 : 1], 0, HEATER_0_MAXTEMP - 15); @@ -155,60 +147,97 @@ void menu_tune() { // Fan Speed: // #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + + auto on_fan_update = []{ + thermalManager.set_fan_speed(MenuItemBase::itemIndex, editable.uint8); + }; + + #if HAS_FAN1 || HAS_FAN2 || HAS_FAN3 || HAS_FAN4 || HAS_FAN5 || HAS_FAN6 || HAS_FAN7 + auto fan_edit_items = [&](const uint8_t f) { + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[f]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_FAN_SPEED_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); + #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_N, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[f], 3, 255); + #endif + }; + #endif + + #define SNFAN(N) (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && !HAS_FAN##N && EXTRUDERS > N) + #if SNFAN(1) || SNFAN(2) || SNFAN(3) || SNFAN(4) || SNFAN(5) || SNFAN(6) || SNFAN(7) + auto singlenozzle_item = [&](const uint8_t f) { + editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[f]; + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, f, MSG_STORED_FAN_N, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); + }; + #endif + #if HAS_FAN0 - #if FAN_COUNT == 1 - #define MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED MSG_FAN_SPEED - #define MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - #else - #define MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED MSG_FAN_SPEED_1 - #define MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_1 - #endif editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[0]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, [](){ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(0, editable.uint8); }); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 0, MSG_FIRST_FAN_SPEED, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, on_fan_update); #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[0], 3, 255); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST_N(percent, 0, MSG_FIRST_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[0], 3, 255); #endif #endif - #if HAS_FAN1 || (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 1) - editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[1]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_FAN_SPEED_2, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, [](){ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(1, editable.uint8); }); - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_2, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[1], 3, 255); - #endif + #if HAS_FAN1 + fan_edit_items(1); + #elif SNFAN(1) + singlenozzle_item(1); #endif - #if HAS_FAN2 || (ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) && EXTRUDERS > 2) - editable.uint8 = thermalManager.fan_speed[2]; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_FAN_SPEED_3, &editable.uint8, 0, 255, [](){ thermalManager.set_fan_speed(2, editable.uint8); }); - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_FAN_SPEED) - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(percent, MSG_EXTRA_FAN_SPEED_3, &thermalManager.new_fan_speed[2], 3, 255); - #endif + #if HAS_FAN2 + fan_edit_items(2); + #elif SNFAN(2) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + fan_edit_items(3); + #elif SNFAN(3) + singlenozzle_item(1); #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + fan_edit_items(4); + #elif SNFAN(4) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + fan_edit_items(5); + #elif SNFAN(5) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + fan_edit_items(6); + #elif SNFAN(6) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + fan_edit_items(7); + #elif SNFAN(7) + singlenozzle_item(1); + #endif + #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 // // Flow: - // Flow [1-5]: - // - #if EXTRUDERS == 1 - EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_FLOW, &planner.flow_percentage[0], 10, 999, [](){ planner.refresh_e_factor(0); }); - #elif EXTRUDERS - EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_FLOW, &planner.flow_percentage[active_extruder], 10, 999, [](){ planner.refresh_e_factor(active_extruder); }); - #define EDIT_FLOW(N) EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_FLOW_##N, &planner.flow_percentage[N], 10, 999, [](){ planner.refresh_e_factor(N); }) - EDIT_FLOW(0); - EDIT_FLOW(1); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - EDIT_FLOW(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - EDIT_FLOW(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - EDIT_FLOW(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - EDIT_FLOW(5); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS + // + #if EXTRUDERS + EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_FLOW, &planner.flow_percentage[active_extruder], 10, 999, []{ planner.refresh_e_factor(active_extruder); }); + // Flow En: + #if EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_N(int3, n, MSG_FLOW_N, &planner.flow_percentage[n], 10, 999, []{ planner.refresh_e_factor(MenuItemBase::itemIndex); }); + #endif + #endif + + // + // Advance K: + // + #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) && DISABLED(SLIM_LCD_MENUS) + #if EXTRUDERS == 1 + EDIT_ITEM(float52, MSG_ADVANCE_K, &planner.extruder_advance_K[0], 0, 999); + #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 + for (uint8_t n = 0; n < EXTRUDERS; n++) + EDIT_ITEM_N(float52, n, MSG_ADVANCE_K_E, &planner.extruder_advance_K[n], 0, 999); + #endif + #endif // // Babystep X: @@ -217,8 +246,8 @@ void menu_tune() { // #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_XY) - SUBMENU(MSG_BABYSTEP_X, [](){ _lcd_babystep_go(_lcd_babystep_x); }); - SUBMENU(MSG_BABYSTEP_Y, [](){ _lcd_babystep_go(_lcd_babystep_y); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_BABYSTEP_X, []{ _lcd_babystep_go(_lcd_babystep_x); }); + SUBMENU(MSG_BABYSTEP_Y, []{ _lcd_babystep_go(_lcd_babystep_y); }); #endif #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) SUBMENU(MSG_ZPROBE_ZOFFSET, lcd_babystep_zoffset); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp index 74a51f0b7b7f..5e2bee4d356e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_ubl.cpp @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ static void _lcd_mesh_fine_tune(PGM_P msg) { } if (ui.should_draw()) { - draw_edit_screen(msg, ftostr43sign(mesh_edit_value)); + MenuEditItemBase::draw_edit_screen(msg, ftostr43sign(mesh_edit_value)); #if ENABLED(MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY) _lcd_zoffset_overlay_gfx(mesh_edit_value); #endif @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ void lcd_z_offset_edit_setup(const float &initial) { */ void _lcd_ubl_build_custom_mesh() { char ubl_lcd_gcode[20]; - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); + queue.inject_P(G28_STR); #if HAS_HEATED_BED sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("M190 S%i"), custom_bed_temp); lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode); @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ void _menu_ubl_height_adjust() { START_MENU(); BACK_ITEM(MSG_EDIT_MESH); EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_AMOUNT, &ubl_height_amount, -9, 9, _lcd_ubl_adjust_height_cmd); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_edit_mesh() { GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_ALL, PSTR("G29 P4 R999 T")); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_FINE_TUNE_CLOSEST, PSTR("G29 P4 T")); SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_MESH_HEIGHT_ADJUST, _menu_ubl_height_adjust); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_validate_custom_mesh() { #endif ; sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("G26 C B%i H%i P"), temp, custom_hotend_temp); - lcd_enqueue_one_now_P(PSTR("G28")); + lcd_enqueue_one_now_P(G28_STR); lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode); } @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_validate_mesh() { GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_MESH_M2, PSTR("G28\nG26 C B0 H" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) " P")); #endif ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_VALIDATE_CUSTOM_MESH, _lcd_ubl_validate_custom_mesh); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_grid_level() { START_MENU(); BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_TOOLS); EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_UBL_SIDE_POINTS, &side_points, 2, 6); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL, [](){ + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_MESH_LEVEL, []{ char ubl_lcd_gcode[12]; sprintf_P(ubl_lcd_gcode, PSTR("G29 J%i"), side_points); lcd_enqueue_one_now(ubl_lcd_gcode); @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_mesh_leveling() { BACK_ITEM(MSG_UBL_TOOLS); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_3POINT_MESH_LEVELING, PSTR("G29 J0")); SUBMENU(MSG_UBL_GRID_MESH_LEVELING, _lcd_ubl_grid_level); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ void _menu_ubl_fillin() { EDIT_ITEM(int3, MSG_UBL_FILLIN_AMOUNT, &ubl_fillin_amount, 0, 9, _lcd_ubl_fillin_amount_cmd); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_SMART_FILLIN, PSTR("G29 P3 T0")); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_MANUAL_FILLIN, PSTR("G29 P2 B T0")); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_build_mesh() { GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_CONTINUE_MESH, PSTR("G29 P1 C")); ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_ALL, _lcd_ubl_invalidate); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_INVALIDATE_CLOSEST, PSTR("G29 I")); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_WATCH, ui.return_to_status); + ACTION_ITEM(MSG_INFO_SCREEN, ui.return_to_status); END_MENU(); } @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd() { if (ui.use_click()) return _lcd_ubl_map_lcd_edit_cmd(); if (ui.encoderPosition) { - step_scaler += int16_t(ui.encoderPosition); + step_scaler += int32_t(ui.encoderPosition); x_plot += step_scaler / (ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM); ui.encoderPosition = 0; ui.refresh(LCDVIEW_REDRAW_NOW); @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd() { void _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd_cmd() { if (!all_axes_known()) { set_all_unhomed(); - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); + queue.inject_P(G28_STR); } ui.goto_screen(_lcd_ubl_map_homing); } @@ -531,7 +531,6 @@ void _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd_cmd() { * Output for Host * Output for CSV * Off Printer Backup - * Output Mesh Map */ void _lcd_ubl_output_map() { START_MENU(); @@ -539,7 +538,6 @@ void _lcd_ubl_output_map() { GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_HOST, PSTR("G29 T0")); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_CSV, PSTR("G29 T1")); GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP_BACKUP, PSTR("G29 S-1")); - ACTION_ITEM(MSG_UBL_OUTPUT_MAP, _lcd_ubl_output_map_lcd_cmd); END_MENU(); } @@ -617,7 +615,7 @@ void _lcd_ubl_level_bed() { GCODES_ITEM(MSG_UBL_INFO_UBL, PSTR("G29 W")); #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) editable.decimal = planner.z_fade_height; - EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT, &editable.decimal, 0, 100, [](){ set_z_fade_height(editable.decimal); }); + EDIT_ITEM_FAST(float3, MSG_Z_FADE_HEIGHT, &editable.decimal, 0, 100, []{ set_z_fade_height(editable.decimal); }); #endif END_MENU(); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/thermistornames.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/thermistornames.h index a87474301034..9cfb80fba3d8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/thermistornames.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/thermistornames.h @@ -36,6 +36,8 @@ #define THERMISTOR_NAME "User Parameters" // Thermcouples +#elif THERMISTOR_ID == -5 + #define THERMISTOR_NAME "MAX31865" #elif THERMISTOR_ID == -4 #define THERMISTOR_NAME "AD8495" #elif THERMISTOR_ID == -3 @@ -83,7 +85,9 @@ #elif THERMISTOR_ID == 18 #define THERMISTOR_NAME "ATC Semitec 204GT-2" #elif THERMISTOR_ID == 20 - #define THERMISTOR_NAME "Pt100 UltiMB" + #define THERMISTOR_NAME "Pt100 UltiMB 5v" +#elif THERMISTOR_ID == 21 + #define THERMISTOR_NAME "Pt100 UltiMB 3.3v" #elif THERMISTOR_ID == 201 #define THERMISTOR_NAME "Pt100 OverLord" #elif THERMISTOR_ID == 60 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp index 229b79f1ddb5..35366d761c01 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.cpp @@ -26,19 +26,27 @@ #include "../feature/leds/leds.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) + #include "../feature/host_actions.h" +#endif + // All displays share the MarlinUI class +#include "ultralcd.h" +MarlinUI ui; + #if HAS_DISPLAY + #include "../module/printcounter.h" + #include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" - #include "ultralcd.h" #include "fontutils.h" - MarlinUI ui; #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) #define START_OF_UTF8_CHAR(C) (((C) & 0xC0u) != 0x80u) #endif - #if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #include "../feature/host_actions.h" - #endif +#endif + +#if LCD_HAS_WAIT_FOR_MOVE + bool MarlinUI::wait_for_move; // = false #endif #if HAS_SPI_LCD @@ -59,17 +67,18 @@ #if ENABLED(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) MarlinUI::progress_t MarlinUI::progress_override; // = 0 + #if BOTH(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY, USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME) + uint32_t MarlinUI::remaining_time; + #endif #endif -#if HAS_BUZZER - #include "../libs/buzzer.h" +#if ENABLED(PCA9632_BUZZER) || USE_BEEPER + #include "../libs/buzzer.h" // for BUZZ() macro #if ENABLED(PCA9632_BUZZER) #include "../feature/leds/pca9632.h" #endif void MarlinUI::buzz(const long duration, const uint16_t freq) { - #if ENABLED(LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER) - lcd.buzz(duration, freq); - #elif ENABLED(PCA9632_BUZZER) + #if ENABLED(PCA9632_BUZZER) pca9632_buzz(duration, freq); #elif USE_BEEPER buzzer.tone(duration, freq); @@ -88,15 +97,8 @@ #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" #include "../module/planner.h" -#include "../module/printcounter.h" #include "../module/motion.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" - -#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #include "../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" -#endif - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" #endif @@ -105,6 +107,10 @@ #include "../feature/tmc_util.h" #endif +#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #include "../module/thermistor/thermistors.h" +#endif + #if HAS_ENCODER_ACTION volatile uint8_t MarlinUI::buttons; #if HAS_SLOW_BUTTONS @@ -137,7 +143,7 @@ millis_t MarlinUI::next_button_update_ms; // = 0 // Encoder Handling #if HAS_ENCODER_ACTION - uint16_t MarlinUI::encoderPosition; + uint32_t MarlinUI::encoderPosition; volatile int8_t encoderDiff; // Updated in update_buttons, added to encoderPosition every LCD update #endif @@ -177,6 +183,7 @@ millis_t MarlinUI::next_button_update_ms; // = 0 #endif screenFunc_t MarlinUI::currentScreen; // Initialized in CTOR + bool MarlinUI::screen_changed; #if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) bool MarlinUI::encoderRateMultiplierEnabled; @@ -192,6 +199,7 @@ millis_t MarlinUI::next_button_update_ms; // = 0 #endif #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + uint8_t MarlinUI::touch_buttons; uint8_t MarlinUI::repeat_delay; #endif @@ -295,6 +303,10 @@ void MarlinUI::init() { SET_INPUT_PULLUP(BTN_ENC); #endif + #if BUTTON_EXISTS(BACK) + SET_INPUT_PULLUP(BTN_BACK); + #endif + #if BUTTON_EXISTS(UP) SET_INPUT(BTN_UP); #endif @@ -460,7 +472,7 @@ bool MarlinUI::get_blink() { #endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - if (!homed && RRK(EN_KEYPAD_F1)) queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); + if (!homed && RRK(EN_KEYPAD_F1)) queue.inject_P(G28_STR); return true; } @@ -765,59 +777,49 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { static bool wait_for_unclick; // = false #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - - #define TOUCH_MENU_MASK 0x80 - - static bool arrow_pressed; // = false - - // Handle touch events which are slow to read - if (ELAPSED(ms, next_button_update_ms)) { - uint8_t touch_buttons = touch.read_buttons(); - if (touch_buttons) { - RESET_STATUS_TIMEOUT(); - if (touch_buttons & TOUCH_MENU_MASK) { // Processing Menu Area touch? - if (!wait_for_unclick) { // If not waiting for a debounce release: - wait_for_unclick = true; // - Set debounce flag to ignore continous clicks - wait_for_user = false; // - Any click clears wait for user - // TODO for next PR. - //uint8_t tpos = touch_buttons & ~(TOUCH_MENU_MASK); // Safe 7bit touched screen coordinate - next_button_update_ms = ms + 500; // Defer next check for 1/2 second - #if HAS_LCD_MENU - refresh(); - #endif - } - touch_buttons = 0; // Swallow the touch - } - buttons |= (touch_buttons & (EN_C | EN_D)); // Pass on Click and Back buttons - if (touch_buttons & (EN_A | EN_B)) { // A and/or B button? + if (touch_buttons) { + RESET_STATUS_TIMEOUT(); + if (touch_buttons & (EN_A | EN_B)) { // Menu arrows, in priority + if (ELAPSED(ms, next_button_update_ms)) { encoderDiff = (ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM) * (ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP) * encoderDirection; if (touch_buttons & EN_A) encoderDiff *= -1; - next_button_update_ms = ms + repeat_delay; // Assume the repeat delay - if (!wait_for_unclick && !arrow_pressed) { // On click prepare for repeat - next_button_update_ms += 250; // Longer delay on first press - arrow_pressed = true; // Mark arrow as pressed + #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) + if (external_control) ubl.encoder_diff = encoderDiff; + #endif + next_button_update_ms = ms + repeat_delay; // Assume the repeat delay + if (!wait_for_unclick) { + next_button_update_ms += 250; // Longer delay on first press + wait_for_unclick = true; // Avoid Back/Select click while repeating #if HAS_BUZZER buzz(LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS, LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ); #endif } } } - if (!(touch_buttons & (EN_A | EN_B))) arrow_pressed = false; + else if (!wait_for_unclick && (buttons & EN_C)) { // OK button, if not waiting for a debounce release: + wait_for_unclick = true; // - Set debounce flag to ignore continous clicks + lcd_clicked = !wait_for_user && !no_reentry; // - Keep the click if not waiting for a user-click + wait_for_user = false; // - Any click clears wait for user + quick_feedback(); // - Always make a click sound + } } + else // keep wait_for_unclick value #endif // TOUCH_BUTTONS - // Integrated LCD click handling via button_pressed - if (!external_control && button_pressed()) { - if (!wait_for_unclick) { // If not waiting for a debounce release: - wait_for_unclick = true; // - Set debounce flag to ignore continous clicks - lcd_clicked = !wait_for_user && !no_reentry; // - Keep the click if not waiting for a user-click - wait_for_user = false; // - Any click clears wait for user - quick_feedback(); // - Always make a click sound + { + // Integrated LCD click handling via button_pressed + if (!external_control && button_pressed()) { + if (!wait_for_unclick) { // If not waiting for a debounce release: + wait_for_unclick = true; // - Set debounce flag to ignore continous clicks + lcd_clicked = !wait_for_user && !no_reentry; // - Keep the click if not waiting for a user-click + wait_for_user = false; // - Any click clears wait for user + quick_feedback(); // - Always make a click sound + } + } + else + wait_for_unclick = false; } - } - else - wait_for_unclick = false; if (LCD_BACK_CLICKED()) { quick_feedback(); @@ -882,8 +884,13 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { next_lcd_update_ms = ms + LCD_UPDATE_INTERVAL; #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - if (on_status_screen()) - next_lcd_update_ms += (LCD_UPDATE_INTERVAL) * 2; + + if (on_status_screen()) next_lcd_update_ms += (LCD_UPDATE_INTERVAL) * 2; + + #if HAS_ENCODER_ACTION + touch_buttons = touch.read_buttons(); + #endif + #endif #if ENABLED(LCD_HAS_STATUS_INDICATORS) @@ -1027,7 +1034,8 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { // If still drawing and there's another page, update max-time and return now. // The nextPage will already be set up on the next call. if (drawing_screen && (drawing_screen = u8g.nextPage())) { - NOLESS(max_display_update_time, millis() - ms); + if (on_status_screen()) + NOLESS(max_display_update_time, millis() - ms); return; } } @@ -1044,7 +1052,8 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { // Keeping track of the longest time for an individual LCD update. // Used to do screen throttling when the planner starts to fill up. - NOLESS(max_display_update_time, millis() - ms); + if (on_status_screen()) + NOLESS(max_display_update_time, millis() - ms); } #if HAS_LCD_MENU && LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS @@ -1100,31 +1109,33 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #endif // Calculate the ADC value for the voltage divider with specified pull-down resistor value - #define ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(r) (int(4096.0 * (ADC_BUTTONS_VALUE_SCALE) * r / (r + ADC_BUTTONS_R_PULLUP))) + #define ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(r) int(HAL_ADC_RANGE * (ADC_BUTTONS_VALUE_SCALE) * r / (r + ADC_BUTTONS_R_PULLUP)) + static constexpr uint16_t adc_button_tolerance = HAL_ADC_RANGE * 25 / 1024, + adc_other_button = HAL_ADC_RANGE * 1000 / 1024; static const _stADCKeypadTable_ stADCKeyTable[] PROGMEM = { // VALUE_MIN, VALUE_MAX, KEY - { 4000, 4096, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_F1 }, // F1 - { 4000, 4096, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_F2 }, // F2 - { 4000, 4096, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_F3 }, // F3 - { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_LEFT_R_PULLDOWN) - 100, - ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_LEFT_R_PULLDOWN) + 100, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_LEFT }, // LEFT ( 272 ... 472) - { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_RIGHT_R_PULLDOWN) - 100, - ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_RIGHT_R_PULLDOWN) + 100, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_RIGHT }, // RIGHT (1948 ... 2148) - { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_UP_R_PULLDOWN) - 100, - ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_UP_R_PULLDOWN) + 100, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_UP }, // UP ( 618 ... 818) - { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_DOWN_R_PULLDOWN) - 100, - ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_DOWN_R_PULLDOWN) + 100, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_DOWN }, // DOWN (2686 ... 2886) - { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_MIDDLE_R_PULLDOWN) - 100, - ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_MIDDLE_R_PULLDOWN) + 100, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_MIDDLE }, // ENTER (1205 ... 1405) + { adc_other_button, HAL_ADC_RANGE, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_F1 }, // F1 + { adc_other_button, HAL_ADC_RANGE, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_F2 }, // F2 + { adc_other_button, HAL_ADC_RANGE, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_F3 }, // F3 + { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_LEFT_R_PULLDOWN) - adc_button_tolerance, + ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_LEFT_R_PULLDOWN) + adc_button_tolerance, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_LEFT }, // LEFT ( 272 ... 472) + { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_RIGHT_R_PULLDOWN) - adc_button_tolerance, + ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_RIGHT_R_PULLDOWN) + adc_button_tolerance, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_RIGHT }, // RIGHT (1948 ... 2148) + { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_UP_R_PULLDOWN) - adc_button_tolerance, + ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_UP_R_PULLDOWN) + adc_button_tolerance, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_UP }, // UP ( 618 ... 818) + { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_DOWN_R_PULLDOWN) - adc_button_tolerance, + ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_DOWN_R_PULLDOWN) + adc_button_tolerance, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_DOWN }, // DOWN (2686 ... 2886) + { ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_MIDDLE_R_PULLDOWN) - adc_button_tolerance, + ADC_BUTTON_VALUE(ADC_BUTTONS_MIDDLE_R_PULLDOWN) + adc_button_tolerance, 1 + BLEN_KEYPAD_MIDDLE }, // ENTER (1205 ... 1405) }; uint8_t get_ADC_keyValue() { if (thermalManager.ADCKey_count >= 16) { - const uint16_t currentkpADCValue = thermalManager.current_ADCKey_raw << 2; - thermalManager.current_ADCKey_raw = 1024; + const uint16_t currentkpADCValue = thermalManager.current_ADCKey_raw; + thermalManager.current_ADCKey_raw = HAL_ADC_RANGE; thermalManager.ADCKey_count = 0; - if (currentkpADCValue < 4000) + if (currentkpADCValue < adc_other_button) for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ADC_KEY_NUM; i++) { const uint16_t lo = pgm_read_word(&stADCKeyTable[i].ADCKeyValueMin), hi = pgm_read_word(&stADCKeyTable[i].ADCKeyValueMax); @@ -1229,11 +1240,18 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #endif // UP || DWN || LFT || RT - buttons = newbutton + buttons = (newbutton #if HAS_SLOW_BUTTONS | slow_buttons #endif - ; + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) && HAS_ENCODER_ACTION + | (touch_buttons + #if HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL + & (~(EN_A | EN_B)) + #endif + ) + #endif + ); #elif HAS_ADC_BUTTONS @@ -1250,13 +1268,13 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #if HAS_SHIFT_ENCODER - GET_SHIFT_BUTTON_STATES( + GET_SHIFT_BUTTON_STATES(( #if ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) keypad_buttons #else buttons #endif - ); + )); #endif @@ -1355,6 +1373,10 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { void MarlinUI::set_status(const char * const message, const bool persist) { if (alert_level) return; + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + host_action_notify(message); + #endif + // Here we have a problem. The message is encoded in UTF8, so // arbitrarily cutting it will be a problem. We MUST be sure // that there is no cutting in the middle of a multibyte character! @@ -1394,6 +1416,10 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { if (level < alert_level) return; alert_level = level; + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + host_action_notify(message); + #endif + // Since the message is encoded in UTF8 it must // only be cut on a character boundary. @@ -1422,9 +1448,6 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #endif } - #include "../Marlin.h" - #include "../module/printcounter.h" - PGM_P print_paused = GET_TEXT(MSG_PRINT_PAUSED); /** @@ -1499,10 +1522,6 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { synchronize(GET_TEXT(MSG_PAUSE_PRINT)); #endif - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - if (recovery.enabled) recovery.save(true, false); - #endif - #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) host_prompt_open(PROMPT_PAUSE_RESUME, PSTR("UI Pause"), PSTR("Resume")); #endif @@ -1526,7 +1545,7 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #if ENABLED(PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE) wait_for_heatup = wait_for_user = false; #endif - if (IS_SD_PAUSED()) queue.inject_P(PSTR("M24")); + if (IS_SD_PAUSED()) queue.inject_P(M24_STR); #ifdef ACTION_ON_RESUME host_action_resume(); #endif @@ -1554,4 +1573,34 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #endif -#endif // HAS_DISPLAY +#else // !HAS_DISPLAY + + // + // Send the status line as a host notification + // + + void MarlinUI::set_status(const char * const message, const bool) { + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + host_action_notify(message); + #else + UNUSED(message); + #endif + } + + void MarlinUI::set_status_P(PGM_P message, const int8_t) { + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + host_action_notify(message); + #else + UNUSED(message); + #endif + } + + void MarlinUI::status_printf_P(const uint8_t, PGM_P const message, ...) { + #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) + host_action_notify(message); + #else + UNUSED(message); + #endif + } + +#endif // !HAS_DISPLAY diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h index 31a94a124dab..c98d3d562788 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/ultralcd.h @@ -27,17 +27,17 @@ #include "../libs/buzzer.h" #endif -#define HAS_DIGITAL_BUTTONS (!HAS_ADC_BUTTONS && ENABLED(NEWPANEL) || BUTTON_EXISTS(EN1, EN2) || ANY_BUTTON(ENC, BACK, UP, DWN, LFT, RT)) -#define HAS_SHIFT_ENCODER (!HAS_ADC_BUTTONS && (ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) || (HAS_SPI_LCD && DISABLED(NEWPANEL)))) -#define HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL ((!HAS_ADC_BUTTONS && ENABLED(NEWPANEL)) || BUTTON_EXISTS(EN1, EN2)) #define HAS_ENCODER_ACTION (HAS_LCD_MENU || ENABLED(ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY)) +#define HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL ((!HAS_ADC_BUTTONS && ENABLED(NEWPANEL)) || BUTTON_EXISTS(EN1, EN2)) +#define HAS_DIGITAL_BUTTONS (HAS_ENCODER_WHEEL || ANY_BUTTON(ENC, BACK, UP, DWN, LFT, RT)) +#define HAS_SHIFT_ENCODER (!HAS_ADC_BUTTONS && (ENABLED(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD) || (HAS_SPI_LCD && DISABLED(NEWPANEL)))) // I2C buttons must be read in the main thread #define HAS_SLOW_BUTTONS EITHER(LCD_I2C_VIKI, LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #include "../Marlin.h" + #include "../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) #include "../feature/pause.h" @@ -153,6 +153,8 @@ #if ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) + #include + #define B_I2C_BTN_OFFSET 3 // (the first three bit positions reserved for EN_A, EN_B, EN_C) // button and encoder bit positions within 'buttons' @@ -302,10 +304,16 @@ class MarlinUI { static void set_progress(const progress_t p) { progress_override = _MIN(p, 100U * (PROGRESS_SCALE)); } static void set_progress_done() { progress_override = (PROGRESS_MASK + 1U) + 100U * (PROGRESS_SCALE); } static void progress_reset() { if (progress_override & (PROGRESS_MASK + 1U)) set_progress(0); } + #if BOTH(LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY, USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME) + static uint32_t remaining_time; + FORCE_INLINE static void set_remaining_time(const uint32_t r) { remaining_time = r; } + FORCE_INLINE static uint32_t get_remaining_time() { return remaining_time; } + FORCE_INLINE static void reset_remaining_time() { set_remaining_time(0); } + #endif #endif static progress_t _get_progress(); #if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS_PERMYRIAD - static uint16_t get_progress_permyriad() { return _get_progress(); } + FORCE_INLINE static uint16_t get_progress_permyriad() { return _get_progress(); } #endif static uint8_t get_progress_percent() { return uint8_t(_get_progress() / (PROGRESS_SCALE)); } #else @@ -319,9 +327,9 @@ class MarlinUI { static bool detected(); static LCDViewAction lcdDrawUpdate; - static inline bool should_draw() { return bool(lcdDrawUpdate); } - static inline void refresh(const LCDViewAction type) { lcdDrawUpdate = type; } - static inline void refresh() { refresh(LCDVIEW_CLEAR_CALL_REDRAW); } + FORCE_INLINE static bool should_draw() { return bool(lcdDrawUpdate); } + FORCE_INLINE static void refresh(const LCDViewAction type) { lcdDrawUpdate = type; } + FORCE_INLINE static void refresh() { refresh(LCDVIEW_CLEAR_CALL_REDRAW); } #if ENABLED(SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN) static void draw_custom_bootscreen(const uint8_t frame=0); @@ -351,7 +359,7 @@ class MarlinUI { static void draw_progress_bar(const uint8_t percent); #if PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE > 0 static millis_t expire_status_ms; // = 0 - static inline void reset_progress_bar_timeout() { expire_status_ms = 0; } + FORCE_INLINE static void reset_progress_bar_timeout() { expire_status_ms = 0; } #endif #endif @@ -362,7 +370,7 @@ class MarlinUI { #if HAS_LCD_CONTRAST static int16_t contrast; static void set_contrast(const int16_t value); - static inline void refresh_contrast() { set_contrast(contrast); } + FORCE_INLINE static void refresh_contrast() { set_contrast(contrast); } #endif #if BOTH(FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY, SDSUPPORT) @@ -398,14 +406,16 @@ class MarlinUI { #else // No LCD + // Send status to host as a notification + void set_status(const char* message, const bool=false); + void set_status_P(PGM_P message, const int8_t=0); + void status_printf_P(const uint8_t, PGM_P message, ...); + static inline void init() {} static inline void update() {} static inline void refresh() {} static inline void return_to_status() {} static inline void set_alert_status_P(PGM_P const) {} - static inline void set_status(const char* const, const bool=false) {} - static inline void set_status_P(PGM_P const, const int8_t=0) {} - static inline void status_printf_P(const uint8_t, PGM_P const, ...) {} static inline void reset_status() {} static inline void reset_alert_level() {} static constexpr bool has_status() { return false; } @@ -415,6 +425,7 @@ class MarlinUI { #if HAS_LCD_MENU #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + static uint8_t touch_buttons; static uint8_t repeat_delay; #endif @@ -459,29 +470,30 @@ class MarlinUI { static void synchronize(PGM_P const msg=nullptr); static screenFunc_t currentScreen; + static bool screen_changed; static void goto_screen(const screenFunc_t screen, const uint16_t encoder=0, const uint8_t top=0, const uint8_t items=0); static void save_previous_screen(); - static void goto_previous_screen( - #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - const bool is_back - #endif - ); + // goto_previous_screen and go_back may also be used as menu item callbacks #if ENABLED(TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM) - // Various menu items require a "void (*)()" to point to - // this function so a default argument *won't* work - static inline void goto_previous_screen() { goto_previous_screen(false); } + static void _goto_previous_screen(const bool is_back); + static inline void goto_previous_screen() { _goto_previous_screen(false); } + static inline void go_back() { _goto_previous_screen(true); } + #else + static void _goto_previous_screen(); + FORCE_INLINE static void goto_previous_screen() { _goto_previous_screen(); } + FORCE_INLINE static void go_back() { _goto_previous_screen(); } #endif static void return_to_status(); static inline bool on_status_screen() { return currentScreen == status_screen; } - static inline void run_current_screen() { (*currentScreen)(); } + FORCE_INLINE static void run_current_screen() { (*currentScreen)(); } #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) static void lcd_in_status(const bool inStatus); #endif - static inline void defer_status_screen(const bool defer=true) { + FORCE_INLINE static void defer_status_screen(const bool defer=true) { #if LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS defer_return_to_status = defer; #else @@ -499,7 +511,7 @@ class MarlinUI { #endif #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - static inline void chirp() { + FORCE_INLINE static void chirp() { #if HAS_BUZZER buzz(LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS, LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ); #endif @@ -516,14 +528,16 @@ class MarlinUI { static constexpr bool lcd_clicked = false; static constexpr bool on_status_screen() { return true; } - static inline void run_current_screen() { status_screen(); } + FORCE_INLINE static void run_current_screen() { status_screen(); } #endif - #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) && EITHER(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING) - static bool wait_for_bl_move; + #define LCD_HAS_WAIT_FOR_MOVE EITHER(DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU, DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) || (ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) && EITHER(PROBE_MANUALLY, MESH_BED_LEVELING)) + + #if LCD_HAS_WAIT_FOR_MOVE + static bool wait_for_move; #else - static constexpr bool wait_for_bl_move = false; + static constexpr bool wait_for_move = false; #endif #if HAS_LCD_MENU && EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, G26_MESH_VALIDATION) @@ -552,7 +566,7 @@ class MarlinUI { static void wait_for_release(); #endif - static uint16_t encoderPosition; + static uint32_t encoderPosition; #if ENABLED(REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION) #define ENCODERBASE -1 @@ -562,22 +576,27 @@ class MarlinUI { #if EITHER(REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION, REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION) static int8_t encoderDirection; - static inline void encoder_direction_normal() { encoderDirection = ENCODERBASE; } #else static constexpr int8_t encoderDirection = ENCODERBASE; - static inline void encoder_direction_normal() {} #endif - #if ENABLED(REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION) - static inline void encoder_direction_menus() { encoderDirection = -(ENCODERBASE); } - #else - static inline void encoder_direction_menus() {} - #endif - #if ENABLED(REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION) - static inline void encoder_direction_select() { encoderDirection = -(ENCODERBASE); } - #else - static inline void encoder_direction_select() {} - #endif + FORCE_INLINE static void encoder_direction_normal() { + #if EITHER(REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION, REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION) + encoderDirection = ENCODERBASE; + #endif + } + + FORCE_INLINE static void encoder_direction_menus() { + #if ENABLED(REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION) + encoderDirection = -(ENCODERBASE); + #endif + } + + FORCE_INLINE static void encoder_direction_select() { + #if ENABLED(REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION) + encoderDirection = -(ENCODERBASE); + #endif + } #else diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/000_l6470_read_me.md b/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/000_l6470_read_me.md deleted file mode 100644 index 712ced551b79..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/000_l6470_read_me.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -Arduino-6470 library revision 0.7.0 or above is required. - -This software can be used with any L647x chip and the powerSTEP01. L647x and powerSTEP01 devices can not be mixed within a system. A flag in the library must be set to enable use of a powerSTEP01. - -These devices use voltage PWMs to drive the stepper phases. Phase current is not directly controlled. Each microstep corresponds to a particular PWM duty cycle. The KVAL\_HOLD register scales the PWM duty cycle. - -This software assumes that all L6470 drivers are in one SPI daisy chain. - -``` - The hardware setup is: - - MOSI from controller tied to SDI on the first device - - SDO of the first device is tied to SDI of the next device - - SDO of the last device is tied to MISO of the controller - - all devices share the same SCK, SS\_PIN and RESET\_PIN - - Each L6470 passes the data it saw on its SDI to its neighbor on the **NEXT** SPI cycle (8 bit delay). - - Each L6470 acts on the **last** SPI data it saw when the SS\_PIN **goes high**. -``` - -The L6470 drivers operate in STEP\_CLOCK mode. In this mode the direction and enable are done via SPI commands and the phase currents are changed in response to step pulses (generated in the usual way). - -There are two different SPI routines used. - -- **uint8\_t** L6470\_Transfer(uint8\_t data, int \_SSPin, const uint8\_t chain\_position) is used to setup the chips and by the maintenance/status code. This code uses the Arduino-6470 library. - -- **void** L6470\_Transfer(uint8\_t L6470\_buf[], const uint8\_t length) is used by the set\_directions() routine to send the direction/enable commands. The library is NOT used by this code. - -**HARDWARE/SOFTWARE interaction** - -Powering up a stepper and setting the direction are done by the same command. Can't do one without the other. - -**All** directions are set **every time** a new block is popped off the queue by the stepper ISR. - -SPI transfers, when setting the directions, are minimized by using arrays and a SPI routine dedicated to this function. L6470 library calls are not used. For N L6470 drivers, this results in a N byte transfer. If library calls were used then N\*N bytes would be sent. - -**Power up (reset) sequence:** - -1. Stepper objects are created before the **setup()** entry point is reached. - -2. After the **setup()** entry point is reached and before the steppers are initialized, L6470\_init() is called to do the following - -3. If present, the hardware reset is pulsed. - -4. The L6470\_chain array is populated during **setup()**. This array is used to tell where in the SPI stream the commands/data for an stepper is positioned. - -5. The L6470 soft SPI pins are initialized. - -6. The L6470 chips are initialized during **setup()**. They can be re-initialized using the **L6470\_init\_to\_defaults()** function - -The steppers are **NOT** powered up during this sequence. - -**L6470\_chain** array - -This array is used by all routines that transmit SPI data. - -``` - Location 0 - number of drivers in chain - - Location 1 - axis index for first device in the chain (closest to MOSI) - - ... - - Location N - axis index for last device in the N device long chain (closest to MISO) -``` - -**Direction set and enable** - -The DIR\_WRITE macros for the L6470 drivers are written so that the standard X, Y, Z and extruder logic used by the set\_directions() routine is not altered. These macros write the correct forward/reverse command to the corresponding location in the array *L6470\_dir\_commands*. - -At the end of the set\_directions() routine, the array *L6470\_chain* is used to grab the corresponding direction/enable commands out of the array *L6470\_dir\_commands* and put them in the correct sequence in the array *L6470\_buf*. Array *L6470\_buf* is then passed to the **void** L6470\_Transfer function which actually sends the data to the devices. - -**Utilities and misc** - -The **absolute position** registers should accurately reflect Marlin’s stepper position counts. They are set to zero during initialization. G28 sets them to the Marlin counts for the corresponding axis after homing. NOTE – these registers are often the negative of the Marlin counts. This is because the Marlin counts reflect the logical direction while the registers reflect the stepper direction. The register contents are displayed via the M114 D command. - -The **L6470\_monitor** feature reads the status of each device every half second. It will report if there are any error conditions present or if communications has been lost/restored. The KVAL\_HOLD value is reduced every 2 – 2.5 seconds if the thermal warning or thermal shutdown conditions are present. - -**M122** displays the settings of most of the bits in the status register plus a couple of other items. - -**M906** can be used to set the KVAL\_HOLD register one driver at a time. If a setting is not included with the command then the contents of the registers that affect the phase current/voltage are displayed. - -**M916, M917 & M918** - -These utilities are used to tune the system. They can get you in the ballpark for acceptable jerk, acceleration, top speed and KVAL\_HOLD settings. In general they seem to provide an overly optimistic KVAL\_HOLD setting because of the lag between setting KVAL\_HOLD and the driver reaching final temperature. Enabling the **L6470\_monitor** feature during prints will provide the **final useful KVAL\_HOLD setting**. - -The amount of power needed to move the stepper without skipping steps increases as jerk, acceleration and top speed increase. The power dissipated by the driver increases as the power to the stepper increases. The net result is a balancing act between jerk, acceleration, top speed and power dissipated by the driver. - -**M916 -** Increases KVAL\_HOLD while moving one axis until get thermal warning. This routine is also useful for determining the approximate KVAL\_HOLD where the stepper stops losing steps. The sound will get noticeably quieter as it stops losing steps. - -**M917 -** Find minimum current thresholds. This is done by doing the following steps while moving an axis: - -1. Decrease OCD current until overcurrent error - -2. Increase OCD until overcurrent error goes away - -3. Decrease stall threshold until stall error - -4. Increase stall until stall error goes away - -**M918 -** Increase speed until error or max feedrate achieved. diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 549ba3c364ed..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,796 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * The monitor_driver routines are a close copy of the TMC code - */ - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - -#include "L6470_Marlin.h" - -L6470_Marlin L6470; - -#include "../../module/stepper/indirection.h" -#include "../../module/planner.h" -#include "../../gcode/gcode.h" - -#define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) -#include "../../core/debug_out.h" - -uint8_t L6470_Marlin::dir_commands[MAX_L6470]; // array to hold direction command for each driver - -char L6470_Marlin::index_to_axis[MAX_L6470][3] = { "X ", "Y ", "Z ", "X2", "Y2", "Z2", "Z3", "E0", "E1", "E2", "E3", "E4", "E5" }; - -bool L6470_Marlin::index_to_dir[MAX_L6470] = { - INVERT_X_DIR , // 0 X - INVERT_Y_DIR , // 1 Y - INVERT_Z_DIR , // 2 Z - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - INVERT_X_DIR ^ INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR , // 3 X2 - #else - INVERT_X_DIR , // 3 X2 - #endif - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - INVERT_Y_DIR ^ INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR , // 4 Y2 - #else - INVERT_Y_DIR , // 4 Y2 - #endif - INVERT_Z_DIR , // 5 Z2 - INVERT_Z_DIR , // 6 Z3 - INVERT_E0_DIR , // 7 E0 - INVERT_E1_DIR , // 8 E1 - INVERT_E2_DIR , // 9 E2 - INVERT_E3_DIR , //10 E3 - INVERT_E4_DIR , //11 E4 - INVERT_E5_DIR , //12 E5 -}; - -uint8_t L6470_Marlin::axis_xref[MAX_L6470] = { - AxisEnum(X_AXIS), // X - AxisEnum(Y_AXIS), // Y - AxisEnum(Z_AXIS), // Z - AxisEnum(X_AXIS), // X2 - AxisEnum(Y_AXIS), // Y2 - AxisEnum(Z_AXIS), // Z2 - AxisEnum(Z_AXIS), // Z3 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E0 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E1 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E2 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E3 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS), // E4 - AxisEnum(E_AXIS) // E5 -}; - -volatile bool L6470_Marlin::spi_abort = false; -bool L6470_Marlin::spi_active = false; - -void L6470_Marlin::populate_chain_array() { - - #define _L6470_INIT_SPI(Q) do{ stepper##Q.set_chain_info(Q, Q##_CHAIN_POS); }while(0) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_SPI(E5); - #endif -} - -void L6470_Marlin::init() { // Set up SPI and then init chips - #if PIN_EXISTS(L6470_RESET_CHAIN) - OUT_WRITE(L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN, LOW); // hardware reset of drivers - delay(1); - OUT_WRITE(L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN, HIGH); - delay(1); // need about 650uS for the chip to fully start up - #endif - populate_chain_array(); // Set up array to control where in the SPI transfer sequence a particular stepper's data goes - L6470_spi_init(); // Set up L6470 soft SPI pins - init_to_defaults(); // init the chips -} - -uint16_t L6470_Marlin::get_status(const uint8_t axis) { - - #define GET_L6470_STATUS(Q) stepper##Q.getStatus() - - switch (axis) { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - case 0: return GET_L6470_STATUS(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - case 1: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - case 2: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - case 3: return GET_L6470_STATUS(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - case 4: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - case 5: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - case 6: return GET_L6470_STATUS(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - case 7: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - case 8: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - case 9: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - case 10: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - case 11: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - case 12: return GET_L6470_STATUS(E5); - #endif - } - - return 0; // Not needed but kills a compiler warning -} - -uint32_t L6470_Marlin::get_param(uint8_t axis, uint8_t param) { - - #define GET_L6470_PARAM(Q) L6470_GETPARAM(param,Q) - - switch (axis) { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - case 0: return GET_L6470_PARAM(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - case 1: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - case 2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - case 3: return GET_L6470_PARAM(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - case 4: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - case 5: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - case 6: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - case 7: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - case 8: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - case 9: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - case 10: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - case 11: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - case 12: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E5); - #endif - } - - return 0 ; // not needed but kills a compiler warning -} - -void L6470_Marlin::set_param(uint8_t axis, uint8_t param, uint32_t value) { - - #define SET_L6470_PARAM(Q) stepper##Q.SetParam(param, value) - - switch (axis) { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - case 0: SET_L6470_PARAM(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - case 1: SET_L6470_PARAM(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - case 2: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - case 3: SET_L6470_PARAM(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - case 4: SET_L6470_PARAM(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - case 5: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - case 6: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - case 7: SET_L6470_PARAM(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - case 8: SET_L6470_PARAM(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - case 9: SET_L6470_PARAM(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - case 10: SET_L6470_PARAM(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - case 11: SET_L6470_PARAM(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - case 12: SET_L6470_PARAM(E5); - #endif - } -} - -inline void echo_min_max(const char a, const float &min, const float &max) { - DEBUG_CHAR(' '); DEBUG_CHAR(a); - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" min = ", min); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" max = ", max); -} -inline void echo_oct_used(const float &oct, const bool stall) { - DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("over_current_threshold used : ", oct); - serialprintPGM(stall ? PSTR(" (Stall") : PSTR(" (OCD")); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" threshold)"); -} -inline void err_out_of_bounds() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("ERROR - motion out of bounds"); } - -bool L6470_Marlin::get_user_input(uint8_t &driver_count, uint8_t axis_index[3], char axis_mon[3][3], - float &position_max, float &position_min, float &final_feedrate, uint8_t &kval_hold, - bool over_current_flag, uint8_t &OCD_TH_val, uint8_t &STALL_TH_val, uint16_t &over_current_threshold -) { - // Return TRUE if the calling routine needs to abort/kill - - uint16_t displacement = 0; // " = 0" to eliminate compiler warning - uint8_t j; // general purpose counter - - if (!all_axes_homed()) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("ERROR - home all before running this command"); - //return true; - } - - LOOP_XYZE(i) if (uint16_t _displacement = parser.intval(axis_codes[i])) { - displacement = _displacement; - uint8_t axis_offset = parser.byteval('J'); - axis_mon[0][0] = axis_codes[i]; // axis ASCII value (target character) - if (axis_offset >= 2 || axis_mon[0][0] == 'E') // Single axis, E0, or E1 - axis_mon[0][1] = axis_offset + '0'; - else if (axis_offset == 0) { // one or more axes - uint8_t driver_count_local = 0; // can't use "driver_count" directly as a subscript because it's passed by reference - for (j = 0; j < MAX_L6470; j++) // see how many drivers on this axis - if (axis_mon[0][0] == index_to_axis[j][0]) { - axis_mon[driver_count_local][0] = axis_mon[0][0]; - axis_mon[driver_count_local][1] = index_to_axis[j][1]; - axis_mon[driver_count_local][2] = index_to_axis[j][2]; // append end of string - axis_index[driver_count_local] = j; // set axis index - driver_count_local++; - } - driver_count = driver_count_local; - } - break; // only take first axis found - } - - // - // Position calcs & checks - // - - const xyze_pos_t center = { - LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position.x), - LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position.y), - LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position.z), - current_position.e - }; - - switch (axis_mon[0][0]) { - default: position_max = position_min = 0; break; - - case 'X': { - position_min = center.x - displacement; - position_max = center.x + displacement; - echo_min_max('X', position_min, position_max); - if (false - #ifdef X_MIN_POS - || position_min < (X_MIN_POS) - #endif - #ifdef X_MAX_POS - || position_max > (X_MAX_POS) - #endif - ) { - err_out_of_bounds(); - return true; - } - } break; - - case 'Y': { - position_min = center.y - displacement; - position_max = center.y + displacement; - echo_min_max('Y', position_min, position_max); - if (false - #ifdef Y_MIN_POS - || position_min < (Y_MIN_POS) - #endif - #ifdef Y_MAX_POS - || position_max > (Y_MAX_POS) - #endif - ) { - err_out_of_bounds(); - return true; - } - } break; - - case 'Z': { - position_min = center.z - displacement; - position_max = center.z + displacement; - echo_min_max('Z', position_min, position_max); - if (false - #ifdef Z_MIN_POS - || position_min < (Z_MIN_POS) - #endif - #ifdef Z_MAX_POS - || position_max > (Z_MAX_POS) - #endif - ) { - err_out_of_bounds(); - return true; - } - } break; - - case 'E': { - position_min = center.e - displacement; - position_max = center.e + displacement; - echo_min_max('E', position_min, position_max); - } break; - } - - // - // Work on the drivers - // - for (uint8_t k = 0; k < driver_count; k++) { - bool not_found = true; - for (j = 1; j <= L6470::chain[0]; j++) { - const char * const ind_axis = index_to_axis[L6470::chain[j]]; - if (ind_axis[0] == axis_mon[k][0] && ind_axis[1] == axis_mon[k][1]) { // See if a L6470 driver - not_found = false; - break; - } - } - if (not_found) { - driver_count = k; - axis_mon[k][0] = ' '; // mark this entry invalid - break; - } - } - - if (driver_count == 0) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("ERROR - not a L6470 axis"); - return true; - } - - DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Monitoring:"); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", axis_mon[j]); - L6470_EOL(); - - // now have a list of driver(s) to monitor - - // - // kVAL_HOLD checks & settings - // - - kval_hold = parser.byteval('K'); - if (kval_hold) { - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("kval_hold = ", kval_hold); - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); - } - else { - // only print the KVAL_HOLD from one of the drivers - kval_hold = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_KVAL_HOLD); - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("KVAL_HOLD = ", kval_hold); - } - - // - // Overcurrent checks & settings - // - - if (over_current_flag) { - - uint8_t OCD_TH_val_local = 0, // compiler thinks OCD_TH_val is unused if use it directly - STALL_TH_val_local = 0; // just in case ... - - over_current_threshold = parser.intval('I'); - - if (over_current_threshold) { - - OCD_TH_val_local = over_current_threshold/375; - LIMIT(OCD_TH_val_local, 0, 15); - STALL_TH_val_local = over_current_threshold/31.25; - LIMIT(STALL_TH_val_local, 0, 127); - uint16_t OCD_TH_actual = (OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, - STALL_TH_actual = (STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25; - if (OCD_TH_actual < STALL_TH_actual) { - OCD_TH_val_local++; - OCD_TH_actual = (OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375; - } - - DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("over_current_threshold specified: ", over_current_threshold); - echo_oct_used(STALL_TH_actual, true); - echo_oct_used(OCD_TH_actual, false); - - #define SET_OVER_CURRENT(Q) do { stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local);} while (0) - - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local); - } - } - else { - // only get & print the OVER_CURRENT values from one of the drivers - STALL_TH_val_local = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_STALL_TH); - OCD_TH_val_local = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_OCD_TH); - - echo_oct_used((STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25, true); - echo_oct_used((OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, false); - } // over_current_threshold - - for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { // set all drivers on axis the same - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); - set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local); - } - - OCD_TH_val = OCD_TH_val_local; // force compiler to update the main routine's copy - STALL_TH_val = STALL_TH_val_local; // force compiler to update the main routine's copy - } // end of overcurrent - - // - // Feedrate - // - - final_feedrate = parser.floatval('F'); - if (final_feedrate == 0) { - static constexpr float default_max_feedrate[] = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE; - const uint8_t num_feedrates = COUNT(default_max_feedrate); - for (j = 0; j < num_feedrates; j++) { - if (axis_codes[j] == axis_mon[0][0]) { - final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[j]; - break; - } - } - if (j == 3 && num_feedrates > 4) { // have more than one extruder feedrate - uint8_t extruder_num = axis_mon[0][1] - '0'; - if (j <= num_feedrates - extruder_num) // have a feedrate specifically for this extruder - final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[j + extruder_num]; - else - final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[3]; // use E0 feedrate for this extruder - } - final_feedrate *= 60; // convert to mm/minute - } // end of feedrate - - return false; // FALSE indicates no user input problems -} - -#if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) - inline void echo_yes_no(const bool yes) { serialprintPGM(yes ? PSTR("YES") : PSTR("NO ")); } -#endif - -void L6470_Marlin::say_axis(const uint8_t axis, const bool label/*=true*/) { - if (label) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("AXIS:"); - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_CHAR(index_to_axis[axis][0]); - SERIAL_CHAR(index_to_axis[axis][1]); - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); -} - -void L6470_Marlin::error_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const uint8_t axis) { // assumes status bits have been inverted - #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) - char temp_buf[10]; - say_axis(axis); - sprintf_P(temp_buf, PSTR(" %4x "), status); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - print_bin(status); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" THERMAL: "); - serialprintPGM((status & STATUS_TH_SD) ? PSTR("SHUTDOWN") : (status & STATUS_TH_WRN) ? PSTR("WARNING ") : PSTR("OK ")); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" OVERCURRENT: "); - echo_yes_no(status & STATUS_OCD); - DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" STALL: "); - echo_yes_no(status & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)); - L6470_EOL(); - #else - UNUSED(status); UNUSED(axis); - #endif -} - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -//// -//// MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS routines -//// -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - - struct L6470_driver_data { - uint8_t driver_index; - uint32_t driver_status; - bool is_otw; - uint8_t otw_counter; - bool is_ot; - bool is_hi_Z; - uint8_t com_counter; - }; - - L6470_driver_data driver_L6470_data[] = { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - { 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - { 3, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - { 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - { 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - { 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - { 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - { 8, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - { 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - { 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - { 11, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - { 12, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } - #endif - }; - - inline void append_stepper_err(char * &p, const uint8_t stepper_index, const char * const err=nullptr) { - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("Stepper %c%c "), char(index_to_axis[stepper_index][0]), char(index_to_axis[stepper_index][1])); - if (err) p += sprintf_P(p, err); - } - - void L6470_monitor_update(uint8_t stepper_index, uint16_t status) { - if (spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred - uint8_t kval_hold; - char temp_buf[120]; - char* p = &temp_buf[0]; - uint8_t j; - for (j = 0; j < L6470::chain[0]; j++) // find the table for this stepper - if (driver_L6470_data[j].driver_index == stepper_index) break; - - driver_L6470_data[j].driver_status = status; - uint16_t _status = ~status; // all error bits are active low - - if (status == 0 || status == 0xFFFF) { // com problem - if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter == 0) { // warn user when it first happens - driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter++; - append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - communications lost\n")); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - } - else { - driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter++; - if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter > 240) { // remind of com problem about every 2 minutes - driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter = 1; - append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - still no communications\n")); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - } - } - } - else { - if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter) { // comms re-established - driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter = 0; - append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - communications re-established\n.. setting all drivers to default values\n")); - DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); - init_to_defaults(); - } - else { - // no com problems - do the usual checks - if (_status & L6470_ERROR_MASK) { - append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index); - - if (status & STATUS_HIZ) { // the driver has shut down HiZ is active high - driver_L6470_data[j].is_hi_Z = true; - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%cIS SHUT DOWN"), ' '); - // if (_status & STATUS_TH_SD) { // strange - TH_SD never seems to go active, must be implied by the HiZ and TH_WRN - if (_status & STATUS_TH_WRN) { // over current shutdown - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%cdue to over temperature"), ' '); - driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = true; - kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD) - 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; - set_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); // reduce KVAL_HOLD - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - KVAL_HOLD reduced by %d to %d"), 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN, kval_hold); // let user know - } - else - driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = false; - } - else { - driver_L6470_data[j].is_hi_Z = false; - - if (_status & STATUS_TH_WRN) { // have an over temperature warning - driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = true; - driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter++; - kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD); - if (driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter > 4) { // otw present for 2 - 2.5 seconds, reduce KVAL_HOLD - kval_hold -= KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; - set_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); // reduce KVAL_HOLD - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - KVAL_HOLD reduced by %d to %d"), KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN, kval_hold); // let user know - driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter = 0; - driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = true; - } - else if (driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter) - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c- thermal warning"), ' '); // warn user - } - } - - #ifdef L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - if (_status & (STATUS_UVLO | STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD)) - kill(temp_buf); - #endif - - - #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) - - if (_status & STATUS_OCD) - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c over current"), ' '); - - if (_status & (STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B)) - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c stall"), ' '); - - if (_status & STATUS_UVLO) - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c under voltage lock out"), ' '); - - p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c\n"), ' '); - #endif - - DEBUG_ECHOLN(temp_buf); // print the error message - } - else { - driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = false; - driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter = 0; //clear out warning indicators - driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = false; - - } // end usual checks - } // comms established but have errors - } // comms re-established - } // end L6470_monitor_update() - - #define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Q) L6470_monitor_update(Q, stepper##Q.getStatus()) - - void L6470_Marlin::monitor_driver() { - static millis_t next_cOT = 0; - if (ELAPSED(millis(), next_cOT)) { - next_cOT = millis() + 500; - - spi_active = true; // let set_directions() know we're in the middle of a series of SPI transfers - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - MONITOR_L6470_DRIVE(E5); - #endif - - #if ENABLED(L6470_DEBUG) - if (report_L6470_status) L6470_EOL(); - #endif - - spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags - spi_abort = false; - } - } - -#endif // MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - -#endif // HAS_DRIVER(L6470) diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h b/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h deleted file mode 100644 index bc9a033e4a2d..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#include - -#define L6470_GETPARAM(P,Q) stepper##Q.GetParam(P) - -enum L6470_driver_enum : unsigned char { X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, MAX_L6470 }; - -#define L6470_ERROR_MASK (STATUS_UVLO | STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD | STATUS_OCD | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B) -#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_FWD dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK -#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_REV dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK+1 - -class L6470_Marlin { -public: - static bool index_to_dir[MAX_L6470]; - static uint8_t axis_xref[MAX_L6470]; - static char index_to_axis[MAX_L6470][3]; - static uint8_t dir_commands[MAX_L6470]; - - // Flags to guarantee graceful switch if stepper interrupts L6470 SPI transfer - static volatile bool spi_abort; - static bool spi_active; - - L6470_Marlin() {} - - static uint16_t get_status(const uint8_t axis); - - static uint32_t get_param(uint8_t axis, uint8_t param); - - static void set_param(uint8_t axis, uint8_t param, uint32_t value); - - static bool get_user_input(uint8_t &driver_count, uint8_t axis_index[3], char axis_mon[3][3], - float &position_max, float &position_min, float &final_feedrate, uint8_t &kval_hold, - bool over_current_flag, uint8_t &OCD_TH_val, uint8_t &STALL_TH_val, uint16_t &over_current_threshold); - - static void error_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const uint8_t axis); - - static void monitor_driver(); - - static void init(); - static void init_to_defaults(); - - static void say_axis(const uint8_t axis, const bool label=true); - -private: - void populate_chain_array(); -}; - -extern L6470_Marlin L6470; diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..645823a126b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,908 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * The monitor_driver routines are a close copy of the TMC code + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if HAS_L64XX + +#include "L64XX_Marlin.h" + +L64XX_Marlin L64xxManager; + +#include "../../module/stepper/indirection.h" +#include "../../gcode/gcode.h" +#include "../../module/planner.h" +#include "../../HAL/shared/Delay.h" + +void echo_yes_no(const bool yes) { serialprintPGM(yes ? PSTR(" YES") : PSTR(" NO ")); } + +static const char str_X[] PROGMEM = "X ", str_Y[] PROGMEM = "Y ", str_Z[] PROGMEM = "Z ", + str_X2[] PROGMEM = "X2", str_Y2[] PROGMEM = "Y2", + str_Z2[] PROGMEM = "Z2", str_Z3[] PROGMEM = "Z3", str_Z4[] PROGMEM = "Z4", + str_E0[] PROGMEM = "E0", str_E1[] PROGMEM = "E1", + str_E2[] PROGMEM = "E2", str_E3[] PROGMEM = "E3", + str_E4[] PROGMEM = "E4", str_E5[] PROGMEM = "E5", + str_E6[] PROGMEM = "E6", str_E7[] PROGMEM = "E7" + ; + +PGM_P const L64XX_Marlin::index_to_axis[] PROGMEM = { + str_X, str_Y, str_Z, str_X2, str_Y2, str_Z2, str_Z3, str_Z4, + str_E0, str_E1, str_E2, str_E3, str_E4, str_E5, str_E6, str_E7 +}; + +#define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) +#include "../../core/debug_out.h" + +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::dir_commands[MAX_L64XX]; // array to hold direction command for each driver + +const uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::index_to_dir[MAX_L64XX] = { + INVERT_X_DIR, INVERT_Y_DIR, INVERT_Z_DIR + , (INVERT_X_DIR) // X2 + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + ^ (INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR) + #endif + , (INVERT_Y_DIR) // Y2 + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + ^ (INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR) + #endif + , INVERT_Z_DIR, INVERT_Z_DIR, INVERT_Z_DIR // Z2,Z3,Z4 + + , INVERT_E0_DIR, INVERT_E1_DIR, INVERT_E2_DIR, INVERT_E3_DIR + , INVERT_E4_DIR, INVERT_E5_DIR, INVERT_E6_DIR, INVERT_E7_DIR +}; + +volatile uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::spi_abort = false; +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::spi_active = false; + +L64XX_Marlin::L64XX_shadow_t L64XX_Marlin::shadow; + +//uint32_t UVLO_ADC = 0x0400; // ADC undervoltage event + +void L6470_populate_chain_array() { + + #define _L6470_INIT_SPI(Q) do{ stepper##Q.set_chain_info(Q, Q##_CHAIN_POS); }while(0) + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + _L6470_INIT_SPI(E5); + #endif +} + + +/** + * Some status bit positions & definitions differ per driver. + * Copy info to known locations to simplfy check/display logic. + * 1. Copy stepper status + * 2. Copy status bit definitions + * 3. Copy status layout + * 4. Make all error bits active low (as needed) + */ +uint16_t L64XX_Marlin::get_stepper_status(L64XX &st) { + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_RAW = st.getStatus(); + shadow.STATUS_AXIS = shadow.STATUS_AXIS_RAW; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT = st.L6470_status_layout; + shadow.AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX = st.OCD_TH_MAX; + shadow.AXIS_STALL_TH_MAX = st.STALL_TH_MAX; + shadow.AXIS_OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV = st.OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV; + shadow.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV = st.STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV; + shadow.L6470_AXIS_CONFIG = st.L64XX_CONFIG; + shadow.L6470_AXIS_STATUS = st.L64XX_STATUS; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_OCD = st.STATUS_OCD; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_SCK_MOD = st.STATUS_SCK_MOD; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A = st.STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B = st.STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD = st.STATUS_TH_SD; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN = st.STATUS_TH_WRN; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO = st.STATUS_UVLO; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD = st.STATUS_WRONG_CMD; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_CMD_ERR = st.STATUS_CMD_ERR; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD = st.STATUS_NOTPERF_CMD; + + switch (shadow.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6470 + shadow.L6470_ERROR_MASK = shadow.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_OCD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS ^= (shadow.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD); // invert just error bits that are active high + break; + } + case L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6474 + shadow.L6470_ERROR_MASK = shadow.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_OCD ; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS ^= (shadow.STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD); // invert just error bits that are active high + break; + } + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: { // L6480 & powerSTEP01 + shadow.L6470_ERROR_MASK = shadow.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_OCD | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B; + shadow.STATUS_AXIS ^= (shadow.STATUS_AXIS_CMD_ERR | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | shadow.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD); // invert just error bits that are active high + break; + } + } + return shadow.STATUS_AXIS; +} + + +void L64XX_Marlin::init() { // Set up SPI and then init chips + ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(LOW); // hardware reset of drivers + DELAY_US(100); + ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(HIGH); + DELAY_US(1000); // need about 650µs for the chip(s) to fully start up + L6470_populate_chain_array(); // Set up array to control where in the SPI transfer sequence a particular stepper's data goes + + spi_init(); // Since L64XX SPI pins are unset we must init SPI here + + init_to_defaults(); // init the chips +} + +uint16_t L64XX_Marlin::get_status(const L64XX_axis_t axis) { + + #define STATUS_L6470(Q) get_stepper_status(stepper##Q) + + switch (axis) { + default: break; + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + case X : return STATUS_L6470(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + case Y : return STATUS_L6470(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + case Z : return STATUS_L6470(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + case X2: return STATUS_L6470(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + case Y2: return STATUS_L6470(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + case Z2: return STATUS_L6470(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + case Z3: return STATUS_L6470(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + case Z4: return STATUS_L6470(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + case E0: return STATUS_L6470(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + case E1: return STATUS_L6470(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + case E2: return STATUS_L6470(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + case E3: return STATUS_L6470(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + case E4: return STATUS_L6470(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + case E5: return STATUS_L6470(E5); + #endif + } + + return 0; // Not needed but kills a compiler warning +} + +uint32_t L64XX_Marlin::get_param(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t param) { + + #define GET_L6470_PARAM(Q) L6470_GETPARAM(param, Q) + + switch (axis) { + default: break; + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + case X : return GET_L6470_PARAM(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + case Y : return GET_L6470_PARAM(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + case Z : return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + case X2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + case Y2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + case Z2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + case Z3: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + case Z4: return GET_L6470_PARAM(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + case E0: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + case E1: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + case E2: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + case E3: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + case E4: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + case E5: return GET_L6470_PARAM(E5); + #endif + } + + return 0; // not needed but kills a compiler warning +} + +void L64XX_Marlin::set_param(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t param, const uint32_t value) { + + #define SET_L6470_PARAM(Q) stepper##Q.SetParam(param, value) + + switch (axis) { + default: break; + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + case X : SET_L6470_PARAM(X); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + case Y : SET_L6470_PARAM(Y); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + case Z : SET_L6470_PARAM(Z); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + case X2: SET_L6470_PARAM(X2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + case Y2: SET_L6470_PARAM(Y2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + case Z2: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + case Z3: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z3); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + case Z4: SET_L6470_PARAM(Z4); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + case E0: SET_L6470_PARAM(E0); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + case E1: SET_L6470_PARAM(E1); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + case E2: SET_L6470_PARAM(E2); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + case E3: SET_L6470_PARAM(E3); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + case E4: SET_L6470_PARAM(E4); break; + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + case E5: SET_L6470_PARAM(E5); break; + #endif + } +} + +inline void echo_min_max(const char a, const float &min, const float &max) { + DEBUG_CHAR(' '); DEBUG_CHAR(a); + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" min = ", min); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR(" max = ", max); +} +inline void echo_oct_used(const float &oct, const uint8_t stall) { + DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("over_current_threshold used : ", oct); + serialprintPGM(stall ? PSTR(" (Stall") : PSTR(" (OCD")); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM(" threshold)"); +} +inline void err_out_of_bounds() { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted - motion out of bounds"); } + +uint8_t L64XX_Marlin::get_user_input(uint8_t &driver_count, L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3], char axis_mon[3][3], + float &position_max, float &position_min, float &final_feedrate, uint8_t &kval_hold, + uint8_t over_current_flag, uint8_t &OCD_TH_val, uint8_t &STALL_TH_val, uint16_t &over_current_threshold +) { + // Return TRUE if the calling routine needs to abort/kill + + uint16_t displacement = 0; // " = 0" to eliminate compiler warning + uint8_t j; // general purpose counter + + if (!all_axes_homed()) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted - home all before running this command"); + return true; + } + + uint8_t found_displacement = false; + LOOP_XYZE(i) if (uint16_t _displacement = parser.intval(axis_codes[i])) { + found_displacement = true; + displacement = _displacement; + uint8_t axis_offset = parser.byteval('J'); + axis_mon[0][0] = axis_codes[i]; // Axis first character, one of XYZE + const bool single_or_e = axis_offset >= 2 || axis_mon[0][0] == 'E', + one_or_more = !single_or_e && axis_offset == 0; + uint8_t driver_count_local = 0; // Can't use "driver_count" directly as a subscript because it's passed by reference + if (single_or_e) // Single axis, E0, or E1 + axis_mon[0][1] = axis_offset + '0'; // Index given by 'J' parameter + + if (single_or_e || one_or_more) { + for (j = 0; j < MAX_L64XX; j++) { // Count up the drivers on this axis + PGM_P str = (PGM_P)pgm_read_ptr(&index_to_axis[j]); // Get a PGM_P from progmem + const char c = pgm_read_byte(str); // Get a char from progmem + if (axis_mon[0][0] == c) { // For each stepper on this axis... + char *mon = axis_mon[driver_count_local]; + *mon++ = c; // Copy the 3 letter axis name + *mon++ = pgm_read_byte(&str[1]); // to the axis_mon array + *mon = pgm_read_byte(&str[2]); + axis_index[driver_count_local] = (L64XX_axis_t)j; // And store the L64XX axis index + driver_count_local++; + } + } + if (one_or_more) driver_count = driver_count_local; + } + break; // only take first axis found + } + + if (!found_displacement) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted - AXIS with displacement is required"); + return true; + } + + // + // Position calcs & checks + // + + const float X_center = LOGICAL_X_POSITION(current_position.x), + Y_center = LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(current_position.y), + Z_center = LOGICAL_Z_POSITION(current_position.z), + E_center = current_position.e; + + switch (axis_mon[0][0]) { + default: position_max = position_min = 0; break; + + case 'X': { + position_min = X_center - displacement; + position_max = X_center + displacement; + echo_min_max('X', position_min, position_max); + if (false + #ifdef X_MIN_POS + || position_min < (X_MIN_POS) + #endif + #ifdef X_MAX_POS + || position_max > (X_MAX_POS) + #endif + ) { + err_out_of_bounds(); + return true; + } + } break; + + case 'Y': { + position_min = Y_center - displacement; + position_max = Y_center + displacement; + echo_min_max('Y', position_min, position_max); + if (false + #ifdef Y_MIN_POS + || position_min < (Y_MIN_POS) + #endif + #ifdef Y_MAX_POS + || position_max > (Y_MAX_POS) + #endif + ) { + err_out_of_bounds(); + return true; + } + } break; + + case 'Z': { + position_min = Z_center - displacement; + position_max = Z_center + displacement; + echo_min_max('Z', position_min, position_max); + if (false + #ifdef Z_MIN_POS + || position_min < (Z_MIN_POS) + #endif + #ifdef Z_MAX_POS + || position_max > (Z_MAX_POS) + #endif + ) { + err_out_of_bounds(); + return true; + } + } break; + + case 'E': { + position_min = E_center - displacement; + position_max = E_center + displacement; + echo_min_max('E', position_min, position_max); + } break; + } + + // + // Work on the drivers + // + + for (uint8_t k = 0; k < driver_count; k++) { + uint8_t not_found = true; + for (j = 1; j <= L64XX::chain[0]; j++) { + PGM_P const str = (PGM_P)pgm_read_ptr(&index_to_axis[L64XX::chain[j]]); + if (pgm_read_byte(&str[0]) == axis_mon[k][0] && pgm_read_byte(&str[1]) == axis_mon[k][1]) { // See if a L6470 driver + not_found = false; + break; + } + } + if (not_found) { + driver_count = k; + axis_mon[k][0] = ' '; // mark this entry invalid + break; + } + } + + if (driver_count == 0) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Test aborted - not a L6470 axis"); + return true; + } + + DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Monitoring:"); + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" ", axis_mon[j]); + DEBUG_EOL(); + + // now have a list of driver(s) to monitor + + // + // TVAL & kVAL_HOLD checks & settings + // + const L64XX_shadow_t &sh = shadow; + get_status(axis_index[0]); // populate shadow array + + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // L6474 - use TVAL + uint16_t TVAL_current = parser.ushortval('T'); + if (TVAL_current) { + uint8_t TVAL_count = (TVAL_current / sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV) - 1; + LIMIT(TVAL_count, 0, sh.AXIS_STALL_TH_MAX); + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) + set_param(axis_index[j], L6474_TVAL, TVAL_count); + } + // only print the tval from one of the drivers + kval_hold = get_param(axis_index[0], L6474_TVAL); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("TVAL current (mA) = ", (kval_hold + 1) * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV); + } + else { + kval_hold = parser.byteval('K'); + if (kval_hold) { + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("kval_hold = ", kval_hold); + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); + } + else { + // only print the KVAL_HOLD from one of the drivers + kval_hold = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_KVAL_HOLD); + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("KVAL_HOLD = ", kval_hold); + } + } + + // + // Overcurrent checks & settings + // + + if (over_current_flag) { + + uint8_t OCD_TH_val_local = 0, // compiler thinks OCD_TH_val is unused if use it directly + STALL_TH_val_local = 0; // just in case ... + + over_current_threshold = parser.intval('I'); + + if (over_current_threshold) { + + OCD_TH_val_local = over_current_threshold/375; + LIMIT(OCD_TH_val_local, 0, 15); + STALL_TH_val_local = over_current_threshold/31.25; + LIMIT(STALL_TH_val_local, 0, 127); + uint16_t OCD_TH_actual = (OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, + STALL_TH_actual = (STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25; + if (OCD_TH_actual < STALL_TH_actual) { + OCD_TH_val_local++; + OCD_TH_actual = (OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375; + } + + DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("over_current_threshold specified: ", over_current_threshold); + if (!(sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT)) echo_oct_used((STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25, true); + echo_oct_used((OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, false); + + #define SET_OVER_CURRENT(Q) do { stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local);} while (0) + + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local); + } + } + else { + // only get & print the OVER_CURRENT values from one of the drivers + STALL_TH_val_local = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_STALL_TH); + OCD_TH_val_local = get_param(axis_index[0], L6470_OCD_TH); + + if (!(sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT)) echo_oct_used((STALL_TH_val_local + 1) * 31.25, true); + echo_oct_used((OCD_TH_val_local + 1) * 375, false); + } // over_current_threshold + + for (j = 0; j < driver_count; j++) { // set all drivers on axis the same + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_STALL_TH, STALL_TH_val_local); + set_param(axis_index[j], L6470_OCD_TH, OCD_TH_val_local); + } + + OCD_TH_val = OCD_TH_val_local; // force compiler to update the main routine's copy + STALL_TH_val = STALL_TH_val_local; // force compiler to update the main routine's copy + } // end of overcurrent + + // + // Feedrate + // + + final_feedrate = parser.floatval('F'); + if (final_feedrate == 0) { + static constexpr float default_max_feedrate[] = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE; + const uint8_t num_feedrates = COUNT(default_max_feedrate); + for (j = 0; j < num_feedrates; j++) { + if (axis_codes[j] == axis_mon[0][0]) { + final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[j]; + break; + } + } + if (j == 3 && num_feedrates > 4) { // have more than one extruder feedrate + uint8_t extruder_num = axis_mon[0][1] - '0'; + if (j <= num_feedrates - extruder_num) // have a feedrate specifically for this extruder + final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[j + extruder_num]; + else + final_feedrate = default_max_feedrate[3]; // use E0 feedrate for this extruder + } + final_feedrate *= 60; // convert to mm/minute + } // end of feedrate + + return false; // FALSE indicates no user input problems +} + +void L64XX_Marlin::say_axis(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t label/*=true*/) { + if (label) SERIAL_ECHOPGM("AXIS:"); + const char * const str = L64xxManager.index_to_axis[axis]; + SERIAL_CHAR(' ', str[0], str[1], ' '); +} + +#if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + + // Assumes status bits have been inverted + void L64XX_Marlin::error_status_decode(const uint16_t status, const L64XX_axis_t axis, + const uint16_t _status_axis_th_sd, const uint16_t _status_axis_th_wrn, + const uint16_t _status_axis_step_loss_a, const uint16_t _status_axis_step_loss_b, + const uint16_t _status_axis_ocd, const uint8_t _status_axis_layout + ) { + say_axis(axis); + DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" THERMAL: "); + serialprintPGM((status & _status_axis_th_sd) ? PSTR("SHUTDOWN") : (status & _status_axis_th_wrn) ? PSTR("WARNING ") : PSTR("OK ")); + DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" OVERCURRENT: "); + echo_yes_no((status & _status_axis_ocd) != 0); + if (!(_status_axis_layout == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT)) { // L6474 doesn't have these bits + DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" STALL: "); + echo_yes_no((status & (_status_axis_step_loss_a | _status_axis_step_loss_b)) != 0); + } + DEBUG_EOL(); + } + +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//// +//// MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS routines +//// +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + + bool L64XX_Marlin::monitor_paused = false; // Flag to skip monitor during M122, M906, M916, M917, M918, etc. + + struct L6470_driver_data { + uint8_t driver_index; + uint32_t driver_status; + uint8_t is_otw; + uint8_t otw_counter; + uint8_t is_ot; + uint8_t is_hi_Z; + uint8_t com_counter; + }; + + L6470_driver_data driver_L6470_data[] = { + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + { 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + { 3, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + { 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + { 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + { 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + { 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + { 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + { 8, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + { 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + { 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + { 11, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + { 12, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } + #endif + }; + + void L64XX_Marlin::append_stepper_err(char* &p, const uint8_t stepper_index, const char * const err/*=nullptr*/) { + PGM_P const str = (PGM_P)pgm_read_ptr(&index_to_axis[stepper_index]); + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("Stepper %c%c "), pgm_read_byte(&str[0]), pgm_read_byte(&str[1])); + if (err) p += sprintf_P(p, err); + } + + void L64XX_Marlin::monitor_update(L64XX_axis_t stepper_index) { + if (spi_abort) return; // don't do anything if set_directions() has occurred + const L64XX_shadow_t &sh = shadow; + get_status(stepper_index); // get stepper status and details + uint16_t status = sh.STATUS_AXIS; + uint8_t kval_hold, tval; + char temp_buf[120], *p = temp_buf; + uint8_t j; + for (j = 0; j < L64XX::chain[0]; j++) // find the table for this stepper + if (driver_L6470_data[j].driver_index == stepper_index) break; + + driver_L6470_data[j].driver_status = status; + uint16_t _status = ~status; // all error bits are active low + + if (status == 0 || status == 0xFFFF) { // com problem + if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter == 0) { // warn user when it first happens + driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter++; + append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - communications lost\n")); + DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); + } + else { + driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter++; + if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter > 240) { // remind of com problem about every 2 minutes + driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter = 1; + append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - still no communications\n")); + DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); + } + } + } + else { + if (driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter) { // comms re-established + driver_L6470_data[j].com_counter = 0; + append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index, PSTR(" - communications re-established\n.. setting all drivers to default values\n")); + DEBUG_ECHO(temp_buf); + init_to_defaults(); + } + else { + // no com problems - do the usual checks + if (_status & sh.L6470_ERROR_MASK) { + append_stepper_err(p, stepper_index); + + if (status & STATUS_HIZ) { // The driver has shut down. HiZ is active high + driver_L6470_data[j].is_hi_Z = true; + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%cIS SHUT DOWN"), ' '); + //if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD) { // strange - TH_SD never seems to go active, must be implied by the HiZ and TH_WRN + if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN) { // over current shutdown + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%cdue to over temperature"), ' '); + driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = true; + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // L6474 + tval = get_param(stepper_index, L6474_TVAL) - 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; + set_param(stepper_index, L6474_TVAL, tval); // reduce TVAL + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - TVAL reduced by %d to %d mA"), uint16_t (2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV), uint16_t ((tval + 1) * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV)); // let user know + } + else { + kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD) - 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; + set_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); // reduce KVAL_HOLD + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - KVAL_HOLD reduced by %d to %d"), 2 * KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN, kval_hold); // let user know + } + } + else + driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = false; + } + else { + driver_L6470_data[j].is_hi_Z = false; + + if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN) { // have an over temperature warning + driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = true; + driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter++; + kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD); + if (driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter > 4) { // otw present for 2 - 2.5 seconds, reduce KVAL_HOLD + driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter = 0; + driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = true; + if (sh.STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT == L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT) { // L6474 + tval = get_param(stepper_index, L6474_TVAL) - KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; + set_param(stepper_index, L6474_TVAL, tval); // reduce TVAL + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - TVAL reduced by %d to %d mA"), uint16_t (KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV), uint16_t ((tval + 1) * sh.AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV)); // let user know + } + else { + kval_hold = get_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD) - KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN; + set_param(stepper_index, L6470_KVAL_HOLD, kval_hold); // reduce KVAL_HOLD + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR(" - KVAL_HOLD reduced by %d to %d"), KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN, kval_hold); // let user know + } + } + else if (driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter) + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c- thermal warning"), ' '); // warn user + } + } + + #if ENABLED(L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR) + if (_status & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN | sh.STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD)) + kill(temp_buf); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_OCD) + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c over current"), ' '); + + if (_status & (sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A | sh.STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B)) + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c stall"), ' '); + + if (_status & sh.STATUS_AXIS_UVLO) + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c under voltage lock out"), ' '); + + p += sprintf_P(p, PSTR("%c\n"), ' '); + #endif + + DEBUG_ECHOLN(temp_buf); // print the error message + } + else { + driver_L6470_data[j].is_ot = false; + driver_L6470_data[j].otw_counter = 0; //clear out warning indicators + driver_L6470_data[j].is_otw = false; + } // end usual checks + + } // comms established but have errors + } // comms re-established + } // end monitor_update() + + + void L64XX_Marlin::monitor_driver() { + static millis_t next_cOT = 0; + if (ELAPSED(millis(), next_cOT)) { + next_cOT = millis() + 500; + + if (!monitor_paused) { // Skip during M122, M906, M916, M917 or M918 (could steal status result from test) + + spi_active = true; // Tell set_directions() a series of SPI transfers is underway + + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + monitor_update(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + monitor_update(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + monitor_update(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + monitor_update(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + monitor_update(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + monitor_update(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + monitor_update(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + monitor_update(Z4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + monitor_update(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + monitor_update(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + monitor_update(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + monitor_update(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + monitor_update(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + monitor_update(E5); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(L6470_DEBUG) + if (report_L6470_status) DEBUG_EOL(); + #endif + + spi_active = false; // done with all SPI transfers - clear handshake flags + spi_abort = false; + } + } + } + +#endif // MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..08315fc68f6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#include +#if !(L6470_LIBRARY_VERSION >= 0x000800) + #error 'L6470_LIBRARY_VERSION 0x000800 or later required' +#endif + +#define L6470_GETPARAM(P,Q) stepper##Q.GetParam(P) + +#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK 0x58 +#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_FWD dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK +#define dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_REV dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK+1 +#define HAS_L64XX_EXTRUDER (AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) || AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5)) + +enum L64XX_axis_t : uint8_t { X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, MAX_L64XX }; + +class L64XX_Marlin : public L64XXHelper { +public: + static PGM_P const index_to_axis[MAX_L64XX]; + + static const uint8_t index_to_dir[MAX_L64XX]; + + static uint8_t dir_commands[MAX_L64XX]; + + // Flags to guarantee graceful switch if stepper interrupts L6470 SPI transfer + static volatile uint8_t spi_abort; + static uint8_t spi_active; + + L64XX_Marlin() {} + + static void init(); + static void init_to_defaults(); + + static uint16_t get_stepper_status(L64XX &st); + + static uint16_t get_status(const L64XX_axis_t axis); + + static uint32_t get_param(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t param); + + static void set_param(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t param, const uint32_t value); + + //static void send_command(const L64XX_axis_t axis, uint8_t command); + + static uint8_t get_user_input(uint8_t &driver_count, L64XX_axis_t axis_index[3], char axis_mon[3][3], + float &position_max, float &position_min, float &final_feedrate, uint8_t &kval_hold, + uint8_t over_current_flag, uint8_t &OCD_TH_val, uint8_t &STALL_TH_val, uint16_t &over_current_threshold); + + static void transfer(uint8_t L6470_buf[], const uint8_t length); + + static void say_axis(const L64XX_axis_t axis, const uint8_t label=true); + #if ENABLED(L6470_CHITCHAT) + static void error_status_decode( + const uint16_t status, const L64XX_axis_t axis, + const uint16_t _status_axis_th_sd, const uint16_t _status_axis_th_wrn, + const uint16_t _status_axis_step_loss_a, const uint16_t _status_axis_step_loss_b, + const uint16_t _status_axis_ocd, const uint8_t _status_axis_layout + ); + #else + FORCE_INLINE static void error_status_decode( + const uint16_t, const L64XX_axis_t, + const uint16_t, const uint16_t, + const uint16_t, const uint16_t, + const uint16_t, const uint8_t + ){} + #endif + + // ~40 bytes SRAM to simplify status decode routines + typedef struct { + uint8_t STATUS_AXIS_LAYOUT; // Copy of L6470_status_layout + uint8_t AXIS_OCD_TH_MAX; // Size of OCD_TH field + uint8_t AXIS_STALL_TH_MAX; // Size of STALL_TH field + float AXIS_OCD_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV; // mA per count + float AXIS_STALL_CURRENT_CONSTANT_INV; // mA per count + uint8_t L6470_AXIS_CONFIG, // Address of the CONFIG register + L6470_AXIS_STATUS; // Address of the STATUS register + uint16_t L6470_ERROR_MASK, // STATUS_UVLO | STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD | STATUS_OCD | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_A | STATUS_STEP_LOSS_B + L6474_ERROR_MASK, // STATUS_UVLO | STATUS_TH_WRN | STATUS_TH_SD | STATUS_OCD + STATUS_AXIS_RAW, // Copy of status register contents + STATUS_AXIS, // Copy of status register contents but with all error bits active low + STATUS_AXIS_OCD, // Overcurrent detected bit position + STATUS_AXIS_SCK_MOD, // Step clock mode is active bit position + STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_A, // Stall detected on A bridge bit position + STATUS_AXIS_STEP_LOSS_B, // Stall detected on B bridge bit position + STATUS_AXIS_TH_SD, // Thermal shutdown bit position + STATUS_AXIS_TH_WRN, // Thermal warning bit position + STATUS_AXIS_UVLO, // Undervoltage lockout is active bit position + STATUS_AXIS_WRONG_CMD, // Last command not valid bit position + STATUS_AXIS_CMD_ERR, // Command error bit position + STATUS_AXIS_NOTPERF_CMD; // Last command not performed bit position + } L64XX_shadow_t; + + static L64XX_shadow_t shadow; + + #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) + static bool monitor_paused; + static inline void pause_monitor(const bool p) { monitor_paused = p; } + static void monitor_update(L64XX_axis_t stepper_index); + static void monitor_driver(); + #else + static inline void pause_monitor(const bool) {} + #endif + +//protected: + // L64XXHelper methods + static void spi_init(); + static uint8_t transfer_single(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin); + static uint8_t transfer_chain(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin, uint8_t chain_position); + +private: + static void append_stepper_err(char* &p, const uint8_t stepper_index, const char * const err=nullptr); + +}; + +void echo_yes_no(const bool yes); + +extern L64XX_Marlin L64xxManager; diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/README.md b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c68d8ca0edbc --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/L64XX/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +### L64XX Stepper Driver + +*Arduino-L6470* library revision 0.8.0 or above is required. + +This software can be used with the L6470, L6474, L6480 and the powerSTEP01 (collectively referred to as "L64xx" from now on). Different drivers can be mixed within a system. + +These devices use voltage PWMs to drive the stepper phases. On the L6474 the phase current is controlled by the `TVAL` register. On all the other drivers the phase current is indirectly controlled via the `KVAL_HOLD` register which scales the PWM duty cycle. + +This software assumes that all drivers are in one SPI daisy chain. + +### Hardware Setup + +- MOSI from controller tied to SDI on the first device + +- SDO of the first device is tied to SDI of the next device + +- SDO of the last device is tied to MISO of the controller + +- All devices share the same `SCK` and `SS_PIN` pins. The user must supply a macro to control the `RESET_PIN`(s). + +- Each L6470 passes the data it saw on its SDI to its neighbor on the **NEXT** SPI cycle (8 bit delay). + +- Each L6470 acts on the **last** SPI data it saw when the `SS_PIN` **goes high**. + +The L6474 uses the standard STEP DIR interface. Phase currents are changed in response to step pulses. The direction is set by the DIR pin. Instead of an ENA pin, stepper power is controlled with SPI commands. + +The other drivers operate in `STEP_CLOCK` mode. In this mode the Direction / Enable functions are done with SPI commands and the phase currents are changed in response to STEP pulses. + +### Hardware / Software Interaction + +Except for the L6474, powering up a stepper and setting the direction are done by the same command. You can't do one without the other. + +**All** directions are set **every time** a new block is popped off the queue by the stepper ISR. + +When setting direction, SPI transfers are minimized by using arrays and a specialized SPI method. *Arduino-L6470* library calls are not used. For N L64xx drivers, this results in N bytes transferred. If library calls were used then N2 bytes would be sent. + +### Power-up (Reset) Sequence + +- Stepper objects are instantiated before the `setup()` entry point is reached. + +- In `setup()` (before stepper drivers are initialized) the `L6470_init()` method is called to do the following: + + - If present, pulse the hardware reset pin. + + - Populate the `L6470_chain` array, which maps positions in the SPI stream to commands/data for L64XX stepper drivers. + + - Initialize the L64XX Software SPI pin states. + + - Initialize L64XX drivers. They may be reset later by a call to `L6470_init_to_defaults()`. + +The steppers are **NOT** powered up (enabled) during this sequence. + +### `L6470_chain` array + +This array is used by all routines that transmit SPI data. For a chain with N devices, the array contains: + +Index|Value +-----|----- +0|Number of drivers in chain +1|Axis index of the first device in the chain (closest to MOSI) +...| +N|Axis index of the last device chain (closest to MISO) + +### Set Direction and Enable + +The `DIR_WRITE` macros for the L64xx drivers are written so that the standard X, Y, Z and extruder logic used by the `set_directions()` routine is not altered. These macros write the correct forward/reverse command to the corresponding location in the array `L6470_dir_commands`. On the L6474 the array the command used just enables the stepper because direction is set by the DIR pin. + +At the end of the `set_directions()` routine, the array `L6470_chain` is used to grab the corresponding direction/enable commands out of the array `L6470_dir_commands` and put them in the correct sequence in the array `L6470_buf`. Array `L6470_buf` is then passed to the **`void`** `L6470_Transfer` function which actually sends the data to the devices. + +### Utilities, etc. + +The **absolute position** registers should accurately reflect Marlin’s stepper position counts. They are set to zero during initialization. `G28` sets them to the Marlin counts for the corresponding axis after homing. NOTE: These registers are often the negative of the Marlin counts. This is because the Marlin counts reflect the logical direction while the registers reflect the stepper direction. The register contents are displayed via the `M114 D` command. + +The `L6470_monitor` feature reads the status of each device every half second. It will report if there are any error conditions present or if communications has been lost/restored. The `KVAL_HOLD` value is reduced every 2 – 2.5 seconds if the thermal warning or thermal shutdown conditions are present. + +**M122** displays the settings of most of the bits in the status register plus a couple of other items. + +**M906** can be used to set the `KVAL_HOLD` register (`TVAL` on L6474) one driver at a time. If a setting is not included with the command then the contents of the registers that affect the phase current/voltage are displayed. + +**M916, M917 & M918** + +These utilities are used to tune the system. They can get you in the ballpark for acceptable jerk, acceleration, top speed and `KVAL_HOLD` settings (`TVAL` on L6474). In general they seem to provide an overly optimistic `KVAL_HOLD` (`TVAL`) setting because of the lag between setting `KVAL_HOLD` (`TVAL`) and the driver reaching final temperature. Enabling the `L6470_monitor` feature during prints will provide the **final useful setting**. + +The amount of power needed to move the stepper without skipping steps increases as jerk, acceleration, top speed, and micro-steps increase. The power dissipated by the driver increases as the power to the stepper increases. The net result is a balancing act between jerk, acceleration, top speed, micro-steps, and power dissipated by the driver. + +**M916** - Increases `KVAL_HOLD` (`TVAL`) while moving one axis until a thermal warning is generated. This routine is also useful for determining the approximate `KVAL_HOLD` (`TVAL`) where the stepper stops losing steps. The sound will get noticeably quieter as it stops losing steps. + +**M917** - Find minimum current thresholds. This is accomplished by doing the following steps while moving an axis: + +1. Decrease OCD current until overcurrent error. + +2. Increase OCD until overcurrent error goes away. + +3. Decrease stall threshold until stall error (not available on the L6474). + +4. Increase stall until stall error goes away (not available on the L6474). + +**M918** - Increase speed until error or max feedrate achieved. diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp index b95a7c8afc58..f9b09c2fa9cf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/nozzle.cpp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Nozzle nozzle; -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../module/motion.h" #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) @@ -157,26 +157,24 @@ Nozzle nozzle; * @param argument depends on the cleaning pattern */ void Nozzle::clean(const uint8_t &pattern, const uint8_t &strokes, const float &radius, const uint8_t &objects, const uint8_t cleans) { - xyz_pos_t start = NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT, end = NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT; + xyz_pos_t start[HOTENDS] = NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT, end[HOTENDS] = NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT, middle[HOTENDS] = NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE; if (pattern == 2) { if (!(cleans & (_BV(X_AXIS) | _BV(Y_AXIS)))) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Warning : Clean Circle requires XY"); return; } - constexpr xyz_pos_t middle NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE; - end = middle; } else { - if (!TEST(cleans, X_AXIS)) start.x = end.x = current_position.x; - if (!TEST(cleans, Y_AXIS)) start.y = end.y = current_position.y; + if (!TEST(cleans, X_AXIS)) start[active_extruder].x = end[active_extruder].x = current_position.x; + if (!TEST(cleans, Y_AXIS)) start[active_extruder].y = end[active_extruder].y = current_position.y; } - if (!TEST(cleans, Z_AXIS)) start.z = end.z = current_position.z; + if (!TEST(cleans, Z_AXIS)) start[active_extruder].z = end[active_extruder].z = current_position.z; switch (pattern) { - case 1: zigzag(start, end, strokes, objects); break; - case 2: circle(start, end, strokes, radius); break; - default: stroke(start, end, strokes); + case 1: zigzag(start[active_extruder], end[active_extruder], strokes, objects); break; + case 2: circle(start[active_extruder], middle[active_extruder], strokes, radius); break; + default: stroke(start[active_extruder], end[active_extruder], strokes); } } diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h b/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h index 39d56b26f78b..5623496d9d53 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/softspi.h @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ * @return value read */ FORCE_INLINE static bool fastDigitalRead(uint8_t pin) { - return g_APinDescription[pin].pPort->PIO_PDSR & g_APinDescription[pin].ulPin; + return digitalRead(pin); } /** @@ -75,10 +75,7 @@ * @param[in] level value to write */ FORCE_INLINE static void fastDigitalWrite(uint8_t pin, bool value) { - if (value) - g_APinDescription[pin].pPort->PIO_SODR = g_APinDescription[pin].ulPin; - else - g_APinDescription[pin].pPort->PIO_CODR = g_APinDescription[pin].ulPin; + digitalWrite(pin, value); } #endif // !CORE_TEENSY diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.cpp b/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.cpp index 0363318e534d..c2bb347dacf1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.cpp @@ -71,14 +71,18 @@ void vector_3::normalize() { // Apply a rotation to the matrix void vector_3::apply_rotation(const matrix_3x3 &matrix) { const float _x = x, _y = y, _z = z; - *this = matrix.vectors[0] * _x + matrix.vectors[1] * _y + matrix.vectors[2] * _z; + *this = { matrix.vectors[0][0] * _x + matrix.vectors[1][0] * _y + matrix.vectors[2][0] * _z, + matrix.vectors[0][1] * _x + matrix.vectors[1][1] * _y + matrix.vectors[2][1] * _z, + matrix.vectors[0][2] * _x + matrix.vectors[1][2] * _y + matrix.vectors[2][2] * _z }; } +extern const char SP_X_STR[], SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[]; + void vector_3::debug(PGM_P const title) { serialprintPGM(title); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" X", x, 6); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" Y", y, 6); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z", z, 6); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F_P(SP_X_STR, x, 6); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F_P(SP_Y_STR, y, 6); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(SP_Z_STR, z, 6); } /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.h b/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.h index fe95cfa85f8e..e065697f0519 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/libs/vector_3.h @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ struct vector_3 : xyz_float_t { vector_3(const xy_float_t &in) { set(in.x, in.y); } vector_3(const xyz_float_t &in) { set(in.x, in.y, in.z); } vector_3(const xyze_float_t &in) { set(in.x, in.y, in.z); } + vector_3() { reset(); } // Factory method static vector_3 cross(const vector_3 &a, const vector_3 &b); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp index 3d2d78875b5a..0e4e6cef305a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/configuration_store.cpp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ */ // Change EEPROM version if the structure changes -#define EEPROM_VERSION "V70" +#define EEPROM_VERSION "V76" #define EEPROM_OFFSET 100 // Check the integrity of data offsets. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #include "../core/language.h" #include "../libs/vector_3.h" // for matrix_3x3 #include "../gcode/gcode.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if EITHER(EEPROM_SETTINGS, SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) #include "../HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h" @@ -66,6 +66,10 @@ #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + #include "../feature/z_stepper_align.h" +#endif + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) #include "../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" #endif @@ -114,12 +118,16 @@ #include "../feature/tmc_util.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + #include "../feature/probe_temp_compensation.h" +#endif + #pragma pack(push, 1) // No padding between variables -typedef struct { uint16_t X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_stepper_current_t; -typedef struct { uint32_t X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_hybrid_threshold_t; +typedef struct { uint16_t X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_stepper_current_t; +typedef struct { uint32_t X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_hybrid_threshold_t; typedef struct { int16_t X, Y, Z, X2; } tmc_sgt_t; -typedef struct { bool X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_stealth_enabled_t; +typedef struct { bool X, Y, Z, X2, Y2, Z2, Z3, Z4, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5; } tmc_stealth_enabled_t; // Limit an index to an array size #define ALIM(I,ARR) _MIN(I, COUNT(ARR) - 1) @@ -129,6 +137,8 @@ static const uint32_t _DMA[] PROGMEM = DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION; static const float _DASU[] PROGMEM = DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT; static const feedRate_t _DMF[] PROGMEM = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE; +extern const char SP_X_STR[], SP_Y_STR[], SP_Z_STR[], SP_E_STR[]; + /** * Current EEPROM Layout * @@ -192,7 +202,7 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR // uint8_t grid_max_x, grid_max_y; // GRID_MAX_POINTS_X, GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y - xy_int_t bilinear_grid_spacing, bilinear_start; // G29 L F + xy_pos_t bilinear_grid_spacing, bilinear_start; // G29 L F #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) bed_mesh_t z_values; // G29 #else @@ -210,6 +220,18 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // uint16_t servo_angles[EEPROM_NUM_SERVOS][2]; // M281 P L U + // + // Temperature first layer compensation values + // + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + int16_t z_offsets_probe[COUNT(temp_comp.z_offsets_probe)], // M871 P I V + z_offsets_bed[COUNT(temp_comp.z_offsets_bed)] // M871 B I V + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + , z_offsets_ext[COUNT(temp_comp.z_offsets_ext)] // M871 E I V + #endif + ; + #endif + // // BLTOUCH // @@ -223,14 +245,24 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { abc_float_t delta_endstop_adj; // M666 XYZ float delta_radius, // M665 R delta_diagonal_rod, // M665 L - delta_segments_per_second, // M665 S - delta_calibration_radius; // M665 B + delta_segments_per_second; // M665 S abc_float_t delta_tower_angle_trim; // M665 XYZ - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #elif HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS float x2_endstop_adj, // M666 X y2_endstop_adj, // M666 Y - z2_endstop_adj, // M666 Z (S2) - z3_endstop_adj; // M666 Z (S3) + z2_endstop_adj, // M666 (S2) Z + z3_endstop_adj, // M666 (S3) Z + z4_endstop_adj; // M666 (S4) Z + #endif + + // + // Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN, Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS + // + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + xy_pos_t z_stepper_align_xy[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS]; // M422 S X Y + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + xy_pos_t z_stepper_align_stepper_xy[NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS]; // M422 W X Y + #endif #endif // @@ -243,7 +275,7 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // // PIDTEMP // - PIDC_t hotendPID[HOTENDS]; // M301 En PIDC / M303 En U + PIDCF_t hotendPID[HOTENDS]; // M301 En PIDCF / M303 En U int16_t lpq_len; // M301 L // @@ -283,10 +315,10 @@ typedef struct SettingsDataStruct { // // HAS_TRINAMIC // - tmc_stepper_current_t tmc_stepper_current; // M906 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 - tmc_hybrid_threshold_t tmc_hybrid_threshold; // M913 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 + tmc_stepper_current_t tmc_stepper_current; // M906 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 Z4 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 + tmc_hybrid_threshold_t tmc_hybrid_threshold; // M913 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 Z4 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 tmc_sgt_t tmc_sgt; // M914 X Y Z X2 - tmc_stealth_enabled_t tmc_stealth_enabled; // M569 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 + tmc_stealth_enabled_t tmc_stealth_enabled; // M569 X Y Z X2 Y2 Z2 Z3 Z4 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 // // LIN_ADVANCE @@ -446,6 +478,13 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #endif // SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE +#ifdef ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE + static_assert( + EEPROM_OFFSET + sizeof(SettingsData) < ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE, + "ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE is insufficient to capture all EEPROM data." + ); +#endif + #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(EEPROM_CHITCHAT) #include "../core/debug_out.h" @@ -562,12 +601,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR const bool &runout_sensor_enabled = runout.enabled; #else - const bool runout_sensor_enabled = true; + constexpr bool runout_sensor_enabled = true; #endif #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR && defined(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM) const float &runout_distance_mm = runout.runout_distance(); #else - const float runout_distance_mm = 0; + constexpr float runout_distance_mm = 0; #endif _FIELD_TEST(runout_sensor_enabled); EEPROM_WRITE(runout_sensor_enabled); @@ -618,7 +657,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { _FIELD_TEST(probe_offset); - EEPROM_WRITE(probe_offset); + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + const xyz_pos_t &zpo = probe.offset; + #else + constexpr xyz_pos_t zpo{0}; + #endif + EEPROM_WRITE(zpo); } // @@ -652,7 +696,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #else // For disabled Bilinear Grid write an empty 3x3 grid const uint8_t grid_max_x = 3, grid_max_y = 3; - const xy_int_t bilinear_start{0}, bilinear_grid_spacing{0}; + const xy_pos_t bilinear_start{0}, bilinear_grid_spacing{0}; dummy = 0; EEPROM_WRITE(grid_max_x); EEPROM_WRITE(grid_max_y); @@ -691,6 +735,19 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_WRITE(servo_angles); } + // + // Thermal first layer compensation values + // + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + EEPROM_WRITE(temp_comp.z_offsets_probe); + EEPROM_WRITE(temp_comp.z_offsets_bed); + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + EEPROM_WRITE(temp_comp.z_offsets_ext); + #endif + #else + // No placeholder data for this feature + #endif + // // BLTOUCH // @@ -717,10 +774,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_WRITE(delta_radius); // 1 float EEPROM_WRITE(delta_diagonal_rod); // 1 float EEPROM_WRITE(delta_segments_per_second); // 1 float - EEPROM_WRITE(delta_calibration_radius); // 1 float EEPROM_WRITE(delta_tower_angle_trim); // 3 floats - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #elif HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS _FIELD_TEST(x2_endstop_adj); @@ -738,21 +794,34 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) EEPROM_WRITE(endstops.z2_endstop_adj); // 1 float #else EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 EEPROM_WRITE(endstops.z3_endstop_adj); // 1 float #else EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); #endif + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + EEPROM_WRITE(endstops.z4_endstop_adj); // 1 float + #else + EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); + #endif + #endif } + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + EEPROM_WRITE(z_stepper_align.xy); + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + EEPROM_WRITE(z_stepper_align.stepper_xy); + #endif + #endif + // // LCD Preheat settings // @@ -780,10 +849,19 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { { _FIELD_TEST(hotendPID); HOTEND_LOOP() { - PIDC_t pidc = { - PID_PARAM(Kp, e), PID_PARAM(Ki, e), PID_PARAM(Kd, e), PID_PARAM(Kc, e) + PIDCF_t pidcf = { + #if DISABLED(PIDTEMP) + DUMMY_PID_VALUE, DUMMY_PID_VALUE, DUMMY_PID_VALUE, + DUMMY_PID_VALUE, DUMMY_PID_VALUE + #else + PID_PARAM(Kp, e), + unscalePID_i(PID_PARAM(Ki, e)), + unscalePID_d(PID_PARAM(Kd, e)), + PID_PARAM(Kc, e), + PID_PARAM(Kf, e) + #endif }; - EEPROM_WRITE(pidc); + EEPROM_WRITE(pidcf); } _FIELD_TEST(lpq_len); @@ -801,12 +879,17 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { { _FIELD_TEST(bedPID); - #if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - const PID_t bed_pid = { DUMMY_PID_VALUE, DUMMY_PID_VALUE, DUMMY_PID_VALUE }; - EEPROM_WRITE(bed_pid); - #else - EEPROM_WRITE(thermalManager.temp_bed.pid); - #endif + const PID_t bed_pid = { + #if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) + DUMMY_PID_VALUE, DUMMY_PID_VALUE, DUMMY_PID_VALUE + #else + // Store the unscaled PID values + thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp, + unscalePID_i(thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki), + unscalePID_d(thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd) + #endif + }; + EEPROM_WRITE(bed_pid); } // @@ -924,6 +1007,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) tmc_stepper_current.Z3 = stepperZ3.getMilliamps(); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + tmc_stepper_current.Z4 = stepperZ4.getMilliamps(); + #endif #if MAX_EXTRUDERS #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) tmc_stepper_current.E0 = stepperE0.getMilliamps(); @@ -948,6 +1034,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) tmc_stepper_current.E5 = stepperE5.getMilliamps(); #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + tmc_stepper_current.E6 = stepperE6.getMilliamps(); + #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + tmc_stepper_current.E7 = stepperE7.getMilliamps(); + #endif + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 5 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 4 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 3 @@ -987,6 +1083,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) tmc_hybrid_threshold.Z3 = stepperZ3.get_pwm_thrs(); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + tmc_hybrid_threshold.Z4 = stepperZ4.get_pwm_thrs(); + #endif #if MAX_EXTRUDERS #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) tmc_hybrid_threshold.E0 = stepperE0.get_pwm_thrs(); @@ -1011,6 +1110,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) tmc_hybrid_threshold.E5 = stepperE5.get_pwm_thrs(); #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + tmc_hybrid_threshold.E6 = stepperE6.get_pwm_thrs(); + #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + tmc_hybrid_threshold.E7 = stepperE7.get_pwm_thrs(); + #endif + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 5 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 4 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 3 @@ -1020,7 +1129,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #else const tmc_hybrid_threshold_t tmc_hybrid_threshold = { .X = 100, .Y = 100, .Z = 3, - .X2 = 100, .Y2 = 100, .Z2 = 3, .Z3 = 3, + .X2 = 100, .Y2 = 100, .Z2 = 3, .Z3 = 3, .Z4 = 3, .E0 = 30, .E1 = 30, .E2 = 30, .E3 = 30, .E4 = 30, .E5 = 30 }; @@ -1080,6 +1189,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) tmc_stealth_enabled.Z3 = stepperZ3.get_stealthChop_status(); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + tmc_stealth_enabled.Z4 = stepperZ4.get_stealthChop_status(); + #endif #if MAX_EXTRUDERS #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) tmc_stealth_enabled.E0 = stepperE0.get_stealthChop_status(); @@ -1104,6 +1216,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E5) tmc_stealth_enabled.E5 = stepperE5.get_stealthChop_status(); #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E6) + tmc_stealth_enabled.E6 = stepperE6.get_stealthChop_status(); + #endif + #if MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E7) + tmc_stealth_enabled.E7 = stepperE7.get_stealthChop_status(); + #endif + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 7 + #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 6 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 5 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 4 #endif // MAX_EXTRUDERS > 3 @@ -1124,7 +1246,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_WRITE(planner.extruder_advance_K); #else dummy = 0; - for (uint8_t q = EXTRUDERS; q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); + for (uint8_t q = _MAX(EXTRUDERS, 1); q--;) EEPROM_WRITE(dummy); #endif } @@ -1362,7 +1484,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { #if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR - bool &runout_sensor_enabled = runout.enabled; + const bool &runout_sensor_enabled = runout.enabled; #else bool runout_sensor_enabled; #endif @@ -1419,7 +1541,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { { _FIELD_TEST(probe_offset); #if HAS_BED_PROBE - xyz_pos_t &zpo = probe_offset; + const xyz_pos_t &zpo = probe.offset; #else xyz_pos_t zpo; #endif @@ -1455,7 +1577,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR { // Skip past disabled (or stale) Bilinear Grid data - xy_int_t bgs, bs; + xy_pos_t bgs, bs; EEPROM_READ(bgs); EEPROM_READ(bs); for (uint16_t q = grid_max_x * grid_max_y; q--;) EEPROM_READ(dummy); @@ -1493,13 +1615,27 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_READ(servo_angles_arr); } + // + // Thermal first layer compensation values + // + #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) + EEPROM_READ(temp_comp.z_offsets_probe); + EEPROM_READ(temp_comp.z_offsets_bed); + #if ENABLED(USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION) + EEPROM_READ(temp_comp.z_offsets_ext); + #endif + temp_comp.reset_index(); + #else + // No placeholder data for this feature + #endif + // // BLTOUCH // { _FIELD_TEST(bltouch_last_written_mode); #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - bool &bltouch_last_written_mode = bltouch.last_written_mode; + const bool &bltouch_last_written_mode = bltouch.last_written_mode; #else bool bltouch_last_written_mode; #endif @@ -1519,10 +1655,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { EEPROM_READ(delta_radius); // 1 float EEPROM_READ(delta_diagonal_rod); // 1 float EEPROM_READ(delta_segments_per_second); // 1 float - EEPROM_READ(delta_calibration_radius); // 1 float EEPROM_READ(delta_tower_angle_trim); // 3 floats - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #elif HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS _FIELD_TEST(x2_endstop_adj); @@ -1536,20 +1671,32 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #else EEPROM_READ(dummy); #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) EEPROM_READ(endstops.z2_endstop_adj); // 1 float #else EEPROM_READ(dummy); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 EEPROM_READ(endstops.z3_endstop_adj); // 1 float #else EEPROM_READ(dummy); #endif + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + EEPROM_READ(endstops.z4_endstop_adj); // 1 float + #else + EEPROM_READ(dummy); + #endif #endif } + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + EEPROM_READ(z_stepper_align.xy); + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) + EEPROM_READ(z_stepper_align.stepper_xy); + #endif + #endif + // // LCD Preheat settings // @@ -1574,16 +1721,19 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { HOTEND_LOOP() { - PIDC_t pidc; - EEPROM_READ(pidc); + PIDCF_t pidcf; + EEPROM_READ(pidcf); #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - if (!validating && pidc.Kp != DUMMY_PID_VALUE) { - // No need to scale PID values since EEPROM values are scaled - PID_PARAM(Kp, e) = pidc.Kp; - PID_PARAM(Ki, e) = pidc.Ki; - PID_PARAM(Kd, e) = pidc.Kd; + if (!validating && pidcf.Kp != DUMMY_PID_VALUE) { + // Scale PID values since EEPROM values are unscaled + PID_PARAM(Kp, e) = pidcf.Kp; + PID_PARAM(Ki, e) = scalePID_i(pidcf.Ki); + PID_PARAM(Kd, e) = scalePID_d(pidcf.Kd); #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - PID_PARAM(Kc, e) = pidc.Kc; + PID_PARAM(Kc, e) = pidcf.Kc; + #endif + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + PID_PARAM(Kf, e) = pidcf.Kf; #endif } #endif @@ -1610,8 +1760,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { PID_t pid; EEPROM_READ(pid); #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - if (!validating && pid.Kp != DUMMY_PID_VALUE) - memcpy(&thermalManager.temp_bed.pid, &pid, sizeof(pid)); + if (!validating && pid.Kp != DUMMY_PID_VALUE) { + // Scale PID values since EEPROM values are unscaled + thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kp = pid.Kp; + thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Ki = scalePID_i(pid.Ki); + thermalManager.temp_bed.pid.Kd = scalePID_d(pid.Kd); + } #endif } @@ -1730,6 +1884,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) SET_CURR(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + SET_CURR(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) SET_CURR(E0); #endif @@ -1781,6 +1938,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) stepperZ3.set_pwm_thrs(tmc_hybrid_threshold.Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + stepperZ4.set_pwm_thrs(tmc_hybrid_threshold.Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) stepperE0.set_pwm_thrs(tmc_hybrid_threshold.E0); #endif @@ -1807,7 +1967,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // TMC StallGuard threshold. // X and X2 use the same value // Y and Y2 use the same value - // Z, Z2 and Z3 use the same value + // Z, Z2, Z3 and Z4 use the same value // { tmc_sgt_t tmc_sgt; @@ -1844,6 +2004,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) stepperZ3.homing_threshold(tmc_sgt.Z); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + stepperZ4.homing_threshold(tmc_sgt.Z); + #endif #endif } #endif @@ -1881,6 +2044,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z3) SET_STEPPING_MODE(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + SET_STEPPING_MODE(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) SET_STEPPING_MODE(E0); #endif @@ -1907,7 +2073,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // Linear Advance // { - float extruder_advance_K[EXTRUDERS]; + float extruder_advance_K[_MAX(EXTRUDERS, 1)]; _FIELD_TEST(planner_extruder_advance_K); EEPROM_READ(extruder_advance_K); #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) @@ -1987,14 +2153,14 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { // { #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - xyz_float_t &backlash_distance_mm = backlash.distance_mm; - uint8_t &backlash_correction = backlash.correction; + const xyz_float_t &backlash_distance_mm = backlash.distance_mm; + const uint8_t &backlash_correction = backlash.correction; #else float backlash_distance_mm[XYZ]; uint8_t backlash_correction; #endif #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) && defined(BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM) - float &backlash_smoothing_mm = backlash.smoothing_mm; + const float &backlash_smoothing_mm = backlash.smoothing_mm; #else float backlash_smoothing_mm; #endif @@ -2076,9 +2242,21 @@ void MarlinSettings::postprocess() { return !eeprom_error; } + #ifdef ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE + extern bool restoreEEPROM(); + #endif + bool MarlinSettings::validate() { validating = true; - const bool success = _load(); + #ifdef ARCHIM2_SPI_FLASH_EEPROM_BACKUP_SIZE + bool success = _load(); + if (!success && restoreEEPROM()) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Recovered backup EEPROM settings from SPI Flash"); + success = _load(); + } + #else + const bool success = _load(); + #endif validating = false; return success; } @@ -2313,12 +2491,22 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #endif #if HAS_BED_PROBE - #ifndef NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET - #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - #endif - constexpr float dpo[XYZ] = NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET; + constexpr float dpo[] = NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET; static_assert(COUNT(dpo) == 3, "NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET must contain offsets for X, Y, and Z."); - LOOP_XYZ(a) probe_offset[a] = dpo[a]; + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + LOOP_XYZ(a) probe.offset[a] = dpo[a]; + #else + probe.offset.x = probe.offset.y = 0; + probe.offset.z = dpo[Z_AXIS]; + #endif + #endif + + // + // Z Stepper Auto-alignment points + // + + #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + z_stepper_align.reset_to_default(); #endif // @@ -2347,54 +2535,41 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { delta_radius = DELTA_RADIUS; delta_diagonal_rod = DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD; delta_segments_per_second = DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND; - delta_calibration_radius = DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS; delta_tower_angle_trim = dta; - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #endif - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - endstops.x2_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - #else - 0 - #endif - ); - #endif - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - endstops.y2_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - #else - 0 - #endif - ); + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #ifndef X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - endstops.z2_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT - #else - 0 - #endif - ); - #elif ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - endstops.z2_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 - Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 - #else - 0 - #endif - ); - endstops.z3_endstop_adj = ( - #ifdef Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 - Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 - #else - 0 - #endif - ); + endstops.x2_endstop_adj = X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #endif + + #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #ifndef Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 #endif + endstops.y2_endstop_adj = Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #endif + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #ifndef Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + endstops.z2_endstop_adj = Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + #ifndef Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + endstops.z3_endstop_adj = Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #ifndef Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT + #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 + #endif + endstops.z4_endstop_adj = Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT; + #endif #endif // @@ -2422,6 +2597,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) PID_PARAM(Kc, e) = DEFAULT_Kc; #endif + + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + PID_PARAM(Kf, e) = DEFAULT_Kf; + #endif } #endif @@ -2510,9 +2689,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) LOOP_L_N(i, EXTRUDERS) { planner.extruder_advance_K[i] = LIN_ADVANCE_K; - #if ENABLED(EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K) - saved_extruder_advance_K[i] = LIN_ADVANCE_K; - #endif + #if ENABLED(EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K) + saved_extruder_advance_K[i] = LIN_ADVANCE_K; + #endif } #endif @@ -2680,6 +2859,14 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if EXTRUDERS > 5 CONFIG_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M200 T5 D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[5])); + #if EXTRUDERS > 6 + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M200 T6 D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[6])); + #if EXTRUDERS > 7 + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M200 T7 D", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.filament_size[7])); + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 7 + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 6 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 @@ -2696,40 +2883,40 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Maximum feedrates (units/s):"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M203 X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS]) - , " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS]) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS]) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M203 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS]) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS]) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS]) #if DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - , " E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS]) + , SP_E_STR, VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS]) #endif ); #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) CONFIG_ECHO_START(); for (uint8_t i = 0; i < E_STEPPERS; i++) { - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M203 T", (int)i - , " E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(i)]) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M203 T"), (int)i + , SP_E_STR, VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(i)]) ); } #endif CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Maximum Acceleration (units/s2):"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M201 X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS]) - , " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS]) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Z_AXIS]) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M201 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS]) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS]) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Z_AXIS]) #if DISABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - , " E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS]) + , SP_E_STR, VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS]) #endif ); #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) CONFIG_ECHO_START(); for (uint8_t i = 0; i < E_STEPPERS; i++) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M201 T", (int)i - , " E", VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(i)]) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M201 T"), (int)i + , SP_E_STR, VOLUMETRIC_UNIT(planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS_N(i)]) ); #endif @@ -2756,19 +2943,19 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_EOL(); } CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M205 B", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.min_segment_time_us) - , " S", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.min_feedrate_mm_s) - , " T", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M205 B"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.min_segment_time_us) + , PSTR(" S"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.min_feedrate_mm_s) + , PSTR(" T"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.settings.min_travel_feedrate_mm_s) #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - , " J", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.junction_deviation_mm) + , PSTR(" J"), LINEAR_UNIT(planner.junction_deviation_mm) #endif #if HAS_CLASSIC_JERK - , " X", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk.x) - , " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk.y) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk.z) + , SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk.x) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk.y) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk.z) #if HAS_CLASSIC_E_JERK - , " E", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk.e) + , SP_E_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.max_jerk.e) #endif #endif ); @@ -2776,12 +2963,15 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if HAS_M206_COMMAND CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Home offset:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M206" + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( #if IS_CARTESIAN - " X", LINEAR_UNIT(home_offset.x), - " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(home_offset.y), + PSTR(" M206 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(home_offset.x) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(home_offset.y) + , SP_Z_STR + #else + PSTR(" M206 Z") #endif - " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(home_offset.z) + , LINEAR_UNIT(home_offset.z) ); #endif @@ -2789,11 +2979,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Hotend offsets:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); for (uint8_t e = 1; e < HOTENDS; e++) { - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR( - " M218 T", (int)e, - " X", LINEAR_UNIT(hotend_offset[e].x), " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(hotend_offset[e].y) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M218 T"), (int)e, + SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(hotend_offset[e].x), + SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(hotend_offset[e].y) ); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(hotend_offset[e].z), 3); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(hotend_offset[e].z), 3); } #endif @@ -2821,10 +3012,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #endif CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M420 S", planner.leveling_active ? 1 : 0 + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M420 S"), planner.leveling_active ? 1 : 0 #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(planner.z_fade_height) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(planner.z_fade_height) #endif ); @@ -2834,10 +3025,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { for (uint8_t py = 0; py < GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y; py++) { for (uint8_t px = 0; px < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; px++) { CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" G29 S3 X", (int)px + 1, " Y", (int)py + 1); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(mbl.z_values[px][py]), 5); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(PSTR(" G29 S3 I"), (int)px, PSTR(" J"), (int)py); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(mbl.z_values[px][py]), 5); } } + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(PSTR(" G29 S4 Z"), LINEAR_UNIT(mbl.z_offset), 5); } #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) @@ -2858,7 +3051,7 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { for (uint8_t px = 0; px < GRID_MAX_POINTS_X; px++) { CONFIG_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" G29 W I", (int)px, " J", (int)py); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(z_values[px][py]), 5); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F_P(SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(z_values[px][py]), 5); } } } @@ -2894,55 +3087,59 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("SCARA settings: S P T"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M665 S", delta_segments_per_second - , " P", scara_home_offset.a - , " T", scara_home_offset.b - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(scara_home_offset.z) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M665 S"), delta_segments_per_second + , PSTR(" P"), scara_home_offset.a + , PSTR(" T"), scara_home_offset.b + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(scara_home_offset.z) ); #elif ENABLED(DELTA) CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Endstop adjustment:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M666 X", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_endstop_adj.a) - , " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_endstop_adj.b) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_endstop_adj.c) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M666 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(delta_endstop_adj.a) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(delta_endstop_adj.b) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(delta_endstop_adj.c) ); - CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Delta settings: L R H S B XYZ"); + CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Delta settings: L R H S XYZ"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M665 L", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_diagonal_rod) - , " R", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_radius) - , " H", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_height) - , " S", delta_segments_per_second - , " B", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_calibration_radius) - , " X", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim.a) - , " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim.b) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim.c) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M665 L"), LINEAR_UNIT(delta_diagonal_rod) + , PSTR(" R"), LINEAR_UNIT(delta_radius) + , PSTR(" H"), LINEAR_UNIT(delta_height) + , PSTR(" S"), delta_segments_per_second + , SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim.a) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim.b) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(delta_tower_angle_trim.c) ); - #elif EITHER(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS, Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) || Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #elif HAS_EXTRA_ENDSTOPS CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Endstop adjustment:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" M666"); #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.x2_endstop_adj)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.x2_endstop_adj)); #endif #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.y2_endstop_adj)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.y2_endstop_adj)); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("S1 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z2_endstop_adj)); - CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M666 S2 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z3_endstop_adj)); - #elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z2_endstop_adj)); + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" S2 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z3_endstop_adj)); + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M666 S3 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z3_endstop_adj)); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M666 S4 Z", LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z4_endstop_adj)); + #endif + #else + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(endstops.z2_endstop_adj)); + #endif #endif - SERIAL_EOL(); #endif // [XYZ]_DUAL_ENDSTOPS @@ -2968,18 +3165,24 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) HOTEND_LOOP() { CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" M301" + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P( #if HOTENDS > 1 && ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) - " E", e, + PSTR(" M301 E"), e, + PSTR(" P") + #else + PSTR(" M301 P") #endif - " P", PID_PARAM(Kp, e) - , " I", unscalePID_i(PID_PARAM(Ki, e)) - , " D", unscalePID_d(PID_PARAM(Kd, e)) + , PID_PARAM(Kp, e) + , PSTR(" I"), unscalePID_i(PID_PARAM(Ki, e)) + , PSTR(" D"), unscalePID_d(PID_PARAM(Kd, e)) ); #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" C", PID_PARAM(Kc, e)); if (e == 0) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" L", thermalManager.lpq_len); #endif + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" F", PID_PARAM(Kf, e)); + #endif SERIAL_EOL(); } #endif // PIDTEMP @@ -3017,11 +3220,11 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Retract: S F Z"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M207 S", LINEAR_UNIT(fwretract.settings.retract_length) - , " W", LINEAR_UNIT(fwretract.settings.swap_retract_length) - , " F", LINEAR_UNIT(MMS_TO_MMM(fwretract.settings.retract_feedrate_mm_s)) - , " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(fwretract.settings.retract_zraise) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M207 S"), LINEAR_UNIT(fwretract.settings.retract_length) + , PSTR(" W"), LINEAR_UNIT(fwretract.settings.swap_retract_length) + , PSTR(" F"), LINEAR_UNIT(MMS_TO_MMM(fwretract.settings.retract_feedrate_mm_s)) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(fwretract.settings.retract_zraise) ); CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Recover: S F"); @@ -3052,9 +3255,16 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { say_units(true); } CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" M851 X", LINEAR_UNIT(probe_offset.x), - " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(probe_offset.y), - " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(probe_offset.z)); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + PSTR(" M851 X"), LINEAR_UNIT(probe.offset_xy.x), + SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(probe.offset_xy.y), + SP_Z_STR + #else + PSTR(" M851 X0 Y0 Z") + #endif + , LINEAR_UNIT(probe.offset.z) + ); #endif /** @@ -3081,33 +3291,31 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) say_M906(forReplay); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - " X", stepperX.getMilliamps(), - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - " Y", stepperY.getMilliamps(), - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - " Z", stepperZ.getMilliamps() - #endif - ); + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, stepperX.getMilliamps()); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, stepperY.getMilliamps()); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, stepperZ.getMilliamps()); + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) || AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) say_M906(forReplay); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" I1"); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - " X", stepperX2.getMilliamps(), - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - " Y", stepperY2.getMilliamps(), - #endif - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - " Z", stepperZ2.getMilliamps() - #endif - ); + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, stepperX2.getMilliamps()); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, stepperY2.getMilliamps()); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, stepperZ2.getMilliamps()); + #endif + SERIAL_EOL(); #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) @@ -3115,6 +3323,11 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I2 Z", stepperZ3.getMilliamps()); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + say_M906(forReplay); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I3 Z", stepperZ4.getMilliamps()); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) say_M906(forReplay); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" T0 E", stepperE0.getMilliamps()); @@ -3150,13 +3363,13 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { say_M913(forReplay); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", stepperX.get_pwm_thrs()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, stepperX.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", stepperY.get_pwm_thrs()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, stepperY.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", stepperZ.get_pwm_thrs()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, stepperZ.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z) SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -3167,13 +3380,13 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" I1"); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", stepperX2.get_pwm_thrs()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, stepperX2.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", stepperY2.get_pwm_thrs()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, stepperY2.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", stepperZ2.get_pwm_thrs()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, stepperZ2.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(X2) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Y2) || AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z2) SERIAL_EOL(); @@ -3184,6 +3397,11 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I2 Z", stepperZ3.get_pwm_thrs()); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + say_M913(forReplay); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I3 Z", stepperZ4.get_pwm_thrs()); + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) say_M913(forReplay); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" T0 E", stepperE0.get_pwm_thrs()); @@ -3220,13 +3438,13 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { CONFIG_ECHO_START(); say_M914(); #if X_SENSORLESS - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", stepperX.homing_threshold()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, stepperX.homing_threshold()); #endif #if Y_SENSORLESS - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", stepperY.homing_threshold()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, stepperY.homing_threshold()); #endif #if Z_SENSORLESS - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", stepperZ.homing_threshold()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, stepperZ.homing_threshold()); #endif SERIAL_EOL(); #endif @@ -3236,13 +3454,13 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { say_M914(); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" I1"); #if X2_SENSORLESS - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" X", stepperX2.homing_threshold()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_X_STR, stepperX2.homing_threshold()); #endif #if Y2_SENSORLESS - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Y", stepperY2.homing_threshold()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Y_STR, stepperY2.homing_threshold()); #endif #if Z2_SENSORLESS - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" Z", stepperZ2.homing_threshold()); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_P(SP_Z_STR, stepperZ2.homing_threshold()); #endif SERIAL_EOL(); #endif @@ -3253,6 +3471,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I2 Z", stepperZ3.homing_threshold()); #endif + #if Z4_SENSORLESS + CONFIG_ECHO_START(); + say_M914(); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" I3 Z", stepperZ4.homing_threshold()); + #endif + #endif // USE_SENSORLESS /** @@ -3278,9 +3502,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { if (chop_x || chop_y || chop_z) { say_M569(forReplay); - if (chop_x) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" X"); - if (chop_y) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Y"); - if (chop_z) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Z"); + if (chop_x) SERIAL_ECHO_P(SP_X_STR); + if (chop_y) SERIAL_ECHO_P(SP_Y_STR); + if (chop_z) SERIAL_ECHO_P(SP_Z_STR); SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -3302,9 +3526,9 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { if (chop_x2 || chop_y2 || chop_z2) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("I1")); - if (chop_x2) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" X"); - if (chop_y2) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Y"); - if (chop_z2) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Z"); + if (chop_x2) SERIAL_ECHO_P(SP_X_STR); + if (chop_y2) SERIAL_ECHO_P(SP_Y_STR); + if (chop_z2) SERIAL_ECHO_P(SP_Z_STR); SERIAL_EOL(); } @@ -3312,6 +3536,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { if (stepperZ3.get_stealthChop_status()) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("I2 Z"), true); } #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(Z4) + if (stepperZ4.get_stealthChop_status()) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("I3 Z"), true); } + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STEALTHCHOP(E0) if (stepperE0.get_stealthChop_status()) { say_M569(forReplay, PSTR("T0 E"), true); } #endif @@ -3352,10 +3580,10 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Stepper motor currents:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M907 X", stepper.motor_current_setting[0] - , " Z", stepper.motor_current_setting[1] - , " E", stepper.motor_current_setting[2] + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M907 X"), stepper.motor_current_setting[0] + , SP_Z_STR, stepper.motor_current_setting[1] + , SP_E_STR, stepper.motor_current_setting[2] ); #endif @@ -3379,6 +3607,12 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { _ECHO_603(4); #if EXTRUDERS > 5 _ECHO_603(5); + #if EXTRUDERS > 6 + _ECHO_603(6); + #if EXTRUDERS > 7 + _ECHO_603(7); + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 7 + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 6 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 @@ -3395,13 +3629,13 @@ void MarlinSettings::reset() { #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) CONFIG_ECHO_HEADING("Backlash compensation:"); CONFIG_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR( - " M425 F", backlash.get_correction(), - " X", LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.distance_mm.x), - " Y", LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.distance_mm.y), - " Z", LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.distance_mm.z) + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P( + PSTR(" M425 F"), backlash.get_correction() + , SP_X_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.distance_mm.x) + , SP_Y_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.distance_mm.y) + , SP_Z_STR, LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.distance_mm.z) #ifdef BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM - , " S", LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.smoothing_mm) + , PSTR(" S"), LINEAR_UNIT(backlash.smoothing_mm) #endif ); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp index 8ef64b09aa2e..cb2d432e30b8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/delta.cpp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #include "planner.h" #include "endstops.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if HAS_BED_PROBE #include "probe.h" @@ -54,8 +54,7 @@ float delta_height; abc_float_t delta_endstop_adj{0}; float delta_radius, delta_diagonal_rod, - delta_segments_per_second, - delta_calibration_radius; + delta_segments_per_second; abc_float_t delta_tower_angle_trim; xy_float_t delta_tower[ABC]; abc_float_t delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower; @@ -83,6 +82,28 @@ void recalc_delta_settings() { set_all_unhomed(); } +/** + * Get a safe radius for calibration + */ + +#if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) + + #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) + float calibration_radius_factor = 1; + #endif + + float delta_calibration_radius() { + return calibration_radius_factor * ( + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + FLOOR((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) - _MAX(HYPOT(probe.offset_xy.x, probe.offset_xy.y), MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) + #else + DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS + #endif + ); + } + +#endif + /** * Delta Inverse Kinematics * @@ -100,7 +121,7 @@ void recalc_delta_settings() { */ #define DELTA_DEBUG(VAR) do { \ - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Cartesian X", VAR.x, " Y", VAR.y, " Z", VAR.z); \ + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_P(PSTR("Cartesian X"), VAR.x, SP_Y_STR, VAR.y, SP_Z_STR, VAR.z); \ SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Delta A", delta.a, " B", delta.b, " C", delta.c); \ }while(0) @@ -230,10 +251,10 @@ void home_delta() { // Move all carriages together linearly until an endstop is hit. current_position.z = (delta_height + 10 #if HAS_BED_PROBE - - probe_offset.z + - probe.offset.z #endif ); - line_to_current_position(homing_feedrate(X_AXIS)); + line_to_current_position(homing_feedrate(Z_AXIS)); planner.synchronize(); // Re-enable stealthChop if used. Disable diag1 pin on driver. @@ -259,6 +280,14 @@ void home_delta() { sync_plan_position(); + #if DISABLED(DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE) && defined(HOMING_BACKOFF_MM) + constexpr xyz_float_t endstop_backoff = HOMING_BACKOFF_MM; + if (endstop_backoff.z) { + current_position.z -= ABS(endstop_backoff.z) * Z_HOME_DIR; + line_to_current_position(homing_feedrate(Z_AXIS)); + } + #endif + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("<<< home_delta", current_position); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/delta.h b/Marlin/src/module/delta.h index f2e602fe14ba..a506eade1ae3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/delta.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/delta.h @@ -26,13 +26,13 @@ */ #include "../core/types.h" +#include "../core/macros.h" extern float delta_height; extern abc_float_t delta_endstop_adj; extern float delta_radius, delta_diagonal_rod, - delta_segments_per_second, - delta_calibration_radius; + delta_segments_per_second; extern abc_float_t delta_tower_angle_trim; extern xy_float_t delta_tower[ABC]; extern abc_float_t delta_diagonal_rod_2_tower; @@ -44,6 +44,19 @@ extern float delta_clip_start_height; */ void recalc_delta_settings(); +/** + * Get a safe radius for calibration + */ +#if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) + extern float calibration_radius_factor; +#else + constexpr float calibration_radius_factor = 1; +#endif + +#if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) + float delta_calibration_radius(); +#endif + /** * Delta Inverse Kinematics * diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp index 24c357e2b7b8..7d8e270fed0b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.cpp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #include "endstops.h" #include "stepper.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #include "temperature.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" @@ -73,11 +73,14 @@ Endstops::esbits_t Endstops::live_state = 0; #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) float Endstops::y2_endstop_adj; #endif -#if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) float Endstops::z2_endstop_adj; -#endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - float Endstops::z3_endstop_adj; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + float Endstops::z3_endstop_adj; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + float Endstops::z4_endstop_adj; + #endif + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(SPI_ENDSTOPS) @@ -163,6 +166,16 @@ void Endstops::init() { #endif #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + #if ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN) + SET_INPUT_PULLUP(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #elif ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN) + SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #else + SET_INPUT(Z4_MIN_PIN); + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_X_MAX #if ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX) SET_INPUT_PULLUP(X_MAX_PIN); @@ -233,6 +246,16 @@ void Endstops::init() { #endif #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + #if ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX) + SET_INPUT_PULLUP(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #elif ENABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX) + SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #else + SET_INPUT(Z4_MAX_PIN); + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_CALIBRATION_PIN #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP) SET_INPUT_PULLUP(CALIBRATION_PIN); @@ -340,7 +363,9 @@ void Endstops::resync() { void Endstops::event_handler() { static uint8_t prev_hit_state; // = 0 - if (hit_state && hit_state != prev_hit_state) { + if (hit_state == prev_hit_state) return; + prev_hit_state = hit_state; + if (hit_state) { #if HAS_SPI_LCD char chrX = ' ', chrY = ' ', chrZ = ' ', chrP = ' '; #define _SET_STOP_CHAR(A,C) (chr## A = C) @@ -385,7 +410,6 @@ void Endstops::event_handler() { } #endif } - prev_hit_state = hit_state; } static void print_es_state(const bool is_hit, PGM_P const label=nullptr) { @@ -395,7 +419,7 @@ static void print_es_state(const bool is_hit, PGM_P const label=nullptr) { SERIAL_EOL(); } -void _O2 Endstops::M119() { +void _O2 Endstops::report_states() { #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) bltouch._set_SW_mode(); #endif @@ -434,6 +458,9 @@ void _O2 Endstops::M119() { #if HAS_Z3_MIN ES_REPORT(Z3_MIN); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + ES_REPORT(Z4_MIN); + #endif #if HAS_Z_MAX ES_REPORT(Z_MAX); #endif @@ -443,6 +470,9 @@ void _O2 Endstops::M119() { #if HAS_Z3_MAX ES_REPORT(Z3_MAX); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + ES_REPORT(Z4_MAX); + #endif #if HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN print_es_state(READ(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) != Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING, PSTR(MSG_Z_PROBE)); #endif @@ -456,21 +486,27 @@ void _O2 Endstops::M119() { default: continue; case 1: pin = FIL_RUNOUT_PIN; break; case 2: pin = FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN; break; - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 2 + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS >= 3 case 3: pin = FIL_RUNOUT3_PIN; break; - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 3 + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS >= 4 case 4: pin = FIL_RUNOUT4_PIN; break; - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 4 + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS >= 5 case 5: pin = FIL_RUNOUT5_PIN; break; - #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 5 + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS >= 6 case 6: pin = FIL_RUNOUT6_PIN; break; + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS >= 7 + case 7: pin = FIL_RUNOUT7_PIN; break; + #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS >= 8 + case 8: pin = FIL_RUNOUT8_PIN; break; + #endif + #endif #endif #endif #endif #endif } SERIAL_ECHOPGM(MSG_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR); - if (i > 1) { SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_CHAR('0' + i); } + if (i > 1) SERIAL_CHAR(' ', '0' + i); print_es_state(extDigitalRead(pin) != FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING); } #endif @@ -483,7 +519,7 @@ void _O2 Endstops::M119() { joystick.report(); #endif -} // Endstops::M119 +} // Endstops::report_states // The following routines are called from an ISR context. It could be the temperature ISR, the // endstop ISR or the Stepper ISR. @@ -583,19 +619,26 @@ void Endstops::update() { #if HAS_Z_MIN && !Z_SPI_SENSORLESS UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z, MIN); - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #if HAS_Z2_MIN UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z2, MIN); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MIN, Z2_MIN); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 #if HAS_Z3_MIN UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z3, MIN); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MIN, Z3_MIN); #endif #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z4, MIN); + #else + COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MIN, Z4_MIN); + #endif + #endif #endif #endif @@ -606,20 +649,27 @@ void Endstops::update() { #if HAS_Z_MAX && !Z_SPI_SENSORLESS // Check both Z dual endstops - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z, MAX); #if HAS_Z2_MAX UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z2, MAX); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MAX, Z2_MAX); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 #if HAS_Z3_MAX UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z3, MAX); #else COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MAX, Z3_MAX); #endif #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z4, MAX); + #else + COPY_LIVE_STATE(Z_MAX, Z4_MAX); + #endif + #endif #elif !HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN || Z_MAX_PIN != Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN // If this pin isn't the bed probe it's the Z endstop UPDATE_ENDSTOP_BIT(Z, MAX); @@ -685,6 +735,16 @@ void Endstops::update() { } \ }while(0) + #define PROCESS_QUAD_ENDSTOP(AXIS1, AXIS2, AXIS3, AXIS4, MINMAX) do { \ + const byte quad_hit = TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS1, MINMAX)) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS2, MINMAX)) << 1) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS3, MINMAX)) << 2) | (TEST_ENDSTOP(_ENDSTOP(AXIS4, MINMAX)) << 3); \ + if (quad_hit) { \ + _ENDSTOP_HIT(AXIS1, MINMAX); \ + /* if not performing home or if both endstops were trigged during homing... */ \ + if (!stepper.separate_multi_axis || quad_hit == 0b1111) \ + planner.endstop_triggered(_AXIS(AXIS1)); \ + } \ + }while(0) + #if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) && PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN_PROBE) && !(CORE_IS_XY || CORE_IS_XZ) #if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_AWAY) #define _G38_OPEN_STATE (G38_move >= 4) @@ -746,10 +806,14 @@ void Endstops::update() { if (stepper.axis_is_moving(Z_AXIS)) { if (stepper.motor_direction(Z_AXIS_HEAD)) { // Z -direction. Gantry down, bed up. #if HAS_Z_MIN || (Z_SPI_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR < 0) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_TRIPLE_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, MIN); - #elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, MIN); + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + PROCESS_QUAD_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, Z4, MIN); + #elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 + PROCESS_TRIPLE_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, MIN); + #else + PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, MIN); + #endif #else #if ENABLED(Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN) if (z_probe_enabled) PROCESS_ENDSTOP(Z, MIN); @@ -768,10 +832,14 @@ void Endstops::update() { } else { // Z +direction. Gantry up, bed down. #if HAS_Z_MAX || (Z_SPI_SENSORLESS && Z_HOME_DIR > 0) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_TRIPLE_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, MAX); - #elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, MAX); + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + PROCESS_QUAD_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, Z4, MAX); + #elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 + PROCESS_TRIPLE_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, Z3, MAX); + #else + PROCESS_DUAL_ENDSTOP(Z, Z2, MAX); + #endif #elif !HAS_CUSTOM_PROBE_PIN || Z_MAX_PIN != Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN // If this pin is not hijacked for the bed probe // then it belongs to the Z endstop @@ -891,6 +959,12 @@ void Endstops::update() { #if HAS_Z3_MAX ES_GET_STATE(Z3_MAX); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + ES_GET_STATE(Z4_MIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + ES_GET_STATE(Z4_MAX); + #endif uint16_t endstop_change = live_state_local ^ old_live_state_local; #define ES_REPORT_CHANGE(S) if (TEST(endstop_change, S)) SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" " STRINGIFY(S) ":", TEST(live_state_local, S)) @@ -941,6 +1015,12 @@ void Endstops::update() { #if HAS_Z3_MAX ES_REPORT_CHANGE(Z3_MAX); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MIN + ES_REPORT_CHANGE(Z4_MIN); + #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MAX + ES_REPORT_CHANGE(Z4_MAX); + #endif SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("\n"); analogWrite(pin_t(LED_PIN), local_LED_status); local_LED_status ^= 255; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h index 43893e3b8ad2..a9abf5238124 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/endstops.h @@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ enum EndstopEnum : char { X2_MIN, X2_MAX, Y2_MIN, Y2_MAX, Z2_MIN, Z2_MAX, - Z3_MIN, Z3_MAX + Z3_MIN, Z3_MAX, + Z4_MIN, Z4_MAX }; class Endstops { @@ -47,12 +48,15 @@ class Endstops { #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) static float y2_endstop_adj; #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) static float z2_endstop_adj; #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 static float z3_endstop_adj; #endif + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + static float z4_endstop_adj; + #endif #else typedef uint8_t esbits_t; #endif @@ -124,9 +128,9 @@ class Endstops { static void event_handler(); /** - * Report endstop positions in response to M119 + * Report endstop states in response to M119 */ - static void M119(); + static void report_states(); // Enable / disable endstop checking globally static void enable_globally(const bool onoff=true); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp index 8182f23ae04e..f63555d28c4f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp @@ -109,9 +109,19 @@ xyze_pos_t current_position = { X_HOME_POS, Y_HOME_POS, Z_HOME_POS }; */ xyze_pos_t destination; // {0} +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +#if SAVED_POSITIONS + uint8_t saved_slots[(SAVED_POSITIONS + 7) >> 3]; + xyz_pos_t stored_position[SAVED_POSITIONS]; +#endif + // The active extruder (tool). Set with T command. #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - uint8_t active_extruder; // = 0 + uint8_t active_extruder = 0; // = 0 +#endif + +#if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + float e_move_accumulator; // = 0 #endif // Extruder offsets @@ -270,7 +280,7 @@ void set_current_from_steppers_for_axis(const AxisEnum axis) { , true #endif ); - xyze_pos_t &cartes = pos; + const xyze_pos_t &cartes = pos; #endif if (axis == ALL_AXES) current_position = cartes; @@ -537,7 +547,7 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { soft_endstop.min[axis] = base_min_pos(axis); soft_endstop.max[axis] = (axis == Z_AXIS ? delta_height #if HAS_BED_PROBE - - probe_offset.z + - probe.offset.z #endif : base_max_pos(axis)); @@ -588,10 +598,14 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { */ void apply_motion_limits(xyz_pos_t &target) { - if (!soft_endstops_enabled || !all_axes_homed()) return; + if (!soft_endstops_enabled) return; #if IS_KINEMATIC + #if ENABLED(DELTA) + if (!all_axes_homed()) return; + #endif + #if HAS_HOTEND_OFFSET && ENABLED(DELTA) // The effector center position will be the target minus the hotend offset. const xy_pos_t offs = hotend_offset[active_extruder]; @@ -600,33 +614,46 @@ void restore_feedrate_and_scaling() { constexpr xy_pos_t offs{0}; #endif - const float dist_2 = HYPOT2(target.x - offs.x, target.y - offs.y); - if (dist_2 > delta_max_radius_2) - target *= delta_max_radius / SQRT(dist_2); // 200 / 300 = 0.66 + if (true + #if IS_SCARA + && TEST(axis_homed, X_AXIS) && TEST(axis_homed, Y_AXIS) + #endif + ) { + const float dist_2 = HYPOT2(target.x - offs.x, target.y - offs.y); + if (dist_2 > delta_max_radius_2) + target *= delta_max_radius / SQRT(dist_2); // 200 / 300 = 0.66 + } #else - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) - NOLESS(target.x, soft_endstop.min.x); - #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) - NOMORE(target.x, soft_endstop.max.x); - #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) - NOLESS(target.y, soft_endstop.min.y); - #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) - NOMORE(target.y, soft_endstop.max.y); - #endif + if (TEST(axis_homed, X_AXIS)) { + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) + NOLESS(target.x, soft_endstop.min.x); + #endif + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X) + NOMORE(target.x, soft_endstop.max.x); + #endif + } - #endif + if (TEST(axis_homed, Y_AXIS)) { + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) + NOLESS(target.y, soft_endstop.min.y); + #endif + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y) + NOMORE(target.y, soft_endstop.max.y); + #endif + } - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) - NOLESS(target.z, soft_endstop.min.z); - #endif - #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) - NOMORE(target.z, soft_endstop.max.z); #endif + + if (TEST(axis_homed, Z_AXIS)) { + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) + NOLESS(target.z, soft_endstop.min.z); + #endif + #if !HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z) + NOMORE(target.z, soft_endstop.max.z); + #endif + } } #endif // HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS @@ -986,32 +1013,37 @@ void prepare_move_to_destination() { #if EITHER(PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION, PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) - if (!DEBUGGING(DRYRUN)) { - if (destination.e != current_position.e) { - #if ENABLED(PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION) - if (thermalManager.tooColdToExtrude(active_extruder)) { - current_position.e = destination.e; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_COLD_EXTRUDE_STOP); - } - #endif // PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION - #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) - const float e_delta = ABS(destination.e - current_position.e) * planner.e_factor[active_extruder]; - if (e_delta > (EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH)) { - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - bool ignore_e = false; - float collector[MIXING_STEPPERS]; - mixer.refresh_collector(1.0, mixer.get_current_vtool(), collector); - MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(e) - if (e_delta * collector[e] > (EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH)) { ignore_e = true; break; } - #else - constexpr bool ignore_e = true; - #endif - if (ignore_e) { - current_position.e = destination.e; // Behave as if the move really took place, but ignore E part - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_LONG_EXTRUDE_STOP); + if (!DEBUGGING(DRYRUN) && destination.e != current_position.e) { + bool ignore_e = false; + + #if ENABLED(PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION) + ignore_e = thermalManager.tooColdToExtrude(active_extruder); + if (ignore_e) SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_COLD_EXTRUDE_STOP); + #endif + + #if ENABLED(PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE) + const float e_delta = ABS(destination.e - current_position.e) * planner.e_factor[active_extruder]; + if (e_delta > (EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH)) { + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + float collector[MIXING_STEPPERS]; + mixer.refresh_collector(1.0, mixer.get_current_vtool(), collector); + MIXER_STEPPER_LOOP(e) { + if (e_delta * collector[e] > (EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH)) { + ignore_e = true; + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_LONG_EXTRUDE_STOP); + break; + } } - } - #endif // PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE + #else + ignore_e = true; + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_LONG_EXTRUDE_STOP); + #endif + } + #endif + + if (ignore_e) { + current_position.e = destination.e; // Behave as if the E move really took place + planner.set_e_position_mm(destination.e); // Prevent the planner from complaining too } } @@ -1130,6 +1162,9 @@ feedRate_t get_homing_bump_feedrate(const AxisEnum axis) { #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) stealth_states.z3 = tmc_enable_stallguard(stepperZ3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + stealth_states.z4 = tmc_enable_stallguard(stepperZ4); + #endif #if CORE_IS_XZ && X_SENSORLESS stealth_states.x = tmc_enable_stallguard(stepperX); #elif CORE_IS_YZ && Y_SENSORLESS @@ -1199,6 +1234,9 @@ feedRate_t get_homing_bump_feedrate(const AxisEnum axis) { #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) tmc_disable_stallguard(stepperZ3, enable_stealth.z3); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + tmc_disable_stallguard(stepperZ4, enable_stealth.z4); + #endif #if CORE_IS_XZ && X_SENSORLESS tmc_disable_stallguard(stepperX, enable_stealth.x); #elif CORE_IS_YZ && Y_SENSORLESS @@ -1243,10 +1281,14 @@ void do_homing_move(const AxisEnum axis, const float distance, const feedRate_t #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE && HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER) // Wait for bed to heat back up between probing points if (axis == Z_AXIS && distance < 0 && thermalManager.isHeatingBed()) { - serialprintPGM(msg_wait_for_bed_heating); - LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_BED_HEATING); + serialprintPGM(probe.msg_wait_for_bed_heating); + #if HAS_DISPLAY + LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_BED_HEATING); + #endif thermalManager.wait_for_bed(); - ui.reset_status(); + #if HAS_DISPLAY + ui.reset_status(); + #endif } #endif @@ -1265,7 +1307,7 @@ void do_homing_move(const AxisEnum axis, const float distance, const feedRate_t if (is_home_dir) { #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE && QUIET_PROBING - if (axis == Z_AXIS) probing_pause(true); + if (axis == Z_AXIS) probe.set_probing_paused(true); #endif // Disable stealthChop if used. Enable diag1 pin on driver. @@ -1305,7 +1347,7 @@ void do_homing_move(const AxisEnum axis, const float distance, const feedRate_t if (is_home_dir) { #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE && QUIET_PROBING - if (axis == Z_AXIS) probing_pause(false); + if (axis == Z_AXIS) probe.set_probing_paused(false); #endif endstops.validate_homing_move(); @@ -1355,7 +1397,7 @@ void set_axis_is_at_home(const AxisEnum axis) { #elif ENABLED(DELTA) current_position[axis] = (axis == Z_AXIS ? delta_height #if HAS_BED_PROBE - - probe_offset.z + - probe.offset.z #endif : base_home_pos(axis)); #else @@ -1369,9 +1411,9 @@ void set_axis_is_at_home(const AxisEnum axis) { if (axis == Z_AXIS) { #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE - current_position.z -= probe_offset.z; + current_position.z -= probe.offset.z; - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("*** Z HOMED WITH PROBE (Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN) ***\n> probe_offset.z = ", probe_offset.z); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("*** Z HOMED WITH PROBE (Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN) ***\n> probe.offset.z = ", probe.offset.z); #else @@ -1389,6 +1431,11 @@ void set_axis_is_at_home(const AxisEnum axis) { babystep.reset_total(axis); #endif + #if HAS_POSITION_SHIFT + position_shift[axis] = 0; + update_workspace_offset(axis); + #endif + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { #if HAS_HOME_OFFSET DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("> home_offset[", axis_codes[axis], "] = ", home_offset[axis]); @@ -1462,7 +1509,7 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { // Homing Z towards the bed? Deploy the Z probe or endstop. #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE - if (axis == Z_AXIS && DEPLOY_PROBE()) return; + if (axis == Z_AXIS && probe.deploy()) return; #endif // Set flags for X, Y, Z motor locking @@ -1474,7 +1521,7 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) case Y_AXIS: #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) case Z_AXIS: #endif stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(true); @@ -1558,77 +1605,119 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { } } #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) if (axis == Z_AXIS) { - const float adj = ABS(endstops.z2_endstop_adj); - if (adj) { - if (pos_dir ? (endstops.z2_endstop_adj > 0) : (endstops.z2_endstop_adj < 0)) stepper.set_z_lock(true); else stepper.set_z2_lock(true); - do_homing_move(axis, pos_dir ? -adj : adj); + + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 2 + + const float adj = ABS(endstops.z2_endstop_adj); + if (adj) { + if (pos_dir ? (endstops.z2_endstop_adj > 0) : (endstops.z2_endstop_adj < 0)) stepper.set_z_lock(true); else stepper.set_z2_lock(true); + do_homing_move(axis, pos_dir ? -adj : adj); + stepper.set_z_lock(false); + stepper.set_z2_lock(false); + } + + #else + + // Handy arrays of stepper lock function pointers + + typedef void (*adjustFunc_t)(const bool); + + adjustFunc_t lock[] = { + stepper.set_z_lock, stepper.set_z2_lock, stepper.set_z3_lock + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + , stepper.set_z4_lock + #endif + }; + float adj[] = { + 0, endstops.z2_endstop_adj, endstops.z3_endstop_adj + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + , endstops.z4_endstop_adj + #endif + }; + + adjustFunc_t tempLock; + float tempAdj; + + // Manual bubble sort by adjust value + if (adj[1] < adj[0]) { + tempLock = lock[0], tempAdj = adj[0]; + lock[0] = lock[1], adj[0] = adj[1]; + lock[1] = tempLock, adj[1] = tempAdj; + } + if (adj[2] < adj[1]) { + tempLock = lock[1], tempAdj = adj[1]; + lock[1] = lock[2], adj[1] = adj[2]; + lock[2] = tempLock, adj[2] = tempAdj; + } + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + if (adj[3] < adj[2]) { + tempLock = lock[2], tempAdj = adj[2]; + lock[2] = lock[3], adj[2] = adj[3]; + lock[3] = tempLock, adj[3] = tempAdj; + } + if (adj[2] < adj[1]) { + tempLock = lock[1], tempAdj = adj[1]; + lock[1] = lock[2], adj[1] = adj[2]; + lock[2] = tempLock, adj[2] = tempAdj; + } + #endif + if (adj[1] < adj[0]) { + tempLock = lock[0], tempAdj = adj[0]; + lock[0] = lock[1], adj[0] = adj[1]; + lock[1] = tempLock, adj[1] = tempAdj; + } + + if (pos_dir) { + // normalize adj to smallest value and do the first move + (*lock[0])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[1] - adj[0]); + // lock the second stepper for the final correction + (*lock[1])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[2] - adj[1]); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + // lock the third stepper for the final correction + (*lock[2])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[3] - adj[2]); + #endif + } + else { + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + (*lock[3])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[2] - adj[3]); + #endif + (*lock[2])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[1] - adj[2]); + (*lock[1])(true); + do_homing_move(axis, adj[0] - adj[1]); + } + stepper.set_z_lock(false); stepper.set_z2_lock(false); - } - } - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - if (axis == Z_AXIS) { - // we push the function pointers for the stepper lock function into an array - void (*lock[3]) (bool)= {&stepper.set_z_lock, &stepper.set_z2_lock, &stepper.set_z3_lock}; - float adj[3] = {0, endstops.z2_endstop_adj, endstops.z3_endstop_adj}; - - void (*tempLock) (bool); - float tempAdj; - - // manual bubble sort by adjust value - if (adj[1] < adj[0]) { - tempLock = lock[0], tempAdj = adj[0]; - lock[0] = lock[1], adj[0] = adj[1]; - lock[1] = tempLock, adj[1] = tempAdj; - } - if (adj[2] < adj[1]) { - tempLock = lock[1], tempAdj = adj[1]; - lock[1] = lock[2], adj[1] = adj[2]; - lock[2] = tempLock, adj[2] = tempAdj; - } - if (adj[1] < adj[0]) { - tempLock = lock[0], tempAdj = adj[0]; - lock[0] = lock[1], adj[0] = adj[1]; - lock[1] = tempLock, adj[1] = tempAdj; - } - - if (pos_dir) { - // normalize adj to smallest value and do the first move - (*lock[0])(true); - do_homing_move(axis, adj[1] - adj[0]); - // lock the second stepper for the final correction - (*lock[1])(true); - do_homing_move(axis, adj[2] - adj[1]); - } - else { - (*lock[2])(true); - do_homing_move(axis, adj[1] - adj[2]); - (*lock[1])(true); - do_homing_move(axis, adj[0] - adj[1]); - } + stepper.set_z3_lock(false); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + stepper.set_z4_lock(false); + #endif - stepper.set_z_lock(false); - stepper.set_z2_lock(false); - stepper.set_z3_lock(false); + #endif } #endif // Reset flags for X, Y, Z motor locking switch (axis) { + default: break; #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) case X_AXIS: #endif #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) case Y_AXIS: #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) case Z_AXIS: #endif - stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(false); - default: break; + stepper.set_separate_multi_axis(false); } #endif @@ -1662,18 +1751,12 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis) { // Put away the Z probe #if HOMING_Z_WITH_PROBE - if (axis == Z_AXIS && STOW_PROBE()) return; + if (axis == Z_AXIS && probe.stow()) return; #endif - #ifdef HOMING_BACKOFF_MM + #if DISABLED(DELTA) && defined(HOMING_BACKOFF_MM) constexpr xyz_float_t endstop_backoff = HOMING_BACKOFF_MM; - const float backoff_mm = endstop_backoff[ - #if ENABLED(DELTA) - Z_AXIS - #else - axis - #endif - ]; + const float backoff_mm = endstop_backoff[axis]; if (backoff_mm) { current_position[axis] -= ABS(backoff_mm) * axis_home_dir; line_to_current_position( diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/motion.h b/Marlin/src/module/motion.h index 8b9775ce9830..a159bdd4bfa8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/motion.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/motion.h @@ -41,6 +41,7 @@ // Axis homed and known-position states extern uint8_t axis_homed, axis_known_position; constexpr uint8_t xyz_bits = _BV(X_AXIS) | _BV(Y_AXIS) | _BV(Z_AXIS); +FORCE_INLINE bool no_axes_homed() { return !axis_homed; } FORCE_INLINE bool all_axes_homed() { return (axis_homed & xyz_bits) == xyz_bits; } FORCE_INLINE bool all_axes_known() { return (axis_known_position & xyz_bits) == xyz_bits; } FORCE_INLINE void set_all_unhomed() { axis_homed = 0; } @@ -64,6 +65,12 @@ extern bool relative_mode; extern xyze_pos_t current_position, // High-level current tool position destination; // Destination for a move +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +#if SAVED_POSITIONS + extern uint8_t saved_slots[(SAVED_POSITIONS + 7) >> 3]; + extern xyz_pos_t stored_position[SAVED_POSITIONS]; +#endif + // Scratch space for a cartesian result extern xyz_pos_t cartes; @@ -107,6 +114,10 @@ extern int16_t feedrate_percentage; constexpr uint8_t active_extruder = 0; #endif +#if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + extern float e_move_accumulator; +#endif + FORCE_INLINE float pgm_read_any(const float *p) { return pgm_read_float(p); } FORCE_INLINE signed char pgm_read_any(const signed char *p) { return pgm_read_byte(p); } @@ -287,6 +298,7 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); */ #if IS_KINEMATIC // (DELTA or SCARA) + #if HAS_SCARA_OFFSET extern abc_pos_t scara_home_offset; // A and B angular offsets, Z mm offset #endif @@ -294,7 +306,7 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); // Return true if the given point is within the printable area inline bool position_is_reachable(const float &rx, const float &ry, const float inset=0) { #if ENABLED(DELTA) - return HYPOT2(rx, ry) <= sq(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - inset); + return HYPOT2(rx, ry) <= sq(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - inset + slop); #elif IS_SCARA const float R2 = HYPOT2(rx - SCARA_OFFSET_X, ry - SCARA_OFFSET_Y); return ( @@ -311,13 +323,25 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); } #if HAS_BED_PROBE - // Return true if the both nozzle and the probe can reach the given point. - // Note: This won't work on SCARA since the probe offset rotates with the arm. - inline bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const float &rx, const float &ry) { - return position_is_reachable(rx - probe_offset.x, ry - probe_offset.y) - && position_is_reachable(rx, ry, ABS(MIN_PROBE_EDGE)); - } - #endif + + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + + // Return true if the both nozzle and the probe can reach the given point. + // Note: This won't work on SCARA since the probe offset rotates with the arm. + inline bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const float &rx, const float &ry) { + return position_is_reachable(rx - probe.offset_xy.x, ry - probe.offset_xy.y) + && position_is_reachable(rx, ry, ABS(MIN_PROBE_EDGE)); + } + + #else + + FORCE_INLINE bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const float &rx, const float &ry) { + return position_is_reachable(rx, ry, MIN_PROBE_EDGE); + } + + #endif + + #endif // HAS_BED_PROBE #else // CARTESIAN @@ -336,6 +360,7 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); inline bool position_is_reachable(const xy_pos_t &pos) { return position_is_reachable(pos.x, pos.y); } #if HAS_BED_PROBE + /** * Return whether the given position is within the bed, and whether the nozzle * can reach the position required to put the probe at the given position. @@ -344,18 +369,18 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis); * nozzle must be be able to reach +10,-10. */ inline bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const float &rx, const float &ry) { - return position_is_reachable(rx - probe_offset.x, ry - probe_offset.y) - && WITHIN(rx, probe_min_x() - slop, probe_max_x() + slop) - && WITHIN(ry, probe_min_y() - slop, probe_max_y() + slop); + return position_is_reachable(rx - probe.offset_xy.x, ry - probe.offset_xy.y) + && WITHIN(rx, probe.min_x() - slop, probe.max_x() + slop) + && WITHIN(ry, probe.min_y() - slop, probe.max_y() + slop); } - #endif + + #endif // HAS_BED_PROBE #endif // CARTESIAN #if !HAS_BED_PROBE FORCE_INLINE bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const float &rx, const float &ry) { return position_is_reachable(rx, ry); } #endif -FORCE_INLINE bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const xy_int_t &pos) { return position_is_reachable_by_probe(pos.x, pos.y); } FORCE_INLINE bool position_is_reachable_by_probe(const xy_pos_t &pos) { return position_is_reachable_by_probe(pos.x, pos.y); } /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index 3037ae97fc16..9f5a5c5c5e04 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ #include "../core/language.h" #include "../gcode/parser.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if HAS_LEVELING #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" @@ -96,6 +96,10 @@ #include "../feature/backlash.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + #include "../feature/cancel_object.h" +#endif + #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) #include "../feature/power_loss_recovery.h" #endif @@ -1248,13 +1252,13 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { // Disable inactive axes // #if ENABLED(DISABLE_X) - if (!axis_active.x) disable_X(); + if (!axis_active.x) DISABLE_AXIS_X(); #endif #if ENABLED(DISABLE_Y) - if (!axis_active.y) disable_Y(); + if (!axis_active.y) DISABLE_AXIS_Y(); #endif #if ENABLED(DISABLE_Z) - if (!axis_active.z) disable_Z(); + if (!axis_active.z) DISABLE_AXIS_Z(); #endif #if ENABLED(DISABLE_E) if (!axis_active.e) disable_e_steppers(); @@ -1281,9 +1285,9 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #endif #if FAN_MIN_PWM != 0 || FAN_MAX_PWM != 255 - #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (tail_fan_speed[f] ? map(tail_fan_speed[f], 1, 255, FAN_MIN_PWM, FAN_MAX_PWM) : 0) + #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (tail_fan_speed[f] ? map(tail_fan_speed[f], 1, 255, FAN_MIN_PWM, FAN_MAX_PWM) : FAN_OFF_PWM) #else - #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) tail_fan_speed[f] + #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (tail_fan_speed[f] ?: FAN_OFF_PWM) #endif #if ENABLED(FAN_SOFT_PWM) @@ -1304,7 +1308,21 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #if HAS_FAN2 FAN_SET(2); #endif - + #if HAS_FAN3 + FAN_SET(3); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + FAN_SET(4); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + FAN_SET(5); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + FAN_SET(6); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + FAN_SET(7); + #endif #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) @@ -1391,7 +1409,7 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) const float fade_scaling_factor = fade_scaling_factor_for_z(raw.z); - #else + #elif DISABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) constexpr float fade_scaling_factor = 1.0; #endif @@ -1428,7 +1446,7 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) const float fade_scaling_factor = fade_scaling_factor_for_z(raw.z); - #else + #elif DISABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) constexpr float fade_scaling_factor = 1.0; #endif @@ -1804,6 +1822,12 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, #if EXTRUDERS delta_mm.e = esteps_float * steps_to_mm[E_AXIS_N(extruder)]; + #else + delta_mm.e = 0.0f; + #endif + + #if ENABLED(LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) + e_move_accumulator += delta_mm.e; #endif if (block->steps.a < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT && block->steps.b < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT && block->steps.c < MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT) { @@ -1881,29 +1905,29 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, // Enable active axes #if CORE_IS_XY if (block->steps.a || block->steps.b) { - enable_X(); - enable_Y(); + ENABLE_AXIS_X(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); } #if DISABLED(Z_LATE_ENABLE) - if (block->steps.z) enable_Z(); + if (block->steps.z) ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); #endif #elif CORE_IS_XZ if (block->steps.a || block->steps.c) { - enable_X(); - enable_Z(); + ENABLE_AXIS_X(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); } - if (block->steps.y) enable_Y(); + if (block->steps.y) ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); #elif CORE_IS_YZ if (block->steps.b || block->steps.c) { - enable_Y(); - enable_Z(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); } - if (block->steps.x) enable_X(); + if (block->steps.x) ENABLE_AXIS_X(); #else - if (block->steps.x) enable_X(); - if (block->steps.y) enable_Y(); + if (block->steps.x) ENABLE_AXIS_X(); + if (block->steps.y) ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); #if DISABLED(Z_LATE_ENABLE) - if (block->steps.z) enable_Z(); + if (block->steps.z) ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); #endif #endif @@ -1916,121 +1940,32 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, #if ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER) // Enable only the selected extruder - #define DISABLE_IDLE_E(N) if (!g_uc_extruder_last_move[N]) disable_E##N(); - for (uint8_t i = 0; i < EXTRUDERS; i++) if (g_uc_extruder_last_move[i] > 0) g_uc_extruder_last_move[i]--; - switch (extruder) { - case 0: - #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(1); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(5); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 - enable_E0(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[0] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - #if HAS_DUPLICATION_MODE - if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { - enable_E1(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[1] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - } - #endif - break; - #if EXTRUDERS > 1 - case 1: - DISABLE_IDLE_E(0); - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(5); - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - enable_E1(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[1] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - break; - #if EXTRUDERS > 2 - case 2: - DISABLE_IDLE_E(0); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(1); - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(5); - #endif - #endif - #endif - enable_E2(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[2] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - break; - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - case 3: - DISABLE_IDLE_E(0); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(1); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(2); - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(4); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(5); - #endif - #endif - enable_E3(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[3] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - break; - #if EXTRUDERS > 4 - case 4: - DISABLE_IDLE_E(0); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(1); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(2); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(3); - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - DISABLE_IDLE_E(5); - #endif - enable_E4(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[4] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - break; - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 - case 5: - DISABLE_IDLE_E(0); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(1); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(2); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(3); - DISABLE_IDLE_E(4); - enable_E5(); - g_uc_extruder_last_move[5] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; - break; - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 - #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 - } + #if HAS_DUPLICATION_MODE + if (extruder_duplication_enabled && extruder == 0) { + ENABLE_AXIS_E1(); + g_uc_extruder_last_move[1] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; + } + #endif + + #define ENABLE_ONE_E(N) do{ \ + if (extruder == N) { \ + ENABLE_AXIS_E##N(); \ + g_uc_extruder_last_move[N] = (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE) * 2; \ + } \ + else if (!g_uc_extruder_last_move[N]) \ + DISABLE_AXIS_E##N(); \ + }while(0); + #else - enable_E0(); - enable_E1(); - enable_E2(); - enable_E3(); - enable_E4(); - enable_E5(); + + #define ENABLE_ONE_E(N) ENABLE_AXIS_E##N(); + #endif + + REPEAT(EXTRUDERS, ENABLE_ONE_E); // (ENABLE_ONE_E must end with semicolon) } #endif // EXTRUDERS @@ -2078,7 +2013,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, if (was_enabled) ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); #endif - block->nominal_speed_sqr = sq(block->millimeters * inverse_secs); // (mm/sec)^2 Always > 0 + block->nominal_speed_sqr = sq(block->millimeters * inverse_secs); // (mm/sec)^2 Always > 0 block->nominal_rate = CEIL(block->step_event_count * inverse_secs); // (step/sec) Always > 0 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) @@ -2086,28 +2021,38 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, filwidth.advance_e(delta_mm.e); #endif - // Calculate and limit speed in mm/sec for each axis + // Calculate and limit speed in mm/sec + xyze_float_t current_speed; float speed_factor = 1.0f; // factor <1 decreases speed - LOOP_XYZE(i) { - #if BOTH(MIXING_EXTRUDER, RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING) - // In worst case, only one extruder running, no change is needed. - // In best case, all extruders run the same amount, we can divide by MIXING_STEPPERS - float delta_mm_i = 0; - if (i == E_AXIS && mixer.get_current_vtool() == MIXER_AUTORETRACT_TOOL) - delta_mm_i = delta_mm.e / MIXING_STEPPERS; - else - delta_mm_i = delta_mm.e; - #else - const float delta_mm_i = delta_mm[i]; - #endif - const feedRate_t cs = ABS(current_speed[i] = delta_mm_i * inverse_secs); - #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - if (i == E_AXIS) i += extruder; - #endif - if (cs > settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[i]) NOMORE(speed_factor, settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[i] / cs); + + // Linear axes first with less logic + LOOP_XYZ(i) { + current_speed[i] = delta_mm[i] * inverse_secs; + const feedRate_t cs = ABS(current_speed[i]), + max_fr = settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[i]; + if (cs > max_fr) NOMORE(speed_factor, max_fr / cs); } + // Limit speed on extruders, if any + #if EXTRUDERS + { + current_speed.e = delta_mm.e * inverse_secs; + #if BOTH(MIXING_EXTRUDER, RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING) + // Move all mixing extruders at the specified rate + if (mixer.get_current_vtool() == MIXER_AUTORETRACT_TOOL) + current_speed.e *= MIXING_STEPPERS; + #endif + const feedRate_t cs = ABS(current_speed.e), + max_fr = (settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS_N(extruder)] + #if BOTH(MIXING_EXTRUDER, RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING) + * MIXING_STEPPERS + #endif + ); + if (cs > max_fr) NOMORE(speed_factor, max_fr / cs); + } + #endif + // Max segment time in µs. #ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT @@ -2597,7 +2542,11 @@ bool Planner::buffer_segment(const float &a, const float &b, const float &c, con #endif // DRYRUN prevents E moves from taking place - if (DEBUGGING(DRYRUN)) { + if (DEBUGGING(DRYRUN) + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) + || cancelable.skipping + #endif + ) { position.e = target.e; #if HAS_POSITION_FLOAT position_float.e = e; @@ -2685,13 +2634,15 @@ bool Planner::buffer_line(const float &rx, const float &ry, const float &rz, con if (mm == 0.0) mm = (delta_mm_cart.x != 0.0 || delta_mm_cart.y != 0.0) ? delta_mm_cart.magnitude() : ABS(delta_mm_cart.z); + // Cartesian XYZ to kinematic ABC, stored in global 'delta' inverse_kinematics(machine); #if ENABLED(SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING) // For SCARA scale the feed rate from mm/s to degrees/s // i.e., Complete the angular vector in the given time. const float duration_recip = inv_duration ?: fr_mm_s / mm; - const feedRate_t feedrate = HYPOT(delta.a - position_float.a, delta.b - position_float.b) * duration_recip; + const xyz_pos_t diff = delta - position_float; + const feedRate_t feedrate = diff.magnitude() * duration_recip; #else const feedRate_t feedrate = fr_mm_s; #endif @@ -2812,7 +2763,7 @@ void Planner::refresh_positioning() { inline void limit_and_warn(float &val, const uint8_t axis, PGM_P const setting_name, const xyze_float_t &max_limit) { const uint8_t lim_axis = axis > E_AXIS ? E_AXIS : axis; const float before = val; - LIMIT(val, 1, max_limit[lim_axis]); + LIMIT(val, 0.1, max_limit[lim_axis]); if (before != val) { SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[lim_axis]); SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" Max "); @@ -2827,8 +2778,8 @@ void Planner::set_max_acceleration(const uint8_t axis, float targetValue) { constexpr xyze_float_t max_accel_edit = MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES; const xyze_float_t &max_acc_edit_scaled = max_accel_edit; #else - constexpr xyze_float_t max_accel_edit = DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION, - max_acc_edit_scaled = max_accel_edit * 2; + constexpr xyze_float_t max_accel_edit = DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION; + constexpr xyze_float_t max_acc_edit_scaled = max_accel_edit * 2; #endif limit_and_warn(targetValue, axis, PSTR("Acceleration"), max_acc_edit_scaled); #endif @@ -2844,8 +2795,8 @@ void Planner::set_max_feedrate(const uint8_t axis, float targetValue) { constexpr xyze_float_t max_fr_edit = MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES; const xyze_float_t &max_fr_edit_scaled = max_fr_edit; #else - constexpr xyze_float_t max_fr_edit = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE, - max_fr_edit_scaled = max_fr_edit * 2; + constexpr xyze_float_t max_fr_edit = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE; + constexpr xyze_float_t max_fr_edit_scaled = max_fr_edit * 2; #endif limit_and_warn(targetValue, axis, PSTR("Feedrate"), max_fr_edit_scaled); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h index 8919ae123c47..52b6bc1ea43b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ * Copyright (c) 2009-2011 Simen Svale Skogsrud */ -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "motion.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ typedef struct block_t { } block_t; -#define HAS_POSITION_FLOAT ANY(LIN_ADVANCE, SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING, GRADIENT_MIX) +#define HAS_POSITION_FLOAT ANY(LIN_ADVANCE, SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING, GRADIENT_MIX, LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL) #define BLOCK_MOD(n) ((n)&(BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE-1)) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp index 080f4e41a856..db1f2044442f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner_bezier.cpp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #include "motion.h" #include "temperature.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../core/language.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp index cef233d9acfd..6753a075eb8a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/printcounter.cpp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Stopwatch print_job_timer; // Global Print Job Timer instance #endif #include "printcounter.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.h" #if HAS_BUZZER && SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES > 0 diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp index cbe6035af7db..35aaf93f09bb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/probe.cpp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ /** - * probe.cpp + * module/probe.cpp */ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #include "../gcode/gcode.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" // for stop(), disable_e_steppers, wait_for_user +#include "../MarlinCore.h" // for stop(), disable_e_steppers, wait_for_user #if HAS_LEVELING #include "../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" @@ -56,8 +56,6 @@ #include "../feature/backlash.h" #endif -xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() - #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) #include "../feature/bltouch.h" #endif @@ -86,6 +84,14 @@ xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) #include "../core/debug_out.h" +Probe probe; + +xyz_pos_t Probe::offset; // Initialized by settings.load() + +#if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + const xyz_pos_t &Probe::offset_xy = probe.offset; +#endif + #if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_SLED) #ifndef SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET @@ -98,7 +104,7 @@ xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() * stow[in] If false, move to MAX_X and engage the solenoid * If true, move to MAX_X and release the solenoid */ - static void dock_sled(bool stow) { + static void dock_sled(const bool stow) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("dock_sled(", stow, ")"); // Dock sled a bit closer to ensure proper capturing @@ -112,8 +118,10 @@ xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() #elif ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) // Move to the magnet to unlock the probe - void run_deploy_moves_script() { - #if TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS > X_MAX_BED + inline void run_deploy_moves_script() { + #ifndef TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS + #define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS X_MIN_POS + #elif TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS > X_MAX_BED TemporaryGlobalEndstopsState unlock_x(false); #endif #if TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_YPOS > Y_MAX_BED @@ -129,7 +137,7 @@ xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); wait_for_user = true; // LCD click or M108 will clear this #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Deploy TouchMI probe."), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Deploy TouchMI probe."), CONTINUE_STR); #endif while (wait_for_user) idle(); ui.reset_status(); @@ -145,7 +153,7 @@ xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() } // Move down to the bed to stow the probe - void run_stow_moves_script() { + inline void run_stow_moves_script() { const xyz_pos_t oldpos = current_position; endstops.enable_z_probe(false); do_blocking_move_to_z(TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z, MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z)); @@ -154,7 +162,7 @@ xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() #elif ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - void run_deploy_moves_script() { + inline void run_deploy_moves_script() { #ifdef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 #ifndef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE 0.0 @@ -192,7 +200,7 @@ xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() #endif } - void run_stow_moves_script() { + inline void run_stow_moves_script() { #ifdef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 #ifndef Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE 0.0 @@ -233,7 +241,8 @@ xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() #endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY #if QUIET_PROBING - void probing_pause(const bool p) { + + void Probe::set_probing_paused(const bool p) { #if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) thermalManager.pause(p); #endif @@ -243,7 +252,7 @@ xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() #if ENABLED(PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF) disable_e_steppers(); #if NONE(DELTA, HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE) - disable_X(); disable_Y(); + DISABLE_AXIS_X(); DISABLE_AXIS_Y(); #endif #endif if (p) safe_delay( @@ -254,16 +263,17 @@ xyz_pos_t probe_offset; // Initialized by settings.load() #endif ); } + #endif // QUIET_PROBING /** * Raise Z to a minimum height to make room for a probe to move */ -inline void do_probe_raise(const float z_raise) { - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("do_probe_raise(", z_raise, ")"); +void Probe::do_z_raise(const float z_raise) { + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Probe::move_z(", z_raise, ")"); float z_dest = z_raise; - if (probe_offset.z < 0) z_dest -= probe_offset.z; + if (offset.z < 0) z_dest -= offset.z; NOMORE(z_dest, Z_MAX_POS); @@ -290,7 +300,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE void probe_specific_action(const bool deploy) { KEEPALIVE_STATE(PAUSED_FOR_USER); wait_for_user = true; #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) - host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Stow Probe"), PSTR("Continue")); + host_prompt_do(PROMPT_USER_CONTINUE, PSTR("Stow Probe"), CONTINUE_STR); #endif #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) ExtUI::onUserConfirmRequired_P(PSTR("Stow Probe")); @@ -343,11 +353,15 @@ FORCE_INLINE void probe_specific_action(const bool deploy) { #endif } -// returns false for ok and true for failure -bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy) { +/** + * Attempt to deploy or stow the probe + * + * Return TRUE if the probe could not be deployed/stowed + */ +bool Probe::set_deployed(const bool deploy) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { - DEBUG_POS("set_probe_deployed", current_position); + DEBUG_POS("Probe::set_deployed", current_position); DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("deploy: ", deploy); } @@ -356,7 +370,7 @@ bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy) { // Make room for probe to deploy (or stow) // Fix-mounted probe should only raise for deploy // unless PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW is enabled - #if ENABLED(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE) && DISABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) + #if EITHER(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, NOZZLE_AS_PROBE) && DISABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) const bool deploy_stow_condition = deploy; #else constexpr bool deploy_stow_condition = true; @@ -370,7 +384,7 @@ bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy) { #endif if (deploy_stow_condition && unknown_condition) - do_probe_raise(_MAX(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES, Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE)); + do_z_raise(_MAX(Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES, Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE)); #if EITHER(Z_PROBE_SLED, Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) if (axis_unhomed_error( @@ -425,7 +439,7 @@ bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy) { #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING // After probing move to a preferred Z position - void move_z_after_probing() { + void Probe::move_z_after_probing() { if (current_position.z != Z_AFTER_PROBING) { do_blocking_move_to_z(Z_AFTER_PROBING); current_position.z = Z_AFTER_PROBING; @@ -441,12 +455,12 @@ bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy) { * @return true to indicate an error */ -#if HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER) - const char msg_wait_for_bed_heating[25] PROGMEM = "Wait for bed heating...\n"; +#if HAS_BED_PROBE && HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER) + const char Probe::msg_wait_for_bed_heating[25] PROGMEM = "Wait for bed heating...\n"; #endif -static bool do_probe_move(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s) { - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS(">>> do_probe_move", current_position); +bool Probe::move_to_z(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s) { + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS(">>> Probe::move_to_z", current_position); #if HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER) // Wait for bed to heat back up between probing points @@ -474,7 +488,7 @@ static bool do_probe_move(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s) { #endif #if QUIET_PROBING - probing_pause(true); + set_probing_paused(true); #endif // Move down until the probe is triggered @@ -496,7 +510,7 @@ static bool do_probe_move(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s) { ; #if QUIET_PROBING - probing_pause(false); + set_probing_paused(false); #endif // Re-enable stealthChop if used. Disable diag1 pin on driver. @@ -522,7 +536,7 @@ static bool do_probe_move(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s) { // Tell the planner where we actually are sync_plan_position(); - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("<<< do_probe_move", current_position); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS("<<< Probe::move_to_z", current_position); return !probe_triggered; } @@ -535,19 +549,19 @@ static bool do_probe_move(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s) { * * @return The Z position of the bed at the current XY or NAN on error. */ -static float run_z_probe() { +float Probe::run_z_probe() { - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS(">>> run_z_probe", current_position); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_POS(">>> Probe::run_z_probe", current_position); // Stop the probe before it goes too low to prevent damage. // If Z isn't known then probe to -10mm. - const float z_probe_low_point = TEST(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS) ? -probe_offset.z + Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT : -10.0; + const float z_probe_low_point = TEST(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS) ? -offset.z + Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT : -10.0; // Double-probing does a fast probe followed by a slow probe #if TOTAL_PROBING == 2 // Do a first probe at the fast speed - if (do_probe_move(z_probe_low_point, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST))) { + if (move_to_z(z_probe_low_point, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST))) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("FAST Probe fail!"); DEBUG_POS("<<< run_z_probe", current_position); @@ -566,10 +580,10 @@ static float run_z_probe() { // If the nozzle is well over the travel height then // move down quickly before doing the slow probe - const float z = Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE + 5.0 + (probe_offset.z < 0 ? -probe_offset.z : 0); + const float z = Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE + 5.0 + (offset.z < 0 ? -offset.z : 0); if (current_position.z > z) { // Probe down fast. If the probe never triggered, raise for probe clearance - if (!do_probe_move(z, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST))) + if (!move_to_z(z, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST))) do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position.z + Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST)); } #endif @@ -579,7 +593,7 @@ static float run_z_probe() { #endif #if TOTAL_PROBING > 2 - float probes_total = 0; + float probes_z_sum = 0; for ( #if EXTRA_PROBING uint8_t p = 0; p < TOTAL_PROBING; p++ @@ -590,7 +604,7 @@ static float run_z_probe() { #endif { // Probe downward slowly to find the bed - if (do_probe_move(z_probe_low_point, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW))) { + if (move_to_z(z_probe_low_point, MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW))) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("SLOW Probe fail!"); DEBUG_POS("<<< run_z_probe", current_position); @@ -614,7 +628,7 @@ static float run_z_probe() { } } #elif TOTAL_PROBING > 2 - probes_total += z; + probes_z_sum += z; #else UNUSED(z); #endif @@ -645,11 +659,11 @@ static float run_z_probe() { // Return the average value of all remaining probes. for (uint8_t i = min_avg_idx; i <= max_avg_idx; i++) - probes_total += probes[i]; + probes_z_sum += probes[i]; #endif - const float measured_z = probes_total * RECIPROCAL(MULTIPLE_PROBING); + const float measured_z = probes_z_sum * RECIPROCAL(MULTIPLE_PROBING); #elif TOTAL_PROBING == 2 @@ -681,10 +695,10 @@ static float run_z_probe() { * - Raise to the BETWEEN height * - Return the probed Z position */ -float probe_at_point(const float &rx, const float &ry, const ProbePtRaise raise_after/*=PROBE_PT_NONE*/, const uint8_t verbose_level/*=0*/, const bool probe_relative/*=true*/) { +float Probe::probe_at_point(const float &rx, const float &ry, const ProbePtRaise raise_after/*=PROBE_PT_NONE*/, const uint8_t verbose_level/*=0*/, const bool probe_relative/*=true*/) { if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) { DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR( - ">>> probe_at_point(", LOGICAL_X_POSITION(rx), ", ", LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(ry), + ">>> Probe::probe_at_point(", LOGICAL_X_POSITION(rx), ", ", LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(ry), ", ", raise_after == PROBE_PT_RAISE ? "raise" : raise_after == PROBE_PT_STOW ? "stow" : "none", ", ", int(verbose_level), ", ", probe_relative ? "probe" : "nozzle", "_relative)" @@ -694,9 +708,12 @@ float probe_at_point(const float &rx, const float &ry, const ProbePtRaise raise_ // TODO: Adapt for SCARA, where the offset rotates xyz_pos_t npos = { rx, ry }; - if (probe_relative) { - if (!position_is_reachable_by_probe(npos)) return NAN; // The given position is in terms of the probe - npos -= probe_offset; // Get the nozzle position + if (probe_relative) { // The given position is in terms of the probe + if (!position_is_reachable_by_probe(npos)) { + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Position Not Reachable"); + return NAN; + } + npos -= offset_xy; // Get the nozzle position } else if (!position_is_reachable(npos)) return NAN; // The given position is in terms of the nozzle @@ -716,38 +733,38 @@ float probe_at_point(const float &rx, const float &ry, const ProbePtRaise raise_ do_blocking_move_to(npos); float measured_z = NAN; - if (!DEPLOY_PROBE()) { - measured_z = run_z_probe() + probe_offset.z; + if (!deploy()) { + measured_z = run_z_probe() + offset.z; const bool big_raise = raise_after == PROBE_PT_BIG_RAISE; if (big_raise || raise_after == PROBE_PT_RAISE) do_blocking_move_to_z(current_position.z + (big_raise ? 25 : Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES), MMM_TO_MMS(Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST)); else if (raise_after == PROBE_PT_STOW) - if (STOW_PROBE()) measured_z = NAN; + if (stow()) measured_z = NAN; } if (verbose_level > 2) { SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F("Bed X: ", LOGICAL_X_POSITION(rx), 3); - SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F(" Y: ", LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(ry), 3); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F(" Z: ", measured_z, 3); + SERIAL_ECHOPAIR_F( " Y: ", LOGICAL_Y_POSITION(ry), 3); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR_F( " Z: ", measured_z, 3); } feedrate_mm_s = old_feedrate_mm_s; if (isnan(measured_z)) { - STOW_PROBE(); + stow(); LCD_MESSAGEPGM(MSG_LCD_PROBING_FAILED); SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_PROBING_FAILED); } - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("<<< probe_at_point"); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("<<< Probe::probe_at_point"); return measured_z; } #if HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE - void servo_probe_init() { + void Probe::servo_probe_init() { /** * Set position of Z Servo Endstop * diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/probe.h b/Marlin/src/module/probe.h index ab546b9be853..af01e208cda2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/probe.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/probe.h @@ -22,94 +22,150 @@ #pragma once /** - * probe.h - Move, deploy, enable, etc. + * module/probe.h - Move, deploy, enable, etc. */ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #if HAS_BED_PROBE + enum ProbePtRaise : uint8_t { + PROBE_PT_NONE, // No raise or stow after run_z_probe + PROBE_PT_STOW, // Do a complete stow after run_z_probe + PROBE_PT_RAISE, // Raise to "between" clearance after run_z_probe + PROBE_PT_BIG_RAISE // Raise to big clearance after run_z_probe + }; +#endif - constexpr xyz_pos_t nozzle_to_probe_offset = NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET; +class Probe { +public: - extern xyz_pos_t probe_offset; + #if HAS_BED_PROBE + + static xyz_pos_t offset; + + // Use offset_xy for read only access + // More optimal the XY offset is known to always be zero. + #if HAS_PROBE_XY_OFFSET + static const xyz_pos_t &offset_xy; + #else + static constexpr xy_pos_t offset_xy{0}; + #endif + + static bool set_deployed(const bool deploy); + + #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING + static void move_z_after_probing(); + #endif + static float probe_at_point(const float &rx, const float &ry, const ProbePtRaise raise_after=PROBE_PT_NONE, const uint8_t verbose_level=0, const bool probe_relative=true); + static inline float probe_at_point(const xy_pos_t &pos, const ProbePtRaise raise_after=PROBE_PT_NONE, const uint8_t verbose_level=0, const bool probe_relative=true) { + return probe_at_point(pos.x, pos.y, raise_after, verbose_level, probe_relative); + } + #if HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER) + static const char msg_wait_for_bed_heating[25]; + #endif + + #else + + static constexpr xyz_pos_t offset{0}; + static constexpr xy_pos_t offset_xy{0}; + + static bool set_deployed(const bool) { return false; } - bool set_probe_deployed(const bool deploy); - #ifdef Z_AFTER_PROBING - void move_z_after_probing(); - #endif - enum ProbePtRaise : unsigned char { - PROBE_PT_NONE, // No raise or stow after run_z_probe - PROBE_PT_STOW, // Do a complete stow after run_z_probe - PROBE_PT_RAISE, // Raise to "between" clearance after run_z_probe - PROBE_PT_BIG_RAISE // Raise to big clearance after run_z_probe - }; - float probe_at_point(const float &rx, const float &ry, const ProbePtRaise raise_after=PROBE_PT_NONE, const uint8_t verbose_level=0, const bool probe_relative=true); - inline float probe_at_point(const xy_pos_t &pos, const ProbePtRaise raise_after=PROBE_PT_NONE, const uint8_t verbose_level=0, const bool probe_relative=true) { - return probe_at_point(pos.x, pos.y, raise_after, verbose_level, probe_relative); - } - #define DEPLOY_PROBE() set_probe_deployed(true) - #define STOW_PROBE() set_probe_deployed(false) - #if HAS_HEATED_BED && ENABLED(WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER) - extern const char msg_wait_for_bed_heating[25]; #endif -#else + static inline bool deploy() { return set_deployed(true); } + static inline bool stow() { return set_deployed(false); } - constexpr xyz_pos_t probe_offset{0}; + #if HAS_BED_PROBE || HAS_LEVELING + #if IS_KINEMATIC + static constexpr float printable_radius = ( + #if ENABLED(DELTA) + DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS + #elif IS_SCARA + SCARA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS + #endif + ); - #define DEPLOY_PROBE() - #define STOW_PROBE() + static inline float probe_radius() { + return printable_radius - _MAX(MIN_PROBE_EDGE, HYPOT(offset_xy.x, offset_xy.y)); + } + #endif -#endif + static inline float min_x() { + return ( + #if IS_KINEMATIC + (X_CENTER) - probe_radius() + #else + _MAX((X_MIN_BED) + (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT), (X_MIN_POS) + offset_xy.x) + #endif + ); + } + static inline float max_x() { + return ( + #if IS_KINEMATIC + (X_CENTER) + probe_radius() + #else + _MIN((X_MAX_BED) - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT), (X_MAX_POS) + offset_xy.x) + #endif + ); + } + static inline float min_y() { + return ( + #if IS_KINEMATIC + (Y_CENTER) - probe_radius() + #else + _MAX((Y_MIN_BED) + (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT), (Y_MIN_POS) + offset_xy.y) + #endif + ); + } + static inline float max_y() { + return ( + #if IS_KINEMATIC + (Y_CENTER) + probe_radius() + #else + _MIN((Y_MAX_BED) - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK), (Y_MAX_POS) + offset_xy.y) + #endif + ); + } -#if HAS_LEVELING && HAS_BED_PROBE - inline float probe_min_x() { - return _MAX( - #if IS_KINEMATIC - PROBE_X_MIN, MESH_MIN_X - #else - (X_MIN_BED) + (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT), (X_MIN_POS) + probe_offset.x - #endif - ); - } - inline float probe_max_x() { - return _MIN( - #if IS_KINEMATIC - PROBE_X_MAX, MESH_MAX_X - #else - (X_MAX_BED) - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT), (X_MAX_POS) + probe_offset.x - #endif - ); - } - inline float probe_min_y() { - return _MAX( - #if IS_KINEMATIC - PROBE_Y_MIN, MESH_MIN_Y - #else - (Y_MIN_BED) + (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT), (Y_MIN_POS) + probe_offset.y - #endif - ); - } - inline float probe_max_y() { - return _MIN( - #if IS_KINEMATIC - PROBE_Y_MAX, MESH_MAX_Y - #else - (Y_MAX_BED) - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK), (Y_MAX_POS) + probe_offset.y - #endif - ); - } -#else - inline float probe_min_x() { return 0; }; - inline float probe_max_x() { return 0; }; - inline float probe_min_y() { return 0; }; - inline float probe_max_y() { return 0; }; -#endif + #if NEEDS_THREE_PROBE_POINTS + // Retrieve three points to probe the bed. Any type exposing set(X,Y) may be used. + template + static inline void get_three_points(T points[3]) { + #if ENABLED(HAS_FIXED_3POINT) + points[0].set(PROBE_PT_1_X, PROBE_PT_1_Y); + points[1].set(PROBE_PT_2_X, PROBE_PT_2_Y); + points[2].set(PROBE_PT_3_X, PROBE_PT_3_Y); + #else + #if IS_KINEMATIC + constexpr float SIN0 = 0.0, SIN120 = 0.866025, SIN240 = -0.866025, + COS0 = 1.0, COS120 = -0.5 , COS240 = -0.5; + points[0].set((X_CENTER) + probe_radius() * COS0, (Y_CENTER) + probe_radius() * SIN0); + points[1].set((X_CENTER) + probe_radius() * COS120, (Y_CENTER) + probe_radius() * SIN120); + points[2].set((X_CENTER) + probe_radius() * COS240, (Y_CENTER) + probe_radius() * SIN240); + #else + points[0].set(min_x(), min_y()); + points[1].set(max_x(), min_y()); + points[2].set((max_x() - min_x()) / 2, max_y()); + #endif + #endif + } + #endif -#if HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE - void servo_probe_init(); -#endif + #endif // HAS_BED_PROBE -#if QUIET_PROBING - void probing_pause(const bool p); -#endif + #if HAS_Z_SERVO_PROBE + static void servo_probe_init(); + #endif + + #if QUIET_PROBING + static void set_probing_paused(const bool p); + #endif + +private: + static bool move_to_z(const float z, const feedRate_t fr_mm_s); + static void do_z_raise(const float z_raise); + static float run_z_probe(); +}; + +extern Probe probe; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/scara.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/scara.cpp index 768e311812a2..3a82ef47fd3c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/scara.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/scara.cpp @@ -45,19 +45,19 @@ void scara_set_axis_is_at_home(const AxisEnum axis) { xyz_pos_t homeposition; LOOP_XYZ(i) homeposition[i] = base_home_pos((AxisEnum)i); - // SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("homeposition X:", homeposition.x, " Y:", homeposition.y); - - /** - * Get Home position SCARA arm angles using inverse kinematics, - * and calculate homing offset using forward kinematics - */ - inverse_kinematics(homeposition); - forward_kinematics_SCARA(delta.a, delta.b); - - // SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Cartesian X:", cartes.x, " Y:", cartes.y); - - current_position[axis] = cartes[axis]; - + #if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) + // MORGAN_SCARA uses arm angles for AB home position + // SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("homeposition A:", homeposition.a, " B:", homeposition.b); + inverse_kinematics(homeposition); + forward_kinematics_SCARA(delta.a, delta.b); + current_position[axis] = cartes[axis]; + #else + // MP_SCARA uses a Cartesian XY home position + // SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("homeposition X:", homeposition.x, " Y:", homeposition.y); + current_position[axis] = homeposition[axis]; + #endif + + // SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Cartesian X:", current_position.x, " Y:", current_position.y); update_software_endstops(axis); } } @@ -92,48 +92,66 @@ void forward_kinematics_SCARA(const float &a, const float &b) { //*/ } -/** - * Morgan SCARA Inverse Kinematics. Results in 'delta'. - * - * See http://forums.reprap.org/read.php?185,283327 - * - * Maths and first version by QHARLEY. - * Integrated into Marlin and slightly restructured by Joachim Cerny. - */ void inverse_kinematics(const xyz_pos_t &raw) { - float C2, S2, SK1, SK2, THETA, PSI; + #if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) + /** + * Morgan SCARA Inverse Kinematics. Results in 'delta'. + * + * See http://forums.reprap.org/read.php?185,283327 + * + * Maths and first version by QHARLEY. + * Integrated into Marlin and slightly restructured by Joachim Cerny. + */ + float C2, S2, SK1, SK2, THETA, PSI; - // Translate SCARA to standard XY with scaling factor - const xy_pos_t spos = raw - scara_offset; + // Translate SCARA to standard XY with scaling factor + const xy_pos_t spos = raw - scara_offset; - const float H2 = HYPOT2(spos.x, spos.y); - if (L1 == L2) - C2 = H2 / L1_2_2 - 1; - else - C2 = (H2 - (L1_2 + L2_2)) / (2.0 * L1 * L2); + const float H2 = HYPOT2(spos.x, spos.y); + if (L1 == L2) + C2 = H2 / L1_2_2 - 1; + else + C2 = (H2 - (L1_2 + L2_2)) / (2.0f * L1 * L2); - S2 = SQRT(1.0f - sq(C2)); + S2 = SQRT(1.0f - sq(C2)); - // Unrotated Arm1 plus rotated Arm2 gives the distance from Center to End - SK1 = L1 + L2 * C2; + // Unrotated Arm1 plus rotated Arm2 gives the distance from Center to End + SK1 = L1 + L2 * C2; - // Rotated Arm2 gives the distance from Arm1 to Arm2 - SK2 = L2 * S2; + // Rotated Arm2 gives the distance from Arm1 to Arm2 + SK2 = L2 * S2; - // Angle of Arm1 is the difference between Center-to-End angle and the Center-to-Elbow - THETA = ATAN2(SK1, SK2) - ATAN2(spos.x, spos.y); + // Angle of Arm1 is the difference between Center-to-End angle and the Center-to-Elbow + THETA = ATAN2(SK1, SK2) - ATAN2(spos.x, spos.y); - // Angle of Arm2 - PSI = ATAN2(S2, C2); + // Angle of Arm2 + PSI = ATAN2(S2, C2); - delta.set(DEGREES(THETA), DEGREES(THETA + PSI), raw.z); + delta.set(DEGREES(THETA), DEGREES(THETA + PSI), raw.z); - /* - DEBUG_POS("SCARA IK", raw); - DEBUG_POS("SCARA IK", delta); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" SCARA (x,y) ", sx, ",", sy, " C2=", C2, " S2=", S2, " Theta=", THETA, " Phi=", PHI); - //*/ + /* + DEBUG_POS("SCARA IK", raw); + DEBUG_POS("SCARA IK", delta); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" SCARA (x,y) ", sx, ",", sy, " C2=", C2, " S2=", S2, " Theta=", THETA, " Phi=", PHI); + //*/ + + #else // MP_SCARA + + const float x = raw.x, y = raw.y, c = HYPOT(x, y), + THETA3 = ATAN2(y, x), + THETA1 = THETA3 + ACOS((sq(c) + sq(L1) - sq(L2)) / (2.0f * c * L1)), + THETA2 = THETA3 - ACOS((sq(c) + sq(L2) - sq(L1)) / (2.0f * c * L2)); + + delta.set(DEGREES(THETA1), DEGREES(THETA2), raw.z); + + /* + DEBUG_POS("SCARA IK", raw); + DEBUG_POS("SCARA IK", delta); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" SCARA (x,y) ", x, ",", y," Theta1=", THETA1, " Theta2=", THETA2); + //*/ + + #endif // MP_SCARA } void scara_report_positions() { diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp index c8e51525fe26..90848c99d177 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Stepper stepper; // Singleton #include "../core/language.h" #include "../gcode/queue.h" #include "../sd/cardreader.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../HAL/shared/Delay.h" #if MB(ALLIGATOR) @@ -117,8 +117,10 @@ Stepper stepper; // Singleton #include "../feature/runout.h" #endif -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - #include "../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" +#if HAS_L64XX + #include "../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" + uint8_t L6470_buf[MAX_L64XX + 1]; // chip command sequence - element 0 not used + bool L64XX_OK_to_power_up = false; // flag to keep L64xx steppers powered down after a reset or power up #endif #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) @@ -154,11 +156,16 @@ bool Stepper::abort_current_block; #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) bool Stepper::locked_Y_motor = false, Stepper::locked_Y2_motor = false; #endif -#if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - bool Stepper::locked_Z_motor = false, Stepper::locked_Z2_motor = false; -#endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) || BOTH(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN, Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - bool Stepper::locked_Z3_motor = false; + +#if EITHER(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS, Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + bool Stepper::locked_Z_motor = false, Stepper::locked_Z2_motor = false + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + , Stepper::locked_Z3_motor = false + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + , Stepper::locked_Z4_motor = false + #endif + #endif + ; #endif uint32_t Stepper::acceleration_time, Stepper::deceleration_time; @@ -279,6 +286,42 @@ xyze_int8_t Stepper::count_direction{0}; A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ } +#define QUAD_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(A,V) \ + if (separate_multi_axis) { \ + if (A##_HOME_DIR < 0) { \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##_MIN) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] < 0) && !locked_##A##_motor) A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##2_MIN) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] < 0) && !locked_##A##2_motor) A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##3_MIN) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] < 0) && !locked_##A##3_motor) A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##4_MIN) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] < 0) && !locked_##A##4_motor) A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } \ + else { \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##_MAX) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] > 0) && !locked_##A##_motor) A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##2_MAX) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] > 0) && !locked_##A##2_motor) A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##3_MAX) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] > 0) && !locked_##A##3_motor) A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!(TEST(endstops.state(), A##4_MAX) && count_direction[_AXIS(A)] > 0) && !locked_##A##4_motor) A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } \ + } \ + else { \ + A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } + +#define QUAD_SEPARATE_APPLY_STEP(A,V) \ + if (separate_multi_axis) { \ + if (!locked_##A##_motor) A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!locked_##A##2_motor) A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!locked_##A##3_motor) A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + if (!locked_##A##4_motor) A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } \ + else { \ + A##_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##2_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##3_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + A##4_STEP_WRITE(V); \ + } + #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) #define X_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) do{ X_DIR_WRITE(v); X2_DIR_WRITE((v) != INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR); }while(0) #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) @@ -312,18 +355,27 @@ xyze_int8_t Stepper::count_direction{0}; #define Y_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) Y_STEP_WRITE(v) #endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 4 + #define Z_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) do{ Z_DIR_WRITE(v); Z2_DIR_WRITE(v); Z3_DIR_WRITE(v); Z4_DIR_WRITE(v); }while(0) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) + #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) QUAD_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) + #elif ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) QUAD_SEPARATE_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) + #else + #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) do{ Z_STEP_WRITE(v); Z2_STEP_WRITE(v); Z3_STEP_WRITE(v); Z4_STEP_WRITE(v); }while(0) + #endif +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 3 #define Z_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) do{ Z_DIR_WRITE(v); Z2_DIR_WRITE(v); Z3_DIR_WRITE(v); }while(0) - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) TRIPLE_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) #elif ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) TRIPLE_SEPARATE_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) #else #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) do{ Z_STEP_WRITE(v); Z2_STEP_WRITE(v); Z3_STEP_WRITE(v); }while(0) #endif -#elif ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS == 2 #define Z_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) do{ Z_DIR_WRITE(v); Z2_DIR_WRITE(v); }while(0) - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) + #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) DUAL_ENDSTOP_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) #elif ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) #define Z_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) DUAL_SEPARATE_APPLY_STEP(Z,v) @@ -339,6 +391,24 @@ xyze_int8_t Stepper::count_direction{0}; #define E_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) E_STEP_WRITE(stepper_extruder, v) #endif +#define CYCLES_TO_NS(CYC) (1000UL * (CYC) / ((F_CPU) / 1000000)) +constexpr uint32_t NS_PER_PULSE_TIMER_TICK = 1000000000UL / (STEPPER_TIMER_RATE); + +// Round up when converting from ns to timer ticks +constexpr uint32_t NS_TO_PULSE_TIMER_TICKS(uint32_t NS) { return (NS + (NS_PER_PULSE_TIMER_TICK) / 2) / (NS_PER_PULSE_TIMER_TICK); } + +#define TIMER_SETUP_NS (CYCLES_TO_NS(TIMER_READ_ADD_AND_STORE_CYCLES)) + +#define PULSE_HIGH_TICK_COUNT hal_timer_t(NS_TO_PULSE_TIMER_TICKS(_MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS - _MIN(_MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS, TIMER_SETUP_NS))) +#define PULSE_LOW_TICK_COUNT hal_timer_t(NS_TO_PULSE_TIMER_TICKS(_MIN_PULSE_LOW_NS - _MIN(_MIN_PULSE_LOW_NS, TIMER_SETUP_NS))) + +#define START_TIMED_PULSE(DIR) (end_tick_count = HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) + PULSE_##DIR##_TICK_COUNT) +#define AWAIT_TIMED_PULSE() while (HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) < end_tick_count) { } +#define START_HIGH_PULSE() START_TIMED_PULSE(HIGH) +#define START_LOW_PULSE() START_TIMED_PULSE(LOW) +#define AWAIT_HIGH_PULSE() AWAIT_TIMED_PULSE() +#define AWAIT_LOW_PULSE() AWAIT_TIMED_PULSE() + void Stepper::wake_up() { // TCNT1 = 0; ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT(); @@ -353,21 +423,17 @@ void Stepper::wake_up() { */ void Stepper::set_directions() { - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - uint8_t L6470_buf[MAX_L6470 + 1]; // chip command sequence - element 0 not used - #endif - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY > 0 DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY); #endif #define SET_STEP_DIR(A) \ if (motor_direction(_AXIS(A))) { \ - A##_APPLY_DIR(INVERT_## A##_DIR, false); \ + A##_APPLY_DIR(INVERT_##A##_DIR, false); \ count_direction[_AXIS(A)] = -1; \ } \ else { \ - A##_APPLY_DIR(!INVERT_## A##_DIR, false); \ + A##_APPLY_DIR(!INVERT_##A##_DIR, false); \ count_direction[_AXIS(A)] = 1; \ } @@ -407,25 +473,25 @@ void Stepper::set_directions() { #endif #endif // !LIN_ADVANCE - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - if (L6470.spi_active) { - L6470.spi_abort = true; // interrupted a SPI transfer - need to shut it down gracefully - for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L6470::chain[0]; j++) - L6470_buf[j] = dSPIN_NOP; // fill buffer with NOOP commands - L6470.transfer(L6470_buf, L6470::chain[0]); // send enough NOOPs to complete any command - L6470.transfer(L6470_buf, L6470::chain[0]); - L6470.transfer(L6470_buf, L6470::chain[0]); - } - - // The L6470.dir_commands[] array holds the direction command for each stepper + #if HAS_L64XX + if (L64XX_OK_to_power_up) { // OK to send the direction commands (which powers up the L64XX steppers) + if (L64xxManager.spi_active) { + L64xxManager.spi_abort = true; // Interrupted SPI transfer needs to shut down gracefully + for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L64XX::chain[0]; j++) + L6470_buf[j] = dSPIN_NOP; // Fill buffer with NOOPs + L64xxManager.transfer(L6470_buf, L64XX::chain[0]); // Send enough NOOPs to complete any command + L64xxManager.transfer(L6470_buf, L64XX::chain[0]); + L64xxManager.transfer(L6470_buf, L64XX::chain[0]); + } - //scan command array and copy matches into L6470.transfer - for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L6470::chain[0]; j++) - L6470_buf[j] = L6470.dir_commands[L6470::chain[j]]; + // L64xxManager.dir_commands[] is an array that holds direction command for each stepper - L6470.transfer(L6470_buf, L6470::chain[0]); // send the command stream to the drivers + // Scan command array, copy matches into L64xxManager.transfer + for (uint8_t j = 1; j <= L64XX::chain[0]; j++) + L6470_buf[j] = L64xxManager.dir_commands[L64XX::chain[j]]; + L64xxManager.transfer(L6470_buf, L64XX::chain[0]); // send the command stream to the drivers + } #endif // A small delay may be needed after changing direction @@ -1387,6 +1453,9 @@ void Stepper::isr() { ENABLE_ISRS(); } +#define ISR_PULSE_CONTROL (MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE || MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE) +#define ISR_MULTI_STEPS (ISR_PULSE_CONTROL && DISABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM)) + /** * This phase of the ISR should ONLY create the pulses for the steppers. * This prevents jitter caused by the interval between the start of the @@ -1416,47 +1485,52 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { // Just update the value we will get at the end of the loop step_events_completed += events_to_do; - // Get the timer count and estimate the end of the pulse - hal_timer_t pulse_end = HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) + hal_timer_t(MIN_PULSE_TICKS); - - const hal_timer_t added_step_ticks = hal_timer_t(ADDED_STEP_TICKS); - // Take multiple steps per interrupt (For high speed moves) - do { + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + bool firstStep = true; + hal_timer_t end_tick_count = 0; + #endif + xyze_bool_t step_needed{0}; + do { #define _APPLY_STEP(AXIS) AXIS ##_APPLY_STEP #define _INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS) INVERT_## AXIS ##_STEP_PIN + // Determine if pulses are needed + #define PULSE_PREP(AXIS) do{ \ + delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] += advance_dividend[_AXIS(AXIS)]; \ + step_needed[_AXIS(AXIS)] = (delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] >= 0); \ + if (step_needed[_AXIS(AXIS)]) { \ + count_position[_AXIS(AXIS)] += count_direction[_AXIS(AXIS)]; \ + delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] -= advance_divisor; \ + } \ + }while(0) + // Start an active pulse, if Bresenham says so, and update position #define PULSE_START(AXIS) do{ \ - delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] += advance_dividend[_AXIS(AXIS)]; \ - if (delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] >= 0) { \ + if (step_needed[_AXIS(AXIS)]) { \ _APPLY_STEP(AXIS)(!_INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS), 0); \ - count_position[_AXIS(AXIS)] += count_direction[_AXIS(AXIS)]; \ } \ }while(0) // Stop an active pulse, if any, and adjust error term #define PULSE_STOP(AXIS) do { \ - if (delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] >= 0) { \ - delta_error[_AXIS(AXIS)] -= advance_divisor; \ + if (step_needed[_AXIS(AXIS)]) { \ _APPLY_STEP(AXIS)(_INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS), 0); \ } \ }while(0) - // Pulse start + // Determine if pulses are needed #if HAS_X_STEP - PULSE_START(X); + PULSE_PREP(X); #endif #if HAS_Y_STEP - PULSE_START(Y); + PULSE_PREP(Y); #endif #if HAS_Z_STEP - PULSE_START(Z); + PULSE_PREP(Z); #endif - // Pulse Extruders - // Tick the E axis, correct error term and update position #if EITHER(LIN_ADVANCE, MIXING_EXTRUDER) delta_error.e += advance_dividend.e; if (delta_error.e >= 0) { @@ -1465,14 +1539,36 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { delta_error.e -= advance_divisor; // Don't step E here - But remember the number of steps to perform motor_direction(E_AXIS) ? --LA_steps : ++LA_steps; - #else // !LIN_ADVANCE && MIXING_EXTRUDER - // Don't adjust delta_error.e here! - // Being positive is the criteria for ending the pulse. - E_STEP_WRITE(mixer.get_next_stepper(), !INVERT_E_STEP_PIN); + #else + step_needed.e = delta_error.e >= 0; #endif } - #else // !LIN_ADVANCE && !MIXING_EXTRUDER - #if HAS_E0_STEP + #elif HAS_E0_STEP + PULSE_PREP(E); + #endif + + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + if (firstStep) + firstStep = false; + else + AWAIT_LOW_PULSE(); + #endif + + // Pulse start + #if HAS_X_STEP + PULSE_START(X); + #endif + #if HAS_Y_STEP + PULSE_START(Y); + #endif + #if HAS_Z_STEP + PULSE_START(Z); + #endif + + #if DISABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) + #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + if (step_needed.e) E_STEP_WRITE(mixer.get_next_stepper(), !INVERT_E_STEP_PIN); + #elif HAS_E0_STEP PULSE_START(E); #endif #endif @@ -1482,14 +1578,11 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { #endif // TODO: need to deal with MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE over i2s - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE && DISABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM) - // Just wait for the requested pulse duration - while (HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) < pulse_end) { /* nada */ } + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + START_HIGH_PULSE(); + AWAIT_HIGH_PULSE(); #endif - // Add the delay needed to ensure the maximum driver rate is enforced - if (signed(added_step_ticks) > 0) pulse_end += hal_timer_t(added_step_ticks); - // Pulse stop #if HAS_X_STEP PULSE_STOP(X); @@ -1503,31 +1596,26 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { #if DISABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + if (delta_error.e >= 0) { delta_error.e -= advance_divisor; E_STEP_WRITE(mixer.get_stepper(), INVERT_E_STEP_PIN); } + #else // !MIXING_EXTRUDER + #if HAS_E0_STEP PULSE_STOP(E); #endif - #endif - #endif // !LIN_ADVANCE - // Decrement the count of pending pulses to do - --events_to_do; + #endif // !MIXING_EXTRUDER + #endif // !LIN_ADVANCE - // For minimum pulse time wait after stopping pulses also - if (events_to_do) { - // Just wait for the requested pulse duration - while (HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) < pulse_end) { /* nada */ } - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE - // Add to the value, the time that the pulse must be active (to be used on the next loop) - pulse_end += hal_timer_t(MIN_PULSE_TICKS); - #endif - } + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + if (events_to_do) START_LOW_PULSE(); + #endif - } while (events_to_do); + } while (--events_to_do); } // This is the last half of the stepper interrupt: This one processes and @@ -1537,7 +1625,7 @@ void Stepper::stepper_pulse_phase_isr() { uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { // If no queued movements, just wait 1ms for the next move - uint32_t interval = (STEPPER_TIMER_RATE / 1000); + uint32_t interval = (STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000; // If there is a current block if (current_block) { @@ -1806,8 +1894,8 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #endif if ( - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - true // Always set direction for L6470 (This also enables the chips) + #if HAS_L64XX + true // Always set direction for L64xx (This also enables the chips) #else current_block->direction_bits != last_direction_bits #if DISABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -1819,6 +1907,10 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #if EXTRUDERS > 1 last_moved_extruder = stepper_extruder; #endif + + #if HAS_L64XX + L64XX_OK_to_power_up = true; + #endif set_directions(); } @@ -1835,7 +1927,7 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { // If delayed Z enable, enable it now. This option will severely interfere with // timing between pulses when chaining motion between blocks, and it could lead // to lost steps in both X and Y axis, so avoid using it unless strictly necessary!! - if (current_block->steps.z) enable_Z(); + if (current_block->steps.z) ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); #endif // Mark the time_nominal as not calculated yet @@ -1909,13 +2001,21 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY); #endif - // Get the timer count and estimate the end of the pulse - hal_timer_t pulse_end = HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) + hal_timer_t(MIN_PULSE_TICKS); - - const hal_timer_t added_step_ticks = hal_timer_t(ADDED_STEP_TICKS); + //const hal_timer_t added_step_ticks = hal_timer_t(ADDED_STEP_TICKS); // Step E stepper if we have steps + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + bool firstStep = true; + hal_timer_t end_tick_count = 0; + #endif + while (LA_steps) { + #if ISR_MULTI_STEPS + if (firstStep) + firstStep = false; + else + AWAIT_LOW_PULSE(); + #endif // Set the STEP pulse ON #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) @@ -1925,16 +2025,16 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { #endif // Enforce a minimum duration for STEP pulse ON - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE - // Just wait for the requested pulse duration - while (HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) < pulse_end) { /* nada */ } + #if ISR_PULSE_CONTROL + START_HIGH_PULSE(); #endif - // Add the delay needed to ensure the maximum driver rate is enforced - if (signed(added_step_ticks) > 0) pulse_end += hal_timer_t(added_step_ticks); - LA_steps < 0 ? ++LA_steps : --LA_steps; + #if ISR_PULSE_CONTROL + AWAIT_HIGH_PULSE(); + #endif + // Set the STEP pulse OFF #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) E_STEP_WRITE(mixer.get_stepper(), INVERT_E_STEP_PIN); @@ -1944,13 +2044,9 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { // For minimum pulse time wait before looping // Just wait for the requested pulse duration - if (LA_steps) { - while (HAL_timer_get_count(PULSE_TIMER_NUM) < pulse_end) { /* nada */ } - #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE - // Add to the value, the time that the pulse must be active (to be used on the next loop) - pulse_end += hal_timer_t(MIN_PULSE_TICKS); - #endif - } + #if ISR_PULSE_CONTROL + if (LA_steps) START_LOW_PULSE(); + #endif } // LA_steps return interval; @@ -2003,114 +2099,135 @@ void Stepper::init() { // Init Dir Pins #if HAS_X_DIR - X_DIR_INIT; + X_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_X2_DIR - X2_DIR_INIT; + X2_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_Y_DIR - Y_DIR_INIT; + Y_DIR_INIT(); #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_Y2_DIR - Y2_DIR_INIT; + Y2_DIR_INIT(); #endif #endif #if HAS_Z_DIR - Z_DIR_INIT; - #if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS && HAS_Z2_DIR - Z2_DIR_INIT; + Z_DIR_INIT(); + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 && HAS_Z2_DIR + Z2_DIR_INIT(); + #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && HAS_Z3_DIR + Z3_DIR_INIT(); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_Z3_DIR - Z3_DIR_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && HAS_Z4_DIR + Z4_DIR_INIT(); #endif #endif #if HAS_E0_DIR - E0_DIR_INIT; + E0_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E1_DIR - E1_DIR_INIT; + E1_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E2_DIR - E2_DIR_INIT; + E2_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E3_DIR - E3_DIR_INIT; + E3_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E4_DIR - E4_DIR_INIT; + E4_DIR_INIT(); #endif #if HAS_E5_DIR - E5_DIR_INIT; + E5_DIR_INIT(); + #endif + #if HAS_E6_DIR + E6_DIR_INIT(); + #endif + #if HAS_E7_DIR + E7_DIR_INIT(); #endif // Init Enable Pins - steppers default to disabled. #if HAS_X_ENABLE - X_ENABLE_INIT; + X_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!X_ENABLE_ON) X_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #if EITHER(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_X2_ENABLE - X2_ENABLE_INIT; + X2_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!X_ENABLE_ON) X2_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #endif #if HAS_Y_ENABLE - Y_ENABLE_INIT; + Y_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Y_ENABLE_ON) Y_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_Y2_ENABLE - Y2_ENABLE_INIT; + Y2_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Y_ENABLE_ON) Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #endif #if HAS_Z_ENABLE - Z_ENABLE_INIT; + Z_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Z_ENABLE_ON) Z_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); - #if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS && HAS_Z2_ENABLE - Z2_ENABLE_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 && HAS_Z2_ENABLE + Z2_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Z_ENABLE_ON) Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && HAS_Z3_ENABLE - Z3_ENABLE_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && HAS_Z3_ENABLE + Z3_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!Z_ENABLE_ON) Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && HAS_Z4_ENABLE + Z4_ENABLE_INIT(); + if (!Z_ENABLE_ON) Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); + #endif #endif #if HAS_E0_ENABLE - E0_ENABLE_INIT; + E0_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E0_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E1_ENABLE - E1_ENABLE_INIT; + E1_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E1_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E2_ENABLE - E2_ENABLE_INIT; + E2_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E2_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E3_ENABLE - E3_ENABLE_INIT; + E3_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E3_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E4_ENABLE - E4_ENABLE_INIT; + E4_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E4_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif #if HAS_E5_ENABLE - E5_ENABLE_INIT; + E5_ENABLE_INIT(); if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E5_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); #endif + #if HAS_E6_ENABLE + E6_ENABLE_INIT(); + if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E6_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); + #endif + #if HAS_E7_ENABLE + E7_ENABLE_INIT(); + if (!E_ENABLE_ON) E7_ENABLE_WRITE(HIGH); + #endif - #define _STEP_INIT(AXIS) AXIS ##_STEP_INIT + #define _STEP_INIT(AXIS) AXIS ##_STEP_INIT() #define _WRITE_STEP(AXIS, HIGHLOW) AXIS ##_STEP_WRITE(HIGHLOW) - #define _DISABLE(AXIS) disable_## AXIS() + #define _DISABLE_AXIS(AXIS) DISABLE_AXIS_## AXIS() #define AXIS_INIT(AXIS, PIN) \ _STEP_INIT(AXIS); \ _WRITE_STEP(AXIS, _INVERT_STEP_PIN(PIN)); \ - _DISABLE(AXIS) + _DISABLE_AXIS(AXIS) #define E_AXIS_INIT(NUM) AXIS_INIT(E## NUM, E) // Init Step Pins #if HAS_X_STEP #if EITHER(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - X2_STEP_INIT; + X2_STEP_INIT(); X2_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_X_STEP_PIN); #endif AXIS_INIT(X, X); @@ -2118,21 +2235,25 @@ void Stepper::init() { #if HAS_Y_STEP #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - Y2_STEP_INIT; + Y2_STEP_INIT(); Y2_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN); #endif AXIS_INIT(Y, Y); #endif #if HAS_Z_STEP - #if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS - Z2_STEP_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 + Z2_STEP_INIT(); Z2_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN); #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - Z3_STEP_INIT; + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + Z3_STEP_INIT(); Z3_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN); #endif + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + Z4_STEP_INIT(); + Z4_STEP_WRITE(INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN); + #endif AXIS_INIT(Z, Z); #endif @@ -2154,6 +2275,12 @@ void Stepper::init() { #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_STEP E_AXIS_INIT(5); #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && HAS_E6_STEP + E_AXIS_INIT(6); + #endif + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && HAS_E7_STEP + E_AXIS_INIT(7); + #endif #if DISABLED(I2S_STEPPER_STREAM) HAL_timer_start(STEP_TIMER_NUM, 122); // Init Stepper ISR to 122 Hz for quick starting @@ -2229,7 +2356,7 @@ int32_t Stepper::position(const AxisEnum axis) { // be very careful here. If the interrupt being preempted was the // Stepper ISR (this CAN happen with the endstop limits ISR) then // when the stepper ISR resumes, we must be very sure that the movement -// is properly cancelled +// is properly canceled void Stepper::endstop_triggered(const AxisEnum axis) { const bool was_enabled = STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED(); @@ -2239,7 +2366,7 @@ void Stepper::endstop_triggered(const AxisEnum axis) { (axis == CORE_AXIS_2 ? CORESIGN(count_position[CORE_AXIS_1] - count_position[CORE_AXIS_2]) : count_position[CORE_AXIS_1] + count_position[CORE_AXIS_2] - ) * 0.5f + ) * double(0.5) #else // !IS_CORE count_position[axis] #endif @@ -2310,7 +2437,7 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #endif #define EXTRA_CYCLES_BABYSTEP (STEP_PULSE_CYCLES - (CYCLES_EATEN_BABYSTEP)) - #define _ENABLE(AXIS) enable_## AXIS() + #define _ENABLE_AXIS(AXIS) ENABLE_AXIS_## AXIS() #define _READ_DIR(AXIS) AXIS ##_DIR_READ() #define _INVERT_DIR(AXIS) INVERT_## AXIS ##_DIR #define _APPLY_DIR(AXIS, INVERT) AXIS ##_APPLY_DIR(INVERT, true) @@ -2333,10 +2460,10 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #define BABYSTEP_AXIS(AXIS, INVERT, DIR) { \ const uint8_t old_dir = _READ_DIR(AXIS); \ - _ENABLE(AXIS); \ - DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY); \ + _ENABLE_AXIS(AXIS); \ + DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY); \ _APPLY_DIR(AXIS, _INVERT_DIR(AXIS)^DIR^INVERT); \ - DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY); \ + DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY); \ _SAVE_START; \ _APPLY_STEP(AXIS)(!_INVERT_STEP_PIN(AXIS), true); \ _PULSE_WAIT; \ @@ -2396,9 +2523,9 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { const bool z_direction = direction ^ BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z; - enable_X(); - enable_Y(); - enable_Z(); + ENABLE_AXIS_X(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Y(); + ENABLE_AXIS_Z(); #if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY > 0 DELAY_NS(MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY); @@ -2646,6 +2773,13 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { SET_OUTPUT(Z3_MS3_PIN); #endif #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS + SET_OUTPUT(Z4_MS1_PIN); + SET_OUTPUT(Z4_MS2_PIN); + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + SET_OUTPUT(Z4_MS3_PIN); + #endif + #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS SET_OUTPUT(E0_MS1_PIN); SET_OUTPUT(E0_MS2_PIN); @@ -2688,6 +2822,20 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { SET_OUTPUT(E5_MS3_PIN); #endif #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS + SET_OUTPUT(E6_MS1_PIN); + SET_OUTPUT(E6_MS2_PIN); + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + SET_OUTPUT(E6_MS3_PIN); + #endif + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS + SET_OUTPUT(E7_MS1_PIN); + SET_OUTPUT(E7_MS2_PIN); + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + SET_OUTPUT(E7_MS3_PIN); + #endif + #endif static const uint8_t microstep_modes[] = MICROSTEP_MODES; for (uint16_t i = 0; i < COUNT(microstep_modes); i++) @@ -2716,7 +2864,7 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #endif break; #endif - #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS + #if HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS case 2: #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS WRITE(Z_MS1_PIN, ms1); @@ -2727,25 +2875,34 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #if HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS WRITE(Z3_MS1_PIN, ms1); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS + WRITE(Z4_MS1_PIN, ms1); + #endif break; #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS - case 3: WRITE(E0_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 3: WRITE(E0_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS - case 4: WRITE(E1_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 4: WRITE(E1_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS - case 5: WRITE(E2_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 5: WRITE(E2_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS - case 6: WRITE(E3_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 6: WRITE(E3_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS - case 7: WRITE(E4_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 7: WRITE(E4_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif #if HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS - case 8: WRITE(E5_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + case 8: WRITE(E5_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS + case 9: WRITE(E6_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS + case 10: WRITE(E7_MS1_PIN, ms1); break; #endif } if (ms2 >= 0) switch (driver) { @@ -2769,7 +2926,7 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #endif break; #endif - #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS + #if HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS case 2: #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS WRITE(Z_MS2_PIN, ms2); @@ -2780,25 +2937,34 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #if HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS WRITE(Z3_MS2_PIN, ms2); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS + WRITE(Z4_MS2_PIN, ms2); + #endif break; #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS - case 3: WRITE(E0_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 3: WRITE(E0_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS - case 4: WRITE(E1_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 4: WRITE(E1_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS - case 5: WRITE(E2_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 5: WRITE(E2_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS - case 6: WRITE(E3_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 6: WRITE(E3_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS - case 7: WRITE(E4_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 7: WRITE(E4_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif #if HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS - case 8: WRITE(E5_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + case 8: WRITE(E5_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS + case 9: WRITE(E6_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS + case 10: WRITE(E7_MS2_PIN, ms2); break; #endif } if (ms3 >= 0) switch (driver) { @@ -2822,7 +2988,7 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #endif break; #endif - #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z2_MICROSTEPS || HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS + #if HAS_SOME_Z_MICROSTEPS case 2: #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS3) WRITE(Z_MS3_PIN, ms3); @@ -2833,25 +2999,34 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { #if HAS_Z3_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MS3) WRITE(Z3_MS3_PIN, ms3); #endif + #if HAS_Z4_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + WRITE(Z4_MS3_PIN, ms3); + #endif break; #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS3) - case 3: WRITE(E0_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 3: WRITE(E0_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E1_MS3) - case 4: WRITE(E1_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 4: WRITE(E1_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E2_MS3) - case 5: WRITE(E2_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 5: WRITE(E2_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E3_MS3) - case 6: WRITE(E3_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 6: WRITE(E3_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E4_MS3) - case 7: WRITE(E4_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 7: WRITE(E4_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif #if HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS3) - case 8: WRITE(E5_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + case 8: WRITE(E5_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + case 9: WRITE(E6_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS && PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + case 10: WRITE(E7_MS3_PIN, ms3); break; #endif } } @@ -2888,77 +3063,94 @@ void Stepper::report_positions() { } void Stepper::microstep_readings() { - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("MS1,MS2,MS3 Pins\nX: "); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("MS1|MS2|MS3 Pins"); #if HAS_X_MICROSTEPS - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(X_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(X_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(X_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("X: "); + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(X_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(X_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MS3) + , '0' + READ(X_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_Y_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Y: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Y_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Y_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(Y_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Y_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(Y_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MS3) + , '0' + READ(Y_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_Z_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Z: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Z_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Z_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(Z_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(Z_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(Z_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS3) + , '0' + READ(Z_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E0_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E0: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E0_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E0_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E0_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E0_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E0_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E0_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E1_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E1: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E1_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E1_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E1_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E1_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E1_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E1_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E1_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E1_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E2_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E2: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E2_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E2_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E2_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E2_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E2_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E2_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E2_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E2_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E3_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E3: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E3_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E3_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E3_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E3_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E3_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E3_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E3_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E3_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E4_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E4: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E4_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E4_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E4_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E4_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E4_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E4_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E4_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E4_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif #if HAS_E5_MICROSTEPS SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E5: "); - SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E5_MS1_PIN)); - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E5_MS2_PIN)); - #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS3) - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)READ(E5_MS3_PIN)); - #endif + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E5_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E5_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E5_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); + #endif + #if HAS_E6_MICROSTEPS + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E6: "); + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E6_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E6_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E6_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); + #endif + #if HAS_E7_MICROSTEPS + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("E7: "); + SERIAL_CHAR('0' + READ(E7_MS1_PIN), '0' + READ(E7_MS2_PIN) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + , '0' + READ(E7_MS3_PIN) + #endif + ); #endif } diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h index 1ab455bd06dc..808f4630d4ac 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.h @@ -56,7 +56,24 @@ // Estimate the amount of time the Stepper ISR will take to execute // +/** + * The method of calculating these cycle-constants is unclear. + * Most of them are no longer used directly for pulse timing, and exist + * only to estimate a maximum step rate based on the user's configuration. + * As 32-bit processors continue to diverge, maintaining cycle counts + * will become increasingly difficult and error-prone. + */ + #ifdef CPU_32_BIT + /** + * Duration of START_TIMED_PULSE + * + * ...as measured on an LPC1768 with a scope and converted to cycles. + * Not applicable to other 32-bit processors, but as long as others + * take longer, pulses will be longer. For example the SKR Pro + * (stm32f407zgt6) requires ~60 cyles. + */ + #define TIMER_READ_ADD_AND_STORE_CYCLES 34UL // The base ISR takes 792 cycles #define ISR_BASE_CYCLES 792UL @@ -85,6 +102,8 @@ #define ISR_STEPPER_CYCLES 16UL #else + // Cycles to perform actions in START_TIMED_PULSE + #define TIMER_READ_ADD_AND_STORE_CYCLES 13UL // The base ISR takes 752 cycles #define ISR_BASE_CYCLES 752UL @@ -116,43 +135,32 @@ // Add time for each stepper #if HAS_X_STEP - #define ISR_START_X_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_START_STEPPER_CYCLES #define ISR_X_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_STEPPER_CYCLES #else - #define ISR_START_X_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #define ISR_X_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #endif #if HAS_Y_STEP - #define ISR_START_Y_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_START_STEPPER_CYCLES #define ISR_Y_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_STEPPER_CYCLES #else #define ISR_START_Y_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #define ISR_Y_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #endif #if HAS_Z_STEP - #define ISR_START_Z_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_START_STEPPER_CYCLES #define ISR_Z_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_STEPPER_CYCLES #else - #define ISR_START_Z_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #define ISR_Z_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #endif // E is always interpolated, even for mixing extruders -#define ISR_START_E_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_START_STEPPER_CYCLES #define ISR_E_STEPPER_CYCLES ISR_STEPPER_CYCLES // If linear advance is disabled, the loop also handles them #if DISABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) && ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define ISR_START_MIXING_STEPPER_CYCLES ((MIXING_STEPPERS) * (ISR_START_STEPPER_CYCLES)) #define ISR_MIXING_STEPPER_CYCLES ((MIXING_STEPPERS) * (ISR_STEPPER_CYCLES)) #else - #define ISR_START_MIXING_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #define ISR_MIXING_STEPPER_CYCLES 0UL #endif -// Calculate the minimum time to start all stepper pulses in the ISR loop -#define MIN_ISR_START_LOOP_CYCLES (ISR_START_X_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_START_Y_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_START_Z_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_START_E_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_START_MIXING_STEPPER_CYCLES) - // And the total minimum loop time, not including the base #define MIN_ISR_LOOP_CYCLES (ISR_X_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_Y_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_Z_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_E_STEPPER_CYCLES + ISR_MIXING_STEPPER_CYCLES) @@ -166,18 +174,23 @@ #define MIN_STEPPER_PULSE_CYCLES _MIN_STEPPER_PULSE_CYCLES(1UL) #endif -// Calculate the minimum ticks of the PULSE timer that must elapse with the step pulse enabled -// adding the "start stepper pulse" code section execution cycles to account for that not all -// pulses start at the beginning of the loop, so an extra time must be added to compensate so -// the last generated pulse (usually the extruder stepper) has the right length -#if HAS_DRIVER(LV8729) && MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE == 0 - #define MIN_PULSE_TICKS ((((PULSE_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US) + 1) / 2) + ((MIN_ISR_START_LOOP_CYCLES) / uint32_t(PULSE_TIMER_PRESCALE))) +// Calculate the minimum pulse times (high and low) +#if MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE && MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_STEP_PERIOD_NS = 1000000000UL / MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE; + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS = 1000UL * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE; + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_PULSE_LOW_NS = _MAX((_MIN_STEP_PERIOD_NS - _MIN(_MIN_STEP_PERIOD_NS, _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS)), _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS); +#elif MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE + // Assume 50% duty cycle + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS = 1000UL * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE; + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_PULSE_LOW_NS = _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS; +#elif MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE + // Assume 50% duty cycle + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS = 500000000UL / MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE; + constexpr uint32_t _MIN_PULSE_LOW_NS = _MIN_PULSE_HIGH_NS; #else - #define MIN_PULSE_TICKS (((PULSE_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US) * uint32_t(MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)) + ((MIN_ISR_START_LOOP_CYCLES) / uint32_t(PULSE_TIMER_PRESCALE))) + #error "Expected at least one of MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE or MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE to be defined" #endif -// Calculate the extra ticks of the PULSE timer between step pulses -#define ADDED_STEP_TICKS (((MIN_STEPPER_PULSE_CYCLES) / (PULSE_TIMER_PRESCALE)) - (MIN_PULSE_TICKS)) // But the user could be enforcing a minimum time, so the loop time is #define ISR_LOOP_CYCLES (ISR_LOOP_BASE_CYCLES + _MAX(MIN_STEPPER_PULSE_CYCLES, MIN_ISR_LOOP_CYCLES)) @@ -261,11 +274,15 @@ class Stepper { #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) static bool locked_Y_motor, locked_Y2_motor; #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS || ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - static bool locked_Z_motor, locked_Z2_motor; - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) || BOTH(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN, Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - static bool locked_Z3_motor; + #if EITHER(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS, Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) + static bool locked_Z_motor, locked_Z2_motor + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + , locked_Z3_motor + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + , locked_Z4_motor + #endif + #endif + ; #endif static uint32_t acceleration_time, deceleration_time; // time measured in Stepper Timer ticks @@ -417,12 +434,15 @@ class Stepper { FORCE_INLINE static void set_y_lock(const bool state) { locked_Y_motor = state; } FORCE_INLINE static void set_y2_lock(const bool state) { locked_Y2_motor = state; } #endif - #if Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS || (ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) && Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS) + #if EITHER(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS, Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) FORCE_INLINE static void set_z_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z_motor = state; } FORCE_INLINE static void set_z2_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z2_motor = state; } - #endif - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) || BOTH(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN, Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - FORCE_INLINE static void set_z3_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z3_motor = state; } + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 + FORCE_INLINE static void set_z3_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z3_motor = state; } + #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + FORCE_INLINE static void set_z4_lock(const bool state) { locked_Z4_motor = state; } + #endif + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index d682193aa985..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * stepper/L6470.cpp - * Stepper driver indirection for L6470 drivers - */ - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - -#include "L6470.h" - -#define _L6470_DEFINE(ST) L6470 stepper##ST((const int)L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN) - -// L6470 Stepper objects -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(X); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(X2); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Y); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Y2); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Z); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Z2); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(Z3); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E0); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E1); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E2); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E3); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E4); -#endif -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - _L6470_DEFINE(E5); -#endif - -// not using L6470 library's init command because it -// briefly sends power to the steppers - -#define _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Q) do{ \ - stepper##Q.resetDev(); \ - stepper##Q.softFree(); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_CONFIG, CONFIG_PWM_DIV_1 \ - | CONFIG_PWM_MUL_2 \ - | CONFIG_SR_290V_us \ - | CONFIG_OC_SD_DISABLE \ - | CONFIG_VS_COMP_DISABLE \ - | CONFIG_SW_HARD_STOP \ - | CONFIG_INT_16MHZ); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN, 0xFF); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC, 0xFF); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC, 0xFF); \ - stepper##Q.setMicroSteps(Q##_MICROSTEPS); \ - stepper##Q.setOverCurrent(Q##_OVERCURRENT); \ - stepper##Q.setStallCurrent(Q##_STALLCURRENT); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD, Q##_MAX_VOLTAGE); \ - stepper##Q.SetParam(L6470_ABS_POS, 0); \ - stepper##Q.getStatus(); \ -}while(0) - -void L6470_Marlin::init_to_defaults() { - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(X); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(X2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Y); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Y2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E0); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E1); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E2); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E3); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E4); - #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - _L6470_INIT_CHIP(E5); - #endif -} - -#endif // L6470 diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8c731a80424a..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L6470.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * stepper/L6470.h - * Stepper driver indirection for L6470 drivers - */ - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#include "../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h" - -// L6470 has STEP on normal pins, but DIR/ENABLE via SPI -#define L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Q) do{ L6470_dir_commands[Q] = (STATE ? dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_REV : dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_FWD); }while(0) - -// X Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperX; - #define X_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define X_ENABLE_READ() (stepperX.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define X_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define X_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,X) - #define X_DIR_READ() (stepperX.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Y Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperY; - #define Y_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Y_ENABLE_READ() (stepperY.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Y_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Y_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Y) - #define Y_DIR_READ() (stepperY.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Z Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ; - #define Z_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Z_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Z_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Z_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Z) - #define Z_DIR_READ() (stepperZ.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// X2 Stepper -#if HAS_X2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperX2; - #define X2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define X2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperX2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define X2_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define X2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,X2) - #define X2_DIR_READ() (stepperX2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Y2 Stepper -#if HAS_Y2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperY2; - #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperY2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Y2_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Y2) - #define Y2_DIR_READ() (stepperY2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Z2 Stepper -#if HAS_Z2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ2; - #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Z2_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Z2) - #define Z2_DIR_READ() (stepperZ2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// Z3 Stepper -#if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperZ3; - #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ3.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define Z3_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,Z3) - #define Z3_DIR_READ() (stepperZ3.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E0 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE0; - #define E0_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E0_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE0.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E0_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E0_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E0) - #define E0_DIR_READ() (stepperE0.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E1 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE1; - #define E1_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E1_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE1.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E1_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E1_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E1) - #define E1_DIR_READ() (stepperE1.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E2 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE2; - #define E2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E2_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E2) - #define E2_DIR_READ() (stepperE2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E3 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE3; - #define E3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E3_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE3.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E3_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E3) - #define E3_DIR_READ() (stepperE3.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E4 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE4; - #define E4_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E4_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE4.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E4_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E4) - #define E4_DIR_READ() (stepperE4.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif - -// E5 Stepper -#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - extern L6470 stepperE5; - #define E5_ENABLE_INIT NOOP - #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) NOOP - #define E5_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE5.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) - #define E5_DIR_INIT NOOP - #define E5_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6470_WRITE_DIR_COMMAND(STATE,E5) - #define E5_DIR_READ() (stepperE5.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR) -#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..40f74c175add --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * stepper/L64xx.cpp + * Stepper driver indirection for L64XX drivers + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if HAS_L64XX + +#include "L64xx.h" + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + L64XX_CLASS(X) stepperX(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + L64XX_CLASS(X2) stepperX2(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + L64XX_CLASS(Y) stepperY(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + L64XX_CLASS(Y2) stepperY2(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + L64XX_CLASS(Z) stepperZ(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + L64XX_CLASS(Z2) stepperZ2(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + L64XX_CLASS(Z3) stepperZ3(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + L64XX_CLASS(Z4) stepperZ4(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + L64XX_CLASS(E0) stepperE0(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + L64XX_CLASS(E1) stepperE1(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + L64XX_CLASS(E2) stepperE2(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + L64XX_CLASS(E3) stepperE3(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + L64XX_CLASS(E4) stepperE4(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + L64XX_CLASS(E5) stepperE5(L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN); +#endif + +// Not using L64XX class init method because it +// briefly sends power to the steppers + +inline void L6470_init_chip(L64XX &st, const int ms, const int oc, const int sc, const int mv, const int slew_rate) { + st.set_handlers(L64xxManager.spi_init, L64xxManager.transfer_single, L64xxManager.transfer_chain); // specify which external SPI routines to use + switch (st.L6470_status_layout) { + case L6470_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + st.resetDev(); + st.softFree(); + st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, CONFIG_PWM_DIV_1 | CONFIG_PWM_MUL_2 | CONFIG_OC_SD_DISABLE | CONFIG_VS_COMP_DISABLE | CONFIG_SW_HARD_STOP | CONFIG_INT_16MHZ); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN, 0xFF); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC, 0xFF); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC, 0xFF); + st.setMicroSteps(ms); + st.setOverCurrent(oc); + st.setStallCurrent(sc); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_HOLD, mv); + st.SetParam(L6470_ABS_POS, 0); + uint32_t config_temp = st.GetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG); + config_temp &= ~CONFIG_POW_SR; + switch (slew_rate) { + case 0: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_75V_us); break; + default: + case 1: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_110V_us); break; + case 3: + case 2: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_260V_us); break; + } + st.getStatus(); + st.getStatus(); + break; + } + + case L6474_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + st.free(); + //st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, CONFIG_PWM_DIV_1 | CONFIG_PWM_MUL_2 | CONFIG_OC_SD_DISABLE | CONFIG_VS_COMP_DISABLE | CONFIG_SW_HARD_STOP | CONFIG_INT_16MHZ); + //st.SetParam(L6474_TVAL, 0xFF); + st.setMicroSteps(ms); + st.setOverCurrent(oc); + st.setTVALCurrent(sc); + st.SetParam(L6470_ABS_POS, 0); + uint32_t config_temp = st.GetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG); + config_temp &= ~CONFIG_POW_SR & ~CONFIG_EN_TQREG; // clear out slew rate and set current to be controlled by TVAL register + switch (slew_rate) { + case 0: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_75V_us); break; + default: + case 1: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_110V_us); break; + case 3: + case 2: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, config_temp | CONFIG_SR_260V_us); break; + //case 0: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 | CONFIG_EN_TQREG | CONFIG_SR_75V_us); break; + //default: + //case 1: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 | CONFIG_EN_TQREG | CONFIG_SR_110V_us); break; + //case 3: + //case 2: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 | CONFIG_EN_TQREG | CONFIG_SR_260V_us); break; + + //case 0: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 ); break; + //default: + //case 1: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 ); break; + //case 3: + //case 2: st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, 0x2E88 ); break; + } + st.getStatus(); + st.getStatus(); + break; + } + + case L6480_STATUS_LAYOUT: { + st.resetDev(); + st.softFree(); + st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG, CONFIG_PWM_DIV_1 | CONFIG_PWM_MUL_2 | CONFIG_OC_SD_DISABLE | CONFIG_VS_COMP_DISABLE | CONFIG_SW_HARD_STOP | CONFIG_INT_16MHZ); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_RUN, 0xFF); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_ACC, 0xFF); + st.SetParam(L6470_KVAL_DEC, 0xFF); + st.setMicroSteps(ms); + st.setOverCurrent(oc); + st.setStallCurrent(sc); + st.SetParam(+-L6470_KVAL_HOLD, mv); + st.SetParam(L6470_ABS_POS, 0); + st.SetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG,(st.GetParam(st.L64XX_CONFIG) | PWR_VCC_7_5V)); + st.getStatus(); // must clear out status bits before can set slew rate + st.getStatus(); + switch (slew_rate) { + case 0: st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG1, CONFIG1_SR_220V_us); st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG2, CONFIG2_SR_220V_us); break; + default: + case 1: st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG1, CONFIG1_SR_400V_us); st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG2, CONFIG2_SR_400V_us); break; + case 2: st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG1, CONFIG1_SR_520V_us); st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG2, CONFIG2_SR_520V_us); break; + case 3: st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG1, CONFIG1_SR_980V_us); st.SetParam(L6470_GATECFG2, CONFIG2_SR_980V_us); break; + } + break; + } + } +} + +#define L6470_INIT_CHIP(Q) L6470_init_chip(stepper##Q, Q##_MICROSTEPS, Q##_OVERCURRENT, Q##_STALLCURRENT, Q##_MAX_VOLTAGE, Q##_SLEW_RATE) + +void L64XX_Marlin::init_to_defaults() { + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(X); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(X2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Y); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Y2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(Z3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E0); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E1); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E2); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E3); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E4); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + L6470_INIT_CHIP(E5); + #endif +} + +#endif // HAS_L64XX diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..919e96694026 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/L64xx.h @@ -0,0 +1,364 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * stepper/L64xx.h + * Stepper driver indirection for L64XX drivers + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" +#include "../../libs/L64XX/L64XX_Marlin.h" + +// Convert option names to L64XX classes +#define CLASS_L6470 L6470 +#define CLASS_L6474 L6474 +#define CLASS_POWERSTEP01 powerSTEP01 + +#define __L64XX_CLASS(TYPE) CLASS_##TYPE +#define _L64XX_CLASS(TYPE) __L64XX_CLASS(TYPE) +#define L64XX_CLASS(ST) _L64XX_CLASS(ST##_DRIVER_TYPE) + +#define L6474_DIR_WRITE(A,STATE) do{ L64xxManager.dir_commands[A] = dSPIN_L6474_ENABLE; WRITE(A##_DIR_PIN, STATE); }while(0) +#define L64XX_DIR_WRITE(A,STATE) do{ L64xxManager.dir_commands[A] = (STATE) ? dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_REV : dSPIN_STEP_CLOCK_FWD; }while(0) + +// X Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) + extern L64XX_CLASS(X) stepperX; + #define X_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperX.free()) + #define X_ENABLE_READ() (stepperX.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6474) + #define X_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X_DIR_PIN) + #define X_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(X, STATE) + #define X_DIR_READ() READ(X_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define X_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define X_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(X, STATE) + #define X_DIR_READ() (stepper##X.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_X() stepperX.free() + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// Y Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Y) stepperY; + #define Y_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperY.free()) + #define Y_ENABLE_READ() (stepperY.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6474) + #define Y_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y_DIR_PIN) + #define Y_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Y, STATE) + #define Y_DIR_READ() READ(Y_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Y_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Y_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Y, STATE) + #define Y_DIR_READ() (stepper##Y.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Y() stepperY.free() + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// Z Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Z) stepperZ; + #define Z_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperZ.free()) + #define Z_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6474) + #define Z_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z_DIR_PIN) + #define Z_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Z, STATE) + #define Z_DIR_READ() READ(Z_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Z_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Z_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Z, STATE) + #define Z_DIR_READ() (stepper##Z.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z() stepperZ.free() + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// X2 Stepper +#if HAS_X2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) + extern L64XX_CLASS(X2) stepperX2; + #define X2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperX2.free()) + #define X2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperX2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6474) + #define X2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X2_DIR_PIN) + #define X2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(X2, STATE) + #define X2_DIR_READ() READ(X2_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define X2_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define X2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(X2, STATE) + #define X2_DIR_READ() (stepper##X2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_X2() stepperX2.free() +#endif + +// Y2 Stepper +#if HAS_Y2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Y2) stepperY2; + #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperY2.free()) + #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperY2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6474) + #define Y2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y2_DIR_PIN) + #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Y2, STATE) + #define Y2_DIR_READ() READ(Y2_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Y2_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Y2, STATE) + #define Y2_DIR_READ() (stepper##Y2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Y2() stepperY2.free() +#endif + +// Z2 Stepper +#if HAS_Z2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Z2) stepperZ2; + #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperZ2.free()) + #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6474) + #define Z2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z2_DIR_PIN) + #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Z2, STATE) + #define Z2_DIR_READ() READ(Z2_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Z2_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Z2, STATE) + #define Z2_DIR_READ() (stepper##Z2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z2() stepperZ2.free() +#endif + +// Z3 Stepper +#if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Z3) stepperZ3; + #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperZ3.free()) + #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ3.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6474) + #define Z3_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z3_DIR_PIN) + #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Z3, STATE) + #define Z3_DIR_READ() READ(Z3_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Z3_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Z3, STATE) + #define Z3_DIR_READ() (stepper##Z3.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z3() stepperZ3.free() +#endif + +// Z4 Stepper +#if HAS_Z4_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) + extern L64XX_CLASS(Z4) stepperZ4; + #define Z4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperZ4.free()) + #define Z4_ENABLE_READ() (stepperZ4.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(L6474) + #define Z4_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z4_DIR_PIN) + #define Z4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(Z4, STATE) + #define Z4_DIR_READ() READ(Z4_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define Z4_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define Z4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(Z4, STATE) + #define Z4_DIR_READ() (stepper##Z4.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z4() stepperZ4.free() +#endif + +// E0 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E0) stepperE0; + #define E0_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE0.free()) + #define E0_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE0.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6474) + #define E0_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E0_DIR_PIN) + #define E0_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E0, STATE) + #define E0_DIR_READ() READ(E0_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E0_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E0_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E0, STATE) + #define E0_DIR_READ() (stepper##E0.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E0() do{ stepperE0.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// E1 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E1) stepperE1; + #define E1_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE1.free()) + #define E1_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE1.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6474) + #define E1_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E1_DIR_PIN) + #define E1_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E1, STATE) + #define E1_DIR_READ() READ(E1_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E1_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E1_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E1, STATE) + #define E1_DIR_READ() (stepper##E1.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E1() do{ stepperE1.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// E2 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E2) stepperE2; + #define E2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE2.free()) + #define E2_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE2.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6474) + #define E2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E2_DIR_PIN) + #define E2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E2, STATE) + #define E2_DIR_READ() READ(E2_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E2_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E2, STATE) + #define E2_DIR_READ() (stepper##E2.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E2() do{ stepperE2.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// E3 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E3) stepperE3; + #define E3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE3.free()) + #define E3_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE3.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6474) + #define E3_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E3_DIR_PIN) + #define E3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E3, STATE) + #define E3_DIR_READ() READ(E3_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E3_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E3, STATE) + #define E3_DIR_READ() (stepper##E3.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #endif +#endif + +// E4 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E4) stepperE4; + #define E4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE4.free()) + #define E4_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE4.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6474) + #define E4_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E4_DIR_PIN) + #define E4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E4, STATE) + #define E4_DIR_READ() READ(E4_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E4_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E4, STATE) + #define E4_DIR_READ() (stepper##E4.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E4() do{ stepperE4.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// E5 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E5) stepperE5; + #define E5_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE5.free()) + #define E5_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE5.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6474) + #define E5_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E5_DIR_PIN) + #define E5_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E5, STATE) + #define E5_DIR_READ() READ(E5_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E5_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E5_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E5, STATE) + #define E5_DIR_READ() (stepper##E5.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E5() do{ stepperE5.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// E6 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E6) stepperE6; + #define E6_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E6_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE6.free()) + #define E6_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE6.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(L6474) + #define E6_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E6_DIR_PIN) + #define E6_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E6, STATE) + #define E6_DIR_READ() READ(E6_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E6_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E6_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E6, STATE) + #define E6_DIR_READ() (stepper##E6.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E6() do{ stepperE6.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif + +// E7 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) + extern L64XX_CLASS(E7) stepperE7; + #define E7_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E7_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) (STATE ? NOOP : stepperE7.free()) + #define E7_ENABLE_READ() (stepperE7.getStatus() & STATUS_HIZ) + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(L6474) + #define E7_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E7_DIR_PIN) + #define E7_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L6474_DIR_WRITE(E7, STATE) + #define E7_DIR_READ() READ(E7_DIR_PIN) + #else + #define E7_DIR_INIT() NOOP + #define E7_DIR_WRITE(STATE) L64XX_DIR_WRITE(E7, STATE) + #define E7_DIR_READ() (stepper##E7.getStatus() & STATUS_DIR); + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(L6470) + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E7() do{ stepperE7.free(); CBI(axis_known_position, E_AXIS); }while(0) + #endif + #endif +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.cpp index 8acb735c9db6..58d9463a2d13 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.cpp @@ -57,6 +57,9 @@ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) _TMC26X_DEFINE(Z3); #endif +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_DEFINE(Z4); +#endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) _TMC26X_DEFINE(E0); #endif @@ -75,6 +78,12 @@ #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) _TMC26X_DEFINE(E5); #endif +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_DEFINE(E6); +#endif +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_DEFINE(E7); +#endif #define _TMC26X_INIT(A) do{ \ stepper##A.setMicrosteps(A##_MICROSTEPS); \ @@ -103,6 +112,9 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults() { #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) _TMC26X_INIT(Z3); #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_INIT(Z4); + #endif #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) _TMC26X_INIT(E0); #endif @@ -121,6 +133,12 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults() { #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) _TMC26X_INIT(E5); #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_INIT(E6); + #endif + #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + _TMC26X_INIT(E7); + #endif } #endif // TMC26X diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.h index a1c270482320..73cba317064e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/TMC26X.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // X Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperX; - #define X_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define X_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperX.setEnabled(STATE) #define X_ENABLE_READ() stepperX.isEnabled() #endif @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // Y Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperY; - #define Y_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Y_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperY.setEnabled(STATE) #define Y_ENABLE_READ() stepperY.isEnabled() #endif @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // Z Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperZ; - #define Z_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ.setEnabled(STATE) #define Z_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ.isEnabled() #endif @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // X2 Stepper #if HAS_X2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperX2; - #define X2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define X2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperX2.setEnabled(STATE) #define X2_ENABLE_READ() stepperX2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // Y2 Stepper #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperY2; - #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperY2.setEnabled(STATE) #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() stepperY2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -82,23 +82,31 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // Z2 Stepper #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperZ2; - #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ2.setEnabled(STATE) #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ2.isEnabled() #endif // Z3 Stepper -#if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && ENABLED(Z3_IS_TMC26X) +#if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperZ3; - #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ3.setEnabled(STATE) #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ3.isEnabled() #endif +// Z4 Stepper +#if HAS_Z4_ENABLE && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) + extern TMC26XStepper stepperZ4; + #define Z4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ4.setEnabled(STATE) + #define Z4_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ4.isEnabled() +#endif + // E0 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE0; - #define E0_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E0_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE0.setEnabled(STATE) #define E0_ENABLE_READ() stepperE0.isEnabled() #endif @@ -106,7 +114,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E1 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE1; - #define E1_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E1_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE1.setEnabled(STATE) #define E1_ENABLE_READ() stepperE1.isEnabled() #endif @@ -114,7 +122,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E2 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE2; - #define E2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE2.setEnabled(STATE) #define E2_ENABLE_READ() stepperE2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -122,7 +130,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E3 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE3; - #define E3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE3.setEnabled(STATE) #define E3_ENABLE_READ() stepperE3.isEnabled() #endif @@ -130,7 +138,7 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E4 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE4; - #define E4_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE4.setEnabled(STATE) #define E4_ENABLE_READ() stepperE4.isEnabled() #endif @@ -138,7 +146,23 @@ void tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); // E5 Stepper #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) extern TMC26XStepper stepperE5; - #define E5_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E5_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE5.setEnabled(STATE) #define E5_ENABLE_READ() stepperE5.isEnabled() #endif + +// E6 Stepper +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) + extern TMC26XStepper stepperE6; + #define E6_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E6_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE6.setEnabled(STATE) + #define E6_ENABLE_READ() stepperE6.isEnabled() +#endif + +// E7 Stepper +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) + extern TMC26XStepper stepperE7; + #define E7_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E7_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE7.setEnabled(STATE) + #define E7_ENABLE_READ() stepperE7.isEnabled() +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.cpp index 2037c1b84e16..f784d4911cbc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.cpp @@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers() { tmc26x_init_to_defaults(); #endif - #if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - L6470.init_to_defaults(); + #if HAS_L64XX + L64xxManager.init_to_defaults(); #endif #if HAS_TRINAMIC diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.h index ed87fde83cb8..55e44fbe046f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/indirection.h @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - #include "L6470.h" +#if HAS_L64XX + #include "L64xx.h" #endif #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) @@ -49,91 +49,91 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset // X Stepper #ifndef X_ENABLE_INIT - #define X_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X_ENABLE_PIN) + #define X_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X_ENABLE_PIN) #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define X_ENABLE_READ() READ(X_ENABLE_PIN) + #define X_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(X_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef X_DIR_INIT - #define X_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X_DIR_PIN) + #define X_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X_DIR_PIN) #define X_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define X_DIR_READ() READ(X_DIR_PIN) + #define X_DIR_READ() bool(READ(X_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define X_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X_STEP_PIN) +#define X_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X_STEP_PIN) #ifndef X_STEP_WRITE #define X_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define X_STEP_READ READ(X_STEP_PIN) +#define X_STEP_READ() bool(READ(X_STEP_PIN)) // Y Stepper #ifndef Y_ENABLE_INIT - #define Y_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Y_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y_ENABLE_PIN) #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Y_ENABLE_READ() READ(Y_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Y_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Y_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Y_DIR_INIT - #define Y_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y_DIR_PIN) + #define Y_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y_DIR_PIN) #define Y_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Y_DIR_READ() READ(Y_DIR_PIN) + #define Y_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Y_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define Y_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y_STEP_PIN) +#define Y_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Y_STEP_WRITE #define Y_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define Y_STEP_READ READ(Y_STEP_PIN) +#define Y_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Y_STEP_PIN)) // Z Stepper #ifndef Z_ENABLE_INIT - #define Z_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z_ENABLE_PIN) #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Z_ENABLE_READ() READ(Z_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Z_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Z_DIR_INIT - #define Z_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z_DIR_PIN) + #define Z_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z_DIR_PIN) #define Z_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Z_DIR_READ() READ(Z_DIR_PIN) + #define Z_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Z_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define Z_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z_STEP_PIN) +#define Z_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Z_STEP_WRITE #define Z_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define Z_STEP_READ READ(Z_STEP_PIN) +#define Z_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Z_STEP_PIN)) // X2 Stepper #if HAS_X2_ENABLE #ifndef X2_ENABLE_INIT - #define X2_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define X2_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X2_ENABLE_PIN) #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X2_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define X2_ENABLE_READ() READ(X2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define X2_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(X2_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef X2_DIR_INIT - #define X2_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X2_DIR_PIN) + #define X2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X2_DIR_PIN) #define X2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X2_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define X2_DIR_READ() READ(X2_DIR_PIN) + #define X2_DIR_READ() bool(READ(X2_DIR_PIN)) #endif - #define X2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(X2_STEP_PIN) + #define X2_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(X2_STEP_PIN) #ifndef X2_STEP_WRITE #define X2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(X2_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif - #define X2_STEP_READ READ(X2_STEP_PIN) + #define X2_STEP_READ() bool(READ(X2_STEP_PIN)) #endif // Y2 Stepper #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE #ifndef Y2_ENABLE_INIT - #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y2_ENABLE_PIN) #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y2_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() READ(Y2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Y2_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Y2_DIR_INIT - #define Y2_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y2_DIR_PIN) + #define Y2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y2_DIR_PIN) #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y2_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Y2_DIR_READ() READ(Y2_DIR_PIN) + #define Y2_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Y2_DIR_PIN)) #endif - #define Y2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Y2_STEP_PIN) + #define Y2_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Y2_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Y2_STEP_WRITE #define Y2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Y2_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif - #define Y2_STEP_READ READ(Y2_STEP_PIN) + #define Y2_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Y2_STEP_PIN)) #else #define Y2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP #endif @@ -141,20 +141,20 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset // Z2 Stepper #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE #ifndef Z2_ENABLE_INIT - #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z2_ENABLE_PIN) #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z2_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() READ(Z2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Z2_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Z2_DIR_INIT - #define Z2_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z2_DIR_PIN) + #define Z2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z2_DIR_PIN) #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z2_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Z2_DIR_READ() READ(Z2_DIR_PIN) + #define Z2_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Z2_DIR_PIN)) #endif - #define Z2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z2_STEP_PIN) + #define Z2_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z2_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Z2_STEP_WRITE #define Z2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z2_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif - #define Z2_STEP_READ READ(Z2_STEP_PIN) + #define Z2_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Z2_STEP_PIN)) #else #define Z2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP #endif @@ -162,146 +162,256 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset // Z3 Stepper #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE #ifndef Z3_ENABLE_INIT - #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z3_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z3_ENABLE_PIN) #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z3_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() READ(Z3_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(Z3_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef Z3_DIR_INIT - #define Z3_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z3_DIR_PIN) + #define Z3_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z3_DIR_PIN) #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z3_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define Z3_DIR_READ() READ(Z3_DIR_PIN) + #define Z3_DIR_READ() bool(READ(Z3_DIR_PIN)) #endif - #define Z3_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z3_STEP_PIN) + #define Z3_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z3_STEP_PIN) #ifndef Z3_STEP_WRITE #define Z3_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z3_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif - #define Z3_STEP_READ READ(Z3_STEP_PIN) + #define Z3_STEP_READ() bool(READ(Z3_STEP_PIN)) #else #define Z3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP #endif +// Z4 Stepper +#if HAS_Z4_ENABLE + #ifndef Z4_ENABLE_INIT + #define Z4_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z4_ENABLE_PIN) + #define Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z4_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) + #define Z4_ENABLE_READ() READ(Z4_ENABLE_PIN) + #endif + #ifndef Z4_DIR_INIT + #define Z4_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(Z4_DIR_PIN) + #define Z4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z4_DIR_PIN,STATE) + #define Z4_DIR_READ() READ(Z4_DIR_PIN) + #endif + #define Z4_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(Z4_STEP_PIN) + #ifndef Z4_STEP_WRITE + #define Z4_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(Z4_STEP_PIN,STATE) + #endif + #define Z4_STEP_READ READ(Z4_STEP_PIN) +#else + #define Z4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) NOOP +#endif + // E0 Stepper #ifndef E0_ENABLE_INIT - #define E0_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E0_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E0_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E0_ENABLE_PIN) #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E0_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E0_ENABLE_READ() READ(E0_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E0_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E0_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E0_DIR_INIT - #define E0_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E0_DIR_PIN) + #define E0_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E0_DIR_PIN) #define E0_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E0_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E0_DIR_READ() READ(E0_DIR_PIN) + #define E0_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E0_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E0_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E0_STEP_PIN) +#define E0_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E0_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E0_STEP_WRITE #define E0_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E0_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E0_STEP_READ READ(E0_STEP_PIN) +#define E0_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E0_STEP_PIN)) // E1 Stepper #ifndef E1_ENABLE_INIT - #define E1_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E1_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E1_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E1_ENABLE_PIN) #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E1_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E1_ENABLE_READ() READ(E1_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E1_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E1_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E1_DIR_INIT - #define E1_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E1_DIR_PIN) + #define E1_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E1_DIR_PIN) #define E1_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E1_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E1_DIR_READ() READ(E1_DIR_PIN) + #define E1_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E1_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E1_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E1_STEP_PIN) +#define E1_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E1_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E1_STEP_WRITE #define E1_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E1_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E1_STEP_READ READ(E1_STEP_PIN) +#define E1_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E1_STEP_PIN)) // E2 Stepper #ifndef E2_ENABLE_INIT - #define E2_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E2_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E2_ENABLE_PIN) #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E2_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E2_ENABLE_READ() READ(E2_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E2_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E2_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E2_DIR_INIT - #define E2_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E2_DIR_PIN) + #define E2_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E2_DIR_PIN) #define E2_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E2_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E2_DIR_READ() READ(E2_DIR_PIN) + #define E2_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E2_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E2_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E2_STEP_PIN) +#define E2_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E2_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E2_STEP_WRITE #define E2_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E2_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E2_STEP_READ READ(E2_STEP_PIN) +#define E2_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E2_STEP_PIN)) // E3 Stepper #ifndef E3_ENABLE_INIT - #define E3_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E3_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E3_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E3_ENABLE_PIN) #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E3_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E3_ENABLE_READ() READ(E3_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E3_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E3_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E3_DIR_INIT - #define E3_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E3_DIR_PIN) + #define E3_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E3_DIR_PIN) #define E3_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E3_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E3_DIR_READ() READ(E3_DIR_PIN) + #define E3_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E3_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E3_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E3_STEP_PIN) +#define E3_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E3_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E3_STEP_WRITE #define E3_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E3_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E3_STEP_READ READ(E3_STEP_PIN) +#define E3_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E3_STEP_PIN)) // E4 Stepper #ifndef E4_ENABLE_INIT - #define E4_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E4_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E4_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E4_ENABLE_PIN) #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E4_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E4_ENABLE_READ() READ(E4_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E4_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E4_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E4_DIR_INIT - #define E4_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E4_DIR_PIN) + #define E4_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E4_DIR_PIN) #define E4_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E4_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E4_DIR_READ() READ(E4_DIR_PIN) + #define E4_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E4_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E4_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E4_STEP_PIN) +#define E4_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E4_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E4_STEP_WRITE #define E4_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E4_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E4_STEP_READ READ(E4_STEP_PIN) +#define E4_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E4_STEP_PIN)) // E5 Stepper #ifndef E5_ENABLE_INIT - #define E5_ENABLE_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E5_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E5_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E5_ENABLE_PIN) #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E5_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) - #define E5_ENABLE_READ() READ(E5_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E5_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E5_ENABLE_PIN)) #endif #ifndef E5_DIR_INIT - #define E5_DIR_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E5_DIR_PIN) + #define E5_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E5_DIR_PIN) #define E5_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E5_DIR_PIN,STATE) - #define E5_DIR_READ() READ(E5_DIR_PIN) + #define E5_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E5_DIR_PIN)) #endif -#define E5_STEP_INIT SET_OUTPUT(E5_STEP_PIN) +#define E5_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E5_STEP_PIN) #ifndef E5_STEP_WRITE #define E5_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E5_STEP_PIN,STATE) #endif -#define E5_STEP_READ READ(E5_STEP_PIN) +#define E5_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E5_STEP_PIN)) + +// E6 Stepper +#ifndef E6_ENABLE_INIT + #define E6_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E6_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E6_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E6_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) + #define E6_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E6_ENABLE_PIN)) +#endif +#ifndef E6_DIR_INIT + #define E6_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E6_DIR_PIN) + #define E6_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E6_DIR_PIN,STATE) + #define E6_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E6_DIR_PIN)) +#endif +#define E6_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E6_STEP_PIN) +#ifndef E6_STEP_WRITE + #define E6_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E6_STEP_PIN,STATE) +#endif +#define E6_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E6_STEP_PIN)) + +// E7 Stepper +#ifndef E7_ENABLE_INIT + #define E7_ENABLE_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E7_ENABLE_PIN) + #define E7_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E7_ENABLE_PIN,STATE) + #define E7_ENABLE_READ() bool(READ(E7_ENABLE_PIN)) +#endif +#ifndef E7_DIR_INIT + #define E7_DIR_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E7_DIR_PIN) + #define E7_DIR_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E7_DIR_PIN,STATE) + #define E7_DIR_READ() bool(READ(E7_DIR_PIN)) +#endif +#define E7_STEP_INIT() SET_OUTPUT(E7_STEP_PIN) +#ifndef E7_STEP_WRITE + #define E7_STEP_WRITE(STATE) WRITE(E7_STEP_PIN,STATE) +#endif +#define E7_STEP_READ() bool(READ(E7_STEP_PIN)) /** * Extruder indirection for the single E axis */ #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) // One stepper driver per two extruders, reversed on odd index - #if EXTRUDERS > 5 + #if EXTRUDERS > 7 + #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 4) { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 6) { E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E3_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 7: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 7: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #elif EXTRUDERS > 6 + #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 4) { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 6) { E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E3_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); } }while(0) + #elif EXTRUDERS > 5 #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 4) { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) - #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 5: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) #elif EXTRUDERS > 4 #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else if (E < 4) { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) - #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) #elif EXTRUDERS > 3 #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) - #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 3: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) #elif EXTRUDERS > 2 #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E < 2) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) - #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) #else #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) E0_STEP_WRITE(V) #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ E0_DIR_WRITE(E ? INVERT_E0_DIR : !INVERT_E0_DIR); }while(0) @@ -319,23 +429,100 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset #elif E_STEPPERS > 1 - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 - #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); case 5: E5_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E5_DIR); } }while(0) - #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E5_DIR); } }while(0) + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 5: E5_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 6: E6_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 7: E7_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E6_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E6_DIR); break; case 7: E7_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E7_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E6_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E6_DIR); break; case 7: E7_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E7_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + + #elif E_STEPPERS > 6 + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 5: E5_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 6: E6_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E6_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E6_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + case 6: E6_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E6_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + + #elif E_STEPPERS > 5 + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 5: E5_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); break; case 5: E5_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E5_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 4 - #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); } }while(0) - #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); } }while(0) + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + case 4: E4_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E4_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + case 4: E4_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E4_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 3 - #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) - #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); } }while(0) - #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); } }while(0) + + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 3: E3_STEP_WRITE(V); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { \ + case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; \ + case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); break; case 3: E3_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E3_DIR); break; \ + } }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 2 + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 1: E1_STEP_WRITE(V); break; case 2: E2_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ switch (E) { case 0: E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); break; case 1: E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); break; case 2: E2_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E2_DIR); } }while(0) + #else + #define _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (E == 0) { E0_STEP_WRITE(V); } else { E1_STEP_WRITE(V); } }while(0) #define _NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ if (E == 0) { E0_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E0_DIR); } else { E1_DIR_WRITE(!INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) #define _REV_E_DIR(E) do{ if (E == 0) { E0_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E0_DIR); } else { E1_DIR_WRITE( INVERT_E1_DIR); } }while(0) @@ -355,7 +542,15 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset #define E_STEP_WRITE(E,V) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { DUPE(STEP,V); } else _E_STEP_WRITE(E,V); }while(0) #if E_STEPPERS > 2 - #if E_STEPPERS > 5 + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 + #define DUPE(T,V) do{ _DUPE(0,T,V); _DUPE(1,T,V); _DUPE(2,T,V); _DUPE(3,T,V); _DUPE(4,T,V); _DUPE(5,T,V); _DUPE(6,T,V); _DUPE(7,T,V); }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { NDIR(0); NDIR(1); NDIR(2); NDIR(3); NDIR(4); NDIR(5); NDIR(6); NDIR(7); } else _NORM_E_DIR(E); }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { RDIR(0); RDIR(1); RDIR(2); RDIR(3); RDIR(4); RDIR(5); RDIR(6); RDIR(7); } else _REV_E_DIR(E); }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 6 + #define DUPE(T,V) do{ _DUPE(0,T,V); _DUPE(1,T,V); _DUPE(2,T,V); _DUPE(3,T,V); _DUPE(4,T,V); _DUPE(5,T,V); _DUPE(6,T,V); }while(0) + #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { NDIR(0); NDIR(1); NDIR(2); NDIR(3); NDIR(4); NDIR(5); NDIR(6); } else _NORM_E_DIR(E); }while(0) + #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { RDIR(0); RDIR(1); RDIR(2); RDIR(3); RDIR(4); RDIR(5); RDIR(6); } else _REV_E_DIR(E); }while(0) + #elif E_STEPPERS > 5 #define DUPE(T,V) do{ _DUPE(0,T,V); _DUPE(1,T,V); _DUPE(2,T,V); _DUPE(3,T,V); _DUPE(4,T,V); _DUPE(5,T,V); }while(0) #define NORM_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { NDIR(0); NDIR(1); NDIR(2); NDIR(3); NDIR(4); NDIR(5); } else _NORM_E_DIR(E); }while(0) #define REV_E_DIR(E) do{ if (extruder_duplication_enabled) { RDIR(0); RDIR(1); RDIR(2); RDIR(3); RDIR(4); RDIR(5); } else _REV_E_DIR(E); }while(0) @@ -397,3 +592,414 @@ void reset_stepper_drivers(); // Called by settings.load / settings.reset #define REV_E_DIR(E) NOOP #endif + +// +// Individual stepper enable / disable macros +// + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_X + #if HAS_X_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_X() X_ENABLE_WRITE( X_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_X() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_X + #if HAS_X_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_X() X_ENABLE_WRITE(!X_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_X() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_X2 + #if HAS_X2_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_X2() X2_ENABLE_WRITE( X_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_X2() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_X2 + #if HAS_X2_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_X2() X2_ENABLE_WRITE(!X_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_X2() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_Y + #if HAS_Y_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Y() Y_ENABLE_WRITE( Y_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Y() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_Y + #if HAS_Y_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Y() Y_ENABLE_WRITE(!Y_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Y() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_Y2 + #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Y2() Y2_ENABLE_WRITE( Y_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Y2() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_Y2 + #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Y2() Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(!Y_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Y2() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_Z + #if HAS_Z_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z() Z_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_Z + #if HAS_Z_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z() Z_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_Z2 + #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z2() Z2_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z2() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_Z2 + #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z2() Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z2() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_Z3 + #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z3() Z3_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z3() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_Z3 + #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z3() Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z3() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_Z4 + #if HAS_Z4_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z4() Z4_ENABLE_WRITE( Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_Z4() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_Z4 + #if HAS_Z4_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z4() Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(!Z_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_Z4() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E0 + #if HAS_E0_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E0() E0_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E0() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E0 + #if HAS_E0_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E0() E0_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E0() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E1 + #if E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E1() E1_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E1() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E1 + #if E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E1() E1_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E1() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E2 + #if E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E2() E2_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E2() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E2 + #if E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E2() E2_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E2() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E3 + #if E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E3() E3_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E3() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E3 + #if E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E3() E3_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E3() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E4 + #if E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E4() E4_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E4() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E4 + #if E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E4() E4_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E4() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E5 + #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E5() E5_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E5() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E5 + #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E5() E5_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E5() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E6 + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && HAS_E6_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E6() E6_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E6() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E6 + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && HAS_E6_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E6() E6_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E6() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_STEPPER_E7 + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && HAS_E7_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E7() E7_ENABLE_WRITE( E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define ENABLE_STEPPER_E7() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_STEPPER_E7 + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && HAS_E7_ENABLE + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E7() E7_ENABLE_WRITE(!E_ENABLE_ON) + #else + #define DISABLE_STEPPER_E7() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +// +// Axis steppers enable / disable macros +// + +#define ENABLE_AXIS_X() do{ ENABLE_STEPPER_X(); ENABLE_STEPPER_X2(); }while(0) +#define DISABLE_AXIS_X() do{ DISABLE_STEPPER_X(); DISABLE_STEPPER_X2(); CBI(axis_known_position, X_AXIS); }while(0) + +#define ENABLE_AXIS_Y() do{ ENABLE_STEPPER_Y(); ENABLE_STEPPER_Y2(); }while(0) +#define DISABLE_AXIS_Y() do{ DISABLE_STEPPER_Y(); DISABLE_STEPPER_Y2(); CBI(axis_known_position, Y_AXIS); }while(0) + +#define ENABLE_AXIS_Z() do{ ENABLE_STEPPER_Z(); ENABLE_STEPPER_Z2(); ENABLE_STEPPER_Z3(); ENABLE_STEPPER_Z4(); }while(0) +#define DISABLE_AXIS_Z() do{ DISABLE_STEPPER_Z(); DISABLE_STEPPER_Z2(); DISABLE_STEPPER_Z3(); DISABLE_STEPPER_Z4(); CBI(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS); }while(0) + +// +// Extruder steppers enable / disable macros +// + +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + + /** + * Mixing steppers keep all their enable (and direction) states synchronized + */ + #if MIXING_STEPPERS > 7 + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E0() { ENABLE_STEPPER_E0(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E1(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E2(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E3(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E4(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E5(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E6(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E7(); } + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E0() { DISABLE_STEPPER_E0(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E1(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E2(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E3(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E4(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E5(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E6(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E7(); } + #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 6 + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E0() { ENABLE_STEPPER_E0(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E1(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E2(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E3(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E4(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E5(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E6(); } + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E0() { DISABLE_STEPPER_E0(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E1(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E2(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E3(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E4(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E5(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E6(); } + #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 5 + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E0() { ENABLE_STEPPER_E0(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E1(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E2(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E3(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E4(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E5(); } + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E0() { DISABLE_STEPPER_E0(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E1(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E2(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E3(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E4(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E5(); } + #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 4 + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E0() { ENABLE_STEPPER_E0(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E1(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E2(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E3(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E4(); } + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E0() { DISABLE_STEPPER_E0(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E1(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E2(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E3(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E4(); } + #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 3 + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E0() { ENABLE_STEPPER_E0(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E1(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E2(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E3(); } + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E0() { DISABLE_STEPPER_E0(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E1(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E2(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E3(); } + #elif MIXING_STEPPERS > 2 + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E0() { ENABLE_STEPPER_E0(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E1(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E2(); } + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E0() { DISABLE_STEPPER_E0(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E1(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E2(); } + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E0() { ENABLE_STEPPER_E0(); ENABLE_STEPPER_E1(); } + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E0() { DISABLE_STEPPER_E0(); DISABLE_STEPPER_E1(); } + #endif + +#endif // !MIXING_EXTRUDER + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E0 + #if E_STEPPERS > 0 && HAS_E0_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E0() ENABLE_STEPPER_E0() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E0() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E0 + #if E_STEPPERS > 0 && HAS_E0_DISABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E0() DISABLE_STEPPER_E0() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E0() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E1 + #if E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E1() ENABLE_STEPPER_E1() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E1() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E1 + #if E_STEPPERS > 1 && HAS_E1_DISABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E1() DISABLE_STEPPER_E1() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E1() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E2 + #if E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E2() ENABLE_STEPPER_E2() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E2() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E2 + #if E_STEPPERS > 2 && HAS_E2_DISABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E2() DISABLE_STEPPER_E2() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E2() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E3 + #if E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E3() ENABLE_STEPPER_E3() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E3() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E3 + #if E_STEPPERS > 3 && HAS_E3_DISABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E3() DISABLE_STEPPER_E3() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E3() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E4 + #if E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E4() ENABLE_STEPPER_E4() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E4() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E4 + #if E_STEPPERS > 4 && HAS_E4_DISABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E4() DISABLE_STEPPER_E4() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E4() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E5 + #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E5() ENABLE_STEPPER_E5() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E5() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E5 + #if E_STEPPERS > 5 && HAS_E5_DISABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E5() DISABLE_STEPPER_E5() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E5() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E6 + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && HAS_E6_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E6() ENABLE_STEPPER_E6() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E6() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E6 + #if E_STEPPERS > 6 && HAS_E6_DISABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E6() DISABLE_STEPPER_E6() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E6() NOOP + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef ENABLE_AXIS_E7 + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && HAS_E7_ENABLE + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E7() ENABLE_STEPPER_E7() + #else + #define ENABLE_AXIS_E7() NOOP + #endif +#endif +#ifndef DISABLE_AXIS_E7 + #if E_STEPPERS > 7 && HAS_E7_DISABLE + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E7() DISABLE_STEPPER_E7() + #else + #define DISABLE_AXIS_E7() NOOP + #endif +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.cpp index 08a13c17aa5f..ba65c32eb683 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.cpp @@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) TMC_SPI_DEFINE(Z3, Z); #endif +#if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z4) + TMC_SPI_DEFINE(Z4, Z); +#endif #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(E0) TMC_SPI_DEFINE_E(0); #endif @@ -107,6 +110,10 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; TMC_SPI_DEFINE_E(5); #endif +#ifndef TMC_BAUD_RATE + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 115200 +#endif + #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2130) template void tmc_init(TMCMarlin &st, const uint16_t mA, const uint16_t microsteps, const uint32_t thrs, const bool stealth) { @@ -245,6 +252,13 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; TMC_UART_DEFINE(SW, Z3, Z); #endif #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z4) + #ifdef Z4_HARDWARE_SERIAL + TMC_UART_DEFINE(HW, Z4, Z); + #else + TMC_UART_DEFINE(SW, Z4, Z); + #endif + #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E0) #ifdef E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 0); @@ -287,97 +301,132 @@ enum StealthIndex : uint8_t { STEALTH_AXIS_XY, STEALTH_AXIS_Z, STEALTH_AXIS_E }; TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 5); #endif #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E6) + #ifdef E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL + TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 6); + #else + TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 6); + #endif + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E7) + #ifdef E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL + TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(HW, 7); + #else + TMC_UART_DEFINE_E(SW, 7); + #endif + #endif void tmc_serial_begin() { #if AXIS_HAS_UART(X) #ifdef X_HARDWARE_SERIAL - X_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + X_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperX.beginSerial(115200); + stepperX.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(X2) #ifdef X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL - X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperX2.beginSerial(115200); + stepperX2.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Y) #ifdef Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL - Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperY.beginSerial(115200); + stepperY.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Y2) #ifdef Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL - Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperY2.beginSerial(115200); + stepperY2.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z) #ifdef Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL - Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperZ.beginSerial(115200); + stepperZ.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z2) #ifdef Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL - Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperZ2.beginSerial(115200); + stepperZ2.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z3) #ifdef Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL - Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + Z3_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #else + stepperZ3.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #endif + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z4) + #ifdef Z4_HARDWARE_SERIAL + Z4_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperZ3.beginSerial(115200); + stepperZ4.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E0) #ifdef E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL - E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperE0.beginSerial(115200); + stepperE0.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E1) #ifdef E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL - E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperE1.beginSerial(115200); + stepperE1.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E2) #ifdef E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL - E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperE2.beginSerial(115200); + stepperE2.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E3) #ifdef E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL - E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperE3.beginSerial(115200); + stepperE3.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E4) #ifdef E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL - E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperE4.beginSerial(115200); + stepperE4.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E5) #ifdef E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL - E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(115200); + E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #else + stepperE5.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #endif + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E6) + #ifdef E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL + E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #else + stepperE6.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); + #endif + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(E7) + #ifdef E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL + E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL.begin(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #else - stepperE5.beginSerial(115200); + stepperE7.beginSerial(TMC_BAUD_RATE); #endif #endif } @@ -612,6 +661,9 @@ void restore_trinamic_drivers() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) stepperZ3.push(); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + stepperZ4.push(); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) stepperE0.push(); #endif @@ -630,6 +682,12 @@ void restore_trinamic_drivers() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) stepperE5.push(); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + stepperE6.push(); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + stepperE7.push(); + #endif } void reset_trinamic_drivers() { @@ -674,6 +732,9 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) _TMC_INIT(Z3, STEALTH_AXIS_Z); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + _TMC_INIT(Z4, STEALTH_AXIS_Z); + #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) _TMC_INIT(E0, STEALTH_AXIS_E); #endif @@ -692,6 +753,12 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers() { #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) _TMC_INIT(E5, STEALTH_AXIS_E); #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + _TMC_INIT(E6, STEALTH_AXIS_E); + #endif + #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + _TMC_INIT(E7, STEALTH_AXIS_E); + #endif #if USE_SENSORLESS #if X_SENSORLESS @@ -723,6 +790,9 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers() { #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z3) stepperZ3.homing_threshold(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY); #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_STALLGUARD(Z4) + stepperZ4.homing_threshold(Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY); + #endif #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.h b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.h index 8c6e9c21aa05..afa8847108e6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper/trinamic.h @@ -34,15 +34,40 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" #include "../../feature/tmc_util.h" -#define ____TMC_CLASS(MODEL, A, I, E) TMCMarlin -#define ___TMC_CLASS(MODEL, A, I, E) ____TMC_CLASS(MODEL, A, I, E) -#define __TMC_CLASS(MODEL, A, I, E) ___TMC_CLASS(_##MODEL, A, I, E) -#define _TMC_CLASS(MODEL, L, E) __TMC_CLASS(MODEL, L, E) +#define CLASS_TMC2130 TMC2130Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC2160 TMC2160Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC2208 TMC2208Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC2209 TMC2209Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC2660 TMC2660Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC5130 TMC5130Stepper +#define CLASS_TMC5160 TMC5160Stepper + +#define TMC_X_LABEL 'X', '0' +#define TMC_Y_LABEL 'Y', '0' +#define TMC_Z_LABEL 'Z', '0' + +#define TMC_X2_LABEL 'X', '2' +#define TMC_Y2_LABEL 'Y', '2' +#define TMC_Z2_LABEL 'Z', '2' +#define TMC_Z3_LABEL 'Z', '3' +#define TMC_Z4_LABEL 'Z', '4' + +#define TMC_E0_LABEL 'E', '0' +#define TMC_E1_LABEL 'E', '1' +#define TMC_E2_LABEL 'E', '2' +#define TMC_E3_LABEL 'E', '3' +#define TMC_E4_LABEL 'E', '4' +#define TMC_E5_LABEL 'E', '5' +#define TMC_E6_LABEL 'E', '6' +#define TMC_E7_LABEL 'E', '7' + +#define __TMC_CLASS(TYPE, L, I, A) TMCMarlin +#define _TMC_CLASS(TYPE, LandI, A) __TMC_CLASS(TYPE, LandI, A) #define TMC_CLASS(ST, A) _TMC_CLASS(ST##_DRIVER_TYPE, TMC_##ST##_LABEL, A##_AXIS) #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS) - #define TMC_CLASS_E(I) TMC_CLASS(E##I, E##I) + #define TMC_CLASS_E(N) TMC_CLASS(E##N, E##N) #else - #define TMC_CLASS_E(I) TMC_CLASS(E##I, E) + #define TMC_CLASS_E(N) TMC_CLASS(E##N, E) #endif typedef struct { @@ -66,7 +91,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) extern TMC_CLASS(X, X) stepperX; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define X_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define X_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define X_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperX.toff((STATE)==X_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define X_ENABLE_READ() stepperX.isEnabled() #endif @@ -79,7 +104,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) extern TMC_CLASS(Y, Y) stepperY; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define Y_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Y_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Y_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperY.toff((STATE)==Y_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Y_ENABLE_READ() stepperY.isEnabled() #endif @@ -92,7 +117,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) extern TMC_CLASS(Z, Z) stepperZ; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define Z_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ.toff((STATE)==Z_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Z_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ.isEnabled() #endif @@ -105,7 +130,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if HAS_X2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) extern TMC_CLASS(X2, X) stepperX2; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define X2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define X2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define X2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperX2.toff((STATE)==X_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define X2_ENABLE_READ() stepperX2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -118,7 +143,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if HAS_Y2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) extern TMC_CLASS(Y2, Y) stepperY2; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Y2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Y2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperY2.toff((STATE)==Y_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Y2_ENABLE_READ() stepperY2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -131,7 +156,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if HAS_Z2_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) extern TMC_CLASS(Z2, Z) stepperZ2; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ2.toff((STATE)==Z_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Z2_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -144,7 +169,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if HAS_Z3_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) extern TMC_CLASS(Z3, Z) stepperZ3; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) - #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define Z3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define Z3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ3.toff((STATE)==Z_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define Z3_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ3.isEnabled() #endif @@ -153,11 +178,24 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #endif #endif +// Z4 Stepper +#if HAS_Z4_ENABLE && AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) + extern TMC_CLASS(Z4, Z) stepperZ4; + #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) + #define Z4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define Z4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperZ4.toff((STATE)==Z_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) + #define Z4_ENABLE_READ() stepperZ4.isEnabled() + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(Z4) + #define Z4_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do{ if(STATE) TOGGLE(Z4_STEP_PIN); }while(0) + #endif +#endif + // E0 Stepper #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) extern TMC_CLASS_E(0) stepperE0; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E0_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E0_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE0.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E0_ENABLE_READ() stepperE0.isEnabled() #endif @@ -170,7 +208,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) extern TMC_CLASS_E(1) stepperE1; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E1_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E1_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE1.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E1_ENABLE_READ() stepperE1.isEnabled() #endif @@ -183,7 +221,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) extern TMC_CLASS_E(2) stepperE2; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E2_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E2_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE2.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E2_ENABLE_READ() stepperE2.isEnabled() #endif @@ -196,7 +234,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) extern TMC_CLASS_E(3) stepperE3; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E3_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E3_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE3.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E3_ENABLE_READ() stepperE3.isEnabled() #endif @@ -209,7 +247,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) extern TMC_CLASS_E(4) stepperE4; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E4_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E4_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE4.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E4_ENABLE_READ() stepperE4.isEnabled() #endif @@ -222,7 +260,7 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) extern TMC_CLASS_E(5) stepperE5; #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_ENABLE_INIT NOOP + #define E5_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP #define E5_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE5.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) #define E5_ENABLE_READ() stepperE5.isEnabled() #endif @@ -230,3 +268,29 @@ void reset_trinamic_drivers(); #define E5_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do{ if(STATE) TOGGLE(E5_STEP_PIN); }while(0) #endif #endif + +// E6 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + extern TMC_CLASS_E(6) stepperE6; + #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) + #define E6_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E6_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE6.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) + #define E6_ENABLE_READ() stepperE6.isEnabled() + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(E6) + #define E6_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do{ if(STATE) TOGGLE(E6_STEP_PIN); }while(0) + #endif +#endif + +// E7 Stepper +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + extern TMC_CLASS_E(7) stepperE7; + #if ENABLED(SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE) && AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) + #define E7_ENABLE_INIT() NOOP + #define E7_ENABLE_WRITE(STATE) stepperE7.toff((STATE)==E_ENABLE_ON ? chopper_timing.toff : 0) + #define E7_ENABLE_READ() stepperE7.isEnabled() + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SQUARE_WAVE(E7) + #define E7_STEP_WRITE(STATE) do{ if(STATE) TOGGLE(E7_STEP_PIN); }while(0) + #endif +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp index c33efb403003..4b00b095c204 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp @@ -27,11 +27,37 @@ #include "temperature.h" #include "endstops.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" #include "planner.h" #include "../core/language.h" #include "../HAL/shared/Delay.h" +#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + #include "../lcd/extensible_ui/ui_api.h" +#endif + +#if ENABLED(MAX6675_IS_MAX31865) + #include "Adafruit_MAX31865.h" + #ifndef MAX31865_CS_PIN + #define MAX31865_CS_PIN MAX6675_SS_PIN // HW:49 SW:65 for example + #endif + #ifndef MAX31865_MOSI_PIN + #define MAX31865_MOSI_PIN MOSI_PIN // 63 + #endif + #ifndef MAX31865_MISO_PIN + #define MAX31865_MISO_PIN MAX6675_DO_PIN // 42 + #endif + #ifndef MAX31865_SCK_PIN + #define MAX31865_SCK_PIN MAX6675_SCK_PIN // 40 + #endif + Adafruit_MAX31865 max31865 = Adafruit_MAX31865(MAX31865_CS_PIN + #if MAX31865_CS_PIN != MAX6675_SS_PIN + , MAX31865_MOSI_PIN // For software SPI also set MOSI/MISO/SCK + , MAX31865_MISO_PIN + , MAX31865_SCK_PIN + #endif + ); +#endif #define MAX6675_SEPARATE_SPI (EITHER(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675, HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675) && PIN_EXISTS(MAX6675_SCK, MAX6675_DO)) @@ -194,10 +220,10 @@ Temperature thermalManager; #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 #if WATCH_HOTENDS - heater_watch_t Temperature::watch_hotend[HOTENDS]; // = { { 0 } } + hotend_watch_t Temperature::watch_hotend[HOTENDS]; // = { { 0 } } #endif #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - heater_idle_t Temperature::hotend_idle[HOTENDS]; // = { { 0 } } + hotend_idle_t Temperature::hotend_idle[HOTENDS]; // = { { 0 } } #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED @@ -210,13 +236,13 @@ Temperature thermalManager; int16_t Temperature::maxtemp_raw_BED = HEATER_BED_RAW_HI_TEMP; #endif #if WATCH_BED - heater_watch_t Temperature::watch_bed; // = { 0 } + bed_watch_t Temperature::watch_bed; // = { 0 } #endif #if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) millis_t Temperature::next_bed_check_ms; #endif #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - heater_idle_t Temperature::bed_idle; // = { 0 } + hotend_idle_t Temperature::bed_idle; // = { 0 } #endif #endif // HAS_HEATED_BED @@ -230,12 +256,16 @@ Temperature thermalManager; int16_t Temperature::maxtemp_raw_CHAMBER = HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_HI_TEMP; #endif #if WATCH_CHAMBER - heater_watch_t Temperature::watch_chamber{0}; + chamber_watch_t Temperature::watch_chamber{0}; #endif millis_t Temperature::next_chamber_check_ms; #endif // HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER #endif // HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER +#if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + probe_info_t Temperature::temp_probe; // = { 0 } +#endif + // Initialized by settings.load() #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) //hotend_pid_t Temperature::pid[HOTENDS]; @@ -257,7 +287,7 @@ Temperature thermalManager; float Temperature::redundant_temperature = 0.0; #endif -volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; +volatile bool Temperature::raw_temps_ready = false; #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) int32_t Temperature::last_e_position, Temperature::lpq[LPQ_MAX_LEN]; @@ -273,9 +303,11 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; sensor_heater_2 { HEATER_2_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_2_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, sensor_heater_3 { HEATER_3_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_3_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, sensor_heater_4 { HEATER_4_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_4_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, - sensor_heater_5 { HEATER_5_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }; + sensor_heater_5 { HEATER_5_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, + sensor_heater_6 { HEATER_6_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_6_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }, + sensor_heater_7 { HEATER_7_RAW_LO_TEMP, HEATER_7_RAW_HI_TEMP, 0, 16383 }; - temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0, sensor_heater_1, sensor_heater_2, sensor_heater_3, sensor_heater_4, sensor_heater_5); + temp_range_t Temperature::temp_range[HOTENDS] = ARRAY_BY_HOTENDS(sensor_heater_0, sensor_heater_1, sensor_heater_2, sensor_heater_3, sensor_heater_4, sensor_heater_5, sensor_heater_6, sensor_heater_7); #endif #ifdef MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED @@ -302,7 +334,7 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; // public: #if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS - uint32_t Temperature::current_ADCKey_raw = 1024; + uint32_t Temperature::current_ADCKey_raw = HAL_ADC_RANGE; uint8_t Temperature::ADCKey_count = 0; #endif @@ -376,6 +408,9 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; if (target > GHV(BED_MAXTEMP - 10, temp_range[heater].maxtemp - 15)) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + #endif return; } @@ -400,7 +435,7 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; const millis_t ms = millis(); - if (temp_meas_ready) { // temp sample ready + if (raw_temps_ready) { // temp sample ready updateTemperaturesFromRawValues(); // Get the current temperature and constrain it @@ -489,6 +524,9 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; #endif if (current_temp > target + MAX_OVERSHOOT_PID_AUTOTUNE) { SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_TEMP_TOO_HIGH); + #endif break; } @@ -531,6 +569,9 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; #define MAX_CYCLE_TIME_PID_AUTOTUNE 20L #endif if (((ms - t1) + (ms - t2)) > (MAX_CYCLE_TIME_PID_AUTOTUNE * 60L * 1000L)) { + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_TUNING_TIMEOUT); + #endif SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_TIMEOUT); break; } @@ -539,7 +580,7 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_PID_AUTOTUNE_FINISHED); #if HAS_PID_FOR_BOTH - const char * const estring = GHV(PSTR("bed"), PSTR("")); + const char * const estring = GHV(PSTR("bed"), NUL_STR); say_default_(); serialprintPGM(estring); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Kp ", tune_pid.Kp); say_default_(); serialprintPGM(estring); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Ki ", tune_pid.Ki); say_default_(); serialprintPGM(estring); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("Kd ", tune_pid.Kd); @@ -579,6 +620,9 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) printerEventLEDs.onPidTuningDone(color); #endif + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_DONE); + #endif goto EXIT_M303; } @@ -590,6 +634,9 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) printerEventLEDs.onPidTuningDone(color); #endif + #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) + ExtUI::OnPidTuning(ExtUI::result_t::PID_DONE); + #endif EXIT_M303: #if ENABLED(NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING) @@ -613,11 +660,11 @@ int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const heater_ind_t heater_id) { case H_CHAMBER: return temp_chamber.soft_pwm_amount; #endif default: - #if HOTENDS - return temp_hotend[heater_id].soft_pwm_amount; - #else - return 0; - #endif + return (0 + #if HOTENDS + + temp_hotend[heater_id].soft_pwm_amount + #endif + ); } } @@ -628,31 +675,37 @@ int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const heater_ind_t heater_id) { #define CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX HOTENDS void Temperature::checkExtruderAutoFans() { - #define _EFAN(A,B) _EFANOVERLAP(A,B) ? B : + #define _EFAN(B,A) _EFANOVERLAP(A,B) ? B : static const uint8_t fanBit[] PROGMEM = { 0 #if HOTENDS > 1 - , _EFAN(1,0) 1 - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 2 - , _EFAN(2,0) _EFAN(2,1) 2 - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 3 - , _EFAN(3,0) _EFAN(3,1) _EFAN(3,2) 3 - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 4 - , _EFAN(4,0) _EFAN(4,1) _EFAN(4,2) _EFAN(4,3) 4 - #endif - #if HOTENDS > 5 - , _EFAN(5,0) _EFAN(5,1) _EFAN(5,2) _EFAN(5,3) _EFAN(5,4) 5 + , REPEAT2(1,_EFAN,1) 1 + #if HOTENDS > 2 + , REPEAT2(2,_EFAN,2) 2 + #if HOTENDS > 3 + , REPEAT2(3,_EFAN,3) 3 + #if HOTENDS > 4 + , REPEAT2(4,_EFAN,4) 4 + #if HOTENDS > 5 + , REPEAT2(5,_EFAN,5) 5 + #if HOTENDS > 6 + , REPEAT2(6,_EFAN,6) 6 + #if HOTENDS > 7 + , REPEAT2(7,_EFAN,7) 7 + #endif + #endif + #endif + #endif + #endif + #endif #endif #if HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN #define _CFAN(B) _FANOVERLAP(CHAMBER,B) ? B : - , _CFAN(0) _CFAN(1) _CFAN(2) _CFAN(3) _CFAN(4) _CFAN(5) 6 + , REPEAT(HOTENDS,_CFAN) (HOTENDS) #endif }; - uint8_t fanState = 0; + uint8_t fanState = 0; HOTEND_LOOP() if (temp_hotend[e].celsius >= EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE) SBI(fanState, pgm_read_byte(&fanBit[e])); @@ -706,6 +759,12 @@ int16_t Temperature::getHeaterPower(const heater_ind_t heater_id) { #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 case 5: _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(E5, fan_on, EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED); break; #endif + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_6 + case 6: _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(E6, fan_on, EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED); break; + #endif + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_7 + case 7: _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(E7, fan_on, EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED); break; + #endif #if HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN && !AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E case CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX: _UPDATE_AUTO_FAN(CHAMBER, fan_on, CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED); break; #endif @@ -766,7 +825,7 @@ void Temperature::_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater, PGM_P const serial_msg, if (ELAPSED(ms, expire_ms)) ++killed; break; case 2: - loud_kill(lcd_msg1, heater); + loud_kill(lcd_msg, heater); ++killed; break; } @@ -848,7 +907,14 @@ void Temperature::min_temp_error(const heater_ind_t heater) { pid_output += work_pid[ee].Kc; } #endif // PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + if (thermalManager.fan_speed[active_extruder] > PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) { + work_pid[ee].Kf = PID_PARAM(Kf, ee) + (PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR) * thermalManager.fan_speed[active_extruder]; + pid_output += work_pid[ee].Kf; + } + //pid_output -= work_pid[ee].Ki; + //pid_output += work_pid[ee].Ki * work_pid[ee].Kf + #endif // PID_FAN_SCALING LIMIT(pid_output, 0, PID_MAX); } temp_dState[ee] = temp_hotend[ee].celsius; @@ -984,10 +1050,10 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #endif #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - if (emergency_parser.killed_by_M112) kill(); + if (emergency_parser.killed_by_M112) kill(M112_KILL_STR, nullptr, true); #endif - if (!temp_meas_ready) return; + if (!raw_temps_ready) return; updateTemperaturesFromRawValues(); // also resets the watchdog @@ -1024,10 +1090,10 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if WATCH_HOTENDS // Make sure temperature is increasing - if (watch_hotend[e].next_ms && ELAPSED(ms, watch_hotend[e].next_ms)) { // Time to check this extruder? - if (degHotend(e) < watch_hotend[e].target) // Failed to increase enough? + if (watch_hotend[e].next_ms && ELAPSED(ms, watch_hotend[e].next_ms)) { // Time to check this extruder? + if (degHotend(e) < watch_hotend[e].target) // Failed to increase enough? _temp_error((heater_ind_t)e, PSTR(MSG_T_HEATING_FAILED), GET_TEXT(MSG_HEATING_FAILED_LCD)); - else // Start again if the target is still far off + else // Start again if the target is still far off start_watching_hotend(e); } #endif @@ -1232,6 +1298,12 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if ENABLED(HEATER_5_USER_THERMISTOR) { true, 0, 0, HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS, 0, 0, HOTEND5_BETA, 0 }, #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR) + { true, 0, 0, HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS, 0, 0, HOTEND6_BETA, 0 }, + #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR) + { true, 0, 0, HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS, 0, 0, HOTEND7_BETA, 0 }, + #endif #if ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USER_THERMISTOR) { true, 0, 0, BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS, BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS, 0, 0, BED_BETA, 0 }, #endif @@ -1277,6 +1349,12 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if ENABLED(HEATER_5_USER_THERMISTOR) t_index == CTI_HOTEND_5 ? PSTR("HOTEND 5") : #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR) + t_index == CTI_HOTEND_6 ? PSTR("HOTEND 6") : + #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR) + t_index == CTI_HOTEND_7 ? PSTR("HOTEND 7") : + #endif #if ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USER_THERMISTOR) t_index == CTI_BED ? PSTR("BED") : #endif @@ -1308,7 +1386,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { } // maximum adc value .. take into account the over sampling - const int adc_max = (THERMISTOR_ADC_RESOLUTION * OVERSAMPLENR) - 1, + const int adc_max = MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE, adc_raw = constrain(raw, 1, adc_max - 1); // constrain to prevent divide-by-zero const float adc_inverse = (adc_max - adc_raw) - 0.5f, @@ -1348,7 +1426,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { SERIAL_ECHO((int)e); SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_INVALID_EXTRUDER_NUM); kill(); - return 0.0; + return 0; } switch (e) { @@ -1356,7 +1434,13 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #if ENABLED(HEATER_0_USER_THERMISTOR) return user_thermistor_to_deg_c(CTI_HOTEND_0, raw); #elif ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675) - return raw * 0.25; + return ( + #if ENABLED(MAX6675_IS_MAX31865) + max31865.temperature(100, 400) // 100 ohms = PT100 resistance. 400 ohms = calibration resistor + #else + raw * 0.25 + #endif + ); #elif ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_AD595) return TEMP_AD595(raw); #elif ENABLED(HEATER_0_USES_AD8495) @@ -1416,6 +1500,26 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #else break; #endif + case 6: + #if ENABLED(HEATER_6_USER_THERMISTOR) + return user_thermistor_to_deg_c(CTI_HOTEND_6, raw); + #elif ENABLED(HEATER_6_USES_AD595) + return TEMP_AD595(raw); + #elif ENABLED(HEATER_6_USES_AD8495) + return TEMP_AD8495(raw); + #else + break; + #endif + case 7: + #if ENABLED(HEATER_7_USER_THERMISTOR) + return user_thermistor_to_deg_c(CTI_HOTEND_7, raw); + #elif ENABLED(HEATER_7_USES_AD595) + return TEMP_AD595(raw); + #elif ENABLED(HEATER_7_USES_AD8495) + return TEMP_AD8495(raw); + #else + break; + #endif default: break; } @@ -1442,6 +1546,7 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #elif ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USES_AD8495) return TEMP_AD8495(raw); #else + UNUSED(raw); return 0; #endif } @@ -1460,11 +1565,31 @@ void Temperature::manage_heater() { #elif ENABLED(HEATER_CHAMBER_USES_AD8495) return TEMP_AD8495(raw); #else + UNUSED(raw); return 0; #endif } #endif // HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER +#if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + // Derived from RepRap FiveD extruder::getTemperature() + // For probe temperature measurement. + float Temperature::analog_to_celsius_probe(const int raw) { + #if ENABLED(PROBE_USER_THERMISTOR) + return user_thermistor_to_deg_c(CTI_PROBE, raw); + #elif ENABLED(PROBE_USES_THERMISTOR) + SCAN_THERMISTOR_TABLE(PROBE_TEMPTABLE, PROBE_TEMPTABLE_LEN); + #elif ENABLED(PROBE_USES_AD595) + return TEMP_AD595(raw); + #elif ENABLED(PROBE_USES_AD8495) + return TEMP_AD8495(raw); + #else + UNUSED(raw); + return 0; + #endif + } +#endif // HAS_TEMP_PROBE + /** * Get the raw values into the actual temperatures. * The raw values are created in interrupt context, @@ -1487,6 +1612,9 @@ void Temperature::updateTemperaturesFromRawValues() { #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER temp_chamber.celsius = analog_to_celsius_chamber(temp_chamber.raw); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + temp_probe.celsius = analog_to_celsius_probe(temp_probe.raw); + #endif #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) redundant_temperature = analog_to_celsius_hotend(redundant_temperature_raw, 1); #endif @@ -1497,7 +1625,7 @@ void Temperature::updateTemperaturesFromRawValues() { // Reset the watchdog on good temperature measurement watchdog_refresh(); - temp_meas_ready = false; + raw_temps_ready = false; } #if MAX6675_SEPARATE_SPI @@ -1538,6 +1666,10 @@ void Temperature::updateTemperaturesFromRawValues() { */ void Temperature::init() { + #if ENABLED(MAX6675_IS_MAX31865) + max31865.begin(MAX31865_2WIRE); // MAX31865_2WIRE, MAX31865_3WIRE, MAX31865_4WIRE + #endif + #if EARLY_WATCHDOG // Flag that the thermalManager should be running if (inited) return; @@ -1545,8 +1677,9 @@ void Temperature::init() { #endif #if MB(RUMBA) - #define _AD(N) (ANY(HEATER_##N##_USES_AD595, HEATER_##N##_USES_AD8495)) - #if _AD(0) || _AD(1) || _AD(2) || _AD(3) || _AD(4) || _AD(5) || _AD(BED) || _AD(CHAMBER) + #define _AD(N) ANY(HEATER_##N##_USES_AD595, HEATER_##N##_USES_AD8495) + #if _AD(0) || _AD(1) || _AD(2) /* RUMBA has 3 E plugs // || _AD(3) || _AD(4) || _AD(5) || _AD(6) || _AD(7) */ \ + || _AD(BED) || _AD(CHAMBER) // Disable RUMBA JTAG in case the thermocouple extension is plugged on top of JTAG connector MCUCR = _BV(JTD); MCUCR = _BV(JTD); @@ -1580,6 +1713,12 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_HEATER_5 OUT_WRITE(HEATER_5_PIN, HEATER_5_INVERTING); #endif + #if HAS_HEATER_6 + OUT_WRITE(HEATER_6_PIN, HEATER_6_INVERTING); + #endif + #if HAS_HEATER_7 + OUT_WRITE(HEATER_7_PIN, HEATER_7_INVERTING); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED #ifdef ALFAWISE_UX0 @@ -1602,6 +1741,21 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_FAN2 INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN2_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN3_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN4_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN5_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN6_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + INIT_FAN_PIN(FAN7_PIN); + #endif #if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) INIT_FAN_PIN(CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN); #endif @@ -1643,6 +1797,12 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_5_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_6_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_7_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(JOY_X_PIN); #endif @@ -1661,6 +1821,9 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(TEMP_PROBE_PIN); + #endif #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(FILWIDTH_PIN); #endif @@ -1689,6 +1852,12 @@ void Temperature::init() { #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_5 && !(_EFANOVERLAP(5,0) || _EFANOVERLAP(5,1) || _EFANOVERLAP(5,2) || _EFANOVERLAP(5,3) || _EFANOVERLAP(5,4)) INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN); #endif + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_6 && !(_EFANOVERLAP(6,0) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,1) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,2) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,3) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,4) || _EFANOVERLAP(6,5)) + INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN); + #endif + #if HAS_AUTO_FAN_7 && !(_EFANOVERLAP(7,0) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,1) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,2) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,3) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,4) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,5) || _EFANOVERLAP(7,6)) + INIT_E_AUTO_FAN_PIN(E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN); + #endif #if HAS_AUTO_CHAMBER_FAN && !AUTO_CHAMBER_IS_E INIT_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN(CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN); #endif @@ -1750,6 +1919,22 @@ void Temperature::init() { #ifdef HEATER_5_MAXTEMP _TEMP_MAX_E(5); #endif + #if HOTENDS > 6 + #ifdef HEATER_6_MINTEMP + _TEMP_MIN_E(6); + #endif + #ifdef HEATER_6_MAXTEMP + _TEMP_MAX_E(6); + #endif + #if HOTENDS > 7 + #ifdef HEATER_7_MINTEMP + _TEMP_MIN_E(7); + #endif + #ifdef HEATER_7_MAXTEMP + _TEMP_MAX_E(7); + #endif + #endif // HOTENDS > 7 + #endif // HOTENDS > 6 #endif // HOTENDS > 5 #endif // HOTENDS > 4 #endif // HOTENDS > 3 @@ -1789,12 +1974,7 @@ void Temperature::init() { */ void Temperature::start_watching_hotend(const uint8_t E_NAME) { const uint8_t ee = HOTEND_INDEX; - if (degTargetHotend(ee) && degHotend(ee) < degTargetHotend(ee) - (WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE + TEMP_HYSTERESIS + 1)) { - watch_hotend[ee].target = degHotend(ee) + WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE; - watch_hotend[ee].next_ms = millis() + (WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD) * 1000UL; - } - else - watch_hotend[ee].next_ms = 0; + watch_hotend[ee].restart(degHotend(ee), degTargetHotend(ee)); } #endif @@ -1805,12 +1985,7 @@ void Temperature::init() { * This is called when the temperature is set. (M140, M190) */ void Temperature::start_watching_bed() { - if (degTargetBed() && degBed() < degTargetBed() - (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE + TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS + 1)) { - watch_bed.target = degBed() + WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE; - watch_bed.next_ms = millis() + (WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD) * 1000UL; - } - else - watch_bed.next_ms = 0; + watch_bed.restart(degBed(), degTargetBed()); } #endif @@ -1821,12 +1996,7 @@ void Temperature::init() { * This is called when the temperature is set. (M141, M191) */ void Temperature::start_watching_chamber() { - if (degChamber() < degTargetChamber() - (WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE + TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS + 1)) { - watch_chamber.target = degChamber() + WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE; - watch_chamber.next_ms = millis() + (WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD) * 1000UL; - } - else - watch_chamber.next_ms = 0; + watch_chamber.restart(degChamber(), degTargetChamber()); } #endif @@ -1953,22 +2123,7 @@ void Temperature::disable_all_heaters() { } #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND - DISABLE_HEATER(0); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - DISABLE_HEATER(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - DISABLE_HEATER(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - DISABLE_HEATER(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - DISABLE_HEATER(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - DISABLE_HEATER(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 + REPEAT(HOTENDS, DISABLE_HEATER); #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED @@ -1984,6 +2139,34 @@ void Temperature::disable_all_heaters() { #endif } +#if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) + + bool Temperature::over_autostart_threshold() { + #if HOTENDS + HOTEND_LOOP() if (degTargetHotend(e) > (EXTRUDE_MINTEMP) / 2) return true; + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_BED + if (degTargetBed() > BED_MINTEMP) return true; + #endif + #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER + if (degTargetChamber() > CHAMBER_MINTEMP) return true; + #endif + return false; + } + + void Temperature::check_timer_autostart(const bool can_start, const bool can_stop) { + if (over_autostart_threshold()) { + if (can_start) startOrResumeJob(); + } + else if (can_stop) { + print_job_timer.stop(); + ui.reset_status(); + } + } + +#endif + + #if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) void Temperature::pause(const bool p) { @@ -1996,7 +2179,7 @@ void Temperature::disable_all_heaters() { #endif } else { - HOTEND_LOOP() reset_heater_idle_timer(e); + HOTEND_LOOP() reset_hotend_idle_timer(e); #if HAS_HEATED_BED reset_bed_idle_timer(); #endif @@ -2048,6 +2231,10 @@ void Temperature::disable_all_heaters() { next_max6675_ms[hindex] = ms + MAX6675_HEAT_INTERVAL; + #if ENABLED(MAX6675_IS_MAX31865) + max6675_temp = int(max31865.temperature(100, 400)); // 100 ohms = PT100 resistance. 400 ohms = calibration resistor + #endif + // // TODO: spiBegin, spiRec and spiInit doesn't work when soft spi is used. // @@ -2130,9 +2317,9 @@ void Temperature::disable_all_heaters() { #endif // HAS_MAX6675 /** - * Get raw temperatures + * Update raw temperatures */ -void Temperature::set_current_temp_raw() { +void Temperature::update_raw_temperatures() { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_0 && DISABLED(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675) temp_hotend[0].update(); @@ -2144,19 +2331,26 @@ void Temperature::set_current_temp_raw() { #elif DISABLED(HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675) temp_hotend[1].update(); #endif - #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_2 - temp_hotend[2].update(); - #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_3 - temp_hotend[3].update(); - #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_4 - temp_hotend[4].update(); - #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 - temp_hotend[5].update(); - #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 - #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_4 - #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_3 - #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_2 - #endif // HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 + #endif + + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_2 + temp_hotend[2].update(); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_3 + temp_hotend[3].update(); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_4 + temp_hotend[4].update(); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 + temp_hotend[5].update(); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + temp_hotend[6].update(); + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + temp_hotend[7].update(); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED temp_bed.update(); @@ -2166,6 +2360,10 @@ void Temperature::set_current_temp_raw() { temp_chamber.update(); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + temp_probe.update(); + #endif + #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X joystick.x.update(); #endif @@ -2176,13 +2374,13 @@ void Temperature::set_current_temp_raw() { joystick.z.update(); #endif - temp_meas_ready = true; + raw_temps_ready = true; } void Temperature::readings_ready() { // Update the raw values if they've been read. Else we could be updating them during reading. - if (!temp_meas_ready) set_current_temp_raw(); + if (!raw_temps_ready) update_raw_temperatures(); // Filament Sensor - can be read any time since IIR filtering is used #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) @@ -2204,6 +2402,10 @@ void Temperature::readings_ready() { temp_chamber.reset(); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + temp_probe.reset(); + #endif + #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X joystick.x.reset(); #endif @@ -2223,22 +2425,14 @@ void Temperature::readings_ready() { TEMPDIR(0) #endif #if HOTENDS > 1 + #define _TEMPDIR(N) , TEMPDIR(N) #if ENABLED(HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675) , 0 #else - , TEMPDIR(1) + _TEMPDIR(1) #endif #if HOTENDS > 2 - , TEMPDIR(2) - #if HOTENDS > 3 - , TEMPDIR(3) - #if HOTENDS > 4 - , TEMPDIR(4) - #if HOTENDS > 5 - , TEMPDIR(5) - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 + REPEAT_S(2, HOTENDS, _TEMPDIR) #endif // HOTENDS > 2 #endif // HOTENDS > 1 }; @@ -2313,7 +2507,7 @@ void Temperature::readings_ready() { HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() { HAL_timer_isr_prologue(TEMP_TIMER_NUM); - Temperature::isr(); + Temperature::tick(); HAL_timer_isr_epilogue(TEMP_TIMER_NUM); } @@ -2343,11 +2537,21 @@ class SoftPWM { #endif }; -void Temperature::isr() { +/** + * Handle various ~1KHz tasks associated with temperature + * - Heater PWM (~1KHz with scaler) + * - LCD Button polling (~500Hz) + * - Start / Read one ADC sensor + * - Advance Babysteps + * - Endstop polling + * - Planner clean buffer + */ +void Temperature::tick() { static int8_t temp_count = -1; static ADCSensorState adc_sensor_state = StartupDelay; static uint8_t pwm_count = _BV(SOFT_PWM_SCALE); + // avoid multiple loads of pwm_count uint8_t pwm_count_tmp = pwm_count; @@ -2391,24 +2595,9 @@ void Temperature::isr() { pwm_count_tmp -= 127; #if HOTENDS - #define _PWM_MOD_E(N) _PWM_MOD(N,soft_pwm_hotend[N],temp_hotend[N]) - _PWM_MOD_E(0); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - _PWM_MOD_E(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - _PWM_MOD_E(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - _PWM_MOD_E(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - _PWM_MOD_E(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - _PWM_MOD_E(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - #endif // HOTENDS + #define _PWM_MOD_E(N) _PWM_MOD(N,soft_pwm_hotend[N],temp_hotend[N]); + REPEAT(HOTENDS, _PWM_MOD_E); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED _PWM_MOD(BED,soft_pwm_bed,temp_bed); @@ -2420,9 +2609,8 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #if ENABLED(FAN_SOFT_PWM) #define _FAN_PWM(N) do{ \ - uint8_t &spcf = soft_pwm_count_fan[N]; \ - spcf = (spcf & pwm_mask) + (soft_pwm_amount_fan[N] >> 1); \ - WRITE_FAN(N, spcf > pwm_mask ? HIGH : LOW); \ + const uint8_t spcf = (soft_pwm_count_fan[N] & pwm_mask) + (soft_pwm_amount_fan[N] >> 1); \ + WRITE_FAN(N, (spcf > pwm_mask)); \ }while(0) #if HAS_FAN0 _FAN_PWM(0); @@ -2433,29 +2621,29 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #if HAS_FAN2 _FAN_PWM(2); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + _FAN_PWM(3); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + _FAN_PWM(4); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + _FAN_PWM(5); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + _FAN_PWM(6); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + _FAN_PWM(7); + #endif #endif } else { #define _PWM_LOW(N,S) do{ if (S.count <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_HEATER_##N(LOW); }while(0) #if HOTENDS - #define _PWM_LOW_E(N) _PWM_LOW(N, soft_pwm_hotend[N]) - _PWM_LOW_E(0); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - _PWM_LOW_E(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - _PWM_LOW_E(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - _PWM_LOW_E(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - _PWM_LOW_E(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - _PWM_LOW_E(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - #endif // HOTENDS + #define _PWM_LOW_E(N) _PWM_LOW(N, soft_pwm_hotend[N]); + REPEAT(HOTENDS, _PWM_LOW_E); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED _PWM_LOW(BED, soft_pwm_bed); @@ -2475,6 +2663,21 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #if HAS_FAN2 if (soft_pwm_count_fan[2] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(2, LOW); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[3] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(3, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[4] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(4, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[5] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(5, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[6] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(6, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[7] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(7, LOW); + #endif #endif } @@ -2504,24 +2707,9 @@ void Temperature::isr() { if (slow_pwm_count == 0) { #if HOTENDS - #define _SLOW_PWM_E(N) _SLOW_PWM(N, soft_pwm_hotend[N], temp_hotend[N]) - _SLOW_PWM_E(0); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - _SLOW_PWM_E(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - _SLOW_PWM_E(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - _SLOW_PWM_E(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - _SLOW_PWM_E(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - _SLOW_PWM_E(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - #endif // HOTENDS + #define _SLOW_PWM_E(N) _SLOW_PWM(N, soft_pwm_hotend[N], temp_hotend[N]); + REPEAT(HOTENDS, _SLOW_PWM_E); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED _SLOW_PWM(BED, soft_pwm_bed, temp_bed); @@ -2531,23 +2719,8 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #if HOTENDS #define _PWM_OFF_E(N) _PWM_OFF(N, soft_pwm_hotend[N]); - _PWM_OFF_E(0); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - _PWM_OFF_E(1); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - _PWM_OFF_E(2); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - _PWM_OFF_E(3); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - _PWM_OFF_E(4); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - _PWM_OFF_E(5); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - #endif // HOTENDS + REPEAT(HOTENDS, _PWM_OFF_E); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED _PWM_OFF(BED, soft_pwm_bed); @@ -2569,6 +2742,21 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #if HAS_FAN2 _PWM_FAN(2); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + _FAN_PWM(3); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + _FAN_PWM(4); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + _FAN_PWM(5); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + _FAN_PWM(6); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + _FAN_PWM(7); + #endif } #if HAS_FAN0 if (soft_pwm_count_fan[0] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(0, LOW); @@ -2579,6 +2767,21 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #if HAS_FAN2 if (soft_pwm_count_fan[2] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(2, LOW); #endif + #if HAS_FAN3 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[3] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(3, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN4 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[4] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(4, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN5 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[5] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(5, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN6 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[6] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(6, LOW); + #endif + #if HAS_FAN7 + if (soft_pwm_count_fan[7] <= pwm_count_tmp) WRITE_FAN(7, LOW); + #endif #endif // FAN_SOFT_PWM // SOFT_PWM_SCALE to frequency: @@ -2598,23 +2801,8 @@ void Temperature::isr() { slow_pwm_count &= 0x7F; #if HOTENDS - soft_pwm_hotend[0].dec(); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - soft_pwm_hotend[1].dec(); - #if HOTENDS > 2 - soft_pwm_hotend[2].dec(); - #if HOTENDS > 3 - soft_pwm_hotend[3].dec(); - #if HOTENDS > 4 - soft_pwm_hotend[4].dec(); - #if HOTENDS > 5 - soft_pwm_hotend[5].dec(); - #endif // HOTENDS > 5 - #endif // HOTENDS > 4 - #endif // HOTENDS > 3 - #endif // HOTENDS > 2 - #endif // HOTENDS > 1 - #endif // HOTENDS + HOTEND_LOOP() soft_pwm_hotend[e].dec(); + #endif #if HAS_HEATED_BED soft_pwm_bed.dec(); #endif @@ -2685,6 +2873,11 @@ void Temperature::isr() { case MeasureTemp_CHAMBER: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_chamber); break; #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + case PrepareTemp_PROBE: HAL_START_ADC(TEMP_PROBE_PIN); break; + case MeasureTemp_PROBE: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_probe); break; + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 case PrepareTemp_1: HAL_START_ADC(TEMP_1_PIN); break; case MeasureTemp_1: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_hotend[1]); break; @@ -2710,6 +2903,16 @@ void Temperature::isr() { case MeasureTemp_5: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_hotend[5]); break; #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + case PrepareTemp_6: HAL_START_ADC(TEMP_6_PIN); break; + case MeasureTemp_6: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_hotend[6]); break; + #endif + + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + case PrepareTemp_7: HAL_START_ADC(TEMP_7_PIN); break; + case MeasureTemp_7: ACCUMULATE_ADC(temp_hotend[7]); break; + #endif + #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) case Prepare_FILWIDTH: HAL_START_ADC(FILWIDTH_PIN); break; case Measure_FILWIDTH: @@ -2736,13 +2939,16 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #endif #if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS + #ifndef ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY + #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 + #endif case Prepare_ADC_KEY: HAL_START_ADC(ADC_KEYPAD_PIN); break; case Measure_ADC_KEY: if (!HAL_ADC_READY()) next_sensor_state = adc_sensor_state; // redo this state - else if (ADCKey_count < 16) { + else if (ADCKey_count < ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY) { raw_ADCKey_value = HAL_READ_ADC(); - if (raw_ADCKey_value <= 900) { + if (raw_ADCKey_value <= 900UL * HAL_ADC_RANGE / 1024UL) { NOMORE(current_ADCKey_raw, raw_ADCKey_value); ADCKey_count++; } @@ -2750,13 +2956,13 @@ void Temperature::isr() { if (ADCKey_count > 0) ADCKey_count++; else ADCKey_pressed = false; if (ADCKey_pressed) { ADCKey_count = 0; - current_ADCKey_raw = 1024; + current_ADCKey_raw = HAL_ADC_RANGE; } } } - if (ADCKey_count == 16) ADCKey_pressed = true; + if (ADCKey_count == ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY) ADCKey_pressed = true; break; - #endif // ADC_KEYPAD + #endif // HAS_ADC_BUTTONS case StartupDelay: break; @@ -2795,6 +3001,9 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER case H_CHAMBER: k = 'C'; break; #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + case H_PROBE: k = 'P'; break; + #endif #if HAS_TEMP_HOTEND default: k = 'T'; break; #if HAS_HEATED_BED @@ -2863,6 +3072,14 @@ void Temperature::isr() { , H_CHAMBER ); #endif // HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + print_heater_state(degProbe(), 0 + #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES) + , rawProbeTemp() + #endif + , H_PROBE + ); + #endif // HAS_TEMP_PROBE #if HOTENDS > 1 HOTEND_LOOP() print_heater_state(degHotend(e), degTargetHotend(e) #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES) @@ -2933,6 +3150,7 @@ void Temperature::isr() { ) { #if TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME > 0 millis_t residency_start_ms = 0; + bool first_loop = true; // Loop until the temperature has stabilized #define TEMP_CONDITIONS (!residency_start_ms || PENDING(now, residency_start_ms + (TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME) * 1000UL)) #else @@ -2950,7 +3168,7 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #endif float target_temp = -1.0, old_temp = 9999.0; - bool wants_to_cool = false, first_loop = true; + bool wants_to_cool = false; wait_for_heatup = true; millis_t now, next_temp_ms = 0, next_cool_check_ms = 0; do { @@ -3003,6 +3221,8 @@ void Temperature::isr() { residency_start_ms = now; } + first_loop = false; + #endif // Prevent a wait-forever situation if R is misused i.e. M109 R0 @@ -3023,8 +3243,6 @@ void Temperature::isr() { } #endif - first_loop = false; - } while (wait_for_heatup && TEMP_CONDITIONS); if (wait_for_heatup) { @@ -3172,6 +3390,7 @@ void Temperature::isr() { bool Temperature::wait_for_chamber(const bool no_wait_for_cooling/*=true*/) { #if TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME > 0 millis_t residency_start_ms = 0; + bool first_loop = true; // Loop until the temperature has stabilized #define TEMP_CHAMBER_CONDITIONS (!residency_start_ms || PENDING(now, residency_start_ms + (TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME) * 1000UL)) #else @@ -3180,7 +3399,7 @@ void Temperature::isr() { #endif float target_temp = -1, old_temp = 9999; - bool wants_to_cool = false, first_loop = true; + bool wants_to_cool = false; wait_for_heatup = true; millis_t now, next_temp_ms = 0, next_cool_check_ms = 0; @@ -3233,6 +3452,7 @@ void Temperature::isr() { residency_start_ms = now; } + first_loop = false; #endif // TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME > 0 // Prevent a wait-forever situation if R is misused i.e. M191 R0 @@ -3245,9 +3465,6 @@ void Temperature::isr() { old_temp = temp; } } - - first_loop = false; - } while (wait_for_heatup && TEMP_CHAMBER_CONDITIONS); if (wait_for_heatup) ui.reset_status(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h index c294325d9bdf..a360394f24e6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h @@ -47,23 +47,31 @@ // Identifiers for other heaters typedef enum : int8_t { - INDEX_NONE = -4, - H_REDUNDANT, H_CHAMBER, H_BED, - H_E0, H_E1, H_E2, H_E3, H_E4, H_E5 + INDEX_NONE = -5, + H_PROBE, H_REDUNDANT, H_CHAMBER, H_BED, + H_E0, H_E1, H_E2, H_E3, H_E4, H_E5, H_E6, H_E7 } heater_ind_t; // PID storage typedef struct { float Kp, Ki, Kd; } PID_t; typedef struct { float Kp, Ki, Kd, Kc; } PIDC_t; -#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - typedef PIDC_t hotend_pid_t; - #if LPQ_MAX_LEN > 255 - typedef uint16_t lpq_ptr_t; +typedef struct { float Kp, Ki, Kd, Kf; } PIDF_t; +typedef struct { float Kp, Ki, Kd, Kc, Kf; } PIDCF_t; + +typedef + #if BOTH(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, PID_FAN_SCALING) + PIDCF_t + #elif ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + PIDC_t + #elif ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + PIDF_t #else - typedef uint8_t lpq_ptr_t; + PID_t #endif -#else - typedef PID_t hotend_pid_t; +hotend_pid_t; + +#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) + typedef IF<(LPQ_MAX_LEN > 255), uint16_t, uint8_t>::type lpq_ptr_t; #endif #define DUMMY_PID_VALUE 3000.0f @@ -77,6 +85,12 @@ typedef struct { float Kp, Ki, Kd, Kc; } PIDC_t; #else #define _PID_Kc(H) 1 #endif + + #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) + #define _PID_Kf(H) Temperature::temp_hotend[H].pid.Kf + #else + #define _PID_Kf(H) 0 + #endif #else #define _PID_Kp(H) DUMMY_PID_VALUE #define _PID_Ki(H) DUMMY_PID_VALUE @@ -100,6 +114,9 @@ enum ADCSensorState : char { #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER PrepareTemp_CHAMBER, MeasureTemp_CHAMBER, #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + PrepareTemp_PROBE, MeasureTemp_PROBE, + #endif #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_1 PrepareTemp_1, MeasureTemp_1, #endif @@ -115,6 +132,12 @@ enum ADCSensorState : char { #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5 PrepareTemp_5, MeasureTemp_5, #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_6 + PrepareTemp_6, MeasureTemp_6, + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_7 + PrepareTemp_7, MeasureTemp_7, + #endif #if HAS_JOY_ADC_X PrepareJoy_X, MeasureJoy_X, #endif @@ -188,6 +211,9 @@ struct PIDHeaterInfo : public HeaterInfo { typedef heater_info_t bed_info_t; #endif #endif +#if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + typedef temp_info_t probe_info_t; +#endif #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER typedef heater_info_t chamber_info_t; #elif HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER @@ -202,24 +228,46 @@ typedef struct { inline void start(const millis_t &ms) { timeout_ms = millis() + ms; timed_out = false; } inline void reset() { timeout_ms = 0; timed_out = false; } inline void expire() { start(0); } -} heater_idle_t; +} hotend_idle_t; // Heater watch handling -typedef struct { +template +struct HeaterWatch { uint16_t target; millis_t next_ms; inline bool elapsed(const millis_t &ms) { return next_ms && ELAPSED(ms, next_ms); } inline bool elapsed() { return elapsed(millis()); } -} heater_watch_t; + + inline void restart(const int16_t curr, const int16_t tgt) { + if (tgt) { + const int16_t newtarget = curr + INCREASE; + if (newtarget < tgt - HYSTERESIS - 1) { + target = newtarget; + next_ms = millis() + PERIOD * 1000UL; + return; + } + } + next_ms = 0; + } +}; + +#if WATCH_HOTENDS + typedef struct HeaterWatch hotend_watch_t; +#endif +#if WATCH_BED + typedef struct HeaterWatch bed_watch_t; +#endif +#if WATCH_CHAMBER + typedef struct HeaterWatch chamber_watch_t; +#endif // Temperature sensor read value ranges typedef struct { int16_t raw_min, raw_max; } raw_range_t; typedef struct { int16_t mintemp, maxtemp; } celsius_range_t; typedef struct { int16_t raw_min, raw_max, mintemp, maxtemp; } temp_range_t; -#define THERMISTOR_ADC_RESOLUTION 1024 // 10-bit ADC .. shame to waste 12-bits of resolution on 32-bit -#define THERMISTOR_ABS_ZERO_C -273.15f // bbbbrrrrr cold ! -#define THERMISTOR_RESISTANCE_NOMINAL_C 25.0f // mmmmm comfortable +#define THERMISTOR_ABS_ZERO_C -273.15f // bbbbrrrrr cold ! +#define THERMISTOR_RESISTANCE_NOMINAL_C 25.0f // mmmmm comfortable #if HAS_USER_THERMISTORS @@ -245,6 +293,9 @@ typedef struct { int16_t raw_min, raw_max, mintemp, maxtemp; } temp_range_t; #if ENABLED(HEATER_BED_USER_THERMISTOR) CTI_BED, #endif + #if ENABLED(HEATER_PROBE_USER_THERMISTOR) + CTI_PROBE, + #endif #if ENABLED(HEATER_CHAMBER_USER_THERMISTOR) CTI_CHAMBER, #endif @@ -268,8 +319,6 @@ class Temperature { public: - static volatile bool in_temp_isr; - #if HOTENDS #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) #define HOTEND_TEMPS (HOTENDS + 1) @@ -278,11 +327,12 @@ class Temperature { #endif static hotend_info_t temp_hotend[HOTEND_TEMPS]; #endif - #if HAS_HEATED_BED static bed_info_t temp_bed; #endif - + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + static probe_info_t temp_probe; + #endif #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER static chamber_info_t temp_chamber; #endif @@ -290,7 +340,6 @@ class Temperature { #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_E_FANS) static uint8_t autofan_speed[HOTENDS]; #endif - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN) static uint8_t chamberfan_speed; #endif @@ -319,12 +368,12 @@ class Temperature { FORCE_INLINE static bool targetHotEnoughToExtrude(const uint8_t e) { return !targetTooColdToExtrude(e); } #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - static heater_idle_t hotend_idle[HOTENDS]; + static hotend_idle_t hotend_idle[HOTENDS]; #if HAS_HEATED_BED - static heater_idle_t bed_idle; + static hotend_idle_t bed_idle; #endif #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER - static heater_idle_t chamber_idle; + static hotend_idle_t chamber_idle; #endif #endif @@ -334,10 +383,10 @@ class Temperature { static bool inited; // If temperature controller is running #endif - static volatile bool temp_meas_ready; + static volatile bool raw_temps_ready; #if WATCH_HOTENDS - static heater_watch_t watch_hotend[HOTENDS]; + static hotend_watch_t watch_hotend[HOTENDS]; #endif #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) @@ -356,7 +405,7 @@ class Temperature { #if HAS_HEATED_BED #if WATCH_BED - static heater_watch_t watch_bed; + static bed_watch_t watch_bed; #endif #if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) static millis_t next_bed_check_ms; @@ -371,7 +420,7 @@ class Temperature { #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER #if WATCH_CHAMBER - static heater_watch_t watch_chamber; + static chamber_watch_t watch_chamber; #endif static millis_t next_chamber_check_ms; #ifdef CHAMBER_MINTEMP @@ -456,6 +505,9 @@ class Temperature { #if HAS_HEATED_BED static float analog_to_celsius_bed(const int raw); #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + static float analog_to_celsius_probe(const int raw); + #endif #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER static float analog_to_celsius_chamber(const int raw); #endif @@ -479,6 +531,7 @@ class Temperature { #endif static inline uint8_t scaledFanSpeed(const uint8_t target, const uint8_t fs) { + UNUSED(target); // Potentially unused! return (fs * uint16_t( #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) fan_speed_scaler[target] @@ -513,7 +566,7 @@ class Temperature { * Called from the Temperature ISR */ static void readings_ready(); - static void isr(); + static void tick(); /** * Call periodically to manage heaters @@ -650,6 +703,19 @@ class Temperature { #endif // HAS_HEATED_BED + #if HAS_TEMP_PROBE + #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES) + FORCE_INLINE static int16_t rawProbeTemp() { return temp_probe.raw; } + #endif + FORCE_INLINE static float degProbe() { return temp_probe.celsius; } + #endif + + #if WATCH_PROBE + static void start_watching_probe(); + #else + static inline void start_watching_probe() {} + #endif + #if HAS_TEMP_CHAMBER #if ENABLED(SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES) FORCE_INLINE static int16_t rawChamberTemp() { return temp_chamber.raw; } @@ -674,7 +740,7 @@ class Temperature { static void setTargetChamber(const int16_t celsius) { temp_chamber.target = #ifdef CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - _MIN(celsius, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP) + _MIN(celsius, CHAMBER_MAXTEMP - 10) #else celsius #endif @@ -693,6 +759,14 @@ class Temperature { */ static void disable_all_heaters(); + #if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) + /** + * Methods to check if heaters are enabled, indicating an active job + */ + static bool over_autostart_threshold(); + static void check_timer_autostart(const bool can_start, const bool can_stop); + #endif + /** * Perform auto-tuning for hotend or bed in response to M303 */ @@ -725,7 +799,7 @@ class Temperature { #if HEATER_IDLE_HANDLER - static void reset_heater_idle_timer(const uint8_t E_NAME) { + static void reset_hotend_idle_timer(const uint8_t E_NAME) { hotend_idle[HOTEND_INDEX].reset(); start_watching_hotend(HOTEND_INDEX); } @@ -762,7 +836,7 @@ class Temperature { #endif private: - static void set_current_temp_raw(); + static void update_raw_temperatures(); static void updateTemperaturesFromRawValues(); #define HAS_MAX6675 EITHER(HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675, HEATER_1_USES_MAX6675) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_21.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_21.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e65f90b75dca --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_21.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#define REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE + +#undef OV_SCALE +#define OV_SCALE(N) (float((N) * 5) / 3.3f) + +// Pt100 with INA826 amp with 3.3v excitation based on "Pt100 with INA826 amp on Ultimaker v2.0 electronics" +const short temptable_21[][2] PROGMEM = { + { OV( 0), 0 }, + { OV(227), 1 }, + { OV(236), 10 }, + { OV(245), 20 }, + { OV(253), 30 }, + { OV(262), 40 }, + { OV(270), 50 }, + { OV(279), 60 }, + { OV(287), 70 }, + { OV(295), 80 }, + { OV(304), 90 }, + { OV(312), 100 }, + { OV(320), 110 }, + { OV(329), 120 }, + { OV(337), 130 }, + { OV(345), 140 }, + { OV(353), 150 }, + { OV(361), 160 }, + { OV(369), 170 }, + { OV(377), 180 }, + { OV(385), 190 }, + { OV(393), 200 }, + { OV(401), 210 }, + { OV(409), 220 }, + { OV(417), 230 }, + { OV(424), 240 }, + { OV(432), 250 }, + { OV(440), 260 }, + { OV(447), 270 }, + { OV(455), 280 }, + { OV(463), 290 }, + { OV(470), 300 }, + { OV(478), 310 }, + { OV(485), 320 }, + { OV(493), 330 }, + { OV(500), 340 }, + { OV(507), 350 }, + { OV(515), 360 }, + { OV(522), 370 }, + { OV(529), 380 }, + { OV(537), 390 }, + { OV(544), 400 }, + { OV(614), 500 } +}; + +#undef OV_SCALE +#define OV_SCALE(N) (N) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_332.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_332.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..85ca169a1e73 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_332.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#define OVM(V) OV((V)*(0.327/0.327)) + +// R25 = 100 kOhm, beta25 = 4092 K, 4.7 kOhm pull-up, bed thermistor +const short temptable_332[][2] PROGMEM = { + { OVM( 268), 150 }, + { OVM( 293), 145 }, + { OVM( 320), 141 }, + { OVM( 379), 133 }, + { OVM( 445), 122 }, + { OVM( 516), 108 }, + { OVM( 591), 98 }, + { OVM( 665), 88 }, + { OVM( 737), 79 }, + { OVM( 801), 70 }, + { OVM( 857), 55 }, + { OVM( 903), 46 }, + { OVM( 939), 39 }, + { OVM( 954), 33 }, + { OVM( 966), 27 }, + { OVM( 977), 22 }, + { OVM( 999), 15 }, + { OVM(1004), 5 }, + { OVM(1008), 0 }, + { OVM(1012), -5 }, + { OVM(1016), -10 }, + { OVM(1020), -15 } +}; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_666.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_666.h old mode 100755 new mode 100644 diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_99.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_99.h index 9d868619bbef..b6183e54e413 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_99.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistor_99.h @@ -25,40 +25,40 @@ // 100k bed thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor - made by $ buildroot/share/scripts/createTemperatureLookupMarlin.py --rp=10000 const short temptable_99[][2] PROGMEM = { - { OV( 5.81), 350 }, // v=0.028 r=57.081 res=13.433 degC/count - { OV( 6.54), 340 }, // v=0.032 r=64.248 res=11.711 degC/count - { OV( 7.38), 330 }, // v=0.036 r=72.588 res=10.161 degC/count - { OV( 8.36), 320 }, // v=0.041 r=82.336 res=8.772 degC/count - { OV( 9.51), 310 }, // v=0.046 r=93.780 res=7.535 degC/count - { OV( 10.87), 300 }, // v=0.053 r=107.281 res=6.439 degC/count - { OV( 12.47), 290 }, // v=0.061 r=123.286 res=5.473 degC/count - { OV( 14.37), 280 }, // v=0.070 r=142.360 res=4.627 degC/count - { OV( 16.64), 270 }, // v=0.081 r=165.215 res=3.891 degC/count - { OV( 19.37), 260 }, // v=0.095 r=192.758 res=3.253 degC/count - { OV( 22.65), 250 }, // v=0.111 r=226.150 res=2.705 degC/count - { OV( 26.62), 240 }, // v=0.130 r=266.891 res=2.236 degC/count - { OV( 31.46), 230 }, // v=0.154 r=316.931 res=1.839 degC/count - { OV( 37.38), 220 }, // v=0.182 r=378.822 res=1.504 degC/count - { OV( 44.65), 210 }, // v=0.218 r=455.939 res=1.224 degC/count - { OV( 53.64), 200 }, // v=0.262 r=552.778 res=0.991 degC/count - { OV( 64.78), 190 }, // v=0.316 r=675.386 res=0.799 degC/count - { OV( 78.65), 180 }, // v=0.384 r=831.973 res=0.643 degC/count - { OV( 95.94), 170 }, // v=0.468 r=1033.801 res=0.516 degC/count - { OV(117.52), 160 }, // v=0.574 r=1296.481 res=0.414 degC/count - { OV(144.42), 150 }, // v=0.705 r=1641.900 res=0.333 degC/count - { OV(177.80), 140 }, // v=0.868 r=2101.110 res=0.269 degC/count - { OV(218.89), 130 }, // v=1.069 r=2718.725 res=0.220 degC/count - { OV(268.82), 120 }, // v=1.313 r=3559.702 res=0.183 degC/count - { OV(328.35), 110 }, // v=1.603 r=4719.968 res=0.155 degC/count - { OV(397.44), 100 }, // v=1.941 r=6343.323 res=0.136 degC/count - { OV(474.90), 90 }, // v=2.319 r=8648.807 res=0.124 degC/count - { OV(558.03), 80 }, // v=2.725 r=11975.779 res=0.118 degC/count - { OV(642.76), 70 }, // v=3.138 r=16859.622 res=0.119 degC/count - { OV(724.25), 60 }, // v=3.536 r=24161.472 res=0.128 degC/count - { OV(797.93), 50 }, // v=3.896 r=35295.361 res=0.146 degC/count - { OV(860.51), 40 }, // v=4.202 r=52635.209 res=0.178 degC/count - { OV(910.55), 30 }, // v=4.446 r=80262.251 res=0.229 degC/count - { OV(948.36), 20 }, // v=4.631 r=125374.433 res=0.313 degC/count - { OV(975.47), 10 }, // v=4.763 r=201020.458 res=0.449 degC/count - { OV(994.02), 0 } // v=4.854 r=331567.870 res=0.676 degC/count + { OV( 5.81), 350 }, // v=0.028 r= 57.081 res=13.433 degC/count + { OV( 6.54), 340 }, // v=0.032 r= 64.248 res=11.711 degC/count + { OV( 7.38), 330 }, // v=0.036 r= 72.588 res=10.161 degC/count + { OV( 8.36), 320 }, // v=0.041 r= 82.336 res= 8.772 degC/count + { OV( 9.51), 310 }, // v=0.046 r= 93.780 res= 7.535 degC/count + { OV( 10.87), 300 }, // v=0.053 r= 107.281 res= 6.439 degC/count + { OV( 12.47), 290 }, // v=0.061 r= 123.286 res= 5.473 degC/count + { OV( 14.37), 280 }, // v=0.070 r= 142.360 res= 4.627 degC/count + { OV( 16.64), 270 }, // v=0.081 r= 165.215 res= 3.891 degC/count + { OV( 19.37), 260 }, // v=0.095 r= 192.758 res= 3.253 degC/count + { OV( 22.65), 250 }, // v=0.111 r= 226.150 res= 2.705 degC/count + { OV( 26.62), 240 }, // v=0.130 r= 266.891 res= 2.236 degC/count + { OV( 31.46), 230 }, // v=0.154 r= 316.931 res= 1.839 degC/count + { OV( 37.38), 220 }, // v=0.182 r= 378.822 res= 1.504 degC/count + { OV( 44.65), 210 }, // v=0.218 r= 455.939 res= 1.224 degC/count + { OV( 53.64), 200 }, // v=0.262 r= 552.778 res= 0.991 degC/count + { OV( 64.78), 190 }, // v=0.316 r= 675.386 res= 0.799 degC/count + { OV( 78.65), 180 }, // v=0.384 r= 831.973 res= 0.643 degC/count + { OV( 95.94), 170 }, // v=0.468 r= 1033.801 res= 0.516 degC/count + { OV(117.52), 160 }, // v=0.574 r= 1296.481 res= 0.414 degC/count + { OV(144.42), 150 }, // v=0.705 r= 1641.900 res= 0.333 degC/count + { OV(177.80), 140 }, // v=0.868 r= 2101.110 res= 0.269 degC/count + { OV(218.89), 130 }, // v=1.069 r= 2718.725 res= 0.220 degC/count + { OV(268.82), 120 }, // v=1.313 r= 3559.702 res= 0.183 degC/count + { OV(328.35), 110 }, // v=1.603 r= 4719.968 res= 0.155 degC/count + { OV(397.44), 100 }, // v=1.941 r= 6343.323 res= 0.136 degC/count + { OV(474.90), 90 }, // v=2.319 r= 8648.807 res= 0.124 degC/count + { OV(558.03), 80 }, // v=2.725 r= 11975.779 res= 0.118 degC/count + { OV(642.76), 70 }, // v=3.138 r= 16859.622 res= 0.119 degC/count + { OV(724.25), 60 }, // v=3.536 r= 24161.472 res= 0.128 degC/count + { OV(797.93), 50 }, // v=3.896 r= 35295.361 res= 0.146 degC/count + { OV(860.51), 40 }, // v=4.202 r= 52635.209 res= 0.178 degC/count + { OV(910.55), 30 }, // v=4.446 r= 80262.251 res= 0.229 degC/count + { OV(948.36), 20 }, // v=4.631 r=125374.433 res= 0.313 degC/count + { OV(975.47), 10 }, // v=4.763 r=201020.458 res= 0.449 degC/count + { OV(994.02), 0 } // v=4.854 r=331567.870 res= 0.676 degC/count }; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h index 74272b97a9be..58e1ef115f25 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/thermistor/thermistors.h @@ -23,10 +23,24 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h" -#define OVERSAMPLENR 16 -#define OV(N) int16_t((N) * (OVERSAMPLENR)) +#define THERMISTOR_TABLE_ADC_RESOLUTION 1024 +#define THERMISTOR_TABLE_SCALE (HAL_ADC_RANGE / (THERMISTOR_TABLE_ADC_RESOLUTION)) +#if ENABLED(HAL_ADC_FILTERED) + #define OVERSAMPLENR 1 +#else + #define OVERSAMPLENR 16 +#endif +#define MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE (HAL_ADC_RANGE * (OVERSAMPLENR) - 1) + +// Currently Marlin stores all oversampled ADC values as int16_t, make sure the HAL settings do not overflow 15bit +#if MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE > ((1 << 15) - 1) + #error "MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE is too large for int16_t. Reduce OVERSAMPLENR or HAL_ADC_RESOLUTION." +#endif + +#define OV_SCALE(N) (N) +#define OV(N) int16_t(OV_SCALE(N) * (OVERSAMPLENR) * (THERMISTOR_TABLE_SCALE)) -#define ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(n) (THERMISTOR_HEATER_0 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_1 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_2 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_3 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_4 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_5 == n || THERMISTORBED == n || THERMISTORCHAMBER == n) +#define ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(n) (THERMISTOR_HEATER_0 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_1 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_2 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_3 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_4 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_5 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_6 == n || THERMISTOR_HEATER_7 == n || THERMISTORBED == n || THERMISTORCHAMBER == n || THERMISTORPROBE == n) // Pt1000 and Pt100 handling // @@ -92,6 +106,9 @@ #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(20) // Pt100 with INA826 amp on Ultimaker v2.0 electronics #include "thermistor_20.h" #endif +#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(21) // Pt100 with INA826 amp with 3.3v excitation based on "Pt100 with INA826 amp on Ultimaker v2.0 electronics" + #include "thermistor_21.h" +#endif #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(51) // beta25 = 4092 K, R25 = 100 kOhm, Pull-up = 1 kOhm, "EPCOS" #include "thermistor_51.h" #endif @@ -134,9 +151,12 @@ #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(201) // Pt100 with LMV324 Overlord #include "thermistor_201.h" #endif -#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(331) // Like table 1, but with 3V3 as input voltage +#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(331) // Like table 1, but with 3V3 as input voltage for MEGA #include "thermistor_331.h" #endif +#if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(332) // Like table 1, but with 3V3 as input voltage for DUE + #include "thermistor_332.h" +#endif #if ANY_THERMISTOR_IS(666) // beta25 = UNK, R25 = 200K, Pull-up = 10 kOhm, "Unidentified 200K NTC thermistor (Einstart S)" #include "thermistor_666.h" #endif @@ -219,6 +239,26 @@ #define HEATER_5_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 #endif +#if THERMISTOR_HEATER_6 + #define HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE TT_NAME(THERMISTOR_HEATER_6) + #define HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE_LEN COUNT(HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE) +#elif defined(HEATER_6_USES_THERMISTOR) + #error "No heater 6 thermistor table specified" +#else + #define HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE nullptr + #define HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 +#endif + +#if THERMISTOR_HEATER_7 + #define HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE TT_NAME(THERMISTOR_HEATER_7) + #define HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE_LEN COUNT(HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE) +#elif defined(HEATER_7_USES_THERMISTOR) + #error "No heater 7 thermistor table specified" +#else + #define HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE nullptr + #define HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 +#endif + #ifdef THERMISTORBED #define BED_TEMPTABLE TT_NAME(THERMISTORBED) #define BED_TEMPTABLE_LEN COUNT(BED_TEMPTABLE) @@ -236,13 +276,21 @@ #else #define CHAMBER_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 #endif +#ifdef THERMISTORPROBE + #define PROBE_TEMPTABLE TT_NAME(THERMISTORPROBE) + #define PROBE_TEMPTABLE_LEN COUNT(PROBE_TEMPTABLE) +#else + #define PROBE_TEMPTABLE_LEN 0 +#endif // The SCAN_THERMISTOR_TABLE macro needs alteration? static_assert( HEATER_0_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_1_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_2_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_3_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_4_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && HEATER_5_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 - && BED_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && CHAMBER_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256, + && HEATER_6_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 258 && HEATER_7_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 258 + && BED_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 && CHAMBER_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256 + && PROBE_TEMPTABLE_LEN < 256, "Temperature conversion tables over 255 entries need special consideration." ); @@ -251,74 +299,92 @@ static_assert( // For thermocouples the highest temperature results in the highest ADC value #ifndef HEATER_0_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_0_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_0_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_0_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_0_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_0_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_0_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_0_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_1_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_1_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_1_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_1_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_1_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_1_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_1_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_1_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_2_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_2_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_2_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_2_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_2_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_2_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_2_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_2_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_3_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_3_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_3_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_3_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_3_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_3_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_3_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_3_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_4_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_4_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_4_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_4_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_4_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_4_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_4_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_4_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_5_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_5_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_5_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_5_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_5_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE + #endif +#endif +#ifndef HEATER_6_RAW_HI_TEMP + #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_6_USES_THERMISTOR) + #define HEATER_6_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE + #define HEATER_6_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 + #else + #define HEATER_6_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 + #define HEATER_6_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE + #endif +#endif +#ifndef HEATER_7_RAW_HI_TEMP + #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_7_USES_THERMISTOR) + #define HEATER_7_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE + #define HEATER_7_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 + #else + #define HEATER_7_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 + #define HEATER_7_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_BED_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_BED_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_BED_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_BED_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_BED_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_BED_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_BED_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_BED_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif #ifndef HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_HI_TEMP #if defined(REVERSE_TEMP_SENSOR_RANGE) || !defined(HEATER_CHAMBER_USES_THERMISTOR) - #define HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_HI_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_HI_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #define HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_LO_TEMP 0 #else #define HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_HI_TEMP 0 - #define HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_LO_TEMP 16383 + #define HEATER_CHAMBER_RAW_LO_TEMP MAX_RAW_THERMISTOR_VALUE #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp index b392e751d5d1..b42722b87cd8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #include "planner.h" #include "temperature.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE) #include "../core/debug_out.h" @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { } #if HAS_LCD_MENU - ui.return_to_status(); + if (!no_move) ui.return_to_status(); #endif #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) @@ -929,11 +929,20 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { #elif ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) && !SWITCHING_NOZZLE_TWO_SERVOS // Switching Nozzle (single servo) // Raise by a configured distance to avoid workpiece, except with // SWITCHING_NOZZLE_TWO_SERVOS, as both nozzles will lift instead. - current_position.z += _MAX(-diff.z, 0.0) + toolchange_settings.z_raise; - #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS - NOMORE(current_position.z, soft_endstop.max.z); - #endif - if (!no_move) fast_line_to_current(Z_AXIS); + if (!no_move) { + #if HAS_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS + const float maxz = _MIN(soft_endstop.max.z, Z_MAX_POS); + #else + constexpr float maxz = Z_MAX_POS; + #endif + + // Check if Z has space to compensate at least z_offset, and if not, just abort now + const float newz = current_position.z + _MAX(-diff.z, 0.0); + if (newz > maxz) return; + + current_position.z = _MIN(newz + toolchange_settings.z_raise, maxz); + fast_line_to_current(Z_AXIS); + } move_nozzle_servo(new_tool); #endif @@ -942,7 +951,7 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { #endif // The newly-selected extruder XYZ is actually at... - if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Offset Tool XY by { ", diff.x, ", ", diff.y, ", ", diff.z, " }"); + if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Offset Tool XYZ by { ", diff.x, ", ", diff.y, ", ", diff.z, " }"); current_position += diff; // Tell the planner the new "current position" @@ -1058,6 +1067,10 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t new_tool, bool no_move/*=false*/) { fanmux_switch(active_extruder); #endif + #ifdef EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE + gcode.process_subcommands_now_P(EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE); + #endif + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_ACTIVE_EXTRUDER, int(active_extruder)); diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_E4D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_E4D.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d457a7be557e --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_E4D.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * E4d@Box pin assignments + * E4d@Box is a small factor 3D printer control board based on the ESP32 microcontroller for Laser, CNC and 3d printers + * for more info check http://atbox.tech/ and join to Facebook page E4d@box. + */ + +#ifndef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 + #error "Oops! Select an ESP32 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif EXTRUDERS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 + #error "E4d@box only supports one E Stepper. Comment out this line to continue." +#elif HOTENDS > 2 + #error "E4d@box currently supports only one hotend. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "E4D@BOX" +#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/Exilaus/E4d@box" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN 34 +#define Y_MIN_PIN 35 +#define Z_MIN_PIN 16 // 15 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN 12 // 34//27 +#define X_DIR_PIN 13 // 35//26 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 17 // 0//17//25 // used free pin +//#define X_CS_PIN 0 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 32 // 33 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 33 // 32 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN +//#define Y_CS_PIN 13 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 25 // 14 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 26 // 12 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN +//#define Z_CS_PIN 5 // SS_PIN + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 27 // 16 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 14 // 17 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN +//#define E0_CS_PIN 21 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 36 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 39 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 // 4//2//(D8) +#define FAN_PIN 0 // 2//15//13 (D9) +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 15 // 15//0 //(D10) + +// SPI +#define SDSS 5 +#define I2S_STEPPER_STREAM +#define I2S_WS 23 +#define I2S_BCK 22 +#define I2S_DATA 21 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1a7967d5799e --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MRR ESPA pin assignments + * MRR ESPA is a 3D printer control board based on the ESP32 microcontroller. + * Supports 4 stepper drivers, heated bed, single hotend. + */ + +#ifndef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 + #error "Oops! Select an ESP32 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif EXTRUDERS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 + #error "MRR ESPA only supports one E Stepper. Comment out this line to continue." +#elif HOTENDS > 1 + #error "MRR ESPA currently supports only one hotend. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MRR ESPA" +#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/maplerainresearch/MRR_ESPA" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME + +// +// Disable I2S stepper stream +// +#ifdef I2S_STEPPER_STREAM + #undef I2S_STEPPER_STREAM +#endif +#define I2S_WS -1 +#define I2S_BCK -1 +#define I2S_DATA -1 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN 34 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 35 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 15 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN 27 +#define X_DIR_PIN 26 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 25 +//#define X_CS_PIN 21 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 33 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 32 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN +//#define Y_CS_PIN 22 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 14 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 12 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN +//#define Z_CS_PIN 5 // SS_PIN + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 16 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 17 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN X_ENABLE_PIN +//#define E0_CS_PIN 21 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 36 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 39 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 2 +#define FAN_PIN 13 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 + +// +// MicroSD card +// +#define MOSI_PIN 23 +#define MISO_PIN 19 +#define SCK_PIN 18 +#define SDSS 5 +#define USES_SHARED_SPI // SPI is shared by SD card with TMC SPI drivers + diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cffdfa465de2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MRR ESPE pin assignments + * MRR ESPE is a 3D printer control board based on the ESP32 microcontroller. + * Supports 5 stepper drivers (using I2S stepper stream), heated bed, + * single hotend, and LCD controller. + */ + +#ifndef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32 + #error "Oops! Select an ESP32 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif EXTRUDERS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "MRR ESPE only supports two E Steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#elif HOTENDS > 1 + #error "MRR ESPE currently supports only one hotend. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MRR ESPE" +#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/maplerainresearch/MRR_ESPE" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN 35 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 32 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 33 + +// +// Enable I2S stepper stream +// +#undef I2S_STEPPER_STREAM +#define I2S_STEPPER_STREAM + +#undef LIN_ADVANCE // Currently, I2S stream does not work with linear advance + +#define I2S_WS 26 +#define I2S_BCK 25 +#define I2S_DATA 27 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN 129 +#define X_DIR_PIN 130 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 128 +//#define X_CS_PIN 21 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 132 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 133 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 131 +//#define Y_CS_PIN 22 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 135 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 136 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 134 +//#define Z_CS_PIN 5 // SS_PIN + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 138 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 139 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 137 +//#define E0_CS_PIN 21 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN 141 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 142 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 140 +//#define E1_CS_PIN 22 + +#define Z2_STEP_PIN 141 +#define Z2_DIR_PIN 142 +#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN 140 +//#define Z2_CS_PIN 5 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 36 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN 34 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 39 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 145 // 2 +#define FAN_PIN 146 // 15 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 144 // 4 + +#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 147 +//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 148 // need to update Configuration_adv.h @section extruder +//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 149 // need to update Configuration_adv.h @section extruder +#define FAN1_PIN 149 + +// +// MicroSD card +// +#define MOSI_PIN 23 +#define MISO_PIN 19 +#define SCK_PIN 18 +#define SDSS 5 +#define USES_SHARED_SPI // SPI is shared by SD card with TMC SPI drivers + +////////////////////////// +// LCDs and Controllers // +////////////////////////// + +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + + #define LCD_PINS_RS 13 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 16 + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 151 + + #elif ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER) + + #define BEEPER_PIN 151 + + //#define LCD_PINS_D5 150 + //#define LCD_PINS_D6 151 + //#define LCD_PINS_D7 153 + + #else + + #error "Only CR10_STOCKDISPLAY and REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER are currently supported. Comment out this line to continue." + + #endif + + #define BTN_EN1 0 + #define BTN_EN2 12 + #define BTN_ENC 14 + +#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h b/Marlin/src/pins/linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h index 48cdb1dd62b3..d21c487e579b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h @@ -363,6 +363,24 @@ #ifndef E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif #endif ////////////////////////// @@ -529,7 +547,7 @@ #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 #define KILL_PIN 41 - #elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) // Added in Marlin 1.1.6 + #elif ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) #define DOGLCD_A0 27 #define DOGLCD_CS 25 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h index 98c0ece3ac62..65d3fe73ee81 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_AZSMZ_MINI.h @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ * AZSMZ MINI pin assignments */ -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // A0 (TH1) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // A1 (TH2) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // A2 (TH3) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (TH1) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (TH2) +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // A2 (TH3) // // Heaters / Fans diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h index 8f683074cfb9..823bdba0d359 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ * */ -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // A0 (T0) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // A1 (T1) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // A0 (T0) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // A1 (T1) // // Heaters / Fans diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h index 873d43786c4e..a20659f0f5e2 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ * */ -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // A0 (T0) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // A1 (T1) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (T0) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (T1) // diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..516913c2d4dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifdef SKR_HAS_LPC1769 + #ifndef MCU_LPC1769 + #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." + #endif +#elif !defined(MCU_LPC1768) + #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." +#endif + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// +// Steppers +// +#ifndef E1_STEP_PIN + #define E1_STEP_PIN P0_01 +#endif +#ifndef E1_DIR_PIN + #define E1_DIR_PIN P0_00 +#endif +#ifndef E1_ENABLE_PIN + #define E1_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// 3.3V max when defined as an analog input +// +#ifndef TEMP_0_PIN + #define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (T1) - (68) - TEMP_0_PIN +#endif +#ifndef TEMP_1_PIN + #define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // A2 (T2) - (69) - TEMP_1_PIN +#endif +#ifndef TEMP_BED_PIN + #define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (T0) - (67) - TEMP_BED_PIN +#endif +#if HOTENDS == 1 && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE + #define TEMP_PROBE_PIN P0_25_A2 // TEMP_1_PIN +#endif + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#ifndef HEATER_0_PIN + #define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 +#endif +#if HOTENDS == 1 + #ifndef FAN1_PIN + #define FAN1_PIN P2_04 + #endif +#else + #ifndef HEATER_1_PIN + #define HEATER_1_PIN P2_04 + #endif +#endif +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN P2_03 +#endif +#ifndef HEATER_BED_PIN + #define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 +#endif + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 // (37) not 5V tolerant +#endif + +// +// SD Support +// +#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card + +#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) + #define SCK_PIN P0_15 + #define MISO_PIN P0_17 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 +#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) + #undef SD_DETECT_PIN + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 + #define SCK_PIN P0_07 + #define MISO_PIN P0_08 + #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 + #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN +#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) + #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h similarity index 87% rename from Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.1.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h index cea929be1e74..abf5e821caa3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h @@ -21,15 +21,12 @@ */ #pragma once -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 - #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." -#endif - #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR 1.1" // // Limit Switches // + #define X_MIN_PIN P1_29 #define X_MAX_PIN P1_28 #define Y_MIN_PIN P1_27 @@ -56,30 +53,6 @@ #define E0_DIR_PIN P2_13 #define E0_ENABLE_PIN P2_12 -#define E1_STEP_PIN P0_01 -#define E1_DIR_PIN P0_00 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// 3.3V max when defined as an analog input -// -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 -#if HOTENDS == 1 - #define FAN1_PIN P2_04 -#else - #define HEATER_1_PIN P2_04 -#endif -#define FAN_PIN P2_03 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 - /** * LCD / Controller * @@ -94,7 +67,6 @@ */ #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 #define BTN_ENC P2_11 @@ -118,29 +90,15 @@ // requires jumpers on the SKR V1.1 board as documented here: // https://www.facebook.com/groups/505736576548648/permalink/630639874058317/ #ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + #if EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD #else #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD #endif #endif -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card - #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) - #define SCK_PIN P0_15 - #define MISO_PIN P0_17 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 #define SS_PIN P1_23 -#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) - #undef SD_DETECT_PIN - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN -#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) - #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." #endif // Trinamic driver support @@ -270,3 +228,6 @@ #endif // SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE #endif + +// Include common SKR pins +#include "pins_BTT_SKR.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4889e4d3c3cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR 1.3" + +/** + * Trinamic Stallguard pins + */ +#define X_DIAG_PIN P1_29 // X- +#define Y_DIAG_PIN P1_27 // Y- +#define Z_DIAG_PIN P1_25 // Z- +#define E0_DIAG_PIN P1_28 // X+ +#define E1_DIAG_PIN P1_26 // Y+ + +/** + * Limit Switches + */ +#if X_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define X_STOP_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #if X_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define X_MAX_PIN P1_28 // X+ + #else + #define X_MIN_PIN P1_28 // X+ + #endif +#else + #define X_MIN_PIN P1_29 // X- + #define X_MAX_PIN P1_28 // X+ +#endif + +#if Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Y_STOP_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #if Y_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define Y_MAX_PIN P1_26 // Y+ + #else + #define Y_MIN_PIN P1_26 // Y+ + #endif +#else + #define Y_MIN_PIN P1_27 // Y- + #define Y_MAX_PIN P1_26 // Y+ +#endif + +#if Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Z_STOP_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #if Z_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define Z_MAX_PIN P1_24 // Z+ + #else + #define Z_MIN_PIN P1_24 // Z+ + #endif +#else + #define Z_MIN_PIN P1_25 // Z- + #define Z_MAX_PIN P1_24 // Z+ +#endif + +#define ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Board has built-in pullups + +// +// Servos +// +#ifndef SERVO0_PIN + #define SERVO0_PIN P2_00 +#endif + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN P1_24 +#endif + +// +// Filament Runout Sensor +// +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN P1_28 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN P2_02 +#define X_DIR_PIN P2_06 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN P2_01 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN P1_17 +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN P0_19 +#define Y_DIR_PIN P0_20 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN P2_08 +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN P1_15 +#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN P0_22 +#define Z_DIR_PIN P2_11 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN P1_10 +#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN P2_13 +#define E0_DIR_PIN P0_11 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN P2_12 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN P1_08 +#endif + +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN P1_01 +#endif + +// +// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers +// +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI P4_28 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO P0_05 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK P0_04 + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC220x + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial + //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_29 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_17 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_16 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_15 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_14 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_10 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_09 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_08 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_04 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_01 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 +#endif + +/** + * _____ _____ + * NC | · · | GND 5V | · · | GND + * RESET | · · | 1.31 (SD_DETECT) (LCD_D7) 1.23 | · · | 1.22 (LCD_D6) + * (MOSI) 0.18 | · · | 3.25 (BTN_EN2) (LCD_D5) 1.21 | · · | 1.20 (LCD_D4) + * (SD_SS) 0.16 | · · | 3.26 (BTN_EN1) (LCD_RS) 1.19 | · · | 1.18 (LCD_EN) + * (SCK) 0.15 | · · | 0.17 (MISO) (BTN_ENC) 0.28 | · · | 1.30 (BEEPER) + * ----- ----- + * EXP2 EXP1 + */ +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #if ENABLED(ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD) + + #error "CAUTION! ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD requires wiring modifications. See 'pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h' for details. Comment out this line to continue." + + /** + * 1. Cut the tab off the LCD connector so it can be plugged into the "EXP1" connector the other way. + * 2. Swap the LCD's +5V (Pin2) and GND (Pin1) wires. (This is the critical part!) + * 3. Rewire the CLK Signal (LCD Pin9) to LCD Pin7. (LCD Pin9 remains open because this pin is open drain.) + * 4. A wire is needed to connect the Reset switch at J3 (LCD Pin7) to EXP2 (Pin3) on the board. + * + * !!! If you are unsure, ask for help! Your motherboard may be damaged in some circumstances !!! + * + * The ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD connector plug: + * + * BEFORE AFTER + * _____ _____ + * GND 1 | · · | 2 5V 5V 1 | · · | 2 GND + * CS 3 | · · | 4 BTN_EN2 CS 3 | · · | 4 BTN_EN2 + * SID 5 | · · | 6 BTN_EN1 SID 5 | · · | 6 BTN_EN1 + * open 7 | · · | 8 BTN_ENC CLK 7 | · · | 8 BTN_ENC + * CLK 9 | · · | 10 Beeper open 9 | · · | 10 Beeper + * ----- ----- + * LCD LCD + */ + + #define LCD_PINS_RS P1_23 + + #define BTN_EN1 P1_20 + #define BTN_EN2 P1_22 + #define BTN_ENC P1_18 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P1_21 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P1_19 + + #elif ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + + #define LCD_PINS_RS P1_22 + + #define BTN_EN1 P1_18 + #define BTN_EN2 P1_20 + #define BTN_ENC P0_28 // (58) open-drain + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P1_23 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P1_21 + + #else // !CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + + #define LCD_PINS_RS P1_19 + + #define BTN_EN1 P3_26 // (31) J3-2 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_EN2 P3_25 // (33) J3-4 & AUX-4 + #define BTN_ENC P0_28 // (58) open-drain + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P1_18 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P1_20 + + #define LCD_SDSS P0_16 // (16) J3-7 & AUX-4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN P1_31 // (49) (NOT 5V tolerant) + + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + #define DOGLCD_CS P1_18 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_19 + #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_15 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P0_18 + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems + // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + + #define LCD_RESET_PIN P1_20 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P1_21 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_22 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_23 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P1_21 + #endif + + #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + + #define DOGLCD_CS P1_21 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_22 + #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_15 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P0_18 + + #elif ENABLED(ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) + + /** + * Creality Ender-2 display pinout + * _____ + * 5V | · · | GND + * (MOSI) P1_23 | · · | P1_22 (LCD_CS) + * (LCD_A0) P1_21 | · · | P1_20 (BTN_EN2) + * RESET P1.19 | · · | P1_18 (BTN_EN1) + * (BTN_ENC) P0_28 | · · | P1_30 (SCK) + * ----- + * EXP1 + */ + + #define BTN_EN1 P1_18 + #define BTN_EN2 P1_20 + #define BTN_ENC P0_28 + #define DOGLCD_CS P1_22 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_21 + #define DOGLCD_SCK P1_30 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P1_23 + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #endif + + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 P1_21 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_22 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_23 + #endif + + #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #endif // !CR10_STOCKDISPLAY + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// SD Support +// + +#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD +#endif + +#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) + #define SS_PIN P0_16 +#endif + +/** + * Special pins + * P1_30 (37) (NOT 5V tolerant) + * P1_31 (49) (NOT 5V tolerant) + * P0_27 (57) (Open collector) + * P0_28 (58) (Open collector) + */ + +// Include common SKR pins +#include "pins_BTT_SKR.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h similarity index 68% rename from Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h index e0e9570c62c8..13bd2b951f89 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h @@ -21,44 +21,92 @@ */ #pragma once -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 - #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR 1.4" #endif -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR 1.3" - -// Ignore temp readings during development. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 +// +// SD Connection +// +#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD +#endif // // Servos // -#ifndef SERVO0_PIN - #define SERVO0_PIN P2_00 -#endif +#define SERVO0_PIN P2_00 + +// +// TMC StallGuard DIAG pins +// +#define X_DIAG_PIN P1_29 // X-STOP +#define Y_DIAG_PIN P1_28 // Y-STOP +#define Z_DIAG_PIN P1_27 // Z-STOP +#define E0_DIAG_PIN P1_26 // E0DET +#define E1_DIAG_PIN P1_25 // E1DET // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN P1_29 -#define X_MAX_PIN P1_28 -#define Y_MIN_PIN P1_27 -#define Y_MAX_PIN P1_26 -#define Z_MIN_PIN P1_25 -#define Z_MAX_PIN P1_24 +#if X_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define X_STOP_PIN X_DIAG_PIN + #if X_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define X_MAX_PIN P1_26 // E0DET + #else + #define X_MIN_PIN P1_26 // E0DET + #endif +#else + #define X_STOP_PIN P1_29 // X-STOP +#endif + +#if Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Y_STOP_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN + #if Y_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define Y_MAX_PIN P1_25 // E1DET + #else + #define Y_MIN_PIN P1_25 // E1DET + #endif +#else + #define Y_STOP_PIN P1_28 // Y-STOP +#endif + +#if Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY + #define Z_STOP_PIN Z_DIAG_PIN + #if Z_HOME_DIR < 0 + #define Z_MAX_PIN P1_00 // PWRDET + #else + #define Z_MIN_PIN P1_00 // PWRDET + #endif +#else + #define Z_STOP_PIN P1_27 // Z-STOP +#endif // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN P1_24 + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN P0_10 #endif // // Filament Runout Sensor // -#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN P1_28 +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN P1_26 // E0DET +#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN P1_25 // E1DET + +// +// Power Supply Control +// +#ifndef PS_ON_PIN + #define PS_ON_PIN P1_00 // PWRDET +#endif + +// +// Power Loss Detection +// +#ifndef POWER_LOSS_PIN + #define POWER_LOSS_PIN P1_00 // PWRDET #endif // @@ -68,43 +116,51 @@ #define X_DIR_PIN P2_06 #define X_ENABLE_PIN P2_01 #ifndef X_CS_PIN - #define X_CS_PIN P1_17 + #define X_CS_PIN P1_10 #endif #define Y_STEP_PIN P0_19 #define Y_DIR_PIN P0_20 #define Y_ENABLE_PIN P2_08 #ifndef Y_CS_PIN - #define Y_CS_PIN P1_15 + #define Y_CS_PIN P1_09 #endif #define Z_STEP_PIN P0_22 #define Z_DIR_PIN P2_11 #define Z_ENABLE_PIN P0_21 #ifndef Z_CS_PIN - #define Z_CS_PIN P1_10 + #define Z_CS_PIN P1_08 #endif #define E0_STEP_PIN P2_13 #define E0_DIR_PIN P0_11 #define E0_ENABLE_PIN P2_12 #ifndef E0_CS_PIN - #define E0_CS_PIN P1_08 + #define E0_CS_PIN P1_04 #endif -#define E1_STEP_PIN P0_01 -#define E1_DIR_PIN P0_00 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P0_10 +#define E1_STEP_PIN P1_15 +#define E1_DIR_PIN P1_14 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN P1_16 #ifndef E1_CS_PIN #define E1_CS_PIN P1_01 #endif +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_23_A0 // A2 (T2) - (69) - TEMP_1_PIN +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_25_A2 // A0 (T0) - (67) - TEMP_BED_PIN + +// +// Include common SKR pins +// +#include "pins_BTT_SKR.h" + // // Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers // #if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI - #define TMC_SW_MOSI P4_28 + #define TMC_SW_MOSI P1_17 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO #define TMC_SW_MISO P0_05 @@ -136,54 +192,33 @@ // // Software serial // - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_29 - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_17 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_10 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_10 - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_16 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_15 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_09 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_09 - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_14 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_10 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_08 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_08 - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_09 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_08 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_04 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_04 - #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_04 + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_01 #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_01 - #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_04 + #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN P1_01 #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_01 + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif // -// Temperature Sensors -// 3.3V max when defined as an analog input -// -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // A0 (T0) - (67) - TEMP_BED_PIN -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // A1 (T1) - (68) - TEMP_0_PIN -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // A2 (T2) - (69) - TEMP_1_PIN - -// -// Heaters / Fans +// SD Connection // -#ifndef HEATER_0_PIN - #define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 -#endif -#if HOTENDS == 1 - #ifndef FAN1_PIN - #define FAN1_PIN P2_04 - #endif -#else - #ifndef HEATER_1_PIN - #define HEATER_1_PIN P2_04 - #endif -#endif -#ifndef FAN_PIN - #define FAN_PIN P2_03 -#endif -#ifndef HEATER_BED_PIN - #define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 +#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) + #define SS_PIN P0_16 #endif /** @@ -197,7 +232,6 @@ * EXP2 EXP1 */ #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN P1_30 // (37) not 5V tolerant #define BTN_ENC P0_28 // (58) open-drain #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) @@ -226,7 +260,6 @@ #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_19 #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_15 #define DOGLCD_MOSI P0_18 - #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 @@ -252,8 +285,11 @@ #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS P1_21 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_22 + #define DOGLCD_CS P1_21 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_22 + #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_15 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P0_18 + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI #endif #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) @@ -269,29 +305,10 @@ #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD // -// SD Support +// Neopixel LED // - -#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD -#endif - -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card - -#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) - #define SCK_PIN P0_15 - #define MISO_PIN P0_17 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_18 - #define SS_PIN P0_16 -#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) - #undef SD_DETECT_PIN - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN -#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) - #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." +#ifndef NEOPIXEL_PIN + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P1_24 #endif /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_GMARSH_X6_REV1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_GMARSH_X6_REV1.h index 45ab77b31270..6e45a49a9eef 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_GMARSH_X6_REV1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_GMARSH_X6_REV1.h @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ */ #pragma once -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -95,6 +95,9 @@ #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_02 #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_06 #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_06 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #else #error "TMC2208 UART configuration is required for GMarsh X6." #endif @@ -103,8 +106,8 @@ // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // AD0[0] on P0_23 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // AD0[1] on P0_24 +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // AD0[0] on P0_23 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // AD0[1] on P0_24 // // Heaters / Fans diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h index a23101ea6a75..b830f3dcb80c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h @@ -25,7 +25,9 @@ * MKS SBASE pin assignments */ -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#if defined(MKS_HAS_LPC1769) && !defined(MCU_LPC1769) + #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." +#elif !defined(MKS_HAS_LPC1769) && !defined(MCU_LPC1768) #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -90,10 +92,10 @@ // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // A0 (TH1) -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // A1 (TH2) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // A2 (TH3) -#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // A3 (TH4) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (TH1) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (TH2) +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // A2 (TH3) +#define TEMP_2_PIN P0_26_A3 // A3 (TH4) // // Heaters / Fans @@ -320,6 +322,9 @@ #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_25 // TH3 #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_28 // J8-6 #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_26 // TH4 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif // UNUSED diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SGEN_L.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SGEN_L.h index 36b558ec192b..a47e9e038326 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SGEN_L.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_MKS_SGEN_L.h @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ * MKS SGEN-L pin assignments */ -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -149,22 +149,32 @@ #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN P4_29 #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN P1_17 + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif // TMC2208 || TMC2209 // // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input A0 (TH1) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input A1 (TB) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input A2 (TH2) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // Analog Input A0 (TH1) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // Analog Input A1 (TB) +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // Analog Input A2 (TH2) // // Heaters / Fans // #define HEATER_BED_PIN P2_05 #define HEATER_0_PIN P2_07 -#define HEATER_1_PIN P2_06 +#if HOTENDS == 1 + #ifndef FAN1_PIN + #define FAN1_PIN P2_06 + #endif +#else + #ifndef HEATER_1_PIN + #define HEATER_1_PIN P2_06 + #endif +#endif #ifndef FAN_PIN #define FAN_PIN P2_04 #endif @@ -201,60 +211,77 @@ #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_17 #else - #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 #define BTN_EN1 P3_25 #define BTN_EN2 P3_26 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 - #define LCD_SDSS P0_28 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 - #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS P0_18 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P0_16 - #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_07 - #define DOGLCD_MOSI P1_20 + #if ENABLED(MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306) - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #define LCD_PINS_DC P0_17 + #define DOGLCD_CS P0_16 + #define DOGLCD_A0 LCD_PINS_DC + #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_15 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P0_18 - #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems - // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P1_00 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_22 + #define KILL_PIN -1 // NC - #define LCD_RESET_PIN P0_15 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #else // !MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 - #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) - #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P0_17 - #endif - #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_00 - #endif - #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_22 + #define LCD_PINS_RS P0_16 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE P0_18 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 P0_15 + + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + + #define DOGLCD_CS P0_18 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P0_16 + #define DOGLCD_SCK P0_07 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI P1_20 + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI // Use this if default of hardware SPI causes display problems + // results in LCD soft SPI mode 3, SD soft SPI mode 0 + + #define LCD_RESET_PIN P0_15 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN P0_17 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN P1_00 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN P1_22 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P0_17 #endif - #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN P0_17 - #endif - #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + #else // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + #define DOGLCD_CS P0_17 + #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_00 + #endif - #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) - #define DOGLCD_CS P0_17 - #define DOGLCD_A0 P1_00 - #endif + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 P0_17 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_00 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_22 + #endif - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define LCD_PINS_D5 P0_17 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 P1_00 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 P1_22 - #endif + #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 - #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + #endif // !MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 - #endif + #endif // !CR10_STOCKDISPLAY #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD @@ -264,17 +291,16 @@ #define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN P0_06 // Chip select for "System" SD card -#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) - #define SCK_PIN P0_07 - #define MISO_PIN P0_08 - #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN P0_28 -#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) +#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) || SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) #define SD_DETECT_PIN P0_27 #define SCK_PIN P0_07 #define MISO_PIN P0_08 #define MOSI_PIN P0_09 - #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN + #if SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) + #define SS_PIN ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN + #else + #define SS_PIN P0_28 + #endif #elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_RAMPS_RE_ARM.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_RAMPS_RE_ARM.h index 92dbf7b4b214..af08e0a5882e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_RAMPS_RE_ARM.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_RAMPS_RE_ARM.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ // Numbers in parentheses () are the corresponding mega2560 pin numbers -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ #define Y_MAX_PIN P1_27 // (15) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series #define Z_MIN_PIN P1_29 // (18) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series #define Z_MAX_PIN P1_28 // (19) 10k pullup to 3.3V, 1K series +#define ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Board has built-in pullups // // Steppers @@ -152,24 +153,26 @@ #ifndef E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_08 #endif - #ifndef E0_SESIAL_RX_PIN + #ifndef E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_08 #endif + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif // // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // A0 (T0) - (67) - TEMP_0_PIN -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // A1 (T1) - (68) - TEMP_BED_PIN -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // A2 (T2) - (69) - TEMP_1_PIN -#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // A3 - (63) - J5-3 & AUX-2 -#define TEMP_3_PIN 4 // A4 - (37) - BUZZER_PIN -//#define TEMP_4_PIN 5 // A5 - (49) - SD_DETECT_PIN -//#define ?? 6 // A6 - ( 0) - RXD0 - J4-4 & AUX-1 -#define FILWIDTH_PIN 7 // A7 - ( 1) - TXD0 - J4-5 & AUX-1 +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (T0) - (67) - TEMP_0_PIN +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (T1) - (68) - TEMP_BED_PIN +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // A2 (T2) - (69) - TEMP_1_PIN +#define TEMP_2_PIN P0_26_A3 // A3 - (63) - J5-3 & AUX-2 +#define TEMP_3_PIN P1_30_A4 // A4 - (37) - BUZZER_PIN +//#define TEMP_4_PIN P1_31_A5 // A5 - (49) - SD_DETECT_PIN +//#define ?? P0_03_A6 // A6 - ( 0) - RXD0 - J4-4 & AUX-1 +#define FILWIDTH_PIN P0_02_A7 // A7 - ( 1) - TXD0 - J4-5 & AUX-1 // // Augmentation for auto-assigning RAMPS plugs diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h index 72e1b8141c7f..4bc3c86882d9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1768/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ * Selena Compact pin assignments */ -#ifndef TARGET_LPC1768 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1768 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1768 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // A0 (TH1) -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // A1 (TH2) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // A2 (TH3) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (TH1) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (TH2) +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // A2 (TH3) // diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h old mode 100755 new mode 100644 index 57a9686a2383..0ae4393caca9 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_GT.h @@ -25,19 +25,13 @@ * Azteeg X5 GT pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Azteeg X5 GT" #define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "tinyurl.com/yx8tdqa3" -// -// Custom CPU Speed 120MHz -// -#undef F_CPU -#define F_CPU 120000000 - // // Servos // @@ -96,9 +90,9 @@ // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // A0 (TH1) -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // A1 (TH2) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // A2 (TH3) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (TH1) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (TH2) +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // A2 (TH3) // diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI.h index b576ed1a3dfc..5cc4d52d3062 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI.h @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ * Azteeg X5 MINI pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ #endif #ifndef FILWIDTH_PIN - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 2 // Analog Input (P0_25) + #define FILWIDTH_PIN P0_25_A2 // Analog Input (P0_25) #endif // @@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // A0 (TH1) -#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 // A1 (TH2) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_23_A0 // A0 (TH1) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_24_A1 // A1 (TH2) // // Heaters / Fans diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI.h index 6b42cee535ed..3c2a40b4038f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI.h @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ * Azteeg X5 MINI pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..846f38556e13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR 1.4 TURBO" +#define SKR_HAS_LPC1769 + +// +// Include SKR 1.4 pins +// +#include "../lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_MINI.h index 2422d198c59b..7ab8b5bb4a65 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_MINI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_MINI.h @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ * Cohesion3D Mini pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ // Analog Inputs // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // P0_23 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // P0_24 +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // P0_23 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // P0_24 // // Heaters / Fans diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_REMIX.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_REMIX.h index 7f29e8dec74b..77cbb197805b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_REMIX.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_COHESION3D_REMIX.h @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ * Cohesion3D ReMix pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -98,13 +98,13 @@ // Analog Inputs // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // P0_23 -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // P0_24 -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // P0_25 +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 3 // P0_26 + #define FILWIDTH_PIN P0_26_A3 #else - #define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // P0_26 + #define TEMP_2_PIN P0_26_A3 #endif // diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_MKS_SGEN.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_MKS_SGEN.h index 7edb80ecaa93..7586415b43a5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_MKS_SGEN.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_MKS_SGEN.h @@ -25,12 +25,13 @@ * MKS SGen pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS SGen" #define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-SGEN" +#define MKS_HAS_LPC1769 #include "../lpc1768/pins_MKS_SBASE.h" @@ -61,4 +62,7 @@ #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_11 // J8-4 #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P2_13 // J8-5 #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P2_13 // J8-5 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h index 8ddf9a9ee9f3..1096ddc629ae 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h @@ -25,19 +25,13 @@ * Smoothieboard pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Smoothieboard" #define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "smoothieware.org/smoothieboard" -// -// Custom CPU Speed 120MHz -// -#undef F_CPU -#define F_CPU 120000000 - // // Servos // @@ -80,10 +74,10 @@ // Temperature Sensors // 3.3V max when defined as an analog input // -#define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // P0.23 (T1) -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // P0.24 (T2) -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // P0.25 (T3) -#define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // P0.26 (T4) +#define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // (T1) +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // (T2) +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // (T3) +#define TEMP_2_PIN P0_26_A3 // (T4) // // Heaters / Fans diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h index 83e7482807e9..c2d7d478f1db 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/lpc1769/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ * TH3D EZBoard pin assignments */ -#ifndef LPC1769 +#ifndef MCU_LPC1769 #error "Oops! Make sure you have the LPC1769 environment selected in your IDE." #endif @@ -87,6 +87,9 @@ #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_20 #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN P0_22 #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN P0_21 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif // @@ -94,18 +97,18 @@ // 3.3V max when defined as an Analog Input! // #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 20 // PT100 Adapter - #define TEMP_0_PIN 7 // Analog Input + #define TEMP_0_PIN P0_02_A7 // Analog Input #else - #define TEMP_0_PIN 0 // Analog Input P0_23 + #define TEMP_0_PIN P0_23_A0 // Analog Input P0_23 #endif -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 1 // Analog Input P0_24 -#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 // Analog Input P0_25 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN P0_24_A1 // Analog Input P0_24 +#define TEMP_1_PIN P0_25_A2 // Analog Input P0_25 #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILWIDTH_PIN 3 // Analog Input P0_26 + #define FILWIDTH_PIN P0_26_A3 // Analog Input P0_26 #else - #define TEMP_2_PIN 3 // Analog Input P0_26 + #define TEMP_2_PIN P0_26_A3 // Analog Input P0_26 #endif // diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h index 3915c1cfede1..d54fbb13b3d0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_11.h @@ -1,3 +1,26 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + /** * CartesioV11 pin assignments */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h index b9a96c410b00..5628df7f10dd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_12.h @@ -1,3 +1,26 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + /** * CartesioV12 pin assignments */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h index 2fad8d576e84..c62be6befcbf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_CNCONTROLS_15.h @@ -1,3 +1,26 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + /** * CNControls V15 for HMS434 pin assignments */ @@ -64,7 +87,7 @@ // // Fans // -#define FAN0_PIN 8 +#define FAN_PIN 8 #define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 #define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 #define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_EINSTART-S.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_EINSTART-S.h old mode 100755 new mode 100644 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3.h index d84ce5e6b738..ce805ddb1f57 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_GT2560_V3.h @@ -112,6 +112,10 @@ #define E1_DIR_PIN 47 #define E1_ENABLE_PIN 48 +#define E2_STEP_PIN 43 +#define E2_DIR_PIN 45 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 41 + // // Temperature Sensors // @@ -128,8 +132,8 @@ #define HEATER_2_PIN 1 #define HEATER_BED_PIN 4 #define FAN_PIN 9 -//#define FAN1_PIN 8 -//#define FAN2_PIN 7 +#define FAN1_PIN 8 +#define FAN2_PIN 7 // // Misc. Functions diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..dba2241c4aa9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * Leapfrog Xeed Driver board pin assignments + * + * This board is used by other Leapfrog printers in addition to the Xeed, + * such as the Creatr HS and Bolt. The pin assignments vary wildly between + * printer models. As such this file is currently specific to the Xeed. + */ + +#ifndef __AVR_ATmega2560__ + #error "Oops! Select 'Mega 2560' in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Leapfrog Xeed 2015" + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN 47 // 'X Min' +#define Y_STOP_PIN 48 // 'Y Min' +#define Z_STOP_PIN 49 // 'Z Min' + +// +// Steppers +// The Xeed utilizes three Z-axis motors, which use the X, Y, and Z stepper connectors +// on the board. The X and Y steppers use external drivers, attached to signal-level +// Y-axis and X-axis connectors on the board, which map to distinct CPU pins from +// the on-board X/Y stepper drivers. +// + +// X-axis signal-level connector +#define X_STEP_PIN 65 +#define X_DIR_PIN 64 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 66 // Not actually used on Xeed, could be repurposed + +// Y-axis signal-level connector +#define Y_STEP_PIN 23 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 22 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 24 // Not actually used on Xeed, could be repurposed + +// ZMOT connector (Front Right Z Motor) +#define Z_STEP_PIN 31 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 32 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 30 + +// XMOT connector (Rear Z Motor) +#define Z2_STEP_PIN 28 +#define Z2_DIR_PIN 63 +#define Z2_ENABLE_PIN 29 + +// YMOT connector (Front Left Z Motor) +#define Z3_STEP_PIN 14 +#define Z3_DIR_PIN 15 +#define Z3_ENABLE_PIN 39 + +// EMOT2 connector +#define E0_STEP_PIN 37 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 40 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 36 + +// EMOT connector +#define E1_STEP_PIN 34 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 35 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 33 + +// +// Filament runout +// +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 42 // ROT2 Connector +#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 44 // ROT1 Connector + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 15 // T3 Connector +#define TEMP_1_PIN 13 // T1 Connector +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 14 // BED Connector (Between T1 and T3) + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 8 // Misc Connector, pins 3 and 4 (Out2) +#define HEATER_1_PIN 9 // Misc Connector, pins 5 and 6 (Out3) +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 6 // Misc Connector, pins 9(-) and 10(+) (OutA) + +#define FAN_PIN 10 // Misc Connector, pins 7(-) and 8 (+) (Out4) + +#define LED_PIN 13 + +#define SOL1_PIN 7 // Misc Connector, pins 1(-) and 2(+) (Out1) + +// Door Closed Sensor +//#define DOOR_PIN 45 // HM1 Connector diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h index 23fbe7636c45..a33b2ecfc515 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/mega/pins_MEGATRONICS_3.h @@ -48,12 +48,12 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN 37 -#define X_MAX_PIN 40 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 41 -#define Y_MAX_PIN 38 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 +#define X_MIN_PIN 37 // No INT +#define X_MAX_PIN 40 // No INT +#define Y_MIN_PIN 41 // No INT +#define Y_MAX_PIN 38 // No INT +#define Z_MIN_PIN 18 // No INT +#define Z_MAX_PIN 19 // No INT // // Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h index 7f6833080b66..4df871a50ce1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pins.h @@ -169,7 +169,9 @@ #elif MB(RAMPS_DAGOMA) #include "ramps/pins_RAMPS_DAGOMA.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 #elif MB(FYSETC_F6_13) - #include "ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h" // ATmega2560 env:fysetc_f6_13 + #include "ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h" // ATmega2560 env:FYSETC_F6_13 +#elif MB(FYSETC_F6_14) + #include "ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h" // ATmega2560 env:FYSETC_F6_14 #elif MB(DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS) #include "ramps/pins_DUPLICATOR_I3_PLUS.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 #elif MB(VORON) @@ -180,6 +182,10 @@ #include "ramps/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 #elif MB(TT_OSCAR) #include "ramps/pins_TT_OSCAR.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 +#elif MB(TANGO) + #include "ramps/pins_TANGO.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 +#elif MB(MKS_GEN_L_V2) + #include "ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L_V2.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 // // RAMBo and derivatives @@ -242,6 +248,8 @@ #include "mega/pins_OVERLORD.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 #elif MB(HJC2560C_REV2) #include "mega/pins_HJC2560C_REV2.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 +#elif MB(LEAPFROG_XEED2015) + #include "mega/pins_LEAPFROG_XEED2015.h" // ATmega2560 env:megaatmega2560 // // ATmega1281, ATmega2561 @@ -349,14 +357,16 @@ #include "lpc1768/pins_BIQU_BQ111_A4.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 #elif MB(SELENA_COMPACT) #include "lpc1768/pins_SELENA_COMPACT.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 -#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1) - #include "lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.1.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 #elif MB(BIQU_B300_V1_0) #include "lpc1768/pins_BIQU_B300_V1.0.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 -#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3) - #include "lpc1768/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_V1.3.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 #elif MB(GMARSH_X6_REV1) #include "lpc1768/pins_GMARSH_X6_REV1.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 +#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1) + #include "lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_1.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 +#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_3) + #include "lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_3.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 +#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4) + #include "lpc1768/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4.h" // LPC1768 env:LPC1768 // // LPC1769 ARM Cortex M3 @@ -378,6 +388,8 @@ #include "lpc1769/pins_SMOOTHIEBOARD.h" // LPC1769 env:LPC1769 #elif MB(TH3D_EZBOARD) #include "lpc1769/pins_TH3D_EZBOARD.h" // LPC1769 env:LPC1769 +#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_V1_4_TURBO) + #include "lpc1769/pins_BTT_SKR_V1_4_TURBO.h" // LPC1769 env:LPC1769 // // Due (ATSAM) boards @@ -439,6 +451,8 @@ #include "sam/pins_ADSK.h" // SAM3X8E env:DUE env:DUE_debug #elif MB(PRINTRBOARD_G2) #include "sam/pins_PRINTRBOARD_G2.h" // SAM3X8C env:DUE_USB +#elif MB(CNCONTROLS_15D) + #include "sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h" // SAM3X8E env:DUE env:DUE_USB // // STM32 ARM Cortex-M3 @@ -452,6 +466,12 @@ #include "stm32/pins_STM3R_MINI.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE #elif MB(GTM32_PRO_VB) #include "stm32/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE +#elif MB(GTM32_MINI_A30) + #include "stm32/pins_GTM32_MINI_A30.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE +#elif MB(GTM32_MINI) + #include "stm32/pins_GTM32_MINI.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE +#elif MB(GTM32_REV_B) + #include "stm32/pins_GTM32_REV_B.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE #elif MB(MORPHEUS) #include "stm32/pins_MORPHEUS.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE #elif MB(CHITU3D) @@ -465,13 +485,13 @@ #elif MB(MKS_ROBIN_LITE) #include "stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h" // STM32F1 env:mks_robin_lite #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1) - #include "stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_bigtree + #include "stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_bigtree env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_512K env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_512K_USB +#elif MB(BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0) + #include "stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_bigtree env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_512K env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_512K_USB #elif MB(BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2) - #include "stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_bigtree -#elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3) - #include "stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_bigtree + #include "stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_bigtree env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_512K env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_512K_USB #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP) - #include "stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_bigtree + #include "stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RE_bigtree env:STM32F103RE_bigtree_USB env:STM32F103RC_bigtree env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_512K env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_512K_USB #elif MB(JGAURORA_A5S_A1) #include "stm32/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h" // STM32F1 env:jgaurora_a5s_a1 #elif MB(FYSETC_AIO_II) @@ -482,6 +502,10 @@ #include "stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103RC_fysetc #elif MB(LONGER3D_LK) #include "stm32/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h" // STM32F1 env:STM32F103VE_longer +#elif MB(MKS_ROBIN_LITE3) + #include "stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE3.h" // STM32F1 env:mks_robin_lite3 +#elif MB(MKS_ROBIN_PRO) + #include "stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h" // STM32F1 env:mks_robin_pro // // ARM Cortex-M4F @@ -498,24 +522,34 @@ #elif MB(BEAST) #include "stm32/pins_BEAST.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 -#elif MB(STM32F4) - #include "stm32/pins_STM32F4.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 +#elif MB(GENERIC_STM32F4) + #include "stm32/pins_GENERIC_STM32F4.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 #elif MB(ARMED) #include "stm32/pins_ARMED.h" // STM32F4 env:ARMED #elif MB(RUMBA32) #include "stm32/pins_RUMBA32.h" // STM32F4 env:RUMBA32 #elif MB(BLACK_STM32F407VE) #include "stm32/pins_BLACK_STM32F407VE.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F407VE_black -#elif MB(STEVAL) - #include "stm32/pins_STEVAL.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 +#elif MB(STEVAL_3DP001V1) + #include "stm32/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F401VE_STEVAL #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1_1) - #include "stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1.1.h" // STM32F4 env:BIGTREE_SKR_PRO + #include "stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1.h" // STM32F4 env:BIGTREE_SKR_PRO +#elif MB(BIGTREE_GTR_V1_0) + #include "stm32/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h" // STM32F4 env:BIGTREE_GTR #elif MB(BIGTREE_BTT002_V1_0) - #include "stm32/pins_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1.0.h" // STM32F4 env:BIGTREE_BTT002 + #include "stm32/pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h" // STM32F4 env:BIGTREE_BTT002 #elif MB(LERDGE_K) #include "stm32/pins_LERDGE_K.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 #elif MB(LERDGE_X) #include "stm32/pins_LERDGE_X.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 +#elif MB(VAKE403D) + #include "stm32/pins_VAKE403D.h" // STM32F4 env:STM32F4 +#elif MB(FYSETC_S6) + #include "stm32/pins_FYSETC_S6.h" // STM32F4 env:FYSETC_S6 +#elif MB(FLYF407ZG) + #include "stm32/pins_FLYF407ZG.h" // STM32F4 env:FLYF407ZG +#elif MB(MKS_ROBIN2) + #include "pins_MKS_ROBIN2.h" // STM32F4 env:MKS_ROBIN2 // // ARM Cortex M7 @@ -533,6 +567,12 @@ #elif MB(ESPRESSIF_ESP32) #include "esp32/pins_ESP32.h" // ESP32 env:esp32 +#elif MB(MRR_ESPA) + #include "esp32/pins_MRR_ESPA.h" // ESP32 env:esp32 +#elif MB(MRR_ESPE) + #include "esp32/pins_MRR_ESPE.h" // ESP32 env:esp32 +#elif MB(E4D_BOX) + #include "esp32/pins_E4D.h" // ESP32 env:esp32 // // Linux Native Debug board @@ -542,7 +582,57 @@ #include "linux/pins_RAMPS_LINUX.h" // Linux env:linux_native #else - #error "Unknown MOTHERBOARD value set in Configuration.h" + + // + // Obsolete or unknown board + // + + #define BOARD_MKS_13 -1000 + #define BOARD_TRIGORILLA -1001 + #define BOARD_RURAMPS4D -1002 + #define BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2 -1003 + #define BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 -1004 + #define BOARD_STM32F1R -1005 + #define BOARD_STM32F103R -1006 + #define BOARD_ESP32 -1007 + #define BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 -1008 + #define BOARD_STEVAL -1009 + + #if MB(MKS_13) + #error "BOARD_MKS_13 has been renamed BOARD_MKS_GEN_13. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(TRIGORILLA) + #error "BOARD_TRIGORILLA has been renamed BOARD_TRIGORILLA_13. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(RURAMPS4D) + #error "BOARD_RURAMPS4D has been renamed BOARD_RURAMPS4D_11. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(FORMBOT_TREX2) + #error "FORMBOT_TREX2 has been renamed BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIQU_SKR_V1_1) + #error "BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 has been renamed BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_V1_1. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(STM32F1R) + #error "BOARD_STM32F1R has been renamed BOARD_STM32F103RE. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(STM32F103R) + #error "BOARD_STM32F103R has been renamed BOARD_STM32F103RE. Please update your configuration." + #elif MOTHERBOARD == BOARD_ESP32 + #error "BOARD_ESP32 has been renamed BOARD_ESPRESSIF_ESP32. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3) + #error "BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 has been renamed BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0. Please update your configuration." + #elif MB(STEVAL) + #error "BOARD_STEVAL has been renamed BOARD_STEVAL_3DP001V1. Please update your configuration." + #else + #error "Unknown MOTHERBOARD value set in Configuration.h" + #endif + + #undef BOARD_MKS_13 + #undef BOARD_TRIGORILLA + #undef BOARD_RURAMPS4D + #undef BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2 + #undef BOARD_BIQU_SKR_V1_1 + #undef BOARD_STM32F1R + #undef BOARD_STM32F103R + #undef BOARD_ESP32 + #undef BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 + #undef BOARD_STEVAL + #endif // Define certain undefined pins @@ -627,6 +717,24 @@ #ifndef E5_MS3_PIN #define E5_MS3_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef E6_MS1_PIN + #define E6_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E6_MS2_PIN + #define E6_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E6_MS3_PIN + #define E6_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_MS1_PIN + #define E7_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_MS2_PIN + #define E7_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_MS3_PIN + #define E7_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef E0_STEP_PIN #define E0_STEP_PIN -1 @@ -682,6 +790,24 @@ #ifndef E5_ENABLE_PIN #define E5_ENABLE_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef E6_STEP_PIN + #define E6_STEP_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E6_DIR_PIN + #define E6_DIR_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E6_ENABLE_PIN + #define E6_ENABLE_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_STEP_PIN + #define E7_STEP_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_DIR_PIN + #define E7_DIR_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_ENABLE_PIN + #define E7_ENABLE_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef X_CS_PIN #define X_CS_PIN -1 @@ -710,6 +836,12 @@ #ifndef E5_CS_PIN #define E5_CS_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef E6_CS_PIN + #define E6_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef E7_CS_PIN + #define E7_CS_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef FAN_PIN #define FAN_PIN -1 @@ -753,6 +885,12 @@ #ifndef HEATER_5_PIN #define HEATER_5_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef HEATER_6_PIN + #define HEATER_6_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef HEATER_7_PIN + #define HEATER_7_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef HEATER_BED_PIN #define HEATER_BED_PIN -1 #endif @@ -775,6 +913,12 @@ #ifndef TEMP_5_PIN #define TEMP_5_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef TEMP_6_PIN + #define TEMP_6_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef TEMP_7_PIN + #define TEMP_7_PIN -1 +#endif #ifndef TEMP_BED_PIN #define TEMP_BED_PIN -1 #endif @@ -801,6 +945,9 @@ #ifndef SUICIDE_PIN #define SUICIDE_PIN -1 #endif +#ifndef SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING + #define SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING false +#endif #ifndef NUM_SERVO_PLUGS #define NUM_SERVO_PLUGS 4 @@ -851,6 +998,20 @@ #define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 #endif #endif +#ifndef E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #ifdef ORIG_E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN ORIG_E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #else + #define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 + #endif +#endif +#ifndef E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #ifdef ORIG_E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN ORIG_E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN + #else + #define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 + #endif +#endif #ifndef CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN #ifdef ORIG_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN ORIG_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN @@ -865,10 +1026,14 @@ #ifdef X_STOP_PIN #if X_HOME_DIR < 0 #define X_MIN_PIN X_STOP_PIN - #define X_MAX_PIN -1 + #ifndef X_MAX_PIN + #define X_MAX_PIN -1 + #endif #else - #define X_MIN_PIN -1 #define X_MAX_PIN X_STOP_PIN + #ifndef X_MIN_PIN + #define X_MIN_PIN -1 + #endif #endif #elif X_HOME_DIR < 0 #define X_STOP_PIN X_MIN_PIN @@ -879,10 +1044,14 @@ #ifdef Y_STOP_PIN #if Y_HOME_DIR < 0 #define Y_MIN_PIN Y_STOP_PIN - #define Y_MAX_PIN -1 + #ifndef Y_MAX_PIN + #define Y_MAX_PIN -1 + #endif #else - #define Y_MIN_PIN -1 #define Y_MAX_PIN Y_STOP_PIN + #ifndef Y_MIN_PIN + #define Y_MIN_PIN -1 + #endif #endif #elif Y_HOME_DIR < 0 #define Y_STOP_PIN Y_MIN_PIN @@ -893,10 +1062,14 @@ #ifdef Z_STOP_PIN #if Z_HOME_DIR < 0 #define Z_MIN_PIN Z_STOP_PIN - #define Z_MAX_PIN -1 + #ifndef Z_MAX_PIN + #define Z_MAX_PIN -1 + #endif #else - #define Z_MIN_PIN -1 #define Z_MAX_PIN Z_STOP_PIN + #ifndef Z_MIN_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PIN -1 + #endif #endif #elif Z_HOME_DIR < 0 #define Z_STOP_PIN Z_MIN_PIN @@ -966,42 +1139,85 @@ * overridden in Configuration.h or Configuration_adv.h. */ +#define __PEXI(p,q) PIN_EXISTS(E##p##_##q) +#define _PEXI(p,q) __PEXI(p,q) #define __EPIN(p,q) E##p##_##q##_PIN #define _EPIN(p,q) __EPIN(p,q) +#define DIAG_REMAPPED(p,q) (PIN_EXISTS(q) && _EPIN(p##_E_INDEX, DIAG) == q##_PIN) // The X2 axis, if any, should be the next open extruder port +#define X2_E_INDEX E_STEPPERS + #if EITHER(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) #ifndef X2_STEP_PIN - #define X2_STEP_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, STEP) - #define X2_DIR_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, DIR) - #define X2_ENABLE_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, ENABLE) - #if E_STEPPERS >= MAX_EXTRUDERS || !PIN_EXISTS(X2_STEP) + #define X2_STEP_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, STEP) + #define X2_DIR_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, DIR) + #define X2_ENABLE_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, ENABLE) + #if X2_E_INDEX >= MAX_EXTRUDERS || !PIN_EXISTS(X2_STEP) #error "No E stepper plug left for X2!" #endif #endif - #ifndef X2_CS_PIN - #define X2_CS_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, CS) - #endif #ifndef X2_MS1_PIN - #define X2_MS1_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, MS1) + #define X2_MS1_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, MS1) #endif #ifndef X2_MS2_PIN - #define X2_MS2_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, MS2) + #define X2_MS2_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, MS2) #endif #ifndef X2_MS3_PIN - #define X2_MS3_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, MS3) + #define X2_MS3_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, MS3) + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(X2) && !defined(X2_CS_PIN) + #define X2_CS_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, CS) #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC2209) + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(X2) #ifndef X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN - #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, SERIAL_TX) + #define X2_SERIAL_TX_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, SERIAL_TX) #endif #ifndef X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN - #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(E_STEPPERS, SERIAL_RX) + #define X2_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, SERIAL_RX) #endif #endif - #define Y2_E_INDEX INCREMENT(E_STEPPERS) + + // + // Auto-assign pins for stallGuard sensorless homing + // + #if X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY && ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && _PEXI(X2_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #define X2_DIAG_PIN _EPIN(X2_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #if DIAG_REMAPPED(X2, X_MIN) // If already remapped in the pins file... + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(X2, Y_MIN) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(X2, Z_MIN) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(X2, X_MAX) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(X2, Y_MAX) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(X2, Z_MAX) + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #else // Otherwise use the driver DIAG_PIN directly + #define _X2_USE_ENDSTOP(P) _E##P##_DIAG_ + #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _X2_USE_ENDSTOP(X2_E_INDEX) + #endif + #undef X2_DIAG_PIN + #endif + + #define Y2_E_INDEX INCREMENT(X2_E_INDEX) #else - #define Y2_E_INDEX E_STEPPERS + #define Y2_E_INDEX X2_E_INDEX +#endif + +#ifndef X2_CS_PIN + #define X2_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef X2_MS1_PIN + #define X2_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef X2_MS2_PIN + #define X2_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef X2_MS3_PIN + #define X2_MS3_PIN -1 #endif // The Y2 axis, if any, should be the next open extruder port @@ -1014,9 +1230,6 @@ #error "No E stepper plug left for Y2!" #endif #endif - #ifndef Y2_CS_PIN - #define Y2_CS_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, CS) - #endif #ifndef Y2_MS1_PIN #define Y2_MS1_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, MS1) #endif @@ -1026,7 +1239,10 @@ #ifndef Y2_MS3_PIN #define Y2_MS3_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, MS3) #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC2209) + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Y2) && !defined(Y2_CS_PIN) + #define Y2_CS_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, CS) + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Y2) #ifndef Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN #define Y2_SERIAL_TX_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, SERIAL_TX) #endif @@ -1034,13 +1250,46 @@ #define Y2_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, SERIAL_RX) #endif #endif + #if Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY && ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) && _PEXI(Y2_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #define Y2_DIAG_PIN _EPIN(Y2_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #if DIAG_REMAPPED(Y2, X_MIN) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Y2, Y_MIN) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Y2, Z_MIN) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Y2, X_MAX) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Y2, Y_MAX) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Y2, Z_MAX) + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #else + #define _Y2_USE_ENDSTOP(P) _E##P##_DIAG_ + #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _Y2_USE_ENDSTOP(Y2_E_INDEX) + #endif + #undef Y2_DIAG_PIN + #endif #define Z2_E_INDEX INCREMENT(Y2_E_INDEX) #else #define Z2_E_INDEX Y2_E_INDEX #endif +#ifndef Y2_CS_PIN + #define Y2_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Y2_MS1_PIN + #define Y2_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Y2_MS2_PIN + #define Y2_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Y2_MS3_PIN + #define Y2_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif + // The Z2 axis, if any, should be the next open extruder port -#if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 #ifndef Z2_STEP_PIN #define Z2_STEP_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, STEP) #define Z2_DIR_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, DIR) @@ -1049,9 +1298,6 @@ #error "No E stepper plug left for Z2!" #endif #endif - #ifndef Z2_CS_PIN - #define Z2_CS_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, CS) - #endif #ifndef Z2_MS1_PIN #define Z2_MS1_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, MS1) #endif @@ -1061,7 +1307,10 @@ #ifndef Z2_MS3_PIN #define Z2_MS3_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, MS3) #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC2209) + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z2) && !defined(Z2_CS_PIN) + #define Z2_CS_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, CS) + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z2) #ifndef Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN #define Z2_SERIAL_TX_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, SERIAL_TX) #endif @@ -1069,12 +1318,45 @@ #define Z2_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, SERIAL_RX) #endif #endif + #if Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY && ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 && _PEXI(Z2_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #define Z2_DIAG_PIN _EPIN(Z2_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #if DIAG_REMAPPED(Z2, X_MIN) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z2, Y_MIN) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z2, Z_MIN) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z2, X_MAX) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z2, Y_MAX) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z2, Z_MAX) + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #else + #define _Z2_USE_ENDSTOP(P) _E##P##_DIAG_ + #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _Z2_USE_ENDSTOP(Z2_E_INDEX) + #endif + #undef Z2_DIAG_PIN + #endif #define Z3_E_INDEX INCREMENT(Z2_E_INDEX) #else #define Z3_E_INDEX Z2_E_INDEX #endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) +#ifndef Z2_CS_PIN + #define Z2_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z2_MS1_PIN + #define Z2_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z2_MS2_PIN + #define Z2_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z2_MS3_PIN + #define Z2_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif + +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 #ifndef Z3_STEP_PIN #define Z3_STEP_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, STEP) #define Z3_DIR_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, DIR) @@ -1083,8 +1365,10 @@ #error "No E stepper plug left for Z3!" #endif #endif - #ifndef Z3_CS_PIN - #define Z3_CS_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, CS) + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) + #ifndef Z3_CS_PIN + #define Z3_CS_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, CS) + #endif #endif #ifndef Z3_MS1_PIN #define Z3_MS1_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, MS1) @@ -1095,7 +1379,7 @@ #ifndef Z3_MS3_PIN #define Z3_MS3_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, MS3) #endif - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC2208) || AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC2209) + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z3) #ifndef Z3_SERIAL_TX_PIN #define Z3_SERIAL_TX_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, SERIAL_TX) #endif @@ -1103,6 +1387,123 @@ #define Z3_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, SERIAL_RX) #endif #endif + #if Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY && ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 && _PEXI(Z3_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #define Z3_DIAG_PIN _EPIN(Z3_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #if DIAG_REMAPPED(Z3, X_MIN) + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _XMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z3, Y_MIN) + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z3, Z_MIN) + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z3, X_MAX) + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z3, Y_MAX) + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z3, Z_MAX) + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #else + #define _Z3_USE_ENDSTOP(P) _E##P##_DIAG_ + #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _Z3_USE_ENDSTOP(Z3_E_INDEX) + #endif + #undef Z3_DIAG_PIN + #endif + #define Z4_E_INDEX INCREMENT(Z3_E_INDEX) +#endif + +#ifndef Z3_CS_PIN + #define Z3_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z3_MS1_PIN + #define Z3_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z3_MS2_PIN + #define Z3_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z3_MS3_PIN + #define Z3_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif + +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #ifndef Z4_STEP_PIN + #define Z4_STEP_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, STEP) + #define Z4_DIR_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, DIR) + #define Z4_ENABLE_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, ENABLE) + #if Z4_E_INDEX >= MAX_EXTRUDERS || !PIN_EXISTS(Z4_STEP) + #error "No E stepper plug left for Z4!" + #endif + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z4) + #ifndef Z4_CS_PIN + #define Z4_CS_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, CS) + #endif + #endif + #ifndef Z4_MS1_PIN + #define Z4_MS1_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, MS1) + #endif + #ifndef Z4_MS2_PIN + #define Z4_MS2_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, MS2) + #endif + #ifndef Z4_MS3_PIN + #define Z4_MS3_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, MS3) + #endif + #if AXIS_HAS_UART(Z4) + #ifndef Z4_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define Z4_SERIAL_TX_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, SERIAL_TX) + #endif + #ifndef Z4_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define Z4_SERIAL_RX_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, SERIAL_RX) + #endif + #endif + #if Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY && ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) && NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 && _PEXI(Z4_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #define Z4_DIAG_PIN _EPIN(Z4_E_INDEX, DIAG) + #if DIAG_REMAPPED(Z4, X_MIN) + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _XMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z4, Y_MIN) + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _YMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z4, Z_MIN) + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMIN_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z4, X_MAX) + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z4, Y_MAX) + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ + #elif DIAG_REMAPPED(Z4, Z_MAX) + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ + #else + #define _Z4_USE_ENDSTOP(P) _E##P##_DIAG_ + #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _Z4_USE_ENDSTOP(Z4_E_INDEX) + #endif + #undef Z4_DIAG_PIN + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef Z4_CS_PIN + #define Z4_CS_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z4_MS1_PIN + #define Z4_MS1_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z4_MS2_PIN + #define Z4_MS2_PIN -1 +#endif +#ifndef Z4_MS3_PIN + #define Z4_MS3_PIN -1 +#endif + +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #if !defined(ST7920_DELAY_1) && defined(BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1) + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 + #endif + #if !defined(ST7920_DELAY_2) && defined(BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2) + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 + #endif + #if !defined(ST7920_DELAY_3) && defined(BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3) + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 + #endif +#else + #undef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #undef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #undef ST7920_DELAY_3 #endif #undef HAS_FREE_AUX2_PINS +#undef DIAG_REMAPPED diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h index 23a1abe8b773..1972c3ba94f4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug.h @@ -45,9 +45,35 @@ #line 46 // manually add pins that have names that are macros which don't play well with these macros -#if SERIAL_PORT == 0 && (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) - static const char RXD_NAME[] PROGMEM = { "RXD" }; - static const char TXD_NAME[] PROGMEM = { "TXD" }; +#if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + #if SERIAL_PORT == 0 + static const char RXD_NAME_0[] PROGMEM = { "RXD0" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_0[] PROGMEM = { "TXD0" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 + static const char RXD_NAME_1[] PROGMEM = { "RXD1" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_1[] PROGMEM = { "TXD1" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 2 + static const char RXD_NAME_2[] PROGMEM = { "RXD2" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_2[] PROGMEM = { "TXD2" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 3 + static const char RXD_NAME_3[] PROGMEM = { "RXD3" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_3[] PROGMEM = { "TXD3" }; + #endif + #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 + static const char RXD_NAME_0[] PROGMEM = { "RXD0" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_0[] PROGMEM = { "TXD0" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 + static const char RXD_NAME_1[] PROGMEM = { "RXD1" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_1[] PROGMEM = { "TXD1" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 + static const char RXD_NAME_2[] PROGMEM = { "RXD2" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_2[] PROGMEM = { "TXD2" }; + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 + static const char RXD_NAME_3[] PROGMEM = { "RXD3" }; + static const char TXD_NAME_3[] PROGMEM = { "TXD3" }; + #endif + #endif #endif ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -85,11 +111,59 @@ const PinInfo pin_array[] PROGMEM = { // manually add pins ... #if SERIAL_PORT == 0 #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) - { RXD_NAME, 0, true }, - { TXD_NAME, 1, true }, + { RXD_NAME_0, 0, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 1, true }, #elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY - { RXD_NAME, 8, true }, - { TXD_NAME, 9, true }, + { RXD_NAME_0, 8, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 9, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 1 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_1, 19, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 18, true }, + #elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY + { RXD_NAME_1, 10, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 11, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 2 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_2, 17, true }, + { TXD_NAME_2, 16, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT == 3 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_3, 15, true }, + { TXD_NAME_3, 14, true }, + #endif + #endif + + #ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2 + #if SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_0, 0, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 1, true }, + #elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY + { RXD_NAME_0, 8, true }, + { TXD_NAME_0, 9, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_1, 19, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 18, true }, + #elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY + { RXD_NAME_1, 10, true }, + { TXD_NAME_1, 11, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_2, 17, true }, + { TXD_NAME_2, 16, true }, + #endif + #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3 + #if (AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY || defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_SAM)) + { RXD_NAME_3, 15, true }, + { TXD_NAME_3, 14, true }, + #endif #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h index 7e2241c09989..acd74767a385 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/pinsDebug_list.h @@ -36,6 +36,15 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(X_MS3) #undef X_MS3_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(X2_MS1) + #undef X2_MS1_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(X2_MS2) + #undef X2_MS2_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(X2_MS3) + #undef X2_MS3_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(Y_MS1) #undef Y_MS1_PIN #endif @@ -45,6 +54,15 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(Y_MS3) #undef Y_MS3_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Y2_MS1) + #undef Y2_MS1_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Y2_MS2) + #undef Y2_MS2_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Y2_MS3) + #undef Y2_MS3_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS1) #undef Z_MS1_PIN #endif @@ -54,6 +72,33 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS3) #undef Z_MS3_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z2_MS1) + #undef Z2_MS1_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z2_MS2) + #undef Z2_MS2_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z2_MS3) + #undef Z2_MS3_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MS1) + #undef Z3_MS1_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MS2) + #undef Z3_MS2_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MS3) + #undef Z3_MS3_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS1) + #undef Z4_MS1_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS2) + #undef Z4_MS2_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + #undef Z4_MS3_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(E0_MS1) #undef E0_MS1_PIN #endif @@ -108,6 +153,24 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(E5_MS3) #undef E5_MS3_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS1) + #undef E6_MS1_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS2) + #undef E6_MS2_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + #undef E6_MS3_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS1) + #undef E7_MS1_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS2) + #undef E7_MS2_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + #undef E7_MS3_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(E0_STEP) #undef E0_STEP_PIN @@ -163,6 +226,24 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(E5_ENABLE) #undef E5_ENABLE_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_STEP) + #undef E6_STEP_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_DIR) + #undef E6_DIR_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_ENABLE) + #undef E6_ENABLE_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_STEP) + #undef E7_STEP_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_DIR) + #undef E7_DIR_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_ENABLE) + #undef E7_ENABLE_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(X_CS) #undef X_CS_PIN @@ -191,6 +272,12 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(E5_CS) #undef E5_CS_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E6_CS) + #undef E6_CS_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(E7_CS) + #undef E7_CS_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN) #undef FAN_PIN @@ -202,6 +289,21 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) #undef FAN2_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN3) + #undef FAN3_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN4) + #undef FAN4_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN5) + #undef FAN5_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN6) + #undef FAN6_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(FAN7) + #undef FAN7_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN) #undef CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN #endif @@ -234,6 +336,12 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_5) #undef HEATER_5_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_6) + #undef HEATER_6_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_7) + #undef HEATER_7_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_BED) #undef HEATER_BED_PIN #endif @@ -256,6 +364,12 @@ #if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_5) #undef TEMP_5_PIN #endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_6) + #undef TEMP_6_PIN +#endif +#if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_7) + #undef TEMP_7_PIN +#endif #if !PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_BED) #undef TEMP_BED_PIN #endif @@ -318,6 +432,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_5) && TEMP_5_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_5_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_6) && TEMP_6_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS + REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_6_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_7) && TEMP_7_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS + REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_7_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_BED) && TEMP_BED_PIN < NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS REPORT_NAME_ANALOG(__LINE__, TEMP_BED_PIN) #endif @@ -641,6 +761,54 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_STEP) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E5_STEP_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_AUTO_FAN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_CS) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_CS_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_DIR) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_DIR_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_ENABLE) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_ENABLE_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS1) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_MS1_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS2) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_MS2_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_MS3_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_STEP) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_STEP_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_AUTO_FAN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_CS) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_CS_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_DIR) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_DIR_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_ENABLE) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_ENABLE_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS1) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_MS1_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS2) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_MS2_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_MS3_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_STEP) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_STEP_PIN) +#endif #if defined(ENET_CRS) && ENET_CRS >= 0 REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ENET_CRS) #endif @@ -720,6 +888,18 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(FAN3) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN3_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN4) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN4_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN5) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN5_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN6) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN6_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN7) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FAN7_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(FIL_RUNOUT) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, FIL_RUNOUT_PIN) #endif @@ -891,6 +1071,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(ORIG_E5_AUTO_FAN) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ORIG_E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(ORIG_E6_AUTO_FAN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ORIG_E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(ORIG_E7_AUTO_FAN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ORIG_E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(PHOTOGRAPH) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, PHOTOGRAPH_PIN) #endif @@ -1137,6 +1323,9 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MIN) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X_MIN_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(X_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(X_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X_MS1_PIN) #endif @@ -1158,6 +1347,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(X2_ENABLE) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X2_ENABLE_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(X2_MAX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X2_MAX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(X2_MIN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X2_MIN_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(X2_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, X2_MS1_PIN) #endif @@ -1188,6 +1383,9 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MIN) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y_MIN_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Y_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Y_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y_MS1_PIN) #endif @@ -1209,6 +1407,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Y2_ENABLE) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y2_ENABLE_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Y2_MAX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y2_MAX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Y2_MIN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y2_MIN_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Y2_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Y2_MS1_PIN) #endif @@ -1239,8 +1443,8 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z_MIN_PIN) #endif -#if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN_PROBE) - REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z_DIAG_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z_MS1_PIN) @@ -1266,6 +1470,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Z2_ENABLE) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z2_ENABLE_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z2_MAX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z2_MAX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z2_MIN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z2_MIN_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Z2_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z2_MS1_PIN) #endif @@ -1287,6 +1497,12 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_ENABLE) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_ENABLE_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MAX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_MAX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MIN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_MIN_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_MS1) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_MS1_PIN) #endif @@ -1299,6 +1515,36 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_STEP) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_STEP_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_CS) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_CS_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_DIR) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_DIR_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_ENABLE) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_ENABLE_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MAX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_MAX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MIN) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_MIN_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS1) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_MS1_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS2) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_MS2_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_MS3_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_STEP) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_STEP_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z_MIN_PROBE) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(ZRIB_V20_D6) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, ZRIB_V20_D6_PIN) #endif @@ -1347,42 +1593,84 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z3_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_SERIAL_TX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_SERIAL_TX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_SERIAL_RX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, Z4_SERIAL_RX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E0_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E0_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E0_SERIAL_TX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E0_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E1_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E1_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E1_SERIAL_TX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E1_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E2_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E2_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E2_SERIAL_TX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E2_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E3_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E3_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E3_SERIAL_TX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E3_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E4_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E4_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E4_SERIAL_TX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E4_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E5_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E5_DIAG_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_SERIAL_TX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN) #endif #if PIN_EXISTS(E5_SERIAL_RX) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_DIAG_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_SERIAL_TX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E6_SERIAL_RX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_DIAG) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_DIAG_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_SERIAL_TX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN) +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(E7_SERIAL_RX) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN) +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(L6470_CHAIN_SCK) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN) #endif @@ -1416,3 +1704,6 @@ #if PIN_EXISTS(TOUCH_INT) REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, TOUCH_INT_PIN) #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD) + REPORT_NAME_DIGITAL(__LINE__, SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_EINSY_RETRO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_EINSY_RETRO.h index cd42f48404f8..1cb4cf35663b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_EINSY_RETRO.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/rambo/pins_EINSY_RETRO.h @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #error "You must set ([XYZ]|E0)_DRIVER_TYPE to TMC2130 in Configuration.h for EinsyRetro." #endif -// TMC2130 Diag Pins (currently just for reference) +// TMC2130 Diag Pins #define X_DIAG_PIN 64 #define Y_DIAG_PIN 69 #define Z_DIAG_PIN 68 @@ -55,27 +55,27 @@ #if DISABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) - #define X_MIN_PIN 12 - #define Y_MIN_PIN 11 - #define Z_MIN_PIN 10 - #define X_MAX_PIN 81 - #define Y_MAX_PIN 57 + #define X_MIN_PIN 12 // X- + #define Y_MIN_PIN 11 // Y- + #define Z_MIN_PIN 10 // Z- + #define X_MAX_PIN 81 // X+ + #define Y_MAX_PIN 57 // Y+ #else #if X_HOME_DIR < 0 #define X_MIN_PIN X_DIAG_PIN - #define X_MAX_PIN 81 + #define X_MAX_PIN 81 // X+ #else - #define X_MIN_PIN 12 + #define X_MIN_PIN 12 // X- #define X_MAX_PIN X_DIAG_PIN #endif #if Y_HOME_DIR < 0 #define Y_MIN_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN - #define Y_MAX_PIN 57 + #define Y_MAX_PIN 57 // Y+ #else - #define Y_MIN_PIN 11 + #define Y_MIN_PIN 11 // Y- #define Y_MAX_PIN Y_DIAG_PIN #endif @@ -163,11 +163,11 @@ // // LCD / Controller // -#if HAS_SPI_LCD || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL +#if HAS_SPI_LCD || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL || ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #define KILL_PIN 32 - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL || ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) #define LCD_PINS_RS 85 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h index 1168948d9369..d009630392bc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #pragma once // -// FYSETC F6 pin assignments +// FYSETC F6 1.3 (and 1.4) pin assignments // #ifndef __AVR_ATmega2560__ @@ -33,7 +33,9 @@ //#error "SD_DETECT_INVERTED must be disabled for the FYSETC_F6_13 board." #endif -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "FYSETC F6 1.3" +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "FYSETC F6 1.3" +#endif #define RESET_PIN 30 #define SPI_FLASH_CS 83 @@ -54,7 +56,9 @@ #define Y_MIN_PIN 14 #define Y_MAX_PIN 15 #define Z_MIN_PIN 12 -#define Z_MAX_PIN 9 +#ifndef Z_MAX_PIN + #define Z_MAX_PIN 9 +#endif #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN SERVO2_PIN @@ -124,18 +128,42 @@ * Software serial communication pins. * At the moment, F6 rx pins are not pc interrupt pins */ - #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 71 - #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 72 - #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 73 - #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 75 - #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 78 - #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 79 - #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 76 - #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 77 - #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 80 - #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 81 - #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 22 - #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN 82 + #ifndef X_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 71 + #endif + #ifndef X_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 72 + #endif + #ifndef Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 73 + #endif + #ifndef Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 75 + #endif + #ifndef Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 78 + #endif + #ifndef Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 79 + #endif + #ifndef E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 76 + #endif + #ifndef E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 77 + #endif + #ifndef E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 80 + #endif + #ifndef E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 81 + #endif + #ifndef E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 // 22 + #endif + #ifndef E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN 82 + #endif #endif // @@ -197,9 +225,11 @@ #define DOGLCD_A0 16 #define DOGLCD_CS 17 - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1) + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 27 + #endif + #define KILL_PIN 41 #define LCD_RESET_PIN 23 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. // Seems to work best if left open. diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..088955ff0ce1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_FYSETC_F6_14.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +// +// FYSETC F6 v1.4 pin assignments +// + +#define BOARD_NAME "FYSETC F6 1.4" + +#define Z_MAX_PIN 2 + +#if HAS_TMC220x + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + */ + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN 72 + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN 71 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN 73 + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN 78 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN 75 + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN 79 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN 77 + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN 81 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN 76 + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 80 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN 62 + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN 82 +#endif + +#include "pins_FYSETC_F6_13.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L_V2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L_V2.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ff1314b2bf41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_MKS_GEN_L_V2.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MKS GEN L V2 – Arduino Mega2560 with RAMPS v1.4 pin assignments + */ + +#if HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "MKS GEN L V2 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS GEN L V2" + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +// Power outputs EFBF or EFBE +#define MOSFET_D_PIN 7 + +// +// CS Pins wired to avoid conflict with the LCD +// See https://www.thingiverse.com/asset:66604 +// + +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN 63 +#endif + +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN 64 +#endif + +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN 65 +#endif + +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN 66 +#endif + +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN 21 +#endif + +// TMC2130 Diag Pins (currently just for reference) +#define X_DIAG_PIN 3 +#define Y_DIAG_PIN 14 +#define Z_DIAG_PIN 18 +#define E0_DIAG_PIN 2 +#define E1_DIAG_PIN 15 + +#ifndef SERVO1_PIN + #define SERVO1_PIN 12 +#endif +#ifndef SERVO2_PIN + #define SERVO2_PIN 39 +#endif +#ifndef SERVO3_PIN + #define SERVO3_PIN 32 +#endif + +#ifndef E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN 20 +#endif +#ifndef E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN 21 +#endif + +#include "pins_RAMPS.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h index 0c407096256d..b7e9df475904 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ // #ifndef SERVO0_PIN #ifdef IS_RAMPS_13 - #define SERVO0_PIN 7 // RAMPS_13 // Will conflict with BTN_EN2 on LCD_I2C_VIKI + #define SERVO0_PIN 7 #else #define SERVO0_PIN 11 #endif @@ -390,6 +390,24 @@ #ifndef E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif #endif // @@ -508,7 +526,9 @@ #ifndef SD_DETECT_PIN #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 #endif - #define KILL_PIN 41 + #ifndef KILL_PIN + #define KILL_PIN 41 + #endif #if ENABLED(BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER) #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 39 @@ -531,8 +551,8 @@ #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_VIKI) - #define BTN_EN1 22 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. - #define BTN_EN2 7 // 22/7 are unused on RAMPS_14. 22 is unused and 7 the SERVO0_PIN on RAMPS_13. + #define BTN_EN1 40 // http://files.panucatt.com/datasheets/viki_wiring_diagram.pdf explains 40/42. + #define BTN_EN2 42 #define BTN_ENC -1 #define LCD_SDSS SDSS @@ -552,7 +572,7 @@ #define BTN_EN2 7 #define BTN_ENC 39 - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display sd interface, 72 for easy adapter board + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Pin 49 for display SD interface, 72 for easy adapter board #define KILL_PIN 31 #elif ENABLED(ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER) @@ -576,7 +596,10 @@ #define BEEPER_PIN 37 #define BTN_ENC 35 #define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 - #define KILL_PIN 41 + + #ifndef KILL_PIN + #define KILL_PIN 41 + #endif #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) // Added in Marlin 1.1.6 @@ -590,7 +613,7 @@ //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 // not connected to a pin - #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN 65 // backlight LED on A11/D65 + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 // 65 (MKS mini12864 can't adjust backlight by software!) #define BTN_EN1 31 #define BTN_EN2 33 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h index 379d2b4716ab..1328354b7dcd 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_CREALITY.h @@ -36,15 +36,27 @@ #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 1 - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 15 // Creality CR-X can use dual runout sensors + #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 15 // Creality CR-X can use dual runout sensors #endif -#define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 // Always define onboard SD detect -#define BEEPER_PIN 37 // Always define beeper pin so Play Tone works with ExtUI +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 49 // Always define onboard SD detect + +#define PS_ON_PIN 40 // Used by CR2020 Industrial series + +#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) && !defined(CASE_LIGHT_PIN) + #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 65 +#endif #include "pins_RAMPS.h" -#define EXP1_PIN 65 // A11 -#define EXP2_PIN 66 // A12 -#define EXP3_PIN 11 // SERVO0_PIN -#define EXP4_PIN 12 // PS_ON_PIN +#ifndef BEEPER_PIN + #define BEEPER_PIN 37 // Always define beeper pin so Play Tone works with ExtUI +#endif + +#define EXP1_PIN 65 // A11 - Used by CR2020 Industrial series for case +#define EXP2_PIN 66 // A12 +#define EXP3_PIN 11 // SERVO0_PIN +#define EXP4_PIN 12 // PS_ON_PIN + +#define SUICIDE_PIN 12 // Used by CR2020 Industrial series +#define SUICIDE_PIN_INVERTING true // Used by CR2020 Industrial series diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS_ENDER_4.h old mode 100755 new mode 100644 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RL200.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RL200.h index 1202638d1c7b..5bee03bd958b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RL200.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RL200.h @@ -31,13 +31,9 @@ #if HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 #error "RL200v1 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." -#endif - -#if DISABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #error "RL200 uses dual Z stepper motors. Update Configuration_adv.h or comment out this line to continue." -#endif - -#if !(AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(DRV8825)) +#elif NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS != 2 + #error "RL200 uses dual Z stepper motors. Set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 2 or comment out this line to continue." +#elif !(AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(DRV8825) && AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(DRV8825)) #error "You must set ([XYZ]|Z2|E0)_DRIVER_TYPE to DRV8825 in Configuration.h for RL200." #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RUMBA.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RUMBA.h index a4add5d40b89..cf3bfe226c49 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RUMBA.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RUMBA.h @@ -143,7 +143,9 @@ #ifndef FAN_PIN #define FAN_PIN 7 #endif -#define FAN1_PIN 8 +#ifndef FAN1_PIN + #define FAN1_PIN 8 +#endif // // Misc. Functions @@ -160,7 +162,7 @@ #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 4 // Hardware PWM. Pin 4 interrupts OC0* and OC1* always in use? #endif #ifndef SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 14 // Pullup! + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 14 // Pullup! #endif #ifndef SPINDLE_DIR_PIN #define SPINDLE_DIR_PIN 15 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TANGO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TANGO.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2cc8565db2a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TANGO.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * BIQU Tango pin assignments + */ + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "Tango" + +#define FAN_PIN 8 +#define FAN1_PIN -1 + +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 + +#ifndef TEMP_0_PIN + #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1 + #define TEMP_0_PIN 10 // Analog Input (connector *K1* on Tango thermocouple ADD ON is used) + #else + #define TEMP_0_PIN 15 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T0* on rumba board is used) + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef TEMP_1_PIN + #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -1 + #define TEMP_1_PIN 9 // Analog Input (connector *K2* on Tango thermocouple ADD ON is used) + #else + #define TEMP_1_PIN 14 // Analog Input (default connector for thermistor *T1* on rumba board is used) + #endif +#endif + +#include "pins_RUMBA.h" diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h index 031ab8e16bcb..f3155fdb0997 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TRIGORILLA_14.h @@ -37,6 +37,15 @@ #define SERVO3_PIN 6 #endif +// +// Custom Limit Switches +// +//#define ANYCUBIC_4_MAX_PRO_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_4_MAX_PRO_ENDSTOPS) + #define X_MAX_PIN 43 + #define Y_MIN_PIN 19 +#endif + // Labeled pins #define TRIGORILLA_HEATER_BED_PIN 8 #define TRIGORILLA_HEATER_0_PIN 10 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TT_OSCAR.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TT_OSCAR.h index 1c40729a8788..145817b48496 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TT_OSCAR.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_TT_OSCAR.h @@ -147,6 +147,9 @@ #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #define E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif // diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h index 8545dc488acf..d94f5e44cb3c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_Z_BOLT_X_SERIES.h @@ -285,4 +285,22 @@ #ifndef E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN -1 + #endif + #ifndef E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN + #define E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN -1 + #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ARCHIM2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ARCHIM2.h index f3052ddcfd27..504e937f9fe4 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ARCHIM2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_ARCHIM2.h @@ -214,6 +214,10 @@ #define GPIO_PA18_J20_21 71 // D71 PA17 (Header J20 21) #define GPIO_PA17_J20_22 70 // D70 PA17 (Header J20 22) +// Case Light + +#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN GPIO_PB1_J20_5 + // 2MB SPI Flash #define SPI_FLASH_SS 52 // D52 PB21 @@ -231,7 +235,7 @@ // // LCD / Controller // -#if HAS_SPI_LCD || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL +#if HAS_SPI_LCD || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL || ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) #define BEEPER_PIN 23 // D24 PA15_CTS1 #define LCD_PINS_RS 17 // D17 PA12_RXD1 #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 24 // D23 PA14_RTS1 @@ -242,7 +246,7 @@ #define SD_DETECT_PIN 2 // D2 PB25_TIOA0 - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) || TOUCH_UI_ULTIPANEL || ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) // Buttons on AUX-2 #define BTN_EN1 60 // D60 PA3_TIOB1 #define BTN_EN2 13 // D13 PB27_TIOB0 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6238b8258849 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_CNCONTROLS_15D.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/** + * CNControls V15 for HMS434 with DUE pin assignments + */ + +#ifndef __SAM3X8E__ + #error "Oops! Select 'Arduino Due' in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "CN Controls V15D" + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN 6 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN 34 +#define Y_STOP_PIN 39 +#define Z_STOP_PIN 62 + +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 49 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN 14 +#define X_DIR_PIN 25 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 26 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 11 +#define Y_DIR_PIN 12 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 15 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 24 +#define Z_DIR_PIN 27 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 28 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 64 +#define E0_DIR_PIN 65 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 63 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN 8 +#define E1_DIR_PIN 7 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 29 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// Analog Inputs +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 1 +#define TEMP_1_PIN 2 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 4 + +#ifndef TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN + #define TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN 5 +#endif + +// +// Heaters +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 3 +#define HEATER_1_PIN 4 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 32 +#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 33 + +// +// Fans +// +//#define FAN0_PIN 8 +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN 30 +#define ORIG_CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN 10 + +// +// SD card +// +#define SCK_PIN 76 +#define MISO_PIN 74 +#define MOSI_PIN 75 +#define SDSS 53 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN 40 + +// Common I/O + +//#define PWM_1_PIN 6 // probe +//#define PWM_2_PIN 13 +//#define SPARE_IO 17 +#define BEEPER_PIN 13 +#define CALIBRATION_PIN 66 +#define STAT_LED_BLUE_PIN -1 +#define STAT_LED_RED_PIN 31 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RADDS.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RADDS.h index 85db7492e32d..819b4002a4bb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RADDS.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sam/pins_RADDS.h @@ -34,7 +34,9 @@ // // Servos // -#define SERVO0_PIN 5 +#if !HAS_CUTTER + #define SERVO0_PIN 5 +#endif #define SERVO1_PIN 6 #define SERVO2_PIN 39 #define SERVO3_PIN 40 @@ -184,7 +186,9 @@ #define HEATER_0_PIN 13 #define HEATER_1_PIN 12 #define HEATER_2_PIN 11 -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 7 // BED +#if !HAS_CUTTER + #define HEATER_BED_PIN 7 // BED +#endif #ifndef FAN_PIN #define FAN_PIN 9 @@ -204,6 +208,16 @@ #define I2C_EEPROM #define E2END 0x1FFF // 8KB +// +// M3/M4/M5 - Spindle/Laser Control +// +#if HAS_CUTTER + #if !NUM_SERVOS + #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN 5 // SERVO0_PIN + #endif + #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN 7 // HEATER_BED_PIN - Pullup/down! +#endif + // // LCD / Controller // diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_ANET_10.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_ANET_10.h index 81c479c85a45..6e49bad6161e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_ANET_10.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_ANET_10.h @@ -175,15 +175,9 @@ #define BTN_EN1 11 #define BTN_EN2 10 #define BTN_ENC 16 - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(63) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) - #endif + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(63) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) #define STD_ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 #define STD_ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h index 8d15c7c31a85..59faeee770bf 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_CREALITY.h @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ #include "pins_MELZI.h" -// For the stock CR-10 use the REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -// option for the display in Configuration.h - +// +// For the stock CR-10 enable CR10_STOCKDISPLAY in Configuration.h +// #undef LCD_SDSS #undef LED_PIN #undef LCD_PINS_RS @@ -59,14 +59,10 @@ #endif // Alter timing for graphical display -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) #endif #if ENABLED(MINIPANEL) diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h index eab9940816c7..fd3f482c06a9 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_MALYAN.h @@ -44,12 +44,8 @@ #define BTN_ENC 28 // Alter timing for graphical display -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h index b49f94998f26..d4b05e316e31 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_MELZI_TRONXY.h @@ -51,12 +51,8 @@ #define BTN_EN2 11 #define BTN_ENC 26 -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(0) +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(0) #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h index e4fdf6906518..d6d7efcf7024 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sanguino/pins_SANGUINOLOLU_11.h @@ -156,9 +156,21 @@ // #if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) // SPI GLCD 12864 ST7920 ( like [www.digole.com] ) For Melzi V2.0 + #if ENABLED(LCD_FOR_MELZI) + + #define LCD_PINS_RS 17 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 16 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 11 + + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(188) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(0) + + #elif ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) // SPI GLCD 12864 ST7920 ( like [www.digole.com] ) For Melzi V2.0 #if IS_MELZI #define LCD_PINS_RS 30 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select @@ -177,7 +189,7 @@ #define LCD_PINS_D7 27 #endif - #else // DOGM SPI LCD Support + #else #define DOGLCD_A0 30 @@ -201,77 +213,64 @@ #endif // Uncomment screen orientation - #define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_0 + //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_0 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_90 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_180 //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROT_270 - #else // !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - - #define LCD_PINS_RS 4 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 30 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 29 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 28 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 27 + #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) // For the Tronxy Melzi boards - #endif // !HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define LCD_PINS_RS 28 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 10 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 11 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 16 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 17 - #if ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) + #else - #if IS_MELZI - #define BTN_ENC 29 - #define LCD_SDSS 30 // Panelolu2 SD card reader rather than the Melzi - #else - #define BTN_ENC 30 - #endif + #define LCD_PINS_RS 4 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 17 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 30 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 29 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 28 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 27 - #elif ENABLED(LCD_FOR_MELZI) + #endif - #define LCD_PINS_RS 17 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 16 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 11 - #define BTN_ENC 28 - #define BTN_EN1 29 - #define BTN_EN2 30 + #if ENABLED(LCD_FOR_MELZI) - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(0) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(188) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(0) - #endif + #define BTN_ENC 28 + #define BTN_EN1 29 + #define BTN_EN2 30 #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) // For the Tronxy Melzi boards - #define LCD_PINS_RS 28 - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 29 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 10 - #define LCD_PINS_D5 11 - #define LCD_PINS_D6 16 - #define LCD_PINS_D7 17 - #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 1 + #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN 1 + #define BTN_EN1 -1 + #define BTN_EN2 -1 + + #elif ENABLED(LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2) - #define BTN_EN1 -1 - #define BTN_EN2 -1 + #if IS_MELZI + #define BTN_ENC 29 + #define LCD_SDSS 30 // Panelolu2 SD card reader rather than the Melzi + #else + #define BTN_ENC 30 + #endif - #else // !LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 && !LCD_FOR_MELZI && !ZONESTAR_LCD + #else // !LCD_FOR_MELZI && !ZONESTAR_LCD && !LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - #define BTN_ENC 16 - #define LCD_SDSS 28 // Smart Controller SD card reader rather than the Melzi + #define BTN_ENC 16 + #define LCD_SDSS 28 // Smart Controller SD card reader rather than the Melzi #endif #if ENABLED(NEWPANEL) && !defined(BTN_EN1) - #define BTN_EN1 11 - #define BTN_EN2 10 + #define BTN_EN1 11 + #define BTN_EN2 10 #endif - #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 - #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD // diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h b/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h index fc3a486c37ee..2492f318167e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/sensitive_pins.h @@ -277,6 +277,54 @@ #endif #endif +#define _E6_CS +#define _E6_MS2 +#define _E6_MS3 +#define _E6_MS4 + +#if E_NEEDED(6) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(E6) + #undef _E6_CS + #define _E6_CS E6_CS_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS2) + #undef _E6_MS2 + #define _E6_MS2 E6_MS2_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS3) + #undef _E6_MS3 + #define _E6_MS3 E6_MS3_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E6_MS4) + #undef _E6_MS4 + #define _E6_MS4 E6_MS4_PIN, + #endif +#endif + +#define _E7_CS +#define _E7_MS3 +#define _E7_MS4 +#define _E7_MS5 + +#if E_NEEDED(7) + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(E7) + #undef _E7_CS + #define _E7_CS E7_CS_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS3) + #undef _E7_MS3 + #define _E7_MS3 E7_MS3_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS4) + #undef _E7_MS4 + #define _E7_MS4 E7_MS4_PIN, + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(E7_MS5) + #undef _E7_MS5 + #define _E7_MS5 E7_MS5_PIN, + #endif +#endif + // // E Steppers // @@ -287,6 +335,8 @@ #define _E3_PINS #define _E4_PINS #define _E5_PINS +#define _E6_PINS +#define _E7_PINS #if EXTRUDERS #undef _E0_PINS @@ -303,7 +353,9 @@ #define _E2_PINS E2_STEP_PIN, E2_DIR_PIN, E2_ENABLE_PIN, _E2_CS _E2_MS1 _E2_MS2 _E2_MS3 #endif #endif + #elif EXTRUDERS > 1 || ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) + #undef _E1_PINS #define _E1_PINS E1_STEP_PIN, E1_DIR_PIN, E1_ENABLE_PIN, _E1_CS _E1_MS1 _E1_MS2 _E1_MS3 #if EXTRUDERS > 2 || (ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) && MIXING_STEPPERS > 2) @@ -318,10 +370,19 @@ #if EXTRUDERS > 5 || (ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) && MIXING_STEPPERS > 5) #undef _E5_PINS #define _E5_PINS E5_STEP_PIN, E5_DIR_PIN, E5_ENABLE_PIN, _E5_CS _E5_MS1 _E5_MS2 _E5_MS3 + #if EXTRUDERS > 6 || (ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) && MIXING_STEPPERS > 6) + #undef _E6_PINS + #define _E6_PINS E6_STEP_PIN, E6_DIR_PIN, E6_ENABLE_PIN, _E6_CS _E6_MS1 _E6_MS2 _E6_MS3 + #if EXTRUDERS > 7 || (ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) && MIXING_STEPPERS > 7) + #undef _E7_PINS + #define _E7_PINS E7_STEP_PIN, E7_DIR_PIN, E7_ENABLE_PIN, _E7_CS _E7_MS1 _E7_MS2 _E7_MS3 + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 7 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 7 + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 6 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 6 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 5 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 5 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 4 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 4 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 3 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 3 #endif // EXTRUDERS > 2 || MIXING_EXTRUDER > 2 + #endif // EXTRUDERS > 1 || MIXING_EXTRUDER // @@ -334,6 +395,8 @@ #define _H3_PINS #define _H4_PINS #define _H5_PINS +#define _H6_PINS +#define _H7_PINS #if HOTENDS #undef _H0_PINS @@ -353,6 +416,14 @@ #if HOTENDS > 5 #undef _H5_PINS #define _H5_PINS HEATER_5_PIN, E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN, analogInputToDigitalPin(TEMP_5_PIN), + #if HOTENDS > 6 + #undef _H6_PINS + #define _H6_PINS HEATER_6_PIN, E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN, analogInputToDigitalPin(TEMP_6_PIN), + #if HOTENDS > 7 + #undef _H7_PINS + #define _H7_PINS HEATER_7_PIN, E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN, analogInputToDigitalPin(TEMP_7_PIN), + #endif // HOTENDS > 7 + #endif // HOTENDS > 6 #endif // HOTENDS > 5 #endif // HOTENDS > 4 #endif // HOTENDS > 3 @@ -360,7 +431,11 @@ #endif // HOTENDS > 1 #endif // HOTENDS -#define _BED_PINS HEATER_BED_PIN, analogInputToDigitalPin(TEMP_BED_PIN), +#define _BED_PINS +#if PIN_EXISTS(HEATER_BED) && PIN_EXISTS(TEMP_BED) + #undef _BED_PINS + #define _BED_PINS HEATER_BED_PIN, analogInputToDigitalPin(TEMP_BED_PIN), +#endif // // Dual X, Dual Y, Multi-Z @@ -419,7 +494,7 @@ #define _Y2_PINS #endif -#if Z_MULTI_STEPPER_DRIVERS +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 2 #if PIN_EXISTS(Z2_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z2) #define _Z2_CS Z2_CS_PIN, #else @@ -445,7 +520,7 @@ #define _Z2_PINS #endif -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 #if PIN_EXISTS(Z3_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z3) #define _Z3_CS Z3_CS_PIN, #else @@ -471,6 +546,32 @@ #define _Z3_PINS #endif +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_CS) && AXIS_HAS_SPI(Z4) + #define _Z4_CS Z4_CS_PIN, + #else + #define _Z4_CS + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS1) + #define _Z4_MS1 Z4_MS1_PIN, + #else + #define _Z4_MS1 + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS2) + #define _Z4_MS2 Z4_MS2_PIN, + #else + #define _Z4_MS2 + #endif + #if PIN_EXISTS(Z4_MS3) + #define _Z4_MS3 Z4_MS3_PIN, + #else + #define _Z4_MS3 + #endif + #define _Z4_PINS Z4_STEP_PIN, Z4_DIR_PIN, Z4_ENABLE_PIN, _Z4_CS _Z4_MS1 _Z4_MS2 _Z4_MS3 +#else + #define _Z4_PINS +#endif + // // Generate the final Sensitive Pins array, // keeping the array as small as possible. @@ -509,6 +610,31 @@ #else #define _FAN2 #endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN3) + #define _FAN3 FAN3_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN3 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN4) + #define _FAN4 FAN4_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN4 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN5) + #define _FAN5 FAN5_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN5 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN6) + #define _FAN6 FAN6_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN6 +#endif +#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN7) + #define _FAN7 FAN7_PIN, +#else + #define _FAN7 +#endif #if PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN) #define _FANC CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN, #else @@ -520,9 +646,9 @@ #endif #define SENSITIVE_PINS { \ - _X_PINS _Y_PINS _Z_PINS _X2_PINS _Y2_PINS _Z2_PINS _Z3_PINS _Z_PROBE \ - _E0_PINS _E1_PINS _E2_PINS _E3_PINS _E4_PINS _E5_PINS _BED_PINS \ - _H0_PINS _H1_PINS _H2_PINS _H3_PINS _H4_PINS _H5_PINS \ - _PS_ON _HEATER_BED _FAN0 _FAN1 _FAN2 _FANC \ + _X_PINS _Y_PINS _Z_PINS _X2_PINS _Y2_PINS _Z2_PINS _Z3_PINS _Z4_PINS _Z_PROBE \ + _E0_PINS _E1_PINS _E2_PINS _E3_PINS _E4_PINS _E5_PINS _E6_PINS _E7_PINS _BED_PINS \ + _H0_PINS _H1_PINS _H2_PINS _H3_PINS _H4_PINS _H5_PINS _H6_PINS _H7_PINS \ + _PS_ON _HEATER_BED _FAN0 _FAN1 _FAN2 _FAN3 _FAN4 _FAN5 _FAN6 _FAN7 _FANC \ HAL_SENSITIVE_PINS \ } diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1.0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h similarity index 72% rename from Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1.0.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h index a66a2b8a2197..6b8d64dd6783 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_BTT002_V1.0.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_BTT002_V1_0.h @@ -23,39 +23,47 @@ #ifndef TARGET_STM32F4 #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#elif HOTENDS > 3 || E_STEPPERS > 3 - #error "BIGTREE SKR Pro V1.1 supports up to 3 hotends / E-steppers." +#elif HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 + #error "BIGTREE BTT002 V1.0 supports up to 1 hotends / E-steppers." #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE Btt002 1.0" -#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION +// Use one of these or SDCard-based Emulation will be used +//#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use BackSRAM-based EEPROM emulation +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use Flash-based EEPROM emulation // Ignore temp readings during development. //#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 -// -// Servos -// -#define SERVO0_PIN PC3 - // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN PD3 -#define X_MAX_PIN PD3 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PD2 -#define Y_MAX_PIN PD2 -#define Z_MIN_PIN PD1 -#define Z_MAX_PIN PD1 +#define X_STOP_PIN PD3 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PD2 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PD1 // Shares J4 connector with PC3 // -// Z Probe must be this pins ## +// Z Probe must be this pin // #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PD1 #endif +// +// Filament Runout Sensor +// +#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA15 +#endif + +// +// Power Loss Detection +// +#ifndef POWER_LOSS_PIN + #define POWER_LOSS_PIN PD4 +#endif + // // Steppers // @@ -87,22 +95,6 @@ #define E0_CS_PIN PD7 #endif -/* -//SKR_PRO_V1.1 -#define E1_STEP_PIN PD15 -#define E1_DIR_PIN PE7 -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA3 -#ifndef E1_CS_PIN - #define E1_CS_PIN PG15 -#endif - -#define E2_STEP_PIN PD13 -#define E2_DIR_PIN PG9 -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PF0 -#ifndef E2_CS_PIN - #define E2_CS_PIN PG12 -#endif -*/ // // Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers // @@ -152,37 +144,34 @@ #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD7 #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD7 - //#define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD1 - //#define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD1 - - //#define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD6 - //#define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD6 + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif // // Temperature Sensors // -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA2 // T1 <-> E0 -#define TEMP_1_PIN PA0 // T2 <-> E1 -//#define TEMP_2_PIN PC2 // T3 <-> E2 SKR_PRO -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA1 // T0 <-> Bed +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA2 // T0 <-> E0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PA0 // T1 <-> E1 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA1 // T2 <-> Bed +#define TEMP_PROBE_PIN PC3 // Shares J4 connector with PD1 // // Heaters / Fans // -#define HEATER_0_PIN PE6 // Heater0 -//#define HEATER_1_PIN PD14 // Heater1 -//#define HEATER_2_PIN PB0 // Heater1 +#define HEATER_0_PIN PE6 // Heater0 #define HEATER_BED_PIN PE5 // Hotbed -#define FAN_PIN PB9 // Fan0 -#define FAN1_PIN PB8 // Fan1 -//#define FAN2_PIN PE6 // Fan2 - -// HAL SPI pins group -#define SCK_PIN PA5 // SPI SCLK -#define MYSSEL PA4 // SPI SSEL -#define MISO_PIN PA6 // SPI MISO -#define MOSI_PIN PA7 // SPI MOSI +#define FAN_PIN PB8 // Fan1 +#define FAN1_PIN PB9 // Fan0 + +// HAL SPI1 pins +#define CUSTOM_SPI_PINS +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + #define SCK_PIN PA5 // SPI1 SCLK + #define SS_PIN PA4 // SPI1 SSEL + #define MISO_PIN PA6 // SPI1 MISO + #define MOSI_PIN PA7 // SPI1 MOSI +#endif // // Misc. Functions @@ -190,7 +179,7 @@ #define SDSS PA4 /** - * -------------------------------------SKR_MK3----------------------------------------------- + * -------------------------------------BTT002 V1.0----------------------------------------------- * _____ _____ | * PA3 | · · | GND 5V | · · | GND | * NRESET | · · | PC4(SD_DET) (LCD_D7) PE13 | · · | PE12 (LCD_D6) | @@ -240,15 +229,25 @@ // Alter timing for graphical display #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) - #endif + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) #endif #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// RGB LEDs +// +#ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB5 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB4 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB3 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_W_PIN + #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8ed2e50d253e --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_GTR_V1_0.h @@ -0,0 +1,391 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef TARGET_STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 8 || E_STEPPERS > 8 + #error "BIGTREE GTR V1.0 supports up to 8 hotends / E-steppers." +#elif HOTENDS > MAX_EXTRUDERS || E_STEPPERS > MAX_EXTRUDERS + #error "Marlin extruder/hotends limit! Increase MAX_EXTRUDERS to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE GTR 1.0" + +// Use one of these or SDCard-based Emulation will be used +//#define I2C_EEPROM +//#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use BackSRAM-based EEPROM emulation +//#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION // Use Flash-based EEPROM emulation + +#define TP // Enable to define servo and probe pins + +// +// Servos +// +#if ENABLED(TP) + #define SERVO0_PIN PB11 +#endif + +#define PS_ON_PIN PH6 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PF2 +#define X_MAX_PIN PG14 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PC13 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PG9 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PE0 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PD3 + +// +// Pins on the extender +// +//#define X_MIN_PIN PI4 +//#define X2_MIN_PIN PF12 +//#define Y_MIN_PIN PF4 +//#define Y2_MIN_PIN PI7 +//#define Z_MIN_PIN PF6 + +#if ENABLED(TP) && !defined(Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN) + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PH11 // Z Probe must be PH11 +#endif + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC15 +#define X_DIR_PIN PF0 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PF1 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN PC14 +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE3 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PE2 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE4 +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN PE1 +#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB8 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB7 // PB7 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB9 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN PB5 +#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PG12 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PG11 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PG13 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN PG10 +#endif + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PD5 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PD7 +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN PD4 +#endif + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PD1 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PD0 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PD2 +#ifndef E2_CS_PIN + #define E2_CS_PIN PC12 +#endif + +#define E3_STEP_PIN PF3 +#define E3_DIR_PIN PG3 +#define E3_ENABLE_PIN PF8 +#ifndef E3_CS_PIN + #define E3_CS_PIN PG4 +#endif + +#define E4_STEP_PIN PD14 +#define E4_DIR_PIN PD11 +#define E4_ENABLE_PIN PG2 +#ifndef E4_CS_PIN + #define E4_CS_PIN PE15 +#endif + +#define E5_STEP_PIN PE12 +#define E5_DIR_PIN PE10 +#define E5_ENABLE_PIN PF14 +#ifndef E5_CS_PIN + #define E5_CS_PIN PE7 +#endif + +#define E6_STEP_PIN PG0 +#define E6_DIR_PIN PG1 +#define E6_ENABLE_PIN PE8 +#ifndef E6_CS_PIN + #define E6_CS_PIN PF15 +#endif + +#define E7_STEP_PIN PH12 +#define E7_DIR_PIN PH15 +#define E7_ENABLE_PIN PI0 +#ifndef E7_CS_PIN + #define E7_CS_PIN PH14 +#endif + +// +// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers +// +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI PG15 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO PB6 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK PB3 + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC220x + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial + //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E5_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E6_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E7_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC14 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC14 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE1 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE1 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PB5 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PB5 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG10 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG10 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD4 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD4 + + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC12 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC12 + + #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG4 + #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG4 + + #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE15 + #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE15 + + #define E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE7 + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE7 + + #define E6_SERIAL_TX_PIN PF15 + #define E6_SERIAL_RX_PIN PF15 + + #define E7_SERIAL_TX_PIN PH14 + #define E7_SERIAL_RX_PIN PH14 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // T1 <-> E0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // T2 <-> E1 +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC3 // T3 <-> E2 + +#define TEMP_3_PIN PA3 // T4 <-> E3 +#define TEMP_4_PIN PF9 // T5 <-> E4 +#define TEMP_5_PIN PF10 // T6 <-> E5 +//#define TEMP_6_PIN PF7 // T7 <-> E6 +//#define TEMP_7_PIN PF5 // T8 <-> E7 + +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // T0 <-> Bed + +// SPI for Max6675 or Max31855 Thermocouple +// Uses a separate SPI bus +// If you have a two-way thermocouple, you can customize two THERMO_CSx_PIN pins (x:1~2) + +#define THERMO_SCK_PIN PI1 // SCK +#define THERMO_DO_PIN PI2 // MISO +#define THERMO_CS1_PIN PH9 // CS1 +#define THERMO_CS2_PIN PH2 // CS2 + +#define MAX6675_SS_PIN THERMO_CS1_PIN +#define MAX6675_SS2_PIN THERMO_CS2_PIN +#define MAX6675_SCK_PIN THERMO_SCK_PIN +#define MAX6675_DO_PIN THERMO_DO_PIN + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB1 // Heater0 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PA1 // Heater1 +#define HEATER_2_PIN PB0 // Heater2 + +#define HEATER_3_PIN PD15 // Heater3 +#define HEATER_4_PIN PD13 // Heater4 +#define HEATER_5_PIN PD12 // Heater5 +//#define HEATER_6_PIN PE13 // Heater6 +//#define HEATER_7_PIN PI6 // Heater7 + +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA2 // Hotbed + +#define FAN_PIN PE5 // Fan0 +#define FAN1_PIN PE6 // Fan1 +#define FAN2_PIN PC8 // Fan2 + +#define FAN3_PIN PI5 // Fan3 +#define FAN4_PIN PE9 // Fan4 +#define FAN5_PIN PE11 // Fan5 +//#define FAN6_PIN PC9 // Fan6 +//#define FAN7_PIN PE14 // Fan7 + +// +// By default the onboard SD (SPI1) is enabled +// +#define CUSTOM_SPI_PINS +#if DISABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + #define SDSS PB12 +#endif + +// HAL SPI1 pins group +#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + #define SDSS PA4 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC4 + #define LCD_SDSS PA4 + + #define SCK_PIN PA5 + #define MISO_PIN PA6 + #define MOSI_PIN PA7 + #define SS_PIN PA4 // Chip select for SD card used by Marlin +#endif + +/** + * _____ _____ + * NC | · · | GND 5V | · · | GND + * RESET | · · | PB10(SD_DETECT) (LCD_D7) PG5 | · · | PG6 (LCD_D6) + * (MOSI)PB15 | · · | PH10(BTN_EN2) (LCD_D5) PG7 | · · | PG8 (LCD_D4) + * (SD_SS)PB12 | · · | PD10(BTN_EN1) (LCD_RS) PA8 | · · | PC10 (LCD_EN) + * (SCK)PB13 | · · | PB14(MISO) (BTN_ENC) PA15 | · · | PC11 (BEEPER) + * ￣￣ ￣￣ + * EXP2 EXP1 + */ + +// +// LCDs and Controllers +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN PC11 + #define BTN_ENC PA15 + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PA8 + + #define BTN_EN1 PD10 + #define BTN_EN2 PH10 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PG7 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PG8 + + //#undef ST7920_DELAY_1 + //#undef ST7920_DELAY_2 + //#undef ST7920_DELAY_3 + + #else + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PA8 + + #define BTN_EN1 PD10 + #define BTN_EN2 PH10 + + #if DISABLED(CUSTOM_SPI_PINS) + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PB10 + #define LCD_SDSS PB12 + #endif + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PC10 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PG8 + + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + #define DOGLCD_CS PC10 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PA8 + //#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PG8 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PG7 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PG6 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PG5 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN PF13 + #endif + #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PG7 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PG6 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PG5 + #endif + + #endif + + // Alter timing for graphical display + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) + #endif + + //#define DOGLCD_CS PB12 + //#define DOGLCD_A0 PA8 + //#define LCD_PINS_DC PB14 + //#define DOGLCD_MOSI PB15 + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h similarity index 82% rename from Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h index d3c1cc2a1a87..b23ab1c2db72 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_E3_DIP.h @@ -33,15 +33,9 @@ // Ignore temp readings during development. //#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 -#ifdef MCU_STM32F103RE - #define STM32_FLASH_SIZE (512 * 1024) -#else - #define STM32_FLASH_SIZE (256 * 1024) -#endif - #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION #define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE uint16(0x800) // 2KB -#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS uint32(0x8000000 + STM32_FLASH_SIZE - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) +#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS uint32(0x8000000 + (STM32_FLASH_SIZE) * 1024 - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) #undef E2END #define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) // 2KB @@ -142,6 +136,8 @@ #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD2 #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD2 + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif // @@ -180,6 +176,7 @@ #define BTN_ENC PB6 #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 #define BTN_EN1 PA9 @@ -188,8 +185,30 @@ #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PB7 #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB9 + #elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) + + /** Creality Ender-2 display pinout + * _____ + * 5V | · · | GND + * (MOSI) PB7 | · · | PB8 (LCD_RS) + * (LCD_A0) PB9 | · · | PA10 (BTN_EN2) + * RESET | · · | PA9 (BTN_EN1) + * (BTN_ENC) PB6 | · · | PA15 (SCK) + * ----- + * EXP1 + */ + + #define BTN_EN1 PA9 + #define BTN_EN2 PA10 + #define DOGLCD_CS PB8 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PB9 + #define DOGLCD_SCK PA15 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI PB7 + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #else - #error "Only CR10_STOCKDISPLAY is currently supported on the BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP." + #error "Only CR10_STOCKDISPLAY and MKS_MINI_12864 are currently supported on the BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP." #endif #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h similarity index 65% rename from Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h index 7f0698483e6b..82a1f62009ec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h @@ -25,23 +25,15 @@ #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" #endif -#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR Mini E3" - // Release PB3/PB4 (E0 STP/DIR) from JTAG pins #define DISABLE_JTAG // Ignore temp readings during development. //#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 -#ifdef MCU_STM32F103RE - #define STM32_FLASH_SIZE (512 * 1024) -#else - #define STM32_FLASH_SIZE (256 * 1024) -#endif - #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION #define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE uint16(0x800) // 2KB -#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS uint32(0x8000000 + STM32_FLASH_SIZE - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) +#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS uint32(0x8000000 + (STM32_FLASH_SIZE) * 1024 - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) #undef E2END #define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) // 2KB @@ -66,7 +58,7 @@ // Filament Runout Sensor // #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PC15 + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PC15 // "E0-STOP" #endif // @@ -88,17 +80,6 @@ #define E0_STEP_PIN PB3 #define E0_DIR_PIN PB4 -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209) - /** - * TMC2209 stepper drivers - * Hardware serial communication ports. - */ - #define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 - #define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 - #define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 - #define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 -#endif - // // Temperature Sensors // @@ -131,10 +112,12 @@ * EXP1 */ #if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN PB5 - #define BTN_ENC PB6 #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + + #define BEEPER_PIN PB5 + #define BTN_ENC PB6 + #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 #define BTN_EN1 PA9 @@ -143,8 +126,45 @@ #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PB7 #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB9 + #elif ENABLED(ZONESTAR_LCD) // ANET A8 LCD Controller - Must convert to 3.3V - CONNECTING TO 5V WILL DAMAGE THE BOARD! + + #error "CAUTION! ZONESTAR_LCD requires wiring modifications. See 'pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h' for details. Comment out this line to continue." + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PB9 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PB6 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB8 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PA10 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PA9 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PB5 + #define ADC_KEYPAD_PIN PA1 // Repurpose servo pin for ADC - CONNECTING TO 5V WILL DAMAGE THE BOARD! + + #elif EITHER(MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY) + + /** Creality Ender-2 display pinout + * _____ + * 5V | · · | GND + * (MOSI) PB7 | · · | PB8 (LCD_RS) + * (LCD_A0) PB9 | · · | PA10 (BTN_EN2) + * RESET | · · | PA9 (BTN_EN1) + * (BTN_ENC) PB6 | · · | PB5 (SCK) + * ----- + * EXP1 + */ + #define BTN_EN1 PA9 + #define BTN_EN2 PA10 + #define BTN_ENC PB6 + + #define DOGLCD_CS PB8 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PB9 + #define DOGLCD_SCK PB5 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI PB7 + #define FORCE_SOFT_SPI + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #else - #error "Only CR10_STOCKDISPLAY is currently supported on the BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3." + + #error "Only ZONESTAR_LCD, MKS_MINI_12864, ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY, and CR10_STOCKDISPLAY are currently supported on the BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3." + #endif #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD @@ -158,5 +178,5 @@ #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD #endif -#define ON_BOARD_SPI_DEVICE 1 //SPI1 +#define ON_BOARD_SPI_DEVICE 1 // SPI1 #define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN PA4 // Chip select for "System" SD card diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bd2078e5d98e --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#include "pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h" + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR Mini E3" + +/** + * TMC2209 stepper drivers + * Hardware serial communication ports. + */ +#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC2209) + #define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 + #define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 + #define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 + #define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial4 +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2.h index 70aee574495f..67da8571fb16 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_2.h @@ -21,71 +21,16 @@ */ #pragma once -#ifndef TARGET_STM32F1 - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif +#include "pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3.h" #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "BIGTREE SKR Mini E3 V1.2" -// Release PB3/PB4 (E0 STP/DIR) from JTAG pins -#define DISABLE_JTAG - -// Ignore temp readings during development. -//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 - -#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION -#define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE uint16(0x800) // 2KB -#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS uint32(0x8000000 + 256 * 1024 - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) -#undef E2END -#define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) // 2KB - -// -// Servos -// -#define SERVO0_PIN PA1 - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_STOP_PIN PC0 -#define Y_STOP_PIN PC1 -#define Z_STOP_PIN PC2 - -// -// Z Probe must be this pins -// -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PC14 - -// -// Filament Runout Sensor -// -#ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PC12 -#endif - -// -// Steppers -// -#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB14 -#define X_STEP_PIN PB13 -#define X_DIR_PIN PB12 - -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB11 -#define Y_STEP_PIN PB10 -#define Y_DIR_PIN PB2 - -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB1 -#define Z_STEP_PIN PB0 -#define Z_DIR_PIN PC5 - -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PD2 -#define E0_STEP_PIN PB3 -#define E0_DIR_PIN PB4 +#define NEOPIXEL_PIN PC7 // LED driving pin +/** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + */ #if HAS_TMC220x - /** - * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers - */ // // Software serial // @@ -100,68 +45,7 @@ #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC11 #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC11 -#endif -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // Analog Input -#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // Analog Input - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN PC8 // EXTRUDER -#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC9 // BED -#define FAN_PIN PA8 - -// -// USB connect control -// -#define USB_CONNECT_PIN PC13 -#define USB_CONNECT_INVERTING false - -#define NEOPIXEL_PIN PC7 // LED driving pin - -#define SD_DETECT_PIN PC4 - -/** - * _____ - * 5V | · · | GND - * (LCD_EN) PB7 | · · | PB8 (LCD_RS) - * (LCD_D4) PB9 | · · | PA10 (BTN_EN2) - * RESET | · · | PA9 (BTN_EN1) - * (BTN_ENC) PB6 | · · | PB5 (BEEPER) - * ----- - * EXP1 - */ -#if HAS_SPI_LCD - #define BEEPER_PIN PB5 - #define BTN_ENC PB6 - - #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) - #define LCD_PINS_RS PB8 - - #define BTN_EN1 PA9 - #define BTN_EN2 PA10 - - #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PB7 - #define LCD_PINS_D4 PB9 - - #else - #error "Only CR10_STOCKDISPLAY is currently supported on the BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 V1.2." - #endif - -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD - -// -// SD Support -// -#define HAS_ONBOARD_SD - -#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif - -#define ON_BOARD_SPI_DEVICE 1 //SPI1 -#define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN PA4 // Chip select for "System" SD card diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h similarity index 93% rename from Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h index 01719236ad1f..3c6b673b6e4d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_MINI_V1_1.h @@ -33,15 +33,9 @@ // Ignore temp readings during development. //#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 -#ifdef MCU_STM32F103RE - #define STM32_FLASH_SIZE (512 * 1024) -#else - #define STM32_FLASH_SIZE (256 * 1024) -#endif - #define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION #define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE (0x800) // 2KB -#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS (0x8000000 + STM32_FLASH_SIZE - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) +#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS uint32(0x8000000 + (STM32_FLASH_SIZE) * 1024 - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE) #define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) // @@ -75,13 +69,13 @@ #define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC4 #if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) - #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK #define TMC_SW_SCK PB3 #endif #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO #define TMC_SW_MISO PB4 #endif - #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI #define TMC_SW_MOSI PB5 #endif #endif @@ -209,13 +203,8 @@ #define ON_BOARD_SPI_DEVICE 1 //SPI1 #define ONBOARD_SD_CS_PIN PA4 // Chip select for "System" SD card -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) #endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif - diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1.1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1.h similarity index 96% rename from Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1.1.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1.h index 01267e7fcf1b..dad46716fd1d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_V1.1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_BTT_SKR_PRO_V1_1.h @@ -154,6 +154,9 @@ #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD6 #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD6 + + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif // @@ -207,7 +210,7 @@ #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PG7 #define LCD_PINS_D4 PG3 - // CR10_Stock Display needs a different delay setting on SKR PRO v1.1, so undef it here. + // CR10_Stock Display needs a different delay setting on SKR PRO v1.1, so undef it here. // It will be defined again at the #HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD section below. #undef ST7920_DELAY_1 #undef ST7920_DELAY_2 @@ -257,15 +260,9 @@ // Alter timing for graphical display #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) - #endif + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) #endif #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FLYF407ZG.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FLYF407ZG.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ea3f5d1146b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FLYF407ZG.h @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if !defined(STM32F4) && !defined(STM32F4xx) + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 6 || E_STEPPERS > 6 + #error "FLYF407ZG supports up to 6 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "FLYF407ZG" +#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/FLYmaker/FLYF407ZG" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME + +#undef E2END +#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PE11 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PC3 +#define X_MAX_PIN PC2 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PF2 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PF1 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PF0 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PC15 + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PC14 // Z3_PIN + +// +// Steppers +// + +#define X_STEP_PIN PB9 +#define X_DIR_PIN PE0 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PE1 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN PG13 +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PB8 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PG11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PG12 +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN PG10 +#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PA8 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD6 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD7 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN PD5 +#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC7 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PD3 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PD4 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN PD1 +#endif + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PC6 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PA15 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PD0 +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN PA14 +#endif + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PD15 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PG7 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PG8 +#ifndef E2_CS_PIN + #define E2_CS_PIN PG6 +#endif + +#define E3_STEP_PIN PD14 +#define E3_DIR_PIN PG4 +#define E3_ENABLE_PIN PG5 +#ifndef E3_CS_PIN + #define E3_CS_PIN PG3 +#endif + +#define E4_STEP_PIN PD13 +#define E4_DIR_PIN PD11 +#define E4_ENABLE_PIN PG2 +#ifndef E4_CS_PIN + #define E4_CS_PIN PD10 +#endif + +#define E5_STEP_PIN PD12 +#define E5_DIR_PIN PD8 +#define E5_ENABLE_PIN PD9 +#ifndef E5_CS_PIN + #define E5_CS_PIN PB12 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_3_PIN PF10 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_4_PIN PF5 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_5_PIN PF4 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PF3 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PF7 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PF6 +#define HEATER_2_PIN PE6 +#define HEATER_3_PIN PE5 +#define HEATER_4_PIN PE4 +#define HEATER_5_PIN PA2 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PE2 + +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN PF8 +#endif +#define FAN1_PIN PF9 +#define FAN2_PIN PE3 +#define FAN3_PIN PA1 +#define FAN4_PIN PE13 +#define FAN5_PIN PB11 + +// +// Trinamic Software SPI +// + +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI PB15 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO PB14 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK PB13 + #endif +#endif + +// +// Trinamic Software Serial +// + +#if HAS_TMC220x + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG13 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG13 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG10 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG10 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD5 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD5 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD1 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD1 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA14 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PA14 + + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG6 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG6 + + #define E3_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG3 + #define E3_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG3 + + #define E4_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD10 + #define E4_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD10 + + #define E5_SERIAL_TX_PIN PB12 + #define E5_SERIAL_RX_PIN PB12 + +#endif + + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#define SCK_PIN PB13 +#define MISO_PIN PB14 +#define MOSI_PIN PB15 +#define SDSS PF11 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PB2 +#define BEEPER_PIN PB10 +#define LCD_PINS_RS PE12 +#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE14 +#define LCD_PINS_D4 PE10 +#define LCD_PINS_D5 PE9 +#define LCD_PINS_D6 PE8 +#define LCD_PINS_D7 PE7 +#define BTN_EN1 PC4 +#define BTN_EN2 PC5 +#define BTN_ENC PE15 + +// +// Filament runout +// + +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA3 + +// +// ST7920 Delays +// +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h index 45b2c5b5fce3..236bb17f6194 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12.h @@ -59,4 +59,6 @@ #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA2 #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PA3 + // Reduce baud rate to improve software serial reliability + #define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_S6.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_S6.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..33756e437a86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_FYSETC_S6.h @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 3 || E_STEPPERS > 3 + #error "RUMBA32 supports up to 3 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "FYSETC_S6" +#endif +#ifndef DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME + #define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME +#endif + +// change the prio to 3 , 2 is for software serial +//#define TEMP_TIMER_IRQ_PRIO 3 + +// +// EEPROM Emulation +// +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION +//#define I2C_EEPROM +#ifdef I2C_EEPROM + #undef E2END // Defined in Arduino Core STM32 to be used with EEPROM emulation. This board uses a real EEPROM. + #define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB +#endif + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PB14 +#define X_MAX_PIN PA1 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PB13 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PA2 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PA0 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PA3 + +// +// Servos +// share with Z_MAX_PIN +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PA3 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PE11 +#define X_DIR_PIN PE10 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PE12 +#define X_CS_PIN PE7 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PD8 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB12 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PD9 +#define Y_CS_PIN PE15 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD14 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD13 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PD15 +#define Z_CS_PIN PD10 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PD5 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PD6 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PD4 +#define E0_CS_PIN PD7 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PE6 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PC13 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PE5 +#define E1_CS_PIN PC14 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PE2 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PE4 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PE3 +#define E2_CS_PIN PC15 + +#if HAS_TMC220x + // + // TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + // + + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE9 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE8 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE14 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE13 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD11 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PD12 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PD3 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PA15 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC4 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC5 + + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE1 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE0 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC2 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB3 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PB4 +#define HEATER_2_PIN PB15 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC8 + +#define FAN_PIN PB0 +#define FAN1_PIN PB1 +#define FAN2_PIN PB2 + +// +// SPI +// +#define SCK_PIN PA5 +#define MISO_PIN PA6 +#define MOSI_PIN PA7 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +//#define LED_PIN PB14 +//#define BTN_PIN PC10 +//#define PS_ON_PIN PE11 +//#define KILL_PIN PC5 + +#define SDSS PA4 + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN PC9 + #define BTN_ENC PA8 + + #if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY) + #define LCD_PINS_RS PD0 + + #define BTN_EN1 PC11 + #define BTN_EN2 PC10 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD1 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PC12 + + // CR10_Stock Display needs a different delay setting on SKR PRO v1.1, so undef it here. + // It will be defined again at the #HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD section below. + #undef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #undef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #undef ST7920_DELAY_3 + + #else + + #define LCD_PINS_RS PD2 + + #define BTN_EN1 PC6 + #define BTN_EN2 PC7 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PB10 + + #define LCD_SDSS PA4 + + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PC11 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PC10 + + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864) + // See https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel + #define DOGLCD_CS PC11 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PD2 + #if ENABLED(FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1) + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD0 + #endif + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PC10 // Must be high or open for LCD to operate normally. + #if EITHER(FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2, FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0) + #ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PC12 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PD0 + #endif + #ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PD1 + #endif + #elif ENABLED(FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1) + #define NEOPIXEL_PIN PC12 + #endif + #endif // !FYSETC_MINI_12864 + + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PC12 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD0 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PD1 + #endif + + #endif + + // Alter timing for graphical display + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #endif + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #endif + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) + #endif + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +#ifndef RGB_LED_R_PIN + #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB6 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_G_PIN + #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB5 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_B_PIN + #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB7 +#endif +#ifndef RGB_LED_W_PIN + #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STM32F4.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GENERIC_STM32F4.h similarity index 95% rename from Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STM32F4.h rename to Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GENERIC_STM32F4.h index 39ccf57dff2e..a55bd34bcb33 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STM32F4.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GENERIC_STM32F4.h @@ -183,14 +183,8 @@ // // ST7920 Delays // -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) -#endif - -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) -#endif - -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_MINI.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..36d7377ffae6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_MINI.h @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * 24 May 2018 - @chepo for STM32F103VET6 + * Schematic: https://github.com/chepo92/Smartto/blob/master/circuit_diagram/Rostock301/Hardware_GTM32_PRO_VB.pdf + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "GTM32 Pro VB" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F103VET6" + +//#define DISABLE_DEBUG + +// +// It is required to disable JTAG function because its pins are +// used as GPIO to drive the Y axis stepper. +// DO NOT ENABLE! +// +#define DISABLE_JTAG + +// +// If you don't need the SWDIO functionality (any more), you may +// disable SWD here to regain PA13/PA14 pins for other use. +// +//#define DISABLE_JTAGSWD + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// Enable EEPROM Emulation for this board as it doesn't have EEPROM +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PE5 // ENDSTOPS 15,17 +#define X_MAX_PIN PE4 // ENDSTOPS 16,18 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PE3 // ENDSTOPS 9,11 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PE2 // ENDSTOPS 10,12 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PE1 // ENDSTOPS 3,5 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PE0 // ENDSTOPS 4,6 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 +#define X_DIR_PIN PD13 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PA12 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PA11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PA15 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD3 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB3 + +// Extruder stepper pins +// NOTE: Numbering here is made according to EXT connector numbers, +// the FANx_PWM line numbering in the schematics is reverse. +// That is, E0_*_PIN are the E2_* lines connected to E2_A1 step +// stick that drives the EXT0 output on the board. +// +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC14 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PC13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC15 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PA0 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PB6 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA1 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PB2 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PB11 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC4 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB0 // EXT0 port +#define HEATER_1_PIN PB5 // EXT1 port +#define HEATER_2_PIN PB4 // EXT2 port +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB1 // CON2X3 hotbed port + +// +// These are FAN PWM pins on EXT0..EXT2 connectors. +// +//#define FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port, used as main extruder fan +#define FAN1_PIN PB8 // EXT1 port +#define FAN2_PIN PB7 // EXT2 port + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC2 // EXT0 port +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // EXT1 port +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC0 // EXT2 port +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // CON2X3 hotbed port + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define LED_PWM PD12 // External LED, pin 2 on LED labeled connector + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) + // + // LCD display on J2 FFC40 + // Geeetech's LCD2004A Control Panel is very much like + // RepRapDiscount Smart Controller, but adds an FFC40 connector + // + #define LCD_PINS_RS PE6 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE14 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PD8 // SCK (CLK) clock + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PD9 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD10 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PE15 + + #else + // + // Serial LCDs can be implemented in ExtUI + // + //#define LCD_UART_TX PD8 + //#define LCD_UART_RX PD9 + #endif + + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +#if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) + // + // Geeetech's LCD2004A Control Panel is very much like + // RepRapDiscount Smart Controller, but adds an FFC40 connector + // connected with a flat wire to J2 connector on the board. + // + #define BTN_EN1 PE8 + #define BTN_EN2 PE9 + #define BTN_ENC PE13 + + #define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_LCD_BEEPER + #define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_EXT_SDCARD +#endif + +// +// Beeper +// +#ifdef GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_LCD_BEEPER + // This is pin 32 on J2 FFC40 and pin, goes to the beeper + // on Geeetech's version of RepRapDiscount Smart Controller + // (e.g. on Rostock 301) + #define BEEPER_PIN PE12 +#else + // This is the beeper on the board itself + #define BEEPER_PIN PB10 +#endif + +/** + * The on-board TF_CARD_SOCKET microSD card socket has no SD Detect pin wired. + * + * The FFC10 (SD_CARD) connector has the same pins as those routed to the FFC40 (J2) + * connector, which usually go to the SD Card slot on the Geeetech version of the + * RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. Both connectors have the card detect signal. + * + * The on-board SD card and the external card (on either SD_CARD or J2) are two + * separate devices and can work simultaneously. Unfortunately, Marlin only supports + * a single SPI Flash device (as of 2019-07-05) so only one is enabled here. + */ +#if ENABLED(GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_EXT_SDCARD) + // + // SD Card on RepRapDiscount Smart Controller (J2) or on SD_CARD connector + // + #define SS_PIN PC11 + #define SCK_PIN PC12 + #define MOSI_PIN PD2 + #define MISO_PIN PC8 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC7 +#else + // + // Use the on-board card socket labeled TF_CARD_SOCKET + // + #define SS_PIN PA4 + #define SCK_PIN PA5 + #define MOSI_PIN PA7 + #define MISO_PIN PA6 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Card detect is not connected +#endif + +#define SDSS SS_PIN + +// +// ESP WiFi can be soldered to J9 connector which is wired to USART2. +// Must define WIFISUPPORT in Configuration.h for the printer. +// +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_COM 2 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115200 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_RESET_PIN -1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_MINI_A30.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_MINI_A30.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c4b7b37b94ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_MINI_A30.h @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * 24 May 2018 - @chepo for STM32F103VET6 + * Schematic: https://github.com/chepo92/Smartto/blob/master/circuit_diagram/Rostock301/Hardware_GTM32_PRO_VB.pdf + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "GTM32 Pro VB" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F103VET6" + +//#define DISABLE_DEBUG + +// +// It is required to disable JTAG function because its pins are +// used as GPIO to drive the Y axis stepper. +// DO NOT ENABLE! +// +#define DISABLE_JTAG + +// +// If you don't need the SWDIO functionality (any more), you may +// disable SWD here to regain PA13/PA14 pins for other use. +// +//#define DISABLE_JTAGSWD + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// Enable EEPROM Emulation for this board as it doesn't have EEPROM +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PE5 // ENDSTOPS 15,17 +#define X_MAX_PIN PE4 // ENDSTOPS 16,18 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PE3 // ENDSTOPS 9,11 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PE2 // ENDSTOPS 10,12 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PE0 // ENDSTOPS 3,5 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PE1 // ENDSTOPS 4,6 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 +#define X_DIR_PIN PD13 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PA12 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PA11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PA15 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD3 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB3 + +// Extruder stepper pins +// NOTE: Numbering here is made according to EXT connector numbers, +// the FANx_PWM line numbering in the schematics is reverse. +// That is, E0_*_PIN are the E2_* lines connected to E2_A1 step +// stick that drives the EXT0 output on the board. +// +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC14 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PC13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC15 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PA0 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PB6 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA1 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PB2 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PB11 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC4 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB0 // EXT0 port +#define HEATER_1_PIN PB5 // EXT1 port +#define HEATER_2_PIN PB4 // EXT2 port +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB1 // CON2X3 hotbed port + +// +// These are FAN PWM pins on EXT0..EXT2 connectors. +// +//#define FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port, used as main extruder fan +#define FAN1_PIN PB8 // EXT1 port +#define FAN2_PIN PB7 // EXT2 port + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC2 // EXT0 port +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // EXT1 port +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC0 // EXT2 port +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // CON2X3 hotbed port + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define LED_PWM PD12 // External LED, pin 2 on LED labeled connector + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) + // + // LCD display on J2 FFC40 + // Geeetech's LCD2004A Control Panel is very much like + // RepRapDiscount Smart Controller, but adds an FFC40 connector + // connected with a flat wire to J2 connector on the board. + // + #define LCD_PINS_RS PE6 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE14 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PD8 // SCK (CLK) clock + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PD9 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD10 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PE15 + + #define BTN_EN1 PE8 + #define BTN_EN2 PE9 + #define BTN_ENC PE13 + + #define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_LCD_BEEPER + #define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_EXT_SDCARD + + #else + // + // Serial LCDs can be implemented in ExtUI + // + //#define LCD_UART_TX PD8 + //#define LCD_UART_RX PD9 + #endif + + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #ifndef BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #endif + #ifndef BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #endif + #ifndef BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) + #endif + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// Beeper +// +#ifdef GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_LCD_BEEPER + // This is pin 32 on J2 FFC40 and pin, goes to the beeper + // on Geeetech's version of RepRapDiscount Smart Controller + // (e.g. on Rostock 301) + #define BEEPER_PIN PE12 +#else + // This is the beeper on the board itself + #define BEEPER_PIN PB10 +#endif + +/** + * The on-board TF_CARD_SOCKET microSD card socket has no SD Detect pin wired. + * + * The FFC10 (SD_CARD) connector has the same pins as those routed to the FFC40 (J2) + * connector, which usually go to the SD Card slot on the Geeetech version of the + * RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. Both connectors have the card detect signal. + * + * The on-board SD card and the external card (on either SD_CARD or J2) are two + * separate devices and can work simultaneously. Unfortunately, Marlin only supports + * a single SPI Flash device (as of 2019-07-05) so only one is enabled here. + */ +#if ENABLED(GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_EXT_SDCARD) + // + // SD Card on RepRapDiscount Smart Controller (J2) or on SD_CARD connector + // + #define SS_PIN PC11 + #define SCK_PIN PC12 + #define MOSI_PIN PD2 + #define MISO_PIN PC8 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC7 +#else + // + // Use the on-board card socket labeled TF_CARD_SOCKET + // + #define SS_PIN PA4 + #define SCK_PIN PA5 + #define MOSI_PIN PA7 + #define MISO_PIN PA6 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Card detect is not connected +#endif + +#define SDSS SS_PIN + +// +// ESP WiFi can be soldered to J9 connector which is wired to USART2. +// Must define WIFISUPPORT in Configuration.h for the printer. +// +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_COM 2 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115200 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_RESET_PIN -1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h index 95a90e753923..36d7377ffae6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_PRO_VB.h @@ -153,14 +153,10 @@ //#define LCD_UART_RX PD9 #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) #endif #endif // HAS_SPI_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_REV_B.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_REV_B.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fcb510e161e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_GTM32_REV_B.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * 24 May 2018 - @chepo for STM32F103VET6 + * Schematic: https://github.com/chepo92/Smartto/blob/master/circuit_diagram/Rostock301/Hardware_GTM32_PRO_VB.pdf + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#define BOARD_NAME "GTM32 Pro VB" +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "M201" + +//#define DISABLE_DEBUG + +// +// It is required to disable JTAG function because its pins are +// used as GPIO to drive the Y axis stepper. +// DO NOT ENABLE! +// +#define DISABLE_JTAG + +// +// If you don't need the SWDIO functionality (any more), you may +// disable SWD here to regain PA13/PA14 pins for other use. +// +//#define DISABLE_JTAGSWD + +// Ignore temp readings during development. +//#define BOGUS_TEMPERATURE_GRACE_PERIOD 2000 + +// Enable EEPROM Emulation for this board as it doesn't have EEPROM +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +#define E2END 0xFFF // 4KB + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PE5 // ENDSTOPS 15,17 +#define X_MAX_PIN PE4 // ENDSTOPS 16,18 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PE3 // ENDSTOPS 9,11 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PE2 // ENDSTOPS 10,12 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PE1 // ENDSTOPS 3,5 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PE0 // ENDSTOPS 4,6 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 +#define X_DIR_PIN PD13 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PA8 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PA12 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PA11 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PA15 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PD3 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB3 + +// Extruder stepper pins +// NOTE: Numbering here is made according to EXT connector numbers, +// the FANx_PWM line numbering in the schematics is reverse. +// That is, E0_*_PIN are the E2_* lines connected to E2_A1 step +// stick that drives the EXT0 output on the board. +// +#define E0_STEP_PIN PC14 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PC13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PC15 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PA0 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PB6 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA1 + +#define E2_STEP_PIN PB2 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PB11 +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PC4 + +// +// Heaters / Fans - INFO: Extruders ports are in reverse order. Pin numbers here differ from schematic. Original firmware assumes heater, fan and temp sensor on port EXT0 PB0, PB9, PC2. +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PB0 // EXT0 port. +#define HEATER_1_PIN PB5 // EXT1 port +#define HEATER_2_PIN PB4 // EXT2 port +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PB1 // CON2X3 hotbed port + +// +// These are FAN PWM pins on EXT0..EXT2 connectors. +// +//#define FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port +#define FAN1_PIN PB8 // EXT1 port +#define FAN2_PIN PB7 // EXT2 port +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PB9 // EXT0 port, used as main extruder fan + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC2 // EXT0 port +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // EXT1 port +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC0 // EXT2 port +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // CON2X3 hotbed port + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define LED_PWM PD12 // External LED, pin 2 on LED labeled connector + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #if ENABLED(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) + + // + // LCD display on J2 FFC40 + // Geeetech's LCD2004A Control Panel is very much like + // RepRapDiscount Smart Controller, but adds an FFC40 connector + // connected with a flat wire to J2 connector on the board. + // + #define LCD_PINS_RS PE6 // CS chip select /SS chip slave select + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PE14 // SID (MOSI) + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PD8 // SCK (CLK) clock + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PD9 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD10 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PE15 + + #define BTN_EN1 PE8 + #define BTN_EN2 PE9 + #define BTN_ENC PE13 + + //#define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_LCD_BEEPER + #define GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_EXT_SDCARD + + #else + // + // Serial LCDs can be implemented in ExtUI + // + //#define LCD_UART_TX PD8 + //#define LCD_UART_RX PD9 + #endif + + #if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #endif + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #endif + #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) + #endif + #endif + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// Beeper +// +#ifdef GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_LCD_BEEPER + // This is pin 32 on J2 FFC40 and pin, goes to the beeper + // on Geeetech's version of RepRapDiscount Smart Controller + // (e.g. on Rostock 301) + #define BEEPER_PIN PE12 +#else + // This is the beeper on the board itself + #define BEEPER_PIN PB10 +#endif + +/** + * The on-board TF_CARD_SOCKET microSD card socket has no SD Detect pin wired. + * + * The FFC10 (SD_CARD) connector has the same pins as those routed to the FFC40 (J2) + * connector, which usually go to the SD Card slot on the Geeetech version of the + * RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. Both connectors have the card detect signal. + * + * The on-board SD card and the external card (on either SD_CARD or J2) are two + * separate devices and can work simultaneously. Unfortunately, Marlin only supports + * a single SPI Flash device (as of 2019-07-05) so only one is enabled here. + */ +#if ENABLED(GTM32_PRO_VB_USE_EXT_SDCARD) + // + // SD Card on RepRapDiscount Smart Controller (J2) or on SD_CARD connector + // + #define SS_PIN PB12 // PC11 + #define SCK_PIN PB13 // PC12 // PC1 + #define MOSI_PIN PB15 // PD2 // PD2 + #define MISO_PIN PB14 // PC8 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PC7 + +#else + // + // Use the on-board card socket labeled TF_CARD_SOCKET + // + #define SS_PIN PA4 + #define SCK_PIN PA5 + #define MOSI_PIN PA7 + #define MISO_PIN PA6 // PA6 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN -1 // Card detect is not connected +#endif + +#define SDSS SS_PIN + +// +// ESP WiFi can be soldered to J9 connector which is wired to USART2. +// Must define WIFISUPPORT in Configuration.h for the printer. +// +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_COM 2 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_BAUDRATE 115200 +#define ESP_WIFI_MODULE_RESET_PIN -1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h index 51c1e8f79a97..d0e082dbd0b6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_JGAURORA_A5S_A1.h @@ -35,7 +35,10 @@ #endif #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "JGAurora A5S A1 board" -#define STM32_XL_DENSITY +#ifndef STM32_XL_DENSITY + #define STM32_XL_DENSITY +#endif + // #define MCU_STM32F103ZE // not yet required // Enable EEPROM Emulation for this board, so that we don't overwrite factory data diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_K.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_K.h index a9d20f5d0e3f..10a36d8c6fa0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_K.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_K.h @@ -170,12 +170,8 @@ // // ST7920 Delays // -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_X.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_X.h index 3b5cf63ab82b..c9c1da17e8ff 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_X.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LERDGE_X.h @@ -167,12 +167,8 @@ // // ST7920 Delays // -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h index 5862449e8795..f43ffa129b82 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_LONGER3D_LK.h @@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ #define Z_MIN_PIN PE6 // pin 5 Standard Endstop or Z_Probe endstop function #define Z_MAX_PIN PE5 // pin 4 (Unused in stock Alfawise setup) // May be used for BLTouch Servo function on older variants (<= V08) +#define ONBOARD_ENDSTOPPULLUPS // // Filament Sensor diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h index fbb476852804..b01eb6f7a2fe 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN.h @@ -111,9 +111,10 @@ #define LED_PIN PB2 /** - * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens use various TFT controllers. Supported screens - * are based on the ILI9341, ILI9328 and ST7798V. Define init sequences for - * other screens in u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp + * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens use various TFT controllers + * Supported screens are based on the ILI9341, ST7789V and ILI9328 (320x240) + * ILI9488 is not supported + * Define init sequences for other screens in u8g_dev_tft_320x240_upscale_from_128x64.cpp * * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' * to let the bootloader init the screen. @@ -126,6 +127,10 @@ #define FSMC_CS_PIN PG12 // NE4 #define FSMC_RS_PIN PF0 // A0 +#define LCD_USE_DMA_FSMC // Use DMA transfers to send data to the TFT +#define FSMC_DMA_DEV DMA2 +#define FSMC_DMA_CHANNEL DMA_CH5 + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PB1 // SPI2_NSS #define TOUCH_SCK_PIN PB13 // SPI2_SCK diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN2.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..98529e747be9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN2.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#ifndef STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "MKS_ROBIN2 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_NAME "MKS_ROBIN2" +#endif + +#ifndef DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME + #define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME BOARD_INFO_NAME +#endif + +#define SRAM_EEPROM_EMULATION + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PG8 +#define X_MAX_PIN PG7 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PG6 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PG5 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PG4 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PG3 + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PB0 // XS2-5 +#define SERVO1_PIN PF7 // XS1-5 +#define SERVO2_PIN PF8 // XS1-6 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PE6 +#define X_DIR_PIN PE5 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC13 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE3 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PE2 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE4 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PE0 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB9 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PE1 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PG10 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PG9 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB8 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PD3 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PA15 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PD6 + + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // T1 <-> E0 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // T2 <-> E1 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // T0 <-> Bed + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PF3 // Heater0 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PF2 // Heater1 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PF4 // Hotbed +#define FAN_PIN PA7 // Fan0 + +// +// Misc. Functions +// +#define SDSS -1 // PB12 + +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PF9 +#define BEEPER_PIN PG2 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h index d8870f9bf1f0..c86b62cddd0c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE.h @@ -23,10 +23,8 @@ #ifndef __STM32F1__ #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif - -#if HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 - #error "MKS Robin Lite supports up to 1 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#elif HOTENDS > 1 || E_STEPPERS > 1 + #error "MKS Robin Lite supports only 1 hotend / E-stepper. Comment out this line to continue." #endif #ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME @@ -132,12 +130,8 @@ #define MOSI_PIN P1B5 #define SS_PIN PA15 -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#endif -#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) +#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE3.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6d6787903b70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_LITE3.h @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MKS Robin Lite 3 (STM32F103RCT6) board pin assignments + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "MKS Robin Lite3 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#ifndef BOARD_INFO_NAME + #define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS Robin Lite3" +#endif +#define BOARD_WEBSITE_URL "github.com/makerbase-mks" + +//#define DISABLE_DEBUG +#define DISABLE_JTAG +#define ENABLE_SPI2 + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PA3 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PA12 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PA11 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PC6 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PB1 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_STEP_PIN PC0 +#define X_DIR_PIN PB2 +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PC13 + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PC2 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB9 +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB12 + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB7 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB6 +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB8 + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PB4 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PB3 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB5 + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PC12 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PC11 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PD2 + +// +// Heaters 0,1 / Fans / Bed +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PC9 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PC7 +#define FAN_PIN PA8 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PC8 + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PA1 //TB +#define TEMP_0_PIN PA0 //TH1 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PA2 //TH2 + +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PB10 // MT_DET + +// +// LCD Pins +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + + #define BEEPER_PIN PC1 + #define BTN_ENC PC3 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PA4 + #define LCD_PINS_RS PA5 + #define BTN_EN1 PB11 + #define BTN_EN2 PB0 + + // MKS MINI12864 and MKS LCD12864B; If using MKS LCD12864A (Need to remove RPK2 resistor) + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN -1 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PC4 + #define DOGLCD_CS PA7 + #define DOGLCD_SCK PB13 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI PB15 + + // Required for MKS_MINI_12864 with this board + #define MKS_LCD12864B + #undef SHOW_BOOTSCREEN + + #else // !MKS_MINI_12864 + + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PA6 + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PA7 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PC4 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PC5 + #endif + + #endif // !MKS_MINI_12864 + +#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +// +// SD Card +// +#define ENABLE_SPI2 +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PC10 +#define SCK_PIN PB13 +#define MISO_PIN PB14 +#define MOSI_PIN PB15 +#define SS_PIN PA15 + +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h old mode 100755 new mode 100644 index 7be36b61fcc4..50f20172014f --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_MINI.h @@ -38,6 +38,12 @@ // #define DISABLE_DEBUG +#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION +// 2K in a AT24C16N +#define EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE (uint16)0x800 // 2048 +#define EEPROM_START_ADDRESS ((uint32)(0x8000000 + 512 * 1024 - 2 * EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE)) +#define E2END (EEPROM_PAGE_SIZE - 1) + // // Note: MKS Robin mini board is using SPI2 interface. // @@ -46,15 +52,13 @@ // // Limit Switches // -#define X_MIN_PIN PA15 -#define X_MAX_PIN PA15 -#define Y_MIN_PIN PA12 -#define Y_MAX_PIN PA12 +#define X_STOP_PIN PA15 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PA12 #define Z_MIN_PIN PA11 #define Z_MAX_PIN PC4 #ifndef FIL_RUNOUT_PIN - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PF11 // MT_DET + #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA4 // MT_DET #endif // @@ -119,13 +123,16 @@ #define FSMC_CS_PIN PD7 // NE4 #define FSMC_RS_PIN PD11 // A0 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN PF6 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PC6 #define NO_LCD_REINIT // Suppress LCD re-initialization #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD13 #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PC2 + #define TOUCH_SCK_PIN PB13 + #define TOUCH_MOSI_PIN PB15 + #define TOUCH_MISO_PIN PB14 #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h old mode 100755 new mode 100644 index dab92328b606..95337c07efe3 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO.h @@ -38,11 +38,6 @@ // #define DISABLE_DEBUG -// -// Note: MKS Robin board is using SPI2 interface. -// -#define SPI_MODULE 2 - // // Limit Switches // @@ -108,11 +103,16 @@ #define LED_PIN PB2 +// +// SD Card +// +#define SDIO_SUPPORT +#define SD_DETECT_PIN PD12 + // // LCD / Controller // #define BEEPER_PIN PC5 -#define SD_DETECT_PIN PD12 /** * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens use various TFT controllers. @@ -123,12 +123,15 @@ #define FSMC_CS_PIN PD7 // NE4 #define FSMC_RS_PIN PD11 // A0 - #define LCD_RESET_PIN PF6 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PC6 // FSMC_RST #define NO_LCD_REINIT // Suppress LCD re-initialization #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD13 #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PA7 + #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PA7 // SPI2_NSS + #define TOUCH_SCK_PIN PB13 // SPI2_SCK + #define TOUCH_MISO_PIN PB14 // SPI2_MISO + #define TOUCH_MOSI_PIN PB15 // SPI2_MOSI #endif #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d080e907444b --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO.h @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +/** + * MKS Robin pro (STM32F103ZET6) board pin assignments + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F1__ + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F1 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 3 || E_STEPPERS > 3 + #error "MKS Robin pro supports up to 3 hotends / E-steppers. Comment out this line to continue." +#endif + +#define BOARD_INFO_NAME "MKS Robin pro" + +// +// Release PB4 (Y_ENABLE_PIN) from JTAG NRST role +// +#define DISABLE_DEBUG + +// +// Note: MKS Robin board is using SPI2 interface. +// +//#define SPI_MODULE 2 +#define ENABLE_SPI2 + +// +// Servos +// +#define SERVO0_PIN PA8 // BLTOUCH + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN PA15 +#define X_MAX_PIN PG7 +#define Y_MIN_PIN PA12 +#define Y_MAX_PIN PG8 +#define Z_MIN_PIN PA11 +#define Z_MAX_PIN PC4 + +// +// Steppers +// +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PE4 +#define X_STEP_PIN PE3 +#define X_DIR_PIN PE2 +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN PF8 +#endif + +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PE1 +#define Y_STEP_PIN PE0 +#define Y_DIR_PIN PB9 +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN PF3 +#endif + +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB8 +#define Z_STEP_PIN PB5 +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB4 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN PF6 +#endif + +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB3 +#define E0_STEP_PIN PD6 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PD3 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN PG15 +#endif + +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PA3 +#define E1_STEP_PIN PA6 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PA1 +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN PG10 +#endif + +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN PF0 +#define E2_STEP_PIN PF2 +#define E2_DIR_PIN PF1 +#ifndef E2_CS_PIN + #define E2_CS_PIN PG9 +#endif +// +// Software SPI pins for TMC2130 stepper drivers +// +#if ENABLED(TMC_USE_SW_SPI) + #ifndef TMC_SW_MOSI + #define TMC_SW_MOSI PB15 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_MISO + #define TMC_SW_MISO PB14 + #endif + #ifndef TMC_SW_SCK + #define TMC_SW_SCK PB13 + #endif +#endif + +#if HAS_TMC220x + /** + * TMC2208/TMC2209 stepper drivers + * + * Hardware serial communication ports. + * If undefined software serial is used according to the pins below + */ + //#define X_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial + //#define X2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Y2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define Z2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E0_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E1_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E2_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E3_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + //#define E4_HARDWARE_SERIAL Serial1 + + // + // Software serial + // + #define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PF7 + #define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PF8 + + #define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PF4 + #define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PF3 + + #define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PF5 + #define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PF6 + + #define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG13 + #define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG15 + + #define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PG12 + #define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG10 + + #define E2_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC13 + #define E2_SERIAL_RX_PIN PG9 +#endif + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC1 // TH1 +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC2 // TH2 +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC3 // TH3 +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC0 // TB1 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN PF10 // +HE0- +#define HEATER_1_PIN PB0 // +HE1- +#define HEATER_2_PIN PF9 // +HE2- +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PA0 // +HOT-BED- +#define FAN_PIN PB1 // +FAN- + +/** + * Note: MKS Robin Pro board is using SPI2 interface. Make sure your stm32duino library is configured accordingly + */ +//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PE5 // TC1 - CS1 +//#define MAX6675_SS_PIN PF11 // TC2 - CS2 + +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PA2 // PW_DET +#define PS_ON_PIN PG11 // PW_OFF +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA4 // MT_DET1 +//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PE6 // MT_DET2 +//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PG14 // MT_DET3 + +// +// SD Card +// +#ifndef SDCARD_CONNECTION + #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD +#endif + +#if SD_CONNECTION_IS(LCD) + #define ENABLE_SPI2 + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PG3 + #define SCK_PIN PB13 + #define MISO_PIN PB14 + #define MOSI_PIN PB15 + #define SS_PIN PG6 +#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(ONBOARD) + #define SDIO_SUPPORT + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PD12 +#elif SD_CONNECTION_IS(CUSTOM_CABLE) + #error "No custom SD drive cable defined for this board." +#endif + +/** + * Note: MKS Robin TFT screens use various TFT controllers. + * If the screen stays white, disable 'LCD_RESET_PIN' + * to let the bootloader init the screen. + */ +#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) + #define FSMC_CS_PIN PD7 // NE4 + #define FSMC_RS_PIN PD11 // A0 + + #define LCD_RESET_PIN PF6 + #define NO_LCD_REINIT // Suppress LCD re-initialization + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN PD13 + + #if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) + #define TOUCH_CS_PIN PA7 + #else + #define BEEPER_PIN PC5 + #define BTN_ENC PG2 + #define BTN_EN1 PG5 + #define BTN_EN2 PG4 + #endif + +#elif HAS_SPI_LCD + + #define BEEPER_PIN PC5 + #define BTN_ENC PG2 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PG0 + #define LCD_PINS_RS PG1 + #define BTN_EN1 PG5 + #define BTN_EN2 PG4 + + // MKS MINI12864 and MKS LCD12864B. If using MKS LCD12864A (Need to remove RPK2 resistor) + #if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) + + #define LCD_BACKLIGHT_PIN -1 + #define LCD_RESET_PIN -1 + #define DOGLCD_A0 PF12 + #define DOGLCD_CS PF15 + #define DOGLCD_SCK PB13 + #define DOGLCD_MOSI PB15 + + #else // !MKS_MINI_12864 && !ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY + + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PF14 + #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PF15 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PF12 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PF13 + #endif + + #endif // !MKS_MINI_12864 && !ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY +#endif + +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL.h deleted file mode 100644 index 062981a1eac6..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,150 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -#ifndef STM32F4 - #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" -#endif - -#ifndef MACHINE_NAME - #define MACHINE_NAME "STEVAL-3DP001V1" -#endif - -#undef TEMP_TIMER -#define TEMP_TIMER 9 // the Marlin default of timer 7 doesn't exist on the STM32MF401 series - -// -// Limit Switches -// -#define X_MIN_PIN 38 // PD8 X_STOP -#define X_MAX_PIN -1 -#define Y_MIN_PIN 39 // PD9 Y_STOP -#define Y_MAX_PIN -1 -#define Z_MIN_PIN 40 // PD10 Z_STOP -#define Z_MAX_PIN -1 - -// -// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) -// -// #ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 11 // PA4 -// #endif - -#define SCK_PIN 16 // PB13 SPI_S -#define MISO_PIN 17 // PB14 SPI_M -#define MOSI_PIN 18 // PB15 SPI_M - -// -// Steppers -// - -#define X_STEP_PIN 60 // PE14 X_PWM -#define X_DIR_PIN 61 // PE15 X_DIR -#define X_ENABLE_PIN 59 // PE13 X_RES -#define X_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define Y_STEP_PIN 62 // PB10 Y_PWM -#define Y_DIR_PIN 63 // PE9 Y_DIR -#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 64 // PE10 Y_RES -#define Y_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define Z_STEP_PIN 66 // PC6 Z_PWM -#define Z_DIR_PIN 67 // PC0 Z_DIR -#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 65 // PC15 Z_RES -#define Z_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define E0_STEP_PIN 70 // PD12 E1_PW -#define E0_DIR_PIN 68 // PC13 E1_DIR -#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 69 // PC14 E1_RE -#define E0_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define E1_STEP_PIN 72 // PE5 E2_PWM -#define E1_DIR_PIN 73 // PE6 E2_DIR -#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 71 // PE4 E2_RESE -#define E1_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - -#define E2_STEP_PIN 76 // PB8 E3_PWM -#define E2_DIR_PIN 74 // PE2 E3_DIR -#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 75 // PE3 E3_RESE -#define E2_CS_PIN 11 // PA4 SPI_CS - - -// -// Temperature Sensors -// -#define TEMP_0_PIN 52 // PA0 E1_THER -#define TEMP_1_PIN 53 // PA1 E2_THER -#define TEMP_BED_PIN 50 // PC2 BED_THE - -// -// Heaters / Fans -// -#define HEATER_0_PIN 52 // PA0 E1_THER -#define HEATER_1_PIN 53 // PA1 E2_THER -#define HEATER_BED_PIN 50 // PC2 BED_THE - -#define FAN_PIN 56 // PC4 E1_FAN PWM pin, Part cooling fan -#define FAN1_PIN 57 // PC5 E2_FAN PWM pin, Extruder fan -#define FAN2_PIN 58 // PE8 E3_FAN PWM pin, Controller fan - -// -// Misc functions -// -#define SDSS 11 // PA4 SPI_CS -#define LED_PIN -1 // Heart beat -#define PS_ON_PIN -1 -#define KILL_PIN -1 -#define PWR_LOSS -1 // Power loss / nAC_FAULT - -// -// LCD / Controller -// -//#define SD_DETECT_PIN 24 // PA15 SD_CA -//#define BEEPER_PIN 23 // PC9 SDIO_D1 -//#define LCD_PINS_RS 63 // PE9 Y_DIR -//#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 58 // PE8 E3_FAN -//#define LCD_PINS_D4 15 // PB12 SPI_C -//#define LCD_PINS_D5 16 // PB13 SPI_S -//#define LCD_PINS_D6 17 // PB14 SPI_M -//#define LCD_PINS_D7 18 // PB15 SPI_M -//#define BTN_EN1 56 // PC4 E1_FAN -//#define BTN_EN2 57 // PC5 E2_FAN -//#define BTN_ENC 51 // PC3 BED_THE - -// -// Filament runout detection -// -//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 55 // PA3 BED_THE - -// -// Extension pins -// -//#define EXT0_PIN 48 // PB0 E2_HEAT -//#define EXT1_PIN 49 // PB1 E3_HEAT -//#define EXT2_PIN // PB2 -//#define EXT3_PIN 38 // PD8 X_STOP -//#define EXT4_PIN 39 // PD9 Y_STOP -//#define EXT5_PIN 40 // PD10 Z_STOP -//#define EXT6_PIN 41 // PD11 -//#define EXT7_PIN 70 // PD12 E1_PW -//#define EXT8_PIN 62 // PB10 Y_PWM -//#define EXT9_PIN // PB11 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..02c1c66c5a7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_STEVAL_3DP001V1.h @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +// Source: https://github.com/stm32duino/Arduino_Core_STM32/blob/master/variants/ST3DP001_EVAL/variant.cpp + +/** + * HOW TO COMPILE + * + * PlatformIO - Use the STM32F401VE_STEVAL environment (or the "Auto Build Marlin" extension). + * + * Arduino - Tested with 1.8.10 + * Install library per https://github.com/stm32duino/Arduino_Core_STM32 + * Make the following selections under the TOOL menu in the Arduino IDE + * Board: "3D printer boards" + * Board part number: "STEVAL-3DP001V1" + * U(S)ART support: "Enabled (generic "Serial")" + * USB support (if available): "CDC (no generic "Serial")" + * Optimize: "Smallest (-Os default)" + * C Runtime Library: "newlib Nano (default)" + */ + +#pragma once + +#ifndef STM32F4 + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#endif + +#ifndef MACHINE_NAME + #define MACHINE_NAME "STEVAL-3DP001V1" +#endif + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_MIN_PIN 39 // PD8 X_STOP +#define Y_MIN_PIN 40 // PD9 Y_STOP +#define Z_MIN_PIN 41 // PD10 Z_STOP + +#define X_MAX_PIN 44 // PD0 W_STOP +#define Y_MAX_PIN 43 // PA8 V_STOP +#define Z_MAX_PIN 42 // PD11 U_STOP + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +//#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN +// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 16 // PA4 +//#endif + +// +// Filament runout +// +//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 53 // PA3 BED_THE + +// +// Steppers +// + +#define X_STEP_PIN 61 // PE14 X_PWM +#define X_DIR_PIN 62 // PE15 X_DIR +#define X_ENABLE_PIN 60 // PE13 X_RES +#define X_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define Y_STEP_PIN 64 // PB10 Y_PWM +#define Y_DIR_PIN 65 // PE9 Y_DIR +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN 63 // PE10 Y_RES +#define Y_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define Z_STEP_PIN 67 // PC6 Z_PWM +#define Z_DIR_PIN 68 // PC0 Z_DIR +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN 66 // PC15 Z_RES +#define Z_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define E0_STEP_PIN 71 // PD12 E1_PW +#define E0_DIR_PIN 70 // PC13 E1_DIR +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN 69 // PC14 E1_RE +#define E0_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define E1_STEP_PIN 73 // PE5 E2_PWM +#define E1_DIR_PIN 74 // PE6 E2_DIR +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN 72 // PE4 E2_RESE +#define E1_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#define E2_STEP_PIN 77 // PB8 E3_PWM +#define E2_DIR_PIN 76 // PE2 E3_DIR +#define E2_ENABLE_PIN 75 // PE3 E3_RESE +#define E2_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +// needed to pass a sanity check +#define X2_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define Y2_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define Z2_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define Z3_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define E3_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define E4_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define E5_CS_PIN 16 // PA4 SPI_CS + +#if HAS_L64XX + #define L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN 17 // PA5 + #define L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN 18 // PA6 + #define L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN 19 // PA7 + #define L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN 16 // PA4 + + //#define SCK_PIN L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN + //#define MISO_PIN L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN + //#define MOSI_PIN L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN +#else + //#define SCK_PIN 13 // PB13 SPI_S + //#define MISO_PIN 12 // PB14 SPI_M + //#define MOSI_PIN 11 // PB15 SPI_M +#endif + +/** + * Macro to reset/enable L6474 stepper drivers + * + * IMPORTANT - To disable (bypass) L6474s, install the corresponding + * resistors (R11 - R17) and change the "V" to "0" for the + * corresponding pins here: + */ +#define ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(V) do{ OUT_WRITE(X_ENABLE_PIN, V); \ + OUT_WRITE(Y_ENABLE_PIN, V); \ + OUT_WRITE(Z_ENABLE_PIN, V); \ + OUT_WRITE(E0_ENABLE_PIN,V); \ + OUT_WRITE(E1_ENABLE_PIN,V); \ + OUT_WRITE(E2_ENABLE_PIN,V); \ + }while(0) + +// +// Temperature Sensors +// +#define TEMP_0_PIN 3 // Analog input 3, digital pin 54 PA0 E1_THERMISTOR +#define TEMP_1_PIN 4 // Analog input 4, digital pin 55 PA1 E2_THERMISTOR +#define TEMP_2_PIN 5 // Analog input 5, digital pin 56 PA2 E3_THERMISTOR +#define TEMP_BED_PIN 0 // Analog input 0, digital pin 51 PC2 BED_THERMISTOR_1 +#define TEMP_BED_1_PIN 1 // Analog input 1, digital pin 52 PC3 BED_THERMISTOR_2 +#define TEMP_BED_2_PIN 2 // Analog input 2, digital pin 53 PA3 BED_THERMISTOR_3 + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// +#define HEATER_0_PIN 48 // PC7 E1_HEAT_PWM +#define HEATER_1_PIN 49 // PB0 E2_HEAT_PWM +#define HEATER_2_PIN 50 // PB1 E3_HEAT_PWM +#define HEATER_BED_PIN 46 // PD14 (BED_HEAT_1 FET +#define HEATER_BED_1_PIN 45 // PD13 (BED_HEAT_2 FET +#define HEATER_BED_2_PIN 47 // PD15 (BED_HEAT_3 FET + +#define FAN_PIN 57 // PC4 E1_FAN PWM pin, Part cooling fan FET +#define FAN1_PIN 58 // PC5 E2_FAN PWM pin, Extruder fan FET +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN +#define FAN2_PIN 59 // PE8 E3_FAN PWM pin, Controller fan FET + +// +// Misc functions +// +#define SDSS 16 // PA4 SPI_CS +#define LED_PIN -1 // 9 // PE1 green LED Heart beat +#define PS_ON_PIN -1 +#define KILL_PIN -1 +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN -1 // PWR_LOSS / nAC_FAULT + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +//#define SD_DETECT_PIN 66 // PA15 SD_CA +//#define BEEPER_PIN 24 // PC9 SDIO_D1 +//#define LCD_PINS_RS 65 // PE9 Y_DIR +//#define LCD_PINS_ENABLE 59 // PE8 E3_FAN +//#define LCD_PINS_D4 10 // PB12 SPI_C +//#define LCD_PINS_D5 13 // PB13 SPI_S +//#define LCD_PINS_D6 12 // PB14 SPI_M +//#define LCD_PINS_D7 11 // PB15 SPI_M +//#define BTN_EN1 57 // PC4 E1_FAN +//#define BTN_EN2 58 // PC5 E2_FAN +//#define BTN_ENC 52 // PC3 BED_THE + +// +// Extension pins +// +//#define EXT0_PIN 49 // PB0 E2_HEAT +//#define EXT1_PIN 50 // PB1 E3_HEAT +//#define EXT2_PIN // PB2 not used (tied to ground +//#define EXT3_PIN 39 // PD8 X_STOP +//#define EXT4_PIN 40 // PD9 Y_STOP +//#define EXT5_PIN 41 // PD10 Z_STOP +//#define EXT6_PIN 42 // PD11 +//#define EXT7_PIN 71 // PD12 E1_PW +//#define EXT8_PIN 64 // PB10 Y_PWM + +// WIFI +// 2 // PD3 CTS +// 3 // PD4 RTS +// 4 // PD5 TX +// 5 // PD6 RX +// 6 // PB5 WIFI_WAKEUP +// 7 // PE11 WIFI_RESET +// 8 // PE12 WIFI_BOOT + + +// I2C USER +// 14 // PB7 SDA +// 15 // PB6 SCL + +// JTAG +// 20 // PA13 JTAG_TMS/SWDIO +// 21 // PA14 JTAG_TCK/SWCLK +// 22 // PB3 JTAG_TDO/SWO + +// +// SD support +// +//#define SDIO_SUPPORT +// 23 // PC8 SDIO_D0 +// 24 // PC9 SDIO_D1 +// 25 // PA15 SD_CARD_DETECT +// 26 // PC10 SDIO_D2 +// 27 // PC11 SDIO_D3 +// 28 // PC12 SDIO_CK +// 29 // PD2 SDIO_CMD + +#define SOFTWARE_SPI // Use soft SPI for onboard SD +#define SDSS 27 // PC11 SDIO_D3 +#define SCK_PIN 28 // PC12 SDIO_CK +#define MISO_PIN 23 // PC8 SDIO_D0 +#define MOSI_PIN 29 // PD2 SDIO_CMD + +// OTG +// 30 // PA11 OTG_DM +// 31 // PA12 OTG_DP + +// USER_PINS +// 34 // PD7 USER3 +// 35 // PB9 USER1 +// 36 // PE0 USER2 +// 37 // PB4 USER4 + +// USERKET +// 38 // PE7 USER_BUTTON + + +// 0 // PA9 TX +// 1 // PA10 RX + + +// IR/PROBE +// 32 // PD1 IR_OUT +// 33 // PC1 IR_ON + + +/** + * Logical pin vs. port/pin cross reference + * + * PA0 54 // E1_THERMISTOR PA9 0 // TX + * PA1 55 // E2_THERMISTOR PA10 1 // RX + * PA2 56 // E3_THERMISTOR PD3 2 // CTS + * PA3 53 // BED_THERMISTOR_3 PD4 3 // RTS + * PA4 16 // SPI_CS PD5 4 // TX + * PA5 17 // SPI_SCK PD6 5 // RX + * PA6 18 // SPI_MISO PB5 6 // WIFI_WAKEUP + * PA7 19 // SPI_MOSI PE11 7 // WIFI_RESET + * PA8 43 // V_STOP PE12 8 // WIFI_BOOT + * PA9 0 // TX PE1 9 // STATUS_LED + * PA10 1 // RX PB12 10 // SPI_CS + * PA11 30 // OTG_DM PB15 11 // SPI_MOSI + * PA12 31 // OTG_DP PB14 12 // SPI_MISO + * PA13 20 // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO PB13 13 // SPI_SCK + * PA14 21 // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK PB7 14 // SDA + * PA15 25 // SD_CARD_DETECT PB6 15 // SCL + * PB0 49 // E2_HEAT_PWM PA4 16 // SPI_CS + * PB1 50 // E3_HEAT_PWM PA5 17 // SPI_SCK + * PB3 22 // JTAG_TDO/SWO PA6 18 // SPI_MISO + * PB4 37 // USER4 PA7 19 // SPI_MOSI + * PB5 6 // WIFI_WAKEUP PA13 20 // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO + * PB6 15 // SCL PA14 21 // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK + * PB7 14 // SDA PB3 22 // JTAG_TDO/SWO + * PB8 77 // E3_PWM PC8 23 // SDIO_D0 + * PB9 35 // USER1 PC9 24 // SDIO_D1 + * PB10 64 // Y_PWM PA15 25 // SD_CARD_DETECT + * PB12 10 // SPI_CS PC10 26 // SDIO_D2 + * PB13 13 // SPI_SCK PC11 27 // SDIO_D3 + * PB14 12 // SPI_MISO PC12 28 // SDIO_CK + * PB15 11 // SPI_MOSI PD2 29 // SDIO_CMD + * PC0 68 // Z_DIR PA11 30 // OTG_DM + * PC1 33 // IR_ON PA12 31 // OTG_DP + * PC2 51 // BED_THERMISTOR_1 PD1 32 // IR_OUT + * PC3 52 // BED_THERMISTOR_2 PC1 33 // IR_ON + * PC4 57 // E1_FAN PD7 34 // USER3 + * PC5 58 // E2_FAN PB9 35 // USER1 + * PC6 67 // Z_PWM PE0 36 // USER2 + * PC7 48 // E1_HEAT_PWM PB4 37 // USER4 + * PC8 23 // SDIO_D0 PE7 38 // USER_BUTTON + * PC9 24 // SDIO_D1 PD8 39 // X_STOP + * PC10 26 // SDIO_D2 PD9 40 // Y_STOP + * PC11 27 // SDIO_D3 PD10 41 // Z_STOP + * PC12 28 // SDIO_CK PD11 42 // U_STOP + * PC13 70 // E1_DIR PA8 43 // V_STOP + * PC14 69 // E1_RESET PD0 44 // W_STOP + * PC15 66 // Z_RESET PD13 45 // BED_HEAT_2 + * PD0 44 // W_STOP PD14 46 // BED_HEAT_1 + * PD1 32 // IR_OUT PD15 47 // BED_HEAT_3 + * PD2 29 // SDIO_CMD PC7 48 // E1_HEAT_PWM + * PD3 2 // CTS PB0 49 // E2_HEAT_PWM + * PD4 3 // RTS PB1 50 // E3_HEAT_PWM + * PD5 4 // TX PC2 51 // BED_THERMISTOR_1 + * PD6 5 // RX PC3 52 // BED_THERMISTOR_2 + * PD7 34 // USER3 PA3 53 // BED_THERMISTOR_3 + * PD8 39 // X_STOP PA0 54 // E1_THERMISTOR + * PD9 40 // Y_STOP PA1 55 // E2_THERMISTOR + * PD10 41 // Z_STOP PA2 56 // E3_THERMISTOR + * PD11 42 // U_STOP PC4 57 // E1_FAN + * PD12 71 // E1_PWM PC5 58 // E2_FAN + * PD13 45 // BED_HEAT_2 PE8 59 // E3_FAN + * PD14 46 // BED_HEAT_1 PE13 60 // X_RESET + * PD15 47 // BED_HEAT_3 PE14 61 // X_PWM + * PE0 36 // USER2 PE15 62 // X_DIR + * PE1 9 // STATUS_LED PE10 63 // Y_RESET + * PE2 76 // E3_DIR PB10 64 // Y_PWM + * PE3 75 // E3_RESET PE9 65 // Y_DIR + * PE4 72 // E2_RESET PC15 66 // Z_RESET + * PE5 73 // E2_PWM PC6 67 // Z_PWM + * PE6 74 // E2_DIR PC0 68 // Z_DIR + * PE7 38 // USER_BUTTON PC14 69 // E1_RESET + * PE8 59 // E3_FAN PC13 70 // E1_DIR + * PE9 65 // Y_DIR PD12 71 // E1_PWM + * PE10 63 // Y_RESET PE4 72 // E2_RESET + * PE11 7 // WIFI_RESET PE5 73 // E2_PWM + * PE12 8 // WIFI_BOOT PE6 74 // E2_DIR + * PE13 60 // X_RESET PE3 75 // E3_RESET + * PE14 61 // X_PWM PE2 76 // E3_DIR + * PE15 62 // X_DIR PB8 77 // E3_PWM + */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_VAKE403D.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_VAKE403D.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..df23f3b3186d --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32/pins_VAKE403D.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ +#pragma once + +#if !defined(STM32F4) && !defined(STM32F4xx) + #error "Oops! Select an STM32F4 board in 'Tools > Board.'" +#elif HOTENDS > 2 || E_STEPPERS > 2 + #error "STM32F4 supports up to 2 hotends / E-steppers." +#endif + +#define DEFAULT_MACHINE_NAME "STM32F446VET6" +#define BOARD_NAME "STM32F4 VAkE" + +//#define I2C_EEPROM + +#define E2END 0xFFF // EEPROM end address (4kB) + +// +// Servos +// +//#define SERVO0_PIN PE13 +//#define SERVO1_PIN PE14 + +// +// Limit Switches +// +#define X_STOP_PIN PE10 +#define Y_STOP_PIN PE9 +#define Z_STOP_PIN PE8 + +// +// Z Probe (when not Z_MIN_PIN) +// +#ifndef Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN + #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN PA4 +#endif + +// +// Filament runout +// +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN PA3 + +// +// Steppers +// + +#define STEPPER_ENABLE_PIN PB2 + +#define X_STEP_PIN PC6 // X_STEP +#define X_DIR_PIN PC7 // X_DIR +#define X_ENABLE_PIN PB2 // +#ifndef X_CS_PIN + #define X_CS_PIN PC8 // X_CS +#endif + +#define Y_STEP_PIN PD9 // Y_STEP +#define Y_DIR_PIN PD10 // Y_DIR +#define Y_ENABLE_PIN PB2 // +#ifndef Y_CS_PIN + #define Y_CS_PIN PD11 // Y_CS +#endif + +#define Z_STEP_PIN PE15 // Z_STEP +#define Z_DIR_PIN PB10 // Z_DIR +#define Z_ENABLE_PIN PB2 +#ifndef Z_CS_PIN + #define Z_CS_PIN PD8 +#endif + +#define E0_STEP_PIN PB1 +#define E0_DIR_PIN PB13 +#define E0_ENABLE_PIN PB2 +#ifndef E0_CS_PIN + #define E0_CS_PIN PE11 +#endif + +#define E1_STEP_PIN PC4 +#define E1_DIR_PIN PC5 +#define E1_ENABLE_PIN PB2 +#ifndef E1_CS_PIN + #define E1_CS_PIN PB0 +#endif + +#define SCK_PIN PE12 // PA5 // SPI1 for SD card +#define MISO_PIN PE13 // PA6 +#define MOSI_PIN PE14 // PA7 + +// added for SD card : optional or not ??? +//#define SD_CHIP_SELECT_PIN SDSS // The default chip select pin for the SD card is SS. +// The following three pins must not be redefined for hardware SPI. +//#define SPI_MOSI_PIN MOSI_PIN // SPI Master Out Slave In pin +//#define SPI_MISO_PIN MISO_PIN // SPI Master In Slave Out pin +//#define SPI_SCK_PIN SCK_PIN // SPI Clock pin + +// +// Temperature Sensors (Analog inputs) +// + +#define TEMP_0_PIN PC0 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_1_PIN PC1 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_2_PIN PC2 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_3_PIN PC3 // Analog Input +#define TEMP_BED_PIN PC3 // Analog Input + +// +// Heaters / Fans +// + +#define HEATER_0_PIN PD15 +#define HEATER_1_PIN PD14 +#define HEATER_BED_PIN PD12 + +#ifndef FAN_PIN + #define FAN_PIN PD13 +#endif +#define FAN1_PIN PB5 // PA0 +#define FAN2_PIN PB4 // PA1 + +#define ORIG_E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PD13 // Use this by NOT overriding E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN + +// +// Misc. Functions +// + +//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_CI PF13 +//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN_DO PF14 +//#define NEOPIXEL_PIN PF13 + +// +// Prusa i3 MK2 Multi Material Multiplexer Support +// +//#define E_MUX0_PIN PG3 +//#define E_MUX1_PIN PG4 + +#define LED_PIN PB14 // Alive +#define PS_ON_PIN PE0 +#define KILL_PIN PD5 +#define POWER_LOSS_PIN PA4 // ?? Power loss / nAC_FAULT + +#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define SD_DETECT_PIN PB7 + #define SS_PIN PB_15 // USD_CS -> CS for onboard SD +#endif + +// +// LCD / Controller +// +#if HAS_SPI_LCD + #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) + #define SDSS PB6 // CS for SD card in LCD + #endif + #define BEEPER_PIN PC9 + #define LCD_PINS_RS PC12 + #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD7 + #define LCD_PINS_D4 PD1 + #define LCD_PINS_D5 PD2 + #define LCD_PINS_D6 PD3 + #define LCD_PINS_D7 PD4 + #define BTN_EN1 PD6 + #define BTN_EN2 PD0 + #define BTN_ENC PB12 +#endif + +// +// ST7920 Delays +// +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 + #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(96) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 + #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(48) +#endif +#ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 + #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(715) +#endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_5DPRINT.h b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_5DPRINT.h old mode 100755 new mode 100644 diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_PRINTRBOARD_REVF.h b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_PRINTRBOARD_REVF.h index 90c31132a790..6aaa037d25c6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_PRINTRBOARD_REVF.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_PRINTRBOARD_REVF.h @@ -247,15 +247,9 @@ //#define MISO 23 // 13 B3 ICSP-06 EXP2-05 // increase delays - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_1 - #define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(313) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_2 - #define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(313) - #endif - #ifndef ST7920_DELAY_3 - #define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(313) - #endif + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(313) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(313) + #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(313) #else diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_TEENSYLU.h b/Marlin/src/pins/teensy2/pins_TEENSYLU.h old mode 100755 new mode 100644 diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp index a09de08fe58a..01cb5ec1b831 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/Sd2Card.cpp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #include "Sd2Card.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if ENABLED(SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY) static bool crcSupported = true; diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp index 296920883845..5e3e57f0e081 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdBaseFile.cpp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ #include "SdBaseFile.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" SdBaseFile* SdBaseFile::cwd_ = 0; // Pointer to Current Working Directory // callback function for date/time diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp index 050194940647..1db562a80aa8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/SdVolume.cpp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ #include "SdVolume.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #if !USE_MULTIPLE_CARDS // raw block cache @@ -291,6 +291,16 @@ int32_t SdVolume::freeClusterCount() { for (uint16_t i = 0; i < n; i++) if (cacheBuffer_.fat32[i] == 0) free++; } + #ifdef ESP32 + // Needed to reset the idle task watchdog timer on ESP32 as reading the complete FAT may easily + // block for 10+ seconds. yield() is insufficient since it blocks lower prio tasks (e.g., idle). + static millis_t nextTaskTime = 0; + const millis_t ms = millis(); + if (ELAPSED(ms, nextTaskTime)) { + vTaskDelay(1); // delay 1 tick (Minimum. Usually 10 or 1 ms depending on skdconfig.h) + nextTaskTime = ms + 1000; // tickle the task manager again in 1 second + } + #endif // ESP32 } return free; } diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp index 69d63dff1cc6..538a744e46fb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.cpp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "cardreader.h" -#include "../Marlin.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" #include "../lcd/ultralcd.h" #include "../module/planner.h" #include "../module/printcounter.h" @@ -385,10 +385,11 @@ void CardReader::release() { void CardReader::openAndPrintFile(const char *name) { char cmd[4 + strlen(name) + 1]; // Room for "M23 ", filename, and null - sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M23 %s"), name); + extern const char M23_STR[]; + sprintf_P(cmd, M23_STR, name); for (char *c = &cmd[4]; *c; c++) *c = tolower(*c); queue.enqueue_one_now(cmd); - queue.enqueue_now_P(PSTR("M24")); + queue.enqueue_now_P(M24_STR); } void CardReader::startFileprint() { @@ -417,7 +418,7 @@ void CardReader::stopSDPrint( void CardReader::openLogFile(char * const path) { flag.logging = true; - openFile(path, false); + openFileWrite(path); } // @@ -443,16 +444,42 @@ void CardReader::getAbsFilename(char *dst) { *dst = '\0'; } +void openFailed(const char * const fname) { + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_OPEN_FILE_FAIL, fname, "."); +} + +void announceOpen(const uint8_t doing, const char * const path) { + if (doing) { + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Now "); + serialprintPGM(doing == 1 ? PSTR("doing") : PSTR("fresh")); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" file: ", path); + } +} + // -// Open a file by DOS path - for read or write +// Open a file by DOS path for read +// The 'subcall_type' flag indicates... +// - 0 : Standard open from host or user interface. +// - 1 : (file open) Opening a new sub-procedure. +// - 1 : (no file open) Opening a macro (M98). +// - 2 : Resuming from a sub-procedure // -void CardReader::openFile(char * const path, const bool read, const bool subcall/*=false*/) { - +void CardReader::openFileRead(char * const path, const uint8_t subcall_type/*=0*/) { if (!isMounted()) return; - uint8_t doing = 0; - if (isFileOpen()) { // Replacing current file or doing a subroutine - if (subcall) { + switch (subcall_type) { + case 0: // Starting a new print. "Now fresh file: ..." + announceOpen(2, path); + file_subcall_ctr = 0; + break; + + case 1: // Starting a sub-procedure + + // With no file is open it's a simple macro. "Now doing file: ..." + if (!isFileOpen()) { announceOpen(1, path); break; } + + // Too deep? The firmware has to bail. if (file_subcall_ctr > SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH - 1) { SERIAL_ERROR_MSG("trying to call sub-gcode files with too many levels. MAX level is:" STRINGIFY(SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH)); kill(); @@ -463,62 +490,62 @@ void CardReader::openFile(char * const path, const bool read, const bool subcall getAbsFilename(proc_filenames[file_subcall_ctr]); filespos[file_subcall_ctr] = sdpos; + // For sub-procedures say 'SUBROUTINE CALL target: "..." parent: "..." pos12345' SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("SUBROUTINE CALL target:\"", path, "\" parent:\"", proc_filenames[file_subcall_ctr], "\" pos", sdpos); file_subcall_ctr++; - } - else - doing = 1; - } - else if (subcall) // Returning from a subcall? - SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("END SUBROUTINE"); - else { // Opening fresh file - doing = 2; - file_subcall_ctr = 0; // Reset procedure depth in case user cancels print while in procedure - } + break; - if (doing) { - SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Now "); - serialprintPGM(doing == 1 ? PSTR("doing") : PSTR("fresh")); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(" file: ", path); + case 2: // Resuming previous file after sub-procedure + SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("END SUBROUTINE"); + break; } stopSDPrint(); SdFile *curDir; - const char * const fname = diveToFile(curDir, path); + const char * const fname = diveToFile(true, curDir, path); if (!fname) return; - if (read) { - if (file.open(curDir, fname, O_READ)) { - filesize = file.fileSize(); - sdpos = 0; - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_FILE_OPENED, fname, MSG_SD_SIZE, filesize); - SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_SD_FILE_SELECTED); - - selectFileByName(fname); - ui.set_status(longFilename[0] ? longFilename : fname); - //if (longFilename[0]) { - // SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(MSG_SD_FILE_LONG_NAME, longFilename); - //} - } - else - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_OPEN_FILE_FAIL, fname, "."); + if (file.open(curDir, fname, O_READ)) { + filesize = file.fileSize(); + sdpos = 0; + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_FILE_OPENED, fname, MSG_SD_SIZE, filesize); + SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM(MSG_SD_FILE_SELECTED); + + selectFileByName(fname); + ui.set_status(longFilename[0] ? longFilename : fname); } - else { //write - if (!file.open(curDir, fname, O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_WRITE | O_TRUNC)) - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_OPEN_FILE_FAIL, fname, "."); - else { - flag.saving = true; - selectFileByName(fname); - #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) - emergency_parser.disable(); - #endif - SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_WRITE_TO_FILE, fname); - ui.set_status(fname); - } + else + openFailed(fname); +} + +// +// Open a file by DOS path for write +// +void CardReader::openFileWrite(char * const path) { + if (!isMounted()) return; + + announceOpen(2, path); + file_subcall_ctr = 0; + + stopSDPrint(); + + SdFile *curDir; + const char * const fname = diveToFile(false, curDir, path); + if (!fname) return; + + if (file.open(curDir, fname, O_CREAT | O_APPEND | O_WRITE | O_TRUNC)) { + flag.saving = true; + selectFileByName(fname); + #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER) + emergency_parser.disable(); + #endif + SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_SD_WRITE_TO_FILE, fname); + ui.set_status(fname); } + else + openFailed(fname); } // @@ -530,7 +557,7 @@ void CardReader::removeFile(const char * const name) { //stopSDPrint(); SdFile *curDir; - const char * const fname = diveToFile(curDir, name); + const char * const fname = diveToFile(false, curDir, name); if (!fname) return; if (file.remove(curDir, fname)) { @@ -651,7 +678,7 @@ void CardReader::selectFileByIndex(const uint16_t nr) { // void CardReader::selectFileByName(const char * const match) { #if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES) - for (int nr = 0; nr < sort_count; nr++) + for (uint16_t nr = 0; nr < sort_count; nr++) if (strcasecmp(match, sortshort[nr]) == 0) { strcpy(filename, sortshort[nr]); strcpy(longFilename, sortnames[nr]); @@ -677,26 +704,28 @@ uint16_t CardReader::countFilesInWorkDir() { * * A nullptr result indicates an unrecoverable error. */ -const char* CardReader::diveToFile(SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, const bool echo/*=false*/) { +const char* CardReader::diveToFile(const bool update_cwd, SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, const bool echo/*=false*/) { // Track both parent and subfolder static SdFile newDir1, newDir2; SdFile *sub = &newDir1, *startDir; + // Parsing the path string const char *item_name_adr = path; - if (path[0] == '/') { + + if (path[0] == '/') { // Starting at the root directory? curDir = &root; - workDirDepth = 0; + if (update_cwd) workDirDepth = 0; // The cwd can be updated for the benefit of sub-programs item_name_adr++; } else - curDir = &workDir; + curDir = &workDir; // Dive from workDir (as set by the UI) startDir = curDir; - - // Start dive while (item_name_adr) { - // Find next sub + // Find next subdirectory delimiter char * const name_end = strchr(item_name_adr, '/'); + + // Last atom in the path? Item found. if (name_end <= item_name_adr) break; // Set subDirName @@ -719,13 +748,16 @@ const char* CardReader::diveToFile(SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, con // curDir now subDir curDir = sub; - // Update workDirParents and workDirDepth - if (workDirDepth < MAX_DIR_DEPTH) workDirParents[workDirDepth++] = *curDir; + // Update workDirParents, workDirDepth, and workDir + if (update_cwd) { + if (workDirDepth < MAX_DIR_DEPTH) workDirParents[workDirDepth++] = *curDir; + workDir = *curDir; + } - // Point sub pointer to unused newDir + // Point sub at the other scratch object sub = (curDir != &newDir1) ? &newDir1 : &newDir2; - // item_name_adr point to next sub + // Next path atom address item_name_adr = name_end + 1; } return item_name_adr; @@ -1034,9 +1066,9 @@ uint16_t CardReader::get_num_Files() { void CardReader::printingHasFinished() { planner.synchronize(); file.close(); - if (file_subcall_ctr > 0) { // Heading up to a parent file that called current as a procedure. + if (file_subcall_ctr > 0) { // Resume calling file after closing procedure file_subcall_ctr--; - openFile(proc_filenames[file_subcall_ctr], true, true); + openFileRead(proc_filenames[file_subcall_ctr], 2); // 2 = Returning from sub-procedure setIndex(filespos[file_subcall_ctr]); startFileprint(); } @@ -1044,7 +1076,7 @@ void CardReader::printingHasFinished() { stopSDPrint(); #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - removeJobRecoveryFile(); + recovery.purge(); #endif #if ENABLED(SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE) && defined(SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND) diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h index 8ef8dbeae31a..5d3a2e71b376 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/cardreader.h @@ -83,7 +83,8 @@ class CardReader { static void checkautostart(); // Basic file ops - static void openFile(char * const path, const bool read, const bool subcall=false); + static void openFileRead(char * const path, const uint8_t subcall=0); + static void openFileWrite(char * const path); static void closefile(const bool store_location=false); static void removeFile(const char * const name); @@ -124,7 +125,7 @@ class CardReader { static inline uint8_t percentDone() { return (isFileOpen() && filesize) ? sdpos / ((filesize + 99) / 100) : 0; } // Helper for open and remove - static const char* diveToFile(SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, const bool echo=false); + static const char* diveToFile(const bool update_cwd, SdFile*& curDir, const char * const path, const bool echo=false); #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) static void presort(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.cpp b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.cpp index 12f02c19f04d..2d75e75d4c86 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/sd/usb_flashdrive/Sd2Card_FlashDrive.cpp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) -#include "../../Marlin.h" +#include "../../MarlinCore.h" #include "../../core/serial.h" #include "../../module/temperature.h" diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index b0c93bb01a96..ffb3de097d68 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -# Marlin 3D Printer Firmware +# Marlin 3D Printer Firmware -[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/MarlinFirmware/Marlin.svg?branch=bugfix-2.0.x)](https://travis-ci.org/MarlinFirmware/Marlin) ![GitHub](https://img.shields.io/github/license/marlinfirmware/marlin.svg) ![GitHub contributors](https://img.shields.io/github/contributors/marlinfirmware/marlin.svg) ![GitHub Release Date](https://img.shields.io/github/release-date/marlinfirmware/marlin.svg) +[![Build Status](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/workflows/CI/badge.svg?branch=bugfix-2.0.x)](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/actions) - + Additional documentation can be found at the [Marlin Home Page](http://marlinfw.org/). Please test this firmware and let us know if it misbehaves in any way. Volunteers are standing by! @@ -30,27 +30,66 @@ Marlin 2.0 introduces a layer of abstraction so that all the existing high-level ### Current HALs - name|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu + #### AVR (8-bit) + + board|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu ----|---------|-----|-----|----|-----|--- [Arduino AVR](https://www.arduino.cc/)|ATmega, ATTiny, etc.|16-20MHz|64-256k|2-16k|5V|no - [Teensy++ 2.0](http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB1286)|[AT90USB1286](http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB1286)|16MHz|128k|8k|5V|no - [Arduino STM32](https://github.com/rogerclarkmelbourne/Arduino_STM32)|[STM32F1](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f103.html) ARM-Cortex M3|72MHz|256-512k|48-64k|3.3V|no - [Due](https://www.arduino.cc/en/Guide/ArduinoDue), [RAMPS-FD](http://www.reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS-FD), etc.|[SAM3X8E ARM-Cortex M3](http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATsam3x8e)|84MHz|512k|64+32k|3.3V|no + + #### DUE + + boards|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu + ----|---------|-----|-----|----|-----|--- + [Arduino Due](https://www.arduino.cc/en/Guide/ArduinoDue), [RAMPS-FD](http://www.reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS-FD), etc.|[SAM3X8E ARM-Cortex M3](http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATsam3x8e)|84MHz|512k|64+32k|3.3V|no + + #### ESP32 + + board|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu + ----|---------|-----|-----|----|-----|--- + [ESP32](https://www.espressif.com/en/products/hardware/esp32/overview)|Tensilica Xtensa LX6|240MHz|---|---|3.3V|--- + + #### LPC1768 / LPC1769 + + boards|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu + ----|---------|-----|-----|----|-----|--- [Re-ARM](https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/1245051645/re-arm-for-ramps-simple-32-bit-upgrade)|[LPC1768 ARM-Cortex M3](http://www.nxp.com/products/microcontrollers-and-processors/arm-based-processors-and-mcus/lpc-cortex-m-mcus/lpc1700-cortex-m3/512kb-flash-64kb-sram-ethernet-usb-lqfp100-package:LPC1768FBD100)|100MHz|512k|32+16+16k|3.3-5V|no [MKS SBASE](http://forums.reprap.org/read.php?13,499322)|LPC1768 ARM-Cortex M3|100MHz|512k|32+16+16k|3.3-5V|no - [Azteeg X5 GT](https://www.panucatt.com/azteeg_X5_GT_reprap_3d_printer_controller_p/ax5gt.htm)|LPC1769 ARM-Cortex M3|120MHz|512k|32+16+16k|3.3-5V|no [Selena Compact](https://github.com/Ales2-k/Selena)|LPC1768 ARM-Cortex M3|100MHz|512k|32+16+16k|3.3-5V|no - [Teensy 3.5](https://www.pjrc.com/store/teensy35.html)|ARM-Cortex M4|120MHz|512k|192k|3.3-5V|yes - [Teensy 3.6](https://www.pjrc.com/store/teensy36.html)|ARM-Cortex M4|180MHz|1M|256k|3.3V|yes + [Azteeg X5 GT](https://www.panucatt.com/azteeg_X5_GT_reprap_3d_printer_controller_p/ax5gt.htm)|LPC1769 ARM-Cortex M3|120MHz|512k|32+16+16k|3.3-5V|no + [Smoothieboard](http://reprap.org/wiki/Smoothieboard)|LPC1769 ARM-Cortex M3|120MHz|512k|64k|3.3-5V|no -### HALs in Development + #### SAMD51 - name|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu + boards|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu ----|---------|-----|-----|----|-----|--- - [STEVAL-3DP001V1](http://www.st.com/en/evaluation-tools/steval-3dp001v1.html)|[STM32F401VE Arm-Cortex M4](http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32f401ve.html)|84MHz|512k|64+32k|3.3-5V|yes - [Smoothieboard](http://reprap.org/wiki/Smoothieboard)|LPC1769 ARM-Cortex M3|120MHz|512k|64k|3.3-5V|no [Adafruit Grand Central M4](https://www.adafruit.com/product/4064)|[SAMD51P20A ARM-Cortex M4](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATSAMD51P20A)|120MHz|1M|256k|3.3V|yes + #### STM32F1 + + boards|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu + ----|---------|-----|-----|----|-----|--- + [Arduino STM32](https://github.com/rogerclarkmelbourne/Arduino_STM32)|[STM32F1](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f103.html) ARM-Cortex M3|72MHz|256-512k|48-64k|3.3V|no + [STEVAL-3DP001V1](http://www.st.com/en/evaluation-tools/steval-3dp001v1.html)|[STM32F401VE Arm-Cortex M4](http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32f401ve.html)|84MHz|512k|64+32k|3.3-5V|yes + + #### Teensy++ 2.0 + + boards|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu + ----|---------|-----|-----|----|-----|--- + [Teensy++ 2.0](http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB1286)|[AT90USB1286](http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB1286)|16MHz|128k|8k|5V|no + + #### Teensy 3.1 / 3.2 + + boards|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu + ----|---------|-----|-----|----|-----|--- + [Teensy 3.2](https://www.pjrc.com/store/teensy32.html)|[MK20DX256VLH7](https://www.mouser.com/ProductDetail/NXP-Freescale/MK20DX256VLH7) ARM-Cortex M4|72MHz|256k|32k|3.3V-5V|yes + + #### Teensy 3.5 / 3.6 + + boards|processor|speed|flash|sram|logic|fpu + ----|---------|-----|-----|----|-----|--- + [Teensy 3.5](https://www.pjrc.com/store/teensy35.html)|[MK64FX512VMD12](https://www.mouser.com/ProductDetail/NXP-Freescale/MK64FX512VMD12) ARM-Cortex M4|120MHz|512k|192k|3.3-5V|yes + [Teensy 3.6](https://www.pjrc.com/store/teensy36.html)|[MK66FX1M0VMD18](https://www.mouser.com/ProductDetail/NXP-Freescale/MK66FX1M0VMD18) ARM-Cortex M4|180MHz|1M|256k|3.3V|yes + ## Submitting Patches Proposed patches should be submitted as a Pull Request against the ([bugfix-2.0.x](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/bugfix-2.0.x)) branch. @@ -65,10 +104,10 @@ Proposed patches should be submitted as a Pull Request against the ([bugfix-2.0. The current Marlin dev team consists of: - - Scott Lahteine [[@thinkyhead](https://github.com/thinkyhead)] - USA   [![Flattr Scott](http://api.flattr.com/button/flattr-badge-large.png)](https://flattr.com/submit/auto?user_id=thinkyhead&url=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin&title=Marlin&language=&tags=github&category=software) + - Scott Lahteine [[@thinkyhead](https://github.com/thinkyhead)] - USA   [Donate](http://www.thinkyhead.com/donate-to-marlin) / Flattr: [![Flattr Scott](http://api.flattr.com/button/flattr-badge-small.png)](https://flattr.com/submit/auto?user_id=thinkyhead&url=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin&title=Marlin&language=&tags=github&category=software) - Roxanne Neufeld [[@Roxy-3D](https://github.com/Roxy-3D)] - USA - - Bob Kuhn [[@Bob-the-Kuhn](https://github.com/Bob-the-Kuhn)] - USA - Chris Pepper [[@p3p](https://github.com/p3p)] - UK + - Bob Kuhn [[@Bob-the-Kuhn](https://github.com/Bob-the-Kuhn)] - USA - João Brazio [[@jbrazio](https://github.com/jbrazio)] - Portugal - Erik van der Zalm [[@ErikZalm](https://github.com/ErikZalm)] - Netherlands   [![Flattr Erik](http://api.flattr.com/button/flattr-badge-large.png)](https://flattr.com/submit/auto?user_id=ErikZalm&url=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin&title=Marlin&language=&tags=github&category=software) diff --git a/buildroot/bin/backup_ramps b/buildroot/bin/backup_ramps deleted file mode 100755 index b376bb74b84b..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/backup_ramps +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -PINS="Marlin/src/pins" -RAMPS="$PINS/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" -BKUP="$PINS/ramps/pins_RAMPS.backup.h" - -[[ -f $RAMPS ]] && cp "$RAMPS" "$BKUP" diff --git a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin b/buildroot/bin/build_marlin deleted file mode 100755 index 3255346291c1..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -case "$#" in - 0 ) BOARD=arduino:avr:mega:cpu=atmega2560 ;; - * ) BOARD=arduino:avr:$1 ;; -esac - -arduino --verify --board $BOARD Marlin/Marlin.ino diff --git a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_fail b/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_fail deleted file mode 100755 index e18105cdd445..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_fail +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -build_marlin $@ && exit 0 -exit 1 diff --git a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_pio b/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_pio deleted file mode 100755 index b3c113c2f62c..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_pio +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -platformio run --project-dir $@ --silent diff --git a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_teensy35 b/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_teensy35 deleted file mode 100755 index ed6e95cd2352..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/build_marlin_teensy35 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -arduino --verify --board teensy:avr:teensy35:usb=serial,speed=120,opt=o1std,keys=en-us Marlin/Marlin.ino diff --git a/buildroot/bin/env_backup b/buildroot/bin/env_backup deleted file mode 100755 index 164582de60fd..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/env_backup +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -[ -z "$1" ] || cd $1 - -if [ -d ".test" ]; then - printf "\033[0;31mEnvironment backup already exists!\033[0m\n" -else - mkdir .test - cp Marlin/Configuration*.h .test/ - [ -f Marlin/_Bootscreen.h ] && cp Marlin/_Bootscreen.h .test/ - [ -f Marlin/_Statusscreen.h ] && cp Marlin/_Statusscreen.h .test/ - cp -r Marlin/src/pins .test/pins - printf "\033[0;32mEnvironment Backup created\033[0m\n" -fi diff --git a/buildroot/bin/env_clean b/buildroot/bin/env_clean deleted file mode 100755 index 721aa762df57..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/env_clean +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -rm -rf .pioenvs -rm -rf .piolibdeps -rm -rf .piolib -rm -rf .pio - -if [[ $1 = "--deep" ]]; then - rm -rf ~/.platformio/packages/* - rm -rf ~/.platformio/platforms/* - rm -rf ~/.platformio/.cache/* -fi diff --git a/buildroot/bin/env_restore b/buildroot/bin/env_restore deleted file mode 100755 index defc6d8431d7..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/env_restore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -[ -z "$1" ] || cd $1 - -if [ -d ".test" ]; then - cp .test/Configuration*.h Marlin/ - rm .test/Configuration*.h - - if [ -f .test/_Bootscreen.h ]; then - cp .test/_Bootscreen.h Marlin/ - rm .test/_Bootscreen.h - fi - - if [ -f .test/_Statusscreen.h ]; then - cp .test/_Statusscreen.h Marlin/ - rm .test/_Statusscreen.h - fi - - cp -r .test/pins Marlin/src - rm -r .test/pins - - rmdir .test - printf "\033[0;32mEnvironment Restored\033[0m\n" -else - printf "\033[0;31mEnvironment Backup not available!\033[0m\n" -fi diff --git a/buildroot/bin/opt_disable b/buildroot/bin/opt_disable index 1d3615996825..11526132ef05 100755 --- a/buildroot/bin/opt_disable +++ b/buildroot/bin/opt_disable @@ -1,11 +1,13 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash -SED=$(which gsed || which sed) +# exit on first failure +set -e -for opt in "$@" ; do - eval "${SED} -i 's/\([[:blank:]]*\)\(#define \b${opt}\b\)/\1\/\/\2/g' Marlin/Configuration.h" -done +SED=$(which gsed || which sed) for opt in "$@" ; do - eval "${SED} -i 's/\([[:blank:]]*\)\(#define \b${opt}\b\)/\1\/\/\2/g' Marlin/Configuration_adv.h" + # Logic for returning nonzero based on answer here: https://stackoverflow.com/a/15966279/104648 + eval "${SED} -i '/\([[:blank:]]*\)\(\/\/\)*\([[:blank:]]*\)\(#define \b${opt}\b\)/{s//\1\3\/\/\4/;h};\${x;/./{x;q0};x;q9}' Marlin/Configuration.h" || + eval "${SED} -i '/\([[:blank:]]*\)\(\/\/\)*\([[:blank:]]*\)\(#define \b${opt}\b\)/{s//\1\3\/\/\4/;h};\${x;/./{x;q0};x;q9}' Marlin/Configuration_adv.h" || + (echo "ERROR: opt_disable Can't find ${opt}" >&2 && exit 9) done diff --git a/buildroot/bin/opt_enable b/buildroot/bin/opt_enable index f5540d2c63a1..96686d6c6845 100755 --- a/buildroot/bin/opt_enable +++ b/buildroot/bin/opt_enable @@ -1,11 +1,13 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash -SED=$(which gsed || which sed) +# exit on first failure +set -e -for opt in "$@" ; do - eval "${SED} -i 's/\/\/[[:blank:]]*\(#define \b${opt}\b\)/\1/g' Marlin/Configuration.h" -done +SED=$(which gsed || which sed) for opt in "$@" ; do - eval "${SED} -i 's/\/\/[[:blank:]]*\(#define \b${opt}\b\)/\1/g' Marlin/Configuration_adv.h" + # Logic for returning nonzero based on answer here: https://stackoverflow.com/a/15966279/104648 + eval "${SED} -i '/\(\/\/\)*[[:blank:]]*\(#define \b${opt}\b\)/{s//\2/;h};\${x;/./{x;q0};x;q9}' Marlin/Configuration.h" || + eval "${SED} -i '/\(\/\/\)*[[:blank:]]*\(#define \b${opt}\b\)/{s//\2/;h};\${x;/./{x;q0};x;q9}' Marlin/Configuration_adv.h" || + (echo "ERROR: opt_enable Can't find ${opt}" >&2 && exit 9) done diff --git a/buildroot/bin/opt_set b/buildroot/bin/opt_set index ef37a358ecb5..2f6c253c9c16 100755 --- a/buildroot/bin/opt_set +++ b/buildroot/bin/opt_set @@ -1,6 +1,11 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash +# exit on first failure +set -e + SED=$(which gsed || which sed) -eval "${SED} -E -i 's/(\/\/)?(#define \b${1}\b).*$/\2 ${2}/g' Marlin/Configuration.h" -eval "${SED} -E -i 's/(\/\/)?(#define \b${1}\b).*$/\2 ${2}/g' Marlin/Configuration_adv.h" +# Logic for returning nonzero based on answer here: https://stackoverflow.com/a/15966279/104648 +eval "${SED} -i '/\(\/\/\)*\([[:blank:]]*\)\(#define \b${1}\b\).*$/{s//\2\3 ${2}/;h};\${x;/./{x;q0};x;q9}' Marlin/Configuration.h" || +eval "${SED} -i '/\(\/\/\)*\([[:blank:]]*\)\(#define \b${1}\b\).*$/{s//\2\3 ${2}/;h};\${x;/./{x;q0};x;q9}' Marlin/Configuration_adv.h" || +(echo "ERROR: opt_set Can't find ${1}" >&2 && exit 9) diff --git a/buildroot/bin/pins_set b/buildroot/bin/pins_set index 2635ae62845e..87a8692aa25d 100755 --- a/buildroot/bin/pins_set +++ b/buildroot/bin/pins_set @@ -7,4 +7,5 @@ PIN=$2 VAL=$3 SED=$(which gsed || which sed) -eval "${SED} -E -i 's/(\/\/)?(#define +${PIN}\b).*$/\2 ${VAL}/g' Marlin/src/pins/$DIR/pins_${NAM}.h" +eval "${SED} -i '/\(\/\/\)*\(#define \+${PIN}\b\).*$/{s//\2 ${VAL}/;h};\${x;/./{x;q0};x;q9}' Marlin/src/pins/$DIR/pins_${NAM}.h" || +(echo "ERROR: pins_set Can't find ${PIN}" >&2 && exit 9) diff --git a/buildroot/bin/restore_configs b/buildroot/bin/restore_configs index a1ac70aa96a2..b2d0ea19ac8c 100755 --- a/buildroot/bin/restore_configs +++ b/buildroot/bin/restore_configs @@ -1,11 +1,5 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash -cp config/default/Configuration*.h Marlin - -PINS="Marlin/src/pins" -RAMPS="$PINS/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h" -BKUP="$PINS/ramps/pins_RAMPS.backup.h" -[ -f $BKUP ] && { cp "$BKUP" "$RAMPS" ; rm -f $BKUP ; } - -rm -f Marlin/_Bootscreen.h -rm -f Marlin/_Statusscreen.h +git checkout Marlin/Configuration*.h 2>/dev/null +git checkout Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h 2>/dev/null +rm -f Marlin/_Bootscreen.h Marlin/_Statusscreen.h diff --git a/buildroot/bin/update_defaults b/buildroot/bin/update_defaults deleted file mode 100755 index 4442a54e4d8a..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/bin/update_defaults +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env bash - -cp Marlin/Configuration*.h config/default diff --git a/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs b/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs index a0a0dcd3dd8a..410091cbd579 100755 --- a/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs +++ b/buildroot/bin/use_example_configs @@ -2,18 +2,14 @@ restore_configs -if [ -f "config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" ]; then - cp "config/examples/$@/Configuration.h" Marlin/ -fi +EXAMPLES="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/master/config/examples" -if [ -f "config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" ]; then - cp "config/examples/$@/Configuration_adv.h" Marlin/ -fi +cd Marlin -if [ -f "config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" ]; then - cp "config/examples/$@/_Bootscreen.h" Marlin/ -fi +wget -q "$EXAMPLES/$@/Configuration.h" -O wgot && mv wgot Configuration.h +wget -q "$EXAMPLES/$@/Configuration_adv.h" -O wgot && mv wgot Configuration_adv.h +wget -q "$EXAMPLES/$@/_Bootscreen.h" -O wgot && mv wgot _Bootscreen.h +wget -q "$EXAMPLES/$@/_Statusscreen.h" -O wgot && mv wgot _Statusscreen.h +rm -f wgot -if [ -f "config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" ]; then - cp "config/examples/$@/_Statusscreen.h" Marlin/ -fi +cd - >/dev/null diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/BigTree_Btt002.json b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/BigTree_Btt002.json index d325747ef73f..2fbf5ae8ac38 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/BigTree_Btt002.json +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/BigTree_Btt002.json @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ ], "ldscript": "stm32f407xg.ld", "mcu": "stm32f407vet6", - "variant": "BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X" + "variant": "BIGTREE_BTT002" }, "debug": { "jlink_device": "STM32F407VE", @@ -24,9 +24,7 @@ "svd_path": "STM32F40x.svd" }, "frameworks": [ - "arduino", - "cmsis", - "stm32cube" + "arduino" ], "name": "STM32F407VE (192k RAM. 512k Flash)", "upload": { diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/BigTree_SKR_Pro.json b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/BigTree_SKR_Pro.json index 9a03f3b1599e..a949e00a350d 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/BigTree_SKR_Pro.json +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/BigTree_SKR_Pro.json @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ ], "ldscript": "stm32f407xg.ld", "mcu": "stm32f407zgt6", - "variant": "BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X" + "variant": "BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1" }, "debug": { "jlink_device": "STM32F407ZG", @@ -24,9 +24,7 @@ "svd_path": "STM32F40x.svd" }, "frameworks": [ - "arduino", - "cmsis", - "stm32cube" + "arduino" ], "name": "STM32F407ZG (192k RAM. 1024k Flash)", "upload": { diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/FLYF407ZG.json b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/FLYF407ZG.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..944dc7a9d8fa --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/FLYF407ZG.json @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +{ + "build": { + "core": "stm32", + "cpu": "cortex-m4", + "extra_flags": "-DSTM32F407xx", + "f_cpu": "168000000L", + "hwids": [ + [ + "0x1EAF", + "0x0003" + ], + [ + "0x0483", + "0x3748" + ] + ], + "ldscript": "stm32f407xg.ld", + "mcu": "stm32f407zgt6", + "variant": "FLY_F407ZG" + }, + "debug": { + "jlink_device": "STM32F407ZG", + "openocd_target": "stm32f4x", + "svd_path": "STM32F40x.svd", + "tools": { + "stlink": { + "server": { + "arguments": [ + "-f", + "scripts/interface/stlink.cfg", + "-c", + "transport select hla_swd", + "-f", + "scripts/target/stm32f4x.cfg", + "-c", + "reset_config none" + ], + "executable": "bin/openocd", + "package": "tool-openocd" + } + } + } + }, + "frameworks": [ + "arduino", + "stm32cube" + ], + "name": "STM32F407ZGT6(192k RAM. 1024k Flash)", + "upload": { + "disable_flushing": false, + "maximum_ram_size": 196608, + "maximum_size": 1048576, + "protocol": "dfu", + "protocols": [ + "stlink", + "dfu", + "jlink" + ], + "require_upload_port": true, + "use_1200bps_touch": false, + "wait_for_upload_port": false + }, + "url": "http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32f407ZG.html", + "vendor": "Generic" +} diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/STEVAL_STM32F401VE.json b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/STEVAL_STM32F401VE.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bbfb3fdfa508 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/STEVAL_STM32F401VE.json @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +{ + "build": { + "core": "stm32", + "cpu": "cortex-m4", + "extra_flags": "-DSTM32F401xx", + "f_cpu": "84000000L", + "hwids": [ + [ + "0x1EAF", + "0x0003" + ], + [ + "0x0483", + "0x3748" + ] + ], + "ldscript": "stm32f401xe.ld", + "mcu": "stm32f401vet6", + "variant": "STEVAL_F401VE" + }, + "debug": { + "jlink_device": "STM32F401VE", + "openocd_target": "stm32f4x", + "svd_path": "STM32F40x.svd", + "tools": { + "stlink": { + "server": { + "arguments": [ + "-f", + "scripts/interface/stlink.cfg", + "-c", + "transport select hla_swd", + "-f", + "scripts/target/stm32f4x.cfg", + "-c", + "reset_config none" + ], + "executable": "bin/openocd", + "package": "tool-openocd" + } + } + } + }, + "frameworks": [ + "arduino", + "stm32cube" + ], + "name": "STM32F401VE (96k RAM. 512k Flash)", + "upload": { + "disable_flushing": false, + "maximum_ram_size": 98304, + "maximum_size": 514288, + "protocol": "stlink", + "protocols": [ + "stlink", + "dfu", + "jlink" + ], + "require_upload_port": true, + "use_1200bps_touch": false, + "wait_for_upload_port": false + }, + "url": "https://www.st.com/en/evaluation-tools/steval-3dp001v1.html", + "vendor": "Generic" +} diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/fysetc_s6.json b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/fysetc_s6.json new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..489a15b9efe0 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/boards/fysetc_s6.json @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +{ + "build": { + "cpu": "cortex-m4", + "extra_flags": "-DSTM32F446xx", + "f_cpu": "180000000L", + "mcu": "stm32f446ret6", + "variant": "FYSETC_S6" + }, + "connectivity": [ + "can" + ], + "debug": { + "jlink_device": "STM32F446RE", + "openocd_target": "stm32f4x", + "svd_path": "STM32F446x.svd" + }, + "frameworks": [ + "arduino", + "stm32cube" + ], + "name": "3D Printer control board", + "upload": { + "maximum_ram_size": 131072, + "maximum_size": 524288, + "protocol": "stlink", + "protocols": [ + "jlink", + "stlink", + "blackmagic", + "serial" + ] + }, + "url": "https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f446.html", + "vendor": "FYSETC" +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_256K.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_256K.ld new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1e720c17c585 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_256K.ld @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +MEMORY +{ + ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 48K - 40 + rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 256K - 28K - 4K +} + +/* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */ +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_RODATA", rom); + +/* Let common.inc handle the real work. */ +INCLUDE common.inc diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_512K.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_512K.ld new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..248b7781cf78 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_512K.ld @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +MEMORY +{ + ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 48K - 40 + rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 512K - 28K - 4K +} + +/* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */ +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_RODATA", rom); + +/* Let common.inc handle the real work. */ +INCLUDE common.inc diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.ld new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..248b7781cf78 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.ld @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +MEMORY +{ + ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 48K - 40 + rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 512K - 28K - 4K +} + +/* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */ +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_RODATA", rom); + +/* Let common.inc handle the real work. */ +INCLUDE common.inc diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/chitu_f103.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/chitu_f103.ld new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cc581236369e --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/chitu_f103.ld @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +MEMORY +{ + ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 64K + rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08008800, LENGTH = 512K - 32K +} + +/* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */ +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_RODATA", rom); + +/* Let common.inc handle the real work. */ +INCLUDE common.inc diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld index 241edc5407ef..f279347ee5fa 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ MEMORY { ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 48K - rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08010000, LENGTH = 256K-40K + rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08010000, LENGTH = 256K - 40K - 4K } /* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_lite3.ld similarity index 85% rename from buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.ld rename to buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_lite3.ld index 1ed03caa0a56..13fa48add466 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.ld +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_lite3.ld @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ MEMORY { ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 48K - 40 - rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 256K - 28K + rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08005000, LENGTH = 256K - 20K } /* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld index 785345543c0c..d8a138ca2e25 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ MEMORY { ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 64K - 40 - rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 512K - 28K + rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 512K - 28K - 4K } /* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_pro.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_pro.ld new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..785345543c0c --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_pro.ld @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +MEMORY +{ + ram (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 64K - 40 + rom (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08007000, LENGTH = 512K - 28K +} + +/* Provide memory region aliases for common.inc */ +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_TEXT", rom); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_DATA", ram); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_BSS", ram); +REGION_ALIAS("REGION_RODATA", rom); + +/* Let common.inc handle the real work. */ +INCLUDE common.inc diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STEVAL__F401XX.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STEVAL__F401XX.py new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e132ff3af65a --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STEVAL__F401XX.py @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +import os +Import("env") + +custom_ld_script = os.path.abspath("buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/ldscript.ld") +for i, flag in enumerate(env["LINKFLAGS"]): + if "-Wl,-T" in flag: + env["LINKFLAGS"][i] = "-Wl,-T" + custom_ld_script + elif flag == "-T": + env["LINKFLAGS"][i + 1] = custom_ld_script + + diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.py index 1697515dc32a..497a035fdf4b 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.py +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.py @@ -1,8 +1,20 @@ +import os Import("env") -# Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08007000 +STM32_FLASH_SIZE = 256 + for define in env['CPPDEFINES']: if define[0] == "VECT_TAB_ADDR": env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(define) + if define[0] == "STM32_FLASH_SIZE": + STM32_FLASH_SIZE = define[1] + +# Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08007000 env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x08007000")) -env.Replace(LDSCRIPT_PATH="buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.ld") + +custom_ld_script = os.path.abspath("buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI_" + str(STM32_FLASH_SIZE) + "K.ld") +for i, flag in enumerate(env["LINKFLAGS"]): + if "-Wl,-T" in flag: + env["LINKFLAGS"][i] = "-Wl,-T" + custom_ld_script + elif flag == "-T": + env["LINKFLAGS"][i + 1] = custom_ld_script diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_fysetc.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_fysetc.py index 845e582f77c1..1aeaa4d700d2 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_fysetc.py +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_fysetc.py @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ # Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08002000 #env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", 134217728)) #env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x08010000")) -#env.Replace(LDSCRIPT_PATH="buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/fysetc_aio_ii.ld") # Custom HEX from ELF env.AddPostAction( diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.py new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..af4c66cd21e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.py @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +import os +Import("env") + +# Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08007000 +env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x08007000")) + +custom_ld_script = os.path.abspath("buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.ld") +for i, flag in enumerate(env["LINKFLAGS"]): + if "-Wl,-T" in flag: + env["LINKFLAGS"][i] = "-Wl,-T" + custom_ld_script + elif flag == "-T": + env["LINKFLAGS"][i + 1] = custom_ld_script diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103VE_longer.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103VE_longer.py index d48a2a417645..ece47ed09601 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103VE_longer.py +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103VE_longer.py @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +import os Import("env") # Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08010000 @@ -5,12 +6,17 @@ if define[0] == "VECT_TAB_ADDR": env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(define) env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x08010000")) -env.Replace(LDSCRIPT_PATH="buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103VE_longer.ld") + +custom_ld_script = os.path.abspath("buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/STM32F103VE_longer.ld") +for i, flag in enumerate(env["LINKFLAGS"]): + if "-Wl,-T" in flag: + env["LINKFLAGS"][i] = "-Wl,-T" + custom_ld_script + elif flag == "-T": + env["LINKFLAGS"][i + 1] = custom_ld_script + # Rename ${PROGNAME}.bin and save it as 'project.bin' (No encryption on the Longer3D) def encrypt(source, target, env): - import os - firmware = open(target[0].path, "rb") marlin_alfa = open(target[0].dir.path +'/project.bin', "wb") length = os.path.getsize(target[0].path) diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/chitu_crypt.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/chitu_crypt.py new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d706665e907b --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/chitu_crypt.py @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +import os +import struct +Import("env") + +# Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08008800 +for define in env['CPPDEFINES']: + if define[0] == "VECT_TAB_ADDR": + env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(define) +env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x8008800")) + +custom_ld_script = os.path.abspath("buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/chitu_f103.ld") +for i, flag in enumerate(env["LINKFLAGS"]): + if "-Wl,-T" in flag: + env["LINKFLAGS"][i] = "-Wl,-T" + custom_ld_script + elif flag == "-T": + env["LINKFLAGS"][i + 1] = custom_ld_script + + +def calculate_crc(contents, seed): + accumulating_xor_value = seed; + + for i in range(0, len(contents), 4): + value = struct.unpack('> ip + + # load a byte into IP + ip = r0[loop_counter] + + # XOR the seed with r7 + xor_seed = xor_seed ^ r7 + + # and then with IP + xor_seed = xor_seed ^ ip + + #Now store the byte back + r1[loop_counter] = xor_seed & 0xFF + + #increment the loop_counter + loop_counter = loop_counter + 1 + + +def encrypt_file(input, output_file, file_length): + input_file = bytearray(input.read()) + block_size = 0x800 + key_length = 0x18 + file_key = 0xDAB27F94 + + xor_crc = 0xef3d4323; + + # the input file is exepcted to be in chunks of 0x800 + # so round the size + while len(input_file) % block_size != 0: + input_file.extend(b'0x0') + + # write the file header + output_file.write(struct.pack(">I", 0x443D2D3F)) + # encrypt the contents using a known file header key + + # write the file_key + output_file.write(struct.pack(">I", 0x947FB2DA)) + + #TODO - how to enforce that the firmware aligns to block boundaries? + block_count = int(len(input_file) / block_size) + print "Block Count is ", block_count + for block_number in range(0, block_count): + block_offset = (block_number * block_size) + block_end = block_offset + block_size + block_array = bytearray(input_file[block_offset: block_end]) + xor_block(block_array, block_array, block_number, block_size, file_key) + for n in range (0, block_size): + input_file[block_offset + n] = block_array[n] + + # update the expected CRC value. + xor_crc = calculate_crc(block_array, xor_crc) + + # write CRC + output_file.write(struct.pack("= 320 and position < 31040: + byte = chr(ord(byte) ^ key[position & 31]) + if sys.version_info[0] > 2: + byte = bytes(byte, 'latin1') + robin.write(byte) + position += 1 + finally: + firmware.close() + robin.close() +env.AddPostAction("$BUILD_DIR/${PROGNAME}.bin", encrypt); diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_mini.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_mini.py index 62b2091dd5b2..d38669830158 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_mini.py +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_mini.py @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +import os Import("env") # Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08007000 @@ -5,11 +6,17 @@ if define[0] == "VECT_TAB_ADDR": env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(define) env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x08007000")) -env.Replace(LDSCRIPT_PATH="buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld") + +custom_ld_script = os.path.abspath("buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_mini.ld") +for i, flag in enumerate(env["LINKFLAGS"]): + if "-Wl,-T" in flag: + env["LINKFLAGS"][i] = "-Wl,-T" + custom_ld_script + elif flag == "-T": + env["LINKFLAGS"][i + 1] = custom_ld_script + # Encrypt ${PROGNAME}.bin and save it as 'Robin_mini.bin' def encrypt(source, target, env): - import os import sys key = [0xA3, 0xBD, 0xAD, 0x0D, 0x41, 0x11, 0xBB, 0x8D, 0xDC, 0x80, 0x2D, 0xD0, 0xD2, 0xC4, 0x9B, 0x1E, 0x26, 0xEB, 0xE3, 0x33, 0x4A, 0x15, 0xE4, 0x0A, 0xB3, 0xB1, 0x3C, 0x93, 0xBB, 0xAF, 0xF7, 0x3E] diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_nano.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_nano.py index 6a195fa089ea..a68fd308d443 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_nano.py +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_nano.py @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +import os Import("env") # Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08007000 @@ -5,11 +6,17 @@ if define[0] == "VECT_TAB_ADDR": env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(define) env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x08007000")) -env.Replace(LDSCRIPT_PATH="buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_nano.ld") + +custom_ld_script = os.path.abspath("buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_nano.ld") +for i, flag in enumerate(env["LINKFLAGS"]): + if "-Wl,-T" in flag: + env["LINKFLAGS"][i] = "-Wl,-T" + custom_ld_script + elif flag == "-T": + env["LINKFLAGS"][i + 1] = custom_ld_script + # Encrypt ${PROGNAME}.bin and save it as 'Robin_nano.bin' def encrypt(source, target, env): - import os import sys key = [0xA3, 0xBD, 0xAD, 0x0D, 0x41, 0x11, 0xBB, 0x8D, 0xDC, 0x80, 0x2D, 0xD0, 0xD2, 0xC4, 0x9B, 0x1E, 0x26, 0xEB, 0xE3, 0x33, 0x4A, 0x15, 0xE4, 0x0A, 0xB3, 0xB1, 0x3C, 0x93, 0xBB, 0xAF, 0xF7, 0x3E] diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_pro.py b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_pro.py new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2ebf1ffb9d74 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_pro.py @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +import os +Import("env") + +# Relocate firmware from 0x08000000 to 0x08007000 +for define in env['CPPDEFINES']: + if define[0] == "VECT_TAB_ADDR": + env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(define) +env['CPPDEFINES'].append(("VECT_TAB_ADDR", "0x08007000")) + +custom_ld_script = os.path.abspath("buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/mks_robin_pro.ld") +for i, flag in enumerate(env["LINKFLAGS"]): + if "-Wl,-T" in flag: + env["LINKFLAGS"][i] = "-Wl,-T" + custom_ld_script + elif flag == "-T": + env["LINKFLAGS"][i + 1] = custom_ld_script + +# Encrypt ${PROGNAME}.bin and save it as 'Robin.bin' +def encrypt(source, target, env): + import sys + + key = [0xA3, 0xBD, 0xAD, 0x0D, 0x41, 0x11, 0xBB, 0x8D, 0xDC, 0x80, 0x2D, 0xD0, 0xD2, 0xC4, 0x9B, 0x1E, 0x26, 0xEB, 0xE3, 0x33, 0x4A, 0x15, 0xE4, 0x0A, 0xB3, 0xB1, 0x3C, 0x93, 0xBB, 0xAF, 0xF7, 0x3E] + + firmware = open(target[0].path, "rb") + robin = open(target[0].dir.path +'/Robin_pro.bin', "wb") + length = os.path.getsize(target[0].path) + position = 0 + try: + while position < length: + byte = firmware.read(1) + if position >= 320 and position < 31040: + byte = chr(ord(byte) ^ key[position & 31]) + if sys.version_info[0] > 2: + byte = bytes(byte, 'latin1') + robin.write(byte) + position += 1 + finally: + firmware.close() + robin.close() +env.AddPostAction("$BUILD_DIR/${PROGNAME}.bin", encrypt); diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/PeripheralPins.c b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/PeripheralPins.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3f639f092c60 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/PeripheralPins.c @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +/* + ******************************************************************************* + * Copyright (c) 2019, STMicroelectronics + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + ******************************************************************************* + * Automatically generated from STM32F407Z(E-G)Tx.xml + */ +#include +#include + +/* ===== + * Note: Commented lines are alternative possibilities which are not used by default. + * If you change them, you should know what you're doing first. + * ===== + */ + +//*** ADC *** + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_ADC[] = { + {PA_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC1_IN0 E0_DIR + {PA_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC1_IN1 BLTOUCH_2 + {PA_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC1_IN2 BLTOUCH_4 + {PA_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC1_IN3 E1_EN + {PA_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC1_IN4 TF_SS + {PA_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC1_IN5 TF_SCLK + {PA_6, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC1_IN6 TF_MISO + {PA_7, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC1_IN7 LED + {PB_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC1_IN8 HEATER2 + {PB_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC1_IN9 HEATER0 + {PC_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC1_IN10 Z_EN + {PC_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC1_IN11 EXP_14 + {PC_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC1_IN12 Z_DIR + {PC_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC1_IN13 E0_EN + {PC_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC1_IN14 EXP_8 + {PC_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC1_IN15 EXP_7 + + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio, 24 ADC + {PF_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC3_IN9 TH_0 + {PF_4, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC3_IN14 TH_1 + {PF_5, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC3_IN15 TH_2 + {PF_6, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC3_IN4 TH_3 + {PF_7, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC3_IN5 EXP_13 + {PF_8, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC3_IN6 EXP_3 + {PF_9, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC3_IN7 EXP_6 + {PF_10, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC3_IN8 EXP_5 + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** DAC *** + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_DAC[] = { + {PA_4, DAC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // DAC_OUT1 + {PA_5, DAC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // DAC_OUT2 + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** I2C *** + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SDA[] = { + {PB_7, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + {PB_9, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + {PB_11, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + {PC_9, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + {PF_0, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SCL[] = { + {PA_8, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + {PB_6, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + {PB_8, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + {PB_10, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + {PF_1, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** PWM *** + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { + {PB_1, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 HEATER0 + {PD_14, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 HEATER1 + {PB_0, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 HEATER2 + {PD_12, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 BED + {PC_8, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 0)}, // TIM8_CH3 FAN0 + {PE_5, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 FAN1 + {PE_6, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 FAN2 + {PC_9, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 4, 0)}, // TIM8_CH4 EXTENSION1-4 + + //probably unused on SKR-Pro. confirmation needed, please. + //{PA_0, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + //{PA_0, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 1, 0)}, // TIM5_CH1 + //{PA_1, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 is bltouch analog? + //{PA_1, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 + //{PA_2, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 is bltouch analog? + //{PA_2, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 3, 0)}, // TIM5_CH3 + //{PA_2, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 + //{PA_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 + //{PA_3, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 4, 0)}, // TIM5_CH4 + //{PA_3, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 + //{PA_5, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + //{PA_5, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N + //{PA_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + //{PA_6, TIM13, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1 + //{PA_7, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + //{PA_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + //{PA_7, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N + //{PA_7, TIM14, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1 + //{PA_8, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 + //{PA_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2 + //{PA_10, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 + //{PA_11, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 + //{PA_15, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + //{PB_0, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + //{PB_0, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N + //{PB_1, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + //{PB_1, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N + //{PB_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 + //{PB_4, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + //{PB_5, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + //{PB_6, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 + //{PB_7, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 + //{PB_8, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 + //{PB_8, TIM10, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1 + //{PB_9, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 + //{PB_9, TIM11, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1 + //{PB_10, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 + //{PB_11, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 + //{PB_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + //{PB_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + //{PB_14, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N + //{PB_14, TIM12, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM12, 1, 0)}, // TIM12_CH1 + //{PB_15, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + //{PB_15, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N + //{PB_15, TIM12, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM12, 2, 0)}, // TIM12_CH2 + //{PC_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + //{PC_6, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 0)}, // TIM8_CH1 + //{PC_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + //{PC_7, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 0)}, // TIM8_CH2 + //{PC_8, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 + //{PC_9, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 + //{PD_13, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 + //{PD_15, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 + //{PE_8, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + //{PE_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 + //{PE_10, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + //{PE_11, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2 + //{PE_12, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + //{PE_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 + //{PE_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + //{PF_6, TIM10, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1 + //{PF_7, TIM11, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1 + //{PF_8, TIM13, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1 + //{PF_9, TIM14, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1 + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** SERIAL *** + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_UART_TX[] = { + {PA_0, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + {PA_2, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PA_9, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + {PB_6, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + {PB_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + {PC_6, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + {PC_10, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + {PC_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + {PC_12, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, + {PD_5, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PD_8, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + {PG_14, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_UART_RX[] = { + {PA_1, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + {PA_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PA_10, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + {PB_7, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + {PB_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + {PC_7, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + {PC_11, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + {PC_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + {PD_2, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, + {PD_6, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PD_9, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + {PG_9, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_UART_RTS[] = { + {PA_1, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PA_12, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + {PB_14, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + {PD_4, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PD_12, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + {PG_8, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + {PG_12, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_UART_CTS[] = { + {PA_0, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PA_11, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + {PB_13, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + {PD_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PD_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + {PG_13, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + {PG_15, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** SPI *** + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MOSI[] = { + {PA_7, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + {PB_15, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + {PC_12, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MISO[] = { + {PA_6, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + {PB_14, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + {PC_11, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SCLK[] = { + {PA_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + {PB_13, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + {PC_10, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SSEL[] = { + {PA_4, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + {PB_12, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + {PA_15, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** CAN *** + +#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED +#error "CAN bus isn't available on this board. Driver should be disabled." +#endif + +//*** ETHERNET *** +#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED +#error "Ethernet port isn't available on this board. Driver should be disabled." +#endif + +//*** No QUADSPI *** + +//*** USB *** +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_FS[] = { + //{PA_8, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_SOF used by LCD + //{PA_9, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_FS_VBUS available on wifi port, if empty + //{PA_10, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_ID available on UART1_RX if not used + {PA_11, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DM + {PA_12, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DP + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_HS[] = { /* + #ifdef USE_USB_HS_IN_FS + {PB_12, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ID + {PB_13, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_HS_VBUS + {PB_14, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_DM + {PB_15, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_DP + #else + #error "USB in HS mode isn't supported by the board" + {PA_3, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D0 + {PB_0, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D1 + {PB_1, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D2 + {PB_5, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D7 + {PB_10, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D3 + {PB_12, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D5 + {PB_13, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D6 + {PC_0, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_STP + {PC_2, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_DIR + {PC_3, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_NXT + #endif /* USE_USB_HS_IN_FS */ + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X/PinNamesVar.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/PinNamesVar.h similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X/PinNamesVar.h rename to buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/PinNamesVar.h diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/hal_conf_extra.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/hal_conf_extra.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e0e8239aac08 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/hal_conf_extra.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +#pragma once + +#define HAL_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED +//#define HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED Real Time Clock...do we use it? +#define HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED +//#define HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED // by default +//#define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED // Since STM32 v3.10700.191028 this is automatically added if any type of USB is enabled (as in Arduino IDE) + +#undef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X/ldscript.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/ldscript.ld similarity index 99% rename from buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X/ldscript.ld rename to buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/ldscript.ld index f92e3eeaa68b..0c060d175180 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X/ldscript.ld +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/ldscript.ld @@ -192,7 +192,6 @@ SECTIONS . = ALIGN(4); } >RAM - /* Remove information from the standard libraries */ /DISCARD/ : { @@ -203,5 +202,3 @@ SECTIONS .ARM.attributes 0 : { *(.ARM.attributes) } } - - diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X/variant.cpp b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/variant.cpp similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X/variant.cpp rename to buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/variant.cpp diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X/variant.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/variant.h similarity index 96% rename from buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X/variant.h rename to buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/variant.h index 9b62bb6775eb..ca56b5f456ee 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X/variant.h +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_BTT002/variant.h @@ -208,7 +208,6 @@ extern "C" { #define PI7 (115+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:TIM8_CH3 #endif - // This must be a literal #define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS (STM32F4X_GPIO_NUM) // This must be a literal with a value less than or equal to MAX_ANALOG_INPUTS @@ -222,9 +221,15 @@ extern "C" { //#define DACC_RESOLUTION 12 // PWM resolution -#define PWM_RESOLUTION 8 -#define PWM_FREQUENCY 20000 -#define PWM_MAX_DUTY_CYCLE 255 +/* + * BEWARE: + * Changing this value from the default (1000) will affect the PWM output value of analogWrite (to a PWM pin) + * Since the pin is toggled on capture, if you change the frequency of the timer you have to adapt the compare value (analogWrite thinks you did) + */ +//#define PWM_FREQUENCY 20000 +//The bottom values are the default and don't need to be redefined +//#define PWM_RESOLUTION 8 +//#define PWM_MAX_DUTY_CYCLE 255 // Below SPI and I2C definitions already done in the core // Could be redefined here if differs from the default one @@ -241,6 +246,7 @@ extern "C" { // Timer Definitions //Do not use timer used by PWM pins when possible. See PinMap_PWM in PeripheralPins.c #define TIMER_TONE TIM6 +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM7 // Do not use basic timer: OC is required #define TIMER_SERVO TIM2 //TODO: advanced-control timers don't work @@ -260,9 +266,6 @@ extern "C" { #define PIN_SERIAL_RX PA10 #define PIN_SERIAL_TX PA9 -/* Extra HAL modules */ -#define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED - #ifdef __cplusplus } // extern "C" #endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PeripheralPins.c b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PeripheralPins.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fd1f29645957 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PeripheralPins.c @@ -0,0 +1,372 @@ +/* + ******************************************************************************* + * Copyright (c) 2019, STMicroelectronics + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + ******************************************************************************* + * Automatically generated from STM32F407Z(E-G)Tx.xml + */ +#include +#include + +/* ===== + * Note: Commented lines are alternative possibilities which are not used by default. + * If you change them, you should know what you're doing first. + * ===== + */ + +//*** ADC *** + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_ADC[] = { + {PA_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC1_IN0 E0_DIR + {PA_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC1_IN1 BLTOUCH_2 + {PA_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC1_IN2 BLTOUCH_4 + {PA_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC1_IN3 E1_EN + {PA_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC1_IN4 TF_SS + {PA_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC1_IN5 TF_SCLK + {PA_6, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC1_IN6 TF_MISO + {PA_7, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC1_IN7 LED + {PB_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC1_IN8 HEATER2 + {PB_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC1_IN9 HEATER0 + {PC_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC1_IN10 Z_EN + {PC_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC1_IN11 EXP_14 + {PC_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC1_IN12 Z_DIR + {PC_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC1_IN13 E0_EN + {PC_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC1_IN14 EXP_8 + {PC_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC1_IN15 EXP_7 + + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio, 24 ADC + {PF_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC3_IN9 TH_0 + {PF_4, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC3_IN14 TH_1 + {PF_5, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC3_IN15 TH_2 + {PF_6, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC3_IN4 TH_3 + {PF_7, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC3_IN5 EXP_13 + {PF_8, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC3_IN6 EXP_3 + {PF_9, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC3_IN7 EXP_6 + {PF_10, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC3_IN8 EXP_5 + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** DAC *** + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_DAC[] = { + {PA_4, DAC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // DAC_OUT1 + {PA_5, DAC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // DAC_OUT2 + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** I2C *** + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SDA[] = { + {PB_7, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + {PB_9, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + {PB_11, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + {PC_9, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 // 144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 176 + {PH_5, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + {PH_8, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + #else + {PF_0, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + #endif + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SCL[] = { + {PA_8, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + {PB_6, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + {PB_8, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + {PB_10, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 // 144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 176 + //{PF_1, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + {PH_4, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + {PH_7, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + #else + {PF_1, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + #endif + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** PWM *** + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { + {PB_1, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 HEATER0 + {PD_14, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 HEATER1 + {PB_0, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 HEATER2 + {PD_12, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 BED + {PC_8, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 0)}, // TIM8_CH3 FAN0 + {PE_5, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 FAN1 + {PE_6, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 FAN2 + {PC_9, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 4, 0)}, // TIM8_CH4 EXTENSION1-4 + {PA_1, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 BL-TOUCH-SERVO + + // These pins have been defined for something else on the board but they MIGHT be + // used by the user as PWM pins if they aren't used for their primary purpose. + {PC_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 ESP8266 connector. Available if 8266 isn't used + {PC_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 ESP8266 connector. Available if 8266 isn't used + {PB_7, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 I2C connector, SDA pin. Available if I2C isn't used. + // TIM5_CH1 is used by the Servo Library + {PA_2, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 3, 0)}, // TIM5_CH3 BL-TOUCH port. Available if Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN + + /** + * Unused by specifications on SKR-Pro. + * Uncomment the corresponding line if you want to have HardwarePWM on some pins. + * WARNING: check timers' usage first to avoid conflicts. + * If you don't know what you're doing leave things as they are or you WILL break something (including hardware) + * If you alter this section DO NOT report bugs to Marlin team since they are most likely caused by you. Thank you. + */ + //{PA_0, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + //{PA_0, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 1, 0)}, // TIM5_CH1 + {PA_1, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 is bltouch analog? + {PA_2, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 is bltouch analog? + //{PA_1, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 + //{PA_2, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 3, 0)}, // TIM5_CH3 + //{PA_2, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 + //{PA_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 + //{PA_3, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 4, 0)}, // TIM5_CH4 + //{PA_3, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 + //{PA_5, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + //{PA_5, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N + //{PA_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + //{PA_6, TIM13, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1 + //{PA_7, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + //{PA_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + //{PA_7, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N + //{PA_7, TIM14, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1 + //{PA_8, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 + //{PA_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2 + //{PA_10, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 + //{PA_11, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 + //{PA_15, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + //{PB_0, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + //{PB_0, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N + //{PB_1, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + //{PB_1, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N + //{PB_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 + //{PB_4, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + //{PB_5, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + //{PB_6, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 + //{PB_8, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 + //{PB_8, TIM10, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1 + //{PB_9, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 + //{PB_9, TIM11, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1 + //{PB_10, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 + {PB_11, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 + //{PB_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + //{PB_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + //{PB_14, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N + //{PB_14, TIM12, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM12, 1, 0)}, // TIM12_CH1 + //{PB_15, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + //{PB_15, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N + //{PB_15, TIM12, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM12, 2, 0)}, // TIM12_CH2 + //{PC_6, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 0)}, // TIM8_CH1 + //{PC_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + //{PC_7, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 0)}, // TIM8_CH2 + //{PC_8, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 + //{PC_9, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 + {PD_13, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 + {PD_15, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 + //{PE_8, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + {PE_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 + //{PE_10, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + {PE_11, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2 + //{PE_12, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + {PE_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 + {PE_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + //{PF_6, TIM10, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1 + //{PF_7, TIM11, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1 + //{PF_8, TIM13, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1 + //{PF_9, TIM14, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1 + #endif + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 176 //176 pins mcu, 140 gpio + {PH_10, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 1, 0)}, // TIM5_CH1 + {PH_6, TIM12, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM12, 1, 0)}, // TIM12_CH1 + //{PH_11, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 + {PI_5, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 0)}, // TIM8_CH1 + {PI_6, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 0)}, // TIM8_CH2 + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** SERIAL *** + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_UART_TX[] = { + {PA_9, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + {PD_8, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + {PC_6, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + //{PG_14, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + #endif + //{PB_6, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + //{PA_2, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PD_5, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PB_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PC_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PA_0, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + //{PC_10, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + //{PC_12, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_UART_RX[] = { + {PA_10, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + {PD_9, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + {PC_7, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + //{PA_1, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + //{PA_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PB_7, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + //{PB_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PC_11, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + //{PC_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PD_2, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, + //{PD_6, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + //{PG_9, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_UART_RTS[] = { + //{PA_1, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PA_12, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + //{PB_14, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PD_4, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PD_12, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + //{PG_8, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + //{PG_12, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_UART_CTS[] = { + //{PA_0, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PA_11, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + //{PB_13, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + //{PD_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + //{PD_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + //{PG_13, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + //{PG_15, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + #endif + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** SPI *** + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MOSI[] = { + //{PB_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + {PA_7, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + {PB_15, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + {PC_12, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MISO[] = { + {PA_6, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + {PB_14, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + {PC_11, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SCLK[] = { + {PA_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + {PB_13, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + {PC_10, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SSEL[] = { + {PA_4, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + {PB_12, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + {PA_15, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** CAN *** + +#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED +#error "CAN bus isn't available on this board. Driver should be disabled." +#endif + +//*** ETHERNET *** +#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED +#error "Ethernet port isn't available on this board. Driver should be disabled." +#endif + +//*** No QUADSPI *** + +//*** USB *** +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_FS[] = { + //{PA_8, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_SOF used by LCD + //{PA_9, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_FS_VBUS available on wifi port, if empty + //{PA_10, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_ID available on UART1_RX if not used + {PA_11, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DM + {PA_12, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DP + {NC, NP, 0} +}; + +const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_HS[] = { /* + #ifdef USE_USB_HS_IN_FS + {PB_12, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ID + {PB_13, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_HS_VBUS + {PB_14, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_DM + {PB_15, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_DP + #else + #error "USB in HS mode isn't supported by the board" + {PA_3, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D0 + {PB_0, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D1 + {PB_1, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D2 + {PB_5, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D7 + {PB_10, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D3 + {PB_12, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D5 + {PB_13, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D6 + {PC_0, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_STP + {PC_2, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_DIR + {PC_3, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_NXT + #endif /* USE_USB_HS_IN_FS */ + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PinNamesVar.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PinNamesVar.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..24248859373b --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/PinNamesVar.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* SYS_WKUP */ +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 + SYS_WKUP1 = PA_0, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 + SYS_WKUP2 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 + SYS_WKUP3 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4 + SYS_WKUP4 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5 + SYS_WKUP5 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6 + SYS_WKUP6 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN7 + SYS_WKUP7 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN8 + SYS_WKUP8 = NC, +#endif +/* USB */ +#ifdef USBCON + USB_OTG_FS_SOF = PA_8, + USB_OTG_FS_VBUS = PA_9, + USB_OTG_FS_ID = PA_10, + USB_OTG_FS_DM = PA_11, + USB_OTG_FS_DP = PA_12, + USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D0 = PA_3, + USB_OTG_HS_SOF = PA_4, + USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CK = PA_5, + USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D1 = PB_0, + USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D2 = PB_1, + USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D7 = PB_5, + USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D3 = PB_10, + USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D4 = PB_11, + USB_OTG_HS_ID = PB_12, + USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D5 = PB_12, + USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D6 = PB_13, + USB_OTG_HS_VBUS = PB_13, + USB_OTG_HS_DM = PB_14, + USB_OTG_HS_DP = PB_15, + USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_STP = PC_0, + USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_DIR = PC_2, + USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_NXT = PC_3, +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/hal_conf_extra.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/hal_conf_extra.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e0e8239aac08 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/hal_conf_extra.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +#pragma once + +#define HAL_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED +//#define HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED Real Time Clock...do we use it? +#define HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED +//#define HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED // by default +//#define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED // Since STM32 v3.10700.191028 this is automatically added if any type of USB is enabled (as in Arduino IDE) + +#undef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED +#undef HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/ldscript.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/ldscript.ld new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0c060d175180 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/ldscript.ld @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/* +***************************************************************************** +** + +** File : LinkerScript.ld +** +** Abstract : Linker script for STM32F407ZGTx Device with +** 1024KByte FLASH, 128KByte RAM +** +** Set heap size, stack size and stack location according +** to application requirements. +** +** Set memory bank area and size if external memory is used. +** +** Target : STMicroelectronics STM32 +** +** +** Distribution: The file is distributed as is, without any warranty +** of any kind. +** +***************************************************************************** +** @attention +** +**

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 Ac6

+** +** Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +** are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: +** 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, +** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +** 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, +** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation +** and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +** 3. Neither the name of Ac6 nor the names of its contributors +** may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +** without specific prior written permission. +** +** THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" +** AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +** IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +** DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +** FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +** DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR +** SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +** CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, +** OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +** OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +** +***************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* Entry Point */ +ENTRY(Reset_Handler) + +/* Highest address of the user mode stack */ +_estack = 0x20020000; /* end of RAM */ +/* Generate a link error if heap and stack don't fit into RAM */ +_Min_Heap_Size = 0x200;; /* required amount of heap */ +_Min_Stack_Size = 0x400;; /* required amount of stack */ + +/* Specify the memory areas */ +MEMORY +{ +FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x8008000, LENGTH = 1024K +RAM (xrw) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 128K +CCMRAM (rw) : ORIGIN = 0x10000000, LENGTH = 64K +} + +/* Define output sections */ +SECTIONS +{ + /* The startup code goes first into FLASH */ + .isr_vector : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + KEEP(*(.isr_vector)) /* Startup code */ + . = ALIGN(4); + } >FLASH + + /* The program code and other data goes into FLASH */ + .text ALIGN(4): + { + . = ALIGN(4); + *(.text) /* .text sections (code) */ + *(.text*) /* .text* sections (code) */ + *(.glue_7) /* glue arm to thumb code */ + *(.glue_7t) /* glue thumb to arm code */ + *(.eh_frame) + + KEEP (*(.init)) + KEEP (*(.fini)) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _etext = .; /* define a global symbols at end of code */ + } >FLASH + + /* Constant data goes into FLASH */ + .rodata ALIGN(4): + { + . = ALIGN(4); + *(.rodata) /* .rodata sections (constants, strings, etc.) */ + *(.rodata*) /* .rodata* sections (constants, strings, etc.) */ + . = ALIGN(4); + } >FLASH + + .ARM.extab : { *(.ARM.extab* .gnu.linkonce.armextab.*) } >FLASH + .ARM : { + __exidx_start = .; + *(.ARM.exidx*) + __exidx_end = .; + } >FLASH + + .preinit_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(.preinit_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + .init_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(SORT(.init_array.*))) + KEEP (*(.init_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + .fini_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(SORT(.fini_array.*))) + KEEP (*(.fini_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + + /* used by the startup to initialize data */ + _sidata = LOADADDR(.data); + + /* Initialized data sections goes into RAM, load LMA copy after code */ + .data : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + _sdata = .; /* create a global symbol at data start */ + *(.data) /* .data sections */ + *(.data*) /* .data* sections */ + + . = ALIGN(4); + _edata = .; /* define a global symbol at data end */ + } >RAM AT> FLASH + + _siccmram = LOADADDR(.ccmram); + + /* CCM-RAM section + * + * IMPORTANT NOTE! + * If initialized variables will be placed in this section, + * the startup code needs to be modified to copy the init-values. + */ + .ccmram : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + _sccmram = .; /* create a global symbol at ccmram start */ + *(.ccmram) + *(.ccmram*) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _eccmram = .; /* create a global symbol at ccmram end */ + } >CCMRAM AT> FLASH + + + /* Uninitialized data section */ + . = ALIGN(4); + .bss : + { + /* This is used by the startup in order to initialize the .bss secion */ + _sbss = .; /* define a global symbol at bss start */ + __bss_start__ = _sbss; + *(.bss) + *(.bss*) + *(COMMON) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _ebss = .; /* define a global symbol at bss end */ + __bss_end__ = _ebss; + } >RAM + + /* User_heap_stack section, used to check that there is enough RAM left */ + ._user_heap_stack : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + PROVIDE ( end = . ); + PROVIDE ( _end = . ); + . = . + _Min_Heap_Size; + . = . + _Min_Stack_Size; + . = ALIGN(4); + } >RAM + + /* Remove information from the standard libraries */ + /DISCARD/ : + { + libc.a ( * ) + libm.a ( * ) + libgcc.a ( * ) + } + + .ARM.attributes 0 : { *(.ARM.attributes) } +} diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.cpp b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1486b21830a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +/* + ******************************************************************************* + * Copyright (c) 2017, STMicroelectronics + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + ******************************************************************************* + */ + +#include "pins_arduino.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Pin number +// This array allows to wrap Arduino pin number(Dx or x) +// to STM32 PinName (PX_n) +const PinName digitalPin[] = { +#if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 64 //64 pins mcu, 51 gpio + PC_13, //D0 + PC_14, //D1 - OSC32_IN + PC_15, //D2 - OSC32_OUT + PH_0, //D3 - OSC_IN + PH_1, //D4 - OSC_OUT + PB_2, //D5 - BOOT1 + PB_10, //D6 - 1:SPI2_SCK / I2C2_SCL / USART3_TX / TIM2_CH3 + PB_11, //D7 - 1:I2C2_SDA / USART3_RX / TIM2_CH4 + PB_12, //D8 - 1:SPI2_NSS / OTG_HS_ID + PB_13, //D9 - 1:SPI2_SCK 2:OTG_HS_VBUS + PB_14, //D10 - 1:SPI2_MISO / TIM12_CH1 / OTG_HS_DM + PB_15, //D11 - SPI2_MOSI / TIM12_CH2 / OTG_HS_DP + PC_6, //D12 - 1:TIM8_CH1 / SDIO_D6 / USART6_TX / TIM3_CH1 + PC_7, //D13 - 1:TIM8_CH2 / SDIO_D7 / USART6_RX / TIM3_CH2 + PC_8, //D14 - 1:TIM8_CH3 / SDIO_D0 / TIM3_CH3 + PC_9, //D15 - 1:TIM8_CH4 / SDIO_D1 / TIM3_CH4 + PA_8, //D16 - 1:TIM1_CH1 / I2C3_SCL / OTG_FS_SOF + PA_9, //D17 - 1:USART1_TX / TIM1_CH2 2:OTG_FS_VBUS + PA_10, //D18 - 1:USART1_RX / TIM1_CH3 / OTG_FS_ID + PA_11, //D19 - 1:TIM1_CH4 / OTG_FS_DM + PA_12, //D20 - 1:OTG_FS_DP + PA_13, //D21 - 0:JTMS-SWDIO + PA_14, //D22 - 0:JTCK-SWCLK + PA_15, //D23 - 0:JTDI 1:SPI3_NSS / SPI1_NSS + PC_10, //D24 - 1:UART4_TX / SPI3_SCK / SDIO_D2 / USART3_TX + PC_11, //D25 - 1:UART4_RX / SPI3_MISO / SDIO_D3 / USART3_RX + PC_12, //D26 - 1:UART5_TX / SPI3_MOSI / SDIO_CK + PD_2, //D27 - 1:UART5_RX / SDIO_CMD + PB_3, //D28 - 0:JTDO 1:SPI3_SCK / TIM2_CH2 / SPI1_SCK + PB_4, //D29 - 0:NJTRST 1:SPI3_MISO / TIM3_CH1 / SPI1_MISO + PB_5, //D30 - 1:TIM3_CH2 / SPI1_MOSI / SPI3_MOSI + PB_6, //D31 - 1:I2C1_SCL / TIM4_CH1 / USART1_TX + PB_7, //D32 - 1:I2C1_SDA / TIM4_CH2 / USART1_RX + PB_8, //D33 - 1:I2C1_SCL / TIM4_CH3 / SDIO_D4 / TIM10_CH1 + PB_9, //D34 - 1:I2C1_SDA / TIM4_CH4 / SDIO_D5 / TIM11_CH1 / SPI2_NSS + PA_0, //D35/A0 - 1:UART4_TX / TIM5_CH1 2:ADC123_IN0 + PA_1, //D36/A1 - 1:UART4_RX / TIM5_CH2 / TIM2_CH2 2:ADC123_IN1 + PA_2, //D37/A2 - 1:USART2_TX /TIM5_CH3 / TIM9_CH1 / TIM2_CH3 2:ADC123_IN2 + PA_3, //D38/A3 - 1:USART2_RX /TIM5_CH4 / TIM9_CH2 / TIM2_CH4 2:ADC123_IN3 + PA_4, //D39/A4 - NOT FT 1:SPI1_NSS / SPI3_NSS / USART2_CK 2:ADC12_IN4 / DAC_OUT1 + PA_5, //D40/A5 - NOT FT 1:SPI1_SCK 2:ADC12_IN5 / DAC_OUT2 + PA_6, //D41/A6 - 1:SPI1_MISO / TIM13_CH1 / TIM3_CH1 2:ADC12_IN6 + PA_7, //D42/A7 - 1:SPI1_MOSI / TIM14_CH1 / TIM3_CH2 2:ADC12_IN7 + PB_0, //D43/A8 - 1:TIM3_CH3 2:ADC12_IN8 + PB_1, //D44/A9 - 1:TIM3_CH4 2:ADC12_IN9 + PC_0, //D45/A10 - 1: 2:ADC123_IN10 + PC_1, //D46/A11 - 1: 2:ADC123_IN11 + PC_2, //D47/A12 - 1:SPI2_MISO 2:ADC123_IN12 + PC_3, //D48/A13 - 1:SPI2_MOSI 2:ADC123_IN13 + PC_4, //D49/A14 - 1: 2:ADC12_IN14 + PC_5, //D50/A15 - 1: 2:ADC12_IN15 + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 + PF_3, //D51/A16 - 1:FSMC_A3 2:ADC3_IN9 + PF_4, //D52/A17 - 1:FSMC_A4 2:ADC3_IN14 + PF_5, //D53/A18 - 1:FSMC_A5 2:ADC3_IN15 + PF_6, //D54/A19 - 1:TIM10_CH1 2:ADC3_IN4 + PF_7, //D55/A20 - 1:TIM11_CH1 2:ADC3_IN5 + PF_8, //D56/A21 - 1:TIM13_CH1 2:ADC3_IN6 + PF_9, //D57/A22 - 1;TIM14_CH1 2:ADC3_IN7 + PF_10, //D58/A23 - 2:ADC3_IN8 + #endif +#endif +#if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 100 //100 pins mcu, 82 gpio + PE_2, //D59 - 1:FSMC_A23 + PE_3, //D60 - 1:FSMC_A19 + PE_4, //D61 - 1:FSMC_A20 + PE_5, //D62 - 1:FSMC_A21 + PE_6, //D63 - 1:FSMC_A22 + PE_7, //D64 - 1:FSMC_D4 + PE_8, //D65 - 1:FSMC_D5 + PE_9, //D66 - 1:FSMC_D6 / TIM1_CH1 + PE_10, //D67 - 1:FSMC_D7 + PE_11, //D68 - 1:FSMC_D8 / TIM1_CH2 + PE_12, //D69 - 1:FSMC_D9 + PE_13, //D70 - 1:FSMC_D10 / TIM1_CH3 + PE_14, //D71 - 1:FSMC_D11 / TIM1_CH4 + PE_15, //D72 - 1:FSMC_D12 + PD_8, //D73 - 1:FSMC_D13 / USART3_TX + PD_9, //D74 - 1:FSMC_D14 / USART3_RX + PD_10, //D75 - 1:FSMC_D15 + PD_11, //D76 - 1:FSMC_A16 + PD_12, //D77 - 1:FSMC_A17 / TIM4_CH1 + PD_13, //D78 - 1:FSMC_A18 / TIM4_CH2 + PD_14, //D79 - 1:FSMC_D0 / TIM4_CH3 + PD_15, //D80 - 1:FSMC_D1 / TIM4_CH4 + PD_0, //D81 - 1:FSMC_D2 + PD_1, //D82 - 1:FSMC_D3 + PD_3, //D83 - 1:FSMC_CLK + PD_4, //D84 - 1:FSMC_NOE + PD_5, //D85 - 1:USART2_TX + PD_6, //D86 - 1:USART2_RX + PD_7, //D87 + PE_0, //D88 + PE_1, //D89 +#endif +#if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + PF_0, //D90 - 1:FSMC_A0 / I2C2_SDA + PF_1, //D91 - 1:FSMC_A1 / I2C2_SCL + PF_2, //D92 - 1:FSMC_A2 + PF_11, //D93 + PF_12, //D94 - 1:FSMC_A6 + PF_13, //D95 - 1:FSMC_A7 + PF_14, //D96 - 1:FSMC_A8 + PF_15, //D97 - 1:FSMC_A9 + PG_0, //D98 - 1:FSMC_A10 + PG_1, //D99 - 1:FSMC_A11 + PG_2, //D100 - 1:FSMC_A12 + PG_3, //D101 - 1:FSMC_A13 + PG_4, //D102 - 1:FSMC_A14 + PG_5, //D103 - 1:FSMC_A15 + PG_6, //D104 + PG_7, //D105 + PG_8, //D106 + PG_9, //D107 - 1:USART6_RX + PG_10, //D108 - 1:FSMC_NE3 + PG_11, //D109 + PG_12, //D110 - 1:FSMC_NE4 + PG_13, //D111 - 1:FSMC_A24 + PG_14, //D112 - 1:FSMC_A25 / USART6_TX + PG_15, //D113 +#endif +#if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 176 //176 pins mcu, 140 gpio + PI_8, //D114 + PI_9, //D115 + PI_10, //D116 + PI_11, //D117 + PH_2, //D118 + PH_3, //D119 + PH_4, //D120 - 1:I2C2_SCL + PH_5, //D121 - 1:I2C2_SDA + PH_6, //D122 - 1:TIM12_CH1 + PH_7, //D123 - 1:I2C3_SCL + PH_8, //D124 - 1:I2C3_SDA + PH_9, //D125 - 1:TIM12_CH2 + PH_10, //D126 - 1:TIM5_CH1 + PH_11, //D127 - 1:TIM5_CH2 + PH_12, //D128 - 1:TIM5_CH3 + PH_13, //D129 + PH_14, //D130 + PH_15, //D131 + PI_0, //D132 - 1:TIM5_CH4 / SPI2_NSS + PI_1, //D133 - 1:SPI2_SCK + PI_2, //D134 - 1:TIM8_CH4 /SPI2_MISO + PI_3, //D135 - 1:SPI2_MOS + PI_4, //D136 + PI_5, //D137 - 1:TIM8_CH1 + PI_6, //D138 - 1:TIM8_CH2 + PI_7, //D139 - 1:TIM8_CH3 +#endif +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +// ------------------------ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + /** + * @brief System Clock Configuration + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +WEAK void SystemClock_Config() { + + RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct; + RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct; + + /**Configure the main internal regulator output voltage + */ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + + __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1); + + /**Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks + */ + RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLSource = RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLM = 8; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLN = 336; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV2; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLQ = 7; + if (HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) != HAL_OK) { + _Error_Handler(__FILE__, __LINE__); + } + + /**Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks + */ + RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK + | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV4; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV2; + + if (HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_5) != HAL_OK) { + _Error_Handler(__FILE__, __LINE__); + } + + /**Configure the Systick interrupt time + */ + HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() / 1000); + + /**Configure the Systick + */ + HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK); + + /* SysTick_IRQn interrupt configuration */ + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, 0, 0); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5ff2ea57689f --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_SKR_PRO_1v1/variant.h @@ -0,0 +1,317 @@ +/* + ******************************************************************************* + * Copyright (c) 2017, STMicroelectronics + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + ******************************************************************************* + */ +#pragma once + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif // __cplusplus + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Pins + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef STM32F405RX + #define STM32F4X_PIN_NUM 64 //64 pins mcu, 51 gpio + #define STM32F4X_GPIO_NUM 51 + #define STM32F4X_ADC_NUM 16 +#elif defined(STM32F407_5VX) + #define STM32F4X_PIN_NUM 100 //100 pins mcu, 82 gpio + #define STM32F4X_GPIO_NUM 82 + #define STM32F4X_ADC_NUM 16 +#elif defined(STM32F407_5ZX) + #define STM32F4X_PIN_NUM 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + #define STM32F4X_GPIO_NUM 114 + #define STM32F4X_ADC_NUM 24 +#elif defined(STM32F407IX) + #define STM32F4X_PIN_NUM 176 //176 pins mcu, 140 gpio + #define STM32F4X_GPIO_NUM 140 + #define STM32F4X_ADC_NUM 24 +#else + #error "no match MCU defined" +#endif + +#if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 64 //64 pins mcu, 51 gpio + #define PC13 0 + #define PC14 1 //OSC32_IN + #define PC15 2 //OSC32_OUT + #define PH0 3 //OSC_IN + #define PH1 4 //OSC_OUT + #define PB2 5 //BOOT1 + #define PB10 6 //1:SPI2_SCK / I2C2_SCL / USART3_TX / TIM2_CH3 + #define PB11 7 //1:I2C2_SDA / USART3_RX / TIM2_CH4 + #define PB12 8 //1:SPI2_NSS / OTG_HS_ID + #define PB13 9 //1:SPI2_SCK 2:OTG_HS_VBUS + #define PB14 10 //1:SPI2_MISO / TIM12_CH1 / OTG_HS_DM + #define PB15 11 //SPI2_MOSI / TIM12_CH2 / OTG_HS_DP + #define PC6 12 //1:TIM8_CH1 / SDIO_D6 / USART6_TX / TIM3_CH1 + #define PC7 13 //1:TIM8_CH2 / SDIO_D7 / USART6_RX / TIM3_CH2 + #define PC8 14 //1:TIM8_CH3 / SDIO_D0 / TIM3_CH3 + #define PC9 15 //1:TIM8_CH4 / SDIO_D1 / TIM3_CH4 + #define PA8 16 //1:TIM1_CH1 / I2C3_SCL / OTG_FS_SOF + #define PA9 17 //1:USART1_TX / TIM1_CH2 2:OTG_FS_VBUS + #define PA10 18 //1:USART1_RX / TIM1_CH3 / OTG_FS_ID + #define PA11 19 //1:TIM1_CH4 / OTG_FS_DM + #define PA12 20 //1:OTG_FS_DP + #define PA13 21 //0:JTMS-SWDIO + #define PA14 22 //0:JTCK-SWCLK + #define PA15 23 //0:JTDI 1:SPI3_NSS / SPI1_NSS + #define PC10 24 //1:UART4_TX / SPI3_SCK / SDIO_D2 / USART3_TX + #define PC11 25 //1:UART4_RX / SPI3_MISO / SDIO_D3 / USART3_RX + #define PC12 26 //1:UART5_TX / SPI3_MOSI / SDIO_CK + #define PD2 27 //1:UART5_RX / SDIO_CMD + #define PB3 28 //0:JTDO 1:SPI3_SCK / TIM2_CH2 / SPI1_SCK + #define PB4 29 //0:NJTRST 1:SPI3_MISO / TIM3_CH1 / SPI1_MISO + #define PB5 30 //1:TIM3_CH2 / SPI1_MOSI / SPI3_MOSI + #define PB6 31 //1:I2C1_SCL / TIM4_CH1 / USART1_TX + #define PB7 32 //1:I2C1_SDA / TIM4_CH2 / USART1_RX + #define PB8 33 //1:I2C1_SCL / TIM4_CH3 / SDIO_D4 / TIM10_CH1 + #define PB9 34 //1:I2C1_SDA / TIM4_CH4 / SDIO_D5 / TIM11_CH1 / SPI2_NSS + #define PA0 35 //1:UART4_TX / TIM5_CH1 2:ADC123_IN0 + #define PA1 36 //1:UART4_RX / TIM5_CH2 / TIM2_CH2 2:ADC123_IN1 + #define PA2 37 //1:USART2_TX /TIM5_CH3 / TIM9_CH1 / TIM2_CH3 2:ADC123_IN2 + #define PA3 38 //1:USART2_RX /TIM5_CH4 / TIM9_CH2 / TIM2_CH4 2:ADC123_IN3 + #define PA4 39 //NOT FT 1:SPI1_NSS / SPI3_NSS / USART2_CK 2:ADC12_IN4 / DAC_OUT1 + #define PA5 40 //NOT FT 1:SPI1_SCK 2:ADC12_IN5 / DAC_OUT2 + #define PA6 41 //1:SPI1_MISO / TIM13_CH1 / TIM3_CH1 2:ADC12_IN6 + #define PA7 42 //1:SPI1_MOSI / TIM14_CH1 / TIM3_CH2 2:ADC12_IN7 + #define PB0 43 //1:TIM3_CH3 2:ADC12_IN8 + #define PB1 44 //1:TIM3_CH4 2:ADC12_IN9 + #define PC0 45 //1: 2:ADC123_IN10 + #define PC1 46 //1: 2:ADC123_IN11 + #define PC2 47 //1:SPI2_MISO 2:ADC123_IN12 + #define PC3 48 //1:SPI2_MOSI 2:ADC123_IN13 + #define PC4 49 //1: 2:ADC12_IN14 + #define PC5 50 //1: 2:ADC12_IN15 + #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 + #define PF3 51 //1:FSMC_A3 2:ADC3_IN9 + #define PF4 52 //1:FSMC_A4 2:ADC3_IN14 + #define PF5 53 //1:FSMC_A5 2:ADC3_IN15 + #define PF6 54 //1:TIM10_CH1 2:ADC3_IN4 + #define PF7 55 //1:TIM11_CH1 2:ADC3_IN5 + #define PF8 56 //1:TIM13_CH1 2:ADC3_IN6 + #define PF9 57 //1;TIM14_CH1 2:ADC3_IN7 + #define PF10 58 //2:ADC3_IN8 + #endif +#endif +#if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 100 //100 pins mcu, 82 gpio + #define PE2 (35+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A23 + #define PE3 (36+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A19 + #define PE4 (37+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A20 + #define PE5 (38+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A21 + #define PE6 (39+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A22 + #define PE7 (40+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D4 + #define PE8 (41+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D5 + #define PE9 (42+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D6 / TIM1_CH1 + #define PE10 (43+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D7 + #define PE11 (44+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D8 / TIM1_CH2 + #define PE12 (45+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D9 + #define PE13 (46+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D10 / TIM1_CH3 + #define PE14 (47+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D11 / TIM1_CH4 + #define PE15 (48+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D12 + #define PD8 (49+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D13 / USART3_TX + #define PD9 (50+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D14 / USART3_RX + #define PD10 (51+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D15 + #define PD11 (52+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A16 + #define PD12 (53+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A17 / TIM4_CH1 + #define PD13 (54+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A18 / TIM4_CH2 + #define PD14 (55+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D0 / TIM4_CH3 + #define PD15 (56+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D1 / TIM4_CH4 + #define PD0 (57+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D2 + #define PD1 (58+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_D3 + #define PD3 (59+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_CLK + #define PD4 (60+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_NOE + #define PD5 (61+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:USART2_TX + #define PD6 (62+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:USART2_RX + #define PD7 (63+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PE0 (64+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PE1 (65+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) +#endif +#if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio + #define PF0 (66+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A0 / I2C2_SDA + #define PF1 (67+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A1 / I2C2_SCL + #define PF2 (68+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A2 + #define PF11 (69+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PF12 (70+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A6 + #define PF13 (71+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A7 + #define PF14 (72+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A8 + #define PF15 (73+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A9 + #define PG0 (74+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A10 + #define PG1 (75+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A11 + #define PG2 (76+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A12 + #define PG3 (77+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A13 + #define PG4 (78+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A14 + #define PG5 (79+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A15 + #define PG6 (80+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PG7 (81+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PG8 (82+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PG9 (83+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:USART6_RX + #define PG10 (84+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_NE3 + #define PG11 (85+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PG12 (86+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_NE4 + #define PG13 (87+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A24 + #define PG14 (88+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:FSMC_A25 / USART6_TX + #define PG15 (89+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) +#endif +#if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 176 //176 pins mcu, 140 gpio + #define PI8 (90+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PI9 (91+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PI10 (92+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PI11 (93+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PH2 (94+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PH3 (95+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PH4 (96+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:I2C2_SCL + #define PH5 (97+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:I2C2_SDA + #define PH6 (98+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:TIM12_CH1 + #define PH7 (99+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:I2C3_SCL + #define PH8 (100+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:I2C3_SDA + #define PH9 (101+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:TIM12_CH2 + #define PH10 (102+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:TIM5_CH1 + #define PH11 (103+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:TIM5_CH2 + #define PH12 (104+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:TIM5_CH3 + #define PH13 (105+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PH14 (106+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PH15 (107+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PI0 (108+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:TIM5_CH4 / SPI2_NSS + #define PI1 (109+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:SPI2_SCK + #define PI2 (110+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:TIM8_CH4 /SPI2_MISO + #define PI3 (111+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:SPI2_MOS + #define PI4 (112+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) + #define PI5 (113+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:TIM8_CH1 + #define PI6 (114+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:TIM8_CH2 + #define PI7 (115+STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) //1:TIM8_CH3 +#endif + + +// This must be a literal +#define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS (STM32F4X_GPIO_NUM) +// This must be a literal with a value less than or equal to MAX_ANALOG_INPUTS +#define NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS (STM32F4X_ADC_NUM) +#define NUM_ANALOG_FIRST 35 + +// Below ADC, DAC and PWM definitions already done in the core +// Could be redefined here if needed +// ADC resolution is 12bits +//#define ADC_RESOLUTION 12 +//#define DACC_RESOLUTION 12 + +// PWM resolution +/* + * BEWARE: + * Changing this value from the default (1000) will affect the PWM output value of analogWrite (to a PWM pin) + * Since the pin is toggled on capture, if you change the frequency of the timer you have to adapt the compare value (analogWrite thinks you did) + */ +//#define PWM_FREQUENCY 20000 +//The bottom values are the default and don't need to be redefined +//#define PWM_RESOLUTION 8 +//#define PWM_MAX_DUTY_CYCLE 255 + +// On-board LED pin number +#define LED_BUILTIN PA7 +//#define LED_GREEN LED_BUILTIN should be defined here but omitted to avoid redefinition in SailfishRGB_LED + +// Below SPI and I2C definitions already done in the core +// Could be redefined here if differs from the default one +// SPI Definitions +#define PIN_SPI_MOSI PB15 +#define PIN_SPI_MISO PB14 +#define PIN_SPI_SCK PB13 +#define PIN_SPI_SS PB12 + +// I2C Definitions +#define PIN_WIRE_SDA PB7 +#define PIN_WIRE_SCL PB6 + +// Timer Definitions +//Do not use timer used by PWM pins when possible. See PinMap_PWM in PeripheralPins.c +#define TIMER_TONE TIM2 +#define TIMER_SERVO TIM5 // Only 1 Servo PIN on SKR-PRO, so use the same timer as defined in PeripheralPins +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM7 + +// UART Definitions +//#define ENABLE_HWSERIAL1 done automatically by the #define SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE below +#define ENABLE_HWSERIAL3 +#define ENABLE_HWSERIAL6 + +// Define here Serial instance number to map on Serial generic name (if not already used by SerialUSB) +#define SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE 1 //1 for Serial = Serial1 (USART1) + +// DEBUG_UART could be redefined to print on another instance than 'Serial' +//#define DEBUG_UART ((USART_TypeDef *) U(S)ARTX) // ex: USART3 +// DEBUG_UART baudrate, default: 9600 if not defined +//#define DEBUG_UART_BAUDRATE x +// DEBUG_UART Tx pin name, default: the first one found in PinMap_UART_TX for DEBUG_UART +//#define DEBUG_PINNAME_TX PX_n // PinName used for TX + +// Default pin used for 'Serial' instance (ex: ST-Link) +// Mandatory for Firmata +#define PIN_SERIAL_RX PA10 +#define PIN_SERIAL_TX PA9 + +// Optional PIN_SERIALn_RX and PIN_SERIALn_TX where 'n' is the U(S)ART number +// Used when user instanciate a hardware Serial using its peripheral name. +// Example: HardwareSerial mySerial(USART3); +// will use PIN_SERIAL3_RX and PIN_SERIAL3_TX if defined. +#define PIN_SERIAL1_RX PA10 +#define PIN_SERIAL1_TX PA9 +#define PIN_SERIAL3_RX PD9 +#define PIN_SERIAL3_TX PD8 +#define PIN_SERIAL6_RX PC7 +#define PIN_SERIAL6_TX PC6 +//#define PIN_SERIALLP1_RX x // For LPUART1 RX +//#define PIN_SERIALLP1_TX x // For LPUART1 TX + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Arduino objects - C++ only + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +// These serial port names are intended to allow libraries and architecture-neutral +// sketches to automatically default to the correct port name for a particular type +// of use. For example, a GPS module would normally connect to SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN, +// the first hardware serial port whose RX/TX pins are not dedicated to another use. +// +// SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR Port which normally prints to the Arduino Serial Monitor +// +// SERIAL_PORT_USBVIRTUAL Port which is USB virtual serial +// +// SERIAL_PORT_LINUXBRIDGE Port which connects to a Linux system via Bridge library +// +// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE Hardware serial port, physical RX & TX pins. +// +// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN Hardware serial ports which are open for use. Their RX & TX +// pins are NOT connected to anything by default. +#define SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR Serial +#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE Serial1 +#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN Serial3 +#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN1 Serial6 +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X/PeripheralPins.c b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/PeripheralPins.c similarity index 61% rename from buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X/PeripheralPins.c rename to buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/PeripheralPins.c index 28504fc1056a..5cce88b175a0 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/BIGTREE_GENERIC_STM32F407_5X/PeripheralPins.c +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/PeripheralPins.c @@ -31,9 +31,10 @@ #include #include + /* ===== - * Note: Commented lines are alternative possibilities which are not used by default. - * If you change them, you should know what you're doing first. + * Note: Commented lines are alternative possibilities which are not used per default. + * If you change them, you will have to know what you do * ===== */ @@ -42,56 +43,53 @@ #ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED const PinMap PinMap_ADC[] = { {PA_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC1_IN0 - //{PA_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC2_IN0 - //{PA_0, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC3_IN0 + // {PA_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC2_IN0 + // {PA_0, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC3_IN0 {PA_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC1_IN1 - //{PA_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC2_IN1 - //{PA_1, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC3_IN1 - {PA_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC1_IN2 - //{PA_2, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC2_IN2 - //{PA_2, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC3_IN2 - {PA_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC1_IN3 - //{PA_3, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC2_IN3 - //{PA_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC3_IN3 + // {PA_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC2_IN1 + // {PA_1, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC3_IN1 + // {PA_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC1_IN2 + {PA_2, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC2_IN2 + // {PA_2, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC3_IN2 + // {PA_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC1_IN3 + // {PA_3, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC2_IN3 + {PA_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC3_IN3 {PA_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC1_IN4 - //{PA_4, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC2_IN4 - {PA_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC1_IN5 - //{PA_5, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC2_IN5 + // {PA_4, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC2_IN4 + // {PA_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC1_IN5 + {PA_5, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC2_IN5 {PA_6, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC1_IN6 - //{PA_6, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC2_IN6 + // {PA_6, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC2_IN6 {PA_7, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC1_IN7 - //{PA_7, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC2_IN7 - {PB_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC1_IN8 - //{PB_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC2_IN8 + // {PA_7, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC2_IN7 + // {PB_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC1_IN8 + {PB_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC2_IN8 {PB_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC1_IN9 - //{PB_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC2_IN9 - {PC_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC1_IN10 - //{PC_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC2_IN10 - //{PC_0, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC3_IN10 + // {PB_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC2_IN9 + // {PC_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC1_IN10 + // {PC_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC2_IN10 + {PC_0, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC3_IN10 {PC_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC1_IN11 - //{PC_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC2_IN11 - //{PC_1, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC3_IN11 - {PC_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC1_IN12 - //{PC_2, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC2_IN12 - //{PC_2, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC3_IN12 - {PC_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC1_IN13 - //{PC_3, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC2_IN13 - //{PC_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC3_IN13 - {PC_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC1_IN14 - //{PC_4, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC2_IN14 - {PC_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC1_IN15 - //{PC_5, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC2_IN15 - - #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio, 24 ADC - {PF_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC3_IN9 - {PF_4, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC3_IN14 - {PF_5, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC3_IN15 - {PF_6, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC3_IN4 - {PF_7, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC3_IN5 - {PF_8, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC3_IN6 - {PF_9, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC3_IN7 - {PF_10, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC3_IN8 - #endif + // {PC_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC2_IN11 + // {PC_1, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC3_IN11 + // {PC_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC1_IN12 + {PC_2, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC2_IN12 + // {PC_2, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC3_IN12 + // {PC_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC1_IN13 + // {PC_3, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC2_IN13 + {PC_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC3_IN13 + // {PC_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC1_IN14 + {PC_4, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC2_IN14 + // {PC_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC1_IN15 + {PC_5, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC2_IN15 + {PF_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC3_IN9 + {PF_4, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC3_IN14 + {PF_5, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC3_IN15 + {PF_6, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC3_IN4 + {PF_7, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC3_IN5 + {PF_8, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC3_IN6 + // {PF_9, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC3_IN7 + {PF_10, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC3_IN8 {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif @@ -114,9 +112,7 @@ const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SDA[] = { {PB_9, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, {PB_11, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, {PC_9, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, - #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PF_0, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, - #endif + {PF_0, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif @@ -127,9 +123,7 @@ const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SCL[] = { {PB_6, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, {PB_8, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, {PB_10, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, - #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PF_1, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, - #endif + {PF_1, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif @@ -139,42 +133,42 @@ const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SCL[] = { #ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { {PA_0, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 - //{PA_0, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 1, 0)}, // TIM5_CH1 + // {PA_0, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 1, 0)}, // TIM5_CH1 {PA_1, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 - //{PA_1, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 + // {PA_1, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 {PA_2, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 - //{PA_2, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 3, 0)}, // TIM5_CH3 - //{PA_2, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 + // {PA_2, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 3, 0)}, // TIM5_CH3 + // {PA_2, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 {PA_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 - //{PA_3, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 4, 0)}, // TIM5_CH4 - //{PA_3, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 + // {PA_3, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 4, 0)}, // TIM5_CH4 + // {PA_3, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 {PA_5, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 - //{PA_5, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N + // {PA_5, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N {PA_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 - //{PA_6, TIM13, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1 - //{PA_7, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + // {PA_6, TIM13, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1 + // {PA_7, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N {PA_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 - //{PA_7, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N - //{PA_7, TIM14, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1 + // {PA_7, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N + // {PA_7, TIM14, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1 {PA_8, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 {PA_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2 {PA_10, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 {PA_11, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 - //{PA_15, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 - //{PB_0, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + // {PA_15, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + // {PB_0, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N {PB_0, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 - //{PB_0, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N - //{PB_1, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + // {PB_0, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N + // {PB_1, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N {PB_1, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 - //{PB_1, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N - //{PB_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 + // {PB_1, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N + // {PB_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 {PB_4, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 {PB_5, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 - //{PB_6, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 - //{PB_7, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 - //{PB_8, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 + {PB_6, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 + {PB_7, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 + {PB_8, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 {PB_8, TIM10, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1 - //{PB_9, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 + {PB_9, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 {PB_9, TIM11, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1 {PB_10, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 {PB_11, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 @@ -191,8 +185,8 @@ const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { {PC_7, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 0)}, // TIM8_CH2 {PC_8, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 {PC_8, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 0)}, // TIM8_CH3 - //{PC_9, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 - //{PC_9, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 4, 0)}, // TIM8_CH4 + {PC_9, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 + {PC_9, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 4, 0)}, // TIM8_CH4 {PD_12, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 {PD_13, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 {PD_14, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 @@ -206,12 +200,10 @@ const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { {PE_12, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N {PE_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 {PE_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 - #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PF_6, TIM10, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1 - {PF_7, TIM11, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1 - {PF_8, TIM13, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1 - {PF_9, TIM14, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1 - #endif + {PF_6, TIM10, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1 + {PF_7, TIM11, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1 + {PF_8, TIM13, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1 + {PF_9, TIM14, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1 {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif @@ -226,14 +218,12 @@ const PinMap PinMap_UART_TX[] = { {PB_6, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, {PB_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, {PC_6, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - {PC_10, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + // {PC_10, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, {PC_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, {PC_12, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, {PD_5, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PD_8, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, - #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PG_14, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - #endif + {PG_14, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif @@ -246,14 +236,12 @@ const PinMap PinMap_UART_RX[] = { {PB_7, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, {PB_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, {PC_7, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - {PC_11, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + // {PC_11, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, {PC_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, {PD_2, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, {PD_6, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PD_9, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, - #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PG_9, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - #endif + {PG_9, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif @@ -265,10 +253,8 @@ const PinMap PinMap_UART_RTS[] = { {PB_14, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, {PD_4, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PD_12, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, - #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PG_8, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - {PG_12, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - #endif + {PG_8, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + {PG_12, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif @@ -280,10 +266,8 @@ const PinMap PinMap_UART_CTS[] = { {PB_13, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, {PD_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PD_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, - #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PG_13, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - {PG_15, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - #endif + {PG_13, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + {PG_15, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif @@ -385,12 +369,10 @@ const PinMap PinMap_Ethernet[] = { {PC_4, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_RXD0 {PC_5, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_RXD1 {PE_2, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TXD3 - #if STM32F4X_PIN_NUM >= 144 //144 pins mcu, 114 gpio - {PG_8, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_PPS_OUT - {PG_11, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TX_EN - {PG_13, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TXD0 - {PG_14, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TXD1 - #endif + {PG_8, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_PPS_OUT + {PG_11, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TX_EN + {PG_13, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TXD0 + {PG_14, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_TXD1 {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif @@ -401,9 +383,9 @@ const PinMap PinMap_Ethernet[] = { #ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_FS[] = { - //{PA_8, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_SOF - //{PA_9, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_FS_VBUS - //{PA_10, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_ID + // {PA_8, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_SOF + // {PA_9, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_FS_VBUS + // {PA_10, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_ID {PA_11, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DM {PA_12, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DP {NC, NP, 0} @@ -412,26 +394,26 @@ const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_FS[] = { #ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_HS[] = { - #ifdef USE_USB_HS_IN_FS - {PA_4, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_SOF - {PB_12, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ID - {PB_13, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_HS_VBUS - {PB_14, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_DM - {PB_15, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_DP - #else - {PA_3, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D0 - {PA_5, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CK - {PB_0, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D1 - {PB_1, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D2 - {PB_5, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D7 - {PB_10, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D3 - {PB_11, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D4 - {PB_12, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D5 - {PB_13, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D6 - {PC_0, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_STP - {PC_2, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_DIR - {PC_3, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_NXT - #endif /* USE_USB_HS_IN_FS */ +#ifdef USE_USB_HS_IN_FS + {PA_4, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_SOF + {PB_12, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ID + {PB_13, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_HS_VBUS + {PB_14, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_DM + {PB_15, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_DP +#else + {PA_3, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D0 + {PA_5, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CK + {PB_0, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D1 + {PB_1, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D2 + {PB_5, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D7 + {PB_10, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D3 + {PB_11, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D4 + {PB_12, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D5 + {PB_13, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D6 + {PC_0, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_STP + {PC_2, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_DIR + {PC_3, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_NXT +#endif /* USE_USB_HS_IN_FS */ {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/PinNamesVar.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/PinNamesVar.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f3c4f0ee0762 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/PinNamesVar.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* SYS_WKUP */ +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 +SYS_WKUP1 = PA_0, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 +SYS_WKUP2 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 +SYS_WKUP3 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4 +SYS_WKUP4 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5 +SYS_WKUP5 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6 +SYS_WKUP6 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN7 +SYS_WKUP7 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN8 +SYS_WKUP8 = NC, +#endif +/* USB */ +#ifdef USBCON +USB_OTG_FS_SOF = PA_8, +USB_OTG_FS_VBUS = PA_9, +USB_OTG_FS_ID = PA_10, +USB_OTG_FS_DM = PA_11, +USB_OTG_FS_DP = PA_12, +USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D0 = PA_3, +USB_OTG_HS_SOF = PA_4, +USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CK = PA_5, +USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D1 = PB_0, +USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D2 = PB_1, +USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D7 = PB_5, +USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D3 = PB_10, +USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D4 = PB_11, +USB_OTG_HS_ID = PB_12, +USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D5 = PB_12, +USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_D6 = PB_13, +USB_OTG_HS_VBUS = PB_13, +USB_OTG_HS_DM = PB_14, +USB_OTG_HS_DP = PB_15, +USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_STP = PC_0, +USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_DIR = PC_2, +USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_NXT = PC_3, +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/ldscript.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/ldscript.ld new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..40abfe19b574 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/ldscript.ld @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +/* +***************************************************************************** +** + +** File : lscript.ld +** +** Abstract : Linker script for STM32F407(VZ)(EG)Tx Device with +** 512/1024KByte FLASH, 128KByte RAM +** +** Set heap size, stack size and stack location according +** to application requirements. +** +** Set memory bank area and size if external memory is used. +** +** Target : STMicroelectronics STM32 +** +** +** Distribution: The file is distributed as is, without any warranty +** of any kind. +** +***************************************************************************** +** @attention +** +**

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 Ac6

+** +** Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +** are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: +** 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, +** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +** 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, +** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation +** and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +** 3. Neither the name of Ac6 nor the names of its contributors +** may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +** without specific prior written permission. +** +** THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" +** AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +** IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +** DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +** FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +** DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR +** SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +** CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, +** OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +** OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +** +***************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* Entry Point */ +ENTRY(Reset_Handler) + +/* Highest address of the user mode stack */ +_estack = 0x20020000; /* end of RAM */ +/* Generate a link error if heap and stack don't fit into RAM */ +_Min_Heap_Size = 0x200;; /* required amount of heap */ +_Min_Stack_Size = 0x400;; /* required amount of stack */ + +/* Specify the memory areas */ +MEMORY +{ +RAM (xrw) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 128K +CCMRAM (rw) : ORIGIN = 0x10000000, LENGTH = 64K +FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x8008000, LENGTH = 1024K -32K +} + +/* Define output sections */ +SECTIONS +{ + /* The startup code goes first into FLASH */ + .isr_vector : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + KEEP(*(.isr_vector)) /* Startup code */ + . = ALIGN(4); + } >FLASH + + /* The program code and other data goes into FLASH */ + .text ALIGN(4): + { + . = ALIGN(4); + *(.text) /* .text sections (code) */ + *(.text*) /* .text* sections (code) */ + *(.glue_7) /* glue arm to thumb code */ + *(.glue_7t) /* glue thumb to arm code */ + *(.eh_frame) + + KEEP (*(.init)) + KEEP (*(.fini)) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _etext = .; /* define a global symbols at end of code */ + } >FLASH + + /* Constant data goes into FLASH */ + .rodata ALIGN(4): + { + . = ALIGN(4); + *(.rodata) /* .rodata sections (constants, strings, etc.) */ + *(.rodata*) /* .rodata* sections (constants, strings, etc.) */ + . = ALIGN(4); + } >FLASH + + .ARM.extab : { *(.ARM.extab* .gnu.linkonce.armextab.*) } >FLASH + .ARM : { + __exidx_start = .; + *(.ARM.exidx*) + __exidx_end = .; + } >FLASH + + .preinit_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(.preinit_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + .init_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(SORT(.init_array.*))) + KEEP (*(.init_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + .fini_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(SORT(.fini_array.*))) + KEEP (*(.fini_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + + /* used by the startup to initialize data */ + _sidata = LOADADDR(.data); + + /* Initialized data sections goes into RAM, load LMA copy after code */ + .data : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + _sdata = .; /* create a global symbol at data start */ + *(.data) /* .data sections */ + *(.data*) /* .data* sections */ + + . = ALIGN(4); + _edata = .; /* define a global symbol at data end */ + } >RAM AT> FLASH + + _siccmram = LOADADDR(.ccmram); + + /* CCM-RAM section + * + * IMPORTANT NOTE! + * If initialized variables will be placed in this section, + * the startup code needs to be modified to copy the init-values. + */ + .ccmram : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + _sccmram = .; /* create a global symbol at ccmram start */ + *(.ccmram) + *(.ccmram*) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _eccmram = .; /* create a global symbol at ccmram end */ + } >CCMRAM AT> FLASH + + + /* Uninitialized data section */ + . = ALIGN(4); + .bss : + { + /* This is used by the startup in order to initialize the .bss secion */ + _sbss = .; /* define a global symbol at bss start */ + __bss_start__ = _sbss; + *(.bss) + *(.bss*) + *(COMMON) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _ebss = .; /* define a global symbol at bss end */ + __bss_end__ = _ebss; + } >RAM + + /* User_heap_stack section, used to check that there is enough RAM left */ + ._user_heap_stack : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + PROVIDE ( end = . ); + PROVIDE ( _end = . ); + . = . + _Min_Heap_Size; + . = . + _Min_Stack_Size; + . = ALIGN(4); + } >RAM + + + /* Remove information from the standard libraries */ + /DISCARD/ : + { + libc.a ( * ) + libm.a ( * ) + libgcc.a ( * ) + } + + .ARM.attributes 0 : { *(.ARM.attributes) } +} + + diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.cpp b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..82cfc573dce2 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/* + ******************************************************************************* + * Copyright (c) 2017, STMicroelectronics + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + ******************************************************************************* + */ + +#include "pins_arduino.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +const PinName digitalPin[] = { + PB_12, + PB_13, + PB_14, + PB_15, + PD_8, + PD_9, + PD_10, + PD_11, + PD_12, + PD_13, + PD_14, + PD_15, + PG_2, + PG_3, + PG_4, + PG_5, + PG_6, + PG_7, + PG_8, + PC_6, + PC_7, + PC_8, + PC_9, + PA_8, + PA_9, + PA_10, + PA_11, + PA_12, + PA_13, + PA_14, + PA_15, + PC_10, + PC_11, + PC_12, + PD_0, + PD_1, + PD_2, + PD_3, + PD_4, + PD_5, + PD_6, + PD_7, + PG_9, + PG_10, + PG_11, + PG_12, + PG_13, + PG_14, + PG_15, + PB_3, + PB_4, + PB_5, + PB_6, + PB_7, + PB_8, + PB_9, + PB_10, + PB_11, + PE_14, + PE_15, + PE_12, + PE_13, + PE_10, + PE_11, + PE_8, + PE_9, + PG_1, + PE_7, + PF_15, + PG_0, + PF_13, + PF_14, + PF_11, + PF_12, + PB_2, + PB_1, + PC_5, + PB_0, + PA_7, + PC_4, + PA_5, + PA_6, + PA_3, + PA_4, + PA_1, + PA_2, + PC_3, + PA_0, + PC_1, + PC_2, + PC_0, + PF_8, + PF_6, + PF_7, + PF_9, + PF_10, + PF_4, + PF_5, + PF_2, + PF_3, + PF_0, + PF_1, + PE_6, + PC_13, + PE_4, + PE_5, + PE_2, + PE_3, + PE_0, + PE_1, + PC_14, + PC_15, +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @brief System Clock Configuration + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +WEAK void SystemClock_Config(void) +{ + + RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct; + RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct; + + /**Configure the main internal regulator output voltage + */ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + + __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1); + + /**Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks + */ + RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLSource = RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLM = 8; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLN = 336; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV2; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLQ = 7; + if (HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) != HAL_OK) { + _Error_Handler(__FILE__, __LINE__); + } + + /**Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks + */ + RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK + | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV4; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV2; + + if (HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_5) != HAL_OK) { + _Error_Handler(__FILE__, __LINE__); + } +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..87033a68e5f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FLY_F407ZG/variant.h @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/* + ******************************************************************************* + * Copyright (c) 2017, STMicroelectronics + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + ******************************************************************************* + */ + +#pragma once + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif // __cplusplus + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Pins + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +// Left Side +#define PB12 0 +#define PB13 1 +#define PB14 2 +#define PB15 3 +#define PD8 4 +#define PD9 5 +#define PD10 6 +#define PD11 7 +#define PD12 8 +#define PD13 9 +#define PD14 10 +#define PD15 11 +#define PG2 12 +#define PG3 13 +#define PG4 14 +#define PG5 15 +#define PG6 16 +#define PG7 17 +#define PG8 18 +#define PC6 19 +#define PC7 20 +#define PC8 21 +#define PC9 22 +#define PA8 23 +#define PA9 24 +#define PA10 25 +#define PA11 26 // USB_DM +#define PA12 27 // USB_DP +#define PA13 28 +#define PA14 29 +#define PA15 30 +#define PC10 31 +#define PC11 32 +#define PC12 33 +#define PD0 34 +#define PD1 35 +#define PD2 36 +#define PD3 37 +#define PD4 38 +#define PD5 39 +#define PD6 40 +#define PD7 41 +#define PG9 42 +#define PG10 43 +#define PG11 44 +#define PG12 45 +#define PG13 46 +#define PG14 47 +#define PG15 48 +#define PB3 49 +#define PB4 50 +#define PB5 51 +#define PB6 52 +#define PB7 53 +#define PB8 54 +#define PB9 55 + +// Right Side +#define PB10 56 +#define PB11 57 +#define PE14 58 +#define PE15 59 +#define PE12 60 +#define PE13 61 +#define PE10 62 +#define PE11 63 +#define PE8 64 +#define PE9 65 +#define PG1 66 +#define PE7 67 +#define PF15 68 +#define PG0 69 +#define PF13 70 +#define PF14 71 +#define PF11 72 +#define PF12 73 +#define PB2 74 +#define PB1 75 // A0 +#define PC5 76 // A1 +#define PB0 77 // A2 +#define PA7 78 // A3 +#define PC4 79 // A4 +#define PA5 80 // A5 +#define PA6 81 // A6 +#define PA3 82 // A7 +#define PA4 83 // A8 +#define PA1 84 // A9 +#define PA2 85 // A10 +#define PC3 86 // A11 +#define PA0 87 // A12/PA_0(WK_UP): BUT K_UP) +#define PC1 88 // A13 +#define PC2 89 // A14 +#define PC0 90 // A15 +#define PF8 91 // A16 +#define PF6 92 // A17 +#define PF7 93 // A18 +#define PF9 94 // LED D1 (active low) +#define PF10 95 // LED D2 (active low) +#define PF4 96 +#define PF5 97 +#define PF2 98 +#define PF3 99 +#define PF0 100 +#define PF1 101 +#define PE6 102 +#define PC13 103 +#define PE4 104 // BUT K0 +#define PE5 105 // BUT K1 +#define PE2 106 +#define PE3 107 +#define PE0 108 +#define PE1 109 +#define PC14 110 +#define PC15 111 +// This must be a literal +#define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS 112 +// This must be a literal with a value less than or equal to MAX_ANALOG_INPUTS +#define NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS 23 +#define NUM_ANALOG_FIRST 75 + + +// Below SPI and I2C definitions already done in the core +// Could be redefined here if differs from the default one +// SPI Definitions +#define PIN_SPI_SS PF11 +#define PIN_SPI_MOSI PB15 +#define PIN_SPI_MISO PB14 +#define PIN_SPI_SCK PB13 + + + +//max6675 +//#define PIN_SPI_SS PA4 +//#define PIN_SPI_SCK PA5 +//#define PIN_SPI_MISO PA6 +//#define PIN_SPI_MOSI PA7 + + + + +// I2C Definitions +#define PIN_WIRE_SDA PB7 +#define PIN_WIRE_SCL PB6 + +// Timer Definitions +//Do not use timer used by PWM pins when possible. See PinMap_PWM in PeripheralPins.c +#define TIMER_TONE TIM6 + +// Do not use basic timer: OC is required +#define TIMER_SERVO TIM1 //TODO: advanced-control timers don't work + +// UART Definitions +// Define here Serial instance number to map on Serial generic name +#define SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE 1 //ex: 2 for Serial2 (USART2) +// DEBUG_UART could be redefined to print on another instance than 'Serial' +//#define DEBUG_UART ((USART_TypeDef *) U(S)ARTX) // ex: USART3 +// DEBUG_UART baudrate, default: 9600 if not defined +//#define DEBUG_UART_BAUDRATE x +// DEBUG_UART Tx pin name, default: the first one found in PinMap_UART_TX for DEBUG_UART +//#define DEBUG_PINNAME_TX PX_n // PinName used for TX + +// Default pin used for 'Serial' instance (ex: ST-Link) +// Mandatory for Firmata +#define PIN_SERIAL_RX PA10 +#define PIN_SERIAL_TX PA9 + +/* Extra HAL modules */ +//#define HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Arduino objects - C++ only + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +// These serial port names are intended to allow libraries and architecture-neutral +// sketches to automatically default to the correct port name for a particular type +// of use. For example, a GPS module would normally connect to SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN, +// the first hardware serial port whose RX/TX pins are not dedicated to another use. +// +// SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR Port which normally prints to the Arduino Serial Monitor +// +// SERIAL_PORT_USBVIRTUAL Port which is USB virtual serial +// +// SERIAL_PORT_LINUXBRIDGE Port which connects to a Linux system via Bridge library +// +// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE Hardware serial port, physical RX & TX pins. +// +// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN Hardware serial ports which are open for use. Their RX & TX +// pins are NOT connected to anything by default. +#define SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR Serial +#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE Serial1 +#endif + diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/PeripheralPins.c b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/PeripheralPins.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cc700201aaea --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/PeripheralPins.c @@ -0,0 +1,361 @@ +/* + ******************************************************************************* + * Copyright (c) 2016, STMicroelectronics + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + ******************************************************************************* + */ +#include "Arduino.h" +#include "PeripheralPins.h" + +// ===== +// Note: Commented lines are alternative possibilities which are not used per default. +// If you change them, you will have to know what you do +// ===== + + +//*** ADC *** + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_ADC[] = { + // {PA_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC1_IN0 + // {PA_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC2_IN0 + // {PA_0, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC3_IN0 + // {PA_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC1_IN1 + // {PA_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC2_IN1 + // {PA_1, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC3_IN1 + // {PA_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC1_IN2 + // {PA_2, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC2_IN2 + // {PA_2, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC3_IN2 + {PA_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC1_IN3 + // {PA_3, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC2_IN3 + // {PA_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC3_IN3 + {PA_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC1_IN4 + // {PA_4, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC2_IN4 + // {PA_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC1_IN5 + // {PA_5, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC2_IN5 + // {PA_6, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC1_IN6 + // {PA_6, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC2_IN6 + // {PA_7, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC1_IN7 + // {PA_7, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC2_IN7 + // {PB_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC1_IN8 + // {PB_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC2_IN8 + // {PB_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC1_IN9 + // {PB_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC2_IN9 + {PC_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC1_IN10 + // {PC_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC2_IN10 + // {PC_0, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC3_IN10 + {PC_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC1_IN11 + // {PC_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC2_IN11 + // {PC_1, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC3_IN11 + {PC_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC1_IN12 + // {PC_2, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC2_IN12 + // {PC_2, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC3_IN12 + {PC_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC1_IN13 + // {PC_3, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC2_IN13 + // {PC_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC3_IN13 + {PC_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC1_IN14 + // {PC_4, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC2_IN14 + // {PC_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC1_IN15 + // {PC_5, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC2_IN15 + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** DAC *** + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_DAC[] = { + // {PA_4, DAC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // DAC_OUT1 + // {PA_5, DAC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // DAC_OUT2 - LD2 + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** I2C *** + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SDA[] = { + // {PB_3, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + // {PB_4, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + // {PB_7, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + {PB_9, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + // {PC_7, FMPI2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_FMPI2C1)}, + // {PC_9, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + // {PC_12, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SCL[] = { + // {PA_8, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + // {PB_6, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + {PB_8, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + // {PB_10, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + // {PC_6, FMPI2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_FMPI2C1)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** PWM *** + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { + {PA_0, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + // {PA_0, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 1, 0)}, // TIM5_CH1 + // {PA_1, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 + {PA_1, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 + // {PA_2, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 - STLink Tx + // {PA_2, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 3, 0)}, // TIM5_CH3 - STLink Tx + // {PA_2, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 - STLink Tx + // {PA_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 - STLink Rx + // {PA_3, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 4, 0)}, // TIM5_CH4 - STLink Rx + // {PA_3, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 - STLink Rx + {PA_5, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + // {PA_5, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N + {PA_6, TIM13, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1 + // {PA_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + //{PA_7, TIM14, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1 + // {PA_7, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + // {PA_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + // {PA_7, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N + // {PA_8, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 + {PA_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2 + {PA_10, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 + {PA_11, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 + {PA_15, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + // {PB_0, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + // {PB_0, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 + {PB_0, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // Fan0, TIM8_CH2N + // {PB_1, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + // {PB_1, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 + {PB_1, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // Fan1, TIM8_CH3N + {PB_2, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // Fan2, TIM2_CH4 + {PB_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // E0 Heater, TIM2_CH2 + {PB_4, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // E1 Heater, TIM3_CH1 + {PB_5, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // LED G, TIM3_CH2 + {PB_6, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // LED R, TIM4_CH1 + {PB_7, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // LED B, TIM4_CH2 + // {PB_8, TIM10, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1 + // {PB_8, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + {PB_8, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 + {PB_9, TIM11, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1 + // {PB_9, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 + // {PB_9, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 + {PB_10, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 + {PB_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + {PB_14, TIM12, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM12, 1, 0)}, // TIM12_CH1 + // {PB_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + // {PB_14, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N + {PB_15, TIM12, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM12, 2, 0)}, // TIM12_CH2 + // {PB_15, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + // {PB_15, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N + {PC_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + // {PC_6, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 0)}, // TIM8_CH1 + // {PC_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + {PC_7, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 0)}, // TIM8_CH2 + {PC_8, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 + // {PC_8, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 0)}, // TIM8_CH3 + // {PC_9, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 + {PC_9, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 4, 0)}, // TIM8_CH4 + {PD_15, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 + {PE_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 + {PE_10, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** SERIAL *** + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_UART_TX[] = { + // {PA_0, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + // {PA_2, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PA_9, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PB_6, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PB_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + // {PC_6, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + // {PC_10, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + {PC_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + // {PC_12, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_UART_RX[] = { + // {PA_1, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + // {PA_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PA_10, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PB_7, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PC_5, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + // {PC_7, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + // {PC_11, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + {PC_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + // {PD_2, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_UART_RTS[] = { + // {PA_1, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + // {PA_12, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PA_15, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + // {PB_14, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + // {PC_8, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_UART5)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_UART_CTS[] = { + // {PA_0, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + // {PA_11, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PB_0, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + // {PB_13, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, + // {PC_9, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_UART5)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** SPI *** + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MOSI[] = { + {PA_7, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_0, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_SPI3)}, + // {PB_2, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_SPI3)}, + // {PB_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_5, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PB_15, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_1, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_SPI2)}, + // {PC_1, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI3)}, + // {PC_3, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_12, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MISO[] = { + {PA_6, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_4, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_4, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PB_14, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_2, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_11, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SCLK[] = { + {PA_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PA_9, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PB_3, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_3, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PB_10, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PB_13, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_7, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_10, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SSEL[] = { + {PA_4, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PA_4, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PA_15, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PA_15, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PB_4, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_SPI2)}, + // {PB_9, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PB_12, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** CAN *** + +#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_CAN_RD[] = { + // {PA_11, CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)}, + // {PB_5, CAN2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN2)}, + // {PB_8, CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)}, + // {PB_12, CAN2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_CAN_TD[] = { + // {PA_12, CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)}, + // {PB_6, CAN2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN2)}, + // {PB_9, CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)}, + // {PB_13, CAN2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** ETHERNET *** + +//*** No Ethernet *** + +//*** QUADSPI *** + +#ifdef HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_QUADSPI[] = { + // {PA_1, QUADSPI, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_QSPI)}, // QUADSPI_BK1_IO3 + // {PB_2, QUADSPI, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_QSPI)}, // QUADSPI_CLK + // {PB_6, QUADSPI, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_QSPI)}, // QUADSPI_BK1_NCS + // {PC_9, QUADSPI, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_QSPI)}, // QUADSPI_BK1_IO0 + // {PC_10, QUADSPI, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_QSPI)}, // QUADSPI_BK1_IO1 + // {PC_11, QUADSPI, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_QSPI)}, // QUADSPI_BK2_NCS + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** USB *** + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_FS[] = { + // {PA_8, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_SOF + // {PA_9, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, 0)}, // USB_OTG_FS_VBUS + // {PA_10, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_ID + {PA_11, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DM + {PA_12, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DP + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED +const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_HS[] = { + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + + diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/PinNamesVar.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/PinNamesVar.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..77f1689b3d76 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/PinNamesVar.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* SYS_WKUP */ +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 +SYS_WKUP1 = PA_0, /* SYS_WKUP0 */ +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 +SYS_WKUP2 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 +SYS_WKUP3 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4 +SYS_WKUP4 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5 +SYS_WKUP5 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6 +SYS_WKUP6 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN7 +SYS_WKUP7 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN8 +SYS_WKUP8 = NC, +#endif +/* USB */ +#ifdef USBCON +USB_OTG_FS_DM = PA_11, +USB_OTG_FS_DP = PA_12, +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/ldscript.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/ldscript.ld new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2a61072cb17e --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/ldscript.ld @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* +***************************************************************************** +** + +** File : LinkerScript.ld +** +** Abstract : Linker script for STM32F407VETx Device with +** 512KByte FLASH, 128KByte RAM +** +** Set heap size, stack size and stack location according +** to application requirements. +** +** Set memory bank area and size if external memory is used. +** +** Target : STMicroelectronics STM32 +** +** +** Distribution: The file is distributed as is, without any warranty +** of any kind. +** +***************************************************************************** +** @attention +** +**

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 Ac6

+** +** Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +** are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: +** 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, +** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +** 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, +** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation +** and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +** 3. Neither the name of Ac6 nor the names of its contributors +** may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +** without specific prior written permission. +** +** THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" +** AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +** IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +** DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +** FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +** DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR +** SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +** CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, +** OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +** OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +** +***************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* Entry Point */ +ENTRY(Reset_Handler) + +/* Highest address of the user mode stack */ +_estack = 0x20020000; /* end of RAM */ +/* Generate a link error if heap and stack don't fit into RAM */ +_Min_Heap_Size = 0x200;; /* required amount of heap */ +_Min_Stack_Size = 0x400;; /* required amount of stack */ + +/* Specify the memory areas */ +MEMORY +{ +FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x8010000, LENGTH = 512K +RAM (xrw) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 128K +} + +/* Define output sections */ +SECTIONS +{ + /* The startup code goes first into FLASH */ + .isr_vector : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + KEEP(*(.isr_vector)) /* Startup code */ + . = ALIGN(4); + } >FLASH + + /* The program code and other data goes into FLASH */ + .text ALIGN(4): + { + . = ALIGN(4); + *(.text) /* .text sections (code) */ + *(.text*) /* .text* sections (code) */ + *(.glue_7) /* glue arm to thumb code */ + *(.glue_7t) /* glue thumb to arm code */ + *(.eh_frame) + + KEEP (*(.init)) + KEEP (*(.fini)) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _etext = .; /* define a global symbols at end of code */ + } >FLASH + + /* Constant data goes into FLASH */ + .rodata ALIGN(4): + { + . = ALIGN(4); + *(.rodata) /* .rodata sections (constants, strings, etc.) */ + *(.rodata*) /* .rodata* sections (constants, strings, etc.) */ + . = ALIGN(4); + } >FLASH + + .ARM.extab : { *(.ARM.extab* .gnu.linkonce.armextab.*) } >FLASH + .ARM : { + __exidx_start = .; + *(.ARM.exidx*) + __exidx_end = .; + } >FLASH + + .preinit_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(.preinit_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + .init_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(SORT(.init_array.*))) + KEEP (*(.init_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + .fini_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(SORT(.fini_array.*))) + KEEP (*(.fini_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + + /* used by the startup to initialize data */ + _sidata = LOADADDR(.data); + + /* Initialized data sections goes into RAM, load LMA copy after code */ + .data : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + _sdata = .; /* create a global symbol at data start */ + *(.data) /* .data sections */ + *(.data*) /* .data* sections */ + + . = ALIGN(4); + _edata = .; /* define a global symbol at data end */ + } >RAM AT> FLASH + + /*_siccmram = LOADADDR(.ccmram);*/ + + /* Uninitialized data section */ + . = ALIGN(4); + .bss : + { + /* This is used by the startup in order to initialize the .bss secion */ + _sbss = .; /* define a global symbol at bss start */ + __bss_start__ = _sbss; + *(.bss) + *(.bss*) + *(COMMON) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _ebss = .; /* define a global symbol at bss end */ + __bss_end__ = _ebss; + } >RAM + + /* User_heap_stack section, used to check that there is enough RAM left */ + ._user_heap_stack : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + PROVIDE ( end = . ); + PROVIDE ( _end = . ); + . = . + _Min_Heap_Size; + . = . + _Min_Stack_Size; + . = ALIGN(4); + } >RAM + + /* Remove information from the standard libraries */ + /DISCARD/ : + { + libc.a ( * ) + libm.a ( * ) + libgcc.a ( * ) + } + + .ARM.attributes 0 : { *(.ARM.attributes) } +} + + diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.cpp b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7e3df41f1bf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/* + Copyright (c) 2011 Arduino. All right reserved. + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA +*/ + +#include "pins_arduino.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Pin number +const PinName digitalPin[] = { + PA_0, //D0 + PA_1, //D1 + PA_2, //D2 + PA_3, //D3 + PA_4, //D4 + PA_5, //D5 + PA_6, //D6 + PA_7, //D7 + PA_8, //D8 + PA_9, //D9 + PA_10, //D10 + PA_11, //D11 + PA_12, //D12 + PA_13, //D13 + PA_14, //D14 + PA_15, //D15 + PB_0, //D16 + PB_1, //D17 + PB_2, //D18 + PB_3, //D19 + PB_4, //D20 + PB_5, //D21 + PB_6, //D22 + PB_7, //D23 + PB_8, //D24 + PB_9, //D25 + PB_10, //D26 + PB_11, //D27 + PB_12, //D28 + PB_13, //D29 + PB_14, //D30 + PB_15, //D31 + PC_0, //D32 + PC_1, //D33 + PC_2, //D34 + PC_3, //D35 + PC_4, //D36 + PC_5, //D37 + PC_6, //D38 + PC_7, //D39 + PC_8, //D40 + PC_9, //D41 + PC_10, //D42 + PC_11, //D43 + PC_12, //D44 + PC_13, //D45 + PC_14, //D46 + PC_15, //D47 + PD_0, //D48 + PD_1, //D49 + PD_2, //D50 + PD_3, //D51 + PD_4, //D52 + PD_5, //D53 + PD_6, //D54 + PD_7, //D55 + PD_8, //D56 + PD_9, //D57 + PD_10, //D58 + PD_11, //D59 + PD_12, //D60 + PD_13, //D61 + PD_14, //D62 + PD_15, //D63 + PE_0, //D64 + PE_1, //D65 + PE_2, //D66 + PE_3, //D67 + PE_4, //D68 + PE_5, //D69 + PE_6, //D70 + PE_7, //D71 + PE_8, //D72 + PE_9, //D73 + PE_10, //D74 + PE_11, //D75 + PE_12, //D76 + PE_13, //D77 + PE_14, //D78 + PE_15, //D79 + + //Duplicated ADC Pins + PA_3, //D80/A0 + PA_4, //D81/A1 + PC_0, //D82/A2 + PC_1, //D83/A3 + PC_2, //D84/A4 + PC_3, //D85/A5 + PC_4 //D86/A6 +}; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @brief System Clock Configuration + * The system Clock is configured as follow : + * System Clock source = PLL (HSE) + * SYSCLK(Hz) = 180000000 + * HCLK(Hz) = 180000000 + * AHB Prescaler = 1 + * APB1 Prescaler = 4 + * APB2 Prescaler = 2 + * HSE Frequency(Hz) = 12000000 + * PLL_M = 6 + * PLL_N = 180 + * PLL_P = 2 + * PLL_Q = 7 + * VDD(V) = 3.3 + * Main regulator output voltage = Scale1 mode + * Flash Latency(WS) = 5 + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +WEAK void SystemClock_Config(void) +{ + RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct; + RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct; + RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInitStruct; + + + /* Enable Power Control clock */ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED + /* The voltage scaling allows optimizing the power consumption when the device is + clocked below the maximum system frequency, to update the voltage scaling value + regarding system frequency refer to product datasheet. */ + __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1); +#endif + + /* Enable HSE Oscillator and activate PLL with HSE as source */ + RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLSource = RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLM = 6; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLN = 180; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV2; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLQ = 7; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLR = 2; + HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct); + + HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive(); + + /* Select PLL as system clock source and configure the HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 + clocks dividers */ + RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = (RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | + RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2); + RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLRCLK; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV4; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV2; + HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_5); + + PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_CLK48; + PeriphClkInitStruct.PLLSAI.PLLSAIM = 6; + PeriphClkInitStruct.PLLSAI.PLLSAIN = 96; + PeriphClkInitStruct.PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ = 2; + PeriphClkInitStruct.PLLSAI.PLLSAIP = RCC_PLLSAIP_DIV4; + PeriphClkInitStruct.PLLSAIDivQ = 1; + PeriphClkInitStruct.Clk48ClockSelection = RCC_CLK48CLKSOURCE_PLLSAIP; + HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..be04ef6b86c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/FYSETC_S6/variant.h @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +/* + Copyright (c) 2011 Arduino. All right reserved. + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA +*/ + +#ifndef _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_ +#define _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif // __cplusplus + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Pins + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define PA0 0 //D0 +#define PA1 1 //D1 +#define PA2 2 //D2 +#define PA3 3 //D3 +#define PA4 4 //D4 +#define PA5 5 //D5 +#define PA6 6 //D6 +#define PA7 7 //D7 +#define PA8 8 //D8 +#define PA9 9 //D9 +#define PA10 10 //D10 +#define PA11 11 //D11 +#define PA12 12 //D12 +#define PA13 13 //D13 +#define PA14 14 //D14 +#define PA15 15 //D15 +#define PB0 16 //D16 +#define PB1 17 //D17 +#define PB2 18 //D18 +#define PB3 19 //D19 +#define PB4 20 //D20 +#define PB5 21 //D21 +#define PB6 22 //D22 +#define PB7 23 //D23 +#define PB8 24 //D24 +#define PB9 25 //D25 +#define PB10 26 //D26 +#define PB11 27 //D27 +#define PB12 28 //D28 +#define PB13 29 //D29 +#define PB14 30 //D30 +#define PB15 31 //D31 +#define PC0 32 //D32 +#define PC1 33 //D33 +#define PC2 34 //D34 +#define PC3 35 //D35 +#define PC4 36 //D36 +#define PC5 37 //D37 +#define PC6 38 //D38 +#define PC7 39 //D39 +#define PC8 40 //D40 +#define PC9 41 //D41 +#define PC10 42 //D42 +#define PC11 43 //D43 +#define PC12 44 //D44 +#define PC13 45 //D45 +#define PC14 46 //D46 +#define PC15 47 //D47 +#define PD0 48 //D48 +#define PD1 49 //D49 +#define PD2 50 //D50 +#define PD3 51 //D51 +#define PD4 52 //D52 +#define PD5 53 //D53 +#define PD6 54 //D54 +#define PD7 55 //D55 +#define PD8 56 //D56 +#define PD9 57 //D57 +#define PD10 58 //D58 +#define PD11 59 //D59 +#define PD12 60 //D60 +#define PD13 61 //D61 +#define PD14 62 //D62 +#define PD15 63 //D63 +#define PE0 64 //D64 +#define PE1 65 //D65 +#define PE2 66 //D66 +#define PE3 67 //D67 +#define PE4 68 //D68 +#define PE5 69 //D69 +#define PE6 70 //D70 +#define PE7 71 //D71 +#define PE8 72 //D72 +#define PE9 73 //D73 +#define PE10 74 //D74 +#define PE11 75 //D75 +#define PE12 76 //D76 +#define PE13 77 //D77 +#define PE14 78 //D78 +#define PE15 79 //D79 + +// This must be a literal with the same value as PEND +#define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS 87 +// This must be a literal with a value less than or equal to to MAX_ANALOG_INPUTS +#define NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS 7 +#define NUM_ANALOG_FIRST 80 + +// PWM resolution +#define PWM_RESOLUTION 8 +#define PWM_FREQUENCY 20000 // >= 20 Khz => inaudible noise for fans +#define PWM_MAX_DUTY_CYCLE 255 + +// SPI Definitions +#define PIN_SPI_SS PA4 +#define PIN_SPI_MOSI PA7 +#define PIN_SPI_MISO PA6 +#define PIN_SPI_SCK PA5 + +// I2C Definitions +#define PIN_WIRE_SDA PB9 +#define PIN_WIRE_SCL PB8 + +// Timer Definitions +// Do not use timer used by PWM pin. See PinMap_PWM. +#define TIMER_TONE TIM6 +#define TIMER_SERVO TIM2 +#define TIMER_SERIAL TIM7 + +// UART Definitions +//#define SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE 1 // Connected to EXP3 header +/* Enable Serial 3 */ +#define HAVE_HWSERIAL1 +#define HAVE_HWSERIAL3 + +// Default pin used for 'Serial' instance (ex: ST-Link) +// Mandatory for Firmata +#define PIN_SERIAL_RX PA10 +#define PIN_SERIAL_TX PA9 + +/* HAL configuration */ +#define HSE_VALUE 12000000U + +#define FLASH_PAGE_SIZE (4U * 1024U) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Arduino objects - C++ only + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +// These serial port names are intended to allow libraries and architecture-neutral +// sketches to automatically default to the correct port name for a particular type +// of use. For example, a GPS module would normally connect to SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN, +// the first hardware serial port whose RX/TX pins are not dedicated to another use. +// +// SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR Port which normally prints to the Arduino Serial Monitor +// +// SERIAL_PORT_USBVIRTUAL Port which is USB virtual serial +// +// SERIAL_PORT_LINUXBRIDGE Port which connects to a Linux system via Bridge library +// +// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE Hardware serial port, physical RX & TX pins. +// +// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN Hardware serial ports which are open for use. Their RX & TX +// pins are NOT connected to anything by default. +#define SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR Serial +#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN Serial +#endif + +#endif /* _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_ */ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/PeripheralPins.c b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/PeripheralPins.c index f76cc14bf912..6b6cfdbcb0b8 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/PeripheralPins.c +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/PeripheralPins.c @@ -3,8 +3,10 @@ * Copyright (c) 2019, STMicroelectronics * All rights reserved. * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause * * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. @@ -28,8 +30,8 @@ ******************************************************************************* * Automatically generated from STM32F407Z(E-G)Tx.xml */ -#include -#include +#include "Arduino.h" +#include "PeripheralPins.h" /* ===== * Note: Commented lines are alternative possibilities which are not used per default. @@ -40,58 +42,58 @@ //*** ADC *** #ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_ADC[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_ADC[] = { {PA_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC1_IN0 - // {PA_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC2_IN0 - // {PA_0, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC3_IN0 + //{PA_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC2_IN0 + //{PA_0, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC3_IN0 {PA_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC1_IN1 - // {PA_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC2_IN1 - // {PA_1, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC3_IN1 - // {PA_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC1_IN2 + //{PA_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC2_IN1 + //{PA_1, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC3_IN1 + //{PA_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC1_IN2 {PA_2, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC2_IN2 - // {PA_2, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC3_IN2 - // {PA_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC1_IN3 - // {PA_3, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC2_IN3 + //{PA_2, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC3_IN2 + //{PA_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC1_IN3 + //{PA_3, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC2_IN3 {PA_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC3_IN3 {PA_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC1_IN4 - // {PA_4, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC2_IN4 - // {PA_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC1_IN5 + //{PA_4, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC2_IN4 + //{PA_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC1_IN5 {PA_5, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC2_IN5 #if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG) - // {PA_6, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC1_IN6 - // {PA_6, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC2_IN6 - // {PA_7, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC1_IN7 - // {PA_7, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC2_IN7 - // {PB_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC1_IN8 + //{PA_6, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC1_IN6 + //{PA_6, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC2_IN6 + //{PA_7, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC1_IN7 + //{PA_7, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC2_IN7 + //{PB_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC1_IN8 #endif {PB_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC2_IN8 {PB_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC1_IN9 - // {PB_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC2_IN9 - // {PC_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC1_IN10 - // {PC_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC2_IN10 + //{PB_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC2_IN9 + //{PC_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC1_IN10 + //{PC_0, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC2_IN10 {PC_0, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC3_IN10 {PC_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC1_IN11 - // {PC_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC2_IN11 - // {PC_1, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC3_IN11 - // {PC_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC1_IN12 + //{PC_1, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC2_IN11 + //{PC_1, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC3_IN11 + //{PC_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC1_IN12 {PC_2, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC2_IN12 - // {PC_2, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC3_IN12 - // {PC_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC1_IN13 - // {PC_3, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC2_IN13 + //{PC_2, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC3_IN12 + //{PC_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC1_IN13 + //{PC_3, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC2_IN13 {PC_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC3_IN13 - // {PC_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC1_IN14 + //{PC_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC1_IN14 {PC_4, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC2_IN14 - // {PC_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC1_IN15 + //{PC_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC1_IN15 {PC_5, ADC2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC2_IN15 #if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG) - // {PF_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC3_IN9 - // {PF_4, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC3_IN14 - // {PF_5, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC3_IN15 + //{PF_3, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC3_IN9 + //{PF_4, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC3_IN14 + //{PF_5, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC3_IN15 {PF_6, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC3_IN4 {PF_7, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC3_IN5 {PF_8, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC3_IN6 - // {PF_9, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC3_IN7 - // {PF_10, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC3_IN8 + //{PF_9, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC3_IN7 + //{PF_10, ADC3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC3_IN8 #endif {NC, NP, 0} }; @@ -100,7 +102,7 @@ const PinMap PinMap_ADC[] = { //*** DAC *** #ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_DAC[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_DAC[] = { {PA_4, DAC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // DAC_OUT1 {PA_5, DAC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // DAC_OUT2 {NC, NP, 0} @@ -110,7 +112,7 @@ const PinMap PinMap_DAC[] = { //*** I2C *** #ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SDA[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SDA[] = { {PB_7, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, {PB_9, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, {PB_11, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, @@ -123,7 +125,7 @@ const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SDA[] = { #endif #ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SCL[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SCL[] = { {PA_8, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, {PB_6, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, {PB_8, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, @@ -138,61 +140,61 @@ const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SCL[] = { //*** PWM *** #ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { {PA_0, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 - // {PA_0, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 1, 0)}, // TIM5_CH1 + //{PA_0, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 1, 0)}, // TIM5_CH1 {PA_1, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 - // {PA_1, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 + //{PA_1, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 {PA_2, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 - // {PA_2, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 3, 0)}, // TIM5_CH3 - // {PA_2, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 + //{PA_2, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 3, 0)}, // TIM5_CH3 + //{PA_2, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 {PA_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 - // {PA_3, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 4, 0)}, // TIM5_CH4 - // {PA_3, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 + //{PA_3, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 4, 0)}, // TIM5_CH4 + //{PA_3, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 {PA_5, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 - // {PA_5, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N + //{PA_5, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N {PA_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 - // {PA_6, TIM13, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1 - // {PA_7, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + //{PA_6, TIM13, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM13, 1, 0)}, // TIM13_CH1 + //{PA_7, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N {PA_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 - // {PA_7, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N - // {PA_7, TIM14, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1 + //{PA_7, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 1)}, // TIM8_CH1N + //{PA_7, TIM14, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM14, 1, 0)}, // TIM14_CH1 {PA_8, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 {PA_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2 {PA_10, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 {PA_11, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 - // {PA_15, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 - // {PB_0, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + //{PA_15, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + //{PB_0, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N {PB_0, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 - // {PB_0, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N - // {PB_1, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + //{PB_0, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N + //{PB_1, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N {PB_1, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 - // {PB_1, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N - // {PB_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 + //{PB_1, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N + //{PB_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 {PB_4, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 {PB_5, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 {PB_6, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 {PB_7, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 - {PB_8, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 + //{PB_8, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 {PB_8, TIM10, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1 - {PB_9, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 + //{PB_9, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 {PB_9, TIM11, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1 {PB_10, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 {PB_11, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 {PB_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N - {PB_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N - {PB_14, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N + //{PB_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + //{PB_14, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 1)}, // TIM8_CH2N {PB_14, TIM12, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM12, 1, 0)}, // TIM12_CH1 - {PB_15, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N - {PB_15, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N + //{PB_15, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + //{PB_15, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 1)}, // TIM8_CH3N {PB_15, TIM12, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF9_TIM12, 2, 0)}, // TIM12_CH2 - {PC_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + //{PC_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 {PC_6, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 1, 0)}, // TIM8_CH1 - {PC_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + //{PC_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 {PC_7, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 2, 0)}, // TIM8_CH2 {PC_8, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 - {PC_8, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 0)}, // TIM8_CH3 - {PC_9, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 + //{PC_8, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 3, 0)}, // TIM8_CH3 + //{PC_9, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 {PC_9, TIM8, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM8, 4, 0)}, // TIM8_CH4 {PD_12, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 {PD_13, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 @@ -220,47 +222,47 @@ const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { //*** SERIAL *** #ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_UART_TX[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_UART_TX[] = { {PA_0, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, {PA_2, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PA_9, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, {PB_6, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, {PB_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, {PC_6, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - // {PC_10, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + //{PC_10, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, {PC_10, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, {PC_12, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, {PD_5, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PD_8, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, #if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG) - // {PG_14, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + //{PG_14, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, #endif {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif #ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_UART_RX[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_UART_RX[] = { {PA_1, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, {PA_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PA_10, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, {PB_7, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, {PB_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, {PC_7, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, - // {PC_11, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, + //{PC_11, UART4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART4)}, {PC_11, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, {PD_2, UART5, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_UART5)}, {PD_6, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PD_9, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, #if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG) - // {PG_9, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + //{PG_9, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, #endif {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif #ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_UART_RTS[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_UART_RTS[] = { {PA_1, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PA_12, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, {PB_14, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, @@ -275,7 +277,7 @@ const PinMap PinMap_UART_RTS[] = { #endif #ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_UART_CTS[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_UART_CTS[] = { {PA_0, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, {PA_11, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, {PB_13, USART3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART3)}, @@ -292,9 +294,9 @@ const PinMap PinMap_UART_CTS[] = { //*** SPI *** #ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MOSI[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MOSI[] = { {PA_7, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, - {PB_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + //{PB_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, {PB_5, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, {PB_15, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, {PC_3, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, @@ -304,9 +306,9 @@ const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MOSI[] = { #endif #ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MISO[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MISO[] = { {PA_6, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, - {PB_4, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + //{PB_4, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, {PB_4, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, {PB_14, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, {PC_2, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, @@ -316,9 +318,9 @@ const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MISO[] = { #endif #ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SCLK[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SCLK[] = { {PA_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, - {PB_3, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + //{PB_3, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, {PB_3, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, {PB_10, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, {PB_13, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, @@ -328,10 +330,10 @@ const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SCLK[] = { #endif #ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SSEL[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SSEL[] = { {PA_4, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, - {PA_4, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, - {PA_15, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + //{PA_4, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + //{PA_15, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, {PA_15, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, {PB_9, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, {PB_12, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, @@ -342,7 +344,7 @@ const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SSEL[] = { //*** CAN *** #ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_CAN_RD[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_CAN_RD[] = { {PA_11, CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)}, {PB_5, CAN2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN2)}, {PB_8, CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)}, @@ -353,7 +355,7 @@ const PinMap PinMap_CAN_RD[] = { #endif #ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_CAN_TD[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_CAN_TD[] = { {PA_12, CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)}, {PB_6, CAN2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN2)}, {PB_9, CAN1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_CAN1)}, @@ -366,7 +368,7 @@ const PinMap PinMap_CAN_TD[] = { //*** ETHERNET *** #ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_Ethernet[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_Ethernet[] = { {PA_0, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_CRS {PA_1, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_REF_CLK|ETH_RX_CLK {PA_2, ETH, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF11_ETH)}, // ETH_MDIO @@ -401,10 +403,10 @@ const PinMap PinMap_Ethernet[] = { //*** USB *** #ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_FS[] = { - // {PA_8, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_SOF - // {PA_9, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_FS_VBUS - // {PA_10, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_ID +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_FS[] = { + //{PA_8, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_SOF + //{PA_9, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_FS_VBUS + //{PA_10, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_ID {PA_11, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DM {PA_12, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DP {NC, NP, 0} @@ -412,7 +414,7 @@ const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_FS[] = { #endif #ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED -const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_HS[] = { +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_HS[] = { #ifdef USE_USB_HS_IN_FS {PA_4, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_SOF {PB_12, USB_OTG_HS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS)}, // USB_OTG_HS_ID @@ -436,3 +438,21 @@ const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_HS[] = { {NC, NP, 0} }; #endif + +//*** SD *** + +#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SD[] = { + //{PB_8, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D4 + //{PB_9, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D5 + //{PC_6, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D6 + //{PC_7, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D7 + {PC_8, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D0 + {PC_9, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D1 + {PC_10, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D2 + {PC_11, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D3 + {PC_12, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_CK + {PD_2, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_CMD + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/hal_conf_custom.h similarity index 83% rename from buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h rename to buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/hal_conf_custom.h index 50d59af3bf4a..92e9fecb4d63 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/hal_conf_custom.h @@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ */ /* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ -#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H -#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_CUSTOM +#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_CUSTOM #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { @@ -73,7 +73,9 @@ extern "C" { /* #define HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ /* #define HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ #define HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED -#define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED +#ifndef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + #define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED //Since STM32 v3.10700.191028 this is automatically added if any type of USB is enabled (as in Arduino IDE) +#endif /* #define HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ /* #define HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ /* #define HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */ @@ -82,69 +84,81 @@ extern "C" { /* #define HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */ /* ########################## HSE/HSI Values adaptation ##################### */ - /** +/** * @brief Adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) used in your application. * This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency * (when HSE is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL). */ #ifndef HSE_VALUE -#define HSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)8000000U) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */ +#define HSE_VALUE 8000000U /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */ #endif /* HSE_VALUE */ #ifndef HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT -#define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)100U) /*!< Time out for HSE start up, in ms */ +#define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT 100U /*!< Time out for HSE start up, in ms */ #endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */ - /** +/** * @brief Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) value. * This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency * (when HSI is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL). */ #ifndef HSI_VALUE -#define HSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)16000000U) /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz*/ +#define HSI_VALUE 16000000U /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz */ #endif /* HSI_VALUE */ - /** +/** * @brief Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI) value. */ #ifndef LSI_VALUE -#define LSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)32000U) /*!< LSI Typical Value in Hz*/ +#define LSI_VALUE 32000U /*!< LSI Typical Value in Hz */ #endif /* LSI_VALUE */ /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz The real value may vary depending on the variations -in voltage and temperature.*/ - /** +in voltage and temperature. */ +/** * @brief External Low Speed oscillator (LSE) value. */ #ifndef LSE_VALUE -#define LSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)32768U) /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */ +#define LSE_VALUE 32768U /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */ #endif /* LSE_VALUE */ #ifndef LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT -#define LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)5000U) /*!< Time out for LSE start up, in ms */ +#define LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT 5000U /*!< Time out for LSE start up, in ms */ #endif /* LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */ - /** +/** * @brief External clock source for I2S peripheral * This value is used by the I2S HAL module to compute the I2S clock source * frequency, this source is inserted directly through I2S_CKIN pad. */ #ifndef EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE -#define EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE ((uint32_t)12288000U) /*!< Value of the External audio frequency in Hz*/ +#define EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE 12288000U /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz*/ #endif /* EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE */ /* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE, === you can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. */ /* ########################### System Configuration ######################### */ - /** +/** * @brief This is the HAL system configuration section */ -#define VDD_VALUE ((uint32_t)3300U) /*!< Value of VDD in mv */ -#define TICK_INT_PRIORITY ((uint32_t)0U) /*!< tick interrupt priority */ +#if !defined (VDD_VALUE) +#define VDD_VALUE 3300U /*!< Value of VDD in mv */ +#endif +#if !defined (TICK_INT_PRIORITY) +#define TICK_INT_PRIORITY 0x00U /*!< tick interrupt priority */ +#endif +#if !defined (USE_RTOS) #define USE_RTOS 0U +#endif +#if !defined (PREFETCH_ENABLE) #define PREFETCH_ENABLE 1U +#endif +#if !defined (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE) #define INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE 1U +#endif +#if !defined (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE) #define DATA_CACHE_ENABLE 1U +#endif #define USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* ADC register callback disabled */ #define USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* CAN register callback disabled */ @@ -186,7 +200,7 @@ in voltage and temperature.*/ #define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* WWDG register callback disabled */ /* ########################## Assert Selection ############################## */ - /** +/** * @brief Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the * HAL drivers code */ @@ -215,32 +229,32 @@ in voltage and temperature.*/ /* DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS Address*/ #define DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS 0x01U /* PHY Reset delay these values are based on a 1 ms Systick interrupt*/ -#define PHY_RESET_DELAY ((uint32_t)0x000000FFU) +#define PHY_RESET_DELAY 0x000000FFU /* PHY Configuration delay */ -#define PHY_CONFIG_DELAY ((uint32_t)0x00000FFFU) +#define PHY_CONFIG_DELAY 0x00000FFFU -#define PHY_READ_TO ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFFU) -#define PHY_WRITE_TO ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFFU) +#define PHY_READ_TO 0x0000FFFFU +#define PHY_WRITE_TO 0x0000FFFFU /* Section 3: Common PHY Registers */ -#define PHY_BCR ((uint16_t)0x0000U) /*!< Transceiver Basic Control Register */ -#define PHY_BSR ((uint16_t)0x0001U) /*!< Transceiver Basic Status Register */ +#define PHY_BCR ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Transceiver Basic Control Register */ +#define PHY_BSR ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Transceiver Basic Status Register */ -#define PHY_RESET ((uint16_t)0x8000U) /*!< PHY Reset */ -#define PHY_LOOPBACK ((uint16_t)0x4000U) /*!< Select loop-back mode */ -#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2100U) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */ -#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2000U) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */ -#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0100U) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */ -#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0000U) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */ -#define PHY_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x1000U) /*!< Enable auto-negotiation function */ -#define PHY_RESTART_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x0200U) /*!< Restart auto-negotiation function */ -#define PHY_POWERDOWN ((uint16_t)0x0800U) /*!< Select the power down mode */ -#define PHY_ISOLATE ((uint16_t)0x0400U) /*!< Isolate PHY from MII */ +#define PHY_RESET ((uint16_t)0x8000) /*!< PHY Reset */ +#define PHY_LOOPBACK ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< Select loop-back mode */ +#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2100) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2000) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x1000) /*!< Enable auto-negotiation function */ +#define PHY_RESTART_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< Restart auto-negotiation function */ +#define PHY_POWERDOWN ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Select the power down mode */ +#define PHY_ISOLATE ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Isolate PHY from MII */ -#define PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE ((uint16_t)0x0020U) /*!< Auto-Negotiation process completed */ -#define PHY_LINKED_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0004U) /*!< Valid link established */ -#define PHY_JABBER_DETECTION ((uint16_t)0x0002U) /*!< Jabber condition detected */ +#define PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Auto-Negotiation process completed */ +#define PHY_LINKED_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Valid link established */ +#define PHY_JABBER_DETECTION ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Jabber condition detected */ /* Section 4: Extended PHY Registers */ #define PHY_SR ((uint16_t)0x10U) /*!< PHY status register Offset */ @@ -251,14 +265,15 @@ in voltage and temperature.*/ /* ################## SPI peripheral configuration ########################## */ /* CRC FEATURE: Use to activate CRC feature inside HAL SPI Driver -* Activated: CRC code is present inside driver -* Deactivated: CRC code cleaned from driver -*/ - + * Activated: CRC code is present inside driver + * Deactivated: CRC code cleaned from driver + */ +#ifndef USE_SPI_CRC #define USE_SPI_CRC 0U +#endif /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - /** +/** * @brief Include module's header file */ @@ -456,9 +471,9 @@ in voltage and temperature.*/ /* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ #ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT - /** +/** * @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check. - * @param expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function + * @param expr If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function * which reports the name of the source file and the source * line number of the call that failed. * If expr is true, it returns no value. @@ -475,7 +490,7 @@ void assert_failed(uint8_t *file, uint32_t line); } #endif -#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_H */ +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_CUSTOM_H */ /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/ldscript.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/ldscript.ld index cdbbfcdcd187..efe2db5cd472 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/ldscript.ld +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/ldscript.ld @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ /* ***************************************************************************** ** -** File : LinkerScript.ld + +** File : lscript.ld ** -** Abstract : Linker script for STM32F407VETx Device with -** 512KByte FLASH, 128KByte RAM +** Abstract : Linker script for STM32F407(VZ)(EG)Tx Device with +** 512/1024KByte FLASH, 128KByte RAM ** ** Set heap size, stack size and stack location according ** to application requirements. @@ -17,13 +18,32 @@ ** Distribution: The file is distributed as is, without any warranty ** of any kind. ** -** (c)Copyright Ac6. -** You may use this file as-is or modify it according to the needs of your -** project. Distribution of this file (unmodified or modified) is not -** permitted. Ac6 permit registered System Workbench for MCU users the -** rights to distribute the assembled, compiled & linked contents of this -** file as part of an application binary file, provided that it is built -** using the System Workbench for MCU toolchain. +***************************************************************************** +** @attention +** +**

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 Ac6

+** +** Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +** are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: +** 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, +** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +** 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, +** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation +** and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +** 3. Neither the name of Ac6 nor the names of its contributors +** may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +** without specific prior written permission. +** +** THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" +** AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +** IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +** DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +** FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +** DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR +** SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +** CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, +** OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +** OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ** ***************************************************************************** */ @@ -32,7 +52,7 @@ ENTRY(Reset_Handler) /* Highest address of the user mode stack */ -_estack = 0x20020000; /* end of RAM */ +_estack = 0x20000000 + LD_MAX_DATA_SIZE; /* end of RAM */ /* Generate a link error if heap and stack don't fit into RAM */ _Min_Heap_Size = 0x200; /* required amount of heap */ _Min_Stack_Size = 0x400; /* required amount of stack */ @@ -40,9 +60,9 @@ _Min_Stack_Size = 0x400; /* required amount of stack */ /* Specify the memory areas */ MEMORY { -RAM (xrw) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 128K +RAM (xrw) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = LD_MAX_DATA_SIZE CCMRAM (rw) : ORIGIN = 0x10000000, LENGTH = 64K -FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x8000000, LENGTH = 512K +FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x8000000 + LD_FLASH_OFFSET, LENGTH = LD_MAX_SIZE - LD_FLASH_OFFSET } /* Define output sections */ @@ -57,7 +77,7 @@ SECTIONS } >FLASH /* The program code and other data goes into FLASH */ - .text ALIGN(8): + .text ALIGN(4): { . = ALIGN(4); *(.text) /* .text sections (code) */ @@ -164,12 +184,12 @@ SECTIONS /* User_heap_stack section, used to check that there is enough RAM left */ ._user_heap_stack : { - . = ALIGN(8); + . = ALIGN(4); PROVIDE ( end = . ); PROVIDE ( _end = . ); . = . + _Min_Heap_Size; . = . + _Min_Stack_Size; - . = ALIGN(8); + . = ALIGN(4); } >RAM /* Remove information from the standard libraries */ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.cpp b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.cpp index 66190c629df9..e78718c8a64a 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.cpp +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.cpp @@ -28,12 +28,13 @@ ******************************************************************************* */ -#include "variant.h" +#include "pins_arduino.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif +#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407VE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407VG) // Pin number // This array allows to wrap Arduino pin number(Dx or x) // to STM32 PinName (PX_n) @@ -93,23 +94,98 @@ const PinName digitalPin[] = { PB_13, PB_14, PB_4, }; +#endif // ARDUINO_BLACK_F407VE || ARDUINO_BLACK_F407VG + +#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG) +const PinName digitalPin[] = { + // Left Side + //Ext //Int + //GND //5V + //GND //3V3 + PB_12, PB_13, + PB_14, PB_15, + PD_8, PD_9, + PD_10, PD_11, + PD_12, PD_13, + PD_14, PD_15, + PG_2, PG_3, + PG_4, PG_5, + PG_6, PG_7, + PG_8, PC_6, + PC_7, PC_8, + PC_9, PA_8, + PA_9, PA_10, + PA_11, PA_12, // PA_11: USB_DM, PA_12: USB_DP + PA_13, PA_14, + PA_15, PC_10, + PC_11, PC_12, + PD_0, PD_1, + PD_2, PD_3, + PD_4, PD_5, + PD_6, PD_7, + PG_9, PG_10, + PG_11, PG_12, + PG_13, PG_14, + PG_15, PB_3, + PB_4, PB_5, + PB_6, PB_7, + PB_8, PB_9, + + // Right Side + //Int //Ext + //3V3 //3V3 + //BOOT1 //BOOT0 + //GND //GND + //VREF+ //GND + PB_10, PB_11, + PE_14, PE_15, + PE_12, PE_13, + PE_10, PE_11, + PE_8, PE_9, + PG_1, PE_7, + PF_15, PG_0, + PF_13, PF_14, + PF_11, PF_12, + PB_2, // PB1 PB2 Inverted to allow contiguous analog pins + PB_1, + PC_5, PB_0, + PA_7, PC_4, + PA_5, PA_6, + PA_3, PA_4, + PA_1, PA_2, + PC_3, PA_0, // PA_0(WK_UP): BUT K_UP) + PC_1, PC_2, + /*PF_10,*/PC_0, // PF_10: Moved to allow contiguous analog pins + PF_8, /*PF_9,*/ // PF_9: Moved to allow contiguous analog pins + PF_6, PF_7, + PF_10, PF_9, // PF_10: LED D2, PF_9: LED D1 (active low) + PF_4, PF_5, + PF_2, PF_3, + PF_0, PF_1, + PE_6, PC_13, + PE_4, PE_5, // PE_4: BUT K0, PE_5: BUT K1 + PE_2, PE_3, + PE_0, PE_1, +}; +#endif // ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE || ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif -// ------------------------ +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif - /** +/** * @brief System Clock Configuration * @param None * @retval None */ -WEAK void SystemClock_Config() { +WEAK void SystemClock_Config(void) +{ RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct; RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct; diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.h index c0a29322f3ec..4e7e299f1c86 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.h +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/MARLIN_F407VE/variant.h @@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ******************************************************************************* */ -#pragma once +#ifndef _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_ +#define _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_ /*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- * Headers *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ extern "C" { /*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- * Pins *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -extern const PinName digitalPin[]; +#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407VE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407VG) // Right Side #define PE1 0 #define PE0 1 @@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ extern const PinName digitalPin[]; //#define DACC_RESOLUTION 12 // PWM resolution -#define PWM_RESOLUTION 8 -#define PWM_FREQUENCY 20000 -#define PWM_MAX_DUTY_CYCLE 255 +//#define PWM_RESOLUTION 8 +//#define PWM_FREQUENCY 20000 +//#define PWM_MAX_DUTY_CYCLE 255 // On-board LED pin number #define LED_D2 PA6 @@ -144,6 +144,138 @@ extern const PinName digitalPin[]; // Board specific button #define BTN_K_UP PA0 +#endif // ARDUINO_BLACK_F407VE || ARDUINO_BLACK_F407VG + +#if defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE) || defined(ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG) +// Left Side +#define PB12 0 +#define PB13 1 +#define PB14 2 +#define PB15 3 +#define PD8 4 +#define PD9 5 +#define PD10 6 +#define PD11 7 +#define PD12 8 +#define PD13 9 +#define PD14 10 +#define PD15 11 +#define PG2 12 +#define PG3 13 +#define PG4 14 +#define PG5 15 +#define PG6 16 +#define PG7 17 +#define PG8 18 +#define PC6 19 +#define PC7 20 +#define PC8 21 +#define PC9 22 +#define PA8 23 +#define PA9 24 +#define PA10 25 +#define PA11 26 // USB_DM +#define PA12 27 // USB_DP +#define PA13 28 +#define PA14 29 +#define PA15 30 +#define PC10 31 +#define PC11 32 +#define PC12 33 +#define PD0 34 +#define PD1 35 +#define PD2 36 +#define PD3 37 +#define PD4 38 +#define PD5 39 +#define PD6 40 +#define PD7 41 +#define PG9 42 +#define PG10 43 +#define PG11 44 +#define PG12 45 +#define PG13 46 +#define PG14 47 +#define PG15 48 +#define PB3 49 +#define PB4 50 +#define PB5 51 +#define PB6 52 +#define PB7 53 +#define PB8 54 +#define PB9 55 + +// Right Side +#define PB10 56 +#define PB11 57 +#define PE14 58 +#define PE15 59 +#define PE12 60 +#define PE13 61 +#define PE10 62 +#define PE11 63 +#define PE8 64 +#define PE9 65 +#define PG1 66 +#define PE7 67 +#define PF15 68 +#define PG0 69 +#define PF13 70 +#define PF14 71 +#define PF11 72 +#define PF12 73 +#define PB2 74 +#define PB1 75 // A0 +#define PC5 76 // A1 +#define PB0 77 // A2 +#define PA7 78 // A3 +#define PC4 79 // A4 +#define PA5 80 // A5 +#define PA6 81 // A6 +#define PA3 82 // A7 +#define PA4 83 // A8 +#define PA1 84 // A9 +#define PA2 85 // A10 +#define PC3 86 // A11 +#define PA0 87 // A12/PA_0(WK_UP): BUT K_UP) +#define PC1 88 // A13 +#define PC2 89 // A14 +#define PC0 90 // A15 +#define PF8 91 // A16 +#define PF6 92 // A17 +#define PF7 93 // A18 +#define PF9 94 // LED D1 (active low) +#define PF10 95 // LED D2 (active low) +#define PF4 96 +#define PF5 97 +#define PF2 98 +#define PF3 99 +#define PF0 100 +#define PF1 101 +#define PE6 102 +#define PC13 103 +#define PE4 104 // BUT K0 +#define PE5 105 // BUT K1 +#define PE2 106 +#define PE3 107 +#define PE0 108 +#define PE1 109 + +// This must be a literal +#define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS 110 +// This must be a literal with a value less than or equal to MAX_ANALOG_INPUTS +#define NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS 19 +#define NUM_ANALOG_FIRST 75 + +// On-board LED pin number +#define LED_D2 PF10 +#define LED_D1 PF9 + +// Board specific button +#define BTN_WK_UP PA0 + +#endif // ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZE || ARDUINO_BLACK_F407ZG + #define LED_BUILTIN LED_D2 #define LED_GREEN LED_D2 @@ -187,6 +319,10 @@ extern const PinName digitalPin[]; #define PIN_SERIAL_RX PA10 #define PIN_SERIAL_TX PA9 +/* Extra HAL modules */ +#define HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED + #ifdef __cplusplus } // extern "C" #endif @@ -213,3 +349,5 @@ extern const PinName digitalPin[]; #define SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR Serial #define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE Serial1 #endif + +#endif /* _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_ */ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PeripheralPins.c b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PeripheralPins.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5335361a6aef --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PeripheralPins.c @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ + +/* + ******************************************************************************* + * Copyright (c) 2019, STMicroelectronics + * All rights reserved. + * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ******************************************************************************* + * Automatically generated from STM32F401V(D-E)Tx.xml + */ +#include "Arduino.h" +#include "PeripheralPins.h" + +/* ===== + * Note: Commented lines are alternative possibilities which are not used per default. + * If you change them, you will have to know what you do + * ===== + */ + +//*** ADC *** + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_ADC[] = { + {PA_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 0, 0)}, // ADC1_IN0 + {PA_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 1, 0)}, // ADC1_IN1 + {PA_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 2, 0)}, // ADC1_IN2 + {PA_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 3, 0)}, // ADC1_IN3 + // {PA_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 4, 0)}, // ADC1_IN4 + // {PA_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 5, 0)}, // ADC1_IN5 + // {PA_6, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 6, 0)}, // ADC1_IN6 + // {PA_7, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 7, 0)}, // ADC1_IN7 + // {PB_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 8, 0)}, // ADC1_IN8 + // {PB_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 9, 0)}, // ADC1_IN9 + // {PC_0, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 10, 0)}, // ADC1_IN10 + // {PC_1, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 11, 0)}, // ADC1_IN11 + {PC_2, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 12, 0)}, // ADC1_IN12 + {PC_3, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 13, 0)}, // ADC1_IN13 + // {PC_4, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 14, 0)}, // ADC1_IN14 + // {PC_5, ADC1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_ANALOG, GPIO_NOPULL, 0, 15, 0)}, // ADC1_IN15 + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** No DAC *** + +//*** I2C *** + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SDA[] = { + // {PB_3, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_I2C2)}, + // {PB_4, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF9_I2C3)}, + {PB_7, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + // {PB_9, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + // {PC_9, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_I2C_SCL[] = { + // {PA_8, I2C3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C3)}, + {PB_6, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + // {PB_8, I2C1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C1)}, + // {PB_10, I2C2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF4_I2C2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** PWM *** + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_PWM[] = { + // {PA_0, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + // {PA_0, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 1, 0)}, // TIM5_CH1 + // {PA_1, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 + // {PA_1, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 2, 0)}, // TIM5_CH2 + // {PA_2, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 + // {PA_2, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 3, 0)}, // TIM5_CH3 + // {PA_2, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 + // {PA_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 4, 0)}, // TIM2_CH4 + // {PA_3, TIM5, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM5, 4, 0)}, // TIM5_CH4 + // {PA_3, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 + // {PA_5, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + // {PA_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + // {PA_7, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + // {PA_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + // {PA_8, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 + // {PA_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2 + // {PA_10, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 + // {PA_11, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 + // {PA_15, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 1, 0)}, // TIM2_CH1 + // {PB_0, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + {PB_0, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 + // {PB_1, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + {PB_1, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 + // {PB_3, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 2, 0)}, // TIM2_CH2 + // {PB_4, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + // {PB_5, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + // {PB_6, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 + // {PB_7, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 + // {PB_8, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 + // {PB_8, TIM10, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM10, 1, 0)}, // TIM10_CH1 + // {PB_9, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 + // {PB_9, TIM11, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM11, 1, 0)}, // TIM11_CH1 + {PB_10, TIM2, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM2, 3, 0)}, // TIM2_CH3 + // {PB_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + // {PB_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + // {PB_15, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + {PC_6, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 1, 0)}, // TIM3_CH1 + {PC_7, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 2, 0)}, // TIM3_CH2 + // {PC_8, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 3, 0)}, // TIM3_CH3 + // {PC_9, TIM3, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM3, 4, 0)}, // TIM3_CH4 + {PD_12, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 1, 0)}, // TIM4_CH1 + {PD_13, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 2, 0)}, // TIM4_CH2 + {PD_14, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 3, 0)}, // TIM4_CH3 + {PD_15, TIM4, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF2_TIM4, 4, 0)}, // TIM4_CH4 + {PE_5, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 1, 0)}, // TIM9_CH1 + // {PE_6, TIM9, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF3_TIM9, 2, 0)}, // TIM9_CH2 + // {PE_8, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 1)}, // TIM1_CH1N + // {PE_9, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 1, 0)}, // TIM1_CH1 + // {PE_10, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 1)}, // TIM1_CH2N + // {PE_11, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 2, 0)}, // TIM1_CH2 + // {PE_12, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 1)}, // TIM1_CH3N + // {PE_13, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 3, 0)}, // TIM1_CH3 + {PE_14, TIM1, STM_PIN_DATA_EXT(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF1_TIM1, 4, 0)}, // TIM1_CH4 + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** SERIAL *** + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_UART_TX[] = { + // {PA_2, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PA_9, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PA_11, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + // {PB_6, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PC_6, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + {PD_5, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_UART_RX[] = { + // {PA_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {PA_10, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PA_12, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + // {PB_7, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + // {PC_7, USART6, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF8_USART6)}, + {PD_6, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_UART_RTS[] = { + // {PA_1, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + // {PA_12, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + {PD_4, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_UART_CTS[] = { + // {PA_0, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + // {PA_11, USART1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART1)}, + {PD_3, USART2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF7_USART2)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** SPI *** + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MOSI[] = { + {PA_7, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_5, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {PB_15, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_3, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_12, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PD_6, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PE_6, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + // {PE_14, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SPI_MISO[] = { + {PA_6, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_4, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_4, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + {PB_14, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_2, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_11, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PE_5, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + // {PE_13, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SCLK[] = { + {PA_5, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_3, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PB_3, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PB_10, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + {PB_13, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PC_10, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PD_3, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PE_2, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + // {PE_12, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SPI_SSEL[] = { + {PA_4, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PA_4, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PA_15, SPI1, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI1)}, + // {PA_15, SPI3, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF6_SPI3)}, + // {PB_9, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + {PB_12, SPI2, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI2)}, + // {PE_4, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + // {PE_11, SPI4, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF5_SPI4)}, + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** No CAN *** + +//*** No ETHERNET *** + +//*** No QUADSPI *** + +//*** USB *** + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_USB_OTG_FS[] = { + // {PA_8, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_SOF + // {PA_9, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_INPUT, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF_NONE)}, // USB_OTG_FS_VBUS + // {PA_10, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_OD, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_ID + {PA_11, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DM + {PA_12, USB_OTG_FS, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS)}, // USB_OTG_FS_DP + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif + +//*** No USB_OTG_HS *** +//*** SD *** + +#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED +WEAK const PinMap PinMap_SD[] = { + // {PB_8, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D4 + // {PB_9, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D5 + // {PC_6, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D6 + // {PC_7, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D7 + {PC_8, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D0 + {PC_9, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D1 + {PC_10, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D2 + {PC_11, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_PULLUP, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_D3 + {PC_12, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_CK + {PD_2, SDIO, STM_PIN_DATA(STM_MODE_AF_PP, GPIO_NOPULL, GPIO_AF12_SDIO)}, // SDIO_CMD + {NC, NP, 0} +}; +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PinNamesVar.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PinNamesVar.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3082f8842ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/PinNamesVar.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* SYS_WKUP */ +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 +SYS_WKUP1 = PA_0, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 +SYS_WKUP2 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 +SYS_WKUP3 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4 +SYS_WKUP4 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5 +SYS_WKUP5 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6 +SYS_WKUP6 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN7 +SYS_WKUP7 = NC, +#endif +#ifdef PWR_WAKEUP_PIN8 +SYS_WKUP8 = NC, +#endif +/* USB */ +#ifdef USBCON +USB_OTG_FS_SOF = PA_8, +USB_OTG_FS_VBUS = PA_9, +USB_OTG_FS_ID = PA_10, +USB_OTG_FS_DM = PA_11, +USB_OTG_FS_DP = PA_12, +#endif diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/hal_conf_custom.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/hal_conf_custom.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0c7781997fef --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/hal_conf_custom.h @@ -0,0 +1,496 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h + * @brief HAL configuration file. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics. + * All rights reserved.

+ * + * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, + * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the + * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: + * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_CUSTOM +#define __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_CUSTOM + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ########################## Module Selection ############################## */ + /** + * @brief This is the list of modules to be used in the HAL driver + */ +#define HAL_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */ +//#define HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +#define HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED +/* #define HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ +#define HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED +#ifndef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + #define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED //Since STM32 v3.10700.191028 this is automatically added if any type of USB is enabled (as in Arduino IDE) +#endif +/* #define HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/* #define HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/* ########################## HSE/HSI Values adaptation ##################### */ +/** + * @brief Adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) used in your application. + * This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency + * (when HSE is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL). + */ +#ifndef HSE_VALUE +#define HSE_VALUE 8000000U /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */ +#endif /* HSE_VALUE */ + +#ifndef HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT +#define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT 100U /*!< Time out for HSE start up, in ms */ +#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */ + +/** + * @brief Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) value. + * This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency + * (when HSI is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL). + */ +#ifndef HSI_VALUE +#define HSI_VALUE 16000000U /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz */ +#endif /* HSI_VALUE */ + +/** + * @brief Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI) value. + */ +#ifndef LSI_VALUE +#define LSI_VALUE 32000U /*!< LSI Typical Value in Hz */ +#endif /* LSI_VALUE */ /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz +The real value may vary depending on the variations +in voltage and temperature. */ +/** + * @brief External Low Speed oscillator (LSE) value. + */ +#ifndef LSE_VALUE +#define LSE_VALUE 32768U /*!< Value of the External Low Speed oscillator in Hz */ +#endif /* LSE_VALUE */ + +#ifndef LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT +#define LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT 5000U /*!< Time out for LSE start up, in ms */ +#endif /* LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */ + +/** + * @brief External clock source for I2S peripheral + * This value is used by the I2S HAL module to compute the I2S clock source + * frequency, this source is inserted directly through I2S_CKIN pad. + */ +#ifndef EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE +#define EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE 12288000U /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz*/ +#endif /* EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE */ + +/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE, + === you can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. */ + +/* ########################### System Configuration ######################### */ +/** + * @brief This is the HAL system configuration section + */ +#if !defined (VDD_VALUE) +#define VDD_VALUE 3300U /*!< Value of VDD in mv */ +#endif +#if !defined (TICK_INT_PRIORITY) +#define TICK_INT_PRIORITY 0x00U /*!< tick interrupt priority */ +#endif +#if !defined (USE_RTOS) +#define USE_RTOS 0U +#endif +#if !defined (PREFETCH_ENABLE) +#define PREFETCH_ENABLE 1U +#endif +#if !defined (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE) +#define INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE 1U +#endif +#if !defined (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE) +#define DATA_CACHE_ENABLE 1U +#endif + +#define USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* ADC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* CAN register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* CEC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_CRYP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* CRYP register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DAC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DCMI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DCMI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DFSDM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DMA2D_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DMA2D register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_DSI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* DSI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_ETH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* ETH register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_HASH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* HASH register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_HCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* HCD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* I2C register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_FMPI2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* FMPI2C register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* I2S register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* IRDA register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_LPTIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* LPTIM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_LTDC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* LTDC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_MMC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* MMC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_NAND_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* NAND register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_NOR_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* NOR register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_PCCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* PCCARD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* PCD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* QSPI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* RNG register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* RTC register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SAI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SAI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SMARTCARD register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SDRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SDRAM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SRAM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SPDIFRX_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SPDIFRX register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SMBUS register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* SPI register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* TIM register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* UART register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* USART register callback disabled */ +#define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS 0U /* WWDG register callback disabled */ + +/* ########################## Assert Selection ############################## */ +/** + * @brief Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the + * HAL drivers code + */ +/* #define USE_FULL_ASSERT 1U */ + +/* ################## Ethernet peripheral configuration ##################### */ + +/* Section 1 : Ethernet peripheral configuration */ + +/* MAC ADDRESS: MAC_ADDR0:MAC_ADDR1:MAC_ADDR2:MAC_ADDR3:MAC_ADDR4:MAC_ADDR5 */ +#define MAC_ADDR0 2U +#define MAC_ADDR1 0U +#define MAC_ADDR2 0U +#define MAC_ADDR3 0U +#define MAC_ADDR4 0U +#define MAC_ADDR5 0U + +/* Definition of the Ethernet driver buffers size and count */ +#define ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE /* buffer size for receive */ +#define ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE /* buffer size for transmit */ +#define ETH_RXBUFNB ((uint32_t)4U) /* 4 Rx buffers of size ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE */ +#define ETH_TXBUFNB ((uint32_t)4U) /* 4 Tx buffers of size ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE */ + +/* Section 2: PHY configuration section */ + +/* DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS Address*/ +#define DP83848_PHY_ADDRESS 0x01U +/* PHY Reset delay these values are based on a 1 ms Systick interrupt*/ +#define PHY_RESET_DELAY 0x000000FFU +/* PHY Configuration delay */ +#define PHY_CONFIG_DELAY 0x00000FFFU + +#define PHY_READ_TO 0x0000FFFFU +#define PHY_WRITE_TO 0x0000FFFFU + +/* Section 3: Common PHY Registers */ + +#define PHY_BCR ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Transceiver Basic Control Register */ +#define PHY_BSR ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Transceiver Basic Status Register */ + +#define PHY_RESET ((uint16_t)0x8000) /*!< PHY Reset */ +#define PHY_LOOPBACK ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< Select loop-back mode */ +#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2100) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_100M ((uint16_t)0x2000) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 100 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_FULLDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Set the full-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_HALFDUPLEX_10M ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Set the half-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s */ +#define PHY_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x1000) /*!< Enable auto-negotiation function */ +#define PHY_RESTART_AUTONEGOTIATION ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< Restart auto-negotiation function */ +#define PHY_POWERDOWN ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Select the power down mode */ +#define PHY_ISOLATE ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Isolate PHY from MII */ + +#define PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Auto-Negotiation process completed */ +#define PHY_LINKED_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Valid link established */ +#define PHY_JABBER_DETECTION ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Jabber condition detected */ + +/* Section 4: Extended PHY Registers */ +#define PHY_SR ((uint16_t)0x10U) /*!< PHY status register Offset */ + +#define PHY_SPEED_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0002U) /*!< PHY Speed mask */ +#define PHY_DUPLEX_STATUS ((uint16_t)0x0004U) /*!< PHY Duplex mask */ + +/* ################## SPI peripheral configuration ########################## */ + +/* CRC FEATURE: Use to activate CRC feature inside HAL SPI Driver + * Activated: CRC code is present inside driver + * Deactivated: CRC code cleaned from driver + */ +#ifndef USE_SPI_CRC +#define USE_SPI_CRC 0U +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief Include module's header file + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h" +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h" +#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_exti.h" +#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h" +#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h" +#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_adc.h" +#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_can.h" +#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_can_legacy.h" +#endif /* HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_crc.h" +#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.h" +#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.h" +#endif /* HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dac.h" +#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.h" +#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_eth.h" +#endif /* HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h" +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sram.h" +#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_nor.h" +#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_nand.h" +#endif /* HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.h" +#endif /* HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.h" +#endif /* HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_hash.h" +#endif /* HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.h" +#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_smbus.h" +#endif /* HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.h" +#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.h" +#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.h" +#endif /* HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h" +#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_rng.h" +#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.h" +#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sai.h" +#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_sd.h" +#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h" +#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h" +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h" +#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_usart.h" +#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_irda.h" +#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.h" +#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.h" +#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.h" +#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.h" +#endif /* HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dsi.h" +#endif /* HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_qspi.h" +#endif /* HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_cec.h" +#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_fmpi2c.h" +#endif /* HAL_FMPI2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_spdifrx.h" +#endif /* HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_dfsdm.h" +#endif /* HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_lptim.h" +#endif /* HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#ifdef HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED +#include "stm32f4xx_hal_mmc.h" +#endif /* HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +/** + * @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check. + * @param expr If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function + * which reports the name of the source file and the source + * line number of the call that failed. + * If expr is true, it returns no value. + * @retval None + */ +#define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0U : assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__)) +/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ +void assert_failed(uint8_t *file, uint32_t line); +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F4xx_HAL_CONF_CUSTOM_H */ + + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/ldscript.ld b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/ldscript.ld new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f20a047c6574 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/ldscript.ld @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* +***************************************************************************** +** +** File : ldscript.ld +** +** Abstract : Linker script for STM32F401RETx Device with +** 512KByte FLASH, 96KByte RAM +** +** Set heap size, stack size and stack location according +** to application requirements. +** +** Set memory bank area and size if external memory is used. +** +** Target : STMicroelectronics STM32 +** +** +** Distribution: The file is distributed as is, without any warranty +** of any kind. +** +***************************************************************************** +** @attention +** +**

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2014 Ac6

+** +** Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, +** are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: +** 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, +** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +** 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, +** this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation +** and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +** 3. Neither the name of Ac6 nor the names of its contributors +** may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +** without specific prior written permission. +** +** THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" +** AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +** IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE +** DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +** FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +** DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR +** SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +** CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, +** OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +** OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +** +***************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* Entry Point */ +ENTRY(Reset_Handler) + +/* Highest address of the user mode stack */ +_estack = 0x20018000; /* end of RAM */ +/* Generate a link error if heap and stack don't fit into RAM */ +_Min_Heap_Size = 0x200; /* required amount of heap */ +_Min_Stack_Size = 0x400; /* required amount of stack */ + +/* Specify the memory areas */ +MEMORY +{ +FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08000000, LENGTH = 512K +RAM (xrw) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 96K +} + +/* Define output sections */ +SECTIONS +{ + /* The startup code goes first into FLASH */ + .isr_vector : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + KEEP(*(.isr_vector)) /* Startup code */ + . = ALIGN(4); + } >FLASH + + /* The program code and other data goes into FLASH */ + .text : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + *(.text) /* .text sections (code) */ + *(.text*) /* .text* sections (code) */ + *(.glue_7) /* glue arm to thumb code */ + *(.glue_7t) /* glue thumb to arm code */ + *(.eh_frame) + + KEEP (*(.init)) + KEEP (*(.fini)) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _etext = .; /* define a global symbols at end of code */ + } >FLASH + + /* Constant data goes into FLASH */ + .rodata : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + *(.rodata) /* .rodata sections (constants, strings, etc.) */ + *(.rodata*) /* .rodata* sections (constants, strings, etc.) */ + . = ALIGN(4); + } >FLASH + + .ARM.extab : { *(.ARM.extab* .gnu.linkonce.armextab.*) } >FLASH + .ARM : { + __exidx_start = .; + *(.ARM.exidx*) + __exidx_end = .; + } >FLASH + + .preinit_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(.preinit_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__preinit_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + .init_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(SORT(.init_array.*))) + KEEP (*(.init_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__init_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + .fini_array : + { + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_start = .); + KEEP (*(SORT(.fini_array.*))) + KEEP (*(.fini_array*)) + PROVIDE_HIDDEN (__fini_array_end = .); + } >FLASH + + /* used by the startup to initialize data */ + _sidata = LOADADDR(.data); + + /* Initialized data sections goes into RAM, load LMA copy after code */ + .data : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + _sdata = .; /* create a global symbol at data start */ + *(.data) /* .data sections */ + *(.data*) /* .data* sections */ + + . = ALIGN(4); + _edata = .; /* define a global symbol at data end */ + } >RAM AT> FLASH + + + /* Uninitialized data section */ + . = ALIGN(4); + .bss : + { + /* This is used by the startup in order to initialize the .bss secion */ + _sbss = .; /* define a global symbol at bss start */ + __bss_start__ = _sbss; + *(.bss) + *(.bss*) + *(COMMON) + + . = ALIGN(4); + _ebss = .; /* define a global symbol at bss end */ + __bss_end__ = _ebss; + } >RAM + + /* User_heap_stack section, used to check that there is enough RAM left */ + ._user_heap_stack : + { + . = ALIGN(4); + PROVIDE ( end = . ); + PROVIDE ( _end = . ); + . = . + _Min_Heap_Size; + . = . + _Min_Stack_Size; + . = ALIGN(4); + } >RAM + + + + /* Remove information from the standard libraries */ + /DISCARD/ : + { + libc.a ( * ) + libm.a ( * ) + libgcc.a ( * ) + } + + .ARM.attributes 0 : { *(.ARM.attributes) } +} + + diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.cpp b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a53a92c48c29 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ +/* + ******************************************************************************* + * Copyright (c) 2017, STMicroelectronics + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + ******************************************************************************* + */ + +#include "pins_arduino.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if defined(ARDUINO_STEVAL) +// Pin number +// This array allows to wrap Arduino pin number(Dx or x) +// to STM32 PinName (PX_n) +const PinName digitalPin[] = { + PA_9, // TX + PA_10, // RX + + // WIFI + PD_3, // CTS + PD_4, // RTS + PD_5, // TX + PD_6, // RX + PB_5, // WIFI_WAKEUP + PE_11, // WIFI_RESET + PE_12, // WIFI_BOOT + + // STATUS_LED + PE_1, //STATUS_LED + + // SPI USER + PB_12, // SPI_CS + PB_15, // SPI_MOSI + PB_14, // SPI_MISO + PB_13, // SPI_SCK + + // I2C USER + PB_7, // SDA + PB_6, // SCL + + // SPI + PA_4, // SPI_CS + PA_5, // SPI_SCK + PA_6, // SPI_MISO + PA_7, // SPI_MOSI + + // JTAG + PA_13, // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO + PA_14, // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK + PB_3, // JTAG_TDO/SWO + + // SDCARD + PC_8, // SDIO_D0 + PC_9, // SDIO_D1 + PA_15, // SD_CARD_DETECT + PC_10, // SDIO_D2 + PC_11, // SDIO_D3 + PC_12, // SDIO_CK + PD_2, // SDIO_CMD + + // OTG + PA_11, // OTG_DM + PA_12, // OTG_DP + + // IR/PROBE + PD_1, // IR_OUT + PC_1, // IR_ON + + // USER_PINS + PD_7, // USER3 + PB_9, // USER1 + PE_0, // USER2 + PB_4, // USER4 + + // USERKET + PE_7, // USER_BUTTON + + // ENDSTOPS + PD_8, // X_STOP + PD_9, // Y_STOP + PD_10, // Z_STOP + PD_11, // U_STOP + PA_8, // V_STOP + PD_0, // W_STOP + + // HEATERS + PD_13, // BED_HEAT_2 + PD_14, // BED_HEAT_1 + PD_15, // BED_HEAT_3 + PC_7, // E1_HEAT_PWM + PB_0, // E2_HEAT_PWM + PB_1, // E3_HEAT_PWM + + // THERMISTOR + PC_2, // BED_THERMISTOR_1 + PC_3, // BED_THERMISTOR_2 + PA_3, // BED_THERMISTOR_3 + PA_0, // E1_THERMISTOR + PA_1, // E2_THERMISTOR + PA_2, // E3_THERMISTOR + + // FANS + PC_4, // E1_FAN + PC_5, // E2_FAN + PE_8, // E3_FAN + + // X_MOTOR + PE_13, // X_RESET + PE_14, // X_PWM + PE_15, // X_DIR + + // Y_MOTOR + PE_10, // Y_RESET + PB_10, // Y_PWM + PE_9, // Y_DIR + + // Z_MOTOR + PC_15, // Z_RESET + PC_6, // Z_PWM + PC_0, // Z_DIR + + // E1_MOTOR + PC_14, // E1_RESET + PC_13, // E1_DIR + PD_12, // E1_PWM + + // E2_MOTOR + PE_4, // E2_RESET + PE_5, // E2_PWM + PE_6, // E2_DIR + + // E3_MOTOR + PE_3, // E3_RESET + PE_2, // E3_DIR + PB_8 // E3_PWM +}; +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +/** + * @brief System Clock Configuration + * The system Clock is configured as follow : + * System Clock source = PLL (HSI) + * SYSCLK(Hz) = 84000000 + * HCLK(Hz) = 84000000 + * AHB Prescaler = 1 + * APB1 Prescaler = 2 + * APB2 Prescaler = 1 + * HSI Frequency(Hz) = 16000000 + * PLL_M = 16 + * PLL_N = 336 + * PLL_P = 4 + * PLL_Q = 7 + * VDD(V) = 3.3 + * Main regulator output voltage = Scale2 mode + * Flash Latency(WS) = 2 + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +WEAK void SystemClock_Config(void) +{ + RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct = {}; + RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct = {}; + + /* Configure the main internal regulator output voltage */ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2); + + /* Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks */ + RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLSource = RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLM = 15; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLN = 144; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV4; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLQ = 5; + if (HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) != HAL_OK) { + Error_Handler(); + } + /* Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks */ + RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK + | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV2; + RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV1; + + if (HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_1) != HAL_OK) { + Error_Handler(); + } +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +// PA_0 54 // E1_THERMISTOR +// PA_1 55 // E2_THERMISTOR +// PA_2 56 // E3_THERMISTOR +// PA_3 53 // BED_THERMISTOR_3 +// PA_4 16 // SPI_CS +// PA_5 17 // SPI_SCK +// PA_6 18 // SPI_MISO +// PA_7 19 // SPI_MOSI +// PA_8 43 // V_STOP +// PA_9 0 //TX +// PA_10 1 //RX +// PA_11 30 //OTG_DM +// PA_12 31 //OTG_DP +// PA_13 20 // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO +// PA_14 21 // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK +// PA_15 25 // SD_CARD_DETECT +// PB_0 49 // E2_HEAT_PWM +// PB_1 50 // E3_HEAT_PWM +// PB_3 22 // JTAG_TDO/SWO +// PB_4 37 // USER4 +// PB_5 6 // WIFI_WAKEUP +// PB_6 15 // SCL +// PB_7 14 // SDA +// PB_8 77 // E3_PWM +// PB_9 35 // USER1 +// PB_10 64 // Y_PWM +// PB_12 10 // SPI_CS +// PB_13 13 // SPI_SCK +// PB_14 12 // SPI_MISO +// PB_15 11 // SPI_MOSI +// PC_0 68 // Z_DIR +// PC_1 33 //IR_ON +// PC_2 51 // BED_THERMISTOR_1 +// PC_3 52 // BED_THERMISTOR_2 +// PC_4 57 // E1_FAN +// PC_5 58 // E2_FAN +// PC_6 67 // Z_PWM +// PC_7 48 // E1_HEAT_PWM +// PC_8 23 // SDIO_D0 +// PC_9 24 // SDIO_D1 +// PC_10 26 // SDIO_D2 +// PC_11 27 // SDIO_D3 +// PC_12 28 // SDIO_CK +// PC_13 70 // E1_DIR +// PC_14 69 // E1_RESET +// PC_15 66 // Z_RESET +// PD_0 44 // W_STOP +// PD_1 32 //IR_OUT +// PD_2 29 // SDIO_CMD +// PD_3 2 // CTS +// PD_4 3 // RTS +// PD_5 4 // TX +// PD_6 5 // RX +// PD_7 34 // USER3 +// PD_8 39 // X_STOP +// PD_9 40 // Y_STOP +// PD_10 41 // Z_STOP +// PD_11 42 // U_STOP +// PD_12 71 // E1_PWM +// PD_13 45 // BED_HEAT_2 +// PD_14 46 // BED_HEAT_1 +// PD_15 47 // BED_HEAT_3 +// PE_0 36 // USER2 +// PE_1 9 // STATUS_LED +// PE_2 76 // E3_DIR +// PE_3 75 // E3_RESET +// PE_4 72 // E2_RESET +// PE_5 73 // E2_PWM +// PE_6 74 // E2_DIR +// PE_7 38 // USER_BUTTON +// PE_8 59 // E3_FAN +// PE_9 65 // Y_DIR +// PE_10 63 // Y_RESET +// PE_11 7 // WIFI_RESET +// PE_12 8 // WIFI_BOOT +// PE_13 60 // X_RESET +// PE_14 61 // X_PWM +// PE_15 62 // X_DIR diff --git a/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.h b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5cee7888b940 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/variants/STEVAL_F401VE/variant.h @@ -0,0 +1,327 @@ +/* + ******************************************************************************* + * Copyright (c) 2017, STMicroelectronics + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + ******************************************************************************* + */ + +#ifndef _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_ +#define _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_ +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Headers + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif // __cplusplus + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Pins + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(ARDUINO_STEVAL) + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Pins + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +// USART1_MAIN +#define PA9 0 //TX +#define PA10 1 //RX + +// WIFI (USART2) +#define PD3 2 // CTS +#define PD4 3 // RTS +#define PD5 4 // TX +#define PD6 5 // RX +#define PB5 6 // WIFI_WAKEUP +#define PE11 7 // WIFI_RESET +#define PE12 8 // WIFI_BOOT + +// STATUS_LED +#define PE1 9 // STATUS_LED + +// SPI USER +#define PB12 10 // SPI_CS +#define PB15 11 // SPI_MOSI +#define PB14 12 // SPI_MISO +#define PB13 13 // SPI_SCK + +// I2C USER +#define PB7 14 // SDA +#define PB6 15 // SCL + +// SPI +#define PA4 16 // SPI_CS +#define PA5 17 // SPI_SCK +#define PA6 18 // SPI_MISO +#define PA7 19 // SPI_MOSI + +// JTAG +#define PA13 20 // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO +#define PA14 21 // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK +#define PB3 22 // JTAG_TDO/SWO + +// SDCARD +#define PC8 23 // SDIO_D0 +#define PC9 24 // SDIO_D1 +#define PA15 25 // SD_CARD_DETECT +#define PC10 26 // SDIO_D2 +#define PC11 27 // SDIO_D3 +#define PC12 28 // SDIO_CK +#define PD2 29 // SDIO_CMD + +// OTG +#define PA11 30 //OTG_DM +#define PA12 31 //OTG_DP + +// IR/PROBE +#define PD1 32 //IR_OUT +#define PC1 33 //IR_ON + +// USER_PINS +#define PD7 34 // USER3 +#define PB9 35 // USER1 +#define PE0 36 // USER2 +#define PB4 37 // USER4 + +// USERKET +#define PE7 38 // USER_BUTTON + +// ENDSTOPS +#define PD8 39 // X_STOP +#define PD9 40 // Y_STOP +#define PD10 41 // Z_STOP +#define PD11 42 // U_STOP +#define PA8 43 // V_STOP +#define PD0 44 // W_STOP + +// HEATERS +#define PD13 45 // BED_HEAT_2 +#define PD14 46 // BED_HEAT_1 +#define PD15 47 // BED_HEAT_3 +#define PC7 48 // E1_HEAT_PWM +#define PB0 49 // E2_HEAT_PWM +#define PB1 50 // E3_HEAT_PWM + +// THERMISTOR +#define PC2 51 // BED_THERMISTOR_1 +#define PC3 52 // BED_THERMISTOR_2 +#define PA3 53 // BED_THERMISTOR_3 +#define PA0 54 // E1_THERMISTOR +#define PA1 55 // E2_THERMISTOR +#define PA2 56 // E3_THERMISTOR + +// FANS +#define PC4 57 // E1_FAN +#define PC5 58 // E2_FAN +#define PE8 59 // E3_FAN + +// X_MOTOR +#define PE13 60 // X_RESET +#define PE14 61 // X_PWM +#define PE15 62 // X_DIR + +// Y_MOTOR +#define PE10 63 // Y_RESET +#define PB10 64 // Y_PWM +#define PE9 65 // Y_DIR + +// Z_MOTOR +#define PC15 66 // Z_RESET +#define PC6 67 // Z_PWM +#define PC0 68 // Z_DIR + +// E1_MOTOR +#define PC14 69 // E1_RESET +#define PC13 70 // E1_DIR +#define PD12 71 // E1_PWM + +// E2_MOTOR +#define PE4 72 // E2_RESET +#define PE5 73 // E2_PWM +#define PE6 74 // E2_DIR + +// E3_MOTOR +#define PE3 75 // E3_RESET +#define PE2 76 // E3_DIR +#define PB8 77 // E3_PWM + +// This must be a literal +#define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS 78 +// This must be a literal with a value less than or equal to to MAX_ANALOG_INPUTS +#define NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS 6 +#define NUM_ANALOG_FIRST 51 + +// On-board LED pin number +#define LED_BUILTIN PE1 +#define LED_GREEN LED_BUILTIN + +// On-board user button +#define USER_BTN PE7 + +// UART Definitions +#define SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE 1 // Connected to ST-Link +//#define SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE 2 // Connected to WIFI + +// Default pin used for 'Serial' instance (ex: ST-Link) +// Mandatory for Firmata +#if SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE == 1 // ST-Link & J23 + #define PIN_SERIAL_RX PA10 + #define PIN_SERIAL_TX PA9 +#elif SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE == 2 // WIFI interface + #define PIN_SERIAL2_RX PD6 + #define PIN_SERIAL2_TX PD5 +#else + #error'Invaqlid setting for SERIAL_UART_INSTANCE' +#endif + +// Timer Definitions +#define TIMER_SERVO TIM4 // TIMER_SERVO must be defined in this file +#define TIMER_TONE TIM5 // TIMER_TONE must be defined in this file + +/* SD detect signal */ +/* + * By default, R67 is not provided, so SD card detect is not used. + * Note: SD CD (pin 16 of expansion connector J23) can be connected + * to GND in order to be able to use SD_DETECT_PIN + */ +/*#define SD_DETECT_PIN PA15*/ + +/* HAL configuration */ +#define HSE_VALUE 25000000U + +/* Extra HAL modules */ +#define HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED + +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Arduino objects - C++ only + *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +// These serial port names are intended to allow libraries and architecture-neutral +// sketches to automatically default to the correct port name for a particular type +// of use. For example, a GPS module would normally connect to SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN, +// the first hardware serial port whose RX/TX pins are not dedicated to another use. +// +// SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR Port which normally prints to the Arduino Serial Monitor +// +// SERIAL_PORT_USBVIRTUAL Port which is USB virtual serial +// +// SERIAL_PORT_LINUXBRIDGE Port which connects to a Linux system via Bridge library +// +// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE Hardware serial port, physical RX & TX pins. +// +// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN Hardware serial ports which are open for use. Their RX & TX +// pins are NOT connected to anything by default. +#define SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR Serial +#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE Serial1 +#endif + +#endif // _VARIANT_ARDUINO_STM32_ + +// PA0 54 // E1_THERMISTOR +// PA1 55 // E2_THERMISTOR +// PA2 56 // E3_THERMISTOR +// PA3 53 // BED_THERMISTOR_3 +// PA4 16 // SPI_CS +// PA5 17 // SPI_SCK +// PA6 18 // SPI_MISO +// PA7 19 // SPI_MOSI +// PA8 43 // V_STOP +// PA9 0 //TX +// PA10 1 //RX +// PA11 30 //OTG_DM +// PA12 31 //OTG_DP +// PA13 20 // JTAG_TMS/SWDIO +// PA14 21 // JTAG_TCK/SWCLK +// PA15 25 // SD_CARD_DETECT +// PB0 49 // E2_HEAT_PWM +// PB1 50 // E3_HEAT_PWM +// PB3 22 // JTAG_TDO/SWO +// PB4 37 // USER4 +// PB5 6 // WIFI_WAKEUP +// PB6 15 // SCL +// PB7 14 // SDA +// PB8 77 // E3_PWM +// PB9 35 // USER1 +// PB10 64 // Y_PWM +// PB12 10 // SPI_CS +// PB13 13 // SPI_SCK +// PB14 12 // SPI_MISO +// PB15 11 // SPI_MOSI +// PC0 68 // Z_DIR +// PC1 33 //IR_ON +// PC2 51 // BED_THERMISTOR_1 +// PC3 52 // BED_THERMISTOR_2 +// PC4 57 // E1_FAN +// PC5 58 // E2_FAN +// PC6 67 // Z_PWM +// PC7 48 // E1_HEAT_PWM +// PC8 23 // SDIO_D0 +// PC9 24 // SDIO_D1 +// PC10 26 // SDIO_D2 +// PC11 27 // SDIO_D3 +// PC12 28 // SDIO_CK +// PC13 70 // E1_DIR +// PC14 69 // E1_RESET +// PC15 66 // Z_RESET +// PD0 44 // W_STOP +// PD1 32 //IR_OUT +// PD2 29 // SDIO_CMD +// PD3 2 // CTS +// PD4 3 // RTS +// PD5 4 // TX +// PD6 5 // RX +// PD7 34 // USER3 +// PD8 39 // X_STOP +// PD9 40 // Y_STOP +// PD10 41 // Z_STOP +// PD11 42 // U_STOP +// PD12 71 // E1_PWM +// PD13 45 // BED_HEAT_2 +// PD14 46 // BED_HEAT_1 +// PD15 47 // BED_HEAT_3 +// PE0 36 // USER2 +// PE1 9 // STATUS_LED +// PE2 76 // E3_DIR +// PE3 75 // E3_RESET +// PE4 72 // E2_RESET +// PE5 73 // E2_PWM +// PE6 74 // E2_DIR +// PE7 38 // USER_BUTTON +// PE8 59 // E3_FAN +// PE9 65 // Y_DIR +// PE10 63 // Y_RESET +// PE11 7 // WIFI_RESET +// PE12 8 // WIFI_BOOT +// PE13 60 // X_RESET +// PE14 61 // X_PWM +// PE15 62 // X_DIR diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py b/buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py deleted file mode 100644 index 3586676619c5..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1300 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env python -####################################### -# -# Marlin 3D Printer Firmware -# Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] -# -# Based on Sprinter and grbl. -# Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm -# -# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program. If not, see . -# -####################################### - -####################################### -# -# Revision: 2.0.1 -# -# Description: script to automate PlatformIO builds -# CLI: python auto_build.py build_option -# build_option (required) -# build executes -> platformio run -e target_env -# clean executes -> platformio run --target clean -e target_env -# upload executes -> platformio run --target upload -e target_env -# traceback executes -> platformio run --target upload -e target_env -# program executes -> platformio run --target program -e target_env -# test executes -> platformio test upload -e target_env -# remote executes -> platformio remote run --target upload -e target_env -# debug executes -> platformio debug -e target_env -# -# 'traceback' just uses the debug variant of the target environment if one exists -# -####################################### - -####################################### -# -# General program flow -# -# 1. Scans Configuration.h for the motherboard name and Marlin version. -# 2. Scans pins.h for the motherboard. -# returns the CPU(s) and platformio environment(s) used by the motherboard -# 3. If further info is needed then a popup gets it from the user. -# 4. The OUTPUT_WINDOW class creates a window to display the output of the PlatformIO program. -# 5. A thread is created by the OUTPUT_WINDOW class in order to execute the RUN_PIO function. -# 6. The RUN_PIO function uses a subprocess to run the CLI version of PlatformIO. -# 7. The "iter(pio_subprocess.stdout.readline, '')" function is used to stream the output of -# PlatformIO back to the RUN_PIO function. -# 8. Each line returned from PlatformIO is formatted to match the color coding seen in the -# PlatformIO GUI. -# 9. If there is a color change within a line then the line is broken at each color change -# and sent separately. -# 10. Each formatted segment (could be a full line or a split line) is put into the queue -# IO_queue as it arrives from the platformio subprocess. -# 11. The OUTPUT_WINDOW class periodically samples IO_queue. If data is available then it -# is written to the window. -# 12. The window stays open until the user closes it. -# 13. The OUTPUT_WINDOW class continues to execute as long as the window is open. This allows -# copying, saving, scrolling of the window. A right click popup is available. -# -####################################### - -from __future__ import print_function -from __future__ import division - -import sys -import os - -pwd = os.getcwd() # make sure we're executing from the correct directory level -pwd = pwd.replace('\\', '/') -if 0 <= pwd.find('buildroot/share/atom'): - pwd = pwd[ : pwd.find('buildroot/share/atom')] - os.chdir(pwd) -print('pwd: ', pwd) - -num_args = len(sys.argv) -if num_args > 1: - build_type = str(sys.argv[1]) -else: - print('Please specify build type') - exit() - -print('build_type: ', build_type) - -print('\nWorking\n') - -python_ver = sys.version_info[0] # major version - 2 or 3 - -print("python version " + str(sys.version_info[0]) + "." + str(sys.version_info[1]) + "." + str(sys.version_info[2])) - -import platform -current_OS = platform.system() - -#globals -target_env = '' -board_name = '' - -from datetime import datetime, date, time - -######### -# Python 2 error messages: -# Can't find a usable init.tcl in the following directories ... -# error "invalid command name "tcl_findLibrary"" -# -# Fix for the above errors on my Win10 system: -# search all init.tcl files for the line "package require -exact Tcl" that has the highest 8.5.x number -# copy it into the first directory listed in the error messages -# set the environmental variables TCLLIBPATH and TCL_LIBRARY to the directory where you found the init.tcl file -# reboot -######### - - - -########################################################################################## -# -# popup to get input from user -# -########################################################################################## - -def get_answer(board_name, cpu_label_txt, cpu_a_txt, cpu_b_txt): - - - if python_ver == 2: - import Tkinter as tk - else: - import tkinter as tk - - def CPU_exit_3(): # forward declare functions - - CPU_exit_3_() - def CPU_exit_4(): - - CPU_exit_4_() - def kill_session(): - kill_session_() - - root_get_answer = tk.Tk() - root_get_answer.attributes("-topmost", True) - - root_get_answer.chk_state_1 = 1 # declare variables used by TK and enable - - chk_state_1 = 0 # set initial state of check boxes - - - global get_answer_val - get_answer_val = 2 # return get_answer_val, set default to match chk_state_1 default - - - l1 = tk.Label(text=board_name, - fg = "light green", - bg = "dark green", - font = "Helvetica 12 bold").grid(row=1) - - l2 = tk.Label(text=cpu_label_txt, - fg = "light green", - bg = "dark green", - font = "Helvetica 16 bold italic").grid(row=2) - - b4 = tk.Checkbutton(text=cpu_a_txt, - fg = "black", - font = "Times 20 bold ", - variable=chk_state_1, onvalue=1, offvalue=0, - - command = CPU_exit_3).grid(row=3) - - b5 = tk.Checkbutton(text=cpu_b_txt, - fg = "black", - font = "Times 20 bold ", - variable=chk_state_1, onvalue=0, offvalue=1, - - command = CPU_exit_4).grid(row=4) # use same variable but inverted so they will track - b6 = tk.Button(text="CONFIRM", - fg = "blue", - font = "Times 20 bold ", - command = root_get_answer.destroy).grid(row=5, pady=4) - - b7 = tk.Button(text="CANCEL", - fg = "red", - font = "Times 12 bold ", - command = kill_session).grid(row=6, pady=4) - - - def CPU_exit_3_(): - global get_answer_val - get_answer_val = 1 - - def CPU_exit_4_(): - global get_answer_val - get_answer_val = 2 - - def kill_session_(): - raise SystemExit(0) # kill everything - - root_get_answer.mainloop() - -# end - get answer - - -# -# move custom board definitions from project folder to PlatformIO -# -def resolve_path(path): - import os - - # turn the selection into a partial path - - if 0 <= path.find('"'): - path = path[ path.find('"') : ] - if 0 <= path.find(', line '): - path = path.replace(', line ', ':') - path = path.replace('"', '') - - #get line and column numbers - line_num = 1 - column_num = 1 - line_start = path.find(':', 2) # use 2 here so don't eat Windows full path - column_start = path.find(':', line_start + 1) - if column_start == -1: - column_start = len(path) - column_end = path.find(':', column_start + 1) - if column_end == -1: - column_end = len(path) - if 0 <= line_start: - line_num = path[ line_start + 1 : column_start] - if line_num == '': - line_num = 1 - if column_start != column_end: - column_num = path[ column_start + 1 : column_end] - if column_num == '': - column_num = 0 - - index_end = path.find(',') - if 0 <= index_end: - path = path[ : index_end] # delete comma and anything after - index_end = path.find(':', 2) - if 0 <= index_end: - path = path[ : path.find(':', 2)] # delete the line number and anything after - - path = path.replace('\\','/') - - if 1 == path.find(':') and current_OS == 'Windows': - return path, line_num, column_num # found a full path - no need for further processing - elif 0 == path.find('/') and (current_OS == 'Linux' or current_OS == 'Darwin'): - return path, line_num, column_num # found a full path - no need for further processing - - else: - - # resolve as many '../' as we can - while 0 <= path.find('../'): - end = path.find('../') - 1 - start = path.find('/') - while 0 <= path.find('/',start) and end > path.find('/',start): - start = path.find('/',start) + 1 - path = path[0:start] + path[end + 4: ] - - # this is an alternative to the above - it just deletes the '../' section - # start_temp = path.find('../') - # while 0 <= path.find('../',start_temp): - # start = path.find('../',start_temp) - # start_temp = start + 1 - # if 0 <= start: - # path = path[start + 2 : ] - - - start = path.find('/') - if start != 0: # make sure path starts with '/' - while 0 == path.find(' '): # eat any spaces at the beginning - path = path[ 1 : ] - path = '/' + path - - if current_OS == 'Windows': - search_path = path.replace('/', '\\') # os.walk uses '\' in Windows - else: - search_path = path - - start_path = os.path.abspath('') - - # search project directory for the selection - found = False - full_path = '' - for root, directories, filenames in os.walk(start_path): - for filename in filenames: - if 0 <= root.find('.git'): # don't bother looking in this directory - break - full_path = os.path.join(root,filename) - if 0 <= full_path.find(search_path): - found = True - break - if found: - break - - return full_path, line_num, column_num - -# end - resolve_path - - -# -# Opens the file in the preferred editor at the line & column number -# If the preferred editor isn't already running then it tries the next. -# If none are open then the system default is used. -# -# Editor order: -# 1. Notepad++ (Windows only) -# 2. Sublime Text -# 3. Atom -# 4. System default (opens at line 1, column 1 only) -# -def open_file(path): - import subprocess - file_path, line_num, column_num = resolve_path(path) - - if file_path == '' : - return - - if current_OS == 'Windows': - - editor_note = subprocess.check_output('wmic process where "name=' + "'notepad++.exe'" + '" get ExecutablePath') - editor_sublime = subprocess.check_output('wmic process where "name=' + "'sublime_text.exe'" + '" get ExecutablePath') - editor_atom = subprocess.check_output('wmic process where "name=' + "'atom.exe'" + '" get ExecutablePath') - - if 0 <= editor_note.find('notepad++.exe'): - start = editor_note.find('\n') + 1 - end = editor_note.find('\n',start + 5) -4 - editor_note = editor_note[ start : end] - command = file_path , ' -n' + str(line_num) , ' -c' + str(column_num) - subprocess.Popen([editor_note, command]) - - elif 0 <= editor_sublime.find('sublime_text.exe'): - start = editor_sublime.find('\n') + 1 - end = editor_sublime.find('\n',start + 5) -4 - editor_sublime = editor_sublime[ start : end] - command = file_path + ':' + line_num + ':' + column_num - subprocess.Popen([editor_sublime, command]) - - elif 0 <= editor_atom.find('atom.exe'): - start = editor_atom.find('\n') + 1 - end = editor_atom.find('\n',start + 5) -4 - editor_atom = editor_atom[ start : end] - command = file_path + ':' + str(line_num) + ':' + str(column_num) - subprocess.Popen([editor_atom, command]) - - else: - os.startfile(resolve_path(path)) # open file with default app - - elif current_OS == 'Linux': - - command = file_path + ':' + str(line_num) + ':' + str(column_num) - index_end = command.find(',') - if 0 <= index_end: - command = command[ : index_end] # sometimes a comma magically appears, don't want it - running_apps = subprocess.Popen('ps ax -o cmd', stdout=subprocess.PIPE, shell=True) - (output, err) = running_apps.communicate() - temp = output.split('\n') - - def find_editor_linux(name, search_obj): - for line in search_obj: - if 0 <= line.find(name): - path = line - return True, path - return False , '' - - (success_sublime, editor_path_sublime) = find_editor_linux('sublime_text',temp) - (success_atom, editor_path_atom) = find_editor_linux('atom',temp) - - if success_sublime: - subprocess.Popen([editor_path_sublime, command]) - - elif success_atom: - subprocess.Popen([editor_path_atom, command]) - - else: - os.system('xdg-open ' + file_path ) - - elif current_OS == 'Darwin': # MAC - - command = file_path + ':' + str(line_num) + ':' + str(column_num) - index_end = command.find(',') - if 0 <= index_end: - command = command[ : index_end] # sometimes a comma magically appears, don't want it - running_apps = subprocess.Popen('ps axwww -o command', stdout=subprocess.PIPE, shell=True) - (output, err) = running_apps.communicate() - temp = output.split('\n') - - def find_editor_mac(name, search_obj): - for line in search_obj: - if 0 <= line.find(name): - path = line - if 0 <= path.find('-psn'): - path = path[ : path.find('-psn') - 1 ] - return True, path - return False , '' - - (success_sublime, editor_path_sublime) = find_editor_mac('Sublime',temp) - (success_atom, editor_path_atom) = find_editor_mac('Atom',temp) - - if success_sublime: - subprocess.Popen([editor_path_sublime, command]) - - elif success_atom: - subprocess.Popen([editor_path_atom, command]) - - else: - os.system('open ' + file_path ) -# end - open_file - - -# gets the last build environment -def get_build_last(): - env_last = '' - DIR_PWD = os.listdir('.') - if '.pio' in DIR_PWD: - date_last = 0.0 - DIR__pioenvs = os.listdir('.pio') - for name in DIR__pioenvs: - if 0 <= name.find('.') or 0 <= name.find('-'): # skip files in listing - continue - DIR_temp = os.listdir('.pio/build/' + name) - for names_temp in DIR_temp: - - if 0 == names_temp.find('firmware.'): - date_temp = os.path.getmtime('.pio/build/' + name + '/' + names_temp) - if date_temp > date_last: - date_last = date_temp - env_last = name - return env_last - - -# gets the board being built from the Configuration.h file -# returns: board name, major version of Marlin being used (1 or 2) -def get_board_name(): - board_name = '' - # get board name - - with open('Marlin/Configuration.h', 'r') as myfile: - Configuration_h = myfile.read() - - Configuration_h = Configuration_h.split('\n') - Marlin_ver = 0 # set version to invalid number - for lines in Configuration_h: - if 0 == lines.find('#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 01'): - Marlin_ver = 1 - if 0 == lines.find('#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 02'): - Marlin_ver = 2 - board = lines.find(' BOARD_') + 1 - motherboard = lines.find(' MOTHERBOARD ') + 1 - define = lines.find('#define ') - comment = lines.find('//') - if (comment == -1 or comment > board) and \ - board > motherboard and \ - motherboard > define and \ - define >= 0 : - spaces = lines.find(' ', board) # find the end of the board substring - if spaces == -1: - board_name = lines[board : ] - else: - board_name = lines[board : spaces] - break - - - return board_name, Marlin_ver - - -# extract first environment name it finds after the start position -# returns: environment name and position to start the next search from -def get_env_from_line(line, start_position): - env = '' - next_position = -1 - env_position = line.find('env:', start_position) - if 0 < env_position: - next_position = line.find(' ', env_position + 4) - if 0 < next_position: - env = line[env_position + 4 : next_position] - else: - env = line[env_position + 4 : ] # at the end of the line - return env, next_position - - - -#scans pins.h for board name and returns the environment(s) it finds -def get_starting_env(board_name_full, version): - # get environment starting point - - if version == 1: - path = 'Marlin/pins.h' - if version == 2: - path = 'Marlin/src/pins/pins.h' - with open(path, 'r') as myfile: - pins_h = myfile.read() - - env_A = '' - env_B = '' - env_C = '' - - board_name = board_name_full[ 6 : ] # only use the part after "BOARD_" since we're searching the pins.h file - pins_h = pins_h.split('\n') - environment = '' - board_line = '' - cpu_A = '' - cpu_B = '' - i = 0 - list_start_found = False - for lines in pins_h: - i = i + 1 # i is always one ahead of the index into pins_h - if 0 < lines.find("Unknown MOTHERBOARD value set in Configuration.h"): - break # no more - if 0 < lines.find('1280'): - list_start_found = True - if list_start_found == False: # skip lines until find start of CPU list - continue - board = lines.find(board_name) - comment_start = lines.find('// ') - cpu_A_loc = comment_start - cpu_B_loc = 0 - if board > 0: # need to look at the next line for environment info - cpu_line = pins_h[i] - comment_start = cpu_line.find('// ') - env_A, next_position = get_env_from_line(cpu_line, comment_start) # get name of environment & start of search for next - env_B, next_position = get_env_from_line(cpu_line, next_position) # get next environment, if it exists - env_C, next_position = get_env_from_line(cpu_line, next_position) # get next environment, if it exists - break - return env_A, env_B, env_C - - -# scans input string for CPUs that the users may need to select from -# returns: CPU name -def get_CPU_name(environment): - CPU_list = ('1280', '2560','644', '1284', 'LPC1768', 'DUE') - CPU_name = '' - for CPU in CPU_list: - if 0 < environment.find(CPU): - return CPU - - -# get environment to be used for the build -# returns: environment -def get_env(board_name, ver_Marlin): - def no_environment(): - print('ERROR - no environment for this board') - print(board_name) - raise SystemExit(0) # no environment so quit - - def invalid_board(): - print('ERROR - invalid board') - print(board_name) - raise SystemExit(0) # quit if unable to find board - - - CPU_question = ( ('1280', '2560', " 1280 or 2560 CPU? "), ('644', '1284', " 644 or 1284 CPU? ") ) - - if 0 < board_name.find('MELZI') : - get_answer(' ' + board_name + ' ', " Which flavor of Melzi? ", "Melzi (Optiboot bootloader)", "Melzi ") - if 1 == get_answer_val: - target_env = 'melzi_optiboot' - else: - target_env = 'melzi' - else: - env_A, env_B, env_C = get_starting_env(board_name, ver_Marlin) - - if env_A == '': - no_environment() - if env_B == '': - return env_A # only one environment so finished - - CPU_A = get_CPU_name(env_A) - CPU_B = get_CPU_name(env_B) - - for item in CPU_question: - if CPU_A == item[0]: - get_answer(' ' + board_name + ' ', item[2], item[0], item[1]) - if 2 == get_answer_val: - target_env = env_B - else: - target_env = env_A - return target_env - - if env_A == 'LPC1768': - if build_type == 'traceback' or (build_type == 'clean' and get_build_last() == 'LPC1768_debug_and_upload'): - target_env = 'LPC1768_debug_and_upload' - else: - target_env = 'LPC1768' - elif env_A == 'DUE': - target_env = 'DUE' - if build_type == 'traceback' or (build_type == 'clean' and get_build_last() == 'DUE_debug'): - target_env = 'DUE_debug' - elif env_B == 'DUE_USB': - get_answer(' ' + board_name + ' ', " DUE: need download port ", "USB (native USB) port", "Programming port ") - if 1 == get_answer_val: - target_env = 'DUE_USB' - else: - target_env = 'DUE' - else: - invalid_board() - - if build_type == 'traceback' and target_env != 'LPC1768_debug_and_upload' and target_env != 'DUE_debug' and Marlin_ver == 2: - print("ERROR - this board isn't setup for traceback") - print('board_name: ', board_name) - print('target_env: ', target_env) - raise SystemExit(0) - - return target_env -# end - get_env - -# puts screen text into queue so that the parent thread can fetch the data from this thread -if python_ver == 2: - import Queue as queue -else: - import queue as queue -IO_queue = queue.Queue() -#PIO_queue = queue.Queue() not used! -def write_to_screen_queue(text, format_tag = 'normal'): - double_in = [text, format_tag] - IO_queue.put(double_in, block = False) - - -# -# send one line to the terminal screen with syntax highlighting -# -# input: unformatted text, flags from previous run -# returns: formatted text ready to go to the terminal, flags from this run -# -# This routine remembers the status from call to call because previous -# lines can affect how the current line is highlighted -# - -# 'static' variables - init here and then keep updating them from within print_line -warning = False -warning_FROM = False -error = False -standard = True -prev_line_COM = False -next_line_warning = False -warning_continue = False -line_counter = 0 - -def line_print(line_input): - - global warning - global warning_FROM - global error - global standard - global prev_line_COM - global next_line_warning - global warning_continue - global line_counter - - # all '0' elements must precede all '1' elements or they'll be skipped - platformio_highlights = [ - ['Environment', 0, 'highlight_blue'], - ['[SKIP]', 1, 'warning'], - ['[IGNORED]', 1, 'warning'], - ['[ERROR]', 1, 'error'], - ['[FAILED]', 1, 'error'], - ['[SUCCESS]', 1, 'highlight_green'] - ] - - def write_to_screen_with_replace(text, highlights): # search for highlights & split line accordingly - did_something = False - for highlight in highlights: - found = text.find(highlight[0]) - if did_something == True: - break - if found >= 0 : - did_something = True - if 0 == highlight[1]: - found_1 = text.find(' ') - found_tab = text.find('\t') - if found_1 < 0 or found_1 > found_tab: - found_1 = found_tab - write_to_screen_queue(text[ : found_1 + 1 ]) - for highlight_2 in highlights: - if highlight[0] == highlight_2[0] : - continue - found = text.find(highlight_2[0]) - if found >= 0 : - found_space = text.find(' ', found_1 + 1) - found_tab = text.find('\t', found_1 + 1) - if found_space < 0 or found_space > found_tab: - found_space = found_tab - found_right = text.find(']', found + 1) - write_to_screen_queue(text[found_1 + 1 : found_space + 1 ], highlight[2]) - write_to_screen_queue(text[found_space + 1 : found + 1 ]) - write_to_screen_queue(text[found + 1 : found_right], highlight_2[2]) - write_to_screen_queue(text[found_right : ] + '\n') - break - break - if 1 == highlight[1]: - found_right = text.find(']', found + 1) - write_to_screen_queue(text[ : found + 1 ]) - write_to_screen_queue(text[found + 1 : found_right ], highlight[2]) - write_to_screen_queue(text[found_right : ] + '\n' + '\n') - break - if did_something == False: - r_loc = text.find('\r') + 1 - if r_loc > 0 and r_loc < len(text): # need to split this line - text = text.split('\r') - for line in text: - if line != '': - write_to_screen_queue(line + '\n') - else: - write_to_screen_queue(text + '\n') - # end - write_to_screen_with_replace - - - # scan the line - line_counter = line_counter + 1 - max_search = len(line_input) - if max_search > 3 : - max_search = 3 - beginning = line_input[:max_search] - - # set flags - if 0 < line_input.find(': warning: '): # start of warning block - warning = True - warning_FROM = False - error = False - standard = False - prev_line_COM = False - prev_line_COM = False - warning_continue = True - if 0 < line_input.find('Thank you') or 0 < line_input.find('SUMMARY') : - warning = False #standard line found - warning_FROM = False - error = False - standard = True - prev_line_COM = False - warning_continue = False - elif beginning == 'War' or \ - beginning == '#er' or \ - beginning == 'In ' or \ - (beginning != 'Com' and prev_line_COM == True and not(beginning == 'Arc' or beginning == 'Lin' or beginning == 'Ind') or \ - next_line_warning == True): - warning = True #warning found - warning_FROM = False - error = False - standard = False - prev_line_COM = False - elif beginning == 'Com' or \ - beginning == 'Ver' or \ - beginning == ' [E' or \ - beginning == 'Rem' or \ - beginning == 'Bui' or \ - beginning == 'Ind' or \ - beginning == 'PLA': - warning = False #standard line found - warning_FROM = False - error = False - standard = True - prev_line_COM = False - warning_continue = False - elif beginning == '***': - warning = False # error found - warning_FROM = False - error = True - standard = False - prev_line_COM = False - elif 0 < line_input.find(': error:') or \ - 0 < line_input.find(': fatal error:'): # start of warning /error block - warning = False # error found - warning_FROM = False - error = True - standard = False - prev_line_COM = False - warning_continue = True - elif beginning == 'fro' and warning == True or \ - beginning == '.pi' : # start of warning /error block - warning_FROM = True - prev_line_COM = False - warning_continue = True - elif warning_continue == True: - warning = True - warning_FROM = False # keep the warning status going until find a standard line or an error - error = False - standard = False - prev_line_COM = False - warning_continue = True - - else: - warning = False # unknown so assume standard line - warning_FROM = False - error = False - standard = True - prev_line_COM = False - warning_continue = False - - if beginning == 'Com': - prev_line_COM = True - - # print based on flags - if standard == True: - write_to_screen_with_replace(line_input, platformio_highlights) #print white on black with substitutions - if warning == True: - write_to_screen_queue(line_input + '\n', 'warning') - if error == True: - write_to_screen_queue(line_input + '\n', 'error') -# end - line_print - - -########################################################################## -# # -# run Platformio # -# # -########################################################################## - - -# build platformio run -e target_env -# clean platformio run --target clean -e target_env -# upload platformio run --target upload -e target_env -# traceback platformio run --target upload -e target_env -# program platformio run --target program -e target_env -# test platformio test upload -e target_env -# remote platformio remote run --target upload -e target_env -# debug platformio debug -e target_env - - -def sys_PIO(): - - ########################################################################## - # # - # run Platformio inside the same shell as this Python script # - # # - ########################################################################## - - global build_type - global target_env - - import os - - print('build_type: ', build_type) - print('starting platformio') - - if build_type == 'build': - # pio_result = os.system("echo -en '\033c'") - pio_result = os.system('platformio run -e ' + target_env) - elif build_type == 'clean': - pio_result = os.system('platformio run --target clean -e ' + target_env) - elif build_type == 'upload': - pio_result = os.system('platformio run --target upload -e ' + target_env) - elif build_type == 'traceback': - pio_result = os.system('platformio run --target upload -e ' + target_env) - elif build_type == 'program': - pio_result = os.system('platformio run --target program -e ' + target_env) - elif build_type == 'test': - pio_result = os.system('platformio test upload -e ' + target_env) - elif build_type == 'remote': - pio_result = os.system('platformio remote run --target program -e ' + target_env) - elif build_type == 'debug': - pio_result = os.system('platformio debug -e ' + target_env) - else: - print('ERROR - unknown build type: ', build_type) - raise SystemExit(0) # kill everything - - # stream output from subprocess and split it into lines - #for line in iter(pio_subprocess.stdout.readline, ''): - # line_print(line.replace('\n', '')) - - - # append info used to run PlatformIO - # write_to_screen_queue('\nBoard name: ' + board_name + '\n') # put build info at the bottom of the screen - # write_to_screen_queue('Build type: ' + build_type + '\n') - # write_to_screen_queue('Environment used: ' + target_env + '\n') - # write_to_screen_queue(str(datetime.now()) + '\n') - -# end - sys_PIO - - - -def run_PIO(dummy): - - global build_type - global target_env - global board_name - print('build_type: ', build_type) - - import subprocess - import sys - - print('starting platformio') - - if build_type == 'build': - # platformio run -e target_env - # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included - pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen(['platformio', 'run', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT) - - - elif build_type == 'clean': - # platformio run --target clean -e target_env - # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included - pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen(['platformio', 'run', '--target', 'clean', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT) - - - elif build_type == 'upload': - # platformio run --target upload -e target_env - # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included - pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen(['platformio', 'run', '--target', 'upload', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT) - - - elif build_type == 'traceback': - # platformio run --target upload -e target_env - select the debug environment if there is one - # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included - pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen(['platformio', 'run', '--target', 'upload', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT) - - - elif build_type == 'program': - # platformio run --target program -e target_env - # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included - pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen(['platformio', 'run', '--target', 'program', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT) - - - elif build_type == 'test': - #platformio test upload -e target_env - # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included - pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen(['platformio', 'test', 'upload', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT) - - - elif build_type == 'remote': - # platformio remote run --target upload -e target_env - # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included - pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen(['platformio', 'remote', 'run', '--target', 'program', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT) - - - elif build_type == 'debug': - # platformio debug -e target_env - # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included - pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen(['platformio', 'debug', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT) - - - else: - print('ERROR - unknown build type: ', build_type) - raise SystemExit(0) # kill everything - - # stream output from subprocess and split it into lines - if python_ver == 2: - for line in iter(pio_subprocess.stdout.readline, ''): - line_print(line.replace('\n', '')) - else: - for line in iter(pio_subprocess.stdout.readline, b''): - line = line.decode('utf-8') - line_print(line.replace('\n', '')) - - # append info used to run PlatformIO - write_to_screen_queue('\nBoard name: ' + board_name + '\n') # put build info at the bottom of the screen - write_to_screen_queue('Build type: ' + build_type + '\n') - write_to_screen_queue('Environment used: ' + target_env + '\n') - write_to_screen_queue(str(datetime.now()) + '\n') - -# end - run_PIO - - - -######################################################################## - -import time -import threading -if python_ver == 2: - import Tkinter as tk - import Queue as queue - import ttk - from Tkinter import Tk, Frame, Text, Scrollbar, Menu - #from tkMessageBox import askokcancel this is not used: removed - import tkFileDialog as fileDialog -else: - import tkinter as tk - import queue as queue - from tkinter import ttk, Tk, Frame, Text, Scrollbar, Menu - from tkinter import filedialog -import subprocess -import sys -que = queue.Queue() -#IO_queue = queue.Queue() - -class output_window(Text): - # based on Super Text - global continue_updates - continue_updates = True - - global search_position - search_position = '' # start with invalid search position - - global error_found - error_found = False # are there any errors? - - - def __init__(self): - - - self.root = tk.Tk() - self.root.attributes("-topmost", True) - self.frame = tk.Frame(self.root) - self.frame.pack(fill='both', expand=True) - - # text widget - #self.text = tk.Text(self.frame, borderwidth=3, relief="sunken") - Text.__init__(self, self.frame, borderwidth=3, relief="sunken") - self.config(tabs=(400,)) # configure Text widget tab stops - self.config(background = 'black', foreground = 'white', font= ("consolas", 12), wrap = 'word', undo = 'True') - #self.config(background = 'black', foreground = 'white', font= ("consolas", 12), wrap = 'none', undo = 'True') - self.config(height = 24, width = 100) - self.config(insertbackground = 'pale green') # keyboard insertion point - self.pack(side='left', fill='both', expand=True) - - self.tag_config('normal', foreground = 'white') - self.tag_config('warning', foreground = 'yellow' ) - self.tag_config('error', foreground = 'red') - self.tag_config('highlight_green', foreground = 'green') - self.tag_config('highlight_blue', foreground = 'cyan') - self.tag_config('error_highlight_inactive', background = 'dim gray') - self.tag_config('error_highlight_active', background = 'light grey') - - self.bind_class("Text","", self.select_all) # required in windows, works in others - self.bind_all("", self.scroll_errors) - self.bind_class("", self.rebuild) - - # scrollbar - - scrb = tk.Scrollbar(self.frame, orient='vertical', command=self.yview) - self.config(yscrollcommand=scrb.set) - scrb.pack(side='right', fill='y') - - #self.scrb_Y = tk.Scrollbar(self.frame, orient='vertical', command=self.yview) - #self.scrb_Y.config(yscrollcommand=self.scrb_Y.set) - #self.scrb_Y.pack(side='right', fill='y') - - #self.scrb_X = tk.Scrollbar(self.frame, orient='horizontal', command=self.xview) - #self.scrb_X.config(xscrollcommand=self.scrb_X.set) - #self.scrb_X.pack(side='bottom', fill='x') - - #scrb_X = tk.Scrollbar(self, orient=tk.HORIZONTAL, command=self.xview) # tk.HORIZONTAL now have a horizsontal scroll bar BUT... shrinks it to a postage stamp and hides far right behind the vertical scroll bar - #self.config(xscrollcommand=scrb_X.set) - #scrb_X.pack(side='bottom', fill='x') - - #scrb= tk.Scrollbar(self, orient='vertical', command=self.yview) - #self.config(yscrollcommand=scrb.set) - #scrb.pack(side='right', fill='y') - - #self.config(height = 240, width = 1000) # didn't get the size baCK TO NORMAL - #self.pack(side='left', fill='both', expand=True) # didn't get the size baCK TO NORMAL - - - # pop-up menu - self.popup = tk.Menu(self, tearoff=0) - - self.popup.add_command(label='Copy', command=self._copy) - self.popup.add_command(label='Paste', command=self._paste) - self.popup.add_separator() - self.popup.add_command(label='Cut', command=self._cut) - self.popup.add_separator() - self.popup.add_command(label='Select All', command=self._select_all) - self.popup.add_command(label='Clear All', command=self._clear_all) - self.popup.add_separator() - self.popup.add_command(label='Save As', command=self._file_save_as) - self.popup.add_separator() - #self.popup.add_command(label='Repeat Build(CTL-shift-r)', command=self._rebuild) - self.popup.add_command(label='Repeat Build', command=self._rebuild) - self.popup.add_separator() - self.popup.add_command(label='Scroll Errors (CTL-shift-e)', command=self._scroll_errors) - self.popup.add_separator() - self.popup.add_command(label='Open File at Cursor', command=self._open_selected_file) - - if current_OS == 'Darwin': # MAC - self.bind('', self._show_popup) # macOS only - else: - self.bind('', self._show_popup) # Windows & Linux - - - # threading & subprocess section - - def start_thread(self, ): - global continue_updates - # create then start a secondary thread to run an arbitrary function - # must have at least one argument - self.secondary_thread = threading.Thread(target = lambda q, arg1: q.put(run_PIO(arg1)), args=(que, '')) - self.secondary_thread.start() - continue_updates = True - # check the Queue in 50ms - self.root.after(50, self.check_thread) - self.root.after(50, self.update) - - - def check_thread(self): # wait for user to kill the window - global continue_updates - if continue_updates == True: - self.root.after(10, self.check_thread) - - - def update(self): - global continue_updates - if continue_updates == True: - self.root.after(10, self.update)#method is called every 50ms - temp_text = ['0','0'] - if IO_queue.empty(): - if not(self.secondary_thread.is_alive()): - continue_updates = False # queue is exhausted and thread is dead so no need for further updates - else: - try: - temp_text = IO_queue.get(block = False) - except Queue.Empty: - continue_updates = False # queue is exhausted so no need for further updates - else: - self.insert('end', temp_text[0], temp_text[1]) - self.see("end") # make the last line visible (scroll text off the top) - - - # text editing section - - - def _scroll_errors(self): - global search_position - global error_found - if search_position == '': # first time so highlight all errors - countVar = tk.IntVar() - search_position = '1.0' - search_count = 0 - while search_position != '' and search_count < 100: - search_position = self.search("error", search_position, stopindex="end", count=countVar, nocase=1) - search_count = search_count + 1 - if search_position != '': - error_found = True - end_pos = '{}+{}c'.format(search_position, 5) - self.tag_add("error_highlight_inactive", search_position, end_pos) - search_position = '{}+{}c'.format(search_position, 1) # point to the next character for new search - else: - break - - if error_found: - if search_position == '': - search_position = self.search("error", '1.0', stopindex="end", nocase=1) # new search - else: # remove active highlight - end_pos = '{}+{}c'.format(search_position, 5) - start_pos = '{}+{}c'.format(search_position, -1) - self.tag_remove("error_highlight_active", start_pos, end_pos) - search_position = self.search("error", search_position, stopindex="end", nocase=1) # finds first occurrence AGAIN on the first time through - if search_position == "": # wrap around - search_position = self.search("error", '1.0', stopindex="end", nocase=1) - end_pos = '{}+{}c'.format(search_position, 5) - self.tag_add("error_highlight_active", search_position, end_pos) # add active highlight - self.see(search_position) - search_position = '{}+{}c'.format(search_position, 1) # point to the next character for new search - - def scroll_errors(self, event): - self._scroll_errors() - - - def _rebuild(self): - #global board_name - #global Marlin_ver - #global target_env - #board_name, Marlin_ver = get_board_name() - #target_env = get_env(board_name, Marlin_ver) - self.start_thread() - - def rebuild(self, event): - print("event happened") - self._rebuild() - - - def _open_selected_file(self): - current_line = self.index('insert') - line_start = current_line[ : current_line.find('.')] + '.0' - line_end = current_line[ : current_line.find('.')] + '.200' - self.mark_set("path_start", line_start) - self.mark_set("path_end", line_end) - path = self.get("path_start", "path_end") - from_loc = path.find('from ') - colon_loc = path.find(': ') - if 0 <= from_loc and ((colon_loc == -1) or (from_loc < colon_loc)) : - path = path [ from_loc + 5 : ] - if 0 <= colon_loc: - path = path [ : colon_loc ] - if 0 <= path.find('\\') or 0 <= path.find('/'): # make sure it really contains a path - open_file(path) - - - def _file_save_as(self): - self.filename = fileDialog.asksaveasfilename(defaultextension = '.txt') - f = open(self.filename, 'w') - f.write(self.get('1.0', 'end')) - f.close() - - - - def copy(self, event): - try: - selection = self.get(*self.tag_ranges('sel')) - self.clipboard_clear() - self.clipboard_append(selection) - except TypeError: - pass - - def cut(self, event): - - try: - selection = self.get(*self.tag_ranges('sel')) - self.clipboard_clear() - self.clipboard_append(selection) - self.delete(*self.tag_ranges('sel')) - except TypeError: - pass - - def _show_popup(self, event): - '''right-click popup menu''' - - if self.root.focus_get() != self: - self.root.focus_set() - - try: - self.popup.tk_popup(event.x_root, event.y_root, 0) - finally: - self.popup.grab_release() - - def _cut(self): - - try: - selection = self.get(*self.tag_ranges('sel')) - self.clipboard_clear() - self.clipboard_append(selection) - self.delete(*self.tag_ranges('sel')) - except TypeError: - pass - - def cut(self, event): - self._cut() - - def _copy(self): - - try: - selection = self.get(*self.tag_ranges('sel')) - self.clipboard_clear() - self.clipboard_append(selection) - except TypeError: - pass - - def copy(self, event): - self._copy() - - def _paste(self): - - self.insert('insert', self.selection_get(selection='CLIPBOARD')) - - def _select_all(self): - self.tag_add('sel', '1.0', 'end') - - - def select_all(self, event): - self.tag_add('sel', '1.0', 'end') - - - def _clear_all(self): - #'''erases all text''' - # - #isok = askokcancel('Clear All', 'Erase all text?', frame=self, - # default='ok') - #if isok: - # self.delete('1.0', 'end') - self.delete('1.0', 'end') - - -# end - output_window - - - -def main(): - - - ########################################################################## - # # - # main program # - # # - ########################################################################## - - global build_type - global target_env - global board_name - - board_name, Marlin_ver = get_board_name() - - target_env = get_env(board_name, Marlin_ver) - - # Re-use the VSCode terminal, if possible - if os.environ.get('PLATFORMIO_CALLER', '') == 'vscode': - sys_PIO() - else: - auto_build = output_window() - auto_build.start_thread() # executes the "run_PIO" function - - auto_build.root.mainloop() - - - -if __name__ == '__main__': - - main() diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfadd b/buildroot/share/git/mfadd index 92b2e0063ec6..30be1ec0f748 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfadd +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfadd @@ -1,20 +1,24 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash # -# mfadd (user|ref) [copyname] +# mfadd user[:branch] [copyname] # # Add a remote and fetch it. Optionally copy a branch. # -# Example: mfadd myfork:patch-1 copy_of_patch-1 +# Examples: +# mfadd thefork +# mfadd thefork:patch-1 +# mfadd thefork:patch-1 the_patch_12345 # -[[ $# > 0 && $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` (user|ref) [copyname]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } +[[ $# > 0 && $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` user[:branch] [copyname]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } -# If a colon is included, split the parts -if [[ $1 =~ ":" ]]; then - IFS=':' read -a DATA <<< "$1" +# If a colon or slash is included, split the parts +if [[ $1 =~ ":" || $1 =~ "/" ]]; then + [[ $1 =~ ":" ]] && IFS=':' || IFS="/" + read -a DATA <<< "$1" USER=${DATA[0]} BRANCH=${DATA[1]} - NAME=$2 + NAME=${2:-$BRANCH} else USER=$1 fi @@ -29,4 +33,4 @@ echo "Adding and fetching $USER..." git remote add "$USER" "git@github.com:$USER/$REPO.git" >/dev/null 2>&1 || echo "Remote exists." git fetch "$USER" -[[ ! -z "$BRANCH" && ! -z "$NAME" ]] && git checkout $USER/$BRANCH -b $NAME +[[ ! -z "$BRANCH" && ! -z "$NAME" ]] && git checkout -b "$NAME" --track "$USER/$BRANCH" diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfdoc b/buildroot/share/git/mfdoc index f2a2b08204b6..ce214190164f 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfdoc +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfdoc @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # Start Jekyll in watch mode to work on Marlin Documentation and preview locally # -[[ $# == 0 ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0`" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } +[[ $# == 0 ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0`" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1 IFS=' ' read -a INFO <<< "$MFINFO" @@ -16,10 +16,8 @@ BRANCH=${INFO[5]} [[ $ORG == "MarlinFirmware" && $REPO == "MarlinDocumentation" ]] || { echo "Wrong repository." 1>&2; exit 1; } opensite() { - which xdg-open >/dev/null && TOOL=xdg-open - which gnome-open >/dev/null && TOOL=gnome-open - which open >/dev/null && TOOL=open URL="http://127.0.0.1:4000/" + OPEN=$(echo $(which gnome-open xdg-open open) | awk '{ print $1 }') if [ -z "$OPEN" ]; then echo "Can't find a tool to open the URL:" echo $URL diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mffp b/buildroot/share/git/mffp index db52b08b74fb..2663a4a1374e 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mffp +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mffp @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash # -# mffp [1|2] [commit-id] +# mffp [1|2|3] [commit-id] # # Push the given commit (or HEAD) upstream immediately. # By default: `git push upstream HEAD:bugfix-1.1.x` # -[[ $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2] [commit-id]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } +[[ $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2|3] [commit-id]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } -if [[ $1 == '1' || $1 == '2' ]]; then +if [[ $1 == '1' || $1 == '2' || $1 == '3' ]]; then MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$1") || exit 1 REF=${2:-HEAD} else diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfinfo b/buildroot/share/git/mfinfo index aa4e96b803eb..c7bf04fb1471 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfinfo +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfinfo @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ # - Remote (upstream) Org name (MarlinFirmware) # - Remote (origin) Org name (your Github username) # - Repo Name (Marlin, MarlinDocumentation) -# - PR Target branch (bugfix-1.1.x, bugfix-2.0.x, etc.) +# - PR Target branch (bugfix-1.1.x, bugfix-2.0.x, dev-2.1.x, etc.) # - Branch Arg (the branch argument or current branch) # - Current Branch # @@ -42,19 +42,19 @@ while [[ $# -gt 0 ]]; do case "$opt" in -*|--*) MORE="$MORE$opt " ; [[ $EQUALS == 1 ]] && MORE="$MORE=$val" ;; - 1|2) INDEX=$opt ;; + 1|2|3) INDEX=$opt ;; *) BRANCH="$opt" ;; esac done case "$REPO" in - Marlin ) TARG=bugfix-1.1.x ; [[ $INDEX == 2 ]] && TARG=bugfix-2.0.x ;; + Marlin ) TARG=bugfix-1.1.x ; [[ $INDEX == 2 ]] && TARG=bugfix-2.0.x ; [[ $INDEX == 3 ]] && TARG=dev-2.1.x ;; MarlinDocumentation ) TARG=master ;; esac -[[ $BRANCH =~ ^[0-9]$ ]] && USAGE=1 +[[ $BRANCH =~ ^[123]$ ]] && USAGE=1 -[[ $USAGE == 1 ]] && { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2] [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1 ; } +[[ $USAGE == 1 ]] && { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2|3] [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1 ; } echo "$ORG $FORK $REPO $TARG $BRANCH $CURR $MORE" diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfnew b/buildroot/share/git/mfnew index 6d067a7f08e6..e491fea19103 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfnew +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfnew @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ # usage() { - echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2] [name]" 1>&2 + echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2|3] [name]" 1>&2 } [[ $# < 3 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { usage; exit 1; } @@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ BRANCH=pr_for_$TARG-$(date +"%G-%m-%d_%H.%M.%S") # BRANCH can be given as the last argument case "$#" in 1 ) case "$1" in - 1|2) ;; + 1|2|3) ;; *) BRANCH=$1 ;; esac ;; 2 ) case "$1" in - 1|2) BRANCH=$2 ;; + 1|2|3) BRANCH=$2 ;; *) usage ; exit 1 ;; esac ;; diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfpr b/buildroot/share/git/mfpr index 0220c0aa8e16..bff9834bc18f 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfpr +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfpr @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash # -# mfpr [1|2] +# mfpr [1|2|3] # # Make a PR against bugfix-1.1.x or bugfix-2.0.x # -[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } +[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2|3] [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1 IFS=' ' read -a INFO <<< "$MFINFO" diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfpub b/buildroot/share/git/mfpub index f77b9236566d..8ec28ad489a1 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfpub +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfpub @@ -5,11 +5,11 @@ # Use Jekyll to generate Marlin Documentation, which is then # git-pushed to Github to publish it to the live site. # This publishes the current branch, and doesn't force -# changes to be pushed to the 'master' branch. Be sure to push -# any permanent changes to 'master'. +# changes to be pushed to the 'master' branch. Be sure to +# push any permanent changes to 'master'. # -[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "usage: `basename $0` [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } +[[ $# < 2 && $1 != "-h" && $1 != "--help" ]] || { echo "Usage: `basename $0` [branch]" 1>&2 ; exit 1; } MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1 IFS=' ' read -a INFO <<< "$MFINFO" @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ FORK=${INFO[1]} REPO=${INFO[2]} TARG=${INFO[3]} BRANCH=${INFO[4]} +CURR=${INFO[5]} if [[ $ORG != "MarlinFirmware" || $REPO != "MarlinDocumentation" ]]; then echo "Wrong repository." @@ -30,34 +31,46 @@ if [[ $BRANCH == "gh-pages" ]]; then fi # Check out the named branch (or stay in current) -git checkout $BRANCH -echo "Stashing any changes to files..." -echo "Don't forget to update and push 'master'!" -# GOJF Card -[[ $(git stash) != "No local "* ]] && HAS_STASH=1 +if [[ $BRANCH != $CURR ]]; then + echo "Stashing any changes to files..." + [[ $(git stash) != "No local "* ]] && HAS_STASH=1 + git checkout $BRANCH +fi COMMIT=$( git log --format="%H" -n 1 ) # Clean out changes and other junk in the branch git clean -d -f +opensite() { + URL="$1" + OPEN=$(echo $(which gnome-open xdg-open open) | awk '{ print $1 }') + if [ -z "$OPEN" ]; then + echo "Can't find a tool to open the URL:" + echo $URL + else + echo "Opening the site in the browser..." + "$OPEN" "$URL" + fi +} + # Push 'master' to the fork and make a proper PR... -if [[ $BRANCH == "master" ]]; then +if [[ $BRANCH == $TARG ]]; then # Don't lose upstream changes! git fetch upstream # Rebase onto latest master - if git rebase upstream/master; then + if git rebase upstream/$TARG; then # Allow working directly with the main fork echo - echo -n "Pushing to origin/master... " + echo -n "Pushing to origin/$TARG... " git push -f origin echo - echo -n "Pushing to upstream/master... " + echo -n "Pushing to upstream/$TARG... " git push -f upstream else @@ -77,18 +90,7 @@ else git push -f origin fi - which xdg-open >/dev/null && TOOL=xdg-open - which gnome-open >/dev/null && TOOL=gnome-open - which open >/dev/null && TOOL=open - URL="https://github.com/$ORG/$REPO/compare/$TARG...$FORK:$BRANCH?expand=1" - - if [ -z "$OPEN" ]; then - echo "Can't find a tool to open the URL:" - echo $URL - else - echo "Opening a New PR Form..." - "$OPEN" "$URL" - fi + opensite "https://github.com/$ORG/$REPO/compare/$TARG...$FORK:$BRANCH?expand=1" fi @@ -99,15 +101,15 @@ fi echo echo "Generating MarlinDocumentation..." -rm -rf _site +rm -rf build # build the site statically and proof it bundle exec jekyll build --profile --trace --no-watch -bundle exec htmlproofer ./_site --only-4xx --allow-hash-href --check-favicon --check-html --url-swap ".*marlinfw.org/:/" +bundle exec htmlproofer ./build --only-4xx --allow-hash-href --check-favicon --check-html --url-swap ".*marlinfw.org/:/" # Sync the built site into a temporary folder TMPFOLDER=$( mktemp -d ) -rsync -av _site/ ${TMPFOLDER}/ +rsync -av build/ ${TMPFOLDER}/ # Clean out changes and other junk in the branch git reset --hard @@ -117,27 +119,14 @@ git clean -d -f git checkout gh-pages || { echo "Something went wrong!"; exit 1; } rsync -av ${TMPFOLDER}/ ./ -opensite() { - which xdg-open >/dev/null && TOOL=xdg-open - which gnome-open >/dev/null && TOOL=gnome-open - which open >/dev/null && TOOL=open - URL="http://marlinfw.org/" - if [ -z "$OPEN" ]; then - echo "Can't find a tool to open the URL:" - echo $URL - else - echo "Opening the site in the browser..." - "$OPEN" "$URL" - fi -} - # Commit and push the new live site directly git add --all git commit --message "Built from ${COMMIT}" -git push upstream | { +git push -f origin +git push -f upstream | { while IFS= read -r line do - [[ $line =~ "gh-pages -> gh-pages" ]] && opensite + [[ $line =~ "gh-pages -> gh-pages" ]] && opensite "http://marlinfw.org/" echo "$line" done } @@ -146,6 +135,4 @@ git push upstream | { rm -rf ${TMPFOLDER} # Go back to the branch we started from -git checkout $BRANCH - -[[ $HAS_STASH == 1 ]] && git stash pop +[[ $BRANCH != $CURR ]] && git checkout $BRANCH && [[ $HAS_STASH == 1 ]] && git stash pop diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfqp b/buildroot/share/git/mfqp index 7f950da59d16..59f069977313 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfqp +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfqp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash # -# mfqp [-q|--quick] [1|2] +# mfqp [-q|--quick] [1|2|3] # # Add all changed files, commit as "patch", do `mfrb` and `git push -f` # @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ done [[ ${INFO[4]} =~ [0-9] ]] && USAGE=1 -[[ $USAGE == 1 ]] && { echo "usage: `basename $0` [-hq] [1|2]" 1>&2 ; exit 1 ; } +[[ $USAGE == 1 ]] && { echo "usage: `basename $0` [-hq] [1|2|3]" 1>&2 ; exit 1 ; } git add . git commit -m "patch" diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mfrb b/buildroot/share/git/mfrb index e09dd87cdaab..1edc99bbe928 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mfrb +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mfrb @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ # # mfrb # -# Do "git rebase -i" against the "target" branch (bugfix-1.1.x, bugfix-2.0.x, or master) +# Do "git rebase -i" against the "target" branch (bugfix-1.1.x, bugfix-2.0.x, dev-2.1.x, or master) # MFINFO=$(mfinfo "$@") || exit 1 @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ while [ $IND -lt ${#INFO[@]} ]; do let IND+=1 done -[[ $USAGE == 1 ]] && { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2]" 1>&2 ; exit 1 ; } +[[ $USAGE == 1 ]] && { echo "usage: `basename $0` [1|2|3]" 1>&2 ; exit 1 ; } # If the branch isn't currently the PR target if [[ $TARG != $CURR ]]; then diff --git a/buildroot/share/git/mftest b/buildroot/share/git/mftest index a83a309bd91b..d80b9ed810f4 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/git/mftest +++ b/buildroot/share/git/mftest @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ case $TESTENV in f1) TESTENV='STM32F103RE' ;; f4) TESTENV='STM32F4' ;; f7) TESTENV='STM32F7' ;; + s6) TESTENV='FYSETC_S6' ;; teensy) TESTENV='teensy31' ;; t31) TESTENV='teensy31' ;; t32) TESTENV='teensy31' ;; diff --git a/buildroot/share/pin_interrupt_test/pin_interrupt_test.ino b/buildroot/share/pin_interrupt_test/pin_interrupt_test.ino index 39545aa7cbbc..6dcfb67c5434 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/pin_interrupt_test/pin_interrupt_test.ino +++ b/buildroot/share/pin_interrupt_test/pin_interrupt_test.ino @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ #undef digitalPinToPCICR #define digitalPinToPCICR(p) ( ((p) >= 10 && (p) <= 15) || \ ((p) >= 50 && (p) <= 53) || \ - ((p) >= 62 && (p) <= 69) ? &PCICR : nullptr) + ((p) >= 62 && (p) <= 69) ? (&PCICR) : nullptr) #endif void setup() { diff --git a/buildroot/share/scripts/createSpeedLookupTable.py b/buildroot/share/scripts/createSpeedLookupTable.py index 55f78d0e06f5..da24c7c8111e 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/scripts/createSpeedLookupTable.py +++ b/buildroot/share/scripts/createSpeedLookupTable.py @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ print("#ifndef SPEED_LOOKUPTABLE_H") print("#define SPEED_LOOKUPTABLE_H") print() -print('#include "Marlin.h"') +print('#include "MarlinCore.h"') print() print("const uint16_t speed_lookuptable_fast[256][2] PROGMEM = {") diff --git a/buildroot/share/scripts/findMissingTranslations.sh b/buildroot/share/scripts/findMissingTranslations.sh index c223d2a06305..0cf77366d2c0 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/scripts/findMissingTranslations.sh +++ b/buildroot/share/scripts/findMissingTranslations.sh @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ fi echo -n "Building list of missing strings..." -for i in $(awk '/#ifndef/{print $2}' language_en.h); do - [[ $i == "LANGUAGE_EN_H" || $i == "CHARSIZE" ]] && continue +for i in $(awk '/Language_Str/{print $3}' language_en.h); do + [[ $i == "MSG_CUBED" ]] && continue LANG_LIST="" for j in $TEST_LANGS; do [[ $(grep -c " ${i} " language_${j}.h) -eq 0 ]] && LANG_LIST="$LANG_LIST $j" diff --git a/buildroot/share/sublime/auto_build_sublime_menu/Main.sublime-menu b/buildroot/share/sublime/auto_build_sublime_menu/Main.sublime-menu index cd9718bfb746..60939d12e7e8 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/sublime/auto_build_sublime_menu/Main.sublime-menu +++ b/buildroot/share/sublime/auto_build_sublime_menu/Main.sublime-menu @@ -7,56 +7,56 @@ "caption": "PIO Build", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py build" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py build" } }, { "caption": "PIO Clean", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py clean" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py clean" } }, { "caption": "PIO Upload", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py upload" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py upload" } }, { "caption": "PIO Upload (traceback)", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py traceback" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py traceback" } }, { "caption": "PIO Upload using Programmer", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py program" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py program" } }, { "caption": "PIO Test", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py test" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py test" } }, { "caption": "PIO Debug", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py debug" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py debug" } }, { "caption": "PIO Remote", "command": "webdevshell", "args": { - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py remote" + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py remote" } } ], diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/DUE-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/DUE-tests index 80fb0b3148b6..e3ef7d453495 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/DUE-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/DUE-tests @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ # exit on first failure set -e -backup_ramps # pins_set is used below... - restore_configs opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE bg opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS4DUE_EFB @@ -39,16 +37,16 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS4DUE_EFB with ABL (Bilinear), EXTENSIBLE_UI, S-Curve, many restore_configs opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RADDS opt_enable USE_XMAX_PLUG USE_YMAX_PLUG ENDSTOPPULLUPS BLTOUCH AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR \ - Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN \ - Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT + Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS + #TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT +opt_set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 3 opt_add Z2_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false opt_add Z3_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false -pins_set ramps/RAMPS X_MAX_PIN -1 -pins_set ramps/RAMPS Y_MAX_PIN -1 opt_add Z2_MAX_PIN 2 opt_add Z3_MAX_PIN 3 -exec_test $1 $2 "RADDS with ABL (Bilinear), Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS and Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN" +pins_set ramps/RAMPS X_MAX_PIN -1 +pins_set ramps/RAMPS Y_MAX_PIN -1 +exec_test $1 $2 "RADDS with ABL (Bilinear), Triple Z Axis, Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN" # # Test SWITCHING_EXTRUDER diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/fysetc_f6_13-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/FYSETC_F6_13-tests similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/tests/fysetc_f6_13-tests rename to buildroot/share/tests/FYSETC_F6_13-tests diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/FYSETC_S6-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/FYSETC_S6-tests new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a9e0331acdb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/FYSETC_S6-tests @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#!/usr/bin/env bash +# +# Build tests for FYSETC_S6 +# + +# exit on first failure +set -e + +# Build examples +restore_configs +use_example_configs FYSETC/S6 +exec_test $1 $2 "FYSETC S6 Example" + +# cleanup +restore_configs diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1768-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1768-tests index e66087a00c59..566cbd27a643 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1768-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1768-tests @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ set -e restore_configs opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_RE_ARM_EFB -opt_enable VIKI2 SDSUPPORT SERIAL_PORT2 NEOPIXEL_LED BAUD_RATE_GCODE +opt_enable VIKI2 SDSUPPORT SERIAL_PORT_2 NEOPIXEL_LED opt_set NEOPIXEL_PIN P1_16 exec_test $1 $2 "ReARM EFB VIKI2, SDSUPPORT, 2 Serial ports (USB CDC + UART0), NeoPixel" @@ -39,13 +39,14 @@ opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 -1 opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER SDSUPPORT ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING \ FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING \ - FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE \ + NOZZLE_AS_PROBE AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE \ BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_XY BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY \ PRINTCOUNTER NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE SLOW_PWM_HEATERS PIDTEMPBED EEPROM_SETTINGS INCH_MODE_SUPPORT TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT \ Z_SAFE_HOMING ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE \ LCD_INFO_MENU ARC_SUPPORT BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA opt_set GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 16 -exec_test $1 $2 "Re-ARM with Many Features" +opt_set NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET "{ 0, 0, 0 }" +exec_test $1 $2 "Re-ARM with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE and many features." # clean up restore_configs diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1769-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1769-tests index 8e23551dd4cb..6b7ef9725f3c 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1769-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/LPC1769-tests @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ opt_enable VIKI2 SDSUPPORT ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING \ FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE \ BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_XY BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY \ PRINTCOUNTER NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE SLOW_PWM_HEATERS PIDTEMPBED EEPROM_SETTINGS INCH_MODE_SUPPORT TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT \ - Z_SAFE_HOMING ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE BAUD_RATE_GCODE \ + Z_SAFE_HOMING ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE \ LCD_INFO_MENU ARC_SUPPORT BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA opt_set GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 16 exec_test $1 $2 "Smoothieboard with many features" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "Smoothieboard with many features" # AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 EEPROM_SETTINGS \ # FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR FAN_SOFT_PWM \ # SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES HOME_Y_BEFORE_X EMERGENCY_PARSER FAN_KICKSTART_TIME \ -# SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT ADVANCED_OK GCODE_MACROS BAUD_RATE_GCODE \ -# VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS ACTION_ON_KILL \ +# SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT ADVANCED_OK GCODE_MACROS \ +# VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS \ # EXTRA_FAN_SPEED FWRETRACT MENU_ADDAUTOSTART SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA #opt_set FAN_MIN_PWM 50 #opt_set FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 @@ -47,10 +47,10 @@ opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_COHESION3D_REMIX opt_set X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 opt_set Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -opt_enable AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT BAUD_RATE_GCODE \ +opt_enable AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT \ TMC_USE_SW_SPI MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS STEALTHCHOP_XY STEALTHCHOP_Z HYBRID_THRESHOLD \ SENSORLESS_PROBING X_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY TMC_DEBUG -opt_disable Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN +opt_disable Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN PSU_CONTROL exec_test $1 $2 "Cohesion3D Remix DELTA + ABL Bilinear + EEPROM + SENSORLESS_PROBING" # clean up diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RC_bigtree-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RC_bigtree-tests index 50c37e36de83..8805c748af69 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RC_bigtree-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RC_bigtree-tests @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash # -# Build tests for STM32F103RC Bigtreetech (SKR Mini v1.1) +# Build tests for STM32F103RC BigTreeTech (SKR Mini E3) # # exit on first failure @@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ set -e # Build with the default configurations # restore_configs -opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1 +opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V1_0 opt_set SERIAL_PORT 1 opt_set SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 -exec_test $1 $2 "Bigtreetech SKR Mini v1.1 - Basic Configuration" +exec_test $1 $2 "BigTreeTech SKR Mini E3 - Basic Configuration" # clean up restore_configs diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB-tests index 8c83c029e63c..06b7465a6659 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB-tests @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ #!/usr/bin/env bash # -# Build tests for STM32F103RC Bigtreetech (SKR Mini E3) +# Build tests for STM32F103RC BigTreeTech (SKR Mini v1.1) # # exit on first failure @@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ set -e # Build with the default configurations # restore_configs -opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_E3 +opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_MINI_V1_1 opt_set SERIAL_PORT 1 opt_set SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 -exec_test $1 $2 "Bigtreetech SKR Mini E3 - Basic Configuration" +exec_test $1 $2 "BigTreeTech SKR Mini v1.1 - Basic Configuration" # clean up restore_configs diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RE_bigtree-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RE_bigtree-tests new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e516b96aacb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RE_bigtree-tests @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#!/usr/bin/env bash +# +# Build tests for STM32F103RE BigTreeTech (SKR E3 DIP v1.0) +# + +# exit on first failure +set -e + +# +# Build with the default configurations +# +restore_configs +opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP +opt_set SERIAL_PORT 1 +opt_set SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 +exec_test $1 $2 "BigTreeTech SKR E3 DIP v1.0 - Basic Configuration" + +# clean up +restore_configs diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RE_bigtree_USB-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RE_bigtree_USB-tests new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e516b96aacb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/STM32F103RE_bigtree_USB-tests @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#!/usr/bin/env bash +# +# Build tests for STM32F103RE BigTreeTech (SKR E3 DIP v1.0) +# + +# exit on first failure +set -e + +# +# Build with the default configurations +# +restore_configs +opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BIGTREE_SKR_E3_DIP +opt_set SERIAL_PORT 1 +opt_set SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 +exec_test $1 $2 "BigTreeTech SKR E3 DIP v1.0 - Basic Configuration" + +# clean up +restore_configs diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/esp32-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/esp32-tests index 9d44b14343f5..123d5c320c6d 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/esp32-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/esp32-tests @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ set -e restore_configs opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ESPRESSIF_ESP32 opt_enable WIFISUPPORT GCODE_MACROS BAUD_RATE_GCODE -opt_set "WIFI_SSID \"ssid\"" -opt_set "WIFI_PWD \"password\"" +opt_set WIFI_SSID "\"ssid\"" +opt_set WIFI_PWD "\"password\"" opt_set TX_BUFFER_SIZE 64 opt_add WEBSUPPORT exec_test $1 $2 "ESP32 with WIFISUPPORT and WEBSUPPORT" diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560-tests index 3a27b37cf8a7..039e023e314b 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/megaatmega2560-tests @@ -23,15 +23,21 @@ opt_set EXTRUDERS 2 opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_0 -2 opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_BED 2 +opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 1 +opt_add TEMP_PROBE_PIN 12 +opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 3 +opt_add HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 45 opt_set GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 16 opt_set FANMUX0_PIN 53 opt_disable USE_WATCHDOG opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER LCD_PROGRESS_BAR LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST \ - PIDTEMPBED FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE Z_SAFE_HOMING CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING \ + FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE Z_SAFE_HOMING CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING PIDTEMPBED \ + PROBING_HEATERS_OFF PROBING_FANS_OFF PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER \ EEPROM_SETTINGS SDSUPPORT SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER \ BLINKM PCA9632 RGB_LED RGB_LED_R_PIN RGB_LED_G_PIN RGB_LED_B_PIN LED_CONTROL_MENU \ NEOPIXEL_LED CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL CASE_LIGHT_MENU \ - PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU PID_EDIT_MENU \ + PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU PID_EDIT_MENU LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL \ + PRINTCOUNTER SERVICE_NAME_1 SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 LEVEL_BED_CORNERS \ NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM \ ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS \ AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST DISTINCT_E_FACTORS \ @@ -39,11 +45,9 @@ opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER LCD_PROGRESS_BAR LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TE BACKLASH_COMPENSATION BACKLASH_GCODE BAUD_RATE_GCODE BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT \ FWRETRACT ARC_P_CIRCLES CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS \ PSU_CONTROL AUTO_POWER_CONTROL POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY POWER_LOSS_PIN POWER_LOSS_STATE \ - SLOW_PWM_HEATERS THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER LIN_ADVANCE \ - PINS_DEBUGGING MAX7219_DEBUG M114_DETAIL -opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 3 -opt_set HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 45 -exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS, 2 extruders, LCD/SD, Probe, ABL-Linear, PLR, LEDs, many options" + SLOW_PWM_HEATERS THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER LIN_ADVANCE \ + HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT PINS_DEBUGGING MAX7219_DEBUG M114_DETAIL +exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS | EXTRUDERS 2 | CHAR LCD + SD | FIX Probe | ABL-Linear | Advanced Pause | PLR | LEDs ..." # # Test a probeless build of AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, with lots of extruders @@ -60,21 +64,38 @@ opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_4 1000 opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 opt_enable AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE G26_MESH_VALIDATION ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT SKEW_CORRECTION \ REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER LIGHTWEIGHT_UI STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL \ - SDSUPPORT SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES \ + SDSUPPORT SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES CANCEL_OBJECTS \ EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT GCODE_MACROS CUSTOM_USER_MENUS \ MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION CLASSIC_JERK LIN_ADVANCE QUICK_HOME \ LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS SHOW_REMAINING_TIME \ BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_XY NANODLP_Z_SYNC I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS M114_DETAIL -exec_test $1 $2 "Azteeg X3 Pro with 5 extruders, RRDFGSC, probeless UBL, Linear Advance, and more" +exec_test $1 $2 "Azteeg X3 Pro | EXTRUDERS 5 | RRDFGSC | UBL | LIN_ADVANCE ..." # # Add a Sled Z Probe, use UBL Cartesian moves, use Japanese language # -opt_enable Z_PROBE_SLED SKEW_CORRECTION SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +use_example_configs AnimationExample +opt_set SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN +opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO +opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE fr +opt_set EXTRUDERS 5 +opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 +opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_2 5 +opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_3 20 +opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_4 1000 +opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 +opt_enable AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE G26_MESH_VALIDATION ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT SKEW_CORRECTION \ + REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER LIGHTWEIGHT_UI STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL \ + SDSUPPORT SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES CANCEL_OBJECTS \ + EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT GCODE_MACROS CUSTOM_USER_MENUS \ + MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION CLASSIC_JERK LIN_ADVANCE QUICK_HOME \ + LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS SHOW_REMAINING_TIME \ + BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_XY NANODLP_Z_SYNC I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS M114_DETAIL \ + Z_PROBE_SLED SKEW_CORRECTION SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE jp_kana opt_disable SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES opt_enable BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_XY BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL M114_DETAIL -exec_test $1 $2 "... Sled Z Probe, Skew, UBL Cartesian moves, Japanese, and Z probe BABYSTEPPING" +exec_test $1 $2 "Azteeg X3 Pro | EXTRUDERS 5 | RRDFGSC | UBL | LIN_ADVANCE | Sled Probe | Skew | JP-Kana | Babystep offsets ..." # # Test a Servo Probe @@ -82,11 +103,13 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "... Sled Z Probe, Skew, UBL Cartesian moves, Japanese, and Z pr # restore_configs opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE zh_CN +opt_set EXTRUDERS 5 opt_set NUM_SERVOS 1 opt_enable ZONESTAR_LCD Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR Z_SERVO_ANGLES DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED \ AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT M114_DETAIL \ - NO_VOLUMETRICS EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES AUTOTEMP G38_PROBE_TARGET JOYSTICK -exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS with ZONESTAR_LCD, Servo Probe, 3-Point ABL, DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE, EEPROM, G38, and more" + NO_VOLUMETRICS EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES AUTOTEMP G38_PROBE_TARGET JOYSTICK \ + PRUSA_MMU2 MMU2_MENUS NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS | ZONESTAR_LCD | MMU2 | Servo Probe | ABL 3-Pt | Debug Leveling | EEPROM | G38 ..." # # Test MINIRAMBO with PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT and many features @@ -97,14 +120,16 @@ opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE de opt_enable EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT \ ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER SDSUPPORT PCA9632 LCD_INFO_MENU \ AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR PROBE_MANUALLY LCD_BED_LEVELING G26_MESH_VALIDATION MESH_EDIT_MENU \ - M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER M100_FREE_MEMORY_DUMPER M100_FREE_MEMORY_CORRUPTOR \ + M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER \ INCH_MODE_SUPPORT TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS \ NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE \ ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES \ PRINTCOUNTER SERVICE_NAME_1 SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 M114_DETAIL +opt_add M100_FREE_MEMORY_DUMPER +opt_add M100_FREE_MEMORY_CORRUPTOR opt_set PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT "{ 1300, 1300, 1250 }" opt_set I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 63 -exec_test $1 $2 "MINIRAMBO with M100, PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT, PRINTCOUNTER, etc." +exec_test $1 $2 "MINIRAMBO | Ultimaker LCD | M100 | PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT | PRINTCOUNTER | Advanced Pause ..." # # Mixing Extruder with 5 steppers, Cyrillic @@ -115,7 +140,7 @@ opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE el_gr opt_enable MIXING_EXTRUDER GRADIENT_MIX GRADIENT_VTOOL CR10_STOCKDISPLAY opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 5 opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE ru -exec_test $1 $2 "Mixing Extruder with 5 steppers, Cyrillic" +exec_test $1 $2 "Azteeg X3 | Mixing Extruder (x5) | Gradient Mix | Cyrillic" # # Test DUAL_X_CARRIAGE @@ -126,7 +151,7 @@ opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE pt opt_set EXTRUDERS 2 opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 opt_enable USE_XMAX_PLUG DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -exec_test $1 $2 "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE" +exec_test $1 $2 "Rumba | DUAL_X_CARRIAGE" # # Test SPEAKER with BOARD_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D and BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER @@ -148,24 +173,23 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "DUAL_X_CARRIAGE" # Test many less common options # restore_configs -opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X3_PRO +opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MEGATRONICS_32 opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE it -opt_set EXTRUDERS 2 -opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_1 -4 +opt_set MIXING_STEPPERS 2 opt_set SERVO_DELAY "{ 300, 300, 300 }" -opt_enable COREYX USE_XMAX_PLUG \ - REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT \ - FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR \ - ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD FAN_SOFT_PWM SDSUPPORT \ - SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD NUM_SERVOS DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE \ +opt_enable COREYX USE_XMAX_PLUG MIXING_EXTRUDER GRADIENT_MIX \ + BABYSTEPPING BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY \ + REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER MENU_ADDAUTOSTART SDSUPPORT SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA \ + ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD FAN_SOFT_PWM \ + FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR \ SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES HOME_Y_BEFORE_X EMERGENCY_PARSER \ - SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT ADVANCED_OK M114_DETAIL \ - VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS ACTION_ON_KILL \ - EXTRA_FAN_SPEED FWRETRACT MENU_ADDAUTOSTART SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT ADVANCED_OK M114_DETAIL \ + VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS EXTRA_FAN_SPEED FWRETRACT opt_set FAN_MIN_PWM 50 opt_set FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 -opt_set XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 -exec_test $1 $2 "Many less common options" +opt_set XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 +opt_add FILWIDTH_PIN 5 +exec_test $1 $2 "Megatronics 3.2 | Gradient Mix | Endstop Int. | Home Y > X | FW Retract ..." ######## Other Standard LCD/Panels ############## # @@ -276,8 +300,16 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "Full-featured CR-10S config" # Delta Config (generic) + ABL bilinear + BLTOUCH use_example_configs delta/generic opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE cz -opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR BLTOUCH BLTOUCH_FORCE_5V_MODE -exec_test $1 $2 "Delta Config (generic) + ABL bilinear + BLTOUCH" +opt_set X_DRIVER_TYPE L6470 +opt_set Y_DRIVER_TYPE L6470 +opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE L6470 +opt_add L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN 53 +opt_add L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN 49 +opt_add L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN 40 +opt_add L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN 42 +opt_add "ENABLE_RESET_L64XX_CHIPS(V) NOOP" +opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR BLTOUCH +exec_test $1 $2 "DELTA | L6470 | RRD LCD | ABL Bilinear | BLTOUCH" # # Delta Config (generic) + UBL + ALLEN_KEY + OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + EEPROM_SETTINGS @@ -286,13 +318,20 @@ use_example_configs delta/generic opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE ko_KR opt_enable AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT \ OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY -exec_test $1 $2 "Delta Config (generic) + UBL + ALLEN_KEY + OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 + EEPROM_SETTINGS" +exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS | DELTA | OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 | UBL | Allen Key | EEPROM" + +# +# Delta Config (generic) + Probeless +# +use_example_configs delta/generic +opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU +exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS | DELTA | RRD LCD | DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION | DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU" # # Delta Config (FLSUN AC because it's complex) # use_example_configs delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate -exec_test $1 $2 "Delta Config (FLSUN AC because it's complex)" +exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS 1.3 | DELTA | FLSUN AC Config" # # Makibox Config need to check board type for Teensy++ 2.0 @@ -301,19 +340,19 @@ exec_test $1 $2 "Delta Config (FLSUN AC because it's complex)" #exec_test $1 $2 "Stuff" # -# SCARA with TMC2130 +# SCARA with Mixed TMC # -use_example_configs SCARA +use_example_configs SCARA/Morgan opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE es opt_enable USE_ZMIN_PLUG FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW \ - EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER M114_DETAIL \ - MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS STEALTHCHOP_XY STEALTHCHOP_Z STEALTHCHOP_E HYBRID_THRESHOLD SENSORLESS_HOMING SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING + MKS_12864OLED EEPROM_SETTINGS EEPROM_CHITCHAT M114_DETAIL \ + STEALTHCHOP_XY STEALTHCHOP_Z STEALTHCHOP_E HYBRID_THRESHOLD SENSORLESS_HOMING SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING opt_set X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false opt_set X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 opt_set Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 +opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130_STANDALONE opt_set E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2660 -exec_test $1 $2 "SCARA with TMC2130, TMC2209, and TMC2660" +exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS | SCARA | Mixed TMC | EEPROM" # # Test mixed TMC config @@ -322,7 +361,7 @@ restore_configs opt_set LCD_LANGUAGE vi opt_set X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2160 opt_set Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC5160 -opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 +opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE opt_set E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 opt_set X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true opt_set Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true @@ -330,7 +369,7 @@ opt_enable REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER \ MARLIN_BRICKOUT MARLIN_INVADERS MARLIN_SNAKE \ MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS STEALTHCHOP_XY STEALTHCHOP_Z STEALTHCHOP_E HYBRID_THRESHOLD \ USE_ZMIN_PLUG SENSORLESS_HOMING TMC_DEBUG M114_DETAIL -exec_test $1 $2 "Mixed TMC configuration, with games!" +exec_test $1 $2 "RAMPS | Mixed TMC | Sensorless | RRDFGSC | Games" # # tvrrug Config need to check board type for sanguino atmega644p diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/rambo-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/rambo-tests index 649a0801dc2c..3f741fcba6b3 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/rambo-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/rambo-tests @@ -17,5 +17,21 @@ opt_set Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 opt_set E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 exec_test $1 $2 "Default Configuration" +# +# Full size Rambo Dual Endstop CNC +# +restore_configs +opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMBO +opt_set EXTRUDERS 0 +opt_set TEMP_SENSOR_0 999 +opt_set DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 170 +opt_set DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT '{ 120, 120, 120, 120, 120 }' +opt_enable USE_XMAX_PLUG USE_YMAX_PLUG USE_ZMAX_PLUG \ + REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION SDSUPPORT EEPROM_SETTINGS \ + S_CURVE_ACCELERATION X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS \ + ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS GCODE_MOTION_MODES +opt_disable MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS +exec_test $1 $2 "Rambo CNC Configuration" + # clean up restore_configs diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/run_tests b/buildroot/share/tests/run_tests index 229cfb588a1b..d01107f45a15 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/run_tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/run_tests @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ set -e exec_test () { printf "\n\033[0;32m[Test $2] \033[0m$3...\n" - if build_marlin_pio $1 "-e $2"; then + if platformio run --project-dir $1 -e $2 --silent; then printf "\033[0;32mPassed\033[0m\n" return 0 else - env_restore + git reset --hard HEAD printf "\033[0;31mFailed!\033[0m\n" return 1 fi @@ -23,26 +23,19 @@ export -f exec_test printf "Running \033[0;32m$2\033[0m Tests\n" -if [[ $3 = "--deep-clean" ]]; then - echo "Deleting all PlatformIO caches, downloads and installed packages..." - env_clean --deep -fi - if [[ $2 = "ALL" ]]; then dir_list=("$(dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}")"/*) declare -a tests=(${dir_list[@]/*run_tests/}) for f in "${tests[@]}"; do - env_backup testenv=$(basename $f | cut -d"-" -f1) printf "Running \033[0;32m$f\033[0m Tests\n" exec_test $1 "$testenv --target clean" "Setup Build Environment" $f $1 $testenv - env_restore + git reset --hard HEAD done else - env_backup exec_test $1 "$2 --target clean" "Setup Build Environment" $2-tests $1 $2 - env_restore + git reset --hard HEAD fi printf "\033[0;32mAll tests completed successfully\033[0m\n" diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/teensy31-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/teensy31-tests index a847d6f57266..be377b15afa5 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/teensy31-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/teensy31-tests @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ # exit on first failure set -e -backup_ramps - restore_configs opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY31_32 exec_test $1 $2 "Teensy3.1 with default config" diff --git a/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35-tests b/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35-tests index 9661666c4a1a..e367e7ca4728 100755 --- a/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35-tests +++ b/buildroot/share/tests/teensy35-tests @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ # exit on first failure set -e -backup_ramps - restore_configs opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36 exec_test $1 $2 "Teensy3.5 with default config" @@ -102,15 +100,16 @@ opt_enable COREXZ exec_test $1 $2 "COREXZ" # -# Enable Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS +# Enable Dual Z with Dual Z endstops # restore_configs opt_set MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36 -opt_enable Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS +opt_enable Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS +opt_set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 2 pins_set ramps/RAMPS X_MAX_PIN -1 opt_add Z2_MAX_PIN 2 opt_enable USE_XMAX_PLUG -exec_test $1 $2 "Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS, Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS" +exec_test $1 $2 "Dual Z with Dual Z endstops" # Clean up restore_configs diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/.gitignore b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 5df8049bff2c..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -out -node_modules diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/.vscodeignore b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/.vscodeignore deleted file mode 100644 index 5ff3c19320f6..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/.vscodeignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -.vscode/** -.vscode-test/** -out/test/** -test/** -src/** -**/*.map -.gitignore -tsconfig.json -vsc-extension-quickstart.md diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/README.md b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index bb2080d564a4..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -# Auto Build Marlin - -"AutoBuildMarlin" is a *Visual Studio Code* extension that provides a one-button interface to build and upload Marlin Firmware to your selected `MOTHERBOARD`, removing the need to edit your `platformio.ini` file or scroll through a long list of Marlin environments. - -## Get PlatformIO - -Before you install AutoBuildMarlin you'll first need to [Install PlatformIO in VSCode](http://marlinfw.org/docs/basics/install_platformio_vscode.html). Once you have followed these instructions, continue below. - -## Installing This Extension - -- [Download Marlin Firmware](http://marlinfw.org/meta/download/) and unzip it to your documents folder. -- Open the directory `buildroot/share/vscode` and copy the "`AutoBuildMarlin`" folder to **the *Visual Studio Code* `extensions` directory**. -- Relaunch *Visual Studio Code* to complete the installation. - -### To find your `extensions` directory: - -- **Windows** - Use Windows Explorer's address bar to open `C:/Users/USERNAME/.vscode/extensions`. -- **Mac** - Use the Finder's `Go` menu to open `~/.vscode/extensions`. -- **Linux** - In the Terminal type `open ~/.vscode/extensions`. - -## Usage - -- Open up the downloaded *Marlin Firmware* project folder (***NOT the "Marlin" folder within***) in *Visual Studio Code*. (You may also use the **Import Project…** option from the "PlaformIO Home" page.) - -- With Marlin open, the "File Explorer" should be firmly rooted in your Marlin Firmware folder: - - ![](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/raw/bugfix-2.0.x/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/Activity_bar.png) - -- Click the **Marlin Auto Build** icon ![AutoBuild Icon](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/raw/bugfix-2.0.x/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/AB_icon.png) in the Activities Bar (on the left side of *Visual Studio Code* window) to bring up the **Marlin Auto Build** options bar. - - ![](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/raw/bugfix-2.0.x/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/AB_menu.png) - -- Click one of the four icons - - Icon|Action - ----|------ - ![](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/raw/bugfix-2.0.x/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/B_small.png)|Start **Marlin Build** to test your Marlin build - ![](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/raw/bugfix-2.0.x/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/U_small.png)|Start **Marlin Upload** to install Marlin on your board - ![](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/raw/bugfix-2.0.x/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/T_small.png)|Start **Marlin Upload (traceback)** to install Marlin with debugging - ![](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/raw/bugfix-2.0.x/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/C_small.png)|Start **Marlin Clean** to delete old build files diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/extension.js b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/extension.js deleted file mode 100644 index 15b0b121e3de..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/extension.js +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -'use strict'; - -var vscode = require('vscode'); - -function activate(context) { - - console.log('Extension "AutoBuildMarlin" is now active!'); - - var NEXT_TERM_ID = 1; - var mf_build = vscode.commands.registerCommand('mfbuild', function () { - vscode.commands.executeCommand('workbench.action.files.saveAll'); - const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal(`Marlin Build #${NEXT_TERM_ID++}`); - terminal.show(true); - terminal.sendText("python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py build"); - }); - var mf_upload = vscode.commands.registerCommand('mfupload', function () { - vscode.commands.executeCommand('workbench.action.files.saveAll'); - const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal(`Marlin Upload #${NEXT_TERM_ID++}`); - terminal.show(true); - terminal.sendText("python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py upload"); - }); - var mf_traceback = vscode.commands.registerCommand('mftraceback', function () { - vscode.commands.executeCommand('workbench.action.files.saveAll'); - const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal(`Marlin Traceback #${NEXT_TERM_ID++}`); - terminal.show(true); - terminal.sendText("python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py traceback"); - }); - var mf_clean = vscode.commands.registerCommand('mfclean', function () { - const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal(`Marlin Clean #${NEXT_TERM_ID++}`); - terminal.show(true); - terminal.sendText("python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py clean"); - }); - - context.subscriptions.push(mf_build); - context.subscriptions.push(mf_upload); - context.subscriptions.push(mf_traceback); - context.subscriptions.push(mf_clean); -} -exports.activate = activate; - -// this method is called when your extension is deactivated -function deactivate() { -} -exports.deactivate = deactivate; diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/AB_icon.png b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/AB_icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 951fee8db659cb51044235434cad1ea84102ed13..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 4596 zcmZ`+1yB^++TNv>mQXrYL=c3fySs7e68K12fn8!3mM#^Rl2lftTTle01PN(@g_RBg z>5>jn;>Yj1|Gm!K|35RQ-uHRloH;WG12xp5B4;57002}v+UmwvJImE%A|<(6mmVt5FdAI-o+L&|;kflj4L$-~vj#~t&HrYpvaiJbro(4@4{{*QH zIIkm#Mtuv?$6xP93uOJkpTA}eu)4cp&DgeW%@JFAXVbCm$>+@LmgDEML346*QYRNO zzPK>mm03B$a6_tl`~w;&U{C7xo`qYgmZ`?WmW2>yBI|JK86dX%x!$C=Hy-eL=zM4Y zm_#}4q#UCACJc9Jfu|>34hAGi$A}U6gmQF%fUSBzjIDqGbL2&ed2TfaiDlS3xJtnp(EN|NY)w zpOguf3mdMR{xO#ZRd+-*vcxn6uk&^*S5S$VWT(;;)wX%WYP`(2$%^H&!?sX$gsSSO z$GqUoe8xxdbbO+3e@X4gF;2q~9#3L%BZlslgnZ+vyxD~&jTFW0t-_ledBMhqP(cC* zw~P;d6}ESDzKq17bSYF9B$_J=8@yS9Uh?-RKsR24CDR#s+=BO73F^V4XXyC%V2Du` zZ+7wkD`yD~Bt(D@CsYMe+?nqIh$&0b)E!A4eX`%cdbJXYCJ{es)hJ-z*ESl^o|gb# zk5U5D5uCoYk9lZLN}hLd@YXy81;oCZR87~SMpJro#1J&>)~PPvW=?!Y$)S?)gA;!$ zJbqs~&G&MoDv!syz=(3M8u>&3}A@;=DJpc zM`6Gwtq^yNU>EgY52{ip0=7uUh%6_(E0`M}v70S?Gdt9-iG7maS-#&JA-@pTu?TbI zm*ew)?f>2TyfFJN4FliY({M30Sv?*c-Ho>sy8}Yb-nY;21(w@y;LU(LEw?ttN8F1y zeuWDQofY*d0mBi@rmp8ji&lhQKSTiWbz$oj_HErx!~m`7Q*x_3>*%{eM9RdnyBJZD zl~xw%*1(wv#$8Ywm@*zz1*R>GguU(Ks?T=$izkDSA<`I1Z602eOYT8n(`NV9UZ31j#AuZpaheus;-d|if9VZ*mN*^YXv7Mb5mk87m`i6*?U#F zV+gQO!O>~A%9Hq=DU74f;@LC}xmJ^@mn8QA>ne6PIgKcb@<>XVA4Vstgg_-(9`odz z;044v1vT}CT-idw%!!eI{j{dB%$PlCsR*XWHDNm}7Os5AkBUcbIn=Jq&A15QaB~y#wN? zgi#mekx3=cuHxn>3pdrZzBgqcYxqHRgXbf!d$M59_L7$midrYcNokHcKXm@ zgw9=X=+($n3CeIYVhr>`aRAemXOPF|*5@YY#_LuGt6WEZU{}b<))dMWDj3J#!|x2w zxr@Ema`&wvo;s*0uVJmJbZZ&PTbtN;iz;5fzG=F~Hq=ltT&{<&8D3u7N3O1$Z*q)% zESs+E9`YTI8|@pmc~z&k(==-mlG2q8?U$!FLWJ>3Zwx#T4A-AMY7277r)P zkN5~22T$kD{Pk2NQza*_`I}|Cb30f2!}fwFS^Dv??j=!QY#;U)Rw{#2D9jlXnk>YuWC@?+k6CP`e!BIGQj6h4>|is_!GlCn-lAAH(P8I;Ugp%}?dd26iE3UMz#_x_?OZo!`uq$mVlPm81Pq8PK!U6<> z9SrUQi8k_1%+(VW_swr_ikA<584>+r?9k9zJ>b*&d6vKTVe+V5dC-`tJLjhUro`Cm zu@FfHNqUc!iIM3uxL(y!)s4wF?-bmB;c&B%&TUX5Ph-ik=JEYsj=utbHBuv^!O_9d z*3s^X>RO!LY~56e-wjJsOHzBvrq-*)Hnx@p{ATB8L}GdZelN|0h%?se<>`Iw zi^BKg@dbW`iMFj-vaORt$)Z(E=_uqj*+m=#gcde}M;k)`rX zr73qRH@a=CEpq;Q+r5dzEstaPaU9J!ja5%xl0Tag?mi9!6%gloFYsPaUrB(kf`2Qt z-VAMy4nf;LdeE^IL!bPpr?e+MS*pSHzG7YCwA5_S+00%^ftwMTk(tr8f~NQAhV4e9w1bkVlxVn0HGToyn9^ zFTZD)qL#u{CSk=JpzCA1- z1gr-{-~O4x*1OKUA{Oh4)Xpj@`hp8?IjcDhslGGmC&QJ)kAMh=vmWb_gE~)QL60LI zk3Qacz%wWhEwtd~`yk#28%wde7uy~e_99_$We}d_B=g|gOOWrRZ(YCIic7zH7DA!L zIrJnlhFFf#m~lnm%rkj2-z;u6`1!uA9>%ISGUd(At>#LhQAm3F>{;7ov_afn=R&8a zp8T^4`~4z)s9)YpO;i5au<^wg3Z)O{mZyvJ)%`A>eIK78?yKCtY31$YGW0pC{LuVH z<%YF_18R|F>_xQ%V$9G!sM*n@vlumkibZ9mgNr0!JHE%6DM1%hdGF?r&Du* zt*grID$`LC(M-{wS(3Y~5<(2}i*YL>D~auk*XnA2)Uo|^ITVshwB#sLe27M#ifmM+ zI7M~GJw3@u%3f2zqN>YLfty(-sfM<43VXh7FfvJRB}GK^x*4Y(I6;L?{er@!OG+IxTr9a%YZV3 zvHgkOWM7+wo;_>J?4IjZ=GaC3#V^FcEOpb}AjDbdDk$gL1Eu2NU{T=%`gN1#2i=2$ z_W8{-?ES24Y5UIdqvn7p!hwFG`B7@XTAA0*5H$c*{qtoBoqC9*+0EUYw?73+>4X4& zM1)E20pV`-T9c&Ff*s;$3-~B~6ma94h`c!0;Gvg=FMb{qy&LMaTf+<}WB@4kk$^yw zl+>ZKB&i>%S~0;#r^bBhXvv9+*Xpa&&me%go)+MZ*f7n`UK_uw&jp#6wv{gcz;OHb z1nL-b?*ae>1Ta%eq@{trtP{c$;^2&Mbb+8fy{^yzfIM3E>gef$bO570J>b5wXa%mn z5wch3-(n#y@ZS)my8@S`0Tir;@Nof4K*S-!T#DpiFj(Hl*;Uq9UGrb`tD6Fs8xrXy zDypv>@E~);~u6*N(c2uaghV3kgHO z!N2V~I3iF;1um}Nj{ZIViPHrQ`;RBM@4wQzN>J#xMo0uAEcAcTkTBQ(hxS|Z5AE-~ z{&6S&+n6jAhIa9=QiplEz`==#;ORsvONG>n*@BS*1`wq6q0RV(oKNS^IZL06) zdM5NLG}|FdRRJCxOy$xV!nDwOq9!tqkrsg-oj6?`oi-&>EmJTzbh1O<&nZly-_^pA zY`HDYwg!vc&c65%q5^Vn{aNua-?w+3Ht#M14?}V&+jEEVNqSZf(hN(S08k>8 zRf|ads@1-q=Ri~=J8_}106#+<0Uc4qgqVRz*B)BHNfdisxJR&$3oVD$cZN@skrODb zP`=bIN?}XZDNgJ_Q4pya(Nyjj4Q?iHet4uUw>9Y{eZAen!c)YWKmAU!_R#WjLj~$k z)+e1^hGFiIP+i)_%$%%lpuUly~qwH4pY#*SZy#rgT!4Ik7wSDM4rJsu6v2U{e zXc(YqB28Pg8yLk0V|`i*^*R-_s#a8L$-M{S?5(BSZ)RX*bZM%uFN|6N8c4s63e9;n z%5P7eT0JQs1JhzlZ0=@CA~`q@H^~nNW)C(v?;Rz;oh4mP=}ybSfhl|o+zvyodJuD5(RtjVL2ycO^QpN7o`<(zxD{WQI4%@1m4Mq}suY5B)E!$TW)+9EHN zuNh)zcM&GhQbb>tHC}I@$ThBchlFZvkh>R{gffduQgJgX%%S&p=M$ zdQRdmPPqW#_wki;&3a@J`lAAt3oP9}6?=KTkFPH;Iz$twd9)|)dAPu0yUgxfZ`ix7 zPHgsJzm)5H`=YF$ukWohQ~u6C;;tq0PZCwr-(!967`VX0y~bAK-%oquwU(n3-!q@d zsBlY4mG6IwL|Rqg^S{ZwU{Xw4DOk#w$wqyT+y6$y7WoeFh)Nn0|W#FFC{6e3_Bk%WIowo8$S5%X!LA`e=&>)L$N6fqGKR6?h~O zZDfx`STj+1UbBc^5KP-2VFNgQI8|oV(Qy`NZ07U&?g>IL>A8|#y2fwnTVoa#>d+e~ zjx&q}%*hvj01~)Y=0#Zx7)X?$tTjiAP;HM231{SIAd*Znr%bd=5~oNsjT(FSEpC__ zs9?#hdjl;{Q)YgS+Q@Vu?^-M2uVknJ6d;!oB*;54Uf_Xvq}Z|X%>02F1Wpt0!Nf<7 zsVGBvdW#9I0Wa3 z?Sa@847t@S;-}>8R>e<-#p3-0 zr$eI{7OaA2Qprg~DsJhsi4e<5Bf?21)=%$&AMh2H5)I2B$V{Pvja^Q~6 zvWtSyKo3J9VdL$5U&-Ye-P^1Gfv`FjtRi#HMHMbDyDh(^V$JSk2 z)b5Dwl|?-ft$0>V$exTzZsC2~3(`io_~9PaL`bicO_38ni9=921<3$1>kldn3`@B) z0>mQ7j@0_d{`lA6EZw0OlsOLkcdu9>)}5r%q~s18Fj|lRAqvQAok5tDIuuO)*L|J3 zk1KF`#j0?!1cE!9BYqf2`%SCxAsJRo3LL&r^b5i4E90^*XOi>xLVZ5DcA*m7ZG%e) zZMflpq7f-m)=60APC%OgK74JTL)$)o+qGhg-zq9TDmN4&^fGkz@Adh?NR#b_eh^ea ziYTO-a<2XJ3`d@kv+&Rz;5Y)Oec27LwjEe80PmSe`qhEfAJ$!zN(2LrBtmhGWq??p@CE(ss&aJnIcpXT+6D;^h6 zOJJHSj#XHlzwy-ecGVsvnURLwq%_q9MB zUYLNQTK!I|4ElzR!GR>!UtzTJwL@tbzy!g$Z^D@&j(V{j{yI z0xj#tiQ95af0CzxVgxEHBB=W}=fT*3==90gL0&-0?Lcut`+{Q%@w6da^)AlC=LGTJ zV89VV2@9VuE73V{gVOfR72>B?oV+WHLsLax`63~gu%$Qn`X-8g(iE=p5L}+X_ByZZU$ewZ?0^{X|A>C znaMv{IjeImIYm2HJ;9x6ubQuvnQfjwJh^i@K2<-*U;0zNUOPPFJRi9@KCe^JDs$bn zrQ(y&o$Z^}E!ZRKSNTQtNe?kpXXfz3d&n)yHi{+64zwWP5AZVKdfvv*SfNaz-2Coc z&3==9;(n|C!jNp)D9hmkX6N+r^!Id*Gy;jV=%2AjF`CQ;h6BmS*HPlw;5g9HV^L4o zdK_;S6U+!KQ%w4n8z$buIj=@!iMCWWI|iCggyB%cy@5-HIe0(WjI3k##HTP`i9 z>hm%spJqp9$Y#ook7lJ4o|EZEeMhTD))TSm&zg+1Aany5*0eD?yvA4!D^ai=~*#bWb$SHj0eq5%+3~KM%!V38bwW}H8If) zXW`usF3z(pyJnu_arm^}+C^??Z|Jx4wBK)5Zq|Ct@crdG@?!Ps!ae6z=lr$5qLTwR z4V@$4-s0)|boZ3t!RG$xzV2S?wd}tAz;qLSuXW};mAZqo$Fuz$b`2@O&;!!*>Ff8_ z`EvYnedotL<(uWO(c-8FtPb4ePY0YGP}Td;I~kBIlp@rXx0V;$x6~K7bJ?e`5_4hm zWcL(_w2Y)Rk{{=WD=?)y6|P9jO58--L?uI}#RZt&ZD;35n){`W}P zNOC+!yO}P3Ys@;wmeJ0QgMOBUi#}K$|k|{UA6B$qQqrcWd_rFu`D#pgeyA|5f`-kq(?*$((Bj zZc;sUh72A~E&9hOrcL^TnTOd+<*74kB@2%$sGX|a>wd)J)FYJaEdh7*6zhm3!puc7 zySR96%Dd;I`PHX^a`hJ%aW1tzJ)=L)lMD>x;By3Ia6s^4@U=PlG_PWj1}Rks>$v4o zf|f!=f23bV^z_lRUA8fo`EC}Z^Qv>}gvgQUgmtz(Uyq6Jb6^-a52iBa5$%U<{CR;| z27{+{Egq$6cIkVD;R)WV`8Y($DLSpU--V z`AlC?b*?}EzOuA)uv}?KZEy7^SSek3zBqo!wZDj6+xF}|7VH;V4`K`b5jut)Kcp4y zBUex|b+m94)4z|{+Vawh`)2yUz!Rg1U(Rpk?()iXR-a%TG#nZGoEw*O!k6yaQ0eM< zo~@E7ugAl8>$09+#&YZn|NXe2^|ZQw3^Iksb?x?b1D*>jhxvz|UH`7j<%DB;8=={w znN9zxdt>8jeQS=XW`89)kA|W)ME~;<`+05foN1ZIj&!rl)p=}kN+(c9!Txy5_tk6n z8q^JAgKUGYv(&40ulw|K&5!HL+P+ldcos4rk)BW1-Mut&`|%_GW481vVfbMfU4b@d zfzQ>?vxuUr^mFyVd~>>Z8q!ndd*;3HD7Zf|$PeP%qugHE;8|vMyiY^M0H8tJQ-Tr`r*-jjzK^GZs)01`z)^1SBLo9D?r_MB*R#-f-{7S7j2BBPqBX~|1I{Pas9VB z-hY*GD_Xjn+GvSd+M3!q1G>h~%*@XFpJx7FDgU>l|D&Yl|1HVE!umf;{*RRZQSx6; zxD}i%O#zeiZz}kicp3g*@BUYQUWR}3^grh9zl-vpw}4gQhv8-TKP$`+Q+sBP1_UHv zCM7DQ>JEIl3F)u8xCnW(s^?iNom`R!62XSCuwo>olK4YrVc?GJmzeRSxeULtP;~wB z4|KMtgdfp=S}E1h;wT}?McPkJ^AdB5U&&T^jSJNBFYb3JJz zmCNs={OGBsuFh_^v2xtyai76%TcKEcfoc{Gjsjbik3m^&@CPKx`{Q;v*ZWRtxkfLQ zUQb(DS-FQ8#qK{@(lN@+S>u!a6MUXGp9e7wJ`NfDxD5Y-osMR(IL$o47p`;A(krOc zrfVOTdy}tbu*b2<<;v>#fF43Tk`*>JB~fA0X*Yeno#*;}y=HT}c08?FFG?z$$%ytp zEanM;@}|;iDeLR!2$)MHZpme^DrvSk7=B*$fZR7UG^AArFzB>Q*hXT|S@8IMeJoY$ z%r9NlZsAR}{Sc60Jxvd!rl!_zu?e@i+GwB5|wH2-rFcsBC&yHW^1R& zo?*9Lqt)+n?+XOyUOGroh`wcZXRL*;t_?WAkkc_{?OjRL*YInKbI?civlu#%h4YPkeTL|g=+et{gD)|RNBd5om zNqxN3OobW^cPu`i_F-=TD4;IBV0ey=IEJO#^L16TF*OL>8D0oj?2NqUZ9jwgAsqXO zD46q_PI`DE*hFR$SaYV)dkkmja;>kE!dPLxRivqxHGzgY5bKyhh|cA>7JibUj-zo6HDS?>JR%3VF#Kylh#Q2Qn6h%$*RHN@;gF zDYpN9zTEzLYIWQ4C@l#>4j93>FS?KdskWY~d)I&rnq(GV3D7+u6!jD@e@Q2aU9%91yPsYIP-yTyDF$X!+4C7@(FIT3k$X7|v( zAId9|;B}|Co~JW(?Arweyuz)0L6D*CCQYhR6&{U8q!Hf9Ahd85c?xF8p?EyMOg^Tv zc~tbD2{X(yf8L|~tkk-P;_v`s4xZ%L&YIVeG4MPkqbhn4xEmo!XVTVz;brE)BRm}z z__{Ute$zk@%tFRpTk5H%Nv)8*^Vj)Wt$k0n+t%yLek_OSU}3oCVUAyp%OjZ#3DVxq5T;p}sPVrX1KXlc4?OSr-4~kGH4vZEXodqxtmB<)S8;#9@arQS>MY~|PDI62D0a`X<233b-@Hp1* z!}zG}g%8c|zM4aU|MbAZP*#8jbI7G}ARPGWWOw=dWBMD7E_IoiQ?%`@qLNw68MD#3 zAD#oqZN%tVC_pk)RT_KIPtdQ|JhRtGJN*G5YCkIj9VX*ENJDrQ&hXf^aP)!^5wUFWqKU+N744!i6;KuZz# z{}Omg`^Ivgl>rv-a#6#8?=VS)F^S}&W!=s@gN=541?AzUAJJKU?zZT1ewvpq7n~J% zJn-+U_g{oa_%O5-jM7}d=7A!3K3_kKZ(T})I&knXuVCJrD9=4ApJ?%7M8_mch2ERZ z=|~K@@7};Zz_IB)@Bal_bMV?Hbz*}bpmA$~(iQM3oPR_?>%Z!~@WaR(dhh;YAb=u0 zL7h(L)M@zA?Z#`|GL6C!MHzAar;rE`l>Z-@D|64Roh;sigSiAsk{A6qU{PaJ#&LBy};{~PKef%)LG*dX~Dd&nJg#&BHC52>1a+tXm zw8+sMWRjI&e&B9I2pW?f*7YMKy4?KCAq}pl5o&qG$Ycre*u}7$ZPZzbS)`&*6qMjy zl+ESe#N`@&Ti^a7H)tdCc|2Q`LFEieCRg&;nrq*Ly!JyP=1POD79}S?S+Bi5o)_@j z9mEut=v=Nh9$w?$nGW7z%cqqxTz>OeO2wo^GU2L!XVmn-;>pv1R@6kdx)%W=Jr>w~ zK^=<4L3E14oPu?1CCw9dNrg@T=n5B&3);Q>qq^(7#;}(W@tR|gils%0r__*g+|SLdn~j@ zKJQO-RMEI2Ml@VP)h{HMr&aS|xLIdM*tVOe(N|ph zE!StgURE$!+4N4NpHP#J%LW3Uji<8Iy-}MLlnMd5cedxrHxPNElA7*+J&tpa(Nt=8 zP=3-U<{5{^4CDD_spADCr8Bek?GQ}?j1@J)A+4+}d?K1ZeiD&DLQO~?H$L})Mra)= zg7)M^U@&Z!^^I4!e+J*vNYd+N11 zA^$e9NY%l=MkPf@Q|%Z?m8)WYjLNPM`j)kAUK4)jJ=qEJb$+oI4g5%N$x>#v?;)8o zwtGcu<2;-!Gfa>#81L@CA+uoTOk1&7A;Wz8eSfnQ6$BbiUK7;k7JIZOx?i;Q$4vL!c(07)!NJ_v z4?GwiDxwA{p^FzO0k7eUqdwQ~8(K|_88|gm^NpcN z-W|mi3#uWtvNWAqU@&IO>=LH_jKP65j0zZPF{a|Sv8Lkn*GA}__Gud3l+|LmDNqH~ zPGWgdigRx%#dOue?J~}N#m0^)O8YIT|*K^P1)IuiIdtU~aGTbVU+y!5=G))l~|7EE#!-=u08bZcC zY8^Qoy9s5=M%=4Jq#QN}<3tw1W@Ot-vJ$5xyMZ#}bUVDz$(sD0_-~mn=Dos`;xxa{ zbAvGWjT^o#m_{HMQajb;matzmS&ek(akR?aQGP<&SW1$;#rV5)_-}Q|rg92~m=n$rDnVi)9P>u`xA978Zn0g|;MjK|54Z!*rdNV%DTkWh?5FDc zT884eG0q<;56A7@4K5paP2vDk3dOF1*AT(2h#3f}ofMsk5u`Sc%M1Z-BiMh%?6I&8 z=E6)}@)akP@sP0*L$g#hjTZcv4F-X^KLZ(*{SEAd;O$OLgB(ByX(T9UlV%u+qbeqj z#eQ%LI5hA;#brnl-?=d)f%Jlc6duVc2s}PGPYak^k=}EL?jT$KBGWH)$_s*U00l=R zL;?dZqSgYNQjsfzPKfYy0Hw+@g6VPiJrSIjCYJLTn5myyEN(H7`6N4jRJ};DC`p`W zzk+Pug)&qMIu{D2!(VJioJp#+JLHJv2OVQ8KbOMejHvWg+}{}SI;KbwX&urWDFuWf z{v1*m%coRb&1qh_)ONHYL?f1!4mIoJTEPfKMysdS#xj##NPKr7c-!n?o<1;#6z)Ka zf`kgOiyxdQsg0bDIDLn##*uWbI~~fid$Yg6>0ShptGI8a_nnfy>&hF{bImd!*OM8o z7sU$&t+^V^?7l+twc;y55lrWSBreKcm$1xpJf5`7!zqD)_c>FXc?w-0Mym8xk)2rh zbNd#v2pv8zArTQ)BeKJ2v&EN~N^Yz4yOA1JK^CLx76*1j;Ln%>>r)wMjz5X8Zn1bZ zjV`*5MhatCpGUGB!@Ogo>5PIiB;ERt14FQk(k$++^lu(OKqy#DG6|^;ysmpNe}NVK zFqZ6V!xS}!w_?-~>Zgcw2|>}AB6r)g)mWJfVhY{F7vLdg5?7RmG%x!Qva?sKD`Htr zs4XyO!q0{v0}V)&R5Zem75MrMxQJP5WIrbNUOxJZZD(13hFuj-qW9}3nql|U!0}!r z9(Tt8HRWv%_!oIFEqDtv=4~%kVM7=!B>srb#nA+nVxuMmGJg>Bil_9>g}?wf9HB1kh2+&bvQIL^3 zsX#jq37eUzND0AfMB|4W5sHcyUaqUAsnv6tkAH)y-=Ix&gR4N&4_A!m+tfg?)<`hy)@GZX_ zRGTyR7vXW(9-dn0Lqenw^0_ixNSSaqIQ8Kn&xGfM=>?-w5iZDuS5r2N#Mm=qzKLe3 zJ8)<3pmFri;+v%{0>KqbRgkaxN?qvP;g<6|l0`Fisu^GDCg_E)Wnsr^CxqOCRQ^!y zs?iotBr%e8DTYOj%4WWjE2;m@zr>*<9J83<7%Zz^P8wBlCr0QfL!=l>7rv)O1=MYt)2W~0p!^@niB-q2pCM^BnH zNvnz5BT^Y%rh75sRC!JFy9%VwO3vGv4D)D=BNxU}CX!mkvPpB|G!2e_kM zObFZ9AKSF*>WXI`LUPDL+d+quNg;pSC6%u*-D1mk>{D#roe0D>+R{D1&@i`-JBdzs z!LzoGDvJu9o5zCDBA2=7jYlGMb*f1w{KZu*YYPL%9&uZzzOY7-E8Wj{Tf#daK1u)K zt|m;DNCf4Ojwo!Idx~VHfode@J!QU8FQf%pTS@o}9NR~P26KVQWft3ws=yy{Fl_2f z25jmKoplh5b(U+jz{VsRWG22w)c0!C;Z=GMVmTH)v-8KZy!kjiBcHFJSEl3H3$v)G10 zbjHCHB6y}JgtLBgZh}#WoEaK9q<}C()2>5hH5I<4FiQxZffkFmGGpypt0T237VntTkl(3LgCVg~EyvhsIS(BAgav#>NULss36}j9atcB`mKlnFlQ*~T>PtU**p+D4LvywqR1$G{H5*Sz{_HSXVK8vG05zcR$ z*;ag&5I)l}R6g1`E%?TLgwpigkmE&t< zv{~WLIpd+luvIPfWbpGDAp2m$&;6YPsWdAp@~KQAD>h|0o={pZ9QK^dU}s5?lw2Ts zGw>8_mWuEwhMj#u545zx^GH5dbsZ1#1qWVyu+%Ajm0%Onjnl#W#(rqNQ|J`Fd^4Xf z9mEjKHO&=%EEmenS+goGSZWd;H|Li1@MNzvYR*{c89z1d1ov!3-hYT%mNpPmzf^X; zo6h4fI1tzEf%sy(NX+*+a%XuccUlg7kXom}9)Y=VUTIuYq?wbLS0&?Mc2h-&psS5N z+p~W49(>b~)786A?kiZkSVY+`k$oRXRtvN`&dv8zgT(g4YB3qg;>uCyj&Xh1EK@Sh zG7d=(u2>zb8q<aYM43mP^V?CVwPV*xP%glj!tC(MvJ?>(ioDfHK3VN9Z&x ziIyU<4IdxIltOB%!fm8sG1-@jL#47xOxqF|XBWcL*}+0paQPEm;Wyew#X?e{y$Spe z^?2&s109U=gp^r7m|42MSy+S75FSrl6yu&_or0v93T^? zalWMvW*)CMVv*m>ZeO}Rze%Oax55VS&>xZ$CbZ(LmPi3d@KT5e`Q~WfLW;-1)N;h( z5<4$qHaEixxqC_}=*+ZbQeQf-dP3IoH5 zxfJknh)wEs0^Qj%=ielT3X6HJru$dPa_?$W*ywiv_XdotGuF$E0QHA!Is^43)x1(bnR>J%M6u*@UotX0Y)%BZo+>?&O(+n6A5SRKg^Mh$Y(OVdz0A-3D|$*gg~OzdGCTtb zkdg&)+n_4-o@Bg?JDtl$B#2=8g7krrrF>odzr?ef6aL-ugZa0{{D?{9ilgrsmP4s0uL+Ce*(HrP6bFKE3KnRqi>g@t%K0a!(c`3 zY9YL*rtT_Wx4YGVAD8yQRE++Qa{nfDE=3svVK%|V2lW!Ook&vM7cUn-tvz1Zr2Hp6 zLT_lV5wr@t<-EpVbsVJ|9fG_KIEW#1TWo;SbF$q zEiKfPnOnL(>cJzm-x@hjTg1M4FXxICrgd)KwVcV5Q{5i+q->|vsHs&ZaZ1UjrTOlE zjd6VDg-8rWrWTb}+ZfdKm1nSZ*Y3 zb`c*9+%0wvNlu=A;&~X2tYf=KQ3WU;D6QfiqFoFg&yt2K^XzYHa5V?|}gX+iVa=+%;FPWBCxVcC3ux z$J1ZSmm+RX*1r8Tvn)fl<-J*>^P8%%pr)UzM-^f zhkb=s#R5lou`G0w>MG?cMSU-}c|dZ3)C}5h&Jv`L+1ysi;f8fy26IZ8uDGM~5lf<7 z_UUdVE3kT9p}rUP?JsD(f2y|K1pe`&gclAHJ<#wS(OD29=B7W`J!qNrAWa*mnMVmL z+9MhF$Rj0oTb?U#9Yg-elJgtj)ijTSz<-1k_N?K^8*11yjwetu`h9`qzM9Bd&$E&l z%hA?((*5*94nCeM_8oRD_KL39AcY*{V29#v`@795M>5Vq&V`%=*ck-vU`1iOZYDk{ z63;nsQC&FWUy}&1RgTjx zPA3_FVm||_f_iWA`Xa&8hekh7h!PvjxQ+}my8jx_(l&VR<_@yl|B^e(EjL%^5=x{E zB5k!U0|!e>#rp`?@ykw#2<$TK50T4c*XnwqvHw{i`(2^2xGbt@_BkS+T?q4W+sE$x z7TJ;O!~Vx{Up$+~4T5&-#wGYUKjKIM5D@CsPFEMZFEuyD=CCTOGZ~#T9rrfoFqO5k zm{Np871u8FQ7^GF`=rj7vIDE0H%a#-J^VMY-uV=Iy|og#OnN=;Nb!8)ot}@oaX_%T z$m{uPGJ_2k2}u{>R>Ob}i^WX#3%@K<@_Z&A^b2ef(Ei)QDd6UP(=fEp?jIKs42v1J z)!}*$sB6x7wm{5yD2gu3Z>Gn3nV$1R)B2)JLOtt?Te()JwdN50aK1!7lf_&ffUSHa zJFW$aEm^EK90Fpqkk$)mR=Kz;iL0u-8EHyT*bup+O6f`y^glxUwB)Q8Y?q?UxFt4{ zw6JJ$JK4y`OOZ4esmXG$XbN95R%&E7mi4CR*IH~lw>&pJ@Om;h?D275XJdU`&dN(` zdcNKOH$AU_&?v9f0%aXaitac|gLZbKx*8cCATVvSTvJUr;86SL2_^j>-yn`-3uX$4 zqX%m>noXrK-2>1ALa{Iu)uUJ`y2&rKJni&KxVPt%`kaPbR41HH#f@OZ87xk0-mv8sEpSVwd?#5_xec!0QKp_!6F75rSE&hcVlc-d%*{oD4zcoiUf{AAb{QFp% z*P5+0P?;BWIFJ}UJ)X9A#;O%QoBlGJMWYv1mpkoVeVh7v4A#=9s+MWQe?@*yTXq)jl0KAPTTQpd+v!@cRKSAkvi@?N5?v;qS*Y%^u5IDQuoAPNWoQU8@3-?vj1^C`3_%1}gttwISz=WK!d z52{EZR2C~3TXMi9!%rFroLNo`OZr8@#Lnw(uel;AM&@raVzY*bU}O^hvxRb*^QCGF z;dO@YG?Ko3CZeKE{J^>hpdfYWp(K3|9VSi#LOf!{`>xq|lKAMvOc_f6MjQ%zy$x4UrfR_CQ~#n)9-|ER zL|!9bm<88Un{g&bq?0@5yq@Q2@x;_i2o^Q$+rYLZ+>yWW-N9&~L@Yv|Szutb1FWeP z5H_X|7QI1eQ=VU82z)?%+?LgOwUbNR+iV&AYLx$1&O%}ag2k-3wD&Z+0{Eh6B zYT(N?iAk^9b~}XQckQ*E_yVPKpE;P{Z3nB!9ae;^lEJHJ^dl(-4^QYvnyzEE>(c9D zt?%P=&$rK7ljY4zCU8=d9dk@VWlhJ~W$SkLWlIktF6RzFxwrw)3&41IuG_Yj+HVV7 zHqBRcFB|yv=YF{aSTrGxYg%->-xe75UwOV?e&f4sIHph;7qQd!05~(?2OR{^n!F_}gkb{}T{KHXil79Za1#2_^7#7{W3ST(GYFb5zwh)dJmf zn36dSKwPHz-=jK5a(BZgJOF$Q=YG_@5JckJz!`wykO^8=o*|c4M8I;o19TKjMHDt2 zm0Y&_AR*FxGQ;(D5YxV4w1h<5+o>10XT>bjmMaeTH#pd)$MGj{ecVnGi9}4t+u8Yn zB1N_fFI%9??CtF^Nem!Jr(Ui7{W^__4~S3w@qFZe-na*lJVKSWt*=`cI(Cld)vdrn zrEV+C@@b!o&sxR)rWd`Sh+t&2X55rR^Yon;4J0v~ftlsB@*?~s=%!88Eo%|8?qX2w zNQ=O_FQ8vz-u#>*L=Dt(b&~NSn-2Z(0k$P-a=3PBBqMNTA7VR0gh^SPj(Y%5XdFO6 zMAU+iXVJYXQ>%PWuuMBlIk0959Dh*3ilbJgD~CvlnehQQ47uYdtXXUe(iz7fc=oz* zJON+t_ovHP-n)@Z`);hfCM)z}=+{a$Tr!RyY*q&V<_KbHZqKf7Z_db-T{Va0-0CSusr4i#EG+cH6npI(S_Z1;Kv1^qSgn4)1gjm7yE} zDL2jSdiUNtE6yAxj3qAfsV-J*IzA>e`hMMG&s_y<-*r2*<#iqHSJw!NHu3#f>!-El z(J+sC&*t@uwcW#Dc009!Bv=c;LE-o%7Omv{c{{6w>->CLziyhBXNICQa|sC{w4VxK zbYjFapU(LMz&PIP&DZcfPx6@(d9J(Wx8mOa08~dw9p{tL8eMRhwNjsQ=aOv*9ah&@3BU^#Yro%Kojl{I#D2torGIyPSb9Fom)&Lx)b zDQW8*0U&|im~n%i-0rP(8LXDdfQmWRZJfFOUaYd@gI=_VlFYjSSf|6)rL0MI zoFZ~rB-w8OdO`ruH=3F@++JI53l%xh;kh7+*-*O-|6mb0j~QS{Tt?%NO@jv$!`XsC zfL{=&0IZd<6Xn#bYeP0+VV&ml_K^d+1-E;gV#Mk)Bn)D`2*}`{S zP^xRzsMYUf>ZV1cW)n&b>-nzeL?bRnSo0>)&C3v;A5!tTYhk>Y7Wm#^t&C#mxYKU5 zn@x$+`9$En0g9_tPUT+E3O1WKo=ETPN8kzElA&)mx!T}zF#LF_*R*mfhK={H$W)b% z*i9+zK%;EGY|+tSod^KeDw!{oP%zy+6SUs?c;z0$6K#$OB+%XRzNbUUD$RLQXtg^B zpW?5qv0|F-Id#H*o>1mx_d8;htMRa?xaKX)QrVoWcSiYf zuHP<&z$-L!PKjY(U@*j1r3OQ;FG;ETp~k_h>n8LjG%ER+hfon%^pC9{<@%TM^2)f` zD`wb|j?zCG!u`<-v`fr9%+;zi7mIh)Q^sBZN7k6V`WqP+Mc;>$Sp=9T0JGXFC=^(w ztb(lg7eRJF%7g%)%W)R4E372+6XsmEp>2Et{KEy4aU0`E&D0hD;Ml?^e2@Hap^(A2 z{7d;k6hzn$E9#;l%fz@XfV=wI)IeWT2e(us=Cg2DG@3{Ozvb(7vee_(#B;J(S?Vm; zH5oTZp;wlGwlJl==aM9kWAio|bAx64D{{igAG|hIcY14Un zlfZokxPn`bFsAa=M5H%9r8|&~=o#Qhn&`*y>U$iTW<~;zHtwa_znbI{5t=M!v!F_P zO|G)q0c5EB%s0T(Y%E#_4Z@6tz%}`;2uUxFHvlfZsW(O=Ytj)yHXMxun|#xHT89rI zP1s+={wD($i&NO^BtO)KTI3v{(dsG$%Hwk0Wxu-oJ ztV_!UV268LW!1HTI>}Rm$Z5BXcpeRGzwAIy1HT=hxo9`ZyUevu2T9X=Gr@5fgN+EA5{}#_CY1PBy6?+}1RG9> zBDMd!C~aWGdv(Sz^$bvAueVNNfaDkbEyMV9wV8PYFkD~UAdOcWzaiImW=MGZ;)|f< zGdyU`CqAl<(nMf(=GEf#tQy7|#ogDZxxGr)B?x>NEoRJO#&E6H&Yv#VpDQYBUi%5A zxR0~G4`FQJk>(Ml{{$nOQcj#HYc`lzZg+ovy)9QN@La0e!Qid6+H=@#yo`r@4K|`w zvJyOgL5&>SmS!>kMuqZ9Kd3Wwd%W5_2KW}7M`?w%omW;mfHu}7j;Ry`g6KdYXsA{` zk>zyQ09!5B7=Z2um>btBlO+KC-;=8E8NMtMSjDRKuo-bQsm*^s(J22V5rZ9^-;KbG z#_e)(18^XCUM<&KnkiOQO6B({o$490a`?QYtZe*>j-1<06sOB z$q16Ynq~@C99FgvB`0T4HC#?>%WPz1)`p_%?tz&Wut+LES6~41PS5z9ugVH`b$psn z;(fit<;gnx4N$9aaV)ORZ2XNRxVg5fIoOe9be;milKI1}lM(BvMv&+m187B#M z=Y;Hx?2PP$vpMU?J_=`a$jHvf9-&gC%T^*I{0_hG_5b(%eY`)P@Av(Eyg%>f>-BZ` zSP7ql+&i^+?^iR0q>1tUFmUy(iCi7Q@5f)x+{Cn@!8hO z)5I7>q-`ebQKoVpjy;Rb-ME)oa_t&9`0rNekmyS*@4m~%wdMlYBK>%vIUhNtrjs}l zi<(!hVHiE1D(6XC)%WSO{l483=F9H>ytJ-b&_*-q|AOk0^aW1l*W&7bP8n`_`-wCw zKo(5%8w9RLgriV6)@_2uu~X9)lU~7mPVl~~u-eXN|%q9H~<1gAQ6s2G7qLK<8 z!R_k&-P%kefsl*i_goy$ZhDiJSn2S{U*4QbK7z7Rn4Lv1@7zHABdt=5_GSWguMBHu zYR@6}4R`4*gIH1NXlc z>-MrRl2Qt;dp;vh|>p4$rigr#Sn; z2V)#?A79i(OVkI|Nx|C)k?2@9SEJ6%7VX%BAspN0joXG!QoVL61f3yNsT{p&eQJJL zi%wOcLD-^Yz`Vc2PtEutqf;8xRlCP=nL@I~Fh2}hn?IC@ru7X0CmAX}GLI`3{3^g8 zU!vt^;Rs)kqlS-2x9<0qnPINsyCQpviykRhYYqRkYo`}kAnrZvKPPhIB^XY4GS*ky za=`6*(oItJ@BemdvgSkZI!kF?Hcs(j)WuL9SR%s3C|*sLYDJ5XkV`&t-WacF%UU)Q zchD%vZOIJe<}T26P!ow$PtBLHFBd%^O~I(?hrHWXmqX@!UbzQ2ee(#~4dIO}+9oBo zd!SGq$E!*szrnejURi||Ahs*+X{fOV<56oAuN=m=zOvDN#D@R+fGVQg+=w+`@E$|2 z0%+RVqJNoZ5BGpLRQ%EPD1+m@;@Z`)G^iWYU4(&`D^M;kxG+T46_EX>tFCk&kfheT z^pMIkV7;6O>)Dv%vOc~#qO3AJ z+4K0iTaFTb@pn#2j0q^D$S=l)!~Nqs*({nAe~lcNiNJFyvooF&xx9}1F6l~jc=7{c zL^FFkm^(iv{za~~c9HcPA#M+nmcy(d8UPqiK4^C}#psK$^6b5HLNuECh>U>p5;c1^GQz2e za14mjvidJrX!pG6`&b=Z?P4O=vn*7DO!HKMd<(j&R>7B|;FwKFC&-1Ak z@`PvB@LP;R@)%klbcED06zP9+cvL-hO*OCM7ulD&-d0`)ou1s608!z3lC?#9%UONr zl2~&WeHwwz;HR8grdM4X@e(Z7NB{mmP$Ix|2?JYDIq1{#Wc27bT6yzO=4%fd!klq+ zQ=)7#;7N$m+#`!ki|P}*<)-)Yn96_L!67nglE&*3S~=~Yq&E{`&BfQvF1o+{cm(i4 zeNUJPgTJe?GESd1ysLp(tpH_Ql9vH_+eLcj(=zH}rM13rDGG@1ScwV34pjIGsJUD8 z4+|Uv&AUAk6^~HDA8QoV!60)=ayGHFB`>wsowXa~#yQ|!^waM{qDpmdv0Kyhqd#+S z*~SK=Kq8p&`x-{Sdfck3tu`dnEYayh6ue?lMeCyp>f6x8MqJ~Ybx`XblDO_}k zf-1KX-*2=^R=9r}lKQxGyQ?)&@E2uO({E{^7~gTn`gYZN*#-Yn4Bp=Hu9qxs$f_&p zrRu_&=pT@=V^AgG=xfrG-2{x#WXcsGbb%4IFhDP=CaDf!VTtX;^{0QcLljiZH>%K$ zwg$W|0xc0R@uyK(CB=+C*+DjAyW&1$@R0debu7kR$!pFk2A1K+?t|$;6;pIdCeru) zOpO6PwdmFm!4V>sWq!j|Dd6Nm$t$DkJ!lD7zF5HI)e+50iy7YBJ4RN|wLxJsCiFDf zBjP8nx+qPw`XgvANH}=Uv!kDt3U#Wd1bKZIJOuMX=2e zn{X&qhM)`k7nmr(43i)cuo@BZ3h-2>2$myvOWC7V>4MV#zLj}s6u2Q0SiD&JAXd>ipnCu>~U{?TzZOps?)dNzJ*FZEX zL0FwD*e)`-Q6mbr?>ZKZ0`T4^AezvJEo4@Et1phoM-zC0Hm0$sK}G(Brhy!%prW1{3%g{q*>M2(SJe6m>W=HBFW>WwD$& zzVaH#&FKyPIz=_W4T%dQwlv`Jn)cxdQkq!q6@4+vtwg%0gjj}#49KB7M539aq+ZSb zi@fMgeWUgzJqM8b|_hm~~S?zX!G#M^M8-74W z+m+oOrDU=3CSnwe=Er+bdr0;+n10F5uJV@p;b=Oeh<99EO%euZMqW z^WU6Jbp)np=4TVy7vMS4#U5YYEDsMM4yJ~i#$I50{*_%rmss)O3nkxVz@~McnvP-+ z9TYC)xfOBaPz zdjY!tiPMw+C^o&D^M3c69?t`v94|Yh@XZYX$P|r&^!&3|77YW_RGc tHwVn^0o!ZEkAUIeK^MxiMLv!^qlcM2K^~q{vZwrKL0`xCc8!*8)c?yhkf;Cv diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/Activity_bar.png b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/Activity_bar.png deleted file mode 100644 index db049a853011de21e0c02daf663417059a2d3674..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 35925 zcmZ^~1yCJ9yDbVE*8sr@5-hk&aCdiicXx;2?j9V11Pku&?(Xg`!QSLQ=iPIv?t4`2 zs$pijr>DEW?)9y;CR|=t3<(|=9t;c&NkUv$5ey7m5BPDyf`Bu;7Xy4?V2F|yLPGKq zLPA9Hj&`ON)+S(J;^E0^FzQOfm_M}?CCme0#o^k+6$_={@6QH_hZfDa|25ABc$swXPWsu$AnLu&dXuYsozrb;b4I81|$Oub#+JV5g&J(kl+ zR{BkRs7-%{-S-BI`yR#&>F7()2Ls+E^`xi)4kk?atMR7>k;)Dw3f_=@Ac|D-cd2Np zr0+t})GBP@*I&ZiAoz=~-D_#U>N4|wstipAa<4QJxhBK*p@BIMp}^dTaD(^7qr{Gk zX6E%xA%8da?oYgDpNKM$C7`#$F1J#E<4~qaJ-9J_%Q=7AOh_%qjxd0Mks*zYQd>ZL zaiumBO+uR`x=1$e>l3W_bnR8cZ}N#z5`&UBaqi(4rQSpU4}^4>4piF|MVQQ2Mo9JOP@67IVe z@mII751ASYMv-i0QCjqGgZvdpj7mQfQHmP6ts_LT(!S!Q6YHjTBK7$SN(hH#5N4)O zBE&8(jo$1D-5W-V7}`cbt6_wpk+5>NK69(Qi=wb2kewBNCCKwuypyK|8JMTFxK`*; zNX*Pdx=11j?yz=L6*fEIdSy|KMa!T3CSps*A~*NG?gBLt&A+-w)e+GtWPke^KaNLO zG66#mn)Zhf1V^CQ8UkbHXG3YcXS?swJ4v_if?$e+`q3p)fO8|RFfP8u3XUGcM}!7? zuGR~)RE34ld%vw#^>G1DFIyH&7DIMNbRY-=HD5If?vvrfq#zOqL_ZNuKQk<9e@}Ay zn5)Sn*DO##ysmW)p$RwWlQ$$~%sL9o+zM#oBS5O^wr|?yZMu|i@LT>&@R<|#6Wk(P z_K(%s{z&7^xn9s`{%=tzm8BfJrx^}hLnq;(Ti|hoj=R!pkWE`g2Bd5RkVamDv|@?P zwSVoJKU90wbQYHsv?(b}Aj#5pu6~y^BsLr}MAnw*xrt|64cO~(^fGS_9D2`NfVYYH zScTILAnTjeBrbWJ!7f0mFF91;wEnPSS%_1Ld;$%ldg*GM-q?Zcb-FnB4oBJat!P&R!v2X7EUMA(xI(Xc&p*eMXGazF|78#_cA!ddq8(^r@F8J4X zeLPbwgx?zy+7nN7X*3~dcgMS%dps$&!Ec7M@047ZKS8v8`Vh?hEDbjS$p=bh z2#*s{B2LN_{vd4k#8Qm*C;U&iR5)IkSNOLu{60EEzHnhC za*jlhcnv8*slT$Mrre4Qr)-Ph33>ZBt9aU>i#>ZsTn#~8;Yy-QVnPzVuY6xW$vaav zpz}%6i14S2Xvi*$TI6XLJ1ar|@>KS+1Y?cQkkJwUUC1UsDSxS`XJuibVexD!GlynH zJ5@HfQsN?e8n6J9!8;y4kSCKzX+CPsW&X{)(W2_uxdopm?WZVxE`7n`wA}RN?4}iS zotTwVJ=Dr=eR(}zeU*9VRNm3jNwrJyG5V?U(U+;_irI3h>H69IqZ{YLW7SiFh4#|b zs=+Cz*~t0PS*@~0smrzvC7*^V><&!n=1jB31;aRr8}ZO2Z(=uM zDbZ_uH*QLEbHgkf&JD+^vr@%xrU#~|riy>=O-sf+$I}nG50($C#$wYS)fs3&w0)RX zG%;G-MmV)g722v~r!3`@GjmKciU!U7wd0OmBO6r1mhtntqOV7kt<- z**;qzEX}RH+Dg^j*I+DH{^7BDnV8t1>%V|$C2uWx5Pi^oF?{iSX+?GpB?|Qp)eN1dX>i%PY=(5 z7mHWhms4)l@2sF+?-uQ7&_-5I!H8|*itAe-r(}HIQRCL{SjR#~4qzJU- zuH=SxFLVcPop;ME#hh6`*giy}ETU)(<;A&u;hWH&2$!c}A+DpTqm|~Pp{$@f^KDXb zS9SMs*ZX1CcNX?J{>RX-q2ze>W>an6#+X(14X@X=>yiR<1vmv2g--?9`6kn}pQqq< zzg7ISXCGh_MVm!OFl??VH@fU!9^4;%V~YRIXlr=iH+XG(?X)vV&VW|@?M%`=6FZ@a z`&u?ZD1o??RpXn7q@&JFYtmGb3T1ZUfOH1ev0<4++4p*m=%kda2AiLE8> zvXt45MrChv`K5;?>C&UwuFfqJ&Kq|S$3O0p?sSfG+-ur2b^V~(3&;y%C%3D1`LG}n z7GOPpfcL2Md`kyUFK5azg);s~%Zj zaqJOF_BY|n@G;H-bA+k0cy>|I%!GI6YyGoNEyc1c2XPLS9UX%|-h&i8O#fp9OmIN( zeDI|i`6Rb|p&BV=3(Kg*LV|`|L~o>DM)c&tq;0klhuL-(jMK7HWz+6xW;f`Lggh%M-}}%U2^iqYxhT}OyqU{PQQ&5 zcS?ocO_8*`Yu;LYTmI{;;`Id*5UE1RBO zhy1+)t3j-x*r6l1@dFysJ~H{m69;n#F}=H=8XKM(zx*}1qvwiICn)8$ba#GcJgG@A z3L1=zeawmbdBl_MQd{ogd77=1D67N8bM3sE{)_q07wO}EPUB&D_YgFJ&vEJYeg&0- zAcNIT$EJJJ=6u9HxrtowQO~OT(6P35vAQwCSh>5DoJ;+!Dn$3~9`|vj|CDi&%a(M# z$;D}8d_pTwOU~|a!}r;1`x3$pbB%0`wzb5oYNzA)ZN-n{-O8>+?Qj|x&p93!KhMH%Z6$BZduHpCMUya|QXf+<1qZ>skwJdYA0DN4 zih7Sy%cI?DQhIou8`q|1nG5et?=N<@8^~?cUUsj(hcG#x%=n7Ey_pzpKOZaYn+;CV z>g9K=;g8{cNxCuSo>v76f*2oz+?q!QJ1VumoI(b3sr{Q(f+p<4rtm(z8lbq?MPkW-uKUnl)~<8OBKI`4_8y@z&3|E!7(EIMEi%eT!G{Q&R$%@2@DLA z?B5SuLXq?e3=9Nmp{(w#E+frpWM@NXU~Fe-Lg#K{58Mp~#_i4t9NL&T8xXnMSlc>r zy7LhK=MGNb_}^)IVxs@t;%vo3tS%!@BxL7kLc~hPLdQVN3r|Eu#O-Ko%Bd(U`rpNY z|9FVaot^DD>FM3v-00kx>FgZM=ovXUIOrLe=$V*kfjelOJZzl}+-Yr{NdBvm|F<4t z6DK1_3wvh^J6ocE^%@x3xj6F>6aRbA|M~l`cAB_b{LhnYo&Ni^fET3ycZHsjj)DIF ztC+Ke>Hkl$e^>si*ni&ZzaGc^uQE<~3wIN14Pgr#6I&;sX}oMq-?{(unE&g_|1|V} zl~n(qlI#pj|GVV>y7IqD{%Z-RoTG&a&`JNgf|rq-{{K4n-}iIV|Ldp!)o=ebDE~PN zj0!J2H~s$^VP5zd5*9)*Fn%xzVF6`#@UwN8ES3Iy82i!)bi8(Yd~_6Hg&M<(rS}JH zquAo*)|$a3uZ(aWT(3*i{9o7@)QUxqF*BKoWAPqw3Q4o0`pdP`?6EzK{cY#3cz7n+m)#jltk(D!pE% zc5_zvI2Vmh3(H|SHV!2UWn3pZ1pz*T-~LE47Of_W*Ml{7{Jct&e1T~6IQype^-h0z zU~C1==?UYX7DF>pp&i3S3oS)!)17>heMz*`wtN?nP<7cteoBR0Z0Dj_a+TZe~Lzp=B`gWV$ry)9yfb`?@#Hqn;5q96)kN|YcQyk#oZP4hZD%U zq>RhrEy%Inw?he8B>1I|B3s2{i3PM21t~PlL;`zg8{CK;px16V1U?u`pD)we5o(hEtvPSguwi-8_Pjd~ZME8fbTL2I z9n@(vTb$guJ0R27u2N>rYc#-eZL?aeZ~ONS$MIMn4EAv(nHmX~1;y6+WbV4WszbU6 zGK}w4oCcTAH=)mQJe#XrHoIlj`VZ2?q-B??*8J34_~#PadX@WTr^ENF-X76tT)XD| z6x?cGbH%5{aK?C$l~91ANJVm=`x7|cmiIP&$5T%ufxASqJ-C(2`N}*Ix6Ml3tQ_B4 zq8zWqYJ&|NxFCmBgDP4H&g$u0snbbm3HDejosMBw&Uc5M`$av!ehf9H*wG+E8%emEJtSvXGSwQdH>>;A7SJniFThas)B8@B$PvPemzH5`*6VkJAY6Jwko0_?lRa(^RLhjp zWePR#e?udG@jr~^x_C0n@j0j+rL$YA?$&$1Ni`jZ&tS25?S>(YBH$_ZxHWybXq`M; z{`1rOMk4+*c~lO^ZL8<~38)DS>E-OtgKkM~oU>TgW~`!4X4zo&X1o^uKxjs2Kf zZC5>!DrL&cE{m1lvhO18I-Wx);+MgCKszipD?bFUfzo+PKfNx%dFh(Ac78W*NOHiH zVHO)ig`-nsq7OwQhwu{CaXFE^FFGp*y?hP*!sPev4PJF66aUhMJWjesUs(L*XS zoz?2Ws;Zp|(e0=2Ukl0-*=!IbGhUozv+?m*I}1E?%&ktVD-MG`ihtOV zKl$|tJ-l&2Q0({gJe1r4BNrWbLUwb15CKxdrr(E;d;KU~Yun8T_3mJ--E47m&EGJR zn6BuMDKP3H0ptNO%fRc`0lbeo_v`$TWOhPU%RQ&bb}%B_&bJ4y%eLDd1p1@-@02l)O+T>b;-hny{B9R+hUT@)O+<6ifBF(m& z7!Y+{P;A;r_L#i>WsA${%+-C_)njz2K4f*=!By|4)Gk;=`V4lv_vgc$#R`o-cjob? zXLH5^$y8d(zvKxxpZNUVK?d;%STq%y^(RB|1r2LV{VAG7+26A4LEU2IU41~HDz*Pz z&<%$A!byxc0V{kgfjG)8TzFxK&5K2+E#K+e?lj2*Lmc<(r~6L0?_0-)UFTaZ?pAz% zp2O~dnvM%uemo5@l{*D7nZnrI@v6iFUh}&okM!5H<`G3wh_;-nRDa_R@60L5VGM}S zx8Kc(5&F~t^Sl>fO}$K6-l#t!`RchSRky=<*b$>xC=?k8p8eyJoat(XUSOR+ecFvR z5={=_QQQ@aCE)S-d*}Q1_x|kJcD_tST5gFe=A)i@yh|$zmqT&~2uj~Og&f&z&QCZ@ z|0WeNHKkMIx@+clhZ(|;r@^;}(}|}ZkY*{Ga#`B4Kb1-u6?{Yf@TKo#>+J+r6|l9v zy?mC zmPupi)*>-e%~153OEY1Bh4}o`>b#sT%jk4Kvz_y1%}3-ih~EfN8cE+_KKCoW4}SdV zZdMKlUDthk-=<+XLbBHV`ja$uGL=e&F3)|_{DM|AHi!4oR9+~7=TQuoD=v$97}F=- zC;bI@5AcBW`0&r)xZj_4X>d!j9BY>)_eQMwTU~96(1)|W+5<0L+otWh+%FXBi{RAX zNBwWZsTOqYIxo-2BLdbJgh!baApAACIeK^sDWgb&nJY~YE1`|kZtG?h6CzPF=XZex zs`Y+B3+W74^7wEN2z;O7ZzuUaQafKwCVzgA;VYM`w(A0Oh7$I4;uBw?bpi~5`_@IP zo6<@ahttP(tlyf$ppKf}Tc{K;+^v@#tG2B+z!v+q*!ixbblt4|S51B@Da`p{*$g6n zII%=tlnL*uA1jC2X*gj{5y7SX?ZGdG_wTQD*HwIHMY?>*niM|Iv5t4jYQuI2QzLWh z>3kq%>X6V~0+xrXuDMdB@zwUL9)!!zkB((twQ5OI*0~4?#Sj)p{F&Xj?cR`Gp{Rsp znp@P!%4N?`d00dyD|5|h60NS+=i7nk%q~taa{u5C{ih7pMkDh&bt%cN(B98`imjNo zt>g#?OD$$fsMj zW8$uAyw^!$Ll`MDYT0UtD9!c=svuUp=^D74Wh_G(bbV`YtE`Jq!2i@})%eyW5cK|X z;U)dM2V7n{+t48wf^tcqL?)AttPq>ka;_&hk_j(Yw5Sweios0N09NrU_N3;CBz_>r}YmhGIa4GQ@SyF7FG;fzD;#0iofs(-fF{}Ft3 z?B~_`L7&AvAPg@IzXuK#ApleBz)%)^j#11Uaik0-E=!)O$uU8;N?0btW1GkEkMuN~;c|a1 z#qCGKSJmbG5g>?%i~?z+zWsF1*U?%4NlM#Smt`DcAmB)Rwpz+hqg5nQ%(a#WFlX0Z z3K)ys^xA+}mR#(VbvfdCucA0LD&NZ)^M)SjAMY+`8Gp3AJnPq{8Vmqbi3A89RY%~! z-}E%B+TxYLGoyEFQX=A35W$EUvuKp@Ws!`=L82dt5JwfTunB0uUS<#IM zwLwlZq<&W!k@fpq_z%%NZ#8FVY z#e+_RK-8}G2Tzy7JKHlt)F5Bb-K5fBuA zK=V-Yl)#_9n;G+vzy%aj3de@zTmuMV4I>+JdJ@jPLYt^4^rbCy*dt(q!Xgo$e^fug zc(<;*QZ^!sXy2p;50B>lG?zw|p$)21Eng0YPjOqP2}+8Uq2hq5o&LH{Ilh>X}rIRCI~2NY4(8 zhk@z%sJJNI1w+P|qO{2G1;)c<0SV7hE1sFZ4=2*8XGR?CFjhN!yy`>CIMQYb@NtrP zS%c(wuDk2em5@~r6D2c>WioGck1ZD}a4O}o0EZ&){2PtkR@P$y#s|12tdS@9imReyz)u>r2l5}$pdk9%|c>7sq( z^8RdDDgDdX$C(-5XNH-b4In#OT2Pc~cF*n4xd}N1wu>F!+X(8)u1e$~2jpNTj?BZx zg=6;=_fp%lr5f4C6@yUxANw=VVs^TY!(?u24lq-wBnYZ*6Td!p)g|`6zdde#06>56 zd=TI33*rprH52YDN55;}#K+s_$2qV=ptJLL6*MN+=cetSOyJDD5g{=?-t6PR^IbIU z-i3w3^j)nDpWA?S|G;HL`8V_R-I;4sFfQrUVTEv|K7(^Pt8+gfv}MHc<8r@dZoUo- zFp$`MfWJi_mSlToh@FX{n6J0g_d$Z&gQ2&$T@nxAM!C7NmeA>UTEqJ&d9Sc${F^gca4A4_t$jy$hUN6_(HZCDvx!?{F&G*<@B6@^t$Uboh z)TocO6RS+69@a^%LCfWb3+wK!$_D`QLSgRMq`*jkF8I5biT^4BsS$t+)#eRVivowy z0MzFq62KII%xUDC6!iuqCb);M+n@ZvP_V&RzGMB7*d<5a%EQ$cq09>sXc8I4>^U}~ zM-Yc6e7hv^^o=~ArN9Lj2qZULOW|c`bB7M|1FC3}dP+C@sSqQ8CuhiAqWt>)*r`VD z)6LV&BIH?eQ?~v~R<8N7<0Xj_F(K;2uI(E70a*-EayPk6bG61u%z}FaIXqC21cxh7 z=AtlYyEoMD?S3)l`=T#TGQwS)fVE>Xeq8w1>9dy8%90#kPVi9S-8MzB8!%R$5lgd~ zE$lFKbv1N~&qw~Hzt%e5|G^j>Cvc)W6qc2;d_q5UhXWDv@L{a4 zUWy%!;0SG!D%qj|q>*YX#aAewolz+J#mC6=!6SP1ro{N$!i^I^FgOVo%&kH7Cs8Cb zr?A=LSg-;UyM{hsgaNn`(f<_{^5jzjRagGtU)1E0fGjWYw6YZ$VftJEVmk-n*|@IH z-JK*2njy*p0a5gx;k(ih(x|-vqKiL>7{?r&(GU^`9A@SO2MPl9_}Nl9LrpzqKeiP< z5yxmC2JV7NkV*f?C%D%;WJbi#=wJ3nhv;LP(Tund^Ks$@^na**H9F8SM9GE3?>mf} zaLAltRyW7604b|fC@biFpP2H|S+Hh9wa+z<2%p(H07jMa;Qi$?6blufiSkQtkw8Fg zAadH2z7&U9S1Zu!39gT}BB_)>Xv?-~-T-LQE{lZtEBsfRm@a)OVK-tnDc)`^&})d4 z1C~y9k0E~uzI3K8oVLrn%6A2qLeDd*BKO!&+*e>Voi?itOREJ#_Hfj3GpGkLu&-%K zr0K!YC@~Cv<_1?yrFHW9fvAct`Z{@o`maM&DPx|ZDsu3Uey zvurq|1gHzvEiU?7fN$_ecoO5DUH>!5i|2gPABmYbS$ck}yZ zaOdnLAf}RA(}Rc9U3B3Scogw-My`w#L89_oMD(=h;YdO-G6{Yb&!Z@KJ7O$IM^uhB z5}KD(GX13)&{O+E%#9PuA%uxIL50;?O(7}CAJG(!`rDC4gd;ctt85Nq`v?15e^7WK zmc*qYk)l4nVi!z`5!M1{Meb5Q!(Q18q%Ktk3`4cCJEE4Mz8bcIgClk&MCdn_usbTs z#IO9Iiqn`)QiNF0Hly(mrM#uMY3gy+BzMMIf4D~#m23@P3VAr90WvU8bhKQUDdk^j ze@m3$L(#RAmx;Mg3UCFWDd6ry@&Qnrn?$koho<#N{)Tr~I^1O-d9O!5J@%`vv8lH> z5xKG4j4>~K2{SD{t#K+NbFKZ~v9doSa+Yw{;8-bQDfFqDTiF*Ps&qc+yDFxCo?{Z$sD=;d|?coV6W&4Yus& z!3oW)59pUws~u2GcAtdi$K zojR=}i}x6%Q%C+5YFLw(7K{Yb(oBZ^Zm^yQc>~|uG-XOzG;HlBjv|S$Pf8ZrN07WF zS%yINBdu`hicPp@7JyzSibYBE^imW`&juC^;^Qdv4zOko0tyDu-dW6$g84LqI&>vp5PH)@?%|Ps(eP@gKA;p#?gc&6aHCfHx*T zg8AoKhus^@5;jlzGM&~5%91QlI6x?D1H>e*;dv3~X@#Caa>-B6h*`+vJC z5n?G8v&EYphxp;Amg3IWWLSD0`^h>j&I-6_;JMvFFnV6+_1xOjuQ6PVhPG9Mr0aZj1n-cJ zDqkaXY%*Sxl6WfjFkr~ch<4=N8LQYao58*f&2JZnbOB$&Y>;V}||u+r5SyeV}H^!Ff}jpmDs zF=l#|HYDnJI^GWIo@Q@N z1>y?AjJCR%tWDL-j+-h`vXAL&1ajotB zzw%y*T)arF#N}{5f&VnBz5}>(O!@(5N(4~W4D`mucQ>wwB_jzWcXb8Ld@MFU2xK81 z)PpRiiLVa@Y1+hx6PXB5535zJ?~d<~KK50(z_iM@+nh|ADpQealK*3RvJ@E?DGQ!) zkMIVE`jjQ*WzV0X#o))gQ>{tyL%binQ!j!SR52{p!fd_7K)a{0N*%*cW}Pl1ir^Fb z_;0fH=R%OPD?abQ4fiROwAI!EkMge;XP7 z#%1$X&*Am?#pgW+PNb1k{d}PH#rFwSJvdUVotY*Pf6vi`ZN>=O=(>#N4jFe`!z|mT zB87nzGY;BW5!SZtdH@3XyZu5%`Y|~qo@7~L}{`Y$`GOGrw0aK9fuT zU@c8hGSkf(5@VYKlbM;NEXTfbWj>(xz@qAdC%vAW`Zlc($*B<| zwB5?e9YKSf^*W8eky&uqh;-g%NQa_p9-)H0Jv4T1-w-l&yyY~$+@F4f{_R}t>0(yQ z+^VV~MNXDzI{?sUnE&`N!bX88O52%2i6&UL=h{CJu(3@OX{N@zweh5KpB^y|q|=!d zMFvs&nR=5wI0|D_XbT!0aoN$!ZtO=SF+Ym_ z*50ZvZu8LX#E^Xyl3wkGAbYdmEePKG?OqLFs^fa5A^ibPbhMAs_PuzM9kNnMmLolP z&mAu?=x#;NWt0}6>LnDxYKPtzwCrXw`9D2@`B6c!dxF>Ifi*lr#0$J~jzEsYJmYb@ z!|uG$D&DLokj-3;$T)EAg!KZ6IQA^giDV0=C+=lDD40?n9pXjNM>nLDVcaxH_EvXW zP?52NZS%{q4z6QgUFobU0{&jl>cGraV#WxP6^P}R4s&hUK#C#512C0#Pucez-z4`@ zhi|EMAgpjK0DS|w0nBV$pG~L+o2IZXRo8Rc8Y<+YpI)|)BTeQ-LwZag%lGf`w;bXVEL*}f^ax(wL}MHV<^F}c+=_pV2e@n5qqL`DNmASQBNy(zrFZS8GiYx3C>eB zC8Z<@kMR`3I>x4ikAJ&ndmJh%E}OOS*dl4tp*R|IqJLH@1f@AnF1TkP+go6vK9tWA zIjiX6)+msu3IG%i`X$H2&4^MSdacwHOS$H1u@dJy9ydg z|6UK~RJ#W>RkBDQVXXOM1+*tpi9==#ay7ILHEwuj#u(WWXP?5jhT^i8Js#fz}VhHBumK?1J9GBa!ds5D+;}6SjU#~z?%FlU*vV8vAkP65v!2_Zr ze^3$m_DB<}#@Wp};%wHiE?4heDybYOz`1^xQ9x9wfhRi_PqSI~+QyF8A)S`RT!CZ| z8=l0ryAk2aoCOS_6VsVH8@@642`ln>`K)*5kBnoP^Y z{*@Y2K-KOF@T4k8*hfO#_d@IiKJBP z9t*N`R--A6*cQSooU6{+`%cj;jOVOfWr8~8XcH&3SeS~&;*O3(Q5sQL|CJobCTc0R ztPGZ@;PH)#HfLP$TLn)-kcF@JNJgoUS5c+~f*e*$6OHx9{K;w)On65Up3`t-ztb`^ zQ6plpd{IX1}TBdxGh=6PfaOAfGJGX%a}Ro1*(yQNq!nM#eg)7^PEe=knoA`uppH|ZC z&jXYPe;tMco4hB97E0A)REBxgKw~ll8~nrF4Mzu*-Vcoqt5TwSsxG>i(Dsi|p@NU| zh^*nlF6|1~Z=o^6l&p=8#p6R3dq(l`tGufD+X06F2@_8H{uM&1x=eFXrA<;tqlk<# zo$hCmM2QTUEa>YOeX{URc0ylEujFdw!cu9phmAO8V%Wm;eli88^93t)pRv6v?@1zk zPM2-X-&1z;^@I;bpGZp=aWASY%8XAZ8YX~<2bJgZGu8%KKV^OA|IKP;-h!O3u4nuN zLK@&fqqo9|vcD+6P$Gvd#n_AQxe?jMEJQWF|D76)5CJ$f0Jc5>M9GLzVkXtkQO>Yw zJ29sIBZs!%+y!^ZdDSFO#! ztFTe4MOi9of4%nkmvC|x`_~JPretK$sLf?TnKNA5!Z93oDe6UDjg_ajLjWEO*I&&# zG8Ft3)qP>V1Jng9#jUOT>)e(TOfbr1tzZ8XX`=Lp8irx$iNRNx!6zB*uk4&2s!?+J zhg|Ott|m8qyuWB^zXIt)?e{>i8Sv~tAA^lG4@{ZJny?{iVu;VC!<_LAtVz_9aKiW7 zmnnMOUK-62)35SOGyTf(pdxYbzrxKXe01g7My9tusp;L53iGvdS%?Bfg)pVSAW)Kzi^4c1ro8olBC#m2yy?`RN7v$35}L9~7b{j&_GU0? ze(v1N8#%+8NW^oENfxH5%qb|>p;chi2KJ5!Zs#WyZ|2E~Yg>m-~4$&i+;bNt@y#(A(y5d+txwOkMa ze~0C8u4Y|&@ASMsHON$q$6csvRCj(j<7lh4U)C&VbCXDn9xI1Jk>~$f=%P1y7$2~coiN>bhb35bNobRh)i)68VT2YvrcuZv~1Z5wIq9KaH@7(P4r5uum+gAt~MtI*}!R^zD>Lrz}^7U18r zC<1DZAtZKcj0RPHYeG=aXs0=fWI{)lqGe8z`NJy9+6^j3Qthb(f_+OW+iHGc?|cRf zI5x)g2QcAPBv2!WP_Nt{?9GhL3R;;Bmj^?bjQ>+<_!+b!)Z$VP+( z?{?Qf<0-Fi^|cf*65UR6-;UAyI-t4H13+4*T=hJLihisy8ur=0D|bamN~pJcb^1;6xH&QOGL8Y+?|Q9?6qo?K*VDEbpyz+0cQ+0N zd={S+AxlZcQVo?0`Ed%mBx{At@t~;#2S;RI!tcO#BB<#IIjxU?(&2cltJOJwg1>)Z z*^;}6|9kfwwp$9A(z0Avj?pr6Yitl{Mk3mqyV#U&tNeH_3ezEwm-tAoEikB|8#5^7 zkf5N(CwNb-BL(PM&u%(=UH~71!63d{8%B}eQ*SbNAK>4TdC(}cXOja& zV<;9Tvs*)BplOBt4QKMund&#>)2~iOLMuP>zxbZwdkNu`s#SG(;9MLsa(tt2;)zD4 z{Kgo|eFN*Zgr?_nuM&*Lj!eX4*muM{@x5RAOz0Djv_$i9apsvE6xk&2i*&2&D&OPU zA32`;LbM?)wgz~LkHNcVtXi)qwL*Sfd7{|qfYM26((!x^0r2sB!Qh)OA{Z&2424O@ zge0t;{3}>&Nlq0HlYZ|)?tm+a#6kRkHb}5YGC322B`4t_L+kr>Wvgql$-&t1T8#s< z2cUTj_ZRa!Y~hwW9cE)QX;5Ua(OxY;#+ek)P;Zi<0KyG-K7U6(#5f@fcAbVCecKgr z0~o=V(!1bvc}Z&Y9yt)mKd?HfA_0cbdkBap)YrkCt(*ZDKO5Veb2(MR0a!BZH)`dj zKszm7`Y(yiv$9;{>CB6$tN=fZy z#Oaf#TjF}21~O~D1SqD@vAC>`08bPTTjBP!ml)gJ!f`W1vf;ifgTm~%HzddVJXhNM zxc+DsYLZ?^G%=RVwK(j2qS7HnMCSg_zavK>pX3*+cp4b+chCf*Jl1ZmePD}ygf=67 zCHQ`J<|0Aa60C$?-E*nhz({v1n>C=($rLfm4*L<)PxF#Utgn0oS(m0QUp0Ls{we;bw0OjiQwzNAH1Obd8(Uew|;R$ z889{8g=Ku0bk!(LIXO4)eJENj6L1K50+Cor4RW2Hb*|+t)p;W_( z>qzLL>!XrVsTj=+mX#D=in*t}FUWWK3E7aE7z$nqSloyB#)+L_A&f+5GVC3@8wgIRoKR_8*b>v?`X4X)Vl>SQS`;(L$j+9Spno)9sBQ!(BXu(L)9gu62 zOyDaRrc?J-2O2~Gmr8{nys)$S2TLrgDEuA_K+W$BUZQIO+ur*>8}!>O_X0L$93fzR zjw9?;vNkE~`dh+JP!L4fdoNd|ZdBM+EEM1^0^{^!fwF1Aw^kmGO*MoEU4yS}US5?Y zsSw^GNuSnK0?lk5jSyJN$)Rr0@a^^0CE8PXOW#N%BwG{ly4a)qv8iz-$W&!DSjO)& zRbma|O;9`aTH+!kt1p>B!l*wYs%|1d&!NbB!S#<4_;qM*5bs;vL1&AvyM%V=V2}-7 zA5XgpfMxmD{@+u(qv_o(AW$V!N{5VtzxDt({+rhTe=7HtG-eF)`Cg!JK@^@8eTdJw z+TDTHN0GW4B!(CZ9}wNRHgj`C%d_%$%wX_BazL-n;Pcmw>td-UH&=f;-vd(^0yz#9 zJ+$I?itdnAs~g}7hAad(Pzd9XaNlQzy7`13hi6w6FLyF0N;4wp4;|spqkMZvZ@${F z?s1sywH=JLP_+prdIb*Sb1<1{msli&vo>EI|BXVkH;HmKiO6e71=ZJmyLv@)2QXtr z)a}k5O#Cu|{M+aCu9yo7Ef;CrIKqWq%1`_~q2+`m#ZKM%eD)ijEr+*aEdeSsS?kyWU;sd^m2T!vzoMzG^3b(h>?I^W>aaPqhp`*cu#(P z?7juJY9b$3wVZqc+@wdVkFy1_yqe`LZkuXbOGdGOrce1kp5@kC?m?~^3`cl*q1JDFk42dU``X4ekkrAbNZRJ)WO0 zY`(v}+$z3Zw0`*9jyDd$&e$(>S>u>;;$Rs=QtW_FJvr=Rf9Hthx_rI;Ud?$oMezAs z%qQp=d4)DH_&ro8$IGos`5F)wCBEBP)8xj>T%}H?=s5YL7gY+ZwgRT7c&xfi&RiB( zN~jyIp8S;Y$=tAPLDvRBp1+j-D6LYZUYS~zYLza;Y|(eVrmS*RoAUh$i&>u3lu1~@ zZn@%dWtyn1P}MF*OyGlqJ<>ASb4~&UntM*&c+j(Gz?a&fs^w-y3!it$oyVy>A)mX6 z*d6}l&x2hecx{=+?-;zL^ex|?3XymHR96dGB#!ys$*|_CQfvPpVlymd3!>KkNDqrs zz&2u54;h@&W89wB`D$HIJNO2pDH#=@-vYP_4j!31KOL{{0_Hb2 z^q~Oczxqr66l$k-=7O~A3BC_+m@a#;^D|7ac#4_tgG;BHlf4Bes*B(5O)PTe0MS?D z1^HZq5Se3-=r0t`*W4fiD0F=p`6dg5Y(bd#ue@)q#XVX!^}h@5x<&wYxId@p4|i}c z`oIn$W~2G^DO|Cur|?L`Y7)_?tA%4n;^>yjnPPHTU8kJ6#!cCzDH4Xq z;}V}xWPH^kNy~Jhm87^@E<~K0bAVoRoKq0fc(NZROO?k|$LJd+i(+b1;Qe@YBIgoU zoS6Q?7FA^E?vG~o;Ncusvdz!n?M4~i5ap;#X7cmSG=S(XEI&fNX! zq6y}7L(kkaT7JNvtM{wWa{Up2wrt(>eW_()`V!IyMBGZ_CNjqRAm2M2Q3k6O-Eu#c zUc+UFS1*XS__FzsU`F`%fHujF&S|R)JfYrvn#rf{Ab@BKKtsSM5r3fM0jH?XRsam} zQ3$uyf;Eg*9Pm-ajuSQI_p)I|ckR)-0Rrrt;$)-UD-l93zKqRj0U30by~@>lRGNjHfng{K_WoXl{3eoDzuGKGO_yrZ1|ktiW9qQoXj@c zN$|4%AEvG{EXpQa!vfOXCAoxjcXyX`cMDR|oq}`=3bKGmcT0Cjx0F&60s>OP8NPFV zoS*7?E$q%a^V~UH$3^x@HD9k=ek9WAiC)g>boyVWMiI_B{S*(n6|BXgBb*IyG{Yps zk?N$;wDBIZ$8=h(nyCrHI%5e%As~ zd3J>!A=hgl(aVOd?H9zrK}4qMB1c9pjydVA9su4=Amc+Lx(8l8>x^rlrR~irImJfF zCpKvG|E^PFfRo~}Vs+0jq-J>!i?3XnV@j5(S5$9lC2Wgdc&Yj^%5=xMz| zQS_9It|K4&FsMusB;8Xi)Y37hOGM)cU*7f-rki0T&m_#SNMr(IYn%=+&srqGm``y$ z=XLcB5yQwM>}V{`z74~O|M+XuQVXCxMDI!`LgIXOGJa2{l4+#f2R#AX-aqY0ldTCcKq z=pJ`INE60kfqOgSTerXBodq-&sE&^Td5hr>DmptbBkMeE)+7jhX{)YlyR^8f7KO7j z#9lQ5@U$)Tr=y%-Kin0$I{!#Ba%Op{cu7XIA3nJfwbek*Q`akHIc;wGhpET^#I%B4 zyWmKZ8d=x^l_x!h%11B;iz?`18kj2G&hgj{?qrh+oE^m2JzPJ(vN+;9Riey27I!sL zmavk~7ktf4Q1kdn3<3F<_qFSQ-%|-YGBprH>|09r zb4Zd|CadbaGK#hMlc7cwNE;drboZIn##sjbPz@*5SM!-cIr+lJC|E9>$6z_9F}zbq zq(H^;S#@0mi2a=edWqg_13-$J?Z?e-8^OpVTsFg+Rs+u>dok~V`d0*=o=0?+p>7mP z)`F@!Tf*2-E|;R3zPFX|wAoEKs8XYlk%Z$bWs}zfJ2Ektop&c9aiTVFX;+$TP`%3n zf#*=QC-DA^@$qhBXex{&8o-ey_g0Wqn8@Xe`Ili&Ofj7(Wkm&L#i0D*Wt36+IIgE78N=J{UezR;0IhxyfU4Q5Q*WU-pc4a?V&a1p0&wq*P84V9gWW@>8UM2TG8^{776l_awC?jt&L7p&zARvK@u_!YQ z+8e>-7Xp$p004wpreYx>g>P?8p^+gE@lUqi{Y=xq7CeFXP zsHzDp)(*K+gcL12lAH3;N?Uc^^n$J6W4nZyv6{5RUgFB1N*TAF@7l2x#zk=UM0)uD z4enCTaB3SQQiFIYklh+OGj#KJ!W=J}48uguaU`NF2Z%x90Y9G6bMPP|)u3*aLu z97}v6KId2ZrRvAOyFLo}9Qi(2FFJ1Ul#%~$vV+Ah-?aD$$H&6jX@*1X=s@=Y9S77G;aYS?~)Nj5M+={nqM6=@ufHZ7HG2Xd=kP9 z+>Q;tzdhwwA6$YA><(Pb7_@L%_R1owvYO`BiN|V550~TgM$CwYBOI_@pll^m17V0? z3hgJ0@O2r4C+nvGI`dh_A1NhF$H{MIthegd?Ea^>$$Y$rw?jBFzAlWS+de^L+YkVTFS zMXiK2QMP;RaMyCN-gE9MgS~^&UUl)to(z4B`UzE1b5!7eoXh!H0{c0qqsKBstJ2;D z<`nt>fz-=IA(i0@VQ}t@vOWREgmLHHG+`Cwo@T4H%EJC}OAh(oam%yIFSN756CN{B zcn!){@r}j}4wgCme{p7*WMLcP>3Vh&;Y&4&VR=t)HibFf@l3p|)|ngDhxDAPw@v9o zna~)|W)itT&jZWa30~ZmoO&+r@-sHBI*lCe`4SEsPS+JL_LBbCEIBfDTbDC0zx3%3 z96(fqz>>AL^CTpnc#(R7VSW5uuAH%DfC$fb-@COQPKr#5{SFLZLb*bHwAWsna^<)> z8=@Ms?c@0-s^1kX7Eqfgxa}Tn8}RqxG!j2?XGhK-3gVD4qRLk1bV;J)>~5rDfV`wq zx7z(??!FmzC*Zc8r&{B_75+6y;>Wj@*5`Q>%x^!wVjfB$MSt^i+xm-T-!ou3M`Xg~ zvFeXC>s*JP!zGSK4}c_tVTt5(YzM&_@LZkkWg4Gfa`$bSVv^16S+_aPGBi3bJ{R>J z##Nv|BU|@BbWN-|ngs6t;}~ozz)ydtq`sfmH}3>yhKiHdAj$@KGUq!iN*ljF69RBj ze^2gK;KaRuH2@-(N^*F;>oJswEw?`PoE@Qq;t?L*45VVKyH19@j{!xw>zf>4&i=61=3idfWT{Ca@oEhub-G!`B_7VGAM{@q$zuvt zB48pQV+HT!KfyM-Checjy5T+U!XusQ)=L_F z5g)4OjkiNW;zj=wJkStS%Q^qV*aVa}|ch2BOCi{3-k__rve_etWFCHnW|{`VYoB z&40=D{2uc7Zyu@sh5i>_zw>neOETGsPp8%R)=w**kn(ih=?2E16uO%4GvK%Oa7Psy zhKxZnEJktp^WpAsz0I544ub6dBJ&CkPAuc83&18U4&*G~EY}qqyXsmWEpf3KH(3R( z1>gBZAcv@kg(1zBY9Jxj+lPEh76S2ixp*Qc)J=;F_v`|ENkwGsI%iG|fI?JygYSeq zcZK!PZDhTe>ho~O^|B#;WrjG2;Tlde56~=FpteXv%tGj1y+6|+^*6>#07JH9-&^*{ z`+6}wALP&Gk&Knt%kzZZfpq&}2ZtU4R2Afk?v9&(uXyW+cZ0RaTTe%+4N(vM5&5rB8tp~0)yDWe5+*4nXH!jQ`E_ZK{bQQWZ)=bd&HU5>9P%N5;3;`!~ z@um7Y9N24$7s3(X_e``9BTY3Ujy5{{c&@^Dc`4(V2SyJ8mPyZ5N($LGg7Rpkg(v8wQr#p$lJ2i|t5z3ZdwJsM}s8w)h7 z|EEx3mD68!t4DvG!nB0^aV*XE*)NQF>y=3{CUJKMS_9r(Oe>_-roA>$Ui3c zWbg_qJ_j>9fQ@Sdt8W5J(L(%pI6C`N&a@z6K>FotQZ{7jce8?#V@49z0Z-0ry(|dJ z2v!S-X1x&v0dbJT7I(en^?;Xa17Tu4%<$+Z6)aZ*9iGxHVA1qV4&-R1k%b&lED(_O zs()n@ESgNd`}AKtDfIx~FV`U`W#3vz70&m&BqKb-u!xQ%25D&9;; zFwhl5_&snw4*fD)I#nNaN8&+rxCYUlU$|ch)LT7t7J3qPN0A0gpIido(qY?nyh@l? z#D=T(`AMgM84cUgFXn(rSswuX&5Hcf0Y+GXe??j*k!dUg;Rg{WVU<8~068^1&}>#I zfA)Ld6F0c7W+EfTlPMxL@nBGiuhC^wD=X4TeyuS}KAS<@1DpJ?=rl+scoNAbU3NEo zK_Tp^)}_&xMv~Xb*3FYmQ?4>7ubgeKA+D=*e;}Zcfyyc2)TE-8EcvII0C=06^n}J5 z5Xj$EpbYwUFmCy+$&FE~)#z;Jz)^w93a%8#-f;Nd2S^fNV{QP2%NE7t>ZK{JgYt0> zlbpZKFHE4BmPB_O7?V;`<6sV<$umX_(FPJWcUP1@@f>DL*d#G_Vi183mtdpGRpf;( z?j_MbzTwzZYWWK@r?CkLEB=$z7p3LgMA81Rd>ZabgPWyzRWN1@!#JAEFk`Uh0bqo zHh2AFi-30a#hhqmc8f-$ETAP7FG4F{6lyrBZJ*8Kd@mkT2PZRt)6vt<%bnfTc?(}U zHoeQ%E!QPBk0v^KkL-!eT4TLgq;j1-{q*TqN-~cu=zO0i70w$nlKKO!&Vn?0kFF;go z#vT`6AcUVfq2C9?yGH(%wMD~WU}cFeejsC zGL84|Rb?r1&Aoc{R)9-Y8%L7m{Z|6pn*;t;7iX5z1m$?3=o%Jvd$dPj&$TG?3Euon zL)g2H9hhQfB5s-Pjk){XwGlhioLYUKp>O5~Y}0?2tg*-8^iar73VMi>XpVN%4HC4b zJ9%#_Fij>i`xzS(Ev&OIhv||QDve{%Gr@${0tzPxia`SL2pqadXdv{@!WnQ?;at_a z3v`LJ=aR#UN;B60$2{CFb~T}5+5&H?!#(yrYqa<75LF1Z+7laxBF(Z45}X$+?2VwC z!KFJi49#)5Zh)Z9*(lQVq zbo@-8B1z9i%#^2a{L35vzx-bYugQAqDvg!!f;714**z$e`3iVIjNPug@4x9S#O7U0 z(G3AnX!RUd$=5*7_6!KC(+ zwnNZ?^M%N5gu2b`Y#)g@&m161$-O9Ivq&UhRU~)u2P>c<)7m&JJbd@imCT@Tn~+&k z8m%I`zFRSL6U4!X2rH6A^P~O|h?_46K2t=eWh?3cwgxqgJpW&1@?GFt>4%l%vX+!c z7+aEFcpi+LLS1@pfsBuu=Jmk;# ztOjUccyL;_J9G{H_kN@1m9mU)*cXWChVxP~&BoQi9~y6l?|9Py*fYrx7+AiUVluH2 zgtGnl5lUqdwu8~|O#3zH)=*V7U}6)s8_x!-fFOoM%e5a&r5PrmjEIn~6O(LLWI=|Q zFX4xwco_&9c=sR?TRMV~#>8&^xglc0xSbiGvK2z@xwHA48R(!m$#@KH(wWq(Eis|P z7C1E?6lnpfSOchy!~09*X8>@}5#Y!SCQ$Y{dXHsJgc78D0X0PQDZlN5H59CeU8V|X zW(u{l*hN%W>GT_Z63oQ7cYrWC8JIYb-|@sop(6y&{w7~gSh-B@k=aKFZ9@%+groWv zK@C+~00($JPtetVCWCeh3U>xw!mw>M2G?f}D_@iIu6fO>VE~H6iwhxaMK@oUPTbzG zAq2w$d>wHi3JIgbZ@piCmChzqn;nMcMX}P#VB9dFpr;e0VAPVHrr_y~W>t4PHm=O~ zI`YXB6|syTfX(sEI0b~ePE9?V(+ooYYa_&>SedZ3?jw)=NrxZvkSAK)e;a`$zi{N0 zrCZTqJV&R)U&LLvshXayhf9t&1iGEn;xYtB%s3+Df8hCH^!^R9EgM*rx8M-^@$Hfa zgPSXTjj{3T%g+Xu8$o}?_6s6Ffs)7B0I^oVhkysUUR=z5PzKZ2osgJL*Ijt$%U9!k z`(fL-%HdeJ_5OSe6sLFs-(E@*w{{7N;zuy0VD>~V7f69)(Q2x>h zWO~j3d{nVs0bh}#q^}6C@m<6b-3}-evE%*dx7!NJfL1pH?KJa3C=p!hL0$zSO zo%V|vm3>OPkOi6yD=onAYJ{x?@G2ybNEL39Os+6~pzKB*xC8G)VCT>+mymd1ZGA;t z;+4HZFNzQCfGQF*N>v;`SA$3-D_6r_nH0%4e$v-=F3iai4-yA;C+c%JyCb07sL63Q z9AZQ332Ip2{Xix;6NzA#8mKzk7-l>5ty7RWtMF$;2BeM=hM=Qr-LF*tc!iHp@k{D7 z3pYx)c02?yB9p~pipSsYf@qcA^H<(W1KBJb9huS#E~nQ<4nP)=EvdsuBu zh@_Ax@!(4eJ{qMIA@A!1y(%_grWbILA}75$q)~e)MnN_r&+crzS@8SpLbKqKkVbR$U{NRkqi=$wez+T?r1wLII_v zU0WAcZ{ZQ0p=lk9ZHV_PhfQlTQ};`xO(78>lD4K3HI{?o3hRdkNMZkf4JO^sibGQZ zM(hZiO$_RFi_2u{Y?0ai82&)qctt`JG?gs{ixPwM+f`G?x~;4+Vx_<-1wbny@^d~IWB7WavxrO-*K!)x?agJ{G%Qa@C|i}$*d zA@}j!*;-X8hH=YIb?*)9p#79Y z7GnTsnFh%p)PK`ZCaJ;PnLaU0N~d0K{-CQ*zcvL0QgYCurk* z&Y>lrR$ChypjGx4e;)#$BG1>A=T3ze{(U9y_5i{znlZn zJq9cK1n(Ax)fJOMC1Jd5i*Mtv743>!7DOs2#QL}HqcmI$qq6c6sbx@%uir6+&}Qff zz=dm|6!P7{wi{ za@WD3-AB1?p(;bEp4PqBG^XoVT-_HN$V&+1KAA~Xmp3LxgmgD+im1P>u<-}?%xm(!a zl{VbR3lCNkuE zcMNO$+X!s2UXJzg-}d4U*Z6BPr@6Xa!3ZL1u%`)8;o^GC{GnIC4VcqHY0%ZOV4aK6 z@`C{|$p>xfzskQvkCQN;GmBmy&@h^@XeO0@RB;;ny91w&fI`Lu$lcm0(YCsV`KE&X@7yX-CyX%C{v2Vqr z6nE99>-SHSVDU@tfuF#?M;uG87JQ4ey>So7(IOekiExcysuQ$gq_ydEj`c~2olc9d z0`vx-$X1djg(R6MM)f>R&8a+l1vg;V_!iaRh*=NwLR&8+$AWh$7}sNGwj?bg{l7>&FKI^)igI+bWZr9B*nU?`y7O zsAXG_H<}!ek{P^RVr)RU;KVg5em1|)YLI|MA*m)^$EcHPU;@Fg2-?q`1cs(k!*l?U z(jy;%fo=N+AfhGS7*7E*J|~w!cwWKa=tI{SldtEaW8m#7t&bF;bICwFyrU^2caO0R zTMplIp1d9??Tw`~p1Y8?H`&_9o+)xTRss-I~&0Vd44bA4Xlx-0INy*dy ztaSWVg_vX2sy(MN;N`)ihuNnHb1raHBS6NnaKYY{w;Be@ z8wwI8`GS6|FDqq-V>I5WM2CgiDcV=}V8SnUaSctq=ZuiytJUToq5AUp6o3M9_x%gd zOhNKEe?K7aKWIMrAFq@;&2A-;3_`&49YivyW}{b`i+8sbrTB(8j@q?8o!<5p!N=BJ zJa$Rsku^|cH2y}h3z*+K&jyV*2f02akbMlgy3y7D*Q3N=VBeX{rHA*_sZ*1x@k{i> zbbkZ1^j&{cjvkDqJQ)t3hTHGGdJC;>YKdOuaaGqt8!WQvjQ2Q_h%5P#VA$G=3B5mt zOi$jRzmhARI9JioLDxkFggpwojS3M+MeONPX$1CG-?4Jj_R3#H44%*v7n zCHYzHU*PtdEsxy;GI>>d2L&f;gwmQ8={y!v{thdX<}Aqzd|4*|kVPP4^GjvNVncRs z02Of?Z+^cGfE1sCWcqMqlD7)+e1_T9VN+RcgJM`9&<4G_AH&KKR)2Kkpu|UY8Q+ z9OYE;5+JFiGlS&A%Lq`BD8wP)yfhT^BsQ?3_#!cDR)PRN4virLqModOe{Dr7)P80D zAAG}BX~x_;r@7D1eI(OiI8)uMRzG~=iP${(HAdj4NlZK$n3UMK)c$L3aPi{2UTrmK z_c>P0pz*r=ktFe)+a~r{6?MQI46I=`vA1+>2H>^U(8yvlM&r8u`&c6X&K20W9*UA~hkJ`)BKB!hQqK@Bn z+%E4SG-i1Lu!YBB{+m-JG0&2qg=O(FsR+|-)3&4jA4R4H3|2s4D~#&@7={pYI=MLy zWW!pEp8F><57dKFb1!K({v3h=d+JXRD3E=@b<^wSJ%C17s`l{;&_P&ayh~M;l5e$t z8L{$f7bIv>$NVLB4=qc`8;Q#5kHvn6b+4hvs7X@Ws*Xy$%bTwhh{B|^BG$0`Mdr15 zSs9Jz?zq@q-iGrGV5|Ge?oZl(mze96sD5{@785Mpb6II6(X*%U9OnYHSYLmC?W!48 z&*#4cMY|$@bwJzeOv~#Zz;dwFc354lWnB)EzJ4<>R7I^7)A$_)v~(o23VIQGOm6Oo zP*63*)8~S3^Bepk{Uj=joNpOEr`SB+|M~W=4HPq*f6EkwsO}D8UxS9-f~S65BM;!w zn9cTz>be0*-Hah(^-qbS=ZdZ+s+R|Uw18(&@V$>L5_SXOXx8u9y}m?Bk*|Nv+{B9n zYobx+l0iuT_p8*T1?+q1MFJRbfjqsouPLijL9mHvJ5?Yh|I#IsI+nE;5!r4G5O7g4 zi!;&BX3HtQ&9J7s+tl-;txUew~U>C5fvx25hxRH`k9!}t}9%h^oH2$UEJ30QGKT(Qr#w3cibi}G=^ z5rcsmfQ0az!vzDU7pI5CO3qOx;;I5H+ATQ)vgfvjP#N-yqb3Hctxt0Od89lgi-2zY zB#UD)O^;sFb@lJa^SW0}=H`5iQLyhd-%$!+=|SBx$zb;j7osyU_Ac(Ti2@M$A^e(-qp>z|7{Im@w_kNyGy;0aa3M{^4Q_(3S}l z)79n@r54lNfcBy}?*+BQ_ut>}$OAM#jp8x&-mSy$s`}g4zh48u366Fsl2@?`%!Kl9 zfzpOomY159T-*>qHkL%NR6}5J;=SOjD9H%{XX5g+@jO>r0>$0YK=ROt2)hK?@~mdW z@%pCHqc7ohS{@(gN@&OhUfBrsoo@9V(0y+^?s0Hp@3Ywh9K>kuDR^vBnOpMo&gaTz z9jGz`fF=3_B(1g>>w@km!OwOxA%Fljux(c&B<}zEK>gIiGCC%!BC!}4KXLJI)z%|hl;QQH6R{x*+J3EML1P=qZIQKnPD_2xHd^R_D^)Hl4<_yy{r zHDguVTaZ;omui0)LMvVa%8-bs^u&YLIfd^`mfkx;OfDBBSVmICWjS^-pA5|8%um8y z2507k#Nhrd*XpHokee%$}P8y%+FaMSK8z7!ZN}E(RQn z;@3Z-(NIqrwdq>xOXYE?MBfs>TJNBS*?&QCTyQnFas)zF8boLcUWC-ev~VEoUoT#P zZYP=}Y{>Dj@?*JfRzG|%FUQttUP>Xc(pI^0{dyZI3wTa6pR}1=tMPuqs;P=`cid`v zbqgz*OU8vKji{!IDcKr&+4e#>6aRl*io=>Ccb>>`j$>OX71Q&B=`Jekby*5G?zL8gG8*b$GvYK9|0&kr5Fm(&ORN3 zq384lyRwvU(?yM-gCxKJ;K^+Q8G%eQJI<#NZ#X zu8piHdfHVQ`4A>e`x%z9#ae(-X24L`&7dB3M5?Ab$?u5t+F$IYlG`CZ8Lt~iR{|Mp zcezsU*a)9deZk0A>jE3~2o7zoesw$3_*L0U$0$tQu&6>!)vaqBLoYedeA+E96XxPI z#g*68ws=dAOphjBb`0B2%WW49qlJ?;&wg1ZSE3Ja1gOUM+I`j$8X`L7*oBvBhO+8B zh(-rbp(U*-`2`PEh>(OfjrA!)eWnF$i|PN=x1XvPlAhRN&O&O>ROkWZc{DnYUEp3i znutO_G6)2fcO3D@T1p10&pYn^&QRo~1LPkSy%U49F=bdBLVRct9U;^#| z_eD6ih~82=wmNz7K`cNj4WzqTt%tBIAb4j6|A1rLwSHoOdlz@wN{0?fFCOB@EE4&= z>Yawun6OcU!^7&v!(hpg$Vp4Re)Z!?yW5)rII^djy$CGfSgIB9_tqzCLclUUIG(eS z54g3!RS~K9iEzYP;1hphm#=G#8WQ6G&W?wW&;OkeO+Ltt_NFe?a8hTIPo&twVKeRy zxhyy51IP%3EnF8WEP%{?{=-kieUlmuT|iU4XA?_-+JLF0DsV5~45(hT9P>c7+_6q% zN-^(x;{uv%N0^g`>SVUl+H}YCh)vvaX+DBQVjL>)CLu@NssKya(d zK^-6U6;kvF@Z?;l>uB5oqr77elYJVnmNSd)wBm*^)jGeYeu_AK#^_=626HcaEB#K| zin7{x9&|5_fqsAf(3G=>@e;HfXWqfs%?r&spZ)Hb#TTxjJ7xD*{Z zJFt#L^4xpB4S?xsBFoh0;Q9w8= zdjxL4agesB^}l8NAT==xP+A1S4nHzp=y?TyBh)vk@54HFYuUQ3Z2EFmZk`W5qS9$T zGrt{O#*3@p5*9#;?YjL{&YBy_2kKL0=f9K{Mbk;TTu{_8zj1F}T)tEZ2d2Y#Mn`1l zqcnd|VM0xuUDJ?P2;ge_QC&qh zuN4(6Ccfi^k z%X{eE`W4C6??>0B^+uMdLVEmn~u?%7^hL^V?BH;q|j_?vSQ6fE?g&S-_^aKKf z-vkDzl;;}tC>P-<^nny+yu6C6VN%cC>~CO1Nqqyv1iV_4pX695jw2B6Mh&2VR3OuY zdsfCi{t895%(642v9=de^2rJa>z#ozX7>wWoGfO{dvpsIi88ovQVp@`$G)@Sh4tEUw9X$s!Ca#{Ba ztnTfT=4d6*2}V^gONH=x zE>wV`)Y8djX7dMFn)(YSrewRRf*z{ir5Nnby{jw>eq+{Q|8bQ^@c4+yBrW<;SdJwx zh!IixynSsG2(iW2`o1!3;gHU>r>%cid5<`73uB)Ph33ubmmBGd`i0#+3j=rx+gwBB z_nK`C~iZ^MNF?~P+DBnzN>@U^wlTbZiX*mUSwr*;aj({-mrDb50$_oAGLrUdUaSmWt0hBN z9Eq~mxYpR=8&IaEKwK5@mq2Gw`Pmy50;p^3|N=FARaLVGUf0uzCMpcjqk_ zHr_Kl>5=ZqoT&1&3^hmZZ;Nbk1_s=>mCZtN<&BaIaMQg`)|NW~4LfDoi95a7)ysGp zMU3=uu17}&*Hy8ixT4DPJY0h5U_=>SPuZO6#V7AGT~L+|E>OsgDuEWUFvA(R_r(5@ ziqN-0ymm&$>|J73L=$ChbXiUfl=^KTkt#&;B2MEMZ?TSavN}?e2D0`u+;`QWt~5pA z`H1gpV3JBr0JS=L?LMZt3c~swPX-^CrqrY4DTFkhX-nT-rMJRF9+7$3$ITn-T=iDn zk$rZc?_j3Q+qoRI8?jb8L4S;ti`m%}xuFuQ<#`G+>+pyyp(K^e`|Gp>%~!zp1sVqq zmul&HEQgb6fci*Wfp^$8QriI*Buw&^SNBW7w|KbeQDr)%!NB3LR3|-vc6m7erdd)l zfj6`W@FOm1E|~!B-rW0@=^U$M;E}Y*zxxFeM&7-)KqEU`tXA^Zd0$2jxa_t* z&{*Vf(4o3NRblvNy>o+D!g=9ncLF_cRP5E7ubDj^Z~8B6V)So-7TmQ7jN0JTe%muz zT*7%koczfu>g^c6F?%@=nsTxQ`~tUbN}9@|kk%X|d*#Wlje$I%C+xgH!LKqBD{-sBJG{nk1ReDZe#67u&OrQMMULki&e-y($J?(`KxBbmv@v%Sc zk!@W;M}9ELX#xWzVVFHaxTVCngIz}I(tX->FBgaZ3SFWmG#o#!ir^P8C9x)=d+<JpPuXC+^HPVj9afKyGZw;I~2kl%S{_YmsN0g zSMr0EIty*E@HU?Bpt=i4M8Sc-H>%CwbnSk@eo>o$#|T0s4q=1bq!uRys~6(Q-BEI>_i2pP7qji@rYzuSzE&+`BAQ<_oNPdV)Uh zWw7WkVbHp(Ri6@BS{5E09NgU8@FFV1Q;Fhb5HAgJ%)sI9j^}vZHN9G{bK9MGZ|_{b zeM~8g*h}H>z+}b5^mfdg8QwZe61o~zP0`5cfY`>ROsX!;15TC^nm_^0&rpFl#Em7B0} zE|X6~y_z;SLeHghPaZ8gp0cJ(9(kfT5g_+UOG`_5r_v2r4+OCJxwnysC^SSjtGx7@ zsFV(=n!b|oMfn`hFE@+!vVMPvFHPuV+0{h+M-yZIRujiGyh5wEkL4F-T3b#Kx(Hb> z{~s+n1t`OpvMv%euixwMcrR^g;3O?5Eh6CD6Ub!$F=u3EPCE3CjG%HSr@Z?>FMeZl z8;Sb+?he_4W!eS}kFFdBOONDU^R@8j{enpE$sATn9rlF|-7M}^fy92R=7(GTaQ2r3 z)gdWEC9r64cUj!qx3nH>Gf;DUp~PAQ<4HLQH;eeHCNFo%7*hPGzt|i1)e|IGr5Yb^ z0bzprymZ=uDK+bj^Ytk%F0M@MZ^<6u-()lYy1mjkJ`mqE$f#0av^^^?i?Nf!DF#f@ z=<-Zyj2a)rgZx>rlSG6~7puO#CNVcLS^Fdx4?&2Cq`>e_MrDSl%aGJvmEuJR-P~pg zfvKeXJB4?XLnO!Zgkk`HMNO} zF-qQj??z$A;basAg`v)Xt8FW|2Ua#$2DP^oB0jA6+)uZ1fq^AB_-g}_C!E4AkYl{J zdgZ2hxg0{bzPFF6A~Q*vor0=}2sWWtLUQyc)Nr+e-X%-PWl;hDo2vn2WG;u-C4 zy#z(IRh?Mlt%tUeu>#+<;VKA-7`KN!ejQ26I79Me1&H7n`|qD2Y32}*prDTd%{rh`v=^}S8(awV6y z-P~tmTzwXt5z-Y(O6oj1=!F)S6{x?I-M%S1S!u7XmjA*KJv=(<=T=BOhDaHF*VJ?; zmw>9G@T(X&B}WZtSz2z5JDe6$4Bg^#VN>SQZ)w7I;;^AavWYq7+M{shQ)$kdl z4`ibE-Fy!vVD#t2rtL2N;F@Bi4f&ResG9qorPFOEeebdD@`h6WAVYTKp!tw0Eq6e@ zVo}szkO~4&vX$^!fB=REd3_}4uSo5 zSu->7!Ej4gXgMQdv;9F5+aWFV^cs&-*{h&+pKVgQAze1Va)=1$gIwV}gpA2{c<9!` zkO2MTluu|Vy8i_gnG`FUhsxJb1dkf#mgl>A_CfSv>7iPR-3HU}TV!)}>Qd+qI5yrT zm@b&8T2t)3JaBet$ zoHAwD6pP)jH!whJtgRtpHK%G6zhWa4pE+zWGxYT*gm#*-vGIzE4A)d_es%E=uqlI= zS^32ML3Hr=L{js0y=eY=s-J#sd#}}r*KOxA$$SlCbFM;>7-BK7(WMH-5w$d?+8%Ol zWQ9UCsZdF%gtN1AGYN@TTKyV+O%>a|_xU?ozR_r^@>yYy0dV65}$cp6D z?q50n^vO!F9v%ZL9h!#dU8HA1TW|D%TSs~GjNU?ZKeR0~i=aI3yXh(txSMQo^5ct{ zoz?ahp~lNj{SuePs(;d@Q?%0R=ne&*c8d(kleGl>^-sMXVxpowu|WK4b~zaSpq@_k z@25G?98U;{v~g;f*uVCg$0-=WSY%X+S_J;cUQV38y z?=EIZf#e4rq=%!au~?{B77Mtd{?tE`_BgN|>T)nsd=F7QUcK}8^Ha;ahNo$&B~#4G z%6Jll4i_I~BSo-Q;Oiyd=H=yqTv`bX=B_wY@!7D`|8KablvK~v@#^2B<-M)xw?6Z8 zfjJz|)6aOEc&qRNHp`|W0vZa{O%tlB%gjorM8*pCheT|RWlpBA5=W<_Xyn=INqVio z?NIWHiu)j<59+RweQcs5BV#?CW1&jCF&7sN2zS_1kNEVv-C_SqN_N4ub2L>)pj|rg zxfq%%j>W6*8szF9L{Upz)>@c_grdy({XGj70P%xAEg~#j_?V3i!eop!l)upI&$+Y% zgM#9aYwaf9ynY?ilLdSSDc@A&e4X2ZoSj)DduC@nd%}_OIMXX9K!xH2xZRD8P67=b zeYG>7`MKsv1T~r3V2!1WdEh}Y2!lXhI1x!frDbIP{PB#!JpXJS3Q9shD?yT?u>wP) z%NY{ir6=tguZm>z4+Vc^>_GB5Z&GKUm|*i-IqaAlom@{x`0bS6+wCOj2yR_XT$r|w z$M0lP$zt*U{xh9miGhLP0hmtng^}KYrMcZ7mzk-zwm#arv$tn%0+YExMQwCl)#HSe zfAGagKuM&Ci@?s5HZocXNBZ+EPl#^mEtB@eDb9}%;F+igb9QtHuoYh*D$6S4nH(v^ z81&Z<4oIrz7AZWYWo03(!O4J@txjdzcGp$@P3z6>FwN~$i&>#sdq9qWh+}v`L1MN< zc*cDOo&yf*oU=_26R|ysQ=fv;;%I!UZGnn-^G^XqT_I#$kC$ij8bbuc0oV=UM}txds8Kr^(us*o2IhSM^2M|$XYf%uBce2(Vtk9+toKm7Tb}kn$JoH!Eg^W z`069>zD34Ke$Z;Rr(K4h(A@A-rQ)ED#LQ@7tcjtn5Rmh2Mg z7KDBIlrzqZ#-*i{r1u=gVWPN6T>p`$PVwc%UdmU`Qq3ZR-+h2iuL1sU;FZW1^2|ky zK_t6|m6ooovdrR`K)94N^&CXHi$l)$uu1x+rjBMM$jyJp;= zWXImCsy%ZI-`Vci|K9$sSY8JP|`X)0(Q@89$E=_@goF;cpDoZG5Tu)kn8yV%KUK>(Fa zm>t+)l^?7MkdRBwkrw0aKV#Q~88^QIvCVE=xR`Q%p3rDg9=mPoO<7hCuQrixv^`rW zw5(Mwp!UktWUXO^9HM%ebAP|#(_(CdHnGTNL>TDj_a6@Uf@bul?PrJjahXyF)67r7r_5>Vf(n0G=D3$>Z`2Oizd=wQW0;|%C zA*1m-Q0Np6-sdxG2pKmwH(;hzszIHB+gTX5BermXs0n=wG))0V@)?&L*(YVbKbml# zgy2&0Q#CylhOCfz@vCjrrn+?+iaRkGLxwx3c#e?^!P?&O}1p}^*U`qHo?=ASx&UeN>g>^j!V`$JxSV zK2`FP ztL)}~0{a34{WNi#4;wbDXOEtYx9Q5z2coLd*Wn@O-OL5j8RBDa<=)ED$`bqH`0?X> zqx5(NGrQ(0K3Pm^{W5AS1qV;>JGZn&xi@h})T9*v1S-me1u${#TGop%hU4wS)i3IX zYH>i;!i6#P-jFd?g6#6;)bQ|7bT1|4ibivFz<^ir{{avjrAsM{DHbf`=H~V5*GH>W z##X7R=|MpONJFho7U+pd1&+XwApm{^!qvLFyMh~M&;BuJ(BPt?!b67+`TF|tE=-23 ztQ&&|4}=d<^Er0|kVIW~?Dm!U7c9KJN+#^Xc8 z;g1`Fbpcoq=mwTK2TX0;xRG>S0P$q#Km*YM-d9%2Sc88L`x+|BKo1aQ7~X1i$~*6j zdHe0RnO4BkVF?pHlv%Tw5!As9odiVqMX_^oZt=^w15u!;G?uwZ`gT~6k4$)fcJ@ts zdpo2-4pR)MH=amr2RMj69AZ$Fx-vpxF%*S(9SCJ%Y2o7R3{PGPf5)y!$$Rl`f>U@{c_W#ys@QOumJ)b$2~^)aZXALB#kXlYDYA0Hn~3D*4Z6`~IekNHM{2GmKdRx|(4IGkG+5wai| zH-zw0R%BZ_%}30F11+eOJUiv<(ZjT)E0$D*=R3hC@nJ=C?vO}RVrKlfp-uHK7x!)W^x2Q5JAJqhlWcK z@JL_>$O8doVFKb$f29PTKmzpK<;~1&ikGuzK%SiAD4pgdjG`VwKg2B&^<9LbMP;l&C=vome*7 z>O!LT8bMq+=lu7cnfu>w=4kt4ysfkcg(Y>dl0@3wAIv||w0RRn5iV4`%pqC-rLjRs)D47O%Ge*AvPM)hu8_!E1 zy9debh^K{Z2=w#TdtU`If8fnqF$b94T{FMYwq?#5`G$Mlw(Uh<<~7st^I88nnK_B$ zUs5Psu;$XN3{i*<)qUOpRWD#q(zTw2+sdX%`opFL0*b`uA=J}AYoU z-a8^yOg=6V(0mt+yD-7ilYI{W#7jnq5PJl%c7TDc@E`hSKmd&GOP5EU6N6*GL?*do#j^NU?AiUBw5e&dkj=>KS}0J6Q+uP9f`{19Og9YKO0nzcP%fp}^{-U4rxDV;&cmKGa`cAB8W$=@q!nRF(lo>! zp?!-w?OPYj>3|Wt;3m-F_B=;*0pyz37GU)Q!dN21-9HYBd1`$uW!RZ*V+X||OjGm#Rt04k< zSzOr(1I%niI4~51453N^Vr7CZ8t6!9_-`1@So}g!? zmnNejA1BXxHZ|NCWj8m{4x(4&il%*6EVa0v;V#p&h6$es#s?$Bg?7F&04BmWUgyD zU=#stQV(>(@OM!^d|a7C@ZBIABQ_)>{P)36*Ay*5YA}adX>$B}2a;6h8Jk{5wHV&!Dx#A46Xw#_xZ-BMu z$t1~xNNy;})KhP@jt*00hsp0SP(sL*l~>4!gw*(GEjk$8)dS)cIVdq|3kilCEWOGc z5g=?>KzQ=)l6YP_3jOf2=$mRf?8^z%-^BL-t4db4*z_o0=aRl*d=eh36sRlC^qe!# z0M94N#;*n+vUj{=9<`;$j89roJ&>Nn$g7_Ug&=ISKGUJv0tBfUqF&oz(j$saM+1%K1t!DKU584vYbhz&QUEd%2O;_eH5(`DUB|nIoXfBj<=(Wgk z#0sD^K}@`A`aSMDhP1Wx)K_t>Ma7vrsTv%@m?IeShiD<)d(3+b9K#&pkKu}7=@770 zz`%q#rIJ7zl^m?aA%>df_b0Wbbv`JsaW-=~CGhubeRK0*GE=sKy@PDCv)#77rErTz z*ORCAnt~>usv=g^OlLw3k^7*~(}47ipP~N~fLKC?wxvc{fw=CV?zXWC@^pA=yu;7wkJm&(WT@?;)e*|>-M7u%Axw;*##zewQ9@7_n#AGS))A6$~wFpkg3NdXLFi0%nE{t^)9=6NxWlWk)AiaIA zzNelVGp(@aV=yw(D?000yJ|cPFFbcxa=7ZC|NhXS=(FDdcByS?V#(=q9QN2$kPpP) z!QjLfYa#oHv5HXo!1&I(XvyH05#cZTHVvIs10Jn?v%I}e5=N~`{KpKP*w(ey#m36U z0>v4`>7ADdBU5Lt@XEu=>l5$Z%Q>CmaI*rPTi`~{#-by&qX(z9r+%l6)Slsx@PKgh zaHm+9I$QV6ZmQT#oi|BENj=4rt5qUv8{hf7XXmGdA_e<=lI;vP-((7i-l&D=!khcU z@SpMc{2MW@Oy{=I1L@U5ce`J*?01e1i;a6_uCqu4*6q4RO`A_!HOMsV&y>uR`wq!{ zl3Vf@^>4blE^935y-2XgrW_>CRzTPK1s&}jCHjh?57ATTBL8vp+=0*zX5VZLg-e@f zUXYnPj@Sk(KwCg9=Rv_g8-FbS*xn14#s$4}o33@Y1R4XILimAMp{1<{tplN1N~uas zIg>fzZDVau=QrE#6Jj@XGXi>Cxn8<=Nx;>4(S{ zxk|I$B)Y`a=!UOR*fvy_JlgJ@=>Fb)E}S4K0!Com^_qh#FLfOrIjJGYWw!yTge)!nB>%#wQ^;_9)xc-NsUEl z9iA+YM{mzZ@`{&>uv-0D-ku+Dp0fu;tIrOS4=h(-p(~rrt%6A<@;US42EUdsD%>EZ z7$ft02K;37i3+aJrJqXH=@vuAA=;o4EVoeP~V zaM{#S>%G@ny570dHBEVE!}`CzP$+yjH$7RLulj87(%+nle4zB;mYMq_`=P$9k^|%G z;G{4vvojOvf+2h{buzK2OsTJNTVHhPox=V4wr?=wowWIVN?|*G zV`ZALW#2Q)$8tts*s^~e@246#xW&^rb^L4#;p&DURHZf41+Wo{2*(@C2d|JDag%d? zt;>q-N>gEC;eUkpF(q`F#RO{S72=jgmSWo%Y3gc!)ZP4Pe*l$s3|a<+q+?kfdWNBe&~0g?%Hk97J_-IAV4*vA7Jvu}E$E{MsRT zMWKD8SwP%sugP;oVsMVS#geP2^w!ku7om5Hgp{1ST;(sU&JUT6Cp*`L#${YN zX6n6AeFHd)rxy2-%dE$hO!GGu`Ij$zTs@x*mipy{EHYWfgL7#FFBCU9%!mf2m0jm)uM^}kM$`?J(dcm0uPLCfG*G>;Vu0|JBv_vu#+zCZ3B zGx7W=HDIOKZF`6s;8peWWf2`LP~7O&&Z~-_d~fKW z0B>TV_-a6iW4-zWSvY@(DB8qzls*i&_Ekt$lzs5P%>;#?$As?$x$V?20ty%a^8KV> zus9`k&@5?EGgT`l;P6DB2Zk0Wl$ODkr&0v~b3HA<>yg1~oxK*`m!AuAHw`ls0KjnP z_XOV4=hy)NKp=#nsimh>Z}i-3(C($-!8?c#Qc1^{Hy(w9dUdrun(+Qr!wC5@J2 z{}Um7dHyYivP1racsj|kn`-MqRFEF_5HSH!0YP^8D-Z}o*2B(0S|6tNH~sP^$L{Fq z=_U<@`uO+=_=pG~Jsv}aq@<*vg2GT?Vg5@5Kg!qD(+17&in{%mk^i#;vqwGhK)87# zkgky5c5Q5tUY>I7?7toTd;ArrJsR;JPp+uH)4EI$`db4P5)g#`e>6{o!~dZD*8D~L zGq1ng$^JGbt&2e0JDb4}F7~dd%h2RSC1wBg@?VPo#Q6`R>Hi}BL-7yd?>MCIdm!vD zOZ2-C@yy? znp9LIT{T-`*ln2OzRRqeZ~k%GU?juG(cNj(;7Jo|u;EzVi-l$G?Z+?q7n*`dzUvTt zq@l23Z#*|q-tLnGrIcQ~stISE$IV0fvk+`kV@pfXWK`7T$x#y*l_V3>OG74Z62`U7 zO`8D@zbu{c$;rvl(b1V1OB0jhot=sgA2NFFB9!id=zDA{N5-S*MPy}V<>Y1vgg3E% z0Rc_T&1GXf{j!jf(NFG%1_mMu3UlM*MYX|?f5kZ+1LPQa;Q|XMj+Z(YVMC~%)7h06^O`c9#~l1rC&WcG3$!9 zznz)e*{O5nsZiC{(djd-az>xh z(us(PJSRQ`m=g*&b{MD_b&CSgxM5?6pTcEhOxU{si&U_!A1LoT_WL68il0Tgs9eW-M z(iVMnlVpfW5PbNF;k!pe1n}y$LKwSyV4!w#WX@Hxq@><&6B85j^AEiaTc{-^B^4>X z036ZnBXe`sp9@&XLMy#j0=}_wu&j2yEBl@(6w2S9f~J(RS%j87wD@wAm6fG4^S}ldx?-S7 zgG3-OE`XX|XRf_ng<&X|S!-7YF?=l<9!h`U9IAGn)L5DvIvI?eqCK92a|baGL)_6vD5DaiD!;b}KPjvy~E~D2gh#R*lleXjM=v zMnh@s+OyWjz4!lp_nhzlz305^d49iVp7WmbVl2!JndrIc0RRA#v5_A1Y?nHpwB%FQb->*@k60uY`s9}fV)2$N|`V`uq^Bi8|H>=jLGMAw3W7D4C=^jTBH zh_uGQ0(=Uq-il<8SVQmyGM;y0FBWbA?5{7~;%r~N#g|Yjvh3Ra=yUc(yU}A(*p%v& z;@*jJAR*FZj-*NvWzKX%tXDsXtULW;_l%&9T{?8ou1Hdg@>Ue{BpJ5r8Dz}ge*o~g z|9EY4ms%@huUyjPbtK``c7UDsXE-252`x(*5W$D1A!~!|L+!}`div_hc8~`6ER+pUrK09_RhqpGtdHemTK~ zhQ>@NG0Ap>@i6%MU4sm^LEvhpJ07o7!Lkunt>wWYZE{Hzls>duD(Xy#R;MsUJ5n|G zi=fQ}n4kUV)brlv!p`_f;{6`x>(7wGUv!34Tkt*2|6Y;Wi+;lU0V~7oFgwwfUN$54 z>&EqfG$Qwj14tkQeQH)MBCU^;HITR{+@)2)ByE|S&RSg8?vtROlO@1|1vz2gGvOn2 zjP=mZ`LmyjGCUb2_H6#p-EmFScZDZW+g?Jm3CgQA9jIBK7_cfbTwN&=;427+Zd*u@ zyLe^23$Ab!G5$J~7-YhrGb7(xRn+Lu9hM{ZCD~%B5~z^LdCe<)qm8@)IDCXkdJB}i zi4)FE?d9PwA<%%y2cjr+$QVSXy8*IV3as@z3OgU1m#}_q6f!APac%mAT$@HWdyS^$ z$u7of0@=t9-Z-Q0+0fD#oNT?Zc@RW~eKn?&X~>LX^yfp9H?G&~{JhHb_$ecwcJe;| zz=720ZKaIB)1m5uYqtt-GH%o$ABkgJ@D{E@(m4z0?CIzRO+KcocE5&MjfORgy2vqh zK6Vva7P?V7T-?N9N22@G&_{B1E#V~A*JaAH%g_B)yO%KW(_|_90kfu)lnv8vEH zFP9FZq`*hTJ(^@u2retnimm3wpaN>a8zTj5;bugtCmC8Cs zhI+1zTd6H{GMaOprX9$bL{kmCP!t1u(*tVA^|*5_i-IEtYQbz1Rhv)mL+;RS{)T3S z#%!8ai7tYQQ(Luxd9`hLkSRA-W1WK$NUNi>KuaNQAkON5=khlUPtg)$#2Cz^S_$!f z(h)+FV`IbPGX%?1#M~L6@kdEl49r3EsmwnVHUW#;P6GTl8H)?3OS$gFKh}O=p}_s{ z+6&78aXEeo14zGz*VS8zs|Gv+=?nVXD&rUp!$avPn2YHbw!rpqDQ1quVi#-{V|IL| z%OyLBk*M0X(*v;)%#JI+ABfOq-@tIYJr%`9=-S%2zYlGupTa24lx&pmQ#7-j>g2PV z(h(>%$)8DKQuMQoMXp-0*0D2RAheZ~Wv@Rq5|Y8}>LK>!Ub6jx`2z#N@Swvm!f0N+ zq^l-IPv)9(I=NA`5MNo8mC3Ce<7O)6?{t=~wFrBsN_4OO@C)F!*KyK&4O|293pxvE z3b0rpMe8nVnuzObVfF3J#|&Tvw_hSHsY^qx!tMd&Q=gkT8dVl4SoB$}L7lx}Fnid+ zJ+mP;Z;Ad_L*peu=F8C|G|x49F`Wfw1)^R(UaDTgUiGl5MdUkP^{iY2a6Y(jbl}Fo z+TfJ8>{~$(BhYZvX{#@8Z&M(?5 z^NqBWO;mOD2M#6<_Y69`s)wvKlPn*kwc;YOTD9KmMV6n49!pYpzVYEy#Z~XNn)Swr4BolhmBZy^Dmn& z%a2r!JW$|JVE36L4ow`vA=Nw8m&RWIq3(T1AdnFZrNyjvZ^gYu(6*~`3&59&AIiIcY`of=gex4xBs ztGeH>{y}{%OfIbX%Cee`Qt&L%A(yd_E>{y(7aFmyb(Q+wz&8cpzf^7qFPk-wYv=l9n(BUK0yIewFM{*GieWX(|$WVq;xw(Yjw zXq@&_?dJUP{P^~f_L%8k?Kg;zSA2HiyNRr$toGdnDIr%h3AYIt3voHnTk*FNrkdiS z6=Ew94b~_d)B}`r++F+%nmskHyR1Ks1a{UxL6%5!0FEY3`R+qc2b&PfW>^hc7Rg#9g?%=yN;2VK6eb=PeUJ9?6 zpt3KgHK=Wvr|G7F%H-{Z@0$cTZZ>7~XIP8k(mPF`t1h~}GJd60tDKziG^b9zGBSYp zqc**%1Z6IY3vhdNJoKV$z65L9g9}E!BOpoJ6pL}&8QYGFd8q2|rHb5p+iJ%=W6EU^BI?wrRL zZyZAXy?ex744O)n6UsR!e&n0F{K7hs6#i_}5rVP*6qELPO|Z2JJS>@+NjhpjjW-Ouf{Px%et3I~lE7Q1# zLLNvjRj0Ydb|pU9%S*{!P{#(8teXSz>1Xb>XTGXAfuDN`4lxcl5c8yngRt*w6d@dwS0^Q!O2VpUS{IMUBb86Q5hb?s12hFJ zlIo@?R7v90&Qa>oK*?%a*LK&X8{)Y`>OqmAMZ(P`$74V4e(NjlqX~ta_8%6`J^Yv$ z8%ce7zYGC&-h+(wwA(_QdES#YJXf+uP8v=Q5nCkY=IddIqlkH$JeIqfFT=xSq_)@> zEq~ta>XUGO(K^Zdh387frn}m(4Iq}H_Y39pFf(AG%x|rq84y(SJEw$A?}37~zMao-1lvjh{7;U@+UJhjoA7+mwTly}oCI{-<_OlHfn8w7fNBFJRasi4s z02)2iG&Bl~%n>B&^cJQzO!&?LR8$Y8K&+_Lo1b_p37G1BPj)FG(xBs$L-5(>g3iy# zJ`e!lxOzUxjG;p70022T%*qaFXJ)G6hVYeiaYwj%NTPiG&d>mW8cOBt=<9)W0it|; z;DIVAbD86qo*2)GNDR#sL9OUZy`WF*cI5`p*ONEeg@JW%j2BmZYd&m+(+ z0Op5;A>hDsyDqMXAf!47bnfWi(q!a}8KpQVRV4(U36D|3N#~ z{6+gSufN=>of}iJfT28m?Db&29`L}k&@|+f)c*AHUyA?4`46Jq|04cF@eks894a>g zU>;{BIxmEVv>N!oWPjt;z~@!^N7epn$)D1*o@mgkf&blK4f-Ai8XEwB;*qhQwv`>- zFI#npoAyQdri7U1A_GONE|v{wV*xTM)$6A*n!seym`vQmWL%3K-3cv&L%R;EUYdc? zCDye4OPHIfDe9}=)EU#Uif*QDAW^5)$;Nro76GTYX66N7-D?Z^eY|h(uFovU1ze(VrOYa#c=6MMb@mK~`Qq)1;V#le2I@Bq2FDxy)yJY;v-> zvGD@mncPC;wv!WSYU)syVT|N)uf)dIwp|cw+BxfgI+TPD_%y$DCpa|J z-`=V1MxptQ&CSiXT#A310{wNf>NKjDF(9ke8_Vf)WCudVrQ`R>U$-HC` zS~%u27tpx3w^v(Ro1DyK46u)PRGSkB z8>dycp{z6cjGv!Bd2vC=P3N64I!x2)5Sq5rttH!?6_=%#IP|CmN-L3WA~a<7Fe`CP zG%7gq3RFiYD^A+rBShd;?~1t&BQVZ5No`>pgwM{-$+;-BES>6Uq$P53rpAp;0?HG5 zA?Ac=8>JV$vEhF?H}1oCDIl6A$86}bmo8YR(gxyCL|FNdbxeN6`0aRS0jB^Efk04! zCDyIbakPqQ7P!{92BBhu7AKYlH@Ss_11=9Ev|nxAz-mg$IDWTz1#FAlqubzeNsjWs zKiVu4YR0w9ZCInZ#;9zDWn8;Oso6<<75AGpG@}aU_CwV)HRJC_L^uU}w|e{bEhWz* z6bAeCHVM z!=1vbA_3M9Q|bo1h$%J?Df4sHPwsiDr%%wgvG@*EIZfQxl~JM<@CpuAV56fM+RA%1 zoNH1H^=sbwVRD(W%OHMGSRKb@r|6Z_%uXTGaETtU=lVH>e@Wlhji4b=D4y^~RSM|Q hz{+*^41NC-veNZT<`Z%s!}C|zSl?Xlwa%TGe*p^EtwsO< diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/T_small.png b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/T_small.png deleted file mode 100644 index 70af1ca3910dcfb6c4628566329a2ffb5f472e9d..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 5038 zcmZ`+2Q*y!_MXv(DA5JcyI}O*jS_YA-b+lhVGN^0O~N3ehiFj}5kyF|=rLL_h+Zy& z=+SGmzubG@dv~q(e`l@VIlr^_{`UU%x6e9f9W+#5lk^tDEdT&OdS44-baNH{y$Eq` z&XW$_LjVAYHcU+odS6YA73$~X2J>_U0JPBQ<{%5>UfMisqxqXl`>X|+Byz}>P#=GN00ofoGk@Wl6~OY|h811=wiR>STi#8l_NQO7sVych=R)S? z=A}-qWDwYJ?Ugw>+z5SA1O5SZB(Nuyx@VC?)gsks#G+V88P6($Y!;Z+{X%ET*LN83 zb?9hNjg>x&o7J_0|K_`oEljI0T7nAb$OPori*;! zj6DufzRerOFsuloz$}Y$=?HP=cpRQvKNGHTl0{nZ( zLHp|RKuj|E^RIo`1(+c+X_wH>)FUZuf}=h&*yB!_har)SiNK4MeYeZ}pQrOFFUs!3 zIf6iXobd_f<0R(+_a11ZQI4=~r@LS3+Y$3`mP>c-mQ zHx2Q|>amf%Snh&&9MWek!i6yKC$H2Oal8w=0;{0R8Lz&VClACvXZn&QN@l$@)0SGg z$p6#eo?pr&!<98VTVU+9UKOv1dajs;AT>|7ayhApab7C<>)LkDIQ5)NHpVP=yR24H zOql9@NbF0N>H=d zScMF8dGeA67+FfNATZ8w1gN73*Lq+nuPzjO}&VIU(0Yn zYe51?9j(MliF5YBKK7v*;jMzJgAZnpkie{WQ>y8jWGE6}=2)DD-8$7DT=a<%*EY`lG@bTRpI#R68k`{T#qiey-bJL zeAjB|7!25?`N#t;*hS{>pel7TXp3+h&tlTIoWAiflj-7j(?hMAxTl4kW&6F6@{8e^ zC72Vx9A98X;7{Mn;=Ft0w0!f=BgE8Xb-1yVG#@5+2f!}ATo=Pd7TfQ=TL8SR92*m( z9&a|zBZR>hultmM5kB-LZkMl@EOFtdB7lUt@bz;0_HJi#N>LmI`_RW;pXchpory~uWdtQNi>P^Z%M-`CUH=1U z3#7L|C`}ZGPp2YRPqy7QHbR;gt+-1|!b+&Bx<-gAq9H(TjiL9|3{6tzBtdH|CYx|F z^{R5l;$%gK#-wqSCGoou8^v5C+||%$Uri=kmfQ!dtJtxz7?Qj$Ab3mvFeXvu5mb`l z33s9Kuz)y=poY$nt2>uf{I&+;aO#@+q3kqTQS)3R0_LdOPl;#`6(*yNf9;r+Ns=9t z?nq-HI37{cc74V_jy`f?fwN=VEbEDF+LKX~*zSY9pi`r!Tk~kC#ge_UQ{1N8*Q&3m zbcwKdN;ofs(Mjr=_j$QY$ZM&{D6nlMrP;d~TAZTjV~EeG_#4WP=#OX}G-GTCnkSYC zBjlunhKO>@q~d5*aWa=im}pxWOzX+&e^%Y#Zszew7VOzxhWjyCs@g%`v+l67aM-gc zvE7FH^VL!-X$z<;XQ^B2PiepkY~J`A6TA&J33&*RNPekjt5s1f2_1y)7}rlbkR+1Ki2mBSJ%xp zna7(;XDYjg5F_zpeIwTI>U4IR=8PYuwB&|mwkWqk!ppAsE` zc;gmEHUlSEXI{-ZJXgt9$uDU6Zqeb=!QSz(qv&a_ZUU@(Srn1gmvx>cmC2%+`OM)t zd7_1Ap(7@pVkbd^0iTiR+1G?)23x6L?){=vBRt0&8C%(yni%Lc!ViheV4Z0M{W@N4@z$KU%fdCaaXWZcAqWm9)k zV!UGfktD4omFLRj=*)$;PSsHr&D8sk3LfWJ?3_^NHmH%ivE*3e*yh~nJovnk%s+-T zCN#z>#v>7;$6vK{@c`&)SlAm^=h$=tsepba|^Q~al&5%(_Bn`zReaAr>oT| z&}r_A9_}9=E~0zp&2Z_IFp&94t>qy%ooX}t^!|J8W9db+b8E{hGzfzQ_Z+5*jhO%Z~?+{p5_!?uCQ zT$K!!rdQLiV%o>sqZWR)8%!o{c^-Qo$CFQxTlN$r1>RM{+F;R80de+E0-pqRl?3?8 z`M1LAO;Kj3M=1Np4=`J?RLPHf-u9#?OEtLJDApy;NX>;@%E0ni}3N$}Myq z7Ni;?TH-0sgG+TuYEX_)6FW6jl{xQpPIdq2z7$QC7V&mE!gTL>?;#ckxrHg;@N8+L zvhSqS%kSx@sHL!%N?7s)Y5UpkH>M4xneyePcIm#9TX%YQ|DAM=%(JwNoLYs7aKFjr zn$*S;ls;dspYyxR(ZbTzk}Tc6+yMX2SpT_0-1WzYX@|D!`KYQUE4y$4sUq&8=Y!uX zmz3!6h{p+o9|OObe&NXiW|fKNyWzW3U^gi6(fp8Rr^I^g3sE`I5aZ*0y{I{RRLwgTAj6)|?;|7}!Fa553)FcM z2YM3uWbDb#1MWe2Xt6mb-)HeY*m#PiL0m_C_{(R5D}&y-&N2_a=YSAXh`N5Y71w@` zTpxv2m#~wlSbRA;Bf1rV3$NtOLeu!U&=>o*I%vz@sFe3R94(dLF`@MIxr_Ge7`^zt z&c#kI9r=uM`~BCt(13#3nx?{w5u>Yb#7dtpEzXt}s{38N`kFI*Y*cL6EPb6_hrZ^P z9h%WpZdfTeB9|D(Usg-_jO*Knv^aTozCn&6w$l6pzR+*Bes2;!@=s02DkYdXHFh(!@S|J$?6vkb)hViC6gyxtB3hM zThFKGgWFb>J5*+(C1UQxd}T=PvV8VPuka0aWppL6W9fEX?P=ZJU#^E>xkL-*QpJZT z|1*(|subtw?)c{?`AK(u5qfqt(?N1|4i0fvDGlr>!VT2syi+P$#E~l0s{4w}?5EQI)J#=2Q@}wg^ zI-KA-sMN>E{zPZ0uiae7p0Raq&uuGv{Hp%y+~;79tm$5e&qdfODF5~Yr8l9WqQVDM z>&8DGbPo#J7q-kY^)ud0+jo&4GXq594)o(KjFAD>O5r<0WB_FKubdJ}$RkNpw%z;> zzXaY=f&l?|xJjP?5$^SxQ-m>s7;%)j_ZU?)aO1m(yg2*dA>14>ynv3`4TJC2&;yET z0g8PDAdn;pS=bywYBOmYI`rtwh!292oGh<^tj=Tz0p@#Jfi!X98lAn?0XIJvL~t!j z1OPzG^?L#D8*%Oe05~`>6AOO}JzZI6A1@(C7au2AA(R*VCK>>cN6Fr7yA#ovLcEww)tgP~WE^e|$5RJd# zH+Kr`?*9I8Sui*-FiAq6EDW9DgPGS00Ef z!r2c7_lNm-v;NNO=;VX+S72xVUFhG(Up!q=u>Vx@M*Q8@O@rXy9cQRQh4CU%+34wXJdLwSADT+(W|5@d~9RK0@51_^W0{+AC58!Ve zvIc%I*Bgm`3!x|?5B@LP-|_O`-zxn>wZBI4r}btginrv!|DLbntv+Iq832HHaUY^$ zVnOuNT!**9p1QSrGnR4xbIL@)QqVr{j;1y@H{=WEql+@9c3K(+Q>2>|SxiDgLe5t3 zeih=nsVCFR2Jz{A_ z>Or$R>oP>Eh{(w@EG37iXL@?N_ddfNDXF@oB=VbwO2F3M-p9*ppufMVsflnwS64SB zHTCl1Vry$FDXple=;-KZX~|h7QqJ(hwy3P}ttW+bbrW-Qc3b`-A&s@Q8CtJ~zI|KV zJa6sW+uyIQuRlFHGWC4YVAjZ&oMd1O0)d)|`P1nHHH8HP1h{#4y1Tmc_4P*|*2KpX zv-`r~fFH%h#c642=jZ1I1qH*y!yO%J2*g2YX=!dQ)AZPSX_%21hYMi{B^A{@ettEp2UW?d>XfxAAcv-gMW)l*=(4 zZP%L*=@}grS5Qz86Qf!m*`%h&n^6vGE`yv-u;Y;7aBOjZZbV~@%;t~^u`1q=-s({VP z0?nBg6i#`fcS9J$U@(}83H73(vGK>oMxA@)M7IVnE^^IdkEFDIzW|&LP6e1`1V{OG&1tr8P4* z@8gYqAsr#FpkVmG+|2Cw__(RLxt#!G|AjHlY?cNd_wJFeFWWJhqPm907jlZDy*-uB zzQ5qq7}*pV5cwLB{T+-a3|89QY`e%VDVYIKMcUceq?MbQns#<}N=Qgh$lMJh9NOI# z=1owFN267$k55jx&V7{}ag-gH!w8bQlBB*v*4Ee8&vy(hEwhr6A{g!Fn3{u;NPM=h zrka|dW^J8QQiiJbbTm3Wo#v;iof8a3^kinnI!MAXor+C3;%zVr^+6o2x?!oT z9I^1OqC&4L1D9}}jxi=Crbs!SYgUFqc5UI46ZwzZK+1&nwd!io9Qf#bO^t*QSz&|@ zDel?E_O|5EV=A^JL-=FAl#Gmw{QSzXhbjRo*p~~79ZC*J2M6V?nAZl&PgADn=jX@9 zXiDf@_`zV!w&hDF2_7EMci`dB5Hu5UgvQ}fg+^75j+#)5_ZyaqC<`pVuc@KAte*3N zzWVs_qnN1ZP<_1baFDq88^|~X#`YjflPXVtfQ}wn2rh>fJA=JP*47Hj3Xc> z_Axd#w!B;bdU|ou)Y5YG{X6hlEv&S))qcoDk7Ogp4}k!xmyA$=QMha#Dk|3sQ%Tg~ z2NtRmkzC(;7K1gps8wU@z`~KbIAmr@7(9qlG@iXnR3DxXNgJgm;VU3Mb(cEZFkSdp z`PW$yJ!*TK<{niX!HHMIV749=x@E##&I*p?i;JN67gS{dVn7P;Q~9TyHv_cnWq;aF zn;}p%Y{Ku$)ZFZ&sObNhF{|sv=_(-V+tLz8;vLab73Bp|X)^QuFloM2sjCFju=dLY nTh~wqU@zY4Ny@)oKiBwKNf!jSuXPrGfBWvM>qFkFIz;^+xQ1a) diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/U_small.png b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/img/U_small.png deleted file mode 100644 index 35c87b1c6cced31933bd6a4fc15833798dab02f5..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 4297 zcmZ`+2{e>#`=7B5SrSE-82b`4_I2$0nrvA@giJDH8B7RKG1=EljC~D>8cX&Ng+aCv zA2lW$kGfTo>7Z3UM3u}Ylx_lu?R;S{=H)d2 z_}qWIwz*58n!HyE(SIF6IK4H%Ncl4e5HA-gN#-5Q(GCK(80?!`0|A|&f*w-4cUkYVA0|3=U z58Bj%0oxPk<34w%=d}0J$vFpgB<;u&q8*Jnpzc>o-EUIKn~S`d+jKq7`n5lm_@eac zb4L)!h&L+w)(Fj^-}QUi$qa+w)fDIUcJ;E08-bOoE*Hi1uLyA`4eb^SIS?Kzks3zY zkvH@UMjCO^z4-A_(|wx-JL3sy_k5bIHA8~P{peq5!jYQ&y)2PVLe+&CF04Sv}onAZ0g?Z z)t#0GUJh3QGmsp-afrNcNqHgXWb2LPBVQo))tGvU4jr1tizAYxZoNkRCm%~}Dh-EP z%s%J9f!OG6xn!Typ~@V7o4lJe8&#-hA{fVZ6DMBrjD^Vb>BqGy9JCd!p0%^ewQDBT zA!Cdjj0%(&sYa=APsRs3qMWCO+DI5x1)}L+m&ng9zw}b4s;bDrUl-^8(bGY` zO>*kve9$l)*r4;s9V7aY?#{i+B;vyr$`LXvqE{J9{gZ1JGv6(?b@9)i<#v>AetHa> z32C2&I|(Za`Ir0u@;c7XyiU&~G!+*rsi9!NPhhz6hPd7fb@t*r8pyL+eT`@W2sZO9 zjSjgNE**x7L5~W$Re+&L7IW9*f>~=)&wX(~bWO-&nL}&mU2=fV_`wD19Gi&iP%>3= zg>{Ss#as)kTuZ>jW9D^GE0`u4R0+P69|nKZ&0U-6a)&>Slqt;Agw8S)pMBv0iEXR# z8_){KXqr-vDwv#EO|h14wPkpaHZxp#orwlasjj|2Nh+=_LT}s7;-wQ5ugXh<(Vj^# z=e_nxoi~yM8y*yq%u^aK>`ZMMaTLw2ZOlENK=(st6R@ae&&7F@rXYu+nB{&%tlA?J z8P=!#xn=_*Qkd^S<5+H3Uopx$hvK1dN5dWlpVlBTI;N-sM{F8R zdPIuj6)Vw^P<+ejf$#`s$BEOEo6uriOMSaF0nI?@+}e1!Z`yES3L`sHv{AZG+Hmny zJ)6;xia@49@FjvjfNQ9Mf+b3eJ%1eUVc0Rda2xt`IuvrBjncYrsyW%Rs*kCM7_VJl$NOt&4%WU z4%`@68=P{Ne5d2?gD3yGg)hak;Vayl`*RkEOK*G&7cVcHFR=I5l?|2}4B!WUE^MOa z7cG}LMjA`TD?0mq2BU_%2W?-~7_2o+nmtNv!Ud-_sWxkdl%5D3LnuDJarL|!^wB@s zBU&;VL7Mxx5jYAS&z`swr0g19|=!a1mqOx8;R>n1ViocD<( zX)=L==U8V`CpBh5Wz*kmXy}vFB&vGRa?qgg*mchJlB?<49oM3sfL`oe>)hC!drus8 z&q_>$M6{jBT_n~Pc9*4!Sa#czZ&|9e@5_+H7gNW&j;dbomd}&IpYA6N+m{B8n7eZ> z8!k(al#e`;VUl5dFh?93KSCH(?o?hGd;M0){g6PIgmkQe>iO%7cC~kJA37Zd9M;pJ zBES(r5jGL-v6?!Zo$Q^ovA>LqlZukMO1>^uNiMDY6!Dv!o)CX7_Srw#+5A^=Iz)=O z+91cEu{(UAXJ8=fOb_D=kIXU4Uyj^RP+QQ!3CYqF1OHV{!0HWT)BigjDx zO21V+>{t4rG#4lp*ucIFvy}6jCE8}v^igH1psNFdcQb^h!;mPn8jM>y@YcWxjyd}jLi#TW_& zR`k*7R}*Vt8^(zmiQFa9)&dXpz3n#Zllzk`gm6h84PPoQI=#|+C5M-fNlwkERw@ti zCjP)D)fb_Sg>c??UmXwSmdqDn4ZCrEsP_ca`04yP|Y)1qELSLCr__gGW_@V}A17S;9z&SSZ`B!39vq z-gD5?$4`f!uHEDBgPG*t;uU%?)eRp>w7&7YEh^+?Oy67|0(V#b-uDcU&zMh5kH(x! zk2?;j)a)F*7Zypb$ZX0yCvxPGu$*fVH5v3`)6M{6{V6Q*^%_r81#}pak}`SJdKzIA zwb3!t;b8zvEpyl`Ff{SYnZP&X9u1nFe4$o(e{6LyJ6+Y|;?dohioC6Mo6Fkku1o)C zT_aVY~Sy~`dW6;`Ju`sTik3i$!Z z7bWhEq-NTf~9#2h4Z)j1{t*LULFY0depZnR6oA=WEGC^gcGY?)YSxW5{rm?EA!h~ z$d$OSQvogWs%>iH;nERTBR;bxe6)^vWRzP-m>ZglZJWJVQ@vlq{@Z06su*j4-{Z<+JBfg_p~i4 zJcQ!(VF}XIVb5T!yY-fV16%XthU-fD$Vu(VA#!VyuHkwh@+f#7ly&i*N?}ltgxD72 zqS?=ToqeJXxlI$-df3>LH=SX_mVj{5-X5~)VLHGX46&?SbACJ(0+{M*23~m{qTTVy*6-}+g343Z z+6Mq&;yV|ho+hJFl@t1@kz3)NA<>lp}ViHgZ3DGlzsLw+L$`LJ!@ZtH($^ZG$bn&_C z4fjOBkqGd)Uq>gTFG`7<`#jLU*I#+MpyB_Cgz)*htg`~4=N70qL=5`>(NJ*L|3N#q z{6+gy*I(ga=gt&N;Aocz)|zk+7lhAQYRXb_us>1$%kZB(|3S3+U&MbH{y{v?L*a%u z+~urA=Z#Pnhe7{K_ctB}J@3*#y7t#d{%Fr;qI>}c{r7y8FLYCbEYEHOv!14!xfRtf zE5+CkV)ReHrG&}oUXJX47Um%%kR8tBNmra*7@F$i71r+sR8@CM0pA4s#TN)xDP>k3 z2tfi1+4+7%%+}Ka{St1`AGQF?`5r;#rAt!d;yL2P42_? z<(7spechd2l!6PBg=5=y6WaSc?@I7(nam>WT&Qky+I?k{&P^VsC#l_hmdvrd`Cp_u z07tdtTp9x%PF{`n0!bKPo1s#R#_Wb1O`CC%Bx_9CTh=>!46HO1$H5MU0FQl|Brj9{ zOQsgU1aKGjYFjNM2~Xd=4<17Hv~&2fz>G0vbQ$g{&u2%{t2*i*x`^ycmQK3TtLl^) z=`7aeg50u!iYyZ^=|gr96g51~%NIf6h-vj5`*&il!zj!XBx<8Pfnvm z7@%v_yT+>UAA7p_CzP-N(PY*RpQb zIXmV0R(zI9U2H!{*#W}*Yq;~a&F3&AT?A=z;*9AFq6F1(*y - - -Marlin Firmware image/svg+xmlMarlin Firmware Ahmet Cem TURANJoão BrázioMarlinFirmwaremarlin-logo-new - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/package-lock.json b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/package-lock.json deleted file mode 100644 index 9b333093a49e..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/package-lock.json +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3323 +0,0 @@ -{ - "name": "auto-build", - "version": "2.0.0", - "lockfileVersion": 1, - "requires": true, - "dependencies": { - "@types/mocha": { - "version": "2.2.48", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/@types/mocha/-/mocha-2.2.48.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-nlK/iyETgafGli8Zh9zJVCTicvU3iajSkRwOh3Hhiva598CMqNJ4NcVCGMTGKpGpTYj/9R8RLzS9NAykSSCqGw==", - "dev": true - }, - "@types/node": { - "version": "7.0.65", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/@types/node/-/node-7.0.65.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-iUdyWWikcQnGvIZnYh5ZxnxeREykndA9+iGdo068NGNutibWknDjmmNMq/8cnS1eaTCcgqJsPsFppw3XJWNlUg==", - "dev": true - }, - "ansi-cyan": { - "version": "0.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ansi-cyan/-/ansi-cyan-0.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-U4rlKK+JgvKK4w2G8vF0VtJgmHM=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ansi-wrap": "0.1.0" - } - }, - "ansi-gray": { - "version": "0.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ansi-gray/-/ansi-gray-0.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-KWLPVOyXksSFEKPetSRDaGHvclE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ansi-wrap": "0.1.0" - } - }, - "ansi-red": { - "version": "0.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ansi-red/-/ansi-red-0.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-jGOPnRCAgAo1PJwoyKgcpHBdlGw=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ansi-wrap": "0.1.0" - } - }, - "ansi-regex": { - "version": "2.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ansi-regex/-/ansi-regex-2.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-w7M6te42DYbg5ijwRorn7yfWVN8=", - "dev": true - }, - "ansi-styles": { - "version": "2.2.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ansi-styles/-/ansi-styles-2.2.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-tDLdM1i2NM914eRmQ2gkBTPB3b4=", - "dev": true - }, - "ansi-wrap": { - "version": "0.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ansi-wrap/-/ansi-wrap-0.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-qCJQ3bABXponyoLoLqYDu/pF768=", - "dev": true - }, - "argparse": { - "version": "1.0.10", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/argparse/-/argparse-1.0.10.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-o5Roy6tNG4SL/FOkCAN6RzjiakZS25RLYFrcMttJqbdd8BWrnA+fGz57iN5Pb06pvBGvl5gQ0B48dJlslXvoTg==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "sprintf-js": "1.0.3" - } - }, - "arr-union": { - "version": "2.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/arr-union/-/arr-union-2.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-IPnqtexw9cfSFbEHexw5Fh0pLH0=", - "dev": true - }, - "array-slice": { - "version": "0.2.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/array-slice/-/array-slice-0.2.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-3Tz7gO15c6dRF82sabC5nshhhvU=", - "dev": true - }, - "babel-code-frame": { - "version": "6.26.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/babel-code-frame/-/babel-code-frame-6.26.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Y/1D99weO7fONZR9uP42mj9Yx0s=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "chalk": "1.1.3", - "esutils": "2.0.2", - "js-tokens": "3.0.2" - }, - "dependencies": { - "chalk": { - "version": "1.1.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/chalk/-/chalk-1.1.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-qBFcVeSnAv5NFQq9OHKCKn4J/Jg=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ansi-styles": "2.2.1", - "escape-string-regexp": "1.0.5", - "has-ansi": "2.0.0", - "strip-ansi": "3.0.1", - "supports-color": "2.0.0" - } - } - } - }, - "balanced-match": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/balanced-match/-/balanced-match-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-ibTRmasr7kneFk6gK4nORi1xt2c=", - "dev": true - }, - "block-stream": { - "version": "https://registry.npmjs.org/block-stream/-/block-stream-0.0.9.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-E+v+d4oDIFz+A3UUgeu0szAMEmo=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "inherits": "https://registry.npmjs.org/inherits/-/inherits-2.0.3.tgz" - } - }, - "brace-expansion": { - "version": "1.1.11", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/brace-expansion/-/brace-expansion-1.1.11.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-iCuPHDFgrHX7H2vEI/5xpz07zSHB00TpugqhmYtVmMO6518mCuRMoOYFldEBl0g187ufozdaHgWKcYFb61qGiA==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "balanced-match": "1.0.0", - "concat-map": "0.0.1" - } - }, - "buffer-from": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/buffer-from/-/buffer-from-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-83apNb8KK0Se60UE1+4Ukbe3HbfELJ6UlI4ldtOGs7So4KD26orJM8hIY9lxdzP+UpItH1Yh/Y8GUvNFWFFRxA==", - "dev": true - }, - "builtin-modules": { - "version": "1.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/builtin-modules/-/builtin-modules-1.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Jw8HbFpywC9bZaR9+Uxf46J4iS8=", - "dev": true - }, - "chalk": { - "version": "2.4.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/chalk/-/chalk-2.4.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-ObN6h1v2fTJSmUXoS3nMQ92LbDK9be4TV+6G+omQlGJFdcUX5heKi1LZ1YnRMIgwTLEj3E24bT6tYni50rlCfQ==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ansi-styles": "3.2.1", - "escape-string-regexp": "1.0.5", - "supports-color": "5.4.0" - }, - "dependencies": { - "ansi-styles": { - "version": "3.2.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ansi-styles/-/ansi-styles-3.2.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-VT0ZI6kZRdTh8YyJw3SMbYm/u+NqfsAxEpWO0Pf9sq8/e94WxxOpPKx9FR1FlyCtOVDNOQ+8ntlqFxiRc+r5qA==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "color-convert": "1.9.1" - } - }, - "supports-color": { - "version": "5.4.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/supports-color/-/supports-color-5.4.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-zjaXglF5nnWpsq470jSv6P9DwPvgLkuapYmfDm3JWOm0vkNTVF2tI4UrN2r6jH1qM/uc/WtxYY1hYoA2dOKj5w==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "has-flag": "3.0.0" - } - } - } - }, - "color-convert": { - "version": "1.9.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/color-convert/-/color-convert-1.9.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-mjGanIiwQJskCC18rPR6OmrZ6fm2Lc7PeGFYwCmy5J34wC6F1PzdGL6xeMfmgicfYcNLGuVFA3WzXtIDCQSZxQ==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "color-name": "1.1.3" - } - }, - "color-name": { - "version": "1.1.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/color-name/-/color-name-1.1.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-p9BVi9icQveV3UIyj3QIMcpTvCU=", - "dev": true - }, - "color-support": { - "version": "1.1.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/color-support/-/color-support-1.1.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-qiBjkpbMLO/HL68y+lh4q0/O1MZFj2RX6X/KmMa3+gJD3z+WwI1ZzDHysvqHGS3mP6mznPckpXmw1nI9cJjyRg==", - "dev": true - }, - "commander": { - "version": "2.15.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/commander/-/commander-2.15.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-VlfT9F3V0v+jr4yxPc5gg9s62/fIVWsd2Bk2iD435um1NlGMYdVCq+MjcXnhYq2icNOizHr1kK+5TI6H0Hy0ag==", - "dev": true - }, - "concat-map": { - "version": "0.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/concat-map/-/concat-map-0.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-2Klr13/Wjfd5OnMDajug1UBdR3s=", - "dev": true - }, - "diff": { - "version": "3.5.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/diff/-/diff-3.5.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-A46qtFgd+g7pDZinpnwiRJtxbC1hpgf0uzP3iG89scHk0AUC7A1TGxf5OiiOUv/JMZR8GOt8hL900hV0bOy5xA==", - "dev": true - }, - "escape-string-regexp": { - "version": "1.0.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/escape-string-regexp/-/escape-string-regexp-1.0.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-G2HAViGQqN/2rjuyzwIAyhMLhtQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "esprima": { - "version": "4.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/esprima/-/esprima-4.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-oftTcaMu/EGrEIu904mWteKIv8vMuOgGYo7EhVJJN00R/EED9DCua/xxHRdYnKtcECzVg7xOWhflvJMnqcFZjw==", - "dev": true - }, - "esutils": { - "version": "2.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/esutils/-/esutils-2.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Cr9PHKpbyx96nYrMbepPqqBLrJs=", - "dev": true - }, - "fast-deep-equal": { - "version": "1.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/fast-deep-equal/-/fast-deep-equal-1.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-wFNHeBfIa1HaqFPIHgWbcz0CNhQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "fast-json-stable-stringify": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/fast-json-stable-stringify/-/fast-json-stable-stringify-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-1RQsDK7msRifh9OnYREGT4bIu/I=", - "dev": true - }, - "fs.realpath": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/fs.realpath/-/fs.realpath-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-FQStJSMVjKpA20onh8sBQRmU6k8=", - "dev": true - }, - "glob": { - "version": "7.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/glob/-/glob-7.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-MJTUg1kjuLeQCJ+ccE4Vpa6kKVXkPYJ2mOCQyUuKLcLQsdrMCpBPUi8qVE6+YuaJkozeA9NusTAw3hLr8Xe5EQ==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "fs.realpath": "1.0.0", - "inflight": "1.0.6", - "inherits": "2.0.3", - "minimatch": "3.0.4", - "once": "1.4.0", - "path-is-absolute": "1.0.1" - }, - "dependencies": { - "inherits": { - "version": "2.0.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/inherits/-/inherits-2.0.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Yzwsg+PaQqUC9SRmAiSA9CCCYd4=", - "dev": true - }, - "once": { - "version": "1.4.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/once/-/once-1.4.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-WDsap3WWHUsROsF9nFC6753Xa9E=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "wrappy": "1.0.2" - } - }, - "wrappy": { - "version": "1.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/wrappy/-/wrappy-1.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-tSQ9jz7BqjXxNkYFvA0QNuMKtp8=", - "dev": true - } - } - }, - "gulp-remote-src-vscode": { - "version": "0.5.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/gulp-remote-src-vscode/-/gulp-remote-src-vscode-0.5.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-/9vtSk9eI9DEWCqzGieglPqmx0WUQ9pwPHyHFpKmfxqdgqGJC2l0vFMdYs54hLdDsMDEZFLDL2J4ikjc4hQ5HQ==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "event-stream": "3.3.4", - "node.extend": "1.1.6", - "request": "2.85.0", - "through2": "2.0.3", - "vinyl": "2.1.0" - }, - "dependencies": { - "ajv": { - "version": "5.5.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ajv/-/ajv-5.5.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-c7Xuyj+rZT49P5Qis0GtQiBdyWU=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "co": "4.6.0", - "fast-deep-equal": "1.1.0", - "fast-json-stable-stringify": "2.0.0", - "json-schema-traverse": "0.3.1" - } - }, - "asn1": { - "version": "0.2.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/asn1/-/asn1-0.2.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-2sh4dxPJlmhJ/IGAd36+nB3fO4Y=", - "dev": true - }, - "assert-plus": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/assert-plus/-/assert-plus-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-8S4PPF13sLHN2RRpQuTpbB5N1SU=", - "dev": true - }, - "asynckit": { - "version": "0.4.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/asynckit/-/asynckit-0.4.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-x57Zf380y48robyXkLzDZkdLS3k=", - "dev": true - }, - "aws-sign2": { - "version": "0.7.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/aws-sign2/-/aws-sign2-0.7.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-tG6JCTSpWR8tL2+G1+ap8bP+dqg=", - "dev": true - }, - "aws4": { - "version": "1.7.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/aws4/-/aws4-1.7.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-32NDda82rhwD9/JBCCkB+MRYDp0oSvlo2IL6rQWA10PQi7tDUM3eqMSltXmY+Oyl/7N3P3qNtAlv7X0d9bI28w==", - "dev": true - }, - "bcrypt-pbkdf": { - "version": "1.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/bcrypt-pbkdf/-/bcrypt-pbkdf-1.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Y7xdy2EzG5K8Bf1SiVPDNGKgb40=", - "dev": true, - "optional": true, - "requires": { - "tweetnacl": "0.14.5" - } - }, - "boom": { - "version": "4.3.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/boom/-/boom-4.3.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-T4owBctKfjiJ90kDD9JbluAdLjE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "hoek": "4.2.1" - } - }, - "caseless": { - "version": "0.12.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/caseless/-/caseless-0.12.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-G2gcIf+EAzyCZUMJBolCDRhxUdw=", - "dev": true - }, - "clone": { - "version": "2.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/clone/-/clone-2.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-0hfR6WERjjrJpLi7oyhVU79kfNs=", - "dev": true - }, - "clone-buffer": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/clone-buffer/-/clone-buffer-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-4+JbIHrE5wGvch4staFnksrD3Fg=", - "dev": true - }, - "clone-stats": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/clone-stats/-/clone-stats-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-s3gt/4u1R04Yuba/D9/ngvh3doA=", - "dev": true - }, - "cloneable-readable": { - "version": "1.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/cloneable-readable/-/cloneable-readable-1.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-Bq6+4t+lbM8vhTs/Bef5c5AdEMtapp/iFb6+s4/Hh9MVTt8OLKH7ZOOZSCT+Ys7hsHvqv0GuMPJ1lnQJVHvxpg==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "inherits": "2.0.3", - "process-nextick-args": "2.0.0", - "readable-stream": "2.3.6" - } - }, - "co": { - "version": "4.6.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/co/-/co-4.6.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-bqa989hTrlTMuOR7+gvz+QMfsYQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "combined-stream": { - "version": "1.0.6", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/combined-stream/-/combined-stream-1.0.6.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-cj599ugBrFYTETp+RFqbactjKBg=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "delayed-stream": "1.0.0" - } - }, - "core-util-is": { - "version": "1.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/core-util-is/-/core-util-is-1.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-tf1UIgqivFq1eqtxQMlAdUUDwac=", - "dev": true - }, - "cryptiles": { - "version": "3.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/cryptiles/-/cryptiles-3.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-qJ+7Ig9c4l7FboxKqKT9e1sNKf4=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "boom": "5.2.0" - }, - "dependencies": { - "boom": { - "version": "5.2.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/boom/-/boom-5.2.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-Z5BTk6ZRe4tXXQlkqftmsAUANpXmuwlsF5Oov8ThoMbQRzdGTA1ngYRW160GexgOgjsFOKJz0LYhoNi+2AMBUw==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "hoek": "4.2.1" - } - } - } - }, - "dashdash": { - "version": "1.14.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/dashdash/-/dashdash-1.14.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-hTz6D3y+L+1d4gMmuN1YEDX24vA=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "assert-plus": "1.0.0" - } - }, - "delayed-stream": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/delayed-stream/-/delayed-stream-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-3zrhmayt+31ECqrgsp4icrJOxhk=", - "dev": true - }, - "duplexer": { - "version": "0.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/duplexer/-/duplexer-0.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-rOb/gIwc5mtX0ev5eXessCM0z8E=", - "dev": true - }, - "ecc-jsbn": { - "version": "0.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ecc-jsbn/-/ecc-jsbn-0.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-D8c6ntXw1Tw4GTOYUj735UN3dQU=", - "dev": true, - "optional": true, - "requires": { - "jsbn": "0.1.1" - } - }, - "event-stream": { - "version": "3.3.4", - "resolved": "http://registry.npmjs.org/event-stream/-/event-stream-3.3.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-SrTJoPWlTbkzi0w02Gv86PSzVXE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "duplexer": "0.1.1", - "from": "0.1.7", - "map-stream": "0.1.0", - "pause-stream": "0.0.11", - "split": "0.3.3", - "stream-combiner": "0.0.4", - "through": "2.3.8" - } - }, - "extend": { - "version": "3.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/extend/-/extend-3.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-p1Xqe8Gt/MWjHOfnYtuq3F5jZEQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "extsprintf": { - "version": "1.3.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/extsprintf/-/extsprintf-1.3.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-lpGEQOMEGnpBT4xS48V06zw+HgU=", - "dev": true - }, - "forever-agent": { - "version": "0.6.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/forever-agent/-/forever-agent-0.6.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-+8cfDEGt6zf5bFd60e1C2P2sypE=", - "dev": true - }, - "form-data": { - "version": "2.3.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/form-data/-/form-data-2.3.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-SXBJi+YEwgwAXU9cI67NIda0kJk=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "asynckit": "0.4.0", - "combined-stream": "1.0.6", - "mime-types": "2.1.18" - } - }, - "from": { - "version": "0.1.7", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/from/-/from-0.1.7.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-g8YK/Fi5xWmXAH7Rp2izqzA6RP4=", - "dev": true - }, - "getpass": { - "version": "0.1.7", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/getpass/-/getpass-0.1.7.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Xv+OPmhNVprkyysSgmBOi6YhSfo=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "assert-plus": "1.0.0" - } - }, - "har-schema": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/har-schema/-/har-schema-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-qUwiJOvKwEeCoNkDVSHyRzW37JI=", - "dev": true - }, - "har-validator": { - "version": "5.0.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/har-validator/-/har-validator-5.0.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-ukAsJmGU8VlW7xXg/PJCmT9qff0=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ajv": "5.5.2", - "har-schema": "2.0.0" - } - }, - "hawk": { - "version": "6.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/hawk/-/hawk-6.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-miowhl2+U7Qle4vdLqDdPt9m09K6yZhkLDTWGoUiUzrQCn+mHHSmfJgAyGaLRZbPmTqfFFjRV1QWCW0VWUJBbQ==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "boom": "4.3.1", - "cryptiles": "3.1.2", - "hoek": "4.2.1", - "sntp": "2.1.0" - } - }, - "hoek": { - "version": "4.2.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/hoek/-/hoek-4.2.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-QLg82fGkfnJ/4iy1xZ81/9SIJiq1NGFUMGs6ParyjBZr6jW2Ufj/snDqTHixNlHdPNwN2RLVD0Pi3igeK9+JfA==", - "dev": true - }, - "http-signature": { - "version": "1.2.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/http-signature/-/http-signature-1.2.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-muzZJRFHcvPZW2WmCruPfBj7rOE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "assert-plus": "1.0.0", - "jsprim": "1.4.1", - "sshpk": "1.14.1" - } - }, - "inherits": { - "version": "2.0.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/inherits/-/inherits-2.0.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Yzwsg+PaQqUC9SRmAiSA9CCCYd4=", - "dev": true - }, - "is": { - "version": "3.2.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is/-/is-3.2.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-0Kwq1V63sL7JJqUmb2xmKqqD3KU=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-typedarray": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-typedarray/-/is-typedarray-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-5HnICFjfDBsR3dppQPlgEfzaSpo=", - "dev": true - }, - "isarray": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/isarray/-/isarray-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-u5NdSFgsuhaMBoNJV6VKPgcSTxE=", - "dev": true - }, - "isstream": { - "version": "0.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/isstream/-/isstream-0.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-R+Y/evVa+m+S4VAOaQ64uFKcCZo=", - "dev": true - }, - "jsbn": { - "version": "0.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/jsbn/-/jsbn-0.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-peZUwuWi3rXyAdls77yoDA7y9RM=", - "dev": true, - "optional": true - }, - "json-schema": { - "version": "0.2.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/json-schema/-/json-schema-0.2.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-tIDIkuWaLwWVTOcnvT8qTogvnhM=", - "dev": true - }, - "json-stringify-safe": { - "version": "5.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/json-stringify-safe/-/json-stringify-safe-5.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Epai1Y/UXxmg9s4B1lcB4sc1tus=", - "dev": true - }, - "jsprim": { - "version": "1.4.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/jsprim/-/jsprim-1.4.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-MT5mvB5cwG5Di8G3SZwuXFastqI=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "assert-plus": "1.0.0", - "extsprintf": "1.3.0", - "json-schema": "0.2.3", - "verror": "1.10.0" - } - }, - "map-stream": { - "version": "0.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/map-stream/-/map-stream-0.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-5WqpTEyAVaFkBKBnS3jyFffI4ZQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "mime-db": { - "version": "1.33.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/mime-db/-/mime-db-1.33.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-BHJ/EKruNIqJf/QahvxwQZXKygOQ256myeN/Ew+THcAa5q+PjyTTMMeNQC4DZw5AwfvelsUrA6B67NKMqXDbzQ==", - "dev": true - }, - "mime-types": { - "version": "2.1.18", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/mime-types/-/mime-types-2.1.18.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-lc/aahn+t4/SWV/qcmumYjymLsWfN3ELhpmVuUFjgsORruuZPVSwAQryq+HHGvO/SI2KVX26bx+En+zhM8g8hQ==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "mime-db": "1.33.0" - } - }, - "node.extend": { - "version": "1.1.6", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/node.extend/-/node.extend-1.1.6.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-p7iCyC1sk6SGOlUEvV3o7IYli5Y=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is": "3.2.1" - } - }, - "oauth-sign": { - "version": "0.8.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/oauth-sign/-/oauth-sign-0.8.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Rqarfwrq2N6unsBWV4C31O/rnUM=", - "dev": true - }, - "pause-stream": { - "version": "0.0.11", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/pause-stream/-/pause-stream-0.0.11.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-/lo0sMvOErWqaitAPuLnO2AvFEU=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "through": "2.3.8" - } - }, - "performance-now": { - "version": "2.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/performance-now/-/performance-now-2.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Ywn04OX6kT7BxpMHrjZLSzd8nns=", - "dev": true - }, - "process-nextick-args": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/process-nextick-args/-/process-nextick-args-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-MtEC1TqN0EU5nephaJ4rAtThHtC86dNN9qCuEhtshvpVBkAW5ZO7BASN9REnF9eoXGcRub+pFuKEpOHE+HbEMw==", - "dev": true - }, - "punycode": { - "version": "1.4.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/punycode/-/punycode-1.4.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-wNWmOycYgArY4esPpSachN1BhF4=", - "dev": true - }, - "qs": { - "version": "6.5.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/qs/-/qs-6.5.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-N5ZAX4/LxJmF+7wN74pUD6qAh9/wnvdQcjq9TZjevvXzSUo7bfmw91saqMjzGS2xq91/odN2dW/WOl7qQHNDGA==", - "dev": true - }, - "readable-stream": { - "version": "2.3.6", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/readable-stream/-/readable-stream-2.3.6.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-tQtKA9WIAhBF3+VLAseyMqZeBjW0AHJoxOtYqSUZNJxauErmLbVm2FW1y+J/YA9dUrAC39ITejlZWhVIwawkKw==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "core-util-is": "1.0.2", - "inherits": "2.0.3", - "isarray": "1.0.0", - "process-nextick-args": "2.0.0", - "safe-buffer": "5.1.2", - "string_decoder": "1.1.1", - "util-deprecate": "1.0.2" - } - }, - "remove-trailing-separator": { - "version": "1.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/remove-trailing-separator/-/remove-trailing-separator-1.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-wkvOKig62tW8P1jg1IJJuSN52O8=", - "dev": true - }, - "replace-ext": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/replace-ext/-/replace-ext-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-3mMSg3P8v3w8z6TeWkgMRaZ5WOs=", - "dev": true - }, - "request": { - "version": "2.85.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/request/-/request-2.85.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-8H7Ehijd4js+s6wuVPLjwORxD4zeuyjYugprdOXlPSqaApmL/QOy+EB/beICHVCHkGMKNh5rvihb5ov+IDw4mg==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "aws-sign2": "0.7.0", - "aws4": "1.7.0", - "caseless": "0.12.0", - "combined-stream": "1.0.6", - "extend": "3.0.1", - "forever-agent": "0.6.1", - "form-data": "2.3.2", - "har-validator": "5.0.3", - "hawk": "6.0.2", - "http-signature": "1.2.0", - "is-typedarray": "1.0.0", - "isstream": "0.1.2", - "json-stringify-safe": "5.0.1", - "mime-types": "2.1.18", - "oauth-sign": "0.8.2", - "performance-now": "2.1.0", - "qs": "6.5.2", - "safe-buffer": "5.1.2", - "stringstream": "0.0.5", - "tough-cookie": "2.3.4", - "tunnel-agent": "0.6.0", - "uuid": "3.2.1" - } - }, - "safe-buffer": { - "version": "5.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/safe-buffer/-/safe-buffer-5.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-Gd2UZBJDkXlY7GbJxfsE8/nvKkUEU1G38c1siN6QP6a9PT9MmHB8GnpscSmMJSoF8LOIrt8ud/wPtojys4G6+g==", - "dev": true - }, - "sntp": { - "version": "2.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/sntp/-/sntp-2.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-FL1b58BDrqS3A11lJ0zEdnJ3UOKqVxawAkF3k7F0CVN7VQ34aZrV+G8BZ1WC9ZL7NyrwsW0oviwsWDgRuVYtJg==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "hoek": "4.2.1" - } - }, - "split": { - "version": "0.3.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/split/-/split-0.3.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-zQ7qXmOiEd//frDwkcQTPi0N0o8=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "through": "2.3.8" - } - }, - "sshpk": { - "version": "1.14.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/sshpk/-/sshpk-1.14.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Ew9Zde3a2WPx1W+SuaxsUfqfg+s=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "asn1": "0.2.3", - "assert-plus": "1.0.0", - "bcrypt-pbkdf": "1.0.1", - "dashdash": "1.14.1", - "ecc-jsbn": "0.1.1", - "getpass": "0.1.7", - "jsbn": "0.1.1", - "tweetnacl": "0.14.5" - } - }, - "stream-combiner": { - "version": "0.0.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/stream-combiner/-/stream-combiner-0.0.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-TV5DPBhSYd3mI8o/RMWGvPXErRQ=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "duplexer": "0.1.1" - } - }, - "string_decoder": { - "version": "1.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/string_decoder/-/string_decoder-1.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-n/ShnvDi6FHbbVfviro+WojiFzv+s8MPMHBczVePfUpDJLwoLT0ht1l4YwBCbi8pJAveEEdnkHyPyTP/mzRfwg==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "safe-buffer": "5.1.2" - } - }, - "stringstream": { - "version": "0.0.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/stringstream/-/stringstream-0.0.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-TkhM1N5aC7vuGORjB3EKioFiGHg=", - "dev": true - }, - "through": { - "version": "2.3.8", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/through/-/through-2.3.8.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-DdTJ/6q8NXlgsbckEV1+Doai4fU=", - "dev": true - }, - "through2": { - "version": "2.0.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/through2/-/through2-2.0.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-AARWmzfHx0ujnEPzzteNGtlBQL4=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "readable-stream": "2.3.6", - "xtend": "4.0.1" - } - }, - "tough-cookie": { - "version": "2.3.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/tough-cookie/-/tough-cookie-2.3.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-TZ6TTfI5NtZnuyy/Kecv+CnoROnyXn2DN97LontgQpCwsX2XyLYCC0ENhYkehSOwAp8rTQKc/NUIF7BkQ5rKLA==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "punycode": "1.4.1" - } - }, - "tunnel-agent": { - "version": "0.6.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/tunnel-agent/-/tunnel-agent-0.6.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-J6XeoGs2sEoKmWZ3SykIaPD8QP0=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "safe-buffer": "5.1.2" - } - }, - "tweetnacl": { - "version": "0.14.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/tweetnacl/-/tweetnacl-0.14.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-WuaBd/GS1EViadEIr6k/+HQ/T2Q=", - "dev": true, - "optional": true - }, - "util-deprecate": { - "version": "1.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/util-deprecate/-/util-deprecate-1.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-RQ1Nyfpw3nMnYvvS1KKJgUGaDM8=", - "dev": true - }, - "uuid": { - "version": "3.2.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/uuid/-/uuid-3.2.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-jZnMwlb9Iku/O3smGWvZhauCf6cvvpKi4BKRiliS3cxnI+Gz9j5MEpTz2UFuXiKPJocb7gnsLHwiS05ige5BEA==", - "dev": true - }, - "verror": { - "version": "1.10.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/verror/-/verror-1.10.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-OhBcoXBTr1XW4nDB+CiGguGNpAA=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "assert-plus": "1.0.0", - "core-util-is": "1.0.2", - "extsprintf": "1.3.0" - } - }, - "vinyl": { - "version": "2.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/vinyl/-/vinyl-2.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Ah+cLPlR1rk5lDyJ617lrdT9kkw=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "clone": "2.1.1", - "clone-buffer": "1.0.0", - "clone-stats": "1.0.0", - "cloneable-readable": "1.1.2", - "remove-trailing-separator": "1.1.0", - "replace-ext": "1.0.0" - } - }, - "xtend": { - "version": "4.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/xtend/-/xtend-4.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-pcbVMr5lbiPbgg77lDofBJmNY68=", - "dev": true - } - } - }, - "has-ansi": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/has-ansi/-/has-ansi-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-NPUEnOHs3ysGSa8+8k5F7TVBbZE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ansi-regex": "2.1.1" - } - }, - "has-flag": { - "version": "3.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/has-flag/-/has-flag-3.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-tdRU3CGZriJWmfNGfloH87lVuv0=", - "dev": true - }, - "he": { - "version": "1.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/he/-/he-1.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-k0EP0hsAlzUVH4howvJx80J+I/0=", - "dev": true - }, - "inflight": { - "version": "1.0.6", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/inflight/-/inflight-1.0.6.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Sb1jMdfQLQwJvJEKEHW6gWW1bfk=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "once": "1.4.0", - "wrappy": "1.0.2" - }, - "dependencies": { - "once": { - "version": "1.4.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/once/-/once-1.4.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-WDsap3WWHUsROsF9nFC6753Xa9E=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "wrappy": "1.0.2" - } - }, - "wrappy": { - "version": "1.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/wrappy/-/wrappy-1.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-tSQ9jz7BqjXxNkYFvA0QNuMKtp8=", - "dev": true - } - } - }, - "inherits": { - "version": "https://registry.npmjs.org/inherits/-/inherits-2.0.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Yzwsg+PaQqUC9SRmAiSA9CCCYd4=", - "dev": true - }, - "js-tokens": { - "version": "3.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/js-tokens/-/js-tokens-3.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-mGbfOVECEw449/mWvOtlRDIJwls=", - "dev": true - }, - "js-yaml": { - "version": "3.12.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/js-yaml/-/js-yaml-3.12.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-PIt2cnwmPfL4hKNwqeiuz4bKfnzHTBv6HyVgjahA6mPLwPDzjDWrplJBMjHUFxku/N3FlmrbyPclad+I+4mJ3A==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "argparse": "1.0.10", - "esprima": "4.0.0" - } - }, - "json-schema-traverse": { - "version": "0.3.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/json-schema-traverse/-/json-schema-traverse-0.3.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-NJptRMU6Ud6JtAgFxdXlm0F9M0A=", - "dev": true - }, - "minimatch": { - "version": "3.0.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/minimatch/-/minimatch-3.0.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-yJHVQEhyqPLUTgt9B83PXu6W3rx4MvvHvSUvToogpwoGDOUQ+yDrR0HRot+yOCdCO7u4hX3pWft6kWBBcqh0UA==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "brace-expansion": "1.1.11" - } - }, - "path-is-absolute": { - "version": "1.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/path-is-absolute/-/path-is-absolute-1.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-F0uSaHNVNP+8es5r9TpanhtcX18=", - "dev": true - }, - "path-parse": { - "version": "1.0.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/path-parse/-/path-parse-1.0.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-PBrfhx6pzWyUMbbqK9dKD/BVxME=", - "dev": true - }, - "plugin-error": { - "version": "0.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/plugin-error/-/plugin-error-0.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-O5uzM1zPAPQl4HQ34ZJ2ln2kes4=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ansi-cyan": "0.1.1", - "ansi-red": "0.1.1", - "arr-diff": "1.1.0", - "arr-union": "2.1.0", - "extend-shallow": "1.1.4" - }, - "dependencies": { - "arr-diff": { - "version": "1.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/arr-diff/-/arr-diff-1.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-aHwydYFjWI/vfeezb6vklesaOZo=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "arr-flatten": "1.1.0", - "array-slice": "0.2.3" - } - }, - "arr-flatten": { - "version": "1.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/arr-flatten/-/arr-flatten-1.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-L3hKV5R/p5o81R7O02IGnwpDmkp6E982XhtbuwSe3O4qOtMMMtodicASA1Cny2U+aCXcNpml+m4dPsvsJ3jatg==", - "dev": true - }, - "extend-shallow": { - "version": "1.1.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/extend-shallow/-/extend-shallow-1.1.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Gda/lN/AnXa6cR85uHLSH/TdkHE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "kind-of": "1.1.0" - } - }, - "kind-of": { - "version": "1.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/kind-of/-/kind-of-1.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-FAo9LUGjbS78+pN3tiwk+ElaXEQ=", - "dev": true - } - } - }, - "querystringify": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/querystringify/-/querystringify-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-eTPo5t/4bgaMNZxyjWx6N2a6AuE0mq51KWvpc7nU/MAqixcI6v6KrGUKES0HaomdnolQBBXU/++X6/QQ9KL4tw==", - "dev": true - }, - "requires-port": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/requires-port/-/requires-port-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-kl0mAdOaxIXgkc8NpcbmlNw9yv8=", - "dev": true - }, - "resolve": { - "version": "1.7.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/resolve/-/resolve-1.7.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-c7rwLofp8g1U+h1KNyHL/jicrKg1Ek4q+Lr33AL65uZTinUZHe30D5HlyN5V9NW0JX1D5dXQ4jqW5l7Sy/kGfw==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "path-parse": "1.0.5" - } - }, - "semver": { - "version": "5.5.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/semver/-/semver-5.5.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-4SJ3dm0WAwWy/NVeioZh5AntkdJoWKxHxcmyP622fOkgHa4z3R0TdBJICINyaSDE6uNwVc8gZr+ZinwZAH4xIA==", - "dev": true - }, - "sprintf-js": { - "version": "1.0.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/sprintf-js/-/sprintf-js-1.0.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-BOaSb2YolTVPPdAVIDYzuFcpfiw=", - "dev": true - }, - "strip-ansi": { - "version": "3.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/strip-ansi/-/strip-ansi-3.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-ajhfuIU9lS1f8F0Oiq+UJ43GPc8=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ansi-regex": "2.1.1" - } - }, - "supports-color": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/supports-color/-/supports-color-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-U10EXOa2Nj+kARcIRimZXp3zJMc=", - "dev": true - }, - "tslib": { - "version": "1.9.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/tslib/-/tslib-1.9.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-AVP5Xol3WivEr7hnssHDsaM+lVrVXWUvd1cfXTRkTj80b//6g2wIFEH6hZG0muGZRnHGrfttpdzRk3YlBkWjKw==", - "dev": true - }, - "tslint": { - "version": "5.10.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/tslint/-/tslint-5.10.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-EeJrzLiK+gLdDZlWyuPUVAtfVMM=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "babel-code-frame": "6.26.0", - "builtin-modules": "1.1.1", - "chalk": "2.4.1", - "commander": "2.15.1", - "diff": "3.5.0", - "glob": "7.1.2", - "js-yaml": "3.12.0", - "minimatch": "3.0.4", - "resolve": "1.7.1", - "semver": "5.5.0", - "tslib": "1.9.2", - "tsutils": "2.27.1" - } - }, - "tsutils": { - "version": "2.27.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/tsutils/-/tsutils-2.27.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-AE/7uzp32MmaHvNNFES85hhUDHFdFZp6OAiZcd6y4ZKKIg6orJTm8keYWBhIhrJQH3a4LzNKat7ZPXZt5aTf6w==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "tslib": "1.9.2" - } - }, - "typescript": { - "version": "2.8.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/typescript/-/typescript-2.8.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-K7g15Bb6Ra4lKf7Iq2l/I5/En+hLIHmxWZGq3D4DIRNFxMNV6j2SHSvDOqs2tGd4UvD/fJvrwopzQXjLrT7Itw==", - "dev": true - }, - "url-parse": { - "version": "1.4.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/url-parse/-/url-parse-1.4.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-ERuGxDiQ6Xw/agN4tuoCRbmwRuZP0cJ1lJxJubXr5Q/5cDa78+Dc4wfvtxzhzhkm5VvmW6Mf8EVj9SPGN4l8Lg==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "querystringify": "2.0.0", - "requires-port": "1.0.0" - } - }, - "vscode": { - "version": "1.1.17", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/vscode/-/vscode-1.1.17.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-yNMyrgEua2qyW7+trNNYhA6PeldRrBcwtLtlazkdtzcmkHMKECM/08bPF8HF2ZFuwHgD+8FQsdqd/DvJYQYjJg==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "glob": "7.1.2", - "gulp-chmod": "2.0.0", - "gulp-filter": "5.1.0", - "gulp-gunzip": "1.0.0", - "gulp-remote-src-vscode": "0.5.0", - "gulp-symdest": "1.1.0", - "gulp-untar": "0.0.6", - "gulp-vinyl-zip": "2.1.0", - "mocha": "4.1.0", - "request": "2.85.0", - "semver": "5.5.0", - "source-map-support": "0.5.5", - "url-parse": "1.4.0", - "vinyl-source-stream": "1.1.2" - }, - "dependencies": { - "ajv": { - "version": "5.5.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ajv/-/ajv-5.5.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-c7Xuyj+rZT49P5Qis0GtQiBdyWU=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "co": "4.6.0", - "fast-deep-equal": "1.1.0", - "fast-json-stable-stringify": "2.0.0", - "json-schema-traverse": "0.3.1" - } - }, - "ansi-regex": { - "version": "2.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ansi-regex/-/ansi-regex-2.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-w7M6te42DYbg5ijwRorn7yfWVN8=", - "dev": true - }, - "ansi-styles": { - "version": "2.2.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ansi-styles/-/ansi-styles-2.2.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-tDLdM1i2NM914eRmQ2gkBTPB3b4=", - "dev": true - }, - "arr-diff": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/arr-diff/-/arr-diff-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-jzuCf5Vai9ZpaX5KQlasPOrjVs8=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "arr-flatten": "1.1.0" - } - }, - "arr-flatten": { - "version": "1.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/arr-flatten/-/arr-flatten-1.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-L3hKV5R/p5o81R7O02IGnwpDmkp6E982XhtbuwSe3O4qOtMMMtodicASA1Cny2U+aCXcNpml+m4dPsvsJ3jatg==", - "dev": true - }, - "array-differ": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/array-differ/-/array-differ-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-7/UuN1gknTO+QCuLuOVkuytdQDE=", - "dev": true - }, - "array-union": { - "version": "1.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/array-union/-/array-union-1.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-mjRBDk9OPaI96jdb5b5w8kd47Dk=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "array-uniq": "1.0.3" - } - }, - "array-uniq": { - "version": "1.0.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/array-uniq/-/array-uniq-1.0.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-r2rId6Jcx/dOBYiUdThY39sk/bY=", - "dev": true - }, - "array-unique": { - "version": "0.2.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/array-unique/-/array-unique-0.2.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-odl8yvy8JiXMcPrc6zalDFiwGlM=", - "dev": true - }, - "arrify": { - "version": "1.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/arrify/-/arrify-1.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-iYUI2iIm84DfkEcoRWhJwVAaSw0=", - "dev": true - }, - "asn1": { - "version": "0.2.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/asn1/-/asn1-0.2.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-2sh4dxPJlmhJ/IGAd36+nB3fO4Y=", - "dev": true - }, - "assert-plus": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/assert-plus/-/assert-plus-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-8S4PPF13sLHN2RRpQuTpbB5N1SU=", - "dev": true - }, - "asynckit": { - "version": "0.4.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/asynckit/-/asynckit-0.4.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-x57Zf380y48robyXkLzDZkdLS3k=", - "dev": true - }, - "aws-sign2": { - "version": "0.7.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/aws-sign2/-/aws-sign2-0.7.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-tG6JCTSpWR8tL2+G1+ap8bP+dqg=", - "dev": true - }, - "aws4": { - "version": "1.7.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/aws4/-/aws4-1.7.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-32NDda82rhwD9/JBCCkB+MRYDp0oSvlo2IL6rQWA10PQi7tDUM3eqMSltXmY+Oyl/7N3P3qNtAlv7X0d9bI28w==", - "dev": true - }, - "balanced-match": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/balanced-match/-/balanced-match-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-ibTRmasr7kneFk6gK4nORi1xt2c=", - "dev": true - }, - "bcrypt-pbkdf": { - "version": "1.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/bcrypt-pbkdf/-/bcrypt-pbkdf-1.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Y7xdy2EzG5K8Bf1SiVPDNGKgb40=", - "dev": true, - "optional": true, - "requires": { - "tweetnacl": "0.14.5" - } - }, - "beeper": { - "version": "1.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/beeper/-/beeper-1.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-5tXqjF2tABMEpwsiY4RH9pyy+Ak=", - "dev": true - }, - "boom": { - "version": "4.3.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/boom/-/boom-4.3.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-T4owBctKfjiJ90kDD9JbluAdLjE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "hoek": "4.2.1" - } - }, - "brace-expansion": { - "version": "1.1.11", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/brace-expansion/-/brace-expansion-1.1.11.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-iCuPHDFgrHX7H2vEI/5xpz07zSHB00TpugqhmYtVmMO6518mCuRMoOYFldEBl0g187ufozdaHgWKcYFb61qGiA==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "balanced-match": "1.0.0", - "concat-map": "0.0.1" - } - }, - "braces": { - "version": "1.8.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/braces/-/braces-1.8.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-uneWLhLf+WnWt2cR6RS3N4V79qc=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "expand-range": "1.8.2", - "preserve": "0.2.0", - "repeat-element": "1.1.2" - } - }, - "browser-stdout": { - "version": "1.3.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/browser-stdout/-/browser-stdout-1.3.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-81HTKWnTL6XXpVZxVCY9korjvR8=", - "dev": true - }, - "buffer-crc32": { - "version": "0.2.13", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/buffer-crc32/-/buffer-crc32-0.2.13.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-DTM+PwDqxQqhRUq9MO+MKl2ackI=", - "dev": true - }, - "caseless": { - "version": "0.12.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/caseless/-/caseless-0.12.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-G2gcIf+EAzyCZUMJBolCDRhxUdw=", - "dev": true - }, - "chalk": { - "version": "1.1.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/chalk/-/chalk-1.1.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-qBFcVeSnAv5NFQq9OHKCKn4J/Jg=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ansi-styles": "2.2.1", - "escape-string-regexp": "1.0.5", - "has-ansi": "2.0.0", - "strip-ansi": "3.0.1", - "supports-color": "2.0.0" - } - }, - "clone": { - "version": "0.2.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/clone/-/clone-0.2.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-xhJqkK1Pctv1rNskPMN3JP6T/B8=", - "dev": true - }, - "clone-buffer": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/clone-buffer/-/clone-buffer-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-4+JbIHrE5wGvch4staFnksrD3Fg=", - "dev": true - }, - "clone-stats": { - "version": "0.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/clone-stats/-/clone-stats-0.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-uI+UqCzzi4eR1YBG6kAprYjKmdE=", - "dev": true - }, - "cloneable-readable": { - "version": "1.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/cloneable-readable/-/cloneable-readable-1.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-Bq6+4t+lbM8vhTs/Bef5c5AdEMtapp/iFb6+s4/Hh9MVTt8OLKH7ZOOZSCT+Ys7hsHvqv0GuMPJ1lnQJVHvxpg==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "inherits": "2.0.3", - "process-nextick-args": "2.0.0", - "readable-stream": "2.3.6" - } - }, - "co": { - "version": "4.6.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/co/-/co-4.6.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-bqa989hTrlTMuOR7+gvz+QMfsYQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "combined-stream": { - "version": "1.0.6", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/combined-stream/-/combined-stream-1.0.6.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-cj599ugBrFYTETp+RFqbactjKBg=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "delayed-stream": "1.0.0" - } - }, - "commander": { - "version": "2.11.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/commander/-/commander-2.11.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-b0553uYA5YAEGgyYIGYROzKQ7X5RAqedkfjiZxwi0kL1g3bOaBNNZfYkzt/CL0umgD5wc9Jec2FbB98CjkMRvQ==", - "dev": true - }, - "concat-map": { - "version": "0.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/concat-map/-/concat-map-0.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-2Klr13/Wjfd5OnMDajug1UBdR3s=", - "dev": true - }, - "convert-source-map": { - "version": "1.5.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/convert-source-map/-/convert-source-map-1.5.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-uCeAl7m8IpNl3lxiz1/K7YtVmeU=", - "dev": true - }, - "core-util-is": { - "version": "1.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/core-util-is/-/core-util-is-1.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-tf1UIgqivFq1eqtxQMlAdUUDwac=", - "dev": true - }, - "cryptiles": { - "version": "3.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/cryptiles/-/cryptiles-3.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-qJ+7Ig9c4l7FboxKqKT9e1sNKf4=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "boom": "5.2.0" - }, - "dependencies": { - "boom": { - "version": "5.2.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/boom/-/boom-5.2.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-Z5BTk6ZRe4tXXQlkqftmsAUANpXmuwlsF5Oov8ThoMbQRzdGTA1ngYRW160GexgOgjsFOKJz0LYhoNi+2AMBUw==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "hoek": "4.2.1" - } - } - } - }, - "dashdash": { - "version": "1.14.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/dashdash/-/dashdash-1.14.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-hTz6D3y+L+1d4gMmuN1YEDX24vA=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "assert-plus": "1.0.0" - } - }, - "dateformat": { - "version": "2.2.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/dateformat/-/dateformat-2.2.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-QGXiATz5+5Ft39gu+1Bq1MZ2kGI=", - "dev": true - }, - "debug": { - "version": "3.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/debug/-/debug-3.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-OX8XqP7/1a9cqkxYw2yXss15f26NKWBpDXQd0/uK/KPqdQhxbPa994hnzjcE2VqQpDslf55723cKPUOGSmMY3g==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ms": "2.0.0" - } - }, - "deep-assign": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/deep-assign/-/deep-assign-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-sJJ0O+hCfcYh6gBnzex+cN0Z83s=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-obj": "1.0.1" - } - }, - "delayed-stream": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/delayed-stream/-/delayed-stream-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-3zrhmayt+31ECqrgsp4icrJOxhk=", - "dev": true - }, - "diff": { - "version": "3.3.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/diff/-/diff-3.3.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-MKPHZDMB0o6yHyDryUOScqZibp914ksXwAMYMTHj6KO8UeKsRYNJD3oNCKjTqZon+V488P7N/HzXF8t7ZR95ww==", - "dev": true - }, - "duplexer": { - "version": "0.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/duplexer/-/duplexer-0.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-rOb/gIwc5mtX0ev5eXessCM0z8E=", - "dev": true - }, - "duplexer2": { - "version": "0.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/duplexer2/-/duplexer2-0.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-xhTc9n4vsUmVqRcR5aYX6KYKMds=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "readable-stream": "1.1.14" - }, - "dependencies": { - "isarray": { - "version": "0.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/isarray/-/isarray-0.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-ihis/Kmo9Bd+Cav8YDiTmwXR7t8=", - "dev": true - }, - "readable-stream": { - "version": "1.1.14", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/readable-stream/-/readable-stream-1.1.14.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-fPTFTvZI44EwhMY23SB54WbAgdk=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "core-util-is": "1.0.2", - "inherits": "2.0.3", - "isarray": "0.0.1", - "string_decoder": "0.10.31" - } - }, - "string_decoder": { - "version": "0.10.31", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/string_decoder/-/string_decoder-0.10.31.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-YuIDvEF2bGwoyfyEMB2rHFMQ+pQ=", - "dev": true - } - } - }, - "duplexify": { - "version": "3.5.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/duplexify/-/duplexify-3.5.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-JzYSLYMhoVVBe8+mbHQ4KgpvHpm0DZpJuL8PY93Vyv1fW7jYJ90LoXa1di/CVbJM+TgMs91rbDapE/RNIfnJsA==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "end-of-stream": "1.4.1", - "inherits": "2.0.3", - "readable-stream": "2.3.6", - "stream-shift": "1.0.0" - } - }, - "ecc-jsbn": { - "version": "0.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ecc-jsbn/-/ecc-jsbn-0.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-D8c6ntXw1Tw4GTOYUj735UN3dQU=", - "dev": true, - "optional": true, - "requires": { - "jsbn": "0.1.1" - } - }, - "end-of-stream": { - "version": "1.4.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/end-of-stream/-/end-of-stream-1.4.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-1MkrZNvWTKCaigbn+W15elq2BB/L22nqrSY5DKlo3X6+vclJm8Bb5djXJBmEX6fS3+zCh/F4VBK5Z2KxJt4s2Q==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "once": "1.4.0" - } - }, - "escape-string-regexp": { - "version": "1.0.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/escape-string-regexp/-/escape-string-regexp-1.0.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-G2HAViGQqN/2rjuyzwIAyhMLhtQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "event-stream": { - "version": "3.3.4", - "resolved": "http://registry.npmjs.org/event-stream/-/event-stream-3.3.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-SrTJoPWlTbkzi0w02Gv86PSzVXE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "duplexer": "0.1.1", - "from": "0.1.7", - "map-stream": "0.1.0", - "pause-stream": "0.0.11", - "split": "0.3.3", - "stream-combiner": "0.0.4", - "through": "2.3.8" - } - }, - "expand-brackets": { - "version": "0.1.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/expand-brackets/-/expand-brackets-0.1.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-3wcoTjQqgHzXM6xa9yQR5YHRF3s=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-posix-bracket": "0.1.1" - } - }, - "expand-range": { - "version": "1.8.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/expand-range/-/expand-range-1.8.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-opnv/TNf4nIeuujiV+x5ZE/IUzc=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "fill-range": "2.2.3" - } - }, - "extend": { - "version": "3.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/extend/-/extend-3.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-p1Xqe8Gt/MWjHOfnYtuq3F5jZEQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "extend-shallow": { - "version": "2.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/extend-shallow/-/extend-shallow-2.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Ua99YUrZqfYQ6huvu5idaxxWiQ8=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-extendable": "0.1.1" - } - }, - "extglob": { - "version": "0.3.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/extglob/-/extglob-0.3.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Lhj/PS9JqydlzskCPwEdqo2DSaE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-extglob": "1.0.0" - }, - "dependencies": { - "is-extglob": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-extglob/-/is-extglob-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-rEaBd8SUNAWgkvyPKXYMb/xiBsA=", - "dev": true - } - } - }, - "extsprintf": { - "version": "1.3.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/extsprintf/-/extsprintf-1.3.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-lpGEQOMEGnpBT4xS48V06zw+HgU=", - "dev": true - }, - "fancy-log": { - "version": "1.3.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/fancy-log/-/fancy-log-1.3.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-9BEl49hPLn2JpD0G2VjI94vha+E=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ansi-gray": "0.1.1", - "color-support": "1.1.3", - "time-stamp": "1.1.0" - } - }, - "fd-slicer": { - "version": "1.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/fd-slicer/-/fd-slicer-1.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-i1vL2ewyfFBBv5qwI/1nUPEXfmU=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "pend": "1.2.0" - } - }, - "filename-regex": { - "version": "2.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/filename-regex/-/filename-regex-2.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-wcS5vuPglyXdsQa3XB4wH+LxiyY=", - "dev": true - }, - "fill-range": { - "version": "2.2.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/fill-range/-/fill-range-2.2.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-ULd9/X5Gm8dJJHCWNpn+eoSFpyM=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-number": "2.1.0", - "isobject": "2.1.0", - "randomatic": "1.1.7", - "repeat-element": "1.1.2", - "repeat-string": "1.6.1" - } - }, - "first-chunk-stream": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/first-chunk-stream/-/first-chunk-stream-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Wb+1DNkF9g18OUzT2ayqtOatk04=", - "dev": true - }, - "for-in": { - "version": "1.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/for-in/-/for-in-1.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-gQaNKVqBQuwKxybG4iAMMPttXoA=", - "dev": true - }, - "for-own": { - "version": "0.1.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/for-own/-/for-own-0.1.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-UmXGgaTylNq78XyVCbZ2OqhFEM4=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "for-in": "1.0.2" - } - }, - "forever-agent": { - "version": "0.6.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/forever-agent/-/forever-agent-0.6.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-+8cfDEGt6zf5bFd60e1C2P2sypE=", - "dev": true - }, - "form-data": { - "version": "2.3.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/form-data/-/form-data-2.3.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-SXBJi+YEwgwAXU9cI67NIda0kJk=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "asynckit": "0.4.0", - "combined-stream": "1.0.6", - "mime-types": "2.1.18" - } - }, - "from": { - "version": "0.1.7", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/from/-/from-0.1.7.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-g8YK/Fi5xWmXAH7Rp2izqzA6RP4=", - "dev": true - }, - "fs.realpath": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/fs.realpath/-/fs.realpath-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-FQStJSMVjKpA20onh8sBQRmU6k8=", - "dev": true - }, - "fstream": { - "version": "1.0.11", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/fstream/-/fstream-1.0.11.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-XB+x8RdHcRTwYyoOtLcbPLD9MXE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "graceful-fs": "4.1.11", - "inherits": "2.0.3", - "mkdirp": "0.5.1", - "rimraf": "2.6.2" - } - }, - "getpass": { - "version": "0.1.7", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/getpass/-/getpass-0.1.7.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Xv+OPmhNVprkyysSgmBOi6YhSfo=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "assert-plus": "1.0.0" - } - }, - "glob": { - "version": "7.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/glob/-/glob-7.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-MJTUg1kjuLeQCJ+ccE4Vpa6kKVXkPYJ2mOCQyUuKLcLQsdrMCpBPUi8qVE6+YuaJkozeA9NusTAw3hLr8Xe5EQ==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "fs.realpath": "1.0.0", - "inflight": "1.0.6", - "inherits": "2.0.3", - "minimatch": "3.0.4", - "once": "1.4.0", - "path-is-absolute": "1.0.1" - } - }, - "glob-base": { - "version": "0.3.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/glob-base/-/glob-base-0.3.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-27Fk9iIbHAscz4Kuoyi0l98Oo8Q=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "glob-parent": "2.0.0", - "is-glob": "2.0.1" - }, - "dependencies": { - "glob-parent": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/glob-parent/-/glob-parent-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-gTg9ctsFT8zPUzbaqQLxgvbtuyg=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-glob": "2.0.1" - } - }, - "is-extglob": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-extglob/-/is-extglob-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-rEaBd8SUNAWgkvyPKXYMb/xiBsA=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-glob": { - "version": "2.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-glob/-/is-glob-2.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-0Jb5JqPe1WAPP9/ZEZjLCIjC2GM=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-extglob": "1.0.0" - } - } - } - }, - "glob-parent": { - "version": "3.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/glob-parent/-/glob-parent-3.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-nmr2KZ2NO9K9QEMIMr0RPfkGxa4=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-glob": "3.1.0", - "path-dirname": "1.0.2" - } - }, - "glob-stream": { - "version": "5.3.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/glob-stream/-/glob-stream-5.3.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-pVZlqajM3EGRWofHAeMtTgFvrSI=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "extend": "3.0.1", - "glob": "5.0.15", - "glob-parent": "3.1.0", - "micromatch": "2.3.11", - "ordered-read-streams": "0.3.0", - "through2": "0.6.5", - "to-absolute-glob": "0.1.1", - "unique-stream": "2.2.1" - }, - "dependencies": { - "glob": { - "version": "5.0.15", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/glob/-/glob-5.0.15.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-G8k2ueAvSmA/zCIuz3Yz0wuLk7E=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "inflight": "1.0.6", - "inherits": "2.0.3", - "minimatch": "3.0.4", - "once": "1.4.0", - "path-is-absolute": "1.0.1" - } - }, - "isarray": { - "version": "0.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/isarray/-/isarray-0.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-ihis/Kmo9Bd+Cav8YDiTmwXR7t8=", - "dev": true - }, - "readable-stream": { - "version": "1.0.34", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/readable-stream/-/readable-stream-1.0.34.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Elgg40vIQtLyqq+v5MKRbuMsFXw=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "core-util-is": "1.0.2", - "inherits": "2.0.3", - "isarray": "0.0.1", - "string_decoder": "0.10.31" - } - }, - "string_decoder": { - "version": "0.10.31", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/string_decoder/-/string_decoder-0.10.31.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-YuIDvEF2bGwoyfyEMB2rHFMQ+pQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "through2": { - "version": "0.6.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/through2/-/through2-0.6.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-QaucZ7KdVyCQcUEOHXp6lozTrUg=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "readable-stream": "1.0.34", - "xtend": "4.0.1" - } - } - } - }, - "glogg": { - "version": "1.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/glogg/-/glogg-1.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-ynYqXLoluBKf9XGR1gA59yEJisIL7YHEH4xr3ZziHB5/yl4qWfaK8Js9jGe6gBGCSCKVqiyO30WnRZADvemUNw==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "sparkles": "1.0.0" - } - }, - "graceful-fs": { - "version": "4.1.11", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/graceful-fs/-/graceful-fs-4.1.11.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Dovf5NHduIVNZOBOp8AOKgJuVlg=", - "dev": true - }, - "growl": { - "version": "1.10.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/growl/-/growl-1.10.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-hKlsbA5Vu3xsh1Cg3J7jSmX/WaW6A5oBeqzM88oNbCRQFz+zUaXm6yxS4RVytp1scBoJzSYl4YAEOQIt6O8V1Q==", - "dev": true - }, - "gulp-chmod": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/gulp-chmod/-/gulp-chmod-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-AMOQuSigeZslGsz2MaoJ4BzGKZw=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "deep-assign": "1.0.0", - "stat-mode": "0.2.2", - "through2": "2.0.3" - } - }, - "gulp-filter": { - "version": "5.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/gulp-filter/-/gulp-filter-5.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-oF4Rr/sHz33PQafeHLe2OsN4PnM=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "multimatch": "2.1.0", - "plugin-error": "0.1.2", - "streamfilter": "1.0.7" - } - }, - "gulp-gunzip": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/gulp-gunzip/-/gulp-gunzip-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-FbdBFF6Dqcb1CIYkG1fMWHHxUak=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "through2": "0.6.5", - "vinyl": "0.4.6" - }, - "dependencies": { - "isarray": { - "version": "0.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/isarray/-/isarray-0.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-ihis/Kmo9Bd+Cav8YDiTmwXR7t8=", - "dev": true - }, - "readable-stream": { - "version": "1.0.34", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/readable-stream/-/readable-stream-1.0.34.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Elgg40vIQtLyqq+v5MKRbuMsFXw=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "core-util-is": "1.0.2", - "inherits": "2.0.3", - "isarray": "0.0.1", - "string_decoder": "0.10.31" - } - }, - "string_decoder": { - "version": "0.10.31", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/string_decoder/-/string_decoder-0.10.31.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-YuIDvEF2bGwoyfyEMB2rHFMQ+pQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "through2": { - "version": "0.6.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/through2/-/through2-0.6.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-QaucZ7KdVyCQcUEOHXp6lozTrUg=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "readable-stream": "1.0.34", - "xtend": "4.0.1" - } - } - } - }, - "gulp-sourcemaps": { - "version": "1.6.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/gulp-sourcemaps/-/gulp-sourcemaps-1.6.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-uG/zSdgBzrVuHZ59x7vLS33uYAw=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "convert-source-map": "1.5.1", - "graceful-fs": "4.1.11", - "strip-bom": "2.0.0", - "through2": "2.0.3", - "vinyl": "1.2.0" - }, - "dependencies": { - "clone": { - "version": "1.0.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/clone/-/clone-1.0.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-2jCcwmPfFZlMaIypAheco8fNfH4=", - "dev": true - }, - "vinyl": { - "version": "1.2.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/vinyl/-/vinyl-1.2.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-XIgDbPVl5d8FVYv8kR+GVt8hiIQ=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "clone": "1.0.4", - "clone-stats": "0.0.1", - "replace-ext": "0.0.1" - } - } - } - }, - "gulp-symdest": { - "version": "1.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/gulp-symdest/-/gulp-symdest-1.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-wWUyBzLRks5W/ZQnH/oSMjS/KuA=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "event-stream": "3.3.4", - "mkdirp": "0.5.1", - "queue": "3.1.0", - "vinyl-fs": "2.4.4" - } - }, - "gulp-untar": { - "version": "0.0.6", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/gulp-untar/-/gulp-untar-0.0.6.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-1r3v3n6ajgVMnxYjhaB4LEvnQAA=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "event-stream": "3.3.4", - "gulp-util": "3.0.8", - "streamifier": "0.1.1", - "tar": "2.2.1", - "through2": "2.0.3" - } - }, - "gulp-util": { - "version": "3.0.8", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/gulp-util/-/gulp-util-3.0.8.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-AFTh50RQLifATBh8PsxQXdVLu08=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "array-differ": "1.0.0", - "array-uniq": "1.0.3", - "beeper": "1.1.1", - "chalk": "1.1.3", - "dateformat": "2.2.0", - "fancy-log": "1.3.2", - "gulplog": "1.0.0", - "has-gulplog": "0.1.0", - "lodash._reescape": "3.0.0", - "lodash._reevaluate": "3.0.0", - "lodash._reinterpolate": "3.0.0", - "lodash.template": "3.6.2", - "minimist": "1.2.0", - "multipipe": "0.1.2", - "object-assign": "3.0.0", - "replace-ext": "0.0.1", - "through2": "2.0.3", - "vinyl": "0.5.3" - }, - "dependencies": { - "clone": { - "version": "1.0.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/clone/-/clone-1.0.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-2jCcwmPfFZlMaIypAheco8fNfH4=", - "dev": true - }, - "minimist": { - "version": "1.2.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/minimist/-/minimist-1.2.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-o1AIsg9BOD7sH7kU9M1d95omQoQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "object-assign": { - "version": "3.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/object-assign/-/object-assign-3.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-m+3VygiXlJvKR+f/QIBi1Un1h/I=", - "dev": true - }, - "vinyl": { - "version": "0.5.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/vinyl/-/vinyl-0.5.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-sEVbOPxeDPMNQyUTLkYZcMIJHN4=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "clone": "1.0.4", - "clone-stats": "0.0.1", - "replace-ext": "0.0.1" - } - } - } - }, - "gulp-vinyl-zip": { - "version": "2.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/gulp-vinyl-zip/-/gulp-vinyl-zip-2.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-JOQGhdwFtxSZlSRQmeBZAmO+ja0=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "event-stream": "3.3.4", - "queue": "4.4.2", - "through2": "2.0.3", - "vinyl": "2.1.0", - "vinyl-fs": "2.4.4", - "yauzl": "2.9.1", - "yazl": "2.4.3" - }, - "dependencies": { - "clone": { - "version": "2.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/clone/-/clone-2.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-0hfR6WERjjrJpLi7oyhVU79kfNs=", - "dev": true - }, - "clone-stats": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/clone-stats/-/clone-stats-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-s3gt/4u1R04Yuba/D9/ngvh3doA=", - "dev": true - }, - "queue": { - "version": "4.4.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/queue/-/queue-4.4.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-fSMRXbwhMwipcDZ08enW2vl+YDmAmhcNcr43sCJL8DIg+CFOsoRLG23ctxA+fwNk1w55SePSiS7oqQQSgQoVJQ==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "inherits": "2.0.3" - } - }, - "replace-ext": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/replace-ext/-/replace-ext-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-3mMSg3P8v3w8z6TeWkgMRaZ5WOs=", - "dev": true - }, - "vinyl": { - "version": "2.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/vinyl/-/vinyl-2.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Ah+cLPlR1rk5lDyJ617lrdT9kkw=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "clone": "2.1.1", - "clone-buffer": "1.0.0", - "clone-stats": "1.0.0", - "cloneable-readable": "1.1.2", - "remove-trailing-separator": "1.1.0", - "replace-ext": "1.0.0" - } - } - } - }, - "gulplog": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/gulplog/-/gulplog-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-4oxNRdBey77YGDY86PnFkmIp/+U=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "glogg": "1.0.1" - } - }, - "har-schema": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/har-schema/-/har-schema-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-qUwiJOvKwEeCoNkDVSHyRzW37JI=", - "dev": true - }, - "har-validator": { - "version": "5.0.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/har-validator/-/har-validator-5.0.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-ukAsJmGU8VlW7xXg/PJCmT9qff0=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ajv": "5.5.2", - "har-schema": "2.0.0" - } - }, - "has-ansi": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/has-ansi/-/has-ansi-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-NPUEnOHs3ysGSa8+8k5F7TVBbZE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ansi-regex": "2.1.1" - } - }, - "has-flag": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/has-flag/-/has-flag-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-6CB68cx7MNRGzHC3NLXovhj4jVE=", - "dev": true - }, - "has-gulplog": { - "version": "0.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/has-gulplog/-/has-gulplog-0.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-ZBTIKRNpfaUVkDl9r7EvIpZ4Ec4=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "sparkles": "1.0.0" - } - }, - "hawk": { - "version": "6.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/hawk/-/hawk-6.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-miowhl2+U7Qle4vdLqDdPt9m09K6yZhkLDTWGoUiUzrQCn+mHHSmfJgAyGaLRZbPmTqfFFjRV1QWCW0VWUJBbQ==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "boom": "4.3.1", - "cryptiles": "3.1.2", - "hoek": "4.2.1", - "sntp": "2.1.0" - } - }, - "hoek": { - "version": "4.2.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/hoek/-/hoek-4.2.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-QLg82fGkfnJ/4iy1xZ81/9SIJiq1NGFUMGs6ParyjBZr6jW2Ufj/snDqTHixNlHdPNwN2RLVD0Pi3igeK9+JfA==", - "dev": true - }, - "http-signature": { - "version": "1.2.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/http-signature/-/http-signature-1.2.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-muzZJRFHcvPZW2WmCruPfBj7rOE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "assert-plus": "1.0.0", - "jsprim": "1.4.1", - "sshpk": "1.14.1" - } - }, - "inflight": { - "version": "1.0.6", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/inflight/-/inflight-1.0.6.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Sb1jMdfQLQwJvJEKEHW6gWW1bfk=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "once": "1.4.0", - "wrappy": "1.0.2" - } - }, - "inherits": { - "version": "2.0.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/inherits/-/inherits-2.0.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Yzwsg+PaQqUC9SRmAiSA9CCCYd4=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-buffer": { - "version": "1.1.6", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-buffer/-/is-buffer-1.1.6.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-NcdALwpXkTm5Zvvbk7owOUSvVvBKDgKP5/ewfXEznmQFfs4ZRmanOeKBTjRVjka3QFoN6XJ+9F3USqfHqTaU5w==", - "dev": true - }, - "is-dotfile": { - "version": "1.0.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-dotfile/-/is-dotfile-1.0.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-pqLzL/0t+wT1yiXs0Pa4PPeYoeE=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-equal-shallow": { - "version": "0.1.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-equal-shallow/-/is-equal-shallow-0.1.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-IjgJj8Ih3gvPpdnqxMRdY4qhxTQ=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-primitive": "2.0.0" - } - }, - "is-extendable": { - "version": "0.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-extendable/-/is-extendable-0.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-YrEQ4omkcUGOPsNqYX1HLjAd/Ik=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-extglob": { - "version": "2.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-extglob/-/is-extglob-2.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-qIwCU1eR8C7TfHahueqXc8gz+MI=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-glob": { - "version": "3.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-glob/-/is-glob-3.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-e6WuJCF4BKxwcHuWkiVnSGzD6Eo=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-extglob": "2.1.1" - } - }, - "is-number": { - "version": "2.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-number/-/is-number-2.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Afy7s5NGOlSPL0ZszhbezknbkI8=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "kind-of": "3.2.2" - } - }, - "is-obj": { - "version": "1.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-obj/-/is-obj-1.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-PkcprB9f3gJc19g6iW2rn09n2w8=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-posix-bracket": { - "version": "0.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-posix-bracket/-/is-posix-bracket-0.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-MzTceXdDaOkvAW5vvAqI9c1ua8Q=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-primitive": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-primitive/-/is-primitive-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-IHurkWOEmcB7Kt8kCkGochADRXU=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-stream": { - "version": "1.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-stream/-/is-stream-1.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-EtSj3U5o4Lec6428hBc66A2RykQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-typedarray": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-typedarray/-/is-typedarray-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-5HnICFjfDBsR3dppQPlgEfzaSpo=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-utf8": { - "version": "0.2.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-utf8/-/is-utf8-0.2.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Sw2hRCEE0bM2NA6AeX6GXPOffXI=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-valid-glob": { - "version": "0.3.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-valid-glob/-/is-valid-glob-0.3.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-1LVcafUYhvm2XHDWwmItN+KfSP4=", - "dev": true - }, - "isarray": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/isarray/-/isarray-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-u5NdSFgsuhaMBoNJV6VKPgcSTxE=", - "dev": true - }, - "isobject": { - "version": "2.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/isobject/-/isobject-2.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-8GVWEJaj8dou9GJy+BXIQNh+DIk=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "isarray": "1.0.0" - } - }, - "isstream": { - "version": "0.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/isstream/-/isstream-0.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-R+Y/evVa+m+S4VAOaQ64uFKcCZo=", - "dev": true - }, - "jsbn": { - "version": "0.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/jsbn/-/jsbn-0.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-peZUwuWi3rXyAdls77yoDA7y9RM=", - "dev": true, - "optional": true - }, - "json-schema": { - "version": "0.2.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/json-schema/-/json-schema-0.2.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-tIDIkuWaLwWVTOcnvT8qTogvnhM=", - "dev": true - }, - "json-stable-stringify": { - "version": "1.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/json-stable-stringify/-/json-stable-stringify-1.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-mnWdOcXy/1A/1TAGRu1EX4jE+a8=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "jsonify": "0.0.0" - } - }, - "json-stringify-safe": { - "version": "5.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/json-stringify-safe/-/json-stringify-safe-5.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Epai1Y/UXxmg9s4B1lcB4sc1tus=", - "dev": true - }, - "jsonify": { - "version": "0.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/jsonify/-/jsonify-0.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-LHS27kHZPKUbe1qu6PUDYx0lKnM=", - "dev": true - }, - "jsprim": { - "version": "1.4.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/jsprim/-/jsprim-1.4.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-MT5mvB5cwG5Di8G3SZwuXFastqI=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "assert-plus": "1.0.0", - "extsprintf": "1.3.0", - "json-schema": "0.2.3", - "verror": "1.10.0" - } - }, - "kind-of": { - "version": "3.2.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/kind-of/-/kind-of-3.2.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-MeohpzS6ubuw8yRm2JOupR5KPGQ=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-buffer": "1.1.6" - } - }, - "lazystream": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lazystream/-/lazystream-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-9plf4PggOS9hOWvolGJAe7dxaOQ=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "readable-stream": "2.3.6" - } - }, - "lodash._basecopy": { - "version": "3.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash._basecopy/-/lodash._basecopy-3.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-jaDmqHbPNEwK2KVIghEd08XHyjY=", - "dev": true - }, - "lodash._basetostring": { - "version": "3.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash._basetostring/-/lodash._basetostring-3.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-0YYdh3+CSlL2aYMtyvPuFVZqB9U=", - "dev": true - }, - "lodash._basevalues": { - "version": "3.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash._basevalues/-/lodash._basevalues-3.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-W3dXYoAr3j0yl1A+JjAIIP32Ybc=", - "dev": true - }, - "lodash._getnative": { - "version": "3.9.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash._getnative/-/lodash._getnative-3.9.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-VwvH3t5G1hzc3mh9ZdPuy6o6r/U=", - "dev": true - }, - "lodash._isiterateecall": { - "version": "3.0.9", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash._isiterateecall/-/lodash._isiterateecall-3.0.9.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-UgOte6Ql+uhCRg5pbbnPPmqsBXw=", - "dev": true - }, - "lodash._reescape": { - "version": "3.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash._reescape/-/lodash._reescape-3.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Kx1vXf4HyKNVdT5fJ/rH8c3hYWo=", - "dev": true - }, - "lodash._reevaluate": { - "version": "3.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash._reevaluate/-/lodash._reevaluate-3.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-WLx0xAZklTrgsSTYBpltrKQx4u0=", - "dev": true - }, - "lodash._reinterpolate": { - "version": "3.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash._reinterpolate/-/lodash._reinterpolate-3.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-DM8tiRZq8Ds2Y8eWU4t1rG4RTZ0=", - "dev": true - }, - "lodash._root": { - "version": "3.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash._root/-/lodash._root-3.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-+6HEUkwZ7ppfgTa0YJ8BfPTe1pI=", - "dev": true - }, - "lodash.escape": { - "version": "3.2.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash.escape/-/lodash.escape-3.2.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-mV7g3BjBtIzJLv+ucaEKq1tIdpg=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "lodash._root": "3.0.1" - } - }, - "lodash.isarguments": { - "version": "3.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash.isarguments/-/lodash.isarguments-3.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-L1c9hcaiQon/AGY7SRwdM4/zRYo=", - "dev": true - }, - "lodash.isarray": { - "version": "3.0.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash.isarray/-/lodash.isarray-3.0.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-eeTriMNqgSKvhvhEqpvNhRtfu1U=", - "dev": true - }, - "lodash.isequal": { - "version": "4.5.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash.isequal/-/lodash.isequal-4.5.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-QVxEePK8wwEgwizhDtMib30+GOA=", - "dev": true - }, - "lodash.keys": { - "version": "3.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash.keys/-/lodash.keys-3.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-TbwEcrFWvlCgsoaFXRvQsMZWCYo=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "lodash._getnative": "3.9.1", - "lodash.isarguments": "3.1.0", - "lodash.isarray": "3.0.4" - } - }, - "lodash.restparam": { - "version": "3.6.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash.restparam/-/lodash.restparam-3.6.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-k2pOMJ7zMKdkXtQUWYbIWuWyCAU=", - "dev": true - }, - "lodash.template": { - "version": "3.6.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash.template/-/lodash.template-3.6.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-+M3sxhaaJVvpCYrosMU9N4kx0U8=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "lodash._basecopy": "3.0.1", - "lodash._basetostring": "3.0.1", - "lodash._basevalues": "3.0.0", - "lodash._isiterateecall": "3.0.9", - "lodash._reinterpolate": "3.0.0", - "lodash.escape": "3.2.0", - "lodash.keys": "3.1.2", - "lodash.restparam": "3.6.1", - "lodash.templatesettings": "3.1.1" - } - }, - "lodash.templatesettings": { - "version": "3.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/lodash.templatesettings/-/lodash.templatesettings-3.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-+zB4RHU7Zrnxr6VOJix0UwfbqOU=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "lodash._reinterpolate": "3.0.0", - "lodash.escape": "3.2.0" - } - }, - "map-stream": { - "version": "0.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/map-stream/-/map-stream-0.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-5WqpTEyAVaFkBKBnS3jyFffI4ZQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "merge-stream": { - "version": "1.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/merge-stream/-/merge-stream-1.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-QEEgLVCKNCugAXQAjfDCUbjBNeE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "readable-stream": "2.3.6" - } - }, - "micromatch": { - "version": "2.3.11", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/micromatch/-/micromatch-2.3.11.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-hmd8l9FyCzY0MdBNDRUpO9OMFWU=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "arr-diff": "2.0.0", - "array-unique": "0.2.1", - "braces": "1.8.5", - "expand-brackets": "0.1.5", - "extglob": "0.3.2", - "filename-regex": "2.0.1", - "is-extglob": "1.0.0", - "is-glob": "2.0.1", - "kind-of": "3.2.2", - "normalize-path": "2.1.1", - "object.omit": "2.0.1", - "parse-glob": "3.0.4", - "regex-cache": "0.4.4" - }, - "dependencies": { - "is-extglob": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-extglob/-/is-extglob-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-rEaBd8SUNAWgkvyPKXYMb/xiBsA=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-glob": { - "version": "2.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-glob/-/is-glob-2.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-0Jb5JqPe1WAPP9/ZEZjLCIjC2GM=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-extglob": "1.0.0" - } - } - } - }, - "mime-db": { - "version": "1.33.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/mime-db/-/mime-db-1.33.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-BHJ/EKruNIqJf/QahvxwQZXKygOQ256myeN/Ew+THcAa5q+PjyTTMMeNQC4DZw5AwfvelsUrA6B67NKMqXDbzQ==", - "dev": true - }, - "mime-types": { - "version": "2.1.18", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/mime-types/-/mime-types-2.1.18.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-lc/aahn+t4/SWV/qcmumYjymLsWfN3ELhpmVuUFjgsORruuZPVSwAQryq+HHGvO/SI2KVX26bx+En+zhM8g8hQ==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "mime-db": "1.33.0" - } - }, - "minimatch": { - "version": "3.0.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/minimatch/-/minimatch-3.0.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-yJHVQEhyqPLUTgt9B83PXu6W3rx4MvvHvSUvToogpwoGDOUQ+yDrR0HRot+yOCdCO7u4hX3pWft6kWBBcqh0UA==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "brace-expansion": "1.1.11" - } - }, - "minimist": { - "version": "0.0.8", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/minimist/-/minimist-0.0.8.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-hX/Kv8M5fSYluCKCYuhqp6ARsF0=", - "dev": true - }, - "mkdirp": { - "version": "0.5.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/mkdirp/-/mkdirp-0.5.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-MAV0OOrGz3+MR2fzhkjWaX11yQM=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "minimist": "0.0.8" - } - }, - "mocha": { - "version": "4.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/mocha/-/mocha-4.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-0RVnjg1HJsXY2YFDoTNzcc1NKhYuXKRrBAG2gDygmJJA136Cs2QlRliZG1mA0ap7cuaT30mw16luAeln+4RiNA==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "browser-stdout": "1.3.0", - "commander": "2.11.0", - "debug": "3.1.0", - "diff": "3.3.1", - "escape-string-regexp": "1.0.5", - "glob": "7.1.2", - "growl": "1.10.3", - "he": "1.1.1", - "mkdirp": "0.5.1", - "supports-color": "4.4.0" - }, - "dependencies": { - "supports-color": { - "version": "4.4.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/supports-color/-/supports-color-4.4.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-rKC3+DyXWgK0ZLKwmRsrkyHVZAjNkfzeehuFWdGGcqGDTZFH73+RH6S/RDAAxl9GusSjZSUWYLmT9N5pzXFOXQ==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "has-flag": "2.0.0" - } - } - } - }, - "ms": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ms/-/ms-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-VgiurfwAvmwpAd9fmGF4jeDVl8g=", - "dev": true - }, - "multimatch": { - "version": "2.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/multimatch/-/multimatch-2.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-nHkGoi+0wCkZ4vX3UWG0zb1LKis=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "array-differ": "1.0.0", - "array-union": "1.0.2", - "arrify": "1.0.1", - "minimatch": "3.0.4" - } - }, - "multipipe": { - "version": "0.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/multipipe/-/multipipe-0.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Ko8t33Du1WTf8tV/HhoTfZ8FB4s=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "duplexer2": "0.0.2" - } - }, - "normalize-path": { - "version": "2.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/normalize-path/-/normalize-path-2.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-GrKLVW4Zg2Oowab35vogE3/mrtk=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "remove-trailing-separator": "1.1.0" - } - }, - "oauth-sign": { - "version": "0.8.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/oauth-sign/-/oauth-sign-0.8.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Rqarfwrq2N6unsBWV4C31O/rnUM=", - "dev": true - }, - "object-assign": { - "version": "4.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/object-assign/-/object-assign-4.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-IQmtx5ZYh8/AXLvUQsrIv7s2CGM=", - "dev": true - }, - "object.omit": { - "version": "2.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/object.omit/-/object.omit-2.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Gpx0SCnznbuFjHbKNXmuKlTr0fo=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "for-own": "0.1.5", - "is-extendable": "0.1.1" - } - }, - "once": { - "version": "1.4.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/once/-/once-1.4.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-WDsap3WWHUsROsF9nFC6753Xa9E=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "wrappy": "1.0.2" - } - }, - "ordered-read-streams": { - "version": "0.3.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/ordered-read-streams/-/ordered-read-streams-0.3.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-cTfmmzKYuzQiR6G77jiByA4v14s=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-stream": "1.1.0", - "readable-stream": "2.3.6" - } - }, - "parse-glob": { - "version": "3.0.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/parse-glob/-/parse-glob-3.0.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-ssN2z7EfNVE7rdFz7wu246OIORw=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "glob-base": "0.3.0", - "is-dotfile": "1.0.3", - "is-extglob": "1.0.0", - "is-glob": "2.0.1" - }, - "dependencies": { - "is-extglob": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-extglob/-/is-extglob-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-rEaBd8SUNAWgkvyPKXYMb/xiBsA=", - "dev": true - }, - "is-glob": { - "version": "2.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-glob/-/is-glob-2.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-0Jb5JqPe1WAPP9/ZEZjLCIjC2GM=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-extglob": "1.0.0" - } - } - } - }, - "path-dirname": { - "version": "1.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/path-dirname/-/path-dirname-1.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-zDPSTVJeCZpTiMAzbG4yuRYGCeA=", - "dev": true - }, - "path-is-absolute": { - "version": "1.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/path-is-absolute/-/path-is-absolute-1.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-F0uSaHNVNP+8es5r9TpanhtcX18=", - "dev": true - }, - "pause-stream": { - "version": "0.0.11", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/pause-stream/-/pause-stream-0.0.11.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-/lo0sMvOErWqaitAPuLnO2AvFEU=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "through": "2.3.8" - } - }, - "pend": { - "version": "1.2.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/pend/-/pend-1.2.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-elfrVQpng/kRUzH89GY9XI4AelA=", - "dev": true - }, - "performance-now": { - "version": "2.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/performance-now/-/performance-now-2.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Ywn04OX6kT7BxpMHrjZLSzd8nns=", - "dev": true - }, - "preserve": { - "version": "0.2.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/preserve/-/preserve-0.2.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-gV7R9uvGWSb4ZbMQwHE7yzMVzks=", - "dev": true - }, - "process-nextick-args": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/process-nextick-args/-/process-nextick-args-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-MtEC1TqN0EU5nephaJ4rAtThHtC86dNN9qCuEhtshvpVBkAW5ZO7BASN9REnF9eoXGcRub+pFuKEpOHE+HbEMw==", - "dev": true - }, - "punycode": { - "version": "1.4.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/punycode/-/punycode-1.4.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-wNWmOycYgArY4esPpSachN1BhF4=", - "dev": true - }, - "qs": { - "version": "6.5.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/qs/-/qs-6.5.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-N5ZAX4/LxJmF+7wN74pUD6qAh9/wnvdQcjq9TZjevvXzSUo7bfmw91saqMjzGS2xq91/odN2dW/WOl7qQHNDGA==", - "dev": true - }, - "queue": { - "version": "3.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/queue/-/queue-3.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-bEnQHwCeIlZ4h4nyv/rGuLmZBYU=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "inherits": "2.0.3" - } - }, - "randomatic": { - "version": "1.1.7", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/randomatic/-/randomatic-1.1.7.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-D5JUjPyJbaJDkuAazpVnSfVkLlpeO3wDlPROTMLGKG1zMFNFRgrciKo1ltz/AzNTkqE0HzDx655QOL51N06how==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-number": "3.0.0", - "kind-of": "4.0.0" - }, - "dependencies": { - "is-number": { - "version": "3.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/is-number/-/is-number-3.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-JP1iAaR4LPUFYcgQJ2r8fRLXEZU=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "kind-of": "3.2.2" - }, - "dependencies": { - "kind-of": { - "version": "3.2.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/kind-of/-/kind-of-3.2.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-MeohpzS6ubuw8yRm2JOupR5KPGQ=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-buffer": "1.1.6" - } - } - } - }, - "kind-of": { - "version": "4.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/kind-of/-/kind-of-4.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-IIE989cSkosgc3hpGkUGb65y3Vc=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-buffer": "1.1.6" - } - } - } - }, - "readable-stream": { - "version": "2.3.6", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/readable-stream/-/readable-stream-2.3.6.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-tQtKA9WIAhBF3+VLAseyMqZeBjW0AHJoxOtYqSUZNJxauErmLbVm2FW1y+J/YA9dUrAC39ITejlZWhVIwawkKw==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "core-util-is": "1.0.2", - "inherits": "2.0.3", - "isarray": "1.0.0", - "process-nextick-args": "2.0.0", - "safe-buffer": "5.1.2", - "string_decoder": "1.1.1", - "util-deprecate": "1.0.2" - } - }, - "regex-cache": { - "version": "0.4.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/regex-cache/-/regex-cache-0.4.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-nVIZwtCjkC9YgvWkpM55B5rBhBYRZhAaJbgcFYXXsHnbZ9UZI9nnVWYZpBlCqv9ho2eZryPnWrZGsOdPwVWXWQ==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-equal-shallow": "0.1.3" - } - }, - "remove-trailing-separator": { - "version": "1.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/remove-trailing-separator/-/remove-trailing-separator-1.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-wkvOKig62tW8P1jg1IJJuSN52O8=", - "dev": true - }, - "repeat-element": { - "version": "1.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/repeat-element/-/repeat-element-1.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-7wiaF40Ug7quTZPrmLT55OEdmQo=", - "dev": true - }, - "repeat-string": { - "version": "1.6.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/repeat-string/-/repeat-string-1.6.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-jcrkcOHIirwtYA//Sndihtp15jc=", - "dev": true - }, - "replace-ext": { - "version": "0.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/replace-ext/-/replace-ext-0.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-KbvZIHinOfC8zitO5B6DeVNSKSQ=", - "dev": true - }, - "request": { - "version": "2.85.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/request/-/request-2.85.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-8H7Ehijd4js+s6wuVPLjwORxD4zeuyjYugprdOXlPSqaApmL/QOy+EB/beICHVCHkGMKNh5rvihb5ov+IDw4mg==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "aws-sign2": "0.7.0", - "aws4": "1.7.0", - "caseless": "0.12.0", - "combined-stream": "1.0.6", - "extend": "3.0.1", - "forever-agent": "0.6.1", - "form-data": "2.3.2", - "har-validator": "5.0.3", - "hawk": "6.0.2", - "http-signature": "1.2.0", - "is-typedarray": "1.0.0", - "isstream": "0.1.2", - "json-stringify-safe": "5.0.1", - "mime-types": "2.1.18", - "oauth-sign": "0.8.2", - "performance-now": "2.1.0", - "qs": "6.5.2", - "safe-buffer": "5.1.2", - "stringstream": "0.0.5", - "tough-cookie": "2.3.4", - "tunnel-agent": "0.6.0", - "uuid": "3.2.1" - } - }, - "rimraf": { - "version": "2.6.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/rimraf/-/rimraf-2.6.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-lreewLK/BlghmxtfH36YYVg1i8IAce4TI7oao75I1g245+6BctqTVQiBP3YUJ9C6DQOXJmkYR9X9fCLtCOJc5w==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "glob": "7.1.2" - } - }, - "safe-buffer": { - "version": "5.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/safe-buffer/-/safe-buffer-5.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-Gd2UZBJDkXlY7GbJxfsE8/nvKkUEU1G38c1siN6QP6a9PT9MmHB8GnpscSmMJSoF8LOIrt8ud/wPtojys4G6+g==", - "dev": true - }, - "semver": { - "version": "5.5.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/semver/-/semver-5.5.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-4SJ3dm0WAwWy/NVeioZh5AntkdJoWKxHxcmyP622fOkgHa4z3R0TdBJICINyaSDE6uNwVc8gZr+ZinwZAH4xIA==", - "dev": true - }, - "sntp": { - "version": "2.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/sntp/-/sntp-2.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-FL1b58BDrqS3A11lJ0zEdnJ3UOKqVxawAkF3k7F0CVN7VQ34aZrV+G8BZ1WC9ZL7NyrwsW0oviwsWDgRuVYtJg==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "hoek": "4.2.1" - } - }, - "source-map": { - "version": "0.6.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/source-map/-/source-map-0.6.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-UjgapumWlbMhkBgzT7Ykc5YXUT46F0iKu8SGXq0bcwP5dz/h0Plj6enJqjz1Zbq2l5WaqYnrVbwWOWMyF3F47g==", - "dev": true - }, - "source-map-support": { - "version": "0.5.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/source-map-support/-/source-map-support-0.5.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-mR7/Nd5l1z6g99010shcXJiNEaf3fEtmLhRB/sBcQVJGodcHCULPp2y4Sfa43Kv2zq7T+Izmfp/WHCR6dYkQCA==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "buffer-from": "1.0.0", - "source-map": "0.6.1" - } - }, - "sparkles": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/sparkles/-/sparkles-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Gsu/tZJDbRC76PeFt8xvgoFQEsM=", - "dev": true - }, - "split": { - "version": "0.3.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/split/-/split-0.3.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-zQ7qXmOiEd//frDwkcQTPi0N0o8=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "through": "2.3.8" - } - }, - "sshpk": { - "version": "1.14.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/sshpk/-/sshpk-1.14.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-Ew9Zde3a2WPx1W+SuaxsUfqfg+s=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "asn1": "0.2.3", - "assert-plus": "1.0.0", - "bcrypt-pbkdf": "1.0.1", - "dashdash": "1.14.1", - "ecc-jsbn": "0.1.1", - "getpass": "0.1.7", - "jsbn": "0.1.1", - "tweetnacl": "0.14.5" - } - }, - "stat-mode": { - "version": "0.2.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/stat-mode/-/stat-mode-0.2.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-5sgLYjEj19gM8TLOU480YokHJQI=", - "dev": true - }, - "stream-combiner": { - "version": "0.0.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/stream-combiner/-/stream-combiner-0.0.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-TV5DPBhSYd3mI8o/RMWGvPXErRQ=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "duplexer": "0.1.1" - } - }, - "stream-shift": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/stream-shift/-/stream-shift-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-1cdSgl5TZ+eG944Y5EXqIjoVWVI=", - "dev": true - }, - "streamfilter": { - "version": "1.0.7", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/streamfilter/-/streamfilter-1.0.7.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-Gk6KZM+yNA1JpW0KzlZIhjo3EaBJDkYfXtYSbOwNIQ7Zd6006E6+sCFlW1NDvFG/vnXhKmw6TJJgiEQg/8lXfQ==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "readable-stream": "2.3.6" - } - }, - "streamifier": { - "version": "0.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/streamifier/-/streamifier-0.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-l+mNj6TRBdYqJpHR3AfoINuN/E8=", - "dev": true - }, - "string_decoder": { - "version": "1.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/string_decoder/-/string_decoder-1.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-n/ShnvDi6FHbbVfviro+WojiFzv+s8MPMHBczVePfUpDJLwoLT0ht1l4YwBCbi8pJAveEEdnkHyPyTP/mzRfwg==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "safe-buffer": "5.1.2" - } - }, - "stringstream": { - "version": "0.0.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/stringstream/-/stringstream-0.0.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-TkhM1N5aC7vuGORjB3EKioFiGHg=", - "dev": true - }, - "strip-ansi": { - "version": "3.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/strip-ansi/-/strip-ansi-3.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-ajhfuIU9lS1f8F0Oiq+UJ43GPc8=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "ansi-regex": "2.1.1" - } - }, - "strip-bom": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/strip-bom/-/strip-bom-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-YhmoVhZSBJHzV4i9vxRHqZx+aw4=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "is-utf8": "0.2.1" - } - }, - "strip-bom-stream": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/strip-bom-stream/-/strip-bom-stream-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-5xRDmFd9Uaa+0PoZlPoF9D/ZiO4=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "first-chunk-stream": "1.0.0", - "strip-bom": "2.0.0" - } - }, - "supports-color": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/supports-color/-/supports-color-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-U10EXOa2Nj+kARcIRimZXp3zJMc=", - "dev": true - }, - "tar": { - "version": "2.2.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/tar/-/tar-2.2.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-jk0qJWwOIYXGsYrWlK7JaLg8sdE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "block-stream": "https://registry.npmjs.org/block-stream/-/block-stream-0.0.9.tgz", - "fstream": "1.0.11", - "inherits": "2.0.3" - } - }, - "through": { - "version": "2.3.8", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/through/-/through-2.3.8.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-DdTJ/6q8NXlgsbckEV1+Doai4fU=", - "dev": true - }, - "through2": { - "version": "2.0.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/through2/-/through2-2.0.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-AARWmzfHx0ujnEPzzteNGtlBQL4=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "readable-stream": "2.3.6", - "xtend": "4.0.1" - } - }, - "through2-filter": { - "version": "2.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/through2-filter/-/through2-filter-2.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-YLxVoNrLdghdsfna6Zq0P4PWIuw=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "through2": "2.0.3", - "xtend": "4.0.1" - } - }, - "time-stamp": { - "version": "1.1.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/time-stamp/-/time-stamp-1.1.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-dkpaEa9QVhkhsTPztE5hhofg9cM=", - "dev": true - }, - "to-absolute-glob": { - "version": "0.1.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/to-absolute-glob/-/to-absolute-glob-0.1.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-HN+kcqnvUMI57maZm2YsoOs5k38=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "extend-shallow": "2.0.1" - } - }, - "tough-cookie": { - "version": "2.3.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/tough-cookie/-/tough-cookie-2.3.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-TZ6TTfI5NtZnuyy/Kecv+CnoROnyXn2DN97LontgQpCwsX2XyLYCC0ENhYkehSOwAp8rTQKc/NUIF7BkQ5rKLA==", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "punycode": "1.4.1" - } - }, - "tunnel-agent": { - "version": "0.6.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/tunnel-agent/-/tunnel-agent-0.6.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-J6XeoGs2sEoKmWZ3SykIaPD8QP0=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "safe-buffer": "5.1.2" - } - }, - "tweetnacl": { - "version": "0.14.5", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/tweetnacl/-/tweetnacl-0.14.5.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-WuaBd/GS1EViadEIr6k/+HQ/T2Q=", - "dev": true, - "optional": true - }, - "unique-stream": { - "version": "2.2.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/unique-stream/-/unique-stream-2.2.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-WqADz76Uxf+GbE59ZouxxNuts2k=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "json-stable-stringify": "1.0.1", - "through2-filter": "2.0.0" - } - }, - "util-deprecate": { - "version": "1.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/util-deprecate/-/util-deprecate-1.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-RQ1Nyfpw3nMnYvvS1KKJgUGaDM8=", - "dev": true - }, - "uuid": { - "version": "3.2.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/uuid/-/uuid-3.2.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha512-jZnMwlb9Iku/O3smGWvZhauCf6cvvpKi4BKRiliS3cxnI+Gz9j5MEpTz2UFuXiKPJocb7gnsLHwiS05ige5BEA==", - "dev": true - }, - "vali-date": { - "version": "1.0.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/vali-date/-/vali-date-1.0.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-G5BKWWCfsyjvB4E4Qgk09rhnCaY=", - "dev": true - }, - "verror": { - "version": "1.10.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/verror/-/verror-1.10.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-OhBcoXBTr1XW4nDB+CiGguGNpAA=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "assert-plus": "1.0.0", - "core-util-is": "1.0.2", - "extsprintf": "1.3.0" - } - }, - "vinyl": { - "version": "0.4.6", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/vinyl/-/vinyl-0.4.6.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-LzVsh6VQolVGHza76ypbqL94SEc=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "clone": "0.2.0", - "clone-stats": "0.0.1" - } - }, - "vinyl-fs": { - "version": "2.4.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/vinyl-fs/-/vinyl-fs-2.4.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-vm/zJwy1Xf19MGNkDegfJddTIjk=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "duplexify": "3.5.4", - "glob-stream": "5.3.5", - "graceful-fs": "4.1.11", - "gulp-sourcemaps": "1.6.0", - "is-valid-glob": "0.3.0", - "lazystream": "1.0.0", - "lodash.isequal": "4.5.0", - "merge-stream": "1.0.1", - "mkdirp": "0.5.1", - "object-assign": "4.1.1", - "readable-stream": "2.3.6", - "strip-bom": "2.0.0", - "strip-bom-stream": "1.0.0", - "through2": "2.0.3", - "through2-filter": "2.0.0", - "vali-date": "1.0.0", - "vinyl": "1.2.0" - }, - "dependencies": { - "clone": { - "version": "1.0.4", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/clone/-/clone-1.0.4.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-2jCcwmPfFZlMaIypAheco8fNfH4=", - "dev": true - }, - "vinyl": { - "version": "1.2.0", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/vinyl/-/vinyl-1.2.0.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-XIgDbPVl5d8FVYv8kR+GVt8hiIQ=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "clone": "1.0.4", - "clone-stats": "0.0.1", - "replace-ext": "0.0.1" - } - } - } - }, - "vinyl-source-stream": { - "version": "1.1.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/vinyl-source-stream/-/vinyl-source-stream-1.1.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-YrU6E1YQqJbpjKlr7jqH8Aio54A=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "through2": "2.0.3", - "vinyl": "0.4.6" - } - }, - "wrappy": { - "version": "1.0.2", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/wrappy/-/wrappy-1.0.2.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-tSQ9jz7BqjXxNkYFvA0QNuMKtp8=", - "dev": true - }, - "xtend": { - "version": "4.0.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/xtend/-/xtend-4.0.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-pcbVMr5lbiPbgg77lDofBJmNY68=", - "dev": true - }, - "yauzl": { - "version": "2.9.1", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/yauzl/-/yauzl-2.9.1.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-qBmB6nCleUYTOIPwKcWCGok1mn8=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "buffer-crc32": "0.2.13", - "fd-slicer": "1.0.1" - } - }, - "yazl": { - "version": "2.4.3", - "resolved": "https://registry.npmjs.org/yazl/-/yazl-2.4.3.tgz", - "integrity": "sha1-7CblzIfVYBud+EMtvdPNLlFzoHE=", - "dev": true, - "requires": { - "buffer-crc32": "0.2.13" - } - } - } - } - } -} diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/package.json b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/package.json deleted file mode 100644 index 9c00085a0679..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/package.json +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -{ - "name": "auto-build", - "displayName": "Auto Build Marlin", - "description": "Auto Build Marlin for VS code", - "version": "2.0.0", - "publisher": "marlinfirmware", - "icon": "logo.svg", - "engines": { - "vscode": "^1.32.0" - }, - "enableProposedApi": true, - "categories": [ - "Other" - ], - "activationEvents": [ - "onCommand:mfbuild", - "onCommand:mfclean", - "onCommand:mfupload", - "onCommand:mftraceback" - ], - "main": "./extension", - "contributes": { - "viewsContainers": { - "activitybar": [ - { - "id": "autoBuildVC", - "title": "Marlin Build", - "icon": "resources/AB.svg" - } - ] - }, - "views": { - "autoBuildVC": [ - { - "id": "autoBuildView", - "name": "Build…" - }, - { - "id": "marlinView", - "name": "Marlin Info" - } - ] - }, - "commands": [ - { - "command": "mfbuild", - "title": "Build", - "icon": { - "light": "resources/B48x48_light.svg", - "dark": "resources/B48x48_dark.svg" - } - }, - { - "command": "mfupload", - "title": "Upload", - "icon": { - "light": "resources/U48x48_light.svg", - "dark": "resources/U48x48_dark.svg" - } - }, - { - "command": "mftraceback", - "title": "Upload (traceback)", - "icon": { - "light": "resources/T48x48_light.svg", - "dark": "resources/T48x48_dark.svg" - } - }, - { - "command": "mfclean", - "title": "Clean", - "icon": { - "light": "resources/C48x48_light.svg", - "dark": "resources/C48x48_dark.svg" - } - } - ], - "menus": { - "view/title": [ - { - "command": "mfbuild", - "group": "navigation@1", - "when": "view == autoBuildView || view == marlinView" - }, - { - "command": "mfupload", - "group": "navigation@2", - "when": "view == autoBuildView || view == marlinView" - }, - { - "command": "mftraceback", - "group": "navigation@3", - "when": "view == autoBuildView || view == marlinView" - }, - { - "command": "mfclean", - "group": "navigation@4", - "when": "view == autoBuildView || view == marlinView" - } - ] - } - }, - "scripts": { - "vscode:prepublish": "npm run compile", - "compile": "tsc -p ./", - "watch": "tsc -watch -p ./", - "postinstall": "node ./node_modules/vscode/bin/install", - "test": "npm run compile && node ./node_modules/vscode/bin/test" - }, - "devDependencies": { - "@types/vscode": "^1.34.0", - "typescript": "^3.5.1", - "tslint": "^5.16.0", - "@types/node": "^10.14.17", - "@types/mocha": "^2.2.42" - } -} diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/AB.svg b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/AB.svg deleted file mode 100644 index 79572763455f..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/AB.svg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ - - - - AutoBuildMarlin View - - - - - diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/B48x48_dark.svg b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/B48x48_dark.svg deleted file mode 100644 index e3b0a4eada4f..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/B48x48_dark.svg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/B48x48_light.svg b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/B48x48_light.svg deleted file mode 100644 index adb6c43add18..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/B48x48_light.svg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/C48x48_dark.svg b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/C48x48_dark.svg deleted file mode 100644 index 9cb0e4e0a8e1..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/C48x48_dark.svg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/C48x48_light.svg b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/C48x48_light.svg deleted file mode 100644 index 815ccf2e9a60..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/C48x48_light.svg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/T48x48_dark.svg b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/T48x48_dark.svg deleted file mode 100644 index b395ac858424..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/T48x48_dark.svg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/T48x48_light.svg b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/T48x48_light.svg deleted file mode 100644 index 2b8ade1fa7ca..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/T48x48_light.svg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/U48x48_dark.svg b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/U48x48_dark.svg deleted file mode 100644 index c1865b7353dc..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/U48x48_dark.svg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/U48x48_light.svg b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/U48x48_light.svg deleted file mode 100644 index 54943240fcc6..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/resources/U48x48_light.svg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/tsconfig.json b/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/tsconfig.json deleted file mode 100644 index 58c698568f0b..000000000000 --- a/buildroot/share/vscode/AutoBuildMarlin/tsconfig.json +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -{ - "compilerOptions": { - "module": "commonjs", - "target": "es6", - "outDir": "out", - "lib": [ - "es6" - ], - "sourceMap": true, - "rootDir": "." - } -} diff --git a/buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py b/buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..da0a47bfddfa --- /dev/null +++ b/buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py @@ -0,0 +1,1303 @@ +#!/usr/bin/env python +####################################### +# +# Marlin 3D Printer Firmware +# Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] +# +# Based on Sprinter and grbl. +# Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . +# +####################################### + +####################################### +# +# Revision: 2.1.0 +# +# Description: script to automate PlatformIO builds +# CLI: python auto_build.py build_option +# build_option (required) +# build executes -> platformio run -e target_env +# clean executes -> platformio run --target clean -e target_env +# upload executes -> platformio run --target upload -e target_env +# traceback executes -> platformio run --target upload -e target_env +# program executes -> platformio run --target program -e target_env +# test executes -> platformio test upload -e target_env +# remote executes -> platformio remote run --target upload -e target_env +# debug executes -> platformio debug -e target_env +# +# 'traceback' just uses the debug variant of the target environment if one exists +# +####################################### + +####################################### +# +# General program flow +# +# 1. Scans Configuration.h for the motherboard name and Marlin version. +# 2. Scans pins.h for the motherboard. +# returns the CPU(s) and platformio environment(s) used by the motherboard +# 3. If further info is needed then a popup gets it from the user. +# 4. The OUTPUT_WINDOW class creates a window to display the output of the PlatformIO program. +# 5. A thread is created by the OUTPUT_WINDOW class in order to execute the RUN_PIO function. +# 6. The RUN_PIO function uses a subprocess to run the CLI version of PlatformIO. +# 7. The "iter(pio_subprocess.stdout.readline, '')" function is used to stream the output of +# PlatformIO back to the RUN_PIO function. +# 8. Each line returned from PlatformIO is formatted to match the color coding seen in the +# PlatformIO GUI. +# 9. If there is a color change within a line then the line is broken at each color change +# and sent separately. +# 10. Each formatted segment (could be a full line or a split line) is put into the queue +# IO_queue as it arrives from the platformio subprocess. +# 11. The OUTPUT_WINDOW class periodically samples IO_queue. If data is available then it +# is written to the window. +# 12. The window stays open until the user closes it. +# 13. The OUTPUT_WINDOW class continues to execute as long as the window is open. This allows +# copying, saving, scrolling of the window. A right click popup is available. +# +####################################### + +from __future__ import print_function +from __future__ import division + +import sys +import os + +pwd = os.getcwd() # make sure we're executing from the correct directory level +pwd = pwd.replace('\\', '/') +if 0 <= pwd.find('buildroot/share/atom'): + pwd = pwd[:pwd.find('buildroot/share/atom')] + os.chdir(pwd) +print('pwd: ', pwd) + +num_args = len(sys.argv) +if num_args > 1: + build_type = str(sys.argv[1]) +else: + print('Please specify build type') + exit() + +print('build_type: ', build_type) + +print('\nWorking\n') + +python_ver = sys.version_info[0] # major version - 2 or 3 + +print("python version " + str(sys.version_info[0]) + "." + str(sys.version_info[1]) + "." + str(sys.version_info[2])) + +import platform +current_OS = platform.system() + +#globals +target_env = '' +board_name = '' + +from datetime import datetime, date, time + +######### +# Python 2 error messages: +# Can't find a usable init.tcl in the following directories ... +# error "invalid command name "tcl_findLibrary"" +# +# Fix for the above errors on my Win10 system: +# search all init.tcl files for the line "package require -exact Tcl" that has the highest 8.5.x number +# copy it into the first directory listed in the error messages +# set the environmental variables TCLLIBPATH and TCL_LIBRARY to the directory where you found the init.tcl file +# reboot +######### + +########################################################################################## +# +# popup to get input from user +# +########################################################################################## + +def get_answer(board_name, cpu_label_txt, cpu_a_txt, cpu_b_txt): + + if python_ver == 2: + import Tkinter as tk + else: + import tkinter as tk + + def CPU_exit_3(): # forward declare functions + CPU_exit_3_() + + def got_answer(): + got_answer_() + + def kill_session(): + kill_session_() + + root_get_answer = tk.Tk() + root_get_answer.title('') + #root_get_answer.withdraw() + #root_get_answer.deiconify() + root_get_answer.attributes("-topmost", True) + + def disable_event(): + pass + + root_get_answer.protocol("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", disable_event) + root_get_answer.resizable(False, False) + + root_get_answer.radio_state = 1 # declare variables used by TK and enable + + global get_answer_val + get_answer_val = 2 # return get_answer_val, set default to match radio_state default + + radio_state = tk.IntVar() + radio_state.set(get_answer_val) + + l1 = tk.Label(text=board_name, fg="light green", bg="dark green", + font="default 14 bold").grid(row=0, columnspan=2, sticky='EW', ipadx=2, ipady=2) + + l2 = tk.Label(text=cpu_label_txt).grid(row=1, pady=4, columnspan=2, sticky='EW') + + b4 = tk.Radiobutton( + text=cpu_a_txt, + fg="black", + bg="lightgray", + relief=tk.SUNKEN, + selectcolor="green", + variable=radio_state, + value=1, + indicatoron=0, + command=CPU_exit_3 + ).grid(row=2, pady=1, ipady=2, ipadx=10, columnspan=2) + + b5 = tk.Radiobutton( + text=cpu_b_txt, + fg="black", + bg="lightgray", + relief=tk.SUNKEN, + selectcolor="green", + variable=radio_state, + value=2, + indicatoron=0, + command=CPU_exit_3 + ).grid(row=3, pady=1, ipady=2, ipadx=10, columnspan=2) # use same variable but inverted so they will track + + b6 = tk.Button(text="Cancel", fg="red", command=kill_session).grid(row=4, column=0, padx=4, pady=4, ipadx=2, ipady=2) + + b7 = tk.Button(text="Continue", fg="green", command=got_answer).grid(row=4, column=1, padx=4, pady=4, ipadx=2, ipady=2) + + def got_answer_(): + root_get_answer.destroy() + + def CPU_exit_3_(): + global get_answer_val + get_answer_val = radio_state.get() + + def kill_session_(): + raise SystemExit(0) # kill everything + + root_get_answer.mainloop() + +# end - get answer + + +# +# move custom board definitions from project folder to PlatformIO +# +def resolve_path(path): + import os + + # turn the selection into a partial path + + if 0 <= path.find('"'): + path = path[path.find('"'):] + if 0 <= path.find(', line '): + path = path.replace(', line ', ':') + path = path.replace('"', '') + + # get line and column numbers + line_num = 1 + column_num = 1 + line_start = path.find(':', 2) # use 2 here so don't eat Windows full path + column_start = path.find(':', line_start + 1) + if column_start == -1: + column_start = len(path) + column_end = path.find(':', column_start + 1) + if column_end == -1: + column_end = len(path) + if 0 <= line_start: + line_num = path[line_start + 1:column_start] + if line_num == '': + line_num = 1 + if column_start != column_end: + column_num = path[column_start + 1:column_end] + if column_num == '': + column_num = 0 + + index_end = path.find(',') + if 0 <= index_end: + path = path[:index_end] # delete comma and anything after + index_end = path.find(':', 2) + if 0 <= index_end: + path = path[:path.find(':', 2)] # delete the line number and anything after + + path = path.replace('\\', '/') + + if 1 == path.find(':') and current_OS == 'Windows': + return path, line_num, column_num # found a full path - no need for further processing + elif 0 == path.find('/') and (current_OS == 'Linux' or current_OS == 'Darwin'): + return path, line_num, column_num # found a full path - no need for further processing + + else: + + # resolve as many '../' as we can + while 0 <= path.find('../'): + end = path.find('../') - 1 + start = path.find('/') + while 0 <= path.find('/', start) and end > path.find('/', start): + start = path.find('/', start) + 1 + path = path[0:start] + path[end + 4:] + + # this is an alternative to the above - it just deletes the '../' section + # start_temp = path.find('../') + # while 0 <= path.find('../',start_temp): + # start = path.find('../',start_temp) + # start_temp = start + 1 + # if 0 <= start: + # path = path[start + 2 : ] + + start = path.find('/') + if start != 0: # make sure path starts with '/' + while 0 == path.find(' '): # eat any spaces at the beginning + path = path[1:] + path = '/' + path + + if current_OS == 'Windows': + search_path = path.replace('/', '\\') # os.walk uses '\' in Windows + else: + search_path = path + + start_path = os.path.abspath('') + + # search project directory for the selection + found = False + full_path = '' + for root, directories, filenames in os.walk(start_path): + for filename in filenames: + if 0 <= root.find('.git'): # don't bother looking in this directory + break + full_path = os.path.join(root, filename) + if 0 <= full_path.find(search_path): + found = True + break + if found: + break + + return full_path, line_num, column_num + +# end - resolve_path + + +# +# Open the file in the preferred editor at the line & column number +# If the preferred editor isn't already running then it tries the next. +# If none are open then the system default is used. +# +# Editor order: +# 1. Notepad++ (Windows only) +# 2. Sublime Text +# 3. Atom +# 4. System default (opens at line 1, column 1 only) +# +def open_file(path): + import subprocess + file_path, line_num, column_num = resolve_path(path) + + if file_path == '': + return + + if current_OS == 'Windows': + + editor_note = subprocess.check_output('wmic process where "name=' + "'notepad++.exe'" + '" get ExecutablePath') + editor_sublime = subprocess.check_output('wmic process where "name=' + "'sublime_text.exe'" + '" get ExecutablePath') + editor_atom = subprocess.check_output('wmic process where "name=' + "'atom.exe'" + '" get ExecutablePath') + + if 0 <= editor_note.find('notepad++.exe'): + start = editor_note.find('\n') + 1 + end = editor_note.find('\n', start + 5) - 4 + editor_note = editor_note[start:end] + command = file_path, ' -n' + str(line_num), ' -c' + str(column_num) + subprocess.Popen([editor_note, command]) + + elif 0 <= editor_sublime.find('sublime_text.exe'): + start = editor_sublime.find('\n') + 1 + end = editor_sublime.find('\n', start + 5) - 4 + editor_sublime = editor_sublime[start:end] + command = file_path + ':' + line_num + ':' + column_num + subprocess.Popen([editor_sublime, command]) + + elif 0 <= editor_atom.find('atom.exe'): + start = editor_atom.find('\n') + 1 + end = editor_atom.find('\n', start + 5) - 4 + editor_atom = editor_atom[start:end] + command = file_path + ':' + str(line_num) + ':' + str(column_num) + subprocess.Popen([editor_atom, command]) + + else: + os.startfile(resolve_path(path)) # open file with default app + + elif current_OS == 'Linux': + + command = file_path + ':' + str(line_num) + ':' + str(column_num) + index_end = command.find(',') + if 0 <= index_end: + command = command[:index_end] # sometimes a comma magically appears, don't want it + running_apps = subprocess.Popen('ps ax -o cmd', stdout=subprocess.PIPE, shell=True) + (output, err) = running_apps.communicate() + temp = output.split('\n') + + def find_editor_linux(name, search_obj): + for line in search_obj: + if 0 <= line.find(name): + path = line + return True, path + return False, '' + + (success_sublime, editor_path_sublime) = find_editor_linux('sublime_text', temp) + (success_atom, editor_path_atom) = find_editor_linux('atom', temp) + + if success_sublime: + subprocess.Popen([editor_path_sublime, command]) + + elif success_atom: + subprocess.Popen([editor_path_atom, command]) + + else: + os.system('xdg-open ' + file_path) + + elif current_OS == 'Darwin': # MAC + + command = file_path + ':' + str(line_num) + ':' + str(column_num) + index_end = command.find(',') + if 0 <= index_end: + command = command[:index_end] # sometimes a comma magically appears, don't want it + running_apps = subprocess.Popen('ps axwww -o command', stdout=subprocess.PIPE, shell=True) + (output, err) = running_apps.communicate() + temp = output.split('\n') + + def find_editor_mac(name, search_obj): + for line in search_obj: + if 0 <= line.find(name): + path = line + if 0 <= path.find('-psn'): + path = path[:path.find('-psn') - 1] + return True, path + return False, '' + + (success_sublime, editor_path_sublime) = find_editor_mac('Sublime', temp) + (success_atom, editor_path_atom) = find_editor_mac('Atom', temp) + + if success_sublime: + subprocess.Popen([editor_path_sublime, command]) + + elif success_atom: + subprocess.Popen([editor_path_atom, command]) + + else: + os.system('open ' + file_path) + +# end - open_file + + +# Get the last build environment +def get_build_last(): + env_last = '' + DIR_PWD = os.listdir('.') + if '.pio' in DIR_PWD: + date_last = 0.0 + DIR__pioenvs = os.listdir('.pio') + for name in DIR__pioenvs: + if 0 <= name.find('.') or 0 <= name.find('-'): # skip files in listing + continue + DIR_temp = os.listdir('.pio/build/' + name) + for names_temp in DIR_temp: + + if 0 == names_temp.find('firmware.'): + date_temp = os.path.getmtime('.pio/build/' + name + '/' + names_temp) + if date_temp > date_last: + date_last = date_temp + env_last = name + return env_last + + +# Get the board being built from the Configuration.h file +# return: board name, major version of Marlin being used (1 or 2) +def get_board_name(): + board_name = '' + # get board name + + with open('Marlin/Configuration.h', 'r') as myfile: + Configuration_h = myfile.read() + + Configuration_h = Configuration_h.split('\n') + Marlin_ver = 0 # set version to invalid number + for lines in Configuration_h: + if 0 == lines.find('#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 01'): + Marlin_ver = 1 + if 0 == lines.find('#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 02'): + Marlin_ver = 2 + board = lines.find(' BOARD_') + 1 + motherboard = lines.find(' MOTHERBOARD ') + 1 + define = lines.find('#define ') + comment = lines.find('//') + if (comment == -1 or comment > board) and \ + board > motherboard and \ + motherboard > define and \ + define >= 0 : + spaces = lines.find(' ', board) # find the end of the board substring + if spaces == -1: + board_name = lines[board:] + else: + board_name = lines[board:spaces] + break + + return board_name, Marlin_ver + + +# extract first environment name found after the start position +# return: environment name and position to start the next search from +def get_env_from_line(line, start_position): + env = '' + next_position = -1 + env_position = line.find('env:', start_position) + if 0 < env_position: + next_position = line.find(' ', env_position + 4) + if 0 < next_position: + env = line[env_position + 4:next_position] + else: + env = line[env_position + 4:] # at the end of the line + return env, next_position + + +# scan pins.h for board name and return the environment(s) found +def get_starting_env(board_name_full, version): + # get environment starting point + + if version == 1: + path = 'Marlin/pins.h' + if version == 2: + path = 'Marlin/src/pins/pins.h' + with open(path, 'r') as myfile: + pins_h = myfile.read() + + env_A = '' + env_B = '' + env_C = '' + + board_name = board_name_full[6:] # only use the part after "BOARD_" since we're searching the pins.h file + pins_h = pins_h.split('\n') + environment = '' + board_line = '' + cpu_A = '' + cpu_B = '' + i = 0 + list_start_found = False + for lines in pins_h: + i = i + 1 # i is always one ahead of the index into pins_h + if 0 < lines.find("Unknown MOTHERBOARD value set in Configuration.h"): + break # no more + if 0 < lines.find('1280'): + list_start_found = True + if list_start_found == False: # skip lines until find start of CPU list + continue + board = lines.find(board_name) + comment_start = lines.find('// ') + cpu_A_loc = comment_start + cpu_B_loc = 0 + if board > 0: # need to look at the next line for environment info + cpu_line = pins_h[i] + comment_start = cpu_line.find('// ') + env_A, next_position = get_env_from_line(cpu_line, comment_start) # get name of environment & start of search for next + env_B, next_position = get_env_from_line(cpu_line, next_position) # get next environment, if it exists + env_C, next_position = get_env_from_line(cpu_line, next_position) # get next environment, if it exists + break + return env_A, env_B, env_C + + +# Scan input string for CPUs that users may need to select from +# return: CPU name +def get_CPU_name(environment): + CPU_list = ('1280', '2560', '644', '1284', 'LPC1768', 'DUE') + CPU_name = '' + for CPU in CPU_list: + if 0 < environment.find(CPU): + return CPU + + +# get environment to be used for the build +# return: environment +def get_env(board_name, ver_Marlin): + + def no_environment(): + print('ERROR - no environment for this board') + print(board_name) + raise SystemExit(0) # no environment so quit + + def invalid_board(): + print('ERROR - invalid board') + print(board_name) + raise SystemExit(0) # quit if unable to find board + + CPU_question = (('1280', '2560', '1280 or 2560 CPU?'), ('644', '1284', '644 or 1284 CPU?')) + + if 0 < board_name.find('MELZI'): + get_answer( + board_name, " Which flavor of Melzi? ", "Melzi (Optiboot bootloader)", "Melzi " + ) + if 1 == get_answer_val: + target_env = 'melzi_optiboot' + else: + target_env = 'melzi' + else: + env_A, env_B, env_C = get_starting_env(board_name, ver_Marlin) + + if env_A == '': + no_environment() + if env_B == '': + return env_A # only one environment so finished + + CPU_A = get_CPU_name(env_A) + CPU_B = get_CPU_name(env_B) + + for item in CPU_question: + if CPU_A == item[0]: + get_answer(board_name, item[2], item[0], item[1]) + if 2 == get_answer_val: + target_env = env_B + else: + target_env = env_A + return target_env + + if env_A == 'LPC1768': + if build_type == 'traceback' or (build_type == 'clean' and get_build_last() == 'LPC1768_debug_and_upload'): + target_env = 'LPC1768_debug_and_upload' + else: + target_env = 'LPC1768' + elif env_A == 'DUE': + target_env = 'DUE' + if build_type == 'traceback' or (build_type == 'clean' and get_build_last() == 'DUE_debug'): + target_env = 'DUE_debug' + elif env_B == 'DUE_USB': + get_answer(board_name, 'DUE Download Port?', '(Native) USB port', 'Programming port') + if 1 == get_answer_val: + target_env = 'DUE_USB' + else: + target_env = 'DUE' + elif env_A == 'STM32F103RC_bigtree' or env_A == 'STM32F103RE_bigtree': + if env_A == 'STM32F103RE_bigtree': + get_answer(board_name, 'MCU Type?', 'STM32F103RC', 'STM32F103RE') + if 1 == get_answer_val: + env_A = 'STM32F103RC_bigtree' + target_env = env_A + if env_A == 'STM32F103RC_bigtree': + get_answer(board_name, 'RCT6 Flash Size?', '512K', '256K') + if 1 == get_answer_val: + target_env += '_512K' + get_answer(board_name, 'USB Support?', 'USB', 'No USB') + if 1 == get_answer_val: + target_env += '_USB' + else: + invalid_board() + + if build_type == 'traceback' and target_env != 'LPC1768_debug_and_upload' and target_env != 'DUE_debug' and Marlin_ver == 2: + print("ERROR - this board isn't setup for traceback") + print('board_name: ', board_name) + print('target_env: ', target_env) + raise SystemExit(0) + + return target_env + +# end - get_env + + +# puts screen text into queue so that the parent thread can fetch the data from this thread +if python_ver == 2: + import Queue as queue +else: + import queue as queue +IO_queue = queue.Queue() + + +#PIO_queue = queue.Queue() not used! +def write_to_screen_queue(text, format_tag='normal'): + double_in = [text, format_tag] + IO_queue.put(double_in, block=False) + + +# +# send one line to the terminal screen with syntax highlighting +# +# input: unformatted text, flags from previous run +# return: formatted text ready to go to the terminal, flags from this run +# +# This routine remembers the status from call to call because previous +# lines can affect how the current line is highlighted +# + +# 'static' variables - init here and then keep updating them from within print_line +warning = False +warning_FROM = False +error = False +standard = True +prev_line_COM = False +next_line_warning = False +warning_continue = False +line_counter = 0 + + +def line_print(line_input): + + global warning + global warning_FROM + global error + global standard + global prev_line_COM + global next_line_warning + global warning_continue + global line_counter + + # all '0' elements must precede all '1' elements or they'll be skipped + platformio_highlights = [ + ['Environment', 0, 'highlight_blue'], ['[SKIP]', 1, 'warning'], ['[IGNORED]', 1, 'warning'], ['[ERROR]', 1, 'error'], + ['[FAILED]', 1, 'error'], ['[SUCCESS]', 1, 'highlight_green'] + ] + + def write_to_screen_with_replace(text, highlights): # search for highlights & split line accordingly + did_something = False + for highlight in highlights: + found = text.find(highlight[0]) + if did_something == True: + break + if found >= 0: + did_something = True + if 0 == highlight[1]: + found_1 = text.find(' ') + found_tab = text.find('\t') + if found_1 < 0 or found_1 > found_tab: + found_1 = found_tab + write_to_screen_queue(text[:found_1 + 1]) + for highlight_2 in highlights: + if highlight[0] == highlight_2[0]: + continue + found = text.find(highlight_2[0]) + if found >= 0: + found_space = text.find(' ', found_1 + 1) + found_tab = text.find('\t', found_1 + 1) + if found_space < 0 or found_space > found_tab: + found_space = found_tab + found_right = text.find(']', found + 1) + write_to_screen_queue(text[found_1 + 1:found_space + 1], highlight[2]) + write_to_screen_queue(text[found_space + 1:found + 1]) + write_to_screen_queue(text[found + 1:found_right], highlight_2[2]) + write_to_screen_queue(text[found_right:] + '\n') + break + break + if 1 == highlight[1]: + found_right = text.find(']', found + 1) + write_to_screen_queue(text[:found + 1]) + write_to_screen_queue(text[found + 1:found_right], highlight[2]) + write_to_screen_queue(text[found_right:] + '\n' + '\n') + break + if did_something == False: + r_loc = text.find('\r') + 1 + if r_loc > 0 and r_loc < len(text): # need to split this line + text = text.split('\r') + for line in text: + if line != '': + write_to_screen_queue(line + '\n') + else: + write_to_screen_queue(text + '\n') + + # end - write_to_screen_with_replace + +# scan the line + line_counter = line_counter + 1 + max_search = len(line_input) + if max_search > 3: + max_search = 3 + beginning = line_input[:max_search] + + # set flags + if 0 < line_input.find(': warning: '): # start of warning block + warning = True + warning_FROM = False + error = False + standard = False + prev_line_COM = False + prev_line_COM = False + warning_continue = True + if 0 < line_input.find('Thank you') or 0 < line_input.find('SUMMARY'): + warning = False #standard line found + warning_FROM = False + error = False + standard = True + prev_line_COM = False + warning_continue = False + elif beginning == 'War' or \ + beginning == '#er' or \ + beginning == 'In ' or \ + (beginning != 'Com' and prev_line_COM == True and not(beginning == 'Arc' or beginning == 'Lin' or beginning == 'Ind') or \ + next_line_warning == True): + warning = True #warning found + warning_FROM = False + error = False + standard = False + prev_line_COM = False + elif beginning == 'Com' or \ + beginning == 'Ver' or \ + beginning == ' [E' or \ + beginning == 'Rem' or \ + beginning == 'Bui' or \ + beginning == 'Ind' or \ + beginning == 'PLA': + warning = False #standard line found + warning_FROM = False + error = False + standard = True + prev_line_COM = False + warning_continue = False + elif beginning == '***': + warning = False # error found + warning_FROM = False + error = True + standard = False + prev_line_COM = False + elif 0 < line_input.find(': error:') or \ + 0 < line_input.find(': fatal error:'): # start of warning /error block + warning = False # error found + warning_FROM = False + error = True + standard = False + prev_line_COM = False + warning_continue = True + elif beginning == 'fro' and warning == True or \ + beginning == '.pi' : # start of warning /error block + warning_FROM = True + prev_line_COM = False + warning_continue = True + elif warning_continue == True: + warning = True + warning_FROM = False # keep the warning status going until find a standard line or an error + error = False + standard = False + prev_line_COM = False + warning_continue = True + + else: + warning = False # unknown so assume standard line + warning_FROM = False + error = False + standard = True + prev_line_COM = False + warning_continue = False + + if beginning == 'Com': + prev_line_COM = True + +# print based on flags + if standard == True: + write_to_screen_with_replace(line_input, platformio_highlights) #print white on black with substitutions + if warning == True: + write_to_screen_queue(line_input + '\n', 'warning') + if error == True: + write_to_screen_queue(line_input + '\n', 'error') + +# end - line_print + + +########################################################################## +# # +# run Platformio # +# # +########################################################################## + +# build platformio run -e target_env +# clean platformio run --target clean -e target_env +# upload platformio run --target upload -e target_env +# traceback platformio run --target upload -e target_env +# program platformio run --target program -e target_env +# test platformio test upload -e target_env +# remote platformio remote run --target upload -e target_env +# debug platformio debug -e target_env + + +def sys_PIO(): + + ########################################################################## + # # + # run Platformio inside the same shell as this Python script # + # # + ########################################################################## + + global build_type + global target_env + + import os + + print('build_type: ', build_type) + print('starting platformio') + + if build_type == 'build': + # pio_result = os.system("echo -en '\033c'") + pio_result = os.system('platformio run -e ' + target_env) + elif build_type == 'clean': + pio_result = os.system('platformio run --target clean -e ' + target_env) + elif build_type == 'upload': + pio_result = os.system('platformio run --target upload -e ' + target_env) + elif build_type == 'traceback': + pio_result = os.system('platformio run --target upload -e ' + target_env) + elif build_type == 'program': + pio_result = os.system('platformio run --target program -e ' + target_env) + elif build_type == 'test': + pio_result = os.system('platformio test upload -e ' + target_env) + elif build_type == 'remote': + pio_result = os.system('platformio remote run --target program -e ' + target_env) + elif build_type == 'debug': + pio_result = os.system('platformio debug -e ' + target_env) + else: + print('ERROR - unknown build type: ', build_type) + raise SystemExit(0) # kill everything + + # stream output from subprocess and split it into lines + #for line in iter(pio_subprocess.stdout.readline, ''): + # line_print(line.replace('\n', '')) + + # append info used to run PlatformIO + # write_to_screen_queue('\nBoard name: ' + board_name + '\n') # put build info at the bottom of the screen + # write_to_screen_queue('Build type: ' + build_type + '\n') + # write_to_screen_queue('Environment used: ' + target_env + '\n') + # write_to_screen_queue(str(datetime.now()) + '\n') + +# end - sys_PIO + + +def run_PIO(dummy): + + global build_type + global target_env + global board_name + print('build_type: ', build_type) + + import subprocess + import sys + + print('starting platformio') + + if build_type == 'build': + # platformio run -e target_env + # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included + pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen( + ['platformio', 'run', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT + ) + + elif build_type == 'clean': + # platformio run --target clean -e target_env + # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included + pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen( + ['platformio', 'run', '--target', 'clean', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT + ) + + elif build_type == 'upload': + # platformio run --target upload -e target_env + # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included + pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen( + ['platformio', 'run', '--target', 'upload', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT + ) + + elif build_type == 'traceback': + # platformio run --target upload -e target_env - select the debug environment if there is one + # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included + pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen( + ['platformio', 'run', '--target', 'upload', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT + ) + + elif build_type == 'program': + # platformio run --target program -e target_env + # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included + pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen( + ['platformio', 'run', '--target', 'program', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT + ) + + elif build_type == 'test': + #platformio test upload -e target_env + # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included + pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen( + ['platformio', 'test', 'upload', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT + ) + + elif build_type == 'remote': + # platformio remote run --target upload -e target_env + # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included + pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen( + ['platformio', 'remote', 'run', '--target', 'program', '-e', target_env], + stdout=subprocess.PIPE, + stderr=subprocess.STDOUT + ) + + elif build_type == 'debug': + # platformio debug -e target_env + # combine stdout & stderr so all compile messages are included + pio_subprocess = subprocess.Popen( + ['platformio', 'debug', '-e', target_env], stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.STDOUT + ) + + else: + print('ERROR - unknown build type: ', build_type) + raise SystemExit(0) # kill everything + +# stream output from subprocess and split it into lines + if python_ver == 2: + for line in iter(pio_subprocess.stdout.readline, ''): + line_print(line.replace('\n', '')) + else: + for line in iter(pio_subprocess.stdout.readline, b''): + line = line.decode('utf-8') + line_print(line.replace('\n', '')) + +# append info used to run PlatformIO + write_to_screen_queue('\nBoard name: ' + board_name + '\n') # put build info at the bottom of the screen + write_to_screen_queue('Build type: ' + build_type + '\n') + write_to_screen_queue('Environment used: ' + target_env + '\n') + write_to_screen_queue(str(datetime.now()) + '\n') + +# end - run_PIO + +######################################################################## + +import time +import threading +if python_ver == 2: + import Tkinter as tk + import Queue as queue + import ttk + from Tkinter import Tk, Frame, Text, Scrollbar, Menu + #from tkMessageBox import askokcancel this is not used: removed + import tkFileDialog as fileDialog +else: + import tkinter as tk + import queue as queue + from tkinter import ttk, Tk, Frame, Text, Menu +import subprocess +import sys +que = queue.Queue() +#IO_queue = queue.Queue() + + +class output_window(Text): + # based on Super Text + global continue_updates + continue_updates = True + + global search_position + search_position = '' # start with invalid search position + + global error_found + error_found = False # are there any errors? + + def __init__(self): + + self.root = tk.Tk() + self.root.attributes("-topmost", True) + self.frame = tk.Frame(self.root) + self.frame.pack(fill='both', expand=True) + + # text widget + #self.text = tk.Text(self.frame, borderwidth=3, relief="sunken") + Text.__init__(self, self.frame, borderwidth=3, relief="sunken") + self.config(tabs=(400, )) # configure Text widget tab stops + self.config(background='black', foreground='white', font=("consolas", 12), wrap='word', undo='True') + #self.config(background = 'black', foreground = 'white', font= ("consolas", 12), wrap = 'none', undo = 'True') + self.config(height=24, width=100) + self.config(insertbackground='pale green') # keyboard insertion point + self.pack(side='left', fill='both', expand=True) + + self.tag_config('normal', foreground='white') + self.tag_config('warning', foreground='yellow') + self.tag_config('error', foreground='red') + self.tag_config('highlight_green', foreground='green') + self.tag_config('highlight_blue', foreground='cyan') + self.tag_config('error_highlight_inactive', background='dim gray') + self.tag_config('error_highlight_active', background='light grey') + + self.bind_class("Text", "", self.select_all) # required in windows, works in others + self.bind_all("", self.scroll_errors) + self.bind_class("", self.rebuild) + + # scrollbar + + scrb = tk.Scrollbar(self.frame, orient='vertical', command=self.yview) + self.config(yscrollcommand=scrb.set) + scrb.pack(side='right', fill='y') + + #self.scrb_Y = tk.Scrollbar(self.frame, orient='vertical', command=self.yview) + #self.scrb_Y.config(yscrollcommand=self.scrb_Y.set) + #self.scrb_Y.pack(side='right', fill='y') + + #self.scrb_X = tk.Scrollbar(self.frame, orient='horizontal', command=self.xview) + #self.scrb_X.config(xscrollcommand=self.scrb_X.set) + #self.scrb_X.pack(side='bottom', fill='x') + + #scrb_X = tk.Scrollbar(self, orient=tk.HORIZONTAL, command=self.xview) # tk.HORIZONTAL now have a horizsontal scroll bar BUT... shrinks it to a postage stamp and hides far right behind the vertical scroll bar + #self.config(xscrollcommand=scrb_X.set) + #scrb_X.pack(side='bottom', fill='x') + + #scrb= tk.Scrollbar(self, orient='vertical', command=self.yview) + #self.config(yscrollcommand=scrb.set) + #scrb.pack(side='right', fill='y') + + #self.config(height = 240, width = 1000) # didn't get the size baCK TO NORMAL + #self.pack(side='left', fill='both', expand=True) # didn't get the size baCK TO NORMAL + + # pop-up menu + self.popup = tk.Menu(self, tearoff=0) + + self.popup.add_command(label='Copy', command=self._copy) + self.popup.add_command(label='Paste', command=self._paste) + self.popup.add_separator() + self.popup.add_command(label='Cut', command=self._cut) + self.popup.add_separator() + self.popup.add_command(label='Select All', command=self._select_all) + self.popup.add_command(label='Clear All', command=self._clear_all) + self.popup.add_separator() + self.popup.add_command(label='Save As', command=self._file_save_as) + self.popup.add_separator() + #self.popup.add_command(label='Repeat Build(CTL-shift-r)', command=self._rebuild) + self.popup.add_command(label='Repeat Build', command=self._rebuild) + self.popup.add_separator() + self.popup.add_command(label='Scroll Errors (CTL-shift-e)', command=self._scroll_errors) + self.popup.add_separator() + self.popup.add_command(label='Open File at Cursor', command=self._open_selected_file) + + if current_OS == 'Darwin': # MAC + self.bind('', self._show_popup) # macOS only + else: + self.bind('', self._show_popup) # Windows & Linux + +# threading & subprocess section + + def start_thread(self, ): + global continue_updates + # create then start a secondary thread to run an arbitrary function + # must have at least one argument + self.secondary_thread = threading.Thread(target=lambda q, arg1: q.put(run_PIO(arg1)), args=(que, '')) + self.secondary_thread.start() + continue_updates = True + # check the Queue in 50ms + self.root.after(50, self.check_thread) + self.root.after(50, self.update) + + def check_thread(self): # wait for user to kill the window + global continue_updates + if continue_updates == True: + self.root.after(10, self.check_thread) + + def update(self): + global continue_updates + if continue_updates == True: + self.root.after(10, self.update) #method is called every 50ms + temp_text = ['0', '0'] + if IO_queue.empty(): + if not (self.secondary_thread.is_alive()): + continue_updates = False # queue is exhausted and thread is dead so no need for further updates + else: + try: + temp_text = IO_queue.get(block=False) + except Queue.Empty: + continue_updates = False # queue is exhausted so no need for further updates + else: + self.insert('end', temp_text[0], temp_text[1]) + self.see("end") # make the last line visible (scroll text off the top) + +# text editing section + + def _scroll_errors(self): + global search_position + global error_found + if search_position == '': # first time so highlight all errors + countVar = tk.IntVar() + search_position = '1.0' + search_count = 0 + while search_position != '' and search_count < 100: + search_position = self.search("error", search_position, stopindex="end", count=countVar, nocase=1) + search_count = search_count + 1 + if search_position != '': + error_found = True + end_pos = '{}+{}c'.format(search_position, 5) + self.tag_add("error_highlight_inactive", search_position, end_pos) + search_position = '{}+{}c'.format(search_position, 1) # point to the next character for new search + else: + break + + if error_found: + if search_position == '': + search_position = self.search("error", '1.0', stopindex="end", nocase=1) # new search + else: # remove active highlight + end_pos = '{}+{}c'.format(search_position, 5) + start_pos = '{}+{}c'.format(search_position, -1) + self.tag_remove("error_highlight_active", start_pos, end_pos) + search_position = self.search( + "error", search_position, stopindex="end", nocase=1 + ) # finds first occurrence AGAIN on the first time through + if search_position == "": # wrap around + search_position = self.search("error", '1.0', stopindex="end", nocase=1) + end_pos = '{}+{}c'.format(search_position, 5) + self.tag_add("error_highlight_active", search_position, end_pos) # add active highlight + self.see(search_position) + search_position = '{}+{}c'.format(search_position, 1) # point to the next character for new search + + def scroll_errors(self, event): + self._scroll_errors() + + def _rebuild(self): + #global board_name + #global Marlin_ver + #global target_env + #board_name, Marlin_ver = get_board_name() + #target_env = get_env(board_name, Marlin_ver) + self.start_thread() + + def rebuild(self, event): + print("event happened") + self._rebuild() + + def _open_selected_file(self): + current_line = self.index('insert') + line_start = current_line[:current_line.find('.')] + '.0' + line_end = current_line[:current_line.find('.')] + '.200' + self.mark_set("path_start", line_start) + self.mark_set("path_end", line_end) + path = self.get("path_start", "path_end") + from_loc = path.find('from ') + colon_loc = path.find(': ') + if 0 <= from_loc and ((colon_loc == -1) or (from_loc < colon_loc)): + path = path[from_loc + 5:] + if 0 <= colon_loc: + path = path[:colon_loc] + if 0 <= path.find('\\') or 0 <= path.find('/'): # make sure it really contains a path + open_file(path) + + def _file_save_as(self): + self.filename = fileDialog.asksaveasfilename(defaultextension='.txt') + f = open(self.filename, 'w') + f.write(self.get('1.0', 'end')) + f.close() + + def copy(self, event): + try: + selection = self.get(*self.tag_ranges('sel')) + self.clipboard_clear() + self.clipboard_append(selection) + except TypeError: + pass + + def cut(self, event): + try: + selection = self.get(*self.tag_ranges('sel')) + self.clipboard_clear() + self.clipboard_append(selection) + self.delete(*self.tag_ranges('sel')) + except TypeError: + pass + + def _show_popup(self, event): + '''right-click popup menu''' + + if self.root.focus_get() != self: + self.root.focus_set() + + try: + self.popup.tk_popup(event.x_root, event.y_root, 0) + finally: + self.popup.grab_release() + + def _cut(self): + try: + selection = self.get(*self.tag_ranges('sel')) + self.clipboard_clear() + self.clipboard_append(selection) + self.delete(*self.tag_ranges('sel')) + except TypeError: + pass + + def cut(self, event): + self._cut() + + def _copy(self): + + try: + selection = self.get(*self.tag_ranges('sel')) + self.clipboard_clear() + self.clipboard_append(selection) + except TypeError: + pass + + def copy(self, event): + self._copy() + + def _paste(self): + self.insert('insert', self.selection_get(selection='CLIPBOARD')) + + def _select_all(self): + self.tag_add('sel', '1.0', 'end') + + def select_all(self, event): + self.tag_add('sel', '1.0', 'end') + + def _clear_all(self): + #'''erases all text''' + # + #isok = askokcancel('Clear All', 'Erase all text?', frame=self, + # default='ok') + #if isok: + # self.delete('1.0', 'end') + self.delete('1.0', 'end') + +# end - output_window + + +def main(): + + ########################################################################## + # # + # main program # + # # + ########################################################################## + + global build_type + global target_env + global board_name + + board_name, Marlin_ver = get_board_name() + + target_env = get_env(board_name, Marlin_ver) + + # Re-use the VSCode terminal, if possible + if os.environ.get('PLATFORMIO_CALLER', '') == 'vscode': + sys_PIO() + else: + auto_build = output_window() + auto_build.start_thread() # executes the "run_PIO" function + + auto_build.root.mainloop() + + +if __name__ == '__main__': + + main() diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/avrdude.conf b/buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude.conf similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/atom/avrdude.conf rename to buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude.conf diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_5.10_linux b/buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_5.10_linux similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_5.10_linux rename to buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_5.10_linux diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_5.10_macOS b/buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_5.10_macOS similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_5.10_macOS rename to buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_5.10_macOS diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_linux.conf b/buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_linux.conf similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_linux.conf rename to buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_linux.conf diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_macOS.conf b/buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_macOS.conf similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_macOS.conf rename to buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_macOS.conf diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py b/buildroot/share/vscode/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py similarity index 94% rename from buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py rename to buildroot/share/vscode/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py index 4d6fdf558526..acfd1787fb24 100644 --- a/buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py +++ b/buildroot/share/vscode/create_custom_upload_command_CDC.py @@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ def get_com_port(com_search_text, descr_search_text, start): get_com_port('usbmodem', 'Description:', 13) # avrdude_conf_path = env.get("PIOHOME_DIR") + '/packages/toolchain-atmelavr/etc/avrdude.conf' - avrdude_conf_path = 'buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_macOS.conf' + avrdude_conf_path = 'buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_macOS.conf' - avrdude_exe_path = 'buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_5.10_macOS' + avrdude_exe_path = 'buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_5.10_macOS' # source_path = env.get("PROJECTBUILD_DIR") + '/' + env.get("PIOENV") + '/firmware.hex' source_path = '.pio/build/' + env.get("PIOENV") + '/firmware.hex' @@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ def get_com_port(com_search_text, descr_search_text, start): get_com_port('/dev/tty', 'Description:', 13) # avrdude_conf_path = env.get("PIOHOME_DIR") + '/packages/toolchain-atmelavr/etc/avrdude.conf' - avrdude_conf_path = 'buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_linux.conf' + avrdude_conf_path = 'buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_linux.conf' - avrdude_exe_path = 'buildroot/share/atom/avrdude_5.10_linux' + avrdude_exe_path = 'buildroot/share/vscode/avrdude_5.10_linux' # source_path = env.get("PROJECTBUILD_DIR") + '/' + env.get("PIOENV") + '/firmware.hex' source_path = '.pio/build/' + env.get("PIOENV") + '/firmware.hex' diff --git a/buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_DFU.py b/buildroot/share/vscode/create_custom_upload_command_DFU.py similarity index 100% rename from buildroot/share/atom/create_custom_upload_command_DFU.py rename to buildroot/share/vscode/create_custom_upload_command_DFU.py diff --git a/config/README.md b/config/README.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7101025a4316 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +# Where have all the configurations gone? + +## https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations diff --git a/config/default/Configuration.h b/config/default/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 155605f609fb..000000000000 --- a/config/default/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/default/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 426f64ba05e9..000000000000 --- a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6b41bba573ee..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2240 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "AJMartel" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_BASE_14 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3DFabXYZ i3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Electron - #define DEFAULT_Kp 29.12 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.22 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 65.83 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.9738621, 80.2429911, 399.7264854 , 99.4696994 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 225, 225, 3, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1590, 1590, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1590 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1590 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.016 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 21, 61, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 3 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 219 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 280 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y 4 - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 255 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_3_LABEL "HIPS" -#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND 220 //HIPS -#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_3_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_4_LABEL "PP" -#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND 254 //PP -#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_4_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_5_LABEL "PET" -#define PREHEAT_5_TEMP_HOTEND 240 //PET -#define PREHEAT_5_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_5_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_6_LABEL "FLEX" -#define PREHEAT_6_TEMP_HOTEND 230 //FLEX -#define PREHEAT_6_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_6_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_7_LABEL "NYLON" -#define PREHEAT_7_TEMP_HOTEND 240 //NYLON -#define PREHEAT_7_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_7_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 50 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 51 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 52 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 45a8dc2b1bd9..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 9 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 11 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON false // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 12 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - #define CHDK_PIN 12 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - #define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - #define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Test" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Test Print" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29\nG26" - - /* - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" - */ -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md deleted file mode 100644 index 67959e4ef05b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -Personalized config files for the "Electron"\"Tevo 3D" i3 6th gen -https://www.3dprintersbay.com/electron3d-reprap-prusa-i3-kit -https://reprap.org/wiki/Migbot_Prusa_i3 diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 90f102d0a170..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2195 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(ETE-Design, Gantry v1)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_HJC2560C_REV1 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ADIMLab Gantry v1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 1 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 1 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.4, 80.4, 400, 94 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 50, 2000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.16 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 325 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 325 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 415 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 24 -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 195 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 55 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2b193c68c4c9..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 360 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - #define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 28 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index ebb0ad9a81f2..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 88 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B01111111,B11111111,B00000000,B10000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100011,B10000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00010011,B11111111,B11100001,B10000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10001111,B11100011,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11110000,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000011,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111110,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11001111,B11110000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100111,B11100100,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00110011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B01111000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B10000111,B10011111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11000011,B11100011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B00111100,B00111011,B00000000, - B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111110,B00111111,B10000000, - B00011101,B11000001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011111,B10011111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111111,B10000000, - B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11011011,B10001110,B00000000,B01101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B00111111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000000,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B01111000,B01110001,B11000001,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000001,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B01110000,B01111001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111111,B11101111,B00111111,B10000000, - B01110000,B00111001,B11111111,B10000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111110,B11110111,B00111111,B10000000, - B11110000,B01111101,B11111111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000011,B11011111,B11111100,B01100111,B00100111,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index dd1afb9240b4..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2210 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(ETE-Design, Gantry v2)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_HJC2560C_REV2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ADIMLab Gantry v2" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 310 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 310 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -5 -#define Y_MIN_POS -10 -#define Z_MIN_POS -3 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 410 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 24 -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 745c1a0542e6..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index ebb0ad9a81f2..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 88 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B01111111,B11111111,B00000000,B10000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100011,B10000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00010011,B11111111,B11100001,B10000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10001111,B11100011,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11110000,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000011,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111110,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11001111,B11110000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100111,B11100100,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00110011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B01111000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B10000111,B10011111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000001,B11000011,B11100011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B00111100,B00111011,B00000000, - B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111110,B00111111,B10000000, - B00011101,B11000001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011111,B10011111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111111,B10000000, - B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11011011,B10001110,B00000000,B01101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B00111111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111011,B11000000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000000,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B01111000,B01110001,B11000001,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000001,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000, - B01110000,B01111001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111111,B11101111,B00111111,B10000000, - B01110000,B00111001,B11111111,B10000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111110,B11110111,B00111111,B10000000, - B11110000,B01111101,B11111111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000011,B11011111,B11111100,B01100111,B00100111,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 58f26adfaaa5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2229 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Aleph Objects Inc, TAZ)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMBO -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TAZ" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 7 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 7 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 70 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX 74 // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 16 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Buda 2.0 on 24V - #define DEFAULT_Kp 6 - #define DEFAULT_Ki .3 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 125 - - // Buda 2.0 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.01 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 206 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //24V 360W silicone heater from NPH on 3mm borosilicate (TAZ 2.2+) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 20 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 5 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 275 - - //12v 400W silicone heater from QUDB into 3mm borosilicate (TAZ 1.0+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 650 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 60 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1800 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100.5, 100.5, 400, 850 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 800, 800, 8, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 10.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.051 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 298 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 275 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ebb4d6fe02d6..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 130 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 4 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 4, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2329a1b7a580..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2310 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Alfawise Printer ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// Forum link to help with a tutorial, in French! : -// https://www.lesimprimantes3d.fr/forum/topic/18260-alfawise-u20x-u30-marlin-2x-firmware-alternatif/ -// -// 1 - Select your Alfawise U30 or U20 or U20+ printer (NO MORE REQUIRED HERE) -// and the touchscreen version, either 1.1 or 1.2. Most recent in France are v1.2 (blue pcb) -// These defines are set in platformio.ini build parameters, sample for U20 -DU20 -DTS_V12 -// U20_PLUS was not tested, as we do not have a printer to test. Print bed PID settings MUST be tuned for it. - -// Valid platformio.ini submodel values are U20_PLUS U20 U30 LK1 LK2 LK4 - -// Valid platformio.ini touchscreens are TS_V11 TS_V12 TS_V19 - -// 2 - Select the screen controller type. Most common is ILI9341 - First option. If your screen remains white, -// Try the alternate setting - this should enable ST7789V or ILI9328. For other LCDs... code is needed -// with the proper boot sequence to be developped. - -#define LCD_READ_ID 0xD3 // Read display identification information in reg ID4 0xD3, for ILI9341 screens -//#define LCD_READ_ID 0x04 // Read display identification information in reg ID1 0x04 - ST7789V / ILI9328 or others - -//=========================================================================== - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Hobi, tpruvot" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 2 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_LONGER3D_LK -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" -#ifdef U20 -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20" -#elif defined(U30) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U30" -#elif defined(U20_PLUS) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20+" -#elif defined(LK1) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK1" -#elif defined(LK2) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK2" -#elif defined(LK4) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK4" -#endif - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -#define PSU_NAME "360W 24V/15A" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Alfawise U30/U20 - // Please refine the PID settings for your own machine to avoid the E1 hotend error. These a basic settings allowing first startups. - // Use the command M303 E0 S200 C8 each time you make any changes to your extruder - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 17.22 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.00 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.22 - - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - -#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4) - //From M303 command for Alfawise U30 : - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 338.46 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 63.96 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 447.78 -#endif - -#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1) - //From M303 command for Alfawise U20 : - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25 -#endif - -#ifdef U20_PLUS - // These PID setting MUST be updated. - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25 -#endif - -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 98 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 100, 25 } - -#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 250, 250, 200, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 200, 200, 100, 3000 } - -#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 400, 6000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - #define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.10 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #undef PROBE_MANUALLY - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -35, -6, -0.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4) -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 250 -#endif - -#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1) -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 400 -#endif - -#ifdef U20_PLUS -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 500 -#endif - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS Z_MACHINE_MAX - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 4 -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (7*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT // Note from Hobi : Added as was not present in the file... - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 250 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION // Include user calibration widget in menus (Alfawise) - - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 100 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #if ENABLED(TS_V11) - // Alfawise U20 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.1 / Green PCB on the back of touchscreen - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12000 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9000 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -24 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET -17 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TS_V12) - // Alfawise U30 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.2 / Blue PCB on the back of touchscreen - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12000 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -9000 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TS_V19) - // Longer LK4/U30 2.8" Ver 2019 / Blue PCB, SID240x320-8PCB-D - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION -12000 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9000 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET 320 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 0 - #endif -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index fa635405a806..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2789 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - #undef PROBE_MANUALLY - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - #define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - #define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28X" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - - //#define DEBUG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY // Debug informations on serial output - //#define SAVE_INFO_INTERVAL_MS 0 // Force SD recov. write interval, on each layer start if 0 - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - // see https://ee-programming-notepad.blogspot.com/2016/10/16-bit-color-generator-picker.html - #define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR COLOR_BLACK - #define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x10A2 // almost black - #define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR COLOR_RED - #define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR COLOR_BLUE -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // Marlin default -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 8 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 519c0d06f416..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#pragma once - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 0 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 38 - -static unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000111,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100, - B11111111,B10000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001100, - B11111111,B10000000,B11110000,B11100000,B00001100, - B11111111,B00000000,B11110000,B11111000,B00001100, - B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B11111100,B00000100, - B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B11010010,B00000100, - B11111110,B00000011,B11110000,B10101110,B00000100, - B11111100,B00000000,B11110000,B10101111,B00000100, - B11111100,B00000000,B00110000,B10000011,B00000100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111111,B00000100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00010000,B11111111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11100000,B00010000,B10111111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101110,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10000010,B00000100, - B10000011,B11110000,B00010000,B11111100,B00000100, - B10000001,B11110000,B00010000,B11111000,B00001100, - B10000001,B11100000,B00010000,B11100000,B00001100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00001100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00011100, - B11000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100, - B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11100000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B11111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11111100 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 -#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 50 -#define STATUS_BED_X 74 diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 75b760cca1ec..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2309 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Alfawise Printer ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// Forum link to help with a tutorial, in French! : -// https://www.lesimprimantes3d.fr/forum/topic/18260-alfawise-u20x-u30-marlin-2x-firmware-alternatif/ -// -// 1 - Select your Alfawise U30 or U20 or U20+ printer (NO MORE REQUIRED HERE) -// and the touchscreen version, either 1.1 or 1.2. Most recent in France are v1.2 (blue pcb) -// These defines are set in platformio.ini build parameters, sample for U20 -DU20 -DTS_V12 -// U20_PLUS was not tested, as we do not have a printer to test. Print bed PID settings MUST be tuned for it. - -// Valid platformio.ini submodel values are U20_PLUS U20 U30 LK1 LK2 LK4 - -// Valid platformio.ini touchscreens are TS_V11 TS_V12 TS_V19 - -// 2 - Select the screen controller type. Most common is ILI9341 - First option. If your screen remains white, -// Try the alternate setting - this should enable ST7789V or ILI9328. For other LCDs... code is needed -// with the proper boot sequence to be developped. - -#define LCD_READ_ID 0xD3 // Read display identification information in reg ID4 0xD3, for ILI9341 screens -//#define LCD_READ_ID 0x04 // Read display identification information in reg ID1 0x04 - ST7789V / ILI9328 or others - -//=========================================================================== - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Hobi, tpruvot" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 2 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_LONGER3D_LK -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" -#ifdef U20 -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20" -#elif defined(U30) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U30" -#elif defined(U20_PLUS) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Alfawise U20+" -#elif defined(LK1) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK1" -#elif defined(LK2) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK2" -#elif defined(LK4) -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Longer3D LK4" -#endif - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -#define PSU_NAME "360W 24V/15A" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Alfawise U30/U20 - // Please refine the PID settings for your own machine to avoid the E1 hotend error. These a basic settings allowing first startups. - // Use the command M303 E0 S200 C8 each time you make any changes to your extruder - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 17.22 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.00 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.22 - - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - -#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4) - //From M303 command for Alfawise U30 : - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 338.46 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 63.96 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 447.78 -#endif - -#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1) - //From M303 command for Alfawise U20 : - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25 -#endif - -#ifdef U20_PLUS - // These PID setting MUST be updated. - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 841.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 152.12 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1164.25 -#endif - -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 98 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 100, 25 } - -#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 250, 250, 200, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 200, 200, 100, 3000 } - -#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 400, 6000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 200 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - #define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.10 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #undef PROBE_MANUALLY - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -#if defined(U30) || defined(LK2) || defined(LK4) -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 250 -#endif - -#if defined(U20) || defined(LK1) -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 400 -#endif - -#ifdef U20_PLUS -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Z_MACHINE_MAX 500 -#endif - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS Z_MACHINE_MAX - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 4 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (7*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT // Note from Hobi : Added as was not present in the file... - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 250 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION // Include user calibration widget in menus (Alfawise) - - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 100 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #if ENABLED(TS_V11) - // Alfawise U20 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.1 / Green PCB on the back of touchscreen - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12000 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9000 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -24 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET -17 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TS_V12) - // Alfawise U30 ILI9341 2.8 TP Ver 1.2 / Blue PCB on the back of touchscreen - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12000 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -9000 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 - #endif - - #if ENABLED(TS_V19) - // Longer LK4/U30 2.8" Ver 2019 / Blue PCB, SID240x320-8PCB-D - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION -12000 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 9000 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET 320 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 0 - #endif -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4ceb0f06c6a4..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2788 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - #define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28X" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - - //#define DEBUG_POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY // Debug informations on serial output - //#define SAVE_INFO_INTERVAL_MS 0 // Force SD recov. write interval, on each layer start if 0 - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - // see https://ee-programming-notepad.blogspot.com/2016/10/16-bit-color-generator-picker.html - #define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR COLOR_BLACK - #define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x10A2 // almost black - #define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR COLOR_RED - #define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR COLOR_BLUE -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // Marlin default -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 8 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 519c0d06f416..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#pragma once - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 0 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 38 - -static unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000111,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B11111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100, - B10000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100, - B11111111,B10000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001100, - B11111111,B10000000,B11110000,B11100000,B00001100, - B11111111,B00000000,B11110000,B11111000,B00001100, - B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B11111100,B00000100, - B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B11010010,B00000100, - B11111110,B00000011,B11110000,B10101110,B00000100, - B11111100,B00000000,B11110000,B10101111,B00000100, - B11111100,B00000000,B00110000,B10000011,B00000100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00110000,B11111111,B00000100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00010000,B11111111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11100000,B00010000,B10111111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101111,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10101110,B00000100, - B11111111,B11110000,B00010000,B10000010,B00000100, - B10000011,B11110000,B00010000,B11111100,B00000100, - B10000001,B11110000,B00010000,B11111000,B00001100, - B10000001,B11100000,B00010000,B11100000,B00001100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00001100, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00011100, - B11000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00111100, - B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11100000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B11111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11111100 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 -#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 50 -#define STATUS_BED_X 74 diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7db163b06731..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, CL-260)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CL-260" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 800 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 160.6 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt b/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b8d6856a650d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -This is an example configuration for the CL-260 Ultimaker 2 clone. -Change Z_MAX_POS to 300 for the CL-260MAX. - -(The printer is available on AliExpress; be aware that this is not a beginner's -printer -- it needs tweaking and some parts replaced before being decent.) - -The printer comes with a quite old Marlin, the sources are available here: -http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1635830/ and I recommend replacing them. - -The setting "works" for my printer and the extruder using my calibration value. -You might want to tweak some settings, e.g enable EEPROM, increase default Z speed, adjust homing speeds,... - -Have fun! --- -tobi diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8415915e80dc..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2220 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAIN_2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 2.85 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 20 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 20 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 20 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker2+ - -#define DEFAULT_Kp 9.74 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.69 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 34.32 - - /* - #define DEFAULT_Kp 10.03 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.50 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 70.0 - */ - - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 200, 355 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 40, 45} - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 300 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (40*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 CYRILLIC - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index dcf42d9f56c3..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1200, 1200, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - #define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH 705 // (mm) - - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 80 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH (FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH + 50) // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 80 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH (FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH - 50) // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index fb0c02b4ac61..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2211 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Modmike, Anet A2)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A2" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 03642b8cd2a8..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7f1b05d81771..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2211 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Modmike, Anet A2 Plus)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A2+" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 270 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 03642b8cd2a8..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8291c6f208eb..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2324 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Ralf_E, ANET A6 config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A6" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// The Anet A6 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 Standard Extruder defaults: - // PID-P: +022.20, PID-I: +001.08, PID-D: +114.00, PID-C: 1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114.0 - - // Tuned by ralf-e. Always re-tune for your machine! - #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.83 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.02 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.29 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // ANET A6 - // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5): - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -// ANET A6 Firmwae V2.0 defaults: (steps/mm) -// Xsteps/mm: +100.0, Ysteps/mm: +100.0, Zsteps/mm: +0400.0, eSteps/mm: +0095.0 -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 95 } -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults (Vmax): -// Vmax x: 400, Vmax y: 400, Vmax z: 4, Vmax e: 25 -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 4, 25 } -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 20, 50 } - - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults (Amax): -// Amx x: 9000, Amax Y: 5000, Amax z: 50, Amax e: 10000 -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 5000, 50, 10000 } -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 10000, 10000, 200, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ - -// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults: -// Accel: 1000 A-retract: 1000 -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - // ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults: - // XY: 10, Z: +000.30, E: 5 - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// ANET A8: FRONT-MOUNTED SENSOR WITH 3D PRINTED MOUNT -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -28, -45, 0 } - -// THESE ARE FOR THE OFFICIAL ANET REAR-MOUNTED SENSOR -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -1, 3, 0 } - -// ANET A6 with BLTouch/3D-Touch mounted right to the nozzle -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 39, 0, 0 } - -//ANET A6 with BLTouch/3D-Touch betwen Fan and Belt -// (mount: https://github.com/ralf-e/ANET_A6_modifications/tree/master/A6_X-Axis) -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -30, 15, 0.75 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 -//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 3) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#if 1 // 0 for less clearance - #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow - #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points - //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done -#else - #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow - #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points - //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done -#endif - -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -//#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -//#define INVERT_Z_DIR false -//ANET A6: -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -//#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -//#define X_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -//#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -//#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults: -//#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 -//#define X_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -// ANET A6, X0/Y0 0 front left bed edge : -#define X_BED_SIZE 222 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 222 -#define X_MIN_POS -3 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MAX_POS 230 - -// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis: -//#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 -//#define X_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MAX_POS 230 - -// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis, X0/Y0 0 front left bed edge : -//#define X_BED_SIZE 227 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 224 -//#define X_MIN_POS -8 -//#define Y_MIN_POS -6 -//#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -//#define Z_MAX_POS 230 - -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis: -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS X_MIN_POS - 8 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS Y_MIN_POS - 6 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS Z_MIN_POS - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - - //Anet A6 with new X-Axis - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 113 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 112 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - - //Anet A6 with new X-Axis and defined X_HOME_POS -7, Y_HOME_POS -6 - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 107 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 107 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // ANET A6 Default is 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // ANET A6 Default is 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 018456d33911..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 5 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index 4547f3fd4485..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 10 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 40 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B01110000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000011,B10001110, - B10001000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010000, - B10001010,B11000111,B00111110,B00000100,B01010000, - B11111011,B00101000,B10001000,B00000111,B11001110, - B10001010,B00101111,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B00101000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B00100111,B00000110,B00000100,B01001110 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 -#define STATUS_BED_X 74 diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 036e42930802..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2237 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Bob Kuhn, Anet config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A8" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -// The Anet A8 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 15 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // ANET A8 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan - //(measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // ANET A8 - // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5): - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 160 // 160 guards against false tripping when the extruder fan kicks on. - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 8, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.10 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -33 -#define Y_MIN_POS -10 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 240 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 20 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 160 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 20 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 180 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 10 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -//#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0d9dd66878c2..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index ddd62ea53299..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 10 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 40 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B01110000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000011,B10001110, - B10001000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B11000111,B00111110,B00000100,B01010001, - B11111011,B00101000,B10001000,B00000111,B11001110, - B10001010,B00101111,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B00101000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B00100111,B00000110,B00000100,B01001110 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 -#define STATUS_BED_X 74 diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6b87ea54422a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2220 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Martin Zeman - Zemistr, Anet A8 Plus)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A8 plus" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -// The Anet A8 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 15 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // ANET A8 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan - //(measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 49.19 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 6.33 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 95.60 -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // ANET A8 - // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5): - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 22.20 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 114.00 - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 160 // 160 guards against false tripping when the extruder fan kicks on. - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 50, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.10 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -26 -#define Y_MIN_POS -6 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 300 -#define Y_MAX_POS 297 -#define Z_MAX_POS 370 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (6*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PET-G" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 793de072bb40..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY\nG91\nG1 F1000 Z+20\nG1 F5000 Y" STRINGIFY(Y_MAX_POS) "\nG90\nM84 X Y E" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index 1235997b7929..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 6 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 40 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B01110000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000011,B10001110, - B10001000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B11000111,B00111110,B00000100,B01010001, - B11111011,B00101000,B10001000,B00000111,B11001110, - B10001010,B00101111,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B00101000,B00001000,B00000100,B01010001, - B10001010,B00100111,B00000110,B00000100,B01001110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001110,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00010001,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00010001,B01010001,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011110,B01010001,B01000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00010000,B01010001,B00111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00010000,B01010001,B00000100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00010000,B01001110,B00111000,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 -#define STATUS_BED_X 74 diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9d069f33a9ac..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2221 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "InsanityAutomation" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "AnetE16V1.3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 305 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // ANET E16 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan - //(measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // ANET E16 - // original Bed 4mm glass plate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5): - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 50, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -2 -#define Y_MIN_POS -23 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MIN_POS + 10), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4cbe45bd8fff..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 12 // Degrees Celsius - - #define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - #define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 80 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - //#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index f15e2d5f5f53..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from the file '3dpc_tech_bootscreen.bmp' - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111100,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111100,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00011111, - B11111000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111011,B11111111,B10000000,B00011111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00011111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00001111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00001111,B11111000,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B00000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B00000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00001111,B11111000,B01111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00001111, - B11110000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B01111100,B01111100,B11111100,B00000001,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B11001100,B11100000,B11101100,B00000001,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B11000100,B11000000,B11000100,B00000011,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B01100000,B11111100,B11000000,B11000100,B00000011,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B01100100,B11000000,B11000000,B11000100,B00000111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B11111100,B01111100,B11000100,B00000111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B01111100,B00111100,B10000100,B00001111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7a1c4e86969f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 3 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 24 - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from the file '3dpc_tech_statusscreen.bmp' - */ -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B11111111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00111111, - B11110000,B00000000,B00001111, - B11100000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10011101,B11001110,B00110001, - B10010101,B10101111,B01101001, - B10010101,B10101101,B01101001, - B10000101,B10101101,B01100001, - B10001101,B10101111,B01100001, - B10010101,B10101100,B01100001, - B10010101,B10101100,B01101001, - B10010101,B10101100,B01101001, - B10011101,B11001100,B00110001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B11000000,B00000001,B11111011, - B11100000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11100000,B00000000,B00000111, - B11110000,B00000000,B00001111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111110,B01101100,B01111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 07d1d7ffd28d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Animated boot screen example - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_ANIMATED -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_FRAME_TIME 100 // (ms) - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 120 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000,B11100111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000111,B11001100,B00110001,B11110011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11101100,B11101100,B00110011,B10111001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B01101100,B00110011,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01101100,B00001100,B00110011,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B00001100,B00110011,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01101100,B00001110,B00111011,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01111100,B00000111,B10011111,B00011001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01111100,B00000011,B10001111,B00011001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 -}; - -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_ANIMATED) - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp1[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp2[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp3[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp4[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11101100,B11100000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp5[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000011,B10001100,B00000000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000111,B11001100,B00000000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11101100,B11101100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B01101100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01101100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01101100,B00001110,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01111100,B00000011,B10000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char custom_start_bmp6[] PROGMEM = { - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111, - B10000011,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00111111, - B10000111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00011111, - B10000110,B01111001,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00001111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000,B00000111, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B11000111,B11001100,B00110000,B00000011, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B11101100,B11101100,B00110000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B01101100,B00110000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11010000,B01101100,B00001100,B00110000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011000,B01101100,B00001100,B00110000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11011100,B01101100,B00001110,B00111000,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11001111,B01111100,B00000111,B10011100,B00000001, - B10001100,B00110000,B11000111,B01111100,B00000011,B10001100,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000 - }; - - const unsigned char * const custom_bootscreen_animation[] PROGMEM = { - custom_start_bmp1, custom_start_bmp2, custom_start_bmp3, custom_start_bmp4, custom_start_bmp5, custom_start_bmp6, custom_start_bmp - }; - -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e182ed83f2bd..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2219 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anycubic i3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // ANYCUBIC I3 240C and 8 cycles - #define DEFAULT_Kp 17.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 64.84 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - // Anycubic I3 with Ultrabase. 100C and 8 cycles - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 218.59 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 43.04 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 277.56 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 420 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 96.2 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 6, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1500, 1500, 50, 8000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 2.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 2.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.002 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 75, 5, -2 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 210 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 210 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS -11 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - //#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 95 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7ed5bd349f6b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 7 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN2_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9cbb3a10750d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2210 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -// #define SERIAL_PORT_2 3 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ARMED -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 13 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Armed - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.41 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.57 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 53.37 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 144.87 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 27.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 194.30 - - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 156.84 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 20, 120 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 1.5 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.026 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index c3ef8cbf2819..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2788 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#define HEATER_0_INVERTING true -#define HEATER_1_INVERTING true - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d558eae52431..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Azteeg/X5GT/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_AZTEEG_X5_GT -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 CYRILLIC - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 93da7abf511e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "BIBO2 Touch X" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -33.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 285 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.89 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.37 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 104.5 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 23.89 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 104.5 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -//#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -//#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 400} - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 350, 350, 10, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1100, 1100, 300, 2500 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1100 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1100 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1100 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 7.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 7.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.65 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.018 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 9000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 186 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -13 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 250 -#define Y_MAX_POS 186 -#define Z_MAX_POS 186 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (25*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (6*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2879c329e349..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 45 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 1 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 1 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5546a516c9a1..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "BIBO2 Touch X" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -33.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 60 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.89 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.37 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 104.5 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 23.89 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 104.5 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 93.6 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 350, 350, 10, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1100, 1100, 300, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1100 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1100 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1100 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 7.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 7.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.65 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.018 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 214 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 186 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -107 -#define Y_MIN_POS -93 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 141 -#define Y_MAX_POS 93 -#define Z_MAX_POS 186 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (15*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4165b2d25c3a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 45 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5e22c32c5a00..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2197 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "HEPHESTOS" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Hephestos i3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.05 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.00 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 66.47 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 100.47095761381482 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 3.3, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1100, 1100, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 650 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.062 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 215 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 210 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY 2000 -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z 150 - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5476d3d24963..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 120*60, 120*60, 18*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e528e82d9785..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * BQ Hephestos 2 Configuration - * - * This configuration supports the standard Hephestos 2 with or without the - * heated bed kit featured at https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 - * - * Enable HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT in Configuration_adv.h for all functionality - * related to the heated bed. - * - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "@jbrazio" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "BQ Hephestos 2" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "8d083632-40c5-4649-85b8-43d9ae6c5d55" // BQ Hephestos 2 standard config - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 70 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 230 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 100 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Tuned PID values using M303 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.75 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.12 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 66.63 - - // BQ firmware stock PID values - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 10.7 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.45 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 3 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 8000, 218.77 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 3, 120 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 3000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 900 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1300 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 10.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.011 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 34, 15, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 0 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 2 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 3 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 210 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 297 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 210 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 185 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 50 // (°C) Defaultbed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G27 P0" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4a12213fa76e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2792 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 800 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 300 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X false -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y false -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps - -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 170, 170, 180, 190, 180 } // Values 0-255 - // - // bq ZUM Mega 3D defaults: - // X = 150 [~1.17A] - // Y = 170 [~1.33A] - // Z = 180 [~1.41A] - // E0 = 190 [~1.49A] - -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - //#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE false // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "G27 P0" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 2 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1500 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 64 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 0.25 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index ab28487e2d9d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -# Example Configuration for BQ [Hephestos 2](http://www.bq.com/uk/hephestos-2) -Based on the original configuration file shipped with the heavily modified Marlin fork by BQ. -The forked firmware and configuration files can be found at the [BQ Github repository](https://github.com/bq/Marlin). - -NOTE: The look and feel of the LCD menu will change dramatically when using the original Marlin firmware. - -## Changelog - * 2018/05/30 - Configuration updated to the latest Marlin version (43a55a9af). - ABL Bilinear 5x5 is active by default. - - * 2017/07/06 - Configuration updated to the latest Marlin version and added support for the - official BQ heated bed upgrade kit. - - * 2016/12/13 - Configuration updated to the latest Marlin version. - - * 2016/07/13 - Configuration updated to the latest Marlin version. - - * 2016/06/21 - Disabled heated bed related options, activated software endstops and SD printing now - disables the heater when finishes printing. - - * 2016/03/21 - Activated 4-point auto leveling by default and updated miscellaneous z-probe values. - - * 2016/03/01 - The first release of Marlin's configuration file for the - BQ Hephestos 2 3D printer. - - -## Support -This configuration should work easily with the stock Hephestos 2, nevertheless if you encounter any -issues you may contact me on [Github](https://github.com/jbrazio), [Twitter](https://twitter.com/jbrazio) or by mail. diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8d593ccdead3..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 64 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000111,B11111000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,B00000011,B11110000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B11000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B11000000,B00001111,B00000000, - B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110000,B00111111,B11000000, - B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11100000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111110,B11111100,B11111001,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00111100,B11100000,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00011101,B11100000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111000,B00111100,B11100000,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B01111100,B11111001,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111000,B11111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11110000,B01111111,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00011111,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ffb30cb4fb4e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2197 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(bq Witbox)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "WITBOX" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Witbox - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 600.0*8/3, 102.073 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 350, 350, 7.2, 80 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 10, 1000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z true - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 297 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 210 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (120*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z 432 - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5476d3d24963..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 120*60, 120*60, 18*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e8c4924825cd..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2208 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MaukCC, CartesioE)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_CNCONTROLS_11 - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_CNCONTROLS_12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CartesioE" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 3 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 4 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 415 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 415 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 165 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Cartesio extruderV6 40W Normal - #define DEFAULT_Kp 18 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 100 - - // Cartesio extruderV6 40W Volcano - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 50 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 9 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 70 - - // Cartesio extruderV6 40W Cyclops - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 18 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 100 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //24V 500W silicone heater on to 4mm glass CartesioW - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 390 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 70 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 546 - - //24V 250W silicone heater on to 4mm glass CartesioM - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 303 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 42 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 539 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 71.128, 71.128, 640, 152 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 20, 20 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 435 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 270 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (10*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ffcf7f02838f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 35 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - //#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e81968dbf2de..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Cartesio/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 64 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B00000111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B00000000, - B00000001,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B10000000, - B00000011,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B10000000, - B00000111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11000000, - B00000111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000, - B00001111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000, - B00001111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000, - B00011111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000, - B00011111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11110000, - B00111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111000, - B01111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111100, - B01111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111100, - B00111111,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111000, - B00111111,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111000, - B00011111,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11110000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11110000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11100000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11100000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11000000, - B00000111,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B11000000, - B00000011,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B10000000, - B00000011,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110001,B00000000, - B00000001,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11000001,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 38e1e6273ebb..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2219 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Creality CR-10)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Stock CR-10 tuned for 70C - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.57 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.72 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 73.96 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Stock CR-10 Bed Tuned for 70C - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 15, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 2.7 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 5 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE + 20 -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 96062dc77143..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2787 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 256 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 420 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 120 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#define DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA 0.05 // Typical estimate for cheap filament -//#define DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA 0.02 // Typical advertised for higher quality filament - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN (DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA*4) // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2008f5a30293..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 88c7d127b55c..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 5 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 22 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111110,B00001111,B11110000, - B11000001,B10000110,B00011000, - B11000001,B10000110,B00001100, - B00000001,B10000110,B00000100, - B00000011,B00000110,B00000100, - B00011111,B00000110,B00000100, - B00000011,B00000110,B00000100, - B00000001,B10000110,B00000100, - B11000001,B10000110,B00001100, - B11000001,B10000110,B00011000, - B00111110,B00001111,B11110000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4731c7e7c9bf..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2210 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(printedsolid.com, CR-10S)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10S" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 435 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 2500, 2500, 100, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 600 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.067 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 296 // Nozzle is at X4 when homed -#define Y_BED_SIZE 298 // Nozzle is at Y2 when homed - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 319 // 15mm Extra space on the right end -#define Y_MAX_POS 306 // 4mm Extra space behind the bed -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 // Creality CR10-S stock sensor - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 4 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 2 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 150 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 150 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 3), (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index c6cf09c1d290..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2008f5a30293..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index a26739681b23..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 1 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 36 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00111101,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000,B11110000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000110,B01000101,B00010000, - B10000000,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00000000, - B10000000,B11110000,B00000010,B01000100,B10000000, - B10000000,B10100011,B11110010,B01000100,B01100000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000, - B10000000,B10010000,B00000010,B01000100,B00010000, - B01000100,B10001000,B00000010,B01000101,B00010000, - B00111001,B11001100,B00000111,B00111001,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011000,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000100,B10001001,B00010000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B11100000,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 65ae14eef22d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2212 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Evgeny-SPB, CR-10 S5)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10 S5" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 265 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } // Stock Creality -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 415 } // Creality with Bondtech extruder - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 300, 300, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false // Stock Creality CR-10 5S -//#define INVERT_E0_DIR true // Creality with Bondtech extruder -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 510 // Nozzle is at X4 when homed -#define Y_BED_SIZE 510 // Nozzle is at Y2 when homed - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 510 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 2 // Creality CR10-S stock sensor - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 4 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 2 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 250 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 20), (Y_MAX_POS - 20), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b067757774b8..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 600 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 10 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 750 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 150 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 10 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2008f5a30293..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1b82e86b43ef..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2228 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ - -/** - * Creality CR-10 Mini - * X=300mm Y=220mm Z=300mm - * E3DV6 Hotend - * Titan Extruder - * CR10_STOCKDISPLAY (RAMPS-compatible with single 10-pin plug) - */ - -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-10 Mini" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Stock CR-10 tuned for 70C - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.57 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.72 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 73.96 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Stock CR-10 Bed Tuned for 70C - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.60, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 15, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 600 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.067 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 5 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 300 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 666e50c1aa44..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 420 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 120 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2008f5a30293..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00011000,B01110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00111100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000011,B00001100,B00110000, - B00110000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00111111,B00001111,B00111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000001,B11011111,B00001111,B11100000,B11111110,B00000000,B01100000,B00011100,B00011100,B00000110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11110011,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00011000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110000,B00111001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000011,B00001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00111000,B00001111,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00000000,B11000000,B00111111,B11111000,B11111011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00001100, - B01100000,B00110000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000001,B10001100,B00011000, - B00110000,B00110000,B11000000,B00011000,B00110001,B10000011,B00000000,B01100000,B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B11100000,B00000001,B10000011,B10001100,B00110000, - B00011000,B01100000,B11000000,B00001100,B01100001,B10000111,B11000000,B11100000,B00011100,B00001100,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B11000011,B00001100,B01100000, - B00001111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100,B01111111,B00000111,B10000001,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00011111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index a00210327462..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 5 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 36 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000111,B11001111,B10000000,B00110001,B11100000, - B00001111,B11001111,B11000000,B01110011,B11110000, - B00001100,B00001100,B01000000,B01110011,B00110000, - B00001100,B00001100,B11000000,B00110011,B00110000, - B00001100,B00001111,B11001111,B00110011,B00110000, - B00001100,B00001101,B10001111,B00110011,B00110000, - B00001100,B00001100,B11000000,B00110011,B00110000, - B00001111,B11001100,B11000000,B00110011,B11110000, - B00000111,B11001100,B11000000,B00110001,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000001,B10000011,B00110000,B00000011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10000011,B00110010,B00000011,B00000000, - B00000001,B11000111,B00000010,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000001,B11000111,B00110011,B11110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B11101111,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10111011,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10010011,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10010011,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000, - B00000001,B10000011,B00110011,B00110011,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 65f93c55c691..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2212 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(CR-20 Pro)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-20 Pro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 97 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * MIN_PROBE_EDGE, and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 055265160ff0..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e88e5fefa195..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 32 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00001111,B01111100,B00111000,B01110000, - B00010001,B00100010,B01000100,B10001000, - B00100000,B00100010,B01000100,B10001000, - B00100000,B00111100,B00000100,B10001000, - B00100000,B00101000,B00001000,B10001000, - B00100000,B00100100,B00010000,B10001000, - B00100000,B00100100,B00100000,B10001000, - B00010001,B00100010,B01000000,B10001000, - B00001110,B01110011,B01111100,B01110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000010,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000010,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000010,B00100110,B11000111,B00000000, - B00000011,B11000011,B00001000,B10000000, - B00000010,B00000010,B00001000,B10000000, - B00000010,B00000010,B00001000,B10000000, - B00000010,B00000010,B00001000,B10000000, - B00000111,B00000111,B10000111,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index cd9005cabc08..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2212 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(m0oml)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-20" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 97 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * MIN_PROBE_EDGE, and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4e77e0008d45..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 73bb71327493..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2219 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(D-side, CR-8)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_ENDER_4 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CR-8" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ender-4 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Ender-4 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 190 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 500 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 92.60 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 310 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 23c32a77e732..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e9899dd97c28..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2213 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(tommie, Ender 2/4)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender 3D" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 75 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 150 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2f58e95262ab..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 0 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index b45eb94690d8..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -# Creality Ender Support - -This branch is a reverse-engineered version based on the unpublished firmware from Creality. It is **not** the authoritative source, but has been carefully re-built by looking at their firmware and inferring the base version and configuration they used. The basis is the firmware version from "Jul 31 2017 10:16:30". It is based on Marlin 1.0.1, because - -* 1.0.0 had very different serial output in `setup()` and overall code structure. -* 1.0.2 changed the `VERSION_STRING` to include a leading space, and `lcd_init` uses `SET_INPUT` instead of `pinMode`. - -Configurations were found by seeing what code was compiled into the firmware, and constants used there. - -For U8Glib, at least version 1.14 and at most 1.17 is used, because - -* 1.12 didn't have the extra speed argument to u8g_InitCom. -* 1.13 didn't have the soft reset instruction for UC1701 initialization. -* 1.18 has a new directory structure. - -## Bitmaps - -The bootscreen and custom status screens come from Creality's firmware. - -## Creality Ender-2 firmware status - -The firmware source code has been published on 2018/07/10. -It is based on Marlin 1.1. The source code and .hex binaries for all printers (including Ender-2) can be obtained from: -https://www.creality3d.cn/download/firmware_c0001 - -And repositories for CR-10S and Ender-3 can be found here: -https://github.com/Creality3DPrinting - -The configuration files have been verified to match the original configuration, but further investigation is needed to ensure there aren't any extra changes in the source code. - -## Ender-2 specific changelog: - -* 2018/10/08 - Updated BED_MAXTEMP to 75 to match the original Creality Ender-2 Firmware (which is now open source) diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e1402b2bbe83..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 81 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100011,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11100001,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11011101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B11111111,B10000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000001,B11101110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01111101,B11001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10001110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111101,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B01110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001111,B10000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111011,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10001110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11100111,B11110011,B00001111,B11111100,B00100011,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000011,B11110000,B00011110,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00011111,B11001111,B10000001,B10000111,B11000111,B10000111,B11000111,B00001100,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B11000111,B11000111,B10001111,B11000111,B10011111,B00001111,B00001100,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B10000111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001111,B00011111,B00001111,B00011111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10001111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001110,B00000000,B00011110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B01111111,B00111111,B00001111,B00011110,B00111111,B00011110,B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00011100,B00111111,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B00011110,B00011100,B01111110,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B11001110,B00111110,B00111100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111111,B10111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B10011110,B00111100,B00111000,B01111100,B00111000,B01111110,B01111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111111,B00111100,B01111100,B01111000,B01111100,B01111000,B00111100,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111000,B00111000,B01111000,B01111000,B00010000,B00011000,B00000001,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00100000,B00111100,B00000000,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7a412ad7f442..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 5 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 39 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000, - B01000010,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000, - B01001000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000, - B01001000,B11011100,B00111110,B00111100,B11101110, - B01111000,B01100010,B01000010,B01000010,B00110010, - B01001000,B01000010,B01000010,B01000010,B00100000, - B01001000,B01000010,B01000010,B01111110,B00100000, - B01000000,B01000010,B01000010,B01000000,B00100000, - B01000010,B01000010,B01000110,B01000010,B00100000, - B11111110,B11100111,B00111011,B00111100,B11111000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8d1cc86cba10..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2213 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Ender-3)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index d068366ca44a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 580 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index e1402b2bbe83..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 81 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100011,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11100001,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11011101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B11111111,B10000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000001,B11101110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01111101,B11001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10001110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111101,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B01110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001111,B10000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111011,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10001110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11100111,B11110011,B00001111,B11111100,B00100011,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000011,B11110000,B00011110,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00011111,B11001111,B10000001,B10000111,B11000111,B10000111,B11000111,B00001100,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B11000111,B11000111,B10001111,B11000111,B10011111,B00001111,B00001100,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B10000111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001111,B00011111,B00001111,B00011111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10001111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001110,B00000000,B00011110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B01111111,B00111111,B00001111,B00011110,B00111111,B00011110,B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00011100,B00111111,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B00011110,B00011100,B01111110,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B11001110,B00111110,B00111100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111111,B10111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B10011110,B00111100,B00111000,B01111100,B00111000,B01111110,B01111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111111,B00111100,B01111100,B01111000,B01111100,B01111000,B00111100,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111000,B00111000,B01111000,B01111000,B00010000,B00011000,B00000001,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00100000,B00111100,B00000000,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 025801f4fc0f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 8 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 39 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100, - B01001000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00010010, - B01000011,B11000011,B10001100,B11010000,B00000010, - B01110001,B00100100,B10010010,B01100111,B11001100, - B01000001,B00100100,B10011110,B01000000,B00000010, - B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B00010010, - B11111011,B10110011,B11001110,B11100000,B00001100 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0f63b169cbd5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2219 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Skorpi, Creality Ender-4, brandstaetter)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_ENDER_4 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-4" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ender-4 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.67 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.12 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 62.14 - - // Ultimaker -// #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 -// #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 -// #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Ender-4 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 426.68 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 78.92 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 576.71 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 190 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 750 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 15, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 2.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 310 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (7*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 804ca18bb5cb..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON false // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 650 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 60 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 66d0dc13bc4c..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2212 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Ender-5)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_CREALITY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-5" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // Creality Ender-5 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * MIN_PROBE_EDGE, and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 300 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (20*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f990c9b515c4..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 52119ce6be3d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 81 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100011,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11100001,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11011101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B11111111,B10000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000001,B11101110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01111101,B11001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10001110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111011,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111101,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111100,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B01110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000001,B10001111,B10000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111011,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111001,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10001110,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B10000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11100111,B11110011,B00001111,B11111100,B00100011,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B00001111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000011,B11110000,B00011110,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00011111,B11001111,B10000001,B10000111,B11000111,B10000111,B11000111,B00001100,B00000000,B01111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B11000111,B11000111,B10001111,B11000111,B10011111,B00001111,B00001100,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00011111,B10000111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001111,B00011111,B00001111,B00011111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10001111,B10001111,B00011111,B10001110,B00000000,B00011110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B01111111,B00111111,B00001111,B00011110,B00111111,B00011110,B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00011100,B00111111,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111000,B11111111,B11111111,B00011110,B00011100,B01111110,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B11001110,B00111110,B00111100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111111,B10111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11110000,B11111111,B10011110,B00111100,B00111000,B01111100,B00111000,B01111110,B01111000,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111111,B00111100,B01111100,B01111000,B01111100,B01111000,B00111100,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100001,B11111000,B00111000,B01111000,B01111000,B00010000,B00011000,B00000001,B11110001,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00100000,B00111100,B00000000,B01111100,B00000111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index 3da18ade4b0a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 8 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 37 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B01111000, - B01001000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B01000000, - B01000011,B11000011,B10001100,B11010000,B01110000, - B01110001,B00100100,B10010010,B01100111,B00001000, - B01000001,B00100100,B10011110,B01000000,B00001000, - B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B01001000, - B11111011,B10110011,B11001110,B11100000,B00110000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#define STATUS_HEATERS_XSPACE 20 -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 48 - #define STATUS_BED_X 73 -#else - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 81 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 271e6d376cad..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "InsanityAutomation" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_DAGOMA -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "DiscoUltimate" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 18 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 15 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 32.48 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 6.4 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 41.25 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 950 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A5984 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A5984 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A5984 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A5984 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 1600, 196 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 4, 170 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 1000, 20, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.053 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 21, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 205 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - //#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - //#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MAX_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 5 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 195 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index fb13cd9e7508..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - #define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - #define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - #define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 950 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e3d54d68a820..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2214 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Sidewinder X1)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Sidewinder X1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Sidewinder X1 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 14.58 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.14 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 46.57 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Sidewinder X1 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 244.21 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 45.87 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 325.08 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2100 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.121, 80.121, 399.778, 445 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 50, 40 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.032 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 300 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 310 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -2 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 5 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 4 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 6 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100755 index 394f6c2c9c69..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index e29d4c77b8f3..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from the file 'EVNOVO-Artillery-Logo.jpg' - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 54 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10000000, - B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000, - B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111000, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000001,B11111111,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B11111111,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000011,B11100000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B11111111,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000001,B11111111,B00000011,B11111110,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111110,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100, - B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111000, - B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000, - B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 430b7fde5cb2..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2219 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "elsie tech corp" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_EINSTART_S -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "The Shining" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 666 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Einstart S - // Autotune M303 S180 C8 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 15.31 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.93 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 63.03 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -//#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -//#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -//#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -#define X_STOP_INVERTING true -#define Y_STOP_INVERTING true -#define Z_STOP_INVERTING true - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 80, 96.337120 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 160 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 160 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 165 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 69b9edbfe4ef..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md b/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md deleted file mode 100644 index f6da66f9cdfe..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/readme.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -## Einstart S Machine Notes - -The Einstart S is a commercial machine that ships with a proprietary firmware and "licensed" slicer program which requires the original SD card or license file (.lic/.reg) from support in order to function. The impetus for the port was that I acquired the machine on the weekend when tech support was closed. - -## Specifications: - - - Powder coated, formed steel enclosure - - Machined Aluminum internal axis support frame - - Genuine matched HIWIN rails on all axis - - Genuine Minebea NEMA17 motors (200 steps/rev) - - THC7128 3A Stepper Drivers (configured for 16 microsteps, loud) - - 160x160 magnetically coupled non-heated bed - - PLA-only, Direct Drive extruder - - SH1106 OLED Display w/ Cardinal navigation - - 9533 I2C PWM RGB LED Chassis illumination - - Onboard SD-Card Support - -## Initial modifications - -### Bootloader/Marlin installation - -This machine probably doesn't ship with the arduino boot loader, so unless you reflow a 2560 on there to replace the atmega1280 like I did (to preserve the original firmware), you'll need to use ISP to do an initial firmware load and/or bootloader flash! - -It's not that bad though, you can just buy an ISP programmer with the appropriate header, or build an ISP programmer using the Arduino ISP sketch (wiring is easier if you use the "old style wiring" which utilizes the following pinout: (see the comments in the ArduinoISP sketch). - -I used an arduino Nano and a header I had lying around, but you could do the same with a nano and some dupont headers cut and soldered to the board, and taped/glued into a header. - -Triple check your pinouts, it shouldn't fry if connected backwards but if your pinout is wrong you're going to struggle for sure. - -#### ArduinoISP Sketch pinout for 10pin ISP header using "old style wiring": - -See the comments in the ArduinoISP sketch under File:Examples:ArduinoISP - -1 MOSI D11 -2 5v Vcc -3 N/C -4 GND -5 RES D10 -6 N/C -7 SCK D13 -8 N/C -9 MISO D12 -10 GND GND - -#### Einstart Motherboard ISP Header Pinout - -The 10 pin ISP Header is located to the right of the ATMEGA chip, just above the long LCD header. - -#### ISP Diagram - -<--- Face of chassis - -MOSI ( 1 ) ( 2 ) Vcc - N/C ( 3 ) ( 4 ) GND - RST ( 5 ) ( 6 ) GND - SCK ( 7 ) ( 8 ) GND -MISO ( 9 ) (10 ) GND - -Component Plugs ---> - -### Motherboard Diagram - - |1234|1234|1234|1234|12|12|12|12|12|12|12|12|12|12|123|12|1234| - --------------------------------------------------------------- -| XMOT YMOT ZMOT EMOT EF HB HE PF ZS YS XS PS BT ET PT1 TC VBRG | -| ===== ====== [DC| -|====== ====== ____ ISP IC1__ ___| -| |1280| ::::: | | |USB| -| |____| 1 |__| |___| -| BUTTON |SD | -| GDLRUO LCD |___| -|________________________[......][....................]_________| - -Legend: - -XMOT X-Motor -YMOT Y-Motor -ZMOT Z-Motor -EMOT E-Motor -EF Extruder Fan -HB Heated Bed (PWM) -HE Hot End (PWM) -PF Part Fan (PWM) -ZS Z-Endstop (Max) -YS Y-Endstop (Min) -XS X-Endstop (Min) -PS SPST Switch to enable DC 24v -BT Bed Thermistor (header not populated) -ET Extruder Thermistor -PT1 Pt100 Thermocouple (not populated) -TC Thermocouple (not populated) -VBRG LED Output from PCA5933 -BUTTONS -G GND (buttons are pulled low on activation) -D DOWN -L LEFT -R RIGHT -U UP -O OK (MIDDLE) - -## Uploading Marlin firmware to a stock Einstart S - -### Summary: - -Make, buy or steal a 10 pin ISP programmer and select the appropriate programmer option via Tools:Programmer in Arduino IDE, use the Sketch:Upload Using Programmer command or Shift-Ctrl-U (vs Ctrl-U to upload via serial). - -### Detailed procedure: - -You can either load Marlin directly via ISP programmer (easiest, but requires opening the chassis every time you want to change/update firmware) or, just program the bootloader which will enable later uploads via USB. HOWEVER, to actually upload the sketch you will need one of the following: - - - ISP programming header (ArduinoISP sketch, pinout below) - - OR - - Install bootloader on atmega1280 to enable native USB uploads (also requires ISP). - - AND - - Connect button between RESET and GND on ISP header, release post compile just before upload starts. - - OR - - Install permanent modification described below, requires no button press during upload. - -### Permanent modification to enable USB uploads via Arduino IDE - -As a permanent modification to enable direct USB upload from the arduino IDE, you would need to flash the boot loader using ISP first; but then you can solder a wire or 100n capacaitor between the DTR line on the FTDI to the reset line, which is conveniently located in several places on the board. - -#### FTDI Chip Diagram (IC1) - - ______ - TXD --|1 28|--OSCO - DTR --|2 27|--OSCI - RTS --|3 26|--TEST - VCCIO--|4 25|--AGND - RXD --|5 24|--N/C - RI --|6 23|--CBUS0 - GND --|7 22|--CBUS1 - N/C --|8 21|--GND - DSR --|9 20|--Vcc - DCD --|10 19|--RES - CTS --|11 18|--GND - CBUS4--|12 17|--3V3 - CBUS2--|13 16|--USBDM - CBUS3--|14 15|--USBDP - |______| - -#### Arduino Reset Circuit - - DTR-----||----GND----/\/\/\/----Vcc - 100nf 10k - -With this modification you no longer need the reset button and you can program directly from the Arduino IDE. - -### Power notes during flashing. - -You do NOT need power connected when flashing via ISP. -You DO need power when flashing via USB Serial but you MUST time the release of the reset line to allow the upload unless you've performed the permanent modification. diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7c658157f698..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2220 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_AIO_II -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 640, 640, 3200, 800 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN PB0 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB6 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB7 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -/** - * Sometimes after inserting the SD card settings get lost. - * This option reloads settings when the SD card is inserted. - */ -#define SD_RELOAD_SETTINGS diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 98d4d00d4684..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d72e5b09c533..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2220 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //PID for Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -44, -6, -3.9 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -/** - * Sometimes after inserting the SD card settings get lost. - * This option reloads settings when the SD card is inserted. - */ -#define SD_RELOAD_SETTINGS diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9f68fe357c7c..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9ade0468b4de..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2220 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH_V12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //PID for Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -/** - * Sometimes after inserting the SD card settings get lost. - * This option reloads settings when the SD card is inserted. - */ -#define SD_RELOAD_SETTINGS diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9f68fe357c7c..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ccddc2e15391..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - * - * :{ '0':"Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '512':"100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '18':"ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327" '20':"Pt100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '201':"Pt100 (Overlord)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '67':"Slice Engineering 450C High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595", '998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2", '1000':"Custom thermistor params" } - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //PID for Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -44, -6, -3.9 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -/** - * Sometimes after inserting the SD card settings get lost. - * This option reloads settings when the SD card is inserted. - */ -#define SD_RELOAD_SETTINGS diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9f68fe357c7c..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 00f490fcbcb6..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2220 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 // libmaple 0 for USB ,1 for serial - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_CHEETAH -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //PID for Makerlab J-head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 235 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 235 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -/** - * Sometimes after inserting the SD card settings get lost. - * This option reloads settings when the SD card is inserted. - */ -#define SD_RELOAD_SETTINGS diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9f68fe357c7c..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3048dc173288..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2215 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB - //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_AIO_II - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FYSETC_F6_13 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 1280, 1280, 6400, 1600 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - // fzl:change to below - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN -1 // PB0 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN PB6 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN PB7 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6d7f45360d4c..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - #define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index be26b9d9e960..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2191 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, Felix/DUAL)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FELIX2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Felix Dual" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 15 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Felix 2.0+ electronics with v4 Hotend - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 85 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Felix Foil Heater - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 103.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 2.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 956.94 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// default steps per unit for Felix 2.0/3.0: 0.00249mm x/y rounding error with 3mm pitch HTD belt and 14 tooth pulleys. 0 Z error. -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 76.190476, 76.190476, 1600, 164 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 100, 80000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1750 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.023 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 255 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 235 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 95b54d89179d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/README.md b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 48fe099151bb..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -# Felix 2.0/3.0 Configuration for Marlin Firmware - -Bringing silky smooth prints to Felix. - -## Build HOWTO - - - Install the latest non-beta Arduino software IDE/toolset: http://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/Software - - Download the Marlin firmware - - [Latest developement version](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/Development) - - [Stable version](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/Development) - - In both cases use the "Download Zip" button on the right. - -``` -cd Marlin/src -cp config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h . -``` - -The next step depends on your setup: - -### Single Extruder Configuration - - cp config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h . - -### Dual Extruder Configuration - - cp config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h Configuration.h - -### Compile Firmware - - - Start the Arduino IDE. - - Select Tools -> Board -> Arduino Mega 2560 - - Select the correct serial port in Tools -> Serial Port (usually /dev/ttyUSB0) - - Open Marlin.pde or .ino - - Click the Verify/Compile button - -### Flash Firmware - -#### Connected directly via USB - - - Click the Upload button. If all goes well the firmware is uploading - -#### Remote update - -Find the latest Arduino build: - - ls -altr /tmp/ - drwxr-xr-x 5 chrono users 12288 Mar 3 21:41 build6072035599686630843.tmp - -Copy the firmware to your printer host: - - scp /tmp/build6072035599686630843.tmp/Marlin.cpp.hex a.b.c.d:/tmp/ - -Connect to your printer host via ssh, stop Octoprint or any other service that may block your USB device and make sure you have avrdude installed, then run: - - avrdude -C/etc/avrdude.conf -v -v -v -patmega2560 -cwiring -P/dev/ttyUSB0 \ - -b115200 -D -Uflash:w:/tmp/Marlin.cpp.hex:i - -## Acknowledgements - -Mashed together and tested on https://apollo.open-resource.org/mission:resources:picoprint based on collaborative teamwork of @andrewsil1 and @thinkyhead. diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 159176547ed1..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2191 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, Felix)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FELIX2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Felix" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 15 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Felix 2.0+ electronics with v4 Hotend - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 85 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Felix Foil Heater - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 103.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 2.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 956.94 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// default steps per unit for Felix 2.0/3.0: 0.00249mm x/y rounding error with 3mm pitch HTD belt and 14 tooth pulleys. 0 Z error. -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 76.190476, 76.190476, 1600, 164 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 100, 80000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1750 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.023 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 255 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 235 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 95b54d89179d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/Single/README.md b/config/examples/Felix/Single/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 48fe099151bb..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/Single/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -# Felix 2.0/3.0 Configuration for Marlin Firmware - -Bringing silky smooth prints to Felix. - -## Build HOWTO - - - Install the latest non-beta Arduino software IDE/toolset: http://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/Software - - Download the Marlin firmware - - [Latest developement version](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/Development) - - [Stable version](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/Development) - - In both cases use the "Download Zip" button on the right. - -``` -cd Marlin/src -cp config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h . -``` - -The next step depends on your setup: - -### Single Extruder Configuration - - cp config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h . - -### Dual Extruder Configuration - - cp config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h Configuration.h - -### Compile Firmware - - - Start the Arduino IDE. - - Select Tools -> Board -> Arduino Mega 2560 - - Select the correct serial port in Tools -> Serial Port (usually /dev/ttyUSB0) - - Open Marlin.pde or .ino - - Click the Verify/Compile button - -### Flash Firmware - -#### Connected directly via USB - - - Click the Upload button. If all goes well the firmware is uploading - -#### Remote update - -Find the latest Arduino build: - - ls -altr /tmp/ - drwxr-xr-x 5 chrono users 12288 Mar 3 21:41 build6072035599686630843.tmp - -Copy the firmware to your printer host: - - scp /tmp/build6072035599686630843.tmp/Marlin.cpp.hex a.b.c.d:/tmp/ - -Connect to your printer host via ssh, stop Octoprint or any other service that may block your USB device and make sure you have avrdude installed, then run: - - avrdude -C/etc/avrdude.conf -v -v -v -patmega2560 -cwiring -P/dev/ttyUSB0 \ - -b115200 -D -Uflash:w:/tmp/Marlin.cpp.hex:i - -## Acknowledgements - -Mashed together and tested on https://apollo.open-resource.org/mission:resources:picoprint based on collaborative teamwork of @andrewsil1 and @thinkyhead. diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4ca6da676807..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2200 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "M. Baker" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CreatorPro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -34.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -2 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 -2 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 15 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - -#define DEFAULT_Kp 20.03 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.22 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 82.05 - - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//really Sailfish... got enough precision on that float for an 8 bit system? -//I'm leaving this in for posterior's sake -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 94.139704, 94.139704, 400, 96.275201870333662468889989185642 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 20, 100 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 250 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) -#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 -#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 -#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 2.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.64 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - - -//these values are used in your slicer -#define X_BED_SIZE 227 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 148 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -115 -#define Y_MIN_POS -84 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 152 -#define Y_MAX_POS 77 -#define Z_MAX_POS 150 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MAX_POS - 2), (Y_MAX_POS - 2), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b2d5266e509b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2783 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN EX1_FAN_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN EX2_FAN_PIN -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2F // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 5 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 -// Actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 0.84, 0.84, 0.4, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - //#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 255 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 255 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 80 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 80 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8f74d83a999f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/CuraSettings.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -NOTE ON FLASHING THE FIRMWARE: - -The firmware for the Atmel chip used for USB on the Mighty Board is the same as the Arduino Mega's, but it doesn't do an automatic reset. If you want the printer to reset on DTR you will need to flash it with the firmware for the Arduino Mega. - -### Use with all nozzle settings - -Build plate shape: Rectangular - [X] Origin at center - [X] Heated bed -G-code flavor: Marlin - -### Right Nozzle - -Number of Extruders: 1 - -X (Width) 227 -Y (Depth) 148 -Z (Heigth) 150 - -Extruder 1 - - Nozzle size: 0.4 - Compatible material diameter: 1.75 - Nozzle offset X: 0 - Nozzle offset Y: 0 - Cooling Fan Number:0 - -;START G-CODE; -M104 T0 S{material_print_temperature} -M140 S{material_bed_temperature} -G28 -T0 -G1 X150 Y-70 Z30 F4800 ; move to wait position left hand side of the table -M190 S{material_bed_temperature} -M109 T0 S{material_print_temperature} -G92 E0 -G1 Z0.4 F1800 -G1 X110 Y-70 E20 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X120 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe -G1 X110 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift -G92 E0 -;START G-CODE; - -;END G-CODE; -G1 X150 Y75 Z150 F1000 ; send Z axis to bottom of machine -M140 S0; cool down HBP -M104 T0 S0 ; cool down right extruder -M104 T1 S0 ; cool down left extruder -M127 ; stop blower fan -M18 ; disable stepper -;END G-CODE; - -***Left Nozzle*** -Number of Extruders: 1 -X (Width) 227 -Y (Depth) 148 -Z (Heigth) 150 - -Extruder 1 - - Nozzle size: 0.4 - Compatible material diameter: 1.75 - Nozzle offset X: -34 - Nozzle offset Y: 0 - Cooling Fan Number:0 - -;START G-CODE; -M104 S{material_print_temperature} -M140 S{material_bed_temperature} -G28 -T1 -G1 X-110 Y-70 Z30 F4800 ; move to wait position left hand side of the table -M104 S{material_print_temperature} -M190 S{material_bed_temperature} -M109 S{material_print_temperature} -G92 E0 -G1 Z0.4 F1800 -G1 E10 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X-67 Y-70 E25 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X-77 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe -G1 X-67 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift -G92 E0 -;START G-CODE; - -;END G-CODE; -G1 X150 Y75 Z150 F1000 ; send Z axis to bottom of machine -M140 S0; cool down HBP -M104 T0 S0 ; cool down right extruder -M104 T1 S0 ; cool down left extruder -M127 ; stop blower fan -M18 ; disable stepper -;END G-CODE; - -***Both Nozzles*** -Number of Extruders: 2 -X (Width) 295 <---- bed width + 2 x nozzle offset -Y (Depth) 148 -Z (Heigth) 150 - -Extruder 1 - - Nozzle size: 0.4 - Compatible material diameter: 1.75 - Nozzle offset X: 0 - Nozzle offset Y: 0 - Cooling Fan Number:0 - ;Extruder End G-code; - G1 X150 Y70 F9000;move away from print in case extrusion cool down speed modifier too low - ;Extruder End G-code; - -Extruder 2 - - Nozzle size: 0.4 - Compatible material diameter: 1.75 - Nozzle offset X: -34 - Nozzle offset Y: 0 - Cooling Fan Number:0 - ;Extruder End G-code; - G1 X150 Y70 F9000;move away from print in case extrusion cool down speed modifier too low - ;Extruder End G-code; - -;START G-CODE; -M104 T0 S{material_print_temperature, 0} -M104 T1 S{material_print_temperature , 1} -M140 S{material_bed_temperature} -G28 -;purge right -T0 -G1 X155 Y-70 Z30 F4800 -M190 S{material_bed_temperature} -M109 T0 S{material_print_temperature, 0} -M104 T0 S{material_standby_temperature, 0} -G92 E0 -G1 Z0.4 F1800 -G1 X110 Y-70 E20 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X120 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe -G1 E17 F2400 -G1 X110 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift -G92 E0 -;purge left -T1 -;M104 T0 S{material_standby_temperature, 0} -M104 T1 S{material_print_temperature ,1} -G1 X-110 Y-70 Z30 F4800 -M109 T1 S{material_print_temperature , 1} -G92 E0 -G1 Z0.4 F1800 -G1 X-67 Y-70 E25 F300 ; purge nozzle -G1 X-77 Y-70 Z0.15 F1200 ; slow wipe -G1 E22 F3600 -G1 X-67 Y-70 Z0.5 F1200 ; lift -G92 E0 -;START G-CODE; -;END G-CODE; -G1 X150 Y75 Z150 F1000 ; send Z axis to bottom of machine -M140 S0; cool down HBP -M104 T0 S0 ; cool down right extruder -M104 T1 S0 ; cool down left extruder -M127 ; stop blower fan -M18 ; disable stepper -;END G-CODE; diff --git a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4b2ec2f048b1..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2228 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "FT-2020 v9" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 245 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // FolgerTech i3-2020 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 11.50 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.50 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 60.00 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 250.0 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 18.0 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 950.0 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 52.2 } // 52.4 is correct for printer as shipped -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 104.4 } // 104.4 with 32 micro steps enabled gives better results - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 2, 17 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 4, 750 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 400 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.5 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.5 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.058 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 40,85 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 38, -7, -10.75 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 3 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 2 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE (X_MAX_POS-X_MIN_POS) -#define Y_BED_SIZE (Y_MAX_POS-Y_MIN_POS) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 6 -#define Y_MIN_POS 3 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 207 -#define Y_MAX_POS 182 -#define Z_MAX_POS 175 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. -//#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.50// When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 45 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 170 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 45 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 25 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 180 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 25 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (55) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 500, 500 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8c6e72bd3501..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2792 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 2 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) -#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 // on RAMPS // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display -#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 // on RAMPS -#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 // on RAMPS - -//#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN P1_04 // on Re-ARM ENET_TX_EN J12-10 -//#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN P1_00 // on Re-ARM ENET_TXD0 J12-11 -//#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN P1_01 // on Re-ARM ENET_TXD1 J12-12 - -//#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN P4_29 // for RAMPS E1 on Re-ARM E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 -//#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN P2_13 // for RAMPS E1 on Re-ARM E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 -//#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN P2_08 // for RAMPS E1 on Re-ARM E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 - - #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 2 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE -90 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7b159f59872e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2327 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// vvvvvv CUSTOMIZE FOR YOUR MACHINE vvvvvv - -// Change only the flags in this section. -// Further customizations have not been tested. - -/** - * Enable if you replace the stepper drivers with TMC2208. Be sure to remove MS3 jumper - * under the stepper driver! Plug-and-play results in StealthChop 2 being enabled. - * Stealthchop with TMC2208 on E will disable Linear Advance! - * Enable SpreadCycle to use Linear Advance with a TMC2208 on the extruder! - * These options assume configuration with OTP bits. - * If a UART connection is used to configure the driver, please select that as well in Configuration_adv.h. - */ -//#define X_2208 -//#define X_SPREADCYCLE -//#define Y_2208 -//#define Y_SPREADCYCLE -//#define E_2208 -//#define E_SPREADCYCLE - - -/** - * Enable if you install a KEENOVO AC BED with Solid State Relay - */ -//#define BED_AC - -//#define HotendAllMetal -/** - * Enable if you install a filament runout sensor from www.formbotusa.com - */ -//#define RunoutSensor - -/** - * Enable if you wish to select Unified Bed Leveling. - * Under CUSTOM COMMANDS, run Step 1 and 2 before setting Z Offset. - */ -//#define UBL - -// ^^^^^^ CUSTOMIZE FOR YOUR MACHINE ^^^^^^ - - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Tinymachines3D" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FORMBOT_RAPTOR -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TM3D RaPtOr" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#if ENABLED(BED_AC) - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#else - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#endif -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 290 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#if ENABLED(BED_AC) - #define BED_MAXTEMP 150 -#else - #define BED_MAXTEMP 100 -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #if ENABLED(HotendAllMetal) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.9 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.5 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 79.88 - #else - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - #endif - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 100.0 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 200.0 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#if ENABLED(Y_2208) - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 1600, 96 } -#else - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 160, 1600, 96 } -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 150, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#if ENABLED(X_2208) - #if ENABLED(X_SPREADCYCLE) - #define X_ACCEL 1750 - #else - #define X_ACCEL 1000 - #endif -#else - #define X_ACCEL 1500 -#endif - -#if ENABLED(Y_2208) - #if ENABLED(Y_SPREADCYCLE) - #define Y_ACCEL 500 - #else - #define Y_ACCEL 300 - #endif -#else - #define Y_ACCEL 500 -#endif -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { X_ACCEL, Y_ACCEL, 400, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #if ENABLED(X_SPREADCYCLE) || DISABLED(X_2208) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #else - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #endif - #if ENABLED(Y_SPREADCYCLE) || DISABLED(Y_2208) - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #else - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #endif - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM (.4 * DEFAULT_YJERK * DEFAULT_YJERK / DEFAULT_ACCELERATION) // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -22, 0, -1.5 } -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -3 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#if ENABLED(X_2208) - #define INVERT_X_DIR true -#else - #define INVERT_X_DIR false -#endif -#if ENABLED(Y_2208) - #define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#else - #define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#endif -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#if ENABLED(E_2208) - #define INVERT_E0_DIR false - #define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#else - #define INVERT_E0_DIR true - #define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#endif -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 500 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#if ENABLED(RunoutSensor) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#endif -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 57 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#if ENABLED(UBL) - #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#else - #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#endif - -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 6 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters). - #define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 35 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 50 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 350 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 50 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 50 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 350 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 50 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "M280 P0 S90" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 50 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 50 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 10, 10, 20} - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 70 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f79425b769fe..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2788 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 210 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 210 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 300 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 20 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 25 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#if DISABLED(E_2208) || ENABLED(E_SpreadCycle) - #define LIN_ADVANCE -#endif -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 5 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 2 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -#if ENABLED(UBL) - #define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#endif -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - #define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Commissioning" - //#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - #define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "UBL Commission Step 1" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "M502\nM500\nM501\nM190 S75\nG28\nG29 P1\nG29 S1\nM117 Run Step 2" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "UBL Commission Step 2" - #define USER_GCODE_2 "G29 S1\nG29 S0\nG29 F 10.0\nG29 A\nM500\nG28\nG29 L1\nM109 S225\nG1 X150 Y 150\nG1 Z0\nM117 Set Z Offset" - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Prep for Z Adjust" - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M190 75\nM104 235\nG28\nG29 L1\nG1 X150 Y 150\nG1 Z0" - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Fill Mesh Points" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "G29 P3\nG29 P3\nG29 P3\nG29 T" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Run Mesh Validation" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G26" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index a7805bb4f4a6..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen - * - * You may use one of the following tools to generate the C++ bitmap array from - * a black and white image: - * - * - http://www.marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - http://www.digole.com/tools/PicturetoC_Hex_converter.php - */ -#include - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_INVERTED - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B00000111,B11000000,B00000101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00001010,B00100000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B00010100,B00010000,B00000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B00101000,B00001000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B00000101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01010100,B00000100,B00000100,B00001010,B00100000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B00010100,B00010000,B00000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111110,B01010000,B00000100,B00000100,B00101000,B00001000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B00000101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111, - B11111100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B01010100,B00000100,B00000100,B00001010,B00100000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111110,B01010100,B00000100,B00011100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B00010100,B00010000,B00000101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111100,B00101000,B00001000,B00101110,B01010000,B00000100,B00000100,B00101000,B00001000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00111111, - B11111110,B00010100,B00010000,B01010100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B01010100,B00000100,B00000100,B00001010,B00100000,B00000000,B00000010,B00001000,B00011111, - B11111100,B00001010,B00100000,B01100110,B01010100,B00000100,B00011100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B00010100,B00010000,B00000000,B00000101,B00000100,B00111111, - B11111110,B00000111,B11000000,B01010100,B00101000,B00001000,B00101110,B01010000,B00000100,B00000100,B00101000,B00001000,B00000000,B00001010,B00000010,B00011111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00101110,B00010100,B00010000,B01010100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000110,B01010100,B00000100,B00000000,B00010101,B00000001,B00111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00001010,B00100000,B01100110,B01010100,B00000100,B00011100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000000,B00011000,B00000001,B00011111, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B01010100,B00101000,B00001000,B00101110,B01010000,B00000100,B00000000,B00010100,B00000001,B00111111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00101110,B00010100,B00010000,B01010100,B01100000,B00000100,B00000000,B00011000,B00000001,B00011111, - B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00001010,B00100000,B01100110,B01010100,B00000100,B00011100,B00010101,B00000001,B00111111, - B11111110,B11010101,B01010101,B01010100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B01010100,B00101000,B00001000,B00101010,B00001010,B00000010,B00011111, - B11111100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00101110,B00010100,B00010000,B01010001,B00000101,B00000100,B00111111, - B11111110,B11000100,B00010000,B01000100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00001010,B00100000,B01100001,B00000010,B10001000,B00011111, - B11111100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11010101,B01010101,B01010100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000111,B11000000,B01010001,B00000001,B11110000,B00111111, - B11111110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00101010,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111100,B11000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11000100,B00010000,B01000100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11010101,B01010101,B01010100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111, - B11111100,B11010101,B01010101,B01010110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11000100,B00010000,B01000100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10011111, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B10111111, - B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010100,B11010101,B01010101,B01010110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010000,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11000100,B00010000,B01000110,B11000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010001,B10111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000100,B10000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010000,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010100,B11010101,B01010101,B01010110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010000,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010001,B10111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B10000100,B00010000,B01000001,B00000100,B00010000,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010100,B11010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B10111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01010101,B01011111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11100000,B00101110,B11111011,B01111101,B11111011,B11111011,B11001111,B11000001,B11011111,B10111011,B00111110,B11000000,B11100001,B11111110,B00111100,B00011111, - B11111101,B11101110,B01111011,B00111001,B11111001,B11110011,B11001111,B10011110,B11011111,B10111011,B00111110,B11011111,B11011110,B11111100,B11011101,B11100111, - B11111101,B11101110,B00111011,B10111011,B11111001,B11101011,B11010111,B10111111,B01011111,B10111011,B01011110,B11011111,B11011110,B11111101,B11101101,B11110111, - B11111101,B11101110,B10111011,B11010011,B11111010,B11101011,B10110111,B00111111,B11011111,B10111011,B01001110,B11011111,B11011111,B11111111,B11001101,B11110011, - B11111101,B11101110,B11011011,B11000111,B11111010,B11101011,B10111011,B01111111,B11000000,B00111011,B01101110,B11000000,B11100011,B11111111,B00011101,B11110011, - B11111101,B11101110,B11001011,B11101111,B11111010,B11011011,B10111011,B01111111,B11011111,B10111011,B01100110,B11011111,B11111000,B11111111,B11001101,B11110011, - B11111101,B11101110,B11101011,B11101111,B11111011,B01011011,B00000011,B00111111,B01011111,B10111011,B01110110,B11011111,B11111110,B01111111,B11101101,B11110011, - B11111101,B11101110,B11110011,B11101111,B11111011,B01011011,B01111001,B10111110,B11011111,B10111011,B01111010,B11011111,B11011110,B01111101,B11101101,B11110111, - B11111101,B11101110,B11110011,B11101111,B11111011,B10111010,B11111101,B10011110,B11011111,B10111011,B01111100,B11011111,B11011110,B11111101,B11001101,B11100111, - B11111101,B11101110,B11111011,B11101111,B11111011,B10111010,B11111101,B11000001,B11011111,B10111011,B01111110,B11000000,B11100000,B11111110,B00011100,B00011111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 304d5a0b73c4..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 3 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 24 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10001110,B00000000,B11100001, - B10011111,B00000001,B11110001, - B10010011,B10000001,B00111001, - B10011111,B10000001,B11111001, - B10011111,B10000001,B11111001, - B10011111,B10111001,B11111001, - B10001111,B00101000,B11110001, - B10000000,B00111000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10011111,B11111111,B11111001, - B10010001,B01110100,B10011001, - B10011011,B00000110,B10101001, - B10011011,B01010100,B10101001, - B10011011,B01010110,B10101001, - B10011011,B01010100,B10011001, - B10011111,B11111111,B11111001, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2389f6c98301..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2262 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -//#define ROXYs_TRex // Turn this on to get customizations only available on Roxy's T-Rex 2+ - // Marlin controlled heat bed, Max7219 debug LED's, less bright LED light level - // More aggressive PID numbers for hotends (due to double fans) -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Formbot-3D" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu - #define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "T-Rex 2+" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 1.25 } // (mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis - #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle -#endif - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#else - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#endif - -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - // Roxy's T-Rex 2+ - #define DEFAULT_Kp 15.17 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.88 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 65.24 - #else - // T-Rex 2+ - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - #endif - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - // T-Rex 2+ - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 289.73 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 51.26 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 409.43 - #else - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - #endif - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 800, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 100, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1500, 500, 400, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 12.0 // More conservative numbers. - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.017 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -3, 31, -1.25 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 5000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 7 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 7 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -42 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 450 -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 700 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. -//#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES -//#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 208 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define MESH_INSET 35 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #else - #define MESH_INSET 0 - #endif - - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 11 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 35 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 365 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 35 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 35 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 365 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 35 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "M280 P0 S90" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT (((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) - 15) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT (((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) - 15) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 50, (Y_MIN_POS + 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define LED_PIN -1 - #define BEEPER_PIN -1 - #define KILL_PIN -1 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index aa52343a6e42..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2793 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 45 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 25 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #else - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #endif - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS (X_BED_SIZE) // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 0 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0) // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 200 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 600 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 20 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - #define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - #define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 40 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - #define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X 4 - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 50 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 500 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT (3*60) // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 3 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define MAX7219_DEBUG -#endif - -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - /* - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 50 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 51 // on RUMBA (or Formbot) using the ICSP port. - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 52 // This will affect your use of the SD Memory card - */ - - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 41 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 13 // 41 is LCD_Kill_Button, 13 is Arduino_LED, 37 is LCD_Beeper - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 37 - - #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 3 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - #define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 5 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 6 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 7 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index c3195d31faeb..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen - * - * You may use one of the following tools to generate the C++ bitmap array from - * a black and white image: - * - * - http://www.marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - http://www.digole.com/tools/PicturetoC_Hex_converter.php - */ -#include - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B10000011,B11000001,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000000,B00111000,B00000011,B11000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000111,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000011,B11000111,B00000000,B01100000,B11000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B01111000,B00000110,B00000001,B10000000,B00110001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01111111,B11100000,B00000110,B00000001,B11000000,B00011011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00111111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01110000,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00111111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B01111000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000110,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000000,B00000110,B00000000, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000011,B10000001,B10000000,B01100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00001110,B10000001,B11111111,B10000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000111,B00000000,B01111100,B00000011,B10000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00011111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000001, - B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index db4487db10a2..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 4 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 21 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00011110,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00000111,B00001111,B11110000, - B00000011,B00001111,B11000000, - B00000001,B00001111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001100,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f6cefe4904db..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2252 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -#define ICSP_PORT_SWITCHES // If ICSP_PORT_SWITCHES is defined, those pins become filament runout sensors - // (But the SD Memory card won't work and is turned off!!!) - - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Formbot-3D" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "T-Rex 3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 - -#ifndef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#endif - -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Based on T-Rex 2+ - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 160, 1600, 93 } -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 800, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 150, 5, 25 } -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 100, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1500, 500, 400, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ - -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 12.0 // More conservative numbers. - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.017 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -3, 31, -1.25 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 0 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 7 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 7 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 7 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -//#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 400 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 400 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -42 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS 450 -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#if ENABLED(tallVersion) - #define Z_MAX_POS 700 -#else - #define Z_MAX_POS 500 -#endif - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ - -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #ifndef NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 - #endif - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. -//#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES -//#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 11 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 35 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 365 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 35 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 35 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 365 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 35 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "M280 P0 S90" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 100, (Y_MIN_POS + 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ - -#if DISABLED(ICSP_PORT_SWITCHES) // If ICSP_PORT is in use, those pins now are filament runout sensors - #define SDSUPPORT // instead of being used by the SD Memory card socket -#endif - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define LED_PIN -1 - #define BEEPER_PIN -1 - #define KILL_PIN -1 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3a1a5da2b29c..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2793 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 64 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) -//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Now set in appropriate pins file - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 25 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #else - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #endif - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 0 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0) // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 200 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 600 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 20 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 40 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X 4 - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 7 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 15 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 15 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 85 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 4 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 15 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 60 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 2 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 500 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT (3*60) // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 3 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - #define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "User cmd 1" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28 X \n" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "User cmd 2" - #define USER_GCODE_2 "G28 \nG1 X100 \n" - - #define USER_DESC_3 "User cmd 3" - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M48 \n" - - #define USER_DESC_4 "User cmd 4" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M114 \n" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define MAX7219_DEBUG -#endif - -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - /* - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 50 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 51 // on RUMBA (or Formbot) using the ICSP port is used - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 52 // This will affect your use of the SD Memory card - */ - - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 41 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 13 // 41 is LCD_Kill_Button, 13 is Arduino_LED, 37 is LCD_Beeper - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 37 - - #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 2 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 5 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 6 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 7 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index d3f9073a0ce7..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen - * - * You may use one of the following tools to generate the C++ bitmap array from - * a black and white image: - * - * - http://www.marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - http://www.digole.com/tools/PicturetoC_Hex_converter.php - */ -#include - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B10000011,B11000001,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000000,B00111000,B00000011,B11000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00001100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000011,B11000111,B00000000,B01100000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B01111000,B00000110,B00000001,B10000000,B00110001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01111111,B11100000,B00000110,B00000001,B11000000,B00011011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01110000,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B01111000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000110,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000011,B10000001,B10000000,B01100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00001110,B10000001,B11111111,B10000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000111,B00000000,B01111100,B00000011,B10000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000001, - B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index db4487db10a2..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Status Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -// -// Status Screen Logo bitmap -// -#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 4 -#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 21 - -const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00011110,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00001111,B11111000, - B00000111,B00001111,B11110000, - B00000011,B00001111,B11000000, - B00000001,B00001111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001100,B00000000 -}; - -// -// Use default bitmaps -// -#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM -#define STATUS_BED_ANIM -#if HOTENDS < 2 - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40 - #define STATUS_BED_X 72 -#else - #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0 - #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32 - #define STATUS_BED_X 80 -#endif diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8a681622c263..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2194 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, Geeetech A10 default)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A10" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // A10M [@thinkyhead] - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 450 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -37, 0, -3.6 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -5 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -0.2 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - #define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 230 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -11 -#define Y_MIN_POS -4 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 781571dc7c4a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 625b1b728eaa..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2194 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A10M" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // A10M [@thinkyhead] - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 450 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 430 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -37, 0, -3.6 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -5 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -0.2 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - #define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 230 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7ba8e1b0b28d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 18 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 12 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 40 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index faa7431d3a70..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2196 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3_A20 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Geeetech A20M" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // A20M [@thinkyhead] - #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 400 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 430 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -37, 0, -3.6 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 2 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -5 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -0.2 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 100 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 255 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 255 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 250 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN 67 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (20*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 3, (Y_MAX_POS - 3), 10 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(125) -#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(125) -#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(125) - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f63b25f2d827..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - #define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - #define MARLIN_INVADERS - #define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6ecc7f639f7f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/GT2560/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2233 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Geeetech MK8 Extruder - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12.33 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.51 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.50 - - // CTC MK8 Extruder - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 19.86 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 98.83 - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v (120 watt?) MK2a PCB Heatbed into 4mm borosilicate (Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro, Pro/B/C/X) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 234.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 42.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 322.28 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 50, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -/** - * Customize common displays for GT2560 - */ -#if ANY(ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER, REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER, G3D_PANEL, MKS_MINI_12864) - #define SDSUPPORT // Force SD Card support on for these displays -#elif DISABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define LCD_WIDTH 20 // Default is 22. For this Geeetech use 20. -#endif - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 50522cea0dea..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/I3_Pro_X-GT2560/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(R. de Weerd, I3 Pro X)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "RdW i3 Pro X" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 2560, 93 } // MXL, Z M8=1.25, MK8 - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 4000, 4000, 40, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.01 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 1 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 10, 90 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 8 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 6 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 6 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 205 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 170 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 4 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 215 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 105 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4a4eaae321fc..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2216 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, MeCreator2)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_V3_MC2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "MeCreator2" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // MeCreator2 -#define DEFAULT_Kp 11.93 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.59 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 59.89 - // Ultimaker -// #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 -// #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 -// #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. -//MeCreator2 generated by Autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 182.46 // 175.68 189.95 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.92 // 34.59 37.40 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 231.70 // 223.07 241.19 - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) -//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 -//#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 -//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 500 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 400, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 2 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 2 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.6 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 50.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.001 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 160 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 160 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -15 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 162 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (12*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index fa82fe332b4f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2783 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.05 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f86078badc6a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2230 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(1138-4EB, Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro B BLTouch config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Pro B" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Geeetech MK8 Extruder - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12.33 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.51 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.50 - - // CTC MK8 Extruder - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 19.86 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 98.83 - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v (120 watt?) MK2a PCB Heatbed into 4mm borosilicate (Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro, Pro/B/C/X) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 234.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 42.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 322.28 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define PRO_B_WITH_LEADSCREW -#if ENABLED(PRO_B_WITH_LEADSCREW) // M8 leadscrew version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 400, 105 } -#else // M8 threaded rod version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105 } -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 75, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 4, -44, -1.4 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (20*60) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 3 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -12 -#define Y_MIN_POS -8 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS (-X_MIN_POS+X_BED_SIZE) -#define Y_MAX_POS (-Y_MIN_POS+Y_BED_SIZE) -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 281.8196945719 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - //#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - #define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/README.md b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 30fcf2e443ce..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/bltouch/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -These are example configurations for the low-cost [Acrylic Prusa I3 pro B 3D Printer DIY kit](http://www.geeetech.com/acrylic-geeetech-prusa-i3-pro-b-3d-printer-diy-kit-p-917.html) and the [3DTouch auto bed leveling sensor](http://www.geeetech.com/geeetech-3dtouch-auto-bed-leveling-sensor-for-3d-printer-p-1010.html) based on: - -- `../GT2560/` -- [Marlin 1.1.4 With 3DTouch / BLTouch for i3 Pro B](https://www.geeetech.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=19846) - -The main characteristics of these configurations are: - -- The defined motherboard is `BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS`. -- Travel limits are adjusted to the printer bed size and position. -- An example `SKEW_CORRECTION` for a particular printer is enabled. See comments below about how to adjust it to a particular printer. -- Using the LCD controller for bed leveling is enabled. - - `PROBE_MANUALLY` is enabled, which *provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe*. - - The `LEVEL_BED_CORNERS` option for manual bed adjustment is enabled. - - Bilinear bed leveling is enabled, the boundaries for probing are adjusted to the glass size, and extrapolation is enabled. -- `PRINTCOUNTER` is enabled, in order to track statistical data. -- `INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU` is enabled, which adds individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -- The speaker is enabled for the UI feedback. -- `bltouch` variant: - - `USE_ZMAX_PLUG` is enabled. See comments about connections below. - - Heaters and fans are turned off when probing. - - Multiple probing is set to 3. - -# First-time configuration - -## Skew factor - -The skew factor must be adjusted for each printer: - -- First, uncomment `#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0`, compile and upload the firmware. -- Then, print [YACS (Yet Another Calibration Square)](https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185). Hint, scale it considering a margin for brim (if used). The larger, the better to make error measurements. -- Measure the printed part according to the comments in the example configuration file, and set `XY_DIAG_AC`, `XY_DIAG_BD` and `Y_SIDE_AD`. -- Last, comment `#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0` again, compile and upload. - -## 3DTouch auto leveling sensor - -- Print a suitable mount to attach the sensor to the printer. The example configuration file is adjusted to http://www.geeetech.com/wiki/images/6/61/3DTouch_auto_leveling_sensor-1.zip -- Unlike suggested in [geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor), the existing end stop switch is expected to be kept connected to Z_MIN. So, the sensor is to be connected to Z_MAX, according to Marlin's default settings. Furthermore, GT2560-A+ provides a connector for the servo next to thermistor connectors (see [GT2560](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/images/thumb/4/45/GT2560_wiring.jpg/700px-GT2560_wiring.jpg) and [GT2560-A+](http://i.imgur.com/E0t34VU.png)). -- Be careful to respect the polarity of the sensor when connecting it to the GT2560-A+. Unlike end stops, reversing the connection will prevent the sensor from working properly. -- [Test](http://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor#Testing) and [calibrate](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor#Calibration) the sensor. -- If using the GT2560-A+ and with the sensor connected to Z_MAX and an endstop connected to Z_MIN use the following calibration routine instead. - -## 3DTouch Calibration with Z_MAX - -- Home the printer with `G28` command. -- Disable the Z axis software endstop with `M211 S0 Z0` -- Reset the probe Z_OFFSET with `M851 Z0` -- Move to the center of the bed with `G1 X100 Y100` -- Move Z incrementally until the nozzle is the correct height from the bed using a shim or piece of paper, record this Z movement, for example -0.2. -- Do a single probe at the current point in the middle of the bed using `G30` and not the returned value, for example 1.9. Invert this value, i.e. -1.9, and add it to the Z offset above, i.e. -0.2 in this example giving -2.1. -- Update the probe Z_OFFSET to this value using `M851` i.e. `M851 Z-2.1`. -- Re-enable software end-stops with `M211 S1 Z0` -- Save this value to the EEPROM with `M500`. -- Update the start G-Code in your slicer software to insert a `G29` after the last `G28`. -- Carefully test that the offset is correct in the first print. diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9a3c24ccf7e1..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2229 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(1138-4EB, Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro B config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Pro B" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Geeetech MK8 Extruder - #define DEFAULT_Kp 12.33 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.51 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 74.50 - - // CTC MK8 Extruder - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 19.86 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 98.83 - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v (120 watt?) MK2a PCB Heatbed into 4mm borosilicate (Geeetech Prusa i3 Pro, Pro/B/C/X) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 234.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 42.79 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 322.28 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define PRO_B_WITH_LEADSCREW -#if ENABLED(PRO_B_WITH_LEADSCREW) // M8 leadscrew version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 400, 105 } -#else // M8 threaded rod version - #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105 } -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 5000, 5000, 75, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (20*60) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -12 -#define Y_MIN_POS -8 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS (-X_MIN_POS+X_BED_SIZE) -#define Y_MAX_POS (-Y_MIN_POS+Y_BED_SIZE) -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 281.8196945719 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - //#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - #define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 170 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/README.md b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 30fcf2e443ce..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -These are example configurations for the low-cost [Acrylic Prusa I3 pro B 3D Printer DIY kit](http://www.geeetech.com/acrylic-geeetech-prusa-i3-pro-b-3d-printer-diy-kit-p-917.html) and the [3DTouch auto bed leveling sensor](http://www.geeetech.com/geeetech-3dtouch-auto-bed-leveling-sensor-for-3d-printer-p-1010.html) based on: - -- `../GT2560/` -- [Marlin 1.1.4 With 3DTouch / BLTouch for i3 Pro B](https://www.geeetech.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=19846) - -The main characteristics of these configurations are: - -- The defined motherboard is `BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS`. -- Travel limits are adjusted to the printer bed size and position. -- An example `SKEW_CORRECTION` for a particular printer is enabled. See comments below about how to adjust it to a particular printer. -- Using the LCD controller for bed leveling is enabled. - - `PROBE_MANUALLY` is enabled, which *provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe*. - - The `LEVEL_BED_CORNERS` option for manual bed adjustment is enabled. - - Bilinear bed leveling is enabled, the boundaries for probing are adjusted to the glass size, and extrapolation is enabled. -- `PRINTCOUNTER` is enabled, in order to track statistical data. -- `INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU` is enabled, which adds individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -- The speaker is enabled for the UI feedback. -- `bltouch` variant: - - `USE_ZMAX_PLUG` is enabled. See comments about connections below. - - Heaters and fans are turned off when probing. - - Multiple probing is set to 3. - -# First-time configuration - -## Skew factor - -The skew factor must be adjusted for each printer: - -- First, uncomment `#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0`, compile and upload the firmware. -- Then, print [YACS (Yet Another Calibration Square)](https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185). Hint, scale it considering a margin for brim (if used). The larger, the better to make error measurements. -- Measure the printed part according to the comments in the example configuration file, and set `XY_DIAG_AC`, `XY_DIAG_BD` and `Y_SIDE_AD`. -- Last, comment `#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0` again, compile and upload. - -## 3DTouch auto leveling sensor - -- Print a suitable mount to attach the sensor to the printer. The example configuration file is adjusted to http://www.geeetech.com/wiki/images/6/61/3DTouch_auto_leveling_sensor-1.zip -- Unlike suggested in [geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor), the existing end stop switch is expected to be kept connected to Z_MIN. So, the sensor is to be connected to Z_MAX, according to Marlin's default settings. Furthermore, GT2560-A+ provides a connector for the servo next to thermistor connectors (see [GT2560](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/images/thumb/4/45/GT2560_wiring.jpg/700px-GT2560_wiring.jpg) and [GT2560-A+](http://i.imgur.com/E0t34VU.png)). -- Be careful to respect the polarity of the sensor when connecting it to the GT2560-A+. Unlike end stops, reversing the connection will prevent the sensor from working properly. -- [Test](http://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor#Testing) and [calibrate](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor#Calibration) the sensor. -- If using the GT2560-A+ and with the sensor connected to Z_MAX and an endstop connected to Z_MIN use the following calibration routine instead. - -## 3DTouch Calibration with Z_MAX - -- Home the printer with `G28` command. -- Disable the Z axis software endstop with `M211 S0 Z0` -- Reset the probe Z_OFFSET with `M851 Z0` -- Move to the center of the bed with `G1 X100 Y100` -- Move Z incrementally until the nozzle is the correct height from the bed using a shim or piece of paper, record this Z movement, for example -0.2. -- Do a single probe at the current point in the middle of the bed using `G30` and not the returned value, for example 1.9. Invert this value, i.e. -1.9, and add it to the Z offset above, i.e. -0.2 in this example giving -2.1. -- Update the probe Z_OFFSET to this value using `M851` i.e. `M851 Z-2.1`. -- Re-enable software end-stops with `M211 S1 Z0` -- Save this value to the EEPROM with `M500`. -- Update the start G-Code in your slicer software to insert a `G29` after the last `G28`. -- Carefully test that the offset is correct in the first print. diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6e90fd0e3986..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Pro C" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 32.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 2560, 95, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 235 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 95 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 781571dc7c4a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 30cf637a8a8f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Pro W" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 32.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 2560, 95 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 235 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 95 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 781571dc7c4a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration.h b/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 54b4214e4940..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2190 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Scheepers, MaukCC)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_CNCONTROLS_15 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "75083866-86ea-42b2-b475-7b3a7855e716" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 331 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 331 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 410 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 410 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX 170 // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 11.3 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.61 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 52.77 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 18 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 53.45, 71.19, 160, 169.05 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 1000, 1000, 40, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -21, 22, -1.54 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 12000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST 900 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW 100 - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 1 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 450 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 325 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -72 -#define Y_MIN_POS -84 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y 3 - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (6000) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (900) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 225, -50, 5 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 150 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 15 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 4 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 2 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } . Leave Z blank to not change the Z position - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { -37, -67, } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 8 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index a17eb82ad0f8..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2749 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 18 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 75 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 900 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 900 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 2.0 // compensate for 3V3 ref voltage -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 35 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 28 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied. -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu -//#define LCD_INFO_MENU -#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages -#endif - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -/** - * LED Control Menu - * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ -//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU -#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif -#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Runtime language selection (otherwise LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define TOUCH_UI_LANGUAGE_MENU - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 16 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.02 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - #define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - #define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Lubricate axis" - #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - #define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Change X an Y belt" - #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 300 // print hours - #define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Change Z belt" - #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1000 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7d648499acfa..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2213 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(tjclement, Infitary M508)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Infitary M508" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - #define DEFAULT_Kp 213.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 765 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 92.6 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 205 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 185 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 86cf3d0b5c70..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ba6510b4a4d2..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2204 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 - -// ╦╔═╗╔═╗┬ ┬┬─┐┌─┐┬─┐┌─┐╔═╗┌─┐┬─┐┬ ┬┌┬┐ ┌─┐┌─┐┌┬┐ -// ║║ ╦╠═╣│ │├┬┘│ │├┬┘├─┤╠╣ │ │├┬┘│ ││││ │ │ ││││ -// ╚╝╚═╝╩ ╩└─┘┴└─└─┘┴└─┴ ┴╚ └─┘┴└─└─┘┴ ┴o└─┘└─┘┴ ┴ - -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Roberto Mariani & Samuel Pinches)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_JGAURORA_A5S_A1 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "JGAurora A1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tuned by Sam Pinches 18th March 2019, on A5S at 220C. -#define DEFAULT_Kp 32.73 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 3.68 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 72.83 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - - // Tuned by Sam Pinches on A5S at 75C (18th March, 2019) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 175.83 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 28.85 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 267.90 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 1600, 202 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 360, 150, 30, 40 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1200, 350, 100, 500 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 4) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 310 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 305 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS -10 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE+10 -#define Z_MAX_POS 310 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 5.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS X_MAX_POS -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS -7 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (90*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (12*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 58 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 105 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT -//#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 - #define XPT2046_Z1_THRESHOLD 1 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6789582147cb..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2789 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING 1 -#define HEATER_0_INVERTING 1 -// #define HEATER_1_INVERTING 0 -#define FAN_INVERTING 1 - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 30 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 5, 5, 5 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 1, 1, 0 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 60*60, 60*60, 10*60, 10*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 25 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 820 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 730 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 75 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7b00e9753ef9..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2221 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * JGAurora A5 configuration - * Authors: Telli Mantelli, Kris Waclawski, Michael Gilardi & Samuel Pinches - */ - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Telli Mantelli, Kris Waclawski, Samuel Pinches & Michael Gilardi, 21 Jan 2018)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "JGAurora A5" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 15 // manual calibration of thermistor in JGAurora A5 hotend -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 // measured to be satisfactorily accurate on center of bed within +/- 1 degC. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 265 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // JGAurora A5 (tuned at 210C) - #define DEFAULT_Kp 35.3//22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 4.35//1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 71.57//114 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - - // JGAurora A5 (tuned at 70C) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 800, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 15, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 500, 100, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 800 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 3.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.005 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 305 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 305 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -5 // thanks DaHai. -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 320 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION // Enable G26 mesh validation - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Defaultbed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // As suggested by DaHai, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CBlADPgQqL0 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (80*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (12*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 25ed8aea5261..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 90 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 6 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 80*60, 80*60, 12*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 861f276750f5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for JGAurora A5 printer - -## Firmware Installation Instructions - -To install custom firmware: - -- Download and install arduino IDE software from https://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/Software -- Plug in A5 to your computer via USB cable -- In arduino IDE, under the Tools menu, set: - – **Board** to "Arduino/Genuino Mega or Mega 2560" - – ***Processor*** to "Atmega 2560 (Mega 2560)" - – **Port** to your 3D printer’s serial port. To figure out the correct serial port unplug the printer and observe the "Port" menu. Connect the printer's USB cable, re-open the "Port" menu and see if a new ports has appeared. This new port is likely to be your printer. - - If you can’t find the right port or if your machine isn't detected, you may need to install a driver for the CH340 serial-to-USB interface chip in the printer. - - [macOS CH340 Serial Driver](http://sampin.ch/ch340-driver-mac) - - [Windows CH340 Serial Driver](https://sparks.gogo.co.nz/ch340.html) -- Install the u8glib library using the library manager in the menu "Sketch -> Include Library -> Manage Libraries." -- IMPORTANT: Unplug the 8-pin LCD panel header connector on your printer. The LCD should turn off completely. This is found underneath the LCD, and can be accessed from underneath the printer without removing any screws. Remember where it goes so you can put it back after flashing. -- Close all other programs (Cura, Repetier Host, JGCreat, etc.) that could connect to the serial port. -- Open the "Marlin.ino" file in Arduino IDE and wait for the new project window to appear. -- Select "Upload" from the "Sketch" menu or click the Upload button. -- Wait for the firmware to finish uploading and verifying. This may take a couple of minutes. -- Plug the LCD connector back in. -- In the Arduino IDE, select "Tools -> Serial monitor" to open up a simple console. In the popup menus, select "Newline" and a Baud Rate of "250000." -- In the input box, enter the following G-code commands: - - `M502` (press return) to reset settings (in RAM) to your configured defaults. - - `M500` (press return) to write settings and initialize the EEPROM. - -## Graphical Display - -The control panel included with the JGAurora interfaces only indirectly with Marlin, and this imposes some limitations. But you can use a RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller with the JGAurora A5 by applying the following additional settings in `Configuration.h`: - -```cpp -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 5 -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER -``` - -You may also be able to change `BEEPER_PIN` to use the piezo on the LCD controller instead of the one on the board. diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9eff362706aa..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2204 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 - -// ╦╔═╗╔═╗┬ ┬┬─┐┌─┐┬─┐┌─┐╔═╗┌─┐┬─┐┬ ┬┌┬┐ ┌─┐┌─┐┌┬┐ -// ║║ ╦╠═╣│ │├┬┘│ │├┬┘├─┤╠╣ │ │├┬┘│ ││││ │ │ ││││ -// ╚╝╚═╝╩ ╩└─┘┴└─└─┘┴└─┴ ┴╚ └─┘┴└─└─┘┴ ┴o└─┘└─┘┴ ┴ - -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Roberto Mariani & Samuel Pinches)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_JGAURORA_A5S_A1 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "JGAurora A5S" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tuned by Sam Pinches 18th March 2019, on A5S at 220C. -#define DEFAULT_Kp 32.73 -#define DEFAULT_Ki 3.68 -#define DEFAULT_Kd 72.83 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - - // Tuned by Sam Pinches on A5S at 75C (18th March, 2019) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 175.83 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 28.85 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 267.90 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 1000 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 1600, 202 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 360, 150, 30, 40 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1200, 350, 100, 500 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 4) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 310 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 310 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 330 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 5.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS -6 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (90*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (12*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 58 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 105 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT -//#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 - #define XPT2046_Z1_THRESHOLD 1 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6789582147cb..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2789 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING 1 -#define HEATER_0_INVERTING 1 -// #define HEATER_1_INVERTING 0 -#define FAN_INVERTING 1 - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 30 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 5, 5, 5 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 1, 1, 0 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 60*60, 60*60, 10*60, 10*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 25 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 820 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 730 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 75 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5803b380f1c1..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "ejtagle" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_DUO_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "MakerParts 3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "4250d842-4943-4601-acca-95ef77b8a4f1" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 97 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 2, 30 } // For 300mm/s printing - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2400, 2400, 10, 200 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 100 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 2.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 2.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 8.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.001 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 07312aac00d9..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2777 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 30000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - #define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 4096 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - #define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - #define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - #define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6b6685538862..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/MakerParts/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111100,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B00001111,B11011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11000000,B11111100,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B00011111,B10011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111100, - B01111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11110000,B00001111,B11000000,B11111100,B00001111,B11110000,B00111111,B00011111,B00011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111110, - B01111110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000011,B11110000,B00001111,B11100001,B11111100,B00001111,B11110000,B00111111,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111110, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11100001,B11111100,B00011111,B11111000,B00111111,B01111110,B00011111,B10000000,B01111100,B00111110, - B01111100,B00000011,B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11110011,B11111100,B00011111,B11111000,B00111111,B11111100,B00011111,B10000000,B01111100,B00011110, - B01111100,B00000001,B11111100,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11110011,B11111100,B00011111,B11111000,B00111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111100,B00111110, - B01111100,B00000000,B11111000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00111110,B01111100,B00111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111110, - B01111100,B00000000,B01110000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00111110,B01111100,B00111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111110, - B01111100,B00000000,B00100000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00111110,B01111100,B00111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111100, - B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10111111,B01111100,B01111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111100,B01111111,B11111000, - B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10111111,B01111100,B01111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111110,B00011111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111000, - B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10011110,B01111100,B01111111,B11111110,B00111111,B00111111,B00011111,B10000000,B01111100,B11111000, - B01111100,B00000110,B00000011,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10011110,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B00111111,B00011111,B11111111,B01111100,B11111100, - B01111100,B00000111,B00000111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10001100,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B00011111,B10011111,B11111111,B01111100,B11111100, - B01111100,B00000111,B10001111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111100,B11111000,B00011111,B00111111,B00011111,B10011111,B11111111,B01111100,B01111110, - B01111100,B00000111,B11011111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111101,B11111000,B00011111,B10111111,B00001111,B11011111,B11111111,B01111100,B00111111, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111110,B00000011,B11110000,B00011111,B11111000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111111,B00000011,B11110000,B00011111,B11111110,B00111111,B11111111,B10011111,B11111110,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000111,B11111111,B00000001,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B10011111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00111100,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00111100,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B10111111,B00111100,B00000000, - B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000011,B11000000,B00001111,B10000111,B11001111,B11111100,B00011111,B00001111,B11000001,B11110000,B00111110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000011,B11000000,B00001111,B10000011,B11001111,B11111100,B00011111,B00000111,B11000001,B11110000,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B10000000,B00001111,B10000111,B11001111,B00111100,B00011111,B00001111,B10000001,B11110000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B10000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11011111,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00000111,B10001111,B11111111,B10001111,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10011111,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00000111,B11001111,B11111111,B10011111,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B00011111,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00000111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000011,B11101111,B11111111,B10111110,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00111111,B11111111,B00011111,B11111110,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B01111111,B00000000, - B00000001,B11101111,B11111111,B10111100,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00111110,B00000001,B11110000,B00011000,B00011111,B00000000, - B00000000,B11101111,B11111111,B10111000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00011111,B00111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00011110,B00111111,B01111100, - B00000000,B01101111,B11111111,B10110000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111,B10011111,B00111111,B00000001,B11110000,B00111111,B11111111,B01111100, - B00000000,B00101111,B11111111,B10100000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111,B10011111,B00011111,B10000001,B11110000,B01111111,B11111110,B01111100, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111100,B00001111,B10011111,B00011111,B10000001,B11110000,B00111111,B11111110,B01111100, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B11111100,B00001111,B11011111,B00001111,B11000001,B11110000,B00001111,B11111000,B01111100, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 62d8a5941006..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2250 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Maylan M150 Configuration - * Non-Automatic Bed Level config by default - */ - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Gunther)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_MALYAN -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Malyan M150" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 - -// For Malyan M150, some discussions around changing the TEMP_SENSOR_BED from 1 to 3 on a french discussion board. -// The reasons are inconclusive so I leave at 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Malyan M150 example - #define DEFAULT_Kp 29 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 97 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). - -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - * - * These defaults for the Malyan M150 are low values intended to - * give a baseline. With mods it is possible to raise jerk, etc. - * - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ - // Standard M150 17T MXL on X and Y -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 3200/34.544, 3200/34.544, 1600, 103.00 } - -// Other common M150 values: -// 16T MXL on X and Y -// #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 3200/32.512, 3200/32.512, 1600, 103.00 } -// 16T GT2 on X and Y -// #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 1600, 103.00 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 700, 700, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 700 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 700 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.037 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ - -// Set for HoolyHoo's probe mount -// http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1960419 -// Note: HoolyHoo mount is X=35, Y=-50. -//#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 35, -50, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -//#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -//#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -//#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -//#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ - -// - LINEAR - Not Available on Malyan M150 due to compile memory issues -// - Use MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT or AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 50 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 150 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 50 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 50 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 150 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 50 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 128 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3ec3eb8aa365..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 300 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3a5026a4bd15..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for Malyan M150 HobbyKing printer - -Config without automatic bed level sensor, or in other words, "as stock" - -## To install: - -1. Install [Arduino](https://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/Software) - -1. Install U8glib - * `Sketch` -> `Include Library` -> `Manage Libraries...` - * Search for and install `U8glib` by oliver - -1. Install Sanguino - * `File` -> `Preferences` - * Add - `https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Lauszus/Sanguino/master/package_lauszus_sanguino_index.json` - to `Additional Boards Manager URLs` - -1. Modify Sanguino `boards.txt` - * Close Arduino - * Locate Arduino15 folder - - `C:\Users\\AppData\Local\Arduino15` for Windows - - `~/.arduino15` for Linux - - * Locate `boards.txt` in `packages/Sanguino/hardware/avr/1.0.2` - (version number may change) - * Add the following to the end of `boards.txt` - (note that it is the same as sanguino.menu.cpu.atmega1284p but with - a different name and upload speed) - - ## Malyan M150 W/ ATmega1284P 16MHz - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150=Malyan M150 - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.upload.maximum_size=130048 - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.upload.maximum_data_size=16384 - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.upload.speed=57600 - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.bootloader.file=optiboot/optiboot_atmega1284p.hex - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.build.mcu=atmega1284p - sanguino.menu.cpu.malyan_m150.build.f_cpu=16000000L - -1. Configure Marlin - * Copy `_Bootscreen.h`, `Configuration.h`, and `Configuration_adv.h` - from `config/examples/Malyan/M150` to `Marlin` - (overwrite files) - * Read `Configuration.h` and make any necessary changes - -1. Flash Marlin - * Turn on printer while pressing scroll wheel button - * Plug printer in to computer with USB cable - * Open `Marlin/Marlin.ino` with Arduino - * Configure Arduino - - `Tools` -> `Board` -> `Sanguino` - - `Tools` -> `Processor` -> `Malyan M150` - - `Tools` -> `Port` -> Select your port - - * `Sketch` -> `Upload` or click arrow in top right corner diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c7da4cc242a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1000 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B01111100,B00000011,B11100000,B01111000,B00011100,B00000111,B10000001,B11100000,B11110000,B00111110,B00001110, - B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11110000,B01111110,B00000111,B11100000,B11111100,B00011100,B00000011,B10000001,B11000001,B11111000,B00111111,B00001110, - B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01111111,B11110000,B01111110,B00000111,B11100000,B11111100,B00011100,B00000011,B11000011,B11000001,B11111000,B00111111,B00001110, - B01111011,B11111110,B00000001,B11111110,B11110000,B01111111,B00001111,B11100001,B11111110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000011,B10000011,B11111100,B00111111,B10001110, - B01111100,B11111111,B10000111,B11111001,B11110000,B01110111,B00001110,B11100001,B11111110,B00011100,B00000001,B11100111,B10000011,B11111100,B00111011,B10001110, - B01111111,B01111111,B11001111,B11110111,B11110000,B01110111,B10011110,B11100001,B11001110,B00011100,B00000000,B11100111,B00000011,B10011100,B00111011,B11001110, - B01111111,B10011111,B11111111,B11001111,B11110000,B01110011,B10011100,B11100011,B11001111,B00011100,B00000000,B11111111,B00000111,B10011110,B00111001,B11001110, - B01111111,B11100111,B11111111,B00111111,B11110000,B01110011,B11111100,B11100011,B10000111,B00011100,B00000000,B01111110,B00000111,B00001110,B00111001,B11101110, - B01111111,B11111011,B11111110,B11111111,B11110000,B01110001,B11111000,B11100011,B10000111,B00011100,B00000000,B01111110,B00001111,B00001111,B00111000,B11101110, - B01111111,B11111100,B11111001,B11111111,B11110000,B01110001,B11111000,B11100111,B11111111,B10011100,B00000000,B00111100,B00001111,B11111111,B00111000,B11111110, - B01111111,B11111111,B00100111,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B11110000,B11100111,B11111111,B10011100,B00000000,B00111100,B00001111,B11111111,B00111000,B01111110, - B01111111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B11110000,B11101111,B11111111,B11011100,B00000000,B00111100,B00011111,B11111111,B10111000,B01111110, - B01111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11011111,B11110000,B01110000,B01100000,B11101111,B00000011,B11011111,B11111000,B00111100,B00011110,B00000111,B10111000,B00111110, - B01111111,B11000111,B11111111,B00011111,B11110000,B01110000,B01100000,B11101110,B00000001,B11011111,B11111000,B00111100,B00011100,B00000011,B10111000,B00111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11111110,B00011111,B11110000,B01110000,B00000000,B11101110,B00000001,B11011111,B11111000,B00111100,B00011100,B00000011,B10111000,B00011110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11111110,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111100,B00111111,B11111010,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B01111010,B10111111,B11111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111101,B10011111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11110111,B11111110, - B01111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00011111,B11110000,B01111101,B10010011,B00011010,B10001010,B00011000,B11100011,B10001100,B01000101,B00011010,B10100010,B11011110, - B00111111,B11000011,B11011110,B00001111,B11110000,B01111100,B00101101,B11001010,B11001010,B11010110,B11101001,B00100100,B11001101,B01101010,B10110110,B10111110, - B00011111,B10000011,B11011110,B00000111,B11100000,B01111101,B10100011,B01101010,B10011010,B11010110,B11101001,B00100110,B01100101,B01101010,B10110110,B00111110, - B00000110,B00000011,B11011110,B00000001,B10000000,B01111101,B10010001,B00001010,B10001010,B11011000,B11100011,B10001100,B01000101,B00011010,B10110011,B01111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000011,B11011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 043b32d569db..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2219 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(xC0000005, Malyan M200 build)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 500000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MALYAN_M200 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Malyan M200" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 100 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 26.15 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.74 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 62.35 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Malyan M200 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.02 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 100.00 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 231.09 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 45.21 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 295.34 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // Malyan M200 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 14.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 0.9 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 120.4 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 93, 93, 1097.5, 97 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X true -#define DISABLE_Y true -#define DISABLE_Z true - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 120 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 120 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 120 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0b248793329b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN // Malyan M200: uncomment if you use FAN2 to cool the board (original) -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN MALYAN_FAN2_PIN // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define FAN_PIN MALYAN_FAN1_PIN // Malyan M200: uncomment if you use FAN1 to cool the part and FAN2 to cool the extruder -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN MALYAN_FAN2_PIN // Malyan M200: uncomment if you use FAN1 to cool the part and FAN2 to cool the extruder -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN MALYAN_FAN1_PIN // Malyan M200: uncomment if you use FAN1 to cool the extruder and the part (original) -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/README.md b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 8129650dc74c..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -### Malyan M200 Build Instructions - -Malyan M200 series firmware currently builds using the Arduino IDE. These instructions should -guide you through the configuration and compilation. - -1. Install the Arduino IDE from your favorite source (arduino.cc, windows store, app store) -2. Launch the IDE to add the ST boards manager: - - Open the **Preferences** dialog. - - Add this link in the "*Additional Boards Managers URLs*" field: - https://github.com/stm32duino/BoardManagerFiles/raw/master/STM32/package_stm_index.json - - Select "**Show verbose ouptut during: compilation**." -3. Select **Tools** > **Board** > **Boards Manager**. -4. Type "Malyan" into the Search field. -5. The only board listed will be "**STM32 Cores by STMicroelectronics**." Any version from 1.6.0 up is fine. Choose install. This will download many tools and packages, be patient. -6. Open the **Tools** > **Board** submenu, scroll all the way down, and select **3D Printer Boards**. -7. From the **Tools** menu, select a board part number: - - If you own a M200 V1 or early run (black V2), choose **Malyan M200 V1**. - - If you own a M200 V2 later run (white/black) or V3 (Pro), choose **Malyan M200 V2** (The V2 and V3 both share an STM32F070 MCU). Note that the V3 pinout is not complete (autolevel doesn't work as of this writing). -8. From the **Tools** menu, choose **USB Support** > **CDC No Generic Serial**. -9. Download the latest Marlin source (from the [bugfix-2.0.x](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/bugfix-2.0.x) branch) and unzip it. -10. Look in the `Marlin` subdirectory for the `Configuration.h` and `Configuration_adv.h` files. Replace these files with the configurations in the `config\examples\Malyan\M200` folder. -11. If you have an early-run V2, the steps-per-mm are roughly half. Consult the [mpminipro.com wiki](https://mpminipro.com/) for the steps that apply to your unit. Modify `Configuration.h`. -12. Inverting Axis. There's no pattern to axes will need to be inverted. The only way to know is to test your particular printer. If you *do* know, go ahead and invert the correct axes. -13. Open the `Marlin/Marlin.ino` file in Arduino IDE. -14. From the **Sketch** menu, select **File** > **Export Compiled Binary**. -15. When compilation is done you've built the firmware. The next stage is to flash it to the board. To do this look for a line like this: `"path/to/bin/arm-none-eabi-objcopy" -O binary "/path/to/Marlin.ino.elf" "/path/to/Marlin.ino.bin"` - The file `Marlin.ino.bin` is your firmware binary. M200 (v1-3) and M300 printers require flashing via SD card. Use the SD card that came with the printer if possible. The bootloader is very picky about SD cards. Copy `Marlin.ino.bin` to your SD card under three names: `firmware.bin`, `update.bin`, and `fcupdate.flg`. -16. Insert the SD card into your printer. Make sure the X and Y axes are centered in the middle of the bed. (When X and Y endstops are closed this signals a UI upgrade to the bootloader.) -17. Power-cycle the printer. The first flash may take longer. Don't be surprised if the .99 version number doesn't show up until after the UI has launched the default screen. -18. Remove the SD card and delete the `fcupdate.flg` file from the card to prevent an accidental re-flash. -19. Test the endstops and homing directions, run M303 PID autotune, and verify all features are working correctly. - -Welcome to Marlin 2.x... diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 594c79ac33e9..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2213 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MetalSearch, Micromake C1 factory settings)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MAKEBOARD_MINI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Micromake C1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// choose your micro step per step configuration ( 16 factory settings ) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 100, 150 } // 16 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Factory Settings - ( MS1 : closed ; MS2 : closed on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 200, 300 } // 32 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : closed ; MS2 : open on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 400, 400, 400, 600 } // 64 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : open ; MS2 : closed on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 800, 800, 800, 1200 } // 128 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : open ; MS2 : open on MAKEBOARD Mini) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 30 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ - #define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 3000, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 240 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 240 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/README.md b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0111f6f00a0e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/basic/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# Micromake C1 - -### In the folder "basic" -Configuration files for Micromake C1 without mods - - English LCD 2X16 Characters - - Motors 16 STEPS - - No heated bed - - No probe, etc. - - Like a standard C1 as shipped by Micromake. - -### In the folder "enhanced" -Configuration files for Micromake C1 with… - - 128 STEPS configured with jumper on the motherboard (all open for 128 Steps). - - Capacitive Probe (Adjust offsets at your convenience) - - French language with no accents for Japanese LCD. diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7eb2d51166ff..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2213 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MetalSearch, Micromake C1 enhanced)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MAKEBOARD_MINI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Micromake C1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// choose your micro step per step configuration ( 16 factory settings ) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 100, 150 } // 16 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Factory Settings - ( MS1 : closed ; MS2 : closed on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 200, 300 } // 32 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : closed ; MS2 : open on MAKEBOARD Mini) -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 400, 400, 400, 600 } // 64 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : open ; MS2 : closed on MAKEBOARD Mini) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 800, 800, 800, 1200 } // 128 steps per unit for Micromake C1 - Custom Settings - ( MS1 : open ; MS2 : open on MAKEBOARD Mini) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ - #define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 30 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ - #define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 3000, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 240 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 240 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 930a4afc54bc..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/README.md b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0111f6f00a0e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# Micromake C1 - -### In the folder "basic" -Configuration files for Micromake C1 without mods - - English LCD 2X16 Characters - - Motors 16 STEPS - - No heated bed - - No probe, etc. - - Like a standard C1 as shipped by Micromake. - -### In the folder "enhanced" -Configuration files for Micromake C1 with… - - 128 STEPS configured with jumper on the motherboard (all open for 128 Steps). - - Capacitive Probe (Adjust offsets at your convenience) - - French language with no accents for Japanese LCD. diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 62b879434d32..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2218 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 3 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 -#define NUM_SERIAL 2 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "MKS Robin" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - /* MKS Robin TFT v2.0 */ - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12013 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8711 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -32 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 256 - - /* MKS Robin TFT v1.1 */ - //#define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION -11792 - //#define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION 8947 - //#define XPT2046_X_OFFSET 342 - //#define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET -19 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index da89d5c37136..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ebccfc97e50f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_SBASE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 800, 280 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 32, 5, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 213 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops curtail movement above maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index bcb31934bbb9..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2785 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 6 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 110 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro -#define DIGIPOT_I2C - -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) // Default to settings in pins_XXXX.h files - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 5 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.2, 1.2, 1.2, 1.2, 1.2 } // MKS SBASE: 5 - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/README.txt b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/README.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1ec5e7fd7ad8..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/README.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -The MKS products (all?) have the EXP1 & EXP2 LCD connectors rotated 180 degrees from the ones on the RepRap LCD controllers. - -In order to attach the RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller you'll need to do something like one of the following for both EXP1 & EXP2: - a. On one end only, shave the keying plug off the cables and plug the cables in backwards. - b. On one end only, carefully pry the housings off the board, rotate them 180 degrees and press them back onto the pins. - c. Make custom cables where one connector is rotated 180 degrees. - - MKS: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 - RepRap: 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -3 DEC 2017 - -The current Marlin 2.0.x firmware cannot properly access some of the pins on the EXP2 connector. In order to use the RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller you'll need a custom cable that gets three of the signals from a different connector. In that cable move the pin/wire that: - - used to go to P0.8 to J8-3 - " " " " P0.7 to J8-2 - " " " " P0.5 to J8-4 - -If pins different than the J8 ones above are used then the spi_pins.h file will need to be modified. - -An octopus cable something like the Adafruit 1199 will simply the construction of the custom cable. Just plug the Adafruit 1199 into one of the cables that came with the LCD and the individual pins into J8 and EXP2 as needed. - -Adafruit 10-pin IDC Socket Rainbow Breakout Cable [1199] - https://www.adafruit.com/product/1199 - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -27 APR 2018 - -If you also want a functional SD_DETECT_PIN then you'll need to also move the following pin: - - used to go to P0.27 to J8-5 - -if you decide to use a different pin then the pins_MKS_SBASE.h file will need to be modified. diff --git a/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7e4eaab494e8..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Printrbot/PrintrboardG2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2214 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -// For programming port do NOT define -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 0 // For native port - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_PRINTRBOARD_G2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -//#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 80, 80 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 30, 30,30,30 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 100, 100, 100, 100 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ - -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 100 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 100 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 100 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 1.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 1.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.004 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 20 // LED driving pin - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 3 // Number of LEDs in the strip - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - #define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4f6f59a63991..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(platon42)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RL200 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Rapide Lite 200" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 157, 157, 800, 195 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 190 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0085d516f32a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index c018cce3e7e5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/RepRapPro/Huxley/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2258 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(indazoo, Huxley v1)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_SANGUINOLOLU_12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Huxley" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 // Sanguinololu v1.3 with 4.7kOhm pullup -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -// -// Standard NEMA 17 with T2 belt and 20 tooth pulley -// -#define NEMA17_FULL_STEPS 200.0 -#define XY_MICROSTEPS 16.0 -#define E_MICROSTEPS 16.0 -#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16.0 - -/* RepRapPro belts -http://forums.reprap.org/read.php?1,391198 -White polyurethane belt(T2.5), 14 - tooth printed pulley : 91.4286 step per mm (Original Huxley, Legacy Mendel) -Black rubber belt(MXL), 17 - tooth printed pulley : 92.635 step per mm (Huxley, Mendel Mono and Tri since 1 / 4 / 2013) -Black rubber belt(MXL), 18 - tooth aluminium pulley : 87.489 step per mm (Huxley, Mendel Mono and Tri since 1 / 1 / 2014) -*/ -#define XY_PULLEY_PITCH 2.5 //RepRapPro Huxley has T2.5 belts -#define XY_PULLEY_TEETH 14.0 //RepRapPro Huxley has 14 teeth pulleys - -// -// Standard NEMA 17 with fancy 5mm lead screws -// -#define Z_RODS_PITCH 0.8 - -#define XY_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * XY_MICROSTEPS) -#define Z_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * Z_MICROSTEPS) -#define E_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * E_MICROSTEPS) - -// -// MK7 Direct Drive -// -#define E_MOTOR_GEAR_TEETH 11.0 //Num of teeth of gear on extruder motor -#define E_ROD_GEAR_TEETH 53.0 //Num of teeth of gear driving the extruder rod -#define E_ROD_DIAM 5.4 // ca value. M6 rod drives the filament. Manual calibration needed. -#define E_ROD_CIRC (M_PI * E_ROD_DIAM) -#define E_STEPS (E_MOTOR_STEPS / (E_MOTOR_GEAR_TEETH/E_ROD_GEAR_TEETH) / E_ROD_CIRC) - -// Get steps/mm from selected results above -#define XY_STEPS (XY_MOTOR_STEPS / (XY_PULLEY_PITCH * XY_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define Z_STEPS (Z_MOTOR_STEPS / Z_RODS_PITCH) - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { XY_STEPS, XY_STEPS, Z_STEPS, E_STEPS } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_Z_FEEDRATE 3.3 // older Huxley has problem with speeds > 3.3 mm/s on Z axis -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, DEFAULT_MAX_Z_FEEDRATE, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 50, 1000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -// http://reprap.org/wiki/Configuring_Marlin_Bed_Dimensions -// http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/configuration.html#movement-bounds -#define X_BED_SIZE 140 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 140 -// Huxley with 110x110 PEI board. -//#define X_BED_SIZE 108 -//#define Y_BED_SIZE 108 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -9 -#define Y_MIN_POS -5 -// Huxley with 110x110 PEI board. -//#define X_MIN_POS -25 -//#define Y_MIN_POS -21 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 - -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 80 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (DEFAULT_MAX_Z_FEEDRATE*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE DEFAULT_MAX_Z_FEEDRATE // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e9dfd88873f7..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/RepRapWorld/Megatronics/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "RepRapWorld.com" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MEGATRONICS_3 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.7402*2, 78.7402*2, 5120.00, 760*1*1.5 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index b663e6e32ac4..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, RigidBot)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -// for Rigidbot version 1 : #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RIGIDBOARD -// for Rigidbot Version 2 : #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RIGIDBOARD_V2 - -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RIGIDBOARD_V2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Rigidbot" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 // Single extruder. Set to 2 for dual extruders - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 // DGlass3D = 5; RigidBot = 1; 3DSv6 = 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -//#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Rigidbot hotend - #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.17 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.85 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - - // Base DGlass3D/E3Dv6 hotend - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 10 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.85 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 245 - - // E3D w/ rigidbot cartridge - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 16.30 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.95 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 69.69 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //RigidBot, from pid autotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 355 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 66.5 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 480 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ - // default steps per unit for RigidBot with standard hardware -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 44.3090, 22.1545, 1600, 53.5 } -// default steps for 16-tooth pulleys { 100.06, 50.06, 1600, 76 } // HPX2-MAX E=504, RigidBot E=53.5, Peter Stoneham's=76 - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 800, 800, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 600 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.043 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 254 // RigidBot regular is 254mm, RigitBot Big is 406mm -#define Y_BED_SIZE 248 // RigidBot regular is 248mm, RigitBot Big is 304mm - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 254 // RigidBot regular and Big are 254mm - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (15*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -// RigidBoard: To rewire this for a RigidBot see http://rigidtalk.com/wiki/index.php?title=LCD_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 04209121fa7d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 4 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 8 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1d79a972ba8a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2218 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * MORGAN_SCARA was developed by QHARLEY in South Africa in 2012-2013. - * Implemented and slightly reworked by JCERNY in June, 2014. - */ - -// Specify the specific SCARA model -#define MORGAN_SCARA - -#if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA) - - //#define DEBUG_SCARA_KINEMATICS - #define SCARA_FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly - - // If movement is choppy try lowering this value - #define SCARA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely. - #define SCARA_LINKAGE_1 150 //mm - #define SCARA_LINKAGE_2 150 //mm - - // SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position) - // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space. - #define SCARA_OFFSET_X 100 //mm - #define SCARA_OFFSET_Y -56 //mm - - // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach - #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 //mm - - #define THETA_HOMING_OFFSET 0 //calculatated from Calibration Guide and command M360 / M114 see picture in http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073 - #define PSI_HOMING_OFFSET 0 //calculatated from Calibration Guide and command M364 / M114 see picture in http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073 - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//==================== END ==== SCARA Printer ==== END ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "SCARA" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 3 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Merlin Hotend: From Autotune - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.5 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.72 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 87.73 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //12v Heatbed Mk3 12V in parallel - //from pidautotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 630.14 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 121.71 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 815.64 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX // open pin, inverted - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN // open pin, inverted - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN // open pin, inverted - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 103.69, 106.65, 200/1.25, 1000 } // default steps per unit for SCARA - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 30, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 300, 300, 20, 1000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 3.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.025 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 225 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS -22 -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS -52 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0.1 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (10*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index a2a0aa96f2d8..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 3000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 180 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 240 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 10*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - //#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 135fb75d2030..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BLACK_STM32F407VE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 1 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300, 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3926fd6b2dd2..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN2_PIN -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F103RE/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/STM32F103RE/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 77d23d85010e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F103RE/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2211 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Victor Perez" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_STM32F103RE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CTC i3 Pro B" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#warning temp_sensor set to 998/999 (fake) -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 999 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 998 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 60 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 205 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 180 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#warning "disabled temperature protection" -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105.0 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1400, 1400, 100, 80000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.048 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f9e69304b09a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/STM32F4/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_STM32F4 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3ebb230cc494..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/stm32f103ret6/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2211 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Victor Perez" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_STM32F103RE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CTC i3 Pro B" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#warning temp_sensor set to 998/999 (fake) -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 999 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 998 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 60 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 205 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 180 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#warning "disabled temperature protection" -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.74, 78.74, 2560, 105.0 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1400, 1400, 100, 80000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 5000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 13.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.048 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 180 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 628aa111dbb5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2240 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thinkyhead, Sanguinololu)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_SANGUINOLOLU_12 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Sanguinololu" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -// -// Standard NEMA 17 with T2 belt and 20 tooth pulley -// -#define NEMA17_FULL_STEPS 200.0 -#define XY_MICROSTEPS 16.0 -#define E_MICROSTEPS 16.0 -#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16.0 - -#define XY_PULLEY_PITCH 2.0 -#define XY_PULLEY_TEETH 20.0 - -// -// Standard NEMA 17 with fancy 2mm lead screws -// -#define Z_RODS_PITCH 0.5 - -#define XY_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * XY_MICROSTEPS) -#define Z_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * Z_MICROSTEPS) -#define E_MOTOR_STEPS (NEMA17_FULL_STEPS * E_MICROSTEPS) - -// -// MK7 Direct Drive -// -#define MK7_GEAR_DIAM 10.56 -#define MK7_GEAR_CIRC (M_PI * MK7_GEAR_DIAM) -#define E_STEPS (E_MOTOR_STEPS / MK7_GEAR_CIRC) - -// Get steps/mm from selected results above -#define XY_STEPS (XY_MOTOR_STEPS / (XY_PULLEY_PITCH * XY_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define Z_STEPS (Z_MOTOR_STEPS / Z_RODS_PITCH) - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { XY_STEPS, XY_STEPS, Z_STEPS, E_STEPS } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 8, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 170 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (6*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 11 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 10 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 17 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 79947eaba7dc..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 81b8d3401f16..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2214 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Tevo Michelangelo)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Michelangelo" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 285 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - -// Tevo Michelangelo - #define DEFAULT_Kp 19.71 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.39 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.81 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.165, 80.165, 399.2901, 408 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 60, 55 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 10000, 10000, 400, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 5000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 150 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 160 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (120*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (30*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PETG" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 93d0c2c0fa7b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index b3d74daf48c9..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111011,B11111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00011111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00001111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000011,B11111111,B01101111,B11011100,B01111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11100111,B11001110,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000111,B11000110,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11100011,B11100000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110011,B11100000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110001,B11100000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11101110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B11101110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001101,B11001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001101,B11001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001101,B10000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B11000110,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11110001,B11100110,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11110001,B11100000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111011,B11100000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100110,B00011111,B01110111,B00001111,B10001110,B11111100,B01111111,B00011111,B11100111,B11000111,B00011111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100110,B00111111,B01111111,B10011111,B11001110,B11111110,B01111111,B00111111,B11101111,B11100111,B00111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101110,B11100110,B01111011,B01111111,B10011000,B11001110,B11001110,B01111111,B10111101,B11101100,B01100111,B01111011,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11101110,B11100110,B01110000,B01110011,B10111111,B11101110,B00111110,B01110011,B10110000,B11011111,B11110111,B01110001,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100100,B11100110,B01100000,B01110011,B10111111,B11101110,B11111110,B01110011,B10110000,B11011111,B11110111,B01110001,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100100,B11100110,B01100000,B01110011,B10011000,B00001110,B11001110,B01110011,B10110000,B11001100,B00000111,B01110001,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B11100110,B01110000,B01110011,B10011000,B00001110,B11001110,B01110011,B10111001,B11001100,B00000111,B01110001,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B11100110,B01111111,B01110011,B10011111,B11001110,B11111110,B01110011,B10111111,B11101111,B11100111,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B11100110,B00111111,B01110011,B10001111,B11001110,B11111110,B01110011,B10011111,B11100111,B11100111,B00111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00110001,B10000111,B00001100,B01110110,B01100011,B00111001,B11000011,B10000110,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4d53d8b8656f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2207 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Tevo Tarantula Pro)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tarantula Pro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 140 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tevo Tarantula Pro - #define DEFAULT_Kp 26.27 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.49 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.41 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.058, 80.058, 399.2901, 408 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 50, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 18, -1.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 15000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -// The number of probes to perform at each point. -// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result. -// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results. -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 240 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 240 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -12 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 260 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100755 index e0df0217deab..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index b5b8dcb13145..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from 128x48 C/C++ data - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00000000,B10011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100100,B00000000,B11001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01101100,B00000000,B01001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11001000,B00000000,B01100100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10011000,B00000000,B00100110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10010000,B00000000,B00110011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00110000,B00000000,B00011011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000, - B00000011,B11100010,B00111110,B00001100,B01100111,B01111101,B10011001,B10000011,B00000011,B01110000,B00000000,B00001001,B10000011,B11000111,B11000111,B10000000, - B00000011,B11100110,B00111111,B00011100,B01100111,B01111101,B10011001,B10000111,B00000110,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100,B11000011,B11100111,B11001110,B11000000, - B00000001,B10000111,B00111011,B10011100,B01100011,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000110,B01110000,B00000000,B00011100,B11000011,B01110110,B11101100,B11000000, - B00000001,B10001111,B00111001,B10011110,B01110011,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000110,B01111100,B00000000,B01111100,B11000011,B00110110,B01101100,B11000000, - B00000001,B10001111,B00111001,B10011110,B01111111,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000110,B01001111,B00000001,B11100000,B11000011,B00110110,B01101100,B11100000, - B00000001,B10001111,B10111011,B00110110,B01111111,B00110001,B10011001,B10000111,B10000111,B00000011,B00000001,B10000001,B11000011,B01100110,B11101100,B11100000, - B00000001,B10011001,B10111111,B00110110,B01111111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001100,B10000111,B11111101,B11111111,B01111111,B11000011,B11100111,B11001100,B11100000, - B00000001,B10011001,B10111110,B00110110,B01101111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001100,B11000110,B00111110,B11111111,B11111001,B11000011,B11000111,B11001100,B11100000, - B00000001,B10011111,B10111011,B00111111,B01100111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001111,B11000100,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B01000011,B00000110,B11001100,B11000000, - B00000001,B10011111,B10111011,B00111111,B01100111,B00110001,B10011001,B10001111,B11000000,B11110001,B11111111,B00011110,B00000011,B00000110,B11001100,B11000000, - B00000001,B10011001,B10111011,B10110011,B01100011,B00110001,B11111011,B11001100,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B00000110,B11101111,B11000000, - B00000001,B10011001,B10111011,B11100011,B01100001,B00110000,B11110011,B11111100,B11000001,B11111011,B11111111,B10111111,B00000011,B00000110,B11100111,B10000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10011111,B11111111,B11110011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00111100,B11111110,B01111000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B00111001,B11111111,B00111000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00110001,B11111111,B00011000,B00111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11110000,B00110011,B11111111,B00011000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00110011,B11111111,B10011000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B01110011,B11111111,B00001100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B11100001,B11111111,B00001110,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B11110001,B11111111,B00001110,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01110001,B11111111,B00011100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B01110001,B11111111,B00011100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00110000,B11111110,B00011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00110000,B11111110,B00011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00110000,B01111100,B00011000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00110000,B01111100,B00011000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00010000,B01111000,B00010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00010000,B00111000,B00110000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00011000,B00010000,B00110000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00011000,B00000000,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00011000,B00000000,B00110000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 104cfa0d6212..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2199 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Tevo Tornado V1)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_BASE_15 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tornado" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 285 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tevo Tornado V1 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 20.37 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.50 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.26 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 128.82 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 16.91 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 245.36 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.765, 79.765, 399.2901, 400 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 30, 55 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 120, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.026 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -45, -12, -2.77 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 320 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100755 index f6c324be2a3a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index c38dcf051674..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2199 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Tevo Tornado V2)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tornado" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 285 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tevo Tornado V2 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 20.37 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.50 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.26 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 128.82 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 16.91 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 245.36 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.765, 79.765, 399.2901, 400 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 30, 55 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 120, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 10000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.026 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -45, -12, -2.77 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 320 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 300 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100755 index f6c324be2a3a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index ebec255674e5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1500 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 112 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11111110,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11100000,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00010000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00010000,B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B11111110,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000001,B00000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000000,B00111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011111,B11011111,B11111110,B11111110,B01111000,B00110011,B11111000,B01100111,B11000011,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111110,B11111000,B11111111,B11110001,B11111111,B11000111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11011111,B10111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11110011,B11111111,B11001111,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B01100001,B11111111,B11100111,B10111111,B10111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100001,B11100000,B01100111,B10111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111110,B00001110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000001,B11000000,B01100111,B10111111,B00111111,B01111011,B10000001,B11100111,B00000111,B10111000,B00001110, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10000001,B10000001,B11100111,B11000000,B00111110,B01111011,B11101111,B11100111,B11111111,B10111000,B00011100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000001,B11111111,B11100111,B11100000,B00011110,B01111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B10000000,B11111111,B11001111,B11111000,B01111110,B01111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B01111111,B10011111,B11111000,B01111110,B01111001,B11111111,B11111011,B11110111,B11101111,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B00000000,B00111111,B00011110,B00000000,B00000010,B01111111,B11110001,B00000000,B00000100,B00000011,B11110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index a9cfc7f6254a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Spawn32, The_Borg)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 5 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_THE_BORG -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 18.21 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.42 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 58.34 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 554.16 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 64.07 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1198.25 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 800, 280 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 32, 5, -1.3 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 213 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index d0fbc165d357..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 6 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -//#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index cfa19bc6bdd2..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2265 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -/** - * Sample configuration file for TinyBoy2 L10/L16 - * - * Compile from Arduino or using make: - * - * ARDUINO_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/share/java/Arduino-1.6.13/ \ - * HARDWARE_MOTHERBOARD=66 \ - * PATH=/usr/avr/bin/:$PATH make - * - * Please choose your hardware options for the TinyBoy2: - */ - -#define TB2_L10 -//#define TB2_L16 -#define TB2_HEATBED_MOD - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(StefanB, TinyBoy2)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#if ENABLED(TB2_L10) - #define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TinyBoy2 L10" -#elif ENABLED(TB2_L16) - #define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TinyBoy2 L16" -#else - #error "Please select TB2_L10 or TB2_L16" -#endif - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#if ENABLED(TB2_HEATBED_MOD) - // K8200 Heatbed 1206/100k/3950K spare part - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 7 -#else - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#endif -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 100 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // TinyBoy2 Extruder - calculated with PID Autotune and tested - // "M303 E0 C8 S200" - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 25.63 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.66 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 61.73 - - // TinyBoy2 Extruder - same, but with fan @ 25% duty - #define DEFAULT_Kp 26.15 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.71 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 63.02 -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - - // TinyBoy2 heatbed - calculated with PID Autotune and tested - // "M303 E-1 C8 S75" - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 421.80 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 82.51 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 539.06 - - // TinyBoy2 heatbed - same, but with fan @ 25% duty - // "M303 E-1 C8 S75" - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 267.54 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 52.34 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 341.92 - -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -// TB2 has X endstop on max, see also INVERT_X_DIR and X_HOME_DIR -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 6400, 88.16 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 7, 35 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 34, 15, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -// Tinyboy2: 100mm are marketed, actual length between endstop and end of rail is 98mm -#define X_BED_SIZE 98 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 98 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#if ENABLED(TB2_L10) - #define Z_MAX_POS 98 -#else - #define Z_MAX_POS 158 -#endif - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (3*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90 // TB2: ABS default 110, 90 is the maximum temp at 12V supply -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1cedcd8fc951..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 64 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e9902c85171d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Claus Naeveke, 0.1)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tronxy X1" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Tronxy X1 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.20 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.11 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 59.06 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 1600, 90 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 2, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 400, 400, 40, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.053 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 150 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS -10 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 150 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 95c1e1fcc208..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2213 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Schullebernd, Tronxy X3A)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI //63 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tronxy X3A" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 6 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 501 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 130 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 210 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 90 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 4, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1500, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.09 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -32, -10, -0.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 50 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 220 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 220 - -// Tronxy X3A specific offsets -#define TRONXY_X_BED_OFFSET -17 -#define TRONXY_Y_BED_OFFSET -25 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS TRONXY_X_BED_OFFSET -#define Y_MIN_POS TRONXY_Y_BED_OFFSET -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE - (2 * TRONXY_X_BED_OFFSET) -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE - (TRONXY_Y_BED_OFFSET + 5) -#define Z_MAX_POS 316 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS TRONXY_X_BED_OFFSET // The X3A has a standard X offset (17mm) between the left endstop and bed left bed edge -#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS TRONXY_Y_BED_OFFSET // The X3A has a standard Y offset (25mm) between the y endstop and the front bet edge -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 225 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 85 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 18f515568e43..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 10 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index ff0ad44962b6..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2230 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Anthony Rich, OEM stock config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TRONXY_V3_1_0 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tronxy X5S-2E" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// Tronxy X5S-2E: -// The OEM stock model uses an E3D Cyclops clone hotend (2 in 1 out, color mixing) for 1.75mm filament. -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -// Tronxy X5S-2E: -// WARNING: Never exceed 260C. The OEM stock model uses low temperature heat breaks with PTFE-lining. -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -// Tronxy X5S-2E: -// The OEM stock model uses a clone MK3a 300 @ 12V with no insulation and can reach a maximum 70C at 25C ambient. -#define BED_MAXTEMP 81 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //// Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Tronxy X5S-2E: - // The OEM stock model uses an E3D Cyclops clone hotend (2 in 1 out, color mixing) and a long 12V/40W heater catridge. - // Tested with command(s): "M301 P50 I5 D100" and "M303 C10 E0 S210" - #define DEFAULT_Kp 26.19 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.41 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 71.28 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - // //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - // #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - // #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - // #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // Tronxy X5S-2E: - // The OEM stock model uses a clone MK3a 300 @ 12V with no insulation and can reach a maximum 70C at 25C ambient. - // Tested with commands: "M304 P100 I20 D500" and "M303 C10 E-1 S65" - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 379.43 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 72.37 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 497.33 - -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -// Tronxy X5S-2E: -// The OEM stock model uses HEROIC HR4982MTE982 stepper drivers which are similar to A4988 except that they only have 2 step divider pins instead of three. -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 94 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 100, 1000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.16 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 330 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 330 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE P2 - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300, 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b4212d96a6de..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5ab4e8d92878..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI_TRONXY -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Tronxy X5S" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result. - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 90 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 4, 150 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 18.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 18.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.13 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -45, -55, -0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 340 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 315 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 400 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 41373c1a3ff5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/XY100/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2220 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Rob Griffiths, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TronXY XY100" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - // #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - // #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - // #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // TronXY XY-100 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan - // (measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8) - // #define DEFAULT_Kp 20.32 - // #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.18 - // #define DEFAULT_Kd 87.80 - - // TronXY XY-100 Standard Extruder, from original firmware - #define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0000 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.0000 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 40.0000 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 1600, 90 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 4, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 1000, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.16 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 120 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 140 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -10 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 130 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 42a00c4bdef6..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT -1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ARCHIM1 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 200, 200, 800, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 77cbf11fb0c0..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1200, 1200, 1200 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 11f5b0686a8d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ARCHIM2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ea462c2b04c2..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -//#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 85b2110c8d10..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2218 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_VORON -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "VORON 2.0" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, -18.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // from VORON - #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.72 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.56 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 90.34 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 205 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - // Results from VORON - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 150.52 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 12.25 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 462.40 -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 608, 608 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 75, 75 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 , 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.03 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 0 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 230 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 230 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 230 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 200 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 100 // (°C) Defaultbed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 15 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 12 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index d7e393245d13..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 84a214b50926..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B00011111,B11110011,B10000000,B00011100,B00111111,B11110000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000111,B11111110,B00000111,B10000000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111100,B01111110,B00111111,B11110011,B10000000,B00011100,B01111111,B11111100,B00111111,B11111100,B00001111,B11111111,B10000111,B11000000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111100,B11111100,B01111111,B11110001,B11000000,B00011100,B11110000,B00011100,B00111000,B00011110,B00011110,B00000011,B10000111,B11100000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111000,B11111100,B01111111,B11110001,B11000000,B00111000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B11100000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11111000,B11111111,B11110001,B11000000,B00111000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B01110000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11110011,B11111001,B11111111,B11110000,B11100000,B00110000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B01111000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11100011,B11110001,B11111111,B11110000,B11100000,B01110000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00111000,B00110000, - B00111111,B11000111,B11100011,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B01110000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00011110,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00011100,B00110000, - B00111111,B11001111,B11100111,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B11100000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111111,B11111100,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00011110,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B11110000,B01110000,B11100000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111111,B11110000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00001110,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B10001111,B11111111,B11110000,B00111000,B11000000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B11100000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00001111,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B10011111,B11001111,B11110000,B00111001,B11000000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B11110000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00000111,B00110000, - B00111111,B11111111,B00011111,B10001111,B11110000,B00111001,B11000000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B01111000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00000011,B10110000, - B00111111,B11111110,B00111111,B00011111,B11110000,B00011101,B10000000,B11100000,B00001110,B00111000,B00111000,B00011100,B00000001,B11000111,B00000011,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111110,B01111111,B00111111,B11110000,B00011111,B10000000,B11110000,B00011110,B00111000,B00011100,B00011110,B00000011,B10000111,B00000001,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111100,B01111110,B00111111,B11110000,B00001111,B00000000,B01111110,B11111100,B00111000,B00011110,B00001111,B10011111,B10000111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111000,B11111100,B01111111,B11110000,B00001111,B00000000,B00111111,B11111000,B00111000,B00001110,B00000111,B11111111,B00000111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00111111,B11111001,B11111100,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11110001,B11111000,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11110000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000011,B00010000, - B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000011,B00111000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000011,B00011000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000011,B10011000, - B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B01110000,B00000010,B11011000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B11110000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B01110000,B00000010,B11011000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B00010000,B00000010,B01111000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B00000000,B00000011,B00011000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000010,B00010000,B00000010,B00111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000010,B00111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f02c806b7120..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2207 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -/** - * Sample configuration file for Vellemann K8200 - * tested on K8200 with VM8201 (Display) - * and Arduino 1.6.12 (Mac OS X) by @CONSULitAS, 2016-11-18 - * https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/archive/K8200_stable_2016-11-18.zip - * - * Please choose your hardware options for the K8200: - */ - -// VM8201 Display unit -#define K8200_VM8201 -// K8204 Z axis upgrade rod and coupler -> TODO -// #define K8200_K8204 -// K8203 direct drive extruder -> TODO -// #define K8200_K8203 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(K8200, @CONSULitAS)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_K8200 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "K8200" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -#if ENABLED(K8200_VM8201) - #define MACHINE_UUID "2b7dea3b-844e-4ab1-aa96-bb6406607d6e" // K8200 standard config with VM8201 (Display) -#else - #define MACHINE_UUID "92f72de1-c211-452e-9f2b-61ef88a4751e" // K8200 standard config without VM8201 (Display) -#endif - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Vellemann K8200 Extruder - calculated with PID Autotune and tested - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.29 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.58 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 93.51 -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. - - // Vellemann K8200 PCB heatbed with standard PCU at 60 degreesC - calculated with PID Autotune and tested - // from pidautotune - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 341.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 25.32 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1153.89 -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 64.25, 64.25, 2560, 600 } -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false // K8200: false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true // K8200: true for geared default extruder! -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR true -#define INVERT_E3_DIR true -#define INVERT_E4_DIR true -#define INVERT_E5_DIR true - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -// K8200: it is usual to have clamps for the glass plate on the heatbed -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50 // K8200: PLA / set back to 70 if you have an upgraded heatbed power supply -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 60 // K8200: ABS / set back to 110 if you have an upgraded heatbed power supply -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -// K8200: for Display VM8201 with SD slot -#if ENABLED(K8200_VM8201) - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE // K8200: for Display VM8201 // this is the most common hardware - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 // K8200_VM8201: four steps per encoder step - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 // K8200_VM8201: One step per menu item - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION // K8200: for Display VM8201 encoder on right side - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER // K8200: for Display VM8201 - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -#endif // K8200_VM8201 - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index d440cef09f7b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2797 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ - - /** - * Sample configuration file for Vellemann K8200 - * tested on K8200 with VM8201 (Display) - * and Arduino 1.6.12 (Mac) by @CONSULitAS, 2016-11-18 - * https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/archive/K8200_stable_2016-11-18.zip - * - */ - -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - // K8200 has weak heaters/power supply by default, so you have to relax! - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 8 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - // K8200 has weak heaters/power supply by default, so you have to relax! - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - // K8200 has weak heaters/power supply by default, so you have to relax! - // the default bed is so weak, that you can hardly go over 75°C - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 500 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 8 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 42cc1846ed32..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -# Example Configuration for Vellemann [K8200](http://www.k8200.eu/) -* Configuration files for **Vellemann K8200** (with [VM8201](http://www.vellemanprojects.eu/products/view/?id=416158) - LCD Option for K8200) -* K8200 is a 3Drag clone - configuration should work with 3Drag http://reprap.org/wiki/3drag, too. Please report. - -* updated manually with parameters from genuine Vellemann Firmware "firmware_k8200_marlinv2" based on the recent development branch - -* VM8201 uses "DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44870 JAPANESE" and "ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER" -* german (de) translation with umlaut is supported now - thanks to @AnHardt for the great hardware based umlaut support - -I [@CONSULitAS](https://github.com/CONSULitAS) tested the changes on my K8200 with 20x4-LCD and Arduino 1.6.12 for Mac (SD library added to IDE manually), 2016-11-18 - everything works well. - -**Source for genuine [Vellemann Firmware](http://www.k8200.eu/support/downloads/)** -* V2.1.1 (for z axis upgrade, date branched: 2013-06-05): [firmware_k8200_v2.1.1.zip](http://www.k8200.eu/downloads/files/downloads/firmware_k8200_v2.1.1.zip) - * see also https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/tree/Vellemann_firmware_k8200_v2.1.1.zip - -* V2 (with LCD/SD-Support, date branched: 2013-06-05): [firmware_k8200_marlinv2.zip](http://www.k8200.eu/downloads/files/downloads/firmware_k8200_marlinv2.zip) - * see also https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/tree/Vellemann_firmware_k8200_marlinv2.zip - -* V1 (without LCD/SD-Support, date branched: 2012-10-02): [firmware_k8200_marlinv1.zip](http://www.k8200.eu/downloads/files/downloads/firmware_k8200_marlinv1.zip) - * see also https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/tree/Vellemann_firmware_k8200_marlinv1.zip diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index a18f843c249d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2210 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Anthony Birkett, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_K8400 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 2 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 2 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - #define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 134.74, 134.74, 4266.66, 148.7 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 160, 160, 10, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 6000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 6000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.007 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 180 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 190 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 165 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 165 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED // Enable for the Velleman RGB LED Add-on. https://www.velleman.eu/products/view/?id=430100 -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - // Pin defines for the RGB LED Add-on. - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 41 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 40 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 12 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 82b0a8d4e8ff..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 1000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 1 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 26 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 5 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 100 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/README.md b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1ebdd16ef214..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for Velleman K8400 Vertex -http://www.k8400.eu/ - -Configuration files for the K8400, ported upstream from the official Velleman firmware. -Like its predecessor, (K8200), the K8400 is a 3Drag clone. There are some minor differences, documented in pins_K8400.h. - -Single and dual head configurations provided. Copy the correct Configuration.h and Configuration_adv.h to the /src/config directory. - -**NOTE: This configuration includes the community sourced feed rate fix. Use 100% feed rate in Repetier!** - -For implementation and updated K8400 firmware, see https://github.com/birkett/Velleman-K8400-Firmware - -### Original Sources -Credit to Velleman for the original 1.0.x based code:
-http://www.vertex3dprinter.eu/downloads/files/vertex/firmware/vertex-m1-v1.4-h2.zip diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0ee10ba03521..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2210 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Anthony Birkett, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_K8400 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 2 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - #define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 134.74, 134.74, 4266.66, 148.7 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 160, 160, 10, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 6000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 6000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.5 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 20.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.007 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR true -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 180 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 190 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 165 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 245 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 0 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 165 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED // Enable for the Velleman RGB LED Add-on. https://www.velleman.eu/products/view/?id=430100 -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - // Pin defines for the RGB LED Add-on. - #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 41 - #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 40 - #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 12 - #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 82b0a8d4e8ff..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 1000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 1 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 26 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 5 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 100 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/README.md b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1ebdd16ef214..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for Velleman K8400 Vertex -http://www.k8400.eu/ - -Configuration files for the K8400, ported upstream from the official Velleman firmware. -Like its predecessor, (K8200), the K8400 is a 3Drag clone. There are some minor differences, documented in pins_K8400.h. - -Single and dual head configurations provided. Copy the correct Configuration.h and Configuration_adv.h to the /src/config directory. - -**NOTE: This configuration includes the community sourced feed rate fix. Use 100% feed rate in Repetier!** - -For implementation and updated K8400 firmware, see https://github.com/birkett/Velleman-K8400-Firmware - -### Original Sources -Credit to Velleman for the original 1.0.x based code:
-http://www.vertex3dprinter.eu/downloads/files/vertex/firmware/vertex-m1-v1.4-h2.zip diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index a27c67871fd1..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2228 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Julian + Jason)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 3 -/** Internal onboard port for WASP - - * (Top view) - - * .------------.---------------------. - - * | | Arduino Serial3 | - - * | Stepper | [O] 5V | Front - - * | drivers | [O] GND | panel - - * | & fan | [O] TX | side - - * | | [O] RX | - - * `------------´---------------------´ - - */ - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAKER -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "PowerWASP" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 230 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // POWERwasp - #define DEFAULT_Kp 27.56 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 5.34 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 35.56 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -//#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 500 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 85.48,85.48,533.33,104.7 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 150, 150, 15, 20 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 10000, 10000, 50, 500 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 4000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 15.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.5 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 1.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.023 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#define PROBE_MANUALLY -#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 1000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 261 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 193 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 191.9 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 190 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 20 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index fb104f367b82..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 180 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "G1 Y190 Z190\nM84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 65 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 5 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 9ae7646d36ba..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -# Modifications to PowerWASP firmware with a few extras -The later versions of the PowerWASP controller board have power loss detection on pin 65 (low on loss). this has been configured in POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY. Because of this there is no need to save each command line just in case of a power loss to the machine. The board will hold enough power to allow the print to be saved to the SD card. - -The retract position on finishing the print has been set at Z190 X0 Y0 - -There are provisions made here to use ESP3D wireless printer control. - -https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3D - -The original PowerWASP board has available a internal serial port connection with Arduino Serial3. -The connections are as follows: -``` -.------------.---------------------. -| | Serial3 | -| | [O] 5V | Front -| FAN | [O] GND | panel -| | [O] TX | side -| | [O] RX | -`------------´---------------------´ -``` - -With the option of wireless file upload to the SD card, the idea of updating the Firmware -from the SD can also be useful. This option has been selected, but requires a modified boot loader -that can be found here: - -https://github.com/rainerumrobotics/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - -USB and SDCARD Firmware flashing for the ARDUINO ATMEGA 2560 and ADK ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -The bootloader looks for byte in eeprom at address 0x3FF: - - -if it is set to 0xF0 bootloader will look for a bin file on the sdcard named - firmware.bin and use it to flash the firmware then reset the byte to 0xFF so it - does this only once - - -otherwise no action is taken and bootloader works as a arduino bootloader except - some of the debugging functions are missing - -Setup - - ADAFruit micro sdcard 5V ready: - - SDCARD on ATMEGA 2560 or ADK - - pin 50 - DO - - pin 51 - DI - - pin 52 - CLK - - pin 53 - CS - -Generate BIN file for firmware update: - -To generate a bin file you need issue the following command on you apps elf executable: - - avr-objcopy -I elf32-avr -O binary firmware.cpp.elf firmware.bin - -this generates firmware.bin which can be put on the sd for flashing your firmware. You can find the elf -file in you apps build directory. - -Using olimex usb to upload bootloader: - - avrdude -c stk500v2 -p m2560 -P /dev/tty.usbmodemfd131 -B 500 -e -u -U lock:w:0x3F:m -U efuse:w:0xFD:m -U hfuse:w:0xD8:m -U efuse:w:0xFF:m -F - - avrdude -p m2560 -c stk500v2 -P /dev/tty.usbmodemfa131 -F -U flash:w:stk500boot.hex -b 115200 -B1 -U lock:w:0x0F:m - - avrdude -p m168 -c usbtiny -e -u -U lock:w:0x3f:m -U efuse:w:0x00:m -U hfuse:w:0xDD:m -U lfuse:w:0xFF:m - - - avrdude -p m2560 -c stk500v2 -P /dev/tty.usbmodemfd131 -U flash:w:stk500boot_v2_mega2560.hex -U lock:w:0x0F:m -v - avrdude -c stk500v2 -p m2560 -P /dev/tty.usbmodemfd131 -U lock:w:0x3F:m -U efuse:w:0xFD:m -U hfuse:w:0xD8:m -U lfuse:w:0xFF:m -e -v diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5af65f167d35..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2222 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Rob Mendon, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAIN_2 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Duplicator 6" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 20 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Duplicator 6 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 9.12 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.41 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 50.98 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) -// #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 -// #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 -// #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // Duplicator 6 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 124.55 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 23.46 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 165.29 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80.0395, 80.0395, 400.48, 99.1 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 500 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 1.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.027 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 170 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 5 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 -#define LCD_WIDTH 22 -#define LCD_HEIGHT 5 -#define LCD_RESET_PIN 5 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4bf273df9384..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds Changed to 90 seconds to help prevent false thermal runaway errors (may have to increase to 120) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds Changed to 90 seconds to help prevent false heater failed errors - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//Motor current PWM conversion, PWM value = MotorCurrentSetting * 255 / range -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 2782 -#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1200, 1200, 1000 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 70*60, 70*60, 15*60, 6*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.00 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Chippy_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Chippy_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1407c6f1734d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Chippy_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from 128x64 pasted image - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B10000000,B10000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00001000,B10111101,B11000001,B00111100,B00011110,B00001000,B10111101,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B01000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00100100,B10000001,B00100100,B00000010,B00001111,B00100101,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B01111000,B00000000,B00001000,B10100100,B10011101,B00100101,B11011110,B11101000,B10100100,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00001000,B00000000,B00001000,B10100100,B10000001,B00100100,B00010010,B00001000,B10100101,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000100,B00001000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B11000001,B00100100,B00011110,B00001111,B00111101,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110000,B00000111,B11111111,B11000100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001000,B10000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001001,B10000000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001011,B10000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000001,B11111100,B11000100,B00001011,B10000000,B11100011,B11000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000001,B11111100,B11000100,B00001011,B11100011,B11100010,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000001,B11111100,B11000100,B00001011,B11100011,B11100010,B00001110,B01001000,B11101111,B01110100,B11110011,B11001111,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110011,B11000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001001,B11111111,B11000011,B11010010,B01001001,B00000001,B00100100,B10010010,B01000001,B00100000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001000,B11111111,B10000010,B00010010,B01001001,B00001111,B00100100,B10010010,B01001111,B00100000, - B00000111,B11111111,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001000,B01111111,B00000010,B00010010,B01001001,B00001001,B00100100,B10010010,B01001001,B00100000, - B00001111,B11111111,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001000,B00111100,B00000011,B11001110,B01111000,B11101111,B00110100,B11110010,B01001111,B00100000, - B00001111,B11111111,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000100,B00001000,B00111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00001111,B10000111,B00110001,B11000000,B00011100,B11000100,B01111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B00000111,B00110001,B11100000,B00111100,B11000100,B01111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00011111,B10000011,B00110000,B11111111,B11111000,B11000100,B01111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00111111,B11000011,B00110000,B00111111,B11100000,B11001100,B01111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B01111111,B11100011,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B11001100,B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111000,B11110011,B00011111,B11111111,B00000000,B11001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11111000,B01110011,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B10000000,B01000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B11110000,B01110011,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B10001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B10011110,B01110001,B11101110,B10001101,B11000000,B00000000, - B01110000,B01100011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00010010,B01001001,B00100100,B10010001,B00000000,B00000000, - B00100000,B01000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B10010010,B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B10010010,B01001001,B00100100,B10010000,B01000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00010001,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B10011110,B01110001,B11100110,B10001101,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00010001,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00010001,B00000111,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00011111,B00000111,B11111000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00001100,B01100000,B00100000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001100,B11100000,B00111000,B11110111,B01001111,B00111100,B11100011,B11010010,B00000111,B01111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00001101,B11100000,B00100100,B10010010,B01001001,B00000100,B10010010,B01010010,B00001000,B00001000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00100100,B10010010,B01001001,B00111100,B10010010,B01001100,B00001000,B01111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00100100,B10010010,B01001001,B00100100,B10010010,B01010010,B00001000,B01001000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00111000,B11110011,B01001001,B00111100,B11100011,B11010010,B01000111,B01111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000001,B10110110,B11011011,B01101101,B10110110,B11011011,B01101101,B10110110,B11011011,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010, - B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 363020cafb60..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2227 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Matthew Piercey, Bot-In-a-Box Educational Robotics)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN -#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 "https://botinabox.ca" - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MELZI -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Wanhao i3" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 99 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 99 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 260 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 260 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 100 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // Wanhao Duplicator i3 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 29 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.00 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 97 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - // Wanhao Duplicator i3 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 249.52 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 47.89 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 325.03 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 100 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 700, 700, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 700 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 700 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Junction Deviation - * - * Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION -#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * Default Jerk (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * X and Y offsets must be integers. - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 - * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - */ -#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle] -#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle] -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle] - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 150 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach). - //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) - //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE)) - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp-kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5476f1a3c58d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2718 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information in M114 -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // Enable UTF8 rendering capabilities. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #endif - - // When labels do not fit buttons, use smaller font - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Runtime language selection (otherwise LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define TOUCH_UI_LANGUAGE_MENU - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 32 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/README.md b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index d2a7ea6401fa..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -Configuration for the Wanhao Duplicator i3 v2.1 - -[Made by Bot-In-a-Box Educational Robotics](https://botinabox.ca) -[See original configuration repo](https://github.com/BotInABoxER/marlin2-for-wanhao-i3) - -Notes: -- YMMV, but the included thermistor table has been tested to work with a 100k bed thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor -- The smaller Marlin logo is used to save memory -- You may have a 4.7K pull-up resistor, in which case the included thermistor table will be off -- The included thermistor table was generated with `buildroot/share/scripts/createTemperatureLookupMarlin.py --rp=10000` -- Includes an optional custom Wanhao logo bootscreen designed to fit the stock LCD -- Includes an optional custom Chippy from Bot-In-a-Box bootscreen designed to fit the stock LCD - -Inspirations: -- https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3378807 (Custom firmware 1.x by Nitrogen777) -- https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3378807 (Custom firmware 2.x by Remotheman) - -Instructions: -- Copy the `Configuration.h`, `_Bootscreen.h` (or `Chippy_Bootscreen.h`; rename it `_Bootscreen.h`), and `Configuration_adv.h` to the `Marlin/ directory` -- Copy the `thermistor_99.h` and `thermistors.h` files to the `Marlin/src/modules/thermistors` directory -- Flash the firmware onto your Melzi (https://www.fission3d.com/guides/flash-bootloader-and-install-firmware-with-raspberry-pi might help) diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 34686deeaa74..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - * - * This bitmap from 128x64 pasted image - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 104 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B10111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10111111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111111,B00111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111110,B00111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B10000001,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B11111000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01101111,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B01100111,B11001111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B01111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B10011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01000001,B11111111,B11110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01100001,B11111111,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111111,B10100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B01111001,B11111111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B11111111,B00110000,B00000000, - B00001000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111110,B01110000,B00000000, - B00001100,B00111111,B11111111,B11111110,B01111111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00111111,B11111100,B11111000,B00000000, - B00001111,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110001,B10001111,B11111001,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111111,B10001111,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000011,B11100011,B11111011,B11111110,B00000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11100011,B11000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00000001,B11111000,B11110011,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000001,B11111110,B00000111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111101,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001111,B11111101,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11100111,B11111110,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000111,B11111101,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11100011,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000011,B11111101,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B10000011,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000011,B11111001,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B11111011,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111100,B00000111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110001,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10000000,B00011111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000001,B11000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000001,B11110000,B00011110,B00000111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000000,B01111100,B00000000,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000001,B11110000,B00011111,B00000111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000000,B01111100,B00000001,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000011,B11111000,B00011111,B00000111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000000,B11111110,B00000011,B11111111,B11000000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000011,B11111000,B00011111,B10000111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000000,B11111110,B00000111,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10111100,B00011111,B11000111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000001,B11101111,B00000111,B11000011,B11100000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000111,B00011100,B00011111,B11100111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000001,B11000111,B00001111,B10000001,B11110000, - B00000111,B10000111,B10000111,B10000111,B00011100,B00011111,B11110111,B10001111,B11111111,B11000001,B11000111,B00001111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00000111,B11001111,B11001111,B10001111,B00011110,B00011111,B11111111,B10001111,B11111111,B11000011,B11000111,B10001111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00000011,B11001111,B11001111,B00001110,B00001110,B00011111,B11111111,B10001111,B11111111,B11000011,B10000011,B10001111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00000011,B11101111,B11011111,B00001111,B11111110,B00011110,B11111111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000011,B11111111,B10001111,B00000000,B11110000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B00011110,B01111111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000111,B11111111,B11001111,B10000001,B11110000, - B00000001,B11111100,B11111110,B00011111,B11111111,B00011110,B00111111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000111,B11111111,B11000111,B11000011,B11100000, - B00000000,B11111100,B11111100,B00011111,B11111111,B00011110,B00011111,B10001111,B00000011,B11000111,B11111111,B11000111,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000000,B01111100,B11111000,B00111110,B00001111,B10011110,B00001111,B10001111,B00000011,B11001111,B10000011,B11100011,B11111111,B11000000, - B00000000,B01111000,B01111000,B00111100,B00000111,B10011110,B00001111,B10001111,B00000011,B11001111,B00000001,B11100001,B11111111,B10000000, - B00000000,B00111000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000111,B10011110,B00000111,B10001111,B00000011,B11001111,B00000001,B11100000,B01111110,B00000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100755 index 35cb62a9bda0..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(thisiskeithb, Wanhao i3 Mini)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_WANHAO_ONEPLUS -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "i3 Mini" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 13 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Wanhao Duplicator i3 Mini & rebrands - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 94 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 15, 50 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 3000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 800 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 800 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.05 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 125 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 140 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 100 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PETG" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 80 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5f8998d8f8b5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 2500 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100755 index b647f46339b1..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 80 -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_Y 3 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B00000000,B01111111,B10111100,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B10000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11111111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00110000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00010111,B11110111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011111,B11110111,B11111111,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B01111111,B11110000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11110111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111011,B11111111,B11110111,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B00001111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000, - B00000000,B10001111,B11111101,B11111111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B11011111,B11111000,B00000000, - B00000000,B11111111,B11111100,B11111111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B10111111,B11110110,B00000000, - B00000100,B01111111,B11111110,B11111111,B11111011,B11111111,B11111111,B00011111,B11101111,B00000000, - B00000110,B01111111,B11111111,B00100101,B11111011,B11111111,B11111100,B11101111,B11011111,B10000000, - B00000111,B11111111,B11111111,B00111110,B01110000,B11111111,B11110000,B11110011,B11011111,B11000000, - B00000011,B11111111,B11111100,B00111111,B10000000,B00001111,B10000000,B01111101,B10111111,B11000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11011000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B10111111,B10000000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11100000,B00001111,B11011111,B00000000,B00000001,B11111111,B00011111,B10000000, - B00000000,B01111111,B11000000,B00001111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000011,B11111110,B00011111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B10000000,B00001111,B10111111,B10000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00111111,B00000000, - B00000000,B00111111,B00000000,B00001111,B10011111,B11000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00111110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00011111,B00000000,B11000000,B00001111,B11000000,B01111110,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000, - B00000011,B10001100,B01110000,B11100000,B11100000,B11001100,B00011100,B00011000,B00000111,B11000000, - B00000011,B10011100,B01110000,B11110000,B11110001,B11001110,B00011100,B00111100,B00001111,B11100000, - B00000011,B10011100,B01110001,B11110000,B11110001,B11001110,B00011100,B00111100,B00011111,B11110000, - B00000011,B10011100,B01110001,B11110000,B11111001,B11001110,B00011100,B01111110,B00111100,B01111000, - B00000011,B10011100,B01110001,B11111000,B11111101,B11001111,B11111100,B01111110,B00111000,B00111000, - B00000001,B10011110,B11100011,B10111000,B11111111,B11001111,B11111100,B01100111,B00111000,B00011000, - B00000001,B11011110,B11100011,B10111000,B11101111,B11001111,B11111100,B11100111,B00111000,B00111000, - B00000001,B11111111,B11000011,B11111100,B11100111,B11001110,B00011100,B11111111,B00111100,B00111000, - B00000000,B11110111,B11000111,B11111100,B11100011,B11001110,B00011100,B11111111,B10011111,B11110000, - B00000000,B11110011,B10000111,B00011110,B11100011,B11001110,B00011101,B11100011,B10001111,B11110000, - B00000000,B01110011,B10000111,B00001110,B11100001,B11001110,B00011101,B11000011,B11000111,B11000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h b/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 71285deee5cb..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/adafruit/ST7565/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2209 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 200 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 200 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 200 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 428fd0b0efb5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2395 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Choose your version: - */ -// normal size or plus? -//#define ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_PLUS - -// Anycubic Probe version 1 or 2 see README.md; 0 for no probe -#define ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION 0 - -// Heated Bed: -// 0 ... no heated bed -// 1 ... aluminium heated bed with "BuildTak-like" sticker -// 2 ... ultrabase heated bed -#define ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED 0 - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "@brandstaetter, @grbd" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "ANYCUBIC Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 - -#if ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED > 0 - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#else - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#endif - -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 120 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // Anycubic Kossel - run 'M106 S255' & 'M303 E0 C10 S200' - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.36 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.63 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.48 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED > 0 - #define PIDTEMPBED -#endif -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - - // Anycubic Kossel - // this is for the aluminium bed with a BuildTak-like sticker on it - // from pid autotune. "M303 E-1 C8 S60" to run autotune on the bed at 60 degreesC for 8 cycles - #if ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED == 1 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 374.03 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 72.47 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 482.59 - #elif ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_ENABLE_BED == 2 - // TODO get real PID values for Ultrabase Bed - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 374.03 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 72.47 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 482.59 - #endif - - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 750 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 80 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - #define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - #endif - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE) // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - #if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_KOSSEL_PLUS) - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 116.0 // (mm) - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 267 // (mm) - // Horizontal offset from middle of printer to smooth rod center. - #define DELTA_SMOOTH_ROD_OFFSET 186 // (mm) - // Horizontal offset of the universal joints on the end effector. - #define DELTA_EFFECTOR_OFFSET 31 // (mm) - // Horizontal offset of the universal joints on the carriages. - #define DELTA_CARRIAGE_OFFSET 20.6 // (mm) - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS (DELTA_SMOOTH_ROD_OFFSET-(DELTA_EFFECTOR_OFFSET)-(DELTA_CARRIAGE_OFFSET)) // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - #else - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 90.0 // (mm) - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 218.0 // (mm) - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 97.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - #endif - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 320.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#endif -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING (ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION + 0 == 1) // V1 is NO, V2 is NC -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) // 80 -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 96 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 100, 100, 100, 100} - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 3000, 3000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.003 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN -#endif - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 0 - #define PROBE_MANUALLY - #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 1.5 -#endif - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE -#endif - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 2 - #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, -16.8 } -#elif ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 1 - #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, -19.0 } -#else - #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } -#endif - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 15 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 3) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 3 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 30 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -40 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION > 0 - #define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST -#endif - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -#if ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION == 0 - #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -#else -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING -#endif - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X -40 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 60 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 40 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 60 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 0 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y -70 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.05 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 0, 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 3 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index c362918bcafa..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 750 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 650 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 150 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 874d71fae3c9..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -# Readme - -These configurations activate many of the new advanced features of the Marlin firmware: - - * Auto Calibration - * Auto Bed Leveling - * Pause & Filament Change - -**Important**: Before doing anything else after updating the firmware, go to `Configuration > Advanced Settings > Initialize EEPROM` to get rid of old configurations. - -Then you should execute `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Set Delta Height` and also run `Configuration > Delta Configuration > Probe Z-offset` to verify the Probe offset. - -After that you should connect the Z-Probe and start `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Auto Calibration`. When it's done don't forget to also do `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Store Settings` to make it permanent. - -You should also do a `Motion > Bed Leveling > Level bed` followed by `Store Settings` to ensure a perfect leveling. - -Please do a manual paper test (moving the nozzle slowly down to Z0 and checking with a piece of paper). If it's not perfect, use `Configuration > Advanced Settings > Probe Z Offset` to correct the difference and execute the calibration again. - - -# Select the Configuration - -**Please select the correct values at the start of the Configuration.h file** - -The Kossel comes in 3 versions: - - * Pulley - * Linear - * Linear Plus - -Pulley and Linear use the same configuration, the Linear Plus is bigger and uses slightly different configurations. - -Typically the probes for the Anycubic Delta Kossel printers come in two different versions. - - * Version 1: Z Probe Offset of -19.0mm - - ![Version 1 Probe](images/Version1Probe.jpg) - - * Version 2: Z Probe Offset of -16.8mm - - ![Version 2 Probe](images/Version2Probe.jpg) - -If you select the `ANYCUBIC_PROBE_VERSION 0`: It's very important to follow the correct procedure to set it up after flashing the firmware, otherwise you might damage the printer by ramming the nozzle into the buildplate: - -* `Configuration > Advanced Settings > Initialize EEPROM` -* `Motion > Move Axis > Soft Endstops` : `Off` -* Auto Home and slowly move the nozzle down until it barely touches the bed. (Do a paper-test: A normal sheet of paper should just feel the drag of the nozzle) and note this number. -* Subtract this number from the value in `Configuration > Delta Calibration > Delta Settings > Height`. (If it's negative, add it). -* Save and try the paper test again to verify your height. -* `Configuration > Store Settings` -* Motion > Bed Leveling (using paper test) diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version1Probe.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 953373b1ab93d79f24f7cd3363e4c949a1e90d79..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 94933 zcmeFabzD?kxHi0o6r@8$X%PgKZiEpjQ4u6m43O>~QejjO6a=J1Nu^5=kS-Mg6%}cf zlJ4%BdDnpTIOjd@`Of#AKfd4hEPi`m_g>eEd&OR}SAzY5?PDBOcDFPGKwTa10|0h` z-3V$x03{N5g&}CRWhy8?LeK$1hzR%x5c>e}whTZjV*f8W2XW|!8yEsYc-t=vbXSBB z*_Iig+)P0K+l{{^Ao>x`=-q=qWugZF5G5-b+S%KI?K_9EhBk+kkP-mon>PXArTK{p zCiX_A9GVvPD0^oMdj}3hZE=nZmUbrgZq7hNNLW%vSXf3_l0#TTMo3&nSR6(L4&ILb zsV_n1?YLiZ{#~vgdO?lu^6top<4_j*t?yltpE@FrLnTRJctk=XqCyV{f2NP1>;cg) z`BNxj#|?sj5N0MIhwfqS5%h-<{EBxxjOdsBd>HAExM1#vk^PWqpiKVD{d$-mE=Iva5`Q{VipE8j{BGu1$ ziO3VFf5~)-G(W1Qi;>{R zy9DFGg$E5T3fx5mU!9+Z1o5*@!Pe<_8$>k!yA2{*|FaDuK>V!B!~_Jt>N`!(j{r|X z#Kp0V*e}>AK(XDT7$~X(1a=xwZ9f5%n>csaPT&hDcJ10lwu^#{jDmJI`EFW9Y6=Q! z#=Z3PjP&$-X(_hN57>G5`;MU8y_=GXl7@{$F5!h~+NHXjj1QKdVjMz3%VVofZ2m&Hv64G5{edp3Cu;2nj>z)4UT0xEZxx8HtKH-ELAOJs74v z+c#(IEWRf(--kyjT*pNDbrMQ~sadz*biTm1rp0AoL4`LW`Ob^TH?4zT!V7S**6FH5RkFn9BhN-M7K7+IkO1O!l9qHUc>Nr=U_Rp1n+BZ3+@a?ulu+zMsD zY4A#`X;zfmsL$zkn4&hLv9s9RK@yw-q&(uUo1qd(OeV^@5-8LDUn>0XHQ@cN0`?oA zAl#0V79hbQ+p`Yl7N^r#cvo~|rJf$Tt=iu*EIR1BYGiT2{J59t zhnr^^ZMoGfE8cG81voE79X|Oc_v(RmM^P+z-f*O`$7M>MeWFlROJP!J7CF5B2$tL9IAZqO(7 zb8l0z_ZSxVd@1-)bjh?ziAE(}UncP+1H%Jn8)YL*1uiZ?Gu04EzP7dyR&@ZQQ6Wk@)B}RE>@hTuH+qoMtZ$fr4%!r zZ02U2)XREb-A?<62I;yhW}`V_YKQjot8s^Eg{g5zB!{UTb7`u_TAx&qP<5+6gzv_nvPqm((*(0{q=h4{CGreBjN@Tlrb);0rJN%U=8)5Oa zf%271!;No@`u6Tymp4Ni1jWX2Z7D)-$Dpa1tF@7=_Trb@mS@79-y5Hv}rOb<2 z-ugG`WmHr3oh$R`$i;~Jtc3298f)*VnvJ#04j43SrpW5vYkk-3aun7DovVeuG89s8 zL+jnc7ttOkElw+lxP*CNE}&kL0XuM#D(vc~z9-)TSfN?wmx-r zM#U8qdV8j)K7DJ_s?W1V5_Nx8>C@4dmanYIu%IfZb9}D*vy5?t<00hgenva{Mek?R zs+L=a*j@=**K= zbgrgw+3EW=GC8962(BS)9{HnNGu!=7CrT1NdC*PGd&fCyP5v2`^V+My+BXEJLk^5i zbgK83`Hm6UjcB3ds@PT6?*_Nz`3#F8*`02YP#;)3fi5I}X|;!RX5Yi**0GXLTN#ul z?mpR{(yC?AjTlEIF}09Xk11g+2-V0SV*eO=;NCHGZi}+@g^Y<7Q9`0m;!o~=evyX- zD{WuAE{ZN$CnvBRamIpM=Sx|J%RU?lc-gl2t?5|U#ZkK%r*ZkTD-BhdDF5fvgj5gd zhwCKLLMAH%awT8Dd{JD)1ix3~&XoK|Wx&;r1Z>L$ri$#`^Agf*-dv_}7B1f_2KJk|DwM-(Z1RBF;-jl0Yoaq-IJJ6~6&Z9rU zHbYI-ujH=mcRP!z?)Mtu!f6i2R7bq$jW`~=37Op>=}xjbWTZf2NVWnks%t(}~ptmb@GaH5FvPDz{vRb(rNoo(tN z^!!|Y$mnwQ7Hc`I%0U=Ml+AVh&&xE!<(l73XbMv3>6NrIm{m^n+lZ)fKe&<{ab;O@ zOp5y69m4Qn=|Z3W?_pudS>@^1B*#oz?YV>%3GJpH>34byB|i?dTEr;ffEc)R9Y14K{~-EhJ?VL}mi=mNu!^ zo;?^yZE%c3QbaReA830XP9#^O{~Eo(X#H?aBStlDEosnqn)F;f8y6~J@adz45VrNP ztpq1d;wLvr`rgoy`VV8Qg1>Oqe^zBALq2c|!#OTY98<-G@AtG6@SJW8Rn zapJ>BamA}-++ySX2wDZdr5E z>C9AOeS3$8;*qVHMyt>6q~GK!g8QYMV~WQ(U(x{|nR;&a!JyI4vQJJ1-D6W{LIuY? z$tx;Ddv2%+AJA}ZtDC`!2gsbDRC=A+eTY7pcabmmd3YSXfp7;g!1y%#^A zO+U9{ds4~u+&g3s()#40ez=g(7ZzDr$ME_Y*@XxV)v*)Cbopm*`n@Ic9WFG49Dhh8=gZVpdk7L1^aWNOF`^#7D)RUOFQmebxXWZ?J{Mk>X4t(Kzx5d6HV~+(V zW2KXdvdzO-U#_3VtR2o=|3F>#DQIrbAPof;wDHd^-J5)9f^rR3ty+-vsr0+jE;*X3 zLUFC{$&HB6jSuDChc+H<^-A-qA2-#Fki01FaO7;6cJ?x`YyI?k{mt@v zl4PnKYRZ_uqBu%8C)~bZRJy#{(es3w*Ra9cv}wm_WbKW{Wpw-LBi}xB@tz-xArXHm zA%O*g=yE42WjT%g&C*xh()#x+a9lo~emum*_N|w_Yxfi;B|dSntK!o9TyKbRw(*gB zE)w!FL^Ly|tJ68dUhE${=dfTd_hy$s)~z7juS`0Q-DX{ZQ*SwIhjN@*qf9?#UB9f4 z1sY@P7F)wtL%xNS)|X%b9bfkQ=W_7JO;6^A;uVSf0?t>@uJ3EF?EPqm9znN%?vA<7 zzOIq|WiUum!jE;gk1T97AFp3#E4fy;@|oM(BnZW!QAfA&p*oa*Bldd8oFNu?F1MR4 zF26`vYdBMKyZ1BUfvYx*1A1fVTJOjUTe&UjcI?HReFH7gipMP(H{$jD%@?3r=JUvh zrR>UKJl9q<#czGtE6T=ka3y1T(!w{o@j6 zWYPP&12vbJM_JtCkg=!>m#bA5U6Ct{J&!||&=b3I(+1Qd_Frn?Gge2*d&xetjZeaa zkEijjB{ZWYVpb}miigXmFK#5PC9LF1bcx#0k1fqCO%|mV@2mG8D67`AeE8K2{zxUY zeyPWVuN6-1zdH2Bv3F)2`A*NhT30@|uc};l_FKJ{LRQxb$-}K();+@;NO9|fGYx@( zufta?9A>{}^`o)vOFHlqRQkf!)mKFw7d!OMjy>!sw&-4LxNPcb)4h3z9Fz53te~}+ z>w67nk>1gkHO^<9TanMh7#OY8xI?!;V^T&81_DycnNliV&B``K`>Rzl0oAiER zG&r<%bzExoVYGb#+pEiU(YMOYW`n@&N%Je9U2<_US)W zc$4v2rJF{07QB!mAW63JHi-8781l3jLFpW*`tBmr3!S|$33p%I?ZU;pRx!PT)>D{C zACSoW!f(xT(%58SU|f1yP2Ej_rpP(Y!31Ljc%(vmvoWY)ATWF=RdKp@H`3mUgnqR!D|% zIXmA++h>N(`mR!?&s^8pt>wen*Cs|&2C-m3+y~<#+`FQcyI$cNFO23B;I=JNT4tBs2Z#&%o#qp{$F-b0Ct7jnH$*!5;!l~TIS z=Dl%5BrN_G%mLVS!OxB4AN`tBR|Hqzu9rWK8FRTW;a^M_v;Wa~WhE-rh= zI3r`PHfOZu*?b(+d*niMwzvbf5s&<)g z-$qCX+NZkuSG=c}1#QQq4y2(f&H#lC@gv!xubeLt_HGqlk0M*59yc%;?Y66^da8>W zFz&AkEow4!2@!Aj_PMFREwz&QN3ZKEc8dSn?{QL50U;oDLQS0rHv$F#Hw)qtAl!dY z^%ugC8G=Lx76M7I3pc(dEG#Us?f&4ldzy&@Qo6-jws*B;NvoNX^ZK_rnQbl{-rFW%`rD$=i0e<{UUw zcQ|2VWN&YS8?m9@4p-aK9q0UnB?@PcbF&klsnc0QTT>n7i#pH>=X_f~S)2nzKD_MozyTw9K8=e?2HV*(v^hutWWRIAdhv{EInj zj&l9=ploZS^y>j8^LNlEjIGTzjI4}d{5ZX#`H?f*gJ4=F92_S0E=I@gzi)H6o2ru? zp4|x>e0L|DOmuYZP$~zsY;Yy<%bc(=;rNg2wVZ8G+xD97HpjJoIVX2DHAdMxDH);+ zaVgkVQqx@1`DdZwWSnD&+XZ^Y)NCi1zoONFqxJt$wA#itJNBAR#>e$`qQ#XS;ncQF zvolr)#|wAH?g+L^mS>y8%~Jd@$eTN5PB_190mt33+vZ12faA^3;Oaixwtwb-J`*l% zKjVf!w+&*u{=iuWoFV^NFkm}w!liB7lR(hS3^F$Gj+;5b72l4{)5p=jY(%#0FTwjy zH@GPY1UUNJW;?B`@EHJypIYze{`*ciilcu&|0(^y;kNT)7cT6dZwSG0*bcz!N4~-F zcxblUjBU63aF2w_@V1j4+#^8Tgx4u3>@w0e0Ov7Is_u4y$xbKDkKjmn{cZlR!}-Jc z|EKxG!7t+XD-7&hY;f;BZZMg|$lk@y#QCo`$QT93n|IX4RXZDdJM*96;Hu}J&nHm! zwmZ)|YG|2T{NT5fMB;2?X>96z-sTLhk|X{R5Aik!t#Pdf>Gp$~(jQ@ynmgIMIQ+wk z#NNr$+|usHyF;O@jSF34+YW|7Y3PEoS2eXWbuvVmnm`Mne>pG_|;6hj-7j-mNKTu~XDLVu?2C^hGkI_hVBHYK}$ zTK~f_nT5TRr-F^8`Olo9-bwt)pVm+hQWH}%LznHQjm*{53H2X1KmXJEpU!t1nJe1c z*gO4^xwJdspHTfpKri5|y&W#E$x!wV@CVJ=^v{YzZUZY4o-KuuJqlJRJp0|Sh%Nqh zzWqiW!bJoq;6;F(-IjNLyBM}*+?z+d?GEPx(5%B7?&S!8*Apl{fus0Pg!3DF;e5rv z^BMonXZ$;#@$Y=bzw;UY&S(5PpYiW}#=r9!|ITOpJD>6Ie8#`?8UM~_z%?lm|ITON za^c_kj6Y|0{y#IHu{{dH2?sj>(1jNQHw;1z6o3h^2S&gYZ~#qU0c8}toVO)7oC@gw z4=y->BG3jqgRbp;P0bIk^z#Vde^z7{}h*#gfiQUGnw3PbaI;0Dl%ukjE8f?~n}`f~;zB0$(T z8GxR;gog<5X!i=ZNil|p2$0JE0o?SM#zO?iVLJtGmXG5hWR!`)&G(9UhyZyP?}3}c z3wQ{boEUKPOAH<&K>qtD;AUGT9wI;iK^VB%CxM4Qn5~f=<`0An{X1}rsT2<(b2Mg$ z`3oU)We(h;X2V0s7|Mg2lh5(+2Ltn9+r=OFgL&?_!~B7evHS*ZCho;U$mF~LH^X1z zAp*Pr?%-yE3?3ptVX+msnbwAfkZHRI?y%47-s5IlsT9dHA2US)WQ(_jh2DBZ?G$Xs&2fNC)Y5cm8(9zy1b3y8f}kB10QRmK8hPdvdx$mDy0ScZN)gp6wX5(DG8-^7_d+~G zfHoQuko}kv4|kXxBlm6QPlTa8Jpgjvvg0AtTKO!N&_Fd zD8O^`CGalzHhBI_3Fg836NTWpOEVtAy!KNC&+n?^A!M%PgM1S)JcP{gHISci8xLWv zdLs?;!z}O+GIzd${Of1&5dLl__JDk0Lp+3xwGGIdq{l<}>pY#k&HRm!5e)?S>ih5z zw(%l4Am1Po4iA#PAO_y7+f z<9Zwvc534xWaJw`5t9iXBEa+RdQimi6b~U28VHK$YVi;rP=_B_2YC zvTKL=3lSi<`{K6Net;UVnPro-QPn9{!y0g@|VJkd!YIa&<7(24@dZb6`c zJOJif3akgoI>UGfnT>}a;rKH=gv=TVh|`S5LjsT@dkQ?}qySIPHiM{mX7FU72Sgd+ z;(1~p1EP4z@DKqKQj5UDHUT_DfVk*G;30h>9wI=rYb1#D)51dpaEn|65syUh5Hi{X zAi{*@Z`>Xm*;(^N3eODK9)H31Q8HPeP!2MJf_BaVhPa*i0><{Xg6@V6g2Dnqg5Vg^ z-NDe<+7!iMWC~Y3$#Kn;S95V#n#gfo5LXvccThC7usrGMWUB3XR>#=W+F06z3n|ZW z%w5La*1^^kWys-fYh&ju<1WXw9k>jXan^!d9NSJ%)^c3i`*k@ks%vs6+B=zYhzkfE zH5QT(;*by)fZLcQB_)q=z~!t$f?ff!@TVCj`0=J_n>zlGY%DppYln=XF>Vz# zOuwP4sR`E)OUwUOns)+pvoM9h{UI)^O6WD;NKkhHwXUBfq!%0-yHb= zQ4aj>54EL)T8aq3vYpdXPumSiP$$|Tx#L2(Say#rILep~eq$UT)Z~Om}L~HEe z1owd(GW!!cr23u1@xTl5) zx3Pg6Wom2zWg#e2IO%A?jbuc};C>I^=<2&+kZ;_;qE^Zab>&1FPz&h zGsK<`zwLhe{B38S2)A4kHcKjIU>#rLb9!=bdZ6Ndv=tBv8#8W$%HXV~#KyU6*+Wn(9_D2Z+O>cjMfD?D>H5BNR zF@V890MIlt0K%ycfQWuKAiNR}8N{!0J41FJu1^8r0{h5Ly@xX7x9|VB5rn`;0%uEe z4xF{3mJWxpi<2u({;{Er7;Z?UhKJ!X12%8~9D-X3MSvub1;>FhI0ZC-4$uSoz!Y;WB@p%2#P@kcm?V}1NaQuKqvSPhQI`v1W)aE*wBh@Oap=qQma(Mcj*B4Z*)B5$JmMA1a)L`6hzh+2sHh-Qf}#FWG=#D|Gx zh}DQM5}Omd5&IE8Bu*tRB(5cHBOW4NCLtl&L&8fUNpg}zkHm`PI>~*KIFekFmn2Oj z10+kNq@>KGhe_o~HAoFfQKWvPk4dvht4W(lhe%gyMs{tG(U2V^lOfX}Ga>UJ3n5D;Dyq3I+ zd|~(Q-CVn+cc0sBx%=ksN4uZze!IJG_ZkHq1wVx%#T5z{ieQQ~ikB2$DHbRxDS0T5 zQ(mG(Q3g|HP}WfPP_9zZQwdP1QJGMosbZ*#sG6y!smZ7hQY%pFQ+rZBq%NRtq@JW9 zqv4@Zq%oxNriq~`rRktqqNS%5rq!UerM*v^N&Aj=l#Y~+hfbN!gwB^PiLQojfS!>4 z0KFo;F})9cGJP%m5CaJVFM}F`6+6~WM{SSI zo{&BHd)oJ`GqEx$FqtylW6EJ_W?I?1fA8_Vrh5bS=I(9VyUxtPtjui99LikG+`W%z zAOF5{``q@$@2lN6xu0Rb?0)0@0sHg!e`6tF;b+lexz3Wr@_}WEm5o)E)q(XfYYpop z+a9*#Y*uU$Y*lPy?DXvN?3U~i?A7e!9E=1C|a~cbWZHBn5kI2*cWknadmNj@z>&85|R>55;+oM zlH8KlBx5Bzq!^?$rS40;l_r)xA&r)`5lpQ_Bd(8A$^05Iq zE;&QFr*hxrIpnX&Kau~A z6kjS4Dyb?3D1B0d_@xO&&wgJ|cHvs) zwM|0}!$iX+BQ>K~qgi7`<0#_^lj9~4CS#^@reUTdW^!g>W~1hE=HcdJ7D$VS7L%5W zmeH1TRwu0ztX8ZwtkbNqHWzGiZFkvTvn{owv$M8)W6x&qZr|i^*ul@?yQ7R_q~om9 zX{S_Yg!5JB5)=dcnEK#y$mNbppR2rUjO(h~dA9<0T6a754<7s;_dG^CRXkI!6J0mH z{`v;zjaxVRycE2idLz7zykDaapncIpH&t(@-y*+dee2_Gq1$1%7kw`Hl=-sy-t--~ zqk1RHkIK)~67W7yDDYw6=6&P)?}LPc9tB~8&4NFL zNQA^cAbDW-pgj~BnjS_Q<{35+t{z?#!4VM_Kn&Xeh=OnNu1SYIMv3&C7sp`|BM4rTlNhC?GNyEwK zlj~EYQZiEar3R*MrP-x@PuEI+lOdUrk;#%7l0}f^k~NlnCHwO;rDr8MM{}O$?#T^& z4rleAkLO*>YtKKO|GGd5u5UZ|BDRpeFrWxgiZv8MISxi_C`PuIS!Q>m+|SE#Rk zEBChIoy@z^_fqeR8zdTvK8SxP{3!mh@RP)+qDINalF!ng%bJcgRW&1YiieR|I%@#=zRrDf{kGA0vx~SZpqr-qVGm1BVlQ8B?stjrm3>Nm zANsZXI|qyhCI+1c;fZ0xl*124*hex(MMf*eRK`A!UmhQtaG2Pb^qZocik&_*{bJ_$ z%!k>FvqN)EbJ+R&3(N~?i(-qfmo%4pmTi|eRsvR;SJT&|*6P3XdoSB!n>jUnHamNeOl#$N>3n zcoa2)5FS!Wh|`FGgv{=O3wv$2{R~&9AG3ncVdqrwp&=@)>ETBqGWm8ubLE{W|{hKi@~#1_ZlnBCFb*pGwVnwoA8o5`-H2Y zaQf<+x}2Bvy|bzfS3RV9!A$Dc39G-4S3P;r!u{@}^pdwVJIV?ER5fHwFoMBtMl0)cX%ipEFwlskSAsh9T`43-( ztS#lzA@xgQ!pBCoiZ?YXvn`}jkn-94cs9`TrR&cYt5+RoPFlxZ^^DlO>N&EtRQbhc zu-lrww!?qJ`g#-PCb}V)CgT)UrSlfDN444#S-)A9;XIhon3Ijr=YDJteKFA`AOcb-#DjG6Ufym&E;YtrNk4tQShz`|MX^u7A@Mc<_SN@}bDL7rL01b~!{u zkc^!wQ{@y!a-gTJu2SF2J%pLOtG;s?3u3Z+FYot~E7D~OIe&tDZX)sc$OL9?y6mYu zx^LoC;W5V!#>)?TvIb9%Yc?HBUg+6BC7E-tNBFvvzZjbL8dU9G%d|6MqOl3TNu zH`=noTY)#sJ!9ZOsePD9&jCH>l$-J;^^33iT8%%(f3JW3j@$Tcg28%wH-)rDn1M`M zTG%lr@5L$c8xgIA42zM~Ec}O!FXo4O)eS&!H(1~} zt@>g)#@dX(@m4VPsQ`3MRSzS9Uowje$<>XOkHEE46AMxU;h|~*TL<#xHa1_*)0_`r zkC2tMHxV9w@R8B2zA{i%f5n zyI=_mGULsMBpWAL)MfbCHWva}6han1qdSpmK_m0p!$tID5zi9WEK7tvB;TEgaU+Zw zr@D>ddhufQyLq6jwnEzyYHgqAhqq|P^8$he$$pXnRtelrIw~1*i9O*KvT@K*oARJVCc9^MZbB5oK zG9gWS)(DBH`<^_( z9F%;9v`fMezO|$-Vu?SV)2UB55IeW#UOh?0%gWfb(K&r6V}BcR_+xPchPL$*RmYk- zd55CG0&k@gvqErg7<-{l3g%M`ABE@B5Sb(r}Qy-P{ij2rcXPHp`bC@x&P%Y__WJzaPxxcT9}8r~cM_4)cNfNFJtJ2{oxYmB1?{Qu z+qCxlrGQY;747wkuBDnuVs0|Td*q)y=Ao~eJk~gI64iMCsnLZuZBZ- z|FFh}WDyn=c^5QIvu+qr4ZbtJJ~QNs6fW1dlDq57&b6_3V0l@q?0);JU>~bNS^2Dk z=R#h7ddKuIi(XGpk4(=rEacr_h{1&8`v4u*AimhuFpR-{li*`~L;7LpTuHf8C$A26 zU@R4|;F2draZl}3_e^Qtxhaju2BJkDzI-gEx7$j2j?r|jl$>L&rDSQDK2}MzG2%VV z`YyPpd8>rRsQ=B@pv=%#5g7{vt=(T zW9fqjC5$D-%_Q=JWh@;vF?DQ|rT*`9TPJTIXG2J*`|`hdq-JmR@|@6VLV{ze&k z=O5h+)26JvEbp+EIo&&JD5uWp8|d#oCl zr_~$7yZ4@vFgKsP(bJ#U@O{*INnF*&G&6s1D63LL+Vse6v4G4|A?)E@oYRehllv{G zi&a(A7s5XTY@YE(7i6a|A9!5q?^*0z`7Xnv=Ujm117v~jBF4*}`0bvfjmtsRosO8| z5=NSX$M;TfeTni^vOu>@wA*`+Z(Z*#ThU*cuI#AX$aR_Vp6LF+Zh>v;Z4FVcM$T1x za=YJKTgni5cJ_tMOs2BIs%G76U8`2x`Q{G0Qo^Pt9rMx56o1)fDVepI%SAWe8$U@- zpKFji{+XEqo2KM;>@VV>gf14H@nt4lYFs! zdy2DC^<;r$tY%y}A&7Iz3XvND{F9cLRXEvS8tbQ(NL}cc8O6R5equ>P`7*bbj_S0w zpWD;f&ePG&PoC#^UuzjUcc0uPDC$ALpnLUPeAsMk5I4i3{xJb7qYGK?J`-eRVU=7vh%`FmD?MJ__o6K_-Zc|L``xdAFW>{Z+Ae`w*WYK# zaO-QTf1}uoymx~ece^aa_ocIsOJe~kbwl#28B$s-U>(aT9Zw&dN4iHy#oC&xpORD2 zkP%)BxU@d$!ZdeDqpD{5OrgB$s+l}$ga2aUf+D3(Q=6KeHgE9LGv~kWX&s!cA9kKd zDDsPBbFoq_mrF+1dtQrwC~e6v^u;q){Jg-KEb&JV?EcUR&8xTo~)+RbAG7 zwEV8F)BBR=oSvfI>EeZ^rj#Q*Wb>&MIr7n&X_OkeAqmS4Z3Z>opO~8scsspDy7Xl( zkfbrPAK8Ql%$^YO?4gVI|BeL-)vaiO=;6fdPwJ0q`u82X5g8d#>WLh1S1UGSpL*iY zI8u*h=v*?WsqVT;`lVsH>Ih2Smi9Dz0J3<+h4<8WgGc}41u^dE3w|2k+?O&K5;C9E z+iO{wr@!hylUJV4R9C;?k z_PzGAsl{PoIxL`NpWZEgHEM$;8)@qQ`n7Mcb|4^KF0H!AAM zU*HU`-ACOYu~2_n?uZ^mt=TD7hCKI8C)I;WQ#M#|R@E{E*)V(q)7bdz1;N-2!)SEY zP_s(T?Zo`lB>P6aptSV&#nI&qi@h~tv*Kdn3ANUV?`^y1)E{o#I<3C({Pa;C;~KGq za^;W!sjX*s9)1g_$Pz#z6%+JBOC*s=bqV8ZsP2+{G3|!C>F>^|7cWR1i_k%vmt|S= zcAV}@s2NV|V(9Ins6z66*XT}(`uHeGqdP4)W;0$cc{g2Qg~_8&WF!f;lvcaeXf+P# zM^{u{Hz%QJ+0wtZxOSzD`P6+`yJJHxM^(7?=IiL2V2}z$n02xd%)!eAd25w5FRI^H z+rJtLu(6RZH42le>h1pcLdYtT`nqF3G7kN!*|+q1GUcJPb^j-qw|@3dR60C~jg zjK>XEyJMAZ)(V^E)c5KP=f3hsPY3m=ex#&gx3sxoORT!-wsA$BMO$|wYBR~8OO5z? z0b5*wQyO~{>?x(`S+1bNa<8SWnx`#b!G-yWQ8qODq}Ko+!wH#&a}PX+rn{~GXSxi3 z_Cu<%&Anf?yqcV)GIlUcsJgDi_6m`$URmlJ?i}R68X{MKp(kc zA!p{aH>T*WNZ#4;`;=ZcP|uZzqwOo=h5}^VpUkUd7-vx)ryUxnLcf-Oe`CV;=4OR9 zW}%(@Jwxb?2x)Snr0@oEISKm%8X5+h=fkLp#B11tFb5x`z4z#ONPg+!)9h$VHhyyZ zRq8>l0%EOG;qyz28}cp3rNTs;J+vmTv9K>z3iVl3uW!LJcR`nOZ#ksOwU?# zUX2LNIwX0JRl9Y-@r8IKbK`fZBt-=xsbl9y>oE1*9xXGL4$W&%JJd1C+y(U-=gfW7 z335~^66D37Hs-h|$P7v{eDi0)AYt=+dTj|P(w)|$v^6!AZLTCa%;@_;r`=2>@TiM< zujW?B9JyziO`UvZyvM=$hT&-DCv(ayPVd-*+OBf>mHaQCJj%Gy$$9}Bj*;c`8= zjPex^lJjP;&+2QJhXT199U4KkYgo|WOw&FvS9*m9>7dg+^sa%S<=jU-8D)%}hE0x6 zq+I=n0MF(m5}%f!W1H(%e7n6gkI8y!4IJW0+3%WDMwU79EIBtLH|f(yDz*g1BN%sK z7l(5u!X=qj357MI0sAiHRwQM|sIF@9mONOZrtm;t>{fogg`z zJJNDy?_~OiX4CnNTxMc7(7CaD+6r3W-bZy6L5 zL_Q;tahm@4^uCZia>-+{<$}Zs^80a&E-X&%I&wO#ZPJ6$`5JvLUj>gb9}?E-t;EoTNLqzNwBsGyO)ZklmR=M)}i6gT%04h)!4G$nybsytZinMt~)Em~5$NGr3tT z+Waf#X^SWEbNU42(v5YWM;K-UJ*rF9>|sxR*y96Y_Vqf4)o%@J1&#&X_UH8N5|^f^ zJ$ig2V`9vE-U9tyBfMeRTUPIs(cRaB*6=8D78$#XNiQOp;qmBM&6Prf$*EZx;p_rP zVUdBV7U8hmcXl_T=7`=irzJ@15$%7S8nu6A?UXzFWQD%v(>pw27vX=eajsk3lmALE zkZ+4i_!dU7J;kI%vCnu*u{}6~z`G_FX$ z7IRomi~)rOF#U%U8v9djhkV3XN%hawvj|RqLzl(XpWBzgwCQnpWMmoRWs2;cn&9aj zVNQ?_~(bV0k);LWgVTjGB78oj|`cgQ0^V3+{1=k z)l^rVdoShmsBEgQS*YFENi2NukX1^;z=)oLB5keqV4guOrjwJ1Ug7l6*0&dDVRuZN zM|nftpi5DsHe+mgLJSUkASU)yF0I00loCZ6rVpHL%OiCo|#vhdim|q6D)ADuAf|U_|DgC$m2VwvCLkxSu!^e z|8yvC$=xP+@B^8ZaK2fduCDZzGBIh&cLq#fSC27>PE!OO6kA0vpogDkZ_TW!gl{IQ zG5Tu~++nC6(r9RCNKKW=yR!J$w5D;7te|e(OWpp_+QYSB7{29&wvJb-#|ZapkgkMJ zBYkx}1_G?sDKsWO=1!Re8?d0pkJ-&om!FSrf3)=?#alNwj<1iHVKZBmiri^ZjjZ#AN+DJfMXavi642}$qePf2`O{gL8xQfr$B*SyZj z$EdHw0&R_SH{PW!@Z6++PAw2AEXm7Wu%$CjNy+@m)H%`9YL~;@lWb3Nxl;f7mX8KR z^1DPC%P(vcV+Q3X8kegK7?1^o4T8aftmcI$dt?|H;Riz_tBCf?x6ETj?I%E$0ybotyO;GeSW*)!0|59S7+soc^AgCm5UF&pT3$G@^aDNS1VS@iNz;iwlRViQAJK)&jvmKcTeDB5zrx%=f1Plh>N&YMZnCt-SAbeD6p4&* zZfa`N89uz(8NOOeq@$@3@U(90-bdX5$JI>}jE3YI?_|5$M%Agu$cAH@Y;x9b)=>Uk zQr|Mu(=$db9IxLFmaI|N4(k%584+PF+r^o-F=>lh3+exQL{3>(rJ7h=r@9Vlzd4vt zd~V;PM{x%Ml>zo7>r3VtTnt|Kt~Rb1 z&KE8^8ID_Ci>9vhx9Tt0f13V&s?TagYr-I{me*hlw^)58u9idh#Z{5Cg z%jkrmjzrya^W(9Yy`~o5FAMbaAr#G`c zI@5AsLHQ^*vLZxqqhPrY3tSgo*cD>-Ru43^pSez5ZwmjjhTx`0**Xsv7`Ug5wOgV| z_2fF9{m%?Z{A_-=2R^W^y)E;w-}%lgJPyQ z0|dD>b*@MBQM^=9KAQ2yvptPe{^m7W#R-L=3lvsY;3vk|1}Phh=x2NCmHhC-B@4`K z?{j({ZTbv|lyp&zys7bfYl{Rz3g183Y})cjZdB`@BZ?@{>Zn!K(-Yk)?s>=5rFzkp z<+yLai=uh^ky96R(e?xyQOY)z!^-Rf@(B$gRIJVo9XiTB^&hnj{DVg44eEHFruuK> z7SD?7&S?;dYAmm@6smi9=_<{94-l-#_A`&ZSk*6h5Lv!@T#B~^BRDy~f#z&czjZcd zp8d_Wv@{>y3!7YJ!67_j{Ak)b)rhB9z?mSu!hE$i=&LmI+}f#o&4OhC;WM!4#Rumx zy~PnE$LmQM_j0pb`y3h~v(Kab@pu+rMyjWEdQK#}IHOLasP4NJt!s{7ujY{$OlCfb zCJ$gv_Z|?xuqprKaZ&(9a!G82n73HKZK=Uv4Y!h;ANy`PUKxg8hyurJRiqNQqI(P( zojYVcguZTiG_l-fqJ)aTM=;IJSZY9*m)no3{ZiEO!>LWFD~uis`llY0BBL_F4uow;w2Q|VlIm|ZQY z{K%xwNmqp!gC~&IrKN9_R1&R5ZJ|rz>5*-}^mS!8p$MV}IM%ffv*>+(gfyjM z7^exYI|14nVNt&W23YAaNaO1&K1n)vvQ&|iqYZ55Zqz^N_)vy=V4+&wFfluQ&SbSz zqNf9a0o(_u6-|MY8G&%DoY=iZ9}S>rrysZr*V!PmGG*3uLsa&7aTe0!5^?4siB^K_ z9`_3Bk3MB(JYk9tD~c}MvoX>kcPxylr`Gv`f(Wly#F>FgWu<>4Zd)Aan$|u=qx?zl1)nWQgdP4lhc#_Hfo?BvN}JR!sPhtDc!!P2Jjq=3IeMGf5h8e**bE|FAH4 zfNN5Ee_Bw1%T{Fd>6&m7p|a5O7!wMhFP3!`cuYmq;eXqv{Ey~vGBz{Hfd6_)PDuM1 z_g!n~8l|>5c;*KKZ4$4nGH=#KIK*b1HBgOuyp&V%ypCO4LyOffQ$g%QA8a&gRHe2? z-$CW~4Fp6sh1%Wbm8jO(O{&1uqN|WI8RcHy$#yi6vh;#aMZNtx&#weNy@vN8y1eq} zf?P@`*je^G3u5mupilA&GoYtCIscd%&Xt8{-{}5nXi7@8lajl5vGC}vwA39*Y~hdW zd_1oe{?hwa385{Na&T-#QUq3+w{bQ}Qv_R%{T_*ah{ih1qarFy{*_7Y-(2&$Nn`Ze z?XXlkdtibTrVYeA6OTTUY^>Yk!5%V@j~0eZr*uE8igvr@pDu^l^Eim~g-IQrCa6Z4 zczh$l<3?KG6YU592iHxog@_x?OEohT6t*eNH`_T8C=-9tKq*t~qgzJ0u^9{)Xn?Z! zyQnu?9=M7p7&NH&>Qk@lDz=m%1#!6jg7wZ(1ah0!BF8oowf}sF>Sun>l~#CwD@LS= zaaL}&9)JZ>?-jc#Sc3h5A*};{Txr(hmqopwaKcpVPY$luI9^q@d5ZCj>o-h%e*`s_K5w)C&gR^8`@D$8_wIG^L%LgBb62tdF4#!>w!t16qOu|o?>e1m2i>2NDhHOLq*Cvf+ zQ=#4E7msTNVj!OZskdX7OPkX;CLOD!wQMQFA7Wbg%-r-{d5?jqx!Lx|#+E}>n;{EB zD(%HNqou=hx`a-HgDQQ)L)3cfbW$-X^`7gi%1blY4-ytKX11@Eb)#UydaFcvR61ky zG$Sif*LjV0Jg4RihH#5%hy9M=!Bv*#{8fg9G_pn{S%j5>pL-wb`d>+82)_sJRXp5> zMfs%?tCz_u*S{ygz6z!V`V4i+Z$u#B~|z1 z$j@rmV-79YZk}0!$59jEOI5$%Y)U$2Rm5w6VJaCT`<0WN%efnIY*J3nS0fqI+ve8P zeiik0aQL}P?wac%%S(gx(K(=V7eW_3P?42~pC2DAir*4Mc9QmwB3gZ#2DHaistvED zO)9PKSlQma;gap{AAabgHM*A^?_S7xLs7WlnTHD}~#kziITJtARJQJ>>*7ttKX)=8-h_GW-}~ z6MfS+7css(OuQ6_F*eEwuza+7(3df~*Y>?2Tao8CooEjEQ1Zj7{oE8LL=W-P32e9ci%&cbJ-9=hRWaX#c{ncqG&{sXHNV*K z(s0@~VmgGG`zFBW_58PQ(M#~K%jFjG4|7{jE z#(3EVa?K;?C7HA(|KZv+KL_E>ws-&G-+cEfZ@G@SEm)WVaXw@F4#{Pd5=ug7kdhP* zO>YTK>;s1^riA+IdGU`wWNd>N6s>nq$ARZ`Twk>I+82OV;T;yA#uX8Lq7<_h9aUBK zNL@p5ij-uTV%y_7-xd6Fet-XRH~cCQz{nQ}1B(U4c?94Ry_^AR+p_M!RE@wI%*&LO zRY>&s8P`AsGlrwe#YlzL)P1xT(bOfmb97w({0>%OI!7U~oS}GdbCB|b<6jXd&7>8x zbv?SQm#Yrrsn#}0CV)~5ZVMZifED(kyQC3c!HAmSsG==)f{vgni_z!3L4y6>-riXD zc{1kPa&!>aQE4~|(tu+KGhC$cSfZ^twVEi}3K8k$>(Z5F%{^hN0YU@k&S^b@L{5jD;MbP()u8E? z_2fQy?sliCdaU~CK^-%n~T)yq@@xxKs${?n4yPz#@dmo zrDm~8NY3|!CyrXO6{Jai*K4ulKDIsO&4|qP{>WHp|676YIY*YxZ2&$L+h~oJ##tRdyuJALsV&L(*-t8c_G}Zyj|Rac2h%S zn1qf>kxJNWy9VW58ykp~K%+osFn4xBToT`@*-yRW?m-k;i^;wxYbHpt!wJ)@yP(?- zhI4%uar4)=(l?e&|GatzdPHk-xyxKsch=)hG#ah3dt^d;dv6JWjZWi6b&R@z-;Tou zXyURq^ngZ1`>9xwP2hrA-Emrymlp~CIW-Blxo|*Zng1GW)N6IydrFbeAb?ywy~|v* zwaFIK;XF=rUZ6bNTcwK899FXfc@rY#& zw3>ow2T>}`L9S~7f5}i1yDIapd&FNp@B9{^1l2DO|3~tA z<1+)tR6t;TBC$B$#N-HU+R(>w;q4`pm@|EEiBf|PEhk)qYp-B7* zlO)v(#IT+NE`BH29O}F@b;dOfOZ&jbmVau$oTTSEZ-&=Lk`kxVmVL?TT-=w%#n$J# zHV;aO?&NK#yU*%ubn2Hcxtqrk>f256d70i`H&E4Ho;wDI+)Bm=LFfJm8)bdJUbV}` zg!;#b+totl42mi6nT7P0V%(F5Fvb8Qjsfp2S~!}@o$&gcjo56vj*r#q+gFC#+WiEs zG~JzDp(OYx1q!QAbJq3=6B#t!;llXAiv=!zpE4j(--dN+nIIzW z2bsNq#}r?ce(;f7?y5*T$2v7UwO`J8CD+c#GM}{`d+Zw9YSILsR|x~x_+>tQpnJL6 z-ecP?G6B^7;;fo0XL>ZtT3a7r+@cbv9b9qP7^3C+nhWb-C15Fv!aGlYPceU$t9|U= z*9(EBbP?ahu@26!7MGNSpC!OA7F0%iNig_iN=nM4pEISy9@Tvul zDJmh5cHm1`fO6#YS145DvxuSyx$aRLJCH&>-Fe3qyO{FB(BkG6TM;ZH^f&8o`?Z+y zq0vDTb+ZqLr6`&9xt`6$`ueImUSxy99M#b*{bmQ_`FjHMCVm@MsG?E~?$}-bX1lu{ zYx1DjAVdwSjKpa)g`ehNW>I~3WDSD z?y;tO)q^y{g-Gpz#pQ$GwVv6F;YCqhIOJK{8bfrcuQNMQsup5r! zobQd+Q+?sh)Q-0Ae>{zK`m~n+YpLe{Gomo~{~DQpmn*H0;7f!dhc~E#Oh;|QyY99= zK%Q#Na?qb|HDS+YpI7!aIuFJ59?_)P0;-WV-g!>8RNJn#!E?(L!># zg!(V%qYIBLu53jdgO?5|nB5R%f&h}R6P$Tj^f~lf8;E{^)^yu!l){VO1wHw~VAS*? z`rLP&JsoH+tuYK{+sFejf5xA*5qdLdv5w5>`#nNiaIUw+N`8Oj{ovFqUHiOQ=I-Fc zB85>_KXC<3V~Am0ndA}%bjCqide1~t(Ls7`ty|GX(dscc(cj0fRk!S0in*M;Zjx6- z@DR)f;H8@KTUJEBf56flsw!Nn+AJE}LXlxy>ed_SDoR6(GExiOhERpn$_pQIIMcfg zV%|g@ShFI+n~?R?cc2d0>esbC~B-BcGeG5#a`Lt{0 zdV~E_2$}G1tw$(B-`qoZTzLqWN-B)y+R>ZPz4GF?OCQXzH_$l0u*K+5ao|?pX#w#l z)h~{k}?Ej{@l0heUNmx+MrTQ?jGT_6D%Y>xFO<= z&06+Gl9X`Q-0Fy`^ZOiz(|y}QG2=9bu&JJQlz&@MpH&Cj3Dds^J7J=D%kPrJJn$N6 z%vN3WGyzYBD#P4Fze9LBPmHg3Z2_Kn#+zw><2;8y=4lwz4wJ>RI+~9q>0yDv!kk+b~x1JN0$fN(e6S zW}aim_-W_QnH4_Z-C+ahfv(Y-N}(1ooky%?PNj`LhTa#t@$cDpc?Aq9WIxRAr`_mJ zTfOA`QVjnrTJ9sDFTvS$Jr$v|WIDsTg160(#*8ppIIOY`vE!O!R4yK%#<~7A=HYq3 zh*S|kTN@;mYWYQb&QUiz8dqf0Ib0=jnTLhf2fGK zLoS-CCuo-5aKhyA(Skv2qkaxN7m{$C;7T6Y6pZA*vdie8uTS$_N{tL3P}nmD1Nd>= z_W%ES$NxSE|5u6RKY`jvL+W2b6VNAJ9FObxi9BK2&I|Q@#Bl$^2{RVd&Jb}AQ8iF9 zOQHXJq}~<8I1@Qe(R{_D+m_0>rL(yeb`X)mJ|u)Ik2q|B|9N&gmUCC|{%cj^q^?Eb zuBRrYJUgMamE#Vn_#`Ztlg5T&J_HBp?HT1&Zj(G>x!?+E#DznZ+OQ+w$&`UUA2Zs2 z3fq-Wn7msb&P*x@=j%#wuk50fVk4X)&&kB^48kvdgPkxj0rdJ-=UIh6Crp`UyYL(Y z=X0Yyo7YsGNQ)pu#0pp*L&g~$uLZDk+|zCm3lZcRu^xV^`bQ(-`D{VjSM5Dzmz5WW zzumsj!BPwuRoSZlh9LuD4yw5%06i1wls9VmnfZ)I>>JP5_*rku^9m?K>i`BvD&;}H zt%9JOAWSVvi_OV{e`B?z{-ft_R~HPeQ-BK$pzg$xQFm#HR0Rc!fG#h1k;9&JQ2fNT zL?oVsB=5zo6#+pCW=c~UpBT)*fCb-WN(+p2?CGI>Qd>&{8K>u;#L>(!0nzXb>s#Xr2xX9D|WZO~pGDL38|sTt@^*45_&$0cLm^R@+*NnT~j zJZs^m(zE@&Fr=I~R8!^3(%L$XArh}ai-m}Q{{p6;19ccon@sv>@pjbY zmB7v%DxCgN_!W0zi|@|}vyfAgrN#XKwg`GC`y^1m9$PY*L4E#S!Akq$(&1I`7TE@f z44nW=tLeG^(-!G7FGbrL`NBr8o{ApnrmXdQfrlwSYb&HW*I$$kqn$+7@l~~Hau&|K z;{3vTTqUU{e!6S8N`O}73~=uBeQ|Xg13dC$pRi#`7seGfWqoR^@r@)fUvcuy(N8dN z4QTC0xR3j&w}qflm+NpjAwBI>`lpCUY?RV$dxhF|e1pp30mNJ+D0Wje0|My37ck$S!6#Ogi$fFkQ_9M?y;s~|oj;*s zvcDp3&BJ3x-Iofs!*+Qe*n+lJ>(A=S7o4YEGQCDCpa9(Vxgmcwp|ZC$UImI}A33NQ zftGvijd#$0Nc(*s@m#1Zj`m)U!^k9mvvv*G=QTl!)>;|R)c6Lp;63W8kmm?}#0~(l zCWnpl=M9BWbH!Bg#8Rn%y%5#W(aJ{E5!XUo#~dzhz~DpAkRQT-7SpAaafM!)*{1HW z^mbSaze*DVzhJYk`hgjE*G^hYa6yMvTHJ23O&_pv-DOr3W_ZAP*L{?NDPcD!vr03h zz000y@(&OB|7M+pWOQH}(1nL+XKp(RMuO4=pF;jp_?SiiX~wx-f25TY`LR)3y9`PH@eES%h$w)=i^nal_@PF9!|LG?HN!9;*@=5+pr+*BM z(DCL4Sc77CpYtxu(MWn;#&FdaPFsk@@%qIFCI>_X{{Ct6m$_s^&(F9bk0 zk5NszItB_`2KPUdB9I-QPMC;A*i<8W|4_Gp#^5>KDb5UVmVMla52@+{%kBrt4y6Mk z3Mhc&+DQcRnu8Ch3Ukd+C&a*Fh5?EzrY>ZjZ|enjFB`j%!*r)V+ByInrLE<>?@qeIc^S1u1NOU0owg07 zeQlGV`Elx+1~|d3N>wBLrQR7Rz2bhqgFS$7l5q4MxIaO*{hbdT2dQN9JT0KzfYuQi zxgZcgJJu`K5m0UDduUyAl*r$2N>k@l-~Ns0@i`WzUWrUJP<2uT{~pzw-+`IZOnBhW z9lf>T0UJM6H|BtjW!x@lahS{cYFvpA+o;w2=U|OKod+sIKW$nB6{n8ia(-Q*YRhPx zSVO=lC5G{wrvM?4t{dt~RWQ&FC_>7WS>f^t{{(#%V0>c|Ni;`3P)wblckIiEgc-Oy z`PkWfS(1+DxkLF_(g}FnwYHZX#W%U7w^3mSUc0X z8u8au)uu|HUC4y<3qs>R8OLFE{Q+d(Gw>|ommyw9cb0^ADDe_k&B#dBR~6*A5yzLk zM)+gj(*C+_Lyu!B8jX`PkHZ(^KHi9m!A6nCmJ^-q@WovuXHpZwV2O~CvlfY{Pi&1A^ zhc{n1&syaceiWO$yd;F=OfQ`J;IA0nRKuM?ebSzzaqRC*k&_cufw!haO+iGXe#NU^ zj37{TbQw;{PfJTAz1NjMk?E5GpCaW=IS;}V>L;HqdCqgTGC0lS8H&lpyEsZ|1AL&l zngAi;QVqh->PB8A3IjdPv$Xx8vQ1!Y?EJMe>swp4rAF z3pNcnzDD;C)w%W+4Bp-!d`km)QnZL$fBgR^!uumL11tWU4Xx)-m~=}6<}XKT4f`{= zs!ju@Mb%DzL3xg#D#T(_`Kk$Tv$d-@cGGERzWXctZQXFlZh`-yr3Ls8dg+A8OF1Z# zkq*zoD@;>rH?O*6kIwXQd~&^@*AS?3-?~tweqD^J)2Oe!sJJ_{M2_d$vy4PW7jCIB zt_gu-zGAjzj=+B*i)5Rqschq_r*h-Yv3hB?r(~H~Q=BAd>?Tlwb2pL&ECqrG?mIXM znw3tlITFkf3>oX}1;*|Y_!ZFT+1`bk()2f_){8QEy*nfUGcbWTAEG1=r4$J9_6a|tb zVp&b>*Oi2xw0}UDcmBTjj&1o&OZ=>K7jRcrPYtEZhv_ z=U!=5EE?Ux!pSZ@YF}XY%d%(W2eQq2*E3>)L4$WsOrf9OLE*XGJ*@ zI{F<99b|#l^?|bOIGlZQbY@E)%_)1yx-&7>D*{|Ek*YQDG`sE+ByOCpk4L{;F*nXlJODI7n>I9CFsrqk$LpY{+wc7DU&mo0KA< zliltQC4Zm5g;pSgU!){t;0I`S58s+_9?IBJ9YcB|J79dKXT_hRu&w`IgJt{}nl1dJ z_|xr1J~8qww+9Ib9$YHJb;H@PXk$nYiy@n8TCrIxWHq!Kk(2drx z)d>l{JMW#GH%ms@>m6FOC-h)(z5eIt$RsaGvV)h86uGwcglWeo7GD1iMhfBrRD{#> z1*N-D{T}a%k-f&CiRO(@cfK+;0txq`l4z|MaS6?YBEP2(5n5W|K3Wc|c*ZW3n2gP0 zHayTAsLG!LO%IT`h2R3Px+8D6M-2_-03?k12`dX1EZNQBo*!@OoX7QQlE$XCb)5nt z7V3cTLFVC_TB&`#q{F zZyEtAz7QAk&im0+#vpVduL4&B{G*O&d)qoTDwjLi-31hJl>PwX^$VzusP$ZdL2!n4 z)xqp5qfXzBSJ{!}0o0ig(5^mBq7r-kSe?etkotQbLj~=J?+;df4<~L;|Br<2M`s4s zp8P+vGHCuE9j##kgR5P}iuUD*n38lBZKM^)d5n@QaAl;ui2f#l#-77*&0)2j52Mga ze?5VU2_Tt%4mnGmIsXLRH?EaKIW<-Svm)L%HLL`^Clb>;pY&)}*_(+^;tKN-q4-v+ zqTV@?r?4^CoxRpDv79Yc}t(O98f@+~^1{7!5V#O!4z z-*G7-Vrkw)%cJu04OjQ_!qmcNrVN)@KiG3;7Go5iAvKHq>+O?I)rd%@!25{;v1;&p zB0%Hv=}pCiDCe4@7cqccWS3=j#U&`YJ-N42Xr|lHjw<1=b9X{J@@A}m6%O^}lhq-7 z3+U1%IoEN0;0c6!oiM$=bhJue2PW3LSgv`mj(21~yG?7O-Tc-3^GlwX+0lbv zT#q7DjxO0JcUZ-Bxk$R8K~>Rd^sgR=>@Zz@8XA690l^c{M*bvPMG?9ACDGw5vljtF z0kUYisr_oPr^`c1MEWhn$`iexjRvQ4?Qv^@{^~}OVv|nm3N?kpYy0OIe+SOgFvbKu zH$yneSeMJZRGI} z*UeR$Y7k@e%J>P>)e<~j*%9WdyEM>>$i$hvzj=@5Y$m_c$m9sch%YW2O% z*&)OW(8thG3MD+8jY;cY2q-ykwT3@A>EFP9F}DDMK#9E6QfxIc*v555g8El`rZbRR z^TAVBMRa%A36sx*NKZgeN73>04`&Jn1ArfEV%VeMj?rUA<;3vAROfTn8G$(v;E;Ms z)u_~taVv1>7GO(R^3ZJQR~Dq<(VoLpl&`i2hblo^3Q#zJtS>a*2EIQcK|p2Ai_ zlHHUh)Wa<7H1))EB4E3&&ksQS9}4jmv7obTza($&tA=PC!|QQya_RX%sQxEfHMDc# zfW&&qQU@#oq~7tt6J@DUg+_ZL4|B@ub!^?MAxYivYf0IP?;F?Eg>FoyorNvkw47I( za7-j-QaS&ng04}{eC}r#5Ylu_BOWj&V<)^$S=NdU^0AGJr+@ObK7XT;$h04{yFTfW zT95_4&ylcnM?K3)RaIAr4{@voU=?(1sAnZ%p?adNtr&|r@OA-mAt``fCky1*7ZR>l zo*GLVzz4cNBQGV?UNn@y#qV&5_+%r)O``{)jmtTZQO+q-Ol62M=2!Pj5BIG*4B6eb zJFg`l+oUd z^4+iSw{ZR#H96LxpEGp#t2w;AlqNio0M79gkr&KYF? z0$l-Uq~My(K|WAxXx(7hEC=lXP|ULu%jH+Ckit$1NgM=DD}o$i3h5r76h^^ahaSM`0! zS+-C(7gsuXA^1Oio`+YCA}yogEt#3J{?sOjK;Xbugp-xg{&iz~E@~E2Gn_7D&)pf` z;p6*CVF#YPH!N1vwV+)2DnI6W-RI7nlAZbOUrphD#V;`2xoA$(-kAMH>@8l%1M*QZ zqMEk_zNji>w2)%y^qd;(c9Hp=#^4Ug(nn@d-`P}cppUFDJ@9S z6elj|GMZb?8LSAWO84Pn+3Z!G!7mr#7}q_=xw!Wl{dc8+e1Zr7H}Un!=NDaU%Lv*U zDGyu<-XL6;2}Lh>11vy0PB(&rpo4BDT~J||n3HKQ^j-#%g>0(Nm~V@>92|tV`ERb3 z(9oPs2oRgp{QE=r52^YNc-ivEH4$s%K2X|57xVLr>B^gZ2}D|0V=m~aX#8oX*~;47 zw2;8ii7wAR&~)rDM3sl2i5$Z}QB7eYjnB_mXKMmE0daFL?Y0c9apT`bUNSq4J>I&z z!cK9SHU3ZeSZb7Pb>wZQeTX~u#~(XVyKUU1RXaHm{wmW*IaR|XFn|6PjjyW$1#dXg z#vqybNa57Z@u5LuRTzw2&>XUppzC6vhoba_a2`gXD#aiWXfisq8L;HyZGAHxKb$Z< z1^dAC)mpQP#o=){B6Ntbn8mUGE3!U@@c0I98#&LLQfXRaiCj6nNnS@%pM1d)j~dnnZE z*DrtNT0LVa9V>(rOT={yIG?Fio-b2QhR_^yIFZHpAudpR=?ahtH;d=C3A_tb)d+Vw zjVi!n6h_F}P_KTHU|>J+lHqy~8zv)Dsx}3^yHCZ5<-`fwr-bE2v+1x=SW(S_I);;& zUyN&1Rn$nQK)7hyba~;$e3Km=+b~l%p(3}%$>C8$LFXy!Cr$QB=@YqGGo*mYCyJIl z65sT7IWYWoIWfY(sXG->JvP+gKnjam0#EJ?D(j1=`mlomX1zRiBca7Ug!Njtr$ooR z^maqTL8SPdvVdGi9f8oqs=Dukj{ZjtD4&Gbm2E@VBDHBiSd}q+*;OF}HIw1v-5AQ`@XP+>|jzVi~pb%#;BDPndoL<|thAr9H*x97Tkh^jD?leN*3& z)y_7|>ooCRdCXv@srx^L%yG3v!e%Q=zteL^jCQO?jk%&U+MC<;&-{bwWLOj<{dfeA zH)5vPz%{nv$7-78oOK^}080jRlr8!>P(#@dj20 zVw!1R@(BYIyHARiDN59!kIw@q;^B=h?UeE^_lrs~*_JB=;* z22eTGo1QPkokdP$tloe9XA+`-oa9e(l&gP}UqI#C@(DVMxVB~8VS12eZEFtB%tS#Z zlQf5q?(S?2>FZ`f1%oe@nDSvn?)dl^RT!TU*pGewsA^JLSK$i94tvav%a5%#30qgB zNJsctM`lju1dw)l%p6cGOQ`coJZ6x|kzx2pbadMWgUmCRMZ+AdE~sj57Y@OM+B_+Y z8S>u4qQoc8?`go!hLCSHr}T}Kg5X!nr-FZlQ#?W+w$Z9%1`PGJcWoD+@k&FJaVq~= zDRGuLj(={P%Vt`V7Q!kQuNWPvJFv)zN;Q-I%8|F=9muO$#a-LhrF7ZG*6z+ywVy6% zb5~dLdL4&+Aq`cKr^o#JXRj$Tmgn)1{sKNzYe4YRir8Z_CS?rf3PhnccM1LCL(~V* z8hJf~Yj|+jje}I__a0-+LCI{ zxE!jTa4w@i2x=BSE2R6OeV)@yI#p&c3}&UKtef6=T;3V!5s3Bi_Exm{6{fVAj^>eQ z2_ED3mw{&Yo-lC&pJ-oDp2bfxD#qc-HZL8O5-eZqArd(CO%kG93SaN8iWZ8Z^Og?`#eN-jdc3R)ALI`dMa1i4Kt~^^7o&R4$nenLYu2# z3s|5RGv>cZSTHl^;KEEW%Hf?Mz^iWfX`yiXjxROgE&MPVDa8R&Oe~=)Le0TwP)$X} zFN$0X17Zp}-Ki=IwGE972wkBCzO?Vbow2d&3yWdsC&Lv-Tw0w>yT_h1yQ`^bY3tn0 z;DWn?r{=&dFu>YbTkBvroSR~(W)LGg?V>fXR5s*abH1>M^r54L-x7SNWx77Vs}+ok zwe&`QvXts}q0Is8i;OLlx`(M!A<}2?g_Y=<4R``P*?Now@2LjWX;*j7<n$>rx`!As^)!%v!1xQhd&uIwLS{h)_t+*EgsH1&7HESJoamb`JE-bU;LIZvMbaT z!BdRjiS(bRzAH>BP`S3_JtUtS9jUmutJ5(uqS7s{Mgx@CG9A&S$*~XN5%+Ciwzfa5 zivNl1_qa}(L&Oc7eeTMg(G9hRGe?&RYhThoVLGj3$=GW(0^V?#-(5l0kdC1U^Ag|j zn$Ixn?ueJK5ZwVl*@uXzoF0C{8tw>hK}X!>?TgfLQgaoK2GAVTfZ^kf14g+qJP@72 zihP5>Xn8IZXqx+{%Z#M-9@fzrPoW+hhpRkm((B;2mZM7muqRseBYP}ikLI@ZRD-#J zM;OFBH8P<6nF9Y!t1^_uH0bwLN!EW6iF-lON{#&FN`KTu1w1Ka$e!PtNw$nuS-Gz$ zkS~Od|EpFEczQ+DAYR2|c)aemiOX4labYOOE2E%a?SKFnlMkA1`Y-J%{NIi2wv+Lh z$<@8X{2lehpYdPUEigwm=CY?lX%1!h*aD-)$y-gR0>C&3x!7@T;d}qmD|*W#Rjz4Y zAZnPkzU6dK$T0b|>I^`)#ZjxR`EfVVaP=c*!_%J*IiP|21I}*hVDGtI$sCi^82^Pd z&U5-ck>yFW0Mo!Hb+6#5qnLY z6S|DXY}OB~NC)NVDmy=ahLvI+-SRHa7{9aF6&w8KY3S=N2V&ycx&F^HNET}v@?mL# z{amI-g;WLVGnhq%v`WSeR9cq@=%<;KM|wCGN;#VVHjnvzJ8r)K{WIJn<4^rspW}QU zt$1_B^ho6+d?eqn2snp{V!q6t_3G0AL3V9`l0hG>sk9+)z}QC$D_+fBm7FQ?MHed> z(DqG@0OUlKPnbS*Z92~$nSD_QL2SSSyNa4IM&jdi*sg zNk>Aga*8*cwHa$2uBikt)s)S@vlJ=(T7)G)WW(bE78L8?Te?{w?S1Fvs2@onG73+R z(ikIL`~rX_8pBCA6&eJD-DmgKPFCdS!F`(>GXk8)ZNF9pQ;WMtmhoiY z#@)TpCcB8IVmWdtdAJ|$d^{eGYE+uM|S9l70@y55lvS)!p6V!-wAEITtIjHXdZ;;o^9L4aYkTwJ={&!zzE zkGPhqv3}8ki{}^DzJOMt42Ou0YA1%Uuo%PrrTSOHas|PcXkIV5+i?8O1?_*%I;kll zR{cut;aOb;&_5vVvk$-v0gUlYV?hIhF_tm>C5#qa`pUtwCN27L0RM0nU)%2#hDD=G zzWo|G)s^O;FrPkTH3yG(Nff-Rx@`?-&AE9qb4vBrY0u%2H@m&23V+Rz&;{h7XyTZ@ zflDnAklO5odzvI`N|?9iGd^&94*guGncfeb+o|Ja4Gpk2L4D7QlW@>81!maQ^31XR zQ8){hfGB@!_RPMD;MfO2Qgb@BjAPRwnZ2i#Aj2EP2G^%IE!X8U8vebu`k z-W4%6<^yV#E%o*EQrm6a1JleoqmcpQPuav}_#p?4EX$=Rg^AcC9-8x_5JaM-=nr$X4hbUyWa#*kOsPm&*O-k>kqu8tRqfe7sG zUT&7$R}8zcGeQmUc$8;}oEUEguZ9?6ewgwn5}pc0cN+?neJCsG7Qwa<9q!g%w0b8& zbg#)yke?=a9-dq21J>URcc`cY2ghGa1%r}q|2W{$KnN}pT1^zFcI^# zK5SqWPB=ck9Py--I)Kz+w{`B84tFi{i6GGbEdOedYHlNQ(`W0JsTq+#shRT#;>0_- zqP7kQ9j)UuK@Oqct9Jhr1)ss0$@RTMlN4b=uY?dhh$bD5F;M9IO~`7$;zCvB!@-)t z?pAfB+Q6Di&c;L8m)4#29uk1fFUAhfvNHVF-#q!1@;$)$Fm$arJhy{g<0#FW8Vxg% zR1^%U1K9hOv*Hq`Cbf`2cPT|Xx^?$SqUFv0Y`I)!bb2i`#Si_}%#fV)UjJWwEKih*{@sNq(8pg6DS zXRZ=n71AqazA!e5%SYc;8dD^&h(t%klRA}v3A^v?@ER=;7)eHa{MW(C__C2Jfh4_R z7vc(N^Bz8_Zax~VD@SLw|Ksw28x-HvUSIvEj;bTG;Jbb>Uno%oy|}=sTQfR5A}(I` ztR0dQoqF9hRaxB4_7OIzaO(y^FPW$D`7tpS`?|QKG_#;i_(LhZ;l}hC5qoZ$r%I1&0i~OD9BumDYlet`h$Cfn)+#IT<2C|V>WeQzK-`dkF?s- zG`8Cn&|8n@smG2@L@Wv-TMg|M4d`0`rzs2KMU{-|8wV*K1ZPxal>BktkNoJK^~4~h z0`K#r-8lJ&jroB~&QXPF(2|T)1UOQ=(SgjLCYQ*2K~MCdG;0$vKUO{K5d2hAO%dUO zSp#L=-=3~h2S)2iIXPR2OYx_Lw8(>}YJ4b^cUjGZ{mRXoW{>cFw*#mqm0QYOtzlrF z)(Wr3g(*_a!DJ$+UfW6KjBVS-9@^c27-L8E3Ax3cnI=my;jAy}Hhhh6?6Ykl8YcgV z=Q;{of7H?L^okfcei$PK0spmh2hR$C|Amq0ZTunlGj_;g-G@;RLw4t-HA>b*x%R`l z7^;HLO$sl>5g$G7Xk8BP3A>qb)C6Xp0P-xjZ$R3UmldN;rk7jyvuO!AM9n*BM{P2M zT1Ir_?Y4HgC%RX5(>jcEN>Ml&Rdaz45w?7YFvf9>4D-|p(-~@#we*DVsyK@0(N5&R z6i|NJl*Iqjq7M2P4xi%Ha?}bb^a=R^Gft{RI03uY<_n1gLwP$f9d{P_L!s_$dg z?k{yyF5ohZUio>yF=wG$W-pmi)9B?VOsOS8b)Y(fEqhY((&3y%GW(WN?i%&t(&)k!JO z4-rlG2;(XZ+Ffdu-2cjWcbQ-d93R-^ROGPho2Mf(l1zLy-g*Gjys^B+#$7B)3LXdb z(Z4|yFp{Ew__C^LGkVKVz$OJE?NOJ%+i4)}JLLECy2hncF))kn!@81u{QlhHXwxy@ zm&sM5>Urg>=**<-ON?m@i^6oM_GD7M|3a1h6ycA<;wLgCKZibcz~B^!xpEy<1();i}PtXa~5htSW1)@twzU1%A>tHdp?z zKfqRgKDcSkNk{GLs=El%N@?b0GP~eC`HGrr$elSEi=QO~o}DVo_~kq*Z|ihv4u}DS z5Tu;9Tx#|iQ>jO*BulQ(k75&d2grCrPa%0VK3Qv3M^&KCR*g^gk6m;$ADe;v<$A$` zNhGL&d~@9VK%@il9ZLTK-l|q6$j-p!Ks%Bl1g=zL21F=#Xh>V>D_SEDtEZ|;dVSm6 z`>SWAj8A2j1OFv)2&YwYen)>p+gnQ9+r?P>)e->y38TXpB(Y3vw}0W*H zoK6suR(&fJ75phMyn(yYEc>^~Z{BAi6K0t~g7tVn#tZl*`_xX%$|42A!h??@2t$m$ zfx=;g<(T!Has;vo>IQy6 zw-IH5O{xx7+28FT#tZ{PCz=S0Y0TvAu-kRyk-I`BFLpa>BQTV-Q~cqu%%UT! zolrK@u}$!*3M9)s``UE2N*1jq(A_&Qc~CrD8g)L1w>C45KB9jJdSQ;lQ{Rb{#mWa@7b$dkD@F>#slBY0e1heuRP{x``Y53|`nN&<<8qjVZ2^{#xU5_(DC z;ZB!cpOKlO2Jw|@M5`PaoHc;#&BxR$$=;fh{-u18nd*okgDmQO8MgHI37ZOwliQOa z^W9$F;hc{)!sjdgFW%lX9LhG18+PBNMdB`GHx;rcyM(zV$=1Z!!(pJH=|Nr0rw}?UK zChxwCFFpA8Ir`xGh62`_p8+NPI=#bA=-tx63AAO@!^CbBH~{%;8DxSQtlG#JPONREWCzW zar!&j*{$3{aV&!Gcc!BU$3+ajGry!T^45($`^1=#ZcQ zZ`vlOX1lES4vRWQ!5-g3zAX1WGHmqXo6uXoAFK-r6Gw-7Z;Qv~&E_Xuu8CGJGks@$ zcH@dFCC1wSywCU@ScYy;uMEcKh?tCT2>s;?t5}RDD&)Qo9f{SCdTS|AmlGYA@!G;o zX$-E%G5;{t%_Aaih*qR*70(3`O=>f9gv5rw?694^w`F?Kza+0?z+IU)$^GlcG)k(W;mb}p8)3Ma zRbtmro76E|F`WOuLLHRs=C4|o(!IwC-Q7&f-<5qRm(4?83dHy!-Di76V$61zd|Kxc z6k=|G5R;SBQx8eZ=dYDjqh(9Az*Gr)@#}*YL)t2*Sm87BR!wFzr5!sSkiLg zo_5D~SXXomii=l*w!6^&!@y-Waf-hy4WHq&z5KqG0LdVc4CBVaDvd-%oH!1>N@Z4{ zpFUW__P1tHTa#`30LfZfU@6Jpp?bUndxr@ll;o*xSG3DLr>RNv}eV1>2z=hK21`$o9PMd5^uEYtbnosDbbD zJuDxyO;4GbN1f!lSbf1vp7+tH9w(%2xxR=Ai2M!rkv(8k(#Z4<^>FYtaL%@ z1|ucRLk*XL>|}*AN(b##6LplVEZdateTR!ngmLtg)lhi}tZi$U*+Cz3UpiE2cdAup zc{yN9yN0+Bbe!mWMso)|?r4C8P?An1sm=vqcmm zdjr6kQk3FzJLULZMrV>2nyA$6L}P_zsM{phW64#KETl@MMn3w{PIoFCkPgxyXFZC0BHXE^38ig4GIEF4%By%AGUB;YI_JHhF}RB@ zA8g#JIXN>fW>_pks1isiTD%){zcpqv* zH)+3-D9#YibyLX355Tdp6X_qI&L(O>{lEEhG65;?U4-X$a7kA?y8AVx^CBM@ z*xQf`($(B7vzqd-{QJRK(%vqueeP0|mS<-d^2+J2^1hq+a0sAlMD?mYwur9 z#7ooUdsNIx44zi)t-d+W*1@4!WHY24lqj>Ay{93m00o4Jc!*1IrQG@6?$f|hi^DF(-OF$;VdxoYsbFLy4 zyBEIuBQ4HVCt%Vt+W#XwDa9B)OKmi(2Ttw&TN7N0t!ms9IJ$U3O%2kn%+skjX^@mn z59}66q3MjA|Mo8TtZc;2{v4_&{9&P%_ai&7mI1Hrv`)lF%3zC)(%Z5Qt6{4J?}u5p zD)-W}-e~ix0me*d6`yLBNGy~e=8)2ABLAT+0Z<|0_g7p~VE!-J)Ce@9yB9c5ZhzcM zfDe|bSQscoMm)H{C-68Ony{#G+T(f^$i@;}Ep6$h>X;ExvtU1|;hySMRZEQ;woDg; zNhBUAI?{%dKJMUtW<)#HeSRB0uViky+WRw~KYfRJp^J?EX^Hh`C_>ofousS81V2ic zn*)cd(DBFHB3i$aLU+l@Bu-b-iL(6h-2lsWxDi4R&ZV1wB#RE6`Zm(H)Q+H|3-N$f zV!%xkBP!C|%$aZF3Opq4Fo`SR2H?p!D=&vV6&2I^o)8uOv{t}Fs7O6^&e(-YsKb}h zSH`x9U+;A>YwdAZaTA#S0-c){rf-~VuzxsDsrwp&g;HB8PHW8=SxNFir$TF+-cTu( z9v`Tt6{m!gI?NO?UW_4CO@`l0?@(m9_AiK+9RnxY*XFzKpp7--p%*M7Fw z?HuHO@y>(rhchGh=#t+%FB#M&zP2eyaGZ=WJR=j)vw41}s zVdryB&b+g}kBbfFOx4p8MjiVas586rNm>YH_b|)RIAEyKC)poQr9Z@Qqz>z++*-vp z2mAdWOavR6>SNwzqUfWa{#qJ_(+yW`iBwBb&R__?*4a|nCOl+6T*7~u?{;Se=-EaV z6LdOsf7EEiioZBc3r9zGux+o+bwj6D(O-Z1B6(RdRlRp%m=bFHkeyK24&SF#MFTtI zZ0mQ$0eAf`yur~Qs2c@dF=XlK@uP$}LCx~FOg{S8P4Rr=?gIBJcFiO?1l)8<72jPZ z@u^N$P0kHjx%1nsQ=8j7IS+fHZ{DZWGmA2Wb)Wq%&to0;YBoj@j>Q#~whD#yidtHX z81NdYRvKPHOQ8B?nObRA2Q*(Vz6}kSy$QV>eIVbyvWUkWHYHlb95;}Rl-fEmms?s` z)@cpbhuOjP7{(kBRo*L+h3eC!SyHqjpG|g~#yB#~5Pp!eClV6uB3Y`K5lW%;^|9KP z5{p%u&feD~m?o~ux{J4insKIbZZQRaT79^F1T)VVvb=+w15;= zJe!XO5<3J>h0d18**Rmp@Ue>HiJHsImfRak_Q;Z_f6X6bJF<_-iFfgcpzXCk41_Nr zUs}0Ev1)Gx+2pf+U9W0EYDA-X(mO2IUQ1Cp2s?KynE0_a!+gdP%`kaJjuT$`QCuiI z#@s;c$%8&??JS+n{c0=g^$A0Y{MS$>5mesus#g{~+Xk&>0wKY$3R`KJfFCQJdC34g zbxZBMwNh@C>uQV%XxEAQuJ%pKTkWhI&!GE}A;ahPCE6Qh+aov9(}sHO((w81)Ck@? zU=R9x$2L69{-yXt+#j6C9Pab8!#h}7z)l( z{29M-aob3k;3wcUgUAWrwXl8>?vD$faKFSO{wAUN3^>@>&D7(x;v#g8Z-sAGX3AZi zcthA^XK;f!FS!|ve*=zLpHB}HPLAgQY+;)g#Y)S||Ko)E6{W z-IxRU;fpz0|ColHF4XrA+h=qgbByRMh(p~l57QQd`nR=)Kd4Po8Zqwba&Q+F;Y+Vc z&-SZa@hVvf2K>W@`1+kEA-ptN@K%)pzEw#bTukneh z8QCSp%1df#jL$2p7^oY~7;7FJgYoMxMaOSe2kj2MnTXZj(9ZEDe2lH$A5a|M4xNwq z`fn@Q%4wS00?g4rQ5hpVt@@k+iy>bvf0ST2FC9N7qZA>sM6n|#xL1CP!j*(W_~SQN z-@Q`X`P4*V6GrQ&@o}}yzwivr?UkJ}uTyskBuQ;($M7GvOv;(<6|i}~LAHDMu0PAH z4YBf=jtP071q7F>eAqTOdKZTvzGyZ)Vv3IHu%IyzK8lpMPU2i4G*K%&w$As1!+M)- zCuD|H^m`|r_H^y>u|@ft3&D|bK8xk6^ID$}^W2Q?xlO;uZw&SIk`8IQPf_i}hrNpH zjb#S9+pCie`&$X`Blg5N-jOSn2JvHt#>lSPd439HrY1dgW(vBE-#FDAfOK1Wp&2$h z`v9W#7E&9N8#TETI<@|H$CGGo@{z++EJAg8hM%H;z~`eR^qyz2;vFtStV8ou>Hj$w zY9w$(C2vPAgI?)>rmrB@B^Zq(`7GXbcGiWUcIQL*L8PhBb)Vq_(I<^db#!n3eVzR| zmh~GbV34KeLK-031Q-oW{R<4gnvOh{+A^GdyKSzY=s+}C)2T5;750dBp-vf?FwTkW ziD@WEn8j2~JS)h&Ak;UipLoGQLRnr-ciUxv7ah_hOR`ROfJ+*vnD+g(^yOK7;s*Lils_-r?SVoEY>Bd!o9+UeDUBy*F@qbK@Khqm8hvkX51 z)8f{GzqsY-YqPzsFmDnTsu?1Pn8FQ99E)|Ran zGF3HRhOD_AWVoD9(aq&{9-C&b6&Yj{;y{L1?O_|sOwVjC$M_}V)AOoxM@60PF=J4f zg+a4TW2qJ1+Sue|FYkD&*+VQ*v;hX!zssr0(_Nq2V>ydN z`BI)T>%B}ZgMyR3Zv#`*x|l}x^6d!^4fw+rw_K8l zi+-O|g`zr&shd6z?6aH>at2k?*CMD#Y#8x{rRDG-^7E^uEo7sQGyuKr#J5A|?!FL< z!5vM%x@_?3ixphw_!ud*(|Lub?Kxp0JuPs^{oz(W_&i(NM7C(Gmu~IW>?%=R;uScr z^tYPvnzQBu=r?;#suo6k-n$C6V-(id%Ew{%yG0H`24*Iv`#!O%L}(Y2&6S;)h?V61 zhpfH55H&8I(Fsh3il%3=Bmdw2y4uD5*XPJCA&$+huRss#;vw8 zbEKv|X7=KRvK@oF2Q5hLJ%OK1l2^Z3{tJ$*s&+#_nRm(To}-l5-6EOw^4XjkF~bvA&_Q!xGd|oa_*N09r5VUGV#9prM&_OJpcxCcd>gt-o<%$|H)mYu zAgESa(Mq);^DSEU=Td)0KaJLM{hGvrENY>3FH~;L6jiEH4;@=g>?&H&++1Qgh5(+Z zFK<}N!;{>JPc7YjwXJF_<}aX>R^u7(73)*fNAgx+?oh482Ev%0X~ZgOUK5C9VvSdx zoyX%@GNK9^Q*&_cgzmxKB}^k~^E}pnzGNkUik$r$cGQ*#dXj71^OPr6!hM#UXZ9gK z45{JQ2Sm`9KcOKF+n1_LwJq&lCrFwd8D0qK73}f6V)?;*hf7Y5IbYC;Oc}f%->%?r zrA=eSJv+Yb z_!?FH58F@6jg#By{~$jXz3+^C`%|2bK}$p#BI^ibCSrd1XopLM(y-;@O;W|@WwD-d zs9codg34W)#e2 zm~`WnOdyR@e=)~+l6IZ>;#; zNOS?R4TqliAri$fW5%f7B64E8^S&(K3zphho%riBC|3|srQ}HUn7kjo|lhH`<)&bc5Tx$^ z%2hrs{v6v~?u|T{+F8ZcY5h;vS>Ox%zaL4X;w;|r8`TklD~{!gn%Zm2bz zOsJ6emROFD0TiW!j;trC-9>95|L4I}LH_Sx%DpyiAd!WQfeL%AHqkJehqbY??r|Yr za!NxDYvm_M1MBS_HBL8iB5s{V2mjdPa(Iigx@%J8--O(+^OV@fa94j2!77sZa?5Y6 z9y{PZ*`FT-s!i8?E-#8EBi+~ZV}sC7^wo+}Nw{Kr#LVzsdh!5=W?r_iBLZgQ5Jhga zK?v#SvAY%(*$$31j4CJL(sKWUS~$0UM;AY^EnXJ^r2f53Ve>{Anb{&1ME_ji`$U^! zWL;`>`uiDptJR|+-5804|!1+>GA_~*k90fX+hRjxH`1!vvQLyG-Pq*|#(XkujJ zv=dBuzIf*6jps{#(q&lCSSz&-cua~{L72;bzWPI2nO8o&d|?Fb@RXPvh|b#CmM~w( znWnP95j^#*)5d&yoS$*SP&HWfQ*6$I2W`G{lwq(-CBsgi4w>$B@v0UKw-1$yt8KAs zQcJx}F@b?`quA8_q15xd+M1SwgCps^(Ah@QZFVgfSH9t^M50DU8>UHwZ|}6irN_c% z3*S9d&W@VJF;gAUIJ&oe_}i$s6SBl72PL>TX-3plS&g}3zUhw@0W2{H_O6c^1YjDT zMKl3jvapq!?ri(|L2i3@oXqtrcAUC!enxm$DK2kPRbZ+X3wfQxUGqM}&Ux!M;KR3y zieB3~pSs7UWjm_Ynk&L(Bla)nP_hNg=-uv6*zTnEH6)*Q3VcDLR1oqjTigzlKat{A z%Gy2wjit&|Bfpl&%6Rsh80alvyz+n%Jf&SEYAt1cXl`v~C&JOKS2YZHSAV;1+^}*b zz&S6U@I^{(m-tv)5Vpz3y|vkZ&)vG6R^Ra+5FRo@k&pTz6W8>M+1yV#jJ|69JcCt! z^fUkyTR??bcq5+;yDHmi$^{Okr5h`tFr(-&tQDe4645 zjHqLnpUKCjSewpDd(_sWye)`Ez;01B*dMq9cmvbji{|;ht zusm^%LcLt+eH+G_cctDD2nF;m|APyt!Wi<=y;K|IX_llpjNwXJDxv7Bx%DBliEMOw^fcPUDB<-YKZvvEKv@z&nx_7&7*?Fw-22k4(&(4=>egI z1)t~cGnVPe)Oq~D`t6T-q(kB?gDEo{m38;XEATNSI207;2(33D_t3(FmvQK zWQreOcKy%gT`qIu!W%Yf`cQEAl1@c18a|RM5JX% zEI~CN+MtM5m#)ddh#iMPbNl!+dj^WW!A&lY)7AOIriotI*}fF_a)!R?AB>wXjm8-5 zdxo0uTQ3&NmfUUUQhH>!^6Wz$*R65Jh_G4;I4dWVBD+M|sxtULSlJ|SdeY>07>zk0 z-~ATWDf)LO+y=KgS(fI*7?6b~7%pUryIdPDu6OsSm8ua8kva9;}P7qv7= zjG^I~>;tf0<1qRkHX4+9WY83t7;w{`45BA#0RwBuW$Yv75^HV{62&Ap0tM3!?C=yJ zYX2v4YO3=O+i$Tf9P0tH`~BNzirr2hm_juLS<7>EdpoVq??Zn@7BkyF0Wt_T!x#Gd zaxs0!3rK0m)V4oteL5;+#uRt}6Mr=kREQl1rZyKo;xLy1LvARv!YWBKo1wHRx>Q zDDy0=n;{B}(SS|4jt|foaX8}CAmFQO0}?VGkv(=c)_*Olk|fib zJYD?683x_C`I~Qpn^E!vf2apC51is{w&~rZEEWR6iMB|?ZU?sPM#05e9@6B z^{lm*Y`Qq5>4^A_^`wQX>=@Z_hP8)D5-?cq_(Yc-59lXB#mcfBvYlf(X+7U8sa6-& zz7S^*<<4(6gGnM1RrWY-eDcmelfubDJ*nYb-=}WZsY1?S0a1g0(8-QxJs|Y$i>N?{ zm=Tw4A~GRXM909idd{cl-ZwIWVWM!rOKpn05ru5T_>Uz^#2HTja zN%o3v=)I3Bi#vRp*je7)YU(m_66&d%8d|VTlSmjT%LvX(I9uJuLy`U+sZ(z4CE^Y%T+0R|C@G4vB^CH4D-V1qo z9!?aEe;vETToBAOB>R%-fE-z2bSqMUL^w<#in!#I%>q4<3^eS;{3mzpLeEZ;D}{&y|TL}*+K!3WPQR}Gh2q07FR_p)pEo8PNb*Z-?_b%(aX@mpIhNX4y6 zxfi-_Zph0r;+Zg;p&Fzo;!nNsC=BH(G-D5~_PV2N8@9o|L&yX!*CbpCb|&WmVymHe zRas!gn^w)8649>9g+ol`poI1JX-!sUH>cZ~2ecASWUP0`Sy?+7u$5@G$ecXd_ZsLG zM$wS!1a4C{HrieauA$&tji^Ydw_Cb6^scor*Ni8YQ+G50AX#+jO?MwpYb`s^^7*-nl3E zltfA~6~a+*xK?sb*Uh2(j|9SMn_YaHQeH<8RMpZ4e_{F1MWqv=ha8x&UoBoPThvIT z4;(UKB;l_rnVxpbGWqLY<~w{vMYL!gLnpl5*`XoJKWq=Z_8IA8_9YmGub8^MR%DyJ zz|Xbvu&y?9;4!x4%KC}Cd^sASI;MEwtD4sLWa9hChC2iMFzf zMnQ5ysFK76ua$tJu1Li7xS~Z26dhsEa4T)@Qs#Ws%*isMPUa zQ#Vd&aPJcrX+fsr)BFyb{9W_4zr1xm_Ro2jN>kF)q0Yi@I2RkMspahIcQ?E!X~40l zo5xP$7l6h70yVCNpzpVVDj^#159rJES@fwlI}QQaq3huW<_t~RsUd3P>m~hz$M<|y z(t5k~@?HHpw|06>*hO^!S9@$f%HQ8(8%&1UzF6s7F`#W~5PEetJ*v$nqOhumBVJ69 zIuA}x79w-)cfdz_dBYEd)4z}dc&3+*TV6X-Wgp)|enornOQ12r+Pahr`)FIG2KWuS z)f1>K)-FYlg#WPdq!386o2yT{(xN#p;rH*Dgx2jzdk`{jj2!L?3WGG? z#g$~g1sOT8!~PMeabzzfpns5@N_#XFY-xo>N+=}Lq{gpuKA-y1xz)yy_V;eYHgqAo zcrE_0<-E`)E;j#!`T^Cp?4MZ{L2E60Q#bzd0nFb*#9{xSFG7zo-}}~G?C!#) zjqmOn>}rl~s_+oql}X;AA>ONy8AEEh-ei{jTb-NX`K0N187_^sIp)+PljuE~9CG1~ z_zY0>Kvz8t5;pc0Mj5y8bWo0$ix1{*ic^lyr<>jx-Ef*uEZ*i*RRzSdMU^b$6QxZ% zLmnEUr*E1t>C_0svx_;1U)h^dv5Js5SpC6F=Mx!CH1q*>7h;_`xjfDR1rUdQcszG& z#oF61l55OTQBfBUxNyqWJTYcy_}=yvmr{_oT}-J7>Vpr=U!p_~wFr1*I|M|MXha|9 z`Smy4YasU*6jG6w#C~rK{0&MSEVP^7mN+K3R?X*@ye|QUO`gv)uXtD18pDOrjqWzIF`8y+5@JF(gfM@Zk+X$al7hjX;FtK&TEy#d*0V;%?0y z1kaBjK|}w$oT&pnFRBxEcpM!194iWt)-Do8Q2AZ!T)UyhxO-rInU074ns~I}QciWN znHfVp2fG3F7W6KeiS+_T0gv~YWl^_3%ps@;%;WtgbV5Tj7g#kP!Nbr|ThJB0EayKL zczRqox>}}Qf`Ia#QM&sW+!u6YqU#zGDO0a}Hyo3bzupwcEN8!D?1e+}A}E8u2GiDF zfHwz4_C;Dn4o*-lVwiZQ_eyw#Xa<(YJZVxiJ+rkFotss~3;Ftxs?}NbJOCKnk|up+ zBO)blzQmVg`0qt2?nM0(sdUp^Vy?1cmd7GV6DoQ!tV~u-@L#%O<{kY-zpicdRmheC zbJ-!*7Q9*E1PF`lkfQrGPm_kj7%le2z`YKVp(yn!(dGkm#s84I0I~Wi>dIZ{I&u|Z zad&24h!^kRwBBX%CdHdW%i9x_osZ)>k;y~Wqh{$7NMEDpq2v( zk8>|gQ#-8m+Yneolkj%NbqMFwmMlp8sWIvPbc^jx^**@T;E@SA%4Z}Ayf*V~q(Dfm zR*7LYweU6uW9y7!UO*m8mEzq&ws({3bvLOIkmlL#VS|}nXq@rOeEKT|euW=27Lp&l zsQIPIFWmBga04D;M(jze* zvubt=dUmmPBeQj?*|7Wm@}ifgzCWhovJqGf2;^^`=)t$hhUjzm8KfiCy9vW?OM|O>IO+6yOvcw$Z(8>WU z_^2Mpc(r*nmh$#Keg}sWP+R&gwVO!S@`21<7sCYC>e_w6>7(fY~CS(?obNF1Fdgyl1 z25|?*iW2^O~nSpeTQRdidstmt;o%1@nk~`$i$HHJfoH7awm+=)(K> zc9uIMg*v-!WS*WNblgJ@bHu?Fy{PH=loff;Y3Az9M!qi}SZ+a&lX(>Q+|@k9d0_R7 zsjz)7$CNTUaocFRog2Ef(ilP7Qq(fJD{qBtR>8;N8B=xtG+RGiKC&O#aID~AYoW>j zzuqI!8UwXsECj_-Y88{o^QJ5o*tP1TazV^)kDE)%vx|hS)^to`BWJp#`tPEWqTC$& zpY|s_vU^z}FvXOsocHdv-kOcN0f9O}u(WXbEFr%BzemKsjxuP=3Wg}Wy+{RIR9ONV zcJAf*Y<-X*wMj-$LzrH9vZ)HgVgHR}1{Ne=P*`It@RkD3wb?l1~R$xAT@{G^$k zovIAIawA&MEL+ivyKQV0f!;z{l*U3(ucTMJDjT#8 z!w-d4jDGtBKqBi{zwbm2?KD|c8qift0RzAsvSDQY_}|(uFC~kQQy-b@(=3|2rKP#k zlOz5;6_iOxc{?oh`m2Ry2eD21EG7}qSI{T*_ETvTKo5(^nEt}?+EJAyD_vMx77N*_ zB8d^lo6e*(fRoFOiCx*78-yuvd#$LsTNwn|ihxw>!b_KM-VUYC)txDwBgj+uG8CUS ztp`GR`I$+qwhn~G56P;$FO%98+_TbG_64l950uNx+M2^f5EDvAbsSmUZC z6>cuIy)->8{5CrKqzxR#fJ0P+EiJlvhaO!A4hrs^$OW;4uW{|RV&X%VXSunrOB+NK zCt_1BejIAP-q|%o-L1fXolAbqeme5ByN4G3acAAZQ8>U~U^d5Wpvff@S)9l%X3&Rj zGhWRpRrG%SGITQG?oIFEw7P(+I60~T+h^L)lEf~?c8-m=Ht!FcDU2Ha;PJOh>iOKy zI^3kU4wZAfm0pq!7h^viFjN+h3xDU!EK$N-GJ$>)x;PQlJ96dyJ4x<~917plcL%tQ zWaRSFuk31uL+1n~%L?h3t5`-ACIdxgPN4j3;DZ2NEh00&HF%VOXC|J%9p;{BB%Wdf z*x`ex^PEM1l+lKmpSEfU7Z;vxwMgrnV3 zyR{w&5v2RqmrU?bD^uE4Rl@R(F~t%)opu|mW&glvTJ^C@ZRMK4&wpnqzOv@C3FJF?d%QBfl27kj&x;`TB<$KLg+@X9)A}EAcsRc=N~rr1(tA1{tGe1S^!vGUH_Ic0j6wMJe)iwmedqo*QIOI20uD2}GQlVOV2<(zIs*WZbZ7u- zJaoP7+zQ!7Pe<$#pBZz8b-~=k{Kx>4Q4hLCNd87X9lMkGvb>2x56^FE^1^l(G$jsL zEl7~&Kukno*PzYP2YRf?w?~lunjb&Z=l4D!xqsSXyyIRw-e5_4m(Iotk^c^h2<)6Y z*w{QE@2vEH{QBB+d%5BWyO!m>5HdwRQp~0LT$-@i)-~_whQ5mW;u1Btt^^>5M zUyzI78TF8gc?chXyKd1;fE{c6!~TBO#ITy>@L7^b&ic&whhoUg%6@fM;t4)Av7BZh zB-OOp^bK-Rcw5|;x;!)d@e`L;k&F&` zk=UfysHxq40hH>ik=;*7SoZJ^**%cq)9?QTLTZe$N!?y4k*+*kD$xfLnUj4O;sT+? z)9Eh%ShJZ^By^*pPI0T@58EE%Jga@;<y zU7JteDe9#X%1CpyU{kn!9aAlCs25*OD4$B_`Fy^Dw79Yo!h#+!;IsfR5UtvK1!wsw z))f_XE!3qUGHC$w7hzptxjJ@m(55dO9A@Q(tOdMJxHJ{Ty!d>6h~T=k%fl%AD9l_rx?znN$c}4 z+#D9R<2uMo*Ydl$y?SJ1)@ucy+uJ{C>3)T}a;TamH$xAapxF|ms`9B(-UN+$85YZJ zXQ10gWB+1?R;OEv=B{{%)tP2xIrMoS)6thCE|C+e;_&9z;q9M?&kO3b8H7G;vw?Wt z!3i{mV_qsJ!$+)<$8+0VWR|f?Fj#8m%X`s{i6|a0<6V(uzpQ`bPCIL3kB0Q=l!$+M z!N;Dv8@05sx;>Km>Xp0{ge+$LZ8^(4H}P;aTHbkp(vHA z$O+hCf<12`{t0D;Z2(-^GE&@Xa&QtXm4$T6r|TNY98_pP?uZzFoO8Swo3#r#*q&lV z+{jqN7{${NeumE)*ba~@(+-_x2_q!fI;JG@LX>PCkwFWfY}ss&Oy_&=#kOc`BA{n+<;UrZLXmVUj)EV|6R_UM1DkVK0YcxhTMn1KU7H|{cL0af?ByJc0!ykYfl)9 z70@R7N?<{B03{>O2EYmC04`f!#u-lv`k?n^2BO{t1QU#OA^fSCQVNll|8%P_(O*0H zUpu}z8pSj)lR7}20jFvELM}>@E;C!0c-09e*>tlQIDzbQAhns;Zt0(Y`+dzptOe`F zM%T*UhF@SV7WQ&p8vt#(KsL7>43!@*XLp=}m`(-f?nH?Gh5fC_SQY;Lw9ruJXJB~a zMxoy`DtbT4L})DyE;+r6gA@^7Mv(p7h>uOj$v z^w}qdi$q;h0F;yIk|ONEcDiM<*&j9$qR)8387)1FN2_h*(FNGP++bN$Vh;B*_J9Dh z-{XPk7&s^<_^OXNWK8FyVM!en1idpbAv^Di~f`FDb}AGV_bqkP9(nT zYwBOS3bV^O}QjW)O()a4Q9HHMGV!gds}xyIH5FksQ*CR zrh>1Pd`)`NYG}((EvzK8=8nOcQg*h=?=luj@YSd6k!;&|BT@HUe&`Q$_2@!Q_M;Tb zc1Oe7f)s7-ZC97#EcFA5;;f*(y-%bq7W{`PMG{Y>8NLL|=3V*<` zX?alWkDa;Em|m*aX3ZWL3a9O!30>~J?7Ov9?&hUhbJEd*_PX8Bb*9oPhtp=O=n>Tc ze2`J?V409jcr`;ybIBdTYYy?@V?Azh)(l;Tg@UJDuX8`Aq(`|LhpS6S%d3-j^i(z`^P~8u27a z-Jy$HbECO-LJKvm1#s%K<+AAynv>&cD3yjCG1G`)xEZ2WNl?CBe_$bi=z8aV$Ohm| zt!p3qQNzt(kMrlevzk((xloXJRVZcU)^A=L6wiKGUk;>hl#I`-u1TR%Gwscw&#{Wh zt7D80aXDyq`5d9}6*BP~?$@_B^V#GC?ArZ5Y)zJ93S)3{*4*?Twsgr+$cU}ptf~gi zErY)6b%-~`K>IwKBiq$kdIs9%8V6#Po6HJVor?OIMq=0%x|SDOv2K6e%tH(XsiOqJ z&6sU4wTLmaNNN^vo3WD>vDq?i`ZdksubYmRDJha&%tuLHW0pTiHiV4VFX9&lmC6(F z`^TZ{#BQe)3%G0PiW2e5e(g9)Nk>#63i7b6uJp>@r*LVg>oMgI&MRI})U=G(^sS;6 zAO+1UOSw-BL`1<0C?ul|cOv#5P9%VD6^+?RE-O{RLA#m}s9(;D^auVFT9x_S3NWUW z!ngNt5T?F6T59wrdbIk%cx6n~)*G~Os!J(@h}lyJST~6()93|UD9=Zkjl?r*u#GL&4L%Tv3mnvxvRGNA86E5)=05qoz z{W%y0_N=9U+i?5z6*f}n&c6AT3k8HPehw1X%I1E{E#>Eg3k29T z8R$5vV;>?j4SD-5+SEkFG+0-MSW6#&o4AtmPiCuCXt@=aCcabVt=B0CObc_%%_S6% zk2!Xli-osvKwG|h;-j&2ycG;pf@c=DtgbC$cyAS^K&4VN#AKh{)(IE<@^_180gjuG z^P^pZilBFdI=4sfYh1gta?RLbB;jdc*PJ&#Ruf*UR5Mi&s2LC@ zk$TyJi@nN~BLK1GR$*$B9*K&;t^ z#BAV7O5(h);!0suZr;F9hAnp;z98iz$t?KcdPM2)>`FBxEI!ezMCFIsC-@u6(6CGC z`F7Zw)&-Ed(_06|E4`kWuLB5bArR+2$qC&9AmnAcH?EOxU4>hFj?(rlcOwiwLYmErh5IJyeArrN)c zkAXp`g!Du}TBK_*5$PD+p@5_`NHYb6#}SiG8Qme}Xhek3qick;#E8)>p7;FTKVa9j z>s;`8Ym-askm_pqYshh;K_ z5eB*rI)nu#95CV907|m+h}^=yC%-d?6E_5SzmG3=VW7b6Y1LC8kYox5%mr`Ar~5HS z{g?hV+{CLAAkv~Xx@-U@1o>J&v5kKtX04L`HBp&cxk>7ooO$l!Yh=x4h@dTLGS1Vw z{Y$fG#IfVtb`3d9fl{{L-=}y7{M+{Ua0fsaQ?wcG6DhU_u4JWlO&p|oeJ95awWIPo z1&x*4cb@zA{%9%K$4i_($)PNYvTeu$qPk!|@Il;(NFiLR)Pnle`$EmmFCT^jgG{GC zCGs&{)BGbv=20at6AYlgAa_7p9LSZOUpIM-X3e;ZO8YE_t>b=8OurFbeiL1U-9}nx^l6xH6_bY0R zAo3T{L#{#U4aw@A(l&bUH8RDf>htZ?2hC$pLk>G&hEW}T=-2Y1veJ@bMOu6rEVvHP ze7RkOLZNCrRc1YN{H0tUC`VFidbWt|&QP0gFQ>mftxXvpg+}J)RRU{VYJ3H2`m3n; zf{SEhI<~^g?4n!BJQ|6mgv#hkqZ1%2nA8_Ov(HTkQpjktvl9@bR{KWHkI)W67>>!) zS@_?RP9ZbZO%`*&i}{{P;Al+p%ddS(Ok{xv2WKV|q8DU7;GaMEWu2EB)#J|(H}cmk zzg__nfR&!ACJM{BCmD$3gn%&*GPe*k>9tLl>rwG2$vBIas{u2v>XMNu1!^6uQ-5J= zY9omT(TL4yv%tKdNf#qU4ewQGj zyFr&9w|_>(e&UbMp@(%H!FrocVipZ1_3XH;9HlAK%LnXTeEnnvGKG4fAS!e1*jc%~ z6wgCq>R!7dC5J6P5GZZ$m`M+P6c52Bgw=mxPW|)%5A@XtqW|r2m5H2q^x$@{++cKN zB|I|~+Eh8{#DCP(a@)|oa17{B*Xse2>1NB$X$i4}U|UGqetu!5r$i24$C527QN`ya z({=8#?n4+s)m(_$t^01uRRvmMTds$Zh$~;^6--2I; zN*}rpoT}vGBgK_zm+k)k&FynIk`?(*fY0u9%xBu-2ZkR8t`|qh!GVKgZ4oWWRHf)& z457XTmib5U<=k*t8ithVxALtNJFXS+Yh}AWeX;+?QPVs53H!Cm#Jcj1me_8I2Kgk< zDPV%@8G*H=(yd1K6!g&Nm~-PrU8@Y_;%^)Z= zF~pLKp*RP!Q-dcV71os4(Nc~J zO$9xG>Py~`fq@AX7bfzoz@_bb%m3G@D8D>6s;&+w#da+$DGnqx3in18(bimb&Jmm5 z{C#sI7U(w@^Si%Qz-33!l?y$E;V&?)%q{q7vI+TkxwY_h!-)y{Cz<}D<;z+OFu6;O zo4eY>A#AS233qEj8<4@m@;;5L>|rZdseOr6it0;O7oUgjv7cfr6D4J)dpyeC6GLE_ zxB-mKYceN!g};s!DGq)({OG`uGm0`bRfC7{g-hel0A5fixvN*aTd`@SH)GgaMW9;k zV&qM3$yHRax=E&{XHyA+^$Rd+0Os;QF(@#wQkj)H!yKvD)d-0TtguJ6H(-r1F~fxh^l3rsO_iyoy}2weg^5M9}9Xz!g*`4JJj~?@15Rilk-?wT=4}D8@n1EPQj_J zV~Y!L+h>_IPy~Znor8dA)4UbUQiiB`tO7Wh+05y%JG&a7%Lu{2m9YKwZI`#l!4E}_ zYx~&(9*9P>qXgPq;D0NVw!S)U!QPH|fe1h&V_oCRIQXPUfv!%TnJxwQw}GK9|9 z_-kFaTi(0o!W@fP7dkpOFz4xkzLVlg3SsR2?``+aZYgt~(*dAd5qiDiX_Q=gc|p=S z*V%%XSY+uDvGb?*1dE+z{up)}vi${rc`~CVk)eI6-6UJ?Q)lqj6=k5Nn$D)kQGX9; zUV2TIZ9;{MGsFQ~Vf59yJes9m!I|rHGO13s{){MO69vth=L@)^7GRfepZA@}p#hSYmr@9HTsMFvnI40>8Kk1deRPSj4G${F{QflYjn*!u%#a*ajCs&C*y6qXjN?& z|4neWg7;84lFV6GewbyKU!EVdQFRoQcgzdyX-R?W=fyZ~zXdT@W_B(}y#0|RHb1A8 zBR#C9vD}w#E04@WgwaZcT%0hKGr3CZDrOOi(t+;q>w_xBj{wE#e-xYRq)z|1Pvw;Y z*BJU9lV6WU;$=C)_!4gK-m)o`|DR0d^VW08WG;SN!;gURv|~{;$SN5qNg#^sdrJ^( zYw#&_Xc2fS&>HI?dXbM9gy3pkjVp$68RZA(WPE3ukNtGf_W4zMo4+DVA!^9bbOJ^l z4>oyrmwyXM>H-?0=7ggDkhuV(jX-GyXH?vh$d5!@KqftM73jU4^_HcNU`w*cIl}piqnHad>=4B2f_~>! zinWq2yzFlatRRby)HWbsJff|L66*C}LmwT~_qz`_|2a+EnE{qUQ(qlSLHg0?O^%3;VuY+Y73_Ci1_n&mjgqQ4 zYH3MoJo2a45E7dLOg_tY$zw)_|5AjKNt2j}kO#SB++?Fh4jefKr7S6TPnNOe$l@;^d?QprR%Zo|kR{6oI6$M1mT( zk1Is6aypBN(^1UpWzxi)=`igDWyw_; zpt;XEny5_K{cmC!yU0qS!|y5|o|<=#h%hz7HVW_~83hjmr5Hi{JMJ8iKOx7?j>L1I zoz3<;9!R?682KUO8RA3)Xfw{gC84hGTGMjl+ubgS0JR;x(Lv+h0tc&5D;i##HQ(y1 z>t+<`*CN^ldWR%QXAwM`0a}bNBIpfVMB@1c#En=i%YB|9Rq}JZsZ7)RWKBhe0G*{x zv$|M%$Qm~h((Joj2^g!uW!u|RNvh)$X!D4^4k*S{nNjl{7FcNhRT8RSC!arx%O%9R zTkEK(8g}s*Ni-UzBq`HgLN9Aj@hbWwCFrp%uQ+h9r^Am;6ekS9xArU zHc9qg2Gyq2h|-AE@*L@+n$L#b(;DYS&x3LY4D61~h=_$QCBv`C!Bs+&n>Yt8FI=Y6 zN2?`FJqhaOU_>i-mo4@y1^%&@WQk70*_aGT5hOktJFF`f1y8O15m8$(G<@dtD+ipf zXSYd!@1=SK?YII@DQrrcRtVoi4zBN}Z|pFGL=)OL6X0ciYnKR-Ghak>6Gx-Bue$*3 zEwX{wVJ$J@IK!YTpt&P^q_3jIF6CZtu2I))j7GCdzB@9IvZpgnEHA3Qox#77_^_W& z;$c{;>drl9kvo0(6*vOB85VABAVR&KYF02_t)ik)brU#vUAp-V@&@3~#u9_~D^fFK z*l$W)%x7LVwtiWsrSr94D-mr1htFF?Xgf1L6rctRav6R9?9ST!_EYDZH4CJ`XmF6f zTe|y`xI+IK-dqVAh|pvZv1~?Q{)?k|Q87mG*pkSi9WPvFid6O9(rM1hy5u;w6XNalUi%T zl1IYtLemlh1!P=}7uvegB7kQdoS;nKS+6Dz#1v1Eh5&(!>4&qlK|Lxe(08LzQ^eqx z-0jBJeR{;@e-yRj&bal|XdZp;hf|G?S{LpPqti<4Z*^H(n0O+^#chMYTp@!w(Z$y=O;8sH;Rim;Jwki`5(s?1Jk@=+)K`(NoRXD6xV`x#&8V4P%+ zTrJuot3sLgRRa!UUzHdn0@?gk*mYEdg&qzoQ!Y3u&evRop4tS!gY3}5YSd0yXFELc z5RZoAn_Mq2x2 zR4}b!nOKxl4F|TY>yaQRdF^P~`+u%jvnx3{jEc6gSkPJ`l=Vwg!U++2M63B9MR^J- zMIqQZr5aL8hCRzL_f9S<{OyX}w%q6mI=ayARlJ*d`L~U3xUtq8)(SMjOI(r9%w0Fh ztN>ytP<8~>XY)wk6i|Yf;6RwcvukI5k+1F;uG;S@I1*IKdP!yFS)$n`y)cFX|KVwU zld$Is=6*Vhu#GK#$c0?b-!PdEwrO6Ry{ zmVxU@ovpxbd<_ibnSEbN+CqPn!LNJ-My3|UrxnystE}DP?6V=Xh)LVNvD<{#f zVNUv!rSepe_A|y1!~H@Jc!*d(dBnxz;+k$af^vzB17&pq^k^ac_IhdS#eqp6U#|Bg zKRFM27I+H1X{d^tSPgxdauEnCH7usHR*p{8eg=AeLWqd(5EwY=ao^GYtPnnvSBdPR z5o9pb`SQzt8+fZhjcvh=#$Fe1fbR)g&K+dCB;nk z;c*4#pOZv|oz6qL`oL&3%HFUrA;}f!FkUXKThC*S~+A zH;yN#9Xnfm9KIjI?&cnLSp%Bt=&r8>_&Q-0NFniT1yW1n&9{kPw9I&@zE2Wk0BYiL z)US@Q>6@GT)7rC}z<8t1GTeTH5bTUkS3f$X4~a@;@0JXm3?%kwTlUsPMN>w1;TAgQ z9Xg}O*N!`^atzYg2}{z&a9N&s^)-XE`;C+_M8su_>paujPyP9cG|arD_<}dm9Dnjg zOxLA|zJJP}Uo1pzStY)HgWjh{<2-Lt(U~fdu!YN)aa}}?ATWOXvbZ4X6+9JQa4w)Q zZ-!epG4V2j-&e|Gcb#`1aREQR(({r~?k)uC$wZr6M5pL|V7GfNVgF9N^)U=wE9x4) zK@K%y073@^;=0c7hegk-Bt+E#@(_JkS`hbHVWHYnFsYDj!pTg{1DUs$In2&prt z)BP?vS%Q#sPYe3Bk`8ulzQ$Z1s8KxB4Id9flgU(z0HBN^oYW1kM7jI)7@89jLxTC% z^5Yt_*(2-){Lm6@5~!yuGMx={1J8-j?i==y-7~n57vg8}74FO~ z6f^K(zcIFfW&vFY}FP{@C78y)g`& z1ZPKP6%IRyo(9n>2m!xxC-fN(+Op+97S2B7k!10yf}?-e5QD|w{a0gXqNc?>n@|!k z>$Lif4(pgVtkn$Y1#KNG-GnR|I|%T*ZN-}jRBZOHcZPA-#LILJa8H#){i|2(wiA3Z z$OXSqN>DR+y>K)!EM*7YP=t7@oi(Wy1C8kEu~rft&SLf5Wc@RwHwvF|n;XD~&2RgH z0udXR%xGQD&hid=?Aa56;)TdvyS& z15oTX#qknPz_3{c1QR5u?X6@!I#S_I{Es5L)>5AwM?{#o#cZo+j*=?K9tjQ2xY4AE zF=+iR5ScUlY$=x@_aDXT!)L*OK3cZz;j>-?EE5sHlC%4;$PmtJtnXIgW$?U{!yNEUg!(9=J`KhV=dB^JbORlpr zJJgkH6lQC8>e#Se;OO*BI%+7XB|(wa!yJrAt5PzlfO)=s;VNbS?WmBV!= zikh?pMWmbn}7@s%;n>|1;5Wnq}#T z+aRP&<_J&Cx6-+pGTbUoQc;`VSnd-3kHXPijN)um_e|tc*uCV+iFo5gtCI!TJFcMk z_{PTAej#&d@Z24gH1la~~S^>kTEbsuR^pbIT~` zw5cc_>0jP8noh=3{YMdNCHL_WDE;q)rRAsLvN$;s22rtZlhFeU@DW`>J@w?AW%q5a z6|w%p)bhW@^tLq9LTi?Yp^o%?H{;!Mm(pDc0I^7wRjB;l^vE^QG5SefGO_&jjd1%o zMQh0>)>i-V@5UV}y0R3#y)!r zMV0qs+AID-77(^m90hw4k?$L3T)7UkTjbO^`VJXE#g=3v3vklx_E^BR87^aNRJ}b!to&>83mR8b)3+*Sy;A3O zdFfIbN~T7gF<|TI5IX4W~Rma7BnF%h8>8mm;zpM3~#;1OP)`x& z2PZFoKN+(G1hapZ{;{~k!}x;HB8VXX?q&#mmDMeu3|RaH+aE<_yNk5clrja{7e!f^ zhd%FSMXv)I?(-juMyZpZ3_q6U5%>)e>C7t=2{_iVev~A@LjiT9#>k)dOET_h2jbBj(WYtlChVB+f-5GsA1F4LBNqs&#L@em`hk}8g-$P>sp)}L z64FZF`W`8wug$+y{-dLlQv%YF!_SpOLigq9;CuM=TQ%^!XPNOp|8*Jh*X$)EbM`xF z{3?1F@>eK4>`5{C?eg_n|B)#q-_-#_WNB{qwU2qd`&3ac<3-LH^rddyjqk*oRee-C z%a11R=?zmUB195P`q@%}`XBp$kZo?r6&M~)?CjUA@azjc74GLvvjH&4aFuN`vQYOg zkl=7Ff1$~*39*S9CZ&DDix3n38zws0)gl+WZ#L zNcz)6j{IL{gs4cP)%j1K~Dw9};hHeppArOf@N&1Cr|4{&PjuTqbnECkNCnd?t zWZ!OJx5+=*RVHo%zp$UyH#9n!FZ+IShg~J$yug0{4lic^%T`3|0Y4x+CGdJV_^>Lw z&5#db_|N>4lqun9=o&Pq_vT`PTZy;c6evRZLzo2op&*h=bLYBX+I&vv8|onIuWA-Z z4yv7%UR#kA*t3s1+r*XdhYp2{l&l@{5HH8fXz{3d=DRe-eQ|l|xjEH$Mx~^9PfE74{*TJtC&Rwl_6(9eG|O`}-r2G`tnTExTL%7mg4ongWN; zZ0X)h(Ube`Rb|U!$~sC~sxj$1q+zhFn~LPFFGKyP$5mzg%YqA75;57qg>P5EJBV+) zuryvZZGrlW=xNE`;l}?gfeO5JY&)l|&PGy@G2xC8h@K!pajBq(xZEP<`Yv|PrtOkB zscb<^RZRR%OD~;9GrzOqNp`9w9ck+Kgnb?T?3XS0?Ga_~i?#!y6bOpV$8~u@p>#d3 zW{#KSx~+EAdmJ|z9FI6}^-LqSAx^`?p1+1V+UQp*O50UMKPA)W#foGJ8wVc1aqPf^1AHss;&RZ zj-cYoPHt||f{|g^S`qZ}RSkCvYgSIdi(c0EkZ+J*-xO%;A0>S}&F+7|+t;HBV8UU2 z|GN-rg-|<~1aWjp-j*)caHsAle7*8h^OVb<-b_U1f<6V?wzh7?N`O1 zAqM=08&5iP11>`h*II^a}dlO$S;l~UVb>Df=am~uVl>NIgu$CLamJ)7Kw9~op`Kcm+4NfT& zCfrhOL4+!&t3M+*E!`l;39!F3>HkrfE99#lM$4mDgMgryA=t0AOQ4I7*iUeyJ7=ac z?IG@~-LWR#y6dV9bHT|4%Ypxw#xC^XwIIIH=#nZ2(*Fp~|K@NPb{r063n#ZgH|mg= z1Dz+7Hqmp{)}!ufvYgpLBw#Ih64*z1RXgE_lqZmj6SHKKFMgcPW>oAR6C8EAu<|}g zPh6$+67&YWKNCdZ=zPc!hzqVPvNALYtAVG=Y{Y9KT%T<5tC!8y10aSfY>l0#^(-LG zK-5FFA+QiOAk;JrTb^8*TqnO_-(Uk2M1H1v_TQ7nXVwaPOhZR@;h5%{h-%lJxj$W# z9s_MDl9D#c=*=R6MqXv6Gzqhiv|O-BSc9JHqsc75zc&F4-HL{0v+*wAo3I`yG|6N; z6S*PMm&xX@xE52`Az^^~i!;tbh~sV7emviwznaJ3FPs=yljz!A@XT^9iL%>vaF#yj zb?C9*xZ1k+WgQub2fpUz04@8%FO~M4tk&;)AjyX=KP^U}W#|}u&D3&b^lAnYxEh-%CM1xXlGBTjqCrH9+V*VxyRPeJ(men zqOS#kCqqa6xT}Nfu9lz3iyY{PKG&tjb1RrJ(1}nC{W;Ir)6Ujsg$? zAx~(pI+0K{-1!p#1WYL!432RrLr>V|P(D!3KK!dSa&|t58*cJ32Qz~H+?qXFk=lId zQlV(+mrW25vJqhix>AENbnOJqEbsOAo2z{p zH`e-G&D z^xZnP_Gh9MVuX&&h`M61v4^QJjV8)#V#BA=4A{#OML-zv4A`FR*1K6 zL??q}`S_paP_HOAinD)?StcOe003v8bIz$Vf+>wVv8w3sHd*{ zM~%1G^K28lad+FI5#2+3kRH)ft1;+C-143EMh3*pE$uPHSVyA?zX2YcIT_-|79x za$#weddE(S)jP>>Km4U6nzvnQW#sXe&yC;}-)xQh7F_ES;0c#@K}@M=kwXJc+nFu(K2U`-DNkE%ny~;6!37IW`zH zWwakIAjbSAL*HAHy|_V3PmssDpksgMckQjCg0;0zkblo9K(>Gr+i_@BQK`$4oFt%V z^m-dFU);%{o+f5o=k`!Y3LY_#{V@*%1x`ivkEiqWYSvIcnF^ zYJUzGfAlXC&Q5Ufkbo8s&zlGVM)jYNePeX`ajAhAjm#mK-_R7*Aq^8V!TN_Bc)pMS zvmEkBq;?xsc?`?*AkMYI{N7O&bF@mM>VHwU|0q3*_S`Dv-%5p-h%?F$OYdI*HlF^y z8~}XsZmEA2b}Cu>nEFA4X3oZSW)Ay*Pj>KDc=~!R=~KPJ(FDU&Q!2r3dOiMFZ_1g9 z8-UGyc;BW73lc$vi-=EST3frnOPz(>X&?xs@q9~+sW?l07T@aaDMGW*S72XGbJb_J z&6Os~8&#LcN1o0?Ggv$L-=}TX@*=p`I?4FP>Jh==7!)yi!1kR^n?Szk(KTI}8?T+t zOpkZNV3+quYYXyuozZ0|{4S8RJtX|4bCLv`4JrF75e4C#ZulIK?5$u(dEATh!0s&n z>tZ-X=ty!M_gL&noXf(;cRIe)+16=!pK9v3&+_F^e9V*7*edELF(pZ_4*oulHr*Us zO%?Bk2bnrVhArqW;Wlg`8Thxrl~CgFTH>AiA?rC7_!ZpN$Kkrv@y(@zSO!Z5sfLn~ zAwb<#N2_?1Xx7UlC!?9M(`iFaOY7ul?=A63b4}Gn+01XiYR1Ytc+ifH+nrPP;bm=eBFncyjw*eP6IVJpEd>lpm9THkvv*|L~s9n zQc%!votOiyX<9ocZ#x{#(Xq&9erB%uN8AK2c@fP~cxRuxB}yLEQ_kN%v4zj&J-%^b zhDRP|BR5W?M^^Z$AzlY^VO^+JoicCZ_N2z|ZnkajL33JPejDmO2bxK82mX-H%7g6_ zBC44UK*#jIzAHV}YGrNmsOH3`O8y88(W+n7*S!AG+AcHB=pS!AK?ZcE=MMvSK2($u zvS+f(UNg`yuQ)L>k9rJbqYy?lB!3(@(WUbY@)oz) z3yI%+KP~UM$}iyJg3m7{eXsna48iqtXY#K;L-;LJ^VFgk|3!292p5~I@qS5L^UXyGEn*Bi%vs*>Ju^CC;%Hb5vN)S-f(Kh* zP9o>BqA8@=!Ob#)0eTTgUt?ovLiwPM4*dzJ=gn`GDlT{q1pnoMHf!>K6ee$*v6JSM zkIRCMf*ij7{BVzj>Z8TAh={QNC_*2&>8!Ovll8AcllDl>WxV;rsbmf0U=}A^oifl= zpuu79gHu4D1o-W{^!ww}{MO$$QU^E=M!L4WD8;hUT~8)l&6hV77o@(6RTL2D4_^i` z)yA}ah`HgFo2GX%_2Pvd>>eYV!gbSVCC4oqXLFr^-d+KF1o^|txan&cPiKUATh5>I z;$5rWtKU0EQH*0}?@y^=jj6XnwC zk#z7r3ryI(kzj?|e(J*frpv9jU=_2a8yPo9OoXKB&&$AvYmYMF@2dBnWWAYkkj6NV zkDHoq@C+!`yNHDcxt51d2t(D*Wd+JJT%LaICo2o6ovn%wD)dQITfN$K&5LJx{c$z? zxsO}nc9_gmCQamwRd;(jjwm<-GBOkXhg$A7MJRK%+u_V$r7w&Zx^byt+S=I)q2ETm zx4riiQ)!Lj@bz++DemAEB;Jm7Ju+$R>*2RJ zH!_S?${8R7`oe3da2D%sN`R~kmu7^9yml=WJR4cT3Fp;s%{kz%=69Nl8T``seqRca z-kONT%dx@|gqr!nSLKxDvpqy4QCpA0kWX!UoFpNV`3e`blqdGgcioaIJFXTeLnL{q20ulF7IED3 zSoI0%rjrzs)VE*Fx^OoLn@ma22%Q}sU z>@R)u*4Em>h#B95{F|c!J}N8)z?j&-!+|E7!zjes1Lj$?d{4p|5zg+PhxUhVWW;SR ziLd=Vd$zwL#6j-WN$R3r{xD!)%N{D;!N~)pIBS+yCu|&{jb%%du&FCyPs|vycV4^t z(BMKl>O-7c|9TDpUAT6vN(99pZJ@xJrt^2QeG z$_H7y-6EaOUA}NhHQkLRly@r5eJf*Qwqk#8$gifXKTATU=(jzGEcSD!wqBr)6k5fN zCJZLW0Vbcf-mDLi?*96!ZtUiJN#)YJ(qFA&?|-=4C}?=(_w|5~P3#Pkx23>~U7O7q zU%P^2oYc&X`!OK<-C>E~&N+u`_yc+@QAaX9B6=2TaVWrcXWsRbzLrf8Zl z4>wL?h?7!_%MY8uu2aP!Rx~6tm~@)@?su~*u@^!b1ls8*4F@IJUrioCaf1(r>^5*!zwDeO9WvdE06mKUApMGuNcIEjfIN`e_k(HY>{&)Aa-&q8u^NoOOB!NVJ3kv?6 z$Y4wqlA2H6G5@;qnB_du#hs>UA&5oj)+yE)YcI=dzES)uK$TXyVPr!xWSLqEQByeN zSW$5OrkW+|=*+r+fPHC6>{!6RBJL6~($@ZWHS$uC@K53CFZr(Dt$n;*qHdzII=%kj zy+DbC(ca0he7S-EWmWKlV|HO;rc}LuF_tWR__YHDX+D}%NYL-RBK)u)ama~qZ*K{> zwX-<4H*G{TWM$1OK-E-_fqftp|eKzPc(x_pWdBwdN?&Rdd$DDi@pVVo_o#I zg`(IheOQuz;6$jodFkzEF3SNreZBGePZw%wWo5!a3$+v`6)rDA8Fwf9WHVehu)HshSWkgx*sK0@`mKCKI%M>6u zpA5>MNvq^xSr{iPUnE2R3?%NnVCXvh8^&)C%-a&<{{wa7;O438jf*#KhMA+AK(OU= z10`a?k0k@M@2r^1FuNxU%xypV=39GQ&N2p9y;2rE&zHCB*>72LUo6&S=HsZc(}U&i z*rDy;L?QQI6+@TL%7v#l)wBDr_kOE6QuX~{|0}8FDD_5?#dY1KM&bAke=mssH&^A? zA3y4;mySHYT`eX$dTl;r>(XoT1gW?FJ*@d~+1d1T$Dn?WZFL{b9TBw5oK&!MdJoWq!aaT7;M z4GLjB)rwN*GKv(Q?S%z7U+>xG>Mi&AoGJD#jwf~H!m2NBBsvRF-X$AtM~f^#1|n#H z{4!~m0MFk*?8aTE+AwI7boH{llgRX39BDdTb1p>P19>7ps}R>(r=T#nPSw=tMzc+)H1nfnx8VHuV92J_`-C zquX{@DGU?8gp6N!zq0vxhu#t78MI=5&#A6Xo?}LYc6+>$#X?iD)?y}_R!43YfqEZJZ;OqTl$xVh%vSI#=5y0os|T*zs=OPVcoAc z*Jfa67to4{*8oSazL z3o{C^8Ef|{>!(PYN){HEkuZ)k%<%`ZE!OqfTuJ#}=!ng`;+=hkn(yMQ=qkd!P)9KZ zjn==LBmUDb>)h*~EfSc64+7m6RD>BP%4Pa$8$1MIa1CoJm`A+sJ1j~=3X9Det*kIC zg!Gm)@jbs@RCkZDisG7zS<-D%(Ux^vV^I{=^8LGMEpLQjxsMwjg!-^60U4UP)WKyR zn7>!lS~s%fr>k_nKja&$cggjlqRdrc%FTxPBk}@_C^D?yi2Z!b>k%4DU zcBThm{jHF3@?k$l-?V8nZ{W>S=GYV-4yp1wnZyEVv*eKI*AHc2A;$4+U)3z#!N zqnI4Fshaez9d6HqV&**jxs&Qf^$bs|fD~!i77{xqwPZUqxRQK96*W2=;wJiU&z|n@ z{`Fv9FAvXn1?x1-U|of8{pOC(w~ht|Gb+c8#VM1b+^AF`)59IGTv!7zdSy%An&$ZH zKJZ0&WGB4Nm=w&N>6#x?$keB&c4&C@D*JSs^mR*vK4q@$5bP`nMfCy*R0X@pdCl>M z3-9*eLBG@W5Vhv_>;4d?7IdK$V)mVG$B;YG=I@Ssb80Vcr~VTw#_=trRiZh&GDW7} zCy1@b5wySKR#;qF8o0ft;lBTV;zz{|grO_9qwdX$o&@rJujfq^H|Vc9kbn6a_x$ST z;_=eabYhS!oGO#yjq^1SpU}N`3E-yBe3J^Q%ezAdlRbc(NXmw@NV_xLzeRgQYMNU} zAus0ksjoQWMSn_uKup&RHjn3t`P z)-!?|q5l;Z(E1KTbW36E9P1?`PQ@ecq3$%MJd-3BowQ=?lO`=oY9r(13}%NY%MwB@DQijaTgSkf zQ=0D->qkx1YsbO{Z-OI4f8Q6(%>0DiTHN`ws3bDs{G@r3T2Rxg3G|29BJuzx!S)F7 z)9H*sk2+~lwSlw=hoOaYtd_OsjtAu>SZt1kLLSXp_ryAo%aUa({O^*Q$JCU=YMOgE z&e3=y?Eri~=sqrd)xy$jaaP0CLgR^1d9$)o`KRa6dR!**e`$cPiqYVntyudyojbAn zkLn$XtH8q5o8f|p=itx2XMQZ_R43N`vsgsH=&BUd1_v(j@T8ghc}o6Ab0`t#B7L@6 zvdCKEroZ3$Cp|mi_giU-;L=c|uia`}q;lugco|ZZwM2fv9y>wA;dV++RUl$Oc0@7?YqRcsuU+~%X z@RTI=Gahd}?{6FUba@|^c4fR1u>Q>4I`ygWkxNO*U7Bm@PI2HCY$|%ed!>JuOjGC@ z-wCw*^c|4__PQN$G1DnfX7^`3zL7?f6aTj`^!G*BjIEShZ(6y$wC@3~2DKeP#hTz2 zj7PbSZWdLP^uG0end)->eryRCCTd-+8b1BIZI{+}|BKAy^7$H%9|~RPtO3`EQuuCa_wQdbD+9S+5v=3K4C-e77U-o|#S9cb> zx!4)ZD@z$(b{1~GK=KNC7vg*Evbyi8Rwu-9^rn$l53-8KJl}-po7qbmv(RBCd30pf z$=0gl1kr&+kCJpQ3mYV43QW&?{kiQY!xhlR-`^V@tnYFDcBV?lwoUv+n%c#(F2%dy zF^N$ER6|eh_C1MapSj2^XZ(k$?cszD)%U-D@aMwOnOhw6`9s{VC##GmBja&En6E5B z&YM&+yWaZn4s_B9Qbv?mSu^AU?VXw}%eEM{DKh&R91K?-2ZTCEOP^PG)tKPeYHUt= zm*^`LU4t#)N{3tzy>U=NRFa3 z9LyG#u0`;3(-}~6F#uDZ1_Sreu1U_w-un$R+{T;Gq*ZmL+^!M?Lfa6CYW+!^UWPEb zoW~!MgF#f@*y()s83mD-??$@jjZ-qdl=?JNcX!s#wUBFm88?O>mJT}bl=WY}PX(;9 zc8OY+Or*Zi1wvZTt<9vLrn{8C^7KsWp*<^l`Wi){-{mYpwQRX|oR!oHU=89hY=dhZ z@_MI}Fw+D{x3-xr=(F#zeN7NReE(6+Qt!1QcOGysJjd~8Ue5#;AobopP^n2S&1LV~ z3KUuPng2~{-EW@CKgg+JC=}de9(7`#><)Mad$52XrfPat5IenFb|vBhM{? zJ`-wDB>hlJGpN0Cv96vu~|FEnZ9Gx)o3U!^@eqO;Wxz^=*K6tl)(sA(~i~Ue$?!IcauTUzltoGU#I@q z_0WC`EteC;wx?|fYMtdAqyfzhf#Gel5^GplNW$r^Z~Y-vCr zIvX?2lUI7)IBxLbPz8H>w9nzdZprrV$r=uRKw6VlVu`KRqxFG#o3y~jiZLYP9tcvW z7WQm8^6O9%GDbmE;pI!0mCQ~@d%U>v?P7^=zNa-7#U+M11Q^PGZEYL3G9o`OHq!cy z0k-0OxppB}=R+w_z*XH{qz0NvCn5iSQy4rHTv5@v`Rr-^Dh!=nED#}+m)o-`7h}J1 z)O7JW=kC96atj9D2yDB!{K@2e443(BXA_Q69NgTb-nVB;-1_ZbT|KEQ%SI0q(M?h7 zZ>wQ_L|U8;q=XBDrO5@z|NK&3`ytW11k^+3s8b_$ zcHA~lKQ<%^USvV#(cG%8u=sZ68yL19$GsE97@B@PnBG(LF-{^Yb+^oRw=l@^FzLv! zul5AA=T~*6Q>eD0(DJVlwOT8~3Vd?%%4=Ik`LK0`EF@uufx}pj`a*d=)2g0+zR)lT5~x#+T#{?4ywMlz-d2px5IYupSGed56)_>~2TlTxT;S z0x$%LR#jMMyj@FY!|veEZd}2wGD>Nw?r>Pm3|4i2m2Vl{Dke5DkgY2Ns~`Vp?@@SR zvi8eER?$i(b8BNfGp0)JfZacDHbg4!`WHqyg{n^_#%ag}W(Ee}?Jt zh{L7-S``$mm501D+0QPXnm1yN^Z|@7)b!2T@ep?U#WMbBE4k~)91c8~TR-8WdY z@8)DdRygRGYbjt|dot8XYUgOnya|VCx}Fy>Y!-%>$t7Mc)lCXYyX1iVU71)*bijH80jEeqzbtQ8AX1 zp^>&AzuU4#>hBEni3c)L;z<~bVjLtiiCd;(+Dl$NDkAzEu72rgu6IiiE`5FeR{C{Q zusOpAhti=1nC+rgMifugrD5S4@J!pzAWjH+m@_BqpI5AS!!oIa1&rn51NY-Q1#bK4@<18{K=D zB^#?U+>D4ZyO>-1an@&SxF?GA6WGZUM7qj0{Q9DqjeZTNZP{`TL%D&r9@4}KQnn}- zf!}*~kkM3!1AF;AvW0Qr2Hi`eqy^+8;=1Y0T@`t@C_&EeqWdY8;wHYJr_O%EK?H#; zB1ow&hXm$VU0y?WlDY=8FXwKJ$B{+J(uzcZR0x0E?BkGo0W|m(%*;H$_6L{~0sSNG z`F(d@B?z~I9knY>d{Is2&a=v`LNc%R#z>#(enr@{xXbR1Faw$CY&}VJr7#9Rjdrq~ z9V{Sib zYkYzqelnDDW)qP!vAa_AN}+qe9S`jtGKMXtRxd{DJwDQj*3w6+qALr^{W%=|(ZJ$2 zMSaE)Jj=Rd<4DZ@)$}0N$ik<7;XH$1pL(ZxoTzoNjm$Vv(xH%D>F;^vy$9SvT8MO9 zcrb$UV(i*ttYs6Ktb63y1y#!Qg&IrQ#Uz2C2$=cnh$K~rc%U-qFk{vw5+cy)K){`LQl6|bkt|o+U)Pmede2tWJY&cKNMhj*Ty*T zH1QAm=wkY0J{XFErSxQ(c>0={sEIoxPt_nN*RS4z-y0yjU}^@Pn}@pl_v1vM@fM-B#Y`gz!zwl3>O#f22pW4*@az${R*9_N0}e)DYZfW*14 zKng|$!;a=x3_JJwx;Q@$hYU#HsH1eCp5@G4s;AcfU$r-@gw^9sV>*nFq$HW2tEzL5 zuOkUE_eN#!5+k{)ae7$Ew*or}#Ma&R_c@cMrDV^WdfIm)T`JXk%{Y%D9M(Yj0RC2< zlftC`;r#6WdU;B|#lp-d+-F)@-es@T!7(w$+T6k5;9h!UwpS0?MN#U-iv{!Sr@3+R zW*K5B^n-<%u~dR!tspCqzIiec`8J)qVKLN0!45XZ3l97tP1z)xgf(vRyV9U+N(|D& zmD3x)R*NML_loY;QGBi%aCH(pIGR9ebLv;HaUMom*%C8Z<8_v}v1)hD{@k=ehwr3) zZ>8mb^L7_I9ohNAPX{6+1|4OJj%1h3%rKdDORorZv1WdvuC1TX2UvU1EA{A7k4FWt z(jXh;lG5fkAS7)_SeaA{x)AP}RgsaUs+59OBFcNfW}X>1sn2Xf$=zXOIq80up%yln zPjPizL*>R79zfQM4db|>&z+U`Xfh;^Ni{vB=kyUh36;co;fSOAxJrwOr2g)zooms3 z*f)-r^z>nWkKmzZ{FsDrSWEpxY6^iorqfm$*g?Y7+0}V#Tihh5s9UxEK14%nIAPiw z6NaB;o%?0TCOa(1&EAJ=KrQ?@pl@T#?4=h^CnA}}%F2&2veeSfJ2kEU40Q@3l|3%> z6HFMidTT-y*Li+KM6KnLLYC?o!%_eKg({F}-c7zLUJVrPXp12}>vnB$?#9)9y1%|n z>OndWeQQ=*yhpr1AH|q&kL))5^?`Oem;w8MSrIp|`+q8vx_lZ16=D~n*zlXEF8q_C zqE77-=M&P-MW_fh4#kcx28kKtVv$8XZkjS8C6iRpWrm`&3Smdt;$gclU0=nx5q@nV zSbTeVgx=j7ams}|x?;el1U}o*dq>|xzsJoeXii<}6-)q2L9w|@B~&=zC-QNN&xzMn zR*c#HZ5mLh}{hN;O*?6I+Gbam`rdpGDN|c`QFwVFO0KH}(3mEn{&m~^S00Zpl z7y}4GhhgR-!?OGa4Hj`jyQZ{ZZfBgFh$jUpbzWd0`NM?TT73^v@Lu}c=!93WXIQTO0 znx%_>FWuXK>TPM&!nNu+n6*#erTLo5yWm((tBQKrGqF>Im&E-UyP@4cL&H&z2&ei{ z-F5H*!uyNQ%inPxJ9oSQ;_5tQ5qW5TC;ic#+FG1{FC>L;8Jl;{@UF<&7gQA~Bn5sg zO3_d`JE^H)S2x*f?+54Qaerxx|6Mqu~fz1?zve|A;|6F18Q+t^`FA;@P3^1=pA?IiddyQYh0W>KS@!ROY^4)}!!pEh zs6>?VEcuULc_HWZrr$MqEy*s0VV%wU1viLS`@#My@#bzyK*tA~nBMs;VNZOSST(ts zLZ3TY&h8I?_oqUIAm`G%kdraw*SxBeS>J5|A=CWF9ee`6q~Dx@2K#6ow2I0q0Wt6@ zd<1?uc6v1XjvqoBXflFmNNDm>QGe?)_GYw+c?nxHD9}-Rmg8`wWNxY>JlHy>Yf*5P z6LqCXoxT9AvORx$-hKyuV{Q~|uo<|f!z{BIlElQKrU7@DfcALt0LL|#iwM<@JWvMq zmH;(C%GVKCQ}d(O9*47}+u+DmD?rQ>;u8sA{miIZ?KU_GTzLL3tDgQdEPQ$pi7OZYOk1Id?N63hC z3|U(>j1g1vZ1`u647|ZO|Bqe|ruq|oSM24~{G9nAIIqcY#gm31tnO=d9UI=tN$@k5;cg0;1S7*#N%c3Mhnfrxys$RObBe zQIWYQt=%hpkJqQT7fwqS;b>%QlgW1hKVgP&ta|GrV7b~M5(b09Ft`+Y#gjqZf{J) z>e!icSR`gU&GS9-pbJeL`*iF0^L~UxL<)xipToTSw$7~nwxVGS)Qo)KT^a%A-H`}{ z)?srLkHHP(ll-68YBT~75hDHO5D0?wn6FMB?svdFRNZ&<9e)lBaO~o~TjBzeagLqy9JK7amm{El&tG6B|a$&Y>SZ z?P6TCR(cou<6_nW%PEcekkk*Z`NL|4TTfnSuPx{Kop6)QB(zXoCT^)2ze8xsJL&;= zY3cXxf2F39MJ@*QJr|H|u^A~xeNIA$>kg&dG0KAdXcjoGu2HJ-#Hf5rqF=nirF-j< zZv>S1&nI~qK5+Rs`f^^`Ej=i#>sr5+N8N)(YxWp3DhVYXOz-0hCCK_74LKK#S;ce!4UA7klB z7J>Z-y4cg0z8EUk3ZQG?V=wBpZl{-Qn$3CeMRq?CyQ%6&H+g&eUkvm|=7#rg$Q*XO zH9nS=^ZTUA@4KsBTU+m+PLqa9JLm^%*r1Qu%pNvk91>i!z3bz`jvXn{qO_Tm#glyD zUjI!WQ-b5w^xIfL$1u-&t!!*4edrZprP{JNO6N|lLfcnmwcnafiWEeQKjDYVVfc`K zP<|RJoXUk9#pAJ%0ZY_BOJvS!aKKctLeGa%w`61xD~f9~-)pr;x#H}gqX+`dHv1PM zfOyYy?r5Wx;7Hk{8L5U$4)9{vj^m!X|BllwNn-3R$7&%+@36rk0xE&T4Gj z4S0fdIHQhREPk6$qAm=2D`Jiw`}}r88>_E>ExDDufdjc=#u~VkvXPK3i}2EIQW|Kp zhj?82qJykYuFBDg(r@eVV8tKH))}p>O~huR_0m21{P~eGi~JT)!zUQ#rBog~(A~YJ zRF<`Qmefixo5qM};svgy_6y&jep$8E**$WopG_(pVUMWtE$7A3y7@gvMHsMW8n8+9 z`9yJIh|%gSSA&TA&|G19;GXZU&Mk0rS(FGFCq&FhPXte!wk7`b6%-jD8Y{*UIn~3D zTHcto4WUK>R3Ro95&9KUdQk-F14KBhWof+6WffvTOttS=*f2TG>Ad{6b>YCrvxI`W zR?8VUJF*6vI42L{t_I5-+4!%A!6n766Dn+7vyuvVuSBVr##EEO$ zb!s)NH()OQP`{_FdEr=tW0Z%A@?l)5Z)B^_%VOtDz+HL?>G>1XX21~tKoJm4Tg%X> zy;l!gpnUymx6Ju|oS7(m@w7+IH!>1?N+h5y9)l(`dDtlCtlybK4KXLUAI?>zBT<<6 zvlGo@oLKI;En(<`xHfdMi2u>xtF4I4!|(t@nj<3jbcl7yx!X73gjWeQt6xOZ#Fag^ z9eq!?4zDkbm-am+pWUblV-n049nPAl=af;62{ zuzveqH}L{X3Z)K#3+gyL0++I+zU;>V#)5@3H_}t$```Rx=@V$%3#fwM_Lhx4Ii;)p zXK~9OF}(fOwOPtNIDc4ht%Us-n*mf@e~SnIrTzQ`R{wjG3pT$i0)>UuE6vdR-=Qa} z7QzpguT5F#Fy013Jo{1; zOCc|90m8d$r4u{HQ{1X_w&{pBy5f?!uGyVnASD19wpAk24nPj);}l6_cgsmP?NucP z{M{iyi2=ieu0Xi{YrSVA54!_(COOhj0{FNL7ly&`e9S4cxMD4JXgk<`b-D>Z4+bJ( z;-ie=$b^C^a&D^EElW||M}i6lflFEyyNNF%3Lf^U&GtJ#tJB$Id-%i`a?^pJfs0;w z35z{rDak?*^>bD!pynwe%YCu!r#_85u7#DZvp$|v`U=Alj&LqJG8* ztP8&$pJ`ops3_2U_BIWaXvSF32kkQYhn}@7g5W|z8F=sQ$K4Rf4f{s9VbvuAEFu3# zc-I)!)$i46!f+inUJU=du~HXU+UhMB;dYj=vm;B@%wy_9dl0?o%skO zmqrDgF+@98MOI=a5AGd=)Lrg`z^260lPDAG*g62MA7F?Ql#z%1XIb-2gfe6`|F6{z z5+H^6M~wc@Z1aTFG-Y`ZGak6QacQfPb9c;0=K^NzIi>t%>KMLga7XCTva(P9wfE6ENfc`Ww=TuS*kfb88DL|ts~(>X8_sINJqx{CB% z5SWa&R?lzPMEoR@LaD~*pl6W+ay7p=@uAe|B}Yjugno#vqyi}jwa4Oq?n-Rmw{@$o zqyCJTBewmQS?vj3Cw6)d=*p*=duWQ@85nU2 zQC3-&QO0^P;HS3cYO-O>w!nbAILtxn(^~UB+r_rHDThHXOX^R|>+#WJ)(sgXCO)|0tMg9Wf>1;p1Rpo7lM+s7{q( z&M>;2PBFeEh&1xLvF~y@F8%s%Pw&eoIF{sV!7Pv+HrBQjkRFwhGEIxUtFs3*Qx_jd zYN{yKTovz0W-1Af4du&Jo(Na`jR9ff_fkw3Jcx1vN(IkH*zlLh~-#%>jdlCQ(2@xK>hVp zLh!7$rR?Q5Z?{~IkwYkm_6=JIw+k-FhcxS{V9p?L2MY&>E^D~w!~qB-l2%%2d|<}4aFd2e>~D?aIreN+D-KS>g=o!I2&bq67kzQD-JUv zC&!uMoD*vjs*0`-JotuFZ!pm^rQK#`C>a~LIjyOO+P-mQ^VppOceM_qd3H2vQ?-p1X&HTA6c#nTEW&7Cnb%~ zzPD`yIrpmc)?$8y){+DOa7rQ+dTOhm8`R7FZa`YY1B9NTIYyB^Qz9IVcR7t*YTYY* zO=Nu!{6@UQdo1z+SFPm^OKg+kJugn5OVX=tPfAK~%nyC@+N90q-r|HzT74iMl~(KP z?VjFx7#Xi%LV1qq7QDIuur_u`Zmo9@ckLxGeD!m!h2{mXf}K9Qob=ct-we zpsVj+@`2BO&j&{WierJ`yJvjQ?1S?|ee#O}FJe(MM3xXDEdILtkGXm|)kzAHCY)dM zQcs=2^N>9^<;9G2v1jNImcO!iI$FMj-~w_jKi2eLfC2=jsQx))G(fM}sT%n|$1|Jg zBv($99lw&>3{C^{0a{0Xmr!%$jK zW1P{5kWUkBlQ#%b%R>JjRc>@s(P?D@4AVC<+9j@i666$XB0O}D?Y=s{5V2J6@}FGe zzi5R0Z@}O0&v57k*%o%f{0p{YdSXhoW>#-7vQ`bbMCU zcG2cSw^wN4FF6|wZ1oj7HK`a86&ylwAGCHhML>2lH$YA~HxF%d&=SjJ&-yi}%H4|b zxXcs;5m^c1oT!`4AZ-j;%>B0Rr&)a5amAb0qdSxQE*fiUX`b|#%li;;?yN!r zKe;iT*01j%0%r%Ne^i=)JL8L`|}R8Sm~AU1|trtwR&~4wjpKui`ys)GTJT zMP>!^st?|a3Vg--)t|IxN_M$=WFTFBl~BdpvBomnByo;fJWG1je44C_Jn6U`ZOc_+#$u@*=NDKKa5WMkhzK#g}c73L&tp23}MTUv2lB< z=Fv5JC6n8%Bn_v|`Hfmx=8rPV1$z)?kAYJK3^5rfaIn_1$gv|(+sF?FbQNaCo1UhU zPTJa*pLZfRNK*F|?G;8}iE5~v9eCOO^d4BAehbfPZtM_(EDc;b5=mRXX~u7LaLWIyPJ_00;Zv z6u6uw`WyH$F#>xQI6Fli3cPVGTOcJq-6Bh;l3;@LD1ZGAs0mnW$58n5 zo+>`~dVs#1L-a+nnz`k-JCZwGb2Ar zi*6!p^@`zv>)+P3{{S`7ezV?C80mNg?hGG0(7#gydKQKXkH#{P%kpCTC@btw^KQA0 zyZQyriMsT(cvESkZj4pBDWOpyM`4$x?un9@kiChLl%|*v_&b1i7k$6l{z>4kr->c0 zk_J|b=u|=71ex3blma`kPv+h^xB3e(rEQeO$+m6=kE`_AQu<9HcI|0y?o{B(ghqig za)_y?l!@L}?M@@LCh;!%Uv4=OD7lQHlUAhRsrG20oqJQwk*~$8o9WM7xtmPv_MOf7 z6}6DM*g)*hw6>yL=%w^pS~r=Rnr^jW^|4;xJNgxW`{KTY!3RTs!xCWr2qE|-i|^JGLz^VlG*MwHX;jAqsYM_ z5>eFWE2x}788@}squOF&Spx9?puK4xUsx)ZdRWrMV^+C@Y&|((Nma0^urV{W=ZNQr zuf44a@#}bXQ6l&njn@XpR+qjHfN>?B-~j(*iq_{+@}T?6IpkE|YXS9q$Xy*pX|?&X z7s>WQ_*7{kau}3KuxmRQEg=_n47^jFVO?)95T57l7^V@t#`%nVfpv)De5>p1@>2)N zgtrPbcB-BE#_boO$YM2|KYh8cAvnXAUtHromcaE$JB3R_N9}n0O2T-N_0Vo@%B$<5;lzHCpg>mgyF2^a zjL1J(K>7c_8~@>AT$H+|8_x(g@S22}V!R=DS7`DHTLmCNdOT#$MlqWryCZh~#h&Lu zw?ADBcmL?Fr}1mLx9Ph;v9W}JB;Ekki7Ne%D*QM`5ykjGnJH=@;I41jN$>O79&NG4 z{Dd`E@9L|w%Dax7WswH~J!KRwd8z)dC8hu9AODlN_W$H$l!3b17qj?0@eL>Omyf+z z3B|R+{-^fSL1>A=u3L>=PC7ZU`mjJkS778=Z>Yo9mAMk}Z+453ug229twZT{)@6LY z|K&y@?L5LlJFk4k;1g^F)C`dyJ|Nj*hH!%@Ry8VVne~Fr7O$CM#Cw*>;|9kHF=M0q zYPa3SdGz2GY6-rShgZd&50L1{^p%jYo;+^Dzwox-BgQ|O8vYN?&h{~r!83qPV4p{Q zGHB-Mu8?63VROA!7tHEjJKd%^UB!O1>M`oJK9gBCH!P}13AXy<_>PiYt&%n39B^rr z>r}bmA~Az&C4ii_r#^YA({xj>E-rx>5G{{b$a?54&Ft`UYB+{xGi-x?#i`{zxvvYTYp i3qW`JIJ`8-c;AY#bWq^;g#Vf7Uj*PkuM70;%l`p#wJfIq diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/images/Version2Probe.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index f1f4baf2f283af826a79907925a4d13ba808e6a8..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 GIT binary patch literal 0 HcmV?d00001 literal 51853 zcmeFZ2UJwe(kQxThMcn?X~-Zs=bV!uQ3NH-3_;Q`WXY%?L85>l2m%6%fRdA1rWjM=%Wt4??Mb(?q)fI6wF-T;uu)upPLaC3 zho=W{l*2WROyM#j8UR4F9}WOK6hH5(NKXe8+}PRE$J5){6Af24m4sWmcpyFfy#X;1 zQE53*Q8`g*xQMKrq?DYPEC6stX8n{FS`wM_3x0Tw{fAVbJlA-RVTcL{i~N@Mn%GYX zAu34#fDcNJBO)d)k_7vy9kf0P=NH_U3^}HOKw+RM0it6~p;IZ)U;Tba!TE(>O~L=s z7iilQ!XGdN2owFH-${wW@`MloV0B8;QC~2uVkyagz$w4syq|K4iiqSve((fGFc11u z7xKJ3*iZNbIuG|Jj6;x5_Oo9c-hA?3ut+||4?f^17yjf4Dpv^ofyctIKVZB+V38x) zKnXyaV-Fz(%_vhScElgFK8{wQ#1Rb(2s;)^9>K&QdvDfdg>tj$7j99p6EQV0)}bp8>BUdBFRB6BM)s_W8##k(B{J=-A6a@A+XG z>+9j5*)jn|LJ$Ep5fzsZ5d&+brKKc}D5$_3Yt85%cP#R!bs?Hsf~KM}f}-M*?(T3$ zVR0czK}jJgxUMPO+|&>d!6tD@M=?=sqoY>XmN?+!^E2T=e)<(SKmDGCaK8SYg>d%& zoQ0r}pZ<)C1O4Um#NIy`f^*)u`xeF|jGBH`3BGZf0iX7ZlztDlWNqzp|>jrnauWq49ZZTYE=mS9j0g>!CNp zBX8f0PS4EF%`Yr|SXy3N-}t(@wY{_Z4XYP8iyW)IgT z6KWItPb)9pbKnGh<;<;Yu^|cTHL_X!X4WWmFVNp-_5Cfs9;ztb99a{Xlb7sX z@9UR)CTS7{KIU@kH-@b0G?BhnX@D~-xHOQiF_K`zH`!q?K5?~I1ye_D(w5j!4K@qa1o=Q(Q!24ABH=jPd!19`3~4e~9n$Ii? zJ)OK&NuBe6Kwc~8AdM+juWAZ`6Po+|Vzr&toQQkb`eH@#?jdl}BlmHzDp9zaWOds{ zhq?y-X1*=)DX^=R^2V^NY*q@bXU^Lte2wtCb}c6C93z^1XLj39cib!^yfI?`jopP*I^AQeq8U5&|24EncZfzbHE}e=fV-S6(mjmS0XDSv0I-$)bAjbP2?>i8!7@Ebw$lSnhgH z?(?34eGPZe?j=9%E-H?gkzx2)h+y3s8g46C@OXC!5WVq{S@zxJOTh`WnWf*yRYmJy z(5ES;W}hg3ds8XPK=Pv2!g$=bds8VlNACG*Yw1|2`}*R0N_n(80<*ES{_tD!X}vX+ ziC;-VR_v^z@lOLWW^l}86N&dHg?)7?+x^ChNd0C}>f<%EY@%rG`9ys1&dtwSqdK?& z&t_#L8)X^rRt9y9Q|tNgU(0|)+u!0N@_Aw{1u~w?XF4RJlox+Mt4r~|Mvj!&Hqk6n z=ChP~P=Z50Y;8MLQM+VWj-_qIl4-W*)1{&Nr;@(h}FshlF^JIECAqJf?j!zYpzIZ5?Y1boR3F1qmjb!X`T?V2N<3g7r4gyw|%qk)~ z>Fwm^=m77LirtloGKR`WbqO=wbOCR9J!s;mBE7y?u(b@iJ1H4{>K~-sE);{TM0GI- zw)1J~dp$4A`$8x1t-lD4zp`E(T>=R+Y+1}ImAV&dq9*jYmkeE%9P#lPOKY~-9L|O1@ zYxvk-)H4@&$6e&LW~$BXUHoGIW3jS`EZmni15p&z^6^p9cn87z>?uTXnYnP~vUtC4 zznFJC`5NtDjSNGM#D4n-5#%W|+H0UZu!JYM|Lv9((G+F4_ij+=&C*A=kQReg8s*lM zY0qyMK$dnk_dnbyMA`cJrHykkYK3%oe>nt(^DNn%VlHbxrufXC4tWB4uHxe-H6*tP zTv*I3OqBL8R}QR{T5P+ZkK4AA^`>mt)1NVTJ$=eVw-QNed14f8l=bb6UXmX}ls0qV za#%)-oq#%b+1;C$Ywulrpy*+l(6YEzUNzkpBXzI*1#w}rgdbdvLX~|SDkjsVoQAU6 zD?UvrdB*1D8c&q)rV-V<<@6% z&qc82R=0)1ArLl>zT{6ETS{Mc`rgaz!cp0eP1PrFNTq(Lgr_*~cYpRJj!cHC?SFdv ze2z?IY1y?RaXO?k<)c(?p+1{i!L5b^)p3L;M`A^bf#f-X-1{$lxud6(6GnPNI5Yxb zpGh23>A!L~ajXsKr5?~`2PN+7ex=Bq)=hh;D4uxwYY>vvJj1JZb?CufdqPb0{#}K9 z6&pZBrigpL*`s( zORvo)bG-bTRLN_i5RZsQBIuP43M9wXvhvyQe%bOdWsg3)vU24*8yaH4trCDUdpRw_>QQsL5b>z%+y@q3z_y61`TBX-!ewVClW5 zRyQK46`1_;h@l4ID$C+}hk&$99_)%i@=N5)5zDIQtSiAPExe;Lz}ErOmCZbI%N^P< z-=JCj#OfX-;oUA{I}*pURj(h15Q4vyM?aT#e>8uUQdBs*17Jh$=8)91 zrJlI$3|XGKM}l{;NtMBogU!fe2(mm0;hdap>YrTW_c{cU9V+rafWIb3KPg15O2n(B zI!GmkS8=H+9nS@FJKX`+)u;gLgR5nXhXBBS2+Uk$Y=H#mZBf!ZVR@aVj@L&)khpMD zW@|}>$*5g8%I{oMH1pO~C)%9$B+jw7??^`&Gx6m`LeHeW++MO(4vE#kkUmvNdzQHL zWh8g7=BkiyP%__o)rW!0w+U>?oUfOTr))Py0ys%4&IpnK{ClM9bslj`SzkwAl*-f8 z67iAn=0RhDqf8CPhku7&a;mO{&^LF-if`+@C}S($XK5$bG(hv2Z^z2+GUS{0L^-wB z+e}Tx0pFV1sGfdeeV=zYln=bhbw}@u;2A068XBKDd!wK( zrn!0>w_ei5^&Zv99o40RIk=zxu^%BuV_ZCZjC_62zCIul8_)pM-7uyo4`276F!pYu zt)`B>>w5U0e%4{(Bb>Vv9D6rJtGPLNdb(kk<>W_vOtl&cfrHwcfr8H&HGo)X(u1QUjuMh+JdVE;dMA3rQ}v^_IH z!r@3yUk4S>DXfG?NgLzwPdGKVf2LEzAkEA@e6%=B+^{3@E2+65;r|M6;_c>hgf|Xw zQ!)8PPUMF|_;_M8?0xL98XO5}>}2fybI`CbmKeMr4X6Ri@tDm&bZZ7ilKxeq#XWZ%)z(^m~ajc58I9?8IH?f z&T_U^<##j%ZI}i!ef!LN!R0%FS^zHZn#0;?#V zgQu?t()%BtG=vW}C~_n=);--kJ)FSuQNp_MpJg>4Pxs^Uu^1*!&OhppRKoLib3vfI zE!+&S4+G>c{oo$efoSY3gMU=e)%b%qz7xjN7yTC$o+rk|$;IQxGe)9misf!}gadhy z+WY!=YNI?*7<(TS5<~!If#{#JDA6%77K5$PJ)TSdZ|e{9#kl=3{em51jsI7Sp|{hY zQ#3dz_HI6A_D+AHB153ScBlX!U2h#TLxZ1F4#7|KUx*2vJu#P5-CUf0T8jKwd7YnV zP!4=B!eZ}xGzAj+p)fxGg52UK`mf}~4o>QxZl0Jwj7xdUUrqa01=s{Q?dgHFHKC6u z8vNn&M*ZnHL~fuX{S%hN!P5tHsDHu}gG226kK{*B6fd?TfCRjt%Bx54@l#841Y=$J z_$kFw0J!F0hJ83(!7C30H2|O|9K_24^Z*2m$gKb*M^S!TbwjZH86Z0<0Z5PrERO+K z01^TM0zv{3FyKZ>OhimcOHM*UPD@WsO-oHpPf2o=e%y`=|CmEaiHS+cNGZt3C}_yY z$Y`(`8O?DM%Kr(2<5*oD;0lAV|BThW2cK2^!#0RADCJ)xb}%q<^)q4z9;W=Y68!b} z70#moAUF^(ln2Gd$0NXnk%%9~l5p6lL~&Km*i*B6MTp_ifblLh4o+H=XAa^Ln8;V^ z_*^NbtJ7-;Z%MlR%FEmusb)yc=LJ4eCkD-DQ0rA!T3`FlZfNn`D7;#o);2Wv^=?i3 zoB2%(N581_qS}t(g)M1qODF&6jN-b^k;QE=>h>e-28I~Hps3`L2yCKMIG_Yx?9{km zD3Jy$!80(DD9-6HjfqTAH>E{*ORRC>VFkeFmV7=43Q=$ZscA0dgPQpz!v9(Vp5G!I z{xyVVmZHnW$C;w5r^}gQlA_Cbqwo)e>EX-Ge?#!<-w_P{JA&6g2yO`0HoAt?%1AYi z+HA7`P#Y6diKO#s`UX_f-=o9kOvS}ndNmEbCRE{c^*T(;3s;=Cv}ybvZ58WsCh7et zxzXX!F-x=M4mk_^)%?kC(fk*4t-uY!M$2kV%O;tI2c=+QO2s#)eq-l@%rgfM_bDqS z{GS{1dWVh}b6#B3&aP?K|HjjOFYE#9gwLQZ7qJ&;9z7E0&kKnbQXI)oN^#!>Obd-E6G0&dBI=+TAVkV#FpMzXx9+6z-FPpR3E^HvC7djanY zZ_zI!$&o=y55Dx%WfzmcRrfflIXsJ(zV-W;R{1YIZkbk2deF2ysfmt8^o0o?0=tp| z7!4wLO>rbLg@D;#P<+JuEquguz)Ag<^1BRp(?{Vmc(}A-gBR>Kqf0jpSXzc2-tUo^ zMIe086$*;LD?zSgx z>wWQ5-hH;;@+_n?f0HEsn_%VEqw?~>jwl27(N5QJd9Ivs%b>1z5z5{Q-S}yEx_%Ci?n(O)I;Bv@7S5wi9bx5@L zN(gPkXa6sXpB)!vy=}pfYHu-I&I~x=v&{FrES+d$x#W^ys3`Xsv$ac9NWs$Zq|;7V z@i*Gh!X$|zTJ!UgVp&=I<+V|w*C~c;3S7?(C%$ks1BZ?8hhv)_j{K$j|HRSX9nZLI z;2a46M>8yTiX{hB0VLoFH~=UB4j2Q@AnXHP-bWC2$wK{aDB$4nh$(QqTs)fVkJn82 z;5rGM=OEyDGU=qVj}KZ-SlGi`$R2w-D}?ZL7Y?vT3yTVg2m=br0cd-KE6NA%fC5(y zitJySTG-((NJVx_Nkb7sv^vV!MduO*WqRqf8RC*FLKexctVBwr5Fi)ej&?`+*uw+d z-8{VI0um6ut&*0O z7J!3$ND*NXF=0_LLGX}RTue?x1pXtjgWVA-V33Y-CK_5ldIL*}>_7DK_xBg_7Z>ux zI0=i&%F1H7h=~b;6oTG?9zON~f*#%+M?8+1XrR0i7?-2n8yw3N+?n|LD6)g%9_!(b z{>AxUTI?qw67h=;4K84g`bQ#!QEn)Al!uQuXkAgP4UU+if1Zc`YVsG>zp9Uh<8BWM@8WLngc81pMme#=f7wLtXt@MR2+Ah@Ctg=w-5BHP=;8)ec!L{XxUQzU zl&Gwfl%SZ9=%0jG5st+Mz517Wf5@XX9kh&)iwjatLPSDL zR!u}zTvlC86O44oNK1*!NQdLN~vicDGavN@I?4x$NpzqB-mD5>wnhvcztf~ z_8;-UJ|KjI3P%njr{m%cZn*=GamOxiit_qVJTAMrz>nNT&K`jcVu0qe_d_Ase;{4{ zg$e$>8pjO%olzjWUpD^d(LN^g_H^{|x5uDVoj`N_oF9G%o&I=fvDLZ~XrVqC}uE;JFdR7^D_Qf*URnz5>E-{yu0d9vg(D zad5@LP;B^-1_KHR!t_|!=@=F`qB(|DurSiy0}0Y#Wkw_2kyyA5gs=JeV&m8_0}zh# zb3yro@DK=dy7{`hfH3yZgvK3Z560GUumMg^9~8nFghfD@1Y>3b9z5YFfaeM%PJh4- zf51LqKpCV3)IHIGM~F}Q=a#~{J&tvlM@BM<03L%6w=&$r|34T%juYo`M6T?SXW`?x5f< z9)H<={=wltZ1x8SEO_kKAV6Js0MOV90Tcr?0BofXz@a7vU^chG8pyA4Ga$48V@UvD z$+~##_aF?`ALW0^pow4+>h0nL$D-9u%-{%Lj2{*Tp9yS+3m$8dgRgco04x9pzzYZh zVt_Ot52yf|fF583m;qM61pom?tK0z$;12`?5kM3W2P6S$Ko*b-6ax2va-b5Z1Db(n zKnKtZyae6=W55(J4}1hxfh}MUe7zJOLJFaVFhE!#To8VU7(@o51kr>TKujQ35Icwy z!~^0B35HyT#6eOZS&%!Bdyq$v2FNo=H{=!M9b_7^1X+iCgTkOBP#P#Rlp87xm4T{4 z^`U0a^H3+K7xWVJ3N!(F6Pgcw0Ih{SgZ4t-K&PM|p_|~F%fv7`7#mCwCIeH48NtrM z9AOw(C@dD14$Fs?!x~|ou-C9D*eBR74jv9Q4je}iM;=E9#~cTN;#3Be%2BEcRZ1tAxq9H9{*k}!}kk+6`kk#K-;o^X$dl8A>$ zk;shbB2fgw5cA{~j4Ps(qc4ArLGsG^$;lwwI9};&FPZRHwP?4M>Q75q>@g+$h zDJFSJ@{VMKl$4a4RE6{$sSjxa={?d`(h1TXGHNm*GF>txSs2+ZvRbl1vd`p%J3Lo!1h!~2ssCr_O`bJG9h?UU^%KQYoU$}=JuV;L(MN132Zr9O3kXo>cV=1wS{#VP77CsyTNb5+u*C<+vGZI zzHE2c`q}o_dDzX_BiSq1-*XUg$Z$Av+~9c5vC7HHX~-GOS;{%eMaU(?<;<1A)ycKZ z&BJZU9nD?G{eg#`N0;XkPbtqhFDb7wuNQAV?+_mzpA4TXUk=~PQ_xeAr<_mSIyJx# z<(J}j;m_fJC4eg+E8roJFEAoVBB(0pCs-;tEkq||AQUN7C-hmEQ}~>4vT&#HfrzAt zn@FL^m?)K~o@k_Kqv*QWDKUiDEwLeSQgJQuF!6fvH3@zRl*Da`x02M7hLX{e&n3T0 zNlRg*%B7a1Ii>BSv!zF5Xk?6K;$^yIab?wH!(^LfcjctyeB>(SzQ_y8yUO2}|DeF5 zfKn(_m{nv~v{$^NIHd$vvQx@ano?#{wpY$qo>AdYL8=s~EUNOUUQ~Uc`dLjx4Wm}0 zwyiFw9-{tK1E!&^5v$R!Nu_D7nWZ_Q#jfR~RjReBEvX%({Zt26M_(sdXGE7-7omGk zcU4bXFGR0RpG4nOKTChc;FJNzpwSR&sArgJIDVSzw8!Z>Bfv=4DAnk_F^{pAanl*R zGsb6bomnsuH3>H9G^IARHN9`TWu|79Xf|ffYwm0Q+=AS~#^RpEwxxz;isjT<;jd7kqD=esYQyx?}>u`Ri+y=|2puAQab zeY<^oBl~>&O$S|vY=>2ZIwAw{5vhW_fm}i2aoRyu^ojEP za?W~lOYK%gHdA&?_I3_3XYjVl?ebja+_>Ctc`kWx?`Yqt&F9WfFTgACD_AJBDD1o| zbN61+$)dQT@5LU)Qza%PZTF<_-Mi0pKd}^A>RY<>z~;frGL5qOa>4RD6?7GG4}pii z50@X=JsPgmuY6u5Q&nEgRh?Z!T@zaisST`Mt#huMs<*0t)u7k#yivZfrb(!&xS6f_ z)??boiBE{0TzPWXa;atWDf;QBXHL&%pW8kkYdzaK)OMz=zg@q*t3#`!wNtgTrAx7^ zxm&Kgp+}~tu2-tJwokIJ=7r>ontrMN+5zc-`j@gV8(%5BdNQay`0TaD>y9Daq24#A z-@F<&AAUPxGcxrS`S!y*w|8r!exrM1;p4dDvF|C~r%y0V?wc{4 z8Jk7Sew_23+n>L(K)R5=$hvs%gV=}WC9S2G%ht>DAJHH8K1Hoiu4I4a{apP;l`9dA|hh!Sw21? z896Bl85TbJ^agB=Z3X@(A;2fVQvAJibes0`h8`oScRdK}};Gtb-gswNSeCu4VXmAFGEsXHAuc9f@1Cym5C zp1Nh+aNE_s!+gKe6y5z{KH%e0Y2Zxm*hO+u?UGxzmrI3+bsZzmu!m3UkTyrTQSFBj zt);V_j>G4v5Zmk5b-KYm>XkNp@bTrIL+noZ>kHo>Ng86-C-)H3?$@iiEEtf3af+S% z^;f8~0kS}kSq4S%3duuYOp0G;E+lCBew99_SX>B~H3AxYMqCc21zN z;B{umqVl)yt2Mi*Lm)gC^U4-~r@-WUmBX9ann4AZ)valJfx46@R|!O)=%30bB$SDN zt}`%kql6PzP}{oYdo|U;E4TfiDWj_KK+&q+f-#;iM7bhDvem?m8D(kz2M5)1dAJQ9Q`rJNLMqi;KJ8^?)js^09^_{Qu zLgFO&ZnW}nyx^xh%KP{Sgxl|FSD6oiE6Q#@wZRJf7VRV9JG5YtzTWQ>ea5vQX`l~)et51b}xEEhjtUsc|EFhWxm`jWTKy3O5_G~U{*XibRm zQ^Z3(D#8myH)OqA-IN$ZUm4yVowNydYiX#<`uep6UHA1fo3?VV0tP7#BXKXW+$aezQf-H8@JY6e-!*)vVeyCHm z*_E3U>%Z0ftXevm$vrA&J=BD<0IsysTDyZ-E12>B)U@ZfFTI+6cb1$cU}HM0eReB^ zd)q3_Gc0IJmV027z%mNud_Ep>UP`Z}S@5db6LXWSCRf+A%QM+Z?D>&#mVQlj=c~uR zQ{>0;_bT1w%?IBz|C?9w49$iQ|Ioo^^W{T;S#pPXkJn}8e(0M6-u19y_30HQx2wjl zB1*=tKh14?AHnc3-oN4l^gvjtA9b)UvfmyGJ?QcebNqfk*skT>d7Vh)4nj5Q`m+xhZf z9_m(DFrVtN(XG_4VoZm*B+pM}XD5W7N$_U>`a$3Dua~K(8o^|uY*Icq_ZmAHTo98#Jt2h`tu=UFE$4{Fn zE!nCHyfwceFCG}iK@!~81zj6q7!4RZWBVw5LRr#(SK5W21L&A^QMuxdGhdsD_o^33 z0@bbZYgsex8eqz8-oPo zef+p){84q>NqHvs_q8Hn;0toqi;R{jmo&Y-zGoIKi%GUVf4Tn--W*{``nbuCxzodM z#R2m;RVBimJ?o8Cx{sMI&D4T&HU|@IgF>_!`T65|8qM7Y=ZG-#_vm7uNalXJ^gVaK zDmj;zc5OlCf~qW$lE(XJg==pY=jJEy62!f@YWnAsgX`bDBU(7S8a>Z4VcFM|A;TB} zoLPe)z*(qL7I|i2z|+%1m(2>+JchX}i-^QmxQZr_)fGQD*->j*`>ft7pR)rh zQ|aMTf!8jF`;)?Jb~zY&jc)C~LbSc=4D({jFcK_GpX%V=g|!VvU0=&hyGC}Oe4Ohh zd8V1L@~pmfX%qj4QJJ=pDoxr3Gu|SLy7lu6XQz_1US@K=+PbrQ(^7XUs%3D+8uLAC zO5lD1!$ZbUjycj+7dBmnzF^W~{>!t*+%dC_DUN#@#MIR%AXX>oMnh4!Ne_zfsXW-l zc^GxMs_zE9V;CC!v~Ei&*T3~>^l_UX_m*tgd_am7#XXl{op1Q2H3ru^-Y7S7+Fz`Q zd%{DgV80q9^v88__U@8mRA-Y~D#$;D267Y7NMQ-^Cm&=QwdummN zz6%Pe1>@SR?-1z_&JSzX`}7_0WzA0llBLO;uU<*;c>bHL)vIPE@-iPn2N;_J5JB|k;Ep$WE-y5zd| zo`SItJA1TwDyBPk%nePn0^HvvyrV+mW-!{YgdfOkS14us#Eiw?`|?Kr+uQDzt7UlR z3SBGHVxmvK&ul*(nD}xzB1!&a@uhWrn0D%-rwJ3ez~%L94EY2DxL#STcRN3nBI6dk zfQphC@g@wlyNN@lD2J9?`*13u_B!KAW^T$Y_29iw)UJ1Sx@~5qNFcp}*QC*%jkK() zc`e6MkD{&qrA)uB>olD_-n>+-Xun6CcsTouPyA1)>3rty)#iH9T&ZKOa~;( zhZ5q3chi$g-67%gNfhj8w|LKZDq@{goTG>kHi?6b=s$UVw5HHR+vDK?`kEtUxmw@H z@TaKCp5AKUw2XN_0Z-AXMUtGDsc>EXK$0@1HYYoCA+xGVgv_FVQJ-9$0bWVx9!OiiR-wZ0M5a%i+dT7>!q4Eu)TEk{fh{8uw}v)6u)Q(IzcHc`{rX z3}=kTI{GJ_GA~&99elRm(B=%BuJc3WyhxB?3dit=bdNc-BygvEv3QiFPfDC_vmf!BD5pob!mQP$DV7E6`s+aCAE~Zp`fGPvOsm=zGR1qPNJV;G?aU}0z0qdqg^rw7t6ky<%+cmqV0!qm z3u-=EZ+9y9X-sLD^Qe#}jHlfvIam2&RpzuUJo56~22GWZd^npH{sbp%dwGB)(N_Y) zZ;+x-^X$Y9J^fiRrofHZNG?x%8L`%AIx44{%AG*{Zo-aAc?{o(#zfNuU~(S zHds|PH8M`VKC8{#nISh$Xrm41yptWM?#XpSmxC#ZL1j)#MUsBG>|H2Q@0|R0SPDTF zpMoTFF4ehS`z_fVGp)+cmgasqv*h(9UzKcE8y~(HcK6_UlmIj#?dRF9VUX(8_rvQQ zDtSF`20CHlMJH@847aYJ^-MGpBvqMSY6F_5xqA3K(^5&(I8I54^mokOUOQ8j{`ze7 z26tV3O+=a%^>#~h;sB%WUjIp^Da@G$bla!V+&0vi4_=}C!yK8P7E*hyWfrZVol=uk zb9FuR_>SX!XCdii{g^Q|7Rwo*txKL!p{&(g>ymA`G|l{;c#E)Z-=R+q6A%HF(FaZH z<&T!%@}`M#A#G&k)~HLW(z>-W%S)`C?MVW&qoFK@-#E7ce$Ri7bVv!d zW8X-BPUnDkM`v7ofJXG$Awa$7xIt?qrZ?yQJVk4XfRPwyse%_ye!*>jf?s@btFtpB$XOV^`L2*HQtR2PNQ`l-d4T`h=&icJ)DQQ*fmXbxy-m zg&?QVDo=Hrx2+AKpW@=(5W! zlg)$}xwo`TE}1hcQxIqPI_HK~j~Q?Nq6h*>sfl_^my0#d$YttbF=uD zQ#@kSI(n%y-j-4d6nimnBzNe_%zb`3w~;N=RGY$;aCV`_B4)zw)j;RXTZA&Ql+@39 z_TzO)-n|@}w{LNC9uzNKQ46&2V2w!b=Aj>8UiZ#*A=Y3|khDt0+(5tGkS<`F<7MD+ z;kvX}3-i^UR(RLFK@H&)8|z%O-oGRwLV$1xV2;25UFr_MXU$OR~TmGQyxH<=9ZfVyfTLR%zT zvf4=R5Ri$F$o7k!7JaA9BkS_cMlQc1#=$$#)8lTzp2nH|PPnKR?n8XoTu*%$Zb<04 z7mZ@J@893&#Ar95Z;_KdF!Qdv-c_P}4aUJVuN0z8bv~rn;6^FIu$D2>^eSh#{v&3B zXLeKJt>GA4Ro9EFx{X$J?{CUIG?Qm%M`R1z&U7<$q9F|Ori0RszLIINm|nSnDx=*( zE3%i}Y>+$JB!!o|`*&V3?x62f63@LJQCDh_h$xEgOSZY$Z4U6uLGju21H)5#q^hX< zXXBIqT!bBo^tP& zVPz>nZgQkm!r)V+5b9zV*^vo+j%hVvcywEMkR>^@vQbF=gl{C3mB#1yhAD*#2H_r=g^ zLQ9f)7TI?mVYKm8R&epE|M^qBm;V8)<%i3@TcOkqgR}xR&@p_%s2dB@TAZ8cE*?%+cdPXr?z)RUcENjZ*H?6uG{BW@^RB57hY9RU$AiL{X)va`Q_B~Xb&rhCtvy|f$ zc_x9wXZm|2uo$hU^tiqmlF}zy_JQZ!&zqf?%UkGL`u1XDc`IU+or!p{A5QmX>K zrzt3~59+W9)n&4myB`_2tztB{|%-EdQ118O;Qk&%pHi zbK{8;9k0?|R8Xg$rc^wt2$v5#wKW*)bYti1s87J_#G}}U&TT$+! zpy^Thq4v=YE5f&Cv+43f$p>4C0Wz}enZ@HZLsk49=N|@M!KDvoO2RkpK74(Xp3RJ%p=0-51iuHRRe?jYUKwp=A`+MPtL0^DWiA-oLZ9&R+kr(FZT~KEyjP@d+@qfVBPiwhsxNKR|}gw(A-FqX&0xw(>cAwn*F6vkpb-*?Hg2qI~(xkB59MW67r~0Ulevu=xsFXm1 z?2f;H-!_Cx$tBrQr3V(};V(r0kU2AE{<3+T741qoUzTj%6Ok2sCQnVna3_3BinbyQ zgZ8@czA$}ZMs(o?hmHGKeK%9R4IsbrzJBq2EBdk|MTVd0n>*{l=iRz`Dm!4;l2%-X zNblo8m=*fSpe4$_=a;J93l`;YeWWjPoF1+OR#zf0aCkOXvT`)yO`P){NW@eNs=~ePk)PCPTptIM{lg1 zWzEdx^-9XGb!zkn>RUQ!R;IRApxk;60VkJ~af(7tc`gUW#G85YP36!#0I$Qv<%h!2 z6^3mW9J-xT1|CI>mY3-4deu8UY3~-&?!7@PJvuDNW7t@4omg$7O_S0Su-=w}M=6Kg zBzeT5S0XEOCN270!i0SNIlBpD6C#jKSb9NcvTt!@0q(K4te3#NVf^^>{(&Q=rg~kx z=7hDOQMbO`mOGHxeZlNre6k1=ztDgvT9@-P1KXQhT`g`Q7X_7{J;AM}tLkRnZYL)d zlPBlz6`hEwikfq$TZ=4SfPckL-}<<8w=N46EBv*q>?T3;!{`3=!LSs);7oc2e66`T z;go}+jP%l}?|)Hh_tjr0w9Z~1({bsT?LdpaW%*upVM~2qH@HQ7W@mWPJT5dW zd2cdE-0<#LcOBXp1}ri-G&@$6sT-p2KWm-}|2%Mtel8;Mw6fmql}rg{$xCTl4MTD+e^e*K)9w%CC7r?MAA23oV~ifB+4YT+b{4NMeo)-; zXn>@=E554Un1{05tNhyedVkN-4E05OE}(|5H$Bww5U?HDWqMJ|!Wgex_h}ZFOT_@? zl^xM-bBD>_CQ=LFi70%Mpt``XEzUg%EiHg%r@q`s(h^hYf9YHkQ+U1kjWI(y>e{0j zV>*=v7(~TRu|MFe?}ub}OWp@>-`CvgF%TsZO@0bQdZpe57;r8z8}XnVm{)s zgt=X)?TvJUTJNU$j_0ryE*(#M%F54gpSTLRK95g%U-isb1mH>qLPp(Q)#T+OO#}N; z8pI9F?c<%vW05!QWO(!DgoXM)NmMrS?Hue@SGl4eRkm(r=vT)CIG?v7o?53R=AiC+ zPJwO_i8iqPl%uHc5m1gWQ&&JE(_?TbgoNLt?R4K(oNBd zK^IP?CVYIDouoQytyH5$>>_!c-_Uor?gh!Co4I{G!jx2)yqI zlPz#Pd8i0Ylq=qK2)LyU<*iCZOQrfs<$}AR(x7`B>J8;S+YzJFXT`6|C#5+;t^r9f zNXv*&%Zxu$@-u#I(g)ij5^>z`Xy|*o)Sd7&9h1fA5no6a@j-U(q)=g&V6lXm0Q=|z z$`uFxo0)}DD-4m(x3uDzkT{0-W2G7&j*E8J1xXK1uC}SqSWJA}f4413bH#6~-O zcr^=p>G5SVI_>@6%K$uIjwCGtzkbyzCR&A&hU73hTj9Q)2?@*Ror}AyO&FV+k!Xob zX`!XEGjYO=d;_m#?ys+$Yy#?0no0ZPDU9>`2lk)E$mvVIUZp$0Ssh4kPm|cO4Dz?- zLK_vUf`>mPwFfA<#f(Ph&^LH`E+NYZ?=Ek~R)HZ!Mf}iK4C{MbbhLGe9NpgcGh; z;JqF-#XDu^Cqv8W-O1b*CxN86ThQYnP{7*$GSV-b#8-0p5)1x43x+~#?^*^nRN7fX zZpIh#4Wr&2qS@I9;_eHOf^H&BCO3v*lr}N@3dt>c(N20!J1R6FJ0P#=8bSIrV6Hy( zUcH7kuLI70f@t!35=3D|s1RHzb2T-^5;MKvs<`>6wCO{m#Cn)?EH)|CcP*`-Mr9L zcY>A?7_D(ap$M&&R5*m0L(8iNfevMR&7Tn4uMG5c6tzztqzwv~(^w z@}|&WEYxiMR-U@sorS!Fo=trUSZc3}kM<6^?_JItU{3Ay5;EY2b=}|TJ5woaP6CD1 zmHX{2;u}6WTg}Kv(~TZ{U-^7Y$Kl-kET;Y1XlWe+5lKY3A@*rv_-=|JR6mAJQ^}xG zX=jZ0&Q{Dd`Z+$Fyw;F?yVPu3a@Lg!GM5qtYww$?VpNm`4Fsqz2hOKlG5sT)Qh4ab z*M8S?z2&lc`zPnDEfN?RkTr*ZUj6H#k_(Q3kCN7Wm}F!*Ng@dsBOhA35F+!m8|JD~ zxS~{+Q%-5Oc67=((EE*?5zVu6QBn~wvGiR_vJ+mM zh;Gz4v#Pthwzmx-$Jts#bXA*$NDrOG1|k0;ps4UvWKxPbV}6v8uB}Ehpg54zh0T$C zao3nma6WzcsvO6Y5^++v%Zi~ao@7i`IUaWd*$i7Fkww%@%_nPHn< zaqGr4SatH^{n`cf3oG7CS&@Ml!zc3By9{>Mufz$sZtLKtZC|cmWQ37n_!kCtcuz!^ z`;y|hF6b7ypHLsEKrcP9)T!3bu6lw|L8@lw-UL+GvZ{-nMhZmAd|ib~H;~Qy3~C5G52LN_jWG>ZnLk4SZ;R7P8GKjoHGi) zjX#jF$Q^@3=i%Ug>di*vt#l%^ubnt?Dfrs-jni+{E=h?2iZOPO&ibXSc=^*7=O>rF z7Gg>p{1WF<4<3_Vn{)B$miqkup`9py?#;wS4VzA;Tjn=}1_?S20Z+G$ulLtZ3rP&0 zZRLBrOo&gp-dggNqt2)&{naC?`_s|yPe&jby>mUHzqacqEO^}uwKW==k9QStm(z-0 z*Lbk@g|$8B>0Sk6#7g#7F(I9<8M%yv^BJpwzGo4fPRtk%xA^@&`Atds;dR&23n5>SZ)Q#xfTZ-R&}$Jp_FCdAnqB{AY&}GpBkD zW4Eu@nLT#ey>p!-7I%t3)hWKjexQ$tge)Sg`LyX762V31Iz!GFYK_ixOLIqV0}5zT z-0g5GBVcO0@m2`9^+BC?+V!hPMV!>^o}0z@Abb7hd*!KdttxF2;q`07GP8V?7B&;55k1b4bwTVv%gb_jm{J3UAUjnmY*E?H11W;u*GUuhvcZ%oBo&g5j=K`Pd=;C zD?pk!SKsJcS`|j3tY%{b=EJhoYw6kyYo!KcET?Mmrs@}6XwQ5yD62mNXhiB)ua>n| zS#$NOlt$94H$MoEhw3|pYw3=Usc;gtul5n%ceZeTbaPZ^E@1z0WuUVT%UOdY5j3Gq zWatGI{_|#awcqNZ*%Kx-lx&kZWyY?V>BYu-Kd&rhn=Rlm@UrP_Exjxh;p!^NZVP8K zM%xtN3a4Q7rRF)4^dof^*-L8kzU!8;h6Gj&`Q-|PjY;3Oeij#$ZlWBiGa(vTkR~4^ z-$?o>1;9zS3zX2uP2rvR=G-HoOZLV$=|RxExgQgrrF-`E=Ka=W$B+J7eFE)P904=D zmlxt|&(^CE%67?osfn6Vd;(r#U|KrO% zq^qGgk7?+MR9QQE!`t})Lg*c%1Ru6iuoNhy?lE|{YS_CP0tNg<1fsJ5`m`79*fQ7% zRbY{KmRXdI9IU`I=O+6NOKxA4YiPDULiSKT1eD&>@cje0Yfk(F9C1EZ+^Km&yXyY| zg27b#suI#R`_a2#=bxuyftnv1eeG}BFk3v62KtM#{ZCaB=kh6rXonZ1LuLK}`Xs#3 zyl^MB9~s&-$Nm9mW_JGpmRt-6FEzrQRBY;vvs{s;JwM$u8E zlbaUZRhj&Bs)*R6;y2@7yrQ_1eB;s*e;=M5llZ901G(i0vFzeKQ9??vl}iu-AZXsR zo~x?J9$Zm=$S68B3Uuat8~@24V0osPvYF@#dF8ihk4v#8bXjP9x%%a1s>5ll+-d1r zVguqSd}MoT_)^TB-w3IuGadcGNUzu9(w*Rr5W|z2u0v+Hk{S-qXJ#sCeocwor}6DV z^#ot2*L>Zuy3Yg#Dm;>UY|_{0?fZaDB$3^R*cz&Xq8umL`l%E7>9d z30p}|gv%kAJ!7?dM4AP-oIW2GFQ(3^Dpjdt5+^r|QY>bhgz5`OJxxLY&dVay?zuna zxSVHSMyJMg%{e2P#-mq2DeOJokesw)o-YL64tCMLGcLboIhWU9N?L{nY(pq?yNu1+ z_~J6ej;GCeT*t~!(+ zrDf#q`47Oy#33GNOkQMNdKd7rc}6feCzHe$`Sk6YpMyx5y+?NBJYu8S98Dck;-D%Z z`~maRd0{k!&uw~{oi#5zJK${H0KG@oeGmohq`k3Y<}V8WuL)qCF>z3p4A=hiPT)5b z$6+S-={>hj;M}Yfdi)YfBOU03g462QcvmYj)t>-= zM`Qb$PYD~Z^HSbE^7ZkVR{mTAn{!DFC=U)Y<+BaRAeU&3v950NGEM}3T&G!knItkB z@hWk|EzA%U>6{U#Yw`Z`cb=*X2!M_0n(LbfM9$70KMkFDx$ZnGpK+>=u+V4E3-xA zC;Ov^f_;&$=b0}rG0)j|BvHbr>z8Mqe=qkVW0V5kOO4TBBBI8hoz^$_Kl_R}Ms5o> zNn%8a&{&*sUIeFJCdrOB>u&ozO~-5R+|}uFfB2{JB5ZprtMLb*eRVmbMX!~WVYl+4 zmfeqiYaS0v;tQ&QzJKl9zs0JkUJQ4k(cUppQrQ(04UbB!6s#Hm+*2m`Pe%ihB|kbX zKfy8zo~Qfi>y+75cUdlnw&g-rV>7GAYc4c2G$k>mBi;qR6{N^|)UyuxwHQf3bHCX$ z1azOiJu@}cFFE#}RUK$(XnpD$?`dm(RNTmtPV4gVa_&A4Q`vPu5x?U&C%HY+G;A?Y z?7p`dcNPf!VTFOSGB^$MVTrN%Gg9(VWiic2yOr|jL76tb)g3(TN z4}Hi3s+YK;EgF*;9CyoXwKGsXt{4?RuS;$i$7=@U6hMgzK5W=$?jTaWKm zH=}h8_AGSUNV}*Z5uz-DLMgaQ|3Vh&ONIi8aBSXOT)8r=nW{=7*8HZr zuZs0{zkfuEy!W4HwWEs(hEh=UkCZk%L=R6eaI&19?gB1Q%j_gE9-uuJL3m<<;w#lB zR=UY8c{|>VGt%D7&Awxiu+gYa@AqeP02PW209OLl9`#M;l98uJ#wV_o%5$j&>;c~N zdL@1i9OB$)L*;Q*U0Z-f=FHWTmT_Nk?{LLy&ZnXC!HT#w1j~ckLl@j|7@}?$tL_{C zGF5hEdGb>QI_${6{F+!iH@b(%hM3fFkSUuSHO|S+0yCM5TAnZ74Dic|6trJ~i>zh_ z7tg$CelMfHVPr{H!W@)YgN3`{;R9ap{ryJLe5IApgWHEeGz6Nt;{4VySjY1?1F)gv zWe^lS)(~T@suJj;HQ^LbY@dTmM2y=m>j)S3+XIl5)UIN(ch!r0a)o&hL~BtnbJ9NB zGFgl&oui-=h2$oLTT-;88U6&AM4O|cJ-3# zbIRTm>JADar=0CSa_2y}7aNnubehSDoC#F8puF3z(9hYSdCfdOYMCDP%1XUy4eJdC z29^@4Nx(mpuL(+9qz4k2HGyT+?}NfJspd^*Ta__JwRO$wHKGVspC{Lk0b1EM3CijP zi-!{H{{Sd*K0;#S_27_G(miMA@zI%)LAT0Q-tKMyep|MSH1(f0bx2Pqb?su6)X>j$ zCqgxe#hamL%aCnL814HX>D?}FSX%HJG+(tep$C4sDMs^p6}h4QzVCX&ljIlsX%vIX z8?Q{JVzy^Ie2y7KwyY5*OzbX#{=Fk+sqB(o z`YV-t=jeJ<9btr;cRi=x6d>kKw7BouRbN%ndVBi3W&C?{Jnpt{)$e%suFqJh`$e>B zv=h%bula*lw51}6&iDT{n33M`KYBV$l_8FX+Iow$Ty|N5`p3ocU-xe<{sB6Y@B*u8 z+ZXQC9zEAp3j=#Tymr_L(W4Q}+xvbdN9lu#NOZXO{Kmt77kX;bH5ichOG^J+*VkHm}Ml5t>xqc$VDo%4XMX0;6eeE?~H zz~}_V6C!x^c|t$j1l}p1X6QiI$2q#EL{P7CmC${v;0JI1@U7g>#}>syX}1kV*Wl(G zff?B?E%e;e=Fv-Vp3f1M9P%wXeKl9{S)M-9c?Ts|F0_sd&iRSTX*Y6@^`ivKQqS1C zS0hJShDaDUsb?e1WQsDf^Z{1n)$hHKu?BfVG*QLcVrC}*0P z&A0Sr;u@&~8%*QSVM-9vsVp!Tv;=wt!ATR14h98V3>GzviEKjLhgtT4uA#p%D{&WL z9byzOrcJOkMx4De5s^V2{vg-zJv=<$qslkWpM2a?*2B%lZ|2nZzz`65Sk7fRGu}S9 z9T|z*dsvj(vLS>@EzF!*8JeI>?+H3YBIn92(j5`SV8mdwCt8)xVt7}IvxJR3!bk*? z)18l(GeF6EhmyprW_1G0waK-BIyrz1YOsUrSwy!u@HvxjT@!OvSd>mH?8p4I@Z*U< z(|;PikM;^v)it}k3LC+QD{srC0*e8GrjonOi)RNdd}lcfdbYG3xCifa`)DX-@pxl` zMsB~^nBAont9op!Im}9)fz!iuWnl~n90oSU3p*dx4l zQf`GU7TXb{BmjI$6W4H~*(9?mjnm13=fe?V@8~1_oxeG|{NvTmJfGu1=4?fLqfg#C)u0jpM8Oci6u)tGi@ZBhR?IJuwV z%w^A$p{LBJ3Zc|}!$7+uE`$am@FM>0xOmHfSAavvS1#+rs8U9`4wOAWk~?(EX`=$* zhDH4yH7^wVdd*pPUkTEtQ$!-Ql8e4#8)ABwP$hGcO@N8wePrX_)}bQkY&=o_s52+- zpAx6dU|?!2md25N$dq0D1^2fS#p~@CvAYmyY(M6@rQ$?;2-dOCL(D9Z-|wd!gr}tQ zq_BiVyT$YQE9#2ni#IIo^SkiFuXc-AES}lOBGwgeZQ@ z3$airP)hTrC~P9wF$e-m--``pI}F$H09kxO5s!7E@;JBDJ`+cXXvXD#fUUe2mWYAP zTKrz$<|1N&0MfbBLraXrsIx5$#Iwf(lyLYdeGKh5 zBCc~S@Sz;PzqCLuQ&E@Q4#nqPDaxK@yk;lXDP;#oYfLp0+&nBkcM$Y*clGvq@hIbk zJ)C%djr7CkB%-e_rot96xxe@@X_|+=Ob|sC#@R}Dt>Tu)w-ML4ymgNwk*3^3#{h&= z1u(r|^-JnnYcl6WUmx1DOrAmo?v@Tuy~}o+(d@j}+x_x#wG(XJM?fkCPnC+6q3zc} znLeEEJ3$$)Ec{kZOfC7;(OoVeC5N1~x8623>CJdvCdnV?hAU(oFSK}cwx`EeqiZkU zz~kPd3v0H``hgnaB8wulc0hGv$gB&E`>bl)qu!z@Q@~iOE8cR7wJZ2;c$&Y*6+So) z9OEFtnH}yvqu9l-37xwJ{m!|4X=3_qa0N8e3j@P4$e2}&t^NTzSrKE;Ttndrg#@Bj z7*tdlvq1Ij6H3N#@BByO@gAWjEaw>lJbkBfxb)Z2P!tyN)gQ_Fmk}2Sqm{qz;|%tn zy{rptT$g~piKDP7k1B7sgJZ}aL#_*!I3LhqSQ;0+dR!FA1ql{01zP-WeZJCJtjly^ z${kh)F@g=OqWxVM7${6K9w7$Pm88Fx{0Dd=u0i7-+>nAbDbp`aShYP{1jU;IE-vnC zS!-YOCnfqgxF-aCwUg8#=-H>y%%oFN#{Hx5?Af(wp8*U2fHkrJ7hL8Y%jY9p2Z0o|kT4Fw2Szhn$LK#(?~0 z26c*J;^Le^txxoI(pYtIU^U{*7->rGopXSb5qy2PnWXgeQ(-j z1SpBbcYDUXphwHH#i>=kUzMlCIYCP7t7{g~eis%o))Q;}DYn6BHK!`4bd5vl=H|iw zJ{2n@HXnWG7r8V)!!V)-vp$F?J1b3mZv7@qD!5vvHR}6nJ=d;D#V(*CCT4N^OvmJ0 z&ySJAR!J0yPU(5e=dkL3w&UZvZUoIjX4crjn8;b-l)4pR;@gF+GiqZNe$#xE{5!Ce zL51+~$mUZya{;jj5h+A`3_t1N6b0$Cr^c48aP2M8ZT!fovN30u=32b_d4>^WBpFQ( zR!vBZqZEuyjT!X%QZWxZ zg%nxj=@0C-C|Y0*Wq9F1v%pCxfMJ%)16S&Jhd@K zh=O(fX1}wXAT)e$Xsc4mU{z!V7;Y?iiZOh8AL@dp<|AQ;T1_l6W~@o58PIi!U%M^w zS56JZXfg2Bb?4Ml{(~$6cpu9v2>TylceDT!#8sG^Aygfj;?h0>uhQR%rF_NV>{23M zFM^OI&3kVA7v`-CcTR{E_Dxeyq?)?xPE335-fgmaA#8pbVE3Oe#pU}K*xZgE_@?_TaiEBx4w}(GfxK+=e)=w7n@IkMRseeBhq0Y zZ1Qn~f=~3vu)6Lq;E}`m+W|wigQHh8`+8sb--x?lP!5$a6y>U%K5+@GTRLO}X-xul zFT1NEAKSbnGJMZ3z?!q08Dnc3&sD1qhPt~$irNzka7lcXtGLIO3zI*uKS%UC=-+zo z%YCwYUN+=gm+q9ZnYt{!7$I+PmpW0|TdPy!tbHrXEC5Nl1%95q0H;f(=s9_B>iVYZ z31-hY{YB{z+z z5cARd7{6hPToLU4a{HF=!PAM%weGHDmEy{ESeX>5oBP+4Y8q{+?>tdSwM$sMf6G`0 z&kdBG_zttQL-@$Nar(tY_6V2_5UO+}Vg+ zA%_gp5Nw_HD09kmJ04;`5|4vEE4(cO!ow7IdA&>0G5>CFvtv(rhXO3HF5cG~YJAZS zbuf5)RjzV6(je|0IUjB%jdQ*zByru!BSnl@^Ls}U6r|SD)xj2 z>|gwErMP6qT}Xx&+tHqg!H=ta9VQE=%dL{kBd| zAkkVq0MLy+^aF)YOwk@V=1NjYT0R95a%4c_oF$X8iG7}HO!w<^jjWa{*ZK2Gr6E?O z!cDo&w&L4oTTQN~rNpMKZ77-&pA8ZEOhX9f+``LL#e|dljl)6QoqsBZVMuydKe(2B zjSo3Awx6&`50PUKN{RE{*zlz+Fm=j%m32}aE-U$`5~NB9;ozf&b&FW(T7M4?3XxIT zLZXygol;-&Q0H)8<(iLp-#(UJ(0t9ZL6M*$H;$asAKEB8tktUiN{@za&I7+u1zNl2 zUl@@Hr4Q%jei!_mjNNQgB0Ea$d2J!q%`GLw%!viI%v@)9FVUCea@7wn zGeLRGZ}YKc^1&FQ{c5B?XzF%6E6u)XR-0%9Yd%u)(%liJLW~ zM7h{hK)>3_w`gPH=Z1fnO_PGdjzZW055?PEByQd$%yDsLw&bz90M>@V=tZ(5LuP1G zG_mK9b8o-256YSK_iM^LP-0_3V#BagF`4W1c9{pr*Z$NI5%+MjR8n`lyU5PZPCe8a z4xH3XJ@&0}=UuYNQedFLg1iQPUM={fJZf|6qb#lW@X>PI-}|xMya@Bl#<}-%V8)mE z*>jtq2CaH|u4E;O@f$eOW7}8ddqb7g9(a)|O7NZUqui7AbCgtH$z7n%+>_zfqjt?d zfSnVjj@s+NPMfB4Nu3&+vU#S;XAfQyZ;s;#G1HnliO#llIB= z#c|_bX}!|wlo! wP~q9aDPaK_hV27RRs=mG25S=YHp$Gq`9&du?5wc62~1i*Ja4 zjtHwdza8z$w>OWJD-(j_ohExlqLQD{ur9|@8T4>!9am84w{9Y71YTg6c|a$pj_6m; z{5s!3d(<+crAQj}|L7W75d_E=?X+z12p{a|v`7A>xl_qEZ)d7B$osO;i+>{XnnaJY zi_lLREbUX}aCIG@c|-pXP_OF~!0oNK`D`E6E=?PlrS&!NbpGB@V&?p_jy?y=kTjYC z%y^K7?86d?=u@|RVTap``8YZ0uH_$KNHQQX?jPa^ntn0 zrk0sG%UQ>z9b1g^6=XXvy^u|7$Cp7TIXG{_bqcstQVubRi^%``Q_JbI&POHlSIrGt zimI~a;r{@a2Dp-l%`VRTsS1pxUi#Jma;{?J?pm%1K>>zIWE1iJJ?L`dxT1Y|WepMf zuTvh&co+n?$?E^Yx$_Pl)9S`9yruIZztQn2?|FA`Ds!jnmRdR^pyb&8l%GTSk>U=G z-Ul1D{K{dH$J9Dym-6I^9Up@x+p0rWP0=r|By#?#Ag2UKdw8D-hupDjSUg8cAWP}N zEB3VIA$kM-1$4IDU3=`@11g+TuVw#0-+q-U+8v^%-`y#|g?ok=w#6sx0H@UPU||qRQ#m z&Chu^ErXJhWl-!9qR39WB-v)dX&iLg$lWE%ljz?@2<)a3pG2fNuURWBKO3L=UpW092?&F4=AIB)epi{42j$UEsX(JD_Cx$s4Bp_kn~s1bWw~+V3mE=b>j?2_ZJ;s*W4XRRE4M55x2lGMYh_{2xGKH6j}mPX^@Z-8wZ zIF!gBMBi0u%X-hHWmVm#v(l-|fmhDH6}~_RAA55FE>dV-NpM?>>|vy!`D}x}MJWh7 zF_x5juyMSgZ(N}Vu=%7^21oG@!oTn+sg1NQ64eqQ88`3Jz###7^Vs%>k4&bC8*_zfmLEm?V`o2*g9 zd=MDM8TE30tg=E870(kzGPq2hz)Ra3G7`)AcBlYhAml|IIIoou3fuIby8@MnAHIq^k&R--Rkd=LO80 zRPl3ser*<3v&Xy(v(2G^#hj|cQhHW@@HI0Y(0L^MPBw5N;&f@sgleQ#vIq5wn6X}t zKo3N^?X>g5yGi^?7vx8iSZ#b0?O(@?kz`4`+MU)(CwL|ir+*9Y9#bl;w@fJ+pH(%M zA1SzVg`j>ZPQIZ`Q||# z<*zh%Jo+yiuu9*)uyv|}G$mo5?Z?Np1$YGl*SSEDTa)1GVu!R$^GLMQ(K>@8VeO5N z!dL64VTP22WQPG}LX50xU=Iw-5f5}~Pf3pc0P2xG(X2(h-fD#eY zRznQX6GIi-P`*IX(7h}#7h4KUO$9Ha+rQK)Be&B(y_+*mGU=T(vJ<6kZSgM(Fz4ch zkEAR@*)LCP<0eIaGzrz3Riww5AOV!)U2u}x=Ci*^SJ6L6bx;4-( zU$Y15dj8FNTtQFV7SFJ0N3b(r^FCyr53bukDvrAbJR8}W7W2QN<)gcTuw$fG1^=$0)n-^H6|Qd)-( z>Oi5<(x(-{zK-In?b=bn9KbBu<$`D9$!K9TMX=t(;xYVKoa#*YYy!vJB5noTp3tgt?*vRr5@y%x24*~;4$TDsS70l`tLh!&)j&R~kdbQ)k7Yxf z7*5MVA`Toj){XwxOVa29ZO*1(aD(r#2i9KLpS%9|%KIXS#$Y~H?K*ix^@=f-2#DWt z`>^>6b{xRDB+#LL{+f$tfad2zPQ$wiMnwUAo-z7Q%3+3>(#*zVZeuNlc71oDMMn=t zD~?y3;6+!BWJ|B%;397(!-)6RnJoUbA#!RE=AABnDTC8@A9an2|6KEc1E{>s#J!!t z0$FNjLepwC^%Yn*<$t}_?A95|u?k|B2%EaA$tH^m1+6cI;#P0+1gjD)#@xEv8(UR6 z$2Q#nfw8=R=)}e&R%KID)@~HaH5)`sJ(sKF| zvL^>RCOk>qQD5Hnz2+`L{@wac@5@W6paF@h;7<@yd!l3ztLh`8#LTb|ZY`%mP>+F* z_LEf26<(B7D2Y&}-y*+>{LM&JHeZDuWs32eCPBl{Dt$^d(?hCAYP?`K@ROix(NP_2 z#22@I8Me{xS_2JdTR~;lXDxa<3SQ&!%s^iw5lKrh|49D6k7e09X@ghrkLQ66QK#@={4 z+Qq>@@HNWNDXFQkVYW(;?M-EIp62`>W;{u_=;yKKUJWLIkZ9N_PQs7z!dgn)#vLD~ zb}noaWmkrkHG?5eC$2t?Bl6WSIEVEp*$KVfdlG&dQqFVAx56`MVzB}n#p>%JQ#%IE zf1a(i=l*mh*)?7xI(8y1qE!0gzt;_~P_RQ;z$7+@PwMg7GcP0~K4cxcwhN!OTF9=} zPL|vUa6Fe&lY1__?^bX!tl0=QfL??&8jyge{68$#qNf#;DGJvvI^Kyd)l5E52zXwyAd!Pee4 z7x52`CU8j`BSmtjyhR%Yk?`7q5U_m9zXqAU{cXbeN@9OQaw3D;#soT*fZarufPV&k zBIegiHhTWrNj1S4&%vB|i9FHv3J4$kB^gqRm{kN2A-#Wtc-M(J%?N3mycMzK7r2^E z)@XX{Xj$EwkIFy5x-Gk*hUmc@P$ z83|`3N%=8j3i?CvQPw;*@6rV|7XQq2yM;NnP^GFNRR>3247F_%^DxQKdyg>lFQ4a2 zT?gfLyLQ?9dbC!WQrN=S# z-rWqL+EDKRFa0#A@PZ@?*cpw98!vYv)zKx^u>p(wh@{he?B=q^D?-}wx+yw0bScgB z9}jUzHxs199v_X{yFNr@rQyqG9F5>VH+V(w=yydc+PUp+>^dbZOR8$gEO4iwy`w&0IetE<}Ji@vW_c_9@X$2 zkq=&D1QC{wQl>?k8V0e^E5L-c!yoKxz}Qbg+sYL z+h_TPb&z>V5@axtLfx-LOE*@W51TSFh4j7?O(l%~lq~qY$un9bx>}O7CV2KW*+0&q zAbqgz?c@IH4xe9L2?RKJT0k+JLSX@)zWee=6+MgI5ES<(PZ%+sXH5wfH8fg50;Oah zcT+)c<#N{l`wVt>7l%FkwmJE^`{?NyD%iSVR^P)ILjSxPm7h$B234sj+yjtvD#=z- zokY|uR@y<+WoZ^nC0fQ42Tw;$_>oaaZAD$-`*$L%E1BVGH&ng#zru|vnUXCI>>j1l zRepPs^Wv@rQKp49G&;NK&bI4tS!S}K&91^olR@J%VpRu}z59in?la0FmXq0KtCC!I zl-F+Soe1LaCBJx}+*{83fbd@IooAXhORn^19OVpJ5So%>k7a_DHqS&8f}Tb_zE<7# z>0G-s+Tgrk8h`7?h^)8lf+S8b!kN$49U>#1?R?JM*_erI#?Oyh$MZFsd~Hsil1VKF znBBHpwS~g1D+>|6WNPRnz6?wqoFp-PgF`g9VKqFfNV(pEj|YnXlIxO8ZmUN@s&Nz0 z^@U|5U*A6f=56u;A8azuF-}#tz^Z(41p&zk2{HpFd_V{FOLv3C`R z1-F>fT2aQ`N^cx|~G?WMx=MRNP{WLB0!Xf677IE%V_Yz&m zNqT8un*RivKS**?udm8GFt%K-h8dWKB?|M<@hM!X08E5P5`$#o4&SQFYj7~_4QY5;&3j{w>apsG~_-gJpX?0<$JeEyN?xQG*vv(OqpA!C045 z%l+FLrZiWhaPsJzHxu&7Y?wx?M^Z0JpEUpz!< ziB|p7^cD`<+IT12Ib?4#_Wc#Cr?*Xo~UU?v!u z0@qw=%=j!R_qq&}*55~<)bljg{qf9=)g!L%_WVq_;WEkN%cV+$%sxt9BMiTO6_1a0 zNo!`b_=}sytF_F&OwP)GTuf@5CIH(d8R(CRdqHri(BzQl+WjDuMyqe+GfM`*5kEd= z4pdb;`+qt<1Lj&8OBU>i+63~cxJ(4U{@w_+#c2y|>g`cO%J;}0pvia5-;jlP;;s(( z5Gx;mhT-qpjOZiWnQ_G9FnzF7*SfQ%Db0PzmNIb>R(c#Vi_x!2W6u@{KTvsN#{;q5 zb2>jAO5!RO-9-g%qlN9Z{sX8sd(IzZ9B{b@evbahwHrW=yAKuxWi0eCq7HFpPQxMByvXU_(>0xy)2WuUx`IL1XO~gt!s^qDN(h)4H@#=aIIsEb_sMH z^XSUD5Jv7<6}G7&QX7*_<>C`kdzy~!VxKmhP-f9yH#_YM_{5i`F+?q+_)&y_GpqA_?o;Uz6@a217_!B4)`BIe zZ!IiSQ|~l&YRFtqyb3CmRqB*_EnBc=BH6$A4**Wcg48KF|AFfQm5}#{POa?>=B)B9P;#Q< zGfz#Llr(ClKa%lmm?$|HboPHRH5%sJpDSvOQ%g}lggh)ek78_bpLH1UX7xV^RTi6d z)Eg<&6ldl-n;$~qmYlVM{b2l&#zcbLUk93rCfrz+gka~-&Trwpa9pFQz%u##!jH19IG$<5AF&s2jlS}%fXS&S>-XtA_+mtr?A0@tN7FY* zcj?_Fhek8!4{T=anle>Z6`aH?3{YNGKGl-Qd>Ru)FMA%&H_{dyufPSAK2oG1WJ+rtn$EJzv`n zr{T2GSjGP6!Y#3mJzLXAD@Ln+>+#YL8jlR?4r0#z4-12p9!#+%EBmorc3v&+Bqt2} zk?4Z~que zNoQljttm{0MR6v9|0E+ecGo zht)q>vfZ^0xqB9`K)7E!Yaib_e^=>|S0$p0FSR^qu|e67pAgq4%3O6)D|bTpj&{|5 zcpq84>OA)`UI^V`!~IFTSU=fC+aP1d7Po;dWU2R6f$1@gU#@y4Y+W#6dGcm^olna+U%y?WuE4HaNWAoO6gJ)m+BxDOmHf%V7 zBqyKBgTeZa|EQK!y)x5reNNYPLjJZ-0Pz=SZ>Oc9F{35@b`mHqkg zgSk?!V&B&WMe{c}sIw~haEhuC00_?|T4j}^sy+4KdO%poGaAYMGibJ;DY(n`W9=AK z(~cK1%x3a55zY&KrB8Sj;QeO`|JOJe{Raq* zz=j3P1ia4r6eE1}u16pA4={AAq4XudBKkS5dSLVJ%^Lh;UL$THeIcZ7^N0|o>zoam zQhUnJ?Akpt_2n<0_a-6Se)38osaxQo`NiuQe`e~AxxR7ely=L?@LO5?hH;frzH8gV zQkjz%&v|VoIX`F6Xt1arm74+0)91t7FH6aYgNi^kW7~76AJyZ4y?!S#N_GL&V|X9R zu!x1vsq7ws({j7w$MJ*;_VOEp9^FCFU6i=c7+vScoPU5!~Q(3A0}-?Xu5%cf1e#Yu{s|$5+4U(ja06TsY4i-MbkzG z^a)_y`0x?xbf~#26wyUhaggbzsI{L|#IzuM_){5o7YXw&eDNY@iPeaq&aXU-YEqef zzzgt&fVW35{>Si$7m34=M~%#|zLPSYGL0qWl%mP=mRuZCcjXk&5x(yIlMxsTA#r1E z&Jgv`qf?OmE#)2}wsrWU3ZfRIS@w~Pc92?K5YkG0*(<{b z>cS+GAy)%myc|b)0TgwA`;#0;Gg}J*H%b#}&Lyww?CF?Wgy7xF4^o z(?EHS9pkLA`whmK3dyMKgR?PB+e7E~J@g+SAFhfcwl%SOABx+Gj+O>Nt*%Tv^+xJR zSoX)8d}?7pcryq{%XjB|Mci}yx;l~z-1tl;a$W_64MBbxfy$Uy7`67xSS6-1NN`xS zje(`F2ie&V1lcznj{nB`7cBURbB@n6Zf72x8LIK|-zTwovaqYYn`pK`p2c0mu7wU zD1^nQ_8ZNKqB0KR=pR@WQR>v1Wi;aBByM6_IkEd(yTbzkT8V^_=4KKyY)+obBw*|#3e+}wLbAld!u6RIp=uxD2oGOV?rozDW`z*u;g*hscVYcS zQB;222H__AfbQXnbw;g6qeYGO~21|jYRe=YFQ~!Bqzy7 zmCr)AKuxWQ0Sw-hRp;O9l{_L}>?4PRy)b%t^tZ~K2X+t9>xa%2||13cnNZ$^M~)g9+>O4DF|~#d5a(4aFF_9fZ%bl z+q3PAl!6&DH76ZimxG*_OQ=e5m%k0y#gJ|C@)``lzHD8G@ zKYNN)A+P;&Do+_68M*mO_&DpH`me7^GiZ}YnVUZJhJLuqQV&0egSu*xHXoUN6kKbi z+oRem6Y3J%0bx;AKgdymXrw!@$)8Bfx4M>@=jrdtwz8bgq~zUx-Nx>3&^9n~g7{wU zNbmp{;+}^T$Un^Q*aExn1x)3J{d6zC^m4vT)==K49LVqUTRc6E)``CN5}vH+k>}0x zK*$x&)%tIb@!;#QdDnK{O{x(suHEJYjv9lR6ewRzUl zHlNwm*plBOC_`r_g;c$`#f=la51`t$VPWx#Dy&2iog}&yIVnAy2`Fmmebwd*w#TI& zm3ZJ?mB5X!=eiXQV(gP}`lx$t9SYyRLC6mrdlwF~H+SsHJzY4*ue@^^TEi)r6FHG$ zGaW1)w%^y0>8%A*ESj%%DXCw!aLT zf}YtfvnTZKI$|2^+$P6-heS|IXwsw#+Gf3v*Qqn~;E0twy-%%^3qH4|#FH{8@j}yg zxF)i~B%-@7(MG6}x+mf_=zH%mz2l?+D$+?J%vMlTjWm)H=y7sxf@F*5S*_W2BBC3yLkZ>@UN!0_^7Np^u1+ zs=nZ!6!(?bimZUJQR+`-3aGtBcs-acziBv5QlJ!rZXt;>f*1gsmGhz3#ndBO?=NK zZ=1>WaqvtSKe6E?666Ds3oQV${>xD5OTEpI8!1rIL9Zr}(GbIsvzYA9y2@FKL?#ce zBnrOanGz|(^q>JB76CmdZSAi=dx7p!2}>-k^8)J1>W`o11TIacz;akLYCd+n5?$@= z7-?Rp!9PUD%NT>anz1V7I1B3>R>gfJx*8N6o!G@?v5m(ZU6RC^;WPE`!h$X0DqLH> z>jya?t^?6JUbe0B6>3x*U!neK!u8O>%WcS2ln;f6w+f|hva(^{{nHn6z!gH?TpCD! zy?u}qSdbCvUL;vJ-rVQcr?|*YQJ)j_=^c^Z(&~L|rI=Cg zewj9QcixfEmsgaR8;cJ+@auP11w*{#dcFcLgdv@m1KBpXBaPuZAzVco1f{=} z%dsrW{nN#14W>%^ikyV?(|q$=YySb%lenZH;$zS_6sj=_+7sbKDP0u{u$2gqwPOb# zX97{0rD)14H!-d!_nI#XcNfs)Z01U3Ie&ta`8_2m3^BS0UY%zkN&sb-dQrZD?E!>W zYYFQnV;%x?M!l!|J0PEL?dND~sqffRSfqKi8M0npDQ|iIRI0s%L}iWm*R&_1B|GXc zbDnn-3b-b?cLWExkmxEELR$EGmKs|OZ){ot$vcQV`#31+Mpaxna=2IR5 zv?8cFFpjhhHo_#gDpatiiaWp|3DOXXaZera?%JyH?9+e>ZK4IxakUG&VJ?TnBgo;CYC>a9D4!Z+e}rZP2hCRMUE+1*@SrC; zYK`b_pn89t+OC4yb0`ki>z9LW*aS(O=E{uf^9o18q~SN4=Y4l`K2^ltMd241*W5{8 z{a+TEv116%MO*})l%46Kz3#k}$}`I3ToxO$V9C(LznI|-9;ehEmM zG@FR(JGb%~&NfPx3Lq^pn-+SVz1O=*#07XjwSrpv=IMcaps z#=}lcnufv}e2h?$4C0ps{#*~&B_sHH{5avInD<4QbiA<9QJv9x+Mbu5YT)K+Co~3v zH&X!iq2D%{nlkVn7IJO#`~(@~n?E;ivQ_IEZ`^L?Xa9OOGuMHu|cu~<|ccsHh97_Spi0h7wv6*2oV^}W5;us+uKsq0?#fIIWPChw?3-UsUR z?pJb7cYIXD#_r)5w- zC1$B0^y5J^MPIpVjhO4D!Jmz+wV;=;8)^bYf5V+1;g~Cd%=o_$`!ObMo8=)B7guQo zI4c3>o-uM{-SjL;m$J;`io%1u3YAsrF%;n`@ud^bP1J-nf%m;5ZPjA0<4Gmsp9~l6 zt|v60RM;seV{OH++0NCR?}btMVh;LlIt61oNAu^u2?I#h4ggH; z=|T|1YHVJNE7cL=*k`u62ShQ~#VYGD-|3>?(A-;2lr#Up((#GUhR>ZTxc?sr-0HL( z$J&KEDV;(xFl{hYtG__oIJHl~S9Kt(sIQf|8Wqby&}_8mly|1 zK(A>niy!O3PUIwpC=+kCHMOYG7tPK|;i$iX?y`3(gm6D|Zu?_Oobx$eTG#KK)-HVM zIPY{;E;E;lAwhth9!zLDVD2``hV3d=05C_8y)l64zO_kL&D!t$!sQ!k zF>(Xj*Tk`sQVRUY`=E}@)HwC+;+w#Xz=2wNb6i_>!|yvyQ>!9wWIcETd`M$=&&2fY z{MVQ&?S5qo{0y1?&XnR69EQm+6hc7=UV*SU8KLV^UcF0nehP4K@TB6F+a_whE|+2} zo+GY!ff*s#I`TvOVt7_xK3295$)B7tyY=Seb!~EPQ>(zP&0(l)LM7+@h{O8Q;sri* zHEnnD+*JHBS#@e)3-x|>Xb7bZgTHdckgq*;EHm3oHHGcc6j>-&FK?Fzv*%T(b4Bxp z+)bspxcBJ^aUlXt{h^S`jf&z0;AgJ=*$!H6TqabPJ&IcqzoC-f=}#Yj-+tUw#@bgx z>YG{0!>DnyR4d82R{vfUiB-Y4`rt|yayq2I@s$a|(+IyUm<}|2HzRBx{J zKkY*gpTp76Cvi3ttTaQP9J3bJTzY(hNgKj(a)LbF( z5w+gY`RwGmBj3m%m>scqH@>kT@k7ht-2{Bj@slj^ZO|%2}M`#2gH!7*~7Vv?L~$YnTzsc0sLS$ zzPlq)Fnm4pneD*~r;}2-F24G>x`gUnrh?t3o2Lp}KrN^|MM{nv=6zC>?y#EL4cv$#lJ-{-_ z460h`xe*@)gjBBa;m44R-Da4aS#d`aw=iz_c-07nPbZN>L)M6K6M9cKv*y>U@2;{G`RBNr`jh0;?ve+WsT z9s0Y5=@6fPs!wqLL9m2H0&>sxwG%egCj3nY6c1b8Yv!iQ2!Fdm*UosI+kN z;(SocE&U<)Ev>ob;~E{8a}B%wYzUcd5(%Y7zk{+$7mG?4S7^3QtRb^pY+@D*Wb9NE zQC}<+V?R7jHn!yv*~y7RRrl}49pF~@b7J=D7{cTQDsApIvj?hpKH9CC?@wyR+)imQ zVi%;u)xW$6$G_M|4-x&nHSQ233%6))>QaSSpl)b#elv=j{CSq5c2(`KKNxZkWWepp zl_;FA?NV`p8qQQRN_+1(7{@jQ_t|v`k~&tlC;X4?yGqc+kJwNCWr(&^%IKRuk=&AS zyfI`o;N5(pVD@&!-8nohswp9QfabSacgveeG98X!lOL$oIN=>1vm{YlRUi2(YVoPB zV-xKDxLr?UgI%;Kf3|*^=5@eYM^}Ec227ASc{&d6;C-?mO7_Wc6wRvDu6XxSk6)A5 z8C=WUrFA!?PbO(99mPOm7C-6u=$Et;u-_4+q-fyI-+K&2qw8`cJ6tg9#M}3I9$8@% z*?H72mu~xMnHZ1&&=-FlVV2S0t9rbB3pH|js4Pu@12^SHfZ$?V0-q2v%j!=ZrSvtK zg0feZWVHs?DItG0?=%{@eE9gr0!g`-by; zp5aXD0D{_t_Q7$CGAv==AU**Xly*^B2jv*3U|$$hM)=m&S2eaZSyb2?4}2YP?nr*Dm>*^P*{K7D!UBl~a~+EAUBL4?u>G_YQRxvu z)wMe98xkQE@){=$_d(2S(qkV{Js-e5$R1rlpZose1QD1`D%mo`I6U z!~J%V@)w9x9P1rH=x&J%ke6B;&G&p#HF0S?nvyww% z#jH5=5M2aD&2I5(Pu3ZW@`m=I$FHE$V7B#6ViWRpCRbF@S3%s={cwWtKTwZTxso+v z>_vT=d1I5AOH!Ywh_!!L>@dj+x7H^&n2+czLVL{o60tq&*%)~#@0gnkaGl@`K!BPI zt<7qPgH=jHDYnLJmV=(GFRhGJt~Is15x1+0@xM(w#NRyR;LfoG5?eD9eqE`uf*}Y- z?xf;}R%A}h0g(==Iq9o0>w8`2ds|K|Pj1hM?bt9qO)+75ZJhh&%%a5nimg2)6%8S= zrs4!Y{xvH%?K@xCO3!_9>N#YOuyf4M_V^3DHg>MJeM1fvn2Z;S%T$*eiBt0k?Cf#Ja_Jrk32MkHIl!|3{WS|zZ52@ zldt255<|(?5BP2s&jr|R~*ZuvEf>hsPr?YF~&yO7xj5v}ar%9)B_&_qT2JywvAUa92O^P9Vo5 znQ2HM6+hFZTc3|@DUGNJds*L@XhuNNjNeRiV#qOBo-Q+&nNq8 zQ^JsL-Lt{IyLU_^JP)flxD)-9G?g^V=En&4`uklRzgqeYS){qDr*LYHJ)T3iVuhSP z=ThfoUP>=opH&rEvVZ|~G3Ads;kBA-LkUXClbcQ#*@fG82s&5`&lN=Z@;2-vguZTQ zD6ck5J$>wX!^8PO7%xI&eGoMGN?3=sjKVf_zO8n7teb&iiICBC0Az6t%bEheTIF2I z-?`Z3nsxjdxwX?t>Ot#$bRU7WD1QAx>xtAyU7J546S{*0vjpS3_a7wo_D|1rXs2vAsdKBvnh794KZ2@Zwo>)*S`Dh zNv?_Y-Q#wCkSW8Ahnh9xQ$HpyDKR|Ba`6h{H4-5I)JU+LlfYeadoVF}?{j=B|JOZ* zJ_tPw5QpB6HH}XZQ+&VDG<=U+uP(iA)J6kmoC~UD4v%BJ>GN7w_HwgMD2kJOKT!K1 zFF?97UQy2)=6xyV#2Bd%7dmS_tHII~|1i|^a7{%?*d}NBwVZw4g|m61;6u;#LLtG5 z8PplLjuRFx8mNi)HEy12<##C9a`y`+JK1x(YwU_4N-y1yy(Up&GW;h>P0!l)4{L)m zE$R8&U;)QdbVPKalWym79R0-B#7eIW0dcS=+VjyRiq$q^7p*9wVE|RAuYwMtfM}<7 zELQp6)~=Iy-xPi{$8~u9Nbi6{!#t_MO@BLr|JwGEH5^<9bZG-(ZQT~&6F=l{QIt!Z zGI7N#Ag$rONF}o|++O46XVD+3Uq|f>gt5`jL)v`q@xu6D@^u#A9D|5(sQ;vT$PwGk z1#J219(kKA&y$az>67p8oTq6sy(O@6xNmG`<10FTRQ8N{U4MvKi01BaNRQ1o?Gow; z7FZvY%WB*k157vVuJVyJSmfMVo zPJPW48Re#(!jAZXfYAn~vrE`Z#_^~x!k|@&gml#3B$`*2MyF~0q3*{!$r_k86gH<4 zLfwAPFO1C8c6o5oD@(jv@M)5E;_n|F1yC0s-5TyW>(HS034=C(@h=5X@LAvG(sw)#nP_?T7hx$4 zOTfSh-isuL6r=iUyOz9IFyRiQE9dIA&x{OEtn(HzwrAG1TSL#Q`cdH()Ng#g_s2(~ zUj9L4-SMIXMs0Grt~Qj*%*=S2-8%fTI<-(&NfA~E1fl{_AGn`|R?7`KQ`uA6cerY#H*7@+ldfj!GRA zJPwJcmuyuAFyI%fXN}P>PvjlDI3EQx0CL6X?v>SS+5@Uc8+>I4u>~C2jQHf955Ruc zMwSMSGiDBXjCCzmM4~tlYx=KPkC+}?Dhi%d6W9)%PCgTc@(EnM*>?$W_uNIl^~vrV zOOEoC+x!t3@9BWJm4?f_VLze5M~e~>{5GPGLT-fwz)kYQm-iJ~mpj&%mYX<+IyEx0 z&iDjm#U5_e%68NEi{7>ZG2B%+gKwQ#no0|c+QO98%Hp#ffGsG!ZQ9;e0(bGtc!~Vo zO5s>8&>-6OJ$+hW@-HPa0jmm=?K?STT-fy+ukRHYdr)=#{K`Mj)hY5gXAFs}nIKu> zNW=N3UcEQnH7}Ji3Fa&8pHkDKKE&tIa%*eWs`q)Z_Jl#$Nei9|k%3!VL&bRs*&evY z2e~Zg^4CqD)?DA;2NsqEw|I1BHU`S`oEKqV6}~z~y76k6HihSIMz3jbDt|?CK0$1< zJ0N^cKjl>Zd$M4EWBe8t0S;o4#Yk4;89MF5b=l=ndWgX9YI_hjX3NDCq!) zUHb;yMm`6Uk z*u&)HTh>Nih~Ib zDTk%G+PRe1CLujb^pFkW%YkJWtt`|1u59(QPvRjtXzSALC~Uy#EjYElaT_Qpkl5dho{E&P|Sjx3eb+^R|17FsIVOMjk+POqR(rYJw(cp`ZbTdm+0SkoO&HET=Y{b5Yf zzDShv884Hj6Wd;1%i62U12I^fd2*dMgw^ z*?7k~dECX~NfLfQRmE~1ZCPexXA=bsP_+6_F-3O>7jP!UDaqsKEbUo1?aT9K4Yi+# zTu1mmYrFPy%-w$h6r#l*TXDVpDa*1Z3Gd_wzCQo;WB`B02i}%Zm@VTN}rvK483N{M^QiC_XTq7vcAN_*=`Ii*l&y zxVrET_b@()mwY`Q4}RJhqXmyR7vFnnz?b50quk5+q)aJ_7u{C-7=IBNE~RB5qg7oC zgv0D9Tux@jhU}s^y$?|_mrFuAKp^2YmM8z4?fRe3AXnko!^P`=#iMdA<;MB6k+aGu z?#UWYaENl${sX}yr~oD%>IRH&(%D=qHR7v7@;36uR6&|H9e}>E(WKJsh}gYk&?aP73E%412CQp zzt&#S25RLt5u+|1;pRv^7kScN0#`Jotsfi$V0D|Va@g=`l8yuYx}Ag38Jp*opMr%% zxeA$n!|FM|5@y&PJDPB-2PRK%6wVZu^L6GnXmX?_2Rkb4v7fu^j(FGtX{n69nr4By zX0wp7>%vbORyn@OyN$wf`ojVCc}xN|D52M34OFP7rXqo`n+QKh>e;q&er#MwONH#N z(S5VQpq$>BU-3tqyE7nmXGDvV zm?d1!QgEll$dS{Kje}m0tEr!n?sVO}LO4-5$J*N?<O+OKuEIM(o~GUVl>4@3M#n-gLdFz6+fI`mUo{qp8VPcQw7|1JxNmwQi-&tU>3 zr;u-LHCADDygej4sOvbOZ{6rkEch(h+4@ibWA=kg?@qK9o7bt$k)qpLjOP;IXznIq~i+(66E=Xd4aB; z>P^sp`MN~F0O)*}-z%agwxP3hOhAsaU;nqR#!yOppwCC#_Sy;xv{%P|T%7&Z6g`Kk zvoka?E?`k#_(_$S^YZrvJ-l=20Eyah$FCpW9&u-g1~hT*+1&HHE)p^@_G@fTo{IgF`*_PD1_X*B{*E z!@_p7J)8Nzv@rm$2`N599((^7k)vQ>1ImKcNm)z_3tO(Y9 z?uUm|fg8w2(?h$GW@^(XBI|uy?zA@R81x?0Cl_vavstx+9*#xpXG`iHJ`Xtlfqc2o-7OfxEy1GM>wSya z)9zf!kF(#@WZH^Jj{0-kscatpzKTO?%VOx7hQ#Y1ove~s`Y^NRZ&Pdh4Tq#8Mf|HS za|MJ9UCP8!l2MWQ?>x=&tgTP?Psus#y(H_+(yE%d!|-@$j?C#vh%H$D#}p z6XoBkT90<6b!z%sl%H)GbN}Ty-rhH}yhF&6LOaYZH`+HCEq(6Ee-nFzpx3hDqfLrI zmig&Vud+|b&eeu{T=U`yqoO)^wTlQzhlM2e3EE%aSY***=Q#mloB$((p)S5|`|{zY z(U3k!jp8;>VS+_{gQ6R{MSL*4{Y6L%?E9G9=Fh&M&IA#i_7Yuq0eRvP z*sZQTucU6@8_CYuKU8_zHcfXJBqkM~)tm9Qe&BQVk;*s~_RM_HvE@GMe!Q(&0z}^S zEn?-TKNmXObY%J8dr?#Zm474<2FL`@$w=P!2&5nsuT`HlI1a`7Lf(_e$(teoDjjlB zB3@3ZOQIko-F~h6te&w?h0;q5S9Gk@wEN{3Si)@71|q|IYwY>hlpTVg&C)fDYGdk_ zx?N>%g)Qpb{-eUqu6QH35K6d<*|iRm|45*~{V{1#^w|QPpEX`M>Ccd_84=AEYIX^9 zE9;A4M@x>?8%ohm-{bq)zne28JUdC6{gx#z&}erj=cj^M(u`+TM{y?wjAOI2;A%rt zcwA3FTtB;R!e`y{y@c6=SqHEw@likd8UxYB`~chmz2V|~0q|-5xNnfp+gYjs)?XW@ zUh10S{)hAL`|$)VMOpYMuiCdjk(+F+Z&(t<*N`7$1ydtbH>mUTt*Dg3AE0Zro7nV> zCtmTrFCUKqgvbTJQ62j5$aJC>4nktIIVm9A!S5RaK2VvGP=HYx|E2A%6j7YFbvR#O z5ZDc~^Of!v-nc)+@%r)Tnx0AI&wk_j?CrsrrL#Qi&;krM+3Ov5!P8AVf2$L%Y2x!@ zWWEUJM&{}zAvvI!z}WwEx{~0tryyh#?y_#MV5;6IG+%xC*g!DkPk{S$d(}k_;B!8K z>o#`P@e`On9y-F)QuDX+Vc=SwlBGFEI-dtzf$obVH{+SFa@iROEdUBMRQHH)fSgZ+ zEF0Xh#4rIMhGw1B1P86@eMoItp7xurv%IfrhhOGlQsKd`Z5m_Uu6nqueIK&v6ht{R zotgMl7H{iYLiaw|v#k+ZLGA#mA82OdBxgu`(x4dCnIGR%e=6Y;Zg2I{W1!AvGu6=%vS7@P4%5IO` zG_aD`2k)dWmTEUk`7N-*zCLjFP=YW#cRnYf+Y7HT1=iy;g67)^aszUI1r-e-H}V4P zCi&LY>;(B=J_f*$^39jO9&Is2?cx&hY>g9F229Gw_OXR`gS(+wvyWx`Ug`$_35SKcK9_OGKxT;>$J z(Bl8vW&f`(-bkc~bRDl;y#n1W9lJ^}+&30q4{CQ2SklUx8x8ErsLl3F-zxe>kss^{ z?;J)|p8{;IcbHix)nS zQo39@Jvu%6A1wLt{2Qr7f10OL-R6W-PxK#~Q-m6M#A45l_)B`>xtpKacaZFR!Pb(^ z#UGFQ7HARjtJzNHfZGYnZGCuB$wlI8Pc!?Oq&@Y`(8|YE(9!r@i{??Q}=y9sUW!b^LG`TLsp!}uTH|>!Zi70FaiWBvg zCQjf82%Bkw?>IHT%y(Z^DKYtDq+Os8Ijhn-d;5h9t?6TCDtC5)LV`=7@!V$pw%d5A zn93sJ>@F&ApKyEcYqKwjX@7ZJ?9syFyTe%ctl=*F#B@wz(2yyy*w<&*8hbE`RHt#7 zI*p$tVqXOh!)s=MzUIh7b5(E8Wl`#xm(AG%_AyQ$WBo_NKe$9_uc?5-ZyV+5sroq- z{AWt||NGwKABcr~-A@LGio{I>x-3H(2(>R_bmSE*pgJ*!LKyai(z~CzC}RPp5m3}#5M9fkBy}3xUl68`C|AA#UpHGeQ<;!mV z8?iIv{TvZ(i?2q`+YH+&j>iDHLqo$PFuqOv^4u1y;Y`BzuXl#74UA=BYgO598qTL5 z-k^RADF}HHy(5-{mZO8W)V>?M$6pDC!#nSyu%F>HWDo(?3Fo*^()7pedKyny|2|eY zpsi. - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Team Overlord/TimMoore)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_OVERLORD -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Overlord" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -#define PSU_NAME "OVERLORD" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH true // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - #define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 201 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 201 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245 // lower max temp since updated nozzle is a E3D V6 lite clone -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 160 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Overlord with new nozzle with integrated probe, update using M303 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 8.62 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.55 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 33.89 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Overlord Pro heater into 5.5mm aluminium bed, update using M303 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 253.16 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 24.14 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 663.66 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - #define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE) // (mm) Overlord 70mm - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 75.0 // (mm) Overlord - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 206.0 // (mm) Overlord - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 186.14 // (mm) Overlord - Update this value using G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { -0.33, 0.0, -0.85 } // Update these values using G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 100.63 // (mm) Overlord - Update this value using G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.69, 0.0, -0.70 } // Update these values using G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - #define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 100 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2.03 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) - // Extruder steps per unit from calibration -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 67.394} - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 100, 100, 100, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 3000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN // Overlord with Nozzle upgrade with integrated probe - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.65 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 5 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z / 2) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 10) // Slow 2nd probe down a lot, seems to give better results with the Overlord nozzle probe - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 15 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 15 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -4 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -//#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index c460cb716c19..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2774 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 3 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 35 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 35 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 35 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss (optional) - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. - * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. - * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. - * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. - * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0079deae3159..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 80 - -const uint8_t custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000011,B10000011,B00001101,B11111101,B11111000,B11000000,B00011100,B00011111,B10001111,B11000000, - B00011111,B11100011,B00001101,B11111101,B11111110,B11000000,B11111111,B00011111,B11001111,B11110000, - B00011100,B01100011,B00001101,B10000001,B10001110,B11000000,B11100011,B00011001,B11001100,B01110000, - B00011100,B01110011,B00001101,B10000001,B10001110,B11000000,B11100011,B10011000,B11001100,B00111000, - B00011000,B01110001,B10011001,B11111001,B10001110,B11000000,B11000011,B10011001,B11001100,B00011000, - B00011000,B01110001,B10011001,B11111001,B11111100,B11000000,B11000011,B10011111,B11001100,B00011000, - B00011000,B01110001,B11111001,B10000001,B11111000,B11000000,B11000011,B10011111,B10001100,B00111000, - B00011111,B11100000,B11110001,B11111101,B10001100,B11111100,B11111111,B00011001,B11001111,B11110000, - B00001111,B11000000,B11110001,B11111101,B10001100,B11111100,B01111110,B00011001,B11001111,B11100000, - B00000011,B10000000,B01100001,B11111101,B10001110,B11111100,B00011100,B00011000,B11001111,B11000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5c8047fed3ac..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2315 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Team Overlord/TimMoore)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_OVERLORD -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Overlord Pro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -#define PSU_NAME "OVERLORD" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH true // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - #define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 201 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 201 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245 // lower max temp since updated nozzle is a E3D V6 lite clone -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 160 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Overlord Pro with new nozzle with integrated probe, update using M303 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 8.62 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.55 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 33.89 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED != 0 - /* - * For Overlord Pro, the default PSU isn't powerful to run hotend/bed/etc. - * Problem is Hotend heater is 24V 60W, Bed is 24V 160W, Standard Overlord Pro PSU is 24V 220.8W - * Hotend and bed are PWMed to keep their average power less than the max power but they can both be on at the same time. - * If both are on at the same time, then there is no power available for anything else - * and power supply will shutdown if steppers are moving while both hotend and bed are on - * Recommend upgrade PSU - * A Meanwell RSP-500-24 works, a RSP-350-24 should work but has not been tested - */ - #error "Overlord Pro needs larger PSU than stock PSU, comment out this line if you have a larger PSU, otherwise set TEMP_SENSOR_BED to 0" -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Overlord Pro heater into 5.5mm aluminium bed, update using M303 - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 253.16 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 24.14 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 663.66 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - #define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE) // (mm) Overlord Pro 80mm - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 85.0 // (mm) Overlord Pro - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 206.0 // (mm) Overlord Pro - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 286.14 // (mm) Overlord Pro - Update this value using G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { -0.33, 0.0, -0.85 } // Update these values using G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 100.63 // (mm) Overlord Pro - Update this value using G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.69, 0.0, -0.70 } // Update these values using G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - #define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE DRV8825 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 100 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2.03 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) - // Extruder steps per unit from calibration -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 67.394} - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 100, 100, 100, 25 } - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 3000 } - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN // Overlord Pro with Nozzle upgrade with integrated probe - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.65 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 5 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z / 2) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 10) // Slow 2nd probe down a lot, seems to give better results with the Overlord nozzle probe - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 15 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 15 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -4 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index c460cb716c19..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2774 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 3 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 35 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 35 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 35 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss (optional) - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop. - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity. - * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive. - * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive. - * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering. - * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0079deae3159..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 80 - -const uint8_t custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B00000011,B10000011,B00001101,B11111101,B11111000,B11000000,B00011100,B00011111,B10001111,B11000000, - B00011111,B11100011,B00001101,B11111101,B11111110,B11000000,B11111111,B00011111,B11001111,B11110000, - B00011100,B01100011,B00001101,B10000001,B10001110,B11000000,B11100011,B00011001,B11001100,B01110000, - B00011100,B01110011,B00001101,B10000001,B10001110,B11000000,B11100011,B10011000,B11001100,B00111000, - B00011000,B01110001,B10011001,B11111001,B10001110,B11000000,B11000011,B10011001,B11001100,B00011000, - B00011000,B01110001,B10011001,B11111001,B11111100,B11000000,B11000011,B10011111,B11001100,B00011000, - B00011000,B01110001,B11111001,B10000001,B11111000,B11000000,B11000011,B10011111,B10001100,B00111000, - B00011111,B11100000,B11110001,B11111101,B10001100,B11111100,B11111111,B00011001,B11001111,B11110000, - B00001111,B11000000,B11110001,B11111101,B10001100,B11111100,B01111110,B00011001,B11001111,B11100000, - B00000011,B10000000,B01100001,B11111101,B10001110,B11111100,B00011100,B00011000,B11001111,B11000000 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1555b6bef857..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2323 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(LVD, FLSUN-AC)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "FLSUN Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 5 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - //E3D with 30MM fan - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.77 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 83.61 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - //D-force - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 22.97 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 3.76 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 29.2 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 73.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 85.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 218.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 295.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 101.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 100 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 4000, 4000, 4000, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Mini - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH 20 - // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - // Move the nozzle down further to push the probe into retracted position. - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0-(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - // Raise things back up slightly so we don't bump into anything - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.10 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 5000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST) / 6 - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 2 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 2 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 7 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 195 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 83a2335d4474..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 45d54086d0d8..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2322 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(LVD, FLSUN-AC)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "FLSUN Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 5 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - //E3D with 30MM fan - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.77 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 83.61 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - //D-force - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 22.97 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 3.76 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 29.2 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 7 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 63 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 70.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 218.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 317.94 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 110.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 100 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 4000, 4000, 4000, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Mini - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH 20 - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - // Move the nozzle down further to push the probe into retracted position. - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0-(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - // Raise things back up slightly so we don't bump into anything - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.10 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 5000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST) / 6 - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 2 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 2 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 7 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (100*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 195 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 83a2335d4474..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index fa5067aca944..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2322 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Michael Henke, flsun Kossel Mini)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_13_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Mini Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 5 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - //E3D with 30MM fan - #define DEFAULT_Kp 24.77 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.84 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 83.61 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - //D-force - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 22.97 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 3.76 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 29.2 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 175 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 73.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 85.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 218.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 280.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 101.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 90 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 200 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 4000, 4000, 4000, 4000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.016 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Mini - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH 20 - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - // Move the nozzle down further to push the probe into retracted position. - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0-(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - // Raise things back up slightly so we don't bump into anything - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0.25 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 2000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 50 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_MIN_POS + X_MAX_POS) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_MIN_POS + Y_MAX_POS) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (45*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 625d260c13d5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8539bb1610e9..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2311 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Phr3d13, Geeetech Rostock 301)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 1 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_GTM32_PRO_VB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Rostock 301" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 3 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 3 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 121.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 90.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 196.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 228.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 92 //124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT 80.2649 //((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 95 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -10, -3.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT -#define SDIO_SUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5675381a24b4..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 905b3076f8f7..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Hatchbox_Alpha/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2338 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration for Hatchbox Alpha with E3D v6 extruder - * http://hatchbox3d.com/Guides/HATCHBOX%20Alpha%203D%20Printer%20User%20Manual.pdf - */ - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_13 -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Hatchbox Alpha" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - // E3D-v6 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 18.55 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.71 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 47.69 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - //HatchBox Alpha - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 72.11 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 7.1 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 488.31 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 121.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 151.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 356.5 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 352.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 176.5 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 95 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 200 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.053 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST (HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z / 4) - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 4) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X -116 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y -67.5 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 116 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y -67.5 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 0 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 135 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 210 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 105 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7792f04210e0..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2310 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_SBASE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Deltabot" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 121.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 250.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 426.67 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 760*1.1 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -10, -3.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false // DELTA does not invert -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -//#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 437790ed3f2a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 6 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 110 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md deleted file mode 100644 index 265cb541f9fc..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/RRD Full Graphic Smart Controller.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -### RepRap Discount Full Graphics Smart Controller - -Many MKS products have the EXP1 & EXP2 LCD connectors rotated 180 degrees from the ones on the RepRap LCD controllers. So there are three options for connecting the RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller: - 1. Slice, file, or grind the key off one end of the cables and plug the cables in backwards. - 2. Carefully pry the plastic housings off the board or controller, rotate them 180 degrees, and press them back onto the board. - 3. Make custom cables with one end's connector rotated 180 degrees. - ---- - -#### 3 DEC 2017 - -The current Marlin 2.0.x firmware can't access some of the pins on the EXP2 connector. A custom cable that gets three of the signals from a different connector is required to use the RepRap Discount Full Graphic Smart Controller. Use that cable to move the following connections: - -From|To ---|-- -`P0.8`|`J8-3` -`P0.7`|`J8-2` -`P0.5`|`J8-4` - -If using pins other than the J8 pins listed above the `spi_pins.h` file will need to be modified. - -An octopus cable like the [Adafruit 1199](https://www.adafruit.com/product/1199) 10-pin IDC Socket Rainbow Breakout Cable can simplify the construction of the custom cable. Just plug the Adafruit 1199 into one of the cables that came with the LCD and the individual pins into J8 and EXP2 as needed. - ---- - -#### 27 APR 2018 - -For a functional `SD_DETECT_PIN`, also move the following pin: - -From|To ---|-- -`P0.27`|`J8-5` - -If a different pin is used, modify the `pins_MKS_SBASE.h` file. diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 422987476815..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2314 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(HEINRICHS)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_GEN_L -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TEVO Little Monster" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 1 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - - //E3D with 30MM fan - #define DEFAULT_Kp 41.09 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 7.60 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 55.54 -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 300 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - #define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 7 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 140 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 165.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 397.19 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 522.27 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, -0.12, -0.78 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 157.39 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { -0.18, 0.18, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 376.04 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 25000, 25000, 25000, 5000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 5000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 5000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.008 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 20, -1.10 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 20 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 2 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 2 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 7 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 195 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 0, 0, (DELTA_HEIGHT - 10) } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 865e81f020c6..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 0 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE false // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index f39a7793334a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2310 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Deltabot" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 121.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 250.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 760*1.1 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -10, -3.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 625d260c13d5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 29da9d67f5d9..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2312 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Mini Kossel" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 7 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 5 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 78.0 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 90.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 215.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 105.2 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 760*1.1 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 500, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Mini - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH 20 - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - // Move the nozzle down further to push the probe into retracted position. - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0-(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - // Raise things back up slightly so we don't bump into anything - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 23.0+(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_DEPTH) } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -10, -3.5 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 4000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 50 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 15 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 625d260c13d5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index d994e3977074..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2312 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Example configuration file for OpenBeam Kossel Pro - */ - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BRAINWAVE_PRO -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Kossel Pro" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX 125 // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 50 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // Kossel Pro - #define DEFAULT_Kp 19.30 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.51 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 26.56 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //Kossel Pro heated bed plate with borosilicate glass - //from pidautotune (M303 E-1 S60 C8) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 370.25 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 62.77 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 545.98 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 110.0 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 127.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 301.0 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 277.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 152.357 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define XYZ_STEPS ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 32 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 20 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 184.8 } // default steps per unit for Kossel (GT2, 20 tooth) - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 200 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 9000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - // Kossel Pro - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { -105.00, 0.00, 100.0 } // Move left but not quite so far that we'll bump the belt - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { -110.00, -125.00, 100.0 } // Move outward to position deploy pin to the left of the arm - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { -110.00 * 0.75, -125.00 * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_4 { 45.00, -125.00, 100.0 } // Move right to trigger deploy pin - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_4_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { 36.00, -125.00, 75.0 } // Line up with bed retaining clip - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { 36.00, -125.00, 0.0 } // move down to retract probe - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/2 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { 0.0, 0.0, 100.0 } // return to 0,0,100 - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -23, -6, -17.25 } // KosselPro actual: -22.919, -6.304, -17.45 -/** - * Kossel Pro note: The correct value is likely -17.45 but I'd rather err on the side of - * not giving someone a head crash. Use something like G29 Z-0.2 to adjust as needed. - */ - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 100 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset - -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -15 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 5 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 7 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (200*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md b/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 37b5ccf07f59..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_pro/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -# Example Configuration for OpenBeam Kossel Pro [BRAINWAVE_PRO](http://www.openbeamusa.com/3d-printers/kossel/) -* Configuration files for the **Openbeam Kossel Pro** as delivered in their KickStarter distribution - -I [@Wackerbarth](https://github.com/Wackerbarth) tested this version on my Kossel Pro and Arduino 1.6.5 for Mac. -This configuration is a transition to merge Terence Tam's configuration with up-to-date Marlin source and a current Arduino IDE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3cc6eeeb0d4f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2313 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(oxivanisher)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Kossel k800XL" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH true // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // oXis Kossel k800 XL - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.04 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.65 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 73.67 - - // Kossel k800 XL - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.45 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 85.30 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 15.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .04 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Delta Settings ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// Enable DELTA kinematics and most of the default configuration for Deltas -#define DELTA - -#if ENABLED(DELTA) - - // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation). - // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments) - // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls). - #define DELTA_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 160 - - // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained - //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE - - // Delta calibration menu - // uncomment to add three points calibration menu option. - // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051 - //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU - - // uncomment to add G33 Delta Auto-Calibration (Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results) - //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION - - // NOTE NB all values for DELTA_* values MUST be floating point, so always have a decimal point in them - - #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION) - // set the default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7) - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4 - #endif - - #if EITHER(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU) - // Set the radius for the calibration probe points - max DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS for non-eccentric probes - #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_RADIUS 121.5 // (mm) - // Set the steprate for papertest probing - #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm) - #endif - - // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers). - #define DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm) - - // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods. - #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 319.5 // (mm) - - // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position - #define DELTA_HEIGHT 380.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered. - #define DELTA_RADIUS 174.1 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate - - // Trim adjustments for individual towers - // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0 - // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer - #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate - - // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm) - //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } - -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -//#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG // a Z probe -#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -// variables to calculate steps -#define XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION 200 -#define XYZ_MICROSTEPS 16 -#define XYZ_BELT_PITCH 2 -#define XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH 16 - -// delta speeds must be the same on xyz -#define DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT ((XYZ_FULL_STEPS_PER_ROTATION) * (XYZ_MICROSTEPS) / double(XYZ_BELT_PITCH) / double(XYZ_PULLEY_TEETH)) -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, DEFAULT_XYZ_STEPS_PER_UNIT, 158 } // default steps per unit for PowerWasp - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 200, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 9000, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK DEFAULT_XJERK - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK DEFAULT_XJERK // Must be same as XY for delta - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 20.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -/** - * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - http://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe - * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down. Uses Z_MIN_PIN. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY) - // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29, - // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe. - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_SPEED)/10 - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 } - #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_SPEED - -#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0.0, 0.0, 0.3 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 20 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 10 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 10 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR 1 // deltas always home to max -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) -#define Y_BED_SIZE ((DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 2) - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Y_MIN_POS -(DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS) -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Y_MAX_POS DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS -#define Z_MAX_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - //#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - // Works best with 5 or more points in each dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS DELTA_HEIGHT // Distance between the nozzle to printbed after homing - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Delta only homes to Z -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (60*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), 0, 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 231edc278637..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2786 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1cabcdb3fe16..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -# Configuration for Kossel k800 XL -This example configuration is for a Kossel XL with a printable bed diameter of 280mm and a height of 380mm. It also has the auto bed leveling probe (with an endstop switch) and the heated bed activated. - -## Configuration -You might need (or want) to edit at least the following settings in `Configuration.h`: -* `MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS` - The available height of your printing space. Auto Bed Leveling makes it less important to have the exact value. -* `DELTA_PRINTABLE_RADIUS` - The printable radius is how far from the center the nozzle can reach. -* `DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT` - Steps-per-millimeter for the delta steppers, and for the extruder [to optimize the amount of filament flow](http://zennmaster.com/makingstuff/reprap-101-calibrating-your-extruder-part-1-e-steps). - -### Fine tuning -* Increase `DELTA_RADIUS` if the model comes out convex (with a bulge in the middle) -* Increase `DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD` if the model comes out larger than expected - -### [http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning](PID Tuning) -* `DEFAULT_Kp` - The proportional term -* `DEFAULT_Ki` - The integral term -* `DEFAULT_Kd` - The derivative term - -### PSU Options -* The power supply is configured to 2 (to use a relay to switch 12V on and off) -* It is configured to be off by default diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 75bcd006c86d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2236 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - //#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EEF - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB // gMax users please note: This is a Roxy modification. I print on glass and - // I use Marlin to control the bed's temperature. So, if you have a single nozzle - // machine, this will work fine for you. You just set the - // #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 75 to 0 down below so Marlin doesn't mess with the bed - // temp. -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "gMax" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 75 // gMax-1.5+ users please note: This is a Roxy modification to the printer. I want - // to print on glass. And I'm using a 400mm x 400mm silicon heat pad powered through - // a Fortek SSR to do it. If you are using an unaltered gCreate machine, this needs - // to be set to 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 16 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 5 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 12 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 245 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 245 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 115 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // gMax J-Head - #define DEFAULT_Kp 15.35 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.85 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.45 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 135.44 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 24.60 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 186.40 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 96 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 25, 25 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 800, 800, 700, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 400 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.5 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.5 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.7 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.058 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -17, -10, -0.25 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 45 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 6 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 6 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR true -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR 1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 420 // These numbers are not accurate for an unaltered gMax 1.5+ printer. My print bed -#define Y_BED_SIZE 420 // is inset a noticable amount from the edge of the bed. Combined with the inset, - // the nozzle can reach all cordinates of the mesh. - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 500 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.5 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.3 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 45 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - #define PROBE_PT_1_X 53 - #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 323 - #define PROBE_PT_2_X 53 - #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 63 - #define PROBE_PT_3_X 348 - #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 211 -#endif - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2 - 8) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2 - 4) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (60*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (14*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300, 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9a99c63ca826..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 0 // usually set to 120 seconds -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 3 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h deleted file mode 100644 index 19402c494d24..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/_Bootscreen.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Custom Boot Screen bitmap - * - * Place this file in the root with your configuration files - * and enable SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN in Configuration.h. - * - * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own: - * http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html - */ - -#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 112 - -const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = { - B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B01001101,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00100110,B00000000,B00000111,B01100111,B00111001,B11010011,B11100001,B11110011,B11100111,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B00010010,B00000000,B00001111,B11100111,B00111001,B11110111,B11110011,B11111011,B11101111,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110111,B11001110,B00000000,B00001110,B11100111,B00000001,B11110111,B01110011,B10111001,B11001110,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100100,B01100110,B00000000,B00001110,B11100111,B00000001,B11000111,B11110011,B10111001,B11001111,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01001011,B10100110,B00000000,B00001110,B11100111,B00111001,B11000111,B11110000,B11111001,B11001111,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11001010,B10110100,B00000000,B00001111,B11100111,B00111001,B11000111,B00000011,B11111001,B11001110,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11001101,B10100100,B00000000,B00000110,B11100111,B00111001,B11000111,B01110011,B10111001,B11001110,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10100110,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B11100111,B00111001,B11000111,B01110011,B10111001,B11001110,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000000,B11111111,B00010011,B11011000,B00000000,B00001110,B11100011,B11110001,B11000111,B11110011,B11111001,B11101111,B11100001, - B10000000,B00000001,B00100001,B10001000,B00011000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100001,B11100001,B11000011,B11100001,B10111001,B11100111,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000110,B01100001,B00010110,B00110000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000100,B01000001,B00100011,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00000100,B11111110,B01000001,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00001011,B10000110,B10001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00011110,B00000001,B10011010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B00011111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00011100,B00000111,B00100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10111100,B00111111,B10011111,B10000001,B11111000,B11110001,B11100001, - B10000000,B00001000,B00011111,B11100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00111111,B10111111,B10000111,B11111110,B01110001,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B00110011,B01100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B10110111,B10000111,B10011110,B01111011,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B11000010,B00100010,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B10110111,B10000111,B10011110,B01111011,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000000,B11000010,B00111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B11110111,B10000000,B01111110,B00111011,B10000001, - B10000000,B00000001,B11100110,B00011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B11110111,B10000011,B11111110,B00111111,B10000001, - B10000000,B00000001,B00111100,B00010010,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111101,B11110111,B10000111,B10011110,B00111011,B10000001, - B10000000,B00000001,B00011100,B00100110,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00111101,B11110111,B10000111,B10011110,B01111011,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000001,B01110000,B01100100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10111100,B00111100,B11100111,B10000111,B10011110,B01111011,B11000001, - B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B01011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111100,B00111100,B11100111,B10000111,B11111110,B01110001,B11000001, - B10000000,B00001101,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00111100,B00111100,B11100111,B10000011,B11011110,B11110001,B11100001, - B10000000,B00011010,B00000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B00100110,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B01001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000000,B10110010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000001,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00011100,B00000011,B11000000,B00100000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000001, - B10000011,B00100100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B10010010,B00000010,B00100000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000010,B00100100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10010001,B00000010,B00100011,B00100111,B00111001,B10001100,B11100001, - B00000110,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00010001,B00000011,B11000010,B00100100,B10010010,B01001001,B00000001, - B00000100,B01010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10010001,B00000010,B00000010,B00100100,B10010011,B11001000,B11000001, - B00001101,B10100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B10010010,B00000010,B00000010,B00100100,B10010010,B00001000,B00100001, - B00001000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00011100,B00000010,B00000010,B00100100,B10011001,B11001001,B11000001, - B00011000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00011000,B00001111,B11100000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000001, - B00110000,B00100000,B00000000,B00110111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001000,B00010000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00100000,B00110000,B00000000,B01101101,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B10001000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00010000,B00011000,B00011111,B01100000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B01001000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00110000,B00001100,B00111001,B11100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B10010000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00110000,B00000111,B10010000,B01110000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001000,B01100000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00010000,B00010110,B11110000,B00011000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001000,B00010000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00011010,B00010000,B01100000,B00001000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B11001000,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00001011,B00001001,B10000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010010,B00100100,B00001001,B00100100,B00001001,B00000000,B00000001, - B00001110,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010011,B11100100,B10001001,B11000100,B10001001,B11111001,B00000001, - B00000110,B00011110,B01000000,B00010000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000101,B11001000,B00001001,B11001000,B00001011,B10000001, - B00000110,B00000000,B01000000,B00100000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111000,B10001111,B11110000,B10001111,B11111001,B00000001, - B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001, - B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111 -}; diff --git a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index e8482ab639a7..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2212 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_5DPRINT -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "MakiBox" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 12 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - // Ultimaker - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 175 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current -// This limit is set to 175 by default in the Makibox configuration and it can be adjusted -// to increase the heatup rate. However, if changed, be aware of the safety concerns of -// drawing too much current from the power supply. - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 400, 400, 400, 163 } // default steps per unit for ***** MakiBox A6 ***** - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 60, 60, 20, 45 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 30, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR true -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 110 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 86 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY 1500 -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (2*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8fbce26e1477..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 4 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.7, 1.7, 1.7, 1.7 } // 5DPRINT - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8613b81cb7bc..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2204 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 250000 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_OMCA -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - // J-Head Mk V-B - #define DEFAULT_Kp 25.05 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.30 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 68.15 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 71.1, 71.1, 2560, 600 } // David TVRR - -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.87, 79.87, 2566, 563.78 } // Al's TVRR -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 81.26, 80.01, 2561, 599.14 } // Michel TVRR old -//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 71.1, 71.1, 2560, 739.65 } // Michel TVRR - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 45 } // David TVRR - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 } - -/* MICHEL: This has an impact on the "ripples" in print walls */ - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -25, -29, -12.35 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 1 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 1 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR false -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR true - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR -1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 205 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 205 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 120 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -//#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0c830c6a24aa..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2784 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 23 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8aa573ada623..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2214 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration.h - * - * Basic settings such as: - * - * - Type of electronics - * - Type of temperature sensor - * - Printer geometry - * - Endstop configuration - * - LCD controller - * - Extra features - * - * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Getting Started ============================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated: - * - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration - * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk - * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz - * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573 - * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap - * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812 - */ - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= DELTA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the -// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine. -// - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= SCARA Printer =============================== -//=========================================================================== -// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in -// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine. -// - -// @section info - -// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 -#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, wt150)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) - -/** - * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** - * - * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs. - * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed - * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL. - * - * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also - * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen. - */ - -// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION ** -#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN - -// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE - -// @section machine - -/** - * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -#define SERIAL_PORT 0 - -/** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * - * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] - */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 - -/** - * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer. - * - * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if - * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing. - * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer. - * - * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] - */ -#define BAUDRATE 115200 - -// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH - -// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup -#ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MIGHTYBOARD_REVE -#endif - -// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu -//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Weistek WT150" - -// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. -// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "5f0bb7a3-0e14-428c-812b-15ab0d3ecc71" - -// @section extruder - -// This defines the number of extruders -// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] -#define EXTRUDERS 1 - -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. -#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 - -// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE - -/** - * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants. - * - * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive - * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable - * for extruders. - * - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - */ -//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER -#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER) - // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. - * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5 - * - * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h - */ -//#define PRUSA_MMU2 - -// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif -#endif - -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE -#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) -#endif - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. - */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER - -/** - * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part - * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid - * - * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893 - * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k - * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER - -#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - - #endif - -#endif - -/** - * Switching Toolhead - * - * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as - * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. - */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Magnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic - * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. - */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -/** - * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead - * - * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics. - * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. - * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 - */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif -#endif - -/** - * "Mixing Extruder" - * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. - * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). - */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER -#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle - -// @section machine - -/** - * Power Supply Control - * - * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. - * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. - */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" - -#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2) - - //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 - #endif -#endif - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table - * - * Temperature sensors available: - * - * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495 - * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0) - * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0) - * -1 : thermocouple with AD595 - * 0 : not used - * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup) - * 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table) - * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) - * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x - * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 - * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup - * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design - * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering - * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) - * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) - * - * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup - * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup - * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard) - * - * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h - * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. - */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -2 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0 - -// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 - -// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings -// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT -#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 - -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off -// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 - -// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275 -#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 150 - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= PID Settings ================================ -//=========================================================================== -// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning - -// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. -#define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. - - // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it - - //WT150, based on: M303 E0 S220 C8 - #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.10 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.10 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 110.78 - - // Ultimaker - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114 - - // MakerGear - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12 - - // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V - //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0 - //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25 - //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440 - -#endif // PIDTEMP - -//=========================================================================== -//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ====================== -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * PID Bed Heating - * - * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. - * - * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. - */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED - -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING - -/** - * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) - */ -#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10) - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4 - - //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+) - //from pidautotune - //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41 - //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. -#endif // PIDTEMPBED - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP. - * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn - * cold extrusion prevention on and off. - * - * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! *** - */ -#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION -#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170 - -/** - * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH. - * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload. - */ -#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE -#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200 - -//=========================================================================== -//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection ======================= -//=========================================================================== - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the - * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h - */ - -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section machine - -// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics -// either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY - -//=========================================================================== -//============================== Endstop Settings =========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section homing - -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. -#define USE_XMIN_PLUG -#define USE_YMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG - -// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS -#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. - -/** - * Stepper Drivers - * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. - * - * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. - * - * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, - * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, - * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, - * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, - * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 - -// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. -// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE - -/** - * Endstop Noise Threshold - * - * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise. - * - * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes. - * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch. - * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs - * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor. - * - * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] - */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 - -//============================================================================= -//============================== Movement Settings ============================ -//============================================================================= -// @section motion - -/** - * Default Settings - * - * These settings can be reset by M502 - * - * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these. - */ - -/** - * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the - * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the - * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. - */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS - -/** - * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) - * Override with M92 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 71.699959, 71.699959, 71.699959, 100.470955 } - -/** - * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) - * Override with M203 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 83.333333, 83.333333, 19.5, 26.666666 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves) - * Override with M201 - * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]] - */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1200, 1200, 100, 10000 } - -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 -#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits -#endif - -/** - * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s - * Override with M204 - * - * M204 P Acceleration - * M204 R Retract Acceleration - * M204 T Travel Acceleration - */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1200 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1200 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1200 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves - -/** - * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) - * Override with M205 X Y Z E - * - * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration. - * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the - * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. - */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK -#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif -#endif - -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance - -/** - * Junction Deviation Factor - * - * See: - * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819 - * http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html - */ -#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.021 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge -#endif - -/** - * S-Curve Acceleration - * - * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier - * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes. - * - * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained - */ -//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION - -//=========================================================================== -//============================= Z Probe Options ============================= -//=========================================================================== -// @section probes - -// -// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html -// - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - * - * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin. - */ -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN - -/** - * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN - * - * Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN. - * If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD - * will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want. - * - * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector. - * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors. - * - * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin: - * - For simple switches connect... - * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. - * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. - * - */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default - -/** - * Probe Type - * - * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc. - * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below. - */ - -/** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. - */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY -//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 - -/** - * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. - * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) - */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE - -/** - * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles - -/** - * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. - */ -//#define BLTOUCH - -/** - * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr - * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. - * - * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, - * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. - */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) -#endif - -// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE - -// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE -#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS -#endif - -// -// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. -// - -/** - * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0). - * - * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive: - * - * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - * - * +-- BACK ---+ - * | | - * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20) - * E | | I - * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10) - * T | | H - * | (-) | T - * | | - * O-- FRONT --+ - * (0,0) - * - * Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z } - */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } - -// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges -#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10 - -// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000 - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z - -// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point -#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2) - -/** - * Multiple Probing - * - * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times. - * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded. - * - * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. - * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. - */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 - -/** - * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between - * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware. - * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate. - * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early. - * - * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or - * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative) - * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD. - * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here. - * - * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. - * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. - */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done - -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping - -// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 -#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 - -// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST - -// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW -#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe -#endif - -/** - * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable. - * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical - * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle. - * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve - * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. - */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing -#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) -#endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors - -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 -// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } -#define X_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0 -#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders - -// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used. -// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy! -#define DISABLE_X false -#define DISABLE_Y false -#define DISABLE_Z false - -// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING - -// @section extruder - -#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled - -// @section machine - -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. -#define INVERT_X_DIR true -#define INVERT_Y_DIR false -#define INVERT_Z_DIR false - -// @section extruder - -// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false. -#define INVERT_E0_DIR false -#define INVERT_E1_DIR false -#define INVERT_E2_DIR false -#define INVERT_E3_DIR false -#define INVERT_E4_DIR false -#define INVERT_E5_DIR false - -// @section homing - -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed - -//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off. - -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case. - -// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN -// :[-1,1] -#define X_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Y_HOME_DIR -1 -#define Z_HOME_DIR 1 - -// @section machine - -// The size of the print bed -#define X_BED_SIZE 150 -#define Y_BED_SIZE 150 - -// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions. -#define X_MIN_POS 0 -#define Y_MIN_POS 0 -#define Z_MIN_POS 0 -#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE -#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE -#define Z_MAX_POS 143.0 - -/** - * Software Endstops - * - * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds. - * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired. - * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots. - * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state - */ - -// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds -#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds -#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS -#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z -#endif - -#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD -#endif - -/** - * Filament Runout Sensors - * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. - * - * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. - * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. - * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - - // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout. - // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.) - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif -#endif - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================== Bed Leveling ============================== -//=========================================================================== -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters - * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection. - * - * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also! - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT - * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear) - * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR - * Probe several points in a grid. - * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points. - * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds. - * - * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling) - * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits - * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh - * Validation and Mesh Editing systems. - * - * - MESH_BED_LEVELING - * Probe a grid manually - * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL -//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable - * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state. - */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 - -/** - * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc. - * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. - * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! - */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE - -#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool. - #endif - -#endif - -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST - - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif - - #endif - -#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== - - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh - - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 - - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. - -#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== - - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS - -#endif // BED_LEVELING - -/** - * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL. - * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled. - */ -//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING - -#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points -#endif - -// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment -//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS - -#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner -#endif - -/** - * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. - * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. - */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" - - -// @section homing - -// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 - -// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. -// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 - -// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. -// -// With this feature enabled: -// -// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. -// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28). -// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. -// -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28). -#endif - -// Homing speeds (mm/m) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60) - -// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves -#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS - -// @section calibrate - -/** - * Bed Skew Compensation - * - * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes. - * - * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane: - * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185) - * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C - * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D - * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D - * - * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements. - * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually: - * - * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2 - * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD))) - * - * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ. - * Use these diagrams for reference: - * - * Y Z Z - * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C - * | / / | / / | / / - * | / / | / / | / / - * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D - * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y - * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR - */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION - -#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE -#endif - -//============================================================================= -//============================= Additional Features =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -/** - * EEPROM - * - * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots. - * - * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. - * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. -#endif - -// -// Host Keepalive -// -// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host -// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. -// -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating - -// -// M100 Free Memory Watcher -// -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage - -// -// G20/G21 Inch mode support -// -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT - -// -// M149 Set temperature units support -// -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT - -// @section temperature - -// Preheat Constants -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255 - -/** - * Nozzle Park - * - * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27. - * - * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis: - * - * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle. - * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height. - * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS. - */ -//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) -#endif - -/** - * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL - * - * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process. - * - * Parameters: - * P Pattern - * S Strokes / Repetitions - * T Triangles (P1 only) - * - * Patterns: - * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. - * - * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the - * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. - * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension. - * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute: - * - * -- - * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1) - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * A | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | | / \ / \ / \ | - * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0) - * -- +--------------------------------+ - * |________|_________|_________| - * T1 T2 T3 - * - * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE. - * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count. - * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT. - * - * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. - * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. - * - */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE - -#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z -#endif - -/** - * Print Job Timer - * - * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190. - * - * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer - * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer - * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none - * - * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands: - * - * M75 - Start the print job timer - * M76 - Pause the print job timer - * M77 - Stop the print job timer - */ -#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART - -/** - * Print Counter - * - * Track statistical data such as: - * - * - Total print jobs - * - Total successful print jobs - * - Total failed print jobs - * - Total time printing - * - * View the current statistics with M78. - */ -#define PRINTCOUNTER - -//============================================================================= -//============================= LCD and SD support ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// @section lcd - -/** - * LCD LANGUAGE - * - * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available: - * - * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana, - * ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test - * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' } - */ -#define LCD_LANGUAGE en - -/** - * LCD Character Set - * - * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays. - * - * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these - * language extensions: - * - * - JAPANESE ... the most common - * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters - * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language - * - * To determine the language extension installed on your controller: - * - * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test' - * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu - * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html - * - * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC'] - */ -#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE - -/** - * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa) - * - * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa'] - */ -#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0 - -/** - * SD CARD - * - * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot, - * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work. - * - */ -#define SDSUPPORT - -/** - * SD CARD: SPI SPEED - * - * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed. - * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - */ -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED -//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - -/** - * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC - * - * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. - */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY - -/** - * LCD Menu Items - * - * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or - * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. - */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS - -// -// ENCODER SETTINGS -// -// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to -// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. -// -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 - -// -// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to -// move between next/prev menu items. -// -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 - -/** - * Encoder Direction Options - * - * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled. - * - * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION. - * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options. - */ - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere. -// -// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE -// -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. -// -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION - -// -// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. -// -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. -// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. -// -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION - -// -// Individual Axis Homing -// -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. -// -//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU - -// -// SPEAKER/BUZZER -// -// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. -// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. -// -//#define SPEAKER - -// -// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. -// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus. -// -// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: -// M300 S P -// -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//======================== (Character-based LCDs) ========================= -//============================================================================= - -// -// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller -// -// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. -// -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader -// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ -// -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY - -// -// ULTIMAKER Controller. -// -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER - -// -// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. -// -//#define ULTIPANEL - -// -// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) -// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne -// -//#define PANEL_ONE - -// -// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel -// -// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. -// -//#define G3D_PANEL - -// -// RigidBot Panel V1.0 -// http://www.inventapart.com/ -// -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL - -// -// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html -// -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 - -// -// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller -// -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. - -// -// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. -// -//#define ULTRA_LCD - -//============================================================================= -//======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= -//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) ===================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C -// -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C -// - -// -// Elefu RA Board Control Panel -// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 -// -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL - -// -// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays -// -// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library -// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home -// -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 - -// -// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter -// -//#define LCM1602 - -// -// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, -// separate encoder and click inputs. -// -// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later. -// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 -// -// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to -// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). -// -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 - -// -// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, -// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. -// -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels -// - -// -// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH -// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD -// -//#define SAV_3DLCD - -// -// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD -// Uses the code directly from Sailfish -// -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD - -//============================================================================= -//======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= -//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ======================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM) -// -// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display! -// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino -// - -// -// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller -// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller -// -#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD -// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices -// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD -// http://panucatt.com -// -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI - -// -// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic -// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel -// -//#define MINIPANEL - -// -// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel -// -//#define MAKRPANEL - -// -// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. -// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ -// -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER - -// -// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by -// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. -// -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER - -// -// Cartesio UI -// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface -// -//#define CARTESIO_UI - -// -// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD -// -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI - -// -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder -// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) -// -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER - -// -// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support -// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 -// -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 - -// -// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support -// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ -// -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight - -// -// Factory display for Creality CR-10 -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html -// -// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) -// -//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY - -// -// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller -// -// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6 -// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with -// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). -// -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD - -// -// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD -// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html -// -//#define AZSMZ_12864 - -// -// Silvergate GLCD controller -// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate -// -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER - -//============================================================================= -//============================== OLED Displays ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display -// -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - -// -// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules -// -//#define SAV_3DGLCD -#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 -#endif - -// -// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel -// -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 - -// -// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER -// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED -// -// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display -// -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller - -// -// Einstart S OLED SSD1306 -// -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART - -// -// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs -// -//#define OVERLORD_OLED - -//============================================================================= -//========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS -// -//#define DGUS_LCD - -// -// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers -// -//#define MALYAN_LCD - -// -// LulzBot Color Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays -// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. -// -//#define LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI - -// -// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. -// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'. -// -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Graphical TFTs ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// -// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.) -// -//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT - -//============================================================================= -//============================ Other Controllers ============================ -//============================================================================= - -// -// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8 -// -//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - - #define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316 - #define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981 - #define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43 - #define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257 -#endif - -// -// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 -// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626 -// -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press - -//============================================================================= -//=============================== Extra Features ============================== -//============================================================================= - -// @section extras - -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN - -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM - -// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, -// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. -// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment; -// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions. -// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7] -#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0 - -// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can -// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, -// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired -// duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER - -// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. -// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C -// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS - -// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure -//#define SF_ARC_FIX - -// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA - -// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM - -// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 - -// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED -//#define PCA9533 - -/** - * RGB LED / LED Strip Control - * - * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or - * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins. - * - * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color. - * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of - * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255. - * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available. - * - * *** CAUTION *** - * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs, - * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require. - * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino! - * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs - * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce. - * *** CAUTION *** - * - * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. - * - */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED - -#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 -#endif - -// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED -#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W -#endif - -/** - * Printer Event LEDs - * - * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status: - * - * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp - * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature - * - Change to white to illuminate work surface - * - Change to green once print has finished - * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button - */ -#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS -#endif - -/** - * R/C SERVO support - * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas - */ - -/** - * Number of servos - * - * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically. - * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. - * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem. - */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command - -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } - -// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE - -// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7301b3822931..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2785 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro -#define DIGIPOT_I2C - -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) // Default to settings in pins_XXXX.h files - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2F // unshifted slave address for DIGIPOT (5E <- 2F << 1) - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // one DIGIPOT on this board -#endif - -#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 5 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 0.22, 0.22, 0.39, 0.42, 0.42 } // MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits (Graphical LCD only) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (Graphical LCD only) -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/platformio.ini b/platformio.ini index 2597b4f7de79..df3dcb0f667b 100644 --- a/platformio.ini +++ b/platformio.ini @@ -23,18 +23,27 @@ default_envs = megaatmega2560 [common] default_src_filter = + - - + extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/common-cxxflags.py -build_flags = -fmax-errors=5 -g -D__MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ +build_flags = -fmax-errors=5 -g -D__MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ -fmerge-all-constants lib_deps = + LiquidCrystal + TMCStepper@>=0.6.1,<1.0.0 + Adafruit NeoPixel U8glib-HAL=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/U8glib-HAL/archive/bugfix.zip - LiquidCrystal@1.3.4 - TMCStepper@>=0.5.0,<1.0.0 - Adafruit NeoPixel@1.2.5 + Adafruit_MAX31865=https://github.com/adafruit/Adafruit_MAX31865/archive/master.zip LiquidTWI2=https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2/archive/master.zip - Arduino-L6470=https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470/archive/dev.zip + Arduino-L6470=https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470/archive/0.8.0.zip SailfishLCD=https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD/archive/master.zip SailfishRGB_LED=https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED/archive/master.zip SlowSoftI2CMaster=https://github.com/mikeshub/SlowSoftI2CMaster/archive/master.zip +# Globally defined properties +# inherited by all environments +[env] +framework = arduino +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} +monitor_speed = 250000 + ################################# # # # Unique Core Architectures # @@ -50,28 +59,101 @@ lib_deps = # [env:megaatmega2560] platform = atmelavr -framework = arduino board = megaatmega2560 -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} board_build.f_cpu = 16000000L lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # ATmega1280 # [env:megaatmega1280] platform = atmelavr -framework = arduino board = megaatmega1280 -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} board_build.f_cpu = 16000000L lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 + +# +# RAMBo +# +[env:rambo] +platform = atmelavr +board = reprap_rambo +board_build.f_cpu = 16000000L +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + + +# +# FYSETC F6 V1.3 +# +[env:FYSETC_F6_13] +platform = atmelavr +board = fysetc_f6_13 +board_build.f_cpu = 16000000L +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + + +# +# FYSETC F6 V1.4 +# +[env:FYSETC_F6_14] +platform = atmelavr +board = fysetc_f6_14 +board_build.f_cpu = 16000000L +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + + +# +# Sanguinololu (ATmega644p) +# +[env:sanguino_atmega644p] +platform = atmelavr +board = sanguino_atmega644p +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + + +# +# Sanguinololu (ATmega1284p) +# +[env:sanguino_atmega1284p] +platform = atmelavr +board = sanguino_atmega1284p +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + + +# +# Melzi and clones (ATmega1284p) +# +[env:melzi] +platform = atmelavr +board = sanguino_atmega1284p +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} +lib_ignore = TMCStepper +upload_speed = 57600 + +# +# Melzi and clones (Optiboot bootloader) +# +[env:melzi_optiboot] +platform = atmelavr +board = sanguino_atmega1284p +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} +lib_ignore = TMCStepper +upload_speed = 115200 # # AT90USB1286 boards using CDC bootloader @@ -82,13 +164,11 @@ monitor_speed = 250000 # [env:at90usb1286_cdc] platform = teensy -framework = arduino board = at90usb1286 -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip +lib_ignore = TMCStepper src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # AT90USB1286 boards using DFU bootloader @@ -98,13 +178,10 @@ monitor_speed = 250000 # [env:at90usb1286_dfu] platform = teensy -framework = arduino board = at90usb1286 -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} - TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip +lib_ignore = TMCStepper src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # Due (Atmel SAM3X8E ARM Cortex-M3) @@ -114,40 +191,30 @@ monitor_speed = 250000 # [env:DUE] platform = atmelsam -framework = arduino board = due -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 + [env:DUE_USB] platform = atmelsam -framework = arduino board = dueUSB -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 + [env:DUE_debug] # Used when WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL is enabled platform = atmelsam -framework = arduino board = due +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -funwind-tables -mpoke-function-name -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # NXP LPC176x ARM Cortex-M3 # [env:LPC1768] -platform = https://github.com/p3p/pio-nxplpc-arduino-lpc176x/archive/master.zip -framework = arduino +platform = https://github.com/p3p/pio-nxplpc-arduino-lpc176x/archive/0.1.2.zip board = nxp_lpc1768 -build_flags = -DTARGET_LPC1768 -DU8G_HAL_LINKS -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g ${common.build_flags} +build_flags = -DU8G_HAL_LINKS -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g ${common.build_flags} # debug options for backtrace # -funwind-tables # -mpoke-function-name @@ -155,19 +222,17 @@ lib_ldf_mode = off lib_compat_mode = strict extra_scripts = Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 lib_deps = Servo LiquidCrystal U8glib-HAL=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/U8glib-HAL/archive/bugfix.zip - TMCStepper@>=0.5.0,<1.0.0 - Adafruit NeoPixel=https://github.com/p3p/Adafruit_NeoPixel/archive/master.zip + TMCStepper@>=0.6.1,<1.0.0 + Adafruit NeoPixel=https://github.com/p3p/Adafruit_NeoPixel/archive/release.zip SailfishLCD=https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD/archive/master.zip [env:LPC1769] -platform = https://github.com/p3p/pio-nxplpc-arduino-lpc176x/archive/master.zip -framework = arduino +platform = https://github.com/p3p/pio-nxplpc-arduino-lpc176x/archive/0.1.2.zip board = nxp_lpc1769 -build_flags = -DTARGET_LPC1768 -DLPC1769 -DU8G_HAL_LINKS -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g ${common.build_flags} +build_flags = -DU8G_HAL_LINKS -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/include -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g ${common.build_flags} # debug options for backtrace # -funwind-tables # -mpoke-function-name @@ -175,264 +240,306 @@ lib_ldf_mode = off lib_compat_mode = strict extra_scripts = Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/upload_extra_script.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 lib_deps = Servo LiquidCrystal U8glib-HAL=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/U8glib-HAL/archive/bugfix.zip - TMCStepper@>=0.5.0,<1.0.0 - Adafruit NeoPixel=https://github.com/p3p/Adafruit_NeoPixel/archive/master.zip - -# -# Melzi and clones (ATmega1284p) -# -[env:melzi] -platform = atmelavr -framework = arduino -board = sanguino_atmega1284p -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -fmerge-all-constants -upload_speed = 57600 -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} -lib_ignore = TMCStepper -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 - -# -# Melzi and clones (Optiboot bootloader) -# -[env:melzi_optiboot] -platform = atmelavr -framework = arduino -board = sanguino_atmega1284p -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -upload_speed = 115200 -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} -lib_ignore = TMCStepper -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 - -# -# RAMBo -# -[env:rambo] -platform = atmelavr -framework = arduino -board = reprap_rambo -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -board_build.f_cpu = 16000000L -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} - TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 - -# -# Sanguinololu (ATmega644p) -# -[env:sanguino_atmega644p] -platform = atmelavr -framework = arduino -board = sanguino_atmega644p -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} - TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 - -# -# Sanguinololu (ATmega1284p) -# -[env:sanguino_atmega1284p] -platform = atmelavr -framework = arduino -board = sanguino_atmega1284p -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} - TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 + TMCStepper@>=0.6.1,<1.0.0 + Adafruit NeoPixel=https://github.com/p3p/Adafruit_NeoPixel/archive/release.zip + SailfishLCD=https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD/archive/master.zip # -# STM32F103RE +# STM32F103RC # -[env:STM32F103RE] -platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino -board = genericSTM32F103RE -build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py +[env:STM32F103RC] +platform = ststm32 +board = genericSTM32F103RC +platform_packages = tool-stm32duino +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 - -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} -lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + SoftwareSerialM=https://github.com/FYSETC/SoftwareSerialM/archive/master.zip +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI +monitor_speed = 115200 # # STM32F103RC_fysetc # [env:STM32F103RC_fysetc] platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino board = genericSTM32F103RC #board_build.core = maple platform_packages = tool-stm32duino -extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_fysetc.py build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py - ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 - -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -DHAVE_SW_SERIAL + ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -DHAVE_SW_SERIAL build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_fysetc.py +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} SoftwareSerialM=https://github.com/FYSETC/SoftwareSerialM/archive/master.zip lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI lib_ldf_mode = chain -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 debug_tool = stlink upload_protocol = serial # # BigTree SKR Mini V1.1 / SKR mini E3 / SKR E3 DIP (STM32F103RCT6 ARM Cortex-M3) # +# STM32F103RC_bigtree ............. RCT6 with 256K +# STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB ......... RCT6 with 256K (USB mass storage) +# STM32F103RC_bigtree_512K ........ RCT6 with 512K +# STM32F103RC_bigtree_512K_USB .... RCT6 with 512K (USB mass storage) +# + [env:STM32F103RC_bigtree] platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino board = genericSTM32F103RC platform_packages = tool-stm32duino -extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.py build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py - ${common.build_flags} -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -std=gnu++14 + ${common.build_flags} -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -std=gnu++14 -DHAVE_SW_SERIAL -DSS_TIMER=4 build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.py +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + SoftwareSerialM=https://github.com/FYSETC/SoftwareSerialM/archive/master.zip lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + monitor_speed = 115200 -upload_protocol = stlink -debug_tool = stlink [env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_USB] platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino board = genericSTM32F103RC platform_packages = tool-stm32duino +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py + ${common.build_flags} -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -std=gnu++14 -DHAVE_SW_SERIAL -DSS_TIMER=4 -DUSE_USB_COMPOSITE +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.py +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + SoftwareSerialM=https://github.com/FYSETC/SoftwareSerialM/archive/master.zip +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI +monitor_speed = 115200 + +[env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_512K] +platform = ststm32 +board = genericSTM32F103RC +board_upload.maximum_size=524288 +platform_packages = tool-stm32duino build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py - ${common.build_flags} -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -DUSE_USB_COMPOSITE -std=gnu++14 + ${common.build_flags} -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -std=gnu++14 -DHAVE_SW_SERIAL -DSS_TIMER=4 -DSTM32_FLASH_SIZE=512 build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.py +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + SoftwareSerialM=https://github.com/FYSETC/SoftwareSerialM/archive/master.zip lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI +monitor_speed = 115200 + +[env:STM32F103RC_bigtree_512K_USB] +platform = ststm32 +board = genericSTM32F103RC +board_upload.maximum_size=524288 +platform_packages = tool-stm32duino +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py + ${common.build_flags} -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -std=gnu++14 -DHAVE_SW_SERIAL -DSS_TIMER=4 -DSTM32_FLASH_SIZE=512 -DUSE_USB_COMPOSITE +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RC_SKR_MINI.py +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + SoftwareSerialM=https://github.com/FYSETC/SoftwareSerialM/archive/master.zip +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI +monitor_speed = 115200 + +# +# STM32F103RE +# +[env:STM32F103RE] +platform = ststm32 +board = genericSTM32F103RE +platform_packages = tool-stm32duino +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py + ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + SoftwareSerialM=https://github.com/FYSETC/SoftwareSerialM/archive/master.zip +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI monitor_speed = 115200 + +# +# STM32F103RE_bigtree ............. RET6 +# STM32F103RE_bigtree_USB ......... RET6 (USB mass storage) +# +[env:STM32F103RE_bigtree] +platform = ststm32 +board = genericSTM32F103RE +platform_packages = tool-stm32duino +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py + ${common.build_flags} -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -std=gnu++14 -DHAVE_SW_SERIAL -DSS_TIMER=4 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.py +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + SoftwareSerialM=https://github.com/FYSETC/SoftwareSerialM/archive/master.zip +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI +debug_tool = stlink upload_protocol = stlink +monitor_speed = 115200 + +[env:STM32F103RE_bigtree_USB] +platform = ststm32 +board = genericSTM32F103RE +platform_packages = tool-stm32duino +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py + ${common.build_flags} -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -std=gnu++14 -DHAVE_SW_SERIAL -DSS_TIMER=4 -DUSE_USB_COMPOSITE +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103RE_SKR_E3_DIP.py +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} + SoftwareSerialM=https://github.com/FYSETC/SoftwareSerialM/archive/master.zip +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI debug_tool = stlink +upload_protocol = stlink +monitor_speed = 115200 # # STM32F4 with STM32GENERIC # [env:STM32F4] platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino board = disco_f407vg -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DUSE_STM32GENERIC -DSTM32GENERIC -DSTM32F4 -DMENU_USB_SERIAL -DMENU_SERIAL=SerialUSB -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DUSE_STM32GENERIC -DSTM32GENERIC -DSTM32F4 -DMENU_USB_SERIAL -DMENU_SERIAL=SerialUSB -DHAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, TMCStepper src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + - -monitor_speed = 250000 # # STM32F7 with STM32GENERIC # [env:STM32F7] platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino board = remram_v1 -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DUSE_STM32GENERIC -DSTM32GENERIC -DSTM32F7 -DMENU_USB_SERIAL -DMENU_SERIAL=SerialUSB -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DUSE_STM32GENERIC -DSTM32GENERIC -DSTM32F7 -DMENU_USB_SERIAL -DMENU_SERIAL=SerialUSB -DHAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, TMCStepper src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + - -monitor_speed = 250000 # # ARMED (STM32) # [env:ARMED] -platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino -board = armed_v1 -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DUSBCON -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 '-DUSB_MANUFACTURER="Unknown"' '-DUSB_PRODUCT="ARMED_V1"' -DHAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED -DUSBD_USE_CDC -O2 -ffreestanding -fsigned-char -fno-move-loop-invariants -fno-strict-aliasing -std=gnu11 -std=gnu++11 -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} -lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 +platform = ststm32 +board = armed_v1 +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} + -DUSBCON -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 '-DUSB_MANUFACTURER="Unknown"' '-DUSB_PRODUCT="ARMED_V1"' -DUSBD_USE_CDC + -O2 -ffreestanding -fsigned-char -fno-move-loop-invariants -fno-strict-aliasing -std=gnu11 -std=gnu++11 + -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32 +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SoftwareSerial +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + + +# +# Geeetech GTM32 (STM32F103VET6) +# +[env:STM32F103VE_GTM32] +platform = ststm32 +board = genericSTM32F103VE +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py + ${common.build_flags} -DDEBUG_LEVEL=DEBUG_NONE -std=gnu++14 -MMD -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -nostdlib + -DBOARD_generic_stm32f103v -DARDUINO_GENERIC_STM32F103V -DARDUINO_ARCH_STM32F1 + -DCONFIG_MAPLE_MINI_NO_DISABLE_DEBUG=1 -DVECT_TAB_ADDR=0x8000000 -DERROR_LED_PORT=GPIOE -DERROR_LED_PIN=6 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI +upload_protocol = serial # # Longer 3D board in Alfawise U20 (STM32F103VET6) # [env:STM32F103VE_longer] platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino board = genericSTM32F103VE -monitor_speed = 250000 -extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103VE_longer.py build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 -USERIAL_USB -DSTM32F1xx -DU20 -DTS_V12 build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 -DCONFIG_MAPLE_MINI_NO_DISABLE_DEBUG=1 -DERROR_LED_PORT=GPIOE -DERROR_LED_PIN=6 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STM32F103VE_longer.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, LiquidTWI2, SPI +# +# MKS Robin Mini (STM32F103VET6) +# +[env:mks_robin_mini] +platform = ststm32 +board = genericSTM32F103VE +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py + ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_mini.py +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI + +# +# MKS Robin Nano (STM32F103VET6) +# +[env:mks_robin_nano] +platform = ststm32 +board = genericSTM32F103VE +platform_packages = tool-stm32duino +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py + ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 -DHAVE_SW_SERIAL -DSS_TIMER=4 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_nano.py +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_deps = + SoftwareSerialM=https://github.com/FYSETC/SoftwareSerialM/archive/master.zip +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI + # # MKS Robin (STM32F103ZET6) # [env:mks_robin] platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino board = genericSTM32F103ZE -extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin.py build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py - ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 + ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 -DSTM32_XL_DENSITY build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI # -# MKS ROBIN LITE/LITE2 (STM32F103RCT6) +# MKS Robin Pro (STM32F103ZET6) # -[env:mks_robin_lite] +[env:mks_robin_pro] platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino -board = genericSTM32F103RC -extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_lite.py +board = genericSTM32F103ZE +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_pro.py build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py - ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 + ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 -DSTM32_XL_DENSITY build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} -lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI, TMCStepper # -# MKS Robin Mini (STM32F103VET6) +# MKS Robin Lite/Lite2 (STM32F103RCT6) # -[env:mks_robin_mini] +[env:mks_robin_lite] platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino -board = genericSTM32F103VE -extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_mini.py +board = genericSTM32F103RC build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_lite.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI # -# MKS Robin Nano (STM32F103VET6) +# MKS ROBIN LITE3 (STM32F103RCT6) # -[env:mks_robin_nano] +[env:mks_robin_lite3] platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino -board = genericSTM32F103VE -extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_nano.py +board = genericSTM32F103RC +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/mks_robin_lite3.py build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++14 build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 @@ -445,16 +552,92 @@ lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI # [env:jgaurora_a5s_a1] platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino board = genericSTM32F103ZE -extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/jgaurora_a5s_a1_with_bootloader.py build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py - ${common.build_flags} -DSTM32F1xx -std=gnu++14 + ${common.build_flags} -DSTM32F1xx -std=gnu++14 -DSTM32_XL_DENSITY build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/jgaurora_a5s_a1_with_bootloader.py src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SPI -monitor_speed = 250000 + +# +# Malyan M200 (STM32F103CB) +# +[env:STM32F103CB_malyan] +platform = ststm32 +board = malyanM200 +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py -DMCU_STM32F103CB -D __STM32F1__=1 -std=c++1y -D MOTHERBOARD="BOARD_MALYAN_M200" -DSERIAL_USB -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -Wl,--gc-sections + -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -D__MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, LiquidCrystal, LiquidTWI2, TMCStepper, U8glib-HAL, SPI + +# +# Chitu boards like Tronxy X5s (STM32F103ZET6) +# +[env:chitu_f103] +platform = ststm32 +board = genericSTM32F103ZE +build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py + ${common.build_flags} -DSTM32F1xx -std=gnu++14 -DSTM32_XL_DENSITY +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 -DCONFIG_MAPLE_MINI_NO_DISABLE_DEBUG= -DERROR_LED_PORT=GPIOE -DERROR_LED_PIN=6 +extra_scripts = buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/chitu_crypt.py +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel + +# +# STM32F401VE +# 'STEVAL-3DP001V1' STM32F401VE board - https://www.st.com/en/evaluation-tools/steval-3dp001v1.html +# +[env:STM32F401VE_STEVAL] +platform = ststm32 +board = STEVAL_STM32F401VE +platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.107,<4 +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} + -DTARGET_STM32F4 -DARDUINO_STEVAL -DSTM32F401xE + -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"STEVAL_F401VE\" + -DDISABLE_GENERIC_SERIALUSB + -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py + buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/STEVAL__F401XX.py +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, TMCStepper, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED, SlowSoftI2CMaster, SoftwareSerial +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + + +# +# FLYF407ZG +# +[env:FLYF407ZG] +platform = ststm32 +board = FLYF407ZG +platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.107,<4 +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} + -DSTM32F4 -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"STM32F407ZG\" + -DTARGET_STM32F4 -DVECT_TAB_OFFSET=0x8000 + -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, TMCStepper, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED, SlowSoftI2CMaster, SoftwareSerial +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + + + +# +# FYSETC S6 (STM32F446VET6 ARM Cortex-M4) +# +[env:FYSETC_S6] +platform = ststm32 +board = fysetc_s6 +platform_packages = tool-stm32duino +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} + -DTARGET_STM32F4 -std=gnu++14 + -DVECT_TAB_OFFSET=0x10000 + -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DHAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 '-DUSB_PRODUCT="FYSETC_S6"' +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/fysetc_STM32S6.py +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +lib_ignore = Arduino-L6470 +debug_tool = stlink +#upload_protocol = stlink +upload_protocol = serial # # STM32F407VET6 with RAMPS-like shield @@ -462,98 +645,109 @@ monitor_speed = 250000 # Shield - https://github.com/jmz52/Hardware # [env:STM32F407VE_black] -platform = ststm32@5.4.3 -framework = arduino -board = blackSTM32F407VET6 -extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/black_stm32f407vet6.py -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} - -DSTM32F4 -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"BLACK_F407VE\" -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} -lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, TMCStepper, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED, SlowSoftI2CMaster -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 +platform = ststm32 +board = blackSTM32F407VET6 +platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.107,<4 +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} + -DTARGET_STM32F4 -DARDUINO_BLACK_F407VE + -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"BLACK_F407VE\" + -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, TMCStepper, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED, SlowSoftI2CMaster, SoftwareSerial +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + # -# Bigtreetech SKR Pro (STM32F407ZGT6 ARM Cortex-M4) +# BigTreeTech SKR Pro (STM32F407ZGT6 ARM Cortex-M4) # [env:BIGTREE_SKR_PRO] -platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino -board = BigTree_SKR_Pro -extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} +platform = ststm32 +board = BigTree_SKR_Pro +platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.107,<4 +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"STM32F407ZG\" - -DTARGET_STM32F4 -DSTM32F407_5ZX -DVECT_TAB_OFFSET=0x8000 -DHAVE_HWSERIAL6 -lib_deps = + -DTARGET_STM32F4 -DSTM32F407_5ZX -DVECT_TAB_OFFSET=0x8000 + -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py +lib_ignore = SoftwareSerial, SoftwareSerialM +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +#upload_protocol = stlink +#upload_command = "$PROJECT_PACKAGES_DIR/tool-stm32duino/stlink/ST-LINK_CLI.exe" -c SWD -P "$BUILD_DIR/firmware.bin" 0x8008000 -Rst -Run +debug_tool = stlink +debug_init_break = + +# +# Bigtreetech GTR V1.0 (STM32F407IGT6 ARM Cortex-M4) +# +[env:BIGTREE_GTR_V1_0] +platform = ststm32@>=5.7.0 +framework = arduino +platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.10700.191028 +board = BigTree_SKR_Pro +extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} + -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"STM32F407IG\" + -DTARGET_STM32F4 -DSTM32F407IX -DVECT_TAB_OFFSET=0x8000 + -DHAVE_HWSERIAL3 + -DHAVE_HWSERIAL6 + -DPIN_SERIAL3_RX=PD_9 + -DPIN_SERIAL3_TX=PD_8 + -DPIN_SERIAL6_RX=PC_7 + -DPIN_SERIAL6_TX=PC_6 + + -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32 +lib_deps = U8glib-HAL=https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/U8glib-HAL/archive/bugfix.zip - LiquidCrystal@1.3.4 - TMCStepper@>=0.5.0,<1.0.0 + LiquidCrystal + TMCStepper@>=0.5.2,<1.0.0 Adafruit NeoPixel LiquidTWI2=https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2/archive/master.zip Arduino-L6470=https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470/archive/dev.zip -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 +lib_ignore = SoftwareSerial, SoftwareSerialM +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +monitor_speed = 250000 # -# BIGTREE_SKR_BTT002 (STM32F407VET6 ARM Cortex-M4) +# BigTreeTech BTT002 (STM32F407VET6 ARM Cortex-M4) # [env:BIGTREE_BTT002] -platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino -board = BigTree_Btt002 -extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} +platform = ststm32@5.6.0 +board = BigTree_Btt002 +platform_packages = framework-arduinoststm32@>=3.107,<4 +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DUSBCON -DUSBD_USE_CDC -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 -DUSB_PRODUCT=\"STM32F407VE\" -DTARGET_STM32F4 -DSTM32F407_5VX -DVECT_TAB_OFFSET=0x8000 -DHAVE_HWSERIAL2 -DHAVE_HWSERIAL3 -DPIN_SERIAL2_RX=PD_6 -DPIN_SERIAL2_TX=PD_5 -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} -lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED, SlowSoftI2CMaster -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 +build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 +extra_scripts = pre:buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/generic_create_variant.py +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED, SlowSoftI2CMaster +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + # # Teensy 3.1 / 3.2 (ARM Cortex-M4) # [env:teensy31] platform = teensy -framework = arduino board = teensy31 -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 # # Teensy 3.5 / 3.6 (ARM Cortex-M4) # [env:teensy35] platform = teensy -framework = arduino board = teensy35 -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 - -# -# Malyan M200 (STM32F103CB) -# -[env:STM32F103CB_malyan] -platform = ststm32 -framework = arduino -board = malyanM200 -build_flags = !python Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/build_flags.py -DMCU_STM32F103CB -D __STM32F1__=1 -std=c++1y -D MOTHERBOARD="BOARD_MALYAN_M200" -DSERIAL_USB -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -Wl,--gc-sections - -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0 -D__MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -#- -lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, LiquidCrystal, LiquidTWI2, TMCStepper, U8glib-HAL, SPI # # Espressif ESP32 @@ -561,29 +755,18 @@ lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel, LiquidCrystal, LiquidTWI2, TMCStepper, U8glib-H [env:esp32] platform = espressif32 board = esp32dev -framework = arduino -upload_speed = 115200 -monitor_speed = 115200 -upload_port = /dev/ttyUSB0 -lib_deps = +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -DCORE_DEBUG_LEVEL=0 +lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} AsyncTCP=https://github.com/me-no-dev/AsyncTCP/archive/master.zip ESPAsyncWebServer=https://github.com/me-no-dev/ESPAsyncWebServer/archive/master.zip -lib_ignore = LiquidCrystal, LiquidTWI2, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + - -# -# FYSETC F6 V1.3 -# -[env:fysetc_f6_13] -platform = atmelavr -framework = arduino -board = fysetc_f6_13 -build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -board_build.f_cpu = 16000000L -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} - TMC26XStepper=https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper/archive/master.zip -src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + -monitor_speed = 250000 + ESP3DLib=https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib.git + arduinoWebSockets=https://github.com/Links2004/arduinoWebSockets.git + ESP32SSDP=https://github.com/luc-github/ESP32SSDP.git +lib_ignore = LiquidCrystal, LiquidTWI2, SailfishLCD, SailfishRGB_LED +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +upload_speed = 115200 +#upload_port = marlinesp.local +#board_build.flash_mode = qio # # Native @@ -591,6 +774,7 @@ monitor_speed = 250000 # [env:linux_native] platform = native +framework = build_flags = -D__PLAT_LINUX__ -std=gnu++17 -ggdb -g -lrt -lpthread -D__MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ -Wno-expansion-to-defined src_build_flags = -Wall -IMarlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include build_unflags = -Wall @@ -605,20 +789,63 @@ src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + [env:SAMD51_grandcentral_m4] platform = atmelsam board = adafruit_grandcentral_m4 -framework = arduino build_flags = ${common.build_flags} -std=gnu++17 extra_scripts = ${common.extra_scripts} build_unflags = -std=gnu++11 -lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + debug_tool = jlink +# +# RUMBA32 +# +[env:rumba32_f446ve] +platform = ststm32 +board = rumba32_f446ve +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} + -DSTM32F4xx + -DARDUINO_RUMBA32_F446VE + -DARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 + "-DBOARD_NAME=\"RUMBA32_F446VE\"" + -DSTM32F446xx + -DUSBCON + -DUSBD_VID=0x0483 + "-DUSB_MANUFACTURER=\"Unknown\"" + "-DUSB_PRODUCT=\"RUMBA32_F446VE\"" + -DHAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + -DUSBD_USE_CDC + -DDISABLE_GENERIC_SERIALUSB + -DHAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED + -Os +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + +monitor_speed = 500000 +upload_protocol = dfu + +# +# MKS RUMBA32(add TMC2208/2209 UART interface and AUX-1) +# +[env:mks_rumba32] +platform = ststm32 +board = rumba32_f446ve +build_flags = ${common.build_flags} + -DSTM32F4xx -DARDUINO_RUMBA32_F446VE -DARDUINO_ARCH_STM32 "-DBOARD_NAME=\"RUMBA32_F446VE\"" + -DSTM32F446xx -DUSBCON -DUSBD_VID=0x8000 + "-DUSB_MANUFACTURER=\"Unknown\"" + "-DUSB_PRODUCT=\"RUMBA32_F446VE\"" + -DHAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + -DUSBD_USE_CDC + -DDISABLE_GENERIC_SERIALUSB + -DHAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED + -Os +lib_ignore = Adafruit NeoPixel +src_filter = ${common.default_src_filter} + + - +upload_protocol = dfu + # # Just print the dependency tree # [env:include_tree] platform = atmelavr -framework = arduino board = megaatmega2560 build_flags = -c -H -std=gnu++11 -Wall -Os -D__MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} diff --git a/process-palette.json b/process-palette.json index 8b68981584ae..b3b05b99a77d 100644 --- a/process-palette.json +++ b/process-palette.json @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Build", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py build", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py build", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Clean", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py clean", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py clean", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Upload", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py upload", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py upload", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Upload (traceback)", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py traceback", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py traceback", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Upload using Programmer", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py program", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py program", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Test", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py test", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py test", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Debug", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py debug", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py debug", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [], @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ { "namespace": "process-palette", "action": "PIO Remote", - "command": "python buildroot/share/atom/auto_build.py remote", + "command": "python buildroot/share/vscode/auto_build.py remote", "arguments": [], "cwd": "{projectPath}", "inputDialogs": [],